From: Nicolas FRANCOIS Date: Mon, 15 Jan 2007 23:36:55 +0000 (+0000) Subject: New man pages build system. X-Git-Url: https://err.no/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?a=commitdiff_plain;h=ae00fe617607469be6780933fb9a180790c486e9;p=dpkg New man pages build system. --- diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index 40534524..0333c2c7 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ +2007-01-16 Nicolas François + + * configure.ac: There are no more Makefiles to generate in the + man/ subdirectories. + 2007-01-15 Ian Jackson * src/processarc.c (process_archive): Add a missing newline to a diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index 0f333f9d..006e86df 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -109,17 +109,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_FILES([ Makefile intl/Makefile lib/Makefile man/Makefile - man/C/Makefile - man/de/Makefile - man/es/Makefile - man/fr/Makefile - man/hu/Makefile - man/ja/Makefile - man/pl/Makefile - man/pt_BR/Makefile - man/ru/Makefile - man/sv/Makefile - man/po4a/Makefile origins/Makefile po/Makefile.in scripts/Makefile diff --git a/man/C/822-date.1 b/man/822-date.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/822-date.1 rename to man/822-date.1 diff --git a/man/C/.gitignore b/man/C/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/C/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/C/Makefile.am b/man/C/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 528468f8..00000000 --- a/man/C/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -dist_man_MANS = \ - 822-date.1 \ - cleanup-info.8 \ - deb-control.5 \ - deb-old.5 \ - deb.5 \ - dpkg-architecture.1 \ - dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1 \ - dpkg-deb.1 \ - dpkg-divert.8 \ - dpkg-name.1 \ - dpkg-query.1 \ - dpkg-scanpackages.1 \ - dpkg-scansources.1 \ - dpkg-source.1 \ - dpkg-split.1 \ - dpkg-statoverride.8 \ - dpkg.1 \ - dpkg.cfg.5 \ - dselect.1 \ - dselect.cfg.5 \ - install-info.8 \ - start-stop-daemon.8 \ - update-alternatives.8 - -dpkg_source_aliases = \ - dpkg-buildpackage.1 \ - dpkg-distaddfile.1 \ - dpkg-genchanges.1 \ - dpkg-gencontrol.1 \ - dpkg-parsechangelog.1 \ - dpkg-shlibdeps.1 - -man_MANS = $(dpkg_source_aliases) -CLEANFILES = $(dpkg_source_aliases) - - -$(dpkg_source_aliases): - echo ".so man1/dpkg-source.1" > $@ - chmod 644 $@ - diff --git a/man/ChangeLog b/man/ChangeLog index 0603eeba..5b4c7dec 100644 --- a/man/ChangeLog +++ b/man/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,24 @@ +2007-01-16 Nicolas Francois + + * po/: New directory. + * po/dpkg-man.pot, po/de.po, po/es.po, po/fr.po, po/hu.po, + po/ja.po, po/pl.po, po/pt_BR.po, po/ru.po, po/sv.po: Merge the POs + which used to be in po4a/. When multiple translations appeared for + a string, the string was marked as fuzzy. Also the POs now contain + the strings of all the man pages. + * po/add_de/, po/add_es, po/add_fr, po/add_hu, po/add_ja, + po/add_pl, po/add_pt_BR, po/add_ru, po/add_sv: Move the add_ + directories from po4a/ to po/. + * po4a/: Removed. + * C/: Move the manpages to the root of the man/ directory. + * C/Makefile.am, de/Makefile.am es/Makefile.am, fr/Makefile.am, + hu/Makefile.am, ja/Makefile.am, pl/Makefile.am, pt_BR/Makefile.am, + ru/Makefile.am, sv/Makefile.am, po4a.mk: The languages makefiles + are no more needed. Also remove the language directories. + * Makefile.am: New build system. + The goal of these changes is to simplify the build system (less + files, less Makefiles, lower the depth of the file hierarchy). + 2007-01-09 Nicolas Francois * C/dpkg-deb.1: Make the copyright match the one from the source. diff --git a/man/Makefile.am b/man/Makefile.am index 4a94cd4e..109f32fe 100644 --- a/man/Makefile.am +++ b/man/Makefile.am @@ -1,10 +1,76 @@ ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -# po4a must be the first sub-directory because it generates the translations. -SUBDIRS = C po4a de es fr hu ja pl pt_BR ru sv +all-local: + po4a --no-backups --variable srcdir=$(srcdir) \ + $(srcdir)/po/po4a.cfg +# Make the symlink + for lang in $(LINGUAS); do \ + cd $$lang; \ + $(MAKE) -f ../Makefile -B $(dpkg_source_aliases) \ + srcdir="$(realpath $(srcdir))/$$lang"; \ + cd ..; \ + done + +clean-local: + po4a --rm-backups --rm-translations --variable srcdir=$(srcdir) \ + $(srcdir)/po/po4a.cfg + +# Extract the list of languages from the po4a config file. +LINGUAS = $(shell sed -ne 's/^.*\[po4a_langs\] \(.*\)$$/\1/p' $(srcdir)/po/po4a.cfg) -.PHONY: updatepo -updatepo: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for dir in $$list; do \ - $(MAKE) -C "$$dir" updatepo; \ +install-data-local: + for lang in $(LINGUAS); do \ + if [ -d $$lang ]; then \ + cd $$lang; \ + files=$$(echo *.[1-9]); \ + $(MAKE) -f ../Makefile install-man \ + mandir="$(mandir)/$$lang" \ + man_MANS="" \ + dist_man_MANS="$$files"; \ + cd ..; \ + fi \ done + +dist_man_MANS = \ + 822-date.1 \ + cleanup-info.8 \ + deb-control.5 \ + deb-old.5 \ + deb.5 \ + dpkg-architecture.1 \ + dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1 \ + dpkg-deb.1 \ + dpkg-divert.8 \ + dpkg-name.1 \ + dpkg-query.1 \ + dpkg-scanpackages.1 \ + dpkg-scansources.1 \ + dpkg-source.1 \ + dpkg-split.1 \ + dpkg-statoverride.8 \ + dpkg.1 \ + dpkg.cfg.5 \ + dselect.1 \ + dselect.cfg.5 \ + install-info.8 \ + start-stop-daemon.8 \ + update-alternatives.8 + +dpkg_source_aliases = \ + dpkg-buildpackage.1 \ + dpkg-distaddfile.1 \ + dpkg-genchanges.1 \ + dpkg-gencontrol.1 \ + dpkg-parsechangelog.1 \ + dpkg-shlibdeps.1 + +man_MANS = $(dpkg_source_aliases) +CLEANFILES = $(dpkg_source_aliases) + + +$(dpkg_source_aliases): + if [ -f dpkg-source.1 ] || [ -f $(srcdir)/dpkg-source.1 ]; then \ + echo ".so man1/dpkg-source.1" > $@; \ + chmod 644 $@; \ + fi + diff --git a/man/C/cleanup-info.8 b/man/cleanup-info.8 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/cleanup-info.8 rename to man/cleanup-info.8 diff --git a/man/de/.gitignore b/man/de/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/de/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/de/Makefile.am b/man/de/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index d1f7d7b0..00000000 --- a/man/de/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -lang=de - -include ../po4a.mk - diff --git a/man/C/deb-control.5 b/man/deb-control.5 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/deb-control.5 rename to man/deb-control.5 diff --git a/man/C/deb-old.5 b/man/deb-old.5 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/deb-old.5 rename to man/deb-old.5 diff --git a/man/C/deb.5 b/man/deb.5 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/deb.5 rename to man/deb.5 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-architecture.1 b/man/dpkg-architecture.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-architecture.1 rename to man/dpkg-architecture.1 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1 b/man/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1 rename to man/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-deb.1 b/man/dpkg-deb.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-deb.1 rename to man/dpkg-deb.1 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-divert.8 b/man/dpkg-divert.8 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-divert.8 rename to man/dpkg-divert.8 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-name.1 b/man/dpkg-name.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-name.1 rename to man/dpkg-name.1 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-query.1 b/man/dpkg-query.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-query.1 rename to man/dpkg-query.1 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-scanpackages.1 b/man/dpkg-scanpackages.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-scanpackages.1 rename to man/dpkg-scanpackages.1 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-scansources.1 b/man/dpkg-scansources.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-scansources.1 rename to man/dpkg-scansources.1 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-source.1 b/man/dpkg-source.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-source.1 rename to man/dpkg-source.1 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-split.1 b/man/dpkg-split.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-split.1 rename to man/dpkg-split.1 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg-statoverride.8 b/man/dpkg-statoverride.8 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg-statoverride.8 rename to man/dpkg-statoverride.8 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg.1 b/man/dpkg.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg.1 rename to man/dpkg.1 diff --git a/man/C/dpkg.cfg.5 b/man/dpkg.cfg.5 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dpkg.cfg.5 rename to man/dpkg.cfg.5 diff --git a/man/C/dselect.1 b/man/dselect.1 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dselect.1 rename to man/dselect.1 diff --git a/man/C/dselect.cfg.5 b/man/dselect.cfg.5 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/dselect.cfg.5 rename to man/dselect.cfg.5 diff --git a/man/es/.gitignore b/man/es/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/es/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/es/Makefile.am b/man/es/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index d507de62..00000000 --- a/man/es/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -lang=es - -include ../po4a.mk - diff --git a/man/fr/.gitignore b/man/fr/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/fr/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/fr/Makefile.am b/man/fr/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index f44fc92e..00000000 --- a/man/fr/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -lang=fr - -include ../po4a.mk - diff --git a/man/hu/.gitignore b/man/hu/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/hu/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/hu/Makefile.am b/man/hu/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 52572d94..00000000 --- a/man/hu/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -lang=hu - -include ../po4a.mk - diff --git a/man/C/install-info.8 b/man/install-info.8 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/install-info.8 rename to man/install-info.8 diff --git a/man/ja/.gitignore b/man/ja/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/ja/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/ja/Makefile.am b/man/ja/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 618e2c45..00000000 --- a/man/ja/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -lang=ja - -include ../po4a.mk - diff --git a/man/pl/.gitignore b/man/pl/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/pl/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/pl/Makefile.am b/man/pl/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 147f831f..00000000 --- a/man/pl/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -lang=pl - -include ../po4a.mk - diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/822-date.1.de.add b/man/po/add_de/822-date.1.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/822-date.1.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/822-date.1.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/cleanup-info.8.de.add b/man/po/add_de/cleanup-info.8.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/cleanup-info.8.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/cleanup-info.8.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/deb-control.5.de.add b/man/po/add_de/deb-control.5.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/deb-control.5.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/deb-control.5.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/deb-old.5.de.add b/man/po/add_de/deb-old.5.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/deb-old.5.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/deb-old.5.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/deb.5.de.add b/man/po/add_de/deb.5.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/deb.5.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/deb.5.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-architecture.1.de.add b/man/po/add_de/dpkg-architecture.1.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-architecture.1.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/dpkg-architecture.1.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.de.add b/man/po/add_de/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-divert.8.de.add b/man/po/add_de/dpkg-divert.8.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-divert.8.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/dpkg-divert.8.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-name.1.de.add b/man/po/add_de/dpkg-name.1.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-name.1.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/dpkg-name.1.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-scanpackages.1.de.add b/man/po/add_de/dpkg-scanpackages.1.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-scanpackages.1.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/dpkg-scanpackages.1.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-scansources.1.de.add b/man/po/add_de/dpkg-scansources.1.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-scansources.1.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/dpkg-scansources.1.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-statoverride.8.de.add b/man/po/add_de/dpkg-statoverride.8.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/dpkg-statoverride.8.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/dpkg-statoverride.8.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/dpkg.1.de.add b/man/po/add_de/dpkg.1.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/dpkg.1.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/dpkg.1.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/dpkg.cfg.5.de.add b/man/po/add_de/dpkg.cfg.5.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/dpkg.cfg.5.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/dpkg.cfg.5.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/dselect.cfg.5.de.add b/man/po/add_de/dselect.cfg.5.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/dselect.cfg.5.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/dselect.cfg.5.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/start-stop-daemon.8.de.add b/man/po/add_de/start-stop-daemon.8.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/start-stop-daemon.8.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/start-stop-daemon.8.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_de/update-alternatives.8.de.add b/man/po/add_de/update-alternatives.8.de.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_de/update-alternatives.8.de.add rename to man/po/add_de/update-alternatives.8.de.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/822-date.1.es.add b/man/po/add_es/822-date.1.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/822-date.1.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/822-date.1.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/cleanup-info.8.es.add b/man/po/add_es/cleanup-info.8.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/cleanup-info.8.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/cleanup-info.8.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/deb-control.5.es.add b/man/po/add_es/deb-control.5.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/deb-control.5.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/deb-control.5.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/deb-old.5.es.add b/man/po/add_es/deb-old.5.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/deb-old.5.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/deb-old.5.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/deb.5.es.add b/man/po/add_es/deb.5.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/deb.5.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/deb.5.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-deb.1.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dpkg-deb.1.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-deb.1.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dpkg-deb.1.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-divert.8.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dpkg-divert.8.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-divert.8.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dpkg-divert.8.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-name.1.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dpkg-name.1.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-name.1.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dpkg-name.1.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-scanpackages.1.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dpkg-scanpackages.1.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-scanpackages.1.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dpkg-scanpackages.1.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-scansources.1.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dpkg-scansources.1.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-scansources.1.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dpkg-scansources.1.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-source.1.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dpkg-source.1.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-source.1.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dpkg-source.1.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-split.1.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dpkg-split.1.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-split.1.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dpkg-split.1.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-statoverride.8.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dpkg-statoverride.8.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dpkg-statoverride.8.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dpkg-statoverride.8.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dpkg.1.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dpkg.1.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dpkg.1.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dpkg.1.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/dselect.1.es.add b/man/po/add_es/dselect.1.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/dselect.1.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/dselect.1.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/start-stop-daemon.8.es.add b/man/po/add_es/start-stop-daemon.8.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/start-stop-daemon.8.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/start-stop-daemon.8.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_es/update-alternatives.8.es.add b/man/po/add_es/update-alternatives.8.es.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_es/update-alternatives.8.es.add rename to man/po/add_es/update-alternatives.8.es.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/822-date.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/822-date.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/822-date.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/822-date.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/cleanup-info.8.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/cleanup-info.8.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/cleanup-info.8.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/cleanup-info.8.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/deb-control.5.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/deb-control.5.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/deb-control.5.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/deb-control.5.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/deb.5.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/deb.5.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/deb.5.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/deb.5.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-architecture.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-architecture.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-architecture.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-architecture.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-cfg.5.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-cfg.5.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-cfg.5.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-cfg.5.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-deb.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-deb.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-deb.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-deb.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-divert.8.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-divert.8.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-divert.8.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-divert.8.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-name.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-name.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-name.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-name.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-query.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-query.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-query.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-query.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-scanpackages.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-scanpackages.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-scanpackages.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-scanpackages.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-scansources.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-scansources.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-scansources.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-scansources.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-source.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-source.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-source.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-source.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-split.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-split.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-split.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-split.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-statoverride.8.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg-statoverride.8.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg-statoverride.8.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg-statoverride.8.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg.1.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg.1.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg.1.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg.1.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg.cfg.5.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/dpkg.cfg.5.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/dpkg.cfg.5.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/dpkg.cfg.5.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/install-info.8.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/install-info.8.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/install-info.8.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/install-info.8.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/start-stop-daemon.8.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/start-stop-daemon.8.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/start-stop-daemon.8.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/start-stop-daemon.8.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_fr/update-alternatives.8.fr.add b/man/po/add_fr/update-alternatives.8.fr.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_fr/update-alternatives.8.fr.add rename to man/po/add_fr/update-alternatives.8.fr.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_hu/deb-control.5.hu.add b/man/po/add_hu/deb-control.5.hu.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_hu/deb-control.5.hu.add rename to man/po/add_hu/deb-control.5.hu.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_hu/dpkg-deb.1.hu.add b/man/po/add_hu/dpkg-deb.1.hu.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_hu/dpkg-deb.1.hu.add rename to man/po/add_hu/dpkg-deb.1.hu.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_hu/dpkg.cfg.5.hu.add b/man/po/add_hu/dpkg.cfg.5.hu.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_hu/dpkg.cfg.5.hu.add rename to man/po/add_hu/dpkg.cfg.5.hu.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_hu/dselect.cfg.5.hu.add b/man/po/add_hu/dselect.cfg.5.hu.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_hu/dselect.cfg.5.hu.add rename to man/po/add_hu/dselect.cfg.5.hu.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/822-date.1.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/822-date.1.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/822-date.1.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/822-date.1.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/cleanup-info.8.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/cleanup-info.8.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/cleanup-info.8.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/cleanup-info.8.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/deb-control.5.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/deb-control.5.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/deb-control.5.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/deb-control.5.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/deb-old.5.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/deb-old.5.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/deb-old.5.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/deb-old.5.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/deb.5.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/deb.5.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/deb.5.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/deb.5.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-deb.1.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/dpkg-deb.1.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-deb.1.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/dpkg-deb.1.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-divert.8.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/dpkg-divert.8.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-divert.8.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/dpkg-divert.8.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-name.1.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/dpkg-name.1.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-name.1.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/dpkg-name.1.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-query.1.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/dpkg-query.1.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-query.1.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/dpkg-query.1.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-scanpackages.1.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/dpkg-scanpackages.1.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-scanpackages.1.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/dpkg-scanpackages.1.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-statoverride.8.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/dpkg-statoverride.8.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg-statoverride.8.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/dpkg-statoverride.8.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg.1.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/dpkg.1.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/dpkg.1.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/dpkg.1.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/dselect.1.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/dselect.1.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/dselect.1.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/dselect.1.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/install-info.8.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/install-info.8.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/install-info.8.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/install-info.8.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/start-stop-daemon.8.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/start-stop-daemon.8.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/start-stop-daemon.8.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/start-stop-daemon.8.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ja/update-alternatives.8.ja.add b/man/po/add_ja/update-alternatives.8.ja.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ja/update-alternatives.8.ja.add rename to man/po/add_ja/update-alternatives.8.ja.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/822-date.1.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/822-date.1.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/822-date.1.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/822-date.1.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg-deb.1.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/dpkg-deb.1.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg-deb.1.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/dpkg-deb.1.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg-query.1.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/dpkg-query.1.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg-query.1.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/dpkg-query.1.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg-split.1.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/dpkg-split.1.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg-split.1.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/dpkg-split.1.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg-statoverride.8.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/dpkg-statoverride.8.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg-statoverride.8.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/dpkg-statoverride.8.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg.1.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/dpkg.1.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg.1.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/dpkg.1.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg.cfg.5.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/dpkg.cfg.5.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/dpkg.cfg.5.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/dpkg.cfg.5.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/dselect.1.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/dselect.1.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/dselect.1.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/dselect.1.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/dselect.cfg.5.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/dselect.cfg.5.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/dselect.cfg.5.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/dselect.cfg.5.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/start-stop-daemon.8.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/start-stop-daemon.8.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/start-stop-daemon.8.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/start-stop-daemon.8.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pl/update-alternatives.8.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/update-alternatives.8.pl.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pl/update-alternatives.8.pl.add rename to man/po/add_pl/update-alternatives.8.pl.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pt_BR/dpkg.1.pt_BR.add b/man/po/add_pt_BR/dpkg.1.pt_BR.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pt_BR/dpkg.1.pt_BR.add rename to man/po/add_pt_BR/dpkg.1.pt_BR.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_pt_BR/update-alternatives.8.pt_BR.add b/man/po/add_pt_BR/update-alternatives.8.pt_BR.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_pt_BR/update-alternatives.8.pt_BR.add rename to man/po/add_pt_BR/update-alternatives.8.pt_BR.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ru/822-date.1.ru.add b/man/po/add_ru/822-date.1.ru.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ru/822-date.1.ru.add rename to man/po/add_ru/822-date.1.ru.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ru/deb-control.5.ru.add b/man/po/add_ru/deb-control.5.ru.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ru/deb-control.5.ru.add rename to man/po/add_ru/deb-control.5.ru.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ru/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.ru.add b/man/po/add_ru/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.ru.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ru/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.ru.add rename to man/po/add_ru/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.ru.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ru/dpkg.1.ru.add b/man/po/add_ru/dpkg.1.ru.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ru/dpkg.1.ru.add rename to man/po/add_ru/dpkg.1.ru.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_ru/start-stop-daemon.8.ru.add b/man/po/add_ru/start-stop-daemon.8.ru.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_ru/start-stop-daemon.8.ru.add rename to man/po/add_ru/start-stop-daemon.8.ru.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/822-date.1.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/822-date.1.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/822-date.1.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/822-date.1.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/deb-control.5.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/deb-control.5.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/deb-control.5.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/deb-control.5.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/deb-old.5.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/deb-old.5.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/deb-old.5.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/deb-old.5.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/deb.5.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/deb.5.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/deb.5.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/deb.5.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/dpkg-deb.1.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/dpkg-deb.1.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/dpkg-deb.1.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/dpkg-deb.1.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/dpkg-query.1.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/dpkg-query.1.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/dpkg-query.1.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/dpkg-query.1.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/dpkg-split.1.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/dpkg-split.1.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/dpkg-split.1.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/dpkg-split.1.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/dpkg.1.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/dpkg.1.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/dpkg.1.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/dpkg.1.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/dpkg.cfg.5.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/dpkg.cfg.5.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/dpkg.cfg.5.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/dpkg.cfg.5.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/dselect.1.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/dselect.1.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/dselect.1.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/dselect.1.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/dselect.cfg.5.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/dselect.cfg.5.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/dselect.cfg.5.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/dselect.cfg.5.sv.add diff --git a/man/po4a/add_sv/start-stop-daemon.8.sv.add b/man/po/add_sv/start-stop-daemon.8.sv.add similarity index 100% rename from man/po4a/add_sv/start-stop-daemon.8.sv.add rename to man/po/add_sv/start-stop-daemon.8.sv.add diff --git a/man/po/de.po b/man/po/de.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2f1516f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/de.po @@ -0,0 +1,10318 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Helge Kreutzmann , 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 19:21+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 14:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann \n" +"Language-Team: German \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "822-date" +msgstr "822-date" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#: install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-02-28" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.1:1 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian Project" +msgstr "Debian-Projekt" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1 install-info.8:5 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg utilities" +msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:4 cleanup-info.8:2 deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-old.5:2 dpkg.1:2 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-deb.1:2 +#: dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 dpkg-statoverride.8:2 +#: dselect.1:2 dselect.cfg.5:2 install-info.8:6 start-stop-daemon.8:2 +#: update-alternatives.8:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "NAME" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:6 +msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" +msgstr "822-date - Datum und Uhrzeit im RFC822-Format ausgeben" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:7 cleanup-info.8:5 deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-old.5:5 dpkg.1:5 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:4 dpkg-divert.8:5 +#: dpkg-name.1:9 dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 dpkg-scansources.1:5 +#: dpkg-source.1:8 dpkg-split.1:5 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 dselect.1:5 +#: install-info.8:9 start-stop-daemon.8:5 update-alternatives.8:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "SYNOPSIS" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:9 +msgid "B<822-date>" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:10 cleanup-info.8:10 deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-old.5:8 +#: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:11 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 dpkg-divert.8:26 dpkg-name.1:22 dpkg-query.1:36 +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 dpkg-scansources.1:14 dpkg-source.1:33 +#: dpkg-split.1:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:19 dselect.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:5 +#: install-info.8:25 start-stop-daemon.8:22 update-alternatives.8:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:14 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> zeigt aktuelles Datum und Uhrzeit im in RFC822 beschriebenen " +"Format, unter Verwendung eines numerischen Zeitzonen-Versatzes wie in " +"RFC1123 empfohlen, an." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:15 cleanup-info.8:29 dpkg.1:293 dpkg-architecture.1:27 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 dpkg-divert.8:44 dpkg-name.1:33 dpkg-query.1:93 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-statoverride.8:33 dselect.1:45 install-info.8:39 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:88 update-alternatives.8:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPTIONEN" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:18 +msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." +msgstr "B<822-date> nimmt keine Argumente oder Optionen an." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:19 cleanup-info.8:47 dpkg.1:609 dpkg-deb.1:249 dpkg-name.1:91 +#: dpkg-source.1:825 dpkg-split.1:221 dselect.1:427 update-alternatives.8:446 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "FEHLER" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:22 +msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B(1)." +msgstr "Diese Anlage sollte wirklich ein Teil von B(1) sein." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:23 cleanup-info.8:50 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51 +#: dpkg.1:599 dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:265 +#: dpkg-divert.8:124 dpkg-name.1:100 dpkg-query.1:182 dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:64 dpkg-source.1:839 dpkg-split.1:245 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21 install-info.8:277 +#: update-alternatives.8:466 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:26 +msgid "I (RFC822)," +msgstr "I (RFC822)," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:29 +msgid "" +"I (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," +msgstr "" +"I (RFC1123) " +"Abschnitt 5.2.14," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:31 +msgid "B(1)." +msgstr "B(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:32 cleanup-info.8:53 dpkg-architecture.1:272 dpkg.cfg.5:17 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 dpkg-deb.1:270 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:173 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:67 dpkg-source.1:845 dpkg-split.1:251 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:88 dselect.cfg.5:17 update-alternatives.8:455 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "AUTOR" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:35 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " +"placed by him into the public domain." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> und diese Handbuchseite wurden von Ian Jackson geschrieben. Sie " +"werden hiermit von ihm lizenzfrei zur Verfügung gestellt." + +# type: TH +#: cleanup-info.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cleanup-info" +msgstr "cleanup-info" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:4 +msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" +msgstr "cleanup-info - räumt den Müll von schwindelhaften install-info auf" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:9 +msgid "" +"B [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[IdirnameE>]" +msgstr "" +"B [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[IVerzeichnisname>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:17 +msgid "" +"B is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." +msgstr "" +"B ist ein Perlskript das versucht, den Müll aufzuräumen, den " +"ein schwindelhaftes B(8) hinterlassen haben könnte. Es sammelt " +"alle Bereiche mit der gleichen Überschrift in einen einzelnen zusammen. Es " +"versucht, pfiffig über Groß-/Kleinschreibung und angehängte Doppelpunkte/" +"Leerzeichen zu sein." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:20 +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Aufräumarbeiten beinhalten die Entfernung leerer Bereiche und das " +"Zusammenquetschen leerer Zeilen (nur im Bereich der Einträge)." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:23 +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgstr "" +"Die Reihenfolge der Bereiche wird erhalten (der erste aufgetretene Bereich " +"zählt). Die Reihenfolge der Einträge innerhalb eines Bereichs wird erhalten." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:28 +msgid "" +"Please be B when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." +msgstr "" +"Bitte seien Sie B bei der Verwendung diese " +"Hilfswerkzeuges - es könnte nicht 100 % sicher sein. cleanup-info versucht " +"vorsichtig mit Ihrer Info-Dir-Datei zu sein, aber nur bis es sie schreibt. " +"Sie sollten eine Sicherheitskopie anlegen, bevor sie dies Skript verwenden." + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:30 dpkg-architecture.1:76 dpkg-divert.8:73 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 dselect.1:121 +#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." +msgstr "Gebe den Hilfebildschirm aus und beende sich erfolgreich." + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--unsafe>" +msgstr "B<--unsafe>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:36 +msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." +msgstr "Stelle einige zusätzliche möglicherweise nützliche Optionen ein." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:38 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" +"B" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:38 dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-deb.1:198 dpkg-divert.8:76 +#: dpkg-query.1:89 dpkg-scansources.1:61 dpkg-source.1:101 dpkg-split.1:148 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 dselect.1:128 install-info.8:200 +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:41 +msgid "Output version and exit successfully." +msgstr "Gebe die Version aus und beende sich erfolgreich" + +# type: SH +#: cleanup-info.8:42 dpkg.1:496 dpkg.cfg.5:12 dpkg-divert.8:114 +#: dpkg-source.1:788 dpkg-split.1:235 dpkg-statoverride.8:75 dselect.cfg.5:12 +#: update-alternatives.8:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "DATEIEN" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I or IdirnameE/dir>" +msgstr "I oder IVerzeichnisname/dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:46 +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." +msgstr "" +"Die info-Verzeichnisdatei. Die Lock-Datei heißt genauso, mit dem ».lock«-" +"Suffix." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:49 +msgid "Probably many." +msgstr "Wahrscheinlich viele." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:53 +msgid "B(8), B(1)." +msgstr "B(8), B(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:55 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:57 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 dpkg-divert.8:130 +#: dpkg-query.1:181 dpkg-statoverride.8:95 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist Freie Software; lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 " +"oder neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE Haftung." + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb" +msgstr "deb" + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian" +msgstr "Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:4 +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "deb - Debian Binärpaketformat" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:6 deb-old.5:7 +msgid "IB<.deb>" +msgstr "IB<.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:12 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgstr "" +"Das B<.deb>-Format ist das Debian-Binärpaketdateiformat. Es wird von dpkg " +"0.93.76 und neuer verstanden, und wird standardmäßig von allen dpkg-" +"Versionen seit 1.2.0 und allen i386/ELF-Versionen seit 1.1.1elf erzeugt." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:16 +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B(5)." +msgstr "" +"Da hier beschriebene Format wird seit Debian 0.93 verwendet; Details über " +"das alte Format sind in B(5) beschrieben." + +# type: SH +#: deb.5:16 deb-old.5:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "FORMAT" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:21 +msgid "The file is an B archive with a magic number of BarchE>." +msgstr "" +"Die Datei ist ein B-Archiv mit einer magischen Zahl von BarchE>." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:31 +msgid "" +"The first member is named B and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" +"Das erste Mitglied heißt B und enthält eine Reihe von Zeilen, " +"die durch Zeilenumbrüche getrennt sind. Derzeit ist nur eine Zeile " +"vorhanden, die Versionsnummer, B<2.0> zum Zeitpunkt zu dem diese " +"Handbuchseite geschrieben wurde. Programme, die Archive im neuen Format " +"lesen, sollten darauf vorbereitet sein, dass sich die Nachkommazahl erhöht " +"und neue Zeilen vorhanden sein können, und sollten diese ignorieren, falls " +"dies der Fall ist." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:36 +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" +"Falls sich die Vorkommazahl geändert hat, wurde eine inkompatible Änderung " +"durchgeführt und dass Programm sollte sich beenden. Falls dies nicht der " +"Fall ist, dann sollte das Programm sicher fortfahren können, es sei den, ein " +"unerwartetes Mitglied ist im Archiv (abgesehen vom Ende) gefunden worden, " +"wie unten beschrieben." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:46 +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." +msgstr "" +"Das zweite erforderliche Mitglied heißt B. Es ist ein " +"gezipptes Tar-Archiv, dass die Kontrollinformationen als eine Reihe von " +"normalen Dateien enthält, von denen die Datei B zwingend " +"erforderlich ist und die Kern-Kontrollinformationen enthält. Der Kontroll-" +"Tarball kann optional einen Eintrag für »B<.>«, das aktuelle Verzeichnis, " +"enthalten." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:50 +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgstr "" +"Das dritte und letzte benötigte Mitglied heißt B. Es enthält " +"das Dateisystemarchiv als gezipptes Tar-Archiv." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:61 +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " +"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B " +"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " +"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgstr "" +"Diese Mitglieder müssen in genau dieser Reihenfolge auftauchen. Aktuelle " +"Implementationen sollten zusätzliche Mitglieder nach B " +"ignorieren. Weitere Mitglieder könnten in der Zukunft definiert werden und " +"werden (falls möglich) nach diesen drei platziert. Alle zusätzlichen " +"Mitglieder, die vor B eingefügt werden könnten und die " +"problemlos von älteren Programmen ignoriert werden sollten, werden Namen " +"haben, die mit einem Unterstrich »B<_>« anfangen." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:67 +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" +"Solche neuen Mitglieder, die nicht problemlos ignoriert werden können, " +"werden vor B mit Namen, die nicht mit einem Unterstrich " +"anfangen, eingefügt oder werden (wahrscheinlicher) dazu führen, dass die " +"Hauptversionsnummer erhöht wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:70 +msgid "B(5), B(1), B(5)." +msgstr "B(5), B(1), B(5)." + +# type: TH +#: deb-control.5:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-control" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:6 +msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" +msgstr "deb-control - Dateiformat der Hauptkontrolldatei von Debian-Paketen" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:9 +msgid "control" +msgstr "control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:23 +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B or " +"B (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B field, see below)." +msgstr "" +"Jedes Debian-Paket enthält die Hauptkontrolldatei »control«, die eine Reihe " +"von Feldern enthält. Jedes Feld beginnt mit einer Markierung, wie B " +"oder B (Groß-/Kleinschreibung egal), gefolgt von einem Doppelpunkt " +"dem Körper des Feldes. Felder werden nur durch die Feldmarkierungen " +"abgegrenzt. Mit anderen Worten, Feldtexte können mehrere Zeilen überspannen," +"aber die Installationswerkzeuge werden im allgemeinen die Zeilen bei der " +"Verarbeitung des Feldkörpers zusammenfassen (mit Ausnahme des B-" +"Feldes, sehen Sie dazu unten)." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" +msgstr "NOTWENDIGE FELDER" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Epackage nameE" +msgstr "B EPaketnameE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:29 +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" +"Der Wert dieses Feldes bestimmt den Paketnamen und wird von den meisten " +"Installationswerkzeugen verwendet, um Dateinamen zu generieren." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Eversion stringE" +msgstr "B EVersions-ZeichenketteE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:36 +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." +msgstr "" +"Typischerweise ist das die Original Paketversionsnummer, in der Form, die " +"der Programmautor verwendet. Es kann auch eine Debian-Revisionsnummer " +"enthalten (für nicht aus Debian stammende Pakete). Falls sowohl Version als " +"auch Revision bereitgestellt werden, werden sie durch einen Bindestrich »-« " +"getrennt. Aus diesem Grund darf die Originalversion keinen Bindestrich in " +"seiner Versionsnummer enthalten." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Efullname emailE" +msgstr "B EVollständiger Name E-MailE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:41 +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs Ejbloggs@foo.comE', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" +"Sollte in dem Format »Joe Bloggs Ejbloggs@foo.comE« sein und ist " +"typischerweise die Person, die das Paket erstellt hat, im Gegensatz zum " +"Autor der Software, die paketiert wurde." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Eshort descriptionE" +msgstr "B EKurzbeschreibungE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:44 +msgid "B< >Elong descriptionE" +msgstr "B< >ELangbeschreibungE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:50 +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgstr "" +"Das Format der Paketbeschreibung ist eine kurze knappe Zusammenfassung auf " +"der ersten Zeile (nach dem »Description«-Feld). Die folgenden Zeilen sollten " +"als längere, detailliertere Beschreibung verwendet werden. Jede Zeile der " +"Langbeschreibung muss von einem Leerzeichen begonnen werden, und Leerzeilen " +"in der Langbeschreibung müssen einen einzelnen ».« hinter dem einleitenden " +"Leerzeichen enthalten." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" +msgstr "OPTIONALE FELDER" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B EsectionE" +msgstr "B EBereichE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:57 +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist ein allgemeines Feld, das dem Paket eine Kategorie gibt, basierend " +"auf der Software, die es installiert. Einige übliche Bereiche sind »utils«, " +"»net«, »mail«, »text«, »x11« usw." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B EpriorityE" +msgstr "B EPrioritätE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgstr "" +"Setzt die Bedeutung dieses Pakets in Bezug zu dem Gesamtsystem. Übliche " +"Prioritäten sind »required«, »standard«, »optional«, »extra« usw." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:71 +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B
and B fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B package." +msgstr "" +"In Debian haben die B
- und B-Felder einen definierten " +"Satz an akzeptierten Werten, basierend auf dem Richtlinien-Handbuch. Sie " +"werden verwendet, um zu entscheiden, wie Pakete im Archiv angeordnet werden. " +"Eine Liste dieser Werte kann aus der neusten Version des B-" +"Pakets erhalten werden." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Eyes|noE" +msgstr "B Eyes|noE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:78 +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Feld wird normalerweise nur benötigt, wenn die Antwort »yes« lautet. " +"Es bezeichnet ein Pakete, das für den ordnungsgemäßen Betrieb des Systems " +"benötigt wird. Dpkg oder jedes andere Installationswerkzeug wird es nicht " +"erlauben, ein B-Paket zu entfernen (zumindestens nicht ohne die " +"Verwendung einer der »force«-Optionen)." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Earch|allE" +msgstr "B Earch|allE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:86 +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" +"Die Architektur spezifiziert den Hardwaretyp für den dieses Paket kompiliert " +"wurde. Geläufige Architekturen sind »i386«, »m68k«, »sparc«, »alpha«, " +"»powerpc« usw. Beachten Sie, dass die B-Option für Pakete gedacht ist, " +"die Architektur-unabhängig sind. Einige Beispiele hierfür sind Shell- und " +"Perl-Skripte und Dokumentation." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Esource nameE" +msgstr "B EQuell-NameE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:90 +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." +msgstr "" +"Der Name des Quellpakets, aus dem dieses Binärpaket abstammt, falls es sich " +"vom Namen dieses Paketes unterscheidet." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Epackage listE" +msgstr "B EPaketlisteE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:100 +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgstr "" +"Liste von Paketen die benötigt werden, damit dieses Paket eine nicht-" +"triviale Menge an Funktionen anbieten kann. Die Paketverwaltungssoftware " +"wird es nicht erlauben, dass ein Paket installiert wird, falls die in seinem " +"B-Feld aufgeführten Pakete nicht installiert sind (zumindestens " +"nicht ohne Verwendung der »Force«-Optionen) und wird das postinst-Skript der " +"in dem Depends:-Feld aufgeführten Pakete vor denen der Pakete die von diesen " +"abhängen ausführen, und die prerm-Skripte vorher." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Epackage listE" +msgstr "B EPaketlisteE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:107 +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" +"Liste an Paketen die installiert B konfiguriert sein müssen, bevor " +"dieses Paket installiert werden kann. Dies wird normalerweise in dem Fall " +"verwendet, wo dieses Paket ein anderes Paket zum Ausführen seines preinst-" +"Skriptes benötigt." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Epackage listE" +msgstr "B EPaketlisteE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:114 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B field." +msgstr "" +"Liste an Paketen die in allen, abgesehen von ungewöhnlichen, Installationen " +"zusammen angefunden würden. Die Paketverwaltungssoftware wird den Benutzer " +"warnen falls er ein Paket ohne die im B-Feld aufgeführten Pakete " +"installiert." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Epackage listE" +msgstr "B EPaketlisteE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:119 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" +"Liste an Paketen die einen Bezug zu diesem haben und vielleicht seine " +"Nützlichkeit erweitern könnten, aber ohne die das zu installierende Paket " +"perfekt sinnvoll ist." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:131 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B, B, B and B " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" +"Die Syntax der B, B, B und B-" +"Felder ist eine Liste von Gruppen von alternativen Paketen. Jede Gruppe ist " +"eine Liste von durch vertikale Striche (oder »Pipe«-Symbole) »|« getrennte " +"Pakete. Die Gruppen werden durch Kommata getrennt. Kommata müssen als »UND«, " +"vertikale Striche als »ODER« gelesen werden, wobei die vertikalen Striche " +"stärker binden. Jeder Paketname wird optional gefolgt von einer " +"Versionsnummer-Spezifikation in Klammern." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:137 +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `EE', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"EE\" " +"for greater than, \"EE\" for less than, \"E=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgstr "" +"Eine Versionsnummer kann mit »EE« beginnen, in diesem Falle passen " +"alle neueren Versionen, und kann die Debian-Paketrevision (getrennt durch " +"einen Bindestrich) enthalten oder entfallen lassen. Akzeptierte " +"Versionsbeziehungen sind »EE« für größer als, »EE« für " +"kleiner als, »E=« für größer als oder identisch zu, »E=« für kleiner " +"als oder identisch zu und »=« für identisch zu." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Epackage listE" +msgstr "B EPaketlisteE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:145 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" +"Liste an Paketen, die mit diesem in Konflikt stehen, beispielsweise indem " +"beide Dateien mit dem gleichen Namen enthalten. Die Paketverwaltungssoftware " +"wird es nicht erlauben, Pakete, die in Konflikt stehen, gleichzeitig zu " +"installieren. Zwei in Konflikt-stehende Pakete sollten jeweils eine " +"B-Zeile enthalten, die das andere Paket erwähnen." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Epackage listE" +msgstr "B EPaketlisteE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:153 +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" +"Liste an Paketdateien, von denen dieses ersetzt. Dies wird dazu verwendet, " +"um diesem Paket zu erlauben, Dateien von einem anderen Paket zu ersetzen und " +"wird gewöhnlich mit dem B-Feld verwendet, um die Entfernung des " +"anderen Paketes zu erlauben, falls diese auch die gleichen Dateien wie das " +"im Konflikt-stehende Paket hat." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B Epackage listE" +msgstr "B EPaketlisteE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:163 +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " +"the list." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist eine Liste von virtuellen Paketen, die dieses Paket bereitstellt. " +"Gewöhnlich wird dies verwendet, wenn mehrere Pakete alle den gleichen Dienst " +"bereitstellen. Beispielsweise können Sendmail und Exim als Mailserver " +"dienen, daher stellen sie ein gemeinsames Paket (»mail-transport-agent«) " +"bereit, von dem andere Pakete abhängen können. Dies erlaubt es Sendmail oder " +"Exim als gültige Optionen zur Erfüllung der Abhängigkeit zu dienen. Dies " +"verhindert, das Pakete, die von einem E-Mail-Server abhängen, alle " +"Paketnamen für alle von ihnen wissen und »|« zur Unterteilung der Liste " +"verwenden müssen." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:178 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B, B and B is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B and B " +"fields." +msgstr "" +"Die Syntax von B, B und B ist eine Liste von " +"Paketnamen, getrennt durch Kommata (und optionalen Leerzeichen). Im " +"B-Feld sollte das Komma als »ODER« gelesen werden. Eine optionale " +"Version kann auch mit der gleichen Syntax wie oben für die B- und " +"B-Felder angegeben werden." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "BEISPIEL" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman Ewakkerma@debian.orgE\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +msgstr "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman Ewakkerma@debian.orgE\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep und fgrep.\n" +" Die GNU-Familie der Grep-Werkzeuge könnte die »schnellste im Westen« sein.\n" +" GNU Grep basiert auf einem schellen »lazy-state deterministic matcher«\n" +" (rund zweimal so schnell wie der standardmäßige Unix-Egrep) hybridisiert \n" +" mit einer Boyer-Moore-Gosper-Suche für eine feste Zeichenkette, die\n" +" unmöglichen Text von der Betrachtung durch den vollen »Matcher« verhindert\n" +" ohne notwendigerweise jedes Zeichen anzuschauen. Das Ergebnis ist\n" +" typischerweise um ein mehrfaches Schneller als Unix Grep oder Egrep.\n" +" (Reguläre Ausdrücke, die Rückreferenzierungen enthalten werden allerdings\n" +" langsamer laufen.)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:207 +msgid "B(5), B(1), B(1)." +msgstr "B(5), B(1), B(1)." + +# type: TH +#: deb-old.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-old" +msgstr "deb-old" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:4 +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "deb-old - Debian Binärpaketformat in alter Ausführung" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:17 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B" +"(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" +"Das B<.deb>-Format ist das Debian Binärpaketdateiformat. Diese Handbuchseite " +"beschreibt das B Format, dass vor Debian 0.93 verwendet wurde. Bitte " +"lesen Sie B(5) für Details über das neue Format." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:21 +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" +"Die Datei besteht aus zwei Zeilen an Formatinformationen als ASCII-Text, " +"gefolgt von zwei aneinandergehängten ustar-Dateien." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:25 +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" +"Die erste Zeile ist die Formatversionsnummer, aufgefüllt auf 8 Stellen, und " +"ist B<0.939000> für alle Archive im alten Format." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:28 +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" +"Die zweite Zeile ist eine dezimale Zeichenkette (ohne führende Nullen), die " +"die Länge der ersten gzippten Tar-Datei angibt." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:30 +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "" +"Jede dieser Zeilen wird durch ein einzelnes Zeilenvorschubzeichen " +"abgeschlossen." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:35 +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Die erste Tar-Datei enthält die Kontrollinformationen als eine Serie von " +"normalen Dateien. Die Datei B muss vorhanden sein, da sie die Kern-" +"Kontrollinformationen enthält." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:46 +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B subdirectory. In that case, the B subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" +"In einigen sehr alten Archiven können die Dateien in der Kontroll-Tar-Datei " +"optional in einem B-Unterverzeichnis sein. In diesem Fall ist das " +"B-Unterverzeichnis auch in der Kontroll-Tar-Datei, und die Kontroll-" +"Tar-Datei hat nur Dateien in diesem Verzeichnis. Optional kann die Kontroll-" +"Tar-Datei einen Eintrag für »B<.>« enthalten, d.h. für das aktuelle " +"Verzeichnis." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:50 +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" +"Die zweite gzippte Tar-Datei ist das Dateisystemarchiv, das Pfadnamen " +"relativ zum Wurzelverzeichnis des System, auf dem installiert werden soll, " +"enthält. Die Pfadnamen haben keine führenden Schrägstriche." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:54 +msgid "B(5), B(1), B(5)." +msgstr "B(5), B(1), B(5)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-04-09" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg suite" +msgstr "dpkg-Programmsammlung" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:4 +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "dpkg - Paketverwalter für Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:8 +msgid "B [I] I" +msgstr "B [I] I" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "WARNUNG" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:13 +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B's command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Handbuch ist für Benutzer gedacht, die die Kommandozeilenoptionen und " +"Paketzustände von B detaillierter verstehen wollen, als durch B beschrieben ist." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:18 +msgid "" +"It should I be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B will install their packages. The descriptions of what B does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" +"Es sollte I von Paketbetreuern verwendet werden, die verstehen " +"wollen, wie B ihr Paket installieren wird. Die Beschreibung von den " +"Tätigkeiten von B beim Installieren und Entfernen von Paketen sind " +"besonders in unzulänglich." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:26 +msgid "" +"B is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B is B(1). " +"B itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " +"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " +"tells B what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " +"some way." +msgstr "" +"B ist ein Werkzeug, um Debian-Pakete zu installieren, zu bauen und zu " +"verwalten. Die primäre und benutzerfreundlichere Oberfläche für B ist " +"B(1). B selbst wird komplett über Kommandozeilenoptionen " +"kontrolliert, die aus genau einer Aktion und Null oder mehreren Optionen " +"bestehen. Der Aktionsparameter teilt B mit, was zu tun ist, und die " +"Optionen kontrollieren die Aktionen in irgendeiner Weise." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:31 +msgid "" +"B can be also be used as a front-end to B(1). The following " +"are B actions, and if they are encountered, B just runs " +"B with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" +"B kann auch als Oberfläche für B(1) verwendet werden. Die " +"folgenden Aktionen gehören zu B, und wenn sie angetroffen werden, " +"startet B einfach B mit den übergebenen Parametern:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" +msgstr "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract> und\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:42 +msgid "Please refer to B(1) for information about these actions." +msgstr "" +"Bitte lesen Sie B(1) für weitere Informationen über diese Aktionen." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "INFORMATIONEN ÜBER PAKETE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:48 +msgid "" +"B maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B, B and " +"B. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B." +msgstr "" +"B verwaltet einige nützliche Informationen über verfügbare Pakete. Die " +"Informationen sind in drei Klassen unterteilt: B, " +"und B. Diese Werte sind Hauptsächlich zur Änderung durch " +"B gedacht." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE STATES" +msgstr "PAKETZUSTÄNDE" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:52 +msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." +msgstr "Das Paket ist entpackt und konfigurierte korrekt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:56 +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "" +"Die Installation des Paketes wurde begonnen, aber aus irgendeinem Grund " +"nicht abgeschlossen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:59 +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "Das Paket ist nicht auf Ihrem System installiert." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:62 +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "Das Paket ist entpackt, aber nicht konfiguriert." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:66 +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" +"Das Paket ist entpackt und die Konfiguration wurde begonnen, aber aus " +"irgendeinem Grund nicht abgeschlossen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:69 +msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "Nur die Konfigurationsdateien des Pakets existieren auf dem System." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" +msgstr "PAKETAUSWAHL-STATUS" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:73 +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "Das Paket ist zur Installation ausgewählt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:77 +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Das Paket ist zur Deinstallation ausgewählt (d.h. wir wollen alle Dateien " +"außer den Konfigurationsdateien entfernen)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:81 +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Das Paket ist zum Säubern ausgewählt (d.h. wir wollen alle Dateien inklusive " +"der Konfigurationsdateien entfernen)." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" +msgstr "PAKET-SCHALTER" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:86 +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B is not handled by B, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" +"Ein Paket das mit B markiert ist, wird von B nicht behandelt, " +"es sei denn Sie erzwingen dies mit der Option B<--force-hold>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:91 +msgid "" +"A package marked B is broken and requires reinstallation. " +"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" +"reinstreq>." +msgstr "" +"Ein mit B markiertes Paket ist defekt und muss erneut " +"installiert werden. Diese Pakete können nicht entfernt werden, es sei denn, " +"Sie erzwingen dies mit der Option B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:92 dpkg-architecture.1:42 update-alternatives.8:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "AKTIONEN" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B | B<--install> I..." +msgstr "B | B<--install> I..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:97 +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Installiere das Paket. Falls die B<--recursive> oder B<-R>-Option angegeben " +"ist, muss sich I stattdessen auf ein Verzeichnis beziehen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:99 +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Die Installation besteht aus folgenden Schritten:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:102 +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "B<1.> Extrahiere die Kontrolldateien aus dem neuen Paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:106 +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I script of the old package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> Falls eine andere Version des gleichen Pakets vor der der neuen " +"Installation installiert war, dann führe das I-Skript des alten " +"Paketes aus." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:109 +msgid "B<3.> Run I script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "" +"B<3.> Führe das I-Skript aus, falls dies vom Paket bereitgestellt " +"wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:113 +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" +"B<4.> Entpacke die neuen Dateien und sichere gleichzeitig die alten Dateien, " +"so dass diese, falls etwas schief geht, wiederhergestellt werden können." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:120 +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" +"B<5.> Falls eine andere Version des gleichen Pakets vor der der neuen " +"Installation installiert war, dann führe das I-Skript des alten " +"Paketes aus. Beachten Sie, dass dieses Skript nach dem I-Skript des " +"neuen Pakets ausgeführt wird, da neue Dateien zeitgleich zu der Entfernung " +"alter Dateien geschrieben werden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:124 +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" +"B<6.> Konfiguriere das Paket. Lesen Sie B<--configure> für detaillierte " +"Informationen wie dies geschieht." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI ..." +msgstr "BI ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:129 +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Entpacke das Paket, aber konfiguriere es nicht. Falls die B<--recursive> " +"oder B<-R>-Option angegeben ist, muss sich I stattdessen auf ein " +"Verzeichnis beziehen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "BI ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:134 +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" +"Rekonfiguriere ein entpacktes Paket. Falls B<-a> oder B<--pending> anstelle " +"von I angegeben ist, werden alle entpackten aber nicht konfigurierten " +"Pakete konfiguriert." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:136 +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Die Konfiguration besteht aus folgenden Schritten:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:141 +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"B<1.> entpacke die Konfigurationsdateien und sichere gleichzeitig die alten " +"Konfigurationsdateien, so dass diese, falls etwas schief geht, " +"wiederhergestellt werden können." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:144 +msgid "B<2.> Run I script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> Führe das I-Skript aus, falls dies vom Paket bereitgestellt " +"wird." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:155 +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Entferne ein installiertes Paket. B<-r> oder B<--remove> entfernen alles " +"außer Konfigurationsdateien. Dies könnte die Rekonfiguration vermeiden, " +"falls das Paket später wieder reinstalliert wird. (Konfigurationsdateien " +"sind die Dateien, die in der I-Kontrolldatei aufgeführt " +"sind). B<-P> oder B<--purge> entfernt alles, auch Konfigurationsdateien. " +"Falls B<-a> oder B<--pending> anstatt eines Paketnamens angegeben werden, " +"dann werden alle Pakete, die entpackt aber zur Entfernung oder Säuberung in " +"der Datei I markiert sind, entfernt oder respektive " +"gesäubert." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:157 +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Entfernung eines Paketes besteht aus den folgenden Schritte:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:160 +msgid "B<1.> Run I script" +msgstr "B<1.> Führe das I-Skript aus" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:163 +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "B<2.> Entferne die installierten Dateien" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:166 +msgid "B<3.> Run I script" +msgstr "B<3.> Führe das I-Skript aus" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B | B<--merge-avail> I" +msgstr "B | B<--merge-avail> I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:176 +msgid "" +"Update B's and B's idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I. The I " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I. B keeps its " +"record of available packages in I." +msgstr "" +"Aktualisiere Bs und Bs Verständnis darüber, welche Pakete " +"verfügbar sind. Mit der Aktion B<--merge-avail> wird alte Information mit " +"der Information aus der I zusammengeführt. Mit der Aktion " +"B<--update-avail> wird die alte Information durch die Information aus der " +"I ersetzt. Die mit Debian vertriebene I " +"heißt einfach I. B hält seine Aufzeichnungen über die " +"verfügbaren Pakete in I." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:179 +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I file is " +"B." +msgstr "" +"Ein einfacheres Kommando um die I-Datei in einem Aufruf abzurufen " +"und zu aktualisieren ist B." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B | B<--record-avail> I ..." +msgstr "B | B<--record-avail> I ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:185 +msgid "" +"Update B and B's idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Aktualisiere mit den Informationen aus dem Paket I Bs und " +"Bs Verständnis darüber, welche Pakete verfügbar sind. Falls die B<--" +"recursive> oder B<-R>-Option angegeben ist, muss sich I " +"stattdessen auf ein Verzeichnis beziehen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:188 +msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." +msgstr "" +"Vergiss Informationen über nicht-installierte, nicht-verfügbare Pakete." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:191 +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "" +"Lösche die existierenden Informationen darüber, welche Pakete verfügbar sind." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B | B<--audit>" +msgstr "B | B<--audit>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:196 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" +"Suche nach Pakete, die in Ihrem System nur teilweise installiert wurden. " +"B wird Vorschläge machen, was mit ihnen geschehen soll, um sie in " +"Funktion zu bringen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B [I...]" +msgstr "B [I...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:200 +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "" +"Hole eine Liste von Paketauswahlen und schreibe sie auf die Standardausgabe. " +"Ohne Muster werden Pakete im Zustand »Säubern« nicht angezeigt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:206 +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'EpackageE EstateE', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "" +"Setze die Paketauswahl durch Einlesen einer Datei von der Standardeingabe. " +"Diese Datei sollte im Format »EPaketE EZustandE« sein, wobei " +"Zustand einer aus »install«, »hold«, »deinstall« oder »purge« ist. " +"Leerzeilen und Kommentarzeilen (beginnend mit »#«) sind auch erlaubt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:211 +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" +"Setze den erbetenen Zustand von jedem nicht-essenziellen Paket auf " +"»Deinstallation«. Dies ist dazu gedacht, direkt vor --set-selections " +"verwendet zu werden, um jedes Paket, dass nicht in der Liste von --set-" +"selections vorkommt, zu deinstallieren." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:215 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" +"Sucht nach Paketen dir zur Installation ausgewählt wurden, die aber aus " +"irgendeinem Grund noch nicht installiert wurden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:219 +msgid "" +"Print architecture of packages B installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "" +"Gebe die Architektur der Pakete aus, die B installiert (beispielsweise " +"»i386«)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "BI" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:230 +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I is a binary operator. B returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I or I. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B EE " +"E= = E= EE E>." +msgstr "" +"Vergleiche Versionsnummern, wobei I ein binärer Operator ist. B " +"liefert Erfolg (Nullergebnis) falls die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt ist und " +"einen Fehler (Nicht-Null-Ergebnis) andernfalls. Es gibt zwei Gruppen von " +"Operatoren, die sich in der Behandlung von leeren I oder I " +"unterscheiden. Die folgenden behandeln leere Versionen als jünger als jede " +"andere Version: B. Die folgenden behandeln eine leere " +"Version als älter als jede Version: B. Die " +"folgenden sind nur aus Kompatibilität mit der Kontrolldateisyntax " +"bereitgestellt: B EE E= = E= EE E>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BnE>" +msgstr "BnE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:235 +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor BnE>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" +"Akzeptiert eine Reihe von Befehlen an Eingabe-Dateideskriptoren " +"BnE>. Hinweis: Zusätzliche auf der Kommandozeile und durch diesen " +"Datei-Deskriptor gesetzte Optionen werden nicht für nachfolgende Befehle, " +"die im gleichen Lauf ausgeführt werden, zurückgesetzt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:238 +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "Zeige eine kurze Hilfenachricht an." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:241 +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I options." +msgstr "Gebe Hilfe über die B<--force->I-Optionen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B|B< --debug=help>" +msgstr "B|B< --debug=help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:244 +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "Gib Hilfe über Debugging-Optionen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B | B" +msgstr "B | B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:247 +msgid "Display B licence." +msgstr "Zeige die B-Lizenz an." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:250 +msgid "Display B version information." +msgstr "Zeige B Versionsinformationen an." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:253 +msgid "See B(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" +"Lesen Sie B(1) für weitere Informationen über die folgenden " +"Aktionen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B | B<--build> I [I]\n" +" Build a deb package.\n" +"B | B<--contents> I\n" +" List contents of a deb package.\n" +"B | B<--control> I [I]\n" +" Extract control-information from a package.\n" +"B | B<--extract> I\n" +" Extract the files contained by package.\n" +"B | B<--field> I [I] ...\n" +" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" +"B I\n" +" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" +" Debian package.\n" +"B | B<--info> I [I]\n" +" Show information about a package.\n" +"B | B<--vextract> I I\n" +" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" +" package.\n" +msgstr "" +"B | B<--build> I [I]\n" +" Baue ein deb-Paket.\n" +"B | B<--contents> I\n" +" Liste den Inhalt eines deb-Paketes auf.\n" +"B | B<--control> I [I]\n" +" Extrahiere Kontrollinformationen von einem Paket.\n" +"B | B<--extract> I\n" +" Extrahiere die vom Paket enthaltenen Dateien.\n" +"B | B<--field> I [I] ...\n" +" Zeige das/die Kontrollfeld(er) eines Paketes an.\n" +"B I\n" +" Zeige die von einem Debian-Paket enthaltene Dateisystem-Tardatei an.\n" +"B | B<--info> I [I]\n" +" Zeige Informationen über ein Paket.\n" +"B | B<--vextract> I I\n" +" Extrahiere und zeige die von einem Paket enthaltenen Dateinamen.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:278 +msgid "See B(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" +"Lesen Sie B(1) für weitere Informationen über die folgenden " +"Aktionen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B | B<--list> I ...\n" +" List packages matching given pattern.\n" +"B | B<--status> I ...\n" +" Report status of specified package.\n" +"B | B<--listfiles> I ...\n" +" List files installed to your system from B.\n" +"B | B<--search> I ...\n" +" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" +"B | B<--print-avail> I\n" +" Display details about I, as found in I.\n" +msgstr "" +"B | B<--list> I ...\n" +" Liste auf das übergebene Suchmuster passende Pakete auf.\n" +"B | B<--status> I ...\n" +" Berichte den Status der spezifizierten Pakete.\n" +"B | B<--listfiles> I ...\n" +" Liste die aus B auf Ihrem System installierten Pakete auf.\n" +"B | B<--search> I ...\n" +" Suche nach einem Dateinamen in installierten Paketen.\n" +"B | B<--print-avail> I\n" +" Zeige Details über I, wie in I gefunden.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:298 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B " +"configuration file I. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Alle Optionen können auf der Kommandozeile oder in der B-" +"Konfigurationsdatei I angegeben werden. Jede Zeile in " +"der Konfigurationsdatei ist entweder eine Option (exakt die gleiche wie die " +"Befehlszeilenoption nur ohne führende Gedankenstriche) oder ein Kommentar " +"(falls es mit B<#> beginnt)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I" +msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:302 +msgid "Change after how many errors B will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "" +"Ändere nach wie vielen Fehlern B abbrechen wird. Der Standardwert ist " +"50." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:308 +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Paket entfernt wird besteht die Möglichkeit, dass ein andere " +"installierte Paket von dem entfernten Paket abhängt. Die Angabe dieser " +"Option führt zur automatischen Dekonfiguration des Paketes, das von dem " +"entfernten Paket abhängt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>IB< | --debug=>I" +msgstr "B<-D>IB< | --debug=>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:314 +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" +"Schalte Debugging ein. I wird durch bitweise Oder-Verknüpfung der " +"gewünschten Werte von der nachfolgenden Liste gebildet (beachten Sie, dass " +"sich diese Werte in zukünftigen Veröffentlichungen verändern können). B<-Dh> " +"oder B<--debug=help> zeigen diese Debugging-Werte an." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" number description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +msgstr "" +" Nummer Beschreibung\n" +" 1 Allgemein-hilfreiche Fortschrittsinformationen\n" +" 2 Aufruf und Status der Betreuerskripte\n" +" 10 Ausgabe für jede verarbeitete Datei\n" +" 100 Umfangreiche Ausgabe für jede verarbeitete Datei\n" +" 20 Ausgabe für jede Konfigurationsdatei\n" +" 200 Umfangreiche Ausgabe für jede Konfigurationsdatei\n" +" 40 Abhängigkeiten und Konflikte\n" +" 400 Umfangreiche Abhängigkeiten/Konflikte-Ausgabe\n" +" 1000 Umfangreiches Gelaber beispielsweise über das dpkg/info Verzeichnis\n" +" 2000 Verrückte Mengen an Gelaber\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force->I | B<--no-force->I | B<--refuse->I" +msgstr "B<--force->I | B<--no-force->I | B<--refuse->I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:333 +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B and B mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" +"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " +"forced by default." +msgstr "" +"Erzwinge oder verweigere (B und B bedeuten das gleiche) " +"bestimmte Sachen. I ist eine Komma-separierte Liste von Dingen, die " +"im folgenden beschrieben sind. B<--force-help> zeigt eine Nachricht an, die " +"diese beschreibt. Mit (*) markierte Dinge werden standardmäßig erzwungen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:337 +msgid "" +"I" +msgstr "" +"I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:340 +msgid "B: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "B: Schaltet alle »force«-Optionen ein (oder aus)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:343 +msgid "" +"B(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"B(*): Installiere ein Paket, selbst wenn eine neuere Version " +"davon bereits installiert ist." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:350 +msgid "" +"I" +msgstr "" +"I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:354 +msgid "" +"B: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" +"B: Konfiguriere auch jedes entpackte, aber unkonfigurierte " +"Paket von dem das aktuelle Paket abhängt." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:357 +msgid "B: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." +msgstr "B: Verarbeite auch Pakete, die mit »halten« markiert sind." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:362 +msgid "" +"B: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B." +msgstr "" +"B: Entferne ein Paket, selbst falls es defekt ist und zur " +"Neuinstallation markiert ist. Dies kann beispielsweise dazu führen, dass " +"Teile des Pakets auf dem System bleiben und von B vergessen werden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:367 +msgid "" +"B: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " +"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " +"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." +msgstr "" +"B: Entferne, selbst falls das Paket als essenziell " +"betrachtet wird. Essenzielle Pakete enthalten hauptsächlich sehr " +"grundlegende Unix-Befehle. Diese zu entfernen kann dazu führen, dass das " +"gesamte System nicht mehr arbeitet - verwenden Sie dies Option daher mit " +"Vorsicht." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:370 +msgid "B: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." +msgstr "B: Verwandle alle Abhängigkeitsprobleme in Warnungen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:373 +msgid "" +"B: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "" +"B: Ignoriere Versionen bei der Prüfung von Abhängigkeiten." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:377 +msgid "" +"B: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" +"B: Installiere, selbst wenn es mit einem anderen Paket in " +"Konflikt steht. Dies ist gefährlich, da dies gewöhnlich dazu führt, dass " +"einige Dateien überschrieben werden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:382 +msgid "" +"B: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" +"B: Installiere immer fehlende Konfigurationsdateien. Dies ist " +"gefährlich, da es bedeutet, dass eine Änderung (die Entfernung) an der Datei " +"nicht erhalten wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:387 +msgid "" +"B: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B: Falls eine Conffile modifiziert wurde, installiere immer die " +"neue Version ohne Rückfrage, es sei denn, B<--force-confdef> ist ebenfalls " +"angegeben, in welchem Falle die Standardaktion bevorzugt wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:392 +msgid "" +"B: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B: Falls eine Conffile modifiziert wurde, behalte immer die alte " +"Version ohne Rückfrage, es sei denn, B<--force-confdef> ist ebenfalls " +"angegeben, in welchem Falle die Standardaktion bevorzugt wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:398 +msgid "" +"B: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" +"B: Falls eine Conffile verändert wurde, wähle immer die " +"Standardaktion. Falls es keine Standardaktion gibt, halte an um den Benutzer " +"zu fragen, es sei denn, B<--force-confnew> oder B<--force-confold> sind " +"ebenfalls angegeben, in welchem Falle dies verwendet wird, um die endgültige " +"Aktion zu bestimmen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:401 +msgid "B: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B: Überschreibe die Datei aus einem Paket mit einer Datei aus " +"einem anderen Paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:404 +msgid "B Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B Überschreibe das Verzeichnis aus einem Paket mit einer " +"Datei aus einem anderen Paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:407 +msgid "" +"B: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" +"B: Überschreibe eine umgelenkte (»diverted«) Datei mit " +"einer nicht-umgelenkten." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:410 +msgid "B: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." +msgstr "B: Verarbeite sogar Pakete mit der falschen Architektur." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:413 +msgid "" +"B: B is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" +"B: Im B fehlen wichtige Programme, daher sind Probleme " +"wahrscheinlich." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:416 +msgid "B: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "" +"B: Versuche Sachen zu (de)installieren, selbst falls nicht root." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:419 +msgid "B: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "" +"B: Installiere ein Paket selbst wenn die Authentizitätsprüfung " +"fehlschlägt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:420 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I,..." +msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I,..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:424 +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" +"Ignoriere Abhängigkeitsüberprüfungen für ein bestimmtes Paket (tatsächlich " +"wird die Überprüfung durchgeführt, aber nur Warnungen über Konflikte werden " +"angezeigt, sonst nichts)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:428 +msgid "" +"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Wähle das alte oder neue Binärpaketformat. Dies ist eine B(1)-" +"Option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:428 dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:432 +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Lese oder überprüfe den Inhalt der Kontrolldatei beim Paketbau nicht. Dies " +"ist eine B(1)-Option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" +msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:437 +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " +"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " +"actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" +"Erledige alles, was gemacht werden soll, aber schreibe keine Änderungen. " +"Dies wird verwendet um zu sehen, was mit der spezifizierten Änderung " +"passieren würde ohne tatsächlich etwas zu modifizieren." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:442 +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" +"Stellen Sie sicher, dass B<--no-act> vor dem Aktions-Parameter steht, oder " +"Sie könnten mit unerwünschten Ergebnissen enden. (Beispielsweise wird B zuerst das Paket foo bereinigen und dann versuchen, " +"das Paket --no-act zu bereinigen, obwohl Sie wahrscheinlich davon ausgingen, " +"dass tatsächlich gar nichts passieren sollte)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" +msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:448 +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" +"Behandle rekursiv alle regulären Dateien, die auf das Muster B<*.deb> passen " +"und im angegeben Verzeichnis sowie allen Unterverzeichnis liegen. Dies kann " +"mit den Aktionen B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> und B<--avail> " +"verwendet werden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:452 +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" +"Installiere ein Paket nicht, falls bereits eine neuere Version des gleichen " +"Paketes installiert ist. Dies ist ein Alias für B<--refuse-downgrade>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--root=>I | B<--admindir=>I | B<--instdir=>I" +msgstr "B<--root=>I | B<--admindir=>I | B<--instdir=>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:463 +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B defaults to I and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B defaults to I and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B is also the " +"directory passed to B(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B as a root directory. " +"Changing B changes B to I and B to IB." +msgstr "" +"Ändere die Standardverzeichnisse. B ist standardmäßig I und enthält viele Dateien, die Informationen über den Status von " +"installierten oder nicht-installierten Paketen enthalten usw. B ist " +"standardmäßig I und bezieht sich auf das Verzeichnis, wo Pakete hin " +"installiert werden. B ist auch das Verzeichnis, das an B(2) " +"vor dem Aufruf der Installationsskripte des Paketes übergeben wird, was " +"bedeutet, dass die Skripte B als ein Wurzelverzeichnis sehen. Eine " +"Änderung von B ändert B auf I und B auf " +"IB." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:469 +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B or by B, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" +"Bearbeite nur die Pakete, die zur Installation ausgewählt sind. Die " +"eigentliche Markierung erfolgt mit B oder durch B, wenn es " +"Pakete bearbeitet. Beispielsweise wird ein Paket bei der Entfernung als für " +"die Deinstallation-ausgewählt markiert." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:473 +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Installiere das Paket nicht, falls die gleiche Version des Pakets bereits " +"installiert ist." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--status-fd >InE>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >InE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:480 +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor InE>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: EpkgE: " +"Epkg stateE'. Errors are reported as `status: EpkgE: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" +"Sende Paketstatusinformationen an den Dateideskriptor InE>. Diese " +"Option kann mehrfach angegeben werden. Statusaktualisierungen sind von der " +"Form: »status: EPktE: EPkt StatusE«. Fehler werden als " +"»status: EPktE: error: Ausführliche-Fehlermeldung« berichtet. " +"Konfigurationsdateikonflikte werden als »status: Conffile-" +"Eingabeaufforderung: conffile : »aktuelle-conffile« »neue-conffile« " +"useredited distedited« berichtet." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--log=>I" +msgstr "B<--log=>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:492 +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I, instead of the default " +"I. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"EstateE EpkgE Einstalled-versionE' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS EactionE EpkgE Einstalled-" +"versionE Eavailable-versionE' for actions where " +"IactionE> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile EfilenameE EdecisionE' for conffile " +"changes where IdecisionE> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" +"Protokollierstatus-Änderungsaktualisierungen und -Aktionen in I " +"anstatt in die Standard-Datei I. Falls diese Option " +"mehrfach übergeben wird, wird der letzte Dateiname verwendet. " +"Protokollnachrichten sind von der Form »YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"EZustandE EPktE Einstallierte-VersionE« für " +"Statusänderungsaktualisierungen; »YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS EAktionE " +"EPktE Einstallierte-VersionE Everfügbare-VersionE« " +"für Aktionen wobei IAktionE> entweder install, upgrade, remove " +"oder purge ist; und »YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile EDateinameE " +"EEntscheidungE« für Conffile-Änderungen ist, wobei " +"IEntscheidungE> entweder install oder keep ist." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:495 +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "Versuche nicht, Paketsignaturen zu überprüfen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:497 dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:500 +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei mit Standardeinstellungen der Optionen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:500 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:504 +msgid "Default log file (see I(5) and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "" +"Standard-Protokolldatei (lesen Sie I(5) und die Option " +"B<--log>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:507 +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" +"Die anderen unten aufgeführten Dateien sind in ihrem Standardverzeichnis, " +"lesen Sie den Text zur Option B<--admindir> um zu sehen, wie sie den Ort " +"dieser Dateien ändern können." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:510 +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "Liste der verfügbaren Pakete." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:516 +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B for more info." +msgstr "" +"Statusse der verfügbaren Pakete. Diese Datei enthält Informationen darüber, " +"ob ein Paket zur Entfernung markiert ist oder nicht, ob es installiert ist " +"oder nicht usw. Lesen Sie den Abschnitt B für " +"weitere Informationen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:519 +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" +"Die folgenden Dateien sind Komponenten von Binärpaketen. Lesen Sie B(5) " +"für weitere Informationen über sie:" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:532 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +msgstr "UMGEBUNGSVARIABLEN" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:537 +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" +"Definieren sie diese zu irgendetwas, falls Sie es bevorzugen, dass B " +"eine neue Shell startet statt sich selber zu suspendieren, während es einen " +"»Shell-Escape« durchführt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:540 +msgid "The program B will execute when starting a new shell." +msgstr "" +"Das Programm, das B ausführen wird, wenn es eine neue Shell startet." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:540 dpkg-query.1:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:544 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" +"Setzt die Anzahl von Spalten die B verwenden soll, wenn es " +"formatierten Text anzeigt. Derzeit nur von -l verwendet." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:545 dpkg-architecture.1:100 dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-name.1:71 +#: update-alternatives.8:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "BEISPIELE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:547 +msgid "To list packages related to the editor B(1):" +msgstr "Um Pakete mit Bezug zum B(1)-Editor aufzulisten:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B\n" +msgstr " B\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:552 +msgid "To see the entries in I of two packages:" +msgstr "" +"Um die Einträge von zwei Pakete in I zu sehen:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:554 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B\n" +msgstr " B\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:557 +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "Wenn Sie die Liste der Pakete selbst durchsuchen wollen:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:559 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B\n" +msgstr " B\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:562 +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "Um ein installiertes Elvis-Paket zu entfernen:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B\n" +msgstr " B\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:569 +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" +"Um ein Paket zu installieren, müssen Sie es erst in einem Archiv oder auf " +"einer CD-ROM finden. Die »available«-Datei zeigt, dass das vim-Paket im " +"Bereich »editors« ist:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:572 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B\n" +" B\n" +msgstr "" +" B\n" +" B\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:575 +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "Um eine lokale Kopie der Paketauswahl-Zustände zu erstellen:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Bmyselections>\n" +msgstr " Bmeine_auswahl>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:581 +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "" +"Sie können diese Datei zu einem anderen Computer bringen und sie dort mit " +"folgenden Befehlen installieren:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B\n" +" Bmyselections>\n" +msgstr "" +" B\n" +" Bmyselections>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:590 +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" +"Beachten Sie, dass dies nichts wirklich installiert oder entfernt, sondern " +"lediglich den Auswahlzustand der angeforderten Pakete setzt. Sie werden eine " +"andere Anwendung benötigen, um die angeforderten Pakete tatsächlich " +"herunterzuladen und zu installieren. Starten Sie beispielsweise B " +"und wählen Sie »Installieren«." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:593 +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" +"Gewöhnlich werden Sie feststellen, dass B(1) eine bequemere Art " +"ist, den Paketauswahlzustand zu ändern." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:595 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "ZUSÄTZLICHE FUNKTIONALITÄT" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:598 +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I, I and I." +msgstr "" +"Zusätzliche Funktionalität kann durch die Installation jedes der folgenden " +"Pakete erhalten werden: I, I und I." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:608 +msgid "" +"B(1), B(1), B(1), B(5), B" +"(5), B(5), and B(8)." +msgstr "" +"B(1), B(1), B(1), B(5), B" +"(5), B(5) und B(8)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:611 +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "" +"B<--no-act> gibt gewöhnlich weniger Informationen als hilfreich sein könnten." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:612 dselect.1:449 start-stop-daemon.8:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "AUTOREN" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:616 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"See I for the list of people who have\n" +"contributed to B.\n" +msgstr "" +"Lesen Sie I für die Liste der Leute, die zu\n" +"B beigetragen haben.\n" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-architecture" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-06-17" +msgstr "2006-06-17" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture - Architektur zum Paketbau setzen und bestimmen" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:9 +msgid "B [I] [I]" +msgstr "B [I] [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:14 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" +"dpkg-architecture stellte eine Möglichkeit bereit, die Rechner-Architektur " +"für den Paketbau zu bestimmen und zu setzen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:17 +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B" +"(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgstr "" +"Die Bau-Architektur wird immer über einen externen Aufruf an B(1) " +"bestimmt und kann nicht auf der Kommandozeile gesetzt werden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:26 +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Host-Architektur (Gast-Architektur) spezifizieren, indem Sie " +"eine oder beide der Optionen B<-a> oder B<-t> verwenden. Der Standardwert " +"wird über einen externen Aufruf an B(1) ermittelt oder ist identisch " +"mit der Bauarchitektur, falls sowohl \\s-1CC\\s0 als auch Gcc nicht " +"verfügbar sind. Einer von B<-a> oder B<-t> ist ausreichend, der Wert des " +"anderen wird auf einen brauchbaren Wert gesetzt. Tatsächlich ist es oft " +"besser nur einen der beiden anzugeben, da B Sie warnen " +"wird, falls Ihre Wahl nicht mit dem Standardwert übereinstimmt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I" +msgstr "B<-a>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +msgid "Set the Debian architecture." +msgstr "Setze die Debian-Architektur." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I" +msgstr "B<-t>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +msgid "Set the GNU system type." +msgstr "Setzt den GNU-Systemtyp." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>" +msgstr "B<-f>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:41 +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B is buried in some other script (for example " +"B(1))." +msgstr "" +"Existierende Umgebungsvariablen mit dem gleichen Namen wie vom Skript " +"verwendet werden nicht überschrieben (d.h. sie werden von B verwendet), es sei denn, die »force«-Markierung ist gesetzt. " +"Dies erlaubt es dem Benutzer einen Wert zu überschreiben, selbst wenn der " +"Aufruf von B tief in einem anderen Skript versteckt ist " +"(beispielsweise B(1))." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>" +msgstr "B<-l>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I. This is the default action." +msgstr "" +"Zeige die Umgebungsvariablen, eine pro Zeile, in dem Format " +"I. Dies ist die Standardaktion." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I" +msgstr "B<-e>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" +"Überprüfe auf Gleichheit der Architekturen. Standardmäßig wird I gegen die aktuelle Debian-Architektur auf dem Host geprüft. " +"Diese Aktion expandiert nicht die Architektur-Platzhalter (Wildcards). Der " +"Befehl beendet sich mit einem Exit-Status von 0, falls eine Übereinstimmung " +"besteht, andernfalls mit 1." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i>I" +msgstr "B<-i>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" +"Überprüfe die Identität einer Architektur, indem I " +"als einen Architektur-Platzhalter expandiert und mit der aktuellen Debian-" +"Architektur verglichen wird. Das Kommando endet mit einem Exit-Status von 0, " +"falls eine Übereinstimmung gefunden wurde, ansonsten mit 1." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>I" +msgstr "B<-q>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "Zeige den Wert einer einzelnen Variablen an." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>" +msgstr "B<-s>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." +msgstr "" +"Zeige ein Export-Kommando. Dies kann dazu verwendet werden, um " +"Umgebungsvariablen mittels eval zu setzen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>" +msgstr "B<-u>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "Zeige ein zu B<-s> ähnliches Kommando, nur lösche alle Variablen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I< command>" +msgstr "B<-c>I< Befehl>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +msgid "" +"Execute a I in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." +msgstr "" +"Führe einen I in einer Umgebung aus, in der alle Variablen auf die " +"festgelegten Werte gesetzt sind." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>" +msgstr "B<-L>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:76 +msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." +msgstr "Zeige eine Liste von gültigen Architekturnamen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print a usage message." +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# de.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Gebe einen Bedienungshinweis aus.\n" +"#-#-#-#-# de.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Zeige eine Verwendungsmitteilung." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:82 +msgid "Print program version." +msgstr "Zeige die Programm-Version." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "AUSDRÜCKE" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "Baumaschine" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "Die Maschine, auf der das Paket gebaut wird." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "Host-Maschine" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "Die Maschine, für die das Paket gebaut ist." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "Debian-Architektur" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" +"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" +"Die Debian-Architektur-Zeichenkette, die den binären Baum im \\s-1FTP\\s0-" +"Archiv spezifiziert. Beispiele: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "architecture wildcard" +msgstr "Architektur-Platzhalter" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is EkernelE-" +"EcpuE. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgstr "" +"Ein Architektur-Platzhalter ist eine spezielle Architektur-Zeichenkette, die " +"auf jede reale Architektur, die ein Teil davon ist, passt. Die allgemeine " +"Form ist EKernE-ECPUE. Beispiele: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-" +"any." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" +msgstr "\\s-1GNU\\s0-Systemtyp" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:99 +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" +"Eine Architektur-Spezifikations-Zeichenkette besteht aus zwei, durch einen " +"Bindestrich getrennten Teilen: CPU und System. Beispiele: i386-linux-gnu, " +"sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, x86_64-netbsd." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:103 +msgid "" +"B accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B. Other examples:" +msgstr "" +"B akzeptiert die B<-a>-Option und gibt dies an B weiter. Weitere Beispiele:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:105 +msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" +"CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:107 +msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" +msgstr "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:110 +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" +msgstr "" +"Überprüfe, ob eine Architektur identisch zu der aktuellen Architektur oder " +"einer übergebenen ist:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:112 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:114 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:117 +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" +msgstr "" +"Überprüfe, ob die aktuelle oder eine mit -a übergebene Architektur Linux-" +"Systeme sind:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:119 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:121 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "VARIABLEN" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +msgid "The following variables are set by B:" +msgstr "Die folgenden Variablen werden von B gesetzt:" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "Die Debian-Architektur der Baumaschine." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." +msgstr "Der Debian-Systemname der Baumaschine." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." +msgstr "Der Debian-CPU-Name der Baumaschine." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." +msgstr "Der \\s-1GNU\\s0-Systemname der Baumaschine." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "Der \\s-1CPU\\s0-Teil von \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "Der System-Teil von \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "Die Debian-Architektur der Host-Maschine." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." +msgstr "Der Debian-Systemname der Host-Maschine." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." +msgstr "Der Debian-CPU-Name der Host-Maschine." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." +msgstr "Der \\s-1GNU\\s0-Systemtyp der Host-Maschine." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "Der \\s-1CPU\\s0-Teil von \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:148 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "Der System-Teil von \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" +msgstr "DEBIAN/RULES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:157 +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B are passed to I as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " +"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " +"should always initialize them using B with the -q option. " +"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " +"compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" +"Die Umgebungsvariablen, die von B gesetzt werden, werden " +"an I als Make-Variablen weitergegeben (lesen Sie hierzu die " +"Make-Dokumentation). Allerdings sollten Sie sich nicht auf diese verlassen, " +"da damit der manuelle Aufruf des Skripts verhindert wird. Stattdessen " +"sollten Sie sie immer mit B mit der -q-Option " +"initialisieren. Hier sind einige Beispiele, die auch zeigen, wie sie die " +"Cross-Kompilierungs-Unterstützung in Ihrem Paket verbessern können:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:160 dpkg-architecture.1:177 +msgid "Instead of:" +msgstr "Anstatt von:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" +msgstr "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:167 +msgid "please use the following:" +msgstr "verwenden Sie bitte das folgende:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +msgstr "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:186 +msgid "please use:" +msgstr "bitte verwenden Sie:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +msgstr "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:197 +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgstr "" +"oder, falls Sie nur den CPU- oder OS-Typ überprüfen müssen, verwenden Sie " +"die DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU- oder DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS-Variablen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:202 +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgstr "" +"Im allgemeinen wird der Aufruf von Dpkg in der »rules«-Datei, um Architektur-" +"Informationen zu erhalten, abgelehnt (falls Sie Rückwärtskompatibilität " +"bereitstellen wollen, siehe unten). Insbesondere die --print-architecture-" +"Option ist unzuverlässig, da wir Debian-Architekturen haben, die nicht mit " +"einem Prozessornamen übereinstimmen." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "RÜCKWÄRTSKOMPATIBILITÄT" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:209 +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." +msgstr "" +"Die DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU- und DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS-Variablen wurden erst in einer " +"relativ neuen Version von B eingeführt (seit Dpkg " +"1.13.2), vorher tendierten die I-Dateien dazu, die Werte der " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU- oder DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE-Variablen zu überprüfen, die aber " +"Änderungen unterlagen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:214 +msgid "" +"Where I files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" +msgstr "" +"Wo I-Dateien diese Variablen überprüfen um festzustellen, wie " +"oder was zu kompilieren ist, sollten diese aktualisiert werden, um die neuen " +"Variablen und Werte zu verwenden. Sie möchten eventuell " +"Rückwärtskompatibilität zu älteren Versionen von Dpkg-dev erhalten, indem " +"Sie den folgenden Code verwenden:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E/dev/null)\n" +msgstr "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E/dev/null)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" +"# Berücksichtige die Ausgabe des alten Dpkg-architecture.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:235 +msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." +msgstr "Und ähnlich für DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU und DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:238 +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B, the following does the job:" +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie noch Versionen von Dpkg-dev, die B nicht " +"enthielten, unterstützen wollen, erledigt dies folgendes:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:257 +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgstr "" +"Setzen Sie eine Untermenge dieser Zeilen oben in Ihre debian/rules-Datei; " +"diese Standardwerte werden überschrieben, falls Dpkg-architecture verwendet " +"wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:264 +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." +msgstr "" +"Sie benötigen nicht den ganzen Satz. Wählen Sie einen konsistenten Satz, der " +"nur die Werte enthält, die Sie in der rules-Datei verwenden. Falls Sie " +"beispielsweise nur die Host-Debian-Architektur benötigen, ist »DEB_HOST_ARCH=" +"\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\ ausreichend (dies ist in der Tat die Debian-" +"Architektur der Baumaschine, aber denken Sie daran, dass wir nur zur " +"»natürlichen« Kompilierung rückwärtskompatibel sein wollen)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:267 +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgstr "" +"Die B<-e>- und B<-i>-Optionen wurden erst in relativ neuen Versionen von " +"B eingeführt (seit Dpkg 1.13.13)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:271 +msgid "B(1), B(1)." +msgstr "B(1), B(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:276 +msgid "" +"B and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann Ebrinkmd@debian.orgE." +msgstr "" +"B und diese Handbuchseite wurden ursprünglich von Marcus " +"Brinkmann Ebrinkmd@debian.orgE geschrieben." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg.cfg" +msgstr "dpkg.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "dpkg.cfg - dpkg Konfigurationsdatei" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"Diese Datei enthält Standardoptionen für dpkg. Jede Zeile enthält eine " +"einzelne Option, die exakt die gleiche wie für die normalen Kommandozeilen-" +"Option von dpkg sind, abgesehen von den einleitenden Gedankenstrichen, die " +"hier nicht verwendet werden. Kommentare sind durch Einleiten einer Zeile mit " +"einem Rautenzeichen (\"B<#>\") erlaubt." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B." +msgstr "" +"Lesen Sie I für die Liste der Leute, die zu " +"B beigetragen haben." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:22 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:184 dpkg-statoverride.8:87 +msgid "B(1)." +msgstr "B(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-source.1:2 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-23" +msgstr "2006-05-23" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - überprüfe Bauabhängigkeiten und -konflikte" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 +msgid "B B<-B> [I]" +msgstr "B B<-B> [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Programm überprüft die im System installierten Pakete gegen die " +"Bauabhängigkeiten und Baukonflikte, die in der Kontrolldatei aufgeführt " +"sind. Falls welche davon nicht erfüllt sind, zeigt es diese an und beendet " +"sich mit einem von Null verschiedenen Rückgabewert." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 +msgid "" +"By default, I is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig wird I gelesen, aber ein alternativer " +"Kontrolldateiname kann auf der Kommandozeile angegeben werden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +msgid "" +"Ignore I lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." +msgstr "" +"Ignoriere I-Zeilen. Verwenden Sie dies, wenn keine arch-" +"indep-Pakete gebaut werden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>" +msgstr "B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 +msgid "Ejoeyh@debian.orgE." +msgstr "Ejoeyh@debian.orgE." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-deb" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian-Paketarchiv (.deb) Manipulationswerkzeug" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:8 +msgid "B B<-b>|B<--build> I [I|I]" +msgstr "B B<-b>|B<--build> I [I|I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:12 +msgid "B B<-I>|B<--info> I [I ..]" +msgstr "B B<-I>|B<--info> I [I ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:16 +msgid "B B<-f>|B<--field> I [I ...]" +msgstr "B B<-f>|B<--field> I [I ...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:20 +msgid "B B<-c>|B<--contents> I" +msgstr "B B<-c>|B<--contents> I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:25 +msgid "B B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I] I" +msgstr "B B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I] I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:29 +msgid "B B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I" +msgstr "" +"B B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:33 +msgid "B B<-e>|B<--control> I" +msgstr "B B<-e>|B<--control> I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 +msgid "B I" +msgstr "B I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:39 +msgid "" +"B packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "" +"B packt und entpackt Debian-Archive und stellt Informationen über " +"sie breit." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:43 +msgid "Use B to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B by calling B with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B. B will spot that you wanted B " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 dpkg-split.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:66 +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I. " +"I must have a B subdirectory, which contains the control " +"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " +"I appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " +"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:72 +msgid "" +"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " +"B will pass that option on to gzip." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:84 +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B will read B and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:91 +msgid "" +"If no I is specified then B will write the package into " +"the file IB<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:93 +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B will write to the " +"file IB<_>IB<_>IB<.deb>, or " +"IB<_>IB<.deb> if no B field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 dpkg-split.1:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:112 +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:117 +msgid "" +"If no Is are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +msgid "" +"If any Is are specified then B will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:135 +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:139 +msgid "" +"If no Bs are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:148 +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B is specified then B will precede each with its field " +"name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B's " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:160 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:165 +msgid "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " +"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:171 +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I result in a " +"correct installation! Use B to install packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +msgid "I (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B format. Together with B(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:186 +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:190 +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 +msgid "" +"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 dpkg-split.1:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:198 +msgid "" +"Prints B's usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Gibt einen Bedienungshinweis, mit einer Zusammenfassung seiner Optionen und " +"deren Verwendungen, aus." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 +msgid "Prints B's version number." +msgstr "Gibt B's Versionsnummer aus." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 dpkg-split.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B's copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 dpkg-split.1:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" +msgstr "ANDERE OPTIONEN" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--showformat=>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:216 dpkg-query.1:103 +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:225 +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +msgid "" +"Ensures that B builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--old>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:240 +msgid "" +"Forces B to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +msgid "" +"Inhibits B's usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:249 +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:254 +msgid "" +"B IB<.deb> IB<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "B IB<.deb> IB<.deb> macht das Falsche." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:258 +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt keine Authentifizierung von B<.deb>-Dateien; in der Tat, gibt es " +"sogar noch nicht mal eine direkte Prüfsumme." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:265 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B to install software! You must use " +"B proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:270 +msgid "B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1)." +msgstr "B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I and I for details." +msgstr "" +"B und diese Handbuchseite wurden von Ian Jackson geschrieben. Sie " +"unterliegen dem Copyright (C) 1995-1996 von ihm und sind unter der GNU " +"General Public License Version veröffentlicht; es gibt KEINE HAFTUNG. Lesen " +"Sie I und I " +"für Details." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-divert" +msgstr "dpkg-divert" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "dpkg-divert - Hinwegsetzen über die Paketversion einer Datei" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:10 +msgid "B [I] [B<--add>] IfileE>" +msgstr "B [I] [B<--add>] IDateiE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:15 +msgid "B [I] B<--remove> IfileE>" +msgstr "B [I] B<--remove> IDateiE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:20 +msgid "B [I] B<--list> Iglob-patternE>" +msgstr "B [I] B<--list> IGlob-MusterE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:25 +msgid "B [I] B<--truename> IfileE>" +msgstr "B [I] B<--truename> IDateiE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:36 +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" +"Datei »Diversionen« (Umlenkungen) sind eine Möglichkeit, B(1) dazu zu " +"zwingen, eine Datei nicht an ihren Standardplatz, sondern an einem " +"»umgelenkten« Ort zu installieren. Umlenkungen können innerhalb der Debian-" +"Paketskripte verwendet werden, um eine Datei beiseitezuschieben, wenn sie " +"einen Konflikt auslöst. Systemadministratoren können sie auch verwenden, um " +"sich über die Konfigurationsdateien einiger Pakete hinwegzusetzen, oder wann " +"immer einige Dateien (die nicht als »Conffiles« markiert sind) von Dpkg " +"erhalten werden müssen, wenn eine neuere Version eines Paketes, die diese " +"Dateien enthält, installiert wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:44 +msgid "" +"B is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " +"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " +"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " +"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." +msgstr "" +"B ist das Hilfswerkzeug, das dazu verwendet wird, die Liste der " +"Umleitungen zu erstellen und zu aktualisieren. Es funktioniert in drei " +"grundlegenden Modi: Hinzufügen, Entfernen und Auflisten von Umleitungen. Die " +"Optionen sind respektive B<--add>, B<--remove> und B<--list>. Zusätzlich " +"kann es den echten Namen für eine umgeleitete Datei mit B<--truename> " +"ausgeben. Andere Optionen (unten aufgeführt) können auch angegeben werden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:45 dselect.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>I< EdirectoryE>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< EVerzeichnisE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to IdirectoryE> (default: I)." +msgstr "" +"Setze das Dpkg-Datenverzeichnis auf IVerzeichnisE> (Standard: I)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--divert>I< Edivert-toE>" +msgstr "B<--divert>I< EUmlenkzielE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +msgid "" +"Idivert-toE> is the location where the versions of " +"IfileE>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" +"EUmlenkzielE> ist der Zielort, wo die Versionen der " +"IDateiE>, wie sie von anderen Paketen bereitgestellt wird, hin " +"umgelenkt wird." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "B<--local>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Gibt an, dass alle Versionen dieser Datei umgeleitet sind. Dies bedeutet, " +"dass es keine Ausnahmen gibt, und egal was für ein Paket auch installiert " +"ist, die Datei ist umgeleitet. Dies kann vom Administrator verwendet werden, " +"um eine lokal geänderte Version zu installieren." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--package>I< EpackageE>" +msgstr "B<--package>I< EPaketE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 +msgid "" +"IpackageE> is the name of a package whose copy of " +"IfileE> will not be diverted. i.e. IfileE> will be " +"diverted for all packages except IpackageE>." +msgstr "" +"IPaketE> ist der Name des Pakets, dessen Kopie von " +"IDateiE> nicht umgeleitet wird, d.h. IDateiE> wird für " +"alle Pakete außer IPaketE> umgeleitet." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:61 install-info.8:190 +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "Ruhiger Modus, d.h. keine langatmige Ausgabe." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "B<--rename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." +msgstr "" +"Schiebe die Dateien tatsächlich beiseite (oder zurück). dpkg-divert wird den " +"Arbeitsvorgang abbrechen, falls die Zieldatei bereits existiert." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:300 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:73 +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "" +"Testmodus, d.h. führe keine Änderungen durch, sondern zeige sie lediglich." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:76 +msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." +msgstr "Gebe kurze Bedienungsanweisungen aus und beende sich erfolgreich." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:79 +msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." +msgstr "Gibt Programmnamen und Version aus und beende sich erfolgreich" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-divert.8:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "BEMERKUNGEN" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:84 +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> IoriginalE." +"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " +"match if specified." +msgstr "" +"Beim Hinzufügen ist die Standardeinstellung B<--local> und B<--divert> " +"IOriginalnameE.distrib>. Beim Entfernen müssen, falls angegeben, " +"B<--package> oder B<--local> und B<--divert> übereinstimmen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:86 +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B." +msgstr "Verzeichnisse können mit B nicht umgeleitet werden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:92 +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" +"Vorsicht sollte beim Umleiten von Laufzeit-Bibliotheken walten gelassen " +"werden, da B(8) einen symbolischen Link, basierend auf dem in der " +"Bibliothek eingebetteten DT_SONAME-Feld erstellt. Da ldconfig keine " +"Umleitungen anerkennt (nur Dpkg tut dies), kann der Symlink am Ende auf die " +"umgeleitete Bibliothek zeigen, falls die umgeleitete Bibliothek den gleichen " +"SONAME wie die nicht-umgeleitete hat." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:97 +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I to I, i." +"e. directs all packages providing I to install it as I, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" +"Um alle Kopien von I auf I " +"umzuleiten, d.h. alle Pakete, die I zur Verfügung stellen, " +"dazu anzuleiten, diese Datei stattdessen als I zu " +"installieren und die Umbenennung, falls notwendig, durchzuführen:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:99 +msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:101 dpkg-divert.8:111 +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "Um diese Umleitung zu entfernen:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:103 +msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:107 +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I to I, except your own I package:" +msgstr "" +"Um für jedes Paket - außer Ihrem eigenen I-Paket -, das versucht, I zu installieren, dieses auf I " +"umzulenken:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:109 +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:113 +msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:120 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"Datei, die die aktuelle Liste von Umleitungen des Systems enthält. Sie " +"befindet sich im Dpkg-Administrationsverzeichnis, zusammen mit anderen für " +"Dpkg wichtigen Dateien, wie »status« oder »available«." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:123 +msgid "" +"Note: B preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" +"old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"Hinweis: B erhält die alte Kopie dieser Datei, mit der Endung »-" +"old«, bevor es sie mit der neuen ersetzt." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:128 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-name.1:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-name" +msgstr "dpkg-name" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:9 +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "dpkg-name - Debian-Pakete zu vollen Paketnamen umbenennen" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:22 +msgid "" +"B [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I]" +msgstr "" +"B [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|" +"B<--version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:33 +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B sh script which provides an easy " +"way to rename B packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"EpackageE_EversionE_EarchitectureE.deb as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The EversionE part of the " +"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " +"a hyphen and the revision information." +msgstr "" +"Diese Handbuchseite dokumentiert das B sh-Skript, dass eine " +"einfache Möglichkeit bereitstellt, B-Pakete in ihren vollen " +"Paketnamen umzubenennen. Ein voller Paketname besteht aus " +"EPaket_EVersion_EArchitekturE.deb wie in der " +"Kontrolldatei des Pakets spezifiziert. Der EVersionE-Teil des " +"Dateinamens besteht aus der Versionsinformation der Originalautoren optional " +"gefolgt von einem Gedankenstrich und der Revisionsinformation." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "Der Zieldateiname wird keine Architekturinformation enthalten." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" +msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "Erstelle einen Symlink, anstatt zu verschieben." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" +msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "" +"Existierende Dateien werden überschrieben, falls sie den gleichen Namen wie " +"der Zieldateiname haben." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I]" +msgstr "B<-s, --subdir> [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" +"EarchitectureE/EsectionE'. If the section is not found in " +"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " +"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `EsectionE/" +"binary-EarchitectureE'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " +"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " +"care, it's messy." +msgstr "" +"Dateien werden in ein Unterverzeichnis verschoben. Falls das als Argument " +"existierende Verzeichnis existiert, dann werden die Dateien in das " +"Verzeichnis verschoben, andernfalls wird das Zielverzeichnis aus dem Section-" +"Feld des Kontrollteils des Pakets extrahiert. Das Zielverzeichnis wird " +"»unstable/binary-EArchitekturE/EBereich« sein. Falls der " +"Bereich nicht in der Kontrolldatei gefunden werden kann, dann wird »no-" +"section« angenommen, und in diesem Fall, wie auch für die Bereiche »non-" +"free« und »contrib« ist das Zielverzeichnis »EBereich/binary-" +"EArchitekturE«. Das Bereichsfeld muss nicht angegeben werden, daher " +"werden viele Pakete ihren Weg in das »no-section«-Gebiet finden. Verwenden " +"Sie diese Option mit Vorsicht, sie ist unordentlich." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" +msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B" +msgstr "" +"Diese Option kann zusammen mit der -s-Option verwendet werden. Falls das " +"Zielverzeichnis nicht gefunden werden kann, wird es automatisch erstellt. " +"B" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h, --help>" +msgstr "B<-h, --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." +msgstr "Gebe einen Bedienungshinweis aus und beende sich erfolgreich." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v, --version>" +msgstr "B<-v, --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:67 dselect.1:131 +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "Gebe Versionsinformationen aus und beende sich erfolgreich." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l, --license>" +msgstr "B<-l, --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:71 +msgid "" +"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " +"exit successfully." +msgstr "" +"Gebe Copyright-Informationen aus und (eine Referenz auf GNU-)" +"Lizenzinformationen und beende sich erfolgreich." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgstr "" +"Die Datei »bar-foo.deb« wird in bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb oder etwas ähnliches " +"(abhängig von der Information, die in dem Kontrollteil von »bar-foo.deb« " +"ist) umbenannt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." +msgstr "" +"Alle Dateien mit der Endung »deb« im Verzeichnis /root/debian und seiner " +"Unterverzeichnisse werden von dpkg-name - falls notwendig - ohne " +"Architekturinformation umbenannt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +msgid "" +"B Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B" +msgstr "" +"B Ihr Archiv wird eine komplette Schweinerei werden, " +"da viele Pakete nicht mit Bereichsinformationen kommen. B" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:91 +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "Dies kann beim Bau neuer Pakete verwendet werden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:100 +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"EpackageE_EversionE_EarchitectureE.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B(1)/ B(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" +"Einige Pakete folgen nicht der Namensstruktur " +"EPaket_EVersionE_EArchitekturE.deb. Pakete, die von " +"dpkg-name umbenannt wurden, folgen dieser Struktur. Im allgemeinen hat diese " +"keinen Einfluss darauf, wie Pakete von B(1)/B(1) installiert " +"werden, aber andere Installationswerkzeuge können von dieser " +"Benennungsstruktur abhängen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:107 +msgid "" +"B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1), B(1), " +"B(1)." +msgstr "" +"B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1), B(1), " +"B(1)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-name.1:107 dpkg-source.1:847 install-info.8:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "COPYRIGHT" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:113 +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B ist Freie Software; " +"lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 oder neuer für die " +"Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt B Haftung." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-query" +msgstr "dpkg-query" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:9 +msgid "B B<-l>|B<--list> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:13 +msgid "B B<-W>|B<--show> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:17 +msgid "B B<-s>|B<--status> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:21 +msgid "B B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:25 +msgid "B B<-S>|B<--search> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:29 +msgid "B B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:32 +msgid "B B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:35 +msgid "B B<--version>" +msgstr "B B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:39 +msgid "" +"B is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B database." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:50 +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I is " +"given, list all packages in I, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I. Please note you will probably have to quote I to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " +"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" +"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" +"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " +"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " +"separated by a tab." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +msgid "" +"Display details about I, as found in I." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:89 +msgid "Display licence and copyright information." +msgstr "Gebe Lizenz- und Copyright-Informationen aus." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:92 +msgid "Display version information." +msgstr "Gibt Versionsinformationen aus." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir=>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B database. The default location is I." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:105 +msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<\\en> newline\n" +" B<\\er> carriage return\n" +" B<\\et> tab\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:116 +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" +"$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:122 +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I[B<;>I]B<}>\\(rq. " +"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " +"left alignment will be used. The following Is are recognised:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B
\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +" B\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:161 +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:172 +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:175 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-query.1:175 dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:177 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 +msgid "Ewakkerma@debian.orgE" +msgstr "Ewakkerma@debian.orgE" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-10" +msgstr "2006-05-10" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" +msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - erstelle Packages-Dateien" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 +msgid "" +"B [B<-u>] [B<-a> IarchE> ] [B<-m>] I " +"I [I] B> I" +msgstr "" +"B [B<-u>] [B<-a> IArchE> ] [B<-m>] I " +"I [I] B> I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 +msgid "" +"B sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B(8), B(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" +"B schaut durch einen Baum von Debian-Binärpaketen und " +"erstellt eine Packages-Datei, die von B(8), B(1) usw. " +"verwendet wird, um dem Benutzer zu erzählen, welche Pakete zur Installation " +"verfügbar sind. Diese Packages-Dateien sind die gleichen, die auch auf den " +"Debian-Archiv-Sites und CD-ROMs vorliegen. Sie können selbst B verwenden, falls Sie ein Verzeichnis von lokalen Paketen zur " +"Installation auf einem Cluster von Maschinen anlegen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 +msgid "" +"B If you want to access the generated Packages file with B you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B sources)." +msgstr "" +"B Falls Sie auf die erzeugte Packages-Datei mit B zugreifen " +"wollen, werden Sie wahrscheinlich die Datei mit B(1) komprimieren " +"müssen (und damit ein Packages.gz-Datei erstellen). Apt ignoriert - " +"abgesehen von lokalem Zugriff (d.h. über B-Quellen) - " +"unkomprimierte Packages-Dateien." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 +msgid "" +"I is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." +msgstr "" +"I ist der Name des zu verarbeitenden Baums von Binärpaketen " +"(beispielsweise B). Am besten wird dies relativ zur " +"Wurzel des Debian-Archivs erstellt, da jedes Filename-Feld in der neuen " +"Packages-Datei mit dieser Zeichenkette beginnen wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 +msgid "" +"I is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgstr "" +"I ist der Name der einzulesenden Datei, die Informationen " +"darüber enthält, wie das Paket in die Distribution passt; siehe unten." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 +msgid "" +"I is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" +"I ist eine optionale Zeichenkette, die vor das Dateinamenfeld " +"gehängt werden soll." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 +msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "Falls B<-u> angegeben ist, dann suche nach *.udeb anstatt *.deb." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 +msgid "" +"When B<-a>IarchE> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " +"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." +msgstr "" +"Wenn B<-a>IArchE> angegeben ist, dann wird ein Muster bestehend " +"aus *_all.deb und *_arch.deb verwendet, anstatt nach allen Debs zu suchen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " +"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " +"in the output." +msgstr "" +"Falls mehr als eine Version eines Paketes gefunden wird, wird nur das neuste " +"in die Ausgabe aufgenommen. Falls sie die gleiche Version haben und sich nur " +"in der Architektur unterscheiden, wird das zuerst gefundene verwendet. Sie " +"können diese Verhalten mit dem B<-m>-Schalter aufheben. Falls angegeben, " +"werden alle gefundenen Pakete in die Ausgabe aufgenommen." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" +msgstr "DIE OVERRIDE-DATEI" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." +msgstr "" +"Während der Großteil der Informationen über ein Paket in der Kontrolldatei " +"gefunden werden kann, muss ein Teil von den Distributionszaren eingetragen " +"werden, da sie sich nicht auf tatsächliche Abhängigkeiten und Beschreibungen " +"des Pakets, sonder auf die Anordnung von Dateien für eine Veröffentlichung " +"beziehen. Diese Informationen finden sich in der Override-Datei." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Die Override-Datei hat ein einfaches, durch Leerzeichen getrenntes Format. " +"Kommentare sind erlaubt (angezeigt durch ein B<#>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 +msgid "I I I
[I]" +msgstr "I I I [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 +msgid "" +"I is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" +"I ist der Name des Pakets. Einträge in der Override-Datei für Pakete " +"die nicht im Baum von Binärpaketen gefunden werden können, werden ignoriert." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 +msgid "" +"I and I
place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I, that will be checked against I
." +msgstr "" +"I und I platzieren das Paket innerhalb des " +"Veröffentlichungs-Baums; diese sollten nicht in der Kontrolldatei gefunden " +"werden. Falls das Paket in einem Unterverzeichnis des I gefunden " +"wird, dann wird dies mit I überprüft." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 +msgid "" +"I, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I B<=E> I " +"to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" +"I kann, falls vorhanden, entweder der Name des " +"Betreuers für ein bedingungsloses Überschreiben, oder ansonsten " +"I B<=E> I um eine Ersetzung durchzuführen, " +"sein." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" +"Die Override-Datei, die für die Erstellung der offiziellen Paketliste " +"verwendet wird, kann im I-Verzeichnis auf jedem Debian-Spiegel " +"gefunden werden." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 update-alternatives.8:436 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# de.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"DIAGNOSE\n" +"#-#-#-#-# de.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"DIAGNOSTIK" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 +msgid "" +"B outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" +"B gibt die gewöhnlichen selbsterklärenden Fehler aus. Es " +"warnt auch über Pakete, die im falschen Unterverzeichnis sind, doppelt " +"vorkommen, ein Filename-Feld in ihrer Kontrolldatei haben, in der Override-" +"Datei fehlen oder für die Betreuer-Substitutionen vorliegen, die keinen " +"Effekt haben." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 +msgid "B(1), B(1), B(1)." +msgstr "B(1), B(1), B(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scansources" +msgstr "dpkg-scansources" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-scansources - suche nach ».dsc«-Dateien und baue den »Sources«-Index" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:13 +msgid "" +"B [I] I [I [I]] B> I" +msgstr "" +"B [I] I [I [I]] B> I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:18 +msgid "" +"B scans the given I for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" +" durchsucht das übergebene I nach I<.dsc>-" +"Dateien. Diese werden verwendet, um einen Debian-Quell-Index zu erstellen, " +"der auf der Standardausgabe ausgegeben wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:29 +msgid "" +"The I, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" +"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." +msgstr "" +"Die I wird, falls angegeben, verwendet, um die Prioritäten " +"in den ergebenen Index-Datensätzen zu setzen und sich über das Betreuer-Feld " +"in den I<.dsc>-Dateien hinwegzusetzen. Lesen Sie B(1) für " +"das Format dieser Datei. \\s-1Beachten Sie\\s0: Da die Override-Datei nach " +"Binär- und nicht Quellpaketen indiziert wird, gibt es ein hier kleines " +"Problem. Die aktuelle Implementierung verwendet die höchste Priorität aller " +"von einer I<.dsc>-Datei erzeugten Binärpakete für die Priorität des " +"Quellpakets, und den Inhalt für das Hinwegsetzen über die Betreuer-" +"Information aus dem Eintrag für das erste in der I<.dsc>-Datei aufgeführte " +"Binärpaket. Dies könnte sich ändern." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:33 +msgid "" +"The I, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"Der I wird, falls angegeben, vor das Directory-Feld in dem " +"erzeugten Quell-Index vorangestellt. Sie verwenden dies im allgemeinen, " +"damit das Directory-Feld den Pfad von der Spitze der Debian-Hierarchie " +"enthält." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B If you want to access the generated Sources file with B(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B sources)." +msgstr "" +"B Falls Sie auf die erzeugte Packages-Datei mit B(8) " +"zugreifen wollen, werden Sie wahrscheinlich die Datei mit B(1) " +"komprimieren müssen (und damit ein Packages.gz-Datei erstellen). Apt " +"ignoriert - abgesehen von lokalem Zugriff (d.h. über B-Quellen) - " +"unkomprimierte Packages-Dateien." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:45 install-info.8:272 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "B<--debug>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "Schalte Debugging ein" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +msgid "Show the usage message and die." +msgstr "Zeige den Bedienungshinweis und sterbe." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" +"Sortiere die Index-Datensätze nicht. Normalerweise werden sie nach " +"Quellpaketnamen sortiert." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I" +msgstr "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:55 +msgid "" +"Use I as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie I als Quell-Override-Datei. Die Standardeinstellung ist " +"der Name der Override-Datei, die Sie angegeben haben, um I<.src> ergänzt." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:61 +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" +"Die Quell-Override-Datei hat ein anderes Format als die Binär-Override-Datei." +"Sie enthält nur zwei, durch Leerzeichen separierte Felder, der erste ist der " +"Quellpaketname und der zweite der Bereich. Leerzeilen und Kommentarzeilen " +"werden in normaler Art und Weise ignoriert. Falls ein Paket in beiden " +"Dateien auftaucht, dann nimmt die Quell-Override Vorrang für die Einstellung " +"des Bereichs." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:63 +msgid "Print the version number and exit." +msgstr "Gebe die Versionsnummer aus und beende sich." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:66 +msgid "B(1)." +msgstr "B(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:68 +msgid "Roderick Schertler Eroderick@argon.orgE" +msgstr "Roderick Schertler Eroderick@argon.orgE" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-source.1:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-source" +msgstr "dpkg-source" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:7 +msgid "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " +"tools" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian Quellpaket-" +"Werkzeuge" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:12 +msgid "B B<-x >IB<.dsc> [I]" +msgstr "B B<-x >IB<.dsc> [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:15 +msgid "" +"B [I] I [I|I|'']" +msgstr "" +"B [I] I [I|I|'']" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:18 +msgid "B [I]" +msgstr "B [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:21 +msgid "B I" +msgstr "B I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:24 +msgid "B [I]" +msgstr "B [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:27 +msgid "B [I]" +msgstr "B [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:30 +msgid "B [I]I< filename section priority>" +msgstr "B [I]I< Dateiname Bereich Priorität>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:33 +msgid "B [I]" +msgstr "B [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:36 +msgid "B packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "B packt und entpackt Debian Quellarchive." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:42 +msgid "" +"B reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" +"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B." +msgstr "" +"B liest Informationen aus einem entpackten Debian-" +"Quellcodebaum und erzeugt eine binäre Paketkontrolldatei (standardmäßig " +"debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control); es fügt auch einen Eintrag für das Binärpaket zu " +"B hinzu." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:68 +msgid "" +"B calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B as variable names BI where I is a dependency field name. Any " +"other variables starting I are removed from the file. B will read shared library dependency information from B, B, the B control area file " +"of the package containing the file which B reports as satisfying " +"the library dependency, or B. The first match " +"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " +"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:70 +msgid "Elibrary nameE Eversion/sonameE EdependenciesE" +msgstr "" +"EBibliotheksnameE EVersion/SONameE EAbhängigkeitenE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:76 +msgid "" +"B reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" +"B liest Informationen aus einem entpackten und gebauten " +"Debian-Quellcodebaum und aus den darin erzeugten Dateien und erzeugt eine " +"Debian-Kontrolldatei für das Hochladen (die B<.changes>-Datei)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:80 +msgid "" +"B is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." +msgstr "" +"B ist ein Kontrollskript das zu Automatisierung des " +"Bauens von Paketen verwendet werden kann." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:84 +msgid "B adds an entry for a named file to B." +msgstr "" +"B fügte einen Eintag für eine benannte Datei in B hinzu." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:89 +msgid "" +"B reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" +"B liest das Änderungsprotokoll (»changelog«) eines " +"entpackten Debian-Quellcodebaums ein, wertet diese aus und gibt die " +"Informationen in der Standard-Ausgabe in maschinenlesbarer Form aus." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:93 +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" +"Keiner dieser Kommandos erlaubt es, mehrere Optionen in eine zu " +"kombinieren, und sie erlauben es nicht, den Wert einer Option in einem " +"separaten Argument zu speichern." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:93 update-alternatives.8:290 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# de.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"GEMEINSAME OPTIONEN\n" +"#-#-#-#-# de.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"ALLGEMEINE OPTIONEN" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +msgid "" +"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " +"with the programs that accept them." +msgstr "" +"Viele dieser Programme haben Optionen gemeinsam; diese sind hier " +"beschrieben, zusammen mit den Programmen, die diese akzeptieren." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-h>,B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:101 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " +"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " +"tools." +msgstr "" +"Ziege den Gebrauchshinweis für das bestimmte Programm an, darunter eine " +"Übersicht der Optionen, die es versteht. Diese Option wird von allen " +"Werkzeugen für Quellpakete verstanden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " +"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." +msgstr "" +"Zeige die Version das bestimmte Programm an, darunter Copyright und Lizenz-" +"Informationen. Diese Option wird von allen Werkzeugen für Quellpakete " +"verstanden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>I" +msgstr "B<-v>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:114 +msgid "" +"In B, B and B this " +"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I to be used." +msgstr "" +"Dies führt in B, B und B dazu, dass »changelog«-Informationen von allen Versionen, " +"die strikt neuer als I sind, verwendet wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +msgid "" +"In B it sets the version number of the binary package which " +"will be generated." +msgstr "" +"In B setzt es die Versionsnummer des zu generierenden " +"Binärpaketes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-C>I" +msgstr "B<-C>I<Änderungsbeschreibung>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " +"This is understood by B and B." +msgstr "" +"Lese die Beschreibung der Änderungen aus der Datei I<Änderungsbeschreibung> " +"anstat die Informationen aus dem changelog-Datei des Quellbaums zu verwenden." +"Dies wird von B und B verstanden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>I" +msgstr "B<-m>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Use I as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file. This is understood by B and B." +msgstr "" +"Verwende I als Namen und Adresse des Betreuers diese " +"Paketes, anstatt die Informationen aus der »control« des Quellbaums zu " +"verwenden. Dies wird von B und B " +"verstanden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I" +msgstr "B<-e>I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +msgid "" +"Use I as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog. This is understood by B and B." +msgstr "" +"Verwende I als Namen und E-Mail-Adresse des Betreuers für " +"diesen Upload anstatt die Informationen aus der »changelog« des Quellbaums " +"zu verwenden. Dies wird von B und B " +"verstanden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" +msgstr "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B or B if any source " +"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" +"Diese Optionen kontrollieren, ob das Original-Quellarchiv dem durch B und B generierten Upload hinzugefügt wird, " +"falls die Quellen erzeugt werden (d.h. B<-b> or B<-B> nicht verwendet " +"wurden)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:158 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig, oder falls B<-si> angegeben wird, werden die Originalquellen " +"hinzugefügt, falls die Versionsnummer auf B<-0> oder B<-1> endet, d.h. der " +"Debian-Revisionsanteil der Versionsnummer ist B<0> oder B<1>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>IB<=>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B, B and B. See below for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-T>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +msgid "" +"Read (or, for B, write) substitution variables in " +"I; the default is B. This option is " +"understood by B, B, B and " +"B." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>IB<=>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +msgid "" +"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B, B and B." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-U>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +msgid "" +"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B, B and B." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:212 +msgid "" +"For B and B B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" +"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " +"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " +"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " +"B; B just produces a B<.changes> file " +"for whatever files were produced by the B target(s) of the package " +"being built." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +msgid "" +"B<-b> tells B to build a source package (rather than to extract " +"one) - see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B. This option is understood by B, B and B." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B. This option is understood by B, B and B." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B. This option is understood by B, B and B." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-F>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B, " +"B and B." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +msgid "" +"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " +"but B recognizes it, and passes it thru to B." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +msgid "" +"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " +"by B and B." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONEN" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +msgid "" +"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " +"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:272 +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I-I " +"under the current working directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:280 +msgid "" +"No options are useful with B. B will read the " +"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " +"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:303 +msgid "" +"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " +"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " +"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " +"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " +"second argument is supplied then B will look for the original " +"source tarfile IB<_>IB<.orig.tar.gz> or the " +"original source directory IB<.orig> or the empty string (no " +"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:303 dpkg-source.1:642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i[EregexpE]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:311 +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:323 +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." +"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " +"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " +"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " +"the B<-i> switch." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:323 dpkg-source.1:646 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-IEfilenameE>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." +"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" +msgstr "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> mit B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:345 +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default IB<_>IB<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" +"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:357 +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default IB<->IB<.orig> and B will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " +"B" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:368 +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:377 +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:406 +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" +"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" +"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:415 +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:422 +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:425 +msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:430 +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" +msgstr "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONEN" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +msgid "B does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" +"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-P>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:472 +msgid "" +"Tells B that the package is being built in I " +"instead of B. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B), and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:472 dpkg-source.1:534 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +msgid "" +"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " +"B (or IB if B<-" +"P> was used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" +msgstr "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONEN" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +msgid "" +"B interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:497 +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable BI.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:507 +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I. The default " +"I is B." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B, B, " +"B, B or B then B will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +msgid "" +"Causes substitution variables to start with IB<:> instead of " +"B. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"IB<:> (rather than B) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:534 +msgid "" +"Causes B to read overriding shared library dependency " +"information from I instead of B." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +msgid "" +"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " +"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B by default)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +msgid "" +"Causes B to prefer shared library dependency information " +"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " +"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " +"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " +"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" +msgstr "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONEN" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +msgid "B does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I rather than B<..> " +"(B needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +msgid "" +"Usually B will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" +msgstr "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +msgid "B does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +msgid "" +"When B needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I if one " +"has been specified. I should be the name of a program on " +"the B and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I might " +"typically be B, B, B or B. B is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +msgid "" +"When B needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I " +"(searching the B if necessary) instead of B. I " +"will get all the arguments that B would have gotten. If I " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" +"sgpg> option. I should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-tc>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I B) " +"after the package has been built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:642 +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:646 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B. May be repeated multiple times." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-nc>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:666 +msgid "" +"B does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" +"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." +"changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " +"a pathname relative to the current directory when B is run." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +msgid "" +"B does not take any non-common options or non-option " +"arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:687 +msgid "" +"Before B, B and B write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B " +"and to standard output for B and B) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:694 +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>IB<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:701 +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" +"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:714 +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"IB<=>I. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +msgid "The current build architecture (from B)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B or B as appropriate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B will use B to find the default value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B control file field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B, B, B" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B " +"- see above." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:785 +msgid "The full version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:788 +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:789 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here; B can be used to add " +"additional files. B reads the data here when producing a " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:825 +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:828 +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:835 +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" +"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:839 +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I and I." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:845 +msgid "B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1)." +msgstr "B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:847 +msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" +"Diese Hilfsprogramme und diese Handbuchseite wurden von Ian Jackson " +"geschrieben." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:849 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:851 +msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:857 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B and B for details." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist Freie Software; lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 " +"oder neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE HAFTUNG. Lesen Sie B und B für " +"Details." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-split.1:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-split" +msgstr "dpkg-split" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:5 +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "dpkg-split - Debian-Paketarchiv Teilungs- und Zusammensetzwerkzeug" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:9 +msgid "B B<-s>|B<--split> I [I]" +msgstr "B B<-s>|B<--split> I [I]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:13 +msgid "B B<-j>|B<--join> I ..." +msgstr "B B<-j>|B<--join> I ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:17 +msgid "B B<-I>|B<--info> I ..." +msgstr "B B<-I>|B<--info> I ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:21 +msgid "B B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" +msgstr "B B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< Komplettausgabe Teil>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:24 +msgid "B B<-l>|B<--listq>" +msgstr "B B<-l>|B<--listq>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:28 +msgid "B B<-d>|B<--discard> [I ...]" +msgstr "B B<-d>|B<--discard> [I ...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:33 +msgid "" +"B splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" +"B zerteilt Debian-Binärpaketdateien in kleinere Teile und setzt " +"diese wieder zusammen, um die Lagerung von großen Paketdateien auf kleinen " +"Medien wie Disketten zu ermöglichen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:37 +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Es kann manuell mit den Optionen <--split>, B<--join> und B<--info> " +"verwendet werden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:45 +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" +"discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" +"Es hat auch einen automatischen Modus, der über die B<--auto>-Option " +"aufgerufen wird, wo es eine Liste von Teilen, die bereits gesehen, aber noch " +"nicht wieder zusammengesetzt wurden, verwaltet. Sobald alle Teile gesehen " +"wurden, wird dann die Datei wieder zusammengesetzt. Die Optionen B<--listq> " +"und B<--discard> erlauben die Verwaltung dieser Liste." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:48 +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:52 +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:60 +msgid "" +"The parts are named IB<.>IBIB<.deb> where I is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +msgid "" +"If no I is supplied then the I filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:72 +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:76 +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:81 +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:83 +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:86 +msgid "By default the output file is called IB<->IB<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:95 +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:100 +msgid "" +"The I specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:107 +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:113 +msgid "" +"If not then the I is copied into the queue and I is " +"not created." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:120 +msgid "" +"If I is not a split binary package part then B will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:130 +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:138 +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:143 +msgid "" +"If no I is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:148 +msgid "" +"Prints B's usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Gibt Bs Bedienungshinweis mit einer Zusammenfassung seiner " +"Optionen und deren Verwendungen aus." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:153 +msgid "Prints B's version number." +msgstr "Gibt Bs Versionsnummer aus." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:160 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B's copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " +"The default is 450Kb." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:173 +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:194 +msgid "" +"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:200 +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B's and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:205 +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form IBIB<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-split.1:205 update-alternatives.8:429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "EXIT-STATUS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:211 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:217 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:221 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:225 +msgid "" +"B uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:228 +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:231 +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:235 +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:240 +msgid "" +"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:245 +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " +"filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:250 +msgid "B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1)." +msgstr "B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I and I for details." +msgstr "" +"B und diese Handbuchseite wurden von Ian Jackson geschrieben. " +"Sie unterliegen dem Copyright (C) 1995-1996 von ihm und sind unter der GNU " +"General Public License Version veröffentlicht; es gibt KEINE HAFTUNG. Lesen " +"Sie I und I " +"für Details." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-statoverride" +msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian project" +msgstr "Debian-Projekt" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-statoverride - über Eigentümerschaft und Modus von Dateien hinwegsetzen" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9 +msgid "" +"B [I] B<--add>I< EuserE EgroupE " +"EmodeE EfileE>" +msgstr "" +"B [I] B<--add>I< EBenutzerE " +"EGruppeE EModusE EDateiE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13 +msgid "B [I] B<--remove>I< EfileE>" +msgstr "B [I] B<--remove>I< EDateiE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 +msgid "B [I] B<--list> [Iglob-patternE>]" +msgstr "" +"B [I] B<--list> [IGlob-MusterE>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:28 +msgid "" +"`B' are a way to tell B(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" +"»B« sind eine Möglichkeit B(1) zu berichten, " +"einen anderen Eigentümer oder Modus für eine Datei zu verwenden, wenn ein " +"Paket installiert wird. (Hinweis: Ich verwende das Wort »Datei« hier, aber " +"tatsächlich kann dies jedes Dateisystemobjekt sein, dass Dpkg handhabt, " +"darunter Verzeichnisse, Geräte, usw.). Dies kann dazu verwendet werden, " +"Programme, die normalerweise setuid sind, dazu zu zwingen, ohne setuid-" +"Markierung zu installieren, oder nur von einer bestimmten Gruppe ausführbar " +"zu sein." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 +msgid "" +"B is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" +"B ist ein Hilfswerkzeug um die Liste der Status-" +"Hinwegsetzungen zu verwalten. Es hat drei grundlegende Funktionen: " +"hinzufügen, entfernen und auflisten von Hinwegsetzungen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--add>I< EuserE EgroupE EmodeE EfileE>" +msgstr "B<--add>I< EBenutzerE EGruppeE EModusE EDateiE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41 +msgid "" +"Add an override for BfileE>. BfileE> does not need to " +"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " +"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B " +"or B), or by their number by prepending the number with a " +"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" +"Füge eine Hinwegsetzung für BDateiE> hinzu. BDateiE> " +"muss noch nicht existieren wenn diese Kommando verwendet wird; die " +"Hinwegsetzung wird aufbewahrt und später verwendet. Benutzer und Gruppen " +"können über ihren Namen (beispielsweise B oder B) spezifiziert " +"werden, oder über ihre Zahl mit vorangestelltem »B<#>« (beispielsweise B<#0> " +"oder B<#65534>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and BfileE> exists, it is immediately set " +"to the new owner and mode." +msgstr "" +"Falls --update angegeben ist und die BDateiE> existiert, dann wird " +"diese sofort auf den neuen Eigentümer und Modus eingestellt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>I< EfileE>" +msgstr "B<--remove>I< EDateiE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +msgid "" +"Remove an override for BfileE>, the status of BfileE> is " +"left unchanged by this command." +msgstr "" +"Entfernt eine Hinwegsetzung für BDateiE>, der Status von " +"BDateiE> bleibt durch dieses Kommando unverändert." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> [Iglob-patternE>]" +msgstr "B<--list> [IGlob-MusterE>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" +"Liste alle Hinwegsetzungen auf. Falls ein Glob-Muster spezifiziert wurde, " +"begrenze die Ausgabe auf Hinwegsetzungen, die auf den Glob passen. Falles es " +"keine Hinwegsetzungen gibt oder keine auf den Glob passt, wird sich B mit einem Exit-Wert von 1 beenden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "B<--force>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" +"Erzwinge eine Aktion, selbst wenn eine Sinn-Überprüfung diese normalerweise " +"verböte. Dies ist notwendig, um sich über eine existierende Hinwegsetzung " +"hinwegzusetzen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "B<--update>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61 +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" +"Versuche die Datei sofort auf den neuen Eigentümer und neuen Modus zu " +"ändern, falls sie existiert." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "Sei nicht so ausführlich darüber, was wir machen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 +msgid "Show usage information." +msgstr "Zeige Bedienungsinformationen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +msgid "Show program version and copyright." +msgstr "Zeige Programmversion und Copyright." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74 +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I." +msgstr "" +"Wechsle das Verzeichnis der Dpkg-Datenbank, wo auch die statoverride-Datei " +"gelagert ist. Der Standard ist I." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"Datei, die die aktuelle Liste der Hinwegsetzungen auf dem System enthält. " +"Sie befindet sich im Dpkg-Administrationsverzeichnis, zusammen mit anderen, " +"für Dpkg wichtigen Dateien, wie »status« oder »available«." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"Hinweis: dpkg-statoverride erhält die alte Kopie dieser Datei mit der Endung " +"»-old« bevor es sie mit einer neuen ersetzt." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect" +msgstr "dselect" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:4 +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "dselect - Debian-Paketverwaltungsoberfläche" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:17 +msgid "" +"B [B<--admindir> IdirectoryE>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>IfileE>] [IactionE>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I[I],[I][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" +"B [B<--admindir> IVerzeichnisE>] [B<--help>] [B<--" +"version>] [B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>IDateiE>] [IAktionE>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I[I],[I][I<:Attr>[I<+Attr+..>]]]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B\n" +"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" +"system. At the B main menu, the system administrator can:\n" +" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" +" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" +" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" +" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" +msgstr "" +"B\n" +"ist eines der primären Benutzerschnittstellen zur Verwaltung von Paketen auf\n" +"einem Debian-System. Im Basis-Menü von B kann der Systemadministrator:\n" +" - Die Liste der verfügbaren Paketversionen aktualisieren,\n" +" - Den Status der installierten und verfügbaren Pakete betrachten,\n" +" - Die Paketauswahl ändern und Abhängigkeiten verwalten,\n" +" - Neue Pakete installieren oder ein Upgrade auf neuere Versionen durchführen.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:38 +msgid "" +"B operates as a front-end to B(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I, which is provided by the package B." +msgstr "" +"B arbeitet als Oberfläche von B(1), dem systemnahen Debian-" +"Paket-Handhabungswerkzeug. Es bietet einen Vollbildschirm-Paketauswahl-" +"Verwalter mit einem Paketeabhängigkeits- und -konfliktlöser. Bei Aufruf mit " +"Administratorprivilegien können Pakete installiert und entfernt sowie " +"Upgrades durchgeführt werden. Verschiedene Zugriffsmethoden können " +"konfiguriert werden um verfügbare Paketinformationen und installierbare " +"Pakete aus Paketdepots zu holen. Abhängig von der verwendeten " +"Zugriffsmethode können diese Dpot öffentliche Archiv-Server im Internet, " +"lokale Archiv-Server oder CD-ROMs sein. Die empfohlene Zugriffsmethode ist " +"I, die vom Paket B bereitgestellt wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:44 +msgid "" +"Normally B is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:51 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B " +"configuration file I. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:57 +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I', `I' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>I< EfileE >|I< >B<-D>IfileE>" +msgstr "B<--debug>I< EDateiE >|I< >B<-D>IDateiE>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:60 +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to IfileE>." +msgstr "" +"Aktiviere Debugging. Debug-Informationen werden nach IDateiE> " +"gesendet." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "B<--expert>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:64 +msgid "" +"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" +"Aktiviert den Expertenmodus, d.h. zeigt keine möglicherweise nervenden " +"Hilfeinformationen an." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I[I],[I][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" +msgstr "[B<--colour>|B<--color> I[I],[I][I<:Attr>[I<+Attr+..>]]]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:71 +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I). " +"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " +"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "B<title>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:75 +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "Der Bildschirm-Titel." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "B<listhead>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:78 +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "Die Kopfzeile über der Paketliste." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "B<list>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:81 +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "B<listsel>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:84 +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "Der ausgewählte Eintrag in der Liste." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "B<pkgstate>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:88 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "" +"In der Liste der Pakete, der Text, der den aktuellen Zustand jedes Pakets " +"anzeigt." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:92 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" +"In der Liste der Pakete, der Text, der den aktuellen Zustand des aktuell " +"ausgewählten Paketes anzeigt" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "B<infohead>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:95 +msgid "" +"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "" +"Die Kopfzeile, die den Zustand des aktuell ausgewählten Paketes anzeigt." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "B<infodesc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:98 +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "Die Kurzbeschreibung des Pakets." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "B<info>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:101 +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "Verwendet um Paketinformationen wie die Paketbeschreibung anzuzeigen." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "B<infofoot>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:104 +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "Die unterste Zeile des Bildschirms bei der Paketauswahl." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:107 +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:110 +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:115 +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:121 +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:124 +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:128 +msgid "" +"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "" +"Zeige die Copyright- und Lizenzinformationen von B<dselect> und beende sich " +"erfolgreich." + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:137 +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "access" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:139 +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:145 +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " +"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " +"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:147 +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:150 +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:157 +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:160 +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "select" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:163 +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:169 +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:176 +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:179 +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:182 +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:188 +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:196 +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." +"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " +"these are installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:203 +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "config" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:206 +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:209 +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "quit" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:212 +msgid "Quit B<dselect>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:214 +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package selections management" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:234 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " +"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " +"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " +"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " +"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " +"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " +"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " +"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " +"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:240 +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:249 +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:252 +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" +"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" +"alternates between:\n" +" - the extended description\n" +" - the control information for the installed version\n" +" - the control information for the available version\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:266 +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:272 +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:280 +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:286 +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" +" Error flag:\n" +" I<empty> no error\n" +" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" +" Installed state:\n" +" I<empty> not installed;\n" +" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" +" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" +" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" +" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" +" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" +" Current and requested selections:\n" +" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" +" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" +" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" +" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" +" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:310 +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" +" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" +" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" +" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" +" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" +" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" +" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" +" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" +" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" +" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" +" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" +" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:342 +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" +"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " +"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " +"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " +"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " +"searching from there." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" +"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" +"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" +" alphabet available status\n" +" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" +" section+priority available+section status+section\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:352 +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" +"altered with the following commands:\n" +" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" +" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" +" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" +" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" +" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:366 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:371 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:377 +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:383 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:390 +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:396 +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:404 +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:405 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:412 +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " +"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " +"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " +"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " +"resolution screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:418 +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:425 +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:432 +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:434 +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:436 +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:438 +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:442 +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:448 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:453 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:456 +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect.cfg" +msgstr "dselect.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "dselect.cfg - dselect Konfigurationsdatei" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"Diese Datei enthält Standardoptionen für dselect. Jede Zeile enthält eine " +"einzelne Option, die exakt die gleiche wie für die normalen Kommandozeilen-" +"Option von dselect sind, abgesehen von den einleitenden Gedankenstrichen, " +"die hier nicht verwendet werden. Kommentare sind durch Einleiten einer Zeile " +"mit einem Rautenzeichen (\"B<#>\") erlaubt." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:14 +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"Lesen Sie I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> für die Liste der Leute, die zu " +"B<dselect> beigetragen haben." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:22 +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: install-info.8:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install-info" +msgstr "install-info" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:8 +msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:24 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:39 +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" +msgstr "B<[--] >I<Dateiname>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:57 +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:66 +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:71 +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>" +msgstr "B<--remove>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:76 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:86 +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:91 +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:97 +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:103 +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" +msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:121 +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" +"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " +"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:135 +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:142 +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:148 +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:151 +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:154 +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:160 +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:169 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" +"info/>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:178 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:190 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgstr "" +"Spezifiziert, dass die maximale Breite für die Info-Datei I<nnn> beträgt. " +"Dies wird verwendet, falls die Beschreibung umgebrochen werden muss. Der " +"Standardwert is 79." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:195 +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:200 +msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." +msgstr "" +"Bringt B<install-info> dazu, seine Gebrauchshinweis auszugeben und sich zu " +"beenden." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:205 +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "" +"Bringt B<install-info> dazu, seine Version und Copyrightinformationen " +"auszugeben und sich zu beenden." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:212 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:214 +msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:216 +msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:218 +msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:227 +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:234 +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:236 +msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:240 +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:249 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:256 +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--keep-old>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:260 +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:264 +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:269 +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:272 +msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:276 +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:281 +msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" +msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:287 +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> ist Freie Software; lesen Sie " +"die GNU General Public License Version 2 oder neuer für die " +"Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt I<keine> Haftung." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "start-stop-daemon" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:4 +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon - startet und stoppt System-Daemon-Programme" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:11 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<Optionen> [B<-->] I<Argumente>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:15 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<Optionen>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:18 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:21 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:29 +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> wird zur Kontrolle der Erzeugung und Beendigung von " +"Prozessen auf Systemebene verwendet. Durch die Verwendung der B<--exec>, B<--" +"pidfile>, B<--user> und B<--name> Optionen kann B<start-stop-daemon> so " +"konfiguriert werden, dass er existierende Instanzen von einem laufenden " +"Prozess finden kann." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:48 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " +"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " +"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " +"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " +"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " +"program being started." +msgstr "" +"Mittels B<--start> überprüft B<start-stop-daemon> auf die Existenz eines " +"speziellen Prozesses. Falls ein solcher Prozess existiert, dann macht " +"B<start-stop-daemon> nichts, und beendet sich mit Fehlerstatus 1 (0, falls " +"B<--oknodo> angegeben wurde). Falls ein solcher Prozess nicht existiert, " +"dann startet es eine Instanz, entweder unter Verwendung des ausführbaren " +"Programms, das mittels B<--exec> (oder, falls angegeben, mittels B<--" +"startas>) spezifiziert wurde. Jedes weitere auf der Kommandozeile angegebene " +"Argument nach B<--> wird unverändert an das zu startende Programm " +"weitergegeben." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:68 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " +"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " +"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " +"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" +"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." +msgstr "" +"Mit B<--stop> überprüft B<start-stop-daemon> auf auf die Existenz eines " +"speziellen Prozesses. Falls ein solcher Prozess existiert, dann sendet " +"B<start-stop-daemon> das durch B<--signal> spezifizierte Signal und beendet " +"sich mit Fehlerstatus 0. Falls kein solcher Prozess existiert, dann beendet " +"sich B<start-stop-daemon> mit Fehlerstatus 1 (0 falls B<--oknodo> " +"spezifiziert ist). Falls B<--retry> spezifiziert wurden dann wird B<start-" +"stop-daemon> überprüfen, ob der/die Prozess(e) beendet wurden." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:87 +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" +"Hinweis: falls B<--pidfile> nicht angegeben ist, verhält sich B<start-stop-" +"daemon> ähnlich zu B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> wird die " +"Prozesstabelle nach Prozessen durchsuchen, die auf den Prozessnamen, uid und/" +"oder gid (falls angegeben) passen. Jeder passender Prozess wird B<--start> " +"daran hindern, den Daemon zu starten. Allen passenden Prozessen wird das " +"KILL-Signal geschickt, fall B<--stop> angegeben ist. Für Daemons die " +"langlebige Kinder haben, die ein B<--stop> überleben sollen, müssen Sie eine " +"PID-Datei angeben." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<Programm>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" +"Überprüfe auf Prozesse die (laut B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>) Instanzen von " +"diesem Programm sind." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-Datei>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." +msgstr "Überprüfe, ob ein Prozess die Datei I<pid-Datei> erstellt hat." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<Benutzername>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +msgid "" +"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" +"Überprüfe auf Prozesse die dem mit I<Benutzername> oder I<uid> " +"spezifizierten Benutzer gehören." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<Gruppe>|I<gid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "Wechsle zum Starten des Prozesses zur I<Gruppe> oder I<gid>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<Prozessname>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" +"Überprüfe (laut B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat>) auf Prozesse mit dem Namen " +"I<Prozessname>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<Signal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" +"Mit B<--stop> wird das an den zu beendenden Prozess zu sendende Signal " +"spezifiziert (standardmäßig 15)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<Zeitüberschreitung>|I<Plan>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:128 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" +"Mit B<--stop> spezifiziert, das B<start-stop-daemon> überprüfen soll, ob der " +"Prozess (die Prozesse) sich beenden. Es überprüft wiederholt, ob passende " +"Prozesse laufen, bis dies nicht mehr der Fall ist. Falls sich die Prozesse " +"nicht beenden werden weitere im »Plan« angegebene Aktionen durchgeführt." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:139 +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" +"Falls I<Zeitüberschreitung> anstelle von I<Plan> spezifiziert wird, dann " +"wird der Plan I<Signal>B</>I<Zeitüberschreitung>B</KILL/" +">I<Zeitüberschreitung> verwendet, wobei I<Signal> das mit B<--signal> " +"spezifizierte Signal ist." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:155 +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" +"I<Plan> ist eine Liste von mindestens zwei durch Schrägstriche (B</>) " +"getrennten Punkten; jeder Punkt kann aus B<->I<Signalnummer> oder [B<->]" +"I<Signalname> bestehen, was bedeutet, dass dieses Signal gesendet werden " +"soll, oder aus I<Zeitüberschreitung>, was bedeutet, dass soviele Sekunden " +"auf das Beenden von Prozessen gewartet werden soll, oder aus B<forever> was " +"bedeutet, den Rest des Plans falls notwendig für immer zu wiederholen." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" +"Falls das Ende des Plans erreicht wird und B<forever> nicht spezifiziert " +"wurde, dann beendet sich der B<start-stop-daemon> mit dem Fehlerstatus 2. " +"Falls ein Plan spezifiziert wurde dann wird jedes mit B<--signal> " +"spezifizierte Signal ignoriert." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<Pfadname>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" +"Mit B<--start> wir der über I<Pfadname> spezifizierte Prozess gestartet. " +"Falls nicht angegeben, werden standardmäßig die an B<--exec> übergebenen " +"Argumente verwendet." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" +"Gebe die Aktionen aus, die erledigt würden setze die entsprechenden " +"Rückgabewerte, führe aber keine Aktionen durch." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" +"Liefert den Rückgabewert 0 anstatt 1 falls keine Aktionen ausgeführt wurden " +"(würden)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "" +"Gebe keine informationelle Meldungen aus, zeige nur Fehlermeldungen an." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<Benutzername>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" +"Wechsele vor dem Start des Prozesses zu diesem Benutzername/uid. Sie können " +"durch Anhängen von B<:> auch die Gruppe spezifizieren, in diesem Fall wird " +"die Gruppe oder gid wie bei dem »chown«-Befehl (I<Benutzer>B<:>I<Gruppe>) " +"angegeben. Wenn Sie diese Option verwenden, müssen Sie daran denken, dass " +"die primäre und zusätzlichen Gruppe auch gesetzt werden, selbst wenn die B<--" +"group> Option nicht spezifiziert wird. Die B<--group>-Option ist nur für " +"Gruppen in denen der Benutzer normalerweise kein Mitglied ist (wie das " +"Hinzufügen von pro-Prozess Gruppenmitgliedschaften für generische Benutzer " +"wie B<nobody>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<Wurzel>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" +"Chdir und chroot vor dem Start des Prozesse zu I<Wurzel>. Bitte beachten " +"Sie, das die PID-Datei auch nach dem chroot geschrieben wird." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<Pfad>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" +"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." +msgstr "" +"Chdir vor dem Starten des Prozesses zu I<Pfad>. Dies wird, falls die B<-r>|" +"B<--chroot> Option gesetzt ist, nach dem chroot durchgeführt. Falls nicht " +"angegeben, wird start-stop-daemon vor dem Prozess-Start in das " +"Wurzelverzeichnis wechseln." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" +msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" +"Typischerweise verwendet für Programme die sich nicht selbständig ablösen. " +"Diese Option zwingt B<start-stop-daemon> vor dem Start des Prozesses einen " +"Fork durchzuführen, und zwingt ihn in den Hintergrund. B<WARNUNG: start-stop-" +"daemon> kann nicht den Rückgabewert überprüfen, falls der Prozess aus " +"B<irgendeinem> Grund nicht startet. Dies ist ein letztes Mittel und ist nur " +"für Programme gedacht, bei denen das selbstständige Forken keinen Sinn macht " +"oder wo es nicht sinnvoll ist, den Code hierfür hinzuzufügen." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<Ganzzahl>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Dies ändert die Priorität des Prozesses bevor er gestartet wird." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<Maske>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Dies setzt die umask des Prozesses bevor er gestartet wird." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" +"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " +"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " +"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " +"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " +"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" +"Verwendet, wenn ein Programm gestartet wird, dass keine eigene PID-Datei " +"erstellt. Diese Option sorgt dafür, dass B<start-stop-daemon> die mit B<--" +"pidfile> referenzierte Datei anlegt und die PID kurz vor der Ausführung des " +"Prozesse hineinlegt. Beachten Sie, dass die Datei nicht entfernt wird, wenn " +"das Programm beendet wird. B<HINWEIS:> Diese Funktion könnte in nicht allen " +"Fällen funktionieren. Insbesondere wenn das auszuführende Programm sich vom " +"Hauptprozess forkt. Deshalb ist diese Option normalerweise nur in " +"Kombination mit der B<--background> Option sinnvoll." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "Gibt ausführliche informative Meldungen aus." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +msgid "Print help information; then exit." +msgstr "Gibt Hilfeinformationen aus und beendet sich dann." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:256 +msgid "Print version information; then exit." +msgstr "Gibt Versionsinformationen aus und beendet sich dann." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:260 +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> basierend " +"auf einer vorherigen Version von Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org." +"ukE<gt>." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:262 +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" +"Handbuchseite von Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, teilweise von Ian " +"Jackson umformatiert." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update-alternatives" +msgstr "update-alternatives" + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-11-24" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:11 +msgid "" +"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" +"update-alternatives - Verwaltung symbolischer Links zur Bestimmung von " +"Standardwerten für Kommandos" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:20 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--install> I<Genname Symlink Altern " +"Priorität> [B<--slave> I<Genname Symlink> I<Altern>]..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:25 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--remove> I<Name Pfad>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:30 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--remove-all> I<Name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:34 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:39 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--auto> I<Name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:44 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--display> I<Name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:49 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--list> I<Name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:54 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--config> I<Name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:59 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--set> I<Name Pfad>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:64 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> erzeugt, entfernt, verwaltet und zeigt die " +"Informationen über die symbolischen Links, die das »Debian Alternativ-" +"System« bilden, an." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:72 +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" +"Es ist möglich, mehrere Programme, die die gleiche oder ähnliche " +"Funktionalität bereitstellen, gleichzeitig auf einem System zu installieren. " +"Beispielsweise sind auf vielen Systemen mehrere Texteditoren gleichzeitig " +"installiert. Dies gibt den Benutzern eines Systems die Möglichkeit, falls " +"gewünscht, jeweils einen anderen Editor zu verwenden, allerdings wird es " +"damit für ein Programm schwierig, einen guten Wahl für einen Editor zum " +"Starten zu treffen, falls der Benutzer keine spezielle Wahl getroffen hat." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:94 +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" +"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " +"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " +"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " +"to do so." +msgstr "" +"Debians Alternativ-System hat das Ziel, dieses Problem zu lösen. Ein " +"generischer Name im Dateisystem wird von allen Dateien, die austauschbare " +"Funktionalität bereitstellen, verwendet. Das Alternativ-System bestimmt " +"zusammen mit dem Systemadministrator welche Datei tatsächlich durch diesen " +"generischen Namen referenziert wird. Falls beispielsweise sowohl der " +"Texteditor B<ed>(1) als auch B<nvi>(1) im System installiert sind, wird das " +"Alternative-System dafür sorgen, dass der generische Name I</usr/bin/editor> " +"standardmäßig auf I</usr/bin/nvi> zeigt. Der Systemadministrator kann dies " +"Ändern und dafür sorgen, dass er stattdessen auf I</usr/bin/ed> zeigt, und " +"das Alternativ-System wird diese Einstellung nicht verändern, bis es " +"explizit dazu aufgefordert wird." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:104 +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" +"Der generische Name ist nicht ein direkter symbolischer Link auf die " +"ausgewählte Alternative. Stattdessen ist es ein symbolischer Link auf einen " +"Namen im I<Alternativ-Verzeichnis>, welches wiederum ein symbolischer Link " +"auf die tatsächlich referenzierte Datei ist. Dies ist so realisiert, damit " +"die Änderungen des Systemadministrators auf das I</etc> Verzeichnis " +"beschränkt bleiben: der FHS (siehe dort) erklärt warum dies eine Gute Idee " +"ist." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:116 +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" +"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " +"Debian packages." +msgstr "" +"Für jedes Paket, das eine Datei mit einer bestimmten Funktionalität " +"bereitstellt, wird bei der Installation, der Änderung oder der Entfernung " +"B<update-alternatives> aufgerufen, um die Informationen über diese Datei im " +"Alternativ-System zu aktualisieren. B<update-alternatives> wird gewöhnlich " +"vom B<postinst>- oder B<prerm>-Skript eines Debian-Paketes aufgerufen." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:135 +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" +"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " +"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " +"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" +"Es ist oft sinnvoll, dass eine Reihe von Alternativen synchronisiert werden, " +"so dass sie als Gruppe geändert werden; wenn beispielsweise mehrere " +"Versionen des B<vi>(1) Editors installiert sind, sollte die Handbuchseite, " +"die durch I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> referenziert wird, zu dem ausführbaren " +"Programm, dass durch I</usr/bin/vi> referenziert wird, gehören. B<update-" +"alternatives> erledigt dies mit Hilfe von I<Master-> und I<Slave-Links>; " +"wird der Master-Link geändert, wird auch jeder zugehörige Slave-Link " +"geändert. Ein Master-Link und seine zugehörigen Slave-Links bilden zusammen " +"eine I<Link-Gruppe>." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:143 +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"Eine Linkgruppe ist zu jeder Zeit in einer der beiden Modi: automatisch oder " +"manuell. Ist eine Gruppe im automatischen Modus, dann wird das Alternativ-" +"System bei der Paketinstallation und -entfernung automatisch entscheiden, ob " +"und wie die Links aktualisiert werden. Im manuellen Modus ändert das " +"Alternativ-System die Links nicht; die Entscheidung verbleibt beim " +"Systemadministrator." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:152 +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" +"Beim erstmaligen Einführen in das System befindet sich eine Linkgruppe im " +"automatischen Modus. Führt der Systemadministrator Änderungen an den " +"automatischen Einstellungen des Systems durch, wird dies beim nächsten " +"Aufruf von B<update-alternatives> auf die Linkgruppe bemerkt und die Gruppe " +"wird automatisch in den manuellen Modus umgeschaltet." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:159 +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" +"Jede Alternative hat eine ihr zugeordnete I<Priorität>. Befindet sich eine " +"Linkgruppe im automatischen Modus, zeigen die Mitglieder einer Gruppe auf " +"die Alternative mit der höchsten Priorität." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:175 +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " +"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " +"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " +"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " +"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " +"return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"Wird die I<--config>-Option verwendet, dann zeigt B<update-alternatives> " +"alle Auswahlmöglichkeiten für die Link-Gruppe an, für die der gegebene " +"I<Name> der Master-Link ist. Die aktuelle Auswahl ist mit »*« markiert, und " +"die Auswahl mit der höchsten Priorität mit »+«. Sie werden dann aufgefordert " +"anzugeben, Ihre Auswahl bezüglich der Linkgruppe anzugeben. Sobald Sie eine " +"Änderung durchführen, befindet sich die Linkgruppe nicht mehr im " +"I<automatischen> Modus. Sie müssen dann die I<--auto> Option verwenden, um " +"wieder in den automatischen Zustand zurückzukehren." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:179 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie nicht-interaktiv konfigurieren möchten, können Sie stattdessen die " +"I<--set> Option verwenden (siehe unten)." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:190 +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: update-alternatives.8:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "BEGRIFFE" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" +"Da die Tätigkeiten von B<update-alternatives> recht komplex sind sollen " +"einige spezielle Begriffe helfen, seine Vorgehensweise zu erläutern." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "generic name" +msgstr "generischer Name" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" +"Ein Name wie I</usr/bin/editor>, der sich über das Alternativ-System auf " +"eine Reihe von Dateien mit ähnlicher Funktionalität bezieht." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "symlink" +msgstr "Symlink" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" +"Ohne weitere Angabe bedeutet dies ein symbolischer Link im Alternativ-" +"Verzeichnis: einer derer, die vom Systemadministrator angepasst werden " +"sollen." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternative" +msgstr "Alternative" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"Der Name einer speziellen Datei im Dateisystem, die mittels eines " +"generischen Namens über das Alternativ-System zugreifbar gemacht werden kann." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "Alternativ-Verzeichnis" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "" +"Ein Verzeichnis, standardmäßig I</etc/alternatives>, das die Symlinks " +"enthält." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "administratives Verzeichnis" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" +"alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" +"Ein Verzeichnis, standardmäßig I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, das die " +"B<update-alternatives> Zustandsinformationen enthält." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link group" +msgstr "Linkgruppe" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "" +"Ein Satz zusammengehörender Symlinks, die als Gruppe aktualisiert werden " +"sollen." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "master link" +msgstr "Master-Link" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" +"Der Link in einer Linkgruppe der bestimmt, wie die anderen Links in der " +"Gruppe konfiguriert werden." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "Slave-Link" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." +msgstr "" +"Ein Link in einer Linkgruppe, der durch die Einstellung des Master-Links " +"bestimmt wird." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "automatischer Modus" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" +"Ist eine Linkgruppe im automatischen Modus, dann sorgt das Alternativ-System " +"dafür, dass die Links in der Gruppe auf die für die Gruppe passende " +"Alternative mit der höchsten Priorität zeigen." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "manueller Modus" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:245 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" +"Ist eine Linkgruppe im manuellen Modus, dann führt das Alternativ-System " +"keine Änderungen an den Einstellungen des Systemadministrators durch." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:257 +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " +"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt mehrere Pakete die einen zum B<vi> kompatiblen Texteditor " +"bereitstellen, beispielsweise B<nvi> und B<vim>. Welcher benutzt wird, wird " +"durch die Linkgruppe B<vi> eingestellt, welche Links für das Programm selber " +"und die zugehörige Handbuchseite beinhaltet." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:263 +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" +"Um alle verfügbaren Programme anzuzeigen, die B<vi> bereitstellen, und die " +"dazu gehörigen Einstellungen, benutzen Sie die I<--display> Aktion:" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:266 +msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:272 +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" +"Um eine bestimmte B<vi>-Implementation auszuwählen, benutzen Sie als Root " +"den folgenden Befehl und wählen dann eine Zahl aus der Liste aus:" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:275 +msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:280 +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" +"Um zur automatischen Auswahl der B<vi>-Implementation zurückzukehren, führen " +"Sie folgendes als Root aus:" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:283 +msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:290 +msgid "" +"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " +"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " +"together with any action." +msgstr "" +"Genau eine Aktion muss angegeben werden, falls B<update-alternatives> eine " +"sinnvolle Aufgabe erfüllen soll. Eine beliebige Anzahl von allgemeinen " +"Optionen kann zusammen mit jeder Aktion spezifiziert werden." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." +msgstr "Erzeugt mehr Kommentare über die Tätigkeit von B<update-alternatives.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:300 +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "" +"Erzeuge keine Kommentare, es sei denn, ein Fehler tritt auf. Diese Option " +"ist noch nicht implementiert." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:304 +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" +"Führe nichts durch, sondern teile nur mit, was getan würde. Diese Option ist " +"noch nicht implementiert." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +msgid "Give some usage information." +msgstr "Gebe Benutzungshinweise" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." +msgstr "Gebe die Version von B<update-alternatives> aus." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--altdir> I<Verzeichnis>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Spezifiziert das Alternativ-Verzeichnis, wenn sich dieses von der " +"Standardeinstellung unterscheiden soll." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<Verzeichnis>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:320 +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." +msgstr "" +"Spezifiziert das administrative Verzeichnis, wenn sich dieses vom " +"Standardwert unterscheiden soll." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." +msgstr "B<--install> I<Genname Symlink Altern Priorität> [B<--slave> I<Genname Symlink Altern>] ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:338 +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" +"Füge eine Gruppe von Alternativen zum System hinzu. I<Genname> ist der " +"generische Name des Master-Links, I<Symlink> ist der Name seines Symlinks im " +"Alternative-Verzeichnis und I<Altern> ist die Alternative, die für den " +"Master-Link eingeführt wird. Die Argumente nach B<--slave> sind der " +"generische Name, Symlink-Name in dem Alternative-Verzeichnis und die " +"Alternative für den Slave-Link. Null oder mehrere B<--slave>-Optionen, jede " +"von drei Argumenten gefolgt, können spezifiziert werden." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Falls der angegebene Master-Symlink bereits in den Datensätzen des " +"Alternativ-Systems existiert, dann wird die angegebene Information als neuer " +"Satz von Alternativen für die Gruppe hinzugefügt. Andernfalls wird eine neue " +"Gruppe im automatischen Modus mit dieser Information hinzugefügt. Falls die " +"Gruppe im automatischen Modus ist, und die Priorität der neu hinzugefügten " +"Alternative höher ist als alle installierten Alternativen für diese Gruppe, " +"dann werden die Symlinks aktualisiert, um auf die neu hinzugefügte " +"Alternative zu zeigen." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--set> I<Name Pfad>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" +"Setzt das Programm I<Pfad> als Alternative für I<Name>. Dies ist äquivalent " +"zu I<--config>, ist aber nicht interaktiv und kann somit geskriptet werden." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--remove> I<Name Pfad>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" +"Entferne eine Alternative und alle zugehörigen Slave-Links. I<Name> ist ein " +"Name im Alternativ-Verzeichnis, und I<Pfad> ist ein absoluter Dateiname zu " +"dem I<Name> gelinkt werden könnte. Falls I<Name> tatsächlich nach I<Pfad> " +"gelinkt ist, dann wird I<Name> aktualisiert um auf eine andere geeignete " +"Alternative zu zeigen, oder entfernt, falls keine solche Alternative übrig " +"bleibt. Zugehörige Slave-Links werden entsprechend aktualisiert oder " +"entfernt. Falls der Link derzeit nicht auf I<Pfad> zeigt, werden keine Links " +"geändert; nur die Information über die Alternative wird entfernt." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<Name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" +"Entfernt alle Alternativen und alle ihrer zugehörigen Slave-Links. I<Name> " +"ist ein Name im Alternativ-Verzeichnis." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." +msgstr "Rufe B<--config> für alle Alternativen auf." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--auto> I<Link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Überführt den Master-Link I<Link> in den automatischen Modus. Bei diesem " +"Prozess werden dieser Symlink und seine Slave-Links aktualisiert, um auf die " +"installierte Alternative mit höchster Priorität zu zeigen." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--display> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--display> I<Link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" +"Zeige Informationen über die Linkgruppe an, von der I<Link> der Master-Link " +"ist. Die angezeigten Informationen enthalten den Modus der Gruppe " +"(automatisch oder manuell), auf welche Alternative der Symlink derzeit " +"zeigt, welche weiteren Alternativen zur Verfügung stehen (und ihre " +"zugehörigen Slave-Alternativen), und die installierte Alternative mit der " +"höchsten Priorität." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--list> I<Link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "Zeige alle Ziele der Linkgruppe an." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--config> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--config> I<Link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:414 +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" +"Zeige die verfügbaren Alternativen für eine Linkgruppe an und erlaube es dem " +"Benutzer interaktiv auszuwählen, welche zu benutzen ist. Die Linkgruppe wird " +"aktualisiert und aus dem I<automatischen> Modus genommen." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "" +"Das standardmäßige Alternativ-Verzeichnis. Kann mittels der B<--altdir> " +"Option geändert werden." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:428 +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" +"admindir> option." +msgstr "" +"Das standardmäßige administrative Verzeichnis. Kann mittels der B<--" +"admindir> Option geändert werden." + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "Die angeforderte Aktion wurde erfolgreich ausgeführt." + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:435 +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" +"Beim Lesen der Kommandozeile oder beim Ausführen der Aktion traten Probleme " +"auf." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:445 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> quatscht ohne Unterlass über seine Aktivitäten auf " +"seinem Standardausgabekanal. Falls Probleme auftreten, gibt B<update-" +"alternatives> eine Fehlermeldung auf seinem Standardfehlerkanal aus und " +"beendet sich mit dem Exit-Status 2. Die Diagnostiken sollten selbsterklärend " +"sein; falls Sie dies nicht so empfinden, melden Sie dies bitte als Fehler." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:449 +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie einen Fehler finden, melden Sie ihn bitte über das Debian " +"Fehlerverfolgungssystem, oder, falls dies nicht möglich ist, schicken Sie " +"eine E-Mail (in englisch) direkt an den Autor." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:454 +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie einen Unterschied zwischen der Implementation von B<update-" +"alternatives> und dieser Handbuchseite finden, ist dies ein Fehler, entweder " +"in der Implementation oder in der Dokumentation; bitte melden Sie dies." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:459 +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Debian update-alternatives unterliegt dem Copyright 1995 von Ian Jackson. Es " +"ist Freie Software; lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 oder " +"neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE HAFTUNG." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:463 +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" +"Diese Handbuchseite unterliegt dem Copyright 1997/98 von Charles Briscoe-" +"Smith. Dies ist Freie Dokumentation; lesen Sie die GNU General Public " +"License Version 2 oder neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE " +"HAFTUNG." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:465 +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die GNU GPL auf Debian-Systemen unter /usr/share/common-licenses/" +"GPL finden." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:468 +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." +msgstr "" +"B<ln>(1), FHS, der Dateisystem Hierarchie-Standard (Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard)." + +# type: Plain text +#~ msgid "I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the name used by other packages' versions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I<E<lt>umzulenkendeE<gt>> ist der Name der Datei, der von Versionen " +#~ "anderer Pakete benutzt wird." + +# type: Plain text +#~ msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted." +#~ msgstr "Gibt an, dass die Versionen aus allen Paketen umgeleitet sind." + +# type: TH +#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON" +#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON" + +# type: TH +#~ msgid "15th March 1997" +#~ msgstr "15. März 1997" + +# type: Plain text +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" +#~ "alternatives> this is)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gibe Hinweise zur Benutzung (und erzähle, welche Version von B<update-" +#~ "alternatives)> dies ist." + +# type: TH +#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" +#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" + +# type: TH +#~ msgid "19 January 1998" +#~ msgstr "19. Januar 1998" diff --git a/man/po/dpkg-man.pot b/man/po/dpkg-man.pot new file mode 100644 index 00000000..142122e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/dpkg-man.pot @@ -0,0 +1,8903 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 19:21+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" + +# type: TH +#: ./822-date.1:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "822-date" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./822-date.1:3 ./cleanup-info.8:1 ./deb.5:1 ./deb-control.5:3 ./deb-old.5:1 ./dpkg.cfg.5:1 ./dpkg-name.1:6 ./dpkg-split.1:2 ./dselect.1:1 ./dselect.cfg.5:1 ./install-info.8:5 ./start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-02-28" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./822-date.1:3 ./cleanup-info.8:1 ./deb.5:1 ./deb-control.5:3 ./deb-old.5:1 ./dpkg.1:1 ./dpkg-architecture.1:1 ./dpkg.cfg.5:1 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 ./dpkg-deb.1:1 ./dpkg-divert.8:1 ./dpkg-name.1:6 ./dpkg-query.1:1 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 ./dpkg-scansources.1:1 ./dpkg-source.1:2 ./dpkg-split.1:2 ./dselect.1:1 ./dselect.cfg.5:1 ./install-info.8:5 ./start-stop-daemon.8:1 ./update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian Project" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./822-date.1:3 ./cleanup-info.8:1 ./dpkg-architecture.1:1 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 ./dpkg-divert.8:1 ./dpkg-name.1:6 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 ./dpkg-scansources.1:1 ./dpkg-source.1:2 ./dpkg-split.1:2 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:1 ./install-info.8:5 ./start-stop-daemon.8:1 ./update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg utilities" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./822-date.1:4 ./cleanup-info.8:2 ./deb.5:2 ./deb-control.5:4 ./deb-old.5:2 ./dpkg.1:2 ./dpkg-architecture.1:2 ./dpkg.cfg.5:2 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 ./dpkg-deb.1:2 ./dpkg-divert.8:2 ./dpkg-name.1:7 ./dpkg-query.1:2 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 ./dpkg-scansources.1:2 ./dpkg-source.1:3 ./dpkg-split.1:3 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:2 ./dselect.1:2 ./dselect.cfg.5:2 ./install-info.8:6 ./start-stop-daemon.8:2 ./update-alternatives.8:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./822-date.1:6 +msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./822-date.1:7 ./cleanup-info.8:5 ./deb.5:4 ./deb-control.5:7 ./deb-old.5:5 ./dpkg.1:5 ./dpkg-architecture.1:5 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 ./dpkg-deb.1:4 ./dpkg-divert.8:5 ./dpkg-name.1:9 ./dpkg-query.1:5 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 ./dpkg-scansources.1:5 ./dpkg-source.1:8 ./dpkg-split.1:5 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:5 ./dselect.1:5 ./install-info.8:9 ./start-stop-daemon.8:5 ./update-alternatives.8:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./822-date.1:9 +msgid "B<822-date>" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./822-date.1:10 ./cleanup-info.8:10 ./deb.5:6 ./deb-control.5:10 ./deb-old.5:8 ./dpkg.1:19 ./dpkg-architecture.1:11 ./dpkg.cfg.5:5 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 ./dpkg-deb.1:36 ./dpkg-divert.8:26 ./dpkg-name.1:22 ./dpkg-query.1:36 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 ./dpkg-scansources.1:14 ./dpkg-source.1:33 ./dpkg-split.1:28 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:19 ./dselect.1:18 ./dselect.cfg.5:5 ./install-info.8:25 ./start-stop-daemon.8:22 ./update-alternatives.8:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./822-date.1:14 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./822-date.1:15 ./cleanup-info.8:29 ./dpkg.1:293 ./dpkg-architecture.1:27 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 ./dpkg-divert.8:44 ./dpkg-name.1:33 ./dpkg-query.1:93 ./dpkg-scansources.1:44 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:33 ./dselect.1:45 ./install-info.8:39 ./start-stop-daemon.8:88 ./update-alternatives.8:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./822-date.1:18 +msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./822-date.1:19 ./cleanup-info.8:47 ./dpkg.1:609 ./dpkg-deb.1:249 ./dpkg-name.1:91 ./dpkg-source.1:825 ./dpkg-split.1:221 ./dselect.1:427 ./update-alternatives.8:446 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./822-date.1:22 +msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./822-date.1:23 ./cleanup-info.8:50 ./deb.5:67 ./deb-control.5:204 ./deb-old.5:51 ./dpkg.1:599 ./dpkg-architecture.1:268 ./dpkg.cfg.5:21 ./dpkg-deb.1:265 ./dpkg-divert.8:124 ./dpkg-name.1:100 ./dpkg-query.1:182 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 ./dpkg-scansources.1:64 ./dpkg-source.1:839 ./dpkg-split.1:245 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:85 ./dselect.1:443 ./dselect.cfg.5:21 ./install-info.8:277 ./update-alternatives.8:466 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./822-date.1:26 +msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./822-date.1:29 +msgid "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./822-date.1:31 +msgid "B<date>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./822-date.1:32 ./cleanup-info.8:53 ./dpkg-architecture.1:272 ./dpkg.cfg.5:17 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 ./dpkg-deb.1:270 ./dpkg-divert.8:126 ./dpkg-query.1:173 ./dpkg-scansources.1:67 ./dpkg-source.1:845 ./dpkg-split.1:251 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:88 ./dselect.cfg.5:17 ./update-alternatives.8:455 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./822-date.1:35 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " +"placed by him into the public domain." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./cleanup-info.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cleanup-info" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:4 +msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:17 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:20 +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:23 +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:28 +msgid "" +"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./cleanup-info.8:30 ./dpkg-architecture.1:76 ./dpkg-divert.8:73 ./dpkg-scansources.1:47 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:64 ./dselect.1:121 ./install-info.8:195 ./update-alternatives.8:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:33 +msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./cleanup-info.8:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--unsafe>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:36 +msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:38 +msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./cleanup-info.8:38 ./dpkg-architecture.1:79 ./dpkg-deb.1:198 ./dpkg-divert.8:76 ./dpkg-query.1:89 ./dpkg-scansources.1:61 ./dpkg-source.1:101 ./dpkg-split.1:148 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:67 ./dselect.1:128 ./install-info.8:200 ./update-alternatives.8:307 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:41 +msgid "Output version and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./cleanup-info.8:42 ./dpkg.1:496 ./dpkg.cfg.5:12 ./dpkg-divert.8:114 ./dpkg-source.1:788 ./dpkg-split.1:235 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:75 ./dselect.cfg.5:12 ./update-alternatives.8:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./cleanup-info.8:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:46 +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:49 +msgid "Probably many." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:53 +msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:55 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./cleanup-info.8:57 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 ./dpkg-divert.8:130 ./dpkg-query.1:181 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:95 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./deb.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./deb.5:1 ./deb-control.5:3 ./deb-old.5:1 ./dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:4 +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:6 ./deb-old.5:7 +msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:12 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:16 +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./deb.5:16 ./deb-old.5:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:21 +msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:31 +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:36 +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:46 +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:50 +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:61 +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these " +"three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted before " +"B<data.tar.gz> and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will " +"have names starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:67 +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb.5:70 +msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./deb-control.5:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-control" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:6 +msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:9 +msgid "control" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:23 +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " +"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B<Description> field, see below)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./deb-control.5:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:29 +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:36 +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:41 +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:44 +msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:50 +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./deb-control.5:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:57 +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:71 +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:78 +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:86 +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:90 +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:100 +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:107 +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:114 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:119 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:131 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:137 +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:145 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:153 +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./deb-control.5:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:163 +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can " +"depend. This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to " +"satisfy the dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail " +"server from having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' " +"to separate the list." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:178 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./deb-control.5:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-control.5:207 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./deb-old.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-old" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-old.5:4 +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-old.5:17 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see " +"B<deb>(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-old.5:21 +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-old.5:25 +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-old.5:28 +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-old.5:30 +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-old.5:35 +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-old.5:46 +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-old.5:50 +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./deb-old.5:54 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg.1:1 ./dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-04-09" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg.1:1 ./dpkg.cfg.5:1 ./dpkg-deb.1:1 ./dpkg-query.1:1 ./dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg suite" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:4 +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg.1:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:13 +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " +"--help>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:18 +msgid "" +"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:26 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is " +"B<dselect>(1). B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line " +"parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more " +"options. The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control " +"the behavior of the action in some way." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:31 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " +"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " +"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:42 +msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:48 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " +"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dpkg.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE STATES" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<installed>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:52 +msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-installed>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:56 +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<not-installed>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:59 +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<unpacked>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:62 +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-configured>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:66 +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<config-files>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:69 +msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dpkg.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<install>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:73 +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<deinstall>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:77 +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<purge>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:81 +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dpkg.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<hold>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:86 +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<reinst-required>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:91 +msgid "" +"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires " +"reinstallation. These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option " +"B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dpkg.1:92 ./dpkg-architecture.1:42 ./update-alternatives.8:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:97 +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:99 +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:102 +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:106 +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:109 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:113 +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:120 +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:124 +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:129 +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:134 +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:136 +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:141 +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:144 +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | " +"B<--pending>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:155 +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:157 +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:160 +msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:163 +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:166 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:176 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " +"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:179 +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " +"B<dselect update>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:185 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:188 +msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:191 +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:196 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:200 +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:206 +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:211 +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:215 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:219 +msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:230 +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " +"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:235 +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:238 +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:241 +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:244 +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:247 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:250 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:253 +msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" +" Build a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" +" List contents of a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" +" Extract control-information from a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" +" Extract the files contained by package.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" +" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" +" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" +" Debian package.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" +" Show information about a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" +" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" +" package.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:278 +msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" +" List packages matching given pattern.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" +" Report status of specified package.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" +" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" +" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" +" Display details about I<package>, as found in " +"I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:298 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:302 +msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:308 +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:314 +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" number description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:333 +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified " +"below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked " +"with (*) are forced by default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:337 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts " +"only. Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your " +"whole system.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:340 +msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:343 +msgid "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:350 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " +"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " +"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " +"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " +"with care.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:354 +msgid "" +"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:357 +msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:362 +msgid "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:367 +msgid "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered " +"essential. Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix " +"commands. Removing them might cause the whole system to stop working, so use " +"with caution." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:370 +msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:373 +msgid "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:377 +msgid "" +"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:382 +msgid "" +"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:387 +msgid "" +"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:392 +msgid "" +"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:398 +msgid "" +"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:401 +msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:404 +msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:407 +msgid "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:410 +msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:413 +msgid "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:416 +msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:419 +msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:420 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:424 +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:424 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:428 +msgid "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:428 ./dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:432 +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:437 +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any " +"changes. This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, " +"without actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:442 +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:448 +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:452 +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:463 +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " +"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " +"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to " +"I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:469 +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:473 +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:480 +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " +"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:492 +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " +"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> " +"E<lt>installed-versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " +"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and " +"`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for " +"conffile changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:495 +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:497 ./dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:500 +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:500 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:504 +msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:507 +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:510 +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:516 +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:519 +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<control>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<conffiles>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<preinst>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postinst>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<prerm>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postrm>" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg.1:532 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:537 +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<SHELL>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:540 +msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg.1:540 ./dpkg-query.1:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<COLUMNS>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:544 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg.1:545 ./dpkg-architecture.1:100 ./dpkg-divert.8:93 ./dpkg-name.1:71 ./update-alternatives.8:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:547 +msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:552 +msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:554 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:557 +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:559 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:562 +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:569 +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:572 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:575 +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:581 +msgid "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:590 +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:593 +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg.1:595 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:598 +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:608 +msgid "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), " +"B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:611 +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg.1:612 ./dselect.1:449 ./start-stop-daemon.8:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.1:616 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" +"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-architecture" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:1 ./dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-06-17" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:14 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:17 +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to " +"B<dpkg>(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:26 +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:31 +msgid "Set the Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:34 +msgid "Set the GNU system type." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:41 +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:47 +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:53 +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:59 +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:62 +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:66 +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:69 +msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I< command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:73 +msgid "" +"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:76 +msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:79 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 +msgid "Print a usage message." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:82 +msgid "Print program version." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:86 +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:88 +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:91 +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the " +"\\s-1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "architecture wildcard" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:95 +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is " +"E<lt>kernelE<gt>-E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:99 +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:103 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to " +"B<dpkg-architecture>. Other examples:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:105 +msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:107 +msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:110 +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given " +"one:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:112 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:114 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:117 +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:119 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:121 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:124 +msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:126 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:128 +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:130 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:132 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:134 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:136 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:138 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:140 +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:142 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:144 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:146 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:148 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:157 +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to " +"I<debian/rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you " +"should not rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the " +"script. Instead, you should always initialize them using " +"B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. Here are some examples, which also " +"show how you can improve the cross compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:160 ./dpkg-architecture.1:177 +msgid "Instead of:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:167 +msgid "please use the following:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture " +"-qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture " +"-qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) " +"--host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:186 +msgid "please use:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:197 +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:202 +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:209 +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:214 +msgid "" +"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS " +"2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture " +"-qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:235 +msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:238 +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst " +"hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:257 +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:264 +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:267 +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:271 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-architecture.1:276 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg.cfg" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg.cfg.5:22 ./dpkg-divert.8:126 ./dpkg-query.1:184 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:87 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 ./dpkg-divert.8:1 ./dpkg-source.1:2 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-23" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 +msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 +msgid "" +"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +msgid "" +"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" +msgstr "" + +# type: UR +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 +msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-deb" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:16 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:39 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:43 +msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:53 +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:53 ./dpkg-split.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:66 +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in " +"I<directory>. I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which " +"contains the control information files such as the control file itself. This " +"directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but " +"instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's control " +"information area." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:72 +msgid "" +"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " +"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:84 +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:91 +msgid "" +"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " +"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:93 +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:109 +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " +"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:109 ./dpkg-split.1:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:112 +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:117 +msgid "" +"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:125 +msgid "" +"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:132 +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:135 +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:139 +msgid "" +"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:148 +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one " +"B<control-file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with " +"its field name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:150 +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:156 +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:160 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:165 +msgid "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " +"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:171 +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " +"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:174 +msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:182 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:186 +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:190 +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:193 +msgid "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:193 ./dpkg-split.1:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:198 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:203 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:203 ./dpkg-split.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:210 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:210 ./dpkg-split.1:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:216 ./dpkg-query.1:103 +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:225 +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:227 +msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:232 +msgid "Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--old>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:240 +msgid "" +"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:246 +msgid "" +"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:249 +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:254 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:258 +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:265 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " +"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:270 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-deb.1:278 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See " +"I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-divert" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:10 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:15 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:36 +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:44 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " +"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " +"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " +"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:45 ./dselect.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:48 +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: " +"I</var/lib/dpkg>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:52 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:63 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " +"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:63 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:61 ./install-info.8:190 ./update-alternatives.8:296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:66 +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:70 +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:70 ./install-info.8:269 ./update-alternatives.8:300 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:73 +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:76 +msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:79 +msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:84 +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> " +"I<E<lt>originalE<gt>.distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and " +"B<--divert> must match if specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:86 +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:92 +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:97 +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, " +"i.e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as " +"I</usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:99 +msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:101 ./dpkg-divert.8:111 +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:103 +msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:107 +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to " +"I</usr/bin/example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:109 +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename " +"/usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:113 +msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:120 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:123 +msgid "" +"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-divert.8:128 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-name.1:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-name" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:9 +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:22 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] " +"[B<-s>|B<--subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] " +"[B<-v>|B<--version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] " +"[I<files>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:33 +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " +"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " +"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " +"a hyphen and the revision information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:37 +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:40 +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:44 +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:56 +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be " +"`unstable/binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section " +"is not found in the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, " +"as well as for sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is " +"`E<lt>sectionE<gt>/binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't " +"required so a lot of packages will find their way to the `no-section' " +"area. Use this option with care, it's messy." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:61 +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h, --help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:64 +msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v, --version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:67 ./dselect.1:131 +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l, --license>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:71 +msgid "" +"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " +"exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:77 +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:82 +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:88 +msgid "" +"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-name.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:91 +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:100 +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:107 +msgid "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-name.1:107 ./dpkg-source.1:847 ./install-info.8:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-name.1:113 +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is B<no> warranty." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-query" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:17 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:32 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:35 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B<dpkg> database." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-query.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-query.1:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:50 +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " +"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in " +"I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote " +"I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename " +"expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with " +"``libc6'':" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:60 +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and " +"B<--showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-query.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:67 +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the " +"B<--showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per " +"matching package, each line having the name and installed version of the " +"package, separated by a tab." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-query.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:71 +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-query.1:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:76 +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-query.1:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:82 +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-query.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:86 +msgid "" +"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in " +"I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-query.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:89 +msgid "Display licence and copyright information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:92 +msgid "Display version information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-query.1:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:98 +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is " +"I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-query.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:105 +msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<\\en> newline\n" +" B<\\er> carriage return\n" +" B<\\et> tab\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:116 +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and " +"\\(lqB<$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:122 +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax " +"\\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. Fields are printed right-aligned " +"unless the width is negative in which case left alignment will be used. The " +"following I<field>s are recognised:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:161 +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-query.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:172 +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:175 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: UR +#: ./dpkg-query.1:175 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-query.1:177 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:92 +msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 ./dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-10" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 +msgid "" +"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 +msgid "" +"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 +msgid "I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 +msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 +msgid "" +"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " +"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " +"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " +"in the output." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 +msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 +msgid "" +"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 +msgid "" +"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " +"to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 ./update-alternatives.8:436 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scansources" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:13 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> " +"[I<path-prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:18 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:29 +msgid "" +"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this " +"file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, " +"packages, there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses " +"the highest priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file " +"for the priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first " +"binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer " +"information. This might change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:33 +msgid "" +"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:44 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:45 ./install-info.8:272 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:47 +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:49 +msgid "Show the usage message and die." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:52 +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:55 +msgid "" +"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:61 +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:63 +msgid "Print the version number and exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:66 +msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:68 +msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-source.1:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-source" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:7 +msgid "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, " +"dpkg-buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source " +"package tools" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:15 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> " +"[I<orig-directory>|I<orig-targz>|'']" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:18 +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:24 +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:27 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:30 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:42 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to " +"debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to " +"B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:68 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names " +"B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field " +"name. Any other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. " +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from " +"B<debian/shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control " +"area file of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as " +"satisfying the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The " +"first match will be used. The format for a shared library dependency " +"information entry in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for " +"details):" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:70 +msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:76 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:80 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:84 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:89 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:93 +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dpkg-source.1:93 ./update-alternatives.8:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:96 +msgid "" +"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " +"with the programs that accept them." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:101 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " +"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " +"tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:106 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " +"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>I<version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:114 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " +"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I<version> to be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:119 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " +"will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:126 +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog " +"file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:134 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:142 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:150 +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " +"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:158 +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:163 +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:169 +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:179 +msgid "" +"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " +"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " +"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:184 +msgid "" +"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-U>I<field>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:189 +msgid "" +"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:212 +msgid "" +"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no " +"architecture-independent binary package files are to be distributed either. " +"B<-S> specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary " +"packages need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only " +"used by B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> " +"file for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the " +"package being built." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:217 +msgid "" +"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " +"one) - see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:224 +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:231 +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:237 +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, " +"B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:244 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:251 +msgid "" +"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " +"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to " +"B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:257 +msgid "" +"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " +"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-source.1:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:262 +msgid "" +"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " +"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:272 +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " +"under the current working directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:280 +msgid "" +"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " +"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " +"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:288 +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:303 +msgid "" +"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " +"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " +"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " +"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " +"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " +"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " +"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:303 ./dpkg-source.1:642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:311 +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:323 +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the " +".orig.tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that " +"will contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, " +"thus causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you " +"use the B<-i> switch." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:323 ./dpkg-source.1:646 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:330 +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a " +".tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:345 +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than " +"B<-sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:357 +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and " +"B<dpkg-source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> " +"is used B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:368 +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:377 +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:406 +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to " +"B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:412 +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, " +"B<-sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:415 +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:422 +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:425 +msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:430 +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:435 +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-source.1:435 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:438 +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<package>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:445 +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:445 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:450 +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:450 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:459 +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the " +"B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:472 +msgid "" +"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " +"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:472 ./dpkg-source.1:534 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:482 +msgid "" +"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " +"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if " +"B<-P> was used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-source.1:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:487 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:487 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:491 +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:497 +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:507 +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " +"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:515 +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " +"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:526 +msgid "" +"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " +"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:534 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " +"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:540 +msgid "" +"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " +"rather than being added to the substitution variables file " +"(B<debian/substvars> by default)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:540 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<type>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:549 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " +"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " +"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is " +"\"deb\". Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " +"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-source.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:552 +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:563 +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:563 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:571 +msgid "" +"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-source.1:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:574 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:577 +msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" +msgstr "" + +#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:603 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " +"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " +"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " +"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:628 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " +"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " +"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the " +"B<-sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other " +"shell metacharacters." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:628 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-tc>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:634 +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " +"after the package has been built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:634 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:637 +msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:637 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:642 +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:646 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:651 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:651 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:654 +msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:654 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:657 +msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:657 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-nc>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:660 +msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-source.1:660 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:666 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three " +"non-option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:674 +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where " +"B<dpkg-genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than " +"being a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> " +"is run." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-source.1:674 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:677 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " +"arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-source.1:677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:687 +msgid "" +"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " +"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:694 +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:701 +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string " +"B<${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:714 +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:716 +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:716 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Arch>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:720 +msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:720 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:723 +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:723 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:727 +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:727 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<binary:Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:731 +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:731 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source-Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:736 +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:736 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Installed-Size>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:745 +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " +"debian/tmp> to find the default value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Extra-Size>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:754 +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B<Installed-Size> control file field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:754 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:761 +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:771 +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:771 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:774 +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:779 +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"- see above." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:779 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:782 +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:782 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:785 +msgid "The full version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:788 +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:789 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/control>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:794 +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:800 +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:800 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/files>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:813 +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " +"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:813 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/substvars>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:816 +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:819 +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:819 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:822 +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-source.1:822 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:825 +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:828 +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:835 +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, " +"B<{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:839 +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:845 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:847 +msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:849 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:851 +msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-source.1:857 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See " +"B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-split.1:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-split" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:5 +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:17 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:24 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:28 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:33 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:37 +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:45 +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and " +"B<--discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:48 +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:52 +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:60 +msgid "" +"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:68 +msgid "" +"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:72 +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:76 +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:81 +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:83 +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:86 +msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:92 +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:95 +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:100 +msgid "" +"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:107 +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:113 +msgid "" +"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " +"not created." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:120 +msgid "" +"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:127 +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:130 +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:134 +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:138 +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:143 +msgid "" +"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:148 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:153 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:160 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:166 +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:170 +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 " +"bytes). The default is 450Kb." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:173 +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:178 +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:189 +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:194 +msgid "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:200 +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:205 +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dpkg-split.1:205 ./update-alternatives.8:429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:211 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:217 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I<part> file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:221 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:225 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:228 +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:231 +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:235 +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-split.1:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:240 +msgid "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:245 +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to " +"B<dpkg-split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any " +"case the filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:250 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-split.1:260 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See " +"I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-statoverride" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian project" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " +"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:18 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:28 +msgid "" +"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:41 +msgid "" +"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " +"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " +"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " +"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a `B<#>' " +"(for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " +"to the new owner and mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +msgid "" +"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " +"left unchanged by this command." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:61 +msgid "Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:64 +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:67 +msgid "Show usage information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +msgid "Show program version and copyright." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:74 +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:84 +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:4 +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:17 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] " +"[B<--debug>|B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] " +"[B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" +"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" +" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" +" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" +" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" +" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:38 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:44 +msgid "" +"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:51 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:57 +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:60 +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:64 +msgid "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:71 +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in " +"I<dselect.cfg>). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other " +"attributes) of one part of the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to " +"bottom) are:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:75 +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:78 +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:81 +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:84 +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:88 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:92 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:95 +msgid "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:98 +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:101 +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:104 +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:107 +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:110 +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:115 +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:121 +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:124 +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./dselect.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:128 +msgid "" +"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dselect.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:137 +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "access" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:139 +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:145 +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " +"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " +"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:147 +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:150 +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:157 +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:160 +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "select" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:163 +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:169 +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:176 +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:179 +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:182 +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:188 +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:196 +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at " +"http://bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or " +"B<reportbug>(1), if these are installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:203 +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "config" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:206 +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:209 +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "quit" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:212 +msgid "Quit B<dselect>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:214 +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./dselect.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package selections management" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:234 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many " +"interdependencies. For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the " +"ways of the debian package management system, it can be quite " +"overwhelming. Although B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and " +"administration, it is only instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed " +"to be a sufficient substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The " +"user is required to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian " +"packaging system. In case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the " +"Debian Policy manual, contained in the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:240 +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:249 +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:252 +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" +"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" +"alternates between:\n" +" - the extended description\n" +" - the control information for the installed version\n" +" - the control information for the available version\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:266 +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:272 +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:280 +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:286 +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" +" Error flag:\n" +" I<empty> no error\n" +" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" +" Installed state:\n" +" I<empty> not installed;\n" +" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" +" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" +" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" +" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" +" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" +" Current and requested selections:\n" +" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" +" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" +" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" +" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" +" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:310 +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" +" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" +" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" +" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" +" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" +" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" +" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" +" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" +" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" +" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" +" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" +" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:342 +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add " +"B<'/i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two " +"suffixes like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by " +"repeatedly pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is " +"found. If the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top " +"and continues searching from there." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" +"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" +"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" +" alphabet available status\n" +" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" +" section+priority available+section status+section\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:352 +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" +"altered with the following commands:\n" +" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" +" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" +" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" +" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" +" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:366 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution " +"screen. This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:371 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:377 +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:383 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution " +"screen. First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:390 +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:396 +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:404 +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: ./dselect.1:405 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:412 +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is " +"accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the " +"requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are " +"any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a " +"dependency resolution screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:418 +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:425 +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:432 +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:434 +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:436 +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:438 +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:442 +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:448 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:453 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.1:456 +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect.cfg" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.cfg.5:14 +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./dselect.cfg.5:22 +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./install-info.8:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install-info" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:8 +msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:24 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] " +"[B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] " +"[B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] [B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] " +"[B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--description=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:39 +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:57 +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:66 +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:71 +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:76 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:86 +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:91 +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:97 +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:103 +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:121 +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because " +"B<--remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather " +"than the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:135 +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:142 +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:148 +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:151 +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:154 +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:160 +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:169 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is " +"B</usr/share/info/>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:178 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:190 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:195 +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:200 +msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:205 +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:212 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:214 +msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:216 +msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:218 +msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:227 +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:234 +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:236 +msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:240 +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:249 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:256 +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./install-info.8:256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--keep-old>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:260 +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:264 +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:269 +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:272 +msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:276 +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:281 +msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./install-info.8:287 +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "start-stop-daemon" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:4 +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:11 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:15 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:18 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:21 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:29 +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:48 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " +"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " +"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " +"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " +"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " +"program being started." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:68 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " +"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " +"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " +"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:87 +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:94 +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to " +"B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:98 +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:104 +msgid "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:107 +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:113 +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to " +"B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:118 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:128 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:139 +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:155 +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:165 +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:173 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:177 +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:180 +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:183 +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:200 +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:206 +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:214 +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, " +"start-stop-daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the " +"process." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:226 +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:229 +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:232 +msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:247 +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with " +"B<--pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the " +"process. Note, the file will not be removed when stopping the program. " +"B<NOTE:> This feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the " +"program being executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is " +"usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:250 +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:253 +msgid "Print help information; then exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:256 +msgid "Print version information; then exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:260 +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./start-stop-daemon.8:262 +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update-alternatives" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: ./update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-11-24" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:11 +msgid "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:20 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:25 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:30 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:34 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:39 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:44 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:49 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:54 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:59 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:64 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:72 +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:94 +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name " +"I</usr/bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system " +"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> " +"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until " +"explicitly requested to do so." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:104 +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:116 +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. " +"B<update-alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> " +"scripts in Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:135 +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the " +"B<vi>(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by " +"I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced " +"by I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of " +"I<master> and I<slave> links; when the master is changed, any associated " +"slaves are changed too. A master link and its associated slaves make up a " +"I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:143 +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:152 +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:159 +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:175 +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master " +"link. The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the " +"highest priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice " +"regarding this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no " +"longer be in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in " +"order to return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:179 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:190 +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: ./update-alternatives.8:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:196 +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "generic name" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:202 +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "symlink" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:207 +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternative" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:211 +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:216 +msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:223 +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing " +"B<update-alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link group" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:226 +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "master link" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:230 +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:234 +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master " +"link." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:240 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:245 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:257 +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " +"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:263 +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:266 +msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:272 +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:275 +msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:280 +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:283 +msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:290 +msgid "" +"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " +"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " +"together with any action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:296 +msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:300 +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:304 +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:307 +msgid "Give some usage information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:312 +msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:316 +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:316 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:320 +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname " +"symlink altern>] ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:338 +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:349 +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:358 +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:378 +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:383 +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:383 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:386 +msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:393 +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--display> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:404 +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:407 +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--config> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:414 +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:422 +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:428 +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the " +"B<--admindir> option." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:432 +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: ./update-alternatives.8:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:435 +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:445 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:449 +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:454 +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:459 +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:463 +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:465 +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: ./update-alternatives.8:468 +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." +msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po/es.po b/man/po/es.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b93da6e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/es.po @@ -0,0 +1,11691 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 19:21+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:3 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "822-date" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#: install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-02-28" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.1:1 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian Project" +msgstr "Proyecto Debian" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1 install-info.8:5 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg utilities" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Herramientas de dpkg\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"utilidades dpkg\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"utilidades de dpkg\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"herramientas dpkg" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:4 cleanup-info.8:2 deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-old.5:2 dpkg.1:2 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-deb.1:2 +#: dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 dpkg-statoverride.8:2 +#: dselect.1:2 dselect.cfg.5:2 install-info.8:6 start-stop-daemon.8:2 +#: update-alternatives.8:9 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "NOMBRE" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:6 +#, fuzzy +msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" +msgstr "822-date - Muestra la fecha y la hora en formato RFC822" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:7 cleanup-info.8:5 deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-old.5:5 dpkg.1:5 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:4 dpkg-divert.8:5 +#: dpkg-name.1:9 dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 dpkg-scansources.1:5 +#: dpkg-source.1:8 dpkg-split.1:5 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 dselect.1:5 +#: install-info.8:9 start-stop-daemon.8:5 update-alternatives.8:12 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "SINOPSIS" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<822-date>" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:10 cleanup-info.8:10 deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-old.5:8 +#: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:11 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 dpkg-divert.8:26 dpkg-name.1:22 dpkg-query.1:36 +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 dpkg-scansources.1:14 dpkg-source.1:33 +#: dpkg-split.1:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:19 dselect.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:5 +#: install-info.8:25 start-stop-daemon.8:22 update-alternatives.8:60 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> muestra la fecha y la hora actual en el formato descrito en " +"RFC822, usando un huso horario numérico compensado, como se recomienda en " +"RFC1123\t" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:15 cleanup-info.8:29 dpkg.1:293 dpkg-architecture.1:27 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 dpkg-divert.8:44 dpkg-name.1:33 dpkg-query.1:93 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-statoverride.8:33 dselect.1:45 install-info.8:39 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:88 update-alternatives.8:285 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPCIONES" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." +msgstr "B<822-date> no lleva ningún argumento u opción." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:19 cleanup-info.8:47 dpkg.1:609 dpkg-deb.1:249 dpkg-name.1:91 +#: dpkg-source.1:825 dpkg-split.1:221 dselect.1:427 update-alternatives.8:446 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"FALLOS\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"FALLOS/RESTRICCIONES\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"BUGS\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"ERRATAS\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"ERRORES" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." +msgstr "Esta funcionalidad en realidad debería ser parte de B<date>(1)," + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:23 cleanup-info.8:50 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51 +#: dpkg.1:599 dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:265 +#: dpkg-divert.8:124 dpkg-name.1:100 dpkg-query.1:182 dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:64 dpkg-source.1:839 dpkg-split.1:245 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21 install-info.8:277 +#: update-alternatives.8:466 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"VÉASE TAMBIÉN\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"VEÁSE ADEMÁS\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"VEA TAMBIÉN\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"VEA ADEMÁS" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," +msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," +msgstr "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"sección 5.2.14," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<date>(1)." +msgstr "B<date>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:32 cleanup-info.8:53 dpkg-architecture.1:272 dpkg.cfg.5:17 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 dpkg-deb.1:270 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:173 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:67 dpkg-source.1:845 dpkg-split.1:251 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:88 dselect.cfg.5:17 update-alternatives.8:455 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "AUTOR" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " +"placed by him into the public domain." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> y este manual fueron escritos por Ian Jackson. Por la presente, " +"fueron puestos en el dominio público por él." + +# type: TH +#: cleanup-info.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cleanup-info" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" +msgstr "" +"cleanup-info - Limpia el desastre que un falso install-info pueda haber hecho" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>directorioE<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." +msgstr "" +"B<cleanup-info> es un programa en Perl que trata de limpiar el desastre que " +"un falso install-info pueda haber hecho. Éste compila todas las secciones " +"con el mismo encabezado en una sola línea. También trata de procesar en " +"forma inteligente las mayúsculas/minúsculas y dos puntos o espacios finales." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." +msgstr "" +"Otras limpiezas incluyen borrar secciones vacías y compactar las líneas en " +"blanco (solamente en la parte de las entradas)." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:23 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgstr "" +"Se preserva el orden de las secciones (la primera sección encontrada " +"cuenta). Se preserva el orden de las entradas en una sección." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." +msgstr "" +"Por favor sea B<muy cuidadoso> cuando use esta herramienta - puede no ser " +"100% segura. cleanup-info trata de ser cuidadoso con el archivo del " +"directorio info, pero solamente hasta que escribe en él. Usted deberá " +"respaldar este archivo previamente." + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:30 dpkg-architecture.1:76 dpkg-divert.8:73 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 dselect.1:121 +#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:304 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." +msgstr "Muestra la pantalla de ayuda y finaliza correctamente." + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--unsafe>" +msgstr "B<--unsafe>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." +msgstr "Define algunas opciones adicionales posiblemente útiles." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" +msgstr "" +"B<Advertencia: ¡la opción `--unsafe' puede afectar un archivo que es> " +"correcto!\"" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:38 dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-deb.1:198 dpkg-divert.8:76 +#: dpkg-query.1:89 dpkg-scansources.1:61 dpkg-source.1:101 dpkg-split.1:148 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 dselect.1:128 install-info.8:200 +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output version and exit successfully." +msgstr "Muestra la versión y finaliza correctamente." + +# type: SH +#: cleanup-info.8:42 dpkg.1:496 dpkg.cfg.5:12 dpkg-divert.8:114 +#: dpkg-source.1:788 dpkg-split.1:235 dpkg-statoverride.8:75 dselect.cfg.5:12 +#: update-alternatives.8:415 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"FICHEROS\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"ARCHIVOS" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" +msgstr "I</usr/info/dir o E<lt>directorioE<gt>/dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." +msgstr "" +"El archivo de directorio info. El fichero de bloqueo tiene el mismo nombre " +"con el sufijo \".lock\"." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Probably many." +msgstr "Probablemente muchos." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:53 +msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." +msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:57 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 dpkg-divert.8:130 +#: dpkg-query.1:181 dpkg-statoverride.8:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Esto es software libre; vea la versión 2 o posterior de la Licencia Pública " +"General GNU para condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Debian GNU/Linux\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Debian\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Proyecto Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "deb - Formato de paquetes binarios de Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:6 deb-old.5:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"I<nombrefichero>B<.deb>\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"I<archivo>B<.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:12 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgstr "" +"El formato B<.deb> es el que tienen los paquetes binarios de Debian. Lo " +"entienden las versiones de dpkg 0.93.76 y posteriores, y se genera por " +"omisión con las versiones de dpkg a partir de 1.2.0 y en todas las versiones " +"i386/ELF desde 1.1.1elf." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." +msgstr "" +"El formato descrito aquí se usa desde Debian 0.93; los detalles sobre los " +"anteriores formatos está en B<deb-old>(5)." + +# type: SH +#: deb.5:16 deb-old.5:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "FORMATO" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"El fichero es un archivo B<ar> con el número mágico B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" +"El primer miembro del archivo B<ar> se llama B<debian-binary> y contiene una " +"serie de líneas separadas por saltos de línea. A fecha de hoy sólo hay una " +"línea, el número de versión del formato, B<2.0>. Los programas que lean " +"versiones más nuevas deberían esperar que los números menores aumentaran y " +"que hubiera nuevas líneas, y en ese caso deberían ignorarlas." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" +"Si el número mayor ha cambiado es que hay cambios incompatibles y el " +"programa debería parar. Si no, debería poder seguir sin problemas, a no ser " +"que encontrara un miembro no esperado en el archivo (excepto al final), como " +"se describe más abajo." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." +msgstr "" +"El segundo miembro requerido es B<control.tar.gz .> Es un fichero tar " +"comprimido con gzip que contiene la información de control del paquete en " +"una serie de ficheros de texto, de los cuales B<control> es obligatorio y " +"contiene la información de control principal. Vea el I<Manual de " +"empaquetamiento de Debian, apartado 2.2> para más detalles sobre estos " +"ficheros. El paquete tar puede optativamente contener una entrada para `B<." +">', el directorio actual." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgstr "" +"El tercer y último miembro requerido es el llamado B<data.tar.gz .> Contiene " +"el archivo del sistema de ficheros en forma de tar comprimido." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " +"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " +"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " +"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgstr "" +"Estos miembros deben aparecer en este orden. Las implementaciones actuales " +"deberían ignorar cualquier miembro adicional después de B<data.tar.gz>. " +"Podrán definirse nuevos miembros en el futuro, y se pondrán, si es posible, " +"después de éstos tres. Cualquier miembro adicional que tuviera que " +"insertarse antes de B<data.tar.gz> y que tenga que ser ignorado por los " +"programas más antiguos, tendrá un nombre que comience con un guión bajo, " +"`B<_>'." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" +"Los nuevos miembros que no puedan ignorarse sin problemas se insertarán " +"antes de B<data.tar.gz> con nombres que empiecen por algo que no sea un " +"guión bajo, o (más probablemente) incrementarán el número mayor de la " +"versión." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" +"B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), I<Manual de " +"empaquetamiento de Debian>." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-control" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:6 +#, fuzzy +msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" +msgstr "" +"deb-control - formato del fichero de control maestro de los paquetes Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "control" +msgstr "control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:23 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " +"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B<Description> field, see below)." +msgstr "" +"Todo paquete de Debian contiene un fichero de control maestro con varios " +"campos. Cada uno de ellos empieza con una etiqueta como B<Package> o " +"B<Version> (se distinguen mayúsculas y minúsculas), seguidos de dos puntos y " +"el cuerpo del campo. Sólo las etiquetas limitan los campos. En otras " +"palabras, el texto de los campos puede ser de varias líneas pero las " +"herramientas de instalación las juntarán todas en una (excepto el campo " +"B<Description> , lea más abajo)." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:24 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" +msgstr "CAMPOS OBLIGATORIOS" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:25 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Package: >E<lt>nombre de paqueteE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" +"Este campo determina el nombre del paquete, casi todas las herramientas de " +"instalación lo usan para generar nombres de ficheros." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:29 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Version: >E<lt>cadena de caracteres con el número de versiónE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente es la versión original de paquete en el formato que use su " +"autor. Puede incluir el número de revisión de Debian (para paquetes que no " +"sean nativos). Se usa un guión '-' para separar la versión y la revisión, " +"debido a ésto la versión no puede contener guiones." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>nombre completo correo electrónicoE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" +"Su formato es `Fernando Fernández E<lt>ffdez@tal.comE<gt>'. Normalmente es " +"la persona que ha empaquetado el programa, no su autor original." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Description: >E<lt>descripción cortaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B< >E<lt>descripción largaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgstr "" +"La descripción corta del paquete debe ser de una línea (después del campo " +"\"Description\"). La líneas siguientes se usan como descripción más " +"detallada. Todas la líneas de la descripción larga deben de comenzar con un " +"espacio en blanco, las líneas en blanco deben de tener un punto '.' después " +"de este espacio." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:51 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" +msgstr "CAMPOS OPCIONALES" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>secciónE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." +msgstr "" +"Es un campo general que define la categoría del paquete basándose en los " +"programas que instala. Algunas secciones comunes son `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Priority: >E<lt>prioridadE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgstr "" +"Marca la importancia del paquete en relación a todo el sistema. Algunas " +"prioridades comunes son `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" +"En Debian, los campos B<Section> y B<Priority> tienen definidos un conjunto " +"reducido de valores válidos de acuerdo a las Normas de Debian (Policy " +"Manual). Se usan para decidir cómo se organizan los paquetes en el " +"archivo. Se puede obtener una lista completa en la última versión del " +"paquete B<debian-policy.>" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" +"Este campo sólo se necesita cuando la respuesta es `yes' (o sea, sí).\n" +"Denota paquetes necesarios para el correcto funcionamiento del\n" +"sistema. Dpkg o cualquier otra herramienta de instalación no\n" +"permitirán desinstalar un paquete\n" +"B<Esencial>\n" +" (al menos sin usar opciones de forzado).\n" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:78 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" +"La arquitectura para la que se compiló el paquete. Arquitecturas comunes son " +"`i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' etc. Dese cuenta que la opción " +"B<all> es para paquetes independientes de la arquitectura como lo son los " +"scripts en Perl o la documentación." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Source: >E<lt>nombre del código fuenteE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." +msgstr "" +"El nombre del paquete fuente del que proviene él paquete binario, en caso de " +"que ambos sean distintos." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:90 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Depends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgstr "" +"Lista de paquetes necesarios para que el paquete proporcione alguna " +"funcionalidad. El instalador no instalará el programa sin que todos los " +"programas listado en el campo B<Depends> sean instalados con anterioridad " +"(al menos sin tener que usar las opciones de forzado), siempre ejecutará los " +"scripts de postinst de los programas de la lista antes de los del programa, " +"asimismo ejecutará los scripts de prerm de estos paquetes después de los del " +"programa." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:100 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" +"Lista de paquetes que deben estar instalados B<y> configurados antes de que " +"el paquete pueda instalarse. Se suele usar en caso de que el script de " +"preinst requiera algún programa ejecutándose." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:107 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Recommends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." +msgstr "" +"Lista de paquetes que normalmente serán instalados con este paquete. El " +"programa de administración de paquetes avisará en caso de que se desee " +"instalar un paquete sin los paquetes listados en su campo B<Recommends.>" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:114 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Suggests: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" +"Lista de paquetes relacionados con el paquete y que probablemente mejoren su " +"utilidad, aún así debe ser perfectamente razonable instalar el programa sin " +"éstos." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" +"La sintaxis de los campos B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> y " +"B<Suggests> es una lista de grupos de paquetes alternativos. Cada grupo es " +"una lista de paquetes separado por una barra horizontal '|'. Los grupos se " +"separan mediante comas. Las comas se leen como 'AND', y las barras " +"horizontales como 'OR', los 'OR' se evalúan antes que los 'AND'. Cada " +"elemento es un nombre de un paquete que puede ir seguido de un número de " +"versión específico entre paréntesis." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgstr "" +"Un número de versión puede empezar con 'E<gt>E<gt>', en cuyo caso valdrá " +"cualquier versión posterior, es posible omitir el número de revisión " +"(siempre separado por un guión). Las relaciones válidas son \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"para mayor que, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" para menor que, \"E<gt>=\" para mayor o " +"igual, \"E<lt>=\" para menor o igual y \"=\" para igual que." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:137 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:145 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" +"Lista de paquetes que entran en conflicto con éste, por ejemplo, por que " +"contienen ficheros con el mismo nombre. El programa de mantenimiento de " +"paquetes no permitirá que dos paquetes en conflicto estén instalado a la " +"vez. Dos paquetes con conflictos entre ellos deben de incluir al otro en su " +"campo Conflicts B<Conflicts.>" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:145 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Replaces: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" +"Lista de paquetes reemplazados por este paquete. Se usa para permitir que el " +"paquete sobreescriba los ficheros de algún otro paquete, normalmente también " +"listado en el campo B<Conflicts> para obligar a su desinstalación en caso de " +"que ambos paquetes tengan ficheros con el mismo nombre." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:153 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Provides: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " +"the list." +msgstr "" +"Es una lista de paquetes virtuales proporcionado por este paquete. " +"Normalmente se usa cuando hay varios paquetes que proporcionan el mismo " +"servicio. Por ejemplo, tanto sendmail como exim pueden servir como servidor " +"de correo, por eso ambos proporcionan el paquete `mail-transport-agent', del " +"cual pueden depender otros paquetes. Esto permite que tanto sendmail como " +"exim sean una opción válida para satisfacer la dependencia. Esto evita que " +"un paquete dependiente de un servidor de correo necesite conocer los nombres " +"de todos los paquetes de los servidores de correo y use una '|' para " +"separarlos." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:178 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " +"fields." +msgstr "" +"La sintaxis de B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> y B<Provides> es una lista de " +"nombres de paquetes separados por comas (y opcionalmente espacios en " +"blanco). En el campo B<Conflicts> la coma se lee como 'OR'. Además puede " +"proporcionarse una versión opcional con la misma sintaxis de arriba para los " +"campos B<Conflicts> y B<Replaces.>" + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:179 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "EJEMPLO" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:201 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +msgstr "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however.)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:207 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: deb-old.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-old" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "deb-old - Antiguo formato de paquetes binarios de Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" +"(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" +"El formato B<.deb> es el formato de archivos de paquetes binarios de " +"Debian. Esta página de manual describe el formato B<antiguo> usado " +"previamente a la versión de Debian 0.93. Por favor, vea el manual B<deb>(5) " +"para mayor detalle sobre el nuevo formato." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" +"El archivo está conformado por dos lineas con información en texto ASCII, " +"seguido por dos archivos tar, concatenados y comprimidos vía gzip." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" +"La primera línea indica la versión del formato completada con 0 hasta cubrir " +"8 dígitos, y es B<0.939000> para todos los archivos con formato antiguo." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" +"La segunda línea es un número decimal (sin ceros precedentes) que informa el " +"tamaño del primer archivo tar comprimido con gzip." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "Cada línea finaliza con un carácter único de nueva línea." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" +"El primer archivo tar contiene la información de control, como una serie de " +"archivos comunes, descritos en I<Debian Packaging Manual, sección 2.2>. El " +"archivo de B<control> debe estar presente, debido a que contiene la base de " +"la información de control." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" +"En algunos archivos muy antiguos, los archivos de control en el archivo tar " +"pueden estar opcionalmente en un subdirectorio B<DEBIAN.> En este caso, el " +"subdirectorio B<DEBIAN> estará también en el archivo tar de control, y el " +"archivo tar de control tendrá solamente archivos en este directorio. " +"Opcionalmente el archivo tar podrá contener una entrada para `B<.>', que es " +"el directorio actual." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" +"El segundo archivo tar comprimido con gzip es el archivo del sistema de " +"archivos, contiene las rutas relativas al directorio raíz del sistema donde " +"será instalado. Las rutas no tienen barras precedentes." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" +"B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), I<Debian Packaging Manual>." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-04-09" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg suite" +msgstr "herramientas dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "dpkg - Gestor de paquetes Debian de medio nivel" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opciones>] I<acción>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:9 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "AVISO" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " +"--help>." +msgstr "" +"El propósito de este manual es que los usuarios entiendan las opciones de " +"llamada de B<dpkg> y los estados en los que puede estar un paquete con algo " +"más de precisión que la dada por B<dpkg --help>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" +"I<No> deberían usarlo los encargados de paquetes para comprender el proceso " +"de instalación. Las descripciones de lo que hace este programa al instalar y " +"desinstalar simplemente no son apropiadas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " +"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " +"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " +"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " +"some way." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> es una herramienta de nivel medio para instalar, construir, borrar y " +"gestionar los paquetes de Debian GNU/Linux. Se llama con parámetros desde " +"línea de órdenes, especificando una acción y cero o más opciones. La acción " +"dice a B<dpkg> qué hacer y las opciones controlan de alguna manera su " +"comportamiento." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " +"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " +"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" +"También se puede usar B<dkpg> como interfaz a B<dpkg-deb>. Si aquél se " +"encuentra alguna de las opciones de éste, se limita a llamarlo con esas " +"mismas opciones. La lista de opciones de B<dpkg-deb> es:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" +msgstr "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:42 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." +msgstr "Lea B<dpkg-deb>(1) si desea más información sobre estas acciones." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "INFORMACIÓN SOBRE PAQUETES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " +"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"Hay bastante información útil sobre los paquetes disponibles accesible a " +"través de B<dpkg>. Esta información se divide en tres clases: B<estados>, " +"B<estados de selección> e B<indicadores>. Teóricamente, estos valores se " +"cambiarán principalmente con B<dselect>." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE STATES" +msgstr "ESTADOS DE LOS PAQUETES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<installed>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." +msgstr "Bien desempaquetado y configurado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-installed>" +msgstr "B<half-installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "" +"Se inició la instalación del paquete, pero no se completó por alguna razón." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<not-installed>" +msgstr "B<not-installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "No está instalado en el sistema." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<unpacked>" +msgstr "B<unpacked>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "Descomprimido, pero no configurado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-configured>" +msgstr "B<half-configured>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" +"El paquete está descomprimido y la configuración se inició, pero no se " +"terminó por alguna razón." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<config-files>" +msgstr "B<config-files>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "Sólo quedan los ficheros de configuración del paquete en el sistema." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:69 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" +msgstr "ESTADOS DE SELECCIÓN DE LOS PAQUETES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:70 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<install>" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "El paquete se ha seleccionado para instalarse." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:73 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<deinstall>" +msgstr "B<deinstall>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"El paquete se ha seleccionado para desinstalarse (es decir, que queremos " +"borrarlo todo excepto los ficheros de configuración)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<purge>" +msgstr "B<purge>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"El paquete se ha seleccionado para purgarse (es decir, que queremos borrarlo " +"todo, incluso los ficheros de configuración)." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" +msgstr "INDICADORES DE LOS PAQUETES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:82 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<hold>" +msgstr "B<hold>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" +"Un paquete marcado como B<hold> no es modificado por B<dpkg>, a no ser que " +"lo forcemos a hacerlo con la opción B<--force-hold>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:86 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<reinst-required>" +msgstr "B<reinst-required>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " +"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" +"reinstreq>." +msgstr "" +"Un paquete marcado como B<necesita-reinst> está roto y necesita " +"reinstalarse. Estos paquetes no pueden borrarse, a no ser que se fuerce la " +"acción con la opción B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:92 dpkg-architecture.1:42 update-alternatives.8:320 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "ACCIONES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:93 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<fichero_paquete>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Instala el paquete. Si se especifica la opción B<--recursive> o B<-R>, " +"I<fichero_paquete> debe ser un directorio." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "La instalación consiste en los siguientes pasos:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "B<1.> Se extraen los ficheros de control del paquete." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> Si hay instalada otra versión del mismo paquete, se ejecuta el " +"programa I<prerm> del antiguo paquete." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<3.> Se ejecuta el programa I<preinst>, si el paquete lo tiene." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" +"B<4.> Se desempaquetan los nuevos ficheros, y al mismo tiempo se hace una " +"copia de seguridad de los antiguos, para que, si algo va mal, se puedan " +"restaurar." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" +"B<5.> Si había instalada otra versión del mismo paquete, se ejecuta el " +"I<postrm> del paquete antiguo. Tenga en cuenta que este programa se ejecuta " +"después del I<preinst> del nuevo paquete, ya que los nuevos ficheros se " +"escriben a la vez que se borran los antiguos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" +"B<6.> Se configura el paquete. Si quiere información detallada sobre el " +"proceso, vea B<--configure>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<fichero_paquete> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Desempaqueta el fichero, pero no lo configura. Si se dan las opciones B<--" +"recursive> o B<-R>, I<fichero_paquete> debe referirse a un directorio." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<paquete> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" +"Vuelve a configurar un paquete que, al menos, esté desempaquetado. Si se dan " +"las opciones B<-a> o B<--pending> en vez de I<paquete>, se configuran todos " +"los paquetes no configurados." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "La configuración consiste en los siguientes pasos:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"B<1.> Se desempaquetan los ficheros de configuración, y al mismo tiempo se " +"hace una copia de seguridad de los antiguos, para que puedan restaurarse si " +"algo va mal." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<2.> Se ejecuta el programa I<postinst>, si el paquete lo tiene." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<paquete> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:155 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Borra un paquete instalado. Las opciones B<-r> y B<--remove> lo borran todo " +"excepto los ficheros de configuración. Esto podría evitar tener que " +"configurar de nuevo el paquete si se reinstala después (los ficheros de " +"configuración son los listados en el fichero de control I<debian/" +"conffiles>). Si se usan las opciones B<-a> y B<--pending> en vez de un " +"paquete, todos los que están al menos desempaquetados, pero marcados para " +"borrar o purgar en I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, se borran o purgan " +"respectivamente." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:157 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Borrar un paquete consiste de los siguientes pasos:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" +msgstr "B<1.> Ejecutar el programa I<prerm>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "B<2.> Borrar los ficheros instalados." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" +msgstr "B<3.> Ejecutar el programa I<postrm>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:167 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<fichero-Packages>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " +"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." +msgstr "" +"Actualiza la lista de paquetes disponibles de dpkg y dselect. Con la acción " +"B<--merge-avail>, la información antigua se combina con la información de " +"I<fichero-Packages>. El I<fichero-Packages> que viene con Debian GNU/Linux " +"se llama simplemente I<Packages>. El programa B<dpkg> guarda la lista de " +"paquetes disponibles en I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:179 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " +"B<dselect update>." +msgstr "" +"Una orden más simple que permite obtener y actualizar el fichero " +"I<available> de una tirada es B<dselect update>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:179 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<fichero_paquete> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Actualiza la idea que tienen B<dpkg> y B<dselect> de qué paquetes están " +"disponibles, con información del paquete I<fichero_paquete>. Si se usa B<--" +"recursive> o B<-R>, I<fichero_paquete> debe ser un directorio." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." +msgstr "Olvida los paquetes no instalados ni disponibles." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "Borra la información sobre los paquetes disponibles." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" +"Busca paquetes que se hayan instalado sólo parcialmente. El programa B<dpkg> " +"sugerirá qué hacer con ellos para hacerlos funcionar." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<patrón>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "Muestra la lista de selecciones de paquetes en la salida estándar." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "" +"Establece las selecciones a unas determinadas, leyendo de la entrada " +"estándar." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:211 +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:211 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:215 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" +"Busca los paquetes seleccionados para instalar, pero que por alguna razón " +"todavía no se han instalado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:216 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "" +"Imprime la arquitectura de destino (por ejemplo, «i386»). Esta opción usa a " +"B<gcc>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " +"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"Compara números de versión, donde I<op> es un operador binario. Devuelve " +"éxito (cero) si la condición especificada se cumple, y fallo (resultado " +"distinto de cero) si no. Hay dos grupos de operadores, que difieren en cómo " +"se comportan cuando les falta alguno de los operandos. Los primeros tratan " +"la falta de versión como la versión más antigua posible: B<lt le eq ne ge " +"gt>. Los otros tratan la falta de versión como la más moderna posible: B<lt-" +"nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Éstos se dan sólo por compatibilidad con la sintaxis " +"del fichero de control: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" +"Acepta una serie de órdenes en el fichero cuyo descriptor es " +"B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Aviso: las opciones adicionales pasadas desde la línea de " +"órdenes y mediante este descriptor de fichero no se desactivan en las " +"subsiguientes llamadas efectuadas en la misma ejecución." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:238 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "Muestra las instrucciones de uso." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:238 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:241 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." +msgstr "Muestra la ayuda de las opciones B<--force->I<algo>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:241 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "Muestra la ayuda de las opciones de depuración." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." +msgstr "Muestra la licencia e información sobre derechos de autor de B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:247 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." +msgstr "Muestra la versión de B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "Ver B<dpkg-dev>(1) para más información sobre las siguientes acciones." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:273 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" +" Build a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" +" List contents of a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" +" Extract control-information from a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" +" Extract the files contained by package.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" +" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" +" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" +" Debian package.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" +" Show information about a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" +" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" +" package.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directorio> [I<fichero>]\n" +" Construye un paquete Debian GNU/Linux.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<fichero>\n" +" Muestra el contenidos de un paquete Debian GNU/Linux.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<fichero> [I<directorio>]\n" +" Extrae la información de control de un paquete.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<fichero directorio>\n" +" Extrae los ficheros contenidos en el paquete.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<fichero> [I<campo-control>] ...\n" +" Muestra el/los campo(s) de control de un paquete.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<fichero>\n" +" Muestra el fichero tar contenido en el paquete Debian.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<fichero> [I<fichero-control>]\n" +" Muestra información sobre el paquete.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<fichero> I<directorio>\n" +" Extrae y muestra los nombres de ficheros contenidos en un paquete.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:275 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" +"Vea B<dpkg-query>(1) para más información sobre las siguientes acciones:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:291 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" +" List packages matching given pattern.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" +" Report status of specified package.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" +" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" +" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" +" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<patrón-nombre-paquete> ...\n" +" Lista los paquetes cuyo nombre encaja en el patrón dado.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<nombre-paquete> ...\n" +" Informa del estado del paquete especificado.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<paquete> ...\n" +" Lista los ficheros instalados en el sistema, que pertenecen a B<paquete>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<patrón-búsqueda-ficheros> ...\n" +" Busca un fichero en los paquetes instalados.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<paquete> ...\n" +" Imprime información sobre el I<paquete>, sacada de I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:298 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Todas las opciones pueden especificarse tanto en línea de órdenes como en el " +"fichero de configuración de B<dpkg>, I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Cada línea de " +"este fichero es bien una opción (exactamente la misma que la de línea de " +"órdenes, pero sin los guiones al principio) o bien un comentario (si empieza " +"con B<#>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:299 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" +msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "" +"Cambiar después de cuántos errores abortará B<dpkg>. El valor por omisión es " +"50." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se borra un paquete, hay posibilidades de que otro dependa de él. " +"Especificar esta opción producirá la desconfiguración automática del paquete " +"que dependía del borrado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:314 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" +"Activar el modo de depuración. El parámetro I<octal> se forma uniendo los " +"valores de la siguiente lista mediante la operación I<or> a nivel de bits " +"(tenga en cuenta que estos valores podrían cambiar en futuras versiones). " +"B<-Dh> o B<--debug=help> muestran estos valores." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" number description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +msgstr "" +" número descripción\n" +" 1 Información de progreso generalmente útil\n" +" 2 Invocación y estado de los scripts del paquete\n" +" 10 Salida por cada fichero procesado\n" +" 100 Mucha salida por cada fichero procesado\n" +" 20 Salida por cada conffile\n" +" 200 Mucha salida por cada conffile\n" +" 40 Dependencias y conflictos\n" +" 400 Mucha salida sobre dependencias y conflictos\n" +" 1000 Parrafadas sobre el directorio dpkg/info\n" +" 2000 Montañas de parrafadas (perjudica la salud)\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" +msgstr "B<--force->I<cosas> | B<--no-force->I<cosas> | B<--refuse->I<cosas>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:333 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" +"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " +"forced by default." +msgstr "" +"Fuerza o rehusa (B<no-force> y B<refuse> significan lo mismo) a hacer " +"ciertas cosas. El parámetro I<cosas> es una lista de cosas especificadas " +"abajo, separada por comas. La opción B<--force-help> muestra un mensaje que " +"las describe. Las cosas marcadas con (*) se fuerzan por omisión." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:337 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " +"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " +"system.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Aviso: Estas opciones están pensadas mayormente para que las usen " +"expertos. Usarlas sin total conocimiento de sus efectos podrían hacer que " +"su sistema dejara de funcionar.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:340 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "B<all>: Activa (o desactiva) todas las opciones de forzar." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:343 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Instala un paquete, incluso si hay una versión más nueva ya " +"instalada." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:350 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " +"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " +"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " +"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " +"with care.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Aviso: actualmente dpkg no comprueba de ninguna manera las dependencias al " +"desactualizar y por lo tanto no avisará si se rompe alguna dependencia de " +"otro paquete. Una situación así podría tener efectos laterales graves; " +"desactualizar componentes esenciales del sistema incluso podría inutilizar " +"su sistema completo. Úselo con cuidado.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:354 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" +"B<configure-any>: Configura también todo lo desempaquetado y no configurado " +"sobre lo que depende el paquete." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:357 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." +msgstr "" +"B<hold>: Procesa los paquetes incluso si están marcados como " +"«hold» (mantener)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:362 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Borra un paquete, incluso si está roto y marcado como " +"de reinstalación requerida. Esto podría causar, por ejemplo, que algunas " +"partes del paquete quedaran en el sistema, pero B<dpkg> se olvidara de ellas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:367 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " +"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " +"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-essential>: Borra, incluso si el paquete se considera esencial. Los " +"paquetes esenciales contienen sobre todo órdenes de Unix muy básicas. " +"Borrarlos podría hacer que el sistema dejara de funcionar en absoluto, así " +"que use esta opción con cuidado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." +msgstr "B<depends>: Convierte todos los problemas de dependencias en avisos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:373 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "" +"B<depends-version>: No tiene en cuenta las versiones al comprobar " +"dependencias." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" +"B<conflicts>: Instala, incluso si está en conflicto con otro paquete. Esta " +"opción es peligrosa, dado que generalmente sobreescribirá algunos ficheros." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:382 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" +"B<confmiss>: Siempre instala un fichero de configuración perdido. Es " +"peligroso porque no guarda los cambios (el borrado) hechos al fichero." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:387 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confnew>: Si se ha modificado un fichero de configuración, instalar " +"siempre la nueva versión sin preguntar, a menos que se especifique también " +"la opción --force-confdef, en cuyo caso se toma la acción por omisión." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:392 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confold>: Si se ha modificado un fichero de configuración, mantener " +"siempre la versión existente sin preguntar, a menos que también se " +"especifique la opción --force-confdef, en cuyo caso se toma la acción por " +"omisión." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:398 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" +"B<confdef>: Si se ha modificado un fichero de configuración, elegir siempre " +"la opción por omisión. Si no la hay, parará y preguntará al usuario a no ser " +"que se usen también las opciones B<--force-confnew> o B<--force-confold>, en " +"cuyo caso se usará esta opción para tomar la decisión final." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:401 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "B<overwrite>: Sobreescribe un fichero de un paquete con otro fichero." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:404 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-dir>: Sobreescribe un directorio de un paquete con otro fichero." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:407 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Sobreescribe una versión desviada de un fichero con " +"una no desviada." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:410 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." +msgstr "" +"B<architecture>: Procesar incluso si los paquetes no son de la arquitectura " +"adecuada." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:413 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> no contiene algunos programas importantes, así que es " +"bastante posible que haya problemas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "B<not-root>: Intentar la (des)instalación incluso si no se es root." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:419 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-verify>: Instala un paquete incluso si falla la comprobación de " +"autenticidad." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:420 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." +msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paquete>,..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" +"Ignora la comprobación de dependencias para los paquetes especificados " +"(realmente, se hacen las comprobaciones, pero se imprimen avisos en vez de " +"abortar el proceso)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:428 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"elige el formato de paquetes nuevo o antiguo. Es una opción de B<dpkg-deb>" +"(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:428 dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"No lee ni comprueba el contenido del fichero de control mientras se " +"construye el paquete. Es una opción de B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" +msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:437 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " +"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " +"actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" +"Hace todo lo que se supone que debe hacer, pero no realiza ningún cambio. Se " +"utiliza para ver qué ocurriría con las opciones elegidas sin llegar a " +"cambiar nada." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de dar la opción B<--no-act> antes del parámetro de acción, o " +"podría acabar con resultados no deseados. P.ej.: B<dpkg --purge foo --no-" +"act> primero purgará el paquete foo y luego intentará purgar el paquete --no-" +"act, ¡aunque probablemente usted esperara que no hiciera nada!)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" +msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" +"Actúa recursivamente sobre todos los ficheros que coincidan con el patrón " +"B<*.deb> que se encuentren en el directorio especificado y todos sus " +"subdirectorios. Puede usarse con las opciones B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, " +"B<--unpack> y B<--avail>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" +"No instala un paquete del que hay ya instalada una versión más nueva. Es lo " +"mismo que B<--refuse-downgrade>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " +"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " +"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" +"var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Cambia los directorios por omisión. El valor predeterminado para el " +"directorio B<admindir> es I</var/lib/dpkg> y contiene muchos ficheros con " +"información sobre el estado de los paquetes instalados y desinstalados, " +"etc. El valor por omisión de B<instdir> es I</> y se refiere al directorio " +"donde se instalarán los paquetes. También es el directorio pasado a B<chroot>" +"(2) antes de ejecutar los programas de instalación de I<paquete>, lo que " +"significa que éstos verán B<instdir> como directorio raíz. Cambiar B<root> " +"cambia a su vez B<instdir> a I<dir> y B<admindir> a I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" +"Procesa sólo los paquetes que se han elegido para la instalación. La marca " +"en sí la hacen B<dselect> o B<dpkg>, cuando se usa para gestionar paquetes. " +"Por ejemplo, si se borra uno, se marcará como elegido para desinstalar." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Evita la instalación de un paquete si es la misma versión que ya hay " +"instalada." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " +"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" +"Envía el estado del paquete al descriptor de fichero I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Puede " +"usarse varias veces. Las actualizaciones de estado tienen la forma «status: " +"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>»." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:492 +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " +"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" +"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " +"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " +"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:495 +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:497 dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:500 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "Fichero de configuración con las opciones por omisión." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:500 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" +msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:504 +msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" +"Los otros ficheros listados abajo están en sus directorios por omisión. " +"Véase la opción B<--admindir> para ver cómo cambiar la ruta de estos " +"ficheros." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:510 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "Lista de paquetes disponibles." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:516 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." +msgstr "" +"Estado de los paquetes disponibles. Este fichero contiene información sobre " +"si un paquete está marcado para borrar o no, si está instalado o no, etc. " +"Véase el apartado B<INFORMACIÓN SOBRE PAQUETES> para más información." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" +"Los siguientes ficheros son componentes de un paquete binario. Véase B<deb>" +"(5) para más información sobre éstos:" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<control>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<conffiles>" +msgstr "I<conffiles>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<preinst>" +msgstr "I<preinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postinst>" +msgstr "I<postinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<prerm>" +msgstr "I<prerm>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postrm>" +msgstr "I<postrm>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:532 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +msgstr "VARIABLES DE ENTORNO" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" +msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" +"Defina esta variable si prefiere que B<dpkg> arranque en un intérprete " +"diferente en vez de suspenderse a sí mismo cuando vuelve temporalmente al " +"intérprete de órdenes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<SHELL>" +msgstr "B<SHELL>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:540 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." +msgstr "El programa que ejecutará B<dpkg> cuando arranque el nuevo intérprete." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:540 dpkg-query.1:168 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<COLUMNS>" +msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:544 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el número de columnas que puede usar B<dpkg> para mostrar la " +"información. Por ahora sólo la usa la opción -l." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:545 dpkg-architecture.1:100 dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-name.1:71 +#: update-alternatives.8:246 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "EJEMPLOS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:547 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" +msgstr "Para listar los paquetes con «vi» en su nombre:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:549 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" +msgstr "" +"Para ver las entradas en I</var/lib/dpkg/available> de varios paquetes:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:554 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:557 +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:559 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" +msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:562 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "Para borrar un paquete instalado llamado «elvis»:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:564 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:569 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" +"Para instalar un paquete, primero hay que encontrarlo en la colección de " +"paquetes que queramos. El fichero «available» muestra que el paquete «vim» " +"está en el apartado «editors»:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:572 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" +msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:575 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "Para hacer una copia local de los estados de la selección de paquetes:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:577 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>mis_selecciones>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:581 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "Se podría copiar este fichero a otra máquina e instalarlo allí con:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:584 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>mis_selecciones>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:590 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que esto no instalará ni borrará nada, simplemente " +"modificará el estado de selección de los paquetes escogidos. Necesitará otra " +"aplicación para conseguir los paquetes e instalarlos. Por ejemplo, ejecute " +"B<dselect> y elija «Instalar»." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:593 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" +"Por lo general, encontrará que B<dselect>(8) es una forma más cómoda de " +"modificar los estados de selección de los paquetes." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:595 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "FUNCIONALIDAD ADICIONAL" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:598 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." +msgstr "" +"Se puede ganar funcionalidad adicional instalando alguno de los siguientes " +"paquetes: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:608 +msgid "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:611 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, la opción B<--no-act> da menos información de la que necesita." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:612 dselect.1:449 start-stop-daemon.8:257 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "AUTORES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:616 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" +"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" +msgstr "" +"El programador original de B<dpkg> fue Ian Jackson, y luego mucha gente fue\n" +"mejorándolo. La lista completa está en B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz>.\n" +"Traducción realizada por Esteban Manchado Velázquez (zoso@demiurgo.org).\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-architecture" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-06-17" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opciones>] I<acción>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:14 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:17 +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" +"(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:26 +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a>I<arquitectura>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +msgid "Set the Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "B<-p>I<paquete>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +msgid "Set the GNU system type." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>" +msgstr "I<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:41 +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>" +msgstr "I<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a>I<arquitectura>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "B<-a>I<arquitectura>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" +msgstr "B<-n>I<nombrefichero>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>" +msgstr "I<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>" +msgstr "I<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I< command>" +msgstr "B<-p>I<orden-para-firmar>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +msgid "" +"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>" +msgstr "I<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:76 +msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 +msgid "Print a usage message." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:82 +msgid "Print program version." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:83 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "NOTAS" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "La versión del paquete fuente (del fichero de cambios)." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "Proyecto Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" +"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "architecture wildcard" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" +"E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:99 +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:103 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" +"architecture>. Other examples:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:105 +msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:107 +msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:110 +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:112 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:114 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:117 +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:119 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:121 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:122 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "SUSTITUCIÓN DE VARIABLES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:148 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:157 +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" +"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " +"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " +"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " +"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " +"compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:160 dpkg-architecture.1:177 +msgid "Instead of:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:167 +msgid "please use the following:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:186 +msgid "please use:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:197 +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:202 +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:209 +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:214 +msgid "" +"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:235 +msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:238 +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:257 +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:264 +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:267 +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:271 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<opciones>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:276 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg.cfg" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.cfg.5:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"El programador original de B<dpkg> fue Ian Jackson, y luego mucha gente fue\n" +"mejorándolo. La lista completa está en B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz>.\n" +"Traducción realizada por Esteban Manchado Velázquez (zoso@demiurgo.org).\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:22 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:184 dpkg-statoverride.8:87 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" +msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<fichero-control>]" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-source.1:2 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-23" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-checkbuilddeps - comprueba las dependencias y conflictos de compilación." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<fichero-control>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" +"Este programa comprueba que los paquetes instalados en el sistema satisfacen " +"las dependencias y conflictos de construcción especificados en el fichero de " +"control del paquete. Si alguna de estas condiciones no se cumple avisa y " +"termina devolviendo un código de error distinto de cero." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" +"Por omisión se lee B<debian/control>, pero puede especificarse un fichero de " +"control alternativo en la línea de órdenes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "I<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." +msgstr "" +"Ignora las líneas Build-Depends-Indep. Usar cuando se construyen paquetes " +"independientes de la arquitectura." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>" +msgstr "B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-deb" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "dpkg-deb - Herramienta de manipulación de archivos de Debian (.deb)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<R directorio [ archivo | directorio ]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:12 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<R archivo [ archivo-de-control ..]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<R archivo [ archivo-de-control ...]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archivo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archivo directorio>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --control> I<archivo directorio>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archivo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> empaqueta, desempaqueta, y provee información sobre los archivos " +"de Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "Use B<dpkg> para instalar y eliminar paquetes de su sistema." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" +"También puede usar B<dpkg-deb> llamando a B<dpkg> con cualquiera de las " +"opciones que desee darle B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> le mostrará lo que necesite y " +"B<dpkg-deb> lo ejecutará por usted." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 dpkg-split.1:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"OPCIONES DE ACCIÓN\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"OPCIONES DE USO" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" +msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " +"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " +"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " +"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " +"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." +msgstr "" +"Crea un archivo de Debian desde el sistema de archivos localizado en el " +"I<directorio>. I<El>directorio debe tener un subdirectorio B<DEBIAN> el cual " +"contiene los archivos de información de control. Este directorio I<no> " +"aparecerá en el paquete binario, pero, en lugar de esto, los archivos que " +"tenga serán puestos en el área de información del paquete binario." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " +"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." +msgstr "" +"Usted puede especificar el nivel de compresión usado con la opción B<-z#.> " +"B<dpkg-deb> pasará ésta a gzip." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" +"A menos que usted especifique B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> leerá B<DEBIAN/" +"control> y lo revisará. Comprobará posibles errores de sintaxis y otros " +"problemas, y mostrará el nombre del paquete binario que se está creando. " +"B<dpkg-deb> también comprobará los permisos de los programas del " +"desarrollador así como de los otros archivos que se encuentren en el " +"directorio B<DEBIAN>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " +"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" +"Si no se especifica algún I<archivo> , entonces B<dpkg-deb> creará el " +"paquete en el fichero I<directorio>B<.deb>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:93 +#, fuzzy +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "Si el archivo a ser creado ya existe entonces será sobreescrito." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " +"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" +"Si el segundo argumento es un directorio entonces B<dpkg-deb> escribirá al " +"archivo I<paquete>B<_>I<versión>B<_>I<arquitectura>B<.deb>, o " +"I<paquete>B<_>I<versión>B<.deb> si el campo B<Arquitecture> no está presente " +"en el fichero de control del paquete. Cuando se especifica un directorio de " +"destino en lugar de un fichero, la opción B<--nocheck> no debería utilizarse " +"(dado que B<dpkg-deb> necesita leer y analizar el archivo de control del " +"paquete para determinar qué nombre de archivo usar)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 dpkg-split.1:87 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "Ofrece información acerca del paquete binario." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifica I<archivo(s)-de-control> entonces imprimirá un resumen de " +"los contenidos del paquete así como del archivo de control." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifica algún I<archivo-de-control> B<dpkg-deb> imprimirá éstos en " +"el orden que fueron especificados. Si cualquiera de los componentes no " +"estuviesen presentes, mostrará un mensaje de error a la salida de error " +"estándar sobre cada uno de ellos y abortará con estado 2." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "Ofrece información acerca del paquete binario." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" +msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "" +"Extrae información del fichero de control del fichero de un paquete binario." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" +"Si no se especifica ningún B<control-file-field>s entonces mostrará todo el " +"fichero de control." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" +"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " +"name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifica algún B<dpkg-deb> mostrará sus contenidos, en el orden en " +"el cual aparecen en el fichero de control. Si se especifica más de un " +"B<campo-del-fichero-de-control> , entonces B<dpkg-deb> precederá cada uno " +"con el nombre del campo (más dos puntos y espacio)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "" +"No se informa de ningún error para los campos que se hayan solicitados pero " +"que no se encuentren." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" +msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" +"Lista los contenidos de la parte del archivo que contiene los archivos del " +"sistema de ficheros. Se imprime en el formato generado por B<tar> cuando se " +"selecciona listado extendido." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" +msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Descomprime el árbol del sistema de ficheros desde el archivo del paquete en " +"del directorio especificado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:165 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " +"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." +msgstr "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) Muestra una lista de los archivos extraídos mientras " +"que con la opción B<--extract> (B<-x>) no mostrará nada a menos que ocurra " +"un error." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:171 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " +"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." +msgstr "" +"Nota, ¡ I<no> obtendrá una instalación correcta si extrae un paquete en el " +"directorio raíz! Use B<dpkg> para instalar paquetes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" +"El I<directorio> (pero no los directorios previos) será creado si fuera " +"necesario." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-archivotar>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" +"Descomprime el árbol del sistema de archivos de un paquete binarios y lo " +"envía hacia la salida estándar en formato B<tar>. Si se utiliza junto con " +"B<tar>(1) se puede utilizar para descomprimir un fichero concreto de un " +"paquete." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" +msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "" +"Descomprime los ficheros de información de control de un paquete dentro del " +"directorio especificado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:190 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" +"Si no se especifica ningún directorio se usará el subdirectorio B<DEBIAN> en " +"el directorio actual." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" +"El directorio de destino (pero no los directorios previos) será creado si " +"fuera necesario." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 dpkg-split.1:143 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:198 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Muestra la información de cómo usar B<dpkg-deb>'s , con un resumen de sus " +"opciones y usos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." +msgstr "Muestra el numero de versión de B<dpkg-deb>'s" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 dpkg-split.1:153 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." +msgstr "" +"Muestra la información de licencia y garantía de B<dpkg-deb>'s (El uso de la " +"palabra americana B<--license> produce el mismo mensaje)" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 dpkg-split.1:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" +msgstr "OTRAS OPCIONES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:216 dpkg-query.1:103 +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:225 +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "" +"Asegura que B<dpkg-deb> construye un `nuevo' formato de archivo. Éste es el " +"comportamiento por defecto." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" +"Fuerza B<dpkg-deb> a construir un `antiguo' formato de archivo. Este " +"formato antiguo de archivo es más dificil de analizar por herramientas que " +"no formen parte de Debian, por lo que ahora es obsoleto. Sólo se usa cuando " +"se construyen paquetes que serán analizados por versiones de dpkg previas a " +"la version 0.93.76 (septiembre 1995), la cual se distribuyó sólo para i386 " +"en formato a.out" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" +"Impide las comprobaciones habituales de B<dpkg-deb --build>'s sobre los " +"contenidos del archivo. Puede construir cualquier archivo que desee, no " +"importa lo mal que esté." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" +msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:249 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "Habilita los mensajes de depuración. No son muy interesantes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:254 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<B package1 .deb> I<B package2 .deb> no hace lo que debe " +"hacer." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:258 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" +"No existe ningún tipo de autentificación en los arhivos B<.deb> de hecho, no " +"hay ni siquiera una código de comprobación directo." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:265 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " +"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" +"¡No use B<dpkg-deb> para instalar software! Debe usar B<dpkg> para " +"asegurarse de que todos los archivos se instalan en el sitio correcto, que " +"los guiones del paquete se ejecutan y que los contenidos de éste se " +"registran." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:270 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> y esta página de manual, fué escrita por Ian Jackson. Son " +"Copyright (c) 1995-1996 suyos, y se distribuyen bajo la Licencia Publica de " +"GNU. No se ofrece NINGUNA garantía. Consulte B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> y B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> para más información" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-divert" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "dpkg-divert - redefine la versión de paquete de un archivo" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] [--add] I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] --remove I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] --list I<E<lt>patrón-globalE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] --truename I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" +"La `redirección' de archivos es una forma de forzar a dpkg para no instalar " +"un archivo en su ubicación, sino en una ubicación `redirigida'. Las " +"redirecciones se pueden usar a través de los scripts en los paquetes Debian " +"para mover un archivo cuando causa conflicto. Los administradores de sistema " +"pueden usarlo también para redefinir algún archivo de configuración de " +"paquete, o cuando algunos archivos (que no están marcados como 'conffiles') " +"deben ser preservados por dpkg, si se instala una nueva versión del paquete " +"que contiene estos archivos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " +"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " +"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " +"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-divert> es la herramienta usada para definir y actualizar la lista de " +"'redirecciones'. Funciona en tres modos básicos - añadir, eliminar y listar " +"redireciones. Las opciones son --add, --remove, y --list, respectivamente. " +"Adicionalmente, puede imprimir el nombre real de un archivo redirigido. " +"Pueden especificarse otras opciones (listadas a continuación)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:45 dselect.1:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directorioE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" +"dpkg>)." +msgstr "" +"Define el directorio de datos de dpkg a E<lt>directorioE<gt> (por omisión: /" +"var/lib/dpkg)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" +msgstr "I<--divert E<lt>redirigir-aE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" +"E<lt>paqueteE<gt> es el nombre de un paquete cuya copia de E<lt>ficheroE<gt> " +"no se redigirá." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "I<--local>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" +msgstr "I<--package E<lt>paqueteE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " +"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"E<lt>paqueteE<gt> es el nombre de un paquete cuya copia de E<lt>ficheroE<gt> " +"no se redigirá." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:61 install-info.8:190 +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "Modo silencioso, esto es: sin información detallada." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "I<--rename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." +msgstr "" +"Mueve el archivo a un lado (o atrás). dpkg-divert abortará la operación en " +"caso de que el archivo destino ya exista." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:300 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "" +"Modo de prueba, esto es: no realiza ningún cambio, solo muestra su ejecución." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." +msgstr "" +"Imprime la versión e instrucciones de uso breves, y finaliza normalmente." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." +msgstr "Imprime el nombre del programa y su versión, y finaliza correctamente." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-divert.8:80 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "NOTAS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " +"match if specified." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se añade, por omisión se usa --local y --divert E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib. Cuando se elimina, --package o --local y --divert deben coincidir " +"si se especifican." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." +msgstr "Los directorios no pueden ser redirigidos con dpkg-divert." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" +"Debe de tenerse cuidado cuando se redireccionen bibliotecas compartidas, " +"ldconfig (8) crea un enlace simbólico basado en el campo DT_SONAME empotrado " +"en la biblioteca. Ya que ldconfig no hace caso de las redirecciones (sólo " +"dpkg lo hace), si una biblioteca redirigida tiene el mismo SONAME que la que " +"no está redirigida, es posible que el enlace simbólico acabe apuntando a la " +"biblioteca redirigida." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:97 +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." +"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" +"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:99 +msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:101 dpkg-divert.8:111 +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:103 +msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:107 +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" +"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:109 +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:113 +msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:115 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"Archivo que contiene la lista actual de redirecciones del sistema. Esta " +"ubicado en el directorio de administración de dpkg, así como otros archivos " +"importantes para dpkg, como `status' o `available'." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:123 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" +"old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"Nota: dpkg-divert preserva la copia antigua de este archivo, colocando la " +"extensión \"-old\", antes de reemplazarlo con uno nuevo." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-name.1:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-name" +msgstr "dpkg-name" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "dpkg-name - Renombra paquetes Debian a nombres de paquetes completos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-name> [-a|--no-architecture] [-o|--overwrite] [-s|--subdir " +"[directorio]] [-c|--create-dir] [-h|--help] [-v|--version] [-l|--license] [-" +"k|--symlink] [-[--] [archivos]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " +"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " +"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " +"a hyphen and the revision information." +msgstr "" +"Esta pagina de manual trata sobre B<dpkg-name> , un programa hecho en sh que " +"ofrece una manera fácil de renombrar paquetes B<Debian> a nombres de " +"paquetes completos. Un nombre de paquete completo consiste de " +"E<lt>paqueteE<gt>_E<lt>versiónE<gt>_E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>.deb tal y como " +"está especificado en el fichero de control del paquete. La parte de " +"E<lt>versiónE<gt> del archivo consiste en la principal versión de " +"información opcionalmente seguido de un guión y la versión de revisión." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "El archivo destino no incluye información sobre la arquitectura." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" +msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "Crea un enlace simbólico en vez de mover el archivo." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" +msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "" +"Los archivos existentes se sobreescriben si poseen el mismo nombre que el " +"archivo de destino." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" +msgstr "B<-s, --subdir> [I<directorio>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" +"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " +"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " +"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" +"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " +"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " +"care, it's messy." +msgstr "" +"Se moverán los archivos dentro del subdirectorio especificado. Si existe el " +"directorio dado como argumento, los archivos se moverán dentro del " +"directorio especificado, sino el nombre del directorio de destino se " +"extraerá del archivo de control del paquete. El directorio de destino será " +"`unstable/binary-E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>/E<lt>secciónE<gt>'. Si la sección es " +"`non-free', `contrib' o si no se encuentra ninguna sección en el archivo de " +"control, el directorio de destino será `E<lt>secciónE<gt>/binary-" +"E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>'. El campo de sección no es necesario, por lo que " +"muchos paquetes encontrarán su camino hacia el área `no-section' (`sin-" +"sección'). Use esta opción con cuidado, es algo delicado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" +msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" +msgstr "" +"Esta opción puede usarse junto con la opción -s. Si no se encuentra ningún " +"directorio de destino se crea automáticamente. B<Use esta opción con " +"cuidado.>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h, --help>" +msgstr "B<-h, --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." +msgstr "Muestra las opciones de uso del programa y sale con éxito." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v, --version>" +msgstr "B<-v, --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:67 dselect.1:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Muestra en pantalla la versión correspondiente y termina el programa.\n" +"#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Muestra la información de versión del programa y sale con éxito." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l, --license>" +msgstr "B<-l, --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " +"exit successfully." +msgstr "" +"Muestra la información de copyright y una referencia a la licencia GNU." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:72 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgstr "" +"El archivo `bar-foo.deb' se renombrará a bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb o algo " +"similar (dependiendo de cual sea la información en la sección de control de " +"`bar-foo.deb')." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" +msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." +msgstr "" +"dpkg-name renombrará todos los archivos con extensión `deb' dentro del " +"directorio /root/debian y sus subdirectorios, si fuera necesario, a nombres " +"sin información de arquitectura." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" +msgstr "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" +msgstr "" +"B<No haga esto.> Sus archivos se corromperán debido a que una gran cantidad " +"de paquetes no incluyen una sección de información. B<No haga esto.>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "Esto se puede utilizar cuando se construyen nuevos paquetes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" +"Algunos paquetes no siguen la misma estructura de " +"E<lt>paqueteE<gt>_E<lt>versiónE<gt>_E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>.deb. Los paquetes " +"que renombre dpkg-name seguirán esta estructura. Generalmente esto no tendrá " +"ningún impacto sobre cómo los paquetes se instalarán por dselect/dpkg, pero " +"otras herramientas de instalación podrían depender de esta estructura." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:107 +msgid "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." +msgstr "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-name.1:107 dpkg-source.1:847 install-info.8:281 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "COPYRIGHT" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> es software gratuito; " +"Vea la Licencia Pública General de GNU en su versión 2 o superior para las " +"condiciones de copia. B<No> hay garantía alguna." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-query.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-query" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<patrón>...]" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<patrón>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paquete paquete >...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paquete paquete >...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<R archivo [ archivo-de-control ...]>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<fichero_paquete> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B<dpkg> database." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<patrón>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:50 +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " +"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" +"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" +"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " +"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" +"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<patrón>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" +"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " +"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " +"separated by a tab." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<fichero_paquete>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" +msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<nombre-proceso>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +msgid "" +"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" +"available>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence | --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display licence and copyright information." +msgstr "Muestra la versión de B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display version information." +msgstr "Muestra la versión de B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:94 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directorio>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" +"lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Cambia el directorio con la base de datos de dpkg donde también se guarda la " +"información relativa a statoverride. Por omisión es /var/lib/dpkg." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<directorio-raíz>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:105 +msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<\\en> newline\n" +" B<\\er> carriage return\n" +" B<\\et> tab\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:116 +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" +"$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:122 +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " +"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " +"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:161 +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:167 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "VARIABLES DE ENTORNO" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:172 +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-query.1:175 dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:177 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-10" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" +msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Crea ficheros Packages." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>arquitE<gt>> ] I<bindir> " +"I<fichero-override> [I<path_prefijo>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> busca paquetes binarios de Debian en un árbol de " +"directorios y crea un fichero Packages usado por B<dselect>(8), etc, para " +"mostrar al usuario los paquetes disponibles para su instalación. Estos " +"ficheros Packages son idénticos a los que se encuentran en los archivos de " +"Debian en Internet o en los CD-ROMs. B<dpkg-scanpackages> se puede usar " +"para crear un directorio local con paquetes para instalar en una ó varias " +"máquinas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." +msgstr "" +"I<bindir> es el nombre del árbol de directorios que contiene los binarios " +"que se desea procesar (por ejemplo, B<contrib/binary-i386>). Es mejor hacer " +"que este directorio sea relativo al directorio principal del repositorio de " +"Debian, porque todo fichero listado en el nuevo Packages empezará por esta " +"cadena de caracteres." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgstr "" +"I<fichero-override> es el nombre del fichero que contiene información acerca " +"de como los paquetes se instalan en la distribución, vea más abajo." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" +"I<path_prefijo> es un parámetro opcional que se antepondrá en el campo del " +"nombre de los archivos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifica la opción I<-u> , se buscan ficheros *.udeb en vez de *.deb." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " +"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se especifica -aI<E<lt>arquitE<gt>>, en vez de buscar todo tipo de " +"debs, se usa un patrón basado en *_all.deb y *_arch.deb." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " +"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " +"in the output." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" +msgstr "EL FICHERO OVERRIDE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." +msgstr "" +"Mientras que la mayoría de la información acerca de los paquetes se " +"encuentre en el fichero de control, parte de esta información debe de ser " +"rellenada por los encargados de planificar la distribución en vez de por los " +"mantenedores, porque es información relacionada con el ordenamiento de los " +"archivos para el lanzamiento de la distribución, más que dependencias reales " +"o descripciones del paquete. Este tipo de información se encuentra en el " +"fichero de override." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"El fichero override tiene un formato simple, está delimitado por espacios en " +"blanco. Los comentarios van precedidos de B<#>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" +msgstr "I<paquete> I<prioridad> I<sección> [I<información_del_mantenedor>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" +"I<paquete> El nombre del paquete. Las entradas en el fichero de override de " +"un paquete no encontrado en el directorio son descartadas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." +msgstr "" +"I<prioridad> y I<sección> colocan el paquete en el árbol de directorios de " +"la distribución; esta información no debe de encontrarse en el fichero de " +"control. Si el paquete se encuentra en un subdirectorio de I<bindir>, se " +"tendrá en cuenta la I<sección>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " +"to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" +"I<información_del_mantenedor>, si está presente, puede ser el nombre del " +"mantenedor para un fichero de override incondicional , o bien I<antiguo " +"mantenedor> B<=E<gt>> I<nuevo mantenedor> para hacer una substitución." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" +"Los ficheros override que se usan para hacer las listas de paquetes " +"oficiales, suelen encontrarse en el directorio I<índices> en cualquier " +"réplica de Debian." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 update-alternatives.8:436 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> devuelve los errores auto-explicativos comunes. Además " +"avisa acerca de paquetes que están en el subdirectorio equivocado, " +"duplicados, tienen un campo de nombre en su fichero de control, no aparecen " +"en el fichero de override, o contienen alguna sustitución de mantenedor que " +"no ha tenido efecto." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scansources" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-scansources - Busca ficheros '.dsc' y construye los índices 'Sources'" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" +"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" +msgstr "" +"\\&B<dpkg-scansources> [switch]... I<bindir> [I<fichero-override> [I<path-" +"prefijo>]] E<gt> Sources" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" +"<dpkg-scansources> busca ficheros I<.dsc> en un árbol de directorios " +"I<bindir> dado. Estos son usados para crear un índice de Sources de Debian, " +"que es mostrado por la salida estándar." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" +"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." +msgstr "" +"Si se proporciona un I<fichero-override>, este se usará para fijar " +"prioridades en el índice resultante y sobreescribir el campo del mantenedor " +"dado en los ficheros \\&I<.dsc>. Lea dpkg-scanpackages para saber más acerca " +"del formato de este fichero. \\s-1NB:\\s0 El fichero de override está " +"indexado por paquetes binarios, no por fuentes, esto crea un pequeño " +"problema. La implementación actual usa la prioridad más alta de los paquetes " +"binarios producidos por un fichero I<.dsc> como la prioridad del paquete con " +"las fuentes, y la entrada de override del primer paquete listado el fichero " +"I<.dsc> para modificar la información sobre el mantenedor. Esto puede " +"cambiar en un futuro." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"Si se proporciona I<path-prefijo>, se antepondrá al campo del directorio en " +"el índice de Sources generado. Normalmente se usará para hacer que el campo " +"de directorio contenga el path desde el directorio padre del archivo Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:45 install-info.8:272 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "B<--debug>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "Activa la depuración." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show the usage message and die." +msgstr "Muestra el modo de uso y termina." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" +"No ordenar el índice de fuentes. Normalmente se ordena por el nombre de los " +"paquetes fuente." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" +msgstr "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<fichero>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" +"Usar I<fichero> como el fichero de override de las fuentes. Por omisión es " +"el mismo que se especificó para el fichero de override con un I<.src> " +"añadido." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" +"El fichero de override de las fuentes está en un formato distinto del " +"fichero de override de los paquetes binarios. Contiene solamente dos campos " +"separados por espacios en blanco, el primer campo es el nombre del paquete " +"fuente y el segundo es la sección. Las líneas en blanco y de comentarios se " +"descartan. Si un paquete aparece en ambos ficheros, el campo sección del " +"fichero override de las fuentes tiene preferencia." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print the version number and exit." +msgstr "Muestra la versión y termina." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "\\&I<dpkg-scanpackages>\\|(1)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-source.1:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-source" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " +"tools" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Herramientas para los " +"paquetes fuente de Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:12 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<fichero>B<.dsc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" +"targz>|'']" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<opciones>] I<directorio> [I<directorio-origen>|'']" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<opciones>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<opciones>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<opciones>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<opciones>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<opciones>]I< fichero sección prioridad>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<opciones>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "B<dpkg-source> empaqueta y desempaqueta ficheros fuente de Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:42 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" +"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> lee información desde un árbol de fuentes Debian " +"desempaquetado y genera un fichero de control (por omisión ubicado en debian/" +"tmp/DEBIAN/control); también añade una entrada para el paquete binario en " +"B<debian/files.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" +">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " +"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" +"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " +"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " +"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " +"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " +"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calcula las dependencias de bibliotecas compartidas de los " +"ejecutables suministrados sus argumentos. Las dependencias se añaden al " +"fichero de variables de sustitución B<debian/substvars> como nombres " +"variables B<shlibs:>I<campodependencia> donde I<campodependencia> es un " +"nombre de campo de dependencia. Cualquier otra variable que empiece con " +"I<shlibs:> se elimina del fichero. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> leerá la información " +"de las dependencias de bibliotecas compartidas de B<debian/shlibs.local,> B</" +"etc/dpkg/shlibs.override,> el área B<shlibs> del fichero de control del " +"paquete que contiene el fichero que B<objdump> informa como satisfactorio " +"para la dependencia de la biblioteca, o bien B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. " +"Se usará el primero de ellos. Véase el I<manual de empaquetamiento de " +"Debian> para más detalles sobre el formato de los ficheros de dependencias " +"de bibliotecas compartidas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:70 +msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> lee información desde un árbol de fuentes Debian " +"desempaquetado y construido, así como de los ficheros que ha generado y crea " +"un archivo de control de subida de Debian (fichero B<.changes> )." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> es un script de control que puede ser usado para " +"automatizar la construcción de un paquete." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> añade una entrada para un fichero dado a B<debian/files>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> lee y procesa el registro de cambios de un árbol de " +"fuentes Debian desempaquetado y muestra la información ahí contenida en la " +"salida estándar en un formato legible por la máquina." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:93 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" +"Ninguna de estas órdenes permite combinar múltiples opciones en una sola. " +"Tampoco permiten que el valor de una opción se especifique como argumento " +"aparte." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:93 update-alternatives.8:290 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPCIONES COMUNES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " +"with the programs that accept them." +msgstr "" +"Muchos de estos programas comparten opciones; éstas se describen aquí, junto " +"con los programas que las aceptan." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-us>, B<-uc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " +"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " +"tools." +msgstr "" +"Muestra la versión y el modo de uso del programa, incluyendo un resumen de " +"las opciones disponibles. Esta opción es aceptada por todas las herramientas " +"para los paquetes fuente de Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " +"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." +msgstr "" +"Muestra la versión y el modo de uso del programa, incluyendo un resumen de " +"las opciones disponibles. Esta opción es aceptada por todas las herramientas " +"para los paquetes fuente de Debian." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>I<version>" +msgstr "B<-v>I<versión>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " +"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I<version> to be used." +msgstr "" +"En B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> y B<dpkg-parsechangelog> provoca " +"que se use la información de los cambios de todas las versiones " +"estrictamente posteriores a I<versión .>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " +"will be generated." +msgstr "" +"En B<dpkg-gencontrol> establece la versión del paquete binario que se " +"generará." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" +msgstr "B<-C>I<descripcióndecambios>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " +"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Lee la descripción de los cambios del fichero I<descripcióndecambios> en vez " +"de usar la información contenida en el fichero de cambios (changelog) del " +"árbol de fuentes. Aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "B<-m>I<direcciónresponsable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Utiliza I<direcciónresponsable> como el nombre y dirección de correo del " +"responsable de este paquete, en lugar de usar la información de control del " +"árbol de fuentes. Aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "B<-e>I<direcciónresponsable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Utiliza I<direcciónresponsable> como el nombre y dirección de correo del " +"responsable de esta subida, en lugar de usar la información de cambios del " +"árbol de fuentes. Aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" +msgstr "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " +"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" +"Estas opciones controlan si el fichero de fuentes original se incluye en la " +"subida generada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges> en caso de que " +"se produzca alguna fuente (por ejemplo, si no se han usado B<-b> o B<-B>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:158 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +msgstr "" +"Por omisión, o si se especifica B<-si>, el fichero de fuentes original se " +"incluirá si el número de versión acaba en B<-0> o B<-1>, por ejemplo, si la " +"parte del número de versión que corresponde a la revisión de Debian es B<0> " +"o B<1>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" +"B<-sa> fuerza la inclusión de la fuente original; B<-sd> fuerza su exclusión " +"e incluye sólo el diff." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "B<-V>I<nombre>B<=>I<valor>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" +"Establece una variable de sustitución de salida. Aceptada por B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>. Más abajo encontrará una " +"exposición sobre la sustitución de salida." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" +msgstr "B<-T>I<fichvarsust>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " +"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " +"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Lee (o, para B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, escribe) las variables de sustitución en " +"I<fichvarsust> ; por omisión, éste es B<debian/substvars>. Esta opción es " +"aceptada por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> y B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<campo>B<=>I<valor>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Sobreescribe o añade un campo del fichero de control de salida. Esta opción " +"es aceptada por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-U>I<field>" +msgstr "B<-U>I<campo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Elimina un campo del fichero de control de salida. Esta opción es aceptada " +"por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" +msgstr "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:212 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" +"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " +"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " +"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " +"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " +"being built." +msgstr "" +"Para B<dpkg-genchanges> y B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<-b> y B<-B> especifica que " +"van a producirse únicamente binarios. B<-b> indica que no se construya y/o " +"distribuya ningún fichero fuente y B<-B> que tampoco se distribuya ningún " +"fichero del paquete binario independiente de la arquitectura. B<-S> " +"especifica que sólo debería subirse la fuente y que no es necesario " +"construir ningún paquete binario. La diferencia entre B<-b> y B<-B> es usada " +"sólo por B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> sólo produce un archivo B<." +"changes> para todos aquellos ficheros generados por los objetivos B<binary-" +"*> del paquete en construcción." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " +"one) - see below." +msgstr "" +"B<-b> le dice a B<dpkg-source> que construya un paquete fuente (en vez de " +"extraer uno) - vea más abajo." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" +msgstr "B<-c>I<ficherocontrol>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el fichero de control del paquete fuente principal del que leer " +"la información. Por omisión es B<debian/control>. Esta opción es aceptada " +"por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" +msgstr "B<-l>I<ficherocambios>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el fichero de cambios del que leer la información. Por omisión es " +"B<debian/changelog>. Esta opción es aceptada por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" +msgstr "B<-f>I<ficherolistaficheros>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." +msgstr "" +"Lee o escribe la lista de ficheros para subir aquí, en lugar de usar " +"B<debian/files>. Esta opción es aceptada por B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> y B<dpkg-distaddfile>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" +msgstr "B<-F>I<formatocambios>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el formato del fichero de cambios. Por omisión el formato se lee " +"de una línea especial cerca del final del fichero de cambios (vea el manual " +"de empaquetamiento de Debian) o, en caso de que eso falle, usa B<debian>, el " +"formato estándar descrito en el I<manual de empaquetamiento de Debian>. " +"Esta opción es aceptada por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W>" +msgstr "B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " +"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción convierte determinados errores en avisos. Sólo la usa B<dpkg-" +"source>, pero B<dpkg-buildpackage> la reconoce y la pasa a B<dpkg-source>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E>" +msgstr "B<-E>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " +"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción niega una opción B<-W> establecida previamente. Actualmente sólo " +"es aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-source>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-SOURCE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " +"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se usan las opciones comunes B<-c> y B<-l> con rutas relativas, éstas " +"se interpretan empezando en el directorio superior del árbol de fuentes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>" +msgstr "B<-x>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " +"under the current working directory." +msgstr "" +"Extrae un paquete fuente. Se debe suministrar un argumento que no sea una " +"opción, el nombre del fichero de control de fuente de Debian (B<.dsc>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:280 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " +"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " +"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" +"Ninguna opción es útil con B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> lee los " +"nombres de los demás ficheros que componen el paquete fuente del fichero de " +"control; se asume que están en el mismo directorio que el B<.dsc>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" +"Los permisos y propietarios de los ficheros del paquete extraído serán los " +"mismos que se esperarían si los ficheros hubiesen sido simplemente creados - " +"0777 para directorios y ejecutables y 0666 para el resto de ficheros, ambos " +"modificados según el umask del extractor; si el directorio superior tiene " +"activado el bit setgid, los directorios extraídos lo tendrán también, y " +"todos los ficheros y directorios heredarán su grupo de permisos." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:303 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " +"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " +"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " +"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " +"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " +"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " +"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgstr "" +"Construye: empaqueta un árbol de fuentes. Se deben proporcionar uno o dos " +"argumentos que no sean opciones. El primero se tomará como el nombre del " +"directorio que contiene el árbol de fuentes descomprimido. Si hay un segundo " +"argumento, debe ser el nombre del directorio de fuentes o del fichero tar " +"original o la cadena vacía si el paquete es específico de Debian y por tanto " +"carece de diffs \"debianizantes\". Si no se proporciona un segundo " +"argumento, entonces B<dpkg-source> buscará el archivo tar original " +"I<paquete>B<_>I<versióndeldesarrolladorppal>B<.orig.tar.gz> o el directorio " +"de fuentes original I<directorio>B<.orig> o la cadena vacía (sin fuentes " +"originales y por tanto sin diff), en función de los argumentos." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:303 dpkg-source.1:642 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" +msgstr "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:311 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" +"Puede especificar una expresión regular de Perl para indicar aquellos " +"ficheros que desee excluir de la lista de ficheros para el diff (esta lista " +"es generada con una orden find). Por sí mismo, B<-i> activa la opción con un " +"filtro predeterminado que elimina los ficheros y directorios de control de " +"los sistemas de control de versiones más comunes, los ficheros de respaldo, " +"los ficheros swap y los directorios que se generan como resultado de las " +"operaciones de Libtool." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:323 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." +"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " +"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " +"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " +"the B<-i> switch." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción es muy útil para eliminar ficheros extraños que se incluyen en " +"el .diff.gz, (como \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" o \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). Por " +"ejemplo, si mantiene un paquete que sigue a través de CVS remoto, donde no " +"tiene permisos de acceso para escribir los ficheros de control de Debian ni " +"para crear etiquetas para I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, es necesario realizar una " +"copia/actualización adicional en un directorio que se mantenga limpio, para " +"generar el .orig.tar.gz. Ese directorio contendrá ficheros CVS/Entries que " +"tienen fechas distintas de los que están en su directorio de trabajo, " +"haciendo por tanto que sean incluidos de manera innecesaria en cada .diff." +"gz, a menos que utilice la opción B<-i>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:323 dpkg-source.1:646 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<-IE<lt>nombredeficheroE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." +"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifica esta opción, el nombre de fichero se pasará como parámetro " +"a la opción --exclude de tar para generar el fichero .orig.tar.gz o .tar." +"gz. Por ejemplo, -ICVS hará que tar se salte los directorios CVS cuando " +"genere el fichero .tar.gz. La opción puede ser repetida varias ocasiones " +"para permitir la expulsión de varios nombres de fichero." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" +msgstr "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> con B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:345 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" +"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifican B<-sk> o B<-sp>, B<dpkg-source> espera la fuente original " +"como un archivo tar, por omisión I<paquete>B<_>I<versióndesarrolladorppal>B<." +"orig.tar.gz>. La fuente original se dejará en el sitio como un archivo tar, " +"o será copiada al directorio actual en caso de no estar ya ahí presente. Si " +"se usa B<-sp> en lugar de B<-sk>, se eliminará de nuevo posteriormente." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:357 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" +"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " +"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" +msgstr "" +"Si se especifican B<-su> o B<-sr>, se espera que la fuente original sea un " +"directorio, por omisión I<paquete>B<->I<versióndeldesarrolladorppal>B<.orig> " +"y B<dpkg-source> creará un fichero de fuentes nuevo a partir de él. Si se " +"usa B<-sr ,> B<dpkg-source eliminará dicho directorio tras la operación .>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:368 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifica B<-ss>, B<dpkg-source> esperará que la fuente original esté " +"disponible tanto como directorio como fichero tar. Usará el directorio para " +"crear el diff y el fichero tar para crear el B<.dsc>. Esta opción debe " +"usarse con precaución - si el directorio y el archivo tar no coinciden se " +"generará un fichero fuente inválido." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifica B<-sn>, B<dpkg-source> no buscará ninguna fuente original y " +"no generará un diff. El segundo argumento, en caso de haberlo, debe ser la " +"cadena vacía. Esta opción se usa en paquetes específicos de Debian que no " +"tienen fuentes del desarrollador principal y por tanto carecen de diffs " +"\"debianizantes\"." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:406 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" +"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifican B<-sa> o B<-sA>, B<dpkg-source> buscará la fuente original " +"como directorio o como fichero tar - el segundo argumento, de haberlo, puede " +"ser cualquiera de las dos cosas o la cadena vacía (equivalente a usar B<-" +"sn>). Si se encuentra un fichero tar, se desempaquetará para crear el diff " +"y será eliminado posteriormente (equivalente a B<-sp>); si se encuentra un " +"directorio, se empaquetará para crear la fuente original y será eliminado " +"posteriormente (equivalente a B<-sr>); si no se encuentra ninguno de los " +"dos, se asume que el paquete no tiene diffs \"debianizantes\", únicamente un " +"fichero de fuentes (equivalente a B<-sn>). Si se encuentran ambos, B<dpkg-" +"source> ignorará el directorio, sobreescribiéndolo, si se especificó B<-sA> " +"(equivalente a B<-sP>), o ocurrirá un error si se especificó B<-sa>. B<-sA> " +"es la opción predeterminada." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" +"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> y B<-sr> no sobreescriben directorios o " +"ficheros tar existentes. Si esto es lo que se desea, debe utilizar B<-sA>, " +"B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-sU> y B<-sR> en su lugar." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" +msgstr "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> con B<-x>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:415 +#, fuzzy +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "En todos los casos cualquier árbol de fuentes original será eliminado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:422 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." +msgstr "" +"Si se usa B<-sp> a la hora de extraer, la fuente original (si la hay) se " +"dejará como un fichero tar. Si no se encuentra en el directorio actual o si " +"existe un fichero pero es diferente, se copiará ahí. Ésta es la acción por " +"omisión." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:425 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "B<-su> desempaqueta el archivo de fuentes original." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:430 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." +msgstr "" +"B<-sn> se asegura de que la fuente original ni se copia al directorio actual " +"ni se desempaqueta. Cualquier árbol de fuentes original existente en el " +"directorio actual es eliminado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-GENCONTROL" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> no acepta ningún argumento que no sea de opción." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<package>" +msgstr "B<-p>I<paquete>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" +"Genera información para el paquete binario I<paquete>. Si el archivo de " +"control de la fuente lista sólo un paquetes binario, esta opción puede ser " +"omitida; de otra manera, es esencial seleccionar el paquete binario del cual " +"se desea generar información." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<-n>I<nombrefichero>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" +"Asume que el nombre de fichero del paquete será I<nombrefichero> en vez del " +"habitual, paquete_versión_arquitectura.deb." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" +"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" +msgstr "B<-P>I<directoriocreaciónpaquete>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:472 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " +"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" +"Le dice a B<dpkg-source> que el paquete está siendo creado en " +"I<directoriocreaciónpaquete> en vez de B<debian/tmp>. Se usa para encontrar " +"el valor por omisión de la variable de substitución y campo del fichero de " +"control B<Installed-Size> - Tamaño-Instalado - (usando B<du>), y para " +"establecer la ruta del fichero de salida." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:472 dpkg-source.1:534 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O>" +msgstr "B<-O>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " +"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" +"P> was used)." +msgstr "" +"Muestra el fichero de control por la salida estándar, en lugar de B<debian/" +"tmp/DEBIAN/control> (o I<directoriocreaciónpaquete>B</DEBIAN/control> si se " +"usó la opción B<-P>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-SHLIBDEPS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interpreta cualquier argumento que no sea una opción como " +"nombre de un fichero ejecutable, igual que si se hubiesen proporcionado como " +"B<-e>I<ejecutable>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-e>I<ejecutable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I<executable>." +msgstr "" +"Incluye dependencias apropiadas para las bibliotecas compartidas requeridas " +"por I<ejecutable>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "B<-d>I<campodependencia>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:497 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" +msgstr "" +"Añade dependencias al campo I<campodependencia> del fichero de control. (Las " +"dependencias para este campo se colocan en la variable B<shlibs:" +">I<campodependencia>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:507 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " +"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." +msgstr "" +"La opción B<-d>I<campodependencia> tiene efecto para todos los ejecutables " +"después de dicha opción, hasta el siguiente B<-d>I<campodependencia>. Por " +"omisión, el I<campodependencia> es B<Depends>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " +"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" +"Si la misma dependencia (o un conjunto de alternativas) aparece en más de " +"uno de los nombres de campo de dependencias reconocidos: B<Pre-Depends>, " +"B<Depends>, B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> o B<Suggests>, entonces B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps> eliminará automáticamente la dependencia de todos los campos, " +"exceptuando aquel que contenga las dependencias más importantes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" +msgstr "B<-p>I<prefijodevariable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " +"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" +"Provoca que las variables de sustitución empiecen por I<prefijodevariable>B<:" +"> en vez de B<shlibs:>. Asimismo, cualquier variable de sustitución ya " +"existente que empiece por I<prefijodevariable>B<:> (en vez de B<shlibs:>) " +"será eliminada del fichero de variables de sustitución." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" +msgstr "B<-L>I<ficherodeshlibslocal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:534 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " +"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." +msgstr "" +"Provoca que B<dpkg-shlibs> lea la información sobre dependencias con " +"bibliotecas compartidas desde I<ficherodeshlibslocal> en vez de B<debian/" +"shlibs.local>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " +"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" +"substvars> by default)." +msgstr "" +"Provoca que las propiedades de las variables de sustitución sean mostradas " +"por la salida estándar, en lugar de añadirse al archivo de variables de " +"sustitución (por omisión B<debian/substvars>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<type>" +msgstr "B<-p>I<paquete>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " +"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " +"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " +"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " +"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-GENCHANGES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> no acepta ningún argumento que no sea una opción." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" +msgstr "B<-u>I<directoriosubidaficheros>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" +"Busca archivos para subir en I<directoriosubidaficheros> en lugar de en B<.." +"> (B<dpkg-genchanges> necesita encontrar estos ficheros para poder incluir " +"sus tamaños y sumas de verificación en el fichero B<.changes>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "B<-q>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" +"Habitualmente B<dpkg-genchanges> producirá mensajes informativos en la " +"salida de error estándar, por ejemplo acerca de cuántos de los ficheros " +"fuente de los paquetes se están subiendo. B<-q> suprime dichos mensajes." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-BUILDPACKAGE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> no acepta ningún argumento que no sea una opción." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" +msgstr "B<-k>I<llave-id>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." +msgstr "Especifica una llave-ID que se usa cuando se firman los paquetes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" +msgstr "B<-r>I<orden-para-obtener-root>" + +# type: Plain text +#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " +"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " +"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " +"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." +msgstr "" +"Cuando B<dpkg-buildpackage> necesite ejecutar parte del proceso de " +"construcción como root, añade el prefijo I<orden-para-obtener-root> a la " +"orden que ejecute en caso de especificarse alguna. I<orden-para-obtener-" +"root> debe ser el nombre de un programa que esté en el B<PATH> y tomará como " +"argumentos el nombre del proceso a ejecutar, así como los argumentos que " +"éste toma. I<orden-para-obtener-root> no debe contener espacios ni tampoco " +"caracteres especiales del intérprete de órdenes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" +msgstr "B<-p>I<orden-para-firmar>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " +"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " +"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" +"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." +msgstr "" +"Cuando B<dpkg-buildpackage> necesite ejecutar GPG o PGP para firmar el " +"fichero fuente de control (B<.dsc>) o un fichero B<.changes,> ejecutará " +"I<orden-para-firmar> (buscando en su B<PATH> si es necesario) en lugar de " +"B<pgp>. I<orden-para-firmar> recibirá todos los argumentos que obtendría " +"B<pgp>. Si I<orden-para-firmar> toma los argumentos en formato GPG en vez " +"de PGP, debe usar la opción B<-sgpg> I<orden-para-firmar> no debe contener " +"espacios ni tampoco caracteres especiales del intérprete de órdenes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-tc>" +msgstr "B<-tc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " +"after the package has been built." +msgstr "" +"Limpia el árbol de fuentes (usando I<orden-para-obtener-root> B<debian/rules " +"clean>) después de que el paquete se haya creado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" +msgstr "B<-us>, B<-uc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." +msgstr "No firma el paquete ni el fichero .changes, respectivamente." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a>I<arquitectura>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:642 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." +msgstr "" +"Especifica la arquitectura de Debian para la cual construimos el paquete. La " +"arquitectura de la máquina en la que construimos el paquete es detectada " +"automáticamente y es también la arquitectura de destino por omisión para la " +"máquina." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:646 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "Se pasa sin cambios a B<dpkg-source>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." +msgstr "" +"Se pasa sin cambios a B<dpkg-source>. Puede repetirse en varias ocasiones." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>" +msgstr "B<-D>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." +msgstr "" +"Verifica las dependencias y los conflictos; aborta el proceso si alguna no " +"es satisfecha." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "B<-d>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." +msgstr "No revisa dependencias ni conflictos." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-nc>" +msgstr "B<-nc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." +msgstr "No limpia las fuentes (implica -b)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "ARGUMENTOS DE DPKG-DISTADDFILE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:666 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" +"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." +"changes> file." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> no acepta argumentos que no sean opciones comunes. Toma " +"3 argumentos que no sean opciones: el nombre de fichero, la sección y la " +"prioridad para el fichero B<.changes.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " +"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." +msgstr "" +"El nombre del fichero debe ser especificado relativo al directorio donde " +"B<dpkg-genchanges> espera encontrar los archivos, habitualmente B<..>, en " +"lugar de ser relativo al directorio donde se ejecuta B<dpkg-distaddfile.>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "ARGUMENTOS DE DPKG-PARSECHANGELOG" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " +"arguments." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> no acepta argumentos que no sean opciones comunes." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" +msgstr "SUSTITUCIÓN DE VARIABLES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:687 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " +"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" +"Antes de que B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges> " +"escriban su información de control (al fichero B<.dsc> de control en el caso " +"de B<dpkg-source> y a la salida estándar en el de B<dpkg-gencontrol> y " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>) realizan algunas sustituciones de variables en el " +"fichero de salida." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:694 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." +msgstr "" +"Una variable de sustitución tiene la forma B<${>I<nombre-de-variable>B<}>. " +"Los nombres de variable consisten en caracteres alfanuméricos, guiones y dos " +"puntos (:), y comienzan siempre por un alfanumérico. La sustitución de " +"variables se lleva a cabo repetidamente hasta que no queda ninguna; el texto " +"completo del campo tras la sustitución es revisado de nuevo en busca de más " +"sustituciones." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:701 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" +"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" +"Después de que todas las sustituciones hayan tenido lugar, cada aparición de " +"la cadena B<${}> (que no es una sustitución legal) se reemplaza por un " +"símbolo B<$>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:714 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" +"Las variables pueden establecerse usando la opción común B<-V>. También " +"pueden especificarse en el fichero B<debian/substvars> (u otro fichero " +"especificado usando la opción B<-T>). Este fichero consiste en líneas de la " +"forma I<nombre = valor >. Los caracteres en blanco al final de cada línea, " +"las líneas vacías y las líneas que comiencen con el símbolo B<#> " +"(comentarios) son ignorados." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "" +"De manera adicional, las siguientes variables estándar están disponibles:" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Arch>" +msgstr "B<Arch>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." +msgstr "" +"La arquitectura de construcción actual (de B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Version>" +msgstr "B<Source-Version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "La versión del paquete fuente (del fichero de cambios)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg:UpstreamVersion>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." +msgstr "La versión de desarrollador principal de dpkg." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<binary:Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source-Version>" +msgstr "B<Source-Version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Installed-Size>" +msgstr "B<Installed-Size>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " +"debian/tmp> to find the default value." +msgstr "" +"El tamaño total de los ficheros del paquete instalado. Este valor se copia " +"en el campo del fichero de control correspondiente; establecerlo modifica el " +"valor de dicho campo. Si la variable no está establecida, B<dpkg-gencontrol> " +"usará B<du -k debian/tmp> para hallar el valor predeterminado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Extra-Size>" +msgstr "B<Extra-Size>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B<Installed-Size> control file field." +msgstr "" +"Espacio en disco adicional usado cuando se instala el paquete. Si esta " +"variable está establecida, su valor se añade al de la variable B<Installed-" +"Size> (tanto si se establece manualmente como si se usa el valor " +"predeterminado) antes de copiarse al campo B<Installed-Size> del fichero de " +"control." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "B<F:>I<nombrecampo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" +"El valor del campo de salida I<nombrecampo> (que debe darse siguiendo la " +"convención de mayúsculas/minúsculas). Establecer estas variables no tiene " +"ningún efecto excepto en aquellos lugares donde se expandan explícitamente." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Format>" +msgstr "B<Format>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" +"El formato del fichero B<.changes> generado por esta versión de los scripts " +"de empaquetamiento de fuentes. Si establece esta variable el contenido del " +"campo B<Format> en el fichero B<.changes> cambiará igualmente." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" +msgstr "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +#, fuzzy +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "" +"Estas variables contienen cada una el carácter cuyo nombre especifican en " +"inglés. Nota del traductor: Newline = Terminación de línea, Space = Espacio, " +"Tab = Tabulador." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "B<shlibs:>I<campodedependencia>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"- see above." +msgstr "" +"Las variables con nombres de esta forma son generadas por B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"- vea más arriba." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg:UpstreamVersion>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." +msgstr "La versión de desarrollador principal de dpkg." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:785 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The full version of dpkg." +msgstr "La versión completa de dpkg." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:788 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" +"Si se hace referencia a una variable que no existe, se genera un aviso y se " +"asume un valor vacío." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:789 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/control>" +msgstr "B<debian/control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" +"El fichero de información de control de fuentes principal, que da " +"información independiente de la versión sobre el paquete fuente y los " +"paquetes binarios que puede producir." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" +"El fichero de cambios, usado para obtener información dependiente de la " +"versión acerca del paquete fuente, como la urgencia y la distribución de una " +"subida, los cambios realizados desde una versión en concreto y el propio " +"número de versión de la fuente." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/files>" +msgstr "B<debian/files>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " +"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" +"La lista de ficheros generados que forman parte de la subida al servidor en " +"preparación. B<dpkg-gencontrol> añade aquí los supuestos nombres de fichero " +"de paquetes binarios cuyos ficheros de control genera; B<dpkg-distaddfile> " +"puede utilizarse para añadir ficheros adicionales. B<dpkg-genchanges> lee " +"los datos de aquí cuando produce un fichero B<.changes>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/substvars>" +msgstr "B<debian/substvars>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "Lista de variables de sustitución y sus valores." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" +msgstr "B<debian/shlibs.local>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" +"Información acerca de redefinición de dependencias de bibliotecas " +"compartidas específicas del paquete." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" +msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" +"Información acerca de redefinición de dependencias de bibliotecas " +"compartidas para cada sistema." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" +msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:825 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" +"Información acerca de las dependencias predeterminadas con bibliotecas " +"compartidas para cada sistema." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:828 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" +"El punto en el cual se produce la sustitución de campos, comparado con " +"ciertos parámetros de los campos de salida estándar, no está claro." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:835 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" +"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgstr "" +"Las entradas de paquetes binarios en el fichero B<debian/files> pasan por la " +"sustitución de variables dos veces. Esto no debería importar, ya que B<$>, B<" +"{> y B<}> no son caracteres legales en nombres de paquete o números de " +"versión." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:839 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." +msgstr "" +"Debería ser posible especificar espacios y caracteres especiales del " +"intérprete de órdenes en los argumentos iniciales de I<orden-para-obtener-" +"root> y I<orden-para-firmar>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(8), B<dselect>(8), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:847 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" +"Las herramientas y esta página del manual fueron escritas por Ian Jackson." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:849 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:851 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:857 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"Esto es software libre, vea la Licencia Pública General de GNU en su versión " +"2 o superior para las condiciones de copia. NO hay GARANTÍA. Vea B</usr/" +"share/doc/dpkg/copyright> y B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> para más " +"detalles." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-split.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-split" +msgstr "dpkg-split" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:5 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "dpkg-split - herramienta para separar/unir paquetes Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<fichero-completo> [I<prefijo>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<parte parte >..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<parte parte >..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< salida-completa parte>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paquete paquete >...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> separa un paquete binario de Debian en varias partes más " +"pequeñas para luego volverlas a unir, de esta forma se pueden almacenar " +"paquetes en medios de poca capacidad, como disquetes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Puede usarse manualmente usando las opciones B<--split>, B<--join> e B<--" +"info.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:45 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" +"discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" +"También posee un modo automático, invocado con la opción B<--auto> , " +"entonces mantiene una cola con las partes que ha visto pero que aún no se " +"han unido y reensambla el paquete cuando haya visto todas sus partes. Las " +"opciones B<--listq> y B<--discard> permiten administrar la cola." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" +"Todas las operaciones de separación, unión y encolado producen mensajes " +"informativos en la salida estándar, pueden ignorarse sin ningún riesgo." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" +msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "Separa un paquete binario de Debian en varias partes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" +"Las partes reciben el nombre I<prefijo>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> donde I<N> " +"es el número de la partes, comenzando por 1, y I<M> el el número total de " +"partes (ambos en decimal)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" +"Si no se proporciona ningún I<prefijo> entonces se toma el nombre del " +"I<fichero-completo> , incluyendo el directorio, con cualquier terminación B<." +"deb> eliminada." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" +msgstr "B<--join>, B<-j>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" +"Une las partes de un paquete, dejando el paquete tal y como era " +"originalmente." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" +"Las partes que se proporcionen como argumento deben de ser todas las partes " +"del fichero original. Cada parte debe proporcionarse una sola vez, aunque no " +"necesariamente en orden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." +msgstr "" +"Todas las partes deben generarse con el mismo tamaño especificado a la hora " +"de la separación, lo que significa que todas deben haber sido generadas por " +"la misma invocación de B<dpkg-split --split>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "" +"El nombre de las partes no es significativo para el proceso de reensamblado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" +"Por omisión el fichero resultante se llama I<paquete>B<->I<versión>B<.deb>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" +"Muestra información entendible por una persona acerca de la parte o las " +"partes del fichero o ficheros especificados. Argumentos que no sean parte de " +"un paquete binario producen un mensaje avisando del problema (en la salida " +"estándar)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" +msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "" +"Encolar las partes automáticamente y reensamblar el paquete si es posible." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" +"La I<parte> especificada se examina y compara junto con las otras partes del " +"mismo paquete (si hay alguna) en la cola de ficheros parte de otros paquetes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" +"Si están disponibles todas las partes del fichero al que pertenece la " +"I<parte> , entonces se reensamblará el paquete y se guardará en I<salida-" +"completa> (que normalmente no existe, aunque esto no es un error)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " +"not created." +msgstr "" +"Si no, la I<parte> se copia en la cola pero no se crea I<salida-completa.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" +"Si I<parte> no es una parte del paquete binario entonces B<dpkg-split> " +"terminará con un estado de salida igual a 1, si ocurre algún otro tipo de " +"error el estado de salida será 2." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" +"Debe de proporcionar la opción B<--output> o B<-o> cuando use B<--auto>. " +"(Si este argumento no fuese obligatorio el programa que ejecute B<dpkg-" +"split> no sabría que fichero esperar)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" +msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "Lista los contenidos de la cola de paquetes para reensamblar." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" +"Por cada fichero de un paquete que contenga partes en la cola se muestra el " +"nombre del paquete, las partes en la cola y el número total de bytes " +"guardados en ésta." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" +msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "" +"Descarta partes de la cola de aquéllas que esperan las partes restantes del " +"paquete para ser reensambladas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" +"Si no se especifica ningún I<paquete> se limpia la cola por completo, si se " +"especifica alguno sólo se eliminan las partes de los paquetes relevantes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Muestra el modo de uso de B<dpkg-split> , dando además un breve resumen de " +"sus opciones." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." +msgstr "Muestra la versión de B<dpkg-split.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" +msgstr "" +"Muestra información acerca de la licencia de B<dpkg-split> así como de su " +"falta de garantía. (La escritura americana B<--license> también se admite)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:161 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" +msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< directorio>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Especifica un directorio alternativo para las partes que se encuentran en la " +"cola esperando para ser reensambladas. Por omisión es B</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" +msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " +"The default is 450Kb." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el tamaño máximo de cada parte en kilobytes (1024 bytes). Por " +"omisión es 450Kb." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" +msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "Especifica el nombre del fichero donde se reensamblarán las partes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" +"Ésto substituye el nombre por omisión en modo manual (B<--join>) y es " +"obligatorio para el modo automático (B<--auto>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" +msgstr "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" +"Cuando B<dpkg-split> está en modo automático normalmente muestra mensajes si " +"se le pasa una I<parte> que no es parte del paquete binario. Esta opción " +"suprimer estos mensajes, esto permite que programas como B<dpkg> puedan " +"separar y unir paquetes sin producir mensajes espúreos." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "B<--msdos>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:194 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "Fuerza nombres compatibles con msdos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción modifica el prefijo (tanto el prefijo por omisión como el " +"proporcionado por un argumento), los carácteres alfanuméricos se pasan a " +"minúsculas, los signos '+' se reemplazano por B<x> y el resto de los " +"carácteres se descartan." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" +"El resultado restante se trunca hasta donde sea necesario de forma que se " +"generen ficheros de la forma I<prefijoN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb.>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-split.1:205 update-alternatives.8:429 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "ESTADO DE SALIDA" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:211 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" +"Un estado de salida 0 indica que que la operación requerida se ha realizado " +"con éxito. Las órdenes B<--info> se dan cómo satisfactorias incluso si los " +"ficheros no son parte de ningún paquete binario." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:217 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I<part> file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" +"Se devuelve un estado de salida de 1 sólo cuando se use la opción B<--auto> " +"e indica que la I<parte> no era parte de un paquete binario." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:221 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" +"Se devuelve un estado de salida de 2 cuando ocurre algún tipo de problema, " +"como una llamada al sistema fallida, un fichero que parecía parte de un " +"paquete pero que estaba corrupto, un uso incorrecto del programa o algún " +"otro problema." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:225 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> usa algunas convenciones un tanto pasadas de fecha para el " +"nombre de los paquetes de Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:228 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" +"Es imposible obtener todos los detalles de los paquetes que están en la cola " +"sin investigar en la cola directamente por uno mismo." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:231 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" +"No una manera sencilla de comprobar cuando un fichero que puede ser parte de " +"un paquete bianrio lo es realmente." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:235 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" +"La arquitectura no se refleja en la cabecera de las partes del fichero, sólo " +"en la información de control del paquete binario original, y este no esta " +"presente en las partes generadas." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:236 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" +msgstr "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:240 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" +"El directorio por omisión donde las partes esperan para un reensamblado " +"automático." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" +"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " +"filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" +"Los nombre de los ficheros usados en este directorio se encuentran en un " +"formato interno de B<dpkg-split> y es improbable que sean útiles para otros " +"programas, en cualquier caso, no se deberían tener en cuenta." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:250 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(8)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> Esta página de manual fue escrita por Ian Jackson. Es " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 del mismo y liberada bajo la Licencia Pública " +"General de GNU, NO hay ninguna garantía. Vea B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> y " +"B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> para más información." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-statoverride" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian project" +msgstr "Proyecto Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "dpkg-statoverride -- cambia el propietario y grupo de ficheros" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " +"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [opciones] --add E<lt>usuarioE<gt> E<lt>grupoE<gt> " +"E<lt>modoE<gt> I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [opciones] --remove I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [opciones] --list I<[E<lt>patrón-globalE<gt>]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" +"`B<La excepción de propiedades>' es un modo de indicar a dpkg que use un " +"propietario o modo diferente para un fichero cuando lo instale. (nota: aquí " +"usamos la palabra `fichero', pero puede tratarse de cualquier objeto del " +"sistema de ficheros que dpkg pueda manejar, incluyendo directorios, " +"dispositivos, etc). Puede usarse para forzar que programas que normalmente " +"se instalan como setuid se instalen sin esta marca, o que sólo sean " +"ejecutables por un grupo en concreto." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> es una utilidad para administrar la lista de " +"excepciones. Tiene tres funciones básicas: añadir, eliminar y listar las " +"excepciones." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "I<--add E<lt>usuarioE<gt> E<lt>grupoE<gt> E<lt>modoE<gt> E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " +"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " +"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " +"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " +"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" +"Añade una excepción al B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>. No es necesario que exista el " +"B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>> cuando se use esta orden, la excepción se guardará para " +"usarse posteriormente. Los usuarios y los grupos pueden especificarse por su " +"nombre (por ejemplo B<root> o B<nobody>), o por su número precedido por un " +"`B<#>' (por ejemplo B<#0> o B<#65534>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " +"to the new owner and mode." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifica la opción --update y existe B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>, se le " +"asigna inmediatamente el nuevo propietario y modo." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "I<--remove E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " +"left unchanged by this command." +msgstr "" +"Elimina una excepción de B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>, esta orden no modifica el " +"estado de B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "I<--list [E<lt>patrón-globalE<gt>]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" +"Lista todas las excepciones. Si se especifica un patrón global, éste " +"restringe la salida a lo que concuerde con el patrón. Si no hay ninguna " +"excepción o ninguna concuerda con el patrón B<dpkg-statoverride> terminará " +"con un código de salida igual a 1." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "I<--force>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" +"Fuerza una acción, incluso si ésta pudiese resultar perjudicial. Es " +"necesario para modificar una excepción existente." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "I<--update>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" +"Trata inmediatamente de cambiar el fichero al nuevo propietario y modo, si " +"es que existe." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "Es menos explicativo a cerca de lo que realiza." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show usage information." +msgstr "Muestra la versión, copyright y modo de uso." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +msgid "Show program version and copyright." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>" +msgstr "I<--admindir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Cambia el directorio con la base de datos de dpkg donde también se guarda la " +"información relativa a statoverride. Por omisión es /var/lib/dpkg." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"Fichero que contiene la lista actual de excepciones de propiedades del " +"sistema. Se encuentra en el directorio de administración dpkg, junto con " +"otros ficheros importantes para dpkg, como `status' o `available'." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"Nota: dpkg-statoverride preserva una copia antigua del fichero con la " +"extensión \"-old\" antes de reemplazarla con una nueva." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dselect" +msgstr "select" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "dselect - Interfaz del manipulador de paquetes Debian para consola." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>directorioE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence " +"| --license] [--expert] [--debug | -D E<lt>archivoE<gt>] " +"[I<E<lt>acciónE<gt>>] [--colour | --color [parte de la pantalla]:[primer " +"plano],[fondo][:attr[+attr+..]]]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:26 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" +"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" +" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" +" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" +" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" +" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"es la principal interfaz para la instalación, manejo y eliminación de paquetes\n" +"Debian GNU/Linux. En el menú principal de B<dselect>, el administrador del sistema puede:\n" +" - Actualizar la lista de paquetes disponibles,\n" +" - Ver el estado de los paquetes instalados y disponibles,\n" +" - Alterar selecciones de paquetes y manejar las dependencias correspondientes,\n" +" - Instalar nuevos paquetes o actualizarlos a nuevas versiones.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> opera como interfaz de B<dpkg(8)>, la herramienta gestora de " +"paquetes de Debian de bajo nivel. Su ventaja es que posee una pantalla " +"completa de selección de paquetes con resolución óptima de dependencias y " +"conflictos. Cuando se ejecuta con permisos de administrador, los paquetes " +"pueden ser instalados, actualizados o eliminados. Varios métodos de acceso " +"pueden ser configurados para saber las versiones disponibles e instalables " +"desde los depósitos de paquetes correspondientes. Dependiendo del método de " +"acceso usado, esos depósitos de paquetes pueden ser públicos en servidores a " +"través de Internet, redes locales o bien en cdroms. El método de acceso " +"recomendado es I<apt>, proporcionado por el paquete B<apt>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente B<dselect> se invoca sin parámetros. Se presenta un menú " +"interactivo, ofreciendo al usuario una lista de acciones. Si se da una " +"acción como argumento, entonces será ejecutada inmediatamente. Hay muchas " +"órdenes disponibles para modificar el comportamiento de B<dselect> o también " +"para mostrar información adicional acerca del programa." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Todas las opciones pueden ser especificadas en la línea de órdenes, o bien " +"en el fichero de configuración de B<dselect> ubicado en I</etc/dpkg/dselect." +"cfg>. Cada línea en el archivo de configuración es también una opción " +"(exáctamente la misma que en la línea de órdenes) o un comentario (si este " +"comienza con un B<#>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" +"Cambia el directorio donde el `estado', `disponible' y archivos similares de " +"dpkg están ubicados. Esto por defecto está en I</var/lib/dpkg> y " +"normalmente no debería cambiar." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--debug E<lt>archivoE<gt> | -DE<lt>archivoE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"Activa la depuración. Esta información es enviada al I<E<lt>archivoE<gt>> " +"escogido." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:60 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "B<--expert>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" +"Activa el modo experto, por ejemplo, no mensajes de ayuda posiblemente " +"molestos." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:64 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" +msgstr "B<--colour | --color [parte de la pantalla]:[primer plano],[fondo][:attr[+attr+..]]]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " +"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " +"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" +msgstr "" +"Configura los colores de la pantalla. Estos funcionan únicamente si en su " +"equipo es posible mostrar colores. Esta opción puede ser usada cuantas " +"veces se desee (es mejor usarla en I<dselect.cfg>). Cada uso cambia el " +"color (y opcionalmente, otros atributos) de una parte de la pantalla. Estas " +"partes de la pantalla (desde arriba hacia abajo) son:" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:72 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<title>" +msgstr "B<title>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:75 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "El título de la pantalla." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:75 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "B<listhead>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "La línea de cabecera encima de la lista de paquetes." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:78 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "B<list>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "La lista de paquetes (y también otros textos de ayuda)." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:81 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "B<listsel>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "El elemento seleccionado en la lista." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:84 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "B<pkgstate>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:88 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "" +"En la lista de paquetes, el texto que indica el estado actual de cada " +"paquete." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:88 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" +"En la lista de paquetes, el texto que indica el estado actual del paquete " +"seleccionado." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:92 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "B<infohead>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "La línea de cabecera que muestra el estado del paquete seleccionado." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:95 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "B<infodesc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "La descripción corta del paquete." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:98 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "B<info>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "" +"Usado para mostrar la información del paquete tal como la descripción de él." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:101 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "B<infofoot>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "La última línea de la pantalla cuando se seleccionan paquetes." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:104 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "B<query>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "Usado para mostrar líneas de pregunta." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:107 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "B<helpscreen>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:110 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "Color de las pantallas de ayuda." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" +"Luego de la parte de la pantalla, vienen dos puntos y la especificación del " +"color. Usted puede especificar el color del primer plano, el color de " +"fondo, o ambos evitando los colores por defecto. Usted debe usar colores " +"estándares de la biblioteca curses." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" +"Opcionalmente, luego de la especificación de colores hay otros dos puntos, y " +"la especificación de los atributos. Ésta es una lista de uno o más " +"atributos, separados por un signo (\"+\"). Los atributos disponibles " +"incluyen (no todos funcionarán en todos los terminales): normal, standout, " +"underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, bold." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "Muestra un breve texto de ayuda y termina el programa." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:124 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence | --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "" +"Muestra en pantalla los derechos de copia de B<dselect>, la información con " +"respecto a su licencia y termina el programa." + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:132 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "USO" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando B<dselect> es iniciado interactivamente, muestra al usuario un menú " +"con las siguientes opciones disponibles:" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:137 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "access" +msgstr "access" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona y configura un método de acceso para los depósitos de paquetes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:145 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " +"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " +"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, B<dselect> proporciona una alta cantidad de métodos tales como " +"I<floppy>, I<harddisk> o I<cdrom>, aunque otros paquetes podrían " +"proporcionar más aún, ejemplo, el método de acceso I<apt> proporcionado por " +"el paquete B<apt> o bien I<multi_cd> proporcionado por el paquete B<dpkg-" +"multicd>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:147 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "El uso del método de acceso vía I<apt> es altamente recomendado." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:148 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "update" +msgstr "update" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "Actualiza la lista disponible de paquetes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:157 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" +"Obtiene una lista de versiones disponibles de paquetes desde un depósito de " +"ellos, configurado por el método de acceso seleccionado, y actualiza la base " +"de datos de dpkg. La lista de paquetes es comúnmente proporcionada por el " +"depósito de paquetes, mediante un archivo llamado B<Packages> o B<Packages." +"gz>. Esos archivos pueden ser generados por los mantenedores de los " +"depósitos de paquetes, usando el programa B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" +"Los detalles de la acción de actualizar dependen del método de acceso que se " +"haya implementado. Normalmente este proceso es automático y no requiere " +"interacción del usuario." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:161 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "select" +msgstr "select" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "" +"Visualiza o maneja la selección de paquetes y sus respectivas dependencias." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:169 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" +"Esta es la principal función de B<dselect>. En la pantalla de selección, el " +"usuario puede revisar una lista de todos los paquetes disponibles e " +"instalados. Cuando se ejecuta con permisos de administrador, también es " +"posible cambiar el estado de la selección interactivamente. B<dselect> " +"sigue esos cambios a otros paquetes dependientes o conflictivos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" +"Cuando hay un conflicto, o bien una dependencia falla, se muestra la " +"pantalla de resolución de dependencias. En esta pantalla, se muestra una " +"lista de paquetes conflictivos o dependientes, para cada paquete en la " +"lista. El usuario puede aplicar las sugerencias entregadas por B<dselect>, " +"evitarlas, o bien deshacer los cambios hechos, incluyendo aquellos en los " +"que de dejaron dependencias o conflictos sin resolver." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:179 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" +"El uso de esta selección de paquetes interactiva con respecto al manejo de " +"la pantalla será explicada más abajo en el texto." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:180 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "install" +msgstr "install" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:182 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "Instala los paquetes seleccionados." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:188 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" +"El método de acceso configurado descargará los paquetes instalables o " +"actualizables desde los depósitos relevantes, y los instalará usando " +"B<dpkg>. Dependiendo de la implementación del método de acceso, todos los " +"paquetes pueden ser pre-descargados antes de la instalación, o bien cuando " +"se requiera. Algunos métodos de acceso podrían borrar paquetes que fueron " +"marcados para ser eliminados" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:196 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." +"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " +"these are installed." +msgstr "" +"Si ocurre algún error durante la instalación, normalmente usted debería " +"ejecutar la instalación nuevamente. En la mayoría de los casos, los " +"problemas desaparecerán o bien serán resueltos. SI el problema persiste o " +"la instalación fue realizada de forma incorrecta, por favor sírvase a " +"investigar las causas y circunstancias de el problema, y contacte " +"rápidamente al sistema de seguimiento de fallos de Debian. Las " +"instrucciones correspondientes pueden encontrarse en http://bugs.debian.org/ " +"o bien leyendo la documentación de los programas B<bug(1)> o B<reportbug(1)" +">, si es que están instalados, obviamente." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:203 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" +"Los detalles de la instalación dependen de la implementación de el método de " +"acceso. La atención completa del usuario puede ser requerida durante la " +"instalación, configuración o eliminación de los paquetes correspondientes. " +"Esto depende exclusivamente de los scripts que posean los paquetes. Algunos " +"de ellos hacen uso de la biblioteca de B<debconf(8)>, permitiendo de esta " +"manera una instalación mas flexible o también más automatizada." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:204 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "config" +msgstr "config" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:206 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" +"Configura cualquier paquete previamente instalado, que no este totalmente " +"configurado." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:207 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "remove" +msgstr "remove" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:209 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "" +"Elimina o purga (n.t. es decir, elimina los ficheros de configuración) los " +"paquetes instalados que estén marcados para este proceso." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:210 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "quit" +msgstr "quit" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:212 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Quit B<dselect>" +msgstr "Salir de B<dselect>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:214 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." +msgstr "Termina el programa exitosamente (el código de error devuelto será 0)." + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:216 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Package selections management" +msgstr "Manejo de selecciones de paquetes" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:218 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:234 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " +"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " +"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " +"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " +"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " +"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " +"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " +"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " +"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> expone directamente al administrador algunas de las posibles " +"complejidades relacionadas con el manejo de una larga lista de paquetes con " +"muchas dependencias. Para un usuario que no esté familiarizo con los " +"conceptos y el manejo de paquetes que posee Debian, este proceso podría ser " +"un tanto complicado. Sin embargo B<dselect> apunta a ser un programa de " +"manejo y administración fácil, por lo mismo no podría ser considerado como " +"un substituto de un administrador. Se requiere que el usuario este " +"familiarizado con algunos conceptos del sistema de paquetes de Debian. En " +"caso de dudas, consulte la página man de B<dpkg(8)> y el manual de normas de " +"Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:240 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" +"A menos que B<dselect> sea ejecutado en modo experto o intermedio, se " +"muestra una pantalla de ayuda cuando se selecciona esta acción desde el " +"menú. Se aconseja I<fervientemente> al usuario que estudie toda la " +"información presentada en las pantallas de ayuda. La ayuda en línea puede " +"obtenerse en cualquier momento mediante la tecla B<'?'>." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:241 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "Disposición de la pantalla" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:249 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" +"La pantalla de selección es por defecto dividida en dos partes, superior e " +"inferior. La parte de arriba muestra la lista de paquetes. Mediante el " +"cursor se puede seleccionar un paquete individual, o un grupo de paquetes, " +"si es que se puede, seleccionando la cabecera del grupo. La parte de abajo " +"de la pantalla muestra algunos de los detalles del paquete seleccionado en " +"la parte de arriba de la pantalla. El tipo de detalle mostrado puede variar." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:252 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" +"Presionando la tecla B<'I'> la lista de paquetes será mostrada en pantalla " +"completa, también una vista alargada de los detalles de los paquetes, o la " +"pantalla igualmente dividida." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:253 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "Detalles de la vista de paquetes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:262 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" +"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" +"alternates between:\n" +" - the extended description\n" +" - the control information for the installed version\n" +" - the control information for the available version\n" +msgstr "" +"Por defecto se muestra una descripción bastante extensa del paquete que esta seleccionado en la lista.\n" +"El tipo de detalles puede ser cambiado presionando la tecla B<'i'>.\n" +"Las opciones posibles son:\n" +" - la descripción extendida\n" +" - la información de control de la versión instalada\n" +" - la información de control de la versión disponible\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:266 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de resolución de dependencias, existe la posibilidad de ver " +"los posibles problemas sin resolver, o los conflictos con respecto al " +"paquete." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:267 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "Lista de estado de los paquetes" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" +"La pantalla principal muestra una lista de todos los paquetes conocidos por " +"el sistema de manejo de paquetes de Debian. Esto incluye a los paquetes " +"instalados en el sistema, y también los disponibles en los depósitos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:280 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" +"Para cada paquete, la lista muestra el estado, prioridad, sección, versión " +"instalada y disponible, el nombre del paquete y su descripción corta, todo " +"esto en una sola línea. Presionando la tecla B<'V'>, se puede decidir si se " +"desea mostrar la versión instalada y disponible. Presionando la tecla " +"B<'v'>, se puede decidir si se desea mostrar el estado del paquete, de forma " +"breve o prolija. De forma breve, es la opción por defecto." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:286 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" +"El estado en forma breve consiste de cuatro partes: una parte de error, la " +"cual normalmente debería estar vacía, el estado actual, el estado de la " +"última y actual selección. Las primeras dos están en directa relación con " +"el estado actual del paquete, el segundo par con las selecciones del usuario." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:304 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" +" Error flag:\n" +" I<empty> no error\n" +" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" +" Installed state:\n" +" I<empty> not installed;\n" +" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" +" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" +" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" +" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" +" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" +" Current and requested selections:\n" +" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" +" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" +" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" +" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" +" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" +msgstr "" +"Aquí están los significados de cada uno de los indicadores:\n" +" Parte de error: \n" +" I<vacío> no hay error\n" +" B<R> error serio, necesita reinstalación;\n" +" Estado de la instalación: \n" +" I<vacío> no está instalado;\n" +" B<*> totalmente instalado y configurado;\n" +" B<-> no está instalado, pero aún existen archivos de configuración;\n" +" B<U> desempaquetado, pero aún no configurado;\n" +" B<C> medio-configurado (ocurrió un error);\n" +" B<I> medio-instalado (ocurrió un error).\n" +" Selección actual y solicitada:\n" +" B<*> marcado para instalación o actualización;\n" +" B<-> marcado para ser eliminado, no se eliminan ficheros de configuración;\n" +" B<=> bloqueado: el paquete no será procesado en absoluto;\n" +" B<_> paquete marcado para purgación, también elimina configuración;\n" +" B<n> paquete es nuevo y aún todavía necesita ser marcado.\n" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:305 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "Movimiento del cursor y de la pantalla" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:310 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" +"La lista de selección de paquetes y la pantalla de resolución de " +"dependencias y conflictos pueden ser navegadas usando las siguientes teclas:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:327 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" +" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" +" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" +" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" +" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" +" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" +" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" +" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" +" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" +" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" +" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" +" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" +msgstr "" +" B<p, Up, k> mueve el cursor hacia arriba\n" +" B<n, Down, j> mueve el cursor hacia abajo\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> mueve la lista una página hacia arriba\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> mueve la lista una página hacia abajo\n" +" B<^p> mueve la lista una línea hacia arriba\n" +" B<^n> mueve la lista una línea hacia abajo\n" +" B<t, Home> salta al principio de la lista\n" +" B<e, End> salta al fin de la lista\n" +" B<u> mueve info una página hacia arriba\n" +" B<d> mueve info una página hacia abajo\n" +" B<^u> mueve info una línea hacia abajo\n" +" B<^d> mueve info una línea hacia abajo\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> exhibe la pantalla 1/3 hacia la izquierda\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> exhibe la pantalla 1/3 hacia la derecha\n" +" B<^b> exhibe un carácter hacia la izquierda\n" +" B<^f> exhibe un carácter hacia la derecha\n" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:328 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "Buscando y clasificando" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:342 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" +"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " +"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " +"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " +"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " +"searching from there." +msgstr "" +"Los paquetes en la lista pueden ser buscados por el nombre. Esto se realiza " +"presionando la tecla B<'/'>, y escribiendo el nombre del paquete que se " +"desea buscar. Este nombre es interpretado como una una expresión regular de " +"acuerdo con B<regex>(7). Si usted añade B<'/d'> a la búsqueda, dselect " +"además buscará en las descripciones. Si usted añade B<'/i'> la búsqueda no " +"discriminará entre mayúsculas y minúsculas. Usted puede combinar estas dos " +"opciones de esta manera : B<'/id'>. Se puede repetir la búsqueda " +"presionando las teclas B<'n'> o B<'\\e'>, hasta que usted encuentre el " +"paquete que estaba buscando. Si la búsqueda comienza al final de la lista, " +"subirá al principio y también revisará allí." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:349 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" +"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" +"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" +" alphabet available status\n" +" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" +" section+priority available+section status+section\n" +msgstr "" +"El orden de la lista puede cambiarse presionando las teclas B<'o'> y B<'O'> repetidamente.\n" +"Los siguientes ordenamientos son posibles:\n" +" alfabético disponible \t estado\n" +" prioridad+sección disponible+prioridad estado+prioridad\n" +" sección+prioridad disponible+sección estado+sección\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:352 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" +"Si no se usa explícitamente ninguno de los mencionados arriba, se usa el " +"orden alfabético." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:353 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "Alterando selecciones." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:362 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" +"altered with the following commands:\n" +" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" +" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" +" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" +" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" +" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" +msgstr "" +"El estado de la selección solicitada de paquetes individuales puede ser alterada \n" +"mediante los siguientes comandos:\n" +" B<+, Insert> instala o actualiza\n" +" B<=, H> bloqueo en estado y versión actual\n" +" B<:, G> sin espera: actualiza o deja sin instalar \n" +" B<-, Delete> elimina, pero deja la configuracion\n" +" B<_> elimina y borra la configuración\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:366 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" +"Cuando los cambios resultan en una o más dependencias no satisfechas, o " +"también en conflictos B<dselect> muestra al usuario una pantalla con " +"resolución de dependencias Esta pantalla será explicada en detalles mas " +"abajo." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:371 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" +"También es posible aplicar esas órdenes a grupos de selecciones de paquetes, " +"apuntando el cursor a la cabecera del grupo. El agrupamiento exacto de los " +"paquetes depende la configuración de la lista ordenamiento." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" +"Se debe tomar el cuidado apropiado cuando se alteran largas listas de " +"selecciones de paquetes mediante grupos, ya que esto puede inmediatamente " +"crear una larga lista de dependencias sin resolver o conflictos con otros " +"paquetes, todos ellos serán mostrados en una pantalla única, lo que hará más " +"difícil el proceso. En la práctica, es mejor dejar en espera algunos grupos " +"e ir trantándolos uno a uno." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:378 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "Resolviendo problemas de dependencias y conflictos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:383 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el cambio resulta en una o más dependencias sin resolver o también en " +"conflictos, B<dselect> muestra al usuario una pantalla con la posible " +"solución al problema. Primero, sin embargo, se muestra una pantalla " +"informativa." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:390 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" +"La mitad superior de esta pantalla enumera todos los paquetes que tendrán " +"conflictos, o problemas de dependencias sin resolver, como resultado del " +"cambio requerido por el usuario, además de todos los paquetes cuya " +"instalación solucionará el problema. La mitad inferior muestra los " +"problemas que causa el paquete seleccionado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:396 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la sublista de paquete se exhibe inicialmente, B<dselect> podría ya " +"haber establecido el estado requerido de alguno de los paquetes listados, " +"para resolver los problemas de dependencias o conflictos que la pantalla de " +"resolución mostrado. Usualmente, lo mejor es seguir las sugerencias hechas " +"por B<dselect>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:404 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" +"El estado de los paquetes seleccionados en la lista, puede ser revertido a " +"los ajustes originales, así como también las dependencias sin resolver y los " +"conflictos que fueron creados, presionando la tecla B<'R'>. Presionando la " +"tecla B<'D'>, las sugerencias automáticas son reajustadas, pero el cambio " +"que realizó la pantalla de resolución de dependencias se mantiene. " +"Finalmente, presionando la tecla B<'U'>, las selecciones son ajustadas " +"nuevamente a los valores automáticos." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:405 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "Estableciendo las selecciones solicitadas" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:412 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " +"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " +"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " +"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " +"resolution screen." +msgstr "" +"Presionando la tecla B<enter>, la lista actual es aceptada. Si B<dselect> " +"detecta que no hay problemas, las nueves selecciones serán aceptadas. Sin " +"embargo, si hay dependencias sin resolver, B<dselect> nuevamente mostrará la " +"pantalla de resolución de dependencias." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:418 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar una lista de selecciones que crea dependencias sin resolver o " +"conflictos y forzar a B<dselect> a aceptarla, presione la tecla B<'Q'>. " +"Esto fija las selecciones especificadas por el usuario, incondicionalmente. " +"Generalmente, usted no debería hacer esto, a menos que sepa lo que este " +"haciendo." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:425 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" +"El efecto opuesto, es deshacer sus cambios y volver hacia atrás hasta que no " +"tenga problemas, esto se puede realizar presionando la tecla B<'X'> ó " +"B<escape>. Presionando repetidamente estas teclas, cualquier cambio " +"perjudicial a las selecciones de paquetes se puede retirar totalmente, " +"volviendo así a la última configuración existente." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:432 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" +"La interfaz de selección de B<dselect> puede parecer confusa para algunos " +"usuarios principiantes. Se ha informado, que incluso experimentados " +"desarrolladores del kernel se han quejado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:434 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "Carece de documentación" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:436 +#, fuzzy +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "No hay ninguna opción de ayuda en el menú principal." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "La lista de paquetes disponibles no puede ser reducida." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:442 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" +"Los otros métodos de acceso no tienen tanta calidad como el método que " +"proporciona apt, no implica que los otros no funcionen, sino que este último " +"es mucho mas flexible, lo cual lo hace ser mucho mas recomendable." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:448 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)B<y> el manual de " +"normas de Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:453 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> fue escrito por (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). La lista entera de " +"contribuidores puede ser leída ejecutando `dselect --license'." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:456 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" +"Este manual fue escrito por Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fi E<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin, Joost kooij y finalmente traducida por Bruno Barrera C <bruno." +"barrera@igloo.cl>." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dselect.cfg" +msgstr "select" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.cfg.5:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"El programador original de B<dpkg> fue Ian Jackson, y luego mucha gente fue\n" +"mejorándolo. La lista completa está en B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz>.\n" +"Traducción realizada por Esteban Manchado Velázquez (zoso@demiurgo.org).\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<date>(1)." + +# type: SS +#: install-info.8:5 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "install-info" +msgstr "install" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:8 +msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:24 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:39 +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" +msgstr "B<-n>I<nombrefichero>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:57 +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:66 +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:71 +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>" +msgstr "I<--rename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:76 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:86 +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:91 +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:97 +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:103 +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:103 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" +msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nombre>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:121 +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" +"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " +"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:135 +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:142 +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:148 +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:151 +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:154 +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:160 +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directorio>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:169 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" +"info/>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:178 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:190 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:195 +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:200 +msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:205 +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:205 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "B<-C>I<descripcióndecambios>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:212 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:214 +msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:216 +msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:218 +msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:227 +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:234 +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:236 +msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:240 +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:249 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:256 +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:256 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--keep-old>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:260 +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:264 +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:269 +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:272 +msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:276 +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:287 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> es software gratuito; " +"Vea la Licencia Pública General de GNU en su versión 2 o superior para las " +"condiciones de copia. B<No> hay garantía alguna." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "start-stop-daemon" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon - para y arranca demonios del sistema" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<opciones> [B<-->] I<argumentos>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<opciones>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> se usa para controlar la creación y terminación de los " +"procesos del sistema. Usando las opciones B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--" +"user>, y B<--name> opciones, B<start-stop-daemon> se puede configurar para " +"encontrar distintos procesos del mismo demonio." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " +"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " +"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " +"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " +"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " +"program being started." +msgstr "" +"Con B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> comprueba la existencia del proceso " +"especificado. Si este proceso ya existe, B<start-stop-daemon> no hace nada, " +"y termina con un estado de error 1 (0 si se especifica B<--oknodo> ). Si el " +"proceso no existe, comienza uno nuevo, usando el ejecutable especificado por " +"B<--exec>, (o, si se especifica, por B<--startas> ). Cualquier argumento " +"dado en la línea de órdenes después de B<--> se pasa sin modificación alguna " +"al programa que se va a ejecutar." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " +"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " +"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " +"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" +"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." +msgstr "" +"Con B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> comprueba además la existencia del " +"proceso especificado. Si este proceso existe, B<start-stop-daemon> envía la " +"señal especificada por B<--signal>, y termina con un estado de error 0. Si " +"este proceso no existe, B<start-stop-daemon> termina con un estado de error " +"1 (0 si se ha especificado la opción B<--oknodo> ). Si se especifica la " +"opción B<--retry> entonces B<start-stop-daemon> comprobará que el proceso o " +"los procesos han terminado." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" +"Dese cuenta que a menos que se especifique B<--pidfile ,> B<start-stop-" +"daemon> se comporta similar a B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> buscará en " +"la tabla de procesos cualquier proceso que concuerde en nombre, uid y/o gid " +"(si se especifica). Cualquier proceso que concuerde con los parámetros " +"prevendrá a B<--start> de empezar el demonio. Se mandará a todos los " +"procesos la señal KILL si se especifica B<--stop.> Para los demonios que " +"tengan hijos de larga duración que necesiten sobrevivir a un B<--stop> debe " +"especificar un fichero-de-pid." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:90 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<ejecutable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" +"Busca distintos procesos de este ejecutable (según B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<fichero-de-pid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." +msgstr "Comprueba si un procesos ha creado el fichero I<fichero-de-pid>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<nombre-usuario>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" +"Comprueba si existen los procesos del usuario especificado por I<nombre-" +"usuario> o I<uid>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<grupo>|I<gid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "Cambia a I<grupo> o I<gid> cuando comienza el proceso." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<nombre-proceso>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" +"Comprueba los procesos con el nombre I<nombre-proceso> (según B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<señal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" +"Junto con B<--stop>, especifica la señal enviada al proceso que se desea " +"parar (15 por omisión)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<tiempo-de-espera>|I<acción-programada>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" +"Junto con B<--stop>, especifica que B<start-stop-daemon> compruebe que el " +"proceso o los procesos han terminado. Lo comprobará repetidas veces hasta " +"que no haya ningún proceso que coincida. Si el proceso no termina tomará una " +"decisión determinada por I<acción-programada .>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" +"Si se especifica I<tiempo-de-espera> en vez de I<acción-programada> entonces " +"se usa la secuencia I<señal>B</>I<tiempo-de-espera>B</KILL/>I<tiempo-de-" +"espera> , donde I<señal> es la señal especificada por B<--signal>." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:155 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" +"I<acción-programada> es una lista de al menos dos artículos separados por " +"barras (B</>); cada artículo puede ser un B<->I<número>B<de>I<señal> o [B<->]" +"I<nombre de señal>, que significa que se debe mandar esa señal, o I<tiempo-" +"de-espera,> que significa que se debe esperar esos segundos para que el " +"programa termine, o B<forever>, que significa que se repite el resto de " +"acción-programada para siempre si es necesario." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" +"Si se alcanza el final de la acción-programada y no se ha especificado " +"B<forever> , entonces B<start-stop-daemon> termina con un estado de error " +"2. Si se especifica una secuencia, entonces cualquier señal especificada " +"con B<--signal> no se tendrá en cuenta." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" +"Con B<--start>, comienza el proceso especificado por I<pathname>. Si no se " +"especifica, se usarán los argumentos dados con B<--exec>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" +"Muestra las acciones que se realizarían y devuelve el valor apropiado, pero " +"no hace nada." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" +"Devuelve un estado 0 en vez de 1 si no se realiza (realizasen) ninguna " +"acción." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "No muestra mensajes informativos, sólo muestra mensajes de error." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<nombre-usuario>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" +"Cambia a este usuario/uid antes de empezar el proceso. Además puede " +"especificar el grupo añadiendo B<:>, luego el grupo o el gid del mismo modo " +"que haría con la orden `chown' (I<usuario>B<:>I<grupo>). Debe de darse " +"cuenta que cuando se usa esta opción el grupo primario y complementario se " +"cambian también, incluso si no se especifica B<--group .> La opción B<--" +"group> es sólo para grupos de los que el usuario no es miembro (como el " +"grupo nobody )." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<directorio-raíz>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" +"Efectua chdir y chroot a I<directorio-raíz> antes de empezar el proceso. " +"Dese cuenta que el fichero del pid también es escrito después de hacer el " +"chroot." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<directorio>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" +"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." +msgstr "" +"Efectua chdir a I<directorio> antes de empezar el proceso. Esto se hace " +"después de efectuar chroot, si es que la opción B<-r>|B<--chroot> está " +"establecida. Si no se especifica, start-stop-daemon ejecutará un chdir al " +"directorio raíz antes de empezar el proceso." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" +msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" +"Usado típicamente con programas que no se separan por sí mismos. Esta opción " +"forzará B<start-stop-daemon> a hacer fork antes de empezar el proceso, y " +"luego dejarlo en segundo plano. B<ATENCIÓN: start-stop-daemon> no puede " +"comprobar el estado de salida si el proceso no puede ejecutarse por " +"B<cualquier> razón. Esto se hace como último recurso, y sólo tiene sentido " +"usarla en programas donde no tiene sentido que hagan fork por sí mismos, o " +"no es factible añadir el código para que lo hagan por sí mismos." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<entero>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Altera la prioridad del proceso antes de empezarlo." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<señal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Altera la prioridad del proceso antes de empezarlo." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" +"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " +"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " +"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " +"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " +"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" +"Se usa cuando se quiere comenzar un programa que no crea su propio fichero " +"de pid. Esta opción hace que B<start-stop-daemon> cree el fichero referido " +"con B<--pidfile> y coloque el pid dentro de él justo antes de ejecutar el " +"proceso. Dese cuenta que no se borrará cuando termine el programa. B<NOTA:> " +"Esta característica no funciona en todos los casos. Más notablemente cuando " +"el programa que se ejecuta hace fork en su proceso principal. Por esto " +"solamente es útil cuando se combina con la opción B<--background .>" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "Muestra mensajes informativos detallados." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print help information; then exit." +msgstr "Muestra la ayuda y luego termina." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:256 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print version information; then exit." +msgstr "Muestra la versión y luego termina." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> basada en " +"una versión previa de Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" +"Página del manual de Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, reformada " +"parcialmente por Ian Jackson." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update-alternatives" +msgstr "update-alternatives" + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-11-24" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" +"update-alternatives - mantiene enlaces simbólicos que determinan órdenes " +"predeterminadas." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--install> I<enlace nombre camino " +"prioridad> [B<--slave> I<enlace nombre> I<camino>]..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:25 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--remove> I<nombre camino>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:30 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--remove-all> I<nombre>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:34 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:39 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--auto> I<nombre>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:44 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--display> I<nombre>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:49 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--list> I<nombre>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:54 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--config> I<nombre>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:59 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--set> I<nombre camino>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> crea, destruye, mantiene y muestra información acerca " +"de los enlaces simbólicos que conforman el sistema de alternativas de Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que varios programas que realizan la misma función o una parecida " +"estén instalados en el sistema al mismo tiempo. Por ejemplo, muchos sistemas " +"tienen varios editores de texto instalados al mismo tiempo, esto deja la " +"elección de que editor de texto usar en manos del usuario, si éste lo desea, " +"pero hace difícil que un programa elija la opción correcta si el usuario no " +"ha especificado ninguna preferencia." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" +"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " +"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " +"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " +"to do so." +msgstr "" +"El objetivo del sistema de alternativas de Debian es resolver este " +"problema. Un nombre genérico en el sistema de ficheros se comparte entre " +"todos los ficheros que tienen una funcionalidad intercambiable. El sistema " +"de alternativas junto con el administrador del sistema determinan a qué " +"fichero hace referencia este nombre genérico. Por ejemplo, si los editores " +"de texto B<ed>(1) y B<nvi>(1) están instalados conjuntamente en el " +"sistema, el sistema de alternativas hará que el nombre genérico I</usr/bin/" +"editor> se refiera a I</usr/bin/nvi .> El administrador del sistema puede " +"modificar esto y hacer que se prefiera I</usr/bin/ed> , el sistema de " +"alternativas no modificará esto posteriormente hasta que se solicite " +"explícitamente." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" +"El nombre genérico no es un enlace directo a la alternativa seleccionada. En " +"vez de esto, es un enlace simbólico a un nombre en el I<directorio> I<de> " +"I<alternativas> , que a su vez en un enlace simbólico al fichero al que se " +"quiere hacer referencia. Esto se hace de este modo para que los cambios del " +"administrador se mantengan dentro del directorio I</etc> : el FHS (q.v.) da " +"razones de por qué esto es bueno." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:116 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" +"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " +"Debian packages." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se instala o desinstala un paquete que provee un fichero con una " +"funcionalidad en particular, se llama a B<update-alternatives> para " +"actualizar la información del sistema de alternativas acerca de ese " +"fichero. B<update-alternatives> se llama normalmente desde los scripts " +"B<postinst> o B<prerm> de los paquetes de Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" +"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " +"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " +"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente es útil para un número de alternativas que estas sean " +"sincronizadas de tal modo que puedan cambiarse como un grupo. Por ejemplo, " +"cuando varias versiones del editor B<vi>(1) están instaladas, la página del " +"manual preferida por I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> debe de corresponder con el " +"ejecutable al que hace referencia I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> " +"maneja esto en términos de enlaces I<maestro> y I<esclavo> , cuando se " +"cambia el maestro, todos los esclavos relacionados con él también se " +"cambian. Un enlace maestro y sus esclavos relacionados forman un I<grupo> " +"de I<enlaces .>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"Cada grupo de enlaces está en cualquier momento en uno de los dos modos " +"posibles: automático o manual. Cuando un grupo está en modo automático, el " +"sistema de alternativas decide automáticamente a medida que se instalan o " +"desinstalan paquetes cuándo se deben de actualizar los enlaces. En modo " +"manual el sistema de alternativas deja todas estas decisiones en manos del " +"administrador del sistema." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" +"Los grupos de enlaces se establecen en modo automático la primera vez que " +"entran en el sistema. Si el administrador del sistema hace cambios en la " +"configuración automática del sistema, B<update-alternatives> se dará cuenta " +"la próxima vez que se ejecute sobre el grupo de enlaces cambiados, y el " +"grupo será cambiado automáticamente a modo manual." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" +"Cada alternativa tiene una I<prioridad> asociada. Cuando un grupo de " +"enlaces se encuentra en modo automático, la alternativa a la que apuntan los " +"miembros del grupo será la que tenga una prioridad más alta." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " +"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " +"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " +"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " +"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " +"return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se use la opción I<--config> , B<update-alternatives> mostrará todas " +"las posibilidades para el grupo de enlaces que tienen como maestro a " +"I<nombre .> Entonces se elegirá una de las opciones posibles del grupo de " +"enlaces. Una vez que se haga algún cambio, el grupo de enlaces dejará de " +"estar en modo I<automático .> Será necesario usar la opción I<--auto> para " +"volver el grupo de enlaces al estado automático." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:179 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Si quiere realizar la configuración de un modo no interactivo puede usar la " +"opción I<--set> en su lugar (vea más abajo)." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:190 +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: update-alternatives.8:191 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "TERMINOLOGÍA" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" +"Debido a que las actividades que realiza B<update-alternatives> están " +"fuertemente relacionadas entre sí, la definición de algunos términos " +"específicos ayudará a entender su funcionamiento." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "generic name" +msgstr "nombre genérico" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" +"Un nombre, como I</usr/bin/editor>, que mediante el sistema de alternativas " +"hace referencia a uno de los posibles ficheros con una función similar." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "symlink" +msgstr "enlace" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" +"Sólo es un enlace simbólico en el directorio de alternativas, no tiene " +"ningún significado especial. Puede ser ajustado por el administrador." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "alternative" +msgstr "alternativa" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"El nombre específico de un fichero en el sistema de ficheros, que, puede ser " +"accesible a través de un nombre genérico usando el sistema de alternativas." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "directorio de alternativas" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "" +"El directorio que contiene los enlaces, por omisión es I</etc/alternatives>." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "directorio administrativo" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" +"alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" +"El directorio que contiene la información de estado de B<update-" +"alternatives> por omisión es I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "link group" +msgstr "grupo de enlaces" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "" +"Un conjunto de enlaces relacionados, que se pretende que sean actualizados " +"como un grupo." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "master link" +msgstr "enlace maestro" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" +"El enlace del grupo de enlaces que determina cómo se configuran el resto de " +"los enlaces del grupo." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "enlace esclavo" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." +msgstr "" +"Un enlace del grupo de enlaces controlado por el enlace maestro del grupo." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "modo automático Cuando un grupo de enlaces se encuentra en modo automático, el" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" +"sistema de alternativas asegura que los enlaces del grupo apuntan a la " +"alternativa con mayor prioridad para ese grupo." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "modo manual" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" +"Cuando un grupo de enlaces se encuentra en modo manual, el sistema de " +"alternativas no hará ningún cambio en la configuración del administrador." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:257 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " +"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" +"Hay varios paquetes que proporcionan un editor de texto compatible con " +"B<vi>, por ejemplo B<nvi>y B<vim>. Cual se usa es controlado por el grupo " +"de enlaces B<vi>, que incluye enlaces para el programa y la página del " +"manual asociada." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" +"Para mostrar los paquetes disponibles que proporcionen B<vi> y su actual " +"configuración, use opción I<--display:>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:266 +#, fuzzy +msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" +"Para elegir una implementación de B<vi> en particular, use la siguiente " +"orden como superusuario y luego seleccione un número de la lista:" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:275 +#, fuzzy +msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:280 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" +"Para que la implementación de B<vi> se vuelva a elegir de forma automática, " +"como superusuario haga:" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:283 +msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " +"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " +"together with any action." +msgstr "" +"Se debe de especificar exactamente una acción a realizar a B<update-" +"alternatives> si se desea que realice algún trabajo significativo. Se puede " +"especificar cualquier número de las opciones comunes junto con cualquier " +"acción." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." +msgstr "" +"Genera una salida con más información acerca de lo que B<update-" +"alternatives> está haciendo." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "" +"No genera ningún comentario a menos que ocurra algún error. Esta opción " +"todavía no esta implementada." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:304 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" +"No hace nada realmente, sólo mostrar lo que hubiese hecho. Esta opción " +"todavía no esta implementada." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +msgid "Give some usage information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." +msgstr "" +"Muestra la versión de B<update-alternatives> (y alguna información relativa " +"a su uso)." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directorio>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el directorio de alternativas cuando va a ser diferente del " +"directorio por omisión." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directorio>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:320 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el directorio administrativo cuando va a ser diferente del " +"directorio por omisión." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:323 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." +msgstr "B<--install> I<gen enlace alt pri> [B<--slave> I<sgen senlace salt>] ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" +"Añade un grupo de alternativas al sistema. I<gen> es el nombre genérico del " +"enlace maestro, I<enlace> es el nombre del enlace simbólico en el directorio " +"de alternativas, y I<alt> es la la alternativa que se va a introducir para " +"el enlace maestro. I<sgen>, I<senlace> y I<salt> son el nombre genérico, el " +"enlace simbólico en el directorio de alternativas y la alternativa para el " +"enlace esclavo. Pueden especificarse cero o más opciones del tipo B<--" +"slave> seguidas de sus argumentos." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Si el enlace simbólico maestro especificado ya existe en los registros del " +"sistema de alternativas, la información suministrada se añadirá como un " +"nuevo conjunto de alternativas para el grupo. En caso contrario se creará " +"un grupo nuevo, en modo automático, al que se le añadirá la información " +"suministrada. Si el grupo está en modo automático, y la prioridad nueva " +"añadida es mayor que cualquier otra alternativa instalada para ese grupo, " +"los enlaces se actualizarán para apuntar a las nuevas alternativas." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--set> I<nombre camino>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" +"Establece el programa I<camino> como alternativa para I<nombre.> Es " +"equivalente a I<--config> pero de forma no interactiva, de modo que permite " +"su inclusión en scripts." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--remove> I<nombre camino>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" +"Borra una alternativa y todos sus enlaces esclavos asociados. I<nombre> es " +"el nombre en el directorio de alternativas, y I<camino> es el nombre " +"absoluto del fichero al que se podría enlazar I<nombre .> Si I<nombre> está " +"en realidad enlazado a I<camino>, I<nombre> se actualizará para que apunte a " +"otra alternativa apropiada, o será eliminado si no queda ninguna alternativa " +"restante. Los enlaces esclavos asociados serán actualizados o eliminados " +"correspondientemente. Si el enlace está apuntando en ese momento a " +"I<camino>, no se cambia ningún enlace, sólo se elimina la información acerca " +"de la alternativa." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nombre>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" +"Elimina todas las alternativas y todos sus enlaces esclavos asociados. " +"I<nombre> es un nombre en el directorio de alternativas." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." +msgstr "Llama a B<--config> sobre todas las alternativas." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--auto> I<enlace>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Cambia el enlace simbólico maestro I<enlace> a modo automático. En el " +"proceso, este enlace simbólico y sus esclavos serán actualizados para " +"apuntar a la alternativa instalada con una prioridad mayor." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--display> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--display> I<enlace>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" +"Muestra información acerca del grupo de enlaces del cual I<enlace> es el " +"enlace maestro. La información mostrada incluye el modo del grupo " +"(automático o manual), a que alternativa apunta el enlace simbólico, otras " +"alternativas disponibles (y sus alternativas esclavas correspondientes), y " +"la prioridad más alta instalada actualmente." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--list> I<enlace>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "Muestra todos objetivos de un grupo de enlaces." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--config> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--config> I<enlace>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:414 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" +"Muestra las alternativas disponibles para un grupo de enlaces y permite a un " +"usuario seleccionar interactivamente cual usar. El grupo de enlaces se " +"actualiza y se deshabilita el modo I<auto> en él." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "" +"El directorio de alternativas por omisión. Puede ser cambiado con la opción " +"B<--altdir .>" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:428 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" +"admindir> option." +msgstr "" +"El directorio de administración por omisión. Puede ser modificado con la " +"opción B<--admindir .>" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "La acción requerida fue realizada con éxito." + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:435 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" +"Se encontraron problemas interpretando la línea de órdenes o realizando la " +"acción requerida." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:445 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> informa innecesariamente acerca de sus actividades en " +"la salida estándar. Si ocurre algún problema B<update-alternatives> " +"canaliza los mensajes de error a la salida de errores estándar y devuelve un " +"estado de salida de 2. Los diagnósticos deberían ser auto-explicativos, si " +"a usted no se lo parecen, por favor, avise de esto como un fallo." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:449 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" +"Si encuentra algún fallo, por favor, avise usando el sistema de seguimiento " +"de fallos de Debian, o, si esto no es posible, mande un email directamente " +"al autor." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:454 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" +"Si encuentra alguna discrepancia entre el modo de operación de B<update-" +"alternatives> y esta página del manual, es un fallo, bien en la " +"implementación o bien en la documentación, por favor, avise." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:459 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Update-alternatives de Debian es copyright 1995 de Ian Jackson. Es un " +"programa libre, vea la licencia GPL de GNU versión 2 o posterior para las " +"condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" +"Esta página del manual es copyright 1997/98 de Charles Briscoe-Smith. Es " +"documentación libre, vea la licencia GPL de GNU versión 2 o posterior para " +"las condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:465 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Puede encontrar la licencia GPL de GNU en /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL en " +"cualquier sistema Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:468 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." +msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, el estándar sobre la jerarquía del sistema de ficheros." + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "822-DATE" +#~ msgstr "822-DATE" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "14th August 1996" +#~ msgstr "14 de agosto de 1996" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DPKG-SCANSOURCES" +#~ msgstr "DPKG-SCANSOURCES" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Debian GNU/Linux" +#~ msgstr "perl v5.8.4" + +# type: IX +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "--debug" +#~ msgstr "--debug" + +# type: IX +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "--help" +#~ msgstr "--help" + +# type: IX +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "-n, --no-sort" +#~ msgstr "-n, --no-sort" + +# type: IX +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "-s, --source-override file" +#~ msgstr "-s, --source-override fichero" + +# type: IX +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "--version" +#~ msgstr "--version" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DSELECT" +#~ msgstr "DSELECT" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "July 2001" +#~ msgstr "Julio de 2001" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DEB" +#~ msgstr "DEB" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "January 2000" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +#~ "Enero 2000\n" +#~ "#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +#~ "Enero de 2000\n" +#~ "#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +#~ "Enero de 2000\n" +#~ "#-#-#-#-# es.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +#~ "Enero de 2000" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS" +#~ msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "February 2001" +#~ msgstr "febrero de 2001" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DPKG-SOURCE" +#~ msgstr "DPKG-SOURCE" + +# type: Plain text +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Include the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields for this package from the " +#~ "main source control file in the binary package control file being " +#~ "generated. Usually this information is not included here, but only in " +#~ "the B<.changes> file. B<-isp> includes both fields, B<-is> only the " +#~ "B<Section> and B<-ip> only the B<Priority>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Incluye los campos de B<Sección> y B<Prioridad> para este paquete " +#~ "obtenidos del fichero principal de control de la fuente en el fichero de " +#~ "control del paquete binario que se está generando. Habitualmente esta " +#~ "información no se incluye aquí, sino solamente en el fichero B<.changes.> " +#~ "B<-isp> incluye ambos campos, B<-is> sólo la B<Sección> y B<-ip> sólo la " +#~ "B<Prioridad>." + +# type: Plain text +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or " +#~ "B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to " +#~ "run a command and even then it can only invoke the user's shell with B<-" +#~ "c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La I<orden-para-obtener-root> será típicamente B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, " +#~ "B<super> o B<really>. B<su> no se puede usar, ya que requiere la opción " +#~ "B<-c> para lanzar un proceso e incluso en ese caso sólo puede invocar el " +#~ "intérprete de órdenes del usuario con la opción B<-c> en vez de pasar los " +#~ "argumentos individualmente al proceso que debe lanzarse." + +# type: TP +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "B<-i [E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" +#~ msgstr "B<-i [E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" + +# type: TP +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "B<-I E<lt>filenameE<gt>>" +#~ msgstr "B<-I E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "23rd June 1996" +#~ msgstr "23 de Junio de 1996" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE" +#~ msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "November 2000" +#~ msgstr "Noviembre de 2000" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DEB-OLD" +#~ msgstr "DEB-OLD" + +# type: Plain text +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the name used by other packages' versions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "E<lt>redirigir-aE<gt> es el nombre usado por las otras versiones del " +#~ "paquete." + +# type: Plain text +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted." +#~ msgstr "Especifica que todas las versiones del paquete son redirigidas." + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DPKG-DIVERT" +#~ msgstr "DPKG-DIVERT" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "December 1999" +#~ msgstr "Diciembre de 1999" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON" +#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "15th March 1997" +#~ msgstr "15 de marzo de 1997" + +# type: TP +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" +#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" + +# type: TP +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" +#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" + +# type: Plain text +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages " +#~ "to remove them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Selecciona paquetes para instalarlos, y quita la " +#~ "selección a paquetes para borrarlos." + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DPKG" +#~ msgstr "DPKG" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "April 12, 1998" +#~ msgstr "Febrero 2000" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DEB-CONTROL" +#~ msgstr "DEB-CONTROL" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES" +#~ msgstr "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "1996-07-08" +#~ msgstr "08-07-1996" + +# type: Plain text +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" +#~ "alternatives> this is)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muestra alguna información relativa al modo de uso (y muestra la versión " +#~ "de B<update-alternatives> )." + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" +#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "19 January 1998" +#~ msgstr "19 de Enero de 1998" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DPKG-DEB" +#~ msgstr "DPKG-DEB" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "1st June 1996" +#~ msgstr "1 de Junio de 1996" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "May 1996" +#~ msgstr "Mayo de 1996" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "CLEANUP-INFO" +#~ msgstr "CLEANUP-INFO" + +# type: TH +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "November 1999" +#~ msgstr "Noviembre de 1999" diff --git a/man/po/fr.po b/man/po/fr.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3caf30c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,10936 @@ +# French translations for the dpkg's manpages. +# Traduction française des pages de manuel de dpkg. +# Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>, 2005, 2006. +# Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>, 2006, 2007 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 19:21+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-30 15:16+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" +"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "822-date" +msgstr "822-date" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#: install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-02-28" +msgstr "28-02-2006" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.1:1 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian Project" +msgstr "Projet Debian" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1 install-info.8:5 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg utilities" +msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:4 cleanup-info.8:2 deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-old.5:2 dpkg.1:2 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-deb.1:2 +#: dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 dpkg-statoverride.8:2 +#: dselect.1:2 dselect.cfg.5:2 install-info.8:6 start-stop-daemon.8:2 +#: update-alternatives.8:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "NOM" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:6 +msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" +msgstr "822-date - Afficher la date au format RFC822" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:7 cleanup-info.8:5 deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-old.5:5 dpkg.1:5 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:4 dpkg-divert.8:5 +#: dpkg-name.1:9 dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 dpkg-scansources.1:5 +#: dpkg-source.1:8 dpkg-split.1:5 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 dselect.1:5 +#: install-info.8:9 start-stop-daemon.8:5 update-alternatives.8:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "SYNOPSIS" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:9 +msgid "B<822-date>" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:10 cleanup-info.8:10 deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-old.5:8 +#: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:11 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 dpkg-divert.8:26 dpkg-name.1:22 dpkg-query.1:36 +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 dpkg-scansources.1:14 dpkg-source.1:33 +#: dpkg-split.1:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:19 dselect.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:5 +#: install-info.8:25 start-stop-daemon.8:22 update-alternatives.8:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "DESCRIPTION" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:14 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> affiche la date et l'heure courante dans le format décrit par la " +"RFC 822, en précisant le fuseau horaire numérique, tel que recommandé dans " +"la RFC 1123." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:15 cleanup-info.8:29 dpkg.1:293 dpkg-architecture.1:27 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 dpkg-divert.8:44 dpkg-name.1:33 dpkg-query.1:93 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-statoverride.8:33 dselect.1:45 install-info.8:39 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:88 update-alternatives.8:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPTIONS" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:18 +msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." +msgstr "B<822-date> ne prend aucun paramètre ni aucune option." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:19 cleanup-info.8:47 dpkg.1:609 dpkg-deb.1:249 dpkg-name.1:91 +#: dpkg-source.1:825 dpkg-split.1:221 dselect.1:427 update-alternatives.8:446 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "BOGUES" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:22 +msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." +msgstr "Cette fonctionnalité devrait vraiment être intégrée à B<date>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:23 cleanup-info.8:50 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51 +#: dpkg.1:599 dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:265 +#: dpkg-divert.8:124 dpkg-name.1:100 dpkg-query.1:182 dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:64 dpkg-source.1:839 dpkg-split.1:245 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21 install-info.8:277 +#: update-alternatives.8:466 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:26 +msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," +msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC 822)," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:29 +msgid "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," +msgstr "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC 1123) " +"section 5.2.14," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:31 +msgid "B<date>(1)." +msgstr "B<date>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:32 cleanup-info.8:53 dpkg-architecture.1:272 dpkg.cfg.5:17 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 dpkg-deb.1:270 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:173 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:67 dpkg-source.1:845 dpkg-split.1:251 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:88 dselect.cfg.5:17 update-alternatives.8:455 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "AUTEUR" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:35 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " +"placed by him into the public domain." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> et cette page de manuel ont été écrites par Ian Jackson, qui les " +"a placé dans le domaine public." + +# type: TH +#: cleanup-info.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cleanup-info" +msgstr "cleanup-info" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:4 +msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" +msgstr "" +"cleanup-info - nettoie le désordre qui a pu être mis par un install-info " +"bogué" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>répertoireE<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:17 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." +msgstr "" +"B<cleanup-info> est un script Perl qui essaye de nettoyer le désordre qui a " +"pu être mis par un B<install-info>(8) bogué. Il rassemble en une seule " +"section toutes les sections qui possèdent le même en-tête. Il essaye de se " +"débrouiller avec les problèmes de casse des lettres ou avec les espaces ou " +"les deux-points qui peuvent avoir été laissés." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:20 +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." +msgstr "" +"Il procède aussi à la suppression des sections vides et à l'élimination des " +"lignes blanches (dans les entrées seulement)." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:23 +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgstr "" +"L'ordre des sections est préservé (la première section rencontrée est prise " +"en compte). L'ordre des entrées à l'intérieur des sections est préservé." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:28 +msgid "" +"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." +msgstr "" +"B<Faites très attention> en utilisant ce script, il n'est peut-être pas " +"entièrement fiable. cleanup-info essaye de faire attention au fichier «\\ " +"info/dir\\ », mais seulement jusqu'à ce qu'il l'ait modifié. Il vaut mieux " +"sauvegarder ce fichier avant d'utiliser ce script." + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:30 dpkg-architecture.1:76 dpkg-divert.8:73 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 dselect.1:121 +#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." +msgstr "Affiche un écran d'aide et se termine normalement." + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--unsafe>" +msgstr "B<--unsafe>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:36 +msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." +msgstr "Apporte quelques options supplémentaires qui peuvent être utiles." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:38 +msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" +msgstr "" +"B<Attention : l'option « --unsafe » peut altérer un fichier qui était correct" +"\\ !>\"" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:38 dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-deb.1:198 dpkg-divert.8:76 +#: dpkg-query.1:89 dpkg-scansources.1:61 dpkg-source.1:101 dpkg-split.1:148 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 dselect.1:128 install-info.8:200 +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:41 +msgid "Output version and exit successfully." +msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement." + +# type: SH +#: cleanup-info.8:42 dpkg.1:496 dpkg.cfg.5:12 dpkg-divert.8:114 +#: dpkg-source.1:788 dpkg-split.1:235 dpkg-statoverride.8:75 dselect.cfg.5:12 +#: update-alternatives.8:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "FICHIERS" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" +msgstr "I</usr/info/dir> ou I<E<lt>répertoireE<gt>/dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:46 +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." +msgstr "" +"Le fichier «\\ dir\\ » du répertoire «\\ info\\ ». Le fichier verrouillé " +"porte le même nom suivi de « .lock »." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:49 +msgid "Probably many." +msgstr "Beaucoup, sans doute." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:53 +msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." +msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:55 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:57 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 dpkg-divert.8:130 +#: dpkg-query.1:181 dpkg-statoverride.8:95 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Ce programme est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public " +"Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a PAS de " +"garantie." + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb" +msgstr "deb" + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian" +msgstr "Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:4 +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "deb - Format des paquets binaires Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:6 deb-old.5:7 +msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" +msgstr "I<nom-du-fichier.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:12 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgstr "" +"Le format B<.deb> est le format des paquets binaires de Debian. Il est " +"compatible avec les versions 0.93.76 et ultérieures de dpkg, et il est " +"généré par défaut par toutes les versions de dpkg depuis la version 1.2.0 " +"ainsi que toutes les versions i386/ELF depuis la version 1.1.1elf." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:16 +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." +msgstr "" +"Le format décrit ici est utilisé depuis la version 0.93 de Debian\\ ; les " +"détails concernant le vieux format sont consultables dans B<deb-old>(5)." + +# type: SH +#: deb.5:16 deb-old.5:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "FORMAT" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:21 +msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"Le fichier est une archive B<ar> avec un numéro magique de B<!E<lt>archE<gt>." +">" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:31 +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" +"Le premier membre est nommé B<debian-binary> et contient une succession de " +"lignes, séparées par des retours-chariot. Pour le moment, une seule ligne " +"est présente\\ : le numéro de version du format, B<2.0> à l'heure où ce " +"document a été écrit. Les programmes lisant des archives Debian récentes " +"doivent être préparés à une augmentation du numéro de version mineur et à la " +"présence de nouvelles lignes, ainsi qu'à les ignorer s'il le faut." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:36 +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" +"Si le numéro de version majeur a changé, cela signifie qu'une modification " +"entraînant une incompatibilité entre les versions a été effectuée, et le " +"programme doit alors s'arrêter. Si ce n'est pas le cas, le programme doit " +"être en mesure de continuer à traiter correctement le fichier, à moins qu'il " +"ne rencontre un membre non reconnu dans l'archive (excepté à la fin de cette " +"dernière), comme décrit ci-dessous." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:46 +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." +msgstr "" +"Le second membre requis est nommé B<control.tar.gz>. Il s'agit d'une archive " +"tar compressée grâce à gzip contenant les informations de contrôle du " +"paquet, sous la forme d'une série de fichiers, parmi lesquels le fichier " +"B<control> est strictement requis et contient les principales informations " +"de contrôle. L'archive de contrôle peut éventuellement contenir une entrée " +"pour «\\ .\\ », le répertoire courant." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:50 +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgstr "" +"Le troisième et dernier membre requis se nomme B<data.tar.gz>. Il contient " +"les fichiers de données sous forme d'une archive tar compressée grâce à gzip." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:61 +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " +"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " +"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " +"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgstr "" +"Ces trois membres doivent apparaître dans cet ordre exact. Les " +"implémentations actuelles devraient ignorer tout membre additionnel suivant " +"B<data.tar.gz>. D'autres membres seront éventuellement proposés, et (si " +"possible) seront placés après ces trois derniers. Tout autre membre qui " +"nécessitera d'être inséré avant B<data.tar.gz> et qui pourra être ignoré " +"sans problème par des programmes plus anciens, aura un nom commençant par un " +"underscore, «\\ _\\ »." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:67 +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" +"Les nouveaux membres qui ne pourront pas être ignorés sans conséquence " +"seront insérés avant B<data.tar.gz> avec des noms préfixés par quelque chose " +"d'autre qu'un underscore, ou causeront (ce qui est plus probable) une " +"incrémentation du numéro majeur de version." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:70 +msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-control" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:6 +msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" +msgstr "" +"deb-control - Format du fichier principal de contrôle dans les paquets Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:9 +msgid "control" +msgstr "contrôle" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:23 +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " +"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B<Description> field, see below)." +msgstr "" +"Chaque paquet Debian possède un fichier principal de contrôle qui contient " +"un certain nombre de champs. Chaque champ commence par une étiquette, telle " +"que B<Package> ou B<Version> (la casse n'importe pas), suivie d'un « : », et " +"du contenu du champ. Les champs sont séparés seulement par des étiquettes de " +"champ. En d'autres termes, le contenu d'un champ peut s'étendre sur " +"plusieurs lignes, mais les outils d'installation joindront en général les " +"lignes pendant le traitement du contenu du champ (sauf pour le champ " +"B<Description>, voyez ci-dessous)." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" +msgstr "LES CHAMPS EXIGÉS" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>nom du paquetE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:29 +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" +"La valeur de ce champ donne le nom du paquet, et la plupart des outils " +"d'installation s'en servent pour produire les noms des paquets." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>chaîne pour la versionE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:36 +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." +msgstr "" +"C'est classiquement le numéro de version du paquet original dans la forme " +"choisie par l'auteur du programme. Il peut y avoir aussi un numéro de " +"révision Debian (pour les paquets qui ne sont pas de pure souche Debian). " +"Quand les numéros de version et de révision sont présents, on les sépare par " +"un trait d'union « - ». C'est pour cette raison qu'il ne peut y avoir de " +"trait d'union dans le numéro de la version originale." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>nom adresseE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:41 +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" +"Le format de ce champ sera « Jean Dupont E<lt>jdupont@foo.comE<gt> » ; et " +"c'est bien sûr le créateur du paquet, par opposition à l'auteur du programme " +"mis en paquet." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>description courteE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:44 +msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B< >E<lt>description longueE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:50 +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgstr "" +"Le format de la description du paquet est un résumé bref sur la première " +"ligne (après le champ «\\ Description\\ »). Les lignes suivantes peuvent " +"servir à une description plus longue et plus détaillée. Chaque ligne de " +"cette description longue doit être précédée d'un espace\\ ; quand c'est une " +"ligne blanche elle doit contenir un seul «\\ .\\ » avant cet espace." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" +msgstr "CHAMPS OPTIONNELS" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:57 +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." +msgstr "" +"C'est un champ général qui indique la catégorie d'un paquet\\ ; cette " +"catégorie est fondée sur le programme que ce paquet installe. «\\ Utils\\ », " +"«\\ net\\ », «\\ mail\\ », «\\ text\\ », «\\ x11\\ », etc. représentent " +"quelques catégories habituelles." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>prioritéE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgstr "" +"Définit l'importance du paquet à l'intérieur du système général. «\\ Required" +"\\ », «\\ standard\\ », «\\ optional\\ », «\\ extra\\ », etc. représentent " +"des priorités habituelles." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:71 +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" +"Les champs B<Section> et B<Priority> possèdent un ensemble défini de valeurs " +"acceptées, tiré de la Charte Debian («\\ Policy manual\\ »). Ces valeurs " +"permettent la répartition des paquets dans l'archive. On peut en trouver une " +"liste dans la version la plus récente du paquet B<debian-policy>." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:78 +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" +"On se sert habituellement de ce champ uniquement si la réponse est «\\ yes\\ " +"». Il signifie que ce paquet est exigé pour un fonctionnement correct du " +"système. Dpkg et les autres outils d'installation interdisent la suppression " +"d'un paquet B<Essential> (du moins tant qu'une des options de forçage n'est " +"pas utilisée)." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:86 +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" +"L'architecture précise pour quel type de matériel le paquet a été compilé. " +"Voici quelques architectures habituelles\\ : «\\ i386\\ », «\\ m68k\\ », «\\ " +"sparc\\ », «\\ alpha\\ », «\\ powerpc\\ », etc. Remarquez que l'option " +"B<all> signifie que le paquet est indépendant de toute architecture. Les " +"scripts shell ou Perl, ainsi que la documentation sont dans ce cas." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>nom du sourceE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:90 +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." +msgstr "" +"Le nom du paquet source d'où provient le paquet binaire, s'il y a une " +"différence entre les deux noms." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:100 +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgstr "" +"C'est la liste des paquets exigés pour que ce paquet arrive à fonctionner de " +"manière non triviale. Le programme de maintenance des paquets interdit " +"l'installation d'un paquet quand les paquets répertoriés dans le champ " +"B<Depends> ne sont pas installés (du moins tant qu'une option de forçage " +"n'est pas utilisée)\\ ; il lance les scripts «\\ postinst\\ » des paquets " +"répertoriés dans les champs «\\ Depends:\\ » avant les scripts «\\ postinst" +"\\ » des paquets qui dépendent d'eux, et lance avant les scripts «\\ prerm\\ " +"»." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:107 +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" +"C'est la liste des paquets qui doivent être installés B<et> configurés avant " +"que ce paquet puisse être installé. Habituellement, on utilise ce champ " +"quand un paquet a besoin d'un autre paquet pour lancer son script «\\ preinst" +"\\ »." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:114 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." +msgstr "" +"C'est la liste des paquets qu'on trouverait avec ce paquet dans toute " +"installation standard. Le programme de maintenance des paquets avertit " +"l'utilisateur quand il installe un paquet sans installer les paquets " +"répertoriés dans le champ B<Recommends.>" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:119 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" +"C'est la liste des paquets qui, associés avec ce paquet, peuvent améliorer " +"son utilité\\ ; néanmoins, une installation sans ces paquets est " +"parfaitement raisonnable." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:131 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" +"La syntaxe des champs B<Depends,> B<Pre-Depends,> B<Recommends,> et " +"B<Suggests> est une liste de groupes contenant des paquets successifs. " +"Chaque groupe est une liste de paquets séparés par une barre verticale (le " +"symbole du tube) «\\ |\\ ». Les groupes sont séparés par des virgules. Une " +"virgule représente un «\\ ET\\ » logique et une barre verticale représente " +"un «\\ OU\\ » logique\\ ; le tube représente un lien plus fort. Chaque " +"élément est le nom d'un paquet suivi de façon optionnelle par un numéro de " +"version entre parenthèses." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:137 +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgstr "" +"Un numéro de version peut commencer par « E<gt>E<gt> », et dans ce cas toute " +"version supérieure correspondra, et il peut indiquer (ou pas) le numéro de " +"révision pour le paquet debian (les deux numéros étant séparés par un trait " +"d'union). Voici les relations acceptées pour les versions\\ : « E<gt>E<gt> » " +"pour supérieur à, « E<lt>E<lt> » pour inférieur à, « E<gt>= » pour supérieur " +"ou égal, « E<lt>= » pour inférieur ou égal, et « = » pour égal à." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:145 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" +"C'est une liste de paquets qui sont en conflit avec ce paquet\\ ; ils " +"contiennent par exemple des fichiers qui ont le même nom. Le programme de " +"maintenance des paquets interdit l'installation simultanée de paquets en " +"conflit. Deux paquets en conflit renseigneront une ligne B<Conflicts> avec " +"le nom de l'autre paquet." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:153 +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" +"C'est une liste de paquets que ce paquet remplace. Il peut ainsi remplacer " +"les fichiers de ces autres paquets ; on se sert pour cela du champ " +"B<Conflicts> pour forcer la suppression des autres paquets, si celui-là " +"possède aussi les mêmes fichiers que le paquet en conflit." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:163 +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " +"the list." +msgstr "" +"C'est une liste de paquets virtuels que ce paquet « remplit ». On s'en sert " +"habituellement pour des paquets qui offrent le même service. Par exemple, " +"sendmail et exim sont des serveurs de courrier, et donc ils « remplissent » " +"chacun le paquet « mail-transport-agent » ; ainsi les autres paquets peuvent " +"dépendre de ce paquet virtuel. Sendmail et exim peuvent ainsi chacun " +"satisfaire la dépendance. Les paquets qui dépendent d'un serveur de courrier " +"n'ont pas à connaître les noms de tous les serveurs de courrier et n'ont pas " +"à utiliser « | » comme séparateur de liste." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:178 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " +"fields." +msgstr "" +"La syntaxe des champs B<Conflicts,> B<Replaces> et B<Provides> est une liste " +"de noms de paquet, séparés par des virgules (et des espaces facultatifs). " +"Dans le champ B<Conflicts,> la virgule sera lue comme un «\\ OU\\ ». On peut " +"donner une version optionnelle de la même façon que ci-dessus dans les " +"champs B<Conflicts> et B<Replaces>." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "EXEMPLE" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +msgstr "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" Il se peut que le grep de la famille GNU des utilitaires grep soit\n" +" le plus rapide de l'ouest ! Le grep de GNU est fondé sur un mécanisme\n" +" rapide de mise en correspondance déterministe d'états simples (environ\n" +" deux fois plus rapide que le « egrep » standard d'Unix), modifié par une\n" +" recherche de type Boyer-Moore-Gosper qui cherche une chaîne donnée en\n" +" empêchant que les textes impossibles soient analysés par le mécanisme de\n" +" mise en correspondance d'expressions régulières et sans avoir\n" +" nécessairement besoin de voir chaque caractère. C'est beaucoup plus\n" +" rapide que les « grep » ou « egrep » d'Unix.\n" +" (Des expressions régulières contenant des références circulaires\n" +" ralentissent cependant le programme.)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:207 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-old" +msgstr "deb-old" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:4 +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "deb-old - Ancien format des paquets binaires Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:17 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" +"(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:21 +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:25 +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:28 +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:30 +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:35 +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:46 +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:50 +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:54 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-04-09" +msgstr "09-04-2006" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg suite" +msgstr "suite dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:4 +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "dpkg - un gestionnaire de paquet pour Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "AVERTISSEMENT" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:13 +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " +"--help>." +msgstr "" +"Ce manuel est destiné aux utilisateurs qui souhaitent aller au-delà de la " +"commande B<dpkg --help> pour la compréhension des options de la ligne de " +"commande et des états des paquets." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:18 +msgid "" +"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" +"Les responsables de paquet qui veulent comprendre comment B<dpkg> installe " +"leur paquet I<ne doivent pas> l'utiliser. Les descriptions concernant " +"l'installation ou la désinstallation des paquets sont très insuffisantes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:26 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " +"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " +"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " +"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " +"some way." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> est un outil pour l'installation, la création, la suppression et la " +"gestion des paquets Debian. B<dselect>(1) est la principale interface à " +"B<dpkg> et la plus agréable pour l'utilisateur. B<dpkg> lui-même est " +"entièrement contrôlé par des paramètres sur la ligne de commande. Une " +"commande comporte exactement une action et zéro ou plusieurs options. Le " +"paramètre «\\ action\\ » dit ce que B<dpkg> doit faire et les options " +"modifient l'action d'une manière ou d'une autre." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:31 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " +"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " +"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" +"On peut aussi utiliser B<dpkg> comme une interface à B<dpkg-deb>(1). Quand " +"B<dpkg> rencontre les actions suivantes, qui sont des actions de B<dpkg-" +"deb>, il lance simplement B<dpkg-deb> avec les paramètres qui lui ont été " +"fournis\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" +msgstr "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, et\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:42 +msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." +msgstr "" +"Voyez B<dpkg-deb>(1) pour des renseignements supplémentaires sur ces actions." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PAQUETS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:48 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " +"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> conserve des renseignements utiles sur les paquets disponibles. " +"Cette information est divisée en trois classes\\ : les états, les états de " +"la sélection et les drapeaux. La modification de ces valeurs est " +"principalement dévolue à B<dselect>." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE STATES" +msgstr "ÉTATS DES PAQUETS" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<installed>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:52 +msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." +msgstr "Le paquet est dépaqueté et correctement configuré." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-installed>" +msgstr "B<half-installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:56 +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "" +"L'installation du paquet a commencé mais, pour une raison quelconque, ne " +"s'est pas terminée." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<not-installed>" +msgstr "B<not-installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:59 +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "Le paquet n'est pas installé sur le système." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<unpacked>" +msgstr "B<unpacked>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:62 +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "Le paquet est dépaqueté mais n'est pas configuré." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-configured>" +msgstr "B<half-configured>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:66 +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" +"Le paquet est dépaqueté et la configuration a commencé mais, pour une " +"quelconque raison, ne s'est pas terminée." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<config-files>" +msgstr "B<config-files>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:69 +msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "Seuls les fichiers de configuration du paquet existent sur le système." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" +msgstr "ÉTATS DE LA SÉLECTION DES PAQUETS" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<install>" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:73 +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "Le paquet est sélectionné pour être installé." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<deinstall>" +msgstr "B<deinstall>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:77 +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Le paquet est sélectionné pour être désinstallé (c.-à-d. qu'on veut " +"supprimer tous les fichiers à l'exception des fichiers de configuration)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<purge>" +msgstr "B<purge>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:81 +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Le paquet est sélectionné pour être purgé (c.-à-d. qu'on veut supprimer tous " +"les fichiers même les fichiers de configuration)." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" +msgstr "DRAPEAUX DES PAQUETS" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<hold>" +msgstr "B<hold>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:86 +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> laisse de côté un paquet marqué B<hold>, à moins qu'il ne soit lancé " +"avec l'option de forçage B<--force-hold>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<reinst-required>" +msgstr "B<reinst-required>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:91 +msgid "" +"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " +"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" +"reinstreq>." +msgstr "" +"Un paquet marqué B<reinst-required> est défectueux et demande une " +"réinstallation. B<dpkg> ne peut supprimer de tels paquets, à moins qu'il ne " +"soit lancé avec l'option de forçage B<--force-reinstreq>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:92 dpkg-architecture.1:42 update-alternatives.8:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "ACTIONS" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<fichier-paquet>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:97 +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Installe le paquet. Si l'on donne l' option B<--recursive> ou B<-R>, " +"I<fichier-paquet> doit alors indiquer un répertoire." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:99 +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "L'installation comporte les étapes suivantes\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:102 +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "B<1.> Extraction des fichiers de contrôle du nouveau paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:106 +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> Quand une ancienne version du même paquet est déjà installée, " +"exécution du script I<prerm> de l'ancien paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:109 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<3.> Lancement du script I<preinst>, s'il est fourni par le paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:113 +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" +"B<4.> Dépaquetage des nouveaux fichiers et, en même temps, sauvegarde des " +"anciens de manière à pouvoir les restaurer si quelque chose tourne mal." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:120 +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" +"B<5.> Quand une ancienne version du même paquet est déjà installée, " +"exécution du script I<postrm> de l'ancien paquet. Il faut remarquer que ce " +"script est exécuté après le script I<preinst> du nouveau paquet, parce que " +"les nouveaux fichiers sont écrits dans le même temps que les anciens sont " +"supprimés." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:124 +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" +"B<6.> Configuration du paquet. Voyez l'action B<--configure> pour savoir " +"comment cela se passe." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<fichier-paquet> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:129 +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Dépaquète le paquet, mais ne configure rien. Si l'on donne l'option B<--" +"recursive> ou B<-R>, I<fichier-paquet> doit alors indiquer un répertoire." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<paquet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:134 +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" +"Reconfiguration d'un paquet dépaqueté. Si l'on donne l'option B<-a> ou B<--" +"pending> au lieu de I<paquet>, tous les paquets dépaquetés mais non " +"configurés sont configurés." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:136 +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "La configuration comporte les étapes suivantes\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:141 +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"B<1.> Dépaquetage des fichiers de configuration, et dans le même temps " +"sauvegarde des anciens fichiers de configuration, de manière à pouvoir les " +"restaurer si quelque chose se passe mal." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:144 +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<2.> Exécution du script B<postinst>, s'il est fourni par le paquet." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<paquet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:155 +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Supprime un paquet installé. L'action B<-r> ou B<--remove> supprime tout " +"sauf les fichiers de configuration. Cela peut éviter la reconfiguration du " +"paquet lors d'une réinstallation. Les fichiers de configuration sont les " +"fichiers répertoriés dans le fichier de contrôle I<debian/conffiles>. " +"L'option B<-P> ou B<--purge> supprime tout, y compris les fichiers de " +"configuration. Si l'on donne l'option B<-a> ou B<--pending> à la place d'un " +"nom de paquet, tous les paquets non dépaquetés, mais qui sont marqués comme " +"devant être supprimés ou purgés dans le fichier I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, " +"sont respectivement supprimés ou purgés." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:157 +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "La suppression d'un paquet comporte les étapes suivantes\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:160 +msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" +msgstr "B<1.> Lancement du script I<prerm>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:163 +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "B<2.> Suppression des fichiers installés" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:166 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" +msgstr "B<3.> lancement du script I<postrm>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<fichier-Packages>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:176 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " +"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." +msgstr "" +"Met à jour l'information de B<dpkg> et de B<dselect> sur les paquets " +"disponibles. L'action B<--merge-avail> combine les informations anciennes " +"avec celles qui proviennent du fichier I<fichier-Packages>. L'action B<--" +"update-avail> remplace les informations anciennes par celles qui proviennent " +"du fichier I<fichier-Packages>. Le fichier I<fichier-Packages> distribué " +"avec Debian est appelé simplement I<Packages>. B<dpkg> garde son propre " +"enregistrement des paquets disponibles dans I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:179 +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " +"B<dselect update>." +msgstr "" +"Pour récupérer et mettre à jour le fichier I<available>, il existe une " +"commande plus simple\\ : B<dselect update>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<fichier-paquet> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:185 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Met à jour l'information de B<dpkg> et de B<dselect> sur les paquets " +"disponibles avec les informations qui proviennent de I<fichier-paquet>. Si " +"l'option B<--recursive> ou B<-R> est donnée, I<fichier-paquet> doit indiquer " +"un répertoire." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:188 +msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." +msgstr "Oublie ce qui concerne les paquets non installés ou non disponibles." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:191 +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "Efface les renseignements existants sur les paquets disponibles." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:196 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" +"Recherche les paquets qui n'ont été que partiellement installés sur le " +"système. B<dpkg> suggère une manière de les faire fonctionner." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<paquet-nom-motif>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:200 +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "" +"Obtient la liste des sélections des paquets, et l'envoie sur la sortie " +"standard. Sans un motif, les paquets dont le statut est «\\ purge\\ » ne " +"seront pas affichés." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:206 +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "" +"modifie la liste des sélections des paquets en lisant un fichier sur " +"l'entrée standard. Le format de ce fichier doit être de la forme «\\ " +"E<lt>paquetE<gt> E<lt>étatE<gt>\\ », où état vaut «\\ install\\ », «\\ hold" +"\\ », «\\ deinstall\\ » ou «\\ purge\\ ». Les lignes vides ou les lignes de " +"commentaires débutant par «\\ #\\ » sont autorisées." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:211 +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" +"Met l'état de chaque paquet non essentiel à «\\ deinstall\\ ». Il faut " +"utiliser cette option juste avant --set-selections, pour désinstaller les " +"paquets qui ne sont pas affichés par --set-selections." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:215 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" +"Recherche les paquets qui ont été sélectionnés pour l'installation, mais qui " +"pour une raison quelconque, ne sont pas encore installés." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:219 +msgid "" +"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "" +"Affiche l'architecture des paquets installés (par exemple, «\\ i386\\ »)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:230 +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " +"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"Compare des numéros de version, où I<op> est un opérateur binaire. B<dpkg> " +"retourne un zéro si la condition spécifiée est vérifiée, et retourne un " +"nombre différent de zéro dans le cas contraire. Il y a deux groupes " +"d'opérateurs\\ ; ils diffèrent par leur façon de traiter l'absence de " +"I<ver1> ou de I<ver2>. Pour les opérateurs suivants, B<lt le eq ne ge gt>, " +"l'absence d'une version est considérée comme inférieure à toute version\\ ; " +"pour les opérateurs B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>, l'absence d'une version est " +"considérée comme supérieure à toute version. Les opérateurs B<E<lt> " +"E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> ne sont fournis que pour la " +"compatibilité avec la syntaxe du fichier de contrôle." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:235 +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" +"Cette action accepte une série de commandes sur le descripteur du fichier " +"d'entrée B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note\\ : des options supplémentaires définies sur " +"la ligne de commande à travers ce descripteur de fichier ne sont pas " +"redéfinies pour les commandes suivantes qui sont exécutées pendant la même " +"séquence." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:238 +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "Affiche un court message d'aide." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:241 +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." +msgstr "Donne des renseignements sur les options B<--force->I<quelque-chose>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:244 +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "donne des renseignements sur les options de débogage." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:247 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." +msgstr "Affiche la licence de B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:250 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." +msgstr "Affiche la version de B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:253 +msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" +"Voyez B<dpkg-deb>(1) pour des renseignements supplémentaires sur les actions " +"suivantes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" +" Build a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" +" List contents of a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" +" Extract control-information from a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" +" Extract the files contained by package.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" +" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" +" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" +" Debian package.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" +" Show information about a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" +" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" +" package.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<répertoire> [I<nom-de-fichier>]\n" +" Construit un paquet deb.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<nom-de-fichier>\n" +" Liste le contenu d'un paquet deb.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<nom-de-fichier> [I<répertoire>]\n" +" Extrait les informations de contrôle d'un paquet.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<nom-de-fichier répertoire>\n" +" Extrait les fichiers d'un paquet.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<nom-de-fichier> [I<champ de contrôle>] ...\n" +" Affiche le(s) champ(s) de contrôle d'un paquet.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<nom-de-fichier>\n" +" Affiche le contenu du fichier «\\ tar\\ » d'un paquet Debian.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<nom-de-fichier> [I<fichier de contrôle>]\n" +" Affiche des renseignements sur un paquet.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<nom-de-fichier> I<répertoire>\n" +" Extrait et affiche les noms des fichiers d'un paquet.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:278 +msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" +"Voyez B<dpkg-query>(1) pour davantage d'explications sur les actions " +"suivantes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" +" List packages matching given pattern.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" +" Report status of specified package.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" +" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" +" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" +" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<paquet-nom-motif> ...\n" +" Affiche la liste des paquets qui correspondent au motif.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<paquet-nom> ...\n" +" Donne l'état du paquet indiqué.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<paquet> ...\n" +" Affiche la liste des fichiers installés qui appartiennent\n" +" à B<paquet>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<fichier-recherche-motif> ...\n" +" Recherche un fichier dans les paquets installés.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<paquet>\n" +" Affiche les informations trouvées dans I</var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" +" à propos de I<paquet>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:298 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"On peut spécifier une option à la fois sur la ligne de commande et dans le " +"fichier de configuration de dpkg, I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Chaque ligne de ce " +"fichier est soit une option (identique à une option en ligne de commande " +"mais sans tiret), soit un commentaire, commençant par B<#>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" +msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<nombre>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:302 +msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "" +"Modifie le nombre d'erreurs au delà duquel B<dpkg> s'arrête. il est par " +"défaut égal à 50." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:308 +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Quand un paquet est supprimé, il peut arriver qu'un paquet installé " +"dépendait du paquet supprimé. En spécifiant cette option, on obtient la " +"déconfiguration automatique du paquet qui dépendait du paquet supprimé." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:314 +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" +"Demande de débogage. I<octal> est formé en faisant un «\\ ou\\ » logique " +"entre des valeurs souhaitées appartenant à la liste ci-dessous (notez que " +"ces valeurs pourront changer dans les prochaines versions). B<-Dh> ou B<--" +"debug=help> affiche ces valeurs de débogage." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" number description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +msgstr "" +" nombre description\n" +" 1 Informations de progression \n" +" en général utiles\n" +" 2 Appel et état des scripts du développeur\n" +" 10 Sortie pour chaque fichier traité\n" +" 100 De nombreuses sorties pour chaque fichier\n" +" traité\n" +" 20 Sortie pour chaque fichier de configuration\n" +" 200 De nombreuses sorties pour chaque fichier\n" +" de configuration\n" +" 40 Dépendances et conflits\n" +" 400 De nombreuses sorties pour les dépendances\n" +" et les conflits\n" +" 1000 Beaucoup de radotage à propos du répertoire\n" +" dpkg/info \n" +" 2000 Quantité stupide de radotage\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" +msgstr "B<--force->I<quelque-chose> | B<--no-force->I<quelque-chose> | B<--refuse->I<quelque-chose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:333 +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" +"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " +"forced by default." +msgstr "" +"Forcer ou refuser (B<no-force> et B<refuse> signifient la même chose) de " +"faire quelque chose. I<quelque-chose> est une liste d'actions séparées par " +"des virgules, décrites ci-après. B<--force-help> affiche un message qui les " +"décrit. Les actions marquées d'un (*) sont forcées par défaut." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:337 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " +"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " +"system.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Avertissement\\ : Ces options sont principalement destinées aux experts. " +"Un usage auquel manque la pleine compréhension de leurs effets peut casser " +"le système entier.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:340 +msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "B<all>\\ : Met en oeuvre (ou pas) toutes les options de forçage." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:343 +msgid "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"B<downgrade>(*)\\ : Installe un paquet, même si une version plus récente du " +"paquet est déjà installée." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:350 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " +"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " +"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " +"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " +"with care.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Avertissement\\ : Pour l'instant, dpkg ne recherche pas les dépendances " +"lors d'un retour à une version inférieure d'un paquet\\\\ ; il ne vous " +"préviendra pas si la version choisie casse les dépendances d'un autre " +"paquet. Cela peut avoir de sérieuses conséquences\\ ;\\ et si l'on revient à " +"des versions antérieures des programmes essentiels du système, cela peut " +"rendre votre système inutilisable. N'utiliser qu'avec précaution.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:354 +msgid "" +"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" +"B<configure-any>\\ : Configure aussi les paquets dépaquetés mais non " +"configurés dont dépend le paquet en question." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:357 +msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." +msgstr "B<hold>\\ : Traite même les paquets marqués « à garder » (« hold »)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:362 +msgid "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-reinstreq> : Supprime un paquet, même défectueux et marqué comme " +"demandant une réinstallation. Il se peut, dès lors, que des éléments du " +"paquet restent dans le système et soient oubliés par B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:367 +msgid "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " +"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " +"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-essential> : supprime un paquet même s'il est considéré comme " +"indispensable. Les paquets «\\ Essential\\ » comportent les commandes Unix " +"les plus fondamentales et les enlever peut casser le système entier. Il faut " +"utiliser cette option avec prudence." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:370 +msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." +msgstr "" +"B<depends>\\ : Change tous les problèmes de dépendance en avertissements." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:373 +msgid "" +"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "" +"B<depends-version>\\ : Ignore les versions dans les questions de dépendance." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:377 +msgid "" +"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" +"B<conflicts>\\ : Installe un paquet, même s'il est en conflit avec un autre " +"paquet. C'est dangereux car habituellement cela produit le remplacement de " +"certains fichiers." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:382 +msgid "" +"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" +"B<confmiss>\\ : Installe un fichier de configuration manquant. C'est " +"dangereux, puisque cela signifie que les changements apportés au fichier ne " +"seront pas préservés (suppression)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:387 +msgid "" +"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confnew>\\ : Quand un « conffile » a été modifié, toujours installer la " +"nouvelle version et ne rien demander, sauf si l'option B<--force-confdef> " +"est aussi présente, auquel cas l'action par défaut est choisie." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:392 +msgid "" +"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confold>\\ : Quand un « conffile » a été modifié, garder l'ancienne " +"version et ne rien demander, sauf si l'option B<--force-confdef> est aussi " +"présente, auquel cas l'action par défaut est choisie." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:398 +msgid "" +"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" +"B<confdef>\\ : Utilise toujours l'action par défaut quand un «\\ conffile\\ " +"» a été modifié. Quand il n'y a pas d'action par défaut, la commande " +"s'arrête et interroge l'utilisateur, à moins que l'option B<--force-confnew> " +"ou l'option B<--force-confold> n'ait été donnée, auquel cas elle se sert de " +"ces options pour déterminer ce qu'il faut faire." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:401 +msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "B<overwrite>\\ : Remplace un fichier par un fichier d'un autre paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:404 +msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-dir>\\ : Remplace un répertoire par un répertoire d'un autre " +"paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:407 +msgid "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>\\ : Remplace un fichier détourné avec une version non " +"détournée." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:410 +msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." +msgstr "B<architecture>\\ : Traite même les paquets d'une autre architecture" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:413 +msgid "" +"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-path>\\ : Programmes importants non visibles par la variable B<PATH>, " +"ce qui va poser des problèmes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:416 +msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "B<not-root>\\ : Tente de (dés)installer même sans être root." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:419 +msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-verify>\\ : Installe un paquet même si la vérification de son " +"authenticité a échoué." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:420 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." +msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paquet>,..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:424 +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" +"Ne tient pas compte de la vérification des dépendances pour les paquets " +"spécifiés (en fait, la vérification est faite mais on ne donne rien d'autre " +"que des avertissements)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:428 +msgid "" +"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionne soit l'ancien format des paquet binaires, soit le nouveau. C'est " +"une option de B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:428 dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:432 +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Ne pas lire ni vérifier le contenu du fichier de contrôle pendant la " +"construction d'un paquet. C'est une option de B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" +msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:437 +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " +"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " +"actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" +"Faire tout ce qui doit être fait, mais n'écrire aucune modification. On " +"utilise cette option pour voir ce qui se passe sans modifier quoi que ce " +"soit." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:442 +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous de donner l'option B<--no-act> avant le paramètre action, sinon " +"des résultats fâcheux sont probables. Par exemple, la commande B<dpkg --" +"purge foo --no-act> purge d'abord le paquet foo et essaye ensuite de purger " +"le paquet --no-act, même si vous comptiez qu'elle ne ferait rien du tout." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" +msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:448 +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" +"Traite récursivement tous les simples fichiers qui correspondent au motif " +"B<*.deb> et qui se trouvent dans les répertoires et sous-répertoires " +"spécifiés. On peut utiliser cette option avec les actions B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--" +"install>, B<--unpack> et B<--avail>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:452 +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" +"Ne pas installer un paquet si une version plus récente de ce paquet est déjà " +"installée. C'est un alias pour B<--refuse-downgrade>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--root=>I<rep> | B<--admindir=>I<rep> | B<--instdir=>I<rep>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:463 +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " +"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " +"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" +"var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Change les répertoires par défaut. B<admindir> est par défaut I</var/lib/" +"dpkg> et contient beaucoup de fichiers qui donnent des informations sur " +"l'état des paquets installés ou non installés, etc. B<instdir> est par " +"défaut I</> et se réfère au répertoire où les paquets doivent être " +"installés. B<instdir> est aussi le répertoire donné à B<chroot>(2) avant que " +"ne soient lancés les scripts d'installation du I<paquet>, ce qui signifie " +"que ces scripts voient B<instdir> comme le répertoire de root. Changer " +"B<root> change B<instdir> en I<rep> et B<admindir> en I<rep>B</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:469 +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" +"Traiter seulement les paquets qui sont sélectionnés pour l'installation. La " +"sélection est réellement faite par B<dselect> ou par B<dpkg> quand ils " +"manipulent les paquets. Par exemple, quand un paquet est supprimé, il est " +"marqué comme ayant été sélectionné pour une désinstallation." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:473 +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Ne pas installer le paquet si la même version du paquet est déjà installée." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:480 +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " +"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" +"Cette action envoie des informations sur l'état d'un paquet au descripteur " +"de fichier I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. On peut répéter l'opération plusieurs fois. La " +"mise à jour d'un état est de la forme\\ : «\\ status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " +"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>\\ ». Une erreur est signalée sous la forme : " +"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message. Un conflit avec un fichier de " +"configuration est signalé sous la forme : status: conffile-prompt: " +"conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<fichier>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:492 +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " +"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" +"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " +"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " +"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" +"Enregistre la modification de l'état, la mise à jour ou l'action sur " +"I<fichier> au lieu de l'habituel I</var/log/dpkg.log>. Si cette oprion est " +"donnée plusieurs fois, le dernier fichier est utilisé. Les messages " +"d'enregistrement sont de la forme AAAA-MM-JJ HH:MM:SS status E<lt>étatE<gt> " +"E<lt>paquetE<gt> E<lt>version-installéeE<gt> pour les modifications d'état " +"et les mises à jour. Pour une action, où I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> est «\\ install" +"\\ », «\\ upgrade\\ », «\\ remove\\ » ou «\\ purge\\ », le message est de la " +"forme AAAA-MM-JJ HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>paquetE<gt> E<lt>version-" +"installéeE<gt> E<lt>version-disponibleE<gt>. Pour une modification de " +"conffile, le message est de la forme AAAA-MM-JJ HH:MM:SS conffile " +"E<lt>fichierE<gt> E<lt>décisionE<gt> ou E<lt>décisionE<gt> est soit install " +"soit keep." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:495 +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "Ne pas tenter de vérifier la signature des paquets." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:497 dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:500 +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "Fichier de configuration contenant les options par défaut." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:500 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" +msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:504 +msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "" +"Fichier journal standard. Voyez I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) et l'option B<--" +"log>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:507 +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" +"Les autres fichiers répertoriés ici sont dans leur répertoire par défaut, " +"voyez l'option B<--admindir> pour savoir changer l'emplacement de ces " +"fichiers." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:510 +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "Liste des paquets disponibles." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:516 +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." +msgstr "" +"États des paquets disponibles. Ce fichier contient des informations qui " +"permettent de savoir si un paquet est marqué comme devant être supprimé ou " +"pas, devant être installé ou pas, etc. Voyez la section B<RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR " +"LES PAQUETS> pour des informations supplémentaires." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:519 +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" +"Les fichiers suivants font partie d'un paquet binaire. Voyez B<deb>(5) pour " +"des informations supplémentaires :" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<control>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<conffiles>" +msgstr "I<conffiles>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<preinst>" +msgstr "I<preinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postinst>" +msgstr "I<postinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<prerm>" +msgstr "I<prerm>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postrm>" +msgstr "I<postrm>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:532 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +msgstr "VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" +msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:537 +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" +"Donnez-lui une valeur si vous préférez que B<dpkg> lance un nouvel " +"interpréteur de commandes plutôt que de s'interrompre, pour faire un appel à " +"l'interpréteur de commandes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<SHELL>" +msgstr "B<SHELL>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:540 +msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." +msgstr "" +"Le programme exécuté par B<dpkg> quand il lance un nouvel interpréteur de " +"commandes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:540 dpkg-query.1:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<COLUMNS>" +msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:544 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" +"Fixe le nombre de colonnes utilisés par B<dpkg> lorsqu'il affiche un texte " +"formaté. Seule l'action B<-l> se sert actuellement de cette variable." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:545 dpkg-architecture.1:100 dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-name.1:71 +#: update-alternatives.8:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "EXEMPLES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:547 +msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" +msgstr "Pour afficher les paquets liés au programme B<vi>(1) :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:552 +msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" +msgstr "" +"Pour voir les entrées de I</var/lib/dpkg/available> concernant deux paquets" +"\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:554 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:557 +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "Pour rechercher vous-même dans la liste des paquets\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:559 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" +msgstr " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:562 +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "Pour supprimer le paquet installé elvis\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:569 +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" +"Pour installer un paquet, vous devez d'abord le trouver dans une archive ou " +"sur un cédérom. Le fichier «\\ available\\ » montre que le paquet vim se " +"trouve dans la section «\\ editors\\ » :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:572 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:575 +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "Pour faire une copie locale des états de sélection des paquets :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:581 +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "" +"Vous pourriez transférer ce fichier sur un autre ordinateur et l'installer " +"de cette manière :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:590 +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" +"On remarquera que cela n'installe ou ne supprime rien du tout\\ ; cela ne " +"fait que déterminer l'état de sélection des paquets. Vous aurez besoin " +"d'autres applications pour transférer et installer réellement les paquets " +"requis. Par exemple, exécutez B<dselect> et choisissez Install." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:593 +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" +"Habituellement, vous trouverez que B<dselect>(1) fournit une façon plus " +"aisée de modifier les états de sélection des paquets." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:595 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "FONCTIONNALITÉS SUPPLÉMENTAIRES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:598 +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." +msgstr "" +"D'autres possibilités sont offertes en installant les paquets suivants\\ : " +"I<apt>, I<aptitude> et I<debsums>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:608 +msgid "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) et B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:611 +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "L'option B<--no-act> ne donne pas assez d'informations utiles." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:612 dselect.1:449 start-stop-daemon.8:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "AUTEURS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:616 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" +"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" +msgstr "" +"Voyez le fichier I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> pour la \n" +"liste des personnes qui ont contribué à B<dpkg>.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-architecture" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-06-17" +msgstr "17-06-2006" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-architecture - Fixer et déterminer l'architecture pour la construction " +"d'un paquet" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:14 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" +"dpkg-architecture aide à déterminer et à fixer l'architecture de " +"construction et l'architecture hôte pour la création d'un paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:17 +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" +"(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgstr "" +"L'architecture de construction est toujours déterminée par un appel externe " +"à B<dpkg>(1). Elle ne peut pas être spécifiée en ligne de commande." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:26 +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez spécifier une architecture hôte en utilisant une des options B<-" +"a> et B<-t> (ou les deux). Par défaut, la valeur est déterminée par un appel " +"à B<gcc>(1), ou en utilisant l'architecture de construction si \\s-1CC\\s0 " +"ou gcc ne sont pas disponibles. Utiliser une seule des options B<-a> et B<-" +"t> est suffisant, la valeur de l'une est utilisée comme valeur par défaut de " +"l'autre. Bien sûr, il est préférable de n'en préciser qu'une seule, puisque " +"B<dpkg-architecture> affichera un avertissement si le choix ne correspond " +"pas à la valeur par défaut." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a>I<architecture-debian>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +msgid "Set the Debian architecture." +msgstr "Fixe l'architecture Debian." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "B<-t>I<type-de-système-gnu>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +msgid "Set the GNU system type." +msgstr "Fixe le type de système GNU." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>" +msgstr "B<-f>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:41 +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." +msgstr "" +"Les valeurs positionnées par les variables d'environnement ayant le même nom " +"que celles utilisées par les scripts sont prises en compte (c'est-à-dire " +"utilisée par B<dpkg-architecture>), sauf si cette option est présente. Ceci " +"permet à un utilisateur de surcharger une valeur même lorsque l'appel à " +"B<dpkg-architecture> est inclus dans un autre script (par exemple B<dpkg-" +"buildpackage>(1))." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>" +msgstr "B<-l>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." +msgstr "" +"Affiche les variables d'environnement, une par ligne, en utilisant le format " +"I<VARIABLE=valeur>. C'est l'action par défaut." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-e>I<architecture-debian>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" +"Vérifie l'égalité d'architectures. Par défaut, I<architecture-debian> est " +"comparée à l'architecture Debian actuelle, qui est celle de la machine hôte. " +"Cette action ne développe pas les architectures joker. La commande quitte " +"avec un code de retour de 0 si l'architecture correspond et de 1 dans le cas " +"contraire." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "B<-i>I<architecture-joker>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" +"Vérifie l'égalité d'architectures en développant I<architecture-joker> et en " +"comparant à l'architecture Debian actuelle. La commande quitte avec un code " +"de retour de 0 si l'architecture correspond et de 1 dans le cas contraire." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" +msgstr "B<-q>I<nom-de-variable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "Affiche la valeur d'une seule variable." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>" +msgstr "B<-s>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." +msgstr "" +"Produit une commande, qui peut être utilisée pour positionner les variables " +"d'environnement avec « eval »." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>" +msgstr "B<-u>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "" +"Produit une commande similaire à celle produite par B<-s>, mais pour " +"supprimer les variables de l'environnement." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I< command>" +msgstr "B<-c> I<commande>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +msgid "" +"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." +msgstr "" +"Exécute une I<commande> dans un environnement où toutes les variables sont " +"positionnées aux valeurs spécifiées." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>" +msgstr "B<-L>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:76 +msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." +msgstr "Affiche une liste des architectures valables." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 +msgid "Print a usage message." +msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:82 +msgid "Print program version." +msgstr "Affiche la version du programme." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "TERMINOLOGIE" + +# type: IX +#: dpkg-architecture.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "Machine de construction" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "Machine sur laquelle le paquet est construit." + +# type: IX +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "Machine hôte" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "Machine pour laquelle le paquet est construit." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "Architecture Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" +"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" +"Chaîne de caractères de l'architecture Debian, qui spécifie l'emplacement " +"dans l'archive \\s-1FTP\\s0. Par exemple : i386, sparc, hurd-i386." + +# type: IX +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "architecture wildcard" +msgstr "Architecture joker" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" +"E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgstr "" +"Une architecture joker est une architecture spéciale qui correspond à toutes " +"les architectures réelles qui en font partie. Il est en général de la forme " +"E<lt>noyauE<gt>-E<lt>processeurE<gt>. Par exemple : linux-any, any-i386, " +"hurd-any." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" +msgstr "Type de système \\s-1GNU\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:99 +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" +"Chaîne de caractères définissant l'architecture et constituée de deux " +"parties séparées par un tiret : processeur et système. Par exemple : i386-" +"linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, x86_64-netbsd." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:103 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" +"architecture>. Other examples:" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepte l'option B<-a>, et la passe à B<dpkg-" +"architecture>. Voici d'autres exemples :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:105 +msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" +"CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:107 +msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" +msgstr "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:110 +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" +msgstr "" +"Vérifie si une architecture est identique à l'architecture actuelle ou à " +"celle spécifiée :" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:112 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:114 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:117 +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" +msgstr "" +"Vérifie si l'architecture actuelle ou celle spécifiée avec -a correspond à " +"un système Linux :" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:119 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:121 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" +msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" +msgstr "Les variables suivantes sont positionnées par B<dpkg-architecture> :" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "Architecture Debian de la machine de construction." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." +msgstr "Nom du système Debian de la machine de construction." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." +msgstr "Nom de processeur Debian de la machine de construction." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." +msgstr "Type de système \\s-1GNU\\s0 de la machine de construction." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "Partie « processeur » de \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "Partie « système » de \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "Architecture Debian de la machine hôte." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." +msgstr "Nom du système Debian de la machine hôte." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." +msgstr "Nom du processeur Debian de la machine hôte." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." +msgstr "Type de système \\s-1GNU\\s0 de la machine hôte." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "Partie « processeur » de \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:148 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "Partie « système » de \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." + +# type: IX +#: dpkg-architecture.1:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" +msgstr "DEBIAN/RULES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:157 +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" +"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " +"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " +"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " +"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " +"compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" +"Les variables d'environnement définies par B<dpkg-architecture> sont " +"fournies à I<debian/rules> comme variables pour make (consultez la " +"documentation de make). Cependant, vous ne devez pas compter là-dessus " +"puisque cela empêche les appels manuels à ce script. À la place, vous devez " +"toujours les initialiser en utilisant B<dpkg-architecture> avec l'option -q. " +"Voici quelques exemples, qui indiquent aussi comment améliorer la gestion " +"des compilations croisées de votre paquet :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:160 dpkg-architecture.1:177 +msgid "Instead of:" +msgstr "Au lieu de :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" +msgstr "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:167 +msgid "please use the following:" +msgstr "Veuillez utiliser :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +msgstr "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:186 +msgid "please use:" +msgstr "Veuillez utiliser :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +msgstr "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:197 +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgstr "" +"Ou, si vous n'avez besoin que de vérifier le type du processeur et du " +"système, utilisez les variables DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU ou DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:202 +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgstr "" +"Appeler dpkg dans les fichiers « rules » pour obtenir les informations sur " +"l'architecture est déconseillé (sauf pour des raisons de compatibilité " +"arrière, voyez ci-dessous). En particulier, l'option --print-architecture " +"n'est pas fiable puisque certaines architectures Debian ne correspondent à " +"aucun nom de processeur." + +# type: IX +#: dpkg-architecture.1:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "COMPATIBILITÉ ARRIÈRE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:209 +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." +msgstr "" +"Les variables DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU et DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS n'ont été ajoutées à " +"B<dpkg-architecture> que récemment (depuis la version 1.13.2 de dpkg). " +"Auparavant, les fichiers I<debian/rules> utilisaient les variables " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU ou DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE qui ont eu tendance à varier dans le " +"temps." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:214 +msgid "" +"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" +msgstr "" +"Si ces variables sont encore utilisées dans un fichier I<debian/rules> pour " +"décider quoi construire et comment, il faut les remplacer par les nouvelles " +"variables. Vous pouvez rester compatible avec les versions précédentes de " +"dpkg-dev en utilisant le code suivant :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +msgstr "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" +"# Prise en compte des anciennes versions de dpkg-architecture.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:235 +msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." +msgstr "Et de la même façon pour DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU et DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:238 +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" +msgstr "" +"Pour accepter encore les versions de dpkg-dev qui n'incluent pas B<dpkg-" +"architecture>, vous pouvez utiliser :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:257 +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez placer certaines de ces lignes au début de votre debian/rules. " +"Ces valeurs par défaut seront écrasées si dpkg-architecture est utilisé." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:264 +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." +msgstr "" +"Vous n'avez pas besoin de toutes ces lignes. Choisissez uniquement les " +"variables que vous utilisez dans votre fichier « rules ». Par exemple, si " +"vous n'avez besoin que de l'architecture hôte Debian, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg " +"--print-architecture\\`' est suffisant (il s'agit bien sûr de l'architecture " +"Debian de la machine de construction, mais le but est ici de rester " +"compatible avec les anciennes compilations natives)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:267 +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgstr "" +"Les options B<-e> et B<-i> n'ont été ajoutées que relativement récemment à " +"B<dpkg-architecture> (depuis la version 1.13.13 de dpkg)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:271 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:276 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> et cette page de manuel ont été initialement écrits par " +"Marcus Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg.cfg" +msgstr "dpkg.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "dpkg.cfg - fichier de configuration de dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"Ce fichier liste les options appliquées par défaut à dpkg. Chaque ligne " +"contient une seule option, écrite exactement comme sur la ligne de commande " +"mais sans les tirets. Les commentaires sont autorisés en faisant commencer " +"la ligne par un caractère B<#>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Consultez I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> pour la liste de ceux qui ont " +"contribué à B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:22 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:184 dpkg-statoverride.8:87 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-source.1:2 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-23" +msgstr "23-05-2006" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-checkbuilddeps - vérifier les dépendances et les conflits de " +"construction" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 +msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<fichier-control>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" +"Ce programme vérifie si les dépendances et les conflits de construction " +"listés dans le fichier control existent dans les paquets installés sur le " +"système. S'il en existe, il les affiche et se termine avec un code de retour " +"différent de 0." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 +msgid "" +"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" +"Normalement, le fichier I<debian/control> est lu, mais un autre fichier peut " +"être indiqué sur la ligne de commande." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +msgid "" +"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." +msgstr "" +"Ignore les lignes I<Build-Depends-Indep>. À utiliser quand aucun paquet " +"indépendant d'une architecture ne sera construit." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>" +msgstr "B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 +msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-deb" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-deb - outil pour la manipulation des archives (.deb) des paquets Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<répertoire> [I<archive>|I<répertoire>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<fichier-control> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:16 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<champ-control> ...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive répertoire>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B< --control> I<archive répertoire>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> crée un paquet, dépaquette une archive ou donne des " +"renseignements sur les archives Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:43 +msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "B<dpkg> sert à installer ou à supprimer des paquets sur le système." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'exécuter B<dpkg-deb> en appelant B<dpkg> avec les options " +"de B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> comprend que B<dpkg-deb> est appelé et le lance." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 dpkg-split.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" +msgstr "ACTION OPTIONS" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" +msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:66 +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " +"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " +"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " +"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " +"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." +msgstr "" +"Crée une archive Debian avec l'arborescence contenue dans I<répertoire>. " +"I<répertoire> doit posséder un sous-répertoire B<DEBIAN> qui contient les " +"fichiers de contrôle tel que le fichier «\\ control\\ » lui-même. Ce " +"répertoire I<n'apparaît pas> dans l'archive de l'arborescence du paquet " +"binaire\\ ; mais les fichiers qu'il contient sont mis dans la zone de " +"contrôle du paquet binaire." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:72 +msgid "" +"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " +"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." +msgstr "" +"On peut préciser le degré de compression en ajoutant une option B<-z#>. " +"B<dpkg-deb> passe cette option à gzip." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:84 +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" +"À moins de préciser B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> lit B<DEBIAN/control> et " +"l'analyse. Il cherche les erreurs de syntaxe et d'autres problèmes existants" +"\\ ; puis il affiche le nom du paquet binaire qu'il construit. B<dpkg-deb> " +"vérifie aussi les permissions des scripts du responsable et des autres " +"fichiers qu'il trouve dans le répertoire de contrôle B<DEBIAN>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:91 +msgid "" +"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " +"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" +"Quand aucune I<archive> n'est donnée, B<dpkg-deb> appelle le paquet " +"I<répertoire>B<.deb>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:93 +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "Si l'archive qui doit être créée existe déjà, elle est remplacée." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " +"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" +"Quand le second argument est un répertoire, B<dpkg-deb> appelle le paquet " +"I<paquet>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>,B< ou bien " +">I<paquet>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> si aucun champ B<Architecture> n'est présent " +"dans le fichier de contrôle du paquet. Quand un répertoire cible est précisé " +"à la place d'un fichier, l'option B<--nocheck> ne doit pas être utilisée " +"(puisque B<dpkg-deb> a besoin de lire et d'analyser le fichier de contrôle " +"du paquet pour connaître le nom de fichier à utiliser)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 dpkg-split.1:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:112 +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "Donne des renseignements sur une archive de paquet binaire." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:117 +msgid "" +"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" +"Quand aucun argument I<fichier-control> n'est précisé, un résumé du contenu " +"du paquet ainsi que son fichier «\\ control\\ » sont affichés." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +msgid "" +"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" +"Quand un argument I<fichier-control> est précisé, B<dpkg-deb> affiche les " +"éléments dans l'ordre d'apparition\\ ; quand l'un des éléments n'est pas " +"présent, il affiche un message d'erreur sur «\\ stderr\\ » et quitte avec un " +"code égal à 2." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" +msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" +"Cette option donne des informations sur l'archive d'un paquet binaire selon " +"le format spécifié par l'argument B< --showformat>. Le format par défaut " +"affiche le nom et la version du paquet sur une seule ligne, séparés par un " +"espace (tab)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" +msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:135 +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "" +"Extrait les renseignements du fichier «\\ control\\ » de l'archive du paquet " +"binaire." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:139 +msgid "" +"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" +"Quand aucun argument B<control-fichier-champ> n'est précisé, le fichier «\\ " +"control\\ » est affiché en entier." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:148 +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" +"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " +"name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" +"Quand il y en a un, B<dpkg-deb> affiche ses éléments en suivant leur ordre " +"d'apparition dans le fichier «\\ control\\ ». Quand il y a plus d'un " +"argument B<control-fichier-field,> B<dpkg-deb> fait précéder chacun par le " +"nom de son champ (puis par un «\\ deux-points\\ » et une espace)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "L'absence des champs demandés ne provoque pas de message d'erreur." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" +msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" +"Liste seulement l'arborescence des fichiers d'une archive de paquet. C'est " +"en fait le résultat produit par la commande B<tar> et une option " +"d'énumération verbeuse." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" +msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:160 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Extrait l'arborescence d'une archive de paquet dans le répertoire spécifié." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:165 +msgid "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " +"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." +msgstr "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) affiche la liste des fichiers au fur et à mesure " +"qu'ils sont extraits, tandis que B<--extract> (B<-x>) ne produit pas de " +"message, à moins qu'une erreur survienne." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:171 +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " +"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." +msgstr "" +"Il faut remarquer que l'extraction d'un paquet dans le répertoire root I<ne " +"produit pas> une installation correcte\\ ! Utilisez B<dpkg> pour " +"l'installation des paquets." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" +"I<répertoire> est créé si nécessaire (mais pas ses répertoires parents)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" +"Extrait les données de l'arborescence d'une archive de paquet et les envoie " +"sur la sortie standard dans le format propre à la commande B<tar>. En " +"combinant cette option avec la commande B<tar>(1), on peut ainsi extraire un " +"fichier précis d'une archive de paquet." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" +msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:186 +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "" +"Extrait les fichiers de contrôle d'une archive de paquet dans le répertoire " +"spécifié." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:190 +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" +"Quand aucun répertoire n'est précisé, on utilise un sous-répertoire " +"B<DEBIAN> du répertoire actuel." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 +msgid "" +"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Le répertoire cible est créé si nécessaire (mais pas ses répertoires " +"parents)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 dpkg-split.1:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:198 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Affiche l'aide de B<dpkg-deb> qui résume la manière d'utiliser ses options." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." +msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version de B<dpkg-deb>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 dpkg-split.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." +msgstr "" +"Affiche des renseignements sur le copyright de B<dpkg-deb> et l'absence de " +"garantie. (On peut utiliser l'écriture américaine B<--license.>)" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 dpkg-split.1:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" +msgstr "AUTRES OPTIONS" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:216 dpkg-query.1:103 +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" +"Cette option sert à spécifier le format de sortie de l'option B<--show>. Ce " +"format sera utilisé pour chaque paquet listé." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:225 +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." +msgstr "" +"Cet argument est une chaîne qui peut référencer tout champ avec la forme " +"${I<field-name>}\\ ; une liste des champs valables peut être facilement " +"produite avec l'option B<-I> sur le même paquet. Une explication complète " +"des options de formatage (avec les séquences d'échappement et les espaces " +"entre les champs) se trouve dans la page B<dpkg-query>(1), option B<--" +"showformat>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." +msgstr "Par défaut, la valeur de ce champ est ${Package}\\et${Version}\\en." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +msgid "" +"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "" +"S'assure que B<dpkg-deb> construit une archive avec le «\\ nouveau\\ » " +"format. C'est le comportement par défaut." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:240 +msgid "" +"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" +"Oblige B<dpkg-deb> à construire une archive avec l'«\\ ancien\\ » format. Ce " +"format, moins facilement compris par les outils non-Debian, est maintenant " +"dépassé. On l'utilise seulement quand on construit des paquets qui doivent " +"être analysés par des versions de dpkg plus anciennes que la version 0.93.76 " +"(septembre 1995), qui fut produite uniquement pour le format «\\ i386 a.out" +"\\ »." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +msgid "" +"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" +"Empêche les vérifications normales de B<dpkg-deb --build> quant au contenu " +"proposé d'une archive. De cette façon, on peut construire n'importe quelle " +"archive, aussi défectueuse soit-elle." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" +msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:249 +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "Permet les messages de débogage. Ce n'est pas très intéressant." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:254 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<paquet1>B<.deb> I<paquet2>B<.deb> se trompe." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:258 +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" +"Il n'y a pas de validation des fichiers B<.deb ;> en fait, il n'y a même pas " +"de simple somme de contrôle." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:265 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " +"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" +"N'essayez pas d'installer un logiciel avec B<dpkg-deb !> Vous devez utiliser " +"B<dpkg> pour être sûr que tous ses fichiers sont correctement mis en place, " +"que les scripts du paquet sont exécutés et que son contenu et son état sont " +"enregistrés." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:270 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:278 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> et cette page de manuel ont été écrits par Ian Jackson. Le " +"copyright (C) date de 1995-1996 et ils ont paru sous la licence «\\ GNU " +"General Public Licence\\ », version 2 ou supérieure\\ ; il n'y a PAS de " +"garantie. Voyez B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> et B</usr/share/common-" +"licenses/GPL> pour des précisions." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-divert" +msgstr "dpkg-divert" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-divert - remplacer la version d'un fichier contenu dans un paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:10 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:15 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>motif-de-rechercheE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:36 +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" +"Le «\\ détournement\\ » de fichier est un moyen d'obliger B<dpkg>(1) à " +"installer un fichier non pas dans l'emplacement prévu mais dans un autre. " +"Les scripts des paquets Debian se servent de la déviation pour déplacer les " +"fichiers qui créent des conflits. Les administrateurs s'en servent, lors de " +"l'installation d'une version plus récente d'un paquet, pour remplacer les " +"fichiers de configuration de certains paquets, ou bien à chaque fois que des " +"fichiers (qui ne sont pas des «\\ conffiles\\ ») doivent être préservés par " +"dpkg." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:44 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " +"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " +"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " +"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-divert> sert à créer et à mettre à jour la liste des détournements. " +"Il possède trois modes élémentaires, l'ajout, la suppression et le listage " +"d'un détournement. Les options sont respectivement B<--add>, B<--remove> et " +"B<--list>. De plus, il peut afficher le vrai nom d'un fichier détourné avec " +"B<--truename>. On peut indiquer d'autres options (voyez la liste ci-dessous)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:45 dselect.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>répertoireE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" +"dpkg>)." +msgstr "" +"Définit le répertoire de données de Dpkg comme I<E<lt>répertoireE<gt>> (par " +"défaut c'est I</var/lib/dpkg>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--divert>I< E<lt>détourner-dansE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" +"I<E<lt>détourner-dansE<gt>> est l'emplacement vers lequel les versions de " +"I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>, tel qu'il est donné par d'autres paquets, seront " +"détournées." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "B<--local>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" +"Indique que toutes les versions de ce fichier sont détournées. Cela signifie " +"qu'il n'y a pas d'exception et quelque soit le paquet installé, ce fichier " +"sera détourné. Un administrateur peut par exemple installer une version " +"modifiée localement." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>paquetE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " +"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>> est le nom du paquet dont la copie de " +"I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> ne sera pas détournée. Autrement dit, " +"I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> sera détourné sauf s'il appartient à " +"I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:61 install-info.8:190 +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "Mode silencieux, pas de bavardage." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "B<--rename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." +msgstr "" +"Met en fait le fichier de côté. Quand le fichier de destination existe, dpkg-" +"divert interrompt l'opération." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:300 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:73 +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "Mode de test, ne rien modifier réellement, seulement montrer." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:76 +msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." +msgstr "Affiche quelques instructions d'aide, et se termine normalement." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:79 +msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." +msgstr "Affiche le nom du programme et sa version puis se termine normalement." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-divert.8:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "NOTES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:84 +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " +"match if specified." +msgstr "" +"Pour l'ajout, le défaut est B<--local> et B<--divert> I< E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib>. Pour la suppression, B<--package> ou B<--local> et B<--divert> " +"doivent correspondre quand ils sont précisés." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:86 +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." +msgstr "On ne peut pas détourner des répertoires avec B<dpkg-divert>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:92 +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" +"Il faut faire attention quand une bibliothèque partagée est détournée. " +"B<ldconfig>(8) crée un lien symbolique à partir du champ DT_SONAME embarqué " +"dans la bibliothèque. ldconfig ne connaît pas les détournements (seul dpkg " +"le fait), et si une bibliothèque détournée possède le même SONAME que la " +"bibliothèque non détournée, le lien symbolique peut pointer en fin de compte " +"sur la bibliothèque détournée." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:97 +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." +"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" +"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" +"Pour détourner toutes les copies de I</usr/bin/example> vers I</usr/bin/" +"example.foo>, c'est-à-dire demander aux paquets qui fournissent I</usr/bin/" +"example> de l'installer dans I</usr/bin/example.foo>, en effectuant le " +"changement de nom si nécessaire\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:99 +msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:101 dpkg-divert.8:111 +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "Pour supprimer ce détournement\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:103 +msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:107 +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" +"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" +msgstr "" +"Pour détourner un paquet qui veut installer I</usr/bin/example> dans I</usr/" +"bin/example.foo>, sauf votre propre paquet I<wibble>\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:109 +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:113 +msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:120 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"Ce fichier contient la liste des détournements en oeuvre sur le système. Il " +"se trouve dans le répertoire d'administration de dpkg, avec d'autres " +"fichiers importants comme «\\ status\\ » ou «\\ available\\ »." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:123 +msgid "" +"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" +"old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"Note : B<dpkg-divert> préserve l'ancienne copie de ce fichier, avec " +"l'extension «\\ -old\\ », avant de la remplacer par la nouvelle." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:128 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-name.1:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-name" +msgstr "dpkg-name" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:9 +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "dpkg-name - redonne aux paquets Debian leur nom complet" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:22 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I<rep>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version> [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<fichiers>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:33 +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " +"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " +"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " +"a hyphen and the revision information." +msgstr "" +"Cette page de manuel documente le script sh B<dpkg-name>. Celui-ci fournit " +"une façon simple de redonner aux paquets B<Debian> leur nom complet. Ce nom " +"consiste en une chaîne «\\ " +"E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb\\ » telle " +"qu'elle est indiquée dans le fichier «\\ control\\ » du paquet. La partie " +"E<lt>versionE<gt> du nom est composée d'informations sur la version «\\ " +"originale\\ » qui peuvent ou non être suivies d'un trait d'union et " +"d'informations sur la révision." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "Le nom du fichier n'aura pas l'information sur l'architecture." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" +msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "Faire un lien symbolique plutôt qu'une création de fichier." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" +msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "" +"Remplace des fichiers existants s'ils ont le même nom que le fichier de " +"destination." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" +msgstr "B<-s, --subdir> [I<rep>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" +"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " +"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " +"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" +"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " +"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " +"care, it's messy." +msgstr "" +"Met les fichiers dans rep. Si le répertoire donné en argument existe, les " +"fichiers sont déplacés dans ce répertoire\\ ; sinon le répertoire cible, " +"extrait du champ «\\ section\\ » que contient la partie de contrôle du " +"paquet, sera «\\ unstable/binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>\\ " +"». Quand la section est «\\ non-free\\ » ou «\\ contrib\\ », ou bien quand " +"aucune information sur la section n'est trouvée dans le fichier «\\ control" +"\\ », le répertoire cible est «\\ E<lt>sectionE<gt>/binary-" +"E<lt>architectureE<gt>\\ ». Le champ «\\ section\\ » est facultatif\\ ; " +"aussi beaucoup de paquets sont dans la zone «\\ no-section\\ ». Utilisez " +"cette option avec soin\\ : elle est compliquée." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" +msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" +msgstr "" +"On peut utiliser cette option avec l'option -s. Quand un répertoire cible " +"n'est pas trouvé, il est créé automatiquement. B<Utilisez cette option avec " +"soin.>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h, --help>" +msgstr "B<-h, --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." +msgstr "Affiche une aide et se termine normalement." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v, --version>" +msgstr "B<-v, --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:67 dselect.1:131 +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l, --license>" +msgstr "B<-l, --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:71 +msgid "" +"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " +"exit successfully." +msgstr "" +"Affiche les informations sur le copyright et sur la licence (avec une " +"référence à GNU), puis se termine normalement." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgstr "" +"Le nom du fichier «\\ bar-foo.deb\\ » devient «\\ bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb\\ » " +"ou quelque chose de similaire suivant les renseignements que contient la " +"partie de contrôle de «\\ bar-foo.deb\\ »." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" +msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." +msgstr "" +"Cette commande redonne leur nom complet à tous les fichiers qui se trouvent " +"dans le répertoire /root/debian et ses sous-répertoires et qui possèdent une " +"extension «\\ deb\\ », mais supprime l'information sur l'architecture." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" +msgstr "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +msgid "" +"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" +msgstr "" +"B<Ne faites pas ça !> L'archive sera complètement gâchée par des paquets qui " +"ne possèdent pas d'informations sur la section. B<Ne faites pas ça !>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:91 +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "" +"On peut se servir de cette commande lors de la construction d'un nouveau " +"paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:100 +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" +"Certains paquets ne respectent pas l'organisation " +"E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Les paquets " +"traités par dpkg-name la respecte. Cela n'a pas de conséquence sur la façon " +"dont B<dselect>(1) ou B<dpkg>(1) installe les paquets, mais il se peut que " +"d'autres systèmes d'installation aient besoin de cette organisation." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:107 +msgid "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." +msgstr "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-name.1:107 dpkg-source.1:847 install-info.8:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "COPYRIGHT" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:113 +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> est un logiciel libre" +"\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure " +"pour le copyright. Il n'y a B<pas> de garantie." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-query" +msgstr "dpkg-query" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "dpkg-query - Un outil pour interroger la base de données de dpkg" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<nom-paquet-motif> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<nom-paquet-motif> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:17 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<nom-paquet> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<nom-paquet> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<motif-de-recherche> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<nom-paquet> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:32 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:35 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B<dpkg> database." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-query> est un outil pour afficher des informations sur les paquets " +"connus par la base de données de B<dpkg>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "COMMANDES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<nom-paquet-motif> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:50 +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " +"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" +"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" +"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " +"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" +msgstr "" +"Liste les paquets correspondants au motif donné. Quand on ne donne aucun " +"I<nom-paquet-motif>, tous les paquets listés dans I</var/lib/dpkg/status> " +"sont affichés, sauf ceux dont l'état est «\\ purge\\ ». Les métacaractères " +"ordinaires de l'interpréteur de commandes sont autorisés dans I<nom-paquet-" +"motif>. Il faudra sans doute mettre I<nom-paquet-motif> entre apostrophes " +"pour éviter l'expansion des noms de fichier par l'interpréteur de commandes. " +"Par exemple, tous les paquets dont le nom commence par «\\ libc6\\ » seront " +"affichés par la commande\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" +"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" +"On ne peut pas configurer le format de sortie de cette option. Il s'adapte " +"automatiquement à la largeur du terminal. Ce format est destiné aux humains " +"et la machine le lit mal. Voyez B<-W> (B<--show>) et B<--showformat> pour " +"une possible configuration de ce format." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<nom-paquet-motif>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" +"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " +"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " +"separated by a tab." +msgstr "" +"Tout comme l'option B<--list>, cette option affiche la liste des paquets qui " +"correspondent au motif donné. La sortie peut cependant être formatée en " +"utilisant l'option B<--showformat>. Le format de sortie par défaut est le " +"suivant\\ : une ligne pour chaque paquet, avec le nom et la version " +"installée, séparé par une tabulation." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<nom-paquet> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" +"Donne l'état du paquet indiqué. C'est simplement l'affichage de l'entrée de " +"la base de données concernant les états des paquets installés." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<paquet> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" +"Affiche la liste des fichiers de I<paquet> installés sur le système. Il faut " +"remarquer cependant que les fichiers créés par les scripts d'installation " +"particuliers au paquet ne sont pas affichés." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<motif-de-recherche> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Recherche un nom de fichier dans les paquets installés. On peut utiliser " +"dans le motif tous les métacaractères de l'interpréteur de commandes. Cette " +"commande ne donne pas les fichiers supplémentaires créés par les scripts du " +"responsable de paquet, ni les alternatives." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" +msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<paquet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +msgid "" +"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" +"available>." +msgstr "" +"Affiche des renseignements détaillés sur I<paquet>, tels qu'ils sont trouvés " +"dans le fichier I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:89 +msgid "Display licence and copyright information." +msgstr "Affiche des renseignements sur la licence et le copyright." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:92 +msgid "Display version information." +msgstr "Affiche des renseignements sur la version." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>=I<dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" +"lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Change l'endroit où se trouve la base de données de B<dpkg>. Par défaut, " +"c'est I</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:105 +msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" +msgstr "Dans la chaîne, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq déspécifie le caractère" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<\\en> newline\n" +" B<\\er> carriage return\n" +" B<\\et> tab\n" +msgstr "" +" B<\\en> nouvelle ligne\n" +" B<\\er> retour chariot\n" +" B<\\et> tabulation\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:116 +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" +"$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq avant un caractère supprime la signification du caractère " +"qui suit. C'est utile pour les caractères \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<$>" +"\\(rq." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:122 +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " +"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " +"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" +msgstr "" +"On peut indiquer un paquet en insérant des appels de variables spécifiant " +"des champs du paquet avec la syntaxe suivante\\ : \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;" +">I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. Les champs sont alignés à droite, à moins que la " +"largeur ne soit négative, auquel cas ils sont alignés à gauche. Les champs " +"suivants sont reconnus\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\"\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:161 +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" +"Le format par défaut est le suivant\\ : \\(lqB<${Paquet}\\et${Version}\\en>" +"\\(rq. Tous les autres champs du fichier status, par exemple des champs " +"définis par l'utilisateur, peuvent être demandés. Ils seront affichés mais " +"sans aucune mise en forme et aucune vérification n'est faite. Pour obtenir " +"le nom du responsable de dpkg et la version installée, exécutez par exemple :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "ENVIRONNEMENT" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:172 +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "" +"Fixer le nombre de colonnes influence la sortie de l'option B<--list> en " +"modifiant la largeur d'affichage." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:175 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-query.1:175 dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:177 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 +msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-10" +msgstr "10-05-2006" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" +msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - créer des fichiers «\\ Packages\\ »" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>>] [B<-m>] I<rep-de-" +"binaires> I<fichier-d'-override> [I<chemin-à-préfixer>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> trie une arborescence contenant des paquets binaires " +"Debian et crée un fichier «\\ Packages\\ » qui permettra à B<apt>(8), " +"B<dselect>(1), ou à un autre programme, de savoir quels sont les paquets " +"installables. Ces fichiers «\\ Packages\\ » sont semblables à ceux qu'on " +"peut trouver sur les sites d'archives Debian ou sur des cédéroms. Quand on " +"crée un répertoire contenant des paquets qu'on veut installer sur un " +"ensemble de machines, on peut se servir soi-même de B<dpkg-scanpackages>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" +"B<Note :> pour lire le fichier avec B<apt>, il faudra sans doute le " +"compresser avec B<gzip>(1) et créer un fichier Packages.gz. Apt ignore les " +"fichiers Packages non compressés, sauf pour des sources locales (B<file://>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 +msgid "" +"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." +msgstr "" +"I<rep-de-binaires> est le nom de l'arborescence des paquets binaires (par " +"exemple B<contrib/binary-i386)> que l'on veut traiter. Il vaut mieux qu'elle " +"soit relative à la racine de l'archive Debian\\ ; ainsi chaque champ «\\ " +"Filename\\ » dans le nouveau fichier «\\ Packages\\ » commencera par cette " +"chaîne." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 +msgid "" +"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgstr "" +"I<fichier-d'-override> est le nom du fichier qui contient les renseignements " +"sur la manière dont le paquet s'insère dans la distribution\\ ; voir ci-" +"dessous." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 +msgid "" +"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" +"I<chemin-à-préfixer> est une chaîne facultative qui préfixera les champs «\\ " +"Filename\\ »." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 +msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "" +"Si l'option B<-u> est spécifiée, la commande recherche des *.udeb au lieu de " +"*.deb." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 +msgid "" +"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " +"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." +msgstr "" +"Quand B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> est spécifiée, la commande ne recherche pas " +"tous les fichiers debs\\ ; elle utilise un motif équivalent à *_all.deb et à " +"*_arch.deb." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " +"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " +"in the output." +msgstr "" +"S'il existe plusieurs versions d'un paquet, seule la plus récente est " +"affichée en sortie. Si les paquets ont la même version mais diffèrent par " +"l'architecture, seul le premier trouvé est utilisé. Il est possible de " +"modifier ce comportement avec l'option B<-m>\\ : tous les paquets trouvés " +"seront affichés en sortie." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" +msgstr "LE FICHIER « OVERRIDE »" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." +msgstr "" +"Bien que l'on puisse trouver dans le fichier «\\ control\\ » la plupart des " +"informations concernant un paquet, certaines doivent être inscrites par les " +"tsars de la distribution plutôt que par le responsable du paquet\\ : elles " +"ont trait à l'organisation des fichiers en vue de la publication plutôt " +"qu'aux dépendances réelles ou à la description du paquet. Ces informations " +"se trouvent dans le fichier «\\ override\\ »." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Les éléments du fichier «\\ override\\ » sont séparés simplement par un " +"espace. Les commentaires commencent par un caractère B<«\\ #\\ »>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 +msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" +msgstr "I<paquet> I<priorité> I<section> [I<responsable>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" +"I<paquet> est le nom du paquet. Les entrées du fichier «\\ override\\ » " +"concernant des paquets qui ne sont pas dans l'arborescence des paquets " +"binaires sont ignorées." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 +msgid "" +"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." +msgstr "" +"Les éléments I<priorité> et I<section> placent le paquet dans l'arborescence" +"\\ ; on ne devrait pas les trouver dans le fichier «\\ control\\ ». Quand le " +"paquet se trouve dans un sous-répertoire de I<rep-de-binaires,> on le " +"compare avec le contenu de I<section>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 +msgid "" +"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " +"to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" +"L'élément I<responsable,> quand il existe, peut représenter soit le nom du " +"responsable quand il s'agit d'un remplacement sans condition, soit la chaîne " +"I<ancienresponsable> B<=E<gt>> I<nouveauresponsable> pour un changement de " +"responsable." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" +"On peut trouver les fichiers «\\ override\\ », dont on se sert pour établir " +"les fichiers officiels «\\ Packages\\ », dans le répertoire I<indices> des " +"miroirs Debian." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 update-alternatives.8:436 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "DIAGNOSTICS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> affiche les erreurs habituelles qui se comprennent " +"d'elles-mêmes. Il affiche aussi des avertissements quand des paquets sont " +"dans un mauvais sous-répertoire, existent en double exemplaire, ont des " +"champs «\\ Filename\\ » dans leur fichier «\\ control\\ », sont absents du " +"fichier «\\ override\\ » ou bien dont les substitutions de responsable ne " +"peuvent pas s'appliquer." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scansources" +msgstr "dpkg-scansources" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-scansources - Rechercher les fichiers « .dsc » et construire le fichier " +"d'index « Sources »" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:13 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" +"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<rep-de-binaires> [I<fichier-override> " +"[I<chemin-à-préfixer>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:18 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> recherche des fichiers I<.dsc> dans le répertoire I<rep-" +"de-binaires> indiqué. Ces fichiers sont utilisés pour créer un index de " +"sources Debian, qui est envoyé sur la sortie standard." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:29 +msgid "" +"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" +"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." +msgstr "" +"Le I<fichier-override>, s'il est indiqué, est utilisé pour fixer les " +"priorités dans l'index créé et pour modifier le responsable donné par les " +"fichiers I<.dsc>. Consultez B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) pour plus de détails sur " +"le format de ce fichier. Note : comme le fichier override est indexé par " +"paquet binaire et non pas par paquet source, il y a un léger problème. " +"L'implémentation actuelle utilise la priorité la plus élevée des paquets " +"produit par un fichier I<.dsc> comme priorité du paquet source, et l'entrée " +"du fichier override du premier paquet binaire listé dans le fichier I<.dsc> " +"pour modifier l'information sur le responsable. Ceci pourra changer." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:33 +msgid "" +"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"Le I<chemin-à-préfixer>, s'il est indiqué, est ajouté au début du champ " +"Directory (« répertoire ») dans l'index des sources généré. C'est en règle " +"générale utilisé pour que le champ Directory contienne un chemin depuis la " +"racine de l'archive Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" +"B<Note :> Si vous voulez accéder au fihier Sources généré avec B<apt>(8), " +"vous devrez probablement compresser ce fichier avec B<gzip>(1) (pour créer " +"un fichier Sources.gz). Apt ignore les fichiers Sources non compressés sauf " +"pour les accès locaux (c'est-à-dire les sources B<file://>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:45 install-info.8:272 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "B<--debug>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "Active le débogage." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +msgid "Show the usage message and die." +msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide puis quitte." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" +"Ne trie pas les entrées de l'index. Elles sont d'habitude triées en fonction " +"du nom du paquet source." + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" +msgstr "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<fichier>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:55 +msgid "" +"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" +"Utilise le I<fichier> comme fichier override des sources. B<dpkg-" +"scansources> utilise par défaut le fichier override indiqué, en y ajoutant " +"le suffixe I<.src>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:61 +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" +"Le format des fichiers override des sources est différent des fichiers " +"override des binaires. Il ne contient que deux champs séparés par des " +"espaces, le premier indique le paquet source et le second, la section. Les " +"lignes blanches et les lignes de commentaire sont ignorées comme à " +"l'habitude. Si un paquet apparaît dans chaque fichier, le fichier des " +"sources est prioritaire pour fixer la section." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:63 +msgid "Print the version number and exit." +msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version puis quitte." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:66 +msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:68 +msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-source.1:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-source" +msgstr "dpkg-source" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:7 +msgid "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " +"tools" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Les outils de Debian " +"pour les paquets source." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<fichier.dsc> [I<répertoire-de-sortie>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:15 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" +"targz>|'']" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<répertoire> [I<répertoire-d'origine> | orig-" +"targz |'']" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:18 +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:24 +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:27 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:30 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< fichier section priorité>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "B<dpkg-source> empaquète ou dépaquète une archive source Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:42 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" +"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> lit les informations contenues dans une arborescence " +"Debian dépaquetée et crée le fichier «\\ control\\ » d'un paquet binaire " +"(par défaut, c'est le fichier debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control)\\ ; il ajoute aussi " +"une entrée pour ce paquet binaire dans B<debian/files>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:68 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" +">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " +"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" +"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " +"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " +"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " +"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " +"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calcule, pour les exécutables nommés dans ses arguments, " +"les dépendances envers les bibliothèques partagées. Ces dépendances sont " +"ajoutées au fichier B<debian/substvars> sous la forme B<shlibs:" +">I<dependencyfield> où I<dependencyfield> est le nom du champ de «\\ " +"dépendance\\ ». Toute autre variable après I<shlibs:> est supprimée du " +"fichier. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> lit les informations concernant les dépendances " +"envers les bibliothèques partagées dans les fichiers suivants\\ : B<debian/" +"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, le fichier B<shlibs>, (fichier " +"du paquet contenant un fichier qui, selon B<objdump,> satisfait au système " +"de dépendance envers les bibliothèques) ou bien B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. " +"Le premier trouvé est utilisé. Consultez la charte Debian pour des " +"précisions sur le format des fichiers qui traitent des dépendances envers " +"les bibliothèques partagées. Ce format est le suivant\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:70 +msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" +msgstr "" +"E<lt>nom de la bibliothèqueE<gt> E<lt>version/nom_soE<gt> " +"E<lt>dépendancesE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:76 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> lit les informations à la fois dans une arborescence " +"debian dépaquetée et déjà construite et sur les fichiers qui ont été créés" +"\\ ; puis il crée un fichier de contrôle pour la mise en place dans " +"l'archive Debian (c'est le fichier B<.changes>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:80 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> est un script de contrôle qui peut faciliter la " +"construction automatique d'un paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:84 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> ajoute une entrée pour un fichier dans B<debian/files.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:89 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> lit et fait l'analyse du fichier «\\ changelog\\ » " +"d'une arborescence source dépaquetée et affiche les informations qu'il " +"contient sur la sortie standard et sous une forme lisible par la machine." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:93 +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" +"Aucune de ces commandes ne permet la combinaison de plusieurs options en une " +"seule et elles ne permettent pas d'indiquer la valeur d'une option dans un " +"argument séparé." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:93 update-alternatives.8:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPTIONS COMMUNES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +msgid "" +"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " +"with the programs that accept them." +msgstr "" +"Beaucoup de ces programmes partagent les options qui sont décrites ici\\ ; " +"on décrit en même temps les programmes qui les acceptent." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:101 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " +"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " +"tools." +msgstr "" +"Affiche le message d'aide associé au programme\\ : il comprend un résumé des " +"options acceptées. Tous les outils pour les paquets source comprennent cette " +"option." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " +"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." +msgstr "" +"Affiche la version du programme\\ ; le message comprend des informations sur " +"la licence et le copyright. Tous les outils pour les paquets source " +"comprennent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>I<version>" +msgstr "B<-v>I<version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:114 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " +"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I<version> to be used." +msgstr "" +"Avec B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> et B<dpkg-parsechangelog> " +"cette option force l'utilisation des informations contenues dans le fichier " +"«\\ changelog\\ » et qui concernent toutes les versions strictement plus " +"récentes que I<version.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " +"will be generated." +msgstr "" +"Avec B<dpkg-gencontrol,> cette option donne le numéro de version du paquet " +"binaire qui sera crée." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" +msgstr "B<-C>I<description-des-changements>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " +"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Lit la description des changements dans le fichier I<description-des-" +"changements> plutôt que dans le fichier «\\ changelog\\ » de l'arborescence " +"source. B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "B<-m>I<adresse-du-responsable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Utilise I<adresse-du-responsable> comme nom et adresse électronique du " +"responsable de paquet plutôt que d'utiliser les informations contenues dans " +"le fichier «\\ control\\ » de l'arborescence source. B<dpkg-buildpackage> et " +"B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "B<-e>I<adresse-du-responsable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Utilise I<adresse-du-responsable> comme nom et adresse électronique du " +"responsable de paquet pour cette mise en place, plutôt que d'utiliser les " +"informations contenues dans le fichier «\\ changelog\\ » de l'arborescence " +"source. B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" +msgstr "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:150 +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " +"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" +"Ces options contrôlent si l'archive source originale est incluse dans " +"l'installation produite par B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-genchanges> quand " +"on construit un paquet source (les options B<-b> or B<-B> n'ont pas été " +"utilisées)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:158 +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, ou quand l'option B<-si> est indiquée, les sources originales " +"sont incluses si le numéro de version se termine par B<-0> ou B<-1>, c'est-à-" +"dire si la partie «\\ révision Debian\\ » du numéro de version est égal à " +"B<0> ou B<1>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" +"L'option B<-sa> force l'inclusion des sources originales\\ ; l'option B<-sd> " +"force leur exclusion et inclut seulement le «\\ diff_ »." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "B<-V>I<nom>B<=>I<valeur>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" +"Fixe la valeur d'une variable de substitution. B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option. Voyez ci-dessous " +"pour une discussion sur la valeur de substitution." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" +msgstr "B<-T>I<fichier/substvars>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +msgid "" +"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " +"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " +"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Lit (ou, écrit, pour B<dpkg-shlibdeps),> les variables de substitution dans " +"le fichier I<fichier/substvars>; Par défaut c'est le fichier B<debian/" +"substvars.> B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> et dpkg-" +"genchanges acceptent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<champ>B<=>I<valeur>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +msgid "" +"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Remplace ou ajoute en sortie un champ dans le fichier de contrôle. B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-U>I<field>" +msgstr "B<-U>I<champ>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +msgid "" +"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Supprime en sortie un champ dans le fichier de contrôle. B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" +msgstr "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:212 +msgid "" +"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" +"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " +"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " +"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " +"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " +"being built." +msgstr "" +"Avec B<dpkg-genchanges> et B<dpkg-buildpackage> les options B<-b> et B<-B> " +"indiquent qu'on veut seulement construire un paquet binaire. L'option B<-b> " +"indique qu'aucun fichier source n'est à construire ou à distribuer, et " +"l'option B<-B> indique en plus qu'aucun fichier, appartenant à un paquet " +"binaire ne dépendant pas d'une architecture, n'est à distribuer. L'option B<-" +"S> indique que seul le source doit être installé et qu'on a pas besoin de " +"construire un paquet binaire. Seul B<dpkg-buildpackage> se sert des options " +"B<-b> et B<-B>. B<dpkg-genchanges> crée seulement un fichier B<.changes> " +"pour tous les fichiers produits par la cible B<binary-*> du paquet qui est " +"construit." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +msgid "" +"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " +"one) - see below." +msgstr "" +"L'option B<-b> indique à B<dpkg-source> de construire un paquet source " +"(plutôt que d'en extraire un), voyez ci-dessous." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" +msgstr "B<-c>I<fichier/control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Indique le principal fichier de contrôle des sources où trouver des " +"renseignements. Par défaut, c'est le fichier B<debian/control>. B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" +msgstr "B<-l>I<fichier/changelog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Indique le fichier d'enregistrement des changements où trouver des " +"renseignements. Par défaut, c'est le fichier B<debian/changelog>. B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" +msgstr "B<-f>I<fichier/liste-des-fichiers>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." +msgstr "" +"Lit ou écrit la liste des fichiers qui doivent être mis en place dans le " +"fichier I<fichier/liste-des-fichiers,> plutôt que dans le fichier B<debian/" +"files.> B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-genchanges> et B<dpkg-distaddfile> " +"acceptent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" +msgstr "B<-F>I<format-du-changelog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" +"Donne le format du fichier changelog. Par défaut, c'est une ligne spéciale, " +"près de la fin du fichier, qui l'indique\\ ; sinon, on utilise le format " +"classique B<debian>. B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> acceptent cette option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W>" +msgstr "B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +msgid "" +"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " +"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" +"Cette option transforme certaines erreurs en avertissements. Seul dpkg-" +"source l'utilise, mais B<dpkg-buildpackage> la reconnait et la transmet à " +"B<dpkg-source>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E>" +msgstr "B<-E>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +msgid "" +"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " +"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" +"Cette option annule une précédente option B<-W>. Elle n'est actuellement " +"comprise que par B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-source>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-SOURCE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +msgid "" +"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " +"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" +"Quand on fournit les options communes B<-c> et B<-l> avec des chemins " +"relatifs, on considère qu'ils sont relatifs au répertoire le plus élevé de " +"l'arborescence source." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>" +msgstr "B<-x>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:272 +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " +"under the current working directory." +msgstr "" +"Cette option sert à extraire un paquet source. On doit donner un seul " +"argument sans option\\ : le nom du fichier de contrôle des sources Debian " +"(B<.dsc>). Un deuxième argument sans option peut être donné pour indiquer " +"le répertoire où extraire le paquet source, cela ne doit pas exister. Quand " +"aucun répertoire n'est indiqué, le paquet source est extrait dans le " +"répertoire I<source>-I<version-> du répertoire courant." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:280 +msgid "" +"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " +"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " +"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" +"Aucune option n'est utile avec B<dpkg-source-x>. B<dpkg-source> lit, dans " +"le fichier de contrôle, les noms des fichiers qui composent le paquet source" +"\\ ; il suppose qu'ils sont dans le même répertoire que le fichier B<.dsc.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" +"Les fichiers extraits du paquet auront le même système de propriété et de " +"permission que s'ils avaient été simplement créés -- les répertoires et les " +"fichiers exécutables auront un système de permission égal à 0777 et les " +"simples fichiers, 0666\\ ; ces deux systèmes étant modifiés par le masque de " +"celui qui fait l'extraction\\ ; Si le répertoire parent est «\\ setgid\\ », " +"les répertoires extraits le seront aussi et tous les fichiers et répertoires " +"hériteront du système de propriété de ce groupe." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:303 +msgid "" +"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " +"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " +"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " +"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " +"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " +"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " +"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgstr "" +"Construire : empaqueter une arborescence. Un ou deux arguments, sans " +"options, seront fournis. Le premier représente le nom du répertoire qui " +"contient l'arborescence non empaquetée. Si l'on donne un second argument, ce " +"sera le nom du répertoire source original ou bien le nom du fichier «\\ tar" +"\\ » ou bien une chaîne vide si le paquet est «\\ debian pure souche\\ » et " +"n'a donc pas de fichiers «\\ diffs\\ » concernant sa «\\ debianisation\\ ». " +"S'il n'y a pas de second argument, et selon les autres arguments donnés, " +"B<dpkg-source> cherche le fichier « tar » des sources originelles " +"I<paquet>B<_>I<version-originelle>B<.orig.tar.gz> ou bien le répertoire " +"source originel I<répertoire>B<.orig> ou bien une chaîne vide (pas de source " +"originel, et donc pas de « diffs »)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:303 dpkg-source.1:642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" +msgstr "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:311 +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" +"On peut donner une expression rationnelle Perl correspondant aux fichiers " +"qui doivent être éliminés de la liste des fichiers pour le «\\ diff\\ ». " +"Cette liste est créée par une commande «\\ find\\ ». L'option B<-i> toute " +"seule, élimine les fichiers de contrôle et les répertoires des systèmes les " +"plus connus de contrôle de version, les fichiers d'échange et de sauvegarde " +"et les répertoire utilisés par Libtool." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:323 +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." +"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " +"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " +"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " +"the B<-i> switch." +msgstr "" +"C'est très utile pour supprimer les fichiers superflus qui sont inclus dans " +"le .diff.gz (p. ex. «\\ debian/BUGS_TODO/*\\ » ou «\\ debian/RCS/*,v\\ »). " +"Quand on suit avec un CVS distant un paquet que l'on maintient, et qu'on a " +"pas la possibilité d'enregistrer les fichiers debian de contrôle ou " +"d'étiqueter I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, il faut faire un «\\ checkout/update\\ » " +"supplémentaire dans un répertoire tenu vierge pour créer le fichier orig.tar." +"gz. Les fichiers «\\ CVS/Entries\\ » de ce répertoire contiennent des dates " +"qui diffèrent de celles du répertoire de travail\\ ; cela provoque indûment " +"leur inclusion dans chaque .diff.gz créé, à moins d'utiliser l'option B<-i>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:323 dpkg-source.1:646 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<-IE<lt>fichierE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." +"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." +msgstr "" +"Avec cette option, le fichier est passé à l'option --exclude de tar quand on " +"veut créer un fichier .orig.tar.gz ou .tar.gz. Par exemple, -ICVS fera que " +"tar sautera les répertoires du CVS quand il doit créer un fichier .tar.gz. " +"On peut répéter cette option pour exclure plusieurs fichiers." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" +msgstr "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> avec B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:345 +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" +"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgstr "" +"Quand on spécifie B<-sk> ou B<-sp,> B<dpkg-source> s'attend à ce que le " +"source originel soit un fichier «\\ tar\\ »\\ ; par défaut, c'est le fichier " +"I<paquet>B<_>I<version-originelle>B<.orig.tar.gz>.B< Il le laisse en place " +"en tant que fichier «\\ tar\\ » ou le copie dans le répertoire en cours s'il " +"n'y est pas déjà. Quand on utilise -sp> au lieu de B<-sk,> il le supprime " +"ensuite." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:357 +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" +"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " +"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" +msgstr "" +"Quand on spécifie B<-su> ou B<-sr>, le source originel est attendu comme un " +"répertoire\\ ; par défaut, c'est le répertoire I<paquet>B<->I<version-" +"originelle>B<.orig> et B<dpkg-source> crée une nouvelle archive du source " +"originel. Quand on utilise B<-sr>, B<dpkg-source> supprime ce répertoire " +"après usage." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:368 +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." +msgstr "" +"Quand on utilise B<-ss>, B<dpkg-source> s'attend à ce que le source originel " +"soit disponible à la fois comme un répertoire et comme un fichier «\\ tar\\ " +"». Il se sert du répertoire pour créer le «\\ diff\\ », mais se sert du " +"fichier «\\ tar\\ » pour créer le fichier B<.dsc>. On doit faire attention " +"avec cette option. Si le répertoire et le fichier «\\ tar\\ » ne " +"correspondent pas, une mauvaise archive source en résulte." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:377 +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgstr "" +"Quand on utilise B<-sn>, B<dpkg-source> ne cherche pas de source originel, " +"et ne crée pas de «\\ diff\\ ». Le second argument, s'il existe, doit être " +"une chaîne vide. Cela sert pour les paquets Debian pure souche qui n'ont pas " +"un source originel distinct et donc, pas de fichier «\\ diff\\ » de " +"debianisation." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:406 +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" +"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgstr "" +"Quand on utilise B<-sa> ou B<-sA,> B<dpkg-source> cherche un source originel " +"soit sous forme de fichier «\\ tar\\ », soit sous forme de répertoire -- le " +"deuxième argument, s'il existe, ou bien une chaîne vide (cela revient à " +"utiliser l'option B<-sn)>. Quand un fichier «\\ tar\\ » existe, il est " +"dépaqueté et B<dpkg-source> crée un fichier «\\ diff\\ »\\ ; ensuite il " +"supprime le fichier «\\ tar\\ » (cela revient à utiliser l'option B<-sp)>" +"\\ ; quand un répertoire est trouvé, il est dépaqueté et B<dpkg-source> crée " +"le source originel et supprime ensuite ce répertoire (cela revient à " +"utiliser l'option B<-sr)>\\ ; quand ni l'un ni l'autre n'est trouvé, B<dpkg-" +"source> suppose que le paquet ne possède pas de fichier «\\ diff\\ » de " +"debianisation, mais seulement une simple archive source (cela revient à " +"utiliser l'option B<-sn>). Quand les deux sont trouvés, B<dpkg-source> " +"ignore le répertoire et le remplace si l'option B<-sA> a été spécifiée (cela " +"revient à utiliser l'option B<-sP)>\\ ; ou bien il provoque une erreur si " +"l'option B<-sa> a été spécifiée. L'option par défaut est B<-sA>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" +"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" +"Les options B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> et B<-sr> ne remplacent pas les " +"fichiers «\\ tar\\ » ou les répertoires existants. Pour cela, il faut " +"utiliser les options B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-sU> et B<-sR.>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" +msgstr "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> avec B<-x>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:415 +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "" +"Dans tous ces cas, l'arborescence existante d'un source originel est " +"supprimée." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:422 +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." +msgstr "" +"Quand on utilise l'option B<-sp> lors d'une extraction, le source originel " +"(s'il existe) est laissé en tant que fichier «\\ tar\\ ». S'il n'est pas " +"déjà dans le répertoire en cours ou si ce répertoire contient un fichier " +"différent, le fichier «\\ tar\\ » est copié dans ce répertoire. C'est le " +"comportement par défaut." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:425 +msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "L'option B<-su> dépaquète une arborescence source originelle." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:430 +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." +msgstr "" +"L'option B<-sn> assure que le source originel ne sera ni copié dans le " +"répertoire en cours, ni dépaqueté. Une arborescence source originelle " +"présente dans le répertoire en cours est toujours supprimée." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les options B<-sX> s'excluent mutuellement. Si vous en indiquez " +"plusieurs, seule la dernière sera prise en compte." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" +msgstr "LES OPTIONS POUR DPKG-GENCONTROL" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> ne prend pas d'argument sans option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<package>" +msgstr "B<-p>I<paquet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" +"cette option produit les informations concernant le paquet binaire I<paquet." +"> Si le fichier de contrôle des sources liste un seul paquet binaire, on " +"peut omettre cette option\\ ; sinon c'est indispensable d'indiquer le paquet " +"pour lequel on veut produire les informations." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<-n>I<nom-de-fichier>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" +"Le nom du paquet est I<nom-de-fichier> au lieu de l'habituel : " +"paquet_version_arch.deb." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" +"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgstr "" +"Ces options, conservées pour compatibilité avec les anciennes versions de " +"dpkg-dev, sont maintenant déconseillées. Elles servaient à dire à dpkg-" +"gencontrol d'inclure les champs « Section » et « Priority » dans le fichier " +"« control ». C'est maintenant le comportement par défaut. Si vous voulez " +"l'ancien comportement, vous pouvez utiliser l'option B<-U> pour supprimer " +"ces champs du fichier « control »." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" +msgstr "B<-P>I<rep-de-construction-du-paquet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:472 +msgid "" +"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " +"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" +"Cette option indique à B<dpkg-source> que le répertoire de construction du " +"paquet est I<rep-de-construction-du-paquet> au lieu de B<debian/tmp.> Cette " +"valeur sert à trouver la valeur par défaut de la variable de substitution " +"B<Installed-Size> et celle du champ correspondant dans le fichier de " +"contrôle (on utilise la commande B<du>)\\ ; elle donne aussi l'emplacement " +"par défaut pour le fichier de sortie." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:472 dpkg-source.1:534 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O>" +msgstr "B<-O>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +msgid "" +"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " +"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" +"P> was used)." +msgstr "" +"Cette option provoque l'affichage du fichier de contrôle sur la sortie " +"standard au lieu de B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (ou I<rep-de-construction-" +"du-paquet>B</DEBIAN/control> si l'option B<-P> a été utilisée)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" +msgstr "LES OPTIONS POUR DPKG-SHLIBDEPS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprète des arguments sans option comme des commandes " +"exécutables, comme si on avait simplement donné B<-e>I<exécutable>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-e>I<exécutable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I<executable>." +msgstr "" +"Cette option inclut les bonnes dépendances envers les bibliothèques " +"partagées que demande I<exécutable.>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "B<-d>I<champ-dépendance>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:497 +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" +msgstr "" +"Cette option ajoute les dépendances destinées au champ « dépendance » du " +"fichier de contrôle I<champ-dépendance.> (Les dépendances pour ce champ sont " +"dans la variable B<shlibs:>I<champ-dépendance>.)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:507 +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " +"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." +msgstr "" +"I<L'option >B<-d>I<champ-dépendance> concerne tous les exécutables qui " +"suivent l'option, jusqu'à la prochaine option B<-d>I<champ-dépendance>.I< " +"Par défaut, champ-dépendance> vaut B<Depends>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " +"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" +"Quand, dans plusieurs champs reconnus ayant trait aux dépendances comme les " +"champs B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> ou B<Suggests," +"> apparaît la même entrée (ou bien un ensemble d'alternatives) B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps> supprime automatiquement les dépendances dans tous les champs " +"sauf celui qui représente les dépendances les plus importantes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" +msgstr "B<-p>I<préfixe-pour-le-nom-des-variables>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +msgid "" +"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " +"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" +"Les variables de substitution commenceront par I<préfixe-pour-le-nom-des-" +"variables>B<:> au lieu de B<shlibs:>. De même, toute variable de " +"substitution commençant par I<préfixe-pour-le-nom-des-variables>B<:> (au " +"lieu de B<shlib:>) est enlevée du fichier de substitution des variables." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" +msgstr "B<-L>I<fichier-local-shlibs>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:534 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " +"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> lira les informations de remplacement concernant les " +"dépendances envers les bibliothèques partagées dans I<fichier-local-shlibs> " +"au lieu de B<debian/shlibs.local>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +msgid "" +"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " +"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" +"substvars> by default)." +msgstr "" +"Les définitions des variables de substitution seront affichées sur la sortie " +"standard, plutôt qu'ajoutées dans le fichier de substitution des variables " +"qui est par défaut debian/substvars." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<type>" +msgstr "B<-t>I<type>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " +"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " +"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " +"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " +"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> préfèrera les informations sur les dépendances des " +"bibliothèques partagées qui sont étiquetées pour un type de paquet donné. " +"Si aucune information de type n'est donnée, il n'utilisera pas " +"d'information. Par défaut, le type de paquet est \"deb\". On peut créer une " +"étiquette pour ces informations en les préfixant par le nom du type, un deux-" +"points et un espace." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" +msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-GENCHANGES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> ne prend pas d'argument sans option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" +msgstr "B<-u>I<répertoire-des-fichiers-à-installer>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" +"Cherche les fichiers à installer dans I<répertoire-des-fichiers-à-installer> " +"plutôt que dans B<..> (B<dpkg-genchanges> doit trouver ces fichiers de " +"manière à mettre leurs tailles et leurs sommes de contrôle dans le fichier " +"B<.changes.)>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "B<-q>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +msgid "" +"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> affiche habituellement des messages d'information sur la " +"sortie d'erreur standard\\ ; par exemple, combien de fichiers source du " +"paquet sont en cours d'installation. B<-q> supprime ces messages." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" +msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-BUILDPACKAGE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> ne prend pas d'argument sans option." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" +msgstr "B<-k>I<key-id>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." +msgstr "Précise une clé pour la signature des paquets." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" +msgstr "B<-r>I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root>" + +# type: Plain text +#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " +"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " +"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " +"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." +msgstr "" +"Quand B<dpkg-buildpackage> doit exécuter une partie du processus de " +"construction en tant que root, il préfixe la commande exécutée par " +"I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root>, si elle existe. I<commande-pour-" +"obtenir-privilèges-de-root> sera le nom d'un programme présent dans le " +"B<PATH> et ce programme prend comme argument le nom de la commande réelle à " +"exécuter et les arguments qu'elle doit prendre. I<commande-pour-obtenir-" +"privilèges-de-root> ne contiendra pas d'espace ni aucun « métacaractère » de " +"l'interpréteur de commandes. I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root> " +"est classiquement B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> ou B<really>. B<su> ne va " +"pas, puisque ce programme demande une option B<-c> pour exécuter une commande" +"\\ ; et même alors il ne peut qu'appeler l'interpréteur de commandes de " +"l'utilisateur au lieu de passer directement les arguments à la commande qui " +"doit être exécutée." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" +msgstr "B<-p>I<commande-de-signature>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " +"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " +"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" +"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." +msgstr "" +"Quand B<dpkg-buildpackage> doit exécuter GPG ou PGP pour signer un fichier " +"source de contrôle (B<.dsc>) ou un fichier B<.changes>, il exécute " +"I<commande-de-signature> (en examinant le B<PATH> si nécessaire) au lieu de " +"B<pgp>. I<commande-de-signature> obtient tous les arguments qu'aurait obtenu " +"B<pgp>. Si I<commande-de-signature> veut recevoir ses arguments à la manière " +"GPG plutôt qu'à la manière PGP, on choisira l'option B<-sgpg.> I<commande-de-" +"signature> ne contiendra pas d'espace ni aucun «\\ métacaractère\\ » de " +"l'interpréteur de commandes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-tc>" +msgstr "B<-tc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " +"after the package has been built." +msgstr "" +"Nettoyage de l'arborescence (en utilisant I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-" +"de-root> B<debian/rules clean>) après la construction du paquet." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" +msgstr "B<-us>, B<-uc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Ne pas signer, respectivement, soit le paquet source, soit le fichier «\\ ." +"changes\\ »." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a>I<architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:642 +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." +msgstr "" +"Précise l'architecture Debian pour laquelle on construit. L'architecture de " +"la machine sur laquelle on construit est automatiquement déterminée\\ ; " +"c'est aussi l'architecture par défaut de la machine hôte." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:646 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "Chaîne passée telle quelle à B<dpkg-source.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." +msgstr "" +"Fichier passé tel quel à B<dpkg-source.> Peut être plusieurs fois répétée." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>" +msgstr "B<-D>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." +msgstr "" +"Vérifier les dépendances de constructions et les conflits\\ ; se termine en " +"cas de problèmes." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "B<-d>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." +msgstr "Ne pas vérifier les dépendances de constructions et les conflits." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-nc>" +msgstr "B<-nc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." +msgstr "Ne pas nettoyer l'arborescence source (implique l'option -b)" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "LES ARGUMENTS DE DPKG-DISTADDFILE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:666 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" +"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." +"changes> file." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> ne prend pas d'option particulière. Il prend trois " +"arguments sans option, à savoir le nom du fichier, la section et la " +"priorité, pour le fichier B<.changes>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " +"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." +msgstr "" +"Le nom du fichier sera indiqué relativement au répertoire dans lequel B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> s'attend à trouver les fichiers, habituellement B<..>, plutôt " +"que relativement au répertoire dans lequel est exécuté B<dpkg-distaddfile.>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "LES ARGUMENTS DE DPKG-PARSECHANGELOG" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " +"arguments." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> ne prend ni d'option particulière ni d'argument sans " +"option." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" +msgstr "LA SUBSTITUTION DE VARIABLE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:687 +msgid "" +"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " +"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" +"Avant que B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> " +"n'écrivent leurs informations de contrôle (dans le fichier source de " +"contrôle B<.dsc> pour B<dpkg-source> et sur la sortie standard pour B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges),> ils accomplissent quelques substitutions " +"de variable dans le fichier de sortie." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:694 +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." +msgstr "" +"Une substitution de variable est de la forme : B<${>I<variable-nom>B<}>. Les " +"noms de variable consistent en caractères alphanumériques, traits d'union et " +"«\\ deux points\\ » ; ils commencent par une lettre ou un chiffre. La " +"substitution se fait répétitivement jusqu'à ce qu'il n'en reste aucune à " +"faire\\ ; le texte entier du champ après la substitution est réexaminé pour " +"chercher d'autres substitutions." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:701 +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" +"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" +"Quand toutes les substitutions ont été faites, chaque occurrence de la " +"chaîne B<${}> (laquelle n'est pas une substitution autorisée) est remplacée " +"par un signe B<$>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:714 +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" +"On peut définir les variables en utilisant l'option commune B<-V>. On peut " +"aussi se servir du fichier B<debian/substvars> (ou tout autre fichier avec " +"l'option B<-T>). Ce fichier est composé de lignes de la forme suivante\\ : " +"I<nom>B<=>I<valeur>. Les espaces résiduels sur chaque ligne, les lignes " +"vides et les lignes qui commencent par un symbole B<#> sont ignorés." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "En outre, les variables standard suivantes sont disponibles\\ :" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Arch>" +msgstr "B<Arch>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." +msgstr "" +"L'architecture pour laquelle on construit (tirée de B<dpkg --print-" +"architecture>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Version>" +msgstr "B<Source:Version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "La version du paquet source." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "B<source:Upstream-Version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." +msgstr "" +"La version amont du paquet source, avec éventuellement l'«\\ epoch\\ » de la " +"version debian." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<binary:Version>" +msgstr "B<binary:Version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." +msgstr "" +"La version du paquet binaire (qui peut être différente de source:Version " +"dans un binNMU par exemple)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source-Version>" +msgstr "B<Source-Version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." +msgstr "" +"La version du paquet source, selon le fichier changelog. Cette variable est " +"maintenant B<déconseillée> car sa signification est distincte de sa " +"fonction. Utilisez plutôt B<source:Version> ou B<binary:Version>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Installed-Size>" +msgstr "B<Installed-Size>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " +"debian/tmp> to find the default value." +msgstr "" +"La taille de tous les fichiers installés du paquet. Cette valeur est copiée " +"dans le champ adéquat du fichier « control » ; Quand on fixe cette variable, " +"cela modifie la valeur de ce champ. Quand elle est indéterminée, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> use de la commande B<du -k debian/tmp> pour trouver une valeur " +"par défaut." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Extra-Size>" +msgstr "B<Extra-Size>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B<Installed-Size> control file field." +msgstr "" +"L'espace disque supplémentaire utilisé pour l'installation du paquet. Quand " +"on fixe cette variable, on ajoute sa valeur à la valeur de la variable " +"B<Installed-Size> (qu'elle soit définie explicitement ou calculée par " +"défaut) avant que la variable B<Installed-Size> ne soit copiée dans le champ " +"du fichier «\\ control\\ »." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "B<F:>I<fieldname>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" +"La valeur du champ I<fieldname> affiché en sortie et qui doit être " +"classiquement en majuscules. Quand on fixe ces variables, cela ne prend " +"effet que là où elles sont effectivement développées." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Format>" +msgstr "B<Format>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" +"La version du format du fichier B<.changes> produite par la version des " +"scripts construisant le source. Quand on détermine cette variable, le " +"contenu du champ B<Format> dans le fichier B<.changes> est aussi modifié." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" +msgstr "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "Ces variables contiennent chacune le caractère correspondant." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"- see above." +msgstr "" +"Les variables déterminées de cette façon sont produites par B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps>, voyez plus haut." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." +msgstr "La version amont de dpkg." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:785 +msgid "The full version of dpkg." +msgstr "La version complète de dpkg." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:788 +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" +"Quand une variable est référencée mais n'est pas définie, cela produit un " +"avertissement et une valeur nulle est assumée." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:789 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/control>" +msgstr "B<debian/control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" +"Le principal fichier d'information sur les sources\\ ; il donne des " +"renseignements qui ne dépendent pas d'une version concernant le paquet " +"source et les paquets binaires qui peuvent être créés." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" +"Le fichier d'enregistrement des modifications\\ ; on s'en sert pour " +"connaître les informations qui dépendent d'une version du paquet source, par " +"exemple l'urgence ou la distribution d'une installation sur le serveur, les " +"modifications faites depuis telle édition et le numéro de la version source " +"lui-même." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/files>" +msgstr "B<debian/files>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " +"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" +"La liste des fichiers créés qui seront installés sur le serveur. B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> ajoute les noms présumés des fichiers des paquets binaires à " +"partir des fichiers «\\ control\\ » qu'il crée\\ ; pour ajouter d'autres " +"fichiers on peut se servir de B<dpkg-distaddfile>. B<dpkg-genchanges> lit " +"dans ce fichier les données nécessaires à la création du fichier B<.changes>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/substvars>" +msgstr "B<debian/substvars>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "La liste des variables de substitution et leurs valeurs." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" +msgstr "B<debian/shlibs.local>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" +"Fichier particulier à un paquet remplaçant les informations qui concernent " +"les dépendances envers des bibliothèques partagées." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" +msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" +"Fichier système remplaçant les informations qui concernent les dépendances " +"envers des bibliothèques partagées." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" +msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:825 +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" +"Fichier système par défaut concernant les informations de dépendances envers " +"des bibliothèques partagées." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:828 +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" +"Le moment où a lieu le remplacement d'un champ par rapport à certaines " +"déterminations de champ affichées sur la sortie standard est plutôt " +"embrouillé." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:835 +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" +"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgstr "" +"On opère deux fois la substitution de variable sur les entrées d'un paquet " +"binaire dans le fichier B<debian/files>. Cela ne devrait pas poser de " +"problème puisque B<$>, B<{> et B<}> ne sont pas permis dans les noms de " +"paquet et les numéros de version." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:839 +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." +msgstr "" +"On devrait pouvoir mettre des espaces et des métacaractères du shell dans " +"les arguments initiaux de I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root> et " +"I<commande-de-signature>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:845 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:847 +msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." +msgstr "Ces outils et cette page de manuel ont été écrits par Ian Jackson." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:849 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:851 +msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:857 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"C'est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » " +"version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a B<pas> de garantie. " +"Voyez B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> et B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> " +"pour des précisions." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-split.1:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-split" +msgstr "dpkg-split" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:5 +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "dpkg-split - outil de décomposition/recomposition des paquets Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<archive-complète> [I<préfixe>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<partie> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:17 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<partie> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< fichier-complet partie>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:24 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:28 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paquet> ...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:33 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> décompose les fichiers d'un paquet binaire Debian en parties " +"plus petites (et les recompose), pour permettre l'enregistrement des " +"fichiers d'un paquet volumineux sur des média de faible capacité tels que " +"les disquettes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:37 +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" +"On peut s'en servir «\\ à la main\\ » avec les options B<--split>, B<--join> " +"et B<--info>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:45 +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" +"discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" +"Il possède aussi un mode automatique, appelé avec l'option B<--auto>, dans " +"lequel il conserve séparément dans une file les parties connues ou recompose " +"le fichier d'un paquet quand il connaît toutes ses parties. Les options B<--" +"listq> et B<--discard> permettent la gestion de cette file." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:48 +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les opérations de décomposition, recomposition ou de mise en file " +"produisent des messages sur la sortie standard\\ ; On peut tranquillement " +"les ignorer." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" +msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:52 +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "Décompose en plusieurs parties un paquet binaire Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:60 +msgid "" +"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" +"Le nom d'une partie est : I<préfixe>B<.>I<N>B<de>I<M>B<.deb> où I<N> le " +"numéro de partie, commençant à 1, et I<M> est le nombre total de parties " +"(les deux sont des décimaux)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +msgid "" +"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" +"Quand on ne donne pas de I<préfixe,> le nom du fichier I<archive-complète> " +"est utilisé, en incluant le répertoire et en supprimant tout B<.deb> restant." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" +msgstr "B<--join>, B<-j>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:72 +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" +"Rassemble les parties d'un fichier, recomposant ainsi le fichier original " +"tel qu'il était avant la décomposition." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:76 +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" +"Ces parties, données comme arguments, doivent appartenir toutes au même " +"fichier binaire original. Chaque partie ne doit apparaître qu'une seule fois " +"dans la liste des arguments\\ ; mais il est inutile de les ordonner." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:81 +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." +msgstr "" +"Les parties doivent bien sûr avoir été créées selon le même modèle (taille " +"maximum des parties), qui est déclaré au moment de la décomposition\\ ; ce " +"qui signifie en fait qu'elles doivent avoir été créées par le même appel à " +"B<dpkg-split --split>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:83 +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "" +"Le nom des parties n'est pas significatif pour le processus de recomposition." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:86 +msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, le fichier produit s'appelle\\ : I<paquet>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" +"Affiche les renseignements concernant telle partie dans un format lisible " +"par tous. Les arguments ne représentant pas la partie d'un fichier binaire " +"le disent aussi sur la sortie standard." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" +msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:95 +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "" +"Met en file automatiquement les parties en vue de la recomposition d'un " +"paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:100 +msgid "" +"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" +"La I<partie> déclarée est examinée et comparée avec les autres parties du " +"même paquet qui se trouvent (si elles existent) dans la file." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:107 +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" +"Quand toutes les parties d'un fichier (auquel appartient la partie I<part)> " +"sont présentes, le fichier est recomposé et créé en tant que I<fichier-" +"complet> (ce fichier ne devrait pas déjà exister, mais ce n'est pas une " +"erreur)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:113 +msgid "" +"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " +"not created." +msgstr "" +"Quand ce n'est pas le cas, la partie I<part> est mise dans la file et le " +"fichier I<fichier-complet> n'est pas créé." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:120 +msgid "" +"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" +"Quand la partie I<part> n'appartient pas à un paquet binaire décomposé, " +"B<dpkg-split> se termine avec un code de sortie égal à 1\\ ; s'il y a une " +"autre erreur, c'est un code de sortie égal à 2." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" +"L'option B<--output> ou B<-o> doit être fournie avec l'action B<--auto>. Si " +"cela n'était pas obligatoire, le programme appelant ne saurait pas quel " +"fichier attendre." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" +msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:130 +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "Liste le contenu d'une file de paquets à recomposer." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" +"Pour chaque fichier possédant des parties dans la file, cette action donne " +"le nom du fichier, les parties présentes dans la file et le nombre total " +"d'octets conservés." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" +msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:138 +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "" +"Cette action laisse de côté certaines parties dans la file, celles qui sont " +"en attente des autres parties composant le paquet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:143 +msgid "" +"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" +"Quand aucun I<paquet> n'est donné, la file est vidée\\ ; si un paquet est " +"donné, seules les parties de ce paquet sont détruites." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:148 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Affiche un message de B<dpkg-split> donnant un résumé de ses options et de " +"leur utilisation." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:153 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." +msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version de B<dpkg-split>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:160 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" +msgstr "" +"Affiche les renseignements sur le copyright et l'absence de garantie. " +"(L'orthographe américaine\\ : B<--license> est acceptée.)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" +msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< répertoire>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Indique un répertoire différent pour la file comprenant les parties en " +"attente d'une recomposition automatique. Par défaut, c'est le répertoire B</" +"var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" +msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " +"The default is 450Kb." +msgstr "" +"Indique, en kilooctets (1024 octets), la taille maximum d'une partie lors " +"d'une décomposition. Par défaut, la taille maximum est de 450 ko." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" +msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< fichier-complet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:173 +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "Indique le nom du fichier à produire pour une recomposition." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" +"Cela annule le fichier par défaut lors d'une recomposition «\\ à la main\\ " +"» (B<--join>) et c'est obligatoire pour une recomposition ou une mise en " +"file automatiques (B<--auto>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" +msgstr "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" +"Pour une recomposition ou une mise en file automatiques, B<dpkg-split> " +"affiche habituellement un message si on lui donne une I<partie> qui n'est " +"pas une partie d'un paquet binaire. Cette option supprime ce message\\ ; " +"cela permet à des programmes comme B<dpkg> de ne pas afficher de faux " +"messages quand il est confronté à des paquets décomposés et des paquets non " +"décomposés." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "B<--msdos>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:194 +msgid "" +"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "" +"Oblige le nom des fichiers produits par B<--split> à se conformer à msdos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:200 +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" +"Cela supprime le préfixe - soit celui par défaut dérivé du fichier d'entrée, " +"soit celui donné comme argument\\ : les caractères alphanumériques sont en " +"minuscules, les signes plus sont remplacés par des B<x> et tous les autres " +"caractères sont abandonnés." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:205 +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" +"le résultat est alors tronqué autant que nécessaire et des fichiers de la " +"forme\\ : I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> sont créés." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-split.1:205 update-alternatives.8:429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "CODE DE SORTIE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:211 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" +"Un code de sortie égal à 0 signifie que la décomposition demandée, la " +"recomposition ou bien toute autre commande a réussi. Les commandes B<--info> " +"réussissent toujours même si les fichiers ne sont pas des parties d'un " +"paquet binaire." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:217 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I<part> file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" +"Un code de sortie égal à 1 ne peut apparaître qu'avec l'action B<--auto> et " +"signale que le fichier I<partie> n'est pas une partie d'un paquet binaire." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:221 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" +"Un code de sortie égal à 2 signale des problèmes, comme l'échec d'un appel " +"système, ou un fichier qui, bien que ressemblant à une partie de fichier, " +"est défectueux, ou bien une erreur d'utilisation, etc." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:225 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> utilise des conventions plutôt périmées pour les noms des " +"paquets Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:228 +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" +"On ne peut pas obtenir tous les détails voulus sur les paquets présents dans " +"la file à moins d'aller voir soi-même dans le répertoire de la file." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:231 +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" +"On ne peut pas facilement savoir si un fichier est vraiment la partie d'un " +"paquet binaire ou non." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:235 +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" +"L'architecture n'est pas indiquée dans l'en-tête des fichiers\\ ; elle l'est " +"seulement dans les informations de contrôle du paquet binaire\\ ; et elle " +"n'est pas présente dans les fichiers produits." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:240 +msgid "" +"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" +"Le répertoire par défaut de la file contenant les fichiers qui attendent une " +"recomposition automatique." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:245 +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" +"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " +"filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" +"Les noms de fichiers utilisés dans ce répertoire sont dans un format " +"particulier à B<dpkg-split> et ne sont sans doute pas utiles pour d'autres " +"programmes ; en tous cas on ne peut pas compter sur ce format de nom de " +"fichier." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:250 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:260 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> et cette page de manuel ont été écrits par Ian Jackson. " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ils ont été édités sous la «\\ GNU General Public " +"Licence\\ », version 2 ou supérieure\\ ; il n'y a PAS de GARANTIE. Voyez B</" +"usr/share/dpkg/copyright> et B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> pour des " +"précisions." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-statoverride" +msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian project" +msgstr "Projet Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - annuler la propriété et le mode des fichiers" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " +"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>utilisateurE<gt> " +"E<lt>groupeE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>exp-regE<gt>]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:28 +msgid "" +"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" +"Les «\\ B<dérogations au statut>\\ » sont une façon de demander à B<dpkg>(1) " +"de changer le propriétaire ou le mode d'un fichier lors de l'installation " +"d'un paquet. (Note\\ : je dis «\\ fichier\\ » ici, mais cela peut être en " +"réalité n'importe quel système de fichiers gérable par Dpkg, par exemple, " +"des répertoires, des périphériques, etc.) On peut s'en servir pour forcer " +"l'installation de programmes qui sont normalement «\\ setuid\\ » sans ce " +"drapeau «\\ setuid\\ », ou pour les rendre exécutables seulement par un " +"groupe donné." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> est un utilitaire pour gérer la liste des dérogations. " +"Il possède trois fonctions élémentaires : l'ajout, la suppression et le " +"listage des dérogations." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--add>I< E<lt>utilisateurE<gt> E<lt>groupeE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41 +msgid "" +"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " +"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " +"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " +"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " +"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" +"Ajoute une dérogation pour B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> n'a " +"pas besoin d'exister quand cette commande est utilisée\\ ; la dérogation est " +"stockée et utilisée par la suite. Les utilisateurs ou les groupes peuvent " +"être indiqués par leur nom (par exemple B<root> ou B<nobody>), ou bien par " +"leur numéro, en préfixant ce numéro par le caractère «\\ B<#>\\ » (par " +"exemple, B<#0> ou B<#65534>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " +"to the new owner and mode." +msgstr "" +"Si --update est demandée et si B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> existe, le fichier " +"obtient un nouveau propriétaire et un nouveau mode." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +msgid "" +"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " +"left unchanged by this command." +msgstr "" +"Supprime une dérogation pour B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>, le statut de " +"B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> est inchangé." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>exp-regE<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" +"Liste toutes les dérogations. Quand on donne une expression rationnelle, on " +"réduit la sortie aux dérogations qui correspondent au motif. Quand il n'y a " +"pas de dérogation, ou quand aucune ne correspond au motif, B<dpkg-" +"statoverride> se termine avec un code de sortie égal à 1." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "B<--force>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" +"Forcer une opération, même si une vérification raisonnable l'interdirait. " +"C'est nécessaire pour annuler une précédente dérogation." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "B<--update>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61 +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" +"Essayer de changer immédiatement le propriétaire et le mode du fichier si ce " +"fichier existe." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "Moins de bavardage sur ce qui est fait." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 +msgid "Show usage information." +msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +msgid "Show program version and copyright." +msgstr "Affiche la version du programme et le copyright." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74 +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Change le répertoire de la base de données de dpkg, où se trouve aussi le " +"fichier statoverride. Par défaut, c'est I</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"Ce fichier contient la liste actuelle des dérogations concernant le système. " +"Il se trouve dans le répertoire d'administration de Dpkg, avec les autres " +"fichiers importants comme «\\ status\\ » ou «\\ available\\ »." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"Note\\ : dpkg-statoverride garde une copie de ce fichier, avec une extension " +"-old, avant de le remplacer par un nouveau." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "" +"deb-control - Format du fichier principal de contrôle dans les paquets Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:17 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" +"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" +" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" +" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" +" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" +" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:38 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:44 +msgid "" +"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:51 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"On peut spécifier une option à la fois sur la ligne de commande et dans le " +"fichier de configuration de dselect, I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Chaque ligne " +"de ce fichier est soit une option (identique à une option en ligne de " +"commande mais sans tiret), soit un commentaire, commençant par B<#>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:57 +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--add>I< E<lt>utilisateurE<gt> E<lt>groupeE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:60 +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "B<--expert>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:64 +msgid "" +"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:71 +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " +"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " +"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:75 +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "Pour rechercher vous-même dans la liste des paquets\\ :" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:81 +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:84 +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:88 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:92 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:95 +msgid "" +"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "Le paquet est sélectionné pour être installé." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:101 +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:104 +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:107 +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:110 +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:115 +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:121 +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "Affiche une aide et se termine normalement." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "" +"Affiche les informations sur le copyright et sur la licence (avec une " +"référence à GNU), puis se termine normalement." + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "UTILISATION" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:137 +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "access" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:139 +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:145 +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " +"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " +"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:147 +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "Liste des paquets disponibles." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:157 +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:160 +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "select" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:163 +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:169 +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:176 +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:179 +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:182 +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:188 +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:196 +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." +"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " +"these are installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:203 +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "config" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:206 +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:209 +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "quit" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:212 +msgid "Quit B<dselect>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:214 +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package selections management" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:234 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " +"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " +"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " +"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " +"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " +"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " +"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " +"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " +"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:240 +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:249 +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:252 +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" +"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" +"alternates between:\n" +" - the extended description\n" +" - the control information for the installed version\n" +" - the control information for the available version\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:266 +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:272 +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:280 +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:286 +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" +" Error flag:\n" +" I<empty> no error\n" +" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" +" Installed state:\n" +" I<empty> not installed;\n" +" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" +" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" +" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" +" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" +" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" +" Current and requested selections:\n" +" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" +" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" +" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" +" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" +" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:310 +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" +" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" +" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" +" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" +" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" +" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" +" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" +" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" +" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" +" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" +" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" +" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:342 +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" +"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " +"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " +"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " +"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " +"searching from there." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" +"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" +"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" +" alphabet available status\n" +" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" +" section+priority available+section status+section\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:352 +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" +"altered with the following commands:\n" +" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" +" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" +" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" +" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" +" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:366 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:371 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:377 +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:378 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "Ne pas vérifier les dépendances de constructions et les conflits." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:383 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:390 +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:396 +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:404 +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:405 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:412 +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " +"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " +"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " +"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " +"resolution screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:418 +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:425 +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:432 +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:434 +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:436 +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "Liste des paquets disponibles." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:442 +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:448 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:453 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:456 +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect.cfg" +msgstr "dselect.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "dselect.cfg - Fichier de configuration de dselect" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"Ce fichier liste les options appliquées par défaut à dselect. Chaque ligne " +"contient une seule option, écrite exactement comme sur la ligne de commande " +"mais sans les tirets. Les commentaires sont autorisés en faisant commencer " +"la ligne par un caractère B<#>." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.cfg.5:14 +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"Consultez I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> pour la liste de ceux qui ont " +"contribué à B<dselect>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:22 +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: install-info.8:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install-info" +msgstr "install-info" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:8 +msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" +msgstr "" +"install-info - création ou mise à jour d'une entrée dans le répertoire Info" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:24 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--maxwidth=nnn>] " +"[B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<fichier>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." +msgstr "" +"B<install-info> crée, met à jour ou supprime des entrées dans le fichier " +"B<dir> du répertoire Info. Quand, pour la création ou la mise à jour d'une " +"entrée, on ne donne aucune description sur la ligne de commande ou dans le " +"fichier Info, B<install-info> essaye d'en deviner une à travers le contenu " +"du fichier." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:39 +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." +msgstr "" +"Voyez la description de l'option B<--section> pour des précisions sur " +"l'emplacement choisi pour l'entrée et sur le format attendu du fichier B<dir." +">" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" +msgstr "B<[--] >I<nom-de-fichier>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:57 +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgstr "" +"Donne le nom du fichier Info dont l'entrée de menu doit être créée, mise à " +"jour ou supprimée. Si l'option B<--remove-exactly> est précisée, I<fichier> " +"sera le nom exact de l'entrée à supprimer (p. ex. «\\ emacs-20/emacs\\ » ou " +"«\\ gcc\\ »)\\ ; dans les autres cas, la partie principale de ce nom sert de " +"référent pour l'entrée de menu qui est créée, à moins qu'il y ait, dans le " +"fichier donné, une entrée START-INFO-DIR. Ce fichier doit donc exister (ou " +"bien être sur le point d'être installé, ou bien doit avoir existé en cas de " +"suppression d'entrée) dans le même répertoire que le fichier B<dir (voyez " +"l'option> B<--infodir).>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:66 +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." +msgstr "" +"Quand I<nom-de-fichier> se termine par B<.gz> on considère qu'il renvoie à " +"un fichier comprimé avec «\\ GNU gzip\\ »\\ ; s'il n'existe pas, mais qu'il " +"y a un I<nom-de-fichier>B<.gz> on utilisera ce dernier." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:71 +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgstr "" +"Quand on ajoute ou on met à jour des entrées, ce fichier doit exister dans " +"le chemin spécifié (si possible avec l'extension B<.gz> supplémentaire)." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>" +msgstr "B<--remove>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:76 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." +msgstr "" +"Demande que l'entrée pour le fichier I<nom-de-fichier> soit détruite\\ ; par " +"défaut les entrées sont créées ou mises à jour." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:86 +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgstr "" +"Quand la suppression d'une entrée vide une section, l'en-tête (et la ligne " +"blanche détachée) de la section est supprimée aussi, à moins que ce ne soit " +"la dernière section du fichier ou bien que l'option B<--keep-old> soit " +"indiquée. Voyez l'option B<--section> pour des précisions sur le format " +"attendu du fichier B<dir>." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:91 +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Quand il y a plusieurs entrées possibles dans le fichier B<dir,> seules " +"celles qui appartiennent au premier groupe contigu correspondant sont " +"supprimées\\ ; les autres sont silencieusement ignorées." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:97 +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgstr "" +"Ne pas trouver d'entrée possible n'est pas une erreur, bien que B<install-" +"info> avertisse du problème quand l'option B<--quiet> n'a pas été demandée." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:103 +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." +msgstr "" +"Quand B<--remove> est spécifié, les options de formatage B<--maxwidth>, B<--" +"align> et B<--calign> sont silencieusement ignorées." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" +msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:121 +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" +"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " +"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgstr "" +"Cette option est pratiquement identique à B<--remove> mais I<fichier> est " +"compris comme le nom exact de l'entrée à supprimer plutôt que comme le nom " +"d'un fichier existant. Cela peut être important quand on essaye de supprimer " +"des entrées pour des fichiers info dans des sous-répertoires (p.\\ ex. «\\ " +"emacs-20/emacs\\ »)\\ : B<--remove> opère sur la partie principale du " +"I<fichier> plutôt que sur le nom exact. (p.\\ ex. B<--remove> «\\ emacs-20/" +"emacs\\ » forcerait B<install-info> à chercher «\\ emacs\\ », pas «\\ emacs-" +"20/emacs\\ »)." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "B<--section >I<exp-reg titre>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:135 +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgstr "" +"Indique que l'entrée qui doit être créée sera placée dans la section du " +"fichier B<dir> dont le titre correspond à I<exp-reg>. Si une telle section " +"n'existe pas, une nouvelle dernière section (voyez ci-après) est créée dans " +"le fichier, avec un titre égal à I<titre.> Une section est un choix possible " +"dans le menu de B<dir>\\ ; les choix sont séparés par des lignes blanches" +"\\ ; la première ligne est supposée représenter le titre." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:142 +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgstr "" +"Quand une nouvelle entrée doit être créée, B<install-info> essaye de " +"l'insérer dans la section selon l'ordre alphabétique ; si les entrées de la " +"section ne sont pas déjà triées, on ne peut prévoir l'emplacement qui sera " +"choisi. L'ordre existant des entrées n'est pas modifié." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:148 +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, les entrées nouvelles sont ajoutées à la fin du fichier. La " +"dernière section doit toujours exister (même si elle consiste en une simple " +"ligne de titre) de manière que les nouvelles sections puissent être créées " +"au bon endroit. Le titre de la dernière section devrait refléter le fait que " +"des fichiers Info sans emplacement bien défini sont ajoutés à la fin de " +"cette section." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:151 +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgstr "" +"Quand le fichier Info que l'on doit installer possède déjà une entrée, celle-" +"ci est remplacée in situ par la nouvelle entrée." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:154 +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." +msgstr "" +"Quand on supprime une entrée, une section spécifiée est ignorée et un " +"avertissement est produit." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:160 +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgstr "" +"Quand on ajoute une entrée et qu'une section est spécifiée, mais que le " +"fichier ne contient aucun en-tête de section, B<install-info> crée à la fois " +"la section demandée et une section «\\ Miscellaneous\\ » à la fin du fichier." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" +msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<rep-info>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:169 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" +"info/>." +msgstr "" +"Spécifie que le fichier B<dir> est situé dans I<infodir>, ou que la copie " +"installée du nouveau fichier Info était, est ou sera située dans I<infodir>. " +"Par défaut, c'est B</usr/share/info>." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:178 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." +msgstr "" +"Précise que l'espace d'indentation de la première ligne de la description " +"sera d'au moins I<nnn> caractères\\ ; des espaces supplémentaires peuvent " +"être ajoutées. Quand la longueur des éléments de l'entrée du menu B<dir> le " +"demande, on peut le décaler davantage. Par défaut ce nombre est égal à 27." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgstr "" +"Précise que l'espace d'indentation de la deuxième ligne et des lignes " +"suivantes de la description sera d'au moins I<nnn> caractères. Par défaut ce " +"nombre est égal à 29." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:190 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgstr "" +"Précise que la largeur maximale d'une ligne du fichier Info est de I<nnn>. " +"Cela sert pour «\\ couper\\ » automatiquement les lignes du texte " +"descriptif. Par défaut ce nombre est égal à 79." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:195 +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgstr "" +"Empêche l'affichage normal de la nouvelle entrée du menu juste avant qu'elle " +"soit insérée et l'affichage de messages annonçant le remplacement ou la " +"suppression d'entrées existantes ou la création ou la suppression de section." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:200 +msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." +msgstr "Option pour afficher une aide sur l'utilisation de B<install-info>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:205 +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "Option pour afficher la version et le copyright de B<install-info>" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:212 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgstr "" +"Précise que la description employée après l'entrée du menu pour une nouvelle " +"entrée ou bien pour une entrée mise à jour sera I<xxx>. Par défaut, on " +"emploie la valeur indiquée par le fichier Info lui-même\\ ; on peut la " +"trouver en cherchant une section de la forme suivante\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:214 +msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:216 +msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" +msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:218 +msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:227 +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Quand l'entrée trouvée dans le fichier Info lui-même s'étend sur plusieurs " +"lignes, chacune donnant une entrée du menu, on reprend le texte trouvé «\\ " +"verbatim\\ ». Dans ce cas, on ne tient pas compte de l'ordre alphabétique et " +"les entrées sont insérées au début de la section en question. Et les " +"options B<--menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> sont ignorées." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:234 +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgstr "" +"Quand il n'y a pas d'entrée pour B<dir> dans le fichier, le programme essaye " +"de trouver un paragraphe au début du fichier qui commence par B<this file " +"documents>. Il met une capitale au premier caractère de la suite et " +"l'utilise comme description." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:236 +msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." +msgstr "" +"C'est une erreur si aucune de ces méthodes ne peut donner une description." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:240 +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." +msgstr "" +"Quand l'option B<--remove> est donnée, l'argument pour l'option « " +"description » est ignoré et un avertissement est produit." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:249 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." +msgstr "" +"Précise que l'entrée de menu sera I<xxx>. Par défaut, on emploie la valeur " +"indiquée par le fichier Info lui-même. Quand elle n'est pas présente, la " +"partie principale du nom du fichier Info est utilisée (tout fichier B<.info " +">est supprimé et la première lettre de l'entrée est capitalisée). Voyez ci-" +"dessus pour des précisions sur le format attendu pour l'entrée de menu dans " +"le fichier Info." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:256 +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." +msgstr "" +"Quand on supprime des entrées, la valeur de l'option B<--menuentry> doit " +"correspondre au champ réel de l'entrée de menu qui doit être supprimée (peu " +"importe la casse). Quand l'option B<--menuentry> est omise, aucune " +"vérification sur l'entrée de menu n'est faite." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--keep-old>" +msgstr "B<--keep-old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:260 +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." +msgstr "" +"Empêche le remplacement d'entrées existantes et la suppression des sections " +"vides." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:264 +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgstr "" +"Quand le fichier qu'on doit installer possède déjà une entrée dans le " +"répertoire, l'ancienne entrée est laissée seule plutôt que remplacée. Par " +"défaut, toute entrée ancienne trouvée est remplacée par la nouvelle." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:269 +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" +"Quand l'option B<--remove> est indiquée B<,>--keep-old empêche la " +"suppression de l'en-tête de section qui sans cela serait supprimé si la " +"suppression vidait la section." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:272 +msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." +msgstr "Met en mode test, lequel empêche la mise à jour du fichier dir." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:276 +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "" +"Met en mode débogage, lequel montre les résultats de certaines étapes du " +"traitement." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:281 +msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" +msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:287 +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez " +"la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le " +"copyright. Il I<n'y a pas> de garantie." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "start-stop-daemon" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:4 +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon - lance ou arrête des démons système" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:11 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|--start I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:15 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:18 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:21 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:29 +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" +"On se sert de B<start-stop-daemon> pour contrôler la création ou l'arrêt de " +"processus système. On peut configurer B<start-stop-daemon> avec les options " +"B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, et B<--name> pour trouver les " +"exemplaires présents d'un processus en fonctionnement." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:48 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " +"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " +"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " +"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " +"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " +"program being started." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'action B<--start,> B<start-stop-daemon> vérifie l'existence d'un " +"processus particulier. Quand existe un tel processus, B<start-stop-daemon> " +"ne fait rien et se termine avec un code d'erreur égal à 1 (0 si B<--oknodo> " +"est précisé). Quand un tel processus n'existe pas, un exemplaire de " +"l'exécutable est lancé, en utilisant le paramètre de B<--exec> ou, celui de " +"B<--startas> si cette option est précisée. Tout argument donné après B<--> " +"sur la ligne de commande est passé tel quel au programme qui doit être lancé." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:68 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " +"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " +"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " +"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" +"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'action B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> vérifie aussi l'existence d'un " +"processus particulier. Quand un tel processus existe B<start-stop-daemon> " +"lui envoie le signal précisé avec B<--signal> et se termine avec un code " +"d'erreur égal à 0. Quand un tel processus n'existe pas B<start-stop-daemon> " +"se termine avec un code d'erreur égal à 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> est précisé). Si " +"B<--retry> est indiquée, B<start-stop-daemon> recherche si le processus " +"s'est bien terminé." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:87 +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez noter qu'à moins de spécifier B<--pidfile>, le programme B<start-" +"stop-daemon> se comporte comme B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> recherche " +"dans le tableau des processus tout processus qui correspond au nom, uid ou " +"gid du processus (si indiqué). Toute correspondance empêchera B<--start> de " +"démarrer le démon. Tous les processus qui correspondent recevront le signal " +"KILL si B<--stop> est indiqué. Pour les démons avec des processus enfant à " +"longue vie et qui doivent survivre à un B<--stop> vous devez donner un «\\ " +"pidfile\\ »." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<exécutable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" +"Cherche les processus qui sont des exemplaires de cet exécutable (selon B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." +msgstr "" +"Cherche les processus dont les identifiants sont précisés dans I<pid-file.>" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<nomdutilisateur>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +msgid "" +"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" +"Cherche les processus qui appartiennent à l'utilisateur défini par " +"I<nomdutilisateur> ou I<uid.>" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "Modifie le I<group> ou le I<gid> au début du processus." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<nomdeprocessus>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" +"Cherche les processus dont le nom est I<nomdeprocessus> (selon B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>I< ).>" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'action B<--stop,> on définit le signal à envoyer au processus qui " +"doit être arrêté (par défaut\\ : signal 15)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<durée>|I<action-prévue>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:128 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'action B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> doit vérifier que les " +"processus se sont terminés. Il le fait pour tous les processus " +"correspondants qui tournent, jusqu'à ce qu'il n'y en ait plus. Quand le " +"processus ne se termine pas, il prend d'autres mesures déterminées par " +"l'action-prévue." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:139 +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" +"Si I<durée> est indiqué plutôt que I<action-prévue,> l'action-prévue " +"I<signal>B</>I<durée>B</KILL/>I<durée> est utilisé, où I<signal> est le " +"signal indiqué par B<--signal.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:155 +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" +"I<action-prévue> est une liste d'au moins deux items séparés par des barres " +"obliques (B</>)\\ ; chaque item peut être de la forme B<->I<signal-number> " +"ou de la forme [B<->]I<signal-name>, ce qui demande d'envoyer ce signal\\ ; " +"ou bien de la forme I<durée,> ce qui demande d'attendre tant de secondes " +"avant de terminer les processus, ou bien de la forme B<forever>, ce qui " +"demande de répéter constamment le reste de action-prévue, si nécessaire." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" +"Quand la fin de l'action-prévue est atteinte et que B<forever> n'a pa été " +"précisé, B<start-stop-daemon> se termine avec un code d'erreur égal à 2. " +"Quand une action-prévue est indiquée, tout signal donné par B<--signal> est " +"ignoré." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "I<-a | --startas chemin/nom>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'action B<--start>, lance le processus spécifié par I<chemin/nom.> Si " +"rien n'est précisé, c'est par défaut l'argument donné à B<--exec.>" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" +"Affiche les actions qui seraient entreprises et détermine la bonne valeur de " +"retour, mais ne fait rien." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" +"Retourne un code de sortie égal à 0 au lieu de 1 si rien n'est ou ne sera " +"fait." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "" +"N'affiche pas de messages d'information ; affiche seulement les messages " +"d'erreur." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-c> |B<--chuid> I<utilisateur>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" +"Change l'utilisateur ou l'identifiant avant de lancer le processus. On peut " +"aussi préciser un groupe en ajoutant un B<:>, puis le groupe ou un " +"identifiant de la même façon qu'avec la commande «\\ chown\\ " +"» (I<utilisateur>B<:>I<groupe>). Quand on utilise cette option, on doit " +"s'apercevoir que les groupes primaires ainsi que les groupes supplémentaires " +"sont aussi déterminés, même si l'option B<--group> n'est pas spécifiée. " +"L'option B<--group>\\ » sert seulement pour les groupes dont l'utilisateur " +"n'est pas un membre régulier (c'est comme rendre membres d'un groupe-" +"processus des utilisateurs génériques comme B<nobody>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" +"Change de répertoire racine pour B<root> avant de lancer le processus. " +"Remarquez que le «\\ pidfile\\ » est aussi écrit après le changement de " +"racine." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" +"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." +msgstr "" +"Change de répertoire pour I<chemin> avant de commencer le processus. Cela " +"est fait après le changement de répertoire racine si l'option B<-r>|B<--" +"chroot> est demandée. Si rien n'est demandé, start-stop-daemon changera de " +"répertoire racine avant de commencer le processus." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" +msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" +"est utilisé de manière classique pour les programmes qui ne « se détachent » " +"pas d'eux-mêmes. Cette option oblige B<start-stop-daemon> à se dupliquer " +"(fork) avant de lancer le processus, et l'oblige à passer en arrière-plan. " +"B<AVERTISSEMENT : start-stop-daemon> ne peut pas vérifier le code de sortie " +"quand, pour B<une raison ou une autre,> le processus échoue. C'est un " +"expédient dont on se servira seulement pour des programmes dont la " +"duplication n'a pas de sens ou bien des programmes dont le code n'est pas " +"transformable pour leur ajouter cette fonctionnalité." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Cela modifie la priorité du processus avant qu'il ne soit lancé." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." +msgstr "" +"Cela modifie le masque utilisateur du processus avant qu'il ne soit lancé." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" +"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " +"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " +"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " +"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " +"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" +"Est utilisé lors du lancement d'un programme qui ne crée pas son propre " +"fichier identificateur. Cette option dit à B<start-stop-daemon> de créer le " +"fichier référencé par B<--pidfile> et place le «\\ pid\\ » dans ce fichier " +"juste avant d'exécuter le processus. Il faut remarquer que ce fichier n'est " +"pas supprimé quand le programme s'arrête. B<NOTE\\ :> il se peut que cette " +"caractéristique ne marche pas dans tous les cas. Et notamment quand le " +"programme qui est exécuté se duplique. À cause de cela, cette option n'est " +"habituellement utile que combinée avec l'option B<--background.>" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "Affiche des messages prolixes en renseignements." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +msgid "Print help information; then exit." +msgstr "Affiche une aide et se termine." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:256 +msgid "Print version information; then exit." +msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version et se termine." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:260 +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> à partir " +"d'une version faite par Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:262 +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" +"Page de manuel par Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partiellement " +"reformattée par Ian Jackson." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update-alternatives" +msgstr "update-alternatives" + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-11-24" +msgstr "24-11-2006" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:11 +msgid "" +"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" +"update-alternatives - maintenance des liens symboliques déterminant les noms " +"par défaut de certaines commandes" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:20 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<gen lien altern priorité> " +"[B<--slave> I<altern>]..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:25 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<nom chemin>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:30 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<nom>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:34 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:39 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<nom>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:44 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<nom>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:49 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<nome>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:54 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<nom>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:59 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<nom chemin>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:64 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> crée, enlève, conserve et affiche des informations " +"concernant les liens symboliques qui forment le système Debian des «\\ " +"alternatives\\ »." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:72 +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'installer, sur un même système et en même temps, des " +"programmes qui remplissent des fonctions identiques ou semblables. Par " +"exemple, beaucoup de systèmes installent plusieurs éditeurs de texte en même " +"temps. Cela permet à chaque utilisateur d'un système de choisir, s'il le " +"désire, un éditeur de texte différent\\ ; mais cela rend les choses " +"difficiles pour le programme qui doit choisir un bon éditeur de texte quand " +"l'utilisateur n'a pas fait de choix précis." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:94 +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" +"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " +"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " +"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " +"to do so." +msgstr "" +"Le système Debian des «\\ alternatives\\ » essaie de résoudre ce problème. " +"Tous les fichiers qui proposent des fonctions interchangeables se servent " +"d'un nom générique qui se trouve dans l'arborescence. Le système des «\\ " +"alternatives\\ » et l'administrateur système font connaître ensemble le " +"fichier qui est réellement visé par ce nom générique. Par exemple, si les " +"éditeurs de texte B<ed>(1) et B<nvi>(1) sont tous les deux installés, le " +"système des «\\ alternatives\\ » fait que le nom générique I</usr/bin/" +"editor> renvoie par défaut à I</usr/bin/nvi>. L'administrateur système peut " +"remplacer cette assignation par I</usr/bin/ed> et le système des «\\ " +"alternatives\\ » ne la changera pas tant qu'on ne lui aura pas demandé " +"explicitement de le faire." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:104 +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" +"Le nom générique n'est pas un lien symbolique direct vers l'alternative " +"choisie. C'est en fait un lien symbolique vers un nom situé dans le " +"I<répertoire> I<des «\\ alternatives\\ »>, lequel nom est à son tour un lien " +"symbolique vers le fichier réellement visé. Les modifications faites par " +"l'administrateur système sont ainsi confinées dans le répertoire I</etc>\\ ; " +"le FHS (lisez-le) donne de Bonnes Raisons de faire ainsi." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:116 +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" +"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " +"Debian packages." +msgstr "" +"Chaque fois qu'un paquet proposant un fichier pour une fonction déterminée, " +"est installé, modifié ou désinstallé, B<update-alternatives> est appelé pour " +"mettre à jour les informations concernant ce fichier dans le système des «\\ " +"alternatives\\ ». On appelle habituellement B<update-alternatives> dans les " +"scripts B<postinst> et B<prerm> des paquets Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:135 +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" +"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " +"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " +"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" +"Il est souvent utile de synchroniser certaines alternatives, de manière à " +"pouvoir les manipuler globalement\\ ; par exemple, quand plusieurs versions " +"de B<vi>(1) sont installées, la page de manuel qui est visée par I</usr/" +"share/man/man1/vi.1> devrait correspondre à I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-" +"alternatives> gère ce problème avec les liens I<principaux («\\ master\\ »)> " +"et les liens I<secondaires («\\ slave\\ »)>. Quand le lien principal est " +"changé, tous les liens secondaires associés sont changés. Un lien principal " +"et ses liens secondaires associés composent un I<groupe> de I<liens.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:143 +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"À tout moment, un groupe de liens est dans l'un des deux modes suivants\\ : " +"automatique ou manuel. Quand un groupe est dans le mode automatique et que " +"des paquets sont installés ou désinstallés, le système des «\\ alternatives" +"\\ » décide automatiquement s'il doit mettre à jour les liens et comment le " +"faire. Dans le mode manuel, le système des «\\ alternatives\\ » ne change " +"pas les liens et laisse l'administrateur système prendre toutes les " +"décisions." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:152 +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" +"Un groupe de liens est en mode automatique quand il est crée sur un système " +"pour la première fois. Quand l'administrateur système modifie le paramétrage " +"automatique du système, B<update-alternatives> le remarquera la prochaine " +"fois qu'il sera lancé pour ce groupe aux liens modifiés et il fera passer ce " +"groupe en mode manuel." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:159 +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" +"À chaque alternative est associée une I<priorité>. Quand un groupe de liens " +"est en mode automatique, l'alternative visée par les éléments du groupe est " +"celle qui possède la priorité la plus élevée." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:175 +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " +"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " +"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " +"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " +"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " +"return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"Quand on utilise l'option I<--config>, B<update-alternatives> affiche toutes " +"les possibilités du groupe pour lequel I<nom> est le lien principal. Le " +"choix actuel est noté par un «\\ *\\ » et le choix avec la plus haute " +"priorité, par un «\\ +\\ ». On vous demandera alors quelle possibilité vous " +"choisissez pour ce groupe. Dès qu'une modification est faite, le groupe de " +"liens n'est plus en mode I<auto>. Il vous faudra utiliser l'option I<--auto> " +"pour revenir au mode automatique." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:179 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez configurer de manière non interactive, vous pouvez utiliser " +"l'option I<--set> (voyez ci-dessous)." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:190 +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: update-alternatives.8:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "TERMINOLOGIE" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" +"Comme les opérations de B<update-alternatives> sont très compliquées, voici " +"quelques termes qui faciliteront l'explication." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "generic name" +msgstr "nom générique" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" +"C'est un nom, par exemple I</usr/bin/editor,> qui renvoie, à travers le " +"système des «\\ alternatives\\ », à l'un des fichiers qui remplissent des " +"fonctions similaires." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "symlink" +msgstr "lien symbolique" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" +"Sans autre information, c'est un lien symbolique qui se trouve dans le " +"répertoire alternatives, lien que l'administrateur système est supposé " +"établir." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternative" +msgstr "alternative" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"C'est le nom d'un fichier particulier dans l'arborescence\\ ; il peut être " +"accessible, via un nom générique, avec le système des «\\ alternatives\\ »." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "répertoire des alternatives " + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "" +"C'est le répertoire qui contient les liens symboliques\\ ; il s'agit par " +"défaut de I</etc/alternatives.>" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "répertoire administratif" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" +"alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" +"C'est le répertoire qui contient des renseignements sur l'état de B<update-" +"alternatives.> Il s'agit par défaut de I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives.>" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link group" +msgstr "groupe de liens" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "" +"C'est un ensemble de liens symboliques corrélés, de manière qu'on puisse les " +"mettre à jour en une seule fois." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "master link" +msgstr "lien principal" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" +"Dans un groupe de liens, c'est le lien qui détermine comment sont configurés " +"les autres liens du groupe." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "lien secondaire («\\ slave\\ »)" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." +msgstr "" +"Dans un groupe de liens, c'est un lien déterminé par le paramétrage du lien " +"principal." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "mode automatique" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" +"Quand un groupe de liens est en mode automatique, le système des «\\ " +"alternatives\\ » assure que les liens dans le groupe pointent vers " +"l'alternative possédant la priorité la plus élevée dans ce groupe." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "mode manuel " + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:245 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" +"Quand un groupe de liens est en mode manuel, le système des «\\ alternatives" +"\\ » ne modifie pas le paramétrage de l' administrateur système." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:257 +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " +"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" +"Plusieurs paquets fournissent un éditeur de texte compatible avec B<vi>, par " +"exemple B<nvi> et B<vim>. Celui qui sera utilisé est déterminé par le groupe " +"de liens B<vi>, qui comprend des liens pour le programme lui-même et sa page " +"de manuel." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:263 +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher les paquets disponibles qui fournissent B<vi> et son " +"paramétrage actuel, on peut utiliser l'action I<--display :>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:266 +msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:272 +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" +"Pour choisir une implémentation particulière de B<vi> on peut utiliser cette " +"commande en tant que super-utilisateur et choisir un nombre dans la liste :" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:275 +msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:280 +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" +"Pour retrouver l'implémentation par défaut de B<vi> on peut utiliser cette " +"commande en tant que super-utilisateur\\ :" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:283 +msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:290 +msgid "" +"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " +"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " +"together with any action." +msgstr "" +"Pour toute opération significative, on doit demander une seule action à " +"B<update-alternatives.> Pour toute action, on peut préciser un certain " +"nombre d'options." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." +msgstr "produit plus de commentaires sur ce que fait B<update-alternatives.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:300 +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "" +"Ne produit pas de commentaire à moins qu'une erreur survienne. Cette option " +"n'est pas encore implémentée." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:304 +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" +"En vérité, ne fait rien\\ ! Dit simplement ce qui pourrait être fait. Cette " +"option n'est pas encore implémentée." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +msgid "Give some usage information." +msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." +msgstr "Cette option donne la version de B<update-alternatives>." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--altdir> I<répertoire>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Donne le répertoire des alternatives, quand il est différent de celui par " +"défaut." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<répertoire>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:320 +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." +msgstr "" +"Donne le répertoire administratif, quand il est différent de celui par " +"défaut." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." +msgstr "B<--install> I<gen lien altern priorité> [B<--slave> I<gen lien altern>] ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:338 +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" +"Ajoute un groupe d'alternatives au système. I<gen> est le nom générique du " +"lien principal, I<lien> est le nom de son lien symbolique, et I<altern> est " +"l'alternative présentée pour le lien principal. Les arguments après B<--" +"slave> sont les nom générique, le lien symbolique dans le répertoire des " +"alternatives et l'alternative pour un lien secondaire. On peut indiquer " +"zéro ou plusieurs options B<--slave> chacune suivie par trois arguments." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Quand le lien principal spécifié existe déjà dans les enregistrements du " +"système des «\\ alternatives\\ », les renseignements fournies sont ajoutées " +"dans un nouvel ensemble d'alternatives pour le groupe. Sinon, un nouveau " +"groupe contenant ces informations est ajouté et mis en mode automatique. " +"Quand un groupe est en mode automatique, et quand la priorité des " +"alternatives nouvellement ajoutées est plus élevée que toutes celles des " +"alternatives installées dans ce groupe, les liens symboliques sont mis à " +"jour et pointent vers les alternatives nouvellement ajoutées." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--set> I<nom chemin>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" +"Ajoute le programme I<chemin> comme alternative pour I<nom.> C'est " +"équivalent à I<--config> mais ce n'est pas interactif et on ne peut faire un " +"script." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--remove> I<nom chemin>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" +"Enlève une alternative et tous ses liens secondaires associés. I<nom> est un " +"nom dans le répertoire des «\\ alternatives\\ », et I<chemin> est un nom de " +"fichier auquel I<nom> peut être lié. Quand I<nom> est en effet lié à " +"I<chemin>, I<nom> est mis à jour et pointe vers une autre alternative " +"adéquate, ou bien est enlevé s'il n'y en a pas d'autre. De même, les liens " +"secondaires associés sont mis à jour ou enlevés. Quand le lien ne pointe pas " +"déjà sur I<chemin>, aucun lien n'est modifié\\ ; seules les informations sur " +"l'alternative sont supprimées." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nom>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" +"Supprime toutes les alternatives et tous les liens secondaires associés. " +"I<nom> est un nom dans le répertoire des alternatives." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." +msgstr "Appelle B<--config> sur toutes les alternatives." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--auto> I<nom>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Passe le lien symbolique principal I<nom> en mode automatique. En même " +"temps, le lien symbolique principal et ses liens secondaires sont mis à jour " +"et pointent vers les alternatives avec les priorités les plus élevées." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--display> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--display> I<nom>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" +"Affiche des renseignements sur le groupe de liens pour lequel I<nom> est le " +"lien principal. L'information affichée comprend le mode du groupe (auto ou " +"manuel), vers quelle alternative le lien symbolique pointe actuellement, " +"quelles autres alternatives sont disponibles (et les liens secondaires " +"associés), et l'alternative actuellement installée qui possède la priorité " +"la plus élevée." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--list> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "Affiche toutes les cibles du groupe de liens." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--config> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--config> I<lien>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:414 +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" +"Affiche les alternatives disponibles pour un groupe de liens et autorise " +"l'utilisateur à faire un choix de manière interactive. Le groupe de liens " +"est mis à jour et le mode automatique I<auto> est désactivé." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "" +"Le répertoire des «\\ alternatives\\ » par défaut. Peut être remplacé avec " +"l'option B<--altdir.>" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:428 +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" +"admindir> option." +msgstr "" +"Le répertoire administratif par défaut. Peut être remplacé avec l'option B<--" +"admindir>" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "L'action demandée s'est correctement déroulée." + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:435 +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" +"Des problèmes sont survenus lors de l'analyse de la ligne de commande ou " +"bien pendant l'exécution de l'action." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:445 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> bavarde sans arrêt sur ses opérations sur le canal de " +"sortie standard. Quand un problème arrive, B<update-alternatives> envoie des " +"messages d'erreur sur la sortie d'erreur standard et retourne un état de " +"sortie égal à 2. Ces diagnostics devraient s'expliquer d'eux-mêmes\\ ; Si ce " +"n'est pas le cas, veuillez faire un rapport de bogue." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:449 +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" +"Si vous trouvez un bogue, veuillez le signaler au système de suivi des " +"bogues de Debian, ou bien, si ce n'est pas possible, envoyez un courriel " +"directement à l'auteur." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:454 +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" +"Si vous trouvez une discordance entre l'action de B<update-alternatives> et " +"cette page de manuel, c'est qu'il y a un bogue, soit dans l'implémentation " +"soit dans la documentation\\ ; faites un rapport." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:459 +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Le programme de Debian «\\ update-alternatives\\ » est sous copyright 1995 " +"Ian Jackson. C'est un logiciel libre\\ ; Voyez la «\\ GNU General Public " +"Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour les conditions du copyright. Il n'y " +"a AUCUNE garantie." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:463 +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" +"Cette page de manuel est sous copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. " +"C'est une documentation libre ; Voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » " +"version 2 ou supérieure pour les conditions du copyright. Il n'y a AUCUNE " +"garantie." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:465 +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" +"On peut trouver la licence GNU GPL dans /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL sur " +"tous les systèmes Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:468 +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." +msgstr "" +"B<ln>(1), FHS, le standard pour l'organisation des systèmes de fichiers." diff --git a/man/po/hu.po b/man/po/hu.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a597d514 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/hu.po @@ -0,0 +1,9176 @@ +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 19:21+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-05 21:27+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" +"Language-Team: Hungarian\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Poedit-Language: Hungarian\n" +"X-Poedit-Country: HUNGARY\n" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "822-date" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#: install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-02-28" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.1:1 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian Project" +msgstr "Debian Project" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1 install-info.8:5 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg utilities" +msgstr "dpkg készlet" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:4 cleanup-info.8:2 deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-old.5:2 dpkg.1:2 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-deb.1:2 +#: dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 dpkg-statoverride.8:2 +#: dselect.1:2 dselect.cfg.5:2 install-info.8:6 start-stop-daemon.8:2 +#: update-alternatives.8:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "NÉV" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:6 +msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:7 cleanup-info.8:5 deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-old.5:5 dpkg.1:5 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:4 dpkg-divert.8:5 +#: dpkg-name.1:9 dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 dpkg-scansources.1:5 +#: dpkg-source.1:8 dpkg-split.1:5 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 dselect.1:5 +#: install-info.8:9 start-stop-daemon.8:5 update-alternatives.8:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "SZINOPSZIS" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:9 +msgid "B<822-date>" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:10 cleanup-info.8:10 deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-old.5:8 +#: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:11 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 dpkg-divert.8:26 dpkg-name.1:22 dpkg-query.1:36 +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 dpkg-scansources.1:14 dpkg-source.1:33 +#: dpkg-split.1:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:19 dselect.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:5 +#: install-info.8:25 start-stop-daemon.8:22 update-alternatives.8:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "LEÍRÁS" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:14 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:15 cleanup-info.8:29 dpkg.1:293 dpkg-architecture.1:27 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 dpkg-divert.8:44 dpkg-name.1:33 dpkg-query.1:93 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-statoverride.8:33 dselect.1:45 install-info.8:39 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:88 update-alternatives.8:285 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "MÁS LEHETŐSÉGEK" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:18 +msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:19 cleanup-info.8:47 dpkg.1:609 dpkg-deb.1:249 dpkg-name.1:91 +#: dpkg-source.1:825 dpkg-split.1:221 dselect.1:427 update-alternatives.8:446 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "HIBÁK" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:22 +msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:23 cleanup-info.8:50 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51 +#: dpkg.1:599 dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:265 +#: dpkg-divert.8:124 dpkg-name.1:100 dpkg-query.1:182 dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:64 dpkg-source.1:839 dpkg-split.1:245 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21 install-info.8:277 +#: update-alternatives.8:466 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "LÁSD MÉG" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:26 +msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:29 +msgid "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<date>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:32 cleanup-info.8:53 dpkg-architecture.1:272 dpkg.cfg.5:17 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 dpkg-deb.1:270 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:173 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:67 dpkg-source.1:845 dpkg-split.1:251 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:88 dselect.cfg.5:17 update-alternatives.8:455 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "SZERZŐ" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:35 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " +"placed by him into the public domain." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: cleanup-info.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cleanup-info" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:4 +msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:17 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:20 +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:23 +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:28 +msgid "" +"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:30 dpkg-architecture.1:76 dpkg-divert.8:73 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 dselect.1:121 +#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:304 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--unsafe>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:36 +msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:38 +msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:38 dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-deb.1:198 dpkg-divert.8:76 +#: dpkg-query.1:89 dpkg-scansources.1:61 dpkg-source.1:101 dpkg-split.1:148 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 dselect.1:128 install-info.8:200 +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:41 +msgid "Output version and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: cleanup-info.8:42 dpkg.1:496 dpkg.cfg.5:12 dpkg-divert.8:114 +#: dpkg-source.1:788 dpkg-split.1:235 dpkg-statoverride.8:75 dselect.cfg.5:12 +#: update-alternatives.8:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "FÁJLOK" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:46 +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:49 +msgid "Probably many." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:53 +msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:55 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:57 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 dpkg-divert.8:130 +#: dpkg-query.1:181 dpkg-statoverride.8:95 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian" +msgstr "Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:4 +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:6 deb-old.5:7 +msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:12 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:16 +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: deb.5:16 deb-old.5:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:21 +msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:31 +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:36 +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:46 +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:50 +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:61 +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " +"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " +"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " +"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:67 +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-control" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:6 +msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" +msgstr "deb-control - Debian csomag fő kontroll fájl formátum" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:9 +msgid "control" +msgstr "kontroll" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:23 +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " +"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B<Description> field, see below)." +msgstr "" +"Minden Debian csomag tartalmazza a mester `control' fájlt, mely mezőkből " +"áll. Minden mező egy tag-gel kezdődik, pl. B<Package> vagy B<Version> " +"(nagybetű-érzéketlen), melyet kettőspont és mezőtörzs követ. A mezőket csak " +"a mező tag-ek választják el. Vagyis, a mező szövege több sorból is állhat, " +"de a telepítő eszközök általában összefűzik ezeket egy mezőtörzs " +"feldolgozásakor (kivéve a B<Description> mezőt, l. alább)." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" +msgstr "KÖTELEZŐ MEZŐK" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:29 +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" +"E mező értéke adja meg a csomag nevét, melyből a legtöbb telepítő eszköz " +"fájlneveket állít elő." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>verzióE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:36 +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." +msgstr "" +"Ez általában az eredeti csomag verzió szám, a program szerzője által " +"használt formában. Debian revízió számot is tartalmazhat (nem-natív " +"csomagoknál). Ha mindkettő meg van adva, elválasztásuk kötőjellel történik, " +"`-'. Ezért az eredeti változat nem tartalmazhat kötőjelet verziószámában." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>teljes.név emailE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:41 +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" +"Formája ilyen lehet: `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', és általában " +"nem a szoftver szerzőjét hanem a csomag készítőjét tartalmazza." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>rövid leírásE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:44 +msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B< >E<lt>hosszú leírásE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:50 +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgstr "" +"A csomagok leírásának formátuma egy rövid összefoglaló az 1. sorban (a " +"\"Description\" tag után). A következő sorok hosszabb leírásra használhatók. " +"A hosszú leírás minden sora szóközzel kell kezdődjön, és a hosszú leírás " +"üres sorai egy '.'-t kell tartalmazzanak a vezető szóköz után." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" +msgstr "LEHETSÉGES MEZŐK" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:57 +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." +msgstr "" +"Ez egy általános mező, mely a csomagot egy témakörhöz (szakaszhoz) társítja, " +"például ilyenekhez: `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' stb." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgstr "" +"Megadja e csomag fontosságát a rendszer egészében. Ilyenek például: " +"`required', `standard', `optional', `extra' (kötelező, szokásos...) stb." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:71 +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" +"A Debianban a B<Section> és B<Priority> mezők a Policy Manual leírásban " +"adott értékeket vehetik fel. Ezek adják meg egy csomag elhelyezkedését az " +"archívumban. Ezek megtekinthetők a B<debian-policy> csomag legutóbbi " +"verziójában." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:78 +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" +"E mező általában csak akkor kell, ha válasz `yes' (igen). Ez a csomagot a " +"rendszer helyes működéséhez lényegesnek írja le. A dpkg vagy más telepítő " +"eszköz alapértelmezetten nem hajtja végre az B<Essential> (lényeges) " +"csomagok eltávolítását (csak kényszerítő lehetőségekkel)." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:86 +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" +"Az architektúra megadja, hogy e csomag milyen gépre fordított. A " +"leggyakrabbak `i386', `amd64', `powerpc', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', stb. Az " +"B<all> lehetőség az ettől független csomagokat jelenti. Például ilyenek a " +"Perl parancsfájlok és dokumentációk." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:90 +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." +msgstr "" +"Annak a forrás csomagnak a neve, ahonnan e bináris is származik, ha eltér." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:100 +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgstr "" +"Azon csomagok listája, melyek szükségesek egy csomag rendes működéséhez. A " +"csomag-karbantartó szoftver nem engedi a telepítést a B<Depends> mezőben " +"megadott csomagok telepítése nélkül (csak kényszerítő lehetőségekkel), és " +"lefuttatja a postinst és prerm parancsfájlokat." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:107 +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" +"Azon csomagok listája, melyek telepítése B<és> konfigurálása kötelező ennek " +"telepítése előtt. Általában akkor használatos, ha e csomag a telepítés " +"előtti (preinst) parancsfájl lefuttatásához egy másik csomagot igényel " + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:114 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." +msgstr "" +"Azon csomagok listája, melyeket e csomaggal mindig együtt szokás használni, " +"kivéve egyes, szokásostól eltérő telepítéseket. A csomag-karbantartó " +"szoftver figyelmezteti a felhasználót, ha a B<Recommends> mezőben lévő " +"csomagok kijelölése nélkül telepít." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:119 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" +"Azon csomagok listája, melyek ennek képességeit növelhetik, de melyek " +"mellőzhetők." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:131 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" +"A B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> és B<Suggests> mezők szintaxisa " +"más csomagok csoportjainak listája. Minden csoport egy függőleges vonalakkal " +"(ún. `pipa', `|' jelekkel) elválasztott csomaglista. A csoportok vesszőkkel " +"vannak elválasztva. A vessző jelentése `ÉS', a pipáé `VAGY', akár nagyobb " +"kötésekkel. Minden csomagnevet a verziószám megadása követhet zárójelben." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:137 +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgstr "" +"A verziószám kezdődhet így: `E<gt>E<gt>', ekkor bármely későbbi verzió " +"megfelel, és megadhat Debian csomag revíziót (kötőjellel elválasztva). " +"Elfogadott verzióviszonyok: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" nagyobb mint, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" " +"kisebb mint, \"E<gt>=\" nagyobb vagy egyenlő, \"E<lt>=\" kisebb vagy " +"egyenlő, és \"=\" egyenlő." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:145 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" +"Ütköző csomagok, például azonos nevű fájlokat tartalmazók. A " +"csomagkarbantartó szoftver nem engedi ezek egyidejű telepítését. 2 ütköző " +"csomag 1-1 B<Conflicts> mezőben hivatkozik egymásra." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:153 +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" +"Az e csomag által lecserélt csomag fájlok listája. Ez lehetővé teszi e " +"csomagnak más csomag fájljainak felülírását és általában a <Conflicts> " +"mezővel használatos a másik csomag törlésére, ha ez azonos nevű fájlt " +"tartalmaz, mint az ütköző csomag." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:163 +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " +"the list." +msgstr "" +"Ez egy e csomag által adott virtuális csomaglista. Általában eltérő csomagok " +"által nyújtott hasonló szolgáltatás esetén használt. Például a sendmail és " +"exim levelező-kiszolgálók, így egy általános csomagot adnak (`mail-transport-" +"agent'), melytől más csomagok függhetnek. Így a sendmail vagy exim érvényes " +"függőségként szolgálhat. Így a csomagoknak nem kell ismerniük az összes " +"levelező-kiszolgálót egy `|'-kkal elválasztott listában." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:178 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " +"fields." +msgstr "" +"A B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> és B<Provides> szintaxisa egy vesszőkkel (és " +"tetszőleges helykitöltőkkel) elválasztott csomagnév lista. A B<Conflicts> " +"mezőben, a vessző `VAGY'. A verzió szintén megadható a már ismert módon." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "PÉLDA" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +msgstr "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however.)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:207 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "deb-old" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:4 +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:17 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" +"(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:21 +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:25 +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:28 +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:30 +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:35 +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:46 +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:50 +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-04-09" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg suite" +msgstr "dpkg készlet" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:4 +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:13 +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " +"--help>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:18 +msgid "" +"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:26 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " +"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " +"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " +"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " +"some way." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:31 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " +"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " +"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:42 +msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:48 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " +"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE STATES" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<installed>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:52 +msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-installed>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:56 +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<not-installed>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:59 +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<unpacked>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:62 +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-configured>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:66 +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<config-files>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:69 +msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<install>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:73 +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<deinstall>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:77 +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<purge>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:81 +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:82 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<hold>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:86 +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<reinst-required>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:91 +msgid "" +"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " +"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" +"reinstreq>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:92 dpkg-architecture.1:42 update-alternatives.8:320 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "MÅ°VELETI LEHETŐSÉGEK" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:97 +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:99 +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "Kiszedi az ellenőrző információs fájlt egy bináris csomagarchívumból" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:106 +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:109 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:113 +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:120 +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:124 +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:129 +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:134 +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:136 +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:141 +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:144 +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:155 +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:157 +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:160 +msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:163 +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:166 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:176 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " +"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:179 +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " +"B<dselect update>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:185 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:188 +msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "Egy bináris csomagarchívumról ad információkat." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:196 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:200 +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:206 +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:211 +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:215 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:219 +msgid "" +"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:230 +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " +"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:235 +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --help>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:238 +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:241 +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:244 +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:247 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:247 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." +msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> verziószámát." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" +"A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt " +"róluk." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" +" Build a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" +" List contents of a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" +" Extract control-information from a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" +" Extract the files contained by package.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" +" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" +" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" +" Debian package.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" +" Show information about a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" +" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" +" package.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:278 +msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" +" List packages matching given pattern.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" +" Report status of specified package.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" +" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" +" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" +" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:298 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:302 +msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:308 +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:314 +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" number description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:333 +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" +"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " +"forced by default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:337 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " +"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " +"system.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:340 +msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:343 +msgid "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:350 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " +"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " +"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " +"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " +"with care.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:354 +msgid "" +"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:357 +msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:362 +msgid "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:367 +msgid "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " +"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " +"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:370 +msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:373 +msgid "" +"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:377 +msgid "" +"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:382 +msgid "" +"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:387 +msgid "" +"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:392 +msgid "" +"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:398 +msgid "" +"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:401 +msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:404 +msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:407 +msgid "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:410 +msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:413 +msgid "" +"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:416 +msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:419 +msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:420 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:424 +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:428 +msgid "" +"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:428 dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:432 +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:437 +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " +"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " +"actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:442 +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:448 +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:452 +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:463 +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " +"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " +"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" +"var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:469 +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:473 +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:480 +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " +"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:492 +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " +"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" +"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " +"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " +"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:495 +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:497 dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:500 +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:500 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:504 +msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:507 +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:510 +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:516 +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:519 +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I<control>" +msgstr "kontroll" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<conffiles>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<preinst>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postinst>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<prerm>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postrm>" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:532 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:537 +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<SHELL>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:540 +msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:540 dpkg-query.1:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<COLUMNS>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:544 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:545 dpkg-architecture.1:100 dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-name.1:71 +#: update-alternatives.8:246 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "PÉLDA" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:547 +msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:552 +msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:554 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:557 +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:559 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:562 +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:569 +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:572 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:575 +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:581 +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:590 +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:593 +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:595 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:598 +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:608 +msgid "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:611 +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:612 dselect.1:449 start-stop-daemon.8:257 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "SZERZŐ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:616 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" +"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" +msgstr "Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dpkg> készítését segítő személyek listája található." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-architecture" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-06-17" +msgstr "2006-06-17" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:14 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:17 +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" +"(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:26 +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +msgid "Set the Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +msgid "Set the GNU system type." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:41 +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I< command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +msgid "" +"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:76 +msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 +msgid "Print a usage message." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:82 +msgid "Print program version." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "Debian Project" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" +"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "architecture wildcard" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" +"E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:99 +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:103 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" +"architecture>. Other examples:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:105 +msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:107 +msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:110 +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:112 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:114 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:117 +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:119 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:121 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:148 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:157 +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" +"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " +"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " +"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " +"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " +"compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:160 dpkg-architecture.1:177 +msgid "Instead of:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:167 +msgid "please use the following:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:186 +msgid "please use:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:197 +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:202 +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:209 +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:214 +msgid "" +"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:235 +msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:238 +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:257 +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:264 +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:267 +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:271 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:276 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg.cfg" +msgstr "dpkg.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "dpkg.cfg - dpkg konfigurációs fájl" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"E fájl tartalmazza a dpkg alapbeállításait. Minden sor 1 lehetőséget " +"tartalmaz, mely pontosan megfelel a sima parancssoros dpkg lehetőségeknek " +"kivéve a vezető kötőjeleket, melyek itt nincsenek. Megjegyzések egy sor " +"elején a (\"B<#>\") jellel lehetségesek." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dpkg> készítését " +"segítő személyek listája található." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:22 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:184 dpkg-statoverride.8:87 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-source.1:2 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-23" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 +msgid "" +"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +msgid "" +"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" +msgstr "" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 +msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-deb" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian csomag archívum (.deb) kezelő eszköz" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<könyvtár> [I<archívum>|I<könyvtár>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:16 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<formátum>] I<archívum>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archívum könyvtár>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archívum könyvtár>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archívum>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "" +"A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt " +"róluk." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:43 +msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "" +"Csomagok telepítéséhez és eltávolításához a rendszerből a B<dpkg> programot " +"kell használni." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" +"A B<dpkg-deb> a B<dpkg>-val is hívható minden lehetéséggel, melyet át akarsz " +"adni a B<dpkg-deb>-nek. A B<dpkg> látja, hogy a B<dpkg-deb>-et akarod és el " +"fogja indítani." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 dpkg-split.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" +msgstr "MÅ°VELETI LEHETŐSÉGEK" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" +msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:66 +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " +"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " +"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " +"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " +"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." +msgstr "" +"Létrehoz egy Debian archívumot a I<könyvtár>-ban lévő fájlokból. A " +"I<könyvtár> egy B<DEBIAN> alkönyvtár kell legyen, mely egyaránt tartalmazza " +"az ellenőrző információs fájlokat és az ellenőrző fájlt magát. E könyvtár " +"I<nem> jelenik meg a bináris csomag fájlrendszer archívumában, a benne lévő " +"fájlok a bináris csomag ellenőrző információs területére kerülnek." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:72 +msgid "" +"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " +"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." +msgstr "" +"A B<-z#> lehetőséggel megadható a tömörítási szint. A B<dpkg-deb> átadja ezt " +"a gzip-nek.." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:84 +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" +"A B<--nocheck> megadása nélkül, a B<dpkg-deb> elolvassa és értelmezi a " +"B<DEBIAN/control> fájlt. Nyelvtani és más hibákat ellenőriz és kiírja a " +"bináris csomag nevét. A B<dpkg-deb> ellenőrzi a karbantartói szkriptek " +"jogait és a B<DEBIAN> ellenőrző információs könyvtárban lévő más fájlokat." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:91 +msgid "" +"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " +"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" +"Ha nincs I<archívum> megadva, a B<dpkg-deb> a csomagot a I<directory>B<.deb> " +"fájlba készíti el." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:93 +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "A már létező hasonló archívumot felülírja." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " +"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" +"Ha a második argumentum egy könyvtár, a B<dpkg-deb> a " +"I<csomag>B<_>I<verzió>B<_>I<architektúra>B<.deb>, vagy ha nincs " +"B<Architektúra> mező a csomag ellenőrző fájlban, a I<csomag>B<_>I<verzió>B<." +"deb> fájlba ír. Ha nem fájl, hanem célkönyvtár van megadva, a B<--nocheck> " +"lehetőség nem használható (mivel a B<dpkg-deb>-nek el kell olvasni a csomag " +"ellenőrző fájlt a fájlnév meghatározásához)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 dpkg-split.1:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:112 +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "Egy bináris csomagarchívumról ad információkat." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:117 +msgid "" +"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" +"Ha nincs megadva I<ellenőrző-fájl-név>, kiírja a csomag és ellenőrző fájlja " +"tartalmát" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +msgid "" +"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" +"Ha meg van adva I<ellenőrző-fájl-név>, a B<dpkg-deb> a megadott sorrendben " +"mutat rájuk, és ha bármely összetevő hiányzik, azokról hibaüzenetet küld a " +"stderr-re és kilép 2-es kóddal." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" +msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" +"Egy bináris csomagarchívumról ad információkat a B<--showformat> " +"argumentumban megadott formátumban. Az alap formátum kiírja a csomag nevét " +"és verzióját 1 sorban tabulátorral elválasztva." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" +msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:135 +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "Kiszedi az ellenőrző információs fájlt egy bináris csomagarchívumból" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:139 +msgid "" +"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" +"Ha nincsenek B<ellenőrző-fájl-mezők>k megadva, kiírja az egész ellenőrző " +"fájlt." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:148 +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" +"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " +"name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" +"Ha vannak, a B<dpkg-deb> kiírja tartalmukat az ellenőrző fájlban megadott " +"sorrendben. Ha több, mint 1 B<ellenőrző-fájl-mező> került megadásra, a " +"B<dpkg-deb> mezőnevükkel (és egy kettősponttal és szóközzel) azonosítja őket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "Nem ad hibajelet kért, de nem lelt mezőkre." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" +msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" +"Kilistázza a csomag archívum fájlrendszer fa archívum részét. Jelenleg a " +"B<tar> részletes lista formátumban teszi meg ezt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" +msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:160 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Kibontja egy csomag archívum fájlrendszer fáját egy megadott könyvtárba." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:165 +msgid "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " +"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." +msgstr "" +"A B<--vextract> (B<-X>) kiírja a kibontásra került fájlokat, a B<--extract> " +"(B<-x>) csak hibánál ír." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:171 +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " +"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." +msgstr "" +"Egy csomag kibontása a gyökérkönyvtárba I<nem> ad helyes telepítést! A " +"B<dpkg> vagy valamely felülete használható csomagok telepítésére." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "Létrehozza a I<könyvtár>at (de szüleit nem), ha szükséges." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" +"Kibontja a fájlrendszer fa adatokat egy bináris csomagból és a szabvány " +"kimenetre küldi B<tar> formátumban. A B<tar>(1)-ral együtt egyes fájlok " +"kibontására használható egy csomag archívumból." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" +msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:186 +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "" +"Kiszedi a csomag információs fájlokat egy csomag archívumból a megadott " +"könyvtárba." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:190 +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" +"Ha nincs megadva könyvtár a jelen könyvtár B<DEBIAN> alkönyvtárát fogja " +"használni." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 +msgid "" +"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "Létrehozza a célkönyvtárat (de szüleit nem), ha szükséges." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 dpkg-split.1:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:198 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> használatát, megadva lehetőségei és azok használata " +"összefoglalóját." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." +msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> verziószámát." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 dpkg-split.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." +msgstr "" +"Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> szerzői jogi információit, a felhasználói engedélyt " +"(licenc) és a garancia hiányát. (Az amerikai B<--license> helyesírás is " +"támogatott.) " + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 dpkg-split.1:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" +msgstr "MÁS LEHETŐSÉGEK" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:216 dpkg-query.1:103 +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" +"E lehetőség adja meg a B<--show> kimentének formátumát. A formátum egy " +"szöveg, melyet minden listázott csomag visszaad." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:225 +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." +msgstr "" +"Ez az argumentum egy szöveg, mely a \"${I<field-name>}\" formát használó " +"bármely állapotmezőre hivatkozhat, az érvényes mezők listája könnyen " +"előállítható a B<-I>-lel ugyanazon csomagon. A formázási lehetőségek teljes " +"magyarázata (ideértve az escape sorozatokat és mező oszlopokat) a B<dpkg-" +"query>(1) B<--showformat> lehetőségének magyarázatában található." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." +msgstr "E mező alapértelmezettje: \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +msgid "" +"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "`Új' formátumú archívum használata. Ez az alap." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:240 +msgid "" +"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" +"A B<dpkg-deb>-et `régi' formátumú archívumra bírja. E régi archívum " +"formátumot nehezebben értik nem-Debian eszközök és elavult; egyetlen " +"használata olyan csomagok készítése, mely a 0.93.76-nál (1995 szeptember) " +"régebbi verziójú dpkg számára is érthető, mely csak i386 a.out-ként volt " +"kiadva." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +msgid "" +"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" +"Tiltja egy tervezett archívum tartalom szokásos B<dpkg-deb --build> " +"ellenőrzését. Így bármilyen archívum készíthető, vagyis nem számít, milyen " +"hibákat tartalmaz." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" +msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:249 +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "Hibajavító kimenet bekapcsolva. Nem túl érdekes." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:254 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<csomag1>B<.deb> I<csomag2>B<.deb> hibát okoz." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:258 +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" +"Nincs hitelesítés a B<deb> fájlokhoz; illetve nincs ellenőrző összeg. (Ez " +"megoldva - a fordító)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:265 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " +"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" +"A B<dpkg-deb> önmagában nem használható telepítésre! A B<dpkg> programot " +"kell használni annak biztosításához, hogy minden fájl a helyére kerüljön, a " +"csomagok szkriptjei lefussanak és állapotuk és tartalmuk rögzítésre kerüljön." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:270 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"A B<dpkg-deb> és e manoldal szerzője Ian Jackson. Ő adta hozzá a Copyright " +"(C)1995-1996 bejegyzést és adta ki GNU General Public Licence alatt; NINCS " +"GARANCIA. Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> és I</usr/share/common-" +"licenses/GPL> fájlt a részletekért." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-divert" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:10 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:15 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:36 +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:44 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " +"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " +"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " +"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:45 dselect.1:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" +"dpkg>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " +"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:61 install-info.8:190 +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:300 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:73 +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:76 +msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:79 +msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-divert.8:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:84 +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " +"match if specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:86 +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:92 +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:97 +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." +"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" +"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:99 +msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:101 dpkg-divert.8:111 +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:103 +msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:107 +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" +"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:109 +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:113 +msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:120 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:123 +msgid "" +"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" +"old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:128 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-name.1:6 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-name" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:9 +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:22 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:33 +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " +"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " +"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " +"a hyphen and the revision information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" +"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " +"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " +"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" +"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " +"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " +"care, it's messy." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h, --help>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v, --version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:67 dselect.1:131 +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:67 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l, --license>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:71 +msgid "" +"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " +"exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +msgid "" +"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:91 +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:100 +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-name.1:107 dpkg-source.1:847 install-info.8:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:113 +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B<no> warranty." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-query.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-query" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B<dpkg> database." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:50 +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " +"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" +"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" +"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " +"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" +"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" +"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " +"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " +"separated by a tab." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +msgid "" +"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" +"available>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:89 +msgid "Display licence and copyright information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:92 +msgid "Display version information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" +"lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:105 +msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<\\en> newline\n" +" B<\\er> carriage return\n" +" B<\\et> tab\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:116 +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" +"$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:122 +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " +"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " +"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:161 +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:172 +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:175 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-query.1:175 dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:177 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 +msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-10" +msgstr "2006-06-17" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 +msgid "" +"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 +msgid "" +"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 +msgid "" +"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 +msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 +msgid "" +"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " +"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " +"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " +"in the output." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 +msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 +msgid "" +"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 +msgid "" +"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " +"to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 update-alternatives.8:436 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scansources" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:13 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" +"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:18 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:29 +msgid "" +"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" +"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:33 +msgid "" +"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:45 install-info.8:272 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +msgid "Show the usage message and die." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:55 +msgid "" +"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:61 +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print the version number and exit." +msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> verziószámát." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:68 +msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-source.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-source" +msgstr "dpkg készlet" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:7 +msgid "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " +"tools" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" +"targz>|'']" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<könyvtár> [I<archívum>|I<könyvtár>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:18 +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:24 +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:27 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:30 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "" +"A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt " +"róluk." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:42 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" +"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:68 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" +">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " +"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" +"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " +"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " +"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " +"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " +"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:70 +msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:76 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:80 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:84 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:89 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:93 +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:93 update-alternatives.8:290 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" +msgstr "MÅ°VELETI LEHETŐSÉGEK" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +msgid "" +"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " +"with the programs that accept them." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:101 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " +"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " +"tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " +"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>I<version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:114 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " +"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I<version> to be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " +"will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" +msgstr "B< >E<lt>hosszú leírásE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " +"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" +msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:150 +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " +"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:158 +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +msgid "" +"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " +"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " +"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +msgid "" +"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-U>I<field>" +msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +msgid "" +"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:212 +msgid "" +"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" +"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " +"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " +"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " +"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " +"being built." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +msgid "" +"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " +"one) - see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" +msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +msgid "" +"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " +"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +msgid "" +"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " +"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "MÁS LEHETŐSÉGEK" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +msgid "" +"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " +"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:272 +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " +"under the current working directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:280 +msgid "" +"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " +"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " +"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:303 +msgid "" +"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " +"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " +"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " +"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " +"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " +"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " +"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:303 dpkg-source.1:642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:311 +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:323 +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." +"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " +"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " +"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " +"the B<-i> switch." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:323 dpkg-source.1:646 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." +"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:345 +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" +"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:357 +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" +"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " +"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:368 +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:377 +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:406 +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" +"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" +"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:415 +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:422 +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:425 +msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:430 +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" +msgstr "MÁS LEHETŐSÉGEK" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<package>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" +"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:472 +msgid "" +"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " +"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:472 dpkg-source.1:534 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +msgid "" +"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " +"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" +"P> was used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:497 +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:507 +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " +"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " +"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +msgid "" +"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " +"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:534 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " +"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +msgid "" +"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " +"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" +"substvars> by default)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<type>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " +"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " +"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " +"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " +"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +msgid "" +"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " +"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " +"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " +"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " +"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " +"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" +"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-tc>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " +"after the package has been built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" +msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:642 +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:646 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-nc>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:666 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" +"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." +"changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " +"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " +"arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:687 +msgid "" +"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " +"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:694 +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:701 +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" +"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:714 +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Arch>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<binary:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source-Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Installed-Size>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " +"debian/tmp> to find the default value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Extra-Size>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B<Installed-Size> control file field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"- see above." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:785 +msgid "The full version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:788 +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:789 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/control>" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/files>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " +"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/substvars>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:825 +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:828 +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:835 +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" +"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:839 +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:847 +msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:849 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:851 +msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:857 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"A B<dpkg-deb> és e manoldal szerzője Ian Jackson. Ő adta hozzá a Copyright " +"(C)1995-1996 bejegyzést és adta ki GNU General Public Licence alatt; NINCS " +"GARANCIA. Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> és I</usr/share/common-" +"licenses/GPL> fájlt a részletekért." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-split.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-split" +msgstr "dpkg készlet" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:5 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian csomag archívum (.deb) kezelő eszköz" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:24 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:33 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:37 +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:45 +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" +"discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:48 +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:52 +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:60 +msgid "" +"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +msgid "" +"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:72 +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:76 +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:81 +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:83 +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:86 +msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:95 +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:100 +msgid "" +"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:107 +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:113 +msgid "" +"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " +"not created." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:120 +msgid "" +"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:130 +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" +msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:138 +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:143 +msgid "" +"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> használatát, megadva lehetőségei és azok használata " +"összefoglalóját." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." +msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> verziószámát." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" +msgstr "" +"Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> szerzői jogi információit, a felhasználói engedélyt " +"(licenc) és a garancia hiányát. (Az amerikai B<--license> helyesírás is " +"támogatott.) " + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " +"The default is 450Kb." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:173 +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" +msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:194 +msgid "" +"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:200 +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:205 +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-split.1:205 update-alternatives.8:429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:211 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:217 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I<part> file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:221 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:225 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:228 +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:231 +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:235 +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:240 +msgid "" +"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:245 +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" +"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " +"filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:250 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"A B<dpkg-deb> és e manoldal szerzője Ian Jackson. Ő adta hozzá a Copyright " +"(C)1995-1996 bejegyzést és adta ki GNU General Public Licence alatt; NINCS " +"GARANCIA. Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> és I</usr/share/common-" +"licenses/GPL> fájlt a részletekért." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-statoverride" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian project" +msgstr "Debian Project" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " +"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:28 +msgid "" +"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41 +msgid "" +"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " +"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " +"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " +"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " +"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " +"to the new owner and mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +msgid "" +"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " +"left unchanged by this command." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61 +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 +msgid "Show usage information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +msgid "Show program version and copyright." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74 +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dselect" +msgstr "dselect.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "deb-control - Debian csomag fő kontroll fájl formátum" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:17 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" +"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" +" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" +" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" +" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" +" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:38 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:44 +msgid "" +"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:51 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:57 +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:60 +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:60 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:64 +msgid "" +"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:71 +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " +"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " +"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:75 +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:78 +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:81 +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:84 +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:88 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:92 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:92 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:95 +msgid "" +"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:95 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:98 +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:98 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:101 +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:104 +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:107 +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:110 +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:115 +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:121 +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:124 +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:124 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:128 +msgid "" +"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:137 +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "access" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:139 +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:145 +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " +"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " +"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:147 +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:150 +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:157 +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:160 +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.1:161 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "select" +msgstr "dselect.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:163 +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:169 +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:176 +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:179 +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:182 +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:188 +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:196 +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." +"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " +"these are installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:203 +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "config" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:206 +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:209 +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "quit" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:212 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Quit B<dselect>" +msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:214 +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package selections management" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:234 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " +"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " +"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " +"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " +"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " +"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " +"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " +"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " +"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:240 +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:249 +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:252 +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" +"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" +"alternates between:\n" +" - the extended description\n" +" - the control information for the installed version\n" +" - the control information for the available version\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:266 +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:272 +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:280 +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:286 +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" +" Error flag:\n" +" I<empty> no error\n" +" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" +" Installed state:\n" +" I<empty> not installed;\n" +" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" +" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" +" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" +" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" +" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" +" Current and requested selections:\n" +" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" +" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" +" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" +" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" +" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:310 +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" +" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" +" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" +" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" +" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" +" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" +" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" +" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" +" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" +" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" +" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" +" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:342 +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" +"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " +"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " +"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " +"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " +"searching from there." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" +"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" +"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" +" alphabet available status\n" +" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" +" section+priority available+section status+section\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:352 +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" +"altered with the following commands:\n" +" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" +" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" +" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" +" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" +" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:366 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:371 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:377 +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:383 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:390 +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:396 +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:404 +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:405 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:412 +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " +"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " +"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " +"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " +"resolution screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:418 +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:425 +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:432 +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:434 +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:436 +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:438 +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:442 +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:448 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:453 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:456 +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect.cfg" +msgstr "dselect.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "dselect.cfg - dselect konfigurációs fájl" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"E fájl tartalmazza a dselect alapbeállításait. Minden sor 1 lehetőséget " +"tartalmaz, mely pontosan megfelel a sima parancssoros dpkg lehetőségeknek " +"kivéve a vezető kötőjeleket, melyek itt nincsenek. Megjegyzések egy sor " +"elején a (\"B<#>\") jellel lehetségesek." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:14 +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dselect> készítését " +"segítő személyek listája található." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:22 +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: install-info.8:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install-info" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:8 +msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:24 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:39 +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:57 +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:66 +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:71 +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:76 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:86 +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:91 +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:97 +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:103 +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:121 +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" +"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " +"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:135 +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:142 +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:148 +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:151 +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:154 +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:160 +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" +msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:169 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" +"info/>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:178 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:190 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:195 +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:200 +msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:205 +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:212 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:214 +msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:216 +msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:218 +msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:227 +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:234 +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:236 +msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:240 +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:249 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:256 +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:256 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--keep-old>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:260 +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:264 +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:269 +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:272 +msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:276 +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:287 +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "start-stop-daemon" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:4 +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:11 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:15 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:18 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:21 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:29 +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:48 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " +"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " +"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " +"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " +"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " +"program being started." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:68 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " +"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " +"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " +"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" +"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:87 +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +msgid "" +"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:128 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:139 +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:155 +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" +"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" +"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " +"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " +"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " +"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " +"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +msgid "Print help information; then exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:256 +msgid "Print version information; then exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:260 +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:262 +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update-alternatives" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-11-24" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:11 +msgid "" +"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:20 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:25 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:30 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:34 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:39 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:44 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:49 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:54 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:59 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:64 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:72 +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:94 +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" +"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " +"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " +"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " +"to do so." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:104 +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:116 +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" +"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " +"Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:135 +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" +"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " +"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " +"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:143 +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:152 +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:159 +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:175 +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " +"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " +"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " +"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " +"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " +"return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:179 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:190 +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: update-alternatives.8:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "generic name" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "symlink" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternative" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" +"alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link group" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "master link" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:245 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:257 +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " +"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:263 +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:266 +msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:272 +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:275 +msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:280 +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:283 +msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:290 +msgid "" +"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " +"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " +"together with any action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:291 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:300 +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:304 +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +msgid "Give some usage information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:320 +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:338 +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--display> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--config> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:414 +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:428 +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" +"admindir> option." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:435 +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:445 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:449 +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:454 +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:459 +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:463 +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:465 +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:468 +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." +msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po/ja.po b/man/po/ja.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ee5ffe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/ja.po @@ -0,0 +1,10360 @@ +# translation of the dpkg man pages to Japanese +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 19:21+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:31+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" +"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "822-date" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#: install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-02-28" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.1:1 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian Project" +msgstr "Debian Project" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1 install-info.8:5 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg utilities" +msgstr "dpkg utilities" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:4 cleanup-info.8:2 deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-old.5:2 dpkg.1:2 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-deb.1:2 +#: dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 dpkg-statoverride.8:2 +#: dselect.1:2 dselect.cfg.5:2 install-info.8:6 start-stop-daemon.8:2 +#: update-alternatives.8:9 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"名前\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"名称" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:6 +msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" +msgstr "822-date - RFC822フォーマットの日付と時間の表示" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:7 cleanup-info.8:5 deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-old.5:5 dpkg.1:5 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:4 dpkg-divert.8:5 +#: dpkg-name.1:9 dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 dpkg-scansources.1:5 +#: dpkg-source.1:8 dpkg-split.1:5 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 dselect.1:5 +#: install-info.8:9 start-stop-daemon.8:5 update-alternatives.8:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "書式" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:9 +msgid "B<822-date>" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:10 cleanup-info.8:10 deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-old.5:8 +#: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:11 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 dpkg-divert.8:26 dpkg-name.1:22 dpkg-query.1:36 +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 dpkg-scansources.1:14 dpkg-source.1:33 +#: dpkg-split.1:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:19 dselect.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:5 +#: install-info.8:25 start-stop-daemon.8:22 update-alternatives.8:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "説明" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:14 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> は RFC822 に説明されているフォーマット、RFC1123 で推奨されている" +"数字によるタイムゾーンオフセットを使って現在の日付と時間を表示する。" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:15 cleanup-info.8:29 dpkg.1:293 dpkg-architecture.1:27 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 dpkg-divert.8:44 dpkg-name.1:33 dpkg-query.1:93 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-statoverride.8:33 dselect.1:45 install-info.8:39 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:88 update-alternatives.8:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "オプション" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:18 +msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." +msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:19 cleanup-info.8:47 dpkg.1:609 dpkg-deb.1:249 dpkg-name.1:91 +#: dpkg-source.1:825 dpkg-split.1:221 dselect.1:427 update-alternatives.8:446 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "バグ" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:22 +msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." +msgstr "この機能は実際には B<date>(1) の一部であるべきである。" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:23 cleanup-info.8:50 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51 +#: dpkg.1:599 dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:265 +#: dpkg-divert.8:124 dpkg-name.1:100 dpkg-query.1:182 dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:64 dpkg-source.1:839 dpkg-split.1:245 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21 install-info.8:277 +#: update-alternatives.8:466 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "関連項目" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:26 +msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," +msgstr "" +"I<ARPAインターネットテキストメッセージのフォーマットの標準 (Standard for the " +"Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages)> (RFC822)," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:29 +msgid "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," +msgstr "" +"I<インターネットホストへの要求事項 -- アプリケーションとサポート " +"(Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support)> (RFC1123) " +"5.2.14 節," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:31 +msgid "B<date>(1)." +msgstr "B<date>(1)" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:32 cleanup-info.8:53 dpkg-architecture.1:272 dpkg.cfg.5:17 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 dpkg-deb.1:270 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:173 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:67 dpkg-source.1:845 dpkg-split.1:251 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:88 dselect.cfg.5:17 update-alternatives.8:455 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"作者\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"著者" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:35 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " +"placed by him into the public domain." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> とこのマニュアルページは Ian Jackson によって書かれた。そして、彼" +"の手によって public domain とされている。" + +# type: TH +#: cleanup-info.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cleanup-info" +msgstr "cleanup-info" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:4 +msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" +msgstr "cleanup-info - install-info の誤った利用による混乱の消去" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] [I<E<lt>ディ" +"レクトリ名E<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:17 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." +msgstr "" +"B<cleanup-info> は B<install-info>(8) の誤った適用によって生じた混乱を消去す" +"るための Perl スクリプトである。同じ表題を持ったセクションを一つにまとめ、大" +"文字小文字の区別、あとに続くコロン/スペースに関しても賢く処理しようとする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:20 +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." +msgstr "" +"その他、空のセクションの除去、空行の圧縮(エントリーパートのみ)も行われる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:23 +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgstr "" +"セクションの順序は保存される(複数同じエントリがあった場合、最初に発見されたも" +"のの位置になる)。セクション内でのエントリの順序も保存される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:28 +msgid "" +"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." +msgstr "" +"このユーティリティの使用はB<特別注意深く>行って欲しい - おそらく、このユー" +"ティリティは 100% 安全とはいえない。cleanup-info は注意深く info dir ファイル" +"を扱おうとするが、ファイルに書いてしまえばそれまでである。このユーティリティ" +"を使う前にバックアップファイルをとるようにすべきである。" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:30 dpkg-architecture.1:76 dpkg-divert.8:73 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 dselect.1:121 +#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." +msgstr "ヘルプを表示し、正常終了する。" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--unsafe>" +msgstr "B<--unsafe>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:36 +msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." +msgstr "いくつかの付加的なおそらく有用であろうオプションをセットする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:38 +msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" +msgstr "" +"B<警告: `--unsafe' オプションは正しいファイルを改竄してしまうかもしれない!>" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:38 dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-deb.1:198 dpkg-divert.8:76 +#: dpkg-query.1:89 dpkg-scansources.1:61 dpkg-source.1:101 dpkg-split.1:148 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 dselect.1:128 install-info.8:200 +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:41 +msgid "Output version and exit successfully." +msgstr "バージョンを表示し、正常終了する。" + +# type: SH +#: cleanup-info.8:42 dpkg.1:496 dpkg.cfg.5:12 dpkg-divert.8:114 +#: dpkg-source.1:788 dpkg-split.1:235 dpkg-statoverride.8:75 dselect.cfg.5:12 +#: update-alternatives.8:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "ファイル" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" +msgstr "I</usr/info/dir> または I<E<lt>ディレクトリ名E<gt>/dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:46 +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." +msgstr "" +"info ディレクトリファイル。ロックファイルは同じ名前で \".lock\" 拡張子がつい" +"たものになる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:49 +msgid "Probably many." +msgstr "おそらくたくさんある。" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:53 +msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." +msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:55 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:57 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 dpkg-divert.8:130 +#: dpkg-query.1:181 dpkg-statoverride.8:95 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb" +msgstr "deb" + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian" +msgstr "Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:4 +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "deb - Debian バイナリパッケージ形式" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:6 deb-old.5:7 +msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" +msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:12 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgstr "" +"B<.deb> フォーマットは Debian バイナリパッケージのファイル形式である。この形" +"式は dpkg 0.93.76 またはそれ以降のバージョンで扱うことができ、dpkg 1.2.0 以降" +"のすべてのバージョンと 1.1.1elf 以降のすべての i386/ELF バージョンではデフォ" +"ルトでこの形式が作成される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:16 +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." +msgstr "" +"このマニュアルで記述される形式は Debian 0.93 から使用されている。旧形式の詳細" +"については B<deb-old>(5) を参照されたい。" + +# type: SH +#: deb.5:16 deb-old.5:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "フォーマット" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:21 +msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"このファイルはマジックナンバー B<!E<lt>archE<gt>> を持つ B<ar> アーカイブであ" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:31 +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" +"B<.deb> に含まれる第 1 のメンバーは B<debian-binary> という名称で、改行で区切" +"られた数行から成る。現在は一行だけであり、deb 形式バージョン番号が与えられ" +"る。このマニュアルが書かれた時点では B<2.0> である。新形式のアーカイブを読み" +"込むプログラムは、マイナーバージョン番号が上がった場合や、新しい行が追加され" +"ている場合を想定しておかなければならない。もし、これに該当する場合はこれらを" +"無視すること。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:36 +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" +"メジャー番号が変更されている場合、互換性のない変更がなされているためプログラ" +"ムは停止しなければならない。メジャー番号が変更されていない場合は、アーカイブ" +"に予期しないメンバーが含まれていない限り(アーカイブの最後に含まれる場合を除" +"く)、プログラムは安全に実行を継続できる。これについては、以下で説明する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:46 +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." +msgstr "" +"2 番目に要請されるメンバーは B<control.tar.gz> というファイル名を持つ gzip 圧" +"縮 tar 形式である。これは、パッケージ制御情報をテキストファイル群として含む。" +"その中でも B<control> ファイルは必須であり、中心となる制御情報を含む。この " +"control.tar.gz は任意にカレントディレクトリ `B<.>' に対するエントリを含む。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:50 +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgstr "" +"最後の 3 番目に要請されるメンバーは B<data.tar.gz> というファイル名を持ち、" +"ファイルシステムアーカイブを gzip 圧縮 tar 形式として含む。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:61 +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " +"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " +"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " +"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgstr "" +"これらのメンバーは上に示した順序で現れなければならない。将来、追加メンバーが" +"定義された場合、可能ならばこれら 3 つのメンバーの後に配置されるであろう。現在" +"の実装では、B<data.tar.gz> 以後のいかなる追加メンバーも無視される。将来におい" +"て B<data.tar.gz> の前に挿入する必要があり、それ以前のプログラムが安全に無視" +"することのできる追加メンバーを定義するには、そのメンバーはアンダースコア " +"`B<_>' で始まる名前を持てばよい。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:67 +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" +"安全に無視することができない新しいメンバーがある場合、このメンバーにアンダー" +"スコア以外の文字で始まる名前をつけて B<data.tar.gz> より前に挿入するか、また" +"は(こちらの可能性が高いが)メジャーバージョン番号を上げることになるであろう。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:70 +msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-control" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:6 +msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" +msgstr "" +"deb-control - Debian パッケージのマスターコントロールファイルフォーマット" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:9 +msgid "control" +msgstr "control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:23 +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " +"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B<Description> field, see below)." +msgstr "" +"各 Debian パッケージはマスターとなる `control'ファイルをもっている。この " +"`control'ファイルはいくつかのフィールドを含んでいる。それぞれのフィールドは " +"B<Package> や B<Version> (大文字小文字は区別しない) のようなタグで始まり、コ" +"ロン、フィールドの本体という順序で記述されている。フィールドはフィールドタグ" +"によってのみ区切られている。別の言い方をすれば、フィールドテキストは複数行に" +"またがってもかまわない。しかしインストールに使うツールはそれらのフィールドの" +"本体を処理する時に一行にまとめてしまう。(ただし、以下で説明する " +"B<Description> フィールドは例外である)" + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" +msgstr "必須フィールド" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>パッケージ名E<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:29 +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" +"このフィールドの値によってパッケージ名が決まる。またインストールに使うツール" +"のほとんどがファイル名を生成するために使う。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>バージョン文字列E<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:36 +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." +msgstr "" +"普通は、これはパッケージのプログラムの作者が利用しているパッケージのバージョ" +"ン番号である。(Debian 独自のパッケージでない場合は) Debian リビジョン番号が追" +"加される。もし、バージョンとリビジョン両方を使う場合にはそれらはハイフン `-' " +"により区切られている。このために、オリジナルのバージョンにはそのバージョン番" +"号にハイフンを使うことができない。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>名前 emailE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:41 +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" +"`Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' 形式でなければいけない。パッケージ化さ" +"れたソフトウェアの作者ではなく、パッケージ作成者の名前および e-mail アドレス" +"を使うことになっている。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>短い説明E<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:44 +msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B< >E<lt>長い説明E<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:50 +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ説明の書式は、まず最初の行 (\"Description\" フィールドタグの後) が" +"短い要約である。その後に続く行はより長い詳細な説明に使う。長い説明の各行は空" +"白文字ではじまる。行頭のスペースに続けて '.' 一つだけの行は空行を意味する。" + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" +msgstr "オプションのフィールド" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>セクションE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:57 +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." +msgstr "" +"パッケージによりインストールされるソフトウェアがどのカテゴリーに属するかを示" +"すフィールドである。一般的なセクションは `utils' や `net'、`mail'、`text'、" +"`x11' などがある。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>優先度E<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgstr "" +"システム全体からみてこのパッケージの重要度を示す。一般的に使われる優先度とし" +"ては `required'、`standard'、`optional'、`extra' などがある。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:71 +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" +"Debian では、 B<Section> と B<Priority> フィールドで使える値はポリシーマニュ" +"アルで決められている。これらはアーカイブでどのようにパッケージが配置されるか" +"を決定するのに使われている。これらのリストは最新の B<debian-policy> パッケー" +"ジの中に含まれている。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:78 +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" +"このフィールドは普通は `yes' の時にだけ使う。これはパッケージがシステムを適切" +"に運用するために必要とされるパッケージを示す。 dpkg や他のインストールに使う" +"ツールは (強制オプションを与えない限り) B<Essential> パッケージを削除すること" +"を許さない。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:86 +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" +"Architecture はこのパッケージがどのタイプのハードウェアむけにコンパイルされ" +"た ものかどうかを示す。一般的な architecture としては `i386', `m68k', " +"`sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' などがある。 B<all> オプションはパッケージが " +"architecture に依存しないことを意味する。例えば、シェルスクリプトや Perl スク" +"リプト、文書などは architecture が all となる。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>ソース名E<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:90 +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." +msgstr "" +"このバイナリパッケージを作るために使われたソースパッケージの名前である。バイ" +"ナリパッケージの名前とソースパッケージの名前が違う時に使われる。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:100 +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージが重要な機能を提供するために必要としているパッケージのリスト。" +"パッケージ管理ソフトウェアは、もしこの B<Depends> フィールドにあげられている" +"パッケージがインストールされていなければ (強制オプションがあたえられない限" +"り) このパッケージをインストールしようとしない。また Depends: フィールドにあ" +"げられているパッケージの postinst スクリプトを、それらに依存しているパッケー" +"ジが prerm スクリプトを実行しようとする前に実行しようとする。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:107 +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" +"パッケージがインストールされて B<かつ> そのパッケージがインストールできる前に" +"設定が終わっていないといけないパッケージのリスト。これは通常このパッケージが" +"他のパッケージを preinst スクリプトで利用する場合に使われる。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:114 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." +msgstr "" +"余程のことがなければこのパッケージとともにインストールされるべきパッケージの" +"リスト。ユーザがこの B<Recommends> フィールドにあげられているパッケージなしに" +"パッケージをインストールしようとするとパッケージ管理ソフトウェアが警告するこ" +"とがある。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:119 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージに関連していて、より便利にするパッケージだが、なくてもかまわな" +"いパッケージのリスト。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:131 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" +"B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends>, B<Suggests> フィールドは、代替パッ" +"ケージグループのリストで表現する。各代替グループではパッケージを縦棒 (もしく" +"は `パイプ') 記号 `|'で区切る。グループはコンマで区切る。コンマは `AND' と解" +"釈し、パイプは `OR' と解釈することができる。パイプ (OR) の方が演算の優先度が" +"高くなっている。オプションで、それぞれのパッケージ名に続けて括弧でくくられた" +"バージョン番号の指定ができる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:137 +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgstr "" +"バージョン番号が `E<gt>E<gt>' ではじまる場合は、それ以降のバージョン全てに" +"マッチする。バージョン番号は、ハイフンに続けて Debian パッケージリビジョンを" +"指定してもよいし、省略してもよい。バージョン関係を示す記号としては、 " +"\"E<gt>E<gt>\" 「より新しい」、 \"E<lt>E<lt>\" 「より古い」、 \"E<gt>=\" 「同" +"じか新しい」、 \"E<lt>=\" 「同じか古い」、 \"=\" 「同じ」がある。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:145 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージと衝突するパッケージのリスト。例えば同じファイル名をもっている" +"場合など。パッケージ管理ソフトウェアは衝突しているパッケージ同士を同時にイン" +"ストールできないようにしている。二つの衝突しているパッケージがそれぞれがお互" +"いを B<Conflicts> に書いておくべきである。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:153 +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージが置き換えるファイルを含むパッケージのリスト。このパッケージが" +"他のパッケージのファイルを上書きするのを許すために使われる。また衝突している" +"パッケージと同じファイルを含んでいる場合 B<Conflicts> フィールドと共に使うこ" +"とで他のパッケージを強制的に削除することを指示するために使われる。" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:163 +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " +"the list." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージが提供する仮想パッケージのリスト。通常はこれは複数のパッケージ" +"がまったく同じサービスを提供している場合に使われる。例えば、 sendmail と " +"exim は共にメールサーバとしての機能を提供しているので、これらは共通のパッケー" +"ジ (`mail-transport-agent') を提供し、他のパッケージは この `mail-transport-" +"agent' に依存するようにしておく。こうすることで、 sendmail も exim も依存関係" +"を満たすようにすることができる。これによりメールサーバに依存するパッケージ" +"が、メールサーバとなるパッケージ全てのパッケージ名を知る必要もなく、また `|' " +"を使って列挙する必要もなくなる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:178 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " +"fields." +msgstr "" +"B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces>, B<Provides> はパッケージ名をコンマで区切って表記す" +"る (空白はあってもかまわない)。 B<Conflicts> フィールドの中では、コンマは " +"`OR' と解釈できる。 B<Conflicts> と B<Replaces> フィールドでは、上記のフィー" +"ルドと同じ表記でバージョンも指定することができる。" + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "例" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +msgstr "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:207 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: deb-old.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-old" +msgstr "deb-old" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:4 +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "deb-old - Debian バイナリパッケージ旧形式フォーマット" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:17 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" +"(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" +"B<.deb> フォーマットは Debian バイナリパッケージのファイル形式である。このマ" +"ニュアルでは、Debian 0.93 以前に使用されていた B<旧形式> について記述する。新" +"形式の詳細については B<deb>(5) を参照されたい。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:21 +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" +"2 行の ASCII テキストによるフォーマット情報があり、それに 2 つの gzip 圧縮さ" +"れた ustar ファイルが続く。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:25 +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" +"1 行目は 8 桁にそろえたフォーマットバージョン番号であり、旧形式アーカイブはす" +"べて B<0.939000> である。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:28 +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" +"2 行目はひとつ目の gzip 圧縮 tar ファイルの大きさを与える(0 から始まらない) " +"十進数である。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:30 +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "それぞれの行の終わりは改行文字ひとつである。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:35 +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" +"1 番目の tar ファイルは、制御情報を平文ファイル群として含む。B<control> ファ" +"イルは必須であり、中心となる制御情報を含む。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:46 +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" +"非常に古いアーカイブでは、 control tar ファイル中のファイルが B<DEBIAN> サブ" +"ディレクトリにあることもある。この場合、 control tar ファイルにも B<DEBIAN> " +"サブディレクトリが存在し、 control tar ファイルはそのディレクトリ内にのみファ" +"イルを保有する。 control tar ファイルは、 `B<.>', つまりカレントディレクトリ" +"にファイルを含むこともある。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:50 +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" +"2 番目の gzip 圧縮 tar ファイルはファイルシステムアーカイブであり、インストー" +"ルされるシステムのルートディレクトリからの相対パス名を含んでいる。パス名の先" +"頭にスラッシュ(/)はない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:54 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-04-09" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg suite" +msgstr "dpkg suite" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:4 +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "dpkg - Debian パッケージマネージャ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "警告" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:13 +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " +"--help>." +msgstr "" +"このマニュアルは、B<dpkg> のコマンドライン・オプションやパッケージ状態につい" +"て、B<dpkg --help> で得られる情報よりもさらに詳細に理解したい利用者のために書" +"かれたものである。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:18 +msgid "" +"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ管理者は、B<dpkg> がどのようにパッケージをインストールするのかを理" +"解するという目的では、このマニュアルをI<読まない>ほうがよい。パッケージをイン" +"ストールするときや削除するときの B<dpkg> の動作に関する記述は、特に不充分であ" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:26 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " +"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " +"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " +"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " +"some way." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> は、Debian パッケージの、インストール、構築、削除、管理をするための" +"ツールである。B<dselect>(1) は、B<dpkg> の代表的なフロントエンドで、よりユー" +"ザフレンドリなツールである。B<dpkg> は、コマンドライン引き数によって完全に制" +"御することができる。コマンドライン引き数は、1 つのアクションと、0 個以上のオ" +"プションとで構成される。アクションパラメータは、B<dpkg> に何をさせるのかを指" +"定し、オプションはそのアクションのふるまいを制御する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:31 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " +"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " +"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" +"また、B<dpkg> は B<dpkg-deb>(1) のフロントエンドとしても使うことができる。以" +"下のアクションは B<dpkg-deb> のアクションであり、B<dpkg> にこれらを引き数とし" +"て与えると、B<dpkg-deb> に同じ引き数を与えて起動する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" +msgstr "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>,\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:42 +msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." +msgstr "これらのアクションについては、B<dpkg-deb>(1) にくわしい情報がある。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "パッケージに関する情報" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:48 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " +"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> は、いくつかの利用可能なパッケージに関する有用な情報を管理している。" +"この情報は、B<パッケージ状態>、B<パッケージ選択状態>、そしてB<フラグ>の 3 つ" +"に分類できる。これらの値は主に B<dselect> によって変更される。" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE STATES" +msgstr "パッケージ状態" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<installed>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:52 +msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." +msgstr "パッケージの展開と設定が完了している。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-installed>" +msgstr "B<half-installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:56 +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "" +"パッケージのインストールは開始しているが、何らかの理由で完了していない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<not-installed>" +msgstr "B<not-installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:59 +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "パッケージはシステムにインストールされていない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<unpacked>" +msgstr "B<unpacked>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:62 +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "パッケージは展開されたが、設定はされていない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-configured>" +msgstr "B<half-configured>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:66 +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" +"パッケージは展開され、設定も開始しているが何らかの理由によって完了していな" +"い。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<config-files>" +msgstr "B<config-files>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:69 +msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "パッケージの設定ファイルだけが存在している。" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" +msgstr "パッケージ選択状態" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<install>" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:73 +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "パッケージはインストールするように選択されている。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<deinstall>" +msgstr "B<deinstall>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:77 +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"パッケージは deinstallation するように選択されている(設定ファイルを除くすべて" +"のファイルを削除したい)。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<purge>" +msgstr "B<purge>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:81 +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"パッケージは purge するように選択されている(設定ファイルも含めたすべてのファ" +"イルを削除したい)。" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" +msgstr "パッケージフラグ" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<hold>" +msgstr "B<hold>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:86 +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" +"パッケージは B<hold> (変更禁止)されている。これは B<--force-hold> で強制しな" +"い限り B<dpkg> で扱わないということである。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<reinst-required>" +msgstr "B<reinst-required>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:91 +msgid "" +"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " +"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" +"reinstreq>." +msgstr "" +"パッケージは B<reinst-required> されている。これは、壊れている状態でインス" +"トールされていて、再インストールが要求されているということである。このパッ" +"ケージは B<--force-reinstreq> で強制しない限り、削除することができない。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:92 dpkg-architecture.1:42 update-alternatives.8:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "アクション" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:97 +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"指定したパッケージをインストールする。もし B<--recursive> または B<-R> オプ" +"ションを指定する場合、I<package_file> に、参照するディレクトリを指定しなけれ" +"ばならない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:99 +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "インストールは、以下の手順で構成されている。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:102 +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "B<1.> インストールするパッケージの制御ファイルを取り出す。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:106 +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> もし同じパッケージの別のバージョンがすでにインストール済みの場合、新し" +"いパッケージのインストールの前に、インストール済みのパッケージの I<prerm> ス" +"クリプトを実行する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:109 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "" +"B<3.> もしパッケージが I<preinst> スクリプトを提供している場合、それを実行す" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:113 +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" +"B<4.> 新しいファイルを展開する。同時に、失敗したときに元に戻せるように、古い" +"ファイルを保存する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:120 +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" +"B<5.> もし同じパッケージの別のバージョンがすでにインストール済みの場合、先に" +"インストールされていたパッケージの I<postrm> を実行する。このスクリプトが、新" +"しいパッケージの I<preinst> の後に実行されることに注意すること。これは、新し" +"いファイルが書き込まれるのと同時に古いファイルが削除されるためである。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:124 +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" +"B<6.> パッケージの設定をする。これがどのように実行されるか、 B<--configure> " +"の項にくわしい情報がある。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:129 +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"パッケージを展開する、しかし設定はしない。もし B<--recursive> または B<-R> オ" +"プションを指定する場合、I<Package_file> に、参照するディレクトリを指定しなけ" +"ればならない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:134 +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" +"展開済みのパッケージを再設定する。もし、B<-a> または B<--pending> を指定した" +"場合、まだ設定されていない展開済みのすべてのパッケージを設定する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:136 +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "設定は、以下の手順で構成されている。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:141 +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"B<1.> 設定ファイルを展開する。同時に、失敗したときに元に戻せるように、古い設" +"定ファイルを保存する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:144 +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> もしパッケージが I<postinst> スクリプトを提供している場合、それを実行す" +"る。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:155 +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" +"インストール済みのパッケージを削除する。B<-r> または B<--remove> は、設定ファ" +"イルを除いたすべてを削除する。こうすることで、後で再インストールしたときに再" +"設定をしなくてよくなる(設定ファイルの一覧は、I<debian/conffiles> コントロール" +"ファイルにある)。B<-P> または B<--purge> は、設定ファイルを含むすべてを削除す" +"る。引き数として、パッケージ名の代わりに B<-a> または B<--pending> が指定され" +"た場合には、I</var/lib/dpkg/status> ファイルで remove または purge のマークを" +"持つすべての展開済みパッケージを、それぞれ remove または purge する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:157 +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "パッケージの削除は以下の手順で構成されている。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:160 +msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" +msgstr "B<1.> I<prerm> スクリプトを実行する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:163 +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "B<2.> インストールしたファイルを削除する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:166 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" +msgstr "B<3.> I<postrm> スクリプトを実行する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:176 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " +"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> や B<dselect> が管理する利用可能なパッケージの情報を更新する。B<--" +"merge-avail> アクションは、古い情報に I<Packages-file> の情報を組み合わせる。" +"B<--update-avail> アクションは、古い情報を I<Packages-file> の情報で置き換え" +"る。Debian と一緒に配布されている I<Packages-file> の名前は簡単に " +"I<Packages> である。B<dpkg> は、利用可能なパッケージの情報を I</var/lib/dpkg/" +"available> に記録する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:179 +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " +"B<dselect update>." +msgstr "" +"I<available> ファイルの取得と更新を行なう、もっとも簡単なコマンドは " +"B<dselect update> である。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:185 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> や B<dselect> が管理する利用可能なパッケージの情報を、" +"I<package_file> パッケージからの情報で更新する。もし B<--recursive> または " +"B<-R> オプションを指定する場合、I<Package_file> に、参照するディレクトリを指" +"定しなければならない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:188 +msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." +msgstr "インストールされていなくて利用可能でないパッケージの情報を消去する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:191 +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "利用可能なパッケージの情報を消去する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:196 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" +"インストールが完了していないパッケージを探す。B<dpkg> はインストールを完了さ" +"せるためにどうすればよいかを提案する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:200 +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ選択リストを標準出力に書き出す。パターンを指定しない場合、purge 状" +"態のパッケージは表示されない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:206 +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ選択リストを標準入力から読み込んで設定する。ファイルの形式は " +"'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>' でなければならない。state は、install、" +"hold、deinstall または purge のいずれかである。空行や、行が '#' で始まるコメ" +"ント行を使用してもよい。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:211 +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" +"essential でないパッケージすべての選択状態を deinstall にする。--set-" +"selections に与えるリストにないパッケージを deinstall するため、--set-" +"selections の直前に使うためのものである。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:215 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" +"インストールするために選択されたが、何らかの理由でまだインストールされていな" +"いパッケージを探す。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:219 +msgid "" +"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "B<dpkg> のインストールするアーキテクチャ(例えば、\"i386\")を表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:230 +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " +"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"二項演算子 I<op> で 2 つのバージョンを比較する。B<dpkg> の返り値は、指定した" +"条件を満たすなら成功(0)、そうでなければ失敗(0 以外)となる。演算子は 2 つのグ" +"ループに分かれる。これは I<ver1> か I<ver2> が欠けているときのふるまいの違い" +"による。B<lt le eq ne ge gt> は、欠けているバージョンがどれよりも古いとみな" +"す。B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl> は、欠けているバージョンがどれよりも新しいとみ" +"なす。B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> は、control ファイ" +"ルの文法との互換性のためだけに提供されている。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:235 +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" +"ファイル記述子 B<E<lt>nE<gt>> から一連のコマンドをうけいれる。注意: 追加のオ" +"プションはコマンドラインとこのファイル記述子を通じて指定でき、一回の実行を通" +"じてそれらがリセットされることはない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:238 +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "簡単なオプション一覧を表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:241 +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." +msgstr "B<--force->I<thing> オプション一覧を表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:244 +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "デバッグ用オプション一覧を表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:247 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." +msgstr "B<dpkg> のライセンスを表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:250 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." +msgstr "B<dpkg> のバージョン情報を表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:253 +msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "以下のアクションのくわしい情報は B<dpkg-deb>(1) を参照すること。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" +" Build a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" +" List contents of a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" +" Extract control-information from a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" +" Extract the files contained by package.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" +" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" +" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" +" Debian package.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" +" Show information about a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" +" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" +" package.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" +" deb パッケージを構築する。\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" +" deb パッケージに含まれるファイル一覧を表示する。\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" +" パッケージから制御情報を取り出す。\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" +" パッケージに含まれるファイルをすべて取り出す。\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" +" パッケージの制御フィールドを表示する。\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" +" Debian パッケージに含まれる tar ファイルを表示する。\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" +" パッケージに関する情報を表示する。\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" +" パッケージに含まれるファイルを展開し、ファイル名を表示する。\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:278 +msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "以下のアクションの詳細は、B<dpkg-query>(1) を参照すること。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" +" List packages matching given pattern.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" +" Report status of specified package.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" +" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" +" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" +" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" +" 指定したパターンにマッチする名前のパッケージを表示する。\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" +" 指定したパッケージの状態を報告する。\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" +" B<package> パッケージによってシステムにインストールされたファイルを表示する。\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" +" 指定したファイルがどのパッケージからインストールされたか検索する。\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" +" I</var/lib/dpkg/available> にある I<package> の詳細情報を表示する。\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:298 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"すべてのオプションは、コマンドラインや、B<dpkg> の設定ファイルである I</etc/" +"dpkg/dpkg.cfg> で指定できる。設定ファイルの各行は、(先頭のダッシュが無いこと" +"以外はコマンドラインオプションと全く同じ)オプションか、(行頭が B<#> の)コメン" +"トである。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" +msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:302 +msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "B<dpkg> の処理を中断させるエラー数を変更する。デフォルトは 50 である。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:308 +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" +"パッケージを削除するとき、削除するパッケージに依存した別のパッケージがインス" +"トールされている場合がある。このオプションを指定すると、削除するパッケージに" +"依存しているパッケージの設定を取り消す。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:314 +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" +"デバッグモードにする。 I<octal> は、以下の一覧から望む値をビットごとの論理和" +"で組み合わせたものである(これらの値は、将来のリリースでは変更される可能性があ" +"るので注意すること)。B<-Dh> または B<--debug=help> はこれらの値を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" number description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +msgstr "" +" 数値 説明\n" +" 1 一般的に役に立つ進行状況\n" +" 2 管理スクリプトの呼び出し状況と状態\n" +" 10 各ファイル処理の情報\n" +" 100 各ファイル処理の大量の情報\n" +" 20 各設定ファイルの情報\n" +" 200 各設定ファイルの大量の情報\n" +" 40 依存関係、競合関係\n" +" 400 依存関係、競合関係の大量の情報\n" +" 1000 dpkg/info ディレクトリなどに関する大量の情報\n" +" 2000 正気でないほどの大量の情報\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" +msgstr "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:333 +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" +"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " +"forced by default." +msgstr "" +"指定した I<things> を強制実行する(force)、または拒否する(refuse) (B<no-" +"force> と B<refuse> は同じ意味)。I<things> に、以下の項目をコンマで区切って指" +"定する。B<--force-help> オプションでこれらの説明を表示する。(*)マークのあるも" +"のは、デフォルトで強制実行される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:337 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " +"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " +"system.>" +msgstr "" +"I<警告: これらのオプションは、おもに熟練したユーザだけが使うことを意図したも" +"のである。影響を完全に理解しないままにこれらを使うと、システム全体を壊してし" +"まうかもしれない。>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:340 +msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "B<all>: 全ての強制オプションを指定する(または打ち消す)。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:343 +msgid "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"B<downgrade>(*): より新しいバージョンがすでにインストールされていたとしても、" +"指定したパッケージをインストールする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:350 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " +"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " +"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " +"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " +"with care.>" +msgstr "" +"I<警告: 現在の dpkg は、ダウングレード時にいかなる依存関係のチェックもしな" +"い。そのため、ダウングレードすることで、ほかのパッケージの依存関係を警告なし" +"に壊すかもしれない。これは深刻な副作用となる可能性があり、主要なシステム構成" +"をダウングレードすることでシステムを壊してしまうこともありうる。注意して使用" +"すること。>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:354 +msgid "" +"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" +"B<configure-any>: 指定したパッケージに依存していて、すでに展開されているが、" +"まだ設定されていないパッケージも一緒に設定をする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:357 +msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." +msgstr "" +"B<hold>: たとえ \"hold\" とマークされていても、そのパッケージの処理をする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:362 +msgid "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: 壊れていて、再インストールが必要だとマークされていたとし" +"ても、パッケージを削除する。これにより、例えば、パッケージの一部が B<dpkg> に" +"管理されないで残るなどの問題がおこるかもしれない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:367 +msgid "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " +"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " +"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-essential>: essential とされるパッケージであっても削除する。" +"essential パッケージには、たいてい最も基本的な UNIX コマンドが含まれる。これ" +"らのパッケージを削除すると、システム全体が動作しなくなることもあるので、注意" +"して削除すること。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:370 +msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." +msgstr "B<depends>: すべての依存問題を警告に変える。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:373 +msgid "" +"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "B<depends-version>: 依存関係の確認をするとき、バージョンを無視する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:377 +msgid "" +"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" +"B<conflicts>: 他のパッケージと競合してもインストールする。たいていはいくつか" +"ファイルを上書きすることになるため、危険である。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:382 +msgid "" +"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" +"B<confmiss>: 常に、欠けている設定ファイルをインストールする。このオプション" +"は、変更(ファイルを削除したこと)を保存しないため、危険である。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:387 +msgid "" +"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confnew>: 設定ファイルが変更されていた場合、問い合わせなしに新しいバージョ" +"ンの設定ファイルをインストールする。ただし、B<--force-confdef> を同時に指定し" +"た場合は、デフォルトの動作が優先される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:392 +msgid "" +"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confold>: 設定ファイルが変更されていた場合、問い合わせなしに古いバージョン" +"の設定ファイルを保持する。ただし、B<--force-confdef> を同時に指定した場合は、" +"デフォルトの動作が優先される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:398 +msgid "" +"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" +"B<confdef>: 設定ファイルが変更されていた場合、常にデフォルトの動作をする。デ" +"フォルトの動作がなく、B<--force-confnew> と B<--force-confold> のどちらも同時" +"に指定していない場合、ユーザに尋ねるために中断する。指定している場合は、指定" +"されたオプションによって最終的な動作が決まる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:401 +msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite>: あるパッケージで提供されているファイルを、インストールするパッ" +"ケージのファイルで上書きする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:404 +msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-dir>: あるパッケージで提供されているディレクトリを、インストール" +"するパッケージのファイルで上書きする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:407 +msgid "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: 退避(divert した)版のファイルを非退避(divert していな" +"い)版のファイルで上書きする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:410 +msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." +msgstr "" +"B<architecture>: パッケージが間違ったアーキテクチャ用であっても処理をする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:413 +msgid "" +"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-path>: 重要なプログラムが B<PATH> に含まれていなくても実行する。問題が" +"起きる可能性は高い。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:416 +msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "" +"B<not-root>: root でないときでも、それをインストール(または削除)しようと試み" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:419 +msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "B<bad-verify>: 信頼性チェックに失敗してもインストールする。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:420 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." +msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:424 +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" +"指定したパッケージに関する依存関係の確認を無視する(実際は、依存関係を確認し、" +"競合に対して警告メッセージを出して、アクションを実行する)。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:428 +msgid "" +"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"パッケージのフォーマットが新しいか古いかを指定する。これは B<dpkg-deb>(1) の" +"オプションである。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:428 dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:432 +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"パッケージを構築するときに、制御ファイルの内容も読まず、確認もしない。これは " +"B<dpkg-deb>(1) のオプションである。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" +msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:437 +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " +"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " +"actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" +"期待される動作をすべて実行するが、どのような変更も書き込まない。これは、実際" +"にはシステムに何の変更も加えずに、指定したアクションで何がおこるのかを確認す" +"るためのものである。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:442 +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" +"オプション B<--no-act> は、必ずアクションパラメータより前に与えること。さもな" +"くば、望ましくない結果が起きる可能性がある(例えば、システムに何も変更を加える" +"つもりがないのに、 B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> を実行すると、最初にパッケー" +"ジ foo を本当に purge し、次にパッケージ --no-act を purge しようとする、とい" +"うことになる)。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" +msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:448 +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" +"指定したディレクトリを再帰的に検索し、みつけた B<*.deb> というパターンにマッ" +"チするファイルをすべて扱う。これは、B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> " +"そして B<--avail> アクションとともに使うことができる。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:452 +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" +"インストール済みのパッケージのほうがバージョンが新しければ、インストールしな" +"い。これは B<--refuse-downgrade> の別名である。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:463 +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " +"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " +"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" +"var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトのディレクトリを変更する。B<admindir> はインストール済みのパッケー" +"ジやインストールされていないパッケージの状態に関する情報などを提供する、多数" +"のファイルが格納されているディレクトリで、デフォルトは I</var/lib/dpkg> であ" +"る。B<instdir> はパッケージをインストールするときに参照されるディレクトリで、" +"デフォルトは I</> である。また、B<instdir> は、パッケージのインストールスクリ" +"プトが実行される前に B<chroot>(2) するディレクトリのパスである。つまり、スク" +"リプトは B<instdir> をルートディレクトリとみなす。B<root> を変更すると、" +"B<instdir> を I<dir> に、B<admindir> を I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg> に変更する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:469 +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" +"インストール(または削除)作業をするように選択したパッケージのみを処理する。実" +"際の指定は、B<dselect> や B<dpkg> を使って行なう。例えば、あるパッケージが削" +"除されるのは、そのパッケージが削除されるよう選択されているということである。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:473 +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"すでに同じバージョンのパッケージがインストールされていたら、インストールしな" +"い。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:480 +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " +"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" +"ファイル記述子 I<E<lt>nE<gt>> にパッケージ状態の情報を送る。これは複数与える" +"ことができる。状態の情報は `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>' の形" +"式である。エラーは `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message' とし" +"て報告される。設定ファイルの衝突は `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : " +"'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited' として報告される。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:492 +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " +"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" +"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " +"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " +"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" +"状態の変更やアクションの記録を、デフォルトの I</var/log/dpkg.log> から " +"I<filename> に変更する。このオプションを複数回指定した場合は、最後のファイル" +"名が使われる。ログメッセージは次の形式である。`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' は状態の変更。" +"`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" +"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' はアクションで、" +"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> は install、upgrade、remove、purge のいずれか。`YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' は設定ファイルの" +"変更で、I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> は install か keep のどちらかである。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:495 +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "パッケージの署名を確認しない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:497 dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:500 +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "オプションのデフォルト値を記述する設定ファイル。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:500 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" +msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:504 +msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトのログファイル(I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) と B<--log> オプションも参" +"照)。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:507 +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" +"以下に示すファイルはデフォルトの値である。どのようにしてファイルの位置を変更" +"するかについては、B<--admindir> オプションの項を参照すること。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:510 +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "使用できるパッケージの一覧。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:516 +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." +msgstr "" +"使用できるパッケージの状態。このファイルは、パッケージに削除のマークがあるか" +"どうか、インストール済みかどうか、などの情報が含まれている。くわしくは、B<" +"パッケージに関する情報>の項を参照すること。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:519 +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" +"以下のファイルはバイナリパッケージを構成するファイルである。これらのファイル" +"に関するくわしい情報は、B<deb>(5) を参照すること。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<control>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<conffiles>" +msgstr "I<conffiles>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<preinst>" +msgstr "I<preinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postinst>" +msgstr "I<postinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<prerm>" +msgstr "I<prerm>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postrm>" +msgstr "I<postrm>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:532 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +msgstr "環境変数" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" +msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:537 +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" +"任意の値で定義すると、シェルエスケープをしたときに B<dpkg> 自体を一時停止" +"(suspend)するのではなく、新しいシェルを起動する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<SHELL>" +msgstr "B<SHELL>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:540 +msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." +msgstr "B<dpkg> が新しいシェルを起動するときに、実際に起動するプログラム。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:540 dpkg-query.1:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<COLUMNS>" +msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:544 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> が整形テキストを表示する時に参照するコラム数。現在は -l オプションで" +"のみ参照されている。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:545 dpkg-architecture.1:100 dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-name.1:71 +#: update-alternatives.8:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "例" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:547 +msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" +msgstr "B<vi>(1) エディタに関連のあるパッケージの一覧を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:552 +msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" +msgstr "2 つのパッケージの I</var/lib/dpkg/available> にある項目を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:554 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:557 +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "自分でパッケージのリストから検索する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:559 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" +msgstr " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:562 +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "elvis パッケージを削除する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:569 +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" +"パッケージをインストールするには、まずそのパッケージをアーカイブや CDROM から" +"探す必要がある。\"available\" ファイルによれば、vim パッケージは \"editors\" " +"セクションに属している。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:572 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:575 +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "パッケージ選択状況のコピーを作成する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:581 +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "このファイルをほかのコンピュータに転送して、インストールする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:590 +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" +"これは実際にはインストールも削除もしないことに注意。これは単に要求している" +"パッケージの選択状態を設定するだけである。実際に要求しているパッケージをダウ" +"ンロードしインストールするには別のアプリケーションが必要である。例えば、" +"B<dselect> を起動して、\"導入(Install)\" を選べばよい。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:593 +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" +"通常、パッケージの選択状態を変更するには B<dselect>(1) を使用するほうが便利で" +"ある。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:595 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "機能の追加" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:598 +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." +msgstr "" +"I<apt>、I<aptitude>、I<debsums> パッケージをインストールすると便利な機能を追" +"加できる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:608 +msgid "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:611 +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "B<--no-act> の提供する情報はたいていの場合、不充分である。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:612 dselect.1:449 start-stop-daemon.8:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "著者" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:616 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" +"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> に貢献した人のリストは B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> に\n" +"挙げてある。\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-architecture" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-06-17" +msgstr "2006-06-17" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:14 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:17 +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" +"(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:26 +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +msgid "Set the Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +msgid "Set the GNU system type." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:41 +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" +msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I< command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +msgid "" +"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:76 +msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 +msgid "Print a usage message." +msgstr "利用方法を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:82 +msgid "Print program version." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:83 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "注意" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "Debian Project" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" +"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "architecture wildcard" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" +"E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:99 +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:103 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" +"architecture>. Other examples:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:105 +msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:107 +msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:110 +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:112 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:114 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:117 +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:119 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:121 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:122 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "環境変数" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:148 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:157 +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" +"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " +"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " +"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " +"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " +"compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:160 dpkg-architecture.1:177 +msgid "Instead of:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:167 +msgid "please use the following:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:186 +msgid "please use:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:197 +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:202 +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:209 +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:214 +msgid "" +"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:235 +msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:238 +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:257 +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:264 +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:267 +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:271 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:276 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg.cfg" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.cfg.5:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> に貢献した人のリストは B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> に\n" +"挙げてある。\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:22 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:184 dpkg-statoverride.8:87 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-source.1:2 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-23" +msgstr "2006-05-23" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - ビルド依存と衝突のチェック" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 +msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<コントロールファイル>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" +"このプログラムはコントロールファイル中にリストされているビルド依存とビルド衝" +"突に関して、システムにインストールされているパッケージをチェックする。もし、" +"足りないものや衝突している物があるなら、それらを表示して 0 以外の返り値を返し" +"て終了する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 +msgid "" +"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは、I<debian/control> が読まれるが、別のコントロールファイル名を" +"コマンドラインに指定することもできる。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +msgid "" +"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." +msgstr "" +"I<Build-Depends-Indep> 行を無視する。アーキテクチャに非依存なパッケージがビル" +"ドされない時に利用する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>" +msgstr "B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 +msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-deb" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian パッケージアーカイブ (.deb) 操作ツール" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:16 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> は、Debian アーカイブの作成、展開、情報の表示をする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:43 +msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "" +"パッケージをシステムにインストールするときや削除するときには B<dpkg> を使うこ" +"と。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" +"また、 B<dpkg> に対して B<dpkg-deb> のオプションを指定することで、 B<dpkg> を" +"通して B<dpkg-deb> を呼び出すことができる。 B<dpkg> は、オプションが B<dpkg-" +"deb> のオプションであると判断すると、 B<dpkg-deb> を起動する。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 dpkg-split.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" +msgstr "アクション・オプション" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" +msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:66 +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " +"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " +"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " +"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " +"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." +msgstr "" +"I<directory> に格納されているファイルシステム木から debian アーカイブを作成す" +"る。 I<directory> には、control ファイルなどの制御情報ファイルのある " +"B<DEBIAN> サブディレクトリが必ず存在しなければならない。 DEBIAN ディレクトリ" +"はバイナリパッケージのファイルシステム・アーカイブにはI<含まれない>。そのかわ" +"り、DEBIAN ディレクトリ以下にあったファイルはバイナリパッケージ制御情報エリア" +"に置かれる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:72 +msgid "" +"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " +"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." +msgstr "" +"圧縮レベルを指定する場合は、 B<-z#> オプションを追加する。 B<dpkg-deb> は、こ" +"のオプションを gzip に渡す。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:84 +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" +"B<--nocheck> を指定しないかぎり、 B<dpkg-deb> は B<DEBIAN/control> を読み、解" +"析する。 dpkg-deb は、文法エラーやその他の問題のチェックをし、そして、構築中" +"のバイナリパッケージ名を表示する。 B<dpkg-deb> はまた、 B<DEBIAN> 管理情報" +"ディレクトリにある、管理スクリプトやその他のファイルのパーミッションをチェッ" +"クする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:91 +msgid "" +"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " +"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" +"もし、 I<archive> を指定しない場合、 B<dpkg-deb> はパッケージを " +"I<directory>B<.deb> という名前で作成する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:93 +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "もし、すでにアーカイブが作成されて存在している場合、上書きする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " +"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" +"2 番目の引き数がディレクトリの場合、 B<dpkg-deb> は " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb> または I<package>B<_>I<version>B<." +"deb> (パッケージ制御ファイルに B<Architecture> フィールドがない場合)という" +"ファイルを作成する。アーカイブの代わりにディレクトリを指定するときには、 B<--" +"nocheck> オプションは使用してはいけない( B<dpkg-deb> は、使用するファイル名を" +"調べるために、パッケージ制御ファイルを読んで解析する必要があるから)。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 dpkg-split.1:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:112 +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "バイナリパッケージアーカイブの情報を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:117 +msgid "" +"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" +"もし I<control-file-name> が指定されていない場合、制御ファイル一覧と、パッ" +"ケージの中身の要約を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +msgid "" +"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" +"もし I<control-file-name> を指定した場合、 B<dpkg-deb> は指定した順でファイル" +"名を表示する。もし指定したファイルのどれかが存在しなければ、存在しなかった" +"ファイルに対してそれぞれエラーメッセージを表示し、そして終了ステータス 2 で終" +"了する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" +msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" +"バイナリパッケージアーカイブの情報を B<--showformat> の引き数で指定した形式で" +"表示する。デフォルトの出力形式は、一行ごとにパッケージ名とバージョンをタブで" +"区切ったものである。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" +msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:135 +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "バイナリパッケージアーカイブから制御ファイル情報を取り出す。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:139 +msgid "" +"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" +"B<control-file-field> が指定されていない場合、制御ファイルすべてを表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:148 +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" +"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " +"name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" +"もし何か指定されている場合、 B<dpkg-deb> はその内容を制御ファイルに現われる順" +"序で表示する。もし、複数の B<control-file-field> が指定された場合、 B<dpkg-" +"deb> は、それぞれの情報の前にフィールド名(そしてコロンと空白)を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "指定したフィールドがみつからない場合でもエラーを報告しない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" +msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" +"パッケージアーカイブに含まれるファイルシステム木の内容の一覧を表示する。現在" +"のバージョンは、 B<tar> の冗長出力(-v オプション)をそのまま表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" +msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:160 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"パッケージアーカイブからファイルシステム木を、指定したディレクトリに展開す" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:165 +msgid "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " +"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." +msgstr "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) は現在展開中のファイルを表示する。 B<--extract> (B<-" +"x>) はエラーが発生しない限り何も表示しない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:171 +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " +"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." +msgstr "" +"ルートディレクトリでパッケージを展開することは正しいインストールにはI<ならな" +"い>ことに注意すること! パッケージのインストールには B<dpkg> を使うべきであ" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" +"I<directory> (親やそれより上のディレクトリは含まない)は必要があれば作成され" +"る。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" +"バイナリパッケージからファイルシステム木を展開し、標準出力に B<tar> 形式で出" +"力する。 B<tar> と共に使用することで、特定のファイルをパッケージアーカイブか" +"ら取り出すことができる。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" +msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:186 +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "" +"パッケージアーカイブから制御情報ファイルを指定したディレクトリに展開する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:190 +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" +"もしディレクトリが指定されない場合、カレントディレクトリにある B<DEBIAN> サブ" +"ディレクトリに展開する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 +msgid "" +"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" +"指定したディレクトリ(親やそれより上のディレクトリは含まない)は必要があれば作" +"成される。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 dpkg-split.1:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:198 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> の使用方法、つまりすべてのオプションとその使い方の要約を表示す" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> のバージョン番号を表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 dpkg-split.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> の著作権と無保証に関する情報を表示する(アメリカ式の綴りである " +"B<--license> もサポートしている)。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 dpkg-split.1:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" +msgstr "その他のオプション" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:216 dpkg-query.1:103 +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" +"このオプションは、B<--show> が生成する出力の書式を指定するものである。書式は" +"文字列で、パッケージごとに出力される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:225 +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." +msgstr "" +"文字列は \"${I<field-name>}\" 形式であらゆる status フィールドを参照すること" +"ができる。有効なフィールドの一覧は、そのパッケージに B<-I> を使用することで簡" +"単に生成できる。書式オプションの完全な解説(エスケープシーケンスやフィールドで" +"のタブの使い方を含む)は、B<dpkg-query>(1)の B<--showformat> オプションの解説" +"を参照すること。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." +msgstr "" +"このフィールドのデフォルトのフォーマット文字列は \"${Package}\\et${Version}" +"\\en\" である。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +msgid "" +"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> に `新しい' 形式のアーカイブで構築させる。これはデフォルトの動作" +"である。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:240 +msgid "" +"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> に `古い' 形式のアーカイブを構築させる。この古いアーカイブ形式" +"は、新しい形式よりも非 Debian ツールで処理することが難しく、現在は使用されて" +"いない。このオプションは、i386 の a.out 形式のみを対象としてリリースされた、" +"バージョン 0.93.76(1995 å¹´ 9 月)以前の dpkg で処理するためのパッケージを構築" +"するときだけに使用される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +msgid "" +"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb --build> のときにアーカイブの中身を確認させない。これによって、" +"アーカイブの中身にどのように問題があっても、望んだ通りアーカイブを構築するこ" +"とができる。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" +msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:249 +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "デバッグ出力を有効にする。これはあまり役に立たない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:254 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> はうまく動作しない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:258 +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" +"B<.deb> ファイル自体には認証の手段がない。実際、単純なチェックサムさえもな" +"い。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:265 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " +"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> でソフトウェアをインストールしようとしてはいけない! 必ず B<dpkg> " +"を使うこと。そうすれば、すべてのファイルを正しい位置に置き、パッケージのスク" +"リプトを実行し、状態や内容を記録する、ということを確実に実行できる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:270 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> とこのマニュアルページは Ian Jackson が作成した。これらの著作権は" +"彼にあり(Copyright (C)1995-1996)、GNU 一般公有使用許諾により頒布される。これ" +"らは無保証である。詳細は B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> と B</usr/share/" +"common-licenses/GPL> を参照すること。" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-divert" +msgstr "dpkg-divert" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "dpkg-divert - パッケージのファイルのオーバーライド" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:10 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:15 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:36 +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" +"`diversions' というファイルにより、B<dpkg>(1) はファイルをインストールする時" +"に本来意図していた場所ではなく退避した (`diverted') 場所にインストールするよ" +"うになる。diversions は Debian パッケージスクリプトで衝突がおこりうるファイル" +"を移動させるために使うことができる。システム管理者はパッケージの設定ファイル" +"や他のファイルを (`conffiles' としてマークされていなければ) dpkg が新しいバー" +"ジョンのパッケージをインストールする時にそれらのファイルを上書きしてしまわな" +"いようにするために diversion を使うことができる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:44 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " +"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " +"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " +"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-divert> は diversions のリストを設定、更新するためのユーティリティであ" +"る。これは 3 つの基本モードの機能をもっている。diversion の追加、削除、リスト" +"である。それぞれ B<--add>、B<--remove>、B<--list> オプションで指定する。さら" +"に B<--truename> によって退避されたファイルの実際の名前を表示することもでき" +"る。以下にあげられている他オプションも指定することができる。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:45 dselect.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" +"dpkg>)." +msgstr "" +"dpkg データディレクトリを I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> に設定する。(デフォルト: I</" +"var/lib/dpkg>)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" +"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> は、他のパッケージによって提供される " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> を退避する位置である。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "B<--local>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" +"全てのパッケージのそのファイルを退避する対象にする。つまり、例外なく、どのよ" +"うなパッケージをインストールしても退避される。これを使って、管理者がローカル" +"の修正バージョンをインストールすることができる。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " +"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> は、I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> が退避されていないパッケージの名前" +"である。つまり、I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> は I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> を除いたすべての" +"パッケージによって退避される。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:61 install-info.8:190 +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "静かなモード。つまり無駄な出力をしない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "B<--rename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." +msgstr "" +"実際にファイルを移動する (もしくは戻す)。dpkg-divert は移動先のファイルが既に" +"存在していると動作を中断する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:300 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:73 +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "" +"テストモード。つまり実際にはなにも実行せず、なにをするかを表示するだけであ" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:76 +msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." +msgstr "バージョンと簡単な利用法を表示して正常終了する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:79 +msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." +msgstr "プログラム名とバージョンを表示して正常終了する。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-divert.8:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "注意" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:84 +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " +"match if specified." +msgstr "" +"追加する時は、デフォルトは B<--local> と B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib> である。削除する時は、B<--package> もしくは B<--local> と B<--" +"divert> は指定されていれば一致していなければいけない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:86 +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." +msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> ではディレクトリは退避できない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:92 +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" +"共有ライブラリを退避する場合、注意すべきである。B<ldconfig>(8) はライブラリに" +"埋め込まれている DT_SONAME フィールドに基づいて、シンボリックリンクを作成す" +"る。ldconfig は退避させることができないためである (dpkg だけができる)。もし退" +"避したライブラリと退避していないライブラリが同じ SONAME であれば、最終的にシ" +"ンボリックリンクは退避したライブラリを指す。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:97 +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." +"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" +"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" +"すべての I</usr/bin/example> を I</usr/bin/example.foo> に退避させる、つま" +"り、I</usr/bin/example> を提供するすべてのパッケージに対して必要であれば I</" +"usr/bin/example.foo> と変更してインストールさせる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:99 +msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:101 dpkg-divert.8:111 +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "diversion を削除する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:103 +msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:107 +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" +"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" +msgstr "" +"I</usr/bin/example> をインストールしようとするすべてのパッケージを I</usr/" +"bin/example.foo> に退避、ただし自作の I<wibble> パッケージを除く。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:109 +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" +msgstr "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:113 +msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:120 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"システムの現在の退避リストを含むファイル。これは dpkg で使われる重要なファイ" +"ル `status' や `available' がある dpkg の管理ディレクトリにある。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:123 +msgid "" +"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" +"old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"注意: B<dpkg-divert> はこのファイルを更新する時に、古いバージョンを \"-old\" " +"という名前をつけたファイルにコピーしておく。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:128 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-name.1:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-name" +msgstr "dpkg-name" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:9 +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "dpkg-name - Debian パッケージを完全なパッケージの名前に変更" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:22 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:33 +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " +"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " +"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " +"a hyphen and the revision information." +msgstr "" +"このマニュアルページでは、B<dpkg-name> シェルスクリプトについて説明する。" +"B<dpkg-name> シェルスクリプトは、B<Debian> パッケージを完全なパッケージ名に、" +"簡単に変更することができる。完全なパッケージ名とは、パッケージの control ファ" +"イルで指定された情報から得られる E<lt>パッケージE<gt>_E<lt>バージョン" +"E<gt>_E<lt>アーキテクチャE<gt>.deb という名前である。E<lt>バージョンE<gt> の" +"部分は、上流のバージョン情報にハイフン、そしてリビジョン情報が続いたものであ" +"る。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "変更後のファイル名にアーキテクチャ情報を含ませない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" +msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "移動するかわりにシンボリックリンクを作る。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" +msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "変更後のファイル名と同名のファイルがあれば、それを上書きしてしまう。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" +msgstr "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" +"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " +"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " +"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" +"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " +"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " +"care, it's messy." +msgstr "" +"ファイルをサブディレクトリに移動する。もし引数で指定したディレクトリが存在す" +"れば、パッケージの control のセクションフィールドから得られたターゲットディレ" +"クトリの名前のかわりにそのディレクトリにファイルを移動する。通常、ターゲット" +"ディレクトリは `unstable/binary-E<lt>アーキテクチャE<gt>/E<lt>セクション" +"E<gt>' である。もし control でのセクション情報がない場合は `no-section' とみ" +"なされる。そしてこの場合、`non-free' や `contrib' セクションの時と同様にター" +"ゲットディレクトリは `E<lt>セクションE<gt>/binary-E<lt>アーキテクチャE<gt>' " +"になる。セクションフィールドは必須ではないので多くのパッケージが `no-" +"section' の場所にいってしまうだろう。このオプションを使う時は注意すること。厄" +"介である。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" +msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" +msgstr "" +"このオプションは -s オプションとともに使うことができる。ターゲットディレクト" +"リがなければ、自動的に作成される。B<このオプションを使う時は注意すること。>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h, --help>" +msgstr "B<-h, --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." +msgstr "利用方法を表示して正常終了する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v, --version>" +msgstr "B<-v, --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:67 dselect.1:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# ja.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"バージョン情報を表示し、正常終了する。\n" +"#-#-#-#-# ja.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"バージョン情報を表示して正常終了する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l, --license>" +msgstr "B<-l, --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:71 +msgid "" +"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " +"exit successfully." +msgstr "著作権情報、ライセンス情報(GNU への参照)を表示して正常終了する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgstr "" +"ファイル `bar-foo.deb' が bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb のような感じに変更される。" +"(実際にどうなるかは `bar-foo.deb' の中の control の情報に依存する)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" +msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." +msgstr "" +"ディレクトリ /root/debian 以下にあり拡張子が `deb' の全てのファイルを dpkg-" +"name を使ってアーキテクチャ情報なしの名前に変更する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" +msgstr "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +msgid "" +"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" +msgstr "" +"B<やってはいけない!> 多くのパッケージはセクション情報をもっていないので、あな" +"たのアーカイブはぐちゃぐちゃになってしまうだろう。B<やってはいけない!>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:91 +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "これは新しいパッケージを作る時に使うことができる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:100 +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" +"パッケージによっては E<lt>パッケージE<gt>_E<lt>バージョンE<gt>_E<lt>アーキテ" +"クチャE<gt>.deb という名前ではない。 dpkg-name によって改名されたパッケージは" +"このような名前になる。一般には、これは B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1) によってパッ" +"ケージがどのようにインストールされたかには影響はないが、この名前構造に依存し" +"ているインストールツールによっては影響があるかもしれない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:107 +msgid "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." +msgstr "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-name.1:107 dpkg-source.1:847 install-info.8:281 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# ja.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"著作権\n" +"#-#-#-#-# ja.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"COPYRIGHT" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:113 +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B<no> warranty." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-query" +msgstr "dpkg-query" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "dpkg-query - dpkg データベース問い合わせツール" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:17 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:32 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:35 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B<dpkg> database." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-query> は、B<dpkg> データベースから、パッケージの情報を表示するツール" +"である。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "コマンド" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:50 +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " +"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" +"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" +"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " +"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" +msgstr "" +"指定したパターンにマッチする名前のパッケージを表示する。 I<package-name-" +"pattern> を指定しない場合は、 I</var/lib/dpkg/status> にある、purge 状態に" +"マークされていないすべてのパッケージの一覧を表示する。I<package-name-" +"pattern> には、標準的なシェルのワイルド文字を使用することができる。ただし、" +"シェルにファイル名展開をさせないように、I<package-name-pattern> をクオートす" +"る必要があることに注意していただきたい。例えば次のコマンドは、名前が " +"``libc6'' で始まるすべてのパッケージを表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" +"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" +"この出力形式は変更可能ではないが、端末の横幅に合うように自動的に調整される。" +"この出力は人間に読みやすいものであり、機械に読ませるのには向かない。出力形式" +"の設定方法については、 B<-W> (B<--show>) と B<--showformat> を参照。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" +"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " +"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " +"separated by a tab." +msgstr "" +"B<--list> オプションと同様に、指定したパターンにマッチするすべてのパッケージ" +"を表示する。さらに、このオプションの出力は、 B<--showformat> オプションによっ" +"てカスタマイズすることができる。デフォルトの出力形式は、マッチしたパッケージ" +"ごとに 1 行となる。それぞれの行は、パッケージ名とインストールしたバージョンが" +"タブ区切りで含まれる。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" +"指定したパッケージの状況を報告する。これは、インストール済みパッケージ状況" +"データベースからの内容を表示しているだけである。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" +"B<package-name> によってインストールしたファイルを表示する。ただし、パッケー" +"ジ付属のインストールスクリプトによって作成されたファイルは表示されないことに" +"注意すること。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" +"指定したファイルがどのパッケージからインストールされたかを探す。パターンに" +"は、標準的なシェルのすべてのワイルド文字を使用することができる。このコマンド" +"では、メンテナスクリプトで作成された追加ファイルや、 alternatives は探すこと" +"ができない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" +msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +msgid "" +"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" +"available>." +msgstr "" +"I</var/lib/dpkg/available> にある I<package-name> に関する情報を表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:89 +msgid "Display licence and copyright information." +msgstr "ライセンスと著作権情報を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:92 +msgid "Display version information." +msgstr "バージョン情報を表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" +"lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> データベースの位置を変更する。デフォルトの位置は I</var/lib/dpkg> で" +"ある。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:105 +msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" +msgstr "フォーマット文字列中では、\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq はエスケープ文字である:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<\\en> newline\n" +" B<\\er> carriage return\n" +" B<\\et> tab\n" +msgstr "" +" B<\\en> 改行\n" +" B<\\er> キャリッジリターン\n" +" B<\\et> タブ\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:116 +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" +"$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" +"前に \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq を置くことで、続くあらゆる文字の意味を抑制できる。" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq や \\(lqB<$>\\(rq のために有用である。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:122 +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " +"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " +"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ情報には、パッケージフィールドを参照する変数を含めることができる。" +"その変数の構文は、\\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq となる。それぞれ" +"のフィールドは右寄せで表示されるが、width に負の値を指定すると左寄せになる。" +"以下の I<field> は認識される:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:161 +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" +"デフォルトのフォーマット文字列は \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq " +"である。実際には、status ファイルに含まれる他のすべてのフィールド(つまり、" +"ユーザ定義フィールド)も指定することができる。これらはそのまま表示される。変換" +"やエラーチェックはされない。dpkg のメンテナとインストールされているバージョン" +"を得るには、これを実行する:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "環境変数" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:172 +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "設定すると、B<--list> オプションによる出力の横幅を変更する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:175 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-query.1:175 dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:177 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 +msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-10" +msgstr "2006-05-10" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" +msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Packages ファイルの作成" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> は Debian バイナリパッケージのツリーを見て Packages ファ" +"イルを生成する。Packages ファイルは B<apt>(8) や B<dselect>(1) などに、どの" +"パッケージがインストールできるかをユーザに知らせるために利用している。これら" +"の Packages ファイルは Debian アーカイブサイトや CD-ROM などで使われているも" +"のと同じものである。もし、たくさんのマシンにインストールしたいローカルなパッ" +"ケージのディレクトリを作るなら、自分で B<dpkg-scanpackages> を使うことができ" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" +"B<注意:> B<apt> で使うのであれば、生成した Packages ファイルを B<gzip>(1) で" +"圧縮する(Packages.gz を生成する)必要があるだろう。apt はローカルアクセス(つま" +"り B<file://> ソース)以外での非圧縮の Packages ファイルを無視する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 +msgid "" +"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." +msgstr "" +"I<binarydir> は処理するバイナリパッケージのツリーの名前である(例えば " +"B<contrib/binary-i386> など)。Debian アーカイブのルートからの相対にしておくの" +"が最もいい方法である。なぜなら Packages ファイルに含まれている各々の " +"Filename フィールドはこの文字列で始まるからである。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 +msgid "" +"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgstr "" +"I<overridefile> はパッケージがディストリビューションに合うようにするための情" +"報を含んでいるファイルの名前である。以下を参照のこと。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 +msgid "" +"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" +"I<pathprefix> は Filename フィールドで前に追加できるオプションの文字列であ" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 +msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "B<-u> を指定した場合は、*.deb の代わりに *.udeb をスキャンする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 +msgid "" +"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " +"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." +msgstr "" +"B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> を指定した場合は、すべての deb ファイルをスキャンする" +"代わりに、*_all.deb や *_arch.deb パターンにマッチするファイルを対象とする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " +"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " +"in the output." +msgstr "" +"2 つ以上のバージョンのパッケージがあれば、最新の 1 つだけが出力に含まれる。同" +"一のバージョンでアーキテクチャだけが異なる場合は、最初の 1 つだけが使用され" +"る。この動きは B<-m> スイッチで変更できる。このスイッチが指定された場合は、み" +"つかったパッケージすべてが出力に含まれる。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" +msgstr "OVERRIDE ファイル" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." +msgstr "" +"パッケージに関するほとんどの情報は control ファイルで見つけることができるが、" +"いくつかはメンテナではなくディストリビューション作成者により、それらの情報を" +"与える必要がある。パッケージの実際の依存関係や説明よりも、リリースにむけて" +"ファイルをどう配置するかに関係してくるからである。これらの情報は override " +"ファイルにある。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"override ファイルは簡単な空白で区切られた形式になっている。コメントも許されて" +"いる(B<#> 以降がコメント)。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 +msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" +msgstr "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" +"I<package> はパッケージ名である。override ファイルにあるがバイナリパッケージ" +"のツリーにはないパッケージ名のエントリは無視される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 +msgid "" +"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." +msgstr "" +"I<priority> と I<section> はパッケージをリリースツリーでどこに置くかを指定す" +"る。これらは control ファイルにあるべきではない。もしパッケージが " +"I<binarydir> のサブディレクトリにあれば I<section> の値とチェックされる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 +msgid "" +"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " +"to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" +"I<maintainerinfo> がもしあればメンテナの名前を無条件に上書きできる。もしくは " +"I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> の場合は置換される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" +"公式の Packages リストを作成するために使われている override ファイルは、 " +"Debian ミラーの I<indices> ディレクトリにある。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 update-alternatives.8:436 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# ja.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"診断\n" +"#-#-#-#-# ja.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"診断メッセージ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> は通常の自己説明的なエラーを出力する。パッケージが間違っ" +"たディレクトリにある、複数ある、control ファイルに Filename フィールドがあ" +"る、override ファイルにない、実行されなかったメンテナの置換があるなどといった" +"警告もする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scansources" +msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" +"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:18 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:29 +msgid "" +"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" +"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:33 +msgid "" +"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" +"B<注意:> B<apt> で使うのであれば、生成した Packages ファイルを B<gzip>(1) で" +"圧縮する(Packages.gz を生成する)必要があるだろう。apt はローカルアクセス(つま" +"り B<file://> ソース)以外での非圧縮の Packages ファイルを無視する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:45 install-info.8:272 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "B<--debug>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show the usage message and die." +msgstr "利用方法を表示して正常終了する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:55 +msgid "" +"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:61 +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print the version number and exit." +msgstr "バージョン情報を出力して終了する。" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scansources.1:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:68 +msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-source" +msgstr "dpkg-query" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:7 +msgid "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " +"tools" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" +"targz>|'']" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> は、Debian アーカイブの作成、展開、情報の表示をする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:42 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" +"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:68 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" +">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " +"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" +"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " +"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " +"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " +"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " +"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:70 +msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:76 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:80 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:84 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:89 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:93 +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg-source.1:93 update-alternatives.8:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" +msgstr "共通オプション" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +msgid "" +"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " +"with the programs that accept them." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:101 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " +"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " +"tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " +"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>I<version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:114 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " +"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I<version> to be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " +"will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" +msgstr "B< >E<lt>長い説明E<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " +"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" +msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:150 +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " +"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:158 +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +msgid "" +"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " +"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " +"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +msgid "" +"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-U>I<field>" +msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +msgid "" +"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:212 +msgid "" +"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" +"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " +"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " +"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " +"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " +"being built." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +msgid "" +"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " +"one) - see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +msgid "" +"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " +"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +msgid "" +"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " +"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "その他のオプション" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +msgid "" +"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " +"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:272 +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " +"under the current working directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:280 +msgid "" +"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " +"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " +"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:303 +msgid "" +"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " +"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " +"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " +"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " +"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " +"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " +"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:303 dpkg-source.1:642 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" +msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:311 +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:323 +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." +"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " +"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " +"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " +"the B<-i> switch." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:323 dpkg-source.1:646 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." +"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:345 +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" +"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:357 +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" +"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " +"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:368 +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:377 +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:406 +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" +"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" +"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:415 +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:422 +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:425 +msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:430 +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" +msgstr "その他のオプション" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<package>" +msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" +"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:472 +msgid "" +"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " +"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:472 dpkg-source.1:534 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +msgid "" +"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " +"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" +"P> was used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:497 +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:507 +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " +"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " +"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +msgid "" +"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " +"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:534 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " +"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +msgid "" +"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " +"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" +"substvars> by default)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<type>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " +"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " +"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " +"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " +"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +msgid "" +"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." +msgstr "これは新しいパッケージを作る時に使うことができる。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " +"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " +"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " +"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " +"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " +"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" +"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-tc>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " +"after the package has been built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" +msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:642 +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:646 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - ビルド依存と衝突のチェック" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - ビルド依存と衝突のチェック" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-nc>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:666 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" +"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." +"changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " +"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " +"arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:687 +msgid "" +"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " +"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:694 +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:701 +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" +"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:714 +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Arch>" +msgstr "B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "パッケージの短い説明文" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<binary:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source-Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Installed-Size>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " +"debian/tmp> to find the default value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Extra-Size>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B<Installed-Size> control file field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"- see above." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:785 +msgid "The full version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:788 +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:789 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/control>" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/files>" +msgstr "B<infodesc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " +"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/substvars>" +msgstr "B<deinstall>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "使用できるパッケージの一覧。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:825 +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:828 +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:835 +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" +"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:839 +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." +msgstr "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:847 +msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:849 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" +msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:851 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:857 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-split.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-split" +msgstr "dpkg suite" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:5 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian パッケージアーカイブ (.deb) 操作ツール" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:33 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:37 +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:45 +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" +"discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:48 +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "deb-old - Debian バイナリパッケージ旧形式フォーマット" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:60 +msgid "" +"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +msgid "" +"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:72 +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:76 +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:81 +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:83 +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:86 +msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:95 +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:100 +msgid "" +"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:107 +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:113 +msgid "" +"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " +"not created." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:120 +msgid "" +"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" +msgstr "B<--list> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:130 +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" +msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:138 +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:143 +msgid "" +"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> の使用方法、つまりすべてのオプションとその使い方の要約を表示す" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> のバージョン番号を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> の著作権と無保証に関する情報を表示する(アメリカ式の綴りである " +"B<--license> もサポートしている)。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:161 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" +msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directory>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " +"The default is 450Kb." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:173 +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" +msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:194 +msgid "" +"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:200 +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:205 +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-split.1:205 update-alternatives.8:429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "終了ステータス" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:211 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:217 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I<part> file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:221 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:225 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:228 +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:231 +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:235 +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:236 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:240 +msgid "" +"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:245 +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" +"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " +"filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:250 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> とこのマニュアルページは Ian Jackson が作成した。これらの著作権は" +"彼にあり(Copyright (C)1995-1996)、GNU 一般公有使用許諾により頒布される。これ" +"らは無保証である。詳細は B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> と B</usr/share/" +"common-licenses/GPL> を参照すること。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-statoverride" +msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian project" +msgstr "Debian project" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - ファイルの所有権やモードを変更する" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " +"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " +"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:28 +msgid "" +"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" +"`B<stat override>' とは、パッケージがインストールされるときに、ファイルの所有" +"者やモードを変更するよう B<dpkg>(1) に指示する方法である(注意: ここでは「ファ" +"イル」という言葉を使ったが、実際には dpkg が扱えるファイルシステムオブジェク" +"トならなんでもよい。つまりディレクトリやデバイスなどでも OK)。これを用いる" +"と、通常 setuid されるプログラムを setuid フラグ無しでインストールしたり、特" +"定のグループのみに実行許可を与えるようにしたりできる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> は stat override のリストを管理するユーティリティであ" +"る。 override を追加・削除・表示するという、3 つの基本機能がある。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41 +msgid "" +"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " +"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " +"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " +"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " +"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" +"B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> の override を追加する。 B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> はコマンドの実行" +"時には存在していなくてもよい。override は保存され、後で用いられる。ユーザとグ" +"ループは名前(例えば B<root> とか B<nobody> とか)でも指定できるし、前に " +"`B<#>' 文字をつけた数字(例えば B<#0> とか B<#65534> とか)でも指定できる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " +"to the new owner and mode." +msgstr "" +"--update を指定し、B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> が存在する場合は、すぐにその所有者とモー" +"ドを新しい値に変更する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +msgid "" +"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " +"left unchanged by this command." +msgstr "" +"B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> の override を削除する。B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> の状態はこのコマ" +"ンドでは変化しない。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" +"override をすべてリストする。glob パターンが指定された場合は、マッチした " +"override のみを出力する。override が全くない場合や、glob にマッチするものがひ" +"とつもなかった場合は、B<dpkg-statoverride> は終了コード 1 で終了する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "B<--force>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" +"sanity チェック(正気度チェック)が禁止するような場合でも、動作を強制的に行う。" +"既存の override を変更する場合には、これを指定する必要がある。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "B<--update>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61 +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" +"ファイルが存在する場合は、すぐにその所有者とモードを新しい値に変更しようとす" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "動作を無口に行う。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 +msgid "Show usage information." +msgstr "利用方法に関する情報を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +msgid "Show program version and copyright." +msgstr "バージョンと著作権に関する情報を表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74 +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"dpkg データベースのディレクトリを変更する。statoverride のファイルもここに保" +"存される。デフォルトは I</var/lib/dpkg>。" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"システムの現在の stat override のリストが書かれたファイル。dpkg の管理ディレ" +"クトリに、dpkg に取って重要な他のファイル(`status' や `available' など)といっ" +"しょに置かれる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"注意: dpkg-statoverride はこのファイルを新しく書き変える前に、古いコピーを " +"\"-old\" を追加した名前で保存する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect" +msgstr "dselect" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:4 +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "dselect - Debian パッケージ管理フロントエンド" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:17 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" +"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" +" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" +" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" +" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" +" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> は Debian システムの、主要なパッケージ管理用ユーザインターフェースの一つである。システム管理者は、B<dselect> のメインメニューで以下の操作を行える。\n" +" - 利用可能パッケージのバージョンリストの更新。\n" +" - インストール済み・利用可能パッケージの状況の参照。\n" +" - 代替パッケージの選択及び依存関係管理。\n" +" - 新規パッケージのインストールや新バージョンへの更新。\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:38 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> は、B<dpkg>(1) (下位層 Debian パッケージ管理ツール) のフロントエン" +"ドとして動作する。パッケージの依存・競合の解決を行なえる、全画面パッケージ選" +"択マネージャであることが特徴である。管理者権限で起動すると、パッケージのイン" +"ストール、更新、削除を行うことができる。またパッケージリポジトリより、利用可" +"能パッケージのバージョン情報や、インストール可能パッケージの取得するための、" +"様々なアクセス方式を設定できる。使用するアクセス方式によって、インターネット" +"上の公開サーバ、ローカルサーバ、CD-ROM をリポジトリにできる。推奨するアクセス" +"方式は、B<apt> パッケージで提供する I<apt> である。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:44 +msgid "" +"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" +"通常、B<dselect> はパラメータなしで起動する。ユーザへは、対話的メニューで、ア" +"クションのリストを提供する。引数で、アクションを与えられた場合、直ちにそのア" +"クションを実行する。いくつかのコマンドラインパラメータで、B<dselect> の動きを" +"修正したり、プログラムの補足情報を示すことができる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:51 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"オプションはすべて、コマンドライン及び B<dselect> の設定ファイル I</etc/dpkg/" +"dselect.cfg> の両方で指定できる。設定ファイル中の各行には、オプション (正確に" +"はコマンドラインオプションからダッシュを除いたもの) か、コメント (行が B<#> " +"で始まる場合) を記述する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:57 +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" +"dpkg が使用する `status' ファイルや `available' ファイルなどを置くディレクト" +"リを変更する。デフォルトは I</var/lib/dpkg> で、通常変更する必要はない。" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:60 +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." +msgstr "デバッグを有効にする。デバッグ情報は I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> に送られる。" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "B<--expert>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:64 +msgid "" +"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "エキスパートモードを有効にする。つまり、うるさいヘルプを表示しない。" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" +msgstr "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:71 +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " +"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " +"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" +msgstr "" +"表示色を設定する。ディスプレイがカラー表示をサポートしている場合に有効であ" +"る。このオプションは、複数回指定できる(そして I<dselect.cfg> で一番使用されて" +"いる)。指定ごとに、画面の一部の色(や他の属性)を変更する。画面 (上から下まで) " +"の部位は次のとおり:" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<title>" +msgstr "B<title>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:75 +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "画面タイトル" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "B<listhead>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:78 +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "パッケージリストの上のヘッダライン" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "B<list>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:81 +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "パッケージリストのスクロール領域 (ヘルプも表示する)" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "B<listsel>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:84 +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "リスト内の選択行" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "B<pkgstate>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:88 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "パッケージリスト中、パッケージの現在状況表示部" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:92 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "パッケージリスト中、選択したパッケージの現在状況表示部" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "B<infohead>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:95 +msgid "" +"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "選択中パッケージの状況表示部のヘッダ行" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "B<infodesc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:98 +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "パッケージの短い説明文" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "B<info>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:101 +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "パッケージの説明などのパッケージ情報表示部" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "B<infofoot>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:104 +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "パッケージ選択時の画面最下行" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "B<query>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:107 +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "要求行表示部" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "B<helpscreen>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:110 +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "ヘルプ画面の色" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:115 +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" +"画面の部位の後に、コロンと色設定を記述する。コンパイル時の色を無視して、前景" +"色、背景色あるいは両方を指定することができる。標準 curses 色名称を使用する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:121 +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" +"任意で、色設定の後に別のコロンで、属性を設定できる。これはプラス(\"+\")文字に" +"よって分離された、複数の属性のリストである。利用可能な属性を以下列挙する(すべ" +"ての属性がすべての端末で有効とは限らない): normal, standout, underline, " +"reverse, blink, bright, dim, bold" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:124 +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "簡単なヘルプを表示し、正常終了する。" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:128 +msgid "" +"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "B<dselect> の著作権情報とライセンス情報を表示し、正常終了する。" + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "使用方法" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:137 +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> を対話的に起動すると、以下の利用可能アクションのメニューをユーザに" +"提示する。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "access" +msgstr "access" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:139 +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "" +"パッケージリポジトリにアクセスするための、アクセス方式を選択・設定する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:145 +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " +"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " +"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは B<dselect> は I<floppy>, I<harddisk>, I<cdrom> といった、いく" +"つかの方式を提供する。しかし、他のパッケージが追加アクセス方式を提供すること" +"もある。例えば、I<apt> アクセス方式は B<apt> パッケージで提供され、 " +"I<multi_cd> は B<dpkg-multicd> で提供される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:147 +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "I<apt> アクセス方式の使用を、強く推奨する。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update" +msgstr "update" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:150 +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "利用可能パッケージデータベースをリフレッシュする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:157 +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" +"利用可能パッケージのバージョンリストを、現在設定しているアクセス方式で、パッ" +"ケージリポジトリから取得し、dpkg データベースを更新する。パッケージリストは、" +"一般的には B<Packages>, B<Packages.gz> という名前で、リポジトリより提供されて" +"いる。リポジトリ管理者は、B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) というプログラムを使用し" +"て、このファイルを生成することができる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:160 +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" +"update アクションの詳細は、アクセス方式の実装に依存する。通常、このプロセスは" +"単純で、ユーザの入力を必要としない。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "select" +msgstr "select" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:163 +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "パッケージの選択や依存関係の表示・管理を行う。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:169 +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" +"これが B<dselect> のメイン機能である。選択した画面で、全利用可能・インストー" +"ル済みパッケージのリストを調査できる。管理者権限で実行すると、対話的に、パッ" +"ケージ選択状況を変更することもできる。 B<dselect> は、選択状況の変更に関連し" +"て起こる他の依存・競合パッケージについても同様に追跡する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:176 +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" +"競合や依存の失敗を検出すると、依存関係解決サブ画面をユーザに提示する。この画" +"面では、競合パッケージや依存パッケージを、その理由とともに表示する。ユーザ" +"は、B<dselect> が提案した変更案を適用してもよいし、その案を上書きしてもよい。" +"また、変更をすべて元に戻してもよい。以上を、依存・競合が解決されるまで、繰り" +"返す。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:179 +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "対話的なパッケージ選択管理画面の詳細な使い方を後述する。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install" +msgstr "install" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:182 +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "選択したパッケージをインストールする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:188 +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" +"インストール・更新するパッケージを、設定したアクセス方式で適切なリポジトリよ" +"り取得し、 B<dpkg> を用いてインストールを行う。アクセス方式の実装に依存する" +"が、インストール前に全パッケージを取得、もしくは必要な時に取得する。アクセス" +"方式により、削除マークをつけたパッケージの削除を行う場合もある。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:196 +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." +"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " +"these are installed." +msgstr "" +"インストール中にエラーが発生した場合、もう一度 install を行うよう促される。そ" +"の場合でも、ほとんど問題が発生しないか、解決済みとなっている。問題が残ったま" +"まだったり、インストールが異常終了する場合、原因・事情を調べて、Debian バグ追" +"跡システムへバグ報告をしていただきたい。バグ報告の方法は、http://bugs.debian." +"org/ や、インストールされていれば、 B<bug>(1) や B<reportbug>(1) の文書を参照" +"のこと。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:203 +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" +"install アクションの詳細はアクセス方式の実装に依存する。パッケージのインス" +"トール、設定、削除中に、ユーザに注意を促したり、入力を要求する可能性もある。" +"これはパッケージ管理者スクリプトに依存する。パッケージによっては、B<debconf>" +"(1) ライブラリを用いており、より柔軟で自動化されたインストールセットアップが" +"可能である。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "config" +msgstr "config" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:206 +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" +"すでにインストール済みだが、設定が完了していないパッケージの設定を行う。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "remove" +msgstr "remove" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:209 +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "削除マークをつけたインストール済みパッケージの、削除・完全削除を行う。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "quit" +msgstr "quit" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:212 +msgid "Quit B<dselect>" +msgstr "B<dselect> を終了する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:214 +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." +msgstr "エラーコード 0 (成功) でプログラムを終了する。" + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package selections management" +msgstr "パッケージ選択管理" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "入門" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:234 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " +"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " +"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " +"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " +"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " +"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " +"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " +"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " +"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" +"大量の相互依存関係を持つパッケージ群を B<dselect> で管理する複雑さに、管理者" +"は直面する。 Debian パッケージ管理システムの概念や、その方法に慣れていない" +"ユーザにとっては、これは圧倒的ですらある。 B<dselect> は、パッケージ管理と管" +"理作業の負担緩和を目指している。しかし、単に負担緩和に役立つだけで、管理者と" +"しての技術や知識の代用にはならない。ユーザには、Debian パッケージングシステム" +"についての基礎概念に精通することが要求される。疑問があれば、B<dpkg>(1) のマ" +"ニュアルや、B<debian-policy> パッケージに含まれている Debian ポリシーマニュア" +"ルを参照してほしい。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:240 +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> が、エキスパートモードや直接モードで起動されない場合、メニューから" +"アクションを選ぶ際に、初めにヘルプ画面が表示される。オンラインヘルプ画面が" +"ポップアップした際には、そこに示される内容をすべて検討するよう、I<強く>お奨め" +"する。オンラインヘルプ画面は、いつでも B<'？'> キーで表示できる。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "画面レイアウト" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:249 +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" +"選択画面は、デフォルトで上下 2 分割されている。上半分は、パッケージリストを表" +"示している。カーソルバーで個々のパッケージを選択したり、グループヘッダを選択" +"(できれば)して、パッケージグループを選択したりできる。画面の下半分は、画面の" +"上半分で現在選択しているパッケージの詳細が表示される。表示される詳細のタイプ" +"は、変更できる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:252 +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" +" B<'I'> キーを押すごとに、パッケージリストの全画面表示、パッケージ詳細の拡" +"大、画面の均等分割を切り替える。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "パッケージ詳細表示" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" +"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" +"alternates between:\n" +" - the extended description\n" +" - the control information for the installed version\n" +" - the control information for the available version\n" +msgstr "" +"デフォルトのパッケージ詳細表示部は、パッケージ状況リスト中で現在選択されているパッケージの、長いパッケージ説明文を表示する。詳細タイプは B<'i'> キーを押すごとに以下が切り替わる。\n" +" - 長い説明文\n" +" - インストール済みバージョンのコントロール情報\n" +" - 利用可能バージョンのコントロール情報\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:266 +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" +"依存関係解決画面では、特定のパッケージの未解決依存・競合関係を、その原因とと" +"もに表示する可能性がある。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "パッケージ状況リスト" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:272 +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" +"メイン選択画面は、 Debian パッケージ管理システムが知っている全パッケージを表" +"示する。これには、システムにインストール済みのパッケージと、利用可能パッケー" +"ジデータベースが知っているパッケージが含まれる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:280 +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" +"リストにはパッケージごとに、パッケージの状況、優先度、セクション、インストー" +"ル済み・利用可能バージョン、パッケージ名、短い説明文が 1 行で表示される。 " +"B<'V'> キーを押すと、インストール済みバージョンと利用可能バージョンの表示を " +"ON/OFF できる。 B<'v'> キーを押すと、パッケージ状況を詳細表示と簡略表示で切り" +"替える。簡略表示がデフォルトである。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:286 +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" +"状況簡略表示は、以下の 4 パートに分かれている。エラーフラグ (通常クリア)、現" +"在の状況、前回選択状況、今回選択状況である。始めの 2 つはパッケージの現在の状" +"況を表し、その後の 2 つはユーザがセットした選択状況を表している。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" +" Error flag:\n" +" I<empty> no error\n" +" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" +" Installed state:\n" +" I<empty> not installed;\n" +" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" +" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" +" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" +" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" +" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" +" Current and requested selections:\n" +" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" +" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" +" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" +" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" +" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ状況簡略表示部のコードには以下の意味がある。\n" +" エラーフラグ:\n" +" I<空> エラーなし\n" +" B<R> 深刻なエラー (要再インストール)\n" +" インストール状況:\n" +" I<空> 未インストール\n" +" B<*> インストール済み、かつ設定済み\n" +" B<-> 未インストールだが、設定ファイルが残っている\n" +" B<U> 展開済みだが設定が済んでいない\n" +" B<C> 半設定状況 (エラー発生)\n" +" B<I> 半インストール状況 (エラー発生)\n" +" 現在の選択・要求した選択:\n" +" B<*> インストール・更新マーク\n" +" B<-> 削除マーク (設定ファイルは残す)\n" +" B<=> 保留 (パッケージになにも処理を行わない)\n" +" B<_> 完全削除マーク (設定ファイルも削除する)\n" +" B<n> 新規パッケージでまだマーク付けされていない\n" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "カーソルおよび画面移動" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:310 +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ選択リストや依存・競合関係解決画面では、以下のキー割当のコマンドで" +"操作できる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" +" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" +" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" +" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" +" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" +" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" +" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" +" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" +" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" +" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" +" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" +" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" +msgstr "" +" B<p, Up, k> カーソルバーを上に移動\n" +" B<n, Down, j> カーソルバーを下に移動\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> リストを 1 ページ上にスクロール\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> リストを 1 ページ下にスクロール\n" +" B<^p> リストを 1 行上にスクロール\n" +" B<^n> リストを 1 行下にスクロール\n" +" B<t, Home> リストの先頭にジャンプ\n" +" B<e, End> リストの最後にジャンプ\n" +" B<u> 情報を 1 ページ上にスクロール\n" +" B<d> 情報を 1 ページ下にスクロール\n" +" B<^u> 情報を 1 行上にスクロール\n" +" B<^d> 情報を 1 行下にスクロール\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> 表示を 1/3 画面左にスクロール\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> 表示を 1/3 画面右にスクロール\n" +" B<^b> 表示を 1 文字左にスクロール\n" +" B<^f> 表示を 1 文字右にスクロール\n" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "検索と並べ替え" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:342 +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" +"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " +"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " +"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " +"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " +"searching from there." +msgstr "" +"パッケージリストはパッケージ名で検索することができる。パッケージのリストで" +"は、 B<'/'> を押してから、単純な検索文字列を入力することで、パッケージ名の検" +"索ができる。この文字列は、正規表現 B<regex>(7) で解析される。検索文字列に続け" +"て B<'/d'> を加えると、説明文からも検索する。 B<'/i'> を加えた場合は、大文字" +"小文字の区別をしない。この 2 つの添字を B<'/id'> のようにつなげても記述でき" +"る。検索結果に対して、続けて B<'n'> ないし B<'\\e'> キーを押すと、目的のパッ" +"ケージが得られるまで、検索を繰り返せる。検索がリストの最後まで達すると、先頭" +"に戻る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" +"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" +"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" +" alphabet available status\n" +" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" +" section+priority available+section status+section\n" +msgstr "" +"リストのソート順は、B<'o'> と B<'O'> キーを繰り返し押して変更する。\n" +"以下の 9 通りのソート順を選べる。\n" +" アルファベット 利用可能 状況\n" +" 優先度+セクション 利用可能+優先度 状況+優先度\n" +" セクション+優先度 利用可能+セクション 状況+セクション\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:352 +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "上記リストには明記していないが、最後にアルファベット順でソートされる。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "選択の変更" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" +"altered with the following commands:\n" +" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" +" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" +" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" +" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" +" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" +msgstr "" +"それぞれのパッケージの要求選択状況は、以下のコマンドで変更できる。\n" +" B<+, Insert> インストール・更新する\n" +" B<=, H> 現在の状況・バージョンを保留する\n" +" B<:, G> 保留解除 (更新ないし未インストールのままとする)\n" +" B<-, Delete> 削除して設定は残す\n" +" B<_> 削除して設定も消す\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:366 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" +"変更要求の結果、依存を満足しなかったり競合した場合、 B<dselect> は依存関係解" +"決画面を提示する。これは後ほど説明する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:371 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" +"さらに、グループヘッダ上にカーソルバーを移動して、パッケージ選択のグループに" +"コマンドを適用することができる。パッケージの正確なグループ化ができるかは、現" +"在のリストのソート順設定に依存する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:377 +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" +"一度に大量の未解決依存・競合を発生させるため、中身が大きいグループを変更する" +"場合は、十分注意するべきである。 1 つの依存関係解決画面に、すべて表示されるこ" +"ととなるため、これを解決するのは非常に難しい。実際には、グループの変更が有用" +"なのは、保留や保留解除の時ぐらいである。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "依存・競合解決" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:383 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" +"選択状況を変更して未解決依存・競合が発生した場合、 B<dselect> は依存関係解決" +"画面を表示する。初めての場合は、その前にヘルプ画面を表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:390 +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" +"この画面の上半分には、未解決依存・競合があるパッケージや、要求された変更の結" +"果、そして依存を解決するのにインストールすればいいパッケージ、競合を解決する" +"のに削除すればいいパッケージをすべて表示する。下半分には、現在選択している" +"パッケージの依存や競合の原因を、デフォルトで表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:396 +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"パッケージのサブリストが初期表示されたとき、 B<dselect> は、依存関係解決画面" +"が表示されるときに依存や競合を解決するよう、リストしたパッケージの選択状況を" +"すでに変更しているかもしれない。通常、B<dselect> による提案を採用するのが最良" +"である。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:404 +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" +"B<'R'> キーを押すことで、パッケージリストの選択状況を、未解決依存・競合が作成" +"される前のように、元に戻せるだろう。B<'D'> キーを押すことで、自動提案はリセッ" +"トされるが、依存関係解決画面が示した変更は、要求したものと同様に維持される。" +"最終的に B<'U'> を押すことで、自動提案をセットすることができる。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:405 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "選択要求の確定" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:412 +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " +"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " +"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " +"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " +"resolution screen." +msgstr "" +"B<enter> を押すと、現在表示されている選択セットで確定する。選択要求の結果、未" +"解決依存が検出されなければ、 B<dselect> は新しい選択を設定する。しかし、いま" +"だ未解決依存が存在する場合、 B<dselect> は依存関係解決画面を改めて表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:418 +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" +"未解決依存・競合が存在する選択状況で、B<dselect> は確定を強制するには、 " +"B<'Q'> キーを押す。これはユーザが指定した選択を無条件にセットする。一般的に、" +"詳細を読んでいなければ、これをしないこと。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:425 +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" +"反対に、選択を取り消して選択リストを元に戻す場合は、 B<'X'> キーや B<escape> " +"キーを押すこと。キーを何回も押すことで、問題のある変更要求を取り消し、最後に" +"確定した選択に戻すことができる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:432 +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> パッケージ選択インターフェースは、新しいユーザを混乱させる。聞くと" +"ころでは、経験を積んだカーネル開発者ですら、これを嘆いている。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:434 +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "文書が足りない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:436 +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "メインメニューにヘルプオプションがない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:438 +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "利用可能パッケージのリスト表示を減らせない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:442 +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" +"内蔵アクセス方式では、もはや現在の品質基準を満たせない。 apt が提供するアクセ" +"ス方式を利用すれば、壊れないだけでなく、内蔵アクセス方式より遙かに柔軟であ" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:448 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:453 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> は、Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu) によって書かれた。 この" +"プログラムへの全貢献者一覧は `dselect --license' で参照できる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:456 +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" +"このマニュアルは Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt> によって書か" +"れ、 Josip Rodin, Joost kooij が更新した。" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dselect.cfg" +msgstr "dselect" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.cfg.5:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> に貢献した人のリストは B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> に\n" +"挙げてある。\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<date>(1)" + +# type: TH +#: install-info.8:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install-info" +msgstr "install-info" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:8 +msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" +msgstr "install-info - Info ディレクトリにエントリを作成したり更新したりする" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:24 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." +msgstr "" +"B<install-info> は、Info ディレクトリの B<dir> ファイルにエントリを作成・更" +"新・削除する。作成か更新の場合、 コマンドラインにも Info ファイルにも説明文が" +"指定されていなかったら、ファイルの中身から説明文を推測しようとする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:39 +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." +msgstr "" +"エントリの置かれる位置や B<dir> ファイルの望ましい形式の説明については、 B<--" +"section> の記述を見られよ。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" +msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:57 +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgstr "" +"メニューエントリを作成・更新・削除したい Info ファイルのファイル名を与える。 " +"B<--remove-exactly> が指定された場合は、 I<filename> は削除対象の正確なエント" +"リ名 (例えば \"emacs-20/emacs\" とか \"gcc\") でなければならない。指定されな" +"かった場合は、このファイル名のベースネームが作成されるメニューエントリのリ" +"ファレンスとして使われる (ただしそのファイルの内部で START-INFO-DIR による上" +"書きがされている場合は除く)。従ってこのファイルは B<dir> ファイルと同じディレ" +"クトリに存在していなければならない。あるいは、ほぼインストールされているか、" +"エントリ削除の場合は以前存在していたか、でなければならない。 B<--infodir> オ" +"プションを参照せよ。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:66 +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." +msgstr "" +"I<filename> が B<.gz> で終わっていたら、GNU gzip で圧縮されているファイルであ" +"るとみなされる。 I<filename> は存在しないがこれに対応する I<filename>B<.gz> " +"が存在する場合は、替わりに I<filename>B<.gz> が使われる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:71 +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgstr "" +"エントリを追加か更新するときは、ファイル(拡張子 B<.gz> が付加的に付いているか" +"もしれない)は指定されたパスに存在していなければならない。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>" +msgstr "B<--remove>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:76 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." +msgstr "" +"ファイル I<filename> のエントリを削除することを指定する。デフォルトではエント" +"リは作成もしくは更新される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:86 +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgstr "" +"削除の結果セクションが空っぽになる場合、これがファイルの最後のセクションでな" +"いか B<--keep-old> が指定されるかしていなかったら、セクション見出しも同様に削" +"除される。 B<dir> ファイルの望ましい形式の説明については、 B<--section> の記" +"述を見られよ。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:91 +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"あてはまるエントリが B<dir> ファイルにいくつかある場合、最初にマッチしたカテ" +"ゴリグループのものが削除され、残りは無視される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:97 +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgstr "" +"B<install-info> は B<--quiet> オプションが指定されない限り警告を発するが、こ" +"のオプションについては、あてはまるエントリが見つからなくてもエラーにはならな" +"い。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:103 +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." +msgstr "" +"B<--remove> オプションが指定された場合、 B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--" +"calign> の整形オプションは無視される。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" +msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:121 +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" +"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " +"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgstr "" +"このオプションは基本的には B<--remove> と同じだが、ただし I<filename> を削除" +"対象となる既存のファイルとしてではなく、削除対象のエントリそのものとみなす。" +"この違いは、サブディレクトリの info ファイルを参照しているエントリ (例えば " +"\"emacs-20/emacs\" など) を削除しようとする場合に重要となる。なぜなら B<--" +"remove> は与えられた I<filename> そのものではなく、そのベースネームに作用する" +"からである (つまり B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" とすると、 B<install-info> " +"は \"emacs-20/emacs\" ではなく \"emacs\" を対象とする)。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "B<--section >I<regexp title>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:135 +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgstr "" +"新しいエントリを作るときに、 B<dir> ファイルの中でタイトルが I<regexp> にマッ" +"チするセクションに配置することを指定する。該当するセクションが存在しなかった" +"ら、ファイルの最後から二番目のセクション(後述)として I<title> というタイトル" +"で作られる。セクションとは B<dir> メニューの中の一部で、空白行で区切られたも" +"のである。セクションの先頭行はタイトルとして扱われる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:142 +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgstr "" +"新たなエントリを作るとき、 B<install-info> はセクションの中でアルファベット順" +"にそれを挿入しようとする。セクション中のエントリがあらかじめソートされていな" +"かったら、セクション中の位置は予測できない。すでに存在するエントリの順番は変" +"更されない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:148 +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは新たなエントリをファイルの終わりに付け加える。最後のセクション" +"は、タイトル行だけであっても常に存在していなけらばならない。これは新たなセク" +"ションが正しい場所に作られるようにするためである。最後のセクションは、位置が" +"正しく指定されていない Info ファイルがそこに付け加えられるようにタイトルを付" +"けなければならない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:151 +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgstr "" +"Info ファイルのエントリがすでにインストールされていたら、 その位置で新たなエ" +"ントリに置き換えられる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:154 +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." +msgstr "" +"エントリ削除時にセクションを指定すると、セクションは無視され警告が発せられ" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:160 +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgstr "" +"エントリを加えるときにセクションが必要となるにもかかわらずファイルにセクショ" +"ン見出しが一つもなかったら、 B<install-info> は必要となるセクションとファイル" +"の終わりの Miscellaneous というセクションとの両方を作る。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" +msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:169 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" +"info/>." +msgstr "" +"B<dir> ファイルと、インストールされる新たな Info ファイルのコピーとが " +"I<infodir> にあることを指定する。デフォルトは B</usr/share/info/> である。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:178 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." +msgstr "" +"説明文の最初の行を少なくとも I<nnn> 字だけ字下げすべきものと指定する。余分な" +"空白が必要なものとして加えられる。 B<dir> のメニューエントリの詳細の長さのた" +"め、より多くのオフセットが必要かもしれない。デフォルトは 27 である。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgstr "" +"説明文の二行目以降の行を少なくとも I<nnn> だけ字下げすべきものと指定する。デ" +"フォルトは 29 である。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:190 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgstr "" +"Info ファイルの最大幅を I<nnn> にする。説明文をワードラップするときに使われ" +"る。デフォルトは 79 である。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:195 +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgstr "" +"挿入される直前の新たなメニューエントリと、現存するエントリの置換・削除やセク" +"ションの作成・削除の案内のメッセージを表示しない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:200 +msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." +msgstr "B<install-info> の使用法を表示して終了する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:205 +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "B<install-info> のバージョンと著作権の情報を表示して終了する。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:212 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgstr "" +"新規・更新のメニューエントリの説明文を I<xxx> とする。デフォルトでは Info " +"ファイル自身の中で指定された値を使う。これは次のような形式のセクションを探す" +"ことで見つけられる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:214 +msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:216 +msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" +msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:218 +msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:227 +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Info ファイルに見つかったエントリ自身がそれだけで数行に渡り、それぞれにメ" +"ニューのエントリがある場合、ファイルの中に見つかったテキストがそのまま使われ" +"る。このときは、アルファベット順の配置は行われず、エントリは問い合わせのセク" +"ションの先頭に挿入される。また B<--menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, " +"B<--calign>, B<--menuentry> のオプションは無視される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:234 +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgstr "" +"ファイルに B<dir> エントリがなかったら、ファイルの最初のほうに B<this file " +"documents> で始まる段落がないかを見つけようとする。その後の最初の文字を大文字" +"にしてそれを使う。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:236 +msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." +msgstr "これらの方法で説明文を得ることができなかったらエラーになる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:240 +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." +msgstr "" +"B<--remove> が指定されたときには説明文の引数が与えられても無視され、警告が発" +"せられる。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:249 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." +msgstr "" +"メニューの中のエントリを I<xxx> とする。デフォルトでは、 Info ファイル自身の" +"中で指定された値を使う。それがなかった場合は、 Info ファイルのベースネームが" +"使われる。B<.info > が取り除かれ、大文字小文字混在のエントリ名が作られる。 " +"Info ファイルのメニューエントリの望ましい形式の説明については、上記の記述を参" +"照されたい。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:256 +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." +msgstr "" +"エントリを削除するとき、 B<--menuentry> オプションの値は、削除されるメニュー" +"アイテムの実際のメニューエントリフィールドと一致しなければならない。 B<--" +"menuentry> を省略したときは、メニューエントリのチェックは行われない。" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--keep-old>" +msgstr "B<--keep-old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:260 +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." +msgstr "現存するエントリの置換や空セクションの削除を行わない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:264 +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgstr "" +"すでにインストールされているファイルがディレクトリにエントリを持っている場" +"合、古いエントリは置き換えられずそのまま残る。デフォルトでは、古いエントリは" +"いずれも新規作成されたものによって置き換えられる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:269 +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" +"B<--remove> が指定されている場合、削除の結果セクションが空っぽになるかもしれ" +"ないが、 B<--keep-old> はセクション見出しを削除しない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:272 +msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." +msgstr "テストモードを有効にし、ディレクトリファイルを更新しない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:276 +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "デバッグモードを有効にし、内部の処理ステップをいくらか表示する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:281 +msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" +msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:287 +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "start-stop-daemon" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:4 +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon - システムデーモンプログラムの起動、停止" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:11 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:15 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:18 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:21 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:29 +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> はシステムレベルのプロセスの生成や停止を制御するために使" +"用される。また、 B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, B<--name> オプションを指" +"定することで、実行中のプロセスを見つけることができる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:48 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " +"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " +"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " +"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " +"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " +"program being started." +msgstr "" +"B<--start> を使用すると、 B<start-stop-daemon> は指定されたプロセスが存在する" +"かを調べる。該当するプロセスが存在する場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> は何もせ" +"ず、エラーステータス 1 を返して終了する (B<--oknodo> が指定された場合は、0 を" +"返す)。該当するプロセスが存在しない場合、 B<--exec> により (又は、 B<--" +"startas> が指定された場合はこれにより) 指定される実行ファイルを起動する。コマ" +"ンドライン上で B<--> 以降に与えられた任意の引数は起動されるプログラムにそのま" +"ま引き渡される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:68 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " +"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " +"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " +"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" +"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." +msgstr "" +"B<--stop> を使用すると、 B<start-stop-daemon> は指定されたプロセスが存在する" +"かを調べる。該当するプロセスが存在する場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> は B<--" +"signal> により指定されたシグナルをそのプロセスに送り、エラーステータス 0 を返" +"して終了する。該当するプロセスが存在しない場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> はエ" +"ラーステータス 1 を返して終了する( B<--oknodo> が指定された場合は 0 を返す)。" +"B<--retry> を指定した場合、B<start-stop-daemon> はそのプロセスが終了したこと" +"を確認する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:87 +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" +"注意: B<--pidfile> を指定しない場合、B<start-stop-daemon> は B<killall>(1) と" +"似た動きをする。B<start-stop-daemon> は、(指定されていれば)プロセス名、uid、" +"および gid にマッチするプロセスをプロセステーブルから検索する。B<--start> が" +"指定されている場合にマッチするプロセスがあれば、デーモンは起動されない。B<--" +"stop> が指定されていれば、マッチするプロセスすべてに KILL シグナルが送られ" +"る。そのため、B<--stop> を与えられても生き延びる必要があるような、長生きする" +"子プロセスを持つデーモンには、 pidfile を指定しなければならない。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" +"(B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe> により)指定された executable のプロセスを調べる。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." +msgstr "I<pid-file> で指定されるプロセス ID を持つプロセスを調べる。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +msgid "" +"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" +"I<username> または I<uid> で指定されるユーザが所有するプロセスを調べる。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "プロセスを開始する時点で、I<group> や I<gid> を変更する。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" +"(B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat> により) I<process-name> という名のプロセスを調べる。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" +"B<--stop> が同時に与えられた時、プロセスを停止するために送るシグナルを指定す" +"る (デフォルトは 15)。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:128 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" +"同時に B<--stop> が与えられると B<start-stop-daemon> はどのプロセスを終了させ" +"るかを確認する。マッチした実行中のプロセスが全て終了するまで繰り返し確認す" +"る。もしプロセスが終了しなければ、 I<schedule> により決定される別のアクション" +"が実行される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:139 +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" +"もし I<timeout> が I<schedule> のかわりに指定されていると、 I<signal>B</" +">I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> が使われる。ここで I<signal> は B<--signal> で" +"指定されるシグナルである。" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:155 +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" +"I<schedule> はスラッシュ (B</>) で区切られた少なくとも 2 つの要素からなるリス" +"トである。それぞれの要素は、B<->I<signal-number> もしくは [B<->]I<signal-" +"name> の場合は送るべきシグナル、 I<timeout> の場合はプロセスが終了するのを待" +"つ秒数、 B<forever> の場合はもし必要なら残りの I<schedule> を繰り返し適用する" +"ことを意味する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" +"もし I<schedule> を全て使い切って、 B<forever> が指定されていない場合は、 " +"B<start-stop-daemon> はエラー状態 2 で終了する。もし schedule が指定されてい" +"れば、 B<--signal> で指定したシグナルは無視される。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" +"同時に B<--start> が与えられると、 I<pathname> により指定されるプロセスを起動" +"する。このオプションが指定されない場合、 B<--exec> に与えられる引数がデフォル" +"トになる。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" +"実行しようとする処理内容を出力し，それに伴い適切な返り値が設定されるが、実際" +"の処理は行わない。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" +"処理が何も行われない(又は、行なわれようともしなかった)場合、終了ステータス 1 " +"のかわりに 0 を返す。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "参考情報を出力しない。エラーメッセージのみ表示。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" +"処理を開始する前に指定されたユーザ名 / ユーザ ID に変更する。 B<:> の後にグ" +"ループ名またはグループ ID を与えることによりグループも指定できる。これは " +"`chown' コマンドと同じ書式 (I<user>B<:>I<group>) である。このオプションを使用" +"した時には、 B<--group> オプションが指定されていない場合であってもプライマリ" +"グループと補助グループは同様に設定されることを理解していなければならない。 " +"B<--group> オプションは、( B<nobody> のような一般的ユーザに対してプロセス単位" +"でグループに追加するというように) ユーザが通常のメンバーでないグループを指定" +"する場合にのみ使用する。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" +"処理を開始する前に、 I<root> に chdir と chroot を実行する。pidfile は " +"chroot 後に、書き出されることに注意すること。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" +"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." +msgstr "" +"プロセスを開始する前に、 I<path> に chdir する。 B<-r>|B<--chroot> オプション" +"を同時に指定した場合は、 chroot のあとに chdir する。そうでない場合は、start-" +"stop-daemon は、プロセスを開始する前に root ディレクトリに chdir する。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" +msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" +"典型的には、デーモンプロセスを切り離せないプログラムで使用される。このオプ" +"ションを指定した場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> は自分自身を対象プロセスの実行前" +"に fork し、以後バックグラウンドで処理を行う。 B<警告: start-stop-daemon> は " +"B<何らかの理由>によって処理の実行に失敗した場合に、その終了ステータスをチェッ" +"クできない。このオプションは最終手段であり、自分から fork することに意味のな" +"いプログラムや、fork を自分で行うためのコードを追加できないプログラムのみでの" +"使用を意図している。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "プロセスを開始する前にプロセスのプライオリティを変更する。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." +msgstr "プロセスを開始する前にプロセスの umask を設定する。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" +"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " +"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " +"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " +"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " +"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" +"自分自身で PID ファイルを作成しないプログラムを起動する際に使用する。このオプ" +"ションにより、処理の実行直前に B<start-stop-daemon> は B<--pidfile> で参照さ" +"れるファイルを作成し、配置する。このファイルはプログラムの停止時に削除されな" +"いことに注意されたい。B<注意:> このオプションは動作しない場合がある。特に、プ" +"ログラムの実行時にそのメインプロセスから fork するようなプログラムでは正しく" +"動作しない。このため、通常は B<--background> オプションと併用する場合にのみ有" +"用である。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "詳しい情報を出力する。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +msgid "Print help information; then exit." +msgstr "ヘルプ情報を出力して終了する。" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:256 +msgid "Print version information; then exit." +msgstr "バージョン情報を出力して終了する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:260 +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> が Ian " +"Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt> による以前のバージョンを元に作" +"成。" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:262 +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" +"このマニュアルは Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt> によって書かれた。Ian " +"Jackson が部分的に整形した。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update-alternatives" +msgstr "update-alternatives" + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-11-24" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:11 +msgid "" +"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" +"update-alternatives - シンボリックリンクを管理してデフォルトのコマンドを決定" +"する" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:20 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:25 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:30 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:34 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:39 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:44 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:49 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:54 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:59 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:64 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> は Debian の alternatives システムを成すシンボリックリ" +"ンクを生成・削除・管理したり、リンクの情報を表示したりする。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:72 +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" +"同じ機能を (あるいは似たような機能を) 持つ複数のプログラムを一つのシステムに" +"インストールし、共存させることができる。例えば多くのシステムでは、複数のテキ" +"ストエディタを共存させている。これにより、システムのユーザは好みに応じて別々" +"のエディタを使うことができるようになる。しかしプログラムにとっては、特に指定" +"がなかったときにどのエディタを起動すれば良いのかという、なかなか難しい問題を" +"抱えることになる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:94 +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" +"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " +"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " +"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " +"to do so." +msgstr "" +"Debian の alternatives システムは、この問題を解決するためのものである。同じ機" +"能を提供し、互いに置き換え可能な全てのファイルは、ファイルシステム中の「一般" +"名 (generic name)」を共有する。その一般名が実際にどのファイルを参照するか" +"は、 alternatives システムとシステム管理者とが決定する。例えば、テキストエ" +"ディタである B<ed>(1) と B<nvi>(1) の両方がシステムにインストールされていたと" +"すると、一般名である I</usr/bin/editor> は、デフォルトでは I</usr/bin/nvi> を" +"参照する。システム管理者はこれを上書きし、 I</usr/bin/ed> を参照させるように" +"することもできる。こうすると、その後明示的なリクエストがなければ、 " +"alternatives システムはその設定を変更しない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:104 +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" +"一般名は、選ばれた「選択肢 (alternative)」への直接のシンボリックリンクではな" +"く、 I<alternatives> ディレクトリにある名前へのシンボリックリンクになってい" +"る。そしてその名前が実際に参照されるファイルへのシンボリックリンクになってい" +"る。こうなっている理由は、システム管理者の変更が I</etc> ディレクトリ以下で行" +"われるようにするためである。なぜこうするのが良いかについては FHS に説明があ" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:116 +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" +"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " +"Debian packages." +msgstr "" +"置き換え可能な一群のファイル中のどれかを含むパッケージがインストール・変更・" +"削除されると、 B<update-alternatives> が呼ばれ、そのファイルに対する " +"alternatives システムの内部情報を更新する。 B<update-alternatives> は、通常 " +"Debian パッケージの B<postinst> または B<prerm> スクリプトから呼び出される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:135 +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" +"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " +"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " +"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" +"複数の選択肢を同期させ、グループとして変更すると便利なことが多い。例えば " +"B<vi>(1) エディタのいろいろな派生システムが同時にインストールされていたとする" +"と、 I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> が参照する man ページは、 I</usr/bin/vi> が" +"参照する実行ファイルに対応しているべきであろう。 B<update-alternatives> は、 " +"I<master> リンクと I<slave> リンクによってこれを取り扱う。 master が変更され" +"ると、それに関連づけされた各 slave も同時に変更される。 master リンクとそれに" +"関連づけされた slave とは、 I<リンクグループ> を形成する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:143 +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"各リンクグループは、いかなる時点においても、 automatic または manual の 2 つ" +"のモードのいずれかにある。グループが automatic モードにある場合は、パッケージ" +"のインストール・削除の際にリンクを更新するかどうか/どのように更新するかは、 " +"alternatives システムが自動的に決定する。 manual モードでは、 alternatives シ" +"ステムはリンクを変更しない。システム管理者が行った決定がずっと保存される。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:152 +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" +"リンクグループは、システムに導入されると、まず automatic モードになる。システ" +"ム管理者がその設定を変更すると、次に B<update-alternatives> がリンクグループ" +"に対して実行されたときに変更が認識され、そのリンクグループは自動的に manual " +"モードに切り換わる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:159 +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" +"各選択肢は I<priority> 属性を持っている。リンクグループが automatic モードに" +"あるときは、 I<priority> のもっとも高いものが、そのグループのメンバーが参照す" +"る選択肢になる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:175 +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " +"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " +"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " +"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " +"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " +"return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"I<--config> オプションを用いると、 B<update-alternatives> は与えられた " +"master リンクのリンクグループに対応する選択肢をすべてリストする。現在選択され" +"ているものには '*' が、もっとも priority の高いものには '+' マークがつく。そ" +"してそのリンクグループの選択を問い合わせるプロンプトが表示される。ここで変更" +"を行うと、その一般名は I<auto> モードではなくなる。 automatic 状態に戻すに" +"は、 I<--auto> オプションを用いる必要がある。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:179 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" +"非対話的に設定をしたい場合は I<--set> オプションを代わりに使用する(以下を参" +"照)。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:190 +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: update-alternatives.8:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "用語" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> の動作は極めて複雑なので、ここでいくつか特殊な用語を説" +"明し、動作の理解の助けとしたい。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "generic name" +msgstr "一般名 (generic name)" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" +"I</usr/bin/editor> のような名前。 alternatives システムによって同様の機能を持" +"つ複数のファイルのどれかひとつを参照する。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "symlink" +msgstr "symlink" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" +"特に他に指定がなければ、これは alternatives ディレクトリ内のシンボリックリン" +"クを意味する。システム管理者が調整の対象とするものである。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternative" +msgstr "選択肢 (alternative)" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステム中の特定のファイル。 alternatives システムによって、一般名か" +"らアクセスされるようにできる。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "alternatives ディレクトリ" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "symlink を保持するディレクトリ。デフォルトは I</etc/alternatives>。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "administrative ディレクトリ" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" +"alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> の状態情報を保持するディレクトリ。デフォルトは I</var/" +"lib/dpkg/alternatives>。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link group" +msgstr "リンクグループ" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "関連する symlink のセット。グループごと更新するためのもの。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "master link" +msgstr "master リンク" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" +"リンクグループに属するリンクで、グループの他のリンクの設定を決定するもの。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "slave リンク" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." +msgstr "" +"リンクグループに属するリンクで、 master リンクの設定によって制御されるもの。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "automatic モード" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" +"リンクグループが automatic モードにあるときは、そのグループに対応しており、か" +"つもっとも高い priority を持つ選択肢をグループ内の各リンクが参照する。この調" +"整は alternatives システムが自動的に行う。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "manual モード" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:245 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" +"リンクグループが manual モードにあるときは、 alternatives システムはシステム" +"管理者の設定を一切変更しない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:257 +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " +"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" +"例えば B<nvi> や B<vim> のように、テキストエディタ B<vi> と互換性のあるプログ" +"ラムを提供するパッケージが複数ある。どのパッケージが使われるかは、リンクグ" +"ループ B<vi> によって制御される。リンクグループ B<vi> にはプログラム自身のリ" +"ンクと、関連する man ページのリンクが含まれる。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:263 +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" +"B<vi> を提供するパッケージとその現在の設定を表示するには、 I<--display> アク" +"ションを使う。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:266 +msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:272 +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" +"特定の B<vi> 実装を選ぶには、root としてこのコマンドを実行し、そして一覧から" +"数字を選ぶ。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:275 +msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:280 +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" +"B<vi> 実装の選択を自動的に行なうように戻すには、root としてこのコマンドを実行" +"する。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:283 +msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:290 +msgid "" +"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " +"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " +"together with any action." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> に何らかの意味のある仕事をさせるには、アクションを 1 " +"つだけ指定しなければならない。共通オプションは、どのアクションともいっしょ" +"に、いくつでも指定してかまわない。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> が行っている作業に付いて、より詳細なコメントを生成す" +"る。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:300 +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "エラー以外のコメントを出さない。このオプションはまだ実装されていない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:304 +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" +"実際の作業は何もせず、行う予定の作業について表示する。このオプションはまだ実" +"装されていない。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +msgid "Give some usage information." +msgstr "利用法に関する表示を行う。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> のバージョンを表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directory>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." +msgstr "alternatives ディレクトリをデフォルトから変えたいときに指定する。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directory>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:320 +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." +msgstr "administrative ディレクトリをデフォルトから変えたいときに指定する。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." +msgstr "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:338 +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" +"選択肢のグループをシステムに追加する。 I<genname> は master リンクの一般名・ " +"I<symlink> はその symlink の名前・ I<altern> はここで導入される master リンク" +"に対応した選択肢、である。B<--slave> オプションに続く引数は、alternatives " +"ディレクトリでの一般名と slave リンクの選択肢である。 B<--slave> オプション" +"と、それにに続く 3 つの引数のセットは、 0 個以上いくつでも指定してよい。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" +"指定した master の symlink が既に alternatives システムの記録に存在している" +"と、与えられた情報はそのグループに対する新たな選択肢のセットとして追加され" +"る。そうでなければ、新しいグループとして、automatic モードにして、この情報に" +"追加する。グループが automatic モードにあり、新たに追加された選択肢の " +"priority がそのグループに対してインストールされている他の選択肢のものより高い" +"ときには、 symlink は新たに追加された選択肢を参照するように更新される。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--set> I<name path>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" +"プログラム I<path> を I<name> の選択肢として設定する。 I<--config> と同等だ" +"が、こちらは非対話的であるため、スクリプト向けである。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--remove> I<name path>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" +"(master の) 選択肢とそれに関連する全ての slave リンクを削除する。 I<name> は " +"alternatives ディレクトリ中の名前であり、 I<path> は I<name> のリンク先に指定" +"できる、絶対パスでのファイル名である。 I<name> が実際に I<path> にリンクされ" +"ている場合には、 I<name> は他の適切な選択肢を参照するよう更新される。あるいは" +"そのような選択肢が残っていなければ削除される。関連する slave リンクも対応して" +"更新 (削除) される。 I<name> が現在その I<path> を参照していなければ、リンク" +"の変更は行われない。その選択肢の情報が削除されるだけである。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<name>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" +"すべての選択肢と、それに関連するすべての slave リンクを削除する。 I<name> " +"は、alternative ディレクトリの名前である。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." +msgstr "B<--config> をすべての選択肢について呼び出す。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" +"master の symlink I<link> を automatic モードに変更する。この処理を行う際に" +"は、この master リンクと対応する各 slave は、現在インストールされている " +"alterantive のうち、もっとも priority の高いものを参照するように更新される。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--display> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--display> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" +"I<link> を master リンクとするリンクグループの情報を表示する。表示される情報" +"は、グループのモード (auto か manual か)・その symlink の現在の参照先・他に " +"alternatives (とそれに対応した slave altarnative) があるかどうか・現在インス" +"トールされている選択肢のうち、もっとも priority の高いもの、である。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--list> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "リンクグループのすべてのターゲットを表示する。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--config> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--config> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:414 +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" +"リンクグループの利用可能なすべての選択肢を表示し、対話的に選択肢の 1 つを選べ" +"るようにする。リンクグループは更新され、 I<auto> モードではなくなる。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトの alternatives ディレクトリ。 B<--altdir> オプションによって変更で" +"きる。" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:428 +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" +"admindir> option." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトの administration ディレクトリ。 B<--admindir> オプションによって変" +"更できる。" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "リクエストされたアクションが正しく実行された。" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:435 +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" +"コマンドラインの解釈を行うときか、アクションを実行するときに問題が起こった。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:445 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> は、動作の最中に、いま何をやっているかを逐一標準出力に" +"しゃべり続ける。問題が起きると、 B<update-alternatives> はエラーメッセージを" +"標準エラー出力に出力し、終了ステータス 2 を返す。これらの診断メッセージは、読" +"めばわかるはずである。もしわからなければ、バグとして報告して欲しい。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:449 +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" +"バグを見つけたら、 Debian のバグ追跡システムを使ってレポートして欲しい。それ" +"が無理なら、著者に直接電子メールで送って欲しい。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:454 +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" +"もし B<update-alternatives> の動作とこのマニュアルページの記述に矛盾があれ" +"ば、実装か文書、どちらかのバグである。レポートをお願いしたい。" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:459 +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:463 +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:465 +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:468 +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." +msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." diff --git a/man/po/pl.po b/man/po/pl.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..840a6c72 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/pl.po @@ -0,0 +1,10631 @@ +# dpkg man pages translations to Polish +# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 19:21+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-01 23:15+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: 822-date.1:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "822-date" +msgstr "822-date" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#: install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-02-28" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.1:1 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian Project" +msgstr "Projekt Debiana" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1 install-info.8:5 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg utilities" +msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:4 cleanup-info.8:2 deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-old.5:2 dpkg.1:2 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-deb.1:2 +#: dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 dpkg-statoverride.8:2 +#: dselect.1:2 dselect.cfg.5:2 install-info.8:6 start-stop-daemon.8:2 +#: update-alternatives.8:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "NAZWA" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: 822-date.1:6 +msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" +msgstr "822-date - drukuje datê i czas w formacie RFC822" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:7 cleanup-info.8:5 deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-old.5:5 dpkg.1:5 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:4 dpkg-divert.8:5 +#: dpkg-name.1:9 dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 dpkg-scansources.1:5 +#: dpkg-source.1:8 dpkg-split.1:5 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 dselect.1:5 +#: install-info.8:9 start-stop-daemon.8:5 update-alternatives.8:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "SK£ADNIA" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: 822-date.1:9 +msgid "B<822-date>" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:10 cleanup-info.8:10 deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-old.5:8 +#: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:11 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 dpkg-divert.8:26 dpkg-name.1:22 dpkg-query.1:36 +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 dpkg-scansources.1:14 dpkg-source.1:33 +#: dpkg-split.1:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:19 dselect.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:5 +#: install-info.8:25 start-stop-daemon.8:22 update-alternatives.8:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "OPIS" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: 822-date.1:14 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> wy¶wietla bie¿±c± datê i czas w formacie opisywanym przez " +"dokument RFC822. Strefa czasowa ma warto¶æ rekomendowan± przez dokument " +"RFC1123." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:15 cleanup-info.8:29 dpkg.1:293 dpkg-architecture.1:27 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 dpkg-divert.8:44 dpkg-name.1:33 dpkg-query.1:93 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-statoverride.8:33 dselect.1:45 install-info.8:39 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:88 update-alternatives.8:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPCJE" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: 822-date.1:18 +msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." +msgstr "B<822-date> nie wymaga podania ¿adnej opcji." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:19 cleanup-info.8:47 dpkg.1:609 dpkg-deb.1:249 dpkg-name.1:91 +#: dpkg-source.1:825 dpkg-split.1:221 dselect.1:427 update-alternatives.8:446 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "B£ÊDY" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: 822-date.1:22 +msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." +msgstr "To polecenie powinno byæ czê¶ci± polecenia B<date>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:23 cleanup-info.8:50 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51 +#: dpkg.1:599 dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:265 +#: dpkg-divert.8:124 dpkg-name.1:100 dpkg-query.1:182 dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:64 dpkg-source.1:839 dpkg-split.1:245 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21 install-info.8:277 +#: update-alternatives.8:466 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: 822-date.1:26 +msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," +msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," + +# type: Plain text +# +#: 822-date.1:29 +msgid "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," +msgstr "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"sekcja 5.2.14," + +# type: Plain text +# +#: 822-date.1:31 +msgid "B<date>(1)." +msgstr "B<date>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:32 cleanup-info.8:53 dpkg-architecture.1:272 dpkg.cfg.5:17 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 dpkg-deb.1:270 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:173 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:67 dpkg-source.1:845 dpkg-split.1:251 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:88 dselect.cfg.5:17 update-alternatives.8:455 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "AUTOR" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: 822-date.1:35 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " +"placed by him into the public domain." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> oraz ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson i udostêpni³ jako public " +"domain." + +# type: TH +#: cleanup-info.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cleanup-info" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:4 +msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:17 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:20 +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:23 +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:28 +msgid "" +"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:30 dpkg-architecture.1:76 dpkg-divert.8:73 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 dselect.1:121 +#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla krótk± informacjê o pomocy i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--unsafe>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:36 +msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:38 +msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:38 dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-deb.1:198 dpkg-divert.8:76 +#: dpkg-query.1:89 dpkg-scansources.1:61 dpkg-source.1:101 dpkg-split.1:148 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 dselect.1:128 install-info.8:200 +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: cleanup-info.8:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output version and exit successfully." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o wersji i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + +# type: SH +#: cleanup-info.8:42 dpkg.1:496 dpkg.cfg.5:12 dpkg-divert.8:114 +#: dpkg-source.1:788 dpkg-split.1:235 dpkg-statoverride.8:75 dselect.cfg.5:12 +#: update-alternatives.8:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "PLIKI" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>katalogE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:46 +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:49 +msgid "Probably many." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:53 +msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:55 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:57 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 dpkg-divert.8:130 +#: dpkg-query.1:181 dpkg-statoverride.8:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Ten program jest wolnym oprogramowaniem, proszê zobaczyæ Licencjê Publiczn± " +"GNU w wersji 2 po warunki licencji. NIE MA ¿adnych gwarancji.\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê " +"Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o " +"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian" +msgstr "Debian" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: deb.5:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "Rozdzielenie pojedynczego pakietu binarnego na poszczególne czê¶ci." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:6 deb-old.5:7 +msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:12 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:16 +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: deb.5:16 deb-old.5:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:21 +msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:31 +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:36 +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:46 +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:50 +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:61 +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " +"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " +"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " +"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:67 +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: deb.5:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:3 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "deb-control" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: deb-control.5:6 +#, fuzzy +msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" +msgstr "dselect - konsolowe narzêdzie zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "control" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:23 +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " +"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B<Description> field, see below)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:29 +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:36 +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:41 +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:44 +msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:50 +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:51 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" +msgstr "OPCJE" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>katalogE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:57 +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:71 +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:78 +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:86 +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:90 +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:100 +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:107 +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:114 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:119 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:131 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:137 +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:145 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:153 +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:163 +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " +"the list." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:178 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:179 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "PRZYK£ADY" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: deb-control.5:207 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: deb-old.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-old" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: deb-old.5:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "Rozdzielenie pojedynczego pakietu binarnego na poszczególne czê¶ci." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:17 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" +"(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:21 +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:25 +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:28 +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:30 +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:35 +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:46 +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:50 +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: deb-old.5:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-04-09" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg suite" +msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:4 +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "dpkg - mened¿er pakietów Debiana" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opcje>] I<dzia³anie>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "UWAGA" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:13 +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " +"--help>." +msgstr "" +"Ten podrêcznik jest przeznaczony dla u¿ytkowników, którzy chc± poznaæ opcje " +"programu B<dpkg> oraz chc± dowiedzieæ siê o pakietach wiêcej ni¿ podaje to " +"B<dpkg --help>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:18 +msgid "" +"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" +"Ten podrêcznik I<nie> wyja¶nia technicznych szczegó³ów, np. w jaki sposób " +"B<dpkg> instaluje lub usuwa swoje pakiety, gdy¿ jest to dla przeciêtnego " +"u¿ytkownika zupe³nie nieistotne." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " +"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " +"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " +"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " +"some way." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> to ¶redniego poziomu narzêdzie do instalowania, tworzenia, usuwania " +"oraz zarz±dzania pakietami systemu Debian. Podstawowym i bardziej przyjaznym " +"u¿ytkownikowi narzêdziem-nak³adk± B<dpkg> jest B<dselect>(1). Sam B<dpkg> " +"jest obs³ugiwany z linii komend poprzez podanie jednego dzia³ania oraz " +"opcjonalnie dodatkowych opcji. Parametr dzia³anie okre¶la, co B<dpkg> ma " +"zrobiæ, a dodatkowe opcje modyfikuj± to dzia³anie." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " +"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " +"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> mo¿e byæ tak¿e u¿yty jako nak³adka na B<dpkg-deb>. Wymienione " +"poni¿ej parametry zostan± przekazane z B<dpkg> do B<dpkg-deb>:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" +msgstr "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract> oraz\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:42 +msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." +msgstr "Dzia³ania te s± opisane w osobnym podrêczniku do B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "INFORMACJE O PAKIETACH" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:48 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " +"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> zarz±dza informacjami o dostêpnych pakietach. Informacje zosta³y " +"podzielone na trzy klasy: B<stan bie¿±cy>, B<stan wyboru> oraz B<flagê>. " +"Warto¶ci te mog± zostaæ zmienione za pomoc± programu B<dselect>." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE STATES" +msgstr "STAN BIE¯¡CY PAKIETÓW" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<installed>" +msgstr "B<installed (zainstalowany)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:52 +msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." +msgstr "Pakiet jest rozpakowany i poprawnie skonfigurowany." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-installed>" +msgstr "B<half-installed (wpó³zainstalowany)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:56 +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "" +"Instalacja pakietu zosta³a rozpoczêta, ale niedokoñczona z pewnych powodów." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<not-installed>" +msgstr "B<not-installed (niezainstalowany)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:59 +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "Pakiet nie jest zainstalowany w systemie." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<unpacked>" +msgstr "B<unpacked (rozpakowany)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:62 +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "Pakiet jest rozpakowany, ale nie skonfigurowany." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-configured>" +msgstr "B<half-configured (wpó³skonfigurowany)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:66 +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" +"Pakiet jest rozpakowany, a konfiguracja zosta³a rozpoczêta, ale " +"niedokoñczona z pewnych powodów." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<config-files>" +msgstr "B<config-files (pliki-konfiguracyjne)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:69 +msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "Tylko pliki konfiguracyjne pakietu zosta³y w systemie." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" +msgstr "STAN WYBORU PAKIETÓW" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<install>" +msgstr "B<install (instalacja)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:73 +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do zainstalowania." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<deinstall>" +msgstr "B<deinstall (deinstalacja)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:77 +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do odinstalowania (to znaczy, ¿e chcemy skasowaæ " +"wszystkie pliki pakietu, oprócz plików konfiguracyjnych)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<purge>" +msgstr "B<purge (wyczyszczenie)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:81 +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do wyczyszczenia (to znaczy, ¿e chcemy skasowaæ " +"wszystko, w³±cznie z plikami konfiguracyjnymi)." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" +msgstr "FLAGI PAKIETÓW" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<hold>" +msgstr "B<hold (wstrzymanie)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:86 +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" +"Pakiet oznaczony jako B<wstrzymany> nie jest obs³ugiwany przez B<dpkg>, " +"chyba ¿e u¿yje siê opcji B<--force-hold>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<reinst-required>" +msgstr "B<reinst-required (konieczna-reinstalacja)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:91 +msgid "" +"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " +"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" +"reinstreq>." +msgstr "" +"Pakiet oznaczony jako B<konieczna-reinstalacja> jest uszkodzony i wymaga " +"reinstalacji. Taki pakiet nie mo¿e zostaæ usuniêty, chyba ¿e u¿yje siê opcji " +"B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:92 dpkg-architecture.1:42 update-alternatives.8:320 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"DZIA£ANIA\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"AKCJE" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<plik_pakietu>..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:97 +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Instalacja pakiet. Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, " +"I<plik_pakietu> musi oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:99 +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Instalacja sk³ada siê z nastêpuj±cych kroków:" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:102 +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "B<1.> Rozpakowanie plików kontrolnych nowego pakietu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:106 +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> Je¶li inna wersja tego samego pakietu jest ju¿ zainstalowana, " +"uruchomienie skryptu I<prerm> starego pakietu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:109 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<3.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<preinst>, je¶li pakiet go zawiera." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:113 +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" +"B<4.> Rozpakowanie nowych plików, ale przechowanie starych na wypadek, gdyby " +"instalacja siê nie powiod³a i trzeba by je odzyskaæ." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:120 +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" +"B<5.> Je¶li inna wersja tego samego pakietu by³a poprzednio zainstalowana, " +"uruchomienie skryptu I<postrm> starego pakietu. Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ten " +"skrypt jest uruchamiany po skrypcie I<preinst> nowego pakietu, poniewa¿ nowe " +"pliki s± zapisywane w tym samym czasie, gdy stare s± kasowane." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:124 +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" +"B<6.> Konfiguracja pakietu. Bardziej szczegó³owe informacje zawarto przy " +"opisie parametru B<--configure>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<plik_pakietu> ..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:129 +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Rozpakowanie pakietu, ale nie konfigurowanie go. Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja " +"B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, I<plik_pakietu> musi oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<pakiet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:134 +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" +"Ponowne konfigurowanie rozpakowanego pakietu. Je¶li zamiast nazwy I<pakietu> " +"zosta³a podana opcja B<-a> lub B<--pending>, rekonfiguracja obejmie " +"wszystkie rozpakowane ale nie skonfigurowane pakiety." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:136 +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Konfigurowanie sk³ada siê z nastêpuj±cych kroków:" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:141 +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"B<1.> Rozpakowanie nowych plików konfiguracyjnych, ale przechowanie starych " +"na wypadek, gdyby konfigurowanie siê nie powiod³o i trzeba by je odzyskaæ." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:144 +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<2.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<postinst>, je¶li pakiet go zawiera." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B< --purge >I<pakiet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:155 +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Usuwanie zainstalowanych pakietów. Parametr B<-r> lub B<--remove> powoduje " +"usuniêcie wszystkich plików oprócz plików konfiguracyjnych. Pozwala to " +"unikn±æ powtórnej konfiguracji, gdyby pakiet by³ znów instalowany pó¼niej. " +"(Pliki konfiguracyjne s± wymienione w pliku kontrolnym I<debian/conffiles> " +"pakietu). Parametr B<-P> lub B<--purge> usuwa wszystko, ³±cznie z plikami " +"konfiguracyjnymi. Je¶li zamiast nazwy pakietu zosta³a podana opcja B<-a> lub " +"B<--pending>, usuniête lub wyczyszczone zostan± wszystkie pakiety " +"rozpakowane i wybrane w pliku I</var/lib/dpkg/status> jako przeznaczone do " +"usuniêcia lub wyczyszczenia." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:157 +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Usuniêcie pakietu sk³ada siê z nastêpuj±cych kroków:" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:160 +msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" +msgstr "B<1.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<prerm>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:163 +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "B<2.> Usuniêcie zainstalowanych plików" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:166 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" +msgstr "B<3.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<postrm>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<plik_pakietów>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:176 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " +"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." +msgstr "" +"Zaktualizowanie bazy danych programu B<dpkg> oraz B<dselect> o dostêpnych " +"pakietach. Opcja B<--merge-avail> powoduje, ¿e poprzednie informacje s± " +"³±czone z nowymi z I<pliku_pakietów>. Opcja B<--update-avail> powoduje " +"zast±pienie starych informacji nowymi z I<pliku_pakietów>. I<Plik_pakietów> " +"dystrybuowany razem z systemem Debian nazywa siê po prostu I<Packages>. " +"B<dpkg> przechowuje informacje o dostêpnych pakietach w pliku I</var/lib/" +"dpkg/available>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:179 +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " +"B<dselect update>." +msgstr "" +"Szybsz± opcj± zaktualizowania pliku I<available> jest uruchomienie polecania " +"B<dselect update>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<plik_pakietu> ..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:185 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Zaktualizowanie bazy danych programu B<dpkg> oraz B<dselect> o dostêpnych " +"pakietach, uwzglêdniaj±c informacje zawarte w pakiecie I<plik_pakietu>. " +"Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, I<plik_pakietu> musi " +"oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:188 +msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." +msgstr "" +"Skasowanie informacji o wszystkich niezainstalowanych i niedostêpnych " +"pakietach." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:191 +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "Skasowanie informacji o dostêpnych pakietach." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:196 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" +"Wyszukanie pakietów, które zainstalowane s± w systemie tylko czê¶ciowo. " +"B<dpkg> zasugeruje, co mo¿na zrobiæ z tymi pakietami, aby w pe³ni dzia³a³y." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu>...]" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:200 +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "" +"Pobranie listy wybranych pakietów i wyrzucenie jej na stdout. Je¿eli nie " +"podano wzorca, to nie zostan± wy¶wietlone pakiety, które s± w stanie do-" +"wyczyszczenia (purge). " + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:206 +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "" +"Ustawia wybór pakietów u¿ywaj±c pliku przeczytanego ze standardowego " +"wej¶cia. Plik ten powinien byæ w nastêpuj±cym formacie 'E<lt>pakietE<gt> " +"E<lt>stanE<gt>', gdzie stan jest jednym z install, hold, deinstall lub " +"purge. Dozwolone s± tak¿e linie puste i linie komentarza - zaczynaj±ce siê " +"od '#'." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:211 +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" +"Oznacza wszystkie pakiety nie bêd±ce pakietami niezbêdnymi (essential) jako " +"przeznaczone do usuniêcia. Opcja ta powinna byæ u¿yta bezpo¶rednio przed --" +"set-selections, aby usun±æ wszystkie pakiety nie wymienione w --set-" +"selections." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:215 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" +"Wyszukanie pakietów przeznaczonych do zainstalowania, które z pewnych " +"powodów nie mog³y zostaæ zainstalowane." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "Podanie wersji GNU docelowej architektury (na przyk³ad \"i386\")." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<wersja1 op wersja2>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:230 +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " +"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"Porównanie numerów wersji, gdzie I<op> jest operatorem binarnym. B<dpkg> " +"zwróci prawdê (rezultat zerowy), gdy warunek zostanie spe³niony, lub zwróci " +"fa³sz (rezultat niezerowy) - w przeciwnym razie. Istniej± dwie grupy " +"operatorów, w zale¿no¶ci od tego, w jaki sposób traktuje siê pusty numer " +"I<wersji1> lub I<wersji2>. Operatory, dla których pusty numer wersji oznacza " +"wersjê wcze¶niejsz± ni¿ dowolna: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Operatory, dla " +"których pusty numer wersji oznacza wersjê pó¼niejsz± ni¿ dowolna: B<lt-nl le-" +"nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Operatory istniej±ce, aby zachowaæ kompatybilno¶æ z plikiem " +"kontrolnym: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:235 +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" +"Wykonuje listê poleceñ odczytywanych z deskryptora pliku B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. " +"Uwaga: dodatkowe opcje ustawione w linii komend oraz przez polecenia " +"odczytane z tego deskryptora pliku nie s± czyszczone dla kolejnych poleceñ " +"wykonywanych podczas tego samego przebiegu." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:238 +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie krótkiego komunikatu pomocy." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:241 +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie opisu opcji B<--force->I<dzia³anie>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:244 +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie opisu opcji debuggera." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:247 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie licencji B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:250 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o wersji B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:253 +msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" +"Zajrzyj do B<dpkg-deb>(1), aby poznaæ pe³ny opis nastêpuj±cych dzia³añ." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" +" Build a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" +" List contents of a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" +" Extract control-information from a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" +" Extract the files contained by package.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" +" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" +" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" +" Debian package.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" +" Show information about a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" +" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" +" package.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<katalog> [I<nazwa-pliku>]\n" +" Zbudowanie pakietu deb.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<nazwa-pliku>\n" +" Podanie zawarto¶ci pakietu deb.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<nazwa-pliku> [I<katalog>]\n" +" Rozpakowanie plików kontrolnych z pakietu.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<nazwa-pliku katalog>\n" +" Rozpakowanie plików zawartych w pakiecie.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<nazwa-pliku> [I<pola-kontrolne>] ...\n" +" Podanie informacji z pól kontrolnych pakietu.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<nazwa-pliku>\n" +" Podanie na stdout archiwum tar, które zawiera pakiet Debiana.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<nazwa-pliku> [I<plik-kontrolny>]\n" +" Podanie informacji o pakiecie.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<nazwa-pliku> I<katalog>\n" +" Rozpakowanie pakietu i podanie nazw plików, które zawiera pakiet.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:275 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:278 +msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" +"Proszê przeczytaæ B<dpkg-query>(8), aby uzyskaæ szczegó³owe informacje o " +"nastêpuj±cych dzia³aniach." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" +" List packages matching given pattern.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" +" Report status of specified package.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" +" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" +" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" +" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<wzorzec-nazw-pakietów> ...\n" +" Wy¶wietla pakiety pasuj±ce do wzorca.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<nazwa-pakietu> ...\n" +" Wy¶wietla informacje o stanie danego pakietu.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<pakiet> ...\n" +" Wy¶wietla listê plików zainstalowanych w systemie przez pakiet B<pakiet>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazw-plików> ...\n" +" Wyszukuje nazwy plików w zainstalowanych pakietach.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<pakiet>\n" +" Wy¶wietla szczegó³owe informacje na temat I<pakietu>, pochodz±ce z\n" +" pliku I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:298 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Wszystkie opcje mog± byæ podane zarówno w linii poleceñ, jak i w pliku " +"konfiguracyjnym I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> programu B<dpkg>. Ka¿da linia tego " +"pliku jest albo opcj± (dok³adnie tak± sam± jak opcja linii poleceñ, ale bez " +"pocz±tkowych my¶lników), albo komentarzem (je¿eli zaczyna siê od B<#>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" +msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<liczba>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "" +"Zmiana ilo¶ci b³êdów, po których dpkg zaprzestanie dzia³ania. Domy¶lna " +"warto¶æ to 50." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:308 +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Gdy pakiet jest usuwany, mo¿liwa jest sytuacja, ¿e kolejny zainstalowany " +"pakiet jest zale¿ny od tego usuwanego. Podanie tej opcji spowoduje " +"automatyczne dekonfigurowanie pakietów, które s± zale¿ne od usuwanego." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<oktal>B< | --debug=>I<oktal>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:314 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" +"W³±czenie trybu debuggera. I<oktal> jest liczb± ósemkow± zale¿n± od ¿±danych " +"opcji debuggera (te warto¶ci mog± ulec zmianie w przysz³o¶ci). Parametr B<-" +"Dh> lub B<--debug=help> wy¶wietla te warto¶ci." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" number description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +msgstr "" +" numer opis\n" +" 1 Ogólnie przydatne informacje o postêpie\n" +" 2 Wywo³anie i stan skryptów kontrolnych\n" +" 10 Informacje o ka¿dym przetwarzanym pliku\n" +" 100 Wiêcej informacji o ka¿dym przetwarzanym pliku\n" +" 20 Informacje o ka¿dym pliku konfiguracyjnym\n" +" 200 Wiêcej informacji o ka¿dym pliku konfiguracyjnym\n" +" 40 Zale¿no¶ci i konflikty\n" +" 400 Wiêcej informacji o zale¿no¶ciach i konfliktach\n" +" 1000 Mnóstwo informacji m.in. o plikach info z bazy danych dpkg\n" +" 2000 Reszta szczegó³owych informacji\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" +msgstr "B<--force->I<dzia³anie> | B<--no-force->I<dzia³anie> | B<--refuse->I<dzia³anie>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:333 +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" +"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " +"forced by default." +msgstr "" +"Wymu¶ (B<--force->) wykonanie pewnych dzia³añ lub pozostaw domy¶lny sposób " +"(B<no-force> i B<refuse> oznaczaj± to samo) wykonania dzia³añ. I<dzia³anie> " +"to rozdzielona przecinkami lista dzia³añ. B<--force-help> wy¶wietla opis " +"tych dzia³añ. Dzia³ania oznaczone przez (*) s± domy¶lnie wymuszone." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:337 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " +"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " +"system.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Ostrze¿enie: Te opcje s± zwykle przeznaczone wy³±cznie dla do¶wiadczonych " +"u¿ytkowników. U¿ycie ich bez pe³nego zrozumienia efektu dzia³ania mo¿e " +"spowodowaæ uszkodzenie systemu.>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:340 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "B<all> W³±cza (lub wy³±cza) wszystkie opcje typu \"force\"." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:343 +msgid "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Zainstalowanie pakietu, nawet gdy nowsza jego wersja jest " +"ju¿ zainstalowana." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:350 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " +"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " +"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " +"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " +"with care.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Ostrze¿enie: W chwili obecnej dpkg nie sprawdza zale¿no¶ci podczas " +"instalowania starszej wersji pakietu i dlatego nie wypisze ostrze¿enia, " +"je¿eli zainstalowanie starszej wersji popsuje zale¿no¶ci innych pakietów. " +"Instalowania starszych wersji niezbêdnych (essential) pakietów mo¿e " +"spowodowaæ, i jest to powa¿ny skutek uboczny, ¿e Twój system nie bêdzie siê " +"nadawa³ do u¿ytku. Proszê u¿ywaæ tej opcji ostro¿nie.>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:354 +msgid "" +"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" +"B<configure-any>: Skonfigurowanie wszystkich rozpakowanych ale nie " +"skonfigurowanych pakietów, od których jest zale¿ny bie¿±cy pakiet." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:357 +msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." +msgstr "" +"B<hold>: Dzia³anie obejmie tak¿e pakiety oznaczone jako \"wstrzymane" +"\" (hold)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:362 +msgid "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Usuniêcie pakietu, nawet wtedy gdy jest uszkodzony i " +"wymaga przeinstalowania. Mo¿e to spowodowaæ pozostawienie czê¶ci pakietu w " +"systemie, gdy¿ B<dpkg> zapomni o niej." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:367 +msgid "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " +"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " +"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-essential>: Usuniêcie pakietu, nawet wtedy gdy jest on uznany za " +"niezbêdny (essential). Pakiety niezbêdne zawieraj± podstawowe polecenia " +"Uniksa. Usuniêcie ich mo¿e spowodowaæ, ¿e system przestanie dzia³aæ. Nale¿y " +"zachowaæ szczególn± ostro¿no¶æ przy u¿yciu tej opcji." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:370 +msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." +msgstr "" +"B<depends>: Zamiana wszystkich problemów z zale¿no¶ciami na ostrze¿enia." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:373 +msgid "" +"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "" +"B<depends-version>: Zignorowanie problemów z numerami wersji przy " +"sprawdzaniu zale¿no¶ci." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:377 +msgid "" +"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" +"B<conflicts>: Instalacja, nawet gdy pakiet powoduje konflikt z innym. " +"Powstaæ mo¿e niebezpieczeñstwo nadpisania plików z innego pakietu, dlatego " +"nale¿y zachowaæ ostro¿no¶æ przy u¿yciu tej opcji." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:382 +msgid "" +"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" +"B<confmiss>: Zawsze bêd± instalowane brakuj±ce pliki konfiguracyjne. " +"U¿ywanie tej opcji mo¿e byæ niebezpieczne, poniewa¿ nie zachowuje to zmiany " +"dokonanej na pliku (czyli jego usuniêcia)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:387 +msgid "" +"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confnew>: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, zainstalowana " +"zostanie jego nowa wersja bez pytania, chyba ¿e u¿yto równie¿ opcji B<--" +"force-confdef>, co spowoduje wykonanie domy¶lnej akcji." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:392 +msgid "" +"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confold>: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, stara wersja " +"zostanie zachowana bez pytania, chyba ¿e u¿yto równie¿ opcji B<--force-" +"confdef>, co spowoduje wykonanie domy¶lnej akcji." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:398 +msgid "" +"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" +"B<confdef>: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, wybrane zostanie " +"domy¶lne dzia³anie. Je¿eli nie okre¶lono domy¶lnej akcji, u¿ytkownik " +"zostanie poproszony o dokonanie wyboru. Podanie dodatkowo opcji B<--force-" +"confnew> lub B<--force-confold> zdecyduje o dalszym dzia³aniu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:401 +msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite>: Nadpisanie plików z innych pakietów, w przypadku gdy dany plik " +"wystêpuje tak¿e w innym pakiecie." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:404 +msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-dir> Nadpisanie katalogów z innych pakietów, w przypadku gdy " +"dany katalog wystêpuje tak¿e w innym pakiecie." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:407 +msgid "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Nadpisanie plików ominiêtych plikami nieominiêtymi." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:410 +msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." +msgstr "B<architecture>: Dzia³anie obejmie pakiety z niepoprawn± architektur±." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:413 +msgid "" +"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-path>: Zignorowanie braku pewnych programów w ¶cie¿ce zmiennej " +"systemowej B<PATH>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:416 +msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "" +"B<not-root>: Próba (de)instalacji, gdy dpkg nie jest uruchamiany z konta " +"root." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:419 +msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-verify>: Instalowanie pakietu, nawet je¿eli nie powiedzie siê " +"sprawdzenie jego autentyczno¶ci." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:420 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." +msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<pakiet>,..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:424 +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" +"Zignorowanie sprawdzania zale¿no¶ci od podanych pakietów (a ¶ci¶lej rzecz " +"bior±c, sprawdzanie siê odbywa, ale w przypadku konfliktów wy¶wietlane jest " +"tylko ostrze¿enie)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:428 +msgid "" +"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Wybór pomiêdzy nowym i starym formatem binarnym pakietu. Ta opcja jest " +"przes³ana do B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:428 dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:432 +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Brak sprawdzania zawarto¶ci pliku kontrolnego podczas budowania pakietu. Ta " +"opcja jest przes³ana do B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" +msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:437 +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " +"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " +"actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" +"Podejmowane dzia³ania nie powoduj± ¿adnych zmian. Ta opcja jest u¿yteczna, " +"gdy potrzeba sprawdziæ, czy dzia³anie siê wykona, ale bez powodowania zmian " +"czegokolwiek." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:442 +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" +"Opcjê B<--no-act> nale¿y podaæ jako pierwszy parametr, gdy¿ w przeciwnym " +"razie mo¿na otrzymaæ niespodziewane efekty. (np. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-" +"act> wyczy¶ci pakiet foo, a nastêpnie spróbuje wyczy¶ciæ pakiet o nazwie --" +"no-act, mimo ¿e najprawdopodobniej spodziewa³e¶ siê, ¿e takie polecenie nic " +"nie zrobi)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" +msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:448 +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" +"Dzia³anie obejmie wszystkie pliki B<*.deb> z podanego katalogu, wraz z " +"podkatalogami tego katalogu. Ta opcja mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta wraz z B<-i>, B<-A>, " +"B<--install>, B<--unpack> oraz B<--avail>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" +"Nieinstalowanie pakietu, je¶li nowszy jest ju¿ zainstalowany w systemie. " +"Jest to dok³adnie to samo co B<--refuse-downgrade>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--root=>I<katalog> | B<--admindir=>I<katalog> | B<--instdir=>I<katalog>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " +"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " +"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" +"var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Zmiana domy¶lnych katalogów. B<admindir> to domy¶lnie I</var/lib/dpkg>, " +"gdzie przechowywane s± informacje o stanie pakietów, itp. B<instdir> to " +"domy¶lnie I</> i oznacza katalog w którym zostan± zainstalowane pliki. " +"B<instdir> oznacza równie¿ katalog na którym zostanie wykonane polecenie " +"B<chroot>(2) przed wykonaniem skryptów kontrolnych pakietu. Oznacza to, ¿e " +"skrypty bêd± uwa¿aæ katalog B<instdir> za swój katalog g³ówny. Zmiana " +"katalogu B<root> na I<katalog> spowoduje zmianê katalogu B<instdir> na " +"I<katalog>, a katalogu B<admindir> na I<katalog>B</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:469 +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" +"Dzia³anie obejmuje wy³±cznie pakiety wybrane do instalacji. Wybór mo¿e " +"zostaæ dokonany przez polecenie B<dselect> lub B<dpkg>, gdy wykonuje " +"operacje na pakietach. Na przyk³ad pakiet usuwany jest zaznaczany jako " +"wybrany do odinstalowania." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:473 +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Nieinstalowanie pakietu, je¶li o tej samej wersji jest ju¿ zainstalowany w " +"systemie." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " +"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" +"Wysy³a do deskryptora pliku I<E<lt>nE<gt>> informacje o stanie pakietów. Ta " +"opcja mo¿e byæ podana wiele razy. Informacje przesy³ane s± w nastêpuj±cej " +"postaci: `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. B³êdy s± raportowane " +"jako `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: rozszerzony-komunikat-b³êdu'. Konflikty " +"plików konfiguracyjnych s± raportowane jako `status: conffile-prompt: " +"conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<nazwa-pliku>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " +"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" +"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " +"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " +"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" +"Zapisuje informacje o zmianach stanu i akcjach do pliku logu I<nazwa-pliku>, " +"zamiast do domy¶lnego pliku I</var/log/dpkg.log>. Je¿eli tê opcjê podano " +"kilka razy, brany jest pod uwagê plik podany w ostatniej opcji. Komunikaty " +"logu s± w postaci`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>statusE<gt> E<lt>pakietE<gt> " +"E<lt>wersja-zainstalowanaE<gt>' dla zmian stanu; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS " +"E<lt>akcjaE<gt> E<lt>pakietE<gt> E<lt>wersja-instalowanaE<gt> E<lt>wersja-" +"dostêpnaE<gt>' dla akcji, gdzie I<E<lt>akcjaE<gt>> jest jedn± z install " +"(instalacja), upgrade (aktualizacja), remove (usuwanie), purge (czyszczenie) " +"oraz `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>nazwa-plikuE<gt> E<lt>decyzjaE<gt>' " +"dla zmian plików konfiguracyjnych, gdzie I<E<lt>decyzjaE<gt>> to albo " +"install (instalacja nowej wersji), albo keep (zachowanie poprzedniej wersji)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:495 +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "Nie próbuje weryfikowaæ sygnatur pakietu." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:497 dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:500 +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "Plik konfiguracyjny zawieraj±cy domy¶lne opcje." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:500 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" +msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:504 +msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "Domy¶lny plik logu (patrz I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) i opcja B<--log>)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:507 +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" +"Pozosta³e pliki wymienione poni¿ej odnosz± siê do swoich domy¶lnych " +"katalogów. Opcja B<--admindir> mo¿e zmieniæ lokalizacjê tych plików." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:510 +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "Lista dostêpnych pakietów." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:516 +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." +msgstr "" +"Stan dostêpnych pakietów. Ten plik zawiera informacje o tym, czy dany pakiet " +"jest wybrany do skasowania, czy jest zainstalowany, itp. Te informacje s± " +"opisane w sekcji B<INFORMACJE O PAKIETACH>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:519 +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" +"Poni¿sze pliki s± czê¶ci± sk³adow± pakietów binarnych. Wiêcej informacji o " +"nich mo¿na znale¼æ w B<deb>(5)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<control>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<conffiles>" +msgstr "I<conffiles>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<preinst>" +msgstr "I<preinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postinst>" +msgstr "I<postinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<prerm>" +msgstr "I<prerm>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postrm>" +msgstr "I<postrm>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:532 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +msgstr "ZMIENNE ¦RODOWISKA" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" +msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:537 +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" +"Zdefiniuj tê zmienn±, je¶li chcesz, aby B<dpkg> uruchomi³ now± sesjê pow³oki " +"zamiast usuwaæ B<dpkg> w t³o, gdy potrzeba wykonaæ co¶ w pow³oce." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<SHELL>" +msgstr "B<SHELL>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:540 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." +msgstr "" +"Program uruchamiany przez B<dpkg>, gdy trzeba uruchomiæ now± sesjê pow³oki." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:540 dpkg-query.1:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<COLUMNS>" +msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:544 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" +"Ustawia liczbê kolumn u¿ywanych przez B<dpkg> w czasie wy¶wietlania " +"sformatowanego tekstu. Obecnie u¿ywane tylko przez opcjê -l." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:545 dpkg-architecture.1:100 dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-name.1:71 +#: update-alternatives.8:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "PRZYK£ADY" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:547 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlenie wszystkich pakietów mog±cych byæ zwi±zanymi z edytorem vi:" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlenie informacji z pliku I</var/lib/dpkg/available> o dwóch pakietach:" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:554 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:557 +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "Samodzielne przeszukanie informacji o pakietach:" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:559 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" +msgstr " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:562 +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "Wykasowanie zainstalowanego pakietu elvis:" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:569 +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" +"Aby zainstalowaæ pakiet, nale¿y wpierw znale¼æ go w archiwum lub na CDROM. " +"Plik \"available\" pokazuje, ¿e pakiet vim jest w sekcji \"editors\":" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:572 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:575 +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "Aby stworzyæ kopiê lokalnie wybranych pakietów:" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>mojepakiety>\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:581 +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "" +"Ten plik mo¿na przenie¶æ do innego systemu i zainstalowaæ te pakiety poprzez:" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>mojepakiety>\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:590 +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" +"Nale¿y zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ta opcja nie powoduje zainstalowania lub usuniêcia " +"czegokolwiek, ale tylko zapisuje, ¿e pewne pakiety s± wybrane do " +"zainstalowania b±d¼ usuniêcia. Do ¶ci±gniêcia i zainstalowania tych pakietów " +"trzeba u¿yæ innego programu. Na przyk³ad mo¿na uruchomiæ B<dselect> i wybraæ " +"opcjê \"Install\"." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:593 +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" +"Zwyczajowo do wyboru pakietów s³u¿y B<dselect>(1), który daje wiêksze " +"mo¿liwo¶ci zmiany ich stanu." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:595 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "DODATKOWA FUNKCJONALNO¦Æ" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:598 +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." +msgstr "" +"Dodatkow± funkcjonalno¶æ mo¿na uzyskaæ, instaluj±c którykolwiek z " +"nastêpuj±cych pakietów: I<apt>, I<aptitude> oraz I<debsums>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:608 +msgid "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) oraz B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg.1:611 +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "B<--no-act> podaje raczej zbyt ma³o pomocnych informacji." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:612 dselect.1:449 start-stop-daemon.8:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "AUTORZY" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:616 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" +"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" +msgstr "" +"Plik I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> zawiera listê osób, które przyczyni³y\n" +"siê do rozwoju programu B<dpkg>.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-architecture" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-06-17" +msgstr "2006-05-10" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-architecture.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opcje>] I<dzia³anie>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:14 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:17 +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" +"(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:26 +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +msgid "Set the Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +msgid "Set the GNU system type." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:41 +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<nazwa-pliku>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I< command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +msgid "" +"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:76 +msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 +msgid "Print a usage message." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:82 +msgid "Print program version." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "Projekt Debiana" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" +"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "architecture wildcard" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" +"E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:99 +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:103 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" +"architecture>. Other examples:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:105 +msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:107 +msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:110 +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:112 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:114 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:117 +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:119 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:121 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:122 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "ZMIENNE ¦RODOWISKA" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:148 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:157 +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" +"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " +"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " +"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " +"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " +"compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:160 dpkg-architecture.1:177 +msgid "Instead of:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:167 +msgid "please use the following:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:186 +msgid "please use:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:197 +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:202 +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:209 +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:214 +msgid "" +"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:235 +msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:238 +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:257 +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:264 +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:267 +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:271 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:276 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg.cfg" +msgstr "dpkg.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "dpkg.cfg - plik konfiguracyjny programu dpkg " + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"Plik ten zawiera domy¶lne opcje programu dpkg. W ka¿dej linii wymieniona " +"jest pojedyncza opcja, dok³adnie taka sama, jak normalna opcja linii poleceñ " +"programu dpkg z wyj±tkiem tego, ¿e nie s± u¿ywane pocz±tkowe my¶lniki. Mo¿na " +"u¿ywaæ komentarzy, zaczynaj±c liniê znakiem hasha (\"B<#>\")." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Patrz plik I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> zawieraj±cy listê osób, które " +"przyczyni³y siê do rozwoju programu B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:22 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:184 dpkg-statoverride.8:87 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-source.1:2 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-23" +msgstr "2006-05-23" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archiwum> [I<nazwa-pliku-kontrolnego> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 +msgid "" +"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +msgid "" +"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-deb" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "dpkg-deb - narzêdzie obs³ugi plików archiwum Debiana (.deb)" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<katalog> [I<archiwum>|I<katalog>]" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archiwum> [I<nazwa-pliku-kontrolnego> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:16 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archiwum> [I<nazwa-pola-kontrolnego> ...]" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archiwum>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archiwum>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archiwum katalog>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<katalog archiwum>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archiwum>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> tworzy, rozpakowuje i podaje informacje o plikach archiwum " +"(czyli pakietach) Debiana." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:43 +msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "Do instalowania i usuwania pakietów z systemu s³u¿y polecenie B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" +"Ponadto mo¿na skorzystaæ z B<dpkg-deb> wywo³uj±c B<dpkg> z odpowiedni± " +"opcj±, która zostanie przekazana do B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> uruchomi B<dpkg-" +"deb> i wykona ¿±dan± operacjê." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 dpkg-split.1:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"OPCJE DZIA£AÑ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"OPCJE DZIA£ANIA" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" +msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:66 +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " +"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " +"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " +"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " +"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." +msgstr "" +"Tworzy archiwum Debiana z plików zawartych w I<katalogu>. I<katalog> musi " +"zawieraæ podkatalog o nazwie B<DEBIAN>, w którym zawarte s± pliki kontrolne, " +"takie jak np. control. Ten katalog I<nie> pojawi siê w archiwum binarnym " +"pakietu, tylko zostanie umieszczony jako informacje kontrolne pakietu, które " +"opisuj± w³a¶ciwo¶ci pakietu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:72 +msgid "" +"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " +"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." +msgstr "" +"Mo¿na podaæ poziom kompresji, u¿ywaj±c opcji B<-z#>. dpkg-deb przeka¿e tê " +"opcjê programowi gzip." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:84 +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li pominiêto opcjê B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> odczyta plik B<DEBIAN/" +"control> i sprawdzi, czy nie wystêpuj± w nim b³êdy sk³adniowe lub inne " +"problemy, a nastêpnie wy¶wietli nazwê pakietu, który jest tworzony. B<dpkg-" +"deb> ponadto sprawdzi prawa skryptów instalacyjnych i innych plików " +"znajduj±cych siê w katalogu B<DEBIAN>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:91 +msgid "" +"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " +"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li podana zosta³a nazwa I<archiwum> to B<dpkg-deb> zapisze pakiet t± " +"nazw±." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:93 +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "Je¿eli taki pakiet ju¿ istnieje, zostanie on nadpisany." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " +"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li drugim argumentem jest I<katalog>, to B<dpkg-deb> zapisze pakiet pod " +"nazw± I<katalog>B</>I<pakiet>B<_>I<wersja>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, lub " +"I<katalog>B</>I<pakiet>B<_>I<wersja>B<.deb>, je¶li nie zosta³o okre¶lone " +"pole B<Architecture> w pliku kontrolnym. Gdy podany jest I<katalog>, to nie " +"mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta opcja B<--no-check>, poniewa¿ B<dpkg-deb> musi odczytaæ " +"plik kontrolny, aby rozpoznaæ nazwê i wersjê pakietu." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 dpkg-split.1:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:112 +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "Dostarcza informacji o pakiecie." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:117 +msgid "" +"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" +"Gdy nie podano ¿adnej I<nazwy-pliku-kontrolnego>, wy¶wietlana jest " +"informacja o zawarto¶ci pakietu oraz zestawienie wykorzystanych plików " +"kontrolnych." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +msgid "" +"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" +"W razie podania I<nazwy-pliku-kontrolnego>, B<dpkg-deb> wy¶wietli zawarto¶æ " +"tego pliku. Je¶li ten plik nie istnieje, wy¶wietlony zostanie komunikat " +"b³êdu na stderr i program zakoñczy siê z kodem b³êdu 2." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" +msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacjê o pakiecie binarnym w formacie okre¶lonym opcj± B<--" +"showformat>. W domy¶lnym formacie w ka¿dej linii wy¶wietlana jest nazwa " +"pakietu oraz - po znaku tabulacji - jego wersja." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" +msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:135 +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla zawarto¶æ pliku kontrolnego o nazwie control." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:139 +msgid "" +"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li nie podano ¿adnej B<nazwy-pola-kontrolnego>, to wy¶wietlana jest " +"zawarto¶æ ca³ego pliku control." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:148 +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" +"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " +"name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li podano B<nazwê-pola-kontrolnego>, to B<dpkg-deb> wy¶wietli jej " +"zawarto¶æ. Gdy podano wiêcej ni¿ jedn± B<nazwê-pola-kontrolnego>, to B<dpkg-" +"deb> wy¶wietli pola wraz z nazw± (oraz dwukropkiem i spacj±) w takiej " +"kolejno¶ci, w jakiej s± one w pliku kontrolnym." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "" +"Dla nieodnalezionych pól kontrolnych nie wy¶wietlane s± komunikaty b³êdów." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" +msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla zawarto¶æ archiwum. Wydruk jest podany w postaci, jak± generuje " +"polecenie B<tar>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" +msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:160 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "Rozpakowuje zawarto¶æ archiwum do podanego I<katalogu>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:165 +msgid "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " +"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." +msgstr "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) wy¶wietla nazwy plików, które s± rozpakowywane, za¶ " +"B<--extract> (B<-x>) rozpakowuje pliki bez podawania ¿adnych komunikatów, " +"prócz komunikatów b³êdów." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:171 +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " +"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." +msgstr "" +"Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e rozpakowanie pakietu w katalogu g³ównym I<nie> jest " +"odpowiednikiem zainstalowania pakietu! Do tego celu s³u¿y wy³±cznie " +"polecenie B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "Je¶li wskazany I<katalog> nie istnieje, zostanie utworzony." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" +"Rozpakowuje pliki z archiwum i wysy³a je na standardowe wyj¶cie w postaci " +"formatu polecenia B<tar>. Gdy ta operacja zostanie po³±czona z B<tar>'em, " +"mo¿liwe jest rozpakowanie tylko wybranych plików z archiwum." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" +msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:186 +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "Rozpakowuje pliki kontrolne pakietu do podanego I<katalogu>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:190 +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li I<katalog> nie zosta³ okre¶lony, pliki s± rozpakowywane do podkatalogu " +"B<DEBIAN> w katalogu bie¿±cym." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 +msgid "" +"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "W razie potrzeby, katalog docelowy bêdzie utworzony." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 dpkg-split.1:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:198 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacje o sposobie u¿ycia B<dpkg-deb>, podaj±c zestawienie jego " +"opcji." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacje o numerze wersji B<dpkg-deb>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 dpkg-split.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacje o licencji B<dpkg-deb> oraz braku jego gwarancji. " +"(Obs³ugiwany jest tak¿e amerykañski sposób pisowni B<--license>.)" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 dpkg-split.1:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"POZOSTA£E OPCJE\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"INNE OPCJE" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:216 dpkg-query.1:103 +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" +"Opcja jest u¿ywana do podania formatu wyj¶cia produkowanego przez B<--show>. " +"Format jest ³añcuchem znaków, który bêdzie wy¶wietlony dla ka¿dego " +"listowanego pakietu." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:225 +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." +msgstr "" +"Argumentem jest ³añcuch znaków, który mo¿e siê odnosiæ do dowolnego pola " +"pliku stanu w postaci \"${I<nazwa-pola>}\". Listê nazw poprawnych pól mo¿na " +"³atwo wygenerowaæ, u¿ywaj±c opcji B<-I> na tym samym pakiecie. Pe³ne " +"wyja¶nienie opcji formatowania (³±cznie z sekwencjami cytowania i " +"rozdzielaniem pól) mo¿na znale¼æ w opisie opcji B<--showformat> w B<dpkg-" +"query>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." +msgstr "Domy¶ln± warto¶ci± tego pola jest \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +msgid "" +"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "" +"Upewnia siê, ¿e B<dpkg-deb> utworzy ,,nowy'' format archiwum. Ta opcja jest " +"domy¶lna." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:240 +msgid "" +"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" +"Wymusza utworzenie przez B<dpkg-deb> ,,starego'' formatu archiwum. Ten " +"format jest s³abo obs³ugiwany przez narzêdzia spoza dystrybucji Debiana i " +"obecnie jest przestarza³y. Ta opcja jest u¿yteczna jedynie w przypadku " +"korzystania z wersji dpkg wcze¶niejszej ni¿ 0.93.76 (wrzesieñ 1995), która " +"by³a opublikowana jedynie dla i386 a.out." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +msgid "" +"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" +"Powoduje, ¿e polecenie B<dpkg-deb --build> nie bêdzie sprawdzaæ zawarto¶ci " +"archiwum. W ten sposób mo¿na utworzyæ niepoprawny pakiet, je¶li zajdzie taka " +"potrzeba." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" +msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:249 +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "W³±cza opcjê debuggera. Nie jest to zbyt interesuj±ce." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:254 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> dzia³a niepoprawnie." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:258 +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" +"Brak sprawdzania autentyczno¶ci plików B<.deb>. Tak naprawdê, to nawet nie " +"jest sprawdzana suma kontrolna archiwum." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:265 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " +"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" +"Nie nale¿y u¿ywaæ B<dpkg-deb> do instalowania oprogramowania! Do tego celu " +"nale¿y skorzystaæ z B<dpkg>, który zainstaluje poprawnie pliki i uruchomi " +"potrzebne skrypty instalacyjne." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:270 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-deb.1:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> i ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson ((C)1995-1996), " +"udostêpnione na Ogólnej Licencji Publicznej GNU; BRAK JAKIEJKOLWIEK " +"GWARANCJI. Szczegó³y zobacz w I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> oraz I</usr/" +"share/common-licences/GPL>." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-divert" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - nadpisywanie w³a¶ciciela i praw plików" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opcje>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opcje>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opcje>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>wzorzec-wyszukiwania-" +"nazwyE<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opcje>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:36 +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:44 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " +"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " +"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " +"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:45 dselect.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>katalogE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" +"dpkg>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>katalogE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " +"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:61 install-info.8:190 +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:300 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:73 +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-divert.8:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o wersji i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-divert.8:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o wersji i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-divert.8:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:84 +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " +"match if specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:86 +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:92 +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:97 +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." +"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" +"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:99 +msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:101 dpkg-divert.8:111 +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:103 +msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:107 +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" +"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:109 +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:113 +msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:115 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"Plik zawieraj±cy obecn± listê nadpisañ stanu w systemie. Zlokalizowany jest " +"w katalogu administracyjnym dpkg, ³±cznie z innymi plikami wa¿nymi dla dpkg, " +"takimi jak `status' lub `available'." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:123 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" +"old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"Uwaga: przed zast±pieniem pliku now± wersj±, dpkg-statoverride zachowuje " +"star± kopiê w pliku z rozszerzeniem \"-old\"." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:128 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-name.1:6 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-name" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:9 +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:22 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:33 +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " +"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " +"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " +"a hyphen and the revision information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" +msgstr "B<--display> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" +msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<katalog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" +"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " +"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " +"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" +"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " +"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " +"care, it's messy." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h, --help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla krótk± informacjê o pomocy i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v, --version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-name.1:67 dselect.1:131 +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o wersji i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:67 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l, --license>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-name.1:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " +"exit successfully." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacjê o licencji i prawach autorskich programu i pomy¶lnie " +"koñczy dzia³anie." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +msgid "" +"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-name.1:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "Ostatnia linia ekranu z wyborem pakietów." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:100 +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-name.1:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-name.1:107 dpkg-source.1:847 install-info.8:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Ten program jest wolnym oprogramowaniem, proszê zobaczyæ Licencjê Publiczn± " +"GNU w wersji 2 po warunki licencji. NIE MA ¿adnych gwarancji.\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê " +"Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o " +"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-query" +msgstr "dpkg-query" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "dpkg-query - narzêdzie przepytywania bazy danych dpkg" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:17 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwy-pliku> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:32 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:35 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B<dpkg> database." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-query> jest narzêdziem s³u¿±cym do pokazywania informacji o pakietach " +"wymienionych w bazie danych B<dpkg>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "POLECENIA" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:50 +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " +"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" +"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" +"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " +"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" +msgstr "" +"Wypisuje listê pakietów o podanym wzorcu nazwy. Je¶li nie podano I<wzorca-" +"nazwy-pakietu>, wypisuje listê wszystkich pakietów z pliku I</var/lib/dpkg/" +"status>, pomijaj±c jednak te, które s± oznaczone jako do wyczyszczenia z " +"plików konfiguracyjnych (purge). Do I<wzorca-nazwy-pakietu> mo¿na wpisaæ " +"zwyk³e operatory powtórzenia. Prawdopodobnie potrzebne bêdzie zacytowanie " +"I<wzorca-nazwy-pakietu>, aby pow³oka nie rozwinê³a tego wzorca. Na przyk³ad, " +"poni¿sze polecenie wypisze nazwy wszystkich pakietów zaczynaj±cych siê od " +"``libc6'':" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" +"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" +"Format wyj¶cia tej opcji nie jest konfigurowalny, ale automatycznie siê " +"zmienia, dostosowuj±c siê do szeroko¶ci terminalu. Jest to przeznaczone dla " +"ludzi i nie musi byæ ³atwo parsowalne przez maszynê. Patrz opcje B<-W> (B<--" +"show>) and B<--showformat>, aby dowiedzieæ siê, jak skonfigurowaæ format " +"wyj¶cia." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" +"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " +"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " +"separated by a tab." +msgstr "" +"Zupe³nie tak jak opcja B<--list>, ta opcja wy¶wietli wszystkie pakiety " +"pasuj±ce do danego wzorca. Jednak¿e u¿ytkownik mo¿e dostosowaæ format " +"wyj¶cia do swoich potrzeb za pomoc± opcji B<--showformat>. W domy¶lnym " +"formacie dla ka¿dego pasuj±cego pakietu wy¶wietlana jest pojedyncza linia " +"zawieraj±ca jego nazwê oraz - po znaku tabulacji - zainstalowan± wersjê." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" +"Podanie stanu pakietu o podanej nazwie. Polecenie po prostu wy¶wietli " +"informacje, które znajduj± siê w bazie danych pakietów." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" +"Podanie listy plików zainstalowanych z B<nazwy-pakietu>. Pliki, które " +"zosta³y utworzone przez skrypty instalacyjne, nie bêd± podane." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwy-pliku> ..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Szukanie pliku o podanym wzorcu po¶ród zainstalowanych pakietów. Wzorzec " +"mo¿e zawieraæ zwyk³e operatory powtórzenia. Polecenie to nie wyszuka " +"dodatkowych plików tworzonych przez skrypty instalacyjne pakietów oraz nie " +"wy¶wietli alternatyw." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" +msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<nazwa-pakietu>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +msgid "" +"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" +"available>." +msgstr "" +"Pokazanie szczegó³owych informacji o I<nazwie-pakietu>, znalezionych w pliku " +"I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:89 +msgid "Display licence and copyright information." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o licencji i prawach autorskich." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:92 +msgid "Display version information." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o wersji." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<katalog>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" +"lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Zmienia po³o¿enie bazy danych B<dpkg>. Domy¶lnie jest to I</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:105 +msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" +msgstr "W ³añcuchu formatu, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq jest znakiem cytowania:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<\\en> newline\n" +" B<\\er> carriage return\n" +" B<\\et> tab\n" +msgstr "" +" B<\\en> nowa linia\n" +" B<\\er> powrót karetki\n" +" B<\\et> tabulacja\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:116 +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" +"$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq poprzedzaj±cy jakikolwiek inny znak znosi specjalne " +"znaczenie nastêpuj±cego po nim znaku, co mo¿e byæ przydatne dla \\(lqB<\\e>" +"\\(rq oraz \\(lqB<$>\\(rq." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:122 +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " +"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " +"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" +msgstr "" +"Informacje o pakiecie mo¿na wy¶wietlaæ, dodaj±c odwo³ania do pól pakietu, " +"u¿ywaj±c sk³adni \\(lqB<${>I<pole>[B<;>I<szeroko¶æ>]B<}>\\(rq. Pola s± " +"wyrównywane do prawej strony, chyba ¿e I<szeroko¶æ> jest liczb± ujemn±, w " +"którym to wypadku bêdzie u¿yte wyrównanie do lewej strony. Rozpoznawane s± " +"nastêpuj±ce I<pola>:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:161 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" +"Domy¶lnym formatem jest \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. Aby " +"wy¶wietliæ nazwê opiekuna pakietu dpkg i zainstalowan± wersjê tego pakietu, " +"mo¿na uruchomiæ:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "¦RODOWISKO" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:172 +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "" +"Zmienna ta wp³ywa na wyj¶cie polecenia B<--list>, zmieniaj±c jego szeroko¶æ." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:175 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-query.1:175 dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:177 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 +msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-10" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 +msgid "" +"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 +msgid "" +"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 +msgid "" +"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 +msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 +msgid "" +"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " +"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " +"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " +"in the output." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 +msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 +msgid "" +"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 +msgid "" +"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " +"to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 update-alternatives.8:436 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "DIAGNOSTYKA" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scansources" +msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:13 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" +"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:18 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:29 +msgid "" +"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" +"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:33 +msgid "" +"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:45 install-info.8:272 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +msgid "Show the usage message and die." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<plik-pid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:55 +msgid "" +"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:61 +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-scansources.1:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print the version number and exit." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlana jest informacja o wersji programu." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:68 +msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-source" +msgstr "dpkg-query" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:7 +msgid "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " +"tools" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" +"targz>|'']" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<katalog> [I<archiwum>|I<katalog>]" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opcje>] I<dzia³anie>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opcje>] I<dzia³anie>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opcje>] I<dzia³anie>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opcje>] I<dzia³anie>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opcje>] I<dzia³anie>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> tworzy, rozpakowuje i podaje informacje o plikach archiwum " +"(czyli pakietach) Debiana." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:42 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" +"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:68 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" +">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " +"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" +"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " +"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " +"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " +"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " +"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:70 +msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:76 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:80 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:84 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:89 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:93 +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:93 update-alternatives.8:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" +msgstr "WSPÓLNE OPCJE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +msgid "" +"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " +"with the programs that accept them." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:101 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " +"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " +"tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " +"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>I<version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:114 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " +"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I<version> to be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " +"will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " +"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" +msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:150 +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " +"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:158 +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +msgid "" +"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " +"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " +"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<oktal>B< | --debug=>I<oktal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +msgid "" +"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-U>I<field>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<nazwa-pliku>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +msgid "" +"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:212 +msgid "" +"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" +"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " +"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " +"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " +"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " +"being built." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +msgid "" +"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " +"one) - see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +msgid "" +"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " +"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +msgid "" +"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " +"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"POZOSTA£E OPCJE\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"INNE OPCJE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +msgid "" +"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " +"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:272 +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " +"under the current working directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:280 +msgid "" +"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " +"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " +"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:303 +msgid "" +"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " +"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " +"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " +"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " +"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " +"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " +"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:303 dpkg-source.1:642 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" +msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwyE<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:311 +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:323 +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." +"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " +"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " +"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " +"the B<-i> switch." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:323 dpkg-source.1:646 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." +"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:345 +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" +"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:357 +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" +"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " +"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:368 +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:377 +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:406 +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" +"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" +"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:415 +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:422 +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:425 +msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:430 +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"POZOSTA£E OPCJE\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"INNE OPCJE" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> nie wymaga podania ¿adnej opcji." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<package>" +msgstr "B<unpacked (rozpakowany)>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<nazwa-pliku>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" +"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:472 +msgid "" +"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " +"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:472 dpkg-source.1:534 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +msgid "" +"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " +"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" +"P> was used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<program>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:497 +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:507 +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " +"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " +"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +msgid "" +"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " +"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:534 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " +"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +msgid "" +"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " +"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" +"substvars> by default)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<type>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " +"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " +"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " +"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " +"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> nie wymaga podania ¿adnej opcji." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +msgid "" +"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> nie wymaga podania ¿adnej opcji." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." +msgstr "Ostatnia linia ekranu z wyborem pakietów." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " +"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " +"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " +"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " +"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " +"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" +"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-tc>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " +"after the package has been built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" +msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:642 +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:646 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." +msgstr "Rozwi±zywanie zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-nc>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:666 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" +"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." +"changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " +"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " +"arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> nie wymaga podania ¿adnej opcji." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:687 +msgid "" +"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " +"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:694 +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:701 +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" +"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:714 +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Arch>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "Krótki opis pakietu." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<binary:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source-Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Installed-Size>" +msgstr "B<installed (zainstalowany)>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " +"debian/tmp> to find the default value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Extra-Size>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B<Installed-Size> control file field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<nazwa-pliku>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"- see above." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:785 +msgid "The full version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:788 +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:789 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/control>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/files>" +msgstr "B<infodesc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " +"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/substvars>" +msgstr "B<deinstall (deinstalacja)>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "Lista dostêpnych pakietów." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:825 +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:828 +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:835 +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" +"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:839 +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-source.1:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:847 +msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:849 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:851 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:857 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Ten program jest wolnym oprogramowaniem, proszê zobaczyæ Licencjê Publiczn± " +"GNU w wersji 2 po warunki licencji. NIE MA ¿adnych gwarancji.\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê " +"Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o " +"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-split.1:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-split" +msgstr "dpkg-split" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:5 +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "dpkg-split - narzêdzie dzielenia/³±czenia pakietów Debiana" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<pe³ne-archiwum> [I<przedrostek>]" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<czê¶æ> ..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:17 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<czê¶æ> ..." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< pe³ne-archiwum czê¶æ>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:24 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:28 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<pakiet> ...]" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:33 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> dzieli pakiety binarne Debiana na mniejsze czê¶ci oraz scala " +"je z powrotem, tak ¿e mo¿liwe jest przechowanie wiêkszych pakietów na ma³ych " +"no¶nikach, takich jak dyskietki." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:37 +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Program wywo³uje siê rêcznie, wraz z opcj± B<--split>, B<--join> lub B<--" +"info>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:45 +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" +"discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" +"Mo¿liwe jest tak¿e wywo³anie automatyczne, poprzez u¿ycie opcji B<--auto>. " +"Wtedy to tworzona jest kolejka czê¶ci pakietu, a gdy wszystkie czê¶ci bêd± " +"dostêpne, ca³y pakiet zostanie odtworzony. Opcje B<--listq> i B<--discard> " +"pozwalaj± na zarz±dzanie kolejk±." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:48 +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" +"Wszystkie dzia³ania, takie jak rozdzielanie, ³±czenie, czy kolejkowanie, " +"powoduj± wy¶wietlenie informacji na standardowe wyj¶cie. Informacje te mo¿na " +"zignorowaæ." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" +msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:52 +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "Rozdzielenie pojedynczego pakietu binarnego na poszczególne czê¶ci." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:60 +msgid "" +"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" +"Czê¶ci maj± nazwê I<przyrostek>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> gdzie I<N> jest " +"numerem czê¶ci, rozpoczynaj±c od 1, a I<M> jest liczb± wszystkich czê¶ci " +"(dziesiêtnie)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +msgid "" +"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li nie podano I<przedrostka>, to u¿yta jest nazwa pliku I<pe³nego-" +"archiwum>, wraz z katalogiem, gdy jest okre¶lony. Ponadto usuniêta jest " +"koñcówka B<.deb>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" +msgstr "B<--join>, B<-j>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:72 +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" +"£±czenie czê¶ci pakietu i odtworzenie oryginalnego pliku sprzed dzielenia." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:76 +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" +"Pliki podane jako argumenty musz± byæ czê¶ciami tego samego oryginalnego " +"pakietu. Ka¿da czê¶æ musi pojawiæ siê raz na li¶cie argumentów, ale nie jest " +"konieczne zachowanie w³a¶ciwej kolejno¶ci." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:81 +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." +msgstr "" +"Czê¶ci musz± byæ wygenerowane z u¿yciem tego samego rozmiaru, co oznacza, ¿e " +"musz± to byæ te same czê¶ci utworzone za pomoc± polecenia B<dpkg-split --" +"split>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:83 +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "" +"Nazwy plików czê¶ci nie maj± znaczenia dla procesu odtworzenia pakietu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:86 +msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." +msgstr "Domy¶lnie, odtworzony plik ma nazwê I<pakiet>B<->I<wersja>B<.deb>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlanie informacji, podanych w formacie czytelnym dla cz³owieka, o " +"czê¶ciach pakietu. Argumenty, które nie s± czê¶ci± pakietu, powoduj± " +"wy¶wietlenie informacji o tym fakcie na standardowym wyj¶ciu." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" +msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:95 +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "" +"Automatyczne kolejkowanie czê¶ci i odtworzenie pakietu, gdy to jest mo¿liwe." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:100 +msgid "" +"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" +"Podana I<czê¶æ> zostaje sprawdzona i porównana z innymi czê¶ciami tego " +"samego pakietu, które znajduj± siê w kolejce." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:107 +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li wszystkie czê¶ci pakietu s± ju¿ dostêpne, pakiet jest odtwarzany i " +"zapisywany do I<pe³nego-archiwum>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:113 +msgid "" +"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " +"not created." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li jeszcze nie ma wszystkich czê¶ci, podana I<czê¶æ> jest kopiowana do " +"kolejki i I<pe³ne-archiwum> nie jest odtwarzane." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:120 +msgid "" +"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li plik I<czê¶æ> nie jest czê¶ci± pakietu binarnego, B<dpkg-split> " +"zakoñczy siê i zwróci kod b³êdu 1, albo kod b³êdu 2 w przypadku wyst±pienia " +"innych problemów." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" +"Opcja B<--output> lub B<-o> musi zostaæ podana w przypadku u¿ycia B<--auto>. " +"(W przeciwnym razie program nie wiedzia³by, jakiego spodziewaæ siê pliku " +"wyj¶ciowego.)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" +msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:130 +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "Listowanie zawarto¶ci kolejki czê¶ci pakietu do odtworzenia." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" +"Dla ka¿dego pliku czê¶ci pakietu wy¶wietlana jest nazwa pakietu, czê¶æ w " +"kolejce, ca³kowita liczba bajtów przechowywanych w kolejce." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" +msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:138 +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "Usuwa czê¶ci pakietu z kolejki." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:143 +msgid "" +"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li nie podano nazwy I<pakietu>, czyszczona jest ca³a kolejka. Gdy nazwa " +"jest podana, usuwane s± tylko czê¶ci podanego pakietu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:148 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacje o opcjach B<dpkg-split>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:153 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacje o wersji B<dpkg-split>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:160 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlenie informacje o licencji B<dpkg-split> oraz braku jego gwarancji. " +"(Obs³ugiwany jest tak¿e amerykañski sposób pisowni B<--license>.)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" +msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< katalog>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Okre¶lenie alternatywnego katalogu dla kolejki czê¶ci pakietów do " +"zrekonstruowania. Domy¶lnym jest B</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" +msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< Kbajtów>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " +"The default is 450Kb." +msgstr "" +"Okre¶lenie maksymalnego rozmiaru czê¶ci pakietu w kilobajtach (1024 bajtów). " +"Warto¶ci± domy¶ln± jest 450kB." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" +msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< pe³ne-archiwum>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:173 +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "Okre¶lenie nazwy pliku pe³nego archiwum." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" +"Ta opcja nadpisuje domy¶ln± nazwê przy odtwarzaniu pakietu (B<--join>) oraz " +"jest wymagana przy automatycznym odtwarzaniu pakietu (B<--auto>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" +msgstr "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" +"Gdy wykonywane jest automatyczne ³±czenie czê¶ci pakietu, B<dpkg-split> " +"zwykle wy¶wietla informacje o b³êdzie, gdy dany plik I<czê¶ci> nie jest " +"czê¶ci± pakietu. Ta opcja zapobiega wy¶wietlaniu nadmiernej ilo¶ci " +"informacji przez programy takie jak B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "B<--msdos>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:194 +msgid "" +"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "" +"Pliki generowane przez B<--split> s± zapisywane w formacie odczytywanym " +"przez MSDOS." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:200 +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" +"Zmieniany jest przedrostek, zarówno ten domy¶lny jak i ten podany w " +"argumencie: litery s± zamieniane na ma³e, znak plusa zamieniany jest na " +"B<x>, a pozosta³e znaki s± pomijane." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:205 +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" +"Powsta³y przedrostek jest ucinany do niezbêdnego rozmiaru. Powsta³a nazwa ma " +"postaæ I<przedrostekN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb..>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-split.1:205 update-alternatives.8:429 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"KODY B£ÊDU\n" +"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n" +"KOD WYJ¦CIA" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:211 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" +"Kod b³êdu 0 oznacza, ¿e ¿±dana operacja dzielenia, ³±czenia czy jakakolwiek " +"inna, zakoñczy³a siê sukcesem. Polecenie B<--info> koñczy siê sukcesem nawet " +"gdy podany plik nie jest czê¶ci± pakietu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:217 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I<part> file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" +"Kod b³êdu 1 oznacza, ¿e opcja B<--auto> zosta³a wykonana na pliku, który nie " +"jest I<czê¶ci±> pakietu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:221 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" +"Kod b³êdu 2 pojawia siê przy ró¿nego rodzaju problemach, takich jak b³êdy " +"wywo³ania funkcji systemu, uszkodzenie plików czê¶ci pakietu, czy innych " +"wypadkach." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:225 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> u¿ywa raczej starej konwencji nazw plików pakietów." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:228 +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" +"Pobranie pe³nej informacji o pakietach w kolejce jest niemo¿liwe, bez " +"przeszukania katalogu kolejki." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:231 +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" +"Nie ma prostego testu na sprawdzenie, czy dany plik jest na pewno czê¶ci± " +"pakietu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:235 +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" +"Architektura nie jest okre¶lona w plikach czê¶ci pakietu, jedynie w " +"kontrolnych plikach ca³ego pakietu, tak wiêc architektura nie jest czê¶ci± " +"generowanej nazwy pliku." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:240 +msgid "" +"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" +"Domy¶lny katalog kolejki czê¶ci pakietów czekaj±cych na automatyczne " +"odtworzenie." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:245 +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" +"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " +"filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" +"Nazwy plików w tym katalogu s± wewnêtrznie utworzone przez B<dpkg-split> i " +"nie s± u¿yteczne dla innych programów." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:250 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dpkg-split.1:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> oraz ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson Copyright (C) 1995-" +"1996 i udostêpni³ na Powszechnej Licencji Publicznej GNU; BEZ JAKIEJKOLWIEK " +"GWARANCJI. Szczegó³y w I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> oraz I</usr/share/" +"common-licences/GPL>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-statoverride" +msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian project" +msgstr "Projekt Debiana" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - nadpisywanie w³a¶ciciela i praw plików" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " +"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opcje>] B<--add>I< E<lt>u¿ytkownikE<gt> " +"E<lt>grupaE<gt> E<lt>trybE<gt> E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opcje>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opcje>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>wzorzec-wyszukiwania-" +"nazwyE<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" +"B<Nadpisania stanu> s± sposobem nakazania programowi dpkg u¿ycia innego " +"w³a¶ciciela i trybu pliku podczas instalacji pakietu. (Uwaga: u¿y³em tu " +"s³owa \"plik\", ale tak naprawdê mo¿e to byæ dowolny obiekt systemu plików, " +"którym zarz±dza dpkg, np. katalogi czy urz±dzenia). Mo¿na ich u¿yæ do " +"zmuszenia programów, które s± zazwyczaj instalowane z flag± setuid, by by³y " +"zainstalowane bez tej flagi lub by by³y mo¿liwe do wykonania tylko przez " +"pewn± grupê u¿ytkowników." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> jest narzêdziem u¿ytkowym do zarz±dzania list± nadpisañ " +"stanu. Ma trzy podstawowe funkcje: dodawania, usuwania i wy¶wietlania listy " +"takich nadpisañ." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--add>I< E<lt>u¿ytkownikE<gt> E<lt>grupaE<gt> E<lt>trybE<gt> E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " +"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " +"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " +"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " +"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" +"Dodaje nadpisanie dla B<E<lt>plikuE<gt>>. B<E<lt>plikE<gt>> nie musi istnieæ " +"w czasie wykonania tego polecenia, nadpisanie bêdzie przechowane i u¿yte " +"pó¼niej. U¿ytkowników i grupy mo¿na podaæ, u¿ywaj±c albo ich nazw (na " +"przyk³ad B<root> lub B<nobody>), albo ich numeru poprzedzonego znakiem B<#> " +"(na przyk³ad B<#0> lub B<#65534>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " +"to the new owner and mode." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli podano opcjê --update i B<E<lt>plikE<gt>> istnieje, to nowy " +"w³a¶ciciel i prawa zostan± od razu ustawione." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +msgid "" +"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " +"left unchanged by this command." +msgstr "" +"Usuwa nadpisanie B<E<lt>plikuE<gt>>. Polecenie to nie zmienia stanu " +"B<E<lt>plikuE<gt>>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwyE<gt>>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla wszystkie napisania. Je¿eli podano wzorzec nazwy, to wyj¶ciowa " +"lista bêdzie zawieraæ tylko nadpisania pasuj±ce do tego wzorca. Je¿eli nie " +"ma ¿adnych nadpisañ lub ¿adne nadpisanie nie pasuje do wzorca, to B<dpkg-" +"statoverride> zakoñczy dzia³anie z kodem b³êdu 1." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "B<--force>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" +"Wymusza podan± akcjê, nawet je¿eli sprawdzenia dokonywane przez program by " +"tego zabroni³y. Jest to potrzebne, aby nadpisaæ istniej±ce nadpisanie." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "B<--update>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61 +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" +"Od razy próbuje zmieniæ w³a¶ciciela i prawa pliku, je¿eli ten plik istnieje." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla mniej komunikatów o podejmowanych przez program akcjach." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show usage information." +msgstr "Pokazuje informacje o wersji, prawach autorskich i u¿ytkowaniu." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +msgid "Show program version and copyright." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74 +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Zmienia katalog bazy danych dpkg, w którym tak¿e jest przechowywany plik " +"statoverride. Domy¶lnie jest to I</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"Plik zawieraj±cy obecn± listê nadpisañ stanu w systemie. Zlokalizowany jest " +"w katalogu administracyjnym dpkg, ³±cznie z innymi plikami wa¿nymi dla dpkg, " +"takimi jak `status' lub `available'." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"Uwaga: przed zast±pieniem pliku now± wersj±, dpkg-statoverride zachowuje " +"star± kopiê w pliku z rozszerzeniem \"-old\"." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect" +msgstr "dselect" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:4 +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "dselect - konsolowe narzêdzie zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:17 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>I<E<lt>plikE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>akcjaE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" +"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" +" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" +" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" +" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" +" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"jest jednym z podstawowych narzêdzi u¿ytkownika do zarz±dzania\n" +"pakietami Debiana. Z g³ównego menu programu B<dselect>, administrator systemu mo¿e:\n" +" - zaktualizowaæ listê dostêpnych pakietów,\n" +" - wy¶wietliæ stan zainstalowanych i dostêpnych wersji pakietów,\n" +" - wybieraæ pakiety i zarz±dzaæ zale¿no¶ciami,\n" +" - zainstalowaæ nowe pakiety lub zaktualizowaæ pakiety do nowszych wersji.\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:38 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> jest nak³adk± na polecenie B<dpkg(1)>, niskopoziomowe narzêdzie " +"zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana. Jego podstawow± zalet± jest menad¿er " +"pe³noekranowego wyboru pakietów z mo¿liwo¶ci± znajdowania zale¿no¶ci miêdzy " +"nimi i rozwi±zywania konfliktów. Program uruchomiony z prawami " +"administratora daje mo¿liwo¶æ instalowania, aktualizowania oraz usuwania " +"pakietów. Mo¿na skonfigurowaæ ró¿norodne metody dostêpu, za pomoc± których " +"mo¿na ¶ci±gn±æ z repozytorium pakietów zarówno informacje o dostêpnych " +"wersjach pakietów, jak i same pakiety do zainstalowania. W zale¿no¶ci od " +"metody dostêpu repozytoria te mog± siê znajdowaæ na publicznych serwerach-" +"archiwach w Internecie, lokalnych serwerach z archiwami lub na CD-ROM-ach. " +"Zalecan± metod± dostêpu jest metoda I<apt>, dostarczana przez pakiet B<apt>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:44 +msgid "" +"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" +"Zazwyczaj B<dselect> jest uruchamiany bez ¿adnych parametrów. Wtedy " +"wy¶wietlane jest interaktywne menu z list± akcji. Je¿eli akcja zostanie " +"podana jako argument wywo³ania programu, to ta akcja jest od razu " +"wykonywana. Ponadto jest dostêpnych kilka parametrów wywo³ania, które " +"modyfikuj± zachowanie B<dselecta> albo wy¶wietlaj± dodatkowe informacje o " +"programie." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:51 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Wszystkie opcje mog± byæ podane zarówno w linii poleceñ, jak i w pliku " +"konfiguracyjnym I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> programu B<dselect>. Ka¿da linia " +"tego pliku jest albo opcj± (dok³adnie tak± sam± jak opcja linii poleceñ, ale " +"bez pocz±tkowych my¶lników), albo komentarzem (je¿eli zaczyna siê od B<#>)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:57 +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" +"Zmienia katalog zawieraj±cy pliki `I<status>' ,`I<available>' i inne " +"potrzebne programowi B<dpkg>. Domy¶lnym katalogiem jest I</var/lib/dpkg> i " +"zazwyczaj nie powinno byæ potrzeby zmieniania go na inny." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--debug>I< E<lt>plikE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:60 +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"W³±cza opcjê debuggera. Informacje debuggera s± wysy³ane do " +"I<E<lt>plikuE<gt>>." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "B<--expert>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:64 +msgid "" +"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" +"W³±cza tryb do¶wiadczonego u¿ytkownika i na przyk³ad nie wy¶wietla mêcz±cych " +"informacji z pomoc±." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" +msgstr "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:71 +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " +"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " +"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" +msgstr "" +"Ustawia kolory ekranu. Dzia³a tylko pod warunkiem ¿e terminal obs³uguje " +"kolory. Ta opcja mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta wiele razy (i najlepiej jej u¿ywaæ w " +"I<dselect.cfg>). Ka¿de u¿ycie zmienia kolor (i opcjonalnie inne atrybuty) " +"jakiej¶ czê¶ci ekranu. Czê¶ci ekranu s± nastêpuj±ce (od góry do do³u):" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<title>" +msgstr "B<title>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:75 +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "Tytu³ ekranu." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "B<listhead>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:78 +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "Linia nag³ówka nad list± pakietów." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "B<list>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:81 +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "Przewijana lista pakietów (i równie¿ niektóre teksty pomocy)." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "B<listsel>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:84 +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "Pod¶wietlony element z listy." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "B<pkgstate>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:88 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "W li¶cie pakietów - tekst oznaczaj±cy obecny stan ka¿dego pakietu." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:92 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" +"W li¶cie pakietów - tekst oznaczaj±cy obecny stan pod¶wietlonego pakietu." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "B<infohead>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:95 +msgid "" +"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "" +"Linia nag³ówka, w której wy¶wietlony jest stan obecnie zaznaczonego pakietu." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "B<infodesc>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:98 +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "Krótki opis pakietu." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "B<info>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:101 +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "U¿ywane do wy¶wietlania informacji o pakiecie takich jak jego opis." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "B<infofoot>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:104 +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "Ostatnia linia ekranu z wyborem pakietów." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "B<query>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:107 +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "U¿ywane do wy¶wietlania linii zapytañ." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "B<helpscreen>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:110 +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "Kolor ekranów pomocy." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:115 +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" +"Po czê¶ci ekranu nastêpuje dwukropek i specyfikacja koloru. Mo¿na okre¶liæ " +"kolor czcionek, kolor t³a albo oba te kolory, uniewa¿niaj±c domy¶lne " +"warto¶ci kolorów. Nale¿y u¿ywaæ standardowych nazw kolorów z biblioteki " +"curses." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:121 +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" +"Opcjonalnie, po specyfikacji kolorów mo¿na dodaæ jeszcze jeden dwukropek, a " +"po nim opis atrybutów. Jest to lista zawieraj±ca jeden lub wiêcej atrybutów " +"oddzielonych znakami plusa (\"+\"). Dostêpne atrybuty (nie wszystkie " +"dzia³aj± na wszystkich terminalach) to: normal (normalny), standout " +"(wyró¿niony), underline (podkre¶lony), reverse (odwrócony), blink " +"(migaj±cy), bright (jasny), dim (ciemny), bold (pogrubiony)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:124 +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla krótk± informacjê o pomocy i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:128 +msgid "" +"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacjê o licencji i prawach autorskich programu i pomy¶lnie " +"koñczy dzia³anie." + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "U¯YTKOWANIE" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:137 +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> uruchomiony w trybie interakcyjnym wy¶wietla menu z nastêpuj±cymi " +"akcjami:" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "access" +msgstr "access (dostêp)" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:139 +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "Wybiera metodê dostêpu u¿ywan± do znalezienia repozytorium pakietów." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:145 +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " +"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " +"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." +msgstr "" +"Domy¶lnie istnieje kilka metod, takich jak I<floppy> (dyskietka), " +"I<harddisk> (dysk twardy) lub I<cdrom> (CD-ROM), ale inne pakiety mog± " +"dostarczyæ dodatkowych metod, na przyk³ad metody I<apt> dostarcza pakiet " +"B<apt>, a I<multi_cd> - pakiet B<dpkg-multicd>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:147 +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "Zalecane jest u¿ywanie metody I<apt>." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update" +msgstr "update (aktualizacja)" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:150 +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "Aktualizuje bazê dostêpnych pakietów." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:157 +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" +"¦ci±ga listê dostêpnych wersji pakietów z repozytorium pakietów, " +"skonfigurowanego za pomoc± wybranej metody dostêpu, i aktualizuje bazê " +"pakietów programu dpkg .Listy pakietów s± zwyczajowo zawarte w repozytorium " +"w plikach nazwanych I<Packages> lub I<Packages.gz>. Pliki te mog± zostaæ " +"wygenerowane przez opiekunów repozytoriów za pomoc± programu B<dpkg-" +"scanpackages>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:160 +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" +"Szczegó³y aktualizacji zale¿± od implementacji metody dostêpu. Zazwyczaj ten " +"proces jest bardzo prosty i nie wymaga interakcji z u¿ytkownikiem." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "select" +msgstr "select (wybór)" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:163 +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacje o wyborze pakietów i zale¿no¶ciach oraz zarz±dza nimi." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:169 +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" +"Jest to g³ówna funkcja programu B<dselect>. W ekranie wyboru pakietów " +"u¿ytkownik mo¿e przegl±daæ listê dostêpnych i zainstalowanych pakietów. " +"Je¿eli program dzia³a z uprawnieniami administratora, mo¿liwe jest " +"interaktywne zmienianie stanu pakietów. B<dselect> ¶ledzi wp³yw tych zmian " +"na pakiety zale¿ne." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:176 +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li zostanie wykryty konflikt lub niespe³niona zale¿no¶æ, wy¶wietlany jest " +"ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci pokazuj±cy listê pakietów, powoduj±cych " +"konflikt lub niespe³nion± zale¿no¶æ, i dla ka¿dego wy¶wietlonego pakietu - " +"przyczynê, dla której jest on wy¶wietlony. U¿ytkownik mo¿e zastosowaæ siê do " +"sugestii zaproponowanych przez B<dselect>, uniewa¿niæ je lub wycofaæ siê ze " +"zmian, w³±czaj±c w to pakiety, które spowodowa³y niespe³nione zale¿no¶ci lub " +"konflikty." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:179 +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" +"U¿ywanie ekrany do zarz±dania interaktywnym wyborem pakietów jest " +"szczegó³owo wyj±¶nione poni¿ej." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install" +msgstr "install (instalacja)" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:182 +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "Instaluje wybrane pakiety." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:188 +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" +"Za pomoc± skonfigurowanej metody dostêpu zostan± z odpowiednich repozytoriów " +"pobrane pakiety do zainstalowania lub zaktualizowania za pomoc± programu " +"B<dpkg>. Zale¿nie od implementacji tej metody dostêpu, pakiety mog± zostaæ " +"pobrane wcze¶niej - przed instalacj± - lub wtedy, gdy bêd± potrzebne. " +"Niektóre metody dostêpu równie¿ usuwaj± pakiety zaznaczone do usuniêcia." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:196 +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." +"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " +"these are installed." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli podczas instalacji wyst±pi b³±d, poleca siê uruchomienie akcji " +"install jeszcze raz. W wiêkszo¶ci przypadków, problemy same znikn± lub " +"zostan± rozwi±zane. Je¶li problem pozostaje lub przeprowadzona instalacja " +"by³a nieprawid³owa, prosimy o zbadanie przyczyn problemu i okoliczno¶ci jego " +"wyst±pienia i o wys³anie reportu o b³êdzie do systemu ¶ledzenia b³êdów " +"Debiana. Instrukcje, jak to zrobiæ, mo¿na znale¼æ pod adresem http://bugs." +"debian.org/ albo w dokumentacji programów B<bug>(1) lub B<reportbug>(1), " +"je¿eli s± zainstalowane." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:203 +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" +"Szczegó³y dotycz±ce akcji instalacji zale¿± od implementacji metody dostêpu. " +"Podczas instalacji, konfiguracji czy usuwania pakietów mo¿e byæ potrzebna " +"interakcja z u¿ytkownikiem. Zale¿y to od skryptów opiekuna pakietu. Niektóre " +"pakiety u¿ywaj± biblioteki B<debconf>(1), co pozwala na bardziej elastyczn± " +"lub nawet w pe³ni automatyczn± instalacjê pakietu." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "config" +msgstr "config (konfigurowanie)" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:206 +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguruje wszystkie pakiety poprzednio zainstalowane, ale nie do koñca " +"skonfigurowane." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "remove" +msgstr "remove (usuwanie)" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:209 +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "" +"Usuwa lub czy¶ci te zainstalowane pakiety, które s± zaznaczone do usuniêcia." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "quit" +msgstr "quit (wyj¶cie)" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:212 +msgid "Quit B<dselect>" +msgstr "Wyj¶cie z B<dselect>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:214 +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." +msgstr "Wychodzi z programu z zerowym kodem b³êdu (pomy¶lnie)." + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package selections management" +msgstr "Zarz±dzanie wyborem pakietów" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Wstêp" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:234 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " +"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " +"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " +"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " +"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " +"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " +"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " +"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " +"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> odkrywa przed administratorem niektóre z³o¿ono¶ci wi±¿±ce siê z " +"zarz±dzaniem du¿ym zbiorem pakietów z wieloma zale¿no¶ciami miêdzy nimi. Dla " +"u¿ytkownika, który nie jest zaznajomiony z koncepcjami Debianowego systemu " +"zarz±dzania pakietami, mo¿e to byæ bardzo przyt³aczaj±ce. Chocia¿ celem " +"programu B<dselect> jest u³atwienie zarz±dzania i administrowania pakietami, " +"jest on tylko instrumentem s³u¿±cym do tego i nie mo¿e w wystarczaj±cym " +"stopniu zast±piæ umiejêtno¶ci i wiedzy administratora. U¿ytkownik powinien " +"byæ zaznajomiony z koncepcjami le¿±cymi u podstaw systemu pakietów Debiana. " +"W razie jakichkolwiek w±tpliwo¶ci, nale¿y je sprawdziæ w podrêczniku B<dpkg>" +"(1) oraz w podrêczniku \"Zasady polityki Debiana\" zawartym w pakiecie " +"B<debian-policy>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:240 +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli B<dselect> nie by³ uruchomiony w trybie eksperta (expert) lub trybie " +"pilnym (immediate), to po wybraniu akcji z menu, wy¶wietlany jest ekran " +"pomocy. U¿ytkownik I<powinien> dok³adnie przeczytaæ wszystkie informacje " +"zawarte w ekranach pomocy, kiedy siê pojawiaj±. Ekrany pomocy mog± zostaæ " +"wy¶wietlone w dowolnym momencie przez wybranie klawisza B<'?'>." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "Uk³ad ekranu" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:249 +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" +"Ekran wyboru pakietów domy¶lnie podzielony jest na górn± i doln± po³owê. W " +"górnej po³owie wy¶wietlona jest lista pakietów. Za pomoc± paska wyboru mo¿na " +"wybraæ pojedynczy pakiet lub grupê pakietów, przez zaznaczenie nag³ówka " +"grupy pakietów. W dolnej po³owie ekranu pokazane s± szczegó³owe informacje " +"na temat pakietu obecnie wybranego w górnej po³owie ekranu. Typ tych " +"informacji mo¿e byæ ró¿ny." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:252 +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" +"Naci¶niêcie klawisza B<'I'> prze³±cza pomiêdzy pe³noekranowym widokiem " +"pakietów, powiêkszonym widokiem szczegó³owych informacji o pakiecie albo " +"dzieli ekran na po³owê." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "Widok szczegó³owych informacji o pakiecie" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" +"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" +"alternates between:\n" +" - the extended description\n" +" - the control information for the installed version\n" +" - the control information for the available version\n" +msgstr "" +"W widoku szczegó³owych informacji o pakiecie domy¶lnie wy¶wietlony jest rozszerzony\n" +"opis pakietu obecnie wybranego w li¶cie pakietów.\n" +"Typ tych informacji mo¿e byæ zmieniony za pomoc± klawisza B<'i'>. Mo¿liwe wybory s±\n" +"nastêpuj±ce:\n" +" - poszerzony opis\n" +" - informacja o zainstalowanej wersji pakietu\n" +" - informacja o dostêpnej wersji pakietu\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:266 +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" +"Ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci daje tak¿e mo¿liwo¶æ podejrzenia okre¶lonych " +"niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci b±d¼ konfliktów zwi±zanych z pakietem, tj. tych " +"zale¿no¶ci, które spowodowa³y wylistowanie tego pakietu." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "Lista stanów pakietów" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:272 +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" +"W g³ównym ekranie wyboru pakietów wy¶wietlona jest lista wszystkich pakietów " +"znanych systemowi zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana. S± to zarówno pakiety " +"zainstalowane w systemie, jak i pakiety zawarte w bazie dostêpnych pakietów." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:280 +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" +"Dla ka¿dego pakietu pokazane s±: jego stan, priorytet, sekcja, numer wersji " +"zainstalowanej i numer wersji dostêpnej, nazwa pakietu oraz krótki opis - " +"wszystko w jednej linii. Naciskaj±c klawisz B<'V'>, mo¿na w³±czaæ i wy³±czaæ " +"wy¶wietlanie informacji o numerze zainstalowanej i dostêpnej wersji pakietu. " +"Naci¶niêcie klawisz B<'v'> powoduje prze³±czanie pomiêdzy wy¶wietlaniem " +"rozwlek³ego i skróconego opisu stanu pakietu. Skrócony opis stanu jest " +"wy¶wietlany domy¶lnie." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:286 +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" +"Na skrócony opis stanu pakietu sk³adaj± siê cztery czê¶ci: flaga b³êdu, " +"która normalnie powinna byæ czysta, obecny stan zainstalowania pakietu, " +"poprzedni stan wyboru pakietu oraz obecny stan wyboru pakietu. Dwie pierwsze " +"czê¶ci s± zwi±zane z obecnym stanem pakietu, kolejne dwie - zwi±zane z " +"wyborami dokonanymi przez u¿ytkownika." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" +" Error flag:\n" +" I<empty> no error\n" +" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" +" Installed state:\n" +" I<empty> not installed;\n" +" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" +" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" +" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" +" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" +" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" +" Current and requested selections:\n" +" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" +" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" +" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" +" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" +" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" +msgstr "" +"Oznaczenia u¿ywane w skróconym opisie stanu pakietu s± nastêpuj±ce:\n" +" Flaga b³êdu:\n" +" I<pusty> bez b³êdu;\n" +" B<R> powa¿ny b³±d, pakiet wymaga reinstalacji;\n" +" Stan instalacji:\n" +" I<pusty> nie zainstalowany;\n" +" B<*> w pe³ni zainstalowany i skonfigurowany;\n" +" B<-> nie zainstalowany, ale mog³y pozostaæ pliki konfiguracyjne;\n" +" B<U> rozpakowany, ale jeszcze nie skonfigurowany;\n" +" B<C> w po³owie skonfigurowany (wyst±pi³ b³±d);\n" +" B<I> w po³owie zainstalowany (wyst±pi³ b³±d).\n" +" Obecne i ¿±dane wybory:\n" +" B<*> zaznaczony do zainstalowania lub zaktualizowania;\n" +" B<-> zaznaczony do usuniêcia z pozostawieniem plików konfig.;\n" +" B<=> wstrzymany: pakiet nie bêdzie przetwarzany;\n" +" B<_> zaznaczony do usuniêcia i wyczyszczenia plików konfig.;\n" +" B<n> pakiet jest nowy i jeszcze nie by³ znaczony.\n" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "Przesuwanie kursora i ekranu" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:310 +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" +"Ekran wyboru pakietów oraz ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci mo¿na przesuwaæ " +"u¿ywaj±c poleceñ przypisanych do nastêpuj±cych klawiszy:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" +" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" +" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" +" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" +" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" +" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" +" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" +" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" +" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" +" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" +" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" +" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" +msgstr "" +" B<p, Up, k> przesuniêcie paska kursora w górê\n" +" B<n, Down, j> przesuniêcie paska kursora w dó³\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> przesuniêcie listy 1 stronê w górê\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> przesuniêcie listy 1 stronê w dó³\n" +" B<^p> przesuniêcie listy 1 liniê w górê\n" +" B<^n> przesuniêcie listy 1 liniê w dó³\n" +" B<t, Home> skok na pocz±tek listy\n" +" B<e, End> skok na koniec listy\n" +" B<u> przesuniêcie informacji 1 stronê w górê\n" +" B<d> przesuniêcie informacji 1 stronê w dó³\n" +" B<^u> przesuniêcie informacji 1 liniê w górê\n" +" B<^d> przesuniêcie informacji 1 liniê w dó³\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> przesuniêcie ekranu o 1/3 ekranu w lewo\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> przesuniêcie ekranu o 1/3 ekranu w prawo\n" +" B<^b> przesuniêcie ekranu o 1 znak w lewo\n" +" B<^f> przesuniêcie ekranu o 1 znak w prawo\n" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "Wyszukiwanie i sortowanie" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:342 +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" +"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " +"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " +"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " +"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " +"searching from there." +msgstr "" +"Listê pakietów mo¿na przeszukiwaæ po nazwie pakietu. Mo¿na to zrobiæ, " +"przyciskaj±c B<'/'> i wpisuj±c tekst wyszukiwania, który jest interpretowany " +"jako wyra¿enie regularne B<regex>(7). Dodanie B<'/d'> do ³añcucha " +"wyszukiwania, spowoduje przeszukiwanie równie¿ opisów. Dodanie B<'/i'> " +"spowoduje ignorowanie wielko¶ci znaków podczas wyszukiwania. Mo¿na ³±czyæ te " +"sufiksy, na przyk³ad tak: B<'/id'>. Powtórne wyszukiwanie nastêpuje przez " +"wielokrotne naciskanie klawiszy B<'n'> lub B<'\\e'>, a¿ do znalezienia " +"poszukiwanego pakietu. Po osi±gniêciu koñca listy, poszukiwanie jest " +"kontynuowane od pocz±tku listy." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" +"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" +"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" +" alphabet available status\n" +" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" +" section+priority available+section status+section\n" +msgstr "" +"Porz±dek sortowania listy mo¿na zmieniaæ przez wielokrotne naciskanie\n" +"klawiszy B<'o'> i B<'O'>.\n" +"Mo¿na wybraæ jeden z dziewiêciu nastêpuj±cych porz±dków sortowania:\n" +" alfabetyczny dostêpny stan\n" +" priorytet+sekcja dostêpny+priorytet stan+priorytet\n" +" sekcja+priorytet dostêpny+sekcja stan+sekcja\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:352 +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" +"Tam gdzie nie jest to powy¿ej wyra¼nie powiedziane, porz±dek alfabetyczny " +"jest u¿ywany jako klucz podwyszukiwania." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "Zmienianie wyboru pakietów" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" +"altered with the following commands:\n" +" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" +" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" +" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" +" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" +" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" +msgstr "" +"¯±dany stan wyboru indywidualnych pakietów mo¿na zmieniæ\n" +"za pomoc± nastêpuj±cych poleceñ:\n" +" B<+, Insert> instalacja lub aktualizacja\n" +" B<=, H> wstrzymanie pakietu w obecnym stanie i wersji\n" +" B<:, G> zaprzestanie wstrzymania: aktualizacja pakietu lub pozostawienie go jako niezainstalowanego\n" +" B<-, Delete> usuniêcie, ale z zostawieniem plików konfiguracyjnych\n" +" B<_> usuniêcie z wyczyszczeniem plików konfiguracyjnych\n" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:366 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" +"Kiedy w wyniku zmian powstaj± jedna lub wiêcej niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci lub " +"konflikty, B<dselect> wy¶wietla u¿ytkownikowi ekran rozwi±zywania " +"zale¿no¶ci. Bêdzie on obja¶niony nieco pó¼niej." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:371 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" +"Powy¿sze polecenia mo¿na zastosowaæ równie¿ do grup pakietów - przez " +"ustawienie paska kursora na nag³ówku grupy. Sposób grupowania pakietów " +"zale¿y od ustawieñ sortowania listy pakietów." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:377 +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" +"Nale¿y zachowaæ nale¿yt± ostro¿no¶æ, zmieniaj±c du¿e grupy pakietów, " +"poniewa¿ mo¿e to oznaczaæ natychmiastowe utworzenie du¿ej liczby " +"niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów, bardzo trudnej do rozwi±zania. W " +"praktyce tylko operacje wstrzymania i zaprzestania wstrzymania s± u¿yteczne " +"w odniesieniu do grup pakietów." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "Rozwi±zywanie zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:383 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Kiedy w wyniku zmian powstaj± jedna lub wiêcej niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci lub " +"konflikty, B<dselect> wy¶wietla u¿ytkownikowi ekran rozwi±zywania " +"zale¿no¶ci. Najpierw, jednak¿e, wy¶wietlany jest ekran pomocy." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:390 +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" +"W górnej po³owie ekranu rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci wy¶wietlone s± wszystkie te " +"pakiety, które w wyniku zastosowania ¿±danych przez u¿ytkownika zmian " +"mia³yby niespe³nione zale¿no¶ci albo konflikty, oraz wszystkie te pakiety, " +"których instalacja spe³ni³aby które¶ z tych zale¿no¶ci lub których usuniêcie " +"rozwi±za³oby konflikty. W dolnej po³owie wy¶wietlone s± te zale¿no¶ci lub " +"konflikty, które spowodowa³y, ¿e obecnie wybrany pakiet zosta³ umieszczony " +"na li¶cie." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:396 +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlaj±c pocz±tkow± podlistê pakietów, B<dselect> móg³ ustawiæ ju¿ pewne " +"¿±dane wybory niektórych spo¶ród wylistowanych pakietów, w celu rozwi±zania " +"zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów, które by³y przyczyn± wy¶wietlenia ekranu " +"rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci. Zazwyczaj najlepszym wyj¶ciem jest zastosowanie " +"siê do sugestii zrobionych przez B<dselect>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:404 +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" +"Mo¿liwe jest przywrócenie stanu wyborów wylistowanych pakietów do " +"poprzednich ustawieñ, zanim zosta³y stworzone nierozwi±zane zale¿no¶ci lub " +"konflikty - przez naci¶niêcie klawisza B<'R'>. Naciskaj±c klawisz B<'D'>, " +"spowodujemy odznaczenie automatycznych propozycji i jest przy tym " +"zachowywana zmiana, która spowodowa³a wy¶wietlenie ekranu rozwi±zywania " +"zale¿no¶ci. W koñcu, po naci¶niêciu klawisza B<'U'> wybory s± ponownie " +"ustawiane na sugerowane warto¶ci." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:405 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "Ustanawianie ¿±danych wyborów pakietów" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:412 +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " +"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " +"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " +"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " +"resolution screen." +msgstr "" +"Po naci¶niêciu klawisza B<enter>, obecnie wy¶wietlony zbiór wyborów zostaje " +"zaakceptowany. Je¿eli B<dselect> nie wykryje niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci " +"powsta³ych w wyniku zaakceptowania ¿±danych wyborów, to zostan± one " +"ustawione. Jednak¿e, je¿eli bêd± nierozwi±zane zale¿no¶ci, to B<dselect> " +"ponownie wy¶wietli ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:418 +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" +"Aby zmieniæ zbiór wyborów, który powoduj powstanie nierozwi±zanych " +"zale¿no¶ci i zmusiæ B<dselect> do zaakceptowania go, nale¿y nacisn±æ klawisz " +"B<'Q'>. Spowoduje to bezwarunkowe ustawienie wyborów podanych przez " +"u¿ytkownika. Ogólnie, nie nale¿y tego robiæ." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:425 +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" +"Aby uzyskaæ przeciwny efekt - wycofanie siê ze wszystkich zmian i powrócenie " +"do poprzedniej listy wyborów, nale¿y nacisn±æ klawisze B<'X'> lub B<escape>. " +"Przez powtarzaj±ce siê przyciskanie tych klawiszy mo¿na wycofaæ siê ze " +"wszystkich potencjalnie szkodliwych zmian w wyborze pakietów a¿ do " +"ostatniego dobrego ustawienia." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:432 +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" +"Dla nowych u¿ytkowników, B<dselect> mo¿e byæ trudny do opanowania. Podobno " +"zmusza do p³aczu nawet wytrawnych wspó³twórców j±dra Linuksa." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:434 +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "Dokumentacja jest wybrakowana." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:436 +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "Brak opcji \"pomoc\" w g³ównym menu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:438 +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "Nie mo¿na ograniczyæ listy dostêpnych pakietów." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:442 +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" +"Wbudowane metody dostêpu nie s± zgodne z obecnymi standardami jako¶ci. " +"Nale¿y u¿ywaæ metody apt, która nie tylko nie jest zepsuta, ale tak¿e jest o " +"wiele bardziej elastyczna ni¿ metody wbudowane." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:448 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:453 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> napisa³ Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Pe³n± listê " +"wspó³twórców mo¿na uzyskaæ wykonuj±c `dselect --license'." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: dselect.1:456 +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" +"Podrêcznik napisali Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, Josip Rodin " +"i Joost kooij." + +# type: TH +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect.cfg" +msgstr "dselect.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "dselect.cfg - plik konfiguracyjny programu dselect " + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"Plik ten zawiera domy¶lne opcje programu dselect. W ka¿dej linii wymieniona " +"jest pojedyncza opcja, dok³adnie taka sama, jak normalna opcja linii poleceñ " +"programu dselect z wyj±tkiem tego, ¿e nie s± u¿ywane pocz±tkowe my¶lniki. " +"Mo¿na u¿ywaæ komentarzy, zaczynaj±c liniê znakiem hasha (\"B<#>\")." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.cfg.5:14 +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"Patrz plik I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> zawieraj±cy listê osób, które " +"przyczyni³y siê do rozwoju programu B<dselect>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:22 +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: SS +#: install-info.8:5 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "install-info" +msgstr "install (instalacja)" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:8 +msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:24 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:39 +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<nazwa-pliku>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:57 +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:66 +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:71 +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: install-info.8:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>" +msgstr "remove (usuwanie)" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:76 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:86 +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:91 +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:97 +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:103 +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:103 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" +msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nazwa>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:121 +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" +"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " +"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:135 +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:142 +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:148 +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:151 +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:154 +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:160 +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<katalog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:169 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" +"info/>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:178 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:190 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:195 +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:200 +msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: install-info.8:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o licencji i prawach autorskich." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:212 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:214 +msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:216 +msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:218 +msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:227 +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:234 +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:236 +msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:240 +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:249 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:256 +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:256 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--keep-old>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:260 +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:264 +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:269 +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:272 +msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:276 +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:281 +msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:287 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, " +"sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, " +"by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "start-stop-daemon" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:4 +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon - uruchamia i zatrzymuje demony systemowe" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:11 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<opcje> [B<-->] I<argumenty>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:15 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<opcje>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:18 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:21 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:29 +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> jest wykorzystywany do kontroli procesów uruchamianych " +"i zatrzymywanych podczas prze³±czania trybów pracy. Opcje B<--exec>, B<--" +"pidfile>, B<--user> i B<--name> mog± okre¶liæ, w jaki sposób B<start-stop-" +"daemon> ma sprawdziæ, czy dany proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:48 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " +"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " +"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " +"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " +"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " +"program being started." +msgstr "" +"Operacja B<--start> wymaga, aby B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdzi³, czy dany " +"proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony. Je¶li proces ju¿ istnieje, B<start-stop-daemon> " +"nie wykonuje ¿adnych czynno¶ci i koñczy siê, zwracaj±c kod b³êdu 1 (lub 0, " +"je¶li podano opcjê B<--oknodo>). Je¶li dany proces nie jest jeszcze " +"uruchomiony, to wykonywany jest program okre¶lony opcj± B<--exec> (lub, " +"je¶li podano, opcj± B<--startas>). Wszelkie argumenty podane tu¿ po opcji " +"B<--> s± przekazywane do wykonywanego polecenia." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:68 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " +"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " +"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " +"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" +"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." +msgstr "" +"Operacja B<--stop> tak¿e powoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdza, czy " +"dany proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony. Je¶li tak jest, to B<start-stop-daemon> " +"wysy³a sygna³ okre¶lony opcj± B<--signal> i koñczy swoj± pracê z kodem b³êdu " +"0. Je¶li proces nie istnieje, B<start-stop-daemon> koñczy siê z kodem b³êdu " +"1 (lub 0, je¶li podano opcjê B<--oknodo>). Je¿eli podano opcjê B<--retry>, " +"to B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdzi, czy proces(y) siê zakoñczy³(y)." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" +"Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e je¿eli nie podano opcji B<--pidfile>, to B<start-stop-" +"daemon> zachowuje siê podobnie do B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> " +"przejrzy tabelê procesów, szukaj±c jakiegokolwiek procesu o zgodniej nazwie, " +"identyfikatorze u¿ytkownika i/lub grupy (je¿eli je podano). Znalezienie " +"jakiegokolwiek pasuj±cego procesu spowoduje, ¿e B<--start> nie uruchomi " +"procesu. W wypadku opcji B<--stop> do wszystkich pasuj±cych procesów " +"zostanie wys³any sygna³ KILL. Procesom, maj±cym d³ugo uruchomione dzieci, " +"które musz± prze¿yæ operacjê B<--stop>, nale¿y okre¶liæ plik pidfile." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<program>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" +"Sprawdza istnienie procesów, które by³yby wywo³ane uruchomieniem podanego w " +"opcji programu (sprawdzana jest zawarto¶æ B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<plik-pid>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." +msgstr "Sprawdzanie procesów, których pid jest podany w pliku I<plik-pid>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<u¿ytkownik>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +msgid "" +"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" +"Sprawdzanie dla procesów, których w³a¶cicielem jest u¿ytkownik o nazwie " +"I<u¿ytkownik> lub numerze I<uid>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<grupa>|I<gid>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "Podczas uruchamiania procesu zmienia grupê na I<grupê> lub I<gid>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<nazwa-procesu>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" +"Sprawdzanie dla procesów o nazwie I<nazwa-procesu> (sprawdzana jest " +"zawarto¶æ B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<sygna³>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" +"Przy operacji B<--stop>, wysy³any jest sygna³ o podanej warto¶ci do " +"zatrzymywanego procesu (domy¶lnie jest to 15)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<plan-dzia³ania>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:128 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" +"W czasie operacji B<--stop> powoduje sprawdzenie przez B<start-stop-daemon>, " +"czy proces(y) siê zakoñczy³(y). Sprawdzanie jest powtarzane, je¿eli dzia³a " +"jakikolwiek pasuj±cy proces, dopóki wszystkie siê nie skoñcz±. Je¿eli " +"procesy siê nie zakoñcz±, podejmowane s± akcje okre¶lone przez parametr " +"I<plan-dzia³ania>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:139 +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli okre¶lono I<timeout> zamiast I<plan-dzia³ania>, to wtedy u¿ywany jest " +"nastêpuj±cy plan dzia³ania: I<sygna³>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout>, " +"gdzie I<sygna³> jest okre¶lony za pomoc± opcji B<--signal>." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:155 +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" +"I<plan-dzia³ania> jest list± co najmniej dwóch warto¶ci oddzielonych znakami " +"uko¶nika (B</>); ka¿d± z tych warto¶ci mo¿e byæ albo B<->I<numer-sygna³u> " +"lub [B<->]I<nazwa-sygna³u>, co oznacza wys³anie tego sygna³u, albo " +"I<timeout>, okre¶laj±cy liczbê sekund, któr± nale¿y czekaæ na zakoñczenie " +"procesu, albo I<forever>, oznaczaj±cy, ¿e reszta planu dzia³ania ma byæ " +"powtarzana dopóki jest to konieczne." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli osi±gniêto koniec planu dzia³ania, a opcja B<forever> nie zosta³a " +"u¿yta, to B<start-stop-daemon> koñczy dzia³anie z kodem b³êdu 2. Je¿eli " +"zosta³ okre¶lony plan dzia³ania, to sygna³ podany w B<--signal> jest " +"ignorowany." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<¶cie¿ka>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" +"Przy operacji B<--start>, Uruchamiany jest program o okre¶lonej I<¶cie¿ce>. " +"Je¶li brak tej opcji, domy¶lnie uruchamiany jest program podany w opcji B<--" +"exec>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlana jest czynno¶æ, jak± nale¿a³oby wykonaæ, a tak¿e zwracany jest " +"odpowiedni kod b³êdu, ale opcja ta nie powoduje ¿adnych operacji." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" +"Zwracany jest kod b³êdu 0, nawet gdyby operacja nie zakoñczy³a siê " +"powodzeniem (zwróci³aby 1)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "Nie s± wy¶wietlane ¿adne informacje oprócz komunikatów o b³êdach." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<u¿ytkownik>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" +"Zmiana u¿ytkownika/uid przed uruchomieniem procesu. Mo¿na tak¿e zmieniæ " +"grupê poprzez do³±czenie B<:> wraz z nazw± grupy b±d¼ numerem gid, podobnie " +"jak w poleceniu `chown' (I<u¿ytkownik>B<:>I<grupa>). Podczas korzystania z " +"tej opcji nale¿y pamiêtaæ, ¿e grupa g³ówna i poboczne zostan± ustawione, " +"nawet gdy nie podano opcji B<--group>. Opcja B<--group> jest przydatna tylko " +"dla grup, których podany u¿ytkownik nie jest cz³onkiem (na przyk³ad przy " +"dodawaniu procesowi cz³onkostwa grupy dla takich u¿ytkowników jak B<nobody>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" +"Zmienia katalog bie¿±cy na I<root> i czyni go g³ównym katalogiem (rootem) " +"przed wystartowaniem procesu. Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e plik pidfile jest tworzony " +"po wykonaniu chroot." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<¶cie¿ka>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" +"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." +msgstr "" +"Przed uruchomieniem procesu zmienia katalog bie¿±cy na I<¶cie¿kê>. Robione " +"jest to przed zmienieniem g³ównego katalogu (roota), je¿eli podano równie¿ " +"opcjê B<-r>|B<--chroot>. Je¶li nie podano tej opcji, to przed uruchomieniem " +"procesu B<start-stop-daemon> ustawi jego katalog bie¿±cy na g³ówny katalog " +"(root)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" +msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" +"Zwykle u¿ywa siê tej opcji dla programów, które nie od³±czaj± siê od " +"terminala (detach) samoistnie. Ta opcja spowoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> " +"utworzy proces potomny przed uruchomieniem programu i bêdzie kontynuowaæ go " +"w tle. B<UWAGA: start-stop-daemon> nie mo¿e sprawdziæ kodu b³êdu je¿eli " +"proces siê nie wykona z B<jakiegokolwiek> powodu. Ta opcja powinna byæ " +"u¿ywana w ostateczno¶ci, gdy dany program sam nie tworzy procesu potomnego." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<liczba>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Zmienia priorytet uruchamianego procesu." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<sygna³>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Zmienia priorytet uruchamianego procesu." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" +"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " +"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " +"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " +"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " +"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" +"Opcja u¿ywana, gdy program sam nie tworzy w³asnego pliku pid. Wykorzystanie " +"tej opcji spowoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> utworzy plik, który zosta³ " +"podany w opcji B<--pidfile> i umie¶ci w nim numer pid tu¿ przed " +"uruchomieniem procesu. Nale¿y zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ta opcja nie skasuje tego pliku " +"po zatrzymaniu programu. B<UWAGA:> Ta opcja mo¿e nie zadzia³aæ w ka¿dym " +"przypadku. Zadzia³a przede wszystkim, gdy program zostanie uruchomiony z " +"procesu potomnego, dlatego te¿ ta opcja jest u¿yteczna jedynie wraz z opcj± " +"B<--background>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlane s± dodatkowe komunikaty." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +msgid "Print help information; then exit." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlana jest krótka pomoc." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:256 +msgid "Print version information; then exit." +msgstr "Wy¶wietlana jest informacja o wersji programu." + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:260 +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" +"Marek Micha³kiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> na podstawie " +"poprzedniej wersji napisanej przez Iana Jacksona E<lt>ijackson@gnu.ai.mit." +"eduE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#: start-stop-daemon.8:262 +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" +"Podrêcznik napisa³ Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, a poprawi³ Ian " +"Jackson." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update-alternatives" +msgstr "update-alternatives" + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-11-24" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:11 +msgid "" +"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" +"update-alternatives - zarz±dzanie linkami symbolicznymi okre¶laj±cymi " +"domy¶lne polecenia" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:20 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--install> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink altern " +"priorytet> [B<--slave> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink> I<altern>]..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:25 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--remove> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:30 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--remove-all> I<nazwa>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:34 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:39 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--auto> I<nazwa>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:44 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--display> I<nazwa>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:49 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--list> I<nazwa>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:54 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--config> I<nazwa>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:59 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--set> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:64 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> tworzy, usuwa, wy¶wietla oraz zarz±dza informacjami o " +"linkach symbolicznych sk³adaj±cych siê na system alternatyw Debiana." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" +"Kilka programów maj±cych tê sam± lub podobn± funkcjonalno¶æ mo¿e zostaæ " +"zainstalowanych w systemie w tym samym czasie. Na przyk³ad w wielu systemach " +"jest zainstalowanych jednocze¶nie kilka edytorów tekstu. Stanowi to " +"u³atwienie dla u¿ytkowników takiego systemu, z których ka¿dy mo¿e uruchomiæ " +"inny edytor, je¶li ma na to ochotê. Z drugiej strony jest to jednak " +"utrudnienie dla programów chc±cych podj±æ w³a¶ciw± decyzjê, który edytor " +"uruchomiæ, je¿eli u¿ytkownik nie okre¶li³ swoich preferencji co do edytora." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:94 +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" +"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " +"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " +"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " +"to do so." +msgstr "" +"Celem systemu alternatyw Debiana jest rozwi±zanie tego problemu. Ogólna " +"nazwa w systemie plików jest wspó³dzielona przez wszystkie pliki " +"dostarczaj±ce zmieniaj±c± siê funkcjonalno¶æ. System alternatyw wraz z " +"administratorem systemu okre¶laj±, do którego obecnego pliku prowadzi ta " +"ogólna nazwa. Na przyk³ad je¿eli zainstalowano zarówno edytor B<ed>(1), jak " +"i B<nvi>(1), to system alternatyw spowoduje, ¿e nazwa ogólna I</usr/bin/" +"editor> bêdzie siê odnosiæ do I</usr/bin/nvi>. Administrator systemu mo¿e " +"zmieniæ to ustawienie na I</usr/bin/ed>, a system alternatyw tego nie " +"zmieni, chyba ¿e administrator ka¿e mu tak zrobiæ." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:104 +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" +"Nazwa ogólna nie jest bezpo¶rednim linkiem symbolicznym do wybranej " +"alternatywy, ale jest linkiem do pliku w I<katalogu> I<alternatyw>, który to " +"z kolei jest linkiem do w³a¶ciwego pliku. Jest tak zrobione dlatego, ¿eby " +"zmiany administratora systemu by³y po³±czone ze zmianami w katalogu I</etc>: " +"standard FHS wymienia powody, aby tak zrobiæ." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:116 +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" +"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " +"Debian packages." +msgstr "" +"Kiedy pakiet dostarczaj±cy pliku o okre¶lonej funkcjonalno¶ci jest " +"instalowany, zmieniany lub usuwany, wywo³ywany jest program B<update-" +"alternatives>, aby zaktualizowaæ informacje o tym pliku w systemie " +"alternatyw. B<update-alternatives> jest zazwyczaj wywo³ywany ze skryptów " +"B<postinst> lub B<prerm> w pakietach Debiana." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:135 +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" +"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " +"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " +"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" +"Czêsto u¿yteczne jest, aby pewna liczba alternatyw by³a zsynchronizowana, " +"tak ¿eby by³a zmieniana jako grupa. Na przyk³ad je¿eli jest zainstalowane " +"kilka wersji edytora B<vi>(1), to strona podrêcznika I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1>powinna odpowiadaæ wersji programu zainstalowanego jako I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> obs³uguje to przy pomocy linków I<g³ównych> i " +"I<podrzêdnych> - zmiana linku g³ównego powoduje zmianê skojarzonych linków " +"podrzêdnych. Link g³ówny i skojarzone z nim linki podrzêdne tworz± I<grupê> " +"I<linków>." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:143 +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"W dowolnym czasie ka¿da grupa linków mo¿e byæ w jednym z dwu trybów: " +"automatycznym lub rêcznym. W trybie automatycznym podczas instalacji lub " +"usuwania pakietu system alternatyw automatycznie zdecyduje, czy i jak " +"aktualizowaæ linki. W trybie rêcznym system alternatyw nie bêdzie zmienia³ " +"linków i zostawi wszystkie decyzje administratorowi systemu." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:152 +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" +"Grupa linków jest trybie automatycznym, kiedy jest po raz pierwszy " +"wprowadzana do systemu. Je¿eli administrator systemu wprowadzi zmiany do " +"automatycznych ustawieñ, bêd± one wziête pod uwagê podczas nastêpnego " +"uruchomienia B<update-alternatives> na takiej zmienionej grupie linków, a " +"grupa ta automatycznie przejdzie w tryb rêczny." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:159 +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" +"Z ka¿d± alternatyw± skojarzony jest I<priorytet>. Je¿eli grupa linków jest w " +"trybie automatycznym, to wybran± alternatyw± bêdzie ta, która ma najwy¿szy " +"priorytet." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " +"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " +"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " +"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " +"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " +"return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> u¿yte z opcj± I<--config> wy¶wietli listê wszystkich " +"alternatyw dla grupy linków, dla której podana I<nazwa> jest nazw± linku " +"g³ównego. Bie¿±ca alternatywa zostanie oznaczony znakiem '*', a alternatywa " +"o najwy¿szym priorytecie bêdzie oznaczony przez '+'. U¿ytkownik zostanie " +"poproszony o wybór alternatywy, która bêdzie u¿ywana dla tej grupy linków. " +"Po dokonaniu zmiany grupa linków nie bêdzie ju¿ w trybie I<automatycznym>. " +"Aby przywróciæ tryb automatyczny, nale¿y u¿yæ opcji I<--auto>." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:179 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Aby skonfigurowaæ nieinteraktywnie, mo¿na u¿yæ opcji I<--set> (patrz ni¿ej)." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:190 +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: update-alternatives.8:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "TERMINOLOGIA" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" +"Poniewa¿ operacje programu B<update-alternatives> s± do¶æ z³o¿one, " +"wprowadzimy parê terminów, które pomog± je zrozumieæ." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "generic name" +msgstr "nazwa ogólna" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" +"Nazwa, taka jak I</usr/bin/editor>, która odnosi siê przez system alternatyw " +"do jednego z kilku plików o podobnej funkcjonalno¶ci." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "symlink" +msgstr "link symboliczny" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" +"Bez ¿adnego szczegó³owego dookre¶lenia, oznacza to link symboliczny w " +"katalogu alternatyw: ten, który administrator systemu powinien poprawiaæ." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternative" +msgstr "alternatywa" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"Nazwa okre¶lonego pliku w systemie plików, który w systemie alternatyw mo¿e " +"byæ dostêpny przez nazwê ogóln±." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "katalog alternatyw" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "Katalog zawieraj±cy linki symboliczne, domy¶lnie I</etc/alternatives>." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "katalog administracyjny" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" +"alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" +"Katalog zawieraj±cy informacje o stanie B<update-alternatives>, domy¶lnie I</" +"var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link group" +msgstr "grupa linków" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "Zbiór powi±zanych linków, zarz±dzany jako grupa." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "master link" +msgstr "link g³ówny" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" +"Link w grupie linków, który okre¶la sposób konfigurowania innych linków z " +"grupy." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "link podrzêdny" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." +msgstr "" +"Link w grupie linków, który jest kontrolowany przez ustawienie linku " +"g³ównego." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "tryb automatyczny" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" +"Kiedy grupa linków jest w trybie automatycznym, system alternatyw zapewni, " +"¿e linki tej grupy wskazuj± na alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "tryb rêczny" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:245 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" +"Kiedy grupa linków jest w trybie rêcznym, system alternatyw nic nie zmieni w " +"ustawieniach administratora systemu." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:257 +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " +"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" +"Mamy klika pakietów, które dostarczaj± edytora tekstu kompatybilnego z " +"edytorem B<vi>, na przyk³ad B<nvi> i B<vim>. To, który pakiet bêdzie " +"u¿ywany, kontrolowane jest przez grupê linków B<vi>, zawieraj±c± linki do " +"samego programu i jego stron podrêcznika." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:263 +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" +"Aby wy¶wietliæ listê dostêpnych pakietów, które dostarczaj± B<vi> oraz jego " +"bie¿±ce ustawienie, nale¿y u¿yæ akcji I<--display>:" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:266 +msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:272 +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" +"Aby wybraæ okre¶lon± implementacjê edytora B<vi>, nale¿y u¿yæ tego polecenia " +"jako u¿ytkownik root i wybraæ liczbê z listy:" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:275 +msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:280 +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" +"Aby przywróciæ automatyczne wybieranie implementacji programu B<vi>, nale¿y " +"jako u¿ytkownik root wykonaæ:" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:283 +msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:290 +msgid "" +"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " +"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " +"together with any action." +msgstr "" +"Aby B<update-alternatives> zrobi³ cokolwiek sensownego, nale¿y podaæ " +"dok³adnie jedn± akcjê. Razem z t± akcj± mo¿na podaæ dowoln± liczbê wspólnych " +"opcji." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." +msgstr "" +"Podaje wiêcej informacji o przebiegu wykonywania B<update-alternatives>." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:300 +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "" +"Nie wy¶wietl ¿adnych komentarzy, chyba ¿e wyst±pi b³±d. Opcja jeszcze " +"niezaimplementowana." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:304 +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" +"Nic nie robi, tylko wy¶wietla, co by³oby zrobione. Opcja jeszcze " +"niezaimplementowana." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +msgid "Give some usage information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla wersjê programu B<update-alternatives> (i podaje kilka informacji " +"o u¿yciu)." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--altdir> I<katalog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." +msgstr "Okre¶la katalog alternatyw, je¿eli ma byæ inny ni¿ domy¶lny." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<katalog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:320 +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." +msgstr "Okre¶la katalog administracyjny, je¿eli ma byæ inny ni¿ domy¶lny." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." +msgstr "B<--install> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink altern priorytet> [B<--slave> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink altern>] ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" +"Dodaje grupê alternatyw do systemu. I<nazwa-ogólna> jest ogóln± nazw± " +"g³ównego linku, I<symlink> jest nazw± linku symbolicznego w katalogu " +"alternatyw, a I<altern> jest wprowadzan± alternatyw± dla g³ównego linku. " +"Argumentami opcji B<--slave> s± nazwa ogólna, nazwa linku symbolicznego w " +"katalogu alternatyw i alternatywa dla linku symbolicznego. Mo¿na podaæ zero " +"lub wiêcej opcji B<--slave>, po ka¿dej musz± nastêpowaæ jej trzy argumenty." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli g³ówny link symboliczny ju¿ istnieje w systemie alternatyw, to podana " +"informacja bêdzie dodana jako nowy zbiór alternatyw dla tej grupy. W " +"przeciwnym wypadku zostanie utworzona nowa grupa, ustawiona w tryb " +"automatyczny. Je¿eli grupa jest w trybie automatycznym, a priorytet nowo " +"dodawanej alternatywy jest wiêkszy od priorytetu ka¿dej z innych " +"zainstalowanych alternatyw w tej grupie, to linki symboliczne bêd± " +"zaktualizowane tak, ¿eby prowadzi³y do nowo dodanej alternatywy." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--set> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" +"Ustawia program I<¶cie¿ka> jako alternatywê dla I<nazwy>. Jest to " +"nieinteraktywny, a wiêc mo¿liwy do u¿ycia w skryptach, odpowiednik opcji I<--" +"config>." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--remove> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" +"Usuwa alternatywê i wszystkie linki podrzêdne z ni± skojarzone. I<nazwa> " +"jest nazw± w katalogu alternatyw, I<¶cie¿ka> jest absolutn± nazw± pliku, do " +"której I<nazwa> mog³aby byæ linkiem. Je¿eli I<nazwa> rzeczywi¶cie jest " +"linkiem do I<¶cie¿ki>, to I<nazwa> zostanie zaktualizowana, tak ¿eby " +"wskazywa³a na inn± odpowiedni± alternatywê, albo zostanie usuniêta, je¿eli " +"nie pozostanie ani jedna alternatywa. Skojarzone linki podrzêdne zostan± " +"odpowiednio zaktualizowane lub usuniête. Je¿eli link nie prowadzi obecnie do " +"I<¶cie¿ki>, to ¿adne linki nie bêd± aktualizowane; zostanie tylko usuniêta " +"informacja o alternatywie." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nazwa>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" +"Usuwa wszystkie linki alternatyw i wszystkie skojarzone z nimi linki " +"podrzêdne. I<nazwa> jest nazw± w katalogu alternatyw." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." +msgstr "Wywo³uje B<--config> dla wszystkich alternatyw." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Prze³±cza g³ówny link I<link> w tryb automatyczny. Podczas tego procesu, " +"link ten wraz z jego linkami podrzêdnymi bêdzie zaktualizowany tak, ¿eby " +"wskazywa³ na alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--display> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--display> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacje o grupie linków, której I<link> jest linkiem " +"nadrzêdnym. Informacje te zawieraj± tryb grupy (automatyczny lub rêczny), " +"okre¶laj±, na któr± alternatywê obecnie link wskazuje, jakie s± inne " +"dostêpne alternatywy (i odpowiadaj±ce im alternatywy podrzêdne) oraz obecnie " +"zainstalowan± alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--list> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla wszystkie cele w grupie linków." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--config> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--config> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:414 +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla dostêpne alternatywy w grupie linków i pozwala u¿ytkownikowi " +"interakcyjnie wybraæ, której nale¿y u¿yæ. Grupa linków zostanie " +"zaktualizowana, a tryb I<automatyczny> zostanie wy³±czony." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "Domy¶lny katalog alternatyw. Mo¿na go zmieniæ opcj± B<-altdir>." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:428 +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" +"admindir> option." +msgstr "Domy¶lny katalog administracyjny. Mo¿na go zmieniæ opcj± B<-admindir>." + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "Akcja zakoñczy³a siê powodzeniem." + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:435 +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" +"Wyst±pi³y problemy podczas przetwarzania linii poleceñ lub wykonywania akcji." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:445 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> wypisuje nieustannie informacje o podejmowanych " +"dzia³aniach do standardowego wyj¶cia. Je¿eli wyst±pi b³±d B<update-" +"alternatives> wy¶wietla komunikaty b³êdu do standardowego wyj¶cia b³êdów i " +"koñczy dzia³anie z kodem wyj¶cia 2. Wypisywana diagnostyka powinna wszystko " +"wyja¶niaæ, je¿eli nie jest taka, proszê zg³osiæ to jako b³±d." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:449 +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" +"W razie znalezienia b³êdu, prosimy o jego zg³oszenie, u¿ywaj±c systemu " +"¶ledzenia b³êdów Debiana, a je¿eli nie jest to mo¿liwe, to przez wys³anie " +"bezpo¶redniego e-maila do autora." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:454 +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" +"Rozbie¿no¶ci pomiêdzy dzia³aniem B<update-alternatives> a t± stron± " +"podrêcznika stanowi± b³±d albo w implementacji, albo w dokumentacji. W razie " +"znalezienia jakichkolwiek rozbie¿no¶ci, prosimy o ich zg³oszenie." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:459 +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, " +"sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, " +"by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:463 +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" +"Tê stronê podrêcznika napisa³ w 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. Niniejsza " +"dokumentacja jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê " +"Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o " +"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:465 +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" +"W ka¿dym systemie Debiana GNU GPL mo¿na znale¼æ w pliku /usr/share/common-" +"licenses/GPL." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:468 +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." +msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plików." + +# type: TP +#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" +#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you " +#~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zmienna zawieraj±ca nazwê starego pliku konfiguracyjnego, ustawiana przez " +#~ "B<dpkg>, kiedy u¿ytkownik uruchomi pow³okê w celu zbadania zmienionego " +#~ "pliku konfiguracyjnego." + +# type: TP +#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" +#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" + +# type: Plain text +# +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file " +#~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zmienna zawieraj±ca nazwê nowej wersji pliku konfiguracyjnego, ustawiana " +#~ "przez B<dpkg>, kiedy u¿ytkownik uruchomi pow³okê w celu zbadania " +#~ "zmienionego pliku konfiguracyjnego." + +# type: Plain text +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" +#~ "alternatives> this is)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podaje kilka informacji o u¿yciu (i wy¶wietla wersjê programu B<update-" +#~ "alternatives>)." diff --git a/man/po/po4a.cfg b/man/po/po4a.cfg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..39e9a157 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/po4a.cfg @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +[po4a_langs] de es fr hu ja pl pt_BR ru sv +[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/po/dpkg-man.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/po/$lang.po + +# Make sure the man pages are generated with the right encoding. +[po4a_alias:man] man \ + opt_de:"-L ISO-8859-1" \ + opt_es:"-L ISO-8859-1" \ + opt_fr:"-L ISO-8859-1" \ + opt_hu:"-L ISO-8859-2 -A ISO-8859-2" \ + opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" \ + opt_pl:"-L ISO-8859-2" \ + opt_pt_BR:"-L ISO-8859-1" \ + opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" \ + opt_sv:"-L ISO-8859-1" + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/822-date.1 \ + $lang:$lang/822-date.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/822-date.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/cleanup-info.8 \ + $lang:$lang/cleanup-info.8 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/cleanup-info.8.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/deb.5 \ + $lang:$lang/deb.5 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/deb.5.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/deb-control.5 \ + $lang:$lang/deb-control.5 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/deb-control.5.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/deb-old.5 \ + $lang:$lang/deb-old.5 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/deb-old.5.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-architecture.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-architecture.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-architecture.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg.cfg.5 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg.cfg.5 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg.cfg.5.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-deb.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-deb.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-deb.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-divert.8 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-divert.8 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-divert.8.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-name.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-name.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-name.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-query.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-query.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-query.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-scanpackages.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-scanpackages.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-scanpackages.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-scansources.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-scansources.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-scansources.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-source.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-source.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-source.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-split.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-split.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-split.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dpkg-statoverride.8 \ + $lang:$lang/dpkg-statoverride.8 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dpkg-statoverride.8.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dselect.1 \ + $lang:$lang/dselect.1 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dselect.1.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/dselect.cfg.5 \ + $lang:$lang/dselect.cfg.5 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/dselect.cfg.5.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/install-info.8 \ + $lang:$lang/install-info.8 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/install-info.8.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/start-stop-daemon.8 \ + $lang:$lang/start-stop-daemon.8 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/start-stop-daemon.8.$lang.add + + +[type:man] $(srcdir)/update-alternatives.8 \ + $lang:$lang/update-alternatives.8 \ + add_$lang:$(srcdir)/po/add_$lang/update-alternatives.8.$lang.add + + diff --git a/man/po/pt_BR.po b/man/po/pt_BR.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5fdcd425 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/pt_BR.po @@ -0,0 +1,9597 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 19:21+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "822-date" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#: install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-02-28" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.1:1 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian Project" +msgstr "Projeto Debian" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1 install-info.8:5 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg utilities" +msgstr "utilitários dpkg" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:4 cleanup-info.8:2 deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-old.5:2 dpkg.1:2 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-deb.1:2 +#: dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 dpkg-statoverride.8:2 +#: dselect.1:2 dselect.cfg.5:2 install-info.8:6 start-stop-daemon.8:2 +#: update-alternatives.8:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "NOME" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:6 +msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:7 cleanup-info.8:5 deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-old.5:5 dpkg.1:5 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:4 dpkg-divert.8:5 +#: dpkg-name.1:9 dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 dpkg-scansources.1:5 +#: dpkg-source.1:8 dpkg-split.1:5 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 dselect.1:5 +#: install-info.8:9 start-stop-daemon.8:5 update-alternatives.8:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "RESUMO" + +# type: TP +#: 822-date.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<822-date>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:10 cleanup-info.8:10 deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-old.5:8 +#: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:11 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 dpkg-divert.8:26 dpkg-name.1:22 dpkg-query.1:36 +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 dpkg-scansources.1:14 dpkg-source.1:33 +#: dpkg-split.1:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:19 dselect.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:5 +#: install-info.8:25 start-stop-daemon.8:22 update-alternatives.8:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "DESCRIÇÃO" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:14 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:15 cleanup-info.8:29 dpkg.1:293 dpkg-architecture.1:27 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 dpkg-divert.8:44 dpkg-name.1:33 dpkg-query.1:93 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-statoverride.8:33 dselect.1:45 install-info.8:39 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:88 update-alternatives.8:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPÇÕES" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:18 +msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:19 cleanup-info.8:47 dpkg.1:609 dpkg-deb.1:249 dpkg-name.1:91 +#: dpkg-source.1:825 dpkg-split.1:221 dselect.1:427 update-alternatives.8:446 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "BUGS" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:22 +msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:23 cleanup-info.8:50 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51 +#: dpkg.1:599 dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:265 +#: dpkg-divert.8:124 dpkg-name.1:100 dpkg-query.1:182 dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:64 dpkg-source.1:839 dpkg-split.1:245 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21 install-info.8:277 +#: update-alternatives.8:466 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "VEJA TAMBÉM" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:26 +msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:29 +msgid "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:31 +msgid "B<date>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:32 cleanup-info.8:53 dpkg-architecture.1:272 dpkg.cfg.5:17 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 dpkg-deb.1:270 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:173 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:67 dpkg-source.1:845 dpkg-split.1:251 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:88 dselect.cfg.5:17 update-alternatives.8:455 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "AUTOR" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:35 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " +"placed by him into the public domain." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: cleanup-info.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cleanup-info" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:4 +msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:17 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:20 +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:23 +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:28 +msgid "" +"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:30 dpkg-architecture.1:76 dpkg-divert.8:73 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 dselect.1:121 +#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:304 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--unsafe>" +msgstr "B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:36 +msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:38 +msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:38 dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-deb.1:198 dpkg-divert.8:76 +#: dpkg-query.1:89 dpkg-scansources.1:61 dpkg-source.1:101 dpkg-split.1:148 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 dselect.1:128 install-info.8:200 +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:41 +msgid "Output version and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: cleanup-info.8:42 dpkg.1:496 dpkg.cfg.5:12 dpkg-divert.8:114 +#: dpkg-source.1:788 dpkg-split.1:235 dpkg-statoverride.8:75 dselect.cfg.5:12 +#: update-alternatives.8:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "ARQUIVOS" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:46 +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:49 +msgid "Probably many." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:53 +msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:55 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:57 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 dpkg-divert.8:130 +#: dpkg-query.1:181 dpkg-statoverride.8:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " +"livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " +"condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian" +msgstr "Projeto Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:4 +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:6 deb-old.5:7 +msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:12 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:16 +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: deb.5:16 deb-old.5:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:21 +msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:31 +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:36 +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:46 +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:50 +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:61 +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " +"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " +"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " +"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:67 +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:70 +msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:3 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "deb-control" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:6 +msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "control" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:23 +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " +"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B<Description> field, see below)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:29 +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:36 +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:41 +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:44 +msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:50 +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:51 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" +msgstr "OPÇÕES" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:57 +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:71 +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:78 +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:86 +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:90 +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:100 +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:107 +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:114 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:119 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:131 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:137 +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:145 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:153 +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:163 +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " +"the list." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:178 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:179 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "EXEMPLOS" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:207 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: deb-old.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-old" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:4 +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:17 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" +"(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:21 +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:25 +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:28 +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:30 +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:35 +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:46 +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:50 +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:54 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-04-09" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg suite" +msgstr "dpkg suite" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "dpkg - um gerenciador de pacotes de nível médio para o Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "ATENÇÃO" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " +"--help>." +msgstr "" +"Este manual é elaborado para usuários que desejam compreender as opções da " +"linha de comando do B<dpkg> e estados de pacotes em mais detalhes que os " +"providos por B<dpkg --help>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" +"Ele I<não> deve ser usado por mantenedores de pacotes que desejam " +"compreender como o B<dpkg> instalará seus pacotes. As descrições do que o " +"B<dpkg> faz quando está instalando e removendo pacotes são particularmente " +"inadequadas. Para informações detalhadas a esse respeito, por favor, refira-" +"se ao tópico I<Package Management System> do I<debian-faq> no sistema GNU " +"Info. Para infomações sobre a criação de pacotes Debian, veja o tópico " +"I<Debian Package Management Tools> no mesmo documento." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " +"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " +"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " +"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " +"some way." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> é uma ferramenta de nível médio para instalar, criar, remover e " +"gerenciar pacotes Debian. O front-end primário e mais amigável para o " +"B<dpkg> é o B<dselect>(8). O próprio B<dpkg> é controlado inteiramente " +"através de parâmetros de linha de comando, que consistem exatamente de uma " +"ação e zero ou mais opções. A ação-parâmetro informa ao dpkg o que fazer e " +"as opções controlam o comportamento da ação de alguma maneira." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " +"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " +"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" +"O B<dpkg> pode também ser usado como front-end para o B<dpkg-deb>. A seguir " +"estão as ações do B<dpkg-deb>, e se forem encontradas, o B<dpkg> apenas " +"executa o B<dpkg-deb> com os parâmetros dados a ele:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" +msgstr "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, e\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:42 +msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, refira-se a B<dpkg-deb>(1) para informações sobre essas ações." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " +"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"O B<dpkg> mantém algumas informações sobre os pacotes disponíveis. As " +"informações são divididas em três grupos: B<estados>, B<estados de seleção> " +"e B<sinalizadores>. Esses valores são alterados principalmente com o " +"B<dselect>." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE STATES" +msgstr "ESTADOS DOS PACOTES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<installed>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." +msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-installed>" +msgstr "B<half-installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "" +"A instalação do pacote foi iniciada, mas não completada por alguma razão." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<not-installed>" +msgstr "B<not-installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:59 +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "O pacote não está instalado em seu sistema." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<unpacked>" +msgstr "B<unpacked>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:62 +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "O pacote está descompactado, mas não configurado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-configured>" +msgstr "B<half-configured>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" +"O pacote está descompactado e sua configuração começou, mas não foi " +"completada por alguma razão." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<config-files>" +msgstr "B<config-files>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:69 +msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "Existem apenas os arquivos de configuração em seu sistema." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" +msgstr "ESTADOS DE SELEÇÃO DOS PACOTES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<install>" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:73 +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<deinstall>" +msgstr "B<deinstall>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"O pacote está selecionado para desinstalação (i.e. queremos remover todos os " +"arquivos, exceto os arquivos de configuração)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<purge>" +msgstr "B<purge>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"O pacote está selecionado para ser eliminado (i.e. queremos excluir tudo, " +"até os arquivos de configuração)." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" +msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<hold>" +msgstr "B<hold>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:86 +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" +"Um pacote marcado como B<hold> não é manipulado pelo B<dpkg>, a menos que " +"ele seja forçado a isso com a opção B<--force-hold>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<reinst-required>" +msgstr "B<reinst-required>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " +"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" +"reinstreq>." +msgstr "" +"Um pacote marcado como B<reinst-required> está quebrado e precisa ser " +"reinstalado. Esses pacotes não podem ser removidos, a menos que isso seja " +"forçado com a opção B<--force-reinstreq>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:92 dpkg-architecture.1:42 update-alternatives.8:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "AÇÕES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Instala o pacote. Se a opção B<--recursive> ou B<-R> for especificada, " +"I<arquivo_do_pacote> precisa se referir a um diretório." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:99 +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "A instalação consiste dos seguintes passos:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:102 +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> Se outra versão do mesmo pacote foi instalada antes da nova " +"instalação, é executado o script I<prerm> do pacote antigo." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:109 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" +"B<4.> Os novos arquivos são descompactados, e ao mesmo tempo é feita uma " +"cópia de segurança dos antigos, de forma que se algo sair errado, eles podem " +"ser restaurados." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" +"B<5.> Se estava instalada uma outra versão do mesmo pacote antes da nova " +"instalação, o script I<postrm> do pacote antigo é executado. Note que esse " +"script é executado depois do script I<preinst> do pacote novo, porque os " +"novos arquivos são gravados ao mesmo tempo que os antigos são removidos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" +"B<6.> O pacote é configurado. Veja B<--configure> para informações " +"detalhadas sobre como isso é feito." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Descompacta o pacote, mas não o configura. Se a opção B<--recursive> ou B<-" +"R> for especificada, I<arquivo_do_pacote> precisa então se referir a um " +"diretório." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" +"Reconfigura um pacote descompactado. Se for especificada a opção B<-a> ou " +"B<--pending> ao invés de I<pacote>, todos os pacotes descompactados mas não " +"configurados são configurados." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:136 +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "A configuração consiste dos seguintes passos:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"B<1.> Os arquivos de configuração são descompactados, e ao mesmo tempo é " +"feita uma cópia de segurança dos arquivos de configuração antigos, de forma " +"que podem ser restaurados se algo sair errado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<2.> O script I<postinst>, se existir no pacote, é executado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:155 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Remove um pacote instalado. B<-r> ou B<--remove> remove tudo, exceto os " +"arquivos de configuração. Isso pode evitar a necessidade de reconfigurar o " +"pacote se ele for reinstalado depois. (os arquivos de configuração são os " +"listados no arquivo de controle I<debian/conffiles>). B<-P> ou B<--purge> " +"remove tudo, incluindo os arquivos de configuração. Se for dada a opção B<-" +"a> ou B<--pending> ao invés do nome do pacote, então todos os pacotes " +"descompactados, mas marcados para serem removidos ou eliminados (purge) no " +"arquivo I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, são removidos ou eliminados (purge) " +"respectivamente." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:157 +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "A remoção de um pacote consiste dos seguintes passos:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" +msgstr "B<1.> O script I<prerm> é executado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "B<2.> Os arquivos instalados são removidos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:166 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" +msgstr "B<3.> O script I<postrm> é executado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<arquivo-Packages>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " +"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." +msgstr "" +"Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão " +"disponíveis. Com a ação B<--merge-avail>, as informações antigas são " +"combinadas as informações do I<arquivo-Packages>. Com a ação B<--update-" +"avail>, as informações antigas são substituídas pelas do I<arquivo-" +"Packages>. O I<arquivo-Packages> distribuído com o Debian é simplesmente " +"nomeado I<Packages>. O B<dpkg> mantém seu registro dos pacotes disponíveis " +"em I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:179 +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " +"B<dselect update>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão " +"disponíveis com as informações do pacote I<arquivo_do_pacote>. Se a opção " +"B<--recursive> ou B<-R> for especificada, então I<arquivo_do_pacote> deve se " +"referir a um diretório." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." +msgstr "Despreza informações sobre pacotes não instalados e não disponíveis." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" +"Procura por pacotes que foram apenas parcialmente instalados em seu sistema. " +"O B<dpkg> sugerirá o que fazer com eles para que funcionem." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "Obtém uma lista de seleção de pacotes e a escreve em stdout." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "Configura as seleções de pacotes usando o arquivo lido de stdin." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:211 +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:215 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" +"Procura pacotes que foram selecionados para instalação, mas por alguma razão " +"ainda não foram instalados." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "" +"Mostra a arquitetura alvo (por exemplo, \"i386\"). Essa opção usa o B<gcc>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " +"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"Compara números de versão, onde I<op> é um operador binário. O B<dpkg> " +"retorna com successo (resultado zero) se a condição especificada for " +"satisfeita e com falha (resultado não nulo) em caso contrário. Há dois " +"grupos de operadores, que diferem em como tratam a falta de I<ver1> ou " +"I<ver2>. Esses tratam a falta de uma versão como anterior a qualquer outra: " +"B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Esses tratam a falta de uma versão como posterior a " +"qualquer outra: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Esses são providos apenas para " +"manter compatibilidade com a sintaxe do arquivo de controle: B<E<lt> " +"E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" +"Aceita uma série de comandos no descritor de arquivo de entrada " +"B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Nota: opções adicionais configuradas na linha de comando, e " +"através do descritor de arquivo, não são redefinidas para comandos " +"subseqüentes usados durante a mesma execução." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:238 +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "Exibe uma breve mensagem de ajuda." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:241 +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." +msgstr "Ajuda com as opções B<--force->I<coisa>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "Ajuda com as opções de depuração." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:247 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." +msgstr "Exibe a licença do B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:250 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." +msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:273 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" +" Build a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" +" List contents of a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" +" Extract control-information from a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" +" Extract the files contained by package.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" +" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" +" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" +" Debian package.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" +" Show information about a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" +" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" +" package.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<diretório> [I<nome_de_arquivo>]\n" +" Cria um pacote deb.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<nome_de_arquivo>\n" +" Lista o conteúdo de um pacote deb.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<diretório>]\n" +" Extrai informação de controle de um pacote.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<nome_de_arquivo diretório>\n" +" Extrai os arquivos contidos pelo pacote.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<campo-de-controle>] ...\n" +" Exibe o(s) campo(s) de controle do pacote.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<nome_de_arquivo>\n" +" Exibe o sistema de arquivo do arquivo tar contido no pacote Debian. \n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<arquivo-de-controle>]\n" +" Mostra informação sobre um pacote.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<nome_de_arquivo> I<diretório>\n" +" Extrai e exibe os nomes de arquivos contidos em um pacote.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:275 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:278 +msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:291 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" +" List packages matching given pattern.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" +" Report status of specified package.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" +" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" +" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" +" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<padrão-do-nome-do-pacote> ... Lista os pacotes que combinam com o padrão dado.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<nome-do-pacote> ...\n" +" Exibe o estado do pacote especificado. Isso apenas mostra a entrada na base de dados dos pacotes instalados.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<pacote> ...\n" +" Lista os arquivos instalados em seu sistema a partir do B<pacote>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<padrão-de-procura> ...\n" +" Procura por um nome de arquivo a partir dos pacotes instalados. Todos os caracteres curinga padrões de shell podem ser usados no padrão.\n" +"B<dpkg -p|--print-avail >I<pacote>\n" +" Exibe detalhes sobre o I<pacote>, como encontrados em I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:298 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no " +"arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Cada linha " +"no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da linha de " +"comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma B<#>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" +msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "Altera o número de erros após os quais o dpkg abortará. O padrão é 50." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Quando um pacote é removido, há a possibilidade de que outro pacote " +"instalado dependa do que foi removido. Especificando essa opção, o pacote " +"que depende do que foi removido será automaticamente desconfigurado." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:314 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" +"Ativa a depuração. I<octal> é formado por uma operação \"or\" bit-a-bit " +"entre os valores desejados da lista abaixo (note que esses valores podem ser " +"alterados em versões futuras). B<-Dh> ou B<--debug=help> exibe esses " +"valores." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" number description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +msgstr "" +" número descrição\n" +" 1 Informação de progresso geralmente útil\n" +" 2 Invocação e estado dos scripts do mantenedor\n" +" 10 Saída de cada arquivo processado\n" +" 100 Muita saída de cada arquivo processado\n" +" 20 Saída de cada arquivo de configuração\n" +" 200 Muita saída de cada arquivo de configuração\n" +" 40 Dependências e conflitos\n" +" 400 Muita saída de dependências/conflitos\n" +" 1000 Muita tagarelice sobre por exemplo o diretório dpkg/info\n" +" 2000 Quantidades insanas de saída.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" +msgstr "B<--force->I<coisas> | B<--no-force->I<coisas> | B<--refuse->I<coisas>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:333 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" +"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " +"forced by default." +msgstr "" +"Força ou rejeita (B<no-force> e B<refuse> são a mesma coisa) a fazer " +"algumas coisas. I<coisas> é uma lista separada por vírgulas de coisas " +"especificadas abaixo. B<--force-help> exibe uma mensagem descrevendo-as. " +"Coisas marcadas com (*) são forçadas por padrão." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:337 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " +"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " +"system.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Atenção: A maior parte dessas opções devem ser usadas apenas por experts. " +"Usá-las sem o completo conhecimento de seus efeitos pode quebrar todo seu " +"sistema.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:340 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "B<all>: Liga (ou desliga) todas as opções de força." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:343 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Instala um pacote, mesmo se uma versão mais nova já estiver " +"instalada." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:350 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " +"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " +"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " +"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " +"with care.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:354 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" +"B<configure-any>: Configura também qualquer pacote descompactado de que o " +"pacote atual dependa." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:357 +msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." +msgstr "B<hold>: Processa pacotes mesmo quando marcados com \"hold\"." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:362 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove um pacote, mesmo se estiver quebrado e marcado " +"como requer reinstalação. Isso pode, por exemplo, fazer com que partes do " +"pacote permaneçam em seu sistema, que serão então esquecidas pelo B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:367 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " +"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " +"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, mesmo se o pacote é considerado essencial. " +"Pacotes essenciais contém geralmente comandos muito básicos de Unix. Removê-" +"los pode causar a parada de funcionamento de todo o sistema, então use-a com " +"cuidado." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:370 +msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." +msgstr "B<depends>: Converte todos os problemas de dependência em avisos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:373 +msgid "" +"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "" +"B<depends-version>: Não verifica versões quando verificando dependências." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:377 +msgid "" +"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" +"B<conflicts>: Instala, mesmo se conflita com outro pacote. Isso é perigoso, " +"pois geralmente causará a regravação de alguns arquivos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:382 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" +"B<confmiss>: Sempre instala um arquivo de configuração que falta. Isso é " +"perigoso, já que significa que uma mudança (remoção) feita ao arquivo não " +"será preservada." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:387 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confnew>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre instala a " +"nova versão sem perguntar, a menos que B<--force-confdef> também seja " +"especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:392 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confold>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre mantém a " +"versão antiga sem perguntar, a menos que B<--force-confdef> também seja " +"especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:398 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" +"B<confdef>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre escolhe a " +"ação padrão. Se não houver ação padrão, ele irá parar e perguntar ao " +"usuário, a menos que B<--force-confnew> ou B<--force-confold> também tenham " +"sido dadas, quando será então usado isso para decidir a ação final." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:401 +msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "B<overwrite>: Sobrescreve um arquivo do pacote com arquivo de outro." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:404 +msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-dir> Sobrescreve um diretório do pacote com arquivo de outro." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:407 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Sobrescreve um arquivo desviado com uma versão não " +"desviada." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:410 +msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." +msgstr "B<architecture>: Processa até pacotes com a arquitetura errada." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:413 +msgid "" +"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-path>: Faltam programas importantes no B<PATH>, devendo aparecer " +"problemas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:416 +msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "B<not-root>: Tenta (des)instalar coisas mesmo não sendo root." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:419 +msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:420 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." +msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<pacote>,..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" +"Ignora a verificação de dependência dos pacotes especificados (atualmente, a " +"verificação é feita, mas são apenas dados avisos sobre os conflitos, nada " +"mais)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:428 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Seleciona o formato binário novo ou antigo de pacote. Isto é uma opção do " +"B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:428 dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Não lê ou verifica o conteúdo do arquivo de controle enquanto cria um " +"pacote. Isto é uma opção do B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" +msgstr "B<--no-act>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:437 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " +"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " +"actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" +"Faz tudo que se espera que seja feito, mas não grava nenhuma alteração. Isso " +"é usado para ver o que acontece com a ação especificada, sem modificar nada." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de fornecer B<--no-act> antes da ação-parâmetro, ou você pode " +"obter resultados indesejáveis. (por exemplo, B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> " +"irá primeiro excluir (purge) o pacote foo e então tentará excluir o pacote --" +"no-act, apesar de que você esperava que nada fosse feito)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" +msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" +"Manipula recursivamente todos os arquivos regulares que combinem com o " +"padrão B<*.deb> encontrados nos diretórios especificados e todos seus " +"subdiretórios. Isso pode ser usado com as ações B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, " +"B<--unpack> e B<--avail>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" +"Não instala um pacote se uma nova versão do mesmo pacote já estiver " +"instalada. Isso é um apelido de B<--refuse-downgrade.>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " +"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " +"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" +"var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Muda os diretórios padrões. O B<admindir> padrão é I</var/lib/dpkg> e " +"contém muitos arquivos que dão informações sobre o estado dos pacotes " +"instalados ou não instalados, etc. O B<instdir> padrão é I</> e refere-se " +"ao diretório onde os pacotes devem ser instalados. B<instdir> também é o " +"diretório passado para B<chroot>(2) antes de executar os scripts de " +"instalação do I<pacote>, o que significa que os scripts vêem B<instdir> como " +"o diretório raiz. Alterar B<root> modifica B<instdir> para I<dir> e " +"B<admindir> para I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" +"Somente processa os pacotes selecionados para instalação. A marcação atual é " +"feita com B<dselect> ou pelo B<dpkg>, quando ele manipula pacotes. Por " +"exemplo, quando um pacote é removido, ele será marcado como selecionado para " +"instalação." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "Não instala o pacote se a mesma versão dele já estiver instalada." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " +"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" +"Envia a informação do estado do pacote para o descritor de arquivo " +"I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Isso pode ser dado múltiplas vezes. As atualizações de " +"estado são da forma `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:492 +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " +"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" +"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " +"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " +"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:495 +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:497 dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:500 +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:500 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:504 +msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" +"Os outros arquivos listados abaixo estão em seus diretórios padrões, veja a " +"opção B<--admindir> para ver como alterar a localização desses arquivos." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:510 +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:516 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." +msgstr "" +"Dá o estado dos pacotes disponíveis. Esse arquivo contém informação sobre se " +"um pacote está marcado para remoção ou não, se está instalado ou não, etc. " +"Veja a seção B<INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES> para maiores informações." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" +"Os seguintes arquivos são componentes de um pacote binário. Veja B<deb>(5) " +"para mais informações sobre eles:" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<control>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<conffiles>" +msgstr "I<conffiles>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<preinst>" +msgstr "I<preinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postinst>" +msgstr "I<postinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<prerm>" +msgstr "I<prerm>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postrm>" +msgstr "I<postrm>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:532 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" +msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" +"Defina isso para alguma coisa se você preferir que o B<dpkg> inicie um novo " +"shell ao invés de suspender a si próprio, quando fazendo um escape de shell." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<SHELL>" +msgstr "B<SHELL>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:540 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." +msgstr "" +"O programa que o B<dpkg> executará quando estiver iniciando um novo shell." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:540 dpkg-query.1:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<COLUMNS>" +msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:544 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" +"Ajusta o número de colunas que o B<dpkg> deve usar quando estiver exibindo " +"texto formatado. Atualmente só usado por -l." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:545 dpkg-architecture.1:100 dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-name.1:71 +#: update-alternatives.8:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "EXEMPLOS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:547 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" +msgstr "Para listar os pacotes relacionados com o editor vi:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:549 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" +msgstr "Para ver as entradas em I</var/lib/dpkg/available> em dois pacotes:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:554 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:557 +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:559 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" +msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:562 +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "Para remover um pacote instalado elvis:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:564 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:569 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" +"Para instalar um pacote, você primeiro precisa encontrá-lo em um repositório " +"ou CDROM. O arquivo \"available\" mostra que o pacote vim está na seção " +"\"editors\":" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:572 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" +msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:575 +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "Para fazer uma cópia local dos estados de seleção dos pacotes:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:577 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:581 +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "" +"Você pode transferir esse arquivo para outro computador e instalá-lo com:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:584 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:590 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" +"Note que isso não instalará nem removerá nada, mas apenas irá configurar o " +"estado de seleção dos pacotes requisitados. Você precisará de alguma outra " +"aplicação para baixar e instalar os pacotes requisitados." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:593 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" +"Ordinariamente, você verificará que o B<dselect>(8) provê uma maneira mais " +"conveniente de modificar o estado de seleção dos pacotes." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:595 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:598 +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:608 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" +"reconfigure>(8)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:611 +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "B<--no-act> normalmente dá menos informação do que seria útil." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:612 dselect.1:449 start-stop-daemon.8:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "AUTORES" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:616 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" +"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" +msgstr "" +"Veja B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n" +"contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-architecture" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-06-17" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:14 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:17 +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" +"(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:26 +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +msgid "Set the Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +msgid "Set the GNU system type." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:41 +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I< command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +msgid "" +"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:76 +msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 +msgid "Print a usage message." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:82 +msgid "Print program version." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "Projeto Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" +"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "architecture wildcard" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" +"E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:99 +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:103 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" +"architecture>. Other examples:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:105 +msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:107 +msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:110 +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:112 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:114 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:117 +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:119 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:121 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:122 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:148 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:157 +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" +"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " +"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " +"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " +"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " +"compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:160 dpkg-architecture.1:177 +msgid "Instead of:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:167 +msgid "please use the following:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:186 +msgid "please use:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:197 +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:202 +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:209 +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:214 +msgid "" +"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:235 +msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:238 +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:257 +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:264 +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:267 +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:271 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:276 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg.cfg" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.cfg.5:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Veja B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n" +"contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:22 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:184 dpkg-statoverride.8:87 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-source.1:2 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-23" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 +msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 +msgid "" +"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +msgid "" +"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" +msgstr "" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 +msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-deb" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:16 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:43 +msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 dpkg-split.1:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPÇÕES COMUNS" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:66 +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " +"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " +"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " +"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " +"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:72 +msgid "" +"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " +"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:84 +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:91 +msgid "" +"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " +"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:93 +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " +"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 dpkg-split.1:87 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:117 +msgid "" +"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +msgid "" +"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:139 +msgid "" +"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:148 +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" +"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " +"name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:160 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:165 +msgid "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " +"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:171 +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " +"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:186 +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:190 +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 +msgid "" +"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 dpkg-split.1:143 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:198 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." +msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 dpkg-split.1:153 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 dpkg-split.1:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPÇÕES" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:216 dpkg-query.1:103 +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:225 +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +msgid "" +"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--old>" +msgstr "B<hold>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:240 +msgid "" +"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +msgid "" +"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:249 +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:254 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:258 +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:265 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " +"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:270 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:278 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-divert" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--auto> I<nome>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:36 +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:44 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " +"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " +"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " +"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:45 dselect.1:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" +"dpkg>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " +"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:61 install-info.8:190 +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:300 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:73 +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:76 +msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:79 +msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-divert.8:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:84 +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " +"match if specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:86 +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:92 +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:97 +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." +"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" +"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:99 +msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:101 dpkg-divert.8:111 +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:103 +msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:107 +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" +"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:109 +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:113 +msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:115 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:120 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:123 +msgid "" +"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" +"old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:128 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-name.1:6 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-name" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:9 +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:22 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:33 +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " +"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " +"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " +"a hyphen and the revision information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" +msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" +msgstr "B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" +msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" +"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " +"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " +"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" +"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " +"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " +"care, it's messy." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h, --help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v, --version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:67 dselect.1:131 +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l, --license>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:71 +msgid "" +"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " +"exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +msgid "" +"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:91 +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:100 +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:107 +msgid "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-name.1:107 dpkg-source.1:847 install-info.8:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " +"livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " +"condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-query" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B<dpkg> database." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:50 +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " +"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" +"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" +"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " +"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" +"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" +"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " +"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " +"separated by a tab." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +msgid "" +"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" +"available>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display licence and copyright information." +msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display version information." +msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:94 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" +"lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:105 +msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<\\en> newline\n" +" B<\\er> carriage return\n" +" B<\\et> tab\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:116 +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" +"$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:122 +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " +"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " +"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:161 +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:167 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:172 +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:175 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-query.1:175 dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:177 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 +msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-10" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 +msgid "" +"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 +msgid "" +"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 +msgid "" +"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 +msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 +msgid "" +"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " +"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " +"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " +"in the output." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 +msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 +msgid "" +"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 +msgid "" +"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " +"to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 update-alternatives.8:436 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scansources" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:13 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" +"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:18 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:29 +msgid "" +"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" +"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:33 +msgid "" +"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:45 install-info.8:272 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +msgid "Show the usage message and die." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:55 +msgid "" +"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:61 +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:63 +msgid "Print the version number and exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:66 +msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:68 +msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-source.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-source" +msgstr "dpkg suite" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:7 +msgid "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " +"tools" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:15 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" +"targz>|'']" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:42 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" +"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:68 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" +">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " +"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" +"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " +"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " +"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " +"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " +"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:70 +msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:76 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:80 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:84 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:89 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:93 +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg-source.1:93 update-alternatives.8:290 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" +msgstr "OPÇÕES COMUNS" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +msgid "" +"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " +"with the programs that accept them." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:101 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " +"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " +"tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " +"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>I<version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:114 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " +"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I<version> to be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " +"will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " +"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:150 +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " +"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:158 +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +msgid "" +"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " +"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " +"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +msgid "" +"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-U>I<field>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +msgid "" +"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:212 +msgid "" +"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" +"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " +"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " +"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " +"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " +"being built." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +msgid "" +"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " +"one) - see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +msgid "" +"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " +"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +msgid "" +"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " +"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +msgid "" +"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " +"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:272 +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " +"under the current working directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:280 +msgid "" +"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " +"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " +"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:303 +msgid "" +"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " +"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " +"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " +"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " +"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " +"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " +"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:303 dpkg-source.1:642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:311 +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:323 +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." +"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " +"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " +"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " +"the B<-i> switch." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:323 dpkg-source.1:646 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." +"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:345 +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" +"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:357 +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" +"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " +"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:368 +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:377 +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:406 +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" +"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" +"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:415 +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:422 +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:425 +msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:430 +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<package>" +msgstr "B<unpacked>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" +"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:472 +msgid "" +"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " +"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:472 dpkg-source.1:534 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +msgid "" +"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " +"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" +"P> was used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:497 +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:507 +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " +"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " +"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +msgid "" +"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " +"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:534 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " +"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +msgid "" +"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " +"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" +"substvars> by default)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<type>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " +"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " +"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " +"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " +"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +msgid "" +"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " +"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " +"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " +"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " +"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " +"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" +"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-tc>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " +"after the package has been built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:642 +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:646 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-nc>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:666 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" +"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." +"changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " +"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " +"arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:687 +msgid "" +"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " +"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:694 +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:701 +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" +"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:714 +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Arch>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<binary:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source-Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Installed-Size>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " +"debian/tmp> to find the default value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Extra-Size>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B<Installed-Size> control file field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"- see above." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:785 +msgid "The full version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:788 +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:789 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/control>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/files>" +msgstr "B<config-files>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " +"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/substvars>" +msgstr "B<deinstall>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:825 +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:828 +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:835 +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" +"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:839 +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" +"reconfigure>(8)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:847 +msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:849 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:851 +msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:857 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " +"livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " +"condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-split.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-split" +msgstr "dpkg suite" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:5 +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:33 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:37 +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:45 +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" +"discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:48 +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" +msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:52 +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:60 +msgid "" +"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +msgid "" +"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:72 +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:76 +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:81 +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:83 +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:86 +msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" +msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:95 +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:100 +msgid "" +"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:107 +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:113 +msgid "" +"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " +"not created." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:120 +msgid "" +"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" +msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:130 +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" +msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:138 +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:143 +msgid "" +"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:148 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:153 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:160 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:161 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" +msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " +"The default is 450Kb." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:173 +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" +msgstr "B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:194 +msgid "" +"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:200 +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:205 +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-split.1:205 update-alternatives.8:429 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "STATUS DE SAÍDA" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:211 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:217 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I<part> file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:221 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:225 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:228 +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:231 +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:235 +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:236 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:240 +msgid "" +"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:245 +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" +"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " +"filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:250 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:260 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-statoverride" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian project" +msgstr "Projeto Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " +"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:28 +msgid "" +"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41 +msgid "" +"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " +"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " +"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " +"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " +"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " +"to the new owner and mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +msgid "" +"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " +"left unchanged by this command." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61 +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 +msgid "Show usage information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +msgid "Show program version and copyright." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74 +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:4 +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:17 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" +"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" +" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" +" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" +" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" +" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:38 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:44 +msgid "" +"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no " +"arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Cada linha " +"no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da linha de " +"comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma B<#>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:57 +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:60 +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:60 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:64 +msgid "" +"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:71 +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " +"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " +"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:72 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<title>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:75 +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:75 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:78 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:81 +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:81 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:84 +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:84 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "B<purge>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:88 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:92 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:92 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:95 +msgid "" +"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:95 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:101 +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:104 +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:104 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:107 +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:107 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:110 +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:115 +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:121 +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:124 +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:124 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:128 +msgid "" +"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:137 +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "access" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:139 +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:145 +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " +"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " +"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:147 +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:157 +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:160 +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "select" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:163 +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:169 +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:176 +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:179 +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:180 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "install" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:182 +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:188 +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:196 +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." +"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " +"these are installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:203 +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "config" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:206 +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:209 +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "quit" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:212 +msgid "Quit B<dselect>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:214 +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package selections management" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:234 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " +"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " +"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " +"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " +"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " +"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " +"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " +"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " +"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:240 +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:249 +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:252 +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" +"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" +"alternates between:\n" +" - the extended description\n" +" - the control information for the installed version\n" +" - the control information for the available version\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:266 +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:272 +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:280 +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:286 +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" +" Error flag:\n" +" I<empty> no error\n" +" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" +" Installed state:\n" +" I<empty> not installed;\n" +" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" +" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" +" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" +" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" +" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" +" Current and requested selections:\n" +" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" +" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" +" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" +" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" +" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:310 +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" +" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" +" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" +" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" +" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" +" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" +" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" +" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" +" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" +" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" +" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" +" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:342 +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" +"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " +"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " +"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " +"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " +"searching from there." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" +"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" +"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" +" alphabet available status\n" +" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" +" section+priority available+section status+section\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:352 +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" +"altered with the following commands:\n" +" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" +" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" +" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" +" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" +" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:366 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:371 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:377 +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:383 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:390 +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:396 +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:404 +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:405 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:412 +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " +"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " +"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " +"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " +"resolution screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:418 +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:425 +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:432 +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:434 +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:436 +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:442 +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:448 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:453 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:456 +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect.cfg" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.cfg.5:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"Veja B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n" +"contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:22 +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:5 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "install-info" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:8 +msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:24 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:39 +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:57 +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:66 +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:71 +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>" +msgstr "B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:76 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:86 +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:91 +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:97 +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:103 +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:103 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" +msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:121 +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" +"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " +"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:135 +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:142 +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:148 +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:151 +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:154 +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:160 +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:169 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" +"info/>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:178 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:190 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:195 +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:200 +msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:205 +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:212 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:214 +msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:216 +msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:218 +msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:227 +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:234 +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:236 +msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:240 +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:249 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:256 +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:256 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--keep-old>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:260 +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:264 +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:269 +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:272 +msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:276 +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:281 +msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:287 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " +"livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " +"condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." + +# type: TH +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "start-stop-daemon" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:4 +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:11 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:15 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:18 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:21 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:29 +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:48 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " +"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " +"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " +"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " +"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " +"program being started." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:68 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " +"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " +"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " +"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" +"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:87 +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +msgid "" +"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:128 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:139 +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:155 +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" +msgstr "B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" +"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" +"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " +"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " +"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " +"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " +"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +msgid "Print help information; then exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:256 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print version information; then exit." +msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:260 +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:262 +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "update-alternatives" +msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-11-24" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:11 +msgid "" +"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" +"update-alternatives - mantém ligações simbólicas determinando comandos " +"padrões" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:20 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--install> I<ligação nome caminho " +"prioridade> [B<--slave> I<ligação nome> I<caminho>]..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:25 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:30 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<nome>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:34 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:39 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--auto> I<nome>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:44 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--display> I<nome>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:49 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:54 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--config> I<nome>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:59 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:64 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> cria, remove, mantém e exibe informação sobre sobre " +"as ligações simbólicas que englobam o sistema de alternativas Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" +"É possível para diversos programas que executam as mesmas funções ou funções " +"similares serem instalados em um único sistema ao mesmo tempo. Por exemplo, " +"muitos sistemas possuem diversos editores de texto instalados. Isto dá a " +"possibilidade de escolha para os usuários do sistema, permitindo a cada " +"usuário usar um editor diferente, caso desejado, mas faz com que seja " +"difícil para um programa fazer uma boa escolha de um editor o qual invocar " +"caso o usuário não tenha especificado um editor particular de sua " +"preferência." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" +"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " +"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " +"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " +"to do so." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de alternativas Debian pretende solucinar este problema. Um nome " +"genérico no sistema de arquivos é compartilhado por todos os arquivos " +"provendo funcionalidade equivalente. O sistema de alternativas e o " +"administrador do sistema juntos determinam qual arquivo atual é referenciado " +"por esse nome genérico. Por exemplo, caso os editores de texto B<ed>(1) e " +"B<nvi>(1) estejam ambos instalados no sistema, o sistema de alternativas " +"fará com que o nome genérico I</usr/bin/editor> refira-se a I</usr/bin/nvi> " +"por padrão. O administrador do sistema pode sobreescrever isto e fazer com " +"que refira-se a I</usr/bin/ed> e o sistema de alternativas não irá alterar " +"esta configuração até que explicitamente requisitado a fazê-lo." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" +"O nome genérico não é uma ligação simbólica direta para a alternativa " +"selecionada. Ao invés disso, é uma ligação simbólica para um nome no " +"I<diretório>, I<alternatives> o qual é, por sua vez, uma ligação simbólica " +"para o arquivo atualmente referenciado. Isto é feito para que as mudanças do " +"administrador do sistema possam ser confinadas dentro do diretório I</etc> : " +"a FHS (q.v.) dá razões de porquê isto é um Boa Coisa." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:116 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" +"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " +"Debian packages." +msgstr "" +"Quando cada pacote provendo um arquivo com uma funcionalidade particular é " +"instalado, modificdo ou removido o, B<update-alternatives> é chamado para " +"atualizar a informação sobre este arqivo no sistema de alternativas. " +"B<update-alternatives> é geralmente chamado a partir de um script " +"B<postinst> ou B<prerm> em pacotes Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" +"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " +"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " +"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" +"Isto é geralmente útil para que diversas alternativas sejam sincronizadas, " +"assim elas são modificadas como um grupo; por exemplo, quando diversas " +"versões do editor B<vi>(1) estão instaladas, a página de manual " +"referenciada por I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> deverá corresponder ao " +"executável referenciado por I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> gerencia " +"isso por meio de ligações I<master> e I<slave> (mestre e escrado); quando o " +"master é modificado, quaisquer slaves associados são também modificados. " +"Uma ligação master e seus slaves associados constituem uma A master link and " +"its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>. (ou ligação em grupo)." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"Cada ligação em grupo está, em um dado momento, em um de dois modos: " +"automático ou manual. Quando um grupo está em modo automático, o sistema de " +"alternativas irá automaticamente decidir, a medida em que os pacotes são " +"instalados e removidos, se irá atualizar e como atualizar as ligações. No " +"modo manual, o sistema de alternativas não irá modificar as ligações; ele " +"deixará todas as decisões para o administrador do sistema." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" +"Ligações em grupo estão em modo automático quando as mesmas são introduzidas " +"no sistema pela primeira vez. Caso o administrador do sistema faça mudanças " +"configurações automáticas do sistema, isso será válido na próxima vez que o " +"B<update-alternatives> for executado nas ligações em grupo modificadas, e o " +"grupo irá automaticamente ser modificado para o modo manual." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" +"Cada alternativa possui uma I<priority> (prioridade) associada a ela. " +"Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo automático, as alternativas " +"apontadas por membros do grupo serão aquelas que possuem a maior prioridade." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " +"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " +"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " +"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " +"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " +"return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"Quando usando a opção I<--config> , o B<update-alternatives> listará todas " +"as opções para a ligação em grupo da qual um dado I<name> (nome) é a ligação " +"master. Lhe será então questionado por cada uma das opções a usar para a " +"ligação em grupo. Uma vez que você faça uma mudança, a ligação em grupo não " +"estará mais no modo I<auto> Você precisará usar a opção I<--auto> para poder " +"retornar ao estado automático." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:179 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" +"If you want to configure non-interactivily you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:190 +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: update-alternatives.8:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "TERMINOLOGIA" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que as atividades de B<update-alternatives> são bem envolvidas, " +"alguns termos específicos ajudarão a explicar sua operação." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "generic name" +msgstr "nome genérico" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" +"Um nome, como A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, o qual refere-se, através do " +"sistema de alternativas, a um ou a diversos arquivos de função similar." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "symlink" +msgstr "ligação simbólica (symlink)" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" +"Sem nenhuma qualificação futura, esta significa uma ligação simbólica no " +"diretório de alternativas: o qual espera-se que o administrador do sistema " +"ajuste." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternative" +msgstr "alternativa" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"O nome de um arquivo específico no sitema de arquivos, o qual pode ser " +"acessado através de um nome genérico usando o sistema de alternativas." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "diretório de alternativas" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "" +"Um diretório, por padrão I</etc/alternatives>, contendo as ligações " +"simbólicas." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "diretório administrativo" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" +"alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" +"Um diretório, por padrão I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, contendo informação " +"de estado de B<update-alternatives>." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link group" +msgstr "ligação em grupo" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "" +"Um conjunto de ligações simbólicas relacionadas, com o intuito de serem " +"atualizadas em grupos." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "master link" +msgstr "ligação mestre (master link)" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" +"A ligação em uma ligação em grupo que determina como as outras ligações no " +"grupo são configuradas." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "ligação escravo (slave link)" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." +msgstr "" +"Uma ligação em uma ligação em grupo que é controlada pela configuração de " +"uma ligação mestre." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "modo automático" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" +"Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo automático, o sistema de " +"alternativas certifica-se ed que as ligações no grupo apontam para as " +"alternativas de mais alta prioridade apropriadas para o grupo." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "modo manual" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" +"Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo manual, o sistema de alternativas " +"não fará qualquer modificação nas configurações do administrador do sistema." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:257 +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " +"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:263 +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:266 +#, fuzzy +msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:272 +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:275 +msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:280 +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:283 +msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" +msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " +"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " +"together with any action." +msgstr "" +"Exatamente uma ação deve ser especificada se B<update-alternatives> está " +"prester a executar qualquer tarefa significante. Qualquer número de opções " +"comuns podem ser especificadas juntas com qualquer ação." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:291 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." +msgstr "Gera mais comentários sobre o que B<update-alternatives> está fazendo." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "" +"Não gera comentário algum a menos que ocorram erros. Esta opção ainda não " +"está implementada." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:304 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" +"Não faz nada, soment diz o que seria feito. Esta opção ainda não está " +"implementada." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +msgid "Give some usage information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." +msgstr "" +"Diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é essa (e dá alguma informação " +"sobre o uso)." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para " +"algo diferente do padrão." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:320 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." +msgstr "" +"Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo " +"diferente do padrão." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:323 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." +msgstr "B<--install> I<ligação genérico caminho pri> [B<--slave> I<sligação sgenérico scaminho>] ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" +"Adiciona um grupo de alternativas para o sistema. I<genérico> é o nome " +"genérico para a ligação master, I<ligação> é o nome de sua ligação " +"simbólica, e I<caminho> é a alternativa sendo intruzida para a ligação " +"mestre. I<sgenérico>, I<sligação> e I<scaminho> são o nome genérco, ligação " +"simbólica e alternativa para uma ligação slave. Zero ou mais opções B<--" +"slave> , cada uma seguda por três argumentos, podem ser especificadas." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Caso a ligação master especificada já exista nos registros do sistema de " +"alternativas, a informação fornecida será adicionada como um novo conjunto " +"de alternativas para o grupo. De outra forma, um novo grupo, definido para o " +"modo automático, será adicionado com esta informação. Se o grupo está no " +"modo automático e a prioridade das novas alternativas adicionadas é maior do " +"que qualquer outra alternativa instalada para este grupo, as ligações " +"simbólicas serão atualizadas para apontar para as alternativas novas " +"instaladas." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" +"Remove uma alternativa e todas as suas ligações slaves associadas. I<nome> " +"é o nome do diretório de alternativas, e I<caminho> é o nome de arquivo " +"absoluto ao qual I<nome> poderá ser ligado. Caso I<nome> esteja ligado com " +"I<caminho>, I<nome> será atualizado para apontar para outra alternativa " +"apropriada, ou removido caso não exista essa alternativa separada. Ligações " +"slave associadas serão atualizadas ou removidas de acordo. Caso a ligação " +"não esteja atualmente apontando para I<caminho>, nenhuma ligação é " +"modificada; somente a informação sobre a alternativa é removida." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "B<--all>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Muda a ligação simbólica master I<ligação> para o modo automático. No " +"processo a ligação simbólica e seus slaves são atualizados para apontar para " +"as alternativas instaladas de maior prioridade." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--display> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" +"Mostra informação sobre a ligação em grupo para qual cada I<ligação> é a " +"ligação master. A informação exibida inclui o modo do grupo (auto ou " +"manual), para quais alternativas a ligação simbólica aponta atualmente, " +"quais outras alternativas estão disponíveis (e suas alternativas slave " +"correspondentes) e a alternativa de maior prioridade instalada atualmente." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "Exibe todos os alvos de uma ligação em grupo." + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--config> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--config> I<link>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:414 +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:416 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "" +"O diretório de alternativas padrão. Pode ser sobreescrito pela opção B<--" +"altdir>" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:428 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" +"admindir> option." +msgstr "" +"O diretório de administração padrão. Pode ser sobreescrito pela opção B<--" +"admindir>" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:430 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso." + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:435 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" +"Foram encontrados problemas quando analisando a linha de comando ou " +"executando a ação." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:445 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> fala sem parar sobre suas atividades em seu canal de " +"saída padrão. Caso um problema ocorra, B<update-alternatives> exibe " +"mensagens de erro em seu canal de erros padrão e retorna um estado de saída " +"de 2. Estes diagnósticos devem ser auto-explicativos; caso você não pense " +"assim, por favor reporte isso com um bug." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:449 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" +"Caso você encontre um bug, por favor reporte-o usando o sistema de " +"gerenciamento de bugs Debian, ou, caso isso não seja possível, envie um " +"mensagem diretamente para o autor." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:454 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" +"Caso você encontre qualquer discrepância entre a operação de B<update-" +"alternatives> e esta página de manual, isso é um bug, ou na implementação ou " +"na documentação; por favor reporte isso." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:459 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " +"livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " +"condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" +"Esta página de manual é copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. Isto é " +"documentação livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior " +"para condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:465 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar a GNU GPL em /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL em qualquer " +"sistema Debian." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:468 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." +msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, o Padrão da Hierarquia do Sistema de Arquivos." + +# type: TP +#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" +#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" + +# type: Plain text +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you " +#~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ajustado pelo B<dpkg> para o nome do arquivo de configuração antigo " +#~ "quando você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de configuração " +#~ "modificado." + +# type: TP +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" +#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" + +# type: Plain text +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file " +#~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ajustado pelo B<dpkg> para o nome do arquivo de configuração da nova " +#~ "versão quando você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de " +#~ "configuração modificado." + +# type: Plain text +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages " +#~ "to remove them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Seleciona pacotes para serem instalados e tira a " +#~ "seleção de pacotes a serem removidos." + +# type: TH +#~ msgid "DPKG" +#~ msgstr "DPKG" + +# type: TH +#~ msgid "April 12, 1998" +#~ msgstr "April 12, 1998" + +# type: Plain text +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" +#~ "alternatives> this is)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Exibe informação de uso (e diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é " +#~ "essa)." + +# type: TH +#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" +#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" + +# type: TH +#~ msgid "19 January 1998" +#~ msgstr "19 de Janeiro de 1998" diff --git a/man/po/ru.po b/man/po/ru.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d55ae40 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/ru.po @@ -0,0 +1,9601 @@ +# translation of the dpkg man pages to Russian +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 19:21+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-08 13:50+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "822-date" +msgstr "822-date" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#: install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-02-28" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.1:1 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian Project" +msgstr "Проект Debian" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1 install-info.8:5 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg utilities" +msgstr "утилиты dpkg" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:4 cleanup-info.8:2 deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-old.5:2 dpkg.1:2 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-deb.1:2 +#: dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 dpkg-statoverride.8:2 +#: dselect.1:2 dselect.cfg.5:2 install-info.8:6 start-stop-daemon.8:2 +#: update-alternatives.8:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "НАЗВАНИЕ" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:6 +msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" +msgstr "822-date -- выводит дату и время в формате RFC822" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:7 cleanup-info.8:5 deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-old.5:5 dpkg.1:5 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:4 dpkg-divert.8:5 +#: dpkg-name.1:9 dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 dpkg-scansources.1:5 +#: dpkg-source.1:8 dpkg-split.1:5 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 dselect.1:5 +#: install-info.8:9 start-stop-daemon.8:5 update-alternatives.8:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "СИНТАКСИС" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:9 +msgid "B<822-date>" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:10 cleanup-info.8:10 deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-old.5:8 +#: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:11 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 dpkg-divert.8:26 dpkg-name.1:22 dpkg-query.1:36 +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 dpkg-scansources.1:14 dpkg-source.1:33 +#: dpkg-split.1:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:19 dselect.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:5 +#: install-info.8:25 start-stop-daemon.8:22 update-alternatives.8:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "ОПИСАНИЕ" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:14 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> показывает текущую дату и время в соответствии с форматом, " +"описанным в RFC822, используя числовое смещение часового пояса, согласно " +"RFC1123." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:15 cleanup-info.8:29 dpkg.1:293 dpkg-architecture.1:27 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 dpkg-divert.8:44 dpkg-name.1:33 dpkg-query.1:93 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-statoverride.8:33 dselect.1:45 install-info.8:39 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:88 update-alternatives.8:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:18 +msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." +msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:19 cleanup-info.8:47 dpkg.1:609 dpkg-deb.1:249 dpkg-name.1:91 +#: dpkg-source.1:825 dpkg-split.1:221 dselect.1:427 update-alternatives.8:446 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "ОШИБКИ РЕАЛИЗАЦИИ" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:22 +msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." +msgstr "На самом деле эту задачу должна выполнять программа B<date>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:23 cleanup-info.8:50 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51 +#: dpkg.1:599 dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:265 +#: dpkg-divert.8:124 dpkg-name.1:100 dpkg-query.1:182 dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:64 dpkg-source.1:839 dpkg-split.1:245 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21 install-info.8:277 +#: update-alternatives.8:466 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# ru.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"СМОТРИ ТАКЖЕ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# ru.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"СМОТРИТЕ ТАКЖЕ" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:26 +msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," +msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:29 +msgid "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," +msgstr "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:31 +msgid "B<date>(1)." +msgstr "B<date>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:32 cleanup-info.8:53 dpkg-architecture.1:272 dpkg.cfg.5:17 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 dpkg-deb.1:270 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:173 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:67 dpkg-source.1:845 dpkg-split.1:251 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:88 dselect.cfg.5:17 update-alternatives.8:455 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "АВТОР" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:35 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " +"placed by him into the public domain." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> и эту страницу руководства написал и передал в общественное " +"достояние Ian Jackson." + +# type: TH +#: cleanup-info.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cleanup-info" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:4 +msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:17 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:20 +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:23 +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:28 +msgid "" +"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:30 dpkg-architecture.1:76 dpkg-divert.8:73 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 dselect.1:121 +#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:304 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--unsafe>" +msgstr "B<unpacked>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:36 +msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:38 +msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:38 dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-deb.1:198 dpkg-divert.8:76 +#: dpkg-query.1:89 dpkg-scansources.1:61 dpkg-source.1:101 dpkg-split.1:148 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 dselect.1:128 install-info.8:200 +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:41 +msgid "Output version and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: cleanup-info.8:42 dpkg.1:496 dpkg.cfg.5:12 dpkg-divert.8:114 +#: dpkg-source.1:788 dpkg-split.1:235 dpkg-statoverride.8:75 dselect.cfg.5:12 +#: update-alternatives.8:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "ФАЙЛЫ" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:46 +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:49 +msgid "Probably many." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:53 +msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:55 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:57 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 dpkg-divert.8:130 +#: dpkg-query.1:181 dpkg-statoverride.8:95 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Это свободная программа; смотрите Универсальную Общественную Лицензии GNU " +"версии 2 или более позднюю, где изложены условия распространения. НИКАКИХ " +"гарантий." + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian" +msgstr "Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:4 +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:6 deb-old.5:7 +msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:12 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:16 +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: deb.5:16 deb-old.5:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:21 +msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:31 +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:36 +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:46 +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:50 +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:61 +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " +"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " +"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " +"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:67 +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-control" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:6 +msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" +msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:9 +msgid "control" +msgstr "control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:23 +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " +"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B<Description> field, see below)." +msgstr "" +"Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких " +"полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> " +"(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля " +"разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать " +"несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при " +"обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" +msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:29 +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" +"Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании " +"имён файлов большинством установочных утилит." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." +msgstr "" +"Обычно в этом поле указывается оригинальный номер версии пакета в той форме, " +"которую использует автор программы. Версия может также включать номер " +"ревизии Debian (для не родных пакетов). Если указываются и версия и номер " +"ревизии, то они разделяются дефисом: `-'. Из-за этого оригинальный номер " +"версии не может содержать в себе дефис." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:41 +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" +"Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и " +"обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, " +"которая была упакована." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:44 +msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B< >E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgstr "" +"Формат описания пакета -- это краткое и ёмкое описание в первой строке " +"(после поля \"Description\"). Последующие строки могут быть использованы как " +"длинное, более детальное описание. В начале каждой строки длинного описания " +"должен находиться пробел, а пустые строки в длинном описании должны " +"содержать одну точку '.', следующую сразу после начального пробела." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" +msgstr "НЕОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>секцияE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:57 +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." +msgstr "" +"Это обобщающее поле, в котором пакету присваивается категория, в зависимости " +"от типа программного обеспечения, которое он содержит. Примерами секций " +"могут служить `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' и т.д." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgstr "" +"Устанавливает важность данного пакета, в зависимости от его значимости для " +"системы. Приоритеты могут быть такими: `required', `standard', `optional', " +"`extra' и т.д." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" +"Поля B<Section> и B<Priority> могут принимать только значения из списка, " +"который определен в политике Debian. Они используются для того, чтобы " +"решить, как пакеты будут размещены в архиве. Список возможных значений можно " +"узнать из последней версии пакета B<debian-policy>." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:78 +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" +"Данное поле обычно необходимо только когда ответ - `yes' (да). Это означает, " +"что данный пакет требуется для нормального функционирования системы. Dpkg и " +"другие программы установки не разрешают удаление пакетов, помеченных как " +"B<Essential> (по крайней мере, без указания специальных флагов)." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" +"Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был " +"скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', " +"`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет " +"не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит " +"документацию." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:90 +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." +msgstr "" +"Имя пакета с исходниками, из которого компилируется бинарный пакет, если оно " +"отличается от имени самого пакета." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:100 +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgstr "" +"Список пакетов, требующихся для обеспечения нормальной работы данного " +"пакета. Программа установки не позволит (по крайней мере, без использования " +"специальных флагов) установить данный пакет, если пакеты, перечисленные в " +"B<Depends>, ещё не установлены. При установке скрипты postinst этих пакетов " +"будут выполнены перед скриптом postinst данного пакета, а при удалении из " +"системы скрипты prerm будут выполнены после скрипта prerm данного пакета." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:107 +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" +"Список пакетов, которые должны быть установлены B<и> настроены перед тем, " +"как будет устанавливаться данный пакет. Обычно это используется в случае, " +"когда пакет требует наличия другого пакета для запуска собственного сценария " +"preinst." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:114 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." +msgstr "" +"Список пакетов, которые рекомендуется установить вместе с данным пакетом. " +"Программа установки предупредит пользователя, если он устанавливает пакет " +"без пакетов, которые перечислены в поле B<Recommends>." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:119 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" +"Список пакетов, которые расширяют функциональность устанавливаемого пакета, " +"но без которых данный пакет может прекрасно обойтись." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" +"Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> " +"позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это " +"список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы " +"разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки " +"как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках " +"можно указать его версию." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:137 +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgstr "" +"Если номер версии начинается с `E<gt>E<gt>', то это означает любую более " +"позднюю версию, при чём также может быть задан или пропущен номер ревизии " +"Debian (который отделен от версии дефисом). Таким образом: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"означает \"больше чем\", \"E<lt>E<lt>\" -- \"меньше чем\", \"E<gt>=\" -- " +"\"больше или равно чем\", \"E<lt>=\" -- \"меньше или равно чем\", а \"=\" -- " +"\"только версия, которая указана\"." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:145 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" +"Список пакетов, которые конфликтуют с пакетом; например, если в них " +"содержатся файлы с теми же именами. Программа установки не позволит " +"установить в систему два конфликтующих пакета. Каждый из двух конфликтующих " +"пакетов должен указать в строке B<Conflicts> имя другого." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:153 +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" +"Список пакетов, которые заменяют данный пакет. Он используется для того, " +"чтобы разрешить данному пакету перезаписать файлы другого пакета и обычно " +"используется совместно с полем B<Conflicts>, чтобы сразу же заставить " +"удалить этот другой пакет, если он содержит такие же файлы, как " +"устанавливаемый." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " +"the list." +msgstr "" +"Список виртуальных пакетов, которые предоставляет данный пакет. Обычно он " +"используется, если несколько разных пакетов предоставляют один и тот же " +"сервис. Например, sendmail и exim могут работать как почтовые серверы, " +"поэтому они предоставляют общий пакет (`mail-transport-agent') для тех " +"пакетов, которые могут от него зависеть. Это позволяет использовать sendmail " +"или exim в тех пакетах, которые зависят от `mail-transport-agent'. Это " +"устраняет необходимость указывать в пакетах, которые зависят от почтового " +"сервера, список через `|' всех пакетов почтовых серверов." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:178 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " +"fields." +msgstr "" +"Синтаксис B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> и B<Provides> позволяет перечислить " +"пакеты через запятую (и необязательный пробел). В поле B<Conflicts> запятая " +"читается как `ИЛИ'. В значениях полей B<Conflicts> и B<Replaces> можно " +"указывать номер версии пакета (используя вышеописанный синтаксис)." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "ПРИМЕР" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +msgstr "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:207 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "deb-old" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:4 +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:17 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" +"(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:21 +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:25 +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:28 +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:30 +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:35 +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:46 +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:50 +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-04-09" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg suite" +msgstr "комплект dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:4 +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "dpkg -- менеджер пакетов Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:13 +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " +"--help>." +msgstr "" +"Это руководство предназначено для пользователей, желающих более подробно " +"ознакомиться с параметрами командной строки B<dpkg> и состояниями пакетов: " +"здесь это описано более детально, чем в B<dpkg --help>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:18 +msgid "" +"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" +"Это руководство I<не> следует использовать сопровождающим пакетов, которые " +"хотят понять, как B<dpkg> будет устанавливать их пакеты. Описание того, что " +"делает B<dpkg> при установке и удалении пакетов особенно не полно." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " +"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " +"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " +"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " +"some way." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> -- это инструмент для установки, создания, удаления и управления " +"пакетами Debian. Основная и более простая оболочка для B<dpkg> -- это " +"B<dselect>(8). B<dpkg> полностью управляется параметрами командной строки, " +"которые состоят из одного действия и нуля или более параметров. Действие " +"говорит B<dpkg> что ему нужно сделать, а параметры управляют выполнением " +"действия." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " +"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " +"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> может также использоваться как интерфейс к B<dpkg-deb>. " +"Нижеследующие действия являются действиями B<dpkg-deb>, и если они " +"встречаются, то B<dpkg> просто запускает B<dpkg-deb> с указанными " +"параметрами:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" +msgstr "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract> и\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:42 +msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." +msgstr "Все эти действия описаны в B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:48 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " +"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> управляет некоторой полезной информацией о доступных пакетах. Эта " +"информация делится на три класса: B<состояния>, B<выбранные состояния> и " +"B<флаги>. Предполагается, что в большинстве случаев эта информация " +"изменяется с помощью B<dselect>." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE STATES" +msgstr "СОСТОЯНИЯ ПАКЕТА" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<installed>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:52 +msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." +msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-installed>" +msgstr "B<half-installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:56 +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "Установка пакета была запущена, но не закончена по какой-либо причине." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<not-installed>" +msgstr "B<not-installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:59 +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "Пакет в системе не установлен." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<unpacked>" +msgstr "B<unpacked>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:62 +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-configured>" +msgstr "B<half-configured>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:66 +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" +"Пакет распакован и настройка была запущена, но пока ещё не завершена по " +"какой-либо причине." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<config-files>" +msgstr "B<config-files>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:69 +msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "В системе остались только конфигурационные файлы пакета." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" +msgstr "ВЫБРАННЫЕ СОСТОЯНИЯ ПАКЕТА" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<install>" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:73 +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<deinstall>" +msgstr "B<deinstall>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:77 +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Пакет выбран для удаления (т.е. будут удалены все файлы, кроме " +"конфигурационных)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<purge>" +msgstr "B<purge>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:81 +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Пакет выбран для полной очистки (т.е. будут удалены абсолютно все файлы, " +"включая конфигурационные)." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" +msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<hold>" +msgstr "B<hold>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:86 +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" +"Пакет помечен как B<зафиксированный> и не обрабатывается B<dpkg>, только " +"если не указан параметр B<--force-hold>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<reinst-required>" +msgstr "B<reinst-required>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:91 +msgid "" +"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " +"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" +"reinstreq>." +msgstr "" +"Пакет, помеченный как B<reinst-required>, является сломанным и требует " +"переустановки. Такие пакеты не могут быть удалены, пока не указан параметр " +"B<--force-reinstreq>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:92 dpkg-architecture.1:42 update-alternatives.8:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "ДЕЙСТВИЯ" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:97 +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Установить заданный пакет. Если указан параметр B<--recursive> или B<-R>, то " +"вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:99 +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Установка состоит из следующих шагов:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:102 +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:106 +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> Если другая версия этого пакета была установлена ранее, то запускается " +"сценарий I<prerm> из старого пакета." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:109 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:113 +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" +"B<4.> Распаковываются новые файлы, в тоже самое время сохраняя старые, чтобы " +"если что-то пойдет не так, можно было их восстановить." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:120 +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" +"B<5.> Если ранее была установлена другая версия этого пакета, то запускается " +"сценарий I<postrm> для старого пакета. Заметим, что этот сценарий " +"запускается после сценария I<preinst> нового пакета, потому что новые файлы " +"записываются в то же самое время, когда удаляются старые." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:124 +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" +"B<6.> Настройка пакета. Смотрите описание B<--configure>, где приведена " +"подробная информация об этом шаге." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<имя файла пакета>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:129 +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Распаковать пакет, но не настраивать. Если указан параметр B<--recursive> " +"или B<--R>, то вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:134 +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" +"Повторно настроить распакованный пакет. Если вместо I<имени пакета> задан " +"параметр B<-a> или B<--pending>, то все распакованные, но не настроенные " +"пакеты будут настроены." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:136 +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Настройка состоит из следующих шагов:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:141 +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"B<1.> Распаковка конфигурационных файлов, в то же самое время сохраняя " +"старые конфигурационные файлы, чтобы можно было восстановить их, если что-то " +"пойдет не так." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:144 +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<2.> Запуск сценария I<postinst>, если он есть в пакете." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:155 +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Удалить установленный пакет. Если указан параметр B<-r> или B<--remove> то " +"удаляется всё, кроме конфигурационных файлов. Это позволяет избежать " +"переконфигурации пакета, если он будет повторно установлен у будущем. " +"(Конфигурационные файлы -- это те, что указаны в управляющем файле I<debian/" +"confiles>). Если указан параметр B<-P> или B<--purge> то удаляется всё, " +"включая конфигурационные файлы. Если вместо I<имени пакета> задан параметр " +"B<-a> или B<--pending,> то все распакованные пакеты, но отмеченные в файле " +"I</var/lib/dpkg/status> для удаления или полной очистки, соответственно, " +"удаляются или полностью очищаются." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:157 +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Удаление пакета состоит из следующих шагов:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:160 +msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" +msgstr "B<1.> Запуск сценария I<prerm>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:163 +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "B<2.> Удаление установленных фалов" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:166 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" +msgstr "B<3.> Запуск сценария I<postrm>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail > I <файл Packages>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:176 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " +"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." +msgstr "" +"Обновить информацию B<dpkg> и B<dselect> о доступных пакетах. Действие B<--" +"merge-avail> комбинирует старую информацию с информацией из I<файла " +"Packages>. Действие B<--update-avail> перезаписывает старую информацию " +"информацией из I<файла Packages>. I<Файл Packages> распространяется с Debian " +"под именем I<Packages>. B<dpkg> хранит информацию о доступных пакетах в " +"файле I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:179 +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " +"B<dselect update>." +msgstr "" +"Для упрощения процедуры получения и обновления файла I<available> можно " +"использовать команду B<dselect update>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<имя файла пакета> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:185 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Обновить информацию B<dpkg> и B<dselect> о доступных пакетах информацией из " +"пакета I<имя файла пакета>. Если задан параметр B<--recursive> или B<-R>, то " +"вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:188 +msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." +msgstr "Забыть о неустановленных недоступных пакетах." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:191 +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:196 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" +"Найти пакеты, которые были установлены в системе только частично. B<dpkg> " +"посоветует, что делать, чтобы восстановить их работоспособность." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "" +"Получить список выбранных пакетов и вывести его в стандартный выходной поток." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:206 +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "" +"Установить список выбранных пакетов, принимая его со стандартного ввода. " +"Этот файл должен быть в формате 'E<lt>пакетE<gt> E<lt>состояниеE<gt>', где " +"состоянием может быть install, hold, deinstall или purge. Допускаются пустые " +"строки и строки комментариев (начинающиеся с #)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:211 +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:215 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" +"Найти пакеты, выбранные для установки, но по какой-то причине ещё не " +"установленные." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "" +"Показать архитектуру устанавливаемых пакетов с помощью dpkg (например, \"i386" +"\")." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:230 +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " +"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"Сравнить номера версий, используя I<op> в качестве бинарного оператора. " +"B<dpkg> возвращает код успешного завершения (нуль), если указанное условие " +"удовлетворяется, или неудачу (не-нуль) в противном случае. Есть две группы " +"операторов, которые работают по-разному при отсутствующем параметре I<ver1> " +"или I<ver2>. Операторы B<lt le eq ne ge gt> считают отсутствующий номер " +"версии более ранним, чем любой другой. Операторы B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl> " +"считают отсутствующий номер версии более поздним, чем любой другой. " +"Операторы B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> используются " +"только для совместимости с синтаксисом файла control." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:235 +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" +"Принимает серию команд из входного файлового дескриптора B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. " +"Замечание: дополнительные параметры, заданные в командной строке, а также " +"через этот дескриптор, не сбрасываются для последующих команд, выполняющихся " +"далее в этом запуске." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:238 +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "Вывести небольшую подсказку." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:241 +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." +msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:244 +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах отладки." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:247 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." +msgstr "Показать лицензию B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:250 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." +msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:253 +msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" +"Смотрите B<dpkg-deb>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих " +"действиях." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" +" Build a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" +" List contents of a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" +" Extract control-information from a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" +" Extract the files contained by package.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" +" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" +" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" +" Debian package.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" +" Show information about a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" +" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" +" package.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<каталог> [I<имя файла>]\n" +" Собирает deb пакет.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<имя файла>\n" +" Показывает содержимое deb пакета.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<имя файла> [I<каталог>]\n" +" Извлекает управляющую информацию из пакета.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<имя файла> <каталог>\n" +" Извлекает файлы, содержащиеся в данном пакете.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<имя файла> [I<управляющее-поле>] ...\n" +" Показывает управляющее(ие) поле(я) пакета.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<имя файла>\n" +" Выдает на стандартный вывод tar-файл с файловой\n" +" системой из указанного пакета Debian.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<имя файла> [I<файл control>]\n" +" Выдает информацию о данном пакете.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<имя файла> I<каталог>\n" +" Извлекает и выдает имена файлов, содержащиеся в пакете.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:275 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:278 +msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "" +"Смотрите B<dpkg-query>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих " +"действиях." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" +" List packages matching given pattern.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" +" Report status of specified package.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" +" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" +" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" +" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list > I<шаблон имени пакета> ...\n" +" Показывает пакеты, соответствующие данному шаблону.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status > I<имя пакета> ...\n" +" Сообщает о состоянии указанного пакета.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<имя пакета> ...\n" +" Показывает файлы, установленные в системе из пакета с указанным именем.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<шаблон имени файла> ...\n" +" Ищет в установленных пакетах имя файла по заданному шаблону.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I <имя пакета>\n" +" Выводит детальную информацию о I<пакете>, которую извлекает\n" +" из файла I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:298 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в " +"конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в " +"конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в " +"командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если " +"начинается с B<#>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" +msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "" +"Задать количество ошибок после которого dpkg аварийно завершится. По " +"умолчанию 50." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:308 +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" +"При удалении пакета есть вероятность, что есть другой установленный пакет " +"зависящий от удаляемого пакета. Указание этого параметра приведёт к " +"автоматической деконфигурации пакета, который зависит от удаляемого пакета." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:314 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" +"Включить отладку. I<octal> -- это восьмеричное число, сформированное побитно " +"из нижеуказанных битовых масок, (заметим, что эти величины могут быть " +"изменены в следующих версиях). Параметры B<-Dh> или B<--debug-help> выводят " +"эти отладочные значения." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" number description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +msgstr "" +"Маска Описание\n" +" 1 Основная полезная информация по ходу выполнения\n" +" 2 Вызов и состояния скриптов поддержки\n" +" 10 Вывод по каждому обработанному файлу\n" +" 100 Подробный вывод по каждому обработанному файлу\n" +" 20 Вывод по каждому конфигурационному файлу\n" +" 200 Подробный вывод по каждому конфигурационному файлу\n" +" 40 Зависимости и конфликты\n" +" 400 Подробное освещение зависимостей и конфликтов\n" +" 1000 Подробная ерунда, например о каталоге dpkg/info\n" +" 2000 Невероятное количество ерунды\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" +msgstr "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:333 +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" +"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " +"forced by default." +msgstr "" +"Принудительно выполнять или же отказываться выполнять (B<no-force> и B<--" +"refuse> означают одно и то же) те или иные вещи. I<things> -- это список " +"через запятую элементов описанных далее). B<--force-help> выдает сообщение, " +"описывающие их. Элементы, обозначенные звёздочкой (*), принудительно " +"выполняются по умолчанию." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:337 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " +"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " +"system.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Предупреждение: Эти параметры предназначены только для использования " +"экспертами. Использование без полного понимания их действия может нарушить " +"работоспособность всей системы.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:340 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "B<all>: Включить (или выключить) все принудительные параметры." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:343 +msgid "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Установить пакет, даже если уже установлена его более новая " +"версия." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:350 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " +"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " +"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " +"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " +"with care.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Предупреждение: На данный момент dpkg не выполняет проверку зависимостей " +"при переходе на более старую версию и поэтому не предупредит если это " +"поломает зависимости с остальными пакетами. Это может иметь серьёзные " +"последствия: замена на более старую версию системных компонентов первой " +"необходимости может привести к полной неработоспособности системы. " +"Использовать осторожно.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:354 +msgid "" +"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" +"B<configure-any>: Настроить также все распакованные, но ненастроенные " +"пакеты, от которых зависит текущий пакет." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:357 +msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." +msgstr "B<hold>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты, помеченные как \"зафиксированные\"." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:362 +msgid "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Удалить пакет, даже если он сломан и отмечен как " +"требующий переустановки. Это может, например, привести к тому, что части " +"пакета останутся в системе, а B<dpkg> про них забудет." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:367 +msgid "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " +"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " +"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-essential>: Удалить, даже если это пакет первой необходимости " +"(имеет приоритет \"Essential\"). Эти пакеты в основном содержат базовые " +"команды Unix. Удаление такого пакета может привести к потере " +"работоспособности системы, так что используйте данный параметр осторожно." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:370 +msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." +msgstr "B<depends>: Превратить проблемы с зависимостями в предупреждения." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:373 +msgid "" +"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "" +"B<depends-version>: Не обращать внимание на версии при проверке зависимостей." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:377 +msgid "" +"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" +"B<conflicts>: Установить, даже если пакет конфликтует с другим пакетом. Это " +"опасно, так как обычно приводит к перезаписи некоторых файлов." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:382 +msgid "" +"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" +"B<confmiss>: Всегда устанавливать пропущенный конфигурационный файл. Это " +"опасно, так как не будут сохранены изменения (удаление) файла." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:387 +msgid "" +"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confnew>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, то всегда устанавливать " +"новую версию без запроса подтверждения, если не задан также параметр B<--" +"force-confdef>, при котором предпочтение отдаётся действию по умолчанию." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:392 +msgid "" +"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confold>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда сохранять старую " +"версию без запроса подтверждения, если не задан также параметр B<--force-" +"confdef>, при котором предпочтение отдаётся действию по умолчанию." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:398 +msgid "" +"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" +"B<confdef>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда выбирать действие " +"по умолчанию. Если такового нет, то спросить у пользователя, если не задан " +"параметр B<--force-confnew> или B<--force-confold> (в этом случае " +"соответствующий параметр используется для выяснения, что именно нужно " +"делать)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:401 +msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite>: Перезаписать файл из одного пакета файлом из другого пакета." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:404 +msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-dir>: Перезаписать каталог из одного пакета файлом из другого." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:407 +msgid "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Перезаписать файл с изменённым расположением" +"(diverted) его неизменённой версией." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:410 +msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." +msgstr "B<architecture>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты с неправильной архитектурой." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:413 +msgid "" +"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-path>: В B<PATH> отсутствуют важные программы, поэтому могут " +"возникнуть проблемы." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:416 +msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "" +"B<not-root>: Попытаться установить или удалить пакет, даже если не нет прав " +"суперпользователя." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:419 +msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-verify>: Устанавливать пакет, даже если он не прошёл проверку " +"подлинности." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:420 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." +msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<пакет>,..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:424 +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" +"Игнорировать проверку зависимостей для указанных пакетов (на самом деле, " +"проверка выполняется, но выдаются только предупреждения о конфликтах и " +"ничего более)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:428 +msgid "" +"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Выбрать, соответственно, новый или старый формат пакета. Это параметр " +"программы B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:428 dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:432 +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Не читать и не проверять содержимое файла control при создании пакета. Это " +"параметр программы B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" +msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:437 +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " +"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " +"actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" +"Делать всё, что необходимо, но не записывать на диск изменения. Он " +"используется для того, чтобы посмотреть, что произошло бы при выполнении " +"указанного действия, но при этом ничего не меняется." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:442 +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что указали B<--no-act> перед действием, или у вас могут " +"получиться нежелаемые результаты. (например, B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> " +"сперва выполнит полное удаление пакета foo, а затем будет пытаться полностью " +"удалить пакет --no-act, хотя вы ожидали, что ничего выполнено не будет)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" +msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:448 +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" +"Рекурсивная обработать все файлы, отвечающие шаблону B<*.deb>, которые " +"найдены в заданных каталогах и во всех их подкаталогах. Этот параметр можно " +"использовать вместе с действиями B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> и " +"B<--avail>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" +"Не устанавливать пакет, если новая версия такого же пакета уже установлена. " +"Это синоним параметра B<--refuse-downgrade>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " +"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " +"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" +"var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Изменить каталоги по умолчанию. Каталог B<admindir> по умолчанию имеет " +"значение B</var/lib/dpkg> и содержит много файлов, в которых даётся " +"информация о состоянии установленных или удалённых пакетов и т.д. Каталог " +"B<instdir> по умолчанию равен I</> и указывает каталог, куда будут " +"устанавливаться пакеты. Он также передаётся функции B<chroot>(2) перед " +"запуском сценария установки B<пакета> -- это означает, что сценарии будут " +"считать B<instdir> корневым каталогом. Изменение каталога B<root> " +"устанавливает каталог B<instdir> в значение B<dir>, а каталога B<admindir> " +"-- в значение I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:469 +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" +"Обрабатывать только пакеты, выбранные для установки. Такой выбор делается " +"программой B<dselect> или же самой программой B<dpkg> при работе с пакетами. " +"Например, когда пакет удаляется, он будет помечен для удаления." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:473 +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Не устанавливать пакет, если та же версия этого пакета уже установлена." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " +"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" +"Послать информацию о состоянии пакета в файловый дескриптор I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. " +"Этот параметр можно задавать несколько раз. Эта информация выдаётся в виде " +"`status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Ошибки выдаются в форме " +"`status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Конфликты " +"конфигурационных файлов выдаются в форме `status: conffile-prompt: " +"conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " +"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" +"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " +"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " +"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" +"Протоколировать изменения обновлений и действия в I<файл>, вместо файл по " +"умолчанию I</var/log/dpkg.log>. Если этот параметр указан несколько раз, то " +"используется последнее имя файла. Протоколируемые сообщения имеют вид `YYYY-" +"MM-DD HH:MM:SS status E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" +"versionE<gt>' при изменении состояния обновлений; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS " +"E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt> E<lt>available-" +"versionE<gt>' при выполнении действия, где I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> может быть " +"install, upgrade, remove, purge; и `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile " +"E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' при изменении конфигурационных " +"файлов, \n" +"где I<E<lt>decision> может быть install или keep." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:495 +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "Не пытаться проверять подпись пакета." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:497 dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:500 +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:500 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" +msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:504 +msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "" +"Файл журнала по умолчанию (смотрите I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) и параметр B<--" +"log>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:507 +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" +"Остальные файлы перечислены с указанием их каталогов по умолчанию, смотрите " +"параметр B<admindir>, чтобы узнать, как изменить местоположение этих файлов." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:510 +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "Список доступных пакетов." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:516 +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." +msgstr "" +"Состояния доступных пакетов. Этот файл содержит информацию о том, помечен ли " +"пакет для удаления или нет, установлен он или нет, и т.д. Смотрите раздел " +"B<ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ>, где приведена подробная информация." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:519 +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" +"Нижеследующие файлы являются компонентами бинарного пакета. Смотрите B<deb>" +"(5), где приведена подробная информация:" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<control>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<conffiles>" +msgstr "I<conffiles>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<preinst>" +msgstr "I<preinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postinst>" +msgstr "I<postinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<prerm>" +msgstr "I<prerm>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postrm>" +msgstr "I<postrm>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:532 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" +msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:537 +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" +"Если она определена, то B<dpkg> при запуске оболочки не приостанавливает " +"себя, а создаёт новый процесс." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<SHELL>" +msgstr "B<SHELL>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:540 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." +msgstr "Программа, которую запустит B<dpkg> при старте новой оболочки." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:540 dpkg-query.1:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<COLUMNS>" +msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:544 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" +"Задаёт количество колонок текста, используемых программой B<dpkg> при " +"форматировании текста. В настоящий момент используется только с параметром " +"B<-l>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:545 dpkg-architecture.1:100 dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-name.1:71 +#: update-alternatives.8:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "ПРИМЕРЫ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:547 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" +msgstr "Показать список пакетов, относящихся к редактору vi:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:549 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" +msgstr "Посмотреть записи о двух пакетах в файле B</var/lib/dpkg/available>:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:554 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:557 +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:559 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" +msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:562 +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "Удалить установленный пакет elvis:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:564 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:569 +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить пакет, сначала нужно найти его в архиве или на CDROM. Файл " +"\"available\" показывает, что пакет vim находится в секции \"editors" +"\" (\"редакторы\"):" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:572 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" +msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:575 +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "Получить локальную копию состояний выбранных пакетов:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:577 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:581 +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете перенести этот файл на другой компьютер и установить его там с " +"помощью:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:584 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:590 +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" +"Заметим, что при этом ничего не будет ни установлено, ни удалено, просто " +"будут заданы состояния запрошенных пакетов. Для того, чтобы на самом деле " +"скачать и установить запрошенные пакеты, вам понадобится другая программа. " +"Например, запустите B<dselect> и выберите \"Установить\"." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:593 +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" +"Обычно B<dselect>(8) предоставляет более удобный способ изменить состояния " +"выбранных пакетов." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:595 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНАЯ ФУНКЦИОНАЛЬНОСТЬ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:598 +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." +msgstr "" +"Дополнительная функциональность может быть получена установкой любых " +"следующих пакетов: I<apt>, I<aptitude> и I<debsums>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:608 +msgid "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) и B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:611 +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "B<--no-act> обычно дает меньше информации, чем могло бы быть полезным." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:612 dselect.1:449 start-stop-daemon.8:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "АВТОРЫ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:616 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" +"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" +msgstr "Смотрите файл I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто участвовал в разработке B<dpkg>.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-architecture" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-06-17" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:14 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:17 +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" +"(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:26 +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +msgid "Set the Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +msgid "Set the GNU system type." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:41 +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I< command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +msgid "" +"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:76 +msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 +msgid "Print a usage message." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:82 +msgid "Print program version." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "Проект Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" +"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "architecture wildcard" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" +"E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:99 +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:103 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" +"architecture>. Other examples:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:105 +msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:107 +msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:110 +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:112 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:114 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:117 +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:119 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:121 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:122 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:148 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:157 +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" +"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " +"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " +"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " +"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " +"compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:160 dpkg-architecture.1:177 +msgid "Instead of:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:167 +msgid "please use the following:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:186 +msgid "please use:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:197 +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:202 +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:209 +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:214 +msgid "" +"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:235 +msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:238 +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:257 +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:264 +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:267 +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:271 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:276 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg.cfg" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.cfg.5:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Смотрите файл I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто " +"участвовал в разработке B<dpkg>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:22 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:184 dpkg-statoverride.8:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<date>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-source.1:2 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-23" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 +msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" +"Эта программа проверяет установленные в системе пакеты на предмет сборочных " +"зависимостей и конфликтов, описанных в файле control. Если какие-то из этих " +"зависимостей или конфликтов не удовлетворены, то об этом сообщается и работа " +"завершается с ненулевым кодом возврата." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 +msgid "" +"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию читается I<debian/control>, но в командной строке можно задать " +"другое имя файла control." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +msgid "" +"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." +msgstr "" +"Игнорировать строки I<Build-Depends-Indep>. Используется, если пакеты, " +"независящие от архитектуры не собираются." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 +msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-deb" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:12 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "" +"Смотрите B<dpkg-deb>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих " +"действиях." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:43 +msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 dpkg-split.1:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" +msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:66 +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " +"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " +"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " +"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " +"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:72 +msgid "" +"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " +"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:84 +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:91 +msgid "" +"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " +"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:93 +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " +"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 dpkg-split.1:87 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:117 +msgid "" +"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +msgid "" +"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:139 +msgid "" +"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:148 +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" +"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " +"name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:160 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:165 +msgid "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " +"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:171 +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " +"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:186 +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:190 +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 +msgid "" +"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 dpkg-split.1:143 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:198 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." +msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 dpkg-split.1:153 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 dpkg-split.1:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" +msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:216 dpkg-query.1:103 +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:225 +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +msgid "" +"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--old>" +msgstr "B<hold>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:240 +msgid "" +"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +msgid "" +"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:249 +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:254 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:258 +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:265 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " +"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:270 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:278 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-divert" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:15 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:36 +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:44 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " +"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " +"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " +"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:45 dselect.1:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" +"dpkg>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " +"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:61 install-info.8:190 +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:300 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:73 +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:76 +msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:79 +msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-divert.8:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:84 +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " +"match if specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:86 +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:92 +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:97 +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." +"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" +"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:99 +msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:101 dpkg-divert.8:111 +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:103 +msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:107 +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" +"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:109 +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:113 +msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:115 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:120 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:123 +msgid "" +"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" +"old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:128 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-name.1:6 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-name" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:9 +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:22 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:33 +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " +"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " +"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " +"a hyphen and the revision information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" +"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " +"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " +"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" +"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " +"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " +"care, it's messy." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h, --help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v, --version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:67 dselect.1:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l, --license>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:71 +msgid "" +"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " +"exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +msgid "" +"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:91 +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:100 +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-name.1:107 dpkg-source.1:847 install-info.8:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Это свободная программа; смотрите Универсальную Общественную Лицензии GNU " +"версии 2 или более позднюю, где изложены условия распространения. НИКАКИХ " +"гарантий." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-query" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<имя файла пакета> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B<dpkg> database." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:50 +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " +"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" +"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" +"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " +"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" +"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" +"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " +"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " +"separated by a tab." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" +msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +msgid "" +"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" +"available>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display licence and copyright information." +msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display version information." +msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" +"lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:105 +msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<\\en> newline\n" +" B<\\er> carriage return\n" +" B<\\et> tab\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:116 +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" +"$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:122 +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " +"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " +"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:161 +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:167 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:172 +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-query.1:175 dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:177 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-10" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 +msgid "" +"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 +msgid "" +"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 +msgid "" +"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 +msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 +msgid "" +"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " +"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " +"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " +"in the output." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 +msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 +msgid "" +"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 +msgid "" +"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " +"to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 update-alternatives.8:436 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scansources" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:13 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" +"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:18 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:29 +msgid "" +"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" +"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:33 +msgid "" +"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:45 install-info.8:272 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +msgid "Show the usage message and die." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:55 +msgid "" +"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:61 +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print the version number and exit." +msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:66 +msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:68 +msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-source.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-source" +msgstr "комплект dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:7 +msgid "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " +"tools" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:15 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" +"targz>|'']" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:42 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" +"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:68 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" +">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " +"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" +"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " +"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " +"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " +"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " +"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:70 +msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:76 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:80 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:84 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:89 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:93 +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:93 update-alternatives.8:290 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" +msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +msgid "" +"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " +"with the programs that accept them." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:101 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " +"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " +"tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " +"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>I<version>" +msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:114 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " +"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I<version> to be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " +"will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" +msgstr "B< >E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " +"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:150 +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " +"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:158 +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +msgid "" +"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " +"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " +"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +msgid "" +"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-U>I<field>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +msgid "" +"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:212 +msgid "" +"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" +"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " +"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " +"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " +"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " +"being built." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +msgid "" +"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " +"one) - see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +msgid "" +"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " +"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +msgid "" +"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " +"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +msgid "" +"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " +"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:272 +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " +"under the current working directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:280 +msgid "" +"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " +"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " +"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:303 +msgid "" +"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " +"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " +"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " +"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " +"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " +"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " +"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:303 dpkg-source.1:642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:311 +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:323 +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." +"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " +"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " +"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " +"the B<-i> switch." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:323 dpkg-source.1:646 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." +"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:345 +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" +"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:357 +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" +"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " +"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:368 +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:377 +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:406 +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" +"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" +"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:415 +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:422 +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:425 +msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:430 +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<package>" +msgstr "B<unpacked>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" +"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:472 +msgid "" +"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " +"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:472 dpkg-source.1:534 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +msgid "" +"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " +"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" +"P> was used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:497 +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:507 +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " +"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " +"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +msgid "" +"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " +"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:534 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " +"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +msgid "" +"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " +"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" +"substvars> by default)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<type>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " +"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " +"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " +"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " +"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +msgid "" +"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " +"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " +"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " +"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " +"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " +"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" +"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-tc>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " +"after the package has been built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" +msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:642 +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:646 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." +msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-nc>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:666 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" +"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." +"changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " +"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " +"arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:687 +msgid "" +"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " +"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:694 +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:701 +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" +"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:714 +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Arch>" +msgstr "B<-B>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<binary:Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source-Version>" +msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Installed-Size>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " +"debian/tmp> to find the default value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Extra-Size>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B<Installed-Size> control file field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"- see above." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:785 +msgid "The full version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:788 +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:789 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/control>" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/files>" +msgstr "B<config-files>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " +"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/substvars>" +msgstr "B<deinstall>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "Список доступных пакетов." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:825 +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:828 +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:835 +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" +"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:839 +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:847 +msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:849 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:851 +msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:857 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"Это свободная программа; смотрите Универсальную Общественную Лицензии GNU " +"версии 2 или более позднюю, где изложены условия распространения. НИКАКИХ " +"гарантий." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-split.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-split" +msgstr "комплект dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:5 +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:33 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:37 +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:45 +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" +"discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:48 +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:52 +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:60 +msgid "" +"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +msgid "" +"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:72 +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:76 +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:81 +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:83 +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:86 +msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:95 +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:100 +msgid "" +"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:107 +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:113 +msgid "" +"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " +"not created." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:120 +msgid "" +"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:130 +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:138 +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:143 +msgid "" +"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:148 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:153 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:160 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " +"The default is 450Kb." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:173 +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:194 +msgid "" +"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:200 +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:205 +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-split.1:205 update-alternatives.8:429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:211 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:217 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I<part> file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:221 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:225 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:228 +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:231 +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:235 +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:236 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:240 +msgid "" +"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:245 +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" +"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " +"filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:250 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:260 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-statoverride" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian project" +msgstr "Проект Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " +"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:28 +msgid "" +"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41 +msgid "" +"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " +"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " +"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " +"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " +"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " +"to the new owner and mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +msgid "" +"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " +"left unchanged by this command." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61 +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 +msgid "Show usage information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +msgid "Show program version and copyright." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74 +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:17 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" +"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" +" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" +" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" +" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" +" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:38 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:44 +msgid "" +"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в " +"конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в " +"конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в " +"командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если " +"начинается с B<#>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:57 +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:60 +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:64 +msgid "" +"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:71 +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " +"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " +"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:72 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<title>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:75 +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:75 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:78 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:81 +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:81 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:84 +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:84 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "B<purge>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:88 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:92 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:92 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "B<installed>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:95 +msgid "" +"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:95 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:101 +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:104 +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:104 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "B<purge>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:107 +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:110 +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:115 +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:121 +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:124 +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:124 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:128 +msgid "" +"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:137 +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "access" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:139 +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:145 +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " +"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " +"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:147 +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "Список доступных пакетов." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:157 +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:160 +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "select" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:163 +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:169 +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:176 +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:179 +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:180 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "install" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:182 +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:188 +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:196 +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." +"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " +"these are installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:203 +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "config" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:206 +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:209 +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "quit" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:212 +msgid "Quit B<dselect>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:214 +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package selections management" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:234 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " +"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " +"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " +"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " +"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " +"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " +"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " +"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " +"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:240 +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:249 +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:252 +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" +"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" +"alternates between:\n" +" - the extended description\n" +" - the control information for the installed version\n" +" - the control information for the available version\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:266 +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:272 +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:280 +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:286 +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" +" Error flag:\n" +" I<empty> no error\n" +" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" +" Installed state:\n" +" I<empty> not installed;\n" +" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" +" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" +" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" +" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" +" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" +" Current and requested selections:\n" +" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" +" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" +" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" +" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" +" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:310 +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" +" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" +" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" +" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" +" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" +" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" +" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" +" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" +" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" +" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" +" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" +" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:342 +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" +"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " +"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " +"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " +"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " +"searching from there." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" +"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" +"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" +" alphabet available status\n" +" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" +" section+priority available+section status+section\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:352 +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" +"altered with the following commands:\n" +" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" +" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" +" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" +" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" +" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:366 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:371 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:377 +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:383 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:390 +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:396 +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:404 +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:405 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:412 +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " +"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " +"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " +"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " +"resolution screen." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:418 +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:425 +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:432 +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:434 +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:436 +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "Список доступных пакетов." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:442 +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:448 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:453 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:456 +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect.cfg" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.cfg.5:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"Смотрите файл I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто " +"участвовал в разработке B<dpkg>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<date>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:5 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "install-info" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:8 +msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:24 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:39 +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:57 +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:66 +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:71 +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:76 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:86 +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:91 +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:97 +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:103 +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:121 +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" +"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " +"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:135 +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:142 +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:148 +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:151 +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:154 +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:160 +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:169 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" +"info/>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:178 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:190 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:195 +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:200 +msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:205 +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:212 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:214 +msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:216 +msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:218 +msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:227 +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:234 +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:236 +msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:240 +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:249 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:256 +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:256 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--keep-old>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:260 +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:264 +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:269 +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:272 +msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:276 +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:287 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Это свободная программа; смотрите Универсальную Общественную Лицензии GNU " +"версии 2 или более позднюю, где изложены условия распространения. НИКАКИХ " +"гарантий." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "start-stop-daemon" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:4 +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "" +"start-stop-daemon -- запускает и останавливает системные программы-демоны" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:11 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<параметры> [B<-->] I<аргументы>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:15 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<параметры>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:18 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:21 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:29 +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> используется для управления созданием и завершением " +"системных процессов. Используя параметры B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user> " +"и B<--name>, B<start-stop-daemon> может быть настроен для поиска уже " +"запущенных экземпляров процесса." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:48 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " +"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " +"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " +"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " +"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " +"program being started." +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> с параметром B<--start> проверяет существование " +"указанного процесса. Если такой процесс существует, B<start-stop-daemon> " +"ничего не делает и прекращает работу с кодом завершения 1 (или 0, если задан " +"параметр B<--oknodo>). Если же такой процесс не существует, то он " +"запускается, используя либо исполняемый файл, заданный параметром B<--exec>, " +"(либо параметром B<--startas>). Все аргументы, заданные в командной строке " +"после B<-->, будут без изменений переданы запускаемой программе." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:68 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " +"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " +"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " +"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" +"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> с параметром B<--stop> также проверяет существование " +"заданного процесса. Если такой процесс существует, то B<start-stop-daemon> " +"посылает ему сигнал, заданный параметром B<--signal> и прекращает работу с " +"кодом завершения 0. Если такой процесс не существует, то B<start-stop-" +"daemon> прекращает работу с кодом завершения 1 (или 0, если задан параметр " +"B<--oknodo>). Если указан параметр B<--retry>, то B<start-stop-daemon> будет " +"проверять, что процесс(ы) завершили работу." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" +"Заметим, что если не указан параметр B<--pidfile>, то B<start-stop-daemon> " +"действует подобно B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> сканирует таблицу " +"процессов в поисках любых процессов с нужным именем, uid, и/или gid (если " +"указаны). Любой подходящий процесс предотвратит запуск демона, если указан " +"параметр B<--start>. Всем подходящим процессам будет послан сигнал KILL, " +"если указан параметр B<--stop>. Для демонов, у которых есть долго живущие " +"потомки, которых нужно оставить работать при параметре B<--stop>нужно " +"указывать pidfile." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" +"Проверить процессы, которые являются экземплярами данного исполняемого файла " +"(согласно B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." +msgstr "Проверить какой процесс создал I<pid-файл>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<имя_пользователя>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +msgid "" +"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" +"Проверить процессы, принадлежащие пользователю, указанному с помощью " +"I<имени_пользователя> или I<uid>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<группа>|I<gid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "Изменить группу на I<группу> или I<gid> при запуске процесса." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" +"Проверить процессы с именем I<имя_процесса> (согласно B</proc/>I<pid>B</" +"stat>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" +"При использовании вместе с параметром B<--stop>, задать сигнал, который " +"будет послан процессам для их останова (по умолчанию 15)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<время_ожидания>|I<затем>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:128 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" +"При использовании вместе с параметром B<--stop> указать, что B<start-stop-" +"daemon> должен следить за завершением процесса. Периодически будет " +"проверяться, выполняются ли ещё указанные процессы, до тех пор, пока все они " +"не завершатся. Если процессы не завершаются, то будет предпринято действие, " +"заданное в параметре I<затем>." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:139 +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" +"Если вместо параметра I<затем> указан I<время_ожидания>, то используется " +"последовательность действий I<сигнал>B</>I<время_ожидания>B</KILL/" +">I<время_ожидания>, где I<сигнал> -- это сигнал, заданный параметром B<--" +"signal>." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:155 +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Параметр I<затем> -- это последовательность из не менее двух элементов, " +"разделённых косой чертой (B</>); каждый элемент -- это либо B<->I<номер-" +"сигнала> или [B<->]I<название-сигнала>, или I<время_ожидания>, задающее " +"количество секунд, в течение которых следует ждать завершения процесса, или " +"же слово B<forever>, предписывающее повторять остаток последовательности " +"вечно, если нужно." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" +"Если достигнут конец последовательности действий и не был указан B<forever>, " +"то B<start-stop-daemon> прекращает работу с кодом завершения 2. Если указан " +"параметр I<затем>, то сигнал, заданный с помощью параметра B<--signal>, " +"игнорируется." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" +"При использовании с параметром B<--start> запускает процесс, указанный в " +"параметре I<полное_имя>. Если этот параметр не задан, то берётся значение " +"параметра B<--exec>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" +"Вывести действия, которые должны быть выполнены и установить соответствующий " +"код завершения, но не выполнять эти действия." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" +"Возвращать код 0 вместо 1, если не было выполнено (или не должно было быть " +"выполнено) никаких действий." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "Не выдавать информационных сообщений; только сообщения об ошибках." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<имя-пользователя>|I<uid>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" +"Установить указанное имя пользователя или uid перед запуском процесса. Вы " +"можете также задать группу, добавив двоеточие B<:> имя группы или gid, как в " +"команде `chown' (I<пользователь>B<:>I<группа>). При использовании этого " +"параметра вы должны понимать, что также будут установлены основная и " +"дополнительная группы, даже если не указан параметр B<--group>. Параметр B<--" +"group> используется только для групп, в которых пользователь обычно не " +"состоит (например, в случае с системным пользователем B<nobody>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" +"Перед запуском процесса перейти в каталог I<root> и сделать его корневым. " +"Заметим, что pid-файл будет создан после установки нового корневого каталога." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" +"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." +msgstr "" +"Перейти в каталог I<путь> перед запуском процесса. Это действие выполняется " +"после выполнения действий согласно параметру B<-r>|B<--chroot> если он " +"задан. Если он не указан, то start-stop-daemon переходит в корневой каталог " +"перед запуском процесса." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" +msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" +"Обычно этот параметр используется с программами, которые не могут сами " +"отключиться от терминала, на котором они запущены. Этот параметр заставит " +"B<start-stop-daemon> сделать fork() перед запуском процесса и перевести его " +"в фоновый режим. B<ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ: start-stop-daemon> не может проверить код " +"возврата, если процесс не может успешно выполниться по I<какой бы то ни " +"было> причине. Это последняя возможность, предназначенная только для " +"программ, которые не умеют выполнять fork() сами, или если нет возможности " +"добавить в них код для этого." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Этот параметр перед запуском изменяет приоритет процесса." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Этот параметр перед запуском изменяет приоритет процесса." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" +"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " +"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " +"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " +"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " +"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" +"Этот параметр используется, если запускаемая программа не создаёт свой " +"собственный pid-файл. При этом B<start-stop-daemon> непосредственно перед " +"запуском процесса создаст файл, указанный в параметре флага B<--pidfile> и " +"поместит в него pid запускаемого процесса. Заметим, что этот файл не будет " +"удалён при остановке программы. B<ЗАМЕЧАНИЕ:> Эта возможность иногда может " +"не работать. В в основном это случается, когда запускаемая программа " +"выполняет fork(). Поэтому данный параметр обычно бывает полезен только при " +"использовании вместе с параметром B<--background>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "Выдавать подробные информационные сообщения." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +msgid "Print help information; then exit." +msgstr "Выдать подсказку и завершить работу." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:256 +msgid "Print version information; then exit." +msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:260 +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> основываясь " +"на версии, сделанной Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:262 +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" +"Страница руководства написана Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, частично " +"переформатировано Ian Jackson." + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update-alternatives" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-11-24" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:11 +msgid "" +"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:20 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:25 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:30 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:34 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:39 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:44 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:49 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:54 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:59 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:64 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:72 +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:94 +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" +"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " +"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " +"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " +"to do so." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:104 +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:116 +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" +"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " +"Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:135 +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" +"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " +"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " +"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:143 +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:152 +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:159 +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:175 +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " +"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " +"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " +"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " +"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " +"return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:179 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:190 +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: update-alternatives.8:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "generic name" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "symlink" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternative" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" +"alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link group" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "master link" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:245 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:257 +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " +"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:263 +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:266 +msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:272 +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:275 +msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:280 +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:283 +msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:290 +msgid "" +"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " +"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " +"together with any action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:291 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:300 +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:304 +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +msgid "Give some usage information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:320 +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:338 +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "B<install>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--display> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--config> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:414 +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:428 +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" +"admindir> option." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:435 +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:445 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:449 +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:454 +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:459 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Это свободная программа; смотрите Универсальную Общественную Лицензии GNU " +"версии 2 или более позднюю, где изложены условия распространения. НИКАКИХ " +"гарантий." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" +"Это свободная программа; смотрите Универсальную Общественную Лицензии GNU " +"версии 2 или более позднюю, где изложены условия распространения. НИКАКИХ " +"гарантий." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:465 +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:468 +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" +#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" + +# type: Plain text +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you " +#~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Устанавливается B<dpkg> равной именем старого конфигурационного файла при " +#~ "запуске оболочки для определения изменения конфигурации. file." + +# type: TP +#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" +#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" + +# type: Plain text +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file " +#~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Устанавливается B<dpkg> равной именем нового конфигурационного файла при " +#~ "запуске оболочки для определения изменения конфигурации. file." + +# type: Plain text +#~ msgid "" +#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages " +#~ "to remove them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Выбрать пакеты для установки, и отменить выделение для " +#~ "удаления." diff --git a/man/po/sv.po b/man/po/sv.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..90930a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/sv.po @@ -0,0 +1,10112 @@ +# Manual page for dpkg +# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. +# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 19:21+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 16:18+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "822-date" +msgstr "822-date" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#: install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-02-28" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.1:1 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dselect.1:1 +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5 start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian Project" +msgstr "Debianprojektet" + +# type: TH +#: 822-date.1:3 cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1 install-info.8:5 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg utilities" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# sv.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"dpkg-verktyg\n" +"#-#-#-#-# sv.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"dpkg-verktygen" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:4 cleanup-info.8:2 deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-old.5:2 dpkg.1:2 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-deb.1:2 +#: dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 dpkg-statoverride.8:2 +#: dselect.1:2 dselect.cfg.5:2 install-info.8:6 start-stop-daemon.8:2 +#: update-alternatives.8:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "NAMN" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:6 +msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" +msgstr "822-date - Skriv datum och tid i RFC822-format" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:7 cleanup-info.8:5 deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-old.5:5 dpkg.1:5 +#: dpkg-architecture.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:4 dpkg-divert.8:5 +#: dpkg-name.1:9 dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 dpkg-scansources.1:5 +#: dpkg-source.1:8 dpkg-split.1:5 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 dselect.1:5 +#: install-info.8:9 start-stop-daemon.8:5 update-alternatives.8:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "SYNOPS" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:9 +msgid "B<822-date>" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:10 cleanup-info.8:10 deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-old.5:8 +#: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:11 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 dpkg-divert.8:26 dpkg-name.1:22 dpkg-query.1:36 +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 dpkg-scansources.1:14 dpkg-source.1:33 +#: dpkg-split.1:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:19 dselect.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:5 +#: install-info.8:25 start-stop-daemon.8:22 update-alternatives.8:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "BESKRIVNING" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:14 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> visar aktuellt datum och tid i det format som beskrivs av " +"RFC822, med en numerisk tidszonsförskjutning enligt rekommendationen i " +"RFC1123." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:15 cleanup-info.8:29 dpkg.1:293 dpkg-architecture.1:27 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 dpkg-divert.8:44 dpkg-name.1:33 dpkg-query.1:93 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-statoverride.8:33 dselect.1:45 install-info.8:39 +#: start-stop-daemon.8:88 update-alternatives.8:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "FLAGGOR" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:18 +msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." +msgstr "B<822-date> tar inga flaggor eller parametrar." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:19 cleanup-info.8:47 dpkg.1:609 dpkg-deb.1:249 dpkg-name.1:91 +#: dpkg-source.1:825 dpkg-split.1:221 dselect.1:427 update-alternatives.8:446 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "PROGRAMFEL" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:22 +msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." +msgstr "Denna funktion borde ingå i B<date>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:23 cleanup-info.8:50 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51 +#: dpkg.1:599 dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:265 +#: dpkg-divert.8:124 dpkg-name.1:100 dpkg-query.1:182 dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:64 dpkg-source.1:839 dpkg-split.1:245 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21 install-info.8:277 +#: update-alternatives.8:466 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "SE ÄVEN" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:26 +msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," +msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:29 +msgid "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," +msgstr "" +"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " +"section 5.2.14," + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:31 +msgid "B<date>(1)." +msgstr "B<date>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: 822-date.1:32 cleanup-info.8:53 dpkg-architecture.1:272 dpkg.cfg.5:17 +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 dpkg-deb.1:270 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:173 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:67 dpkg-source.1:845 dpkg-split.1:251 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:88 dselect.cfg.5:17 update-alternatives.8:455 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" + +# type: Plain text +#: 822-date.1:35 +msgid "" +"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " +"placed by him into the public domain." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> och denna manualsida skrevs av Ian Jackson. De är härmed av " +"honom släppta som allmängods (public domain)." + +# type: TH +#: cleanup-info.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cleanup-info" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:4 +msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " +"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:17 +msgid "" +"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:20 +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:23 +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:28 +msgid "" +"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:30 dpkg-architecture.1:76 dpkg-divert.8:73 +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 dselect.1:121 +#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." +msgstr "Visar en kort hjälptext och ger lyckat avslut." + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:33 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--unsafe>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:36 +msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:38 +msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:38 dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-deb.1:198 dpkg-divert.8:76 +#: dpkg-query.1:89 dpkg-scansources.1:61 dpkg-source.1:101 dpkg-split.1:148 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 dselect.1:128 install-info.8:200 +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output version and exit successfully." +msgstr "Visar versionsinformation och ger lyckat avslut." + +# type: SH +#: cleanup-info.8:42 dpkg.1:496 dpkg.cfg.5:12 dpkg-divert.8:114 +#: dpkg-source.1:788 dpkg-split.1:235 dpkg-statoverride.8:75 dselect.cfg.5:12 +#: update-alternatives.8:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "FILER" + +# type: TP +#: cleanup-info.8:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>katalogE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:46 +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:49 +msgid "Probably many." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:53 +msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:55 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: cleanup-info.8:57 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 dpkg-divert.8:130 +#: dpkg-query.1:181 dpkg-statoverride.8:95 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Detta är fri programvara; se GNU General Public License version 2 eller " +"senare för kopieringsvillkor. Det finns INGEN garanti." + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb" +msgstr "deb" + +# type: TH +#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian" +msgstr "Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:4 +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "deb - Debians binära paketformat" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:6 deb-old.5:7 +msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" +msgstr "I<filnamn>B<.deb>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:12 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgstr "" +"B<.deb>-formatet är Debians binära paketformat. Det förstås av dpkg 0.93.76 " +"och senare, och genereras som förval av alla versioner av dpkg sedan 1.2.0, " +"och alla i386/ELF-versioner sedan 1.1.1elf." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:16 +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." +msgstr "" +"Formatet som beskrivs här används sedan Debian 0.93; detaljer om det gamla " +"formatet finns i B<deb-old>(5)." + +# type: SH +#: deb.5:16 deb-old.5:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "FORMAT" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:21 +msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." +msgstr "Filen är ett B<ar>-arkiv med det magiska numret B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:31 +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" +"Den första posten i arkivet heter B<debian-binary> och innehåller ett antal " +"rader, avdelade med nyradstecken. För närvarande finns endast en rad, " +"formatets versionsnummer, B<2.0>. Program som läser arkiv i det nya formatet " +"bör vara förberedda på att underversionsnumret kan komma att ökas, och att " +"nya rader kan förekomma, och skall i så fall ignorera dessa." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:36 +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" +"Om huvudversionsnumret har ändrats har en inkompatibel ändring införts, och " +"programmet skall avbrytas. Om så inte har gjorts, skall programmet kunna " +"fortsätta utan problem, såvida det inte stöter på en oväntad post i arkivet " +"(förutom i slutet), enligt vad beskrivs nedan." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:46 +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." +msgstr "" +"Den andra nödvändiga posten heter B<control.tar.gz>. Det är ett gzip-packat " +"tar-arkiv som innehåller paketets kontrollinformation, lagrade som ett antal " +"vanliga filer, av vilka filen B<control> krävs och innehåller grundläggande " +"kontrollinformation. Tarbollen control kan eventuellt innehålla en post för " +"\"B<.>\", den aktuella katalogen." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:50 +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgstr "" +"Den tredje och sista nödvändiga posten heter B<data.tar.gz>. Den innehåller " +"filsystemsarkivet, lagrat som ett gzip-packat tar-arkiv." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:61 +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " +"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " +"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " +"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgstr "" +"Dessa poster måste ligga i exakt denna ordning. Nuvarande implementationer " +"bör ignorera eventuella ytterligare poster efter B<data.tar.gz>. Ytterligare " +"poster kan komma att definieras i framtiden, och kommer (om möjligt) " +"placeras efter dessa tre. Eventuella ytterligare poster som kan komma att " +"behöva finnas före B<data.tar.gz> och som kan ignoreras av äldre program " +"utan problem kommer att ha namn som börjar med understreck, \"B<_>\"." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:67 +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" +"Nya poster som inte kommer att kunna ignoreras utan problem kommer att " +"läggas in före B<data.tar.gz> med namn som börjar med något annat än " +"understreck, eller (mer troligt) göra att huvudversionsnumret ökas." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb.5:70 +msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-control" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:6 +msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" +msgstr "deb-control - Debians filformat för paketstyrfiler" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:9 +msgid "control" +msgstr "control" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:23 +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " +"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B<Description> field, see below)." +msgstr "" +"Varje Debianpaket innehåller huvudstyrfilen \"control\", vilken i sig " +"innehåller ett antal fält. Varje fält börjar med en etikett, såsom " +"B<Package> eller B<Version> (skiftlägesoberoende), följt av ett kolontecken " +"och fältets kropp. Fält avdelas endast av fältetiketter. Med andra ord kan " +"texten i fälten spänna över flera rader, men installationsverktygen kommer " +"oftast att slå samman rader när kroppen tolkas (förutom i fallet för " +"B<Description>-fältet, se nedan)." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" +msgstr "NÖDVÄNDIGA FÄLT" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>paketnamnE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:29 +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" +"Värdet på detta fält bestämmer paketets namn, och används av de flesta " +"installationsverktygen för att generera filnamnen." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>versionssträngE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:36 +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis är detta det ursprungliga paketets versionsnummer på den form " +"programmets författare använder. Den kan även innehålla ett " +"Debianrevisionsnummer (för paket med källa utanför Debian). Om både " +"versionsnummer och revisionsnummer finns delas de med ett bindestreck (\"-" +"\"), varför det ursprungliga versionsnumret inte får innehålla bindestreck." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullt-namn e-postE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:41 +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" +"Skall vara på formatet \"Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>\" och är " +"normalt sett den person som skapat paketet, till skillnad från författaren " +"av den programvara som paketerades." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>kort beskrivningE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:44 +msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" +msgstr "B< >E<lt>lång beskrivningE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgstr "" +"Formatet för paketbeskrivningen är en kortfattad sammanfattning på den " +"första raden (efter \"Description\"-fältet). Följande rader kan användas som " +"en längre, mer detaljerad beskrivning. Varje rad i den lägre beskrivningen " +"måste inledas med ett blanksteg, och blanka rader i den långa beskrivningen " +"måste innehålla en ensam punkt (\".\") efter det inledande blanksteget." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" +msgstr "VALFRIA FÄLT" + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>sektionE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:57 +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." +msgstr "" +"Detta är ett generellt fält som ger paketet en kategori baserat på " +"programvara som det installerar. Några vanliga sektioner är \"utils\", \"net" +"\", \"mail\", \"text\", \"x11\" osv." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>prioritetE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgstr "" +"Ställer in hur viktigt paketet är jämfört med systemet som enhet. Vanliga " +"prioriteter är \"required\" (krävd), \"standard\" (normal), \"optional" +"\" (valfritt), \"extra\" (extra) osv." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" +"I Debian har fälten B<Section> och B<Priority> fördefinierade accepterade " +"värden baserade på policymanualen, vilka används för att bestämma hur " +"paketen placeras i arkivet. En lista över dessa finns i den senaste " +"versionen av paketet B<debian-policy>." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:78 +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" +"Detta fältet krävs normalt sett endast om svaret är \"yes\" (ja), och " +"betecknar att paketet krävs för en korrekt installation av systemet. Dpkg " +"och andra installationsverktyg tillåter inte att ett paket märkt " +"B<Essential> tas bort (åtminstone inte utan att använda en av de tvingande " +"flaggorna)." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arkitektur|allE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" +"Arkitekturen anger vilken sorts maskinvara paketet kompilerades för. Vanliga " +"arkitekturer är \"i386\", \"m68k\", \"sparc\", \"alpha\", \"powerpc\" osv. " +"Observera att värdet B<all> är avsett för paket som är oberoende av " +"maskinvaruarkitektur. Exempel på detta är skal- eller Perlskript, eller " +"dokumentation." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>källkodsnamnE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:90 +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." +msgstr "" +"Namnet på det källkodspaket som detta binärpaket kommer från, om det skiljer " +"sig från namnet på själva paketet." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:100 +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgstr "" +"Lista över paket som krävs för att detta paket för att tillhandahålla en " +"icke-trivial mängd funktionalitet. Pakethanteringsprogramvaran kommer inte " +"tillåta att ett paket installeras om paketen som listas i B<Depends>-fältet " +"inte är installerade (åtminstone inte utan att använda en av de tvingande " +"flaggorna), och kommer inte att utföra postinst-skript i paket som listas i " +"Depends:-fältet före de paket som beror på det, och kör prerm-skript före." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:107 +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" +"Lista över paket som måste vara installerade B<och> konfigurerade innan " +"detta kan installeras. Detta används normalt i de fall paketet kräver att " +"ett annat paket är installerat för sitt preinst-skript." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:114 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." +msgstr "" +"Lista över paket som bör installeras tillsammans med detta i de allra flesta " +"fall. Pakethanteringsprogramvaran kommer att varna användaren om hen " +"installerar ett paket utan de som listas i B<Recommends>-fältet." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:119 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" +"Lista över paket som är relaterade till detta och som kanske kan göra det " +"mer användbart, men utan vilka det fortfarande är rimligt att installera " +"detta paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" +"Syntaxen för B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> och B<Suggests>-" +"fälten är en lista över grupper av alternativa paket. Varje grupp innehåller " +"en lista av paket avdelade med ett vertikalstreck (rör) (\"|\"). Grupperna " +"avdelas med komman. Komman utläses som \"OCH\", och vertikalstrecken som " +"\"ELLER\", där vertikalstrecken binder hårdare. Varje post är ett paket " +"namn, eventuellt följt av en versionsnummerangivelse inom parenteser." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:137 +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " +"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgstr "" +"Ett versionsnummer kan börja med \"E<gt>E<gt>\", vilket betyder att vilken " +"som helst senare version matchar, där det är valfritt att ange " +"Debianrevisionen (avdelad med bindestreck). Tillåtna versionrelationer är " +"\"E<gt>E<gt>\" för större än, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" för mindre än, \"E<gt>=\" för " +"större än eller lika med\", \"E<lt>=\" för mindre än eller lika med, och \"=" +"\" för lika med." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:145 +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" +"Listar paket som är i konflikt (krockar) med detta, till exempel genom att " +"innehålla filer med samma namn. Pakethanteringsprogramvaran tillåter inte " +"två sådana paket att vara installerade samtidigt. Två paket med inbördes " +"konflikt bör innehålla en B<Conflicts>-rad med varandras namn." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:153 +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" +"Lista över paket som filer från denna ersätter. Detta används för att " +"möjliggöra paket att skriva över filer från andra paket, och används normalt " +"sett tillsammans med B<Conflicts>-fältet för att tvinga fram borttagning av " +"det andra paketet om även detta har de filer som finns i paketet det står i " +"konflikt med." + +# type: TP +#: deb-control.5:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" +msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:163 +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " +"the list." +msgstr "" +"Detta är en lista av virtuella paket som detta tillhandahåller. Normalt sett " +"används detta i de fall flera paket tillhandahåller samma tjänst. Till " +"exempel kan både sendmail och exim fungera som e-postserver, så de " +"tillhandahåller ett gemensamt paket (\"mail-transport-agent\") på vilket " +"andra paket kan bero, vilket gör det möjligt för sendmail eller exim att " +"fungera som ett alternativ som tillfredsställer beroendet. Detta förhindrar " +"att paket som beror på en e-postserver måste känna till alla deras paketnamn " +"och använda \"|\" för att dela av listan." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:178 +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " +"fields." +msgstr "" +"Syntaxen för B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> och B<Provides> är en lista över " +"paketnamn avdelade med komman (och eventuella blanktecken). I B<Conflicts>-" +"fältet läses kommatecknet som \"ELLER\". En eventuellt versionsnumret kan " +"även anges, med samma syntax som ovan för B<Conflicts> och B<Replaces>-" +"fälten." + +# type: SH +#: deb-control.5:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "EXEMPEL" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +msgstr "" +"Package: grep\n" +"Essential: yes\n" +"Priority: required\n" +"Section: base\n" +"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" +"Architecture: sparc\n" +"Version: 2.4-1\n" +"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" +"Provides: rgrep\n" +"Conflicts: rgrep\n" +"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however.)\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-control.5:207 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: deb-old.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "deb-old" +msgstr "deb-old" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:4 +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "deb-old - Debians gamla binärpaketformat" + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:17 +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" +"(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" +"B<.deb>-formatet är Debians binära paketformat. Denna manualsida beskriver " +"det B<gamla> formatet som används före Debian 0.93. Se B<deb>(5) för " +"detaljerad information om det nya formatet." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:21 +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" +"Filen innehåller två rader av formatinformation som ASCII-text, följt av två " +"sammaslagna gzip-packade ustar-filer." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:25 +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" +"Den första raden i filen är formatversionsnumret utfyllt till åtta siffror, " +"och är B<0.939000> för alla arkiv i det gamla formatet." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:28 +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" +"Nästa rad är en decimalsträng (utan inledande nollor) som anger längden på " +"den första gzip-packade tar-filen." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:30 +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "Båda dessa rader avslutas med ett ensamt radbrytningstecken." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:35 +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Den första tar-filen innehåller kontrollinformationen, lagrade som ett antal " +"vanliga filer. Filen B<control> måste finnas, eftersom den innehåller " +"grundläggande kontrollinformation." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:46 +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" +"I vissa väldigt gamla arkiv kan filerna i kontroll-tarfilen eventuellt ligga " +"i en underkatalog vid namn B<DEBIAN>. Om så är fallet kommer underkatalogen " +"B<DEBIAN> även att finnas i kontroll-tarfilen, och kontroll-tarfilen kommer " +"bara innehålla filer i den katalogen. Eventuellt kan kontroll-tarfilen " +"innehålla en post för \"B<.>\", det vill säga aktuell katalog." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:50 +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" +"Den andra gzip-packade tar-filen är filsystemsarkivet, vilken innehåller " +"sökvägar relativt rotkatalogen för systemet det skall installeras på. " +"Sökvägarna innehåller inte inledande snedstreck." + +# type: Plain text +#: deb-old.5:54 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg" +msgstr "dpkg" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2006-04-09" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg suite" +msgstr "Dpkg-sviten" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:4 +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "dpkg - en mellannivåpakethanterare för Debian" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<flaggor>] I<åtgärd>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "VARNING" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:13 +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " +"--help>." +msgstr "" +"Denna manual är avsedd för användare som vill få en mer detaljerad " +"förståelse för B<dpkg>s kommandoradsflaggor och pakettillstånd än vad som " +"berättas med B<dpkg --help>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:18 +msgid "" +"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" +"Den bör I<inte> användas av paketansvariga som vill lära sig hur B<dpkg> " +"kommer att installera deras paket. Beskrivningen över vad B<dpkg> gör när " +"paket installeras och tas bort är speciellt otillräckliga." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " +"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " +"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " +"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " +"some way." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> är ett mellannivåverktyg för att installera, bygga, ta bort och " +"hantera Debianpaket. Det primära och mer användarvänliga skalet runt B<dpkg> " +"är B<dselect>(1). B<dpkg> kontrolleras helt och hållet via " +"kommandoradsflaggor, vilka består av exakt en åtgärd och noll eller fler " +"tillval. Åtgärdsparametern talar om för dpkg vad som skall göras, och " +"tillvalen styr på vilket sätt åtgärden skall utföras." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " +"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " +"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> kan även användas som ett skal runt B<dpkg-deb>. Följande är " +"åtgärder för B<dpkg-deb>, och om de upptäcks kör B<dpkg> helt enkelt B<dpkg-" +"deb> med de flaggor som getts:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" +msgstr "" +" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" +" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" +" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" +" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" +" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" +" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" +" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, och\n" +" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:42 +msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." +msgstr "Se B<dpkg-deb>(1) för information om dessa åtgärder." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "INFORMATION OM PAKET" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:48 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " +"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg> upprätthåller viss användbar information om tillgängliga paket. " +"Informationen delas in i tre klasser: B<tillstånd>, B<markeringstillstånd> " +"och B<flaggor>. Dessa värden är avsedda att huvudsakligen ändras via " +"B<dselect>." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE STATES" +msgstr "PAKETTILLSTÅND" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<installed>" +msgstr "B<installerat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:52 +msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." +msgstr "Paketet är uppackat och korrekt inställt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-installed>" +msgstr "B<halvt installerat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:56 +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "" +"Installationen av paketet har påbörjats, men av någon orsak inte slutförts." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<not-installed>" +msgstr "B<ej installerat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:59 +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "Paketet är inte installerat på ditt system." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<unpacked>" +msgstr "B<uppackat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:62 +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "Paketet är uppackat, men inte konfigurerat." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<half-configured>" +msgstr "B<halvt konfigurerat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:66 +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" +"Paketet är uppackat och konfigurationen har påbörjats, men av någon orsak " +"inte slutförts." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<config-files>" +msgstr "B<konfigurationsfiler>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:69 +msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "Endast konfigurationsfilerna för paketet finns på systemet." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" +msgstr "MARKERINGSTILLSTÅND FÖR PAKET" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<install>" +msgstr "B<installera>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:73 +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "Paketet är markerat för installation." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<deinstall>" +msgstr "B<ta bort>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:77 +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Paketet är markerat för avinstallation (dvs. vi vill ta bort alla filer " +"förutom konfigurationsfilerna)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<purge>" +msgstr "B<rensa>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:81 +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Paketet är markerat för rensning (dvs. vi vill ta bort allting, även " +"konfigurationsfiler)." + +# type: SS +#: dpkg.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" +msgstr "PAKETFLAGGOR" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<hold>" +msgstr "B<håll>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:86 +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" +"Ett paket som är markerat med B<håll> hanteras inte av B<dpkg> såvida inte " +"detta framtvingas med flaggan B<--force-hold>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<reinst-required>" +msgstr "B<ominstallation krävs>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:91 +msgid "" +"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " +"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" +"reinstreq>." +msgstr "" +"Ett paket markerat B<ominstallation krävs> är trasigt och kräver " +"ominstallation. Dessa paket kan inte tas bort, såvida inte detta framtvingas " +"med flaggan B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:92 dpkg-architecture.1:42 update-alternatives.8:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "ÅTGÄRDER" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<paketfil>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:97 +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Installera paketet. Om flaggan B<--recursive> eller B<-R> anges måste " +"I<paketfil> istället vara en katalog." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:99 +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Installationen består av följande steg:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:102 +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "B<1.> Extrahera styrfilerna ur paketet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:106 +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> Om en annan version av samma paket redan fanns installerat vid " +"nyinstallationen exekveras I<prerm>-skriptet för det gamla paketet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:109 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<3.> Kör I<preinst>-skriptet, om ett sådant medföljer paketet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:113 +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" +"B<4.> Packa upp de nya filerna och säkerhetskopiera samtidigt de gamla " +"filerna så att de kan återställas om någonting går fel." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:120 +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" +"B<5.> Om en annan version av samma paket redan fanns installerat vid " +"nyinstallationen exekveras I<postrm>-skriptet för det gamla paketet. " +"Observera att skriptet exekveras efter I<preinst> för det nya paketet " +"eftersom de nya filerna skrivs samtidigt som de gamla tas bort." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:124 +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" +"B<6.> Konfigurera paketet. Se B<--configure> för detaljerad information om " +"hur detta görs." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<paketfil> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:129 +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Packa upp paketet, men konfigurera det inte. Om flaggan B<--recursive> eller " +"B<-R> anges måste I<paketfil> istället vara en katalog." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<paket> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:134 +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera ett uppackat paket. Om B<-a> eller B<--pending> anges istället " +"för I<paket> konfigureras alla paket som har packats upp men ännu inte " +"konfigurerats." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:136 +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Konfigurering består av följande steg:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:141 +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"B<1.> Packa upp konfigurationsfilerna och säkerhetskopiera samtidigt de " +"gamla konfigurationsfilerna så att de kan återställas om någonting går fel." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:144 +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "B<2.> Kör I<postinst>-skriptet, om ett sådant finns i paketet." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<paket> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:155 +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Ta bort ett installerat paket. B<-r> eller B<--remove> tar bort allting " +"förutom konfigurationsfiler, vilket gör att du kan undvika att konfigurera " +"om paketet om du senare installerar om det. (Konfigurationsfiler listas i " +"styrfilen I<debian/conffiles>). B<-P> eller B<--purge> tar bort allting, " +"inklusive konfigurationsfiler. Om B<-a> eller B<--pending> anges istället " +"för ett paketnamn kommer alla installerade uppackade paket som är markerade " +"att tas bort eller rensas i filen I</var/lib/dpkg/status> att tas bort " +"respektive rensas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:157 +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "Borttagning av ett paket består av följande steg:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:160 +msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" +msgstr "B<1.> Kör I<prerm>-skriptet" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:163 +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "B<2.> Ta bort de installerade filerna" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:166 +msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" +msgstr "B<3.> Kör I<postrm>-skriptet" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-fil>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:176 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " +"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." +msgstr "" +"Uppdatera B<dpkg>s och B<dselect>s lista över vilka paket som finns " +"tillgängliga. Med B<--merge-avail> kombineras den gamla informationen med " +"informationen från I<Packages-filen>. Med B<--update-avail> ersätts den " +"gamla informationen med informationen från I<Packages-filen>. I<Packages-" +"filerna> som medföljer Debian heter helt enkelt I<Packages>. B<dpkg> " +"behåller sin lista över tillgängliga paket i I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:179 +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " +"B<dselect update>." +msgstr "" +"Ett enklare kommando för att hämta och uppdatera I<available>-filen på en " +"gång är B<dselect update>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<paketfil> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:185 +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Uppdatera B<dpkg>s och B<dselect>s lista över vilka paket som finns " +"tillgängliga med information från paketet I<paketfil>. Om flaggan B<--" +"recursive> eller B<-R> anges måste I<paketfil> istället vara en katalog." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:188 +msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." +msgstr "Glöm bort ej installerade ej länge tillgängliga paket." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:191 +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "Radera existerande information om vilka paket som är tillgängliga." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:196 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" +"Söker efter paket som endast installerats delvis på ditt system. B<dpkg> " +"kommer att föreslå vad som behöver göras för att få dem att fungera." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<mönster>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:200 +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "" +"Hämta en lista över paketval och skriv den till standard ut. Paket som är " +"markerade med statusen radera kommer inte visas om inte ett mönster anges." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:206 +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "" +"Sätt paketvalslistan med den fil som läses från standard in. Filen måste " +"vara på formatet \"E<lt>paketE<gt> E<lt>statusE<gt>\", där status är en av " +"install, hold, deinstall eller purge. Tomrader och kommentarsrader som " +"börjar med \"#\" är också tillåtna." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:211 +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" +"Sätt det önskade tillståndete för varje icke-grundläggande paket till " +"avinstallera. Detta är avsett att användas direkt före --set-selections, för " +"att avinstallera alla paket som inte finns med i listan som anges av --set-" +"selections." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:215 +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" +"Söker efter paket som markerats för installation men som av någon anledning " +"ännu inte har installerats." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "" +"Skriv ut arkitekturen för paket dpkg installerar (till exempel \"i386\")." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:230 +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " +"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"Jämför versionsnummer, där I<op> är en binär operator. B<dpkg> returnerar " +"framgång (noll) om det angivna värdet uppfylls, och misslyckande (icke-noll) " +"i annat fall. Det finns två grupper operatorer, vilka endast skiljer sig i " +"hur de hanterar när I<ver1> eller I<ver2> är tom. Dessa hanterar tom version " +"som om den är tidigare än alla andra versioner: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Dessa " +"hanterar tom version som om den är senare än alla andra versioner: B<lt-nl " +"le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Dessa tillhandahålls endast för kompatibilitet med " +"styrfilssyntaxen: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:235 +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" +"Läser en följd av kommandon från indatafilhandtag B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Observera: " +"Flaggor som sätts på kommandoraden, och genom detta filhandtag, återställs " +"inte för kommandon som körs i en följd under samma körning." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:238 +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "Visar en kortfattad hjälptext." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:241 +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." +msgstr "Get hjälp om B<--force->I<nånting>-flaggorna." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" +msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:244 +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "Ger hjälp om felsökningsflaggorna." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:247 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." +msgstr "Visar B<dpkg>s licensvillkor." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:250 +msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." +msgstr "Visar B<dpkg>s versionsinformation." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-åtgärder>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:253 +msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "Se B<dpkg-deb>(1) för ytterligare information om följande åtgärder:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" +" Build a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" +" List contents of a deb package.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" +" Extract control-information from a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" +" Extract the files contained by package.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" +" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" +" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" +" Debian package.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" +" Show information about a package.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" +" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" +" package.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<katalog> [I<filnamn>]\n" +" Bygg ett deb-paket.\n" +"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filnamn>\n" +" Visar innehållet i ett deb-paket.\n" +"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filnamn> [I<katalog>]\n" +" Extraherar styrinformation från ett paket.\n" +"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filnamn katalog>\n" +" Extraherar filerna i ett paket.\n" +"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filnamn> [I<control-fält>] ...\n" +" Visar fält från paketets styrfil (control).\n" +"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filnamn>\n" +" Visar filsystems-tarfilen i Debianpaketet.\n" +"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filnamn> [I<control-fil>]\n" +" Visa information om ett paket.\n" +"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filnamn> I<katalog>\n" +" Extrahera och visa filnamnen som finns i ett paket.\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:275 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query-åtgärder>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:278 +msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." +msgstr "Se B<dpkg-query>(1) för ytterligare information om följande åtgärder:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" +" List packages matching given pattern.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" +" Report status of specified package.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" +" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" +" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" +" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<paketnamnsmönster> ...\n" +" Lista paket som matchar det givna mönstret.\n" +"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<paketnamn> ...\n" +" Rapportera status om det angivna paketet.\n" +"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<paket> ...\n" +" Lista filer som installerats på ditt system från B<paket>.\n" +"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filnamnssökmönster> ...\n" +" Sök efter filnamnet bland de installerade paketen.\n" +"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<paket>\n" +" Visa detaljer om I<paket>, som i I</var/lib/dpkg/available/>.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:298 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Alla flaggorna kan ges både på kommandoraden och i B<dpkg>s " +"konfigurationsfil I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. En rad i konfigurationsfilen är " +"antingen en flagga (precis samma som på kommandoraden, men utan inledande " +"bindestreck) eller en kommentar (om den börjar med ett B<#>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" +msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<antal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "Ställer in efter hur många fel dpkg skall avbryta. Förvalet är 50." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:308 +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" +"När ett paket tas bort är det möjligt att ett annat paket beror på det " +"borttagna paketet. Om du anger denna flagga kommer de paket som beror på det " +"borttagna paketet automatiskt att avkonfigureras." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<oktalvärde>B< | --debug=>I<oktalvärde>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:314 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" +"Aktiverar felsökning. I<oktalvärde>t skapas genom att utföra bitvis logisk " +"\"eller\" av de önskade värdena från listan nedan (observera att dessa " +"värden kan ändras i framtida versioner). B<-Dh> eller B<--debug=help> visar " +"dessa felsökningsvärden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" number description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +msgstr "" +" tal beskrivning\n" +" 1 Allmänt hjälpsam förloppsinformation\n" +" 2 Anrop och status för utvecklarskript\n" +" 10 Utdata för varje fil som hanteras\n" +" 100 Massvis med utdata för varje fil som hanteras\n" +" 20 Utdata för varje konfigurationsfil\n" +" 200 Massvis med utdata för varje konfigurationsfil\n" +" 40 Beroenden och konflikter\n" +" 400 Massvis av beroende-/konfliktutdata\n" +" 1000 Massvis av pladder om bl.a dpkg/info-katalogen\n" +" 2000 Knäppa mängder pladder\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" +msgstr "B<--force->I<nånting> | B<--no-force->I<nånting> | B<--refuse->I<nånting>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:333 +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" +"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " +"forced by default." +msgstr "" +"Tvinga eller vägra (B<no-force> och B<refuse> betyder detsamma) att göra " +"vissa saker. I<nånting> är en kommaavgränsad lista över saker enligt nedan. " +"B<--force-help> visar en lista med beskrivningar. Saker som markeras med (*) " +"är som förval tvingande." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:337 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " +"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " +"system.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Varning: Dessa flaggor är huvudsakligen avsedda att endast användas av " +"experter. Om du använder dem utan att fullt ut förstå vad de går ut på kan " +"du förstöra din systeminstallation.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:340 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "B<all>: Slår på (eller av) alla tvingande parametrar." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:343 +msgid "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Installera ett paket även om en nyare version redan är " +"installerad." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:350 +msgid "" +"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " +"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " +"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " +"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " +"with care.>" +msgstr "" +"I<Varning: För närvarande undersöker inte dpkg beroenden vid nedgradering " +"och kommer därför inte att varna dig om nedgraderingen bryter ett beroende " +"för något paket. Detta kan ha allvarliga sidoeffekter, genom att nedgradera " +"grundläggande systemkomponenter kan du riskera att göra hela systemet " +"instabilt. Använd med tillförsikt.>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:354 +msgid "" +"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" +"B<configure-any>: Konfigurera även alla uppackade men ej konfigurerade paket " +"på vilka det aktuella paketet beror." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:357 +msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." +msgstr "B<hold>: Hantera även \"håll\"-markerade paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:362 +msgid "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Ta bort ett paket även om det är trasigt och markerat " +"att vara i behov av ominstallation. Detta kan, till exempel, göra så att " +"delar av paketet blir kvar på systemet, men glöms bort av B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:367 +msgid "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " +"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " +"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." +msgstr "" +"B<remove-essential>: Ta bort paketet även om det anses som viktigt " +"(essential). Viktiga paket är huvudsakligen de mest grundläggande " +"Unixkommandona. Om du tar bort dem kan det göra så att hela systemet slutar " +"fungera, så använd med tillförsikt." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:370 +msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." +msgstr "B<depends>: Gör alla beroendeproblem till varningar." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:373 +msgid "" +"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "" +"B<depends-version>: Ignorera versionsnummer när beroenden kontrolleras." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:377 +msgid "" +"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" +"B<conflicts>: Installera även om paket som är i konflikt (krockar) med ett " +"annat paket. Detta är farligt, eftersom det oftast leder till att vissa " +"filer skrivs över." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:382 +msgid "" +"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" +"B<confmiss>: Installera alltid saknade konfigurationsfiler. Detta är " +"farligt, eftersom det inte bibehåller ändringar (raderingar) av filer." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:387 +msgid "" +"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confnew>: Installera alltid nya versioner av ändrade konfigurationsfiler " +"utan att fråga, såvida inte B<--force-confdef> också anges, i vilket fall " +"det förvalda alternativet kommer att utföras." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:392 +msgid "" +"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B<confold>: Installera aldrig nya versioner av ändrade konfigurationsfiler " +"utan att fråga, såvida inte B<--force-confdef> också anges, i vilket fall " +"det förvalda alternativet kommer att utföras." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:398 +msgid "" +"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" +"B<confdef>: Utför alltid förvalt alternativt för ändrade " +"konfigurationsfiler. Om inget förval har angivits kommer programmet stanna " +"och fråga användaren såvida inte B<--force-confnew> eller B<--force-confold> " +"också angetts, i så fall används den för att bestämma vad som skall utföras." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:401 +msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "B<overwrite>: Skriv över ett pakets filer med ett annats." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:404 +msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "B<overwrite-dir> Skriv över ett pakets kataloger med ett annats filer." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:407 +msgid "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" +"B<overwrite-diverted>: Skriv över en omdirigerad fil med en ej omdirigerad " +"version." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:410 +msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." +msgstr "B<architecture>: Hantera även paket med fel maskinvaruarkitektur." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:413 +msgid "" +"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-path>: Sökvägen i B<PATH> saknar viktiga program, så problem är " +"troliga." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:416 +msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "B<not-root>: Försök (av)installera saker även utan att vara root." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:419 +msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "" +"B<bad-verify>: Installera ett paket även om det inte går att verifiera dess " +"äkthet." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:420 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." +msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paket>,..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:424 +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" +"Ignorera beroendekontroll för angivna paket (i verkligheten utförs " +"kontrollen, men det ges endast varningar, ingenting annat)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:424 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:428 +msgid "" +"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Välj det nya eller gamla binärpaketformatet. Detta är en flagga till B<dpkg-" +"deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:428 dpkg-deb.1:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:432 +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Varken läs eller kontrollera innehållet i control-filen när paket skapas. " +"Detta är en flagga till B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" +msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:437 +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " +"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " +"actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" +"Gör allting som efterfrågas, men skriv inte några ändringar. Detta används " +"för att se vad som skulle ha hänt med givna parametrar utan att faktiskt " +"ändra något." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:442 +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" +"Se till att du anger B<--no-act> före åtgärdsflaggan, annars kan du få " +"oönskade biverkningar (t.ex så kommer B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> först att " +"rensa ut paketet foo för att sedan försöka rensa ut paketet --no-act, trots " +"att du troligen förväntade dig att ingenting skulle utföras)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" +msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:448 +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" +"Hantera alla vanliga filer som matchar sökmönstret B<*.deb> rekursivt i de " +"kataloger som anges, med alla sina underkataloger. Denna flagga kan användas " +"tillsammans med B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> och B<--avail>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" +"Installera inte paketet om en nyare version av samma paket redan är " +"installerat. Detta är ett alias för B<--refuse-downgrade.>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--root=>I<kat> | B<--admindir=>I<kat> | B<--instdir=>I<kat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " +"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " +"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" +"var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Ändra standardkataloger. Förval för B<admindir> är I</var/lib/dpkg>, och " +"innehåller filer som ger information om status för installerade och ej " +"installerade paket, osv. Förval för B<instdir> är I</> och är den katalog " +"som skickas som parameter till B<chroot>(2) innan paketets " +"installationsfiler körs, vilket betyder att skripten ser B<instdir> som " +"rotkatalog. Om du ändrar B<root> ändrar du B<instdir> till I<kat> och " +"B<admindir> till I<kat>B</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:469 +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" +"Hantera endast paket som markerats för installation. Själva markeringen " +"utförs med B<dselect> eller av B<dpkg> när paketen hanteras. Till exempel " +"kommer paket som tas bort att markeras för installation." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:473 +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Installera inte paketet om samma version av paketet redan är installerat." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " +"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" +"Sänder paketstatusinformation till filhandtag I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Denna flagga " +"kan ges flera gånger. Statusuppdateringar ges på formen \"status: " +"E<lt>paketE<gt>: E<lt>pakettillståndE<gt>'. Fel rapporteras på formen " +"\"status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: utökat-felmeddelande\". " +"Konfigurationsfilskonflikter rapporteras på formen \"status: conffile-" +"prompt: conffile : \"nuvarande-fil\" \"ny-fil\" useredited distedited\"" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " +"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" +"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " +"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " +"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" +"Logga statusändringsmeddelanden och kommandon på I<filnamn>, istället för " +"förvalet I</var/log/dpkg.log>. Om denna flagga ges flera gånger används det " +"sista filnamnet. Loggmeddelanden är på formen \"ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"E<lt>tillståndE<gt> E<lt>paketE<gt> E<lt>installerad-versionE<gt>\" för " +"statusändringar; \"ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>kommandoE<gt> E<lt>paketE<gt> " +"E<lt>installerad-versionE<gt> E<lt>tillgänglig-versionE<gt>\" för kommandon " +"där I<E<lt>kommandoE<gt>> är ett av install, upgrade, remove eller purge; " +"samt \"ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filnamnE<gt> E<lt>valE<gt>\" för " +"konfigurationsfilsändringar där I<E<lt>val> antingen är install eller keep." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:495 +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "Försök inte verifiera paketsignaturer." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:497 dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:500 +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "Konfigurationsfil med förvalda inställningar." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:500 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" +msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:504 +msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "Förvald loggfil (se I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) och flaggan B<--log>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:507 +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" +"Övriga filer som listas här finns i sina förvalda kataloger, se flaggan B<--" +"admindir> för information om hur du ändrar placeringen av dessa filer." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:510 +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "Lista över tillgängliga paket." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:516 +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." +msgstr "" +"Status för tillgängliga paket. Denna fil innehåller information om huruvida " +"ett paket är markerat för borttagning eller ej, om det är installerat eller " +"ej, osv. Se sektionen B<INFORMATION OM PAKET> för ytterligare information." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:519 +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" +"Följande filer är komponenter i det binära paketet. Se B<deb>(5) för " +"ytterligare information om dem:" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<control>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<conffiles>" +msgstr "I<conffiles>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<preinst>" +msgstr "I<preinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postinst>" +msgstr "I<postinst>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<prerm>" +msgstr "I<prerm>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<postrm>" +msgstr "I<postrm>" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:532 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +msgstr "MILJÖVARIABLER" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" +msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:537 +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" +"Definiera detta till någonting om du vill att B<dpkg> skall starta ett nytt " +"skal istället för att lägga sig i bakgrunden när ett skal startas." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<SHELL>" +msgstr "B<SHELL>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:540 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." +msgstr "Programmet B<dpkg> kommer att exekvera när ett nytt skal startas." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg.1:540 dpkg-query.1:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<COLUMNS>" +msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:544 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" +"Sätter antalet kolumner B<dpkg> skall använda när formaterad text visas. " +"Används för närvarande enbart av -l." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:545 dpkg-architecture.1:100 dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-name.1:71 +#: update-alternatives.8:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "EXEMPEL" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:547 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" +msgstr "För att lista paket relaterade till textredigeringsprogrammet vi:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" +msgstr "För att se posterna i I</var/lib/dpkg/available> för två paket:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:554 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:557 +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "För att själv söka i paketlistan:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:559 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" +msgstr " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:562 +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "För att ta bort det installerade paketet elvis:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:569 +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" +"För att installera ett paket måste du först leta på det i ett arkiv eller på " +"en cd-rom. Filen \"available\" visar att vim-paketet finns i sektionen " +"\"editors\":" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:572 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" +" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:575 +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "För att göra en lokal kopia av paketmarkeringarna:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>mitturval>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:581 +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "" +"Du kan överföra denna fil till en annan dator och installera den där genom " +"att skriva:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" +" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>mitturval>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:590 +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" +"Observera att detta faktiskt inte kommer installera eller ta bort något, " +"utan bara sätta valstatus på de efterfrågade paketen. Du måste använda något " +"annat program för att faktiskt hämta och installera de efterfrågade paketen. " +"Till exempel kan du köra B<dselect> och välja \"Installera\"." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:593 +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" +"För normalt bruk kommer du att upptäcka att B<dselect>(1) tillhandahåller " +"ett bekvämare sätt att ändra paketmarkeringarna." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:595 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "YTTERLIGARE FUNKTIONER" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:598 +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." +msgstr "" +"Ytterligare funktioner kan erhållas genom att installera något av följande " +"paket: I<apt>, I<aptitude> och I<debsums>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:608 +msgid "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" +"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) och B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:611 +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "B<--no-act> ger oftast mindre information än vad som vore hjälpsamt." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg.1:612 dselect.1:449 start-stop-daemon.8:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.1:616 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" +"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" +msgstr "" +"Se filen B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> för en lista över personer som\n" +"bidragit till B<dpkg> .\n" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-architecture" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-06-17" +msgstr "2006-05-10" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:9 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<flaggor>] I<åtgärd>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:14 +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:17 +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" +"(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:26 +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +msgid "Set the Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +msgid "Set the GNU system type." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:41 +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I< command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +msgid "" +"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:73 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:76 +msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:79 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 +msgid "Print a usage message." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:82 +msgid "Print program version." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:88 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "Debianprojektet" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" +"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "architecture wildcard" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" +"E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:99 +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:103 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" +"architecture>. Other examples:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:105 +msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:107 +msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:110 +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:112 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:114 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:117 +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:119 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:121 +msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:122 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "MILJÖVARIABLER" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:148 +msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:157 +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" +"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " +"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " +"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " +"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " +"compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:160 dpkg-architecture.1:177 +msgid "Instead of:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:167 +msgid "please use the following:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:186 +msgid "please use:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" +" ...\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:197 +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:202 +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-architecture.1:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:209 +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:214 +msgid "" +"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" +" endif\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:235 +msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:238 +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" +"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" +"else\n" +" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" +"endif\n" +"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" +"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:257 +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:264 +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:267 +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:271 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-architecture.1:276 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg.cfg" +msgstr "dpkg.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "dpkg.cfg - inställningsfil för dpkg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"Denna fil innehåller förvalda inställningar för dpkg. Varje rad består av en " +"ensam flagga som är exakt densamma som en normal kommandoradsflagga för " +"dpkg, förutom de inledande bindestrecken vilka inte används här. Kommentarer " +"är tillåtna genom att inleda en rad med nummertecken (\"B<#>\")." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Se B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> för listan över personer som har bidragit " +"till B<dpkg>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg.cfg.5:22 dpkg-divert.8:126 dpkg-query.1:184 dpkg-statoverride.8:87 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-source.1:2 +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-23" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<arkiv> [I<control-filnamn> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 +msgid "" +"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +msgid "" +"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" +msgstr "Upphovsrättsskyddat 2001 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." +msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-deb.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-deb" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debians manipuleringsverktyg för paketarkiv (.deb)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:8 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<katalog> [I<arkiv>|I<katalog>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<arkiv> [I<control-filnamn> ..]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:16 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<arkiv> [I<control-fältnamn> ...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<arkiv>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<arkiv>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<arkivkatalog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:33 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<arkivkatalog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:36 +msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<arkiv>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> packar, packar upp och tillhandahåller information om " +"Debianarkiv." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:43 +msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "Använd B<dpkg> för att installera och ta bort paket från ditt system." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även starta B<dpkg-deb> genom att anropa B<dpkg> med de parametrar du " +"vill sända till B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> kommer upptäcka att du ville åt B<dpkg-" +"deb> och kör det åt dig." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:53 dpkg-split.1:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# sv.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"HANDLINGSFLAGGOR\n" +"#-#-#-#-# sv.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"ÅTGÄRDSFLAGGOR" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" +msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:66 +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " +"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " +"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " +"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " +"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." +msgstr "" +"Skapar ett Debianarkiv från filsystemsträdet som lagras i I<katalog>. " +"I<katalog> måste innehålla underkatalogen B<DEBIAN>, vilken innehåller " +"styrinformationsfiler såsom själv styrfilen control. Denna katalog kommer " +"I<inte> att visas i binärpaketets filsystemsarkiv, utan istället kommer " +"filerna läggas i binärpaketets styrinformationsområde." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:72 +msgid "" +"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " +"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ange komprimeringsnivån genom att lägga till flaggan B<-z#>. B<dpkg-" +"deb> kommer sända vidare den flaggan till gzip." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:84 +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" +"Såvida du inte anger B<--nocheck> kommer dpkg-deb att läsa B<DEBIAN/control> " +"och tolka den. Den kommer leta efter syntaxfel och andra problem, och visa " +"namnet på det binärpaket som byggs. B<dpkg-deb> kommer även att kontrollera " +"behörigheten på paketskripten och andra filer som hittas i " +"styrinformationskatalogen B<DEBIAN>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:91 +msgid "" +"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " +"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" +"Om inget I<arkiv> anges kommer B<dpkg-deb> skriva paketet till filen " +"I<katalog>B<.deb>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:93 +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "Om arkivet som skall skapas redan finns kommer det skrivas över." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " +"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" +"Om den andra parametern är en katalog kommer B<dpkg-deb> skriva till filen " +"I<paket>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arkitektur>B<.deb>, eller " +"I<paket>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> om det inte finns något B<Architecture>-fält i " +"styrfilen control. När en målkatalog anges, istället för en fil, kan inte " +"flaggan B<--nocheck> användas (eftersom B<dpkg-deb> måste läsa och tolka " +"paketets styrfil control för att ta reda på vilket filnamn som skall " +"användas)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:109 dpkg-split.1:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" +msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:112 +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "Tillhandahåller information om ett binärt parketarkiv." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:117 +msgid "" +"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" +"Om inga I<control-filnamn> anges kommer det att visa en sammanfattning av " +"innehållet i paketet tillsammans med dess styrfil." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +msgid "" +"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" +"Om ett eller flera I<control-filnamn> anges kommer B<dpkg-deb> att skriva ut " +"dem i den ordning de anges. Om några av komponenterna inte fanns kommer ett " +"felmeddelande för vart och ett skrivas ut på standard fel, och programmet " +"avslutar med felstatus 2." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" +msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" +"Ger information om ett binärt paketarkiv i det format som anges med flaggan " +"B<--showformat>. Det förvalda formatet visar paketets namn och version på en " +"rad, avdelade med tabulatortecken." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" +msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:135 +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "Extraherar styrfilsinformation från ett binärt paketarkiv." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:139 +msgid "" +"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "Om du inte anger några B<styrfilfält> visas hela styrfilen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:148 +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" +"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " +"name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" +"Om några anges kommer B<dpkg-deb> att visa deras innehåll, i den ordning de " +"förekommer i styrfilen. Om mer än ett B<styrfilsfält> anges kommer B<dpkg-" +"deb> visa varje med ett inledande fältnamn (och ett kolon och mellanrum)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "" +"Inga felmeddelande rapporteras för fält som efterfrågas men inte hittas." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" +msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" +"Visar innehåller i filsystemsträdsarkivsdelen av paketarkivet. Det visas för " +"närvarande i det format som genereras av B<tar>s pratsamma visning." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" +msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:160 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Extraherar filsystemsträdet från ett paketarkiv till den angivna katalogen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:165 +msgid "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " +"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." +msgstr "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) visar en lista över filer som extraheras under tiden, " +"medan B<--extract> (B<-x>) är tyst såvida inte ett fel uppstår." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:171 +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " +"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." +msgstr "" +"Observera att en extrahering av ett paket till rotkatalogen I<inte> " +"resulterar i en korrekt installation! Använd B<dpkg> för att installera " +"paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "I<katalog> (men inte dess föräldrar) kommer skapas om nödvändigt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" +"Extraherar filsystemsträdsdata från ett binärt paket och sänder det till " +"standard ut i B<tar>-format. Tillsammans med B<tar>(1) kan detta användas " +"för att hämta ut en enskild fil från ett paketarkiv." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" +msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:186 +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "" +"Extraherar styrinformationsfilerna från paketarkivet till den angivna " +"katalogen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:190 +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" +"Om ingen katalog anges kommer en underkatalog vid namn B<DEBIAN> i den " +"aktuella katalogen att användas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 +msgid "" +"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Målkatalogen (men inte dess föräldrar) kommer att skapas om nödvändigt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:193 dpkg-split.1:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" +msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:198 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Visar B<dpkg-deb>s användningsmeddelande, vilket sammanfattar dess flaggor " +"och deras användning." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." +msgstr "Visar B<dpkg-deb>s versionnummer." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:203 dpkg-split.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." +msgstr "" +"Visar information om B<dpkg-deb>s upphovsrätt, licensinformation och " +"avsaknad av garanti. (Den amerikanskengelska stavningen B<--license> stöds " +"också.)" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-deb.1:210 dpkg-split.1:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" +msgstr "ANDRA FLAGGOR" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:211 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<--show-format=>I<format>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:216 dpkg-query.1:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# sv.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Denna flagga används för att ange formatet på det utdata B<--show> skapar. " +"Formatet är en sträng som kommer att matas ut för varje paket som listas.\n" +"#-#-#-#-# sv.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Denna flagga används för att ange formatet på utdata som skapas av B<--" +"show>. Formatet är en sträng som matas ut för varje paket i listan." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:225 +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." +msgstr "" +"Strängen kan referera till statusfält på formen \"${I<field-name>}\", en " +"förteckning över giltiga fält kan enkelt skapas genom att använda B<-I> på " +"samma paket. En fullständig förklaring av formateringsflaggorna (inklusive " +"ersättningssekvenser och fälttabulering) finns i förklaringen för flaggan " +"B<--showformat> i B<dpkg-query>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." +msgstr "Förvalet för detta fält är \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--new>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +msgid "" +"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "" +"Försäkrar att B<dpkg-deb> bygger ett arkiv i \"nytt\" format. Detta är " +"förval." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--old>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:240 +msgid "" +"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" +"Tvingar B<dpkg-deb> att bygga ett arkiv i \"gammalt\" format. Det gamla " +"arkivformatet är mer svårtolkat av icke-Debianverktyg och är nu utgånget; " +"dess enda användningsområde är för att bygga paket som skall tolkas av " +"versioner av dpkg äldre än 0.93.76 (september 1995), vilka endast släpptes " +"som i386-a.out." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +msgid "" +"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" +"Förhindrar B<dpkg-deb --build s> normala tester på det föreslagna innehållet " +"i arkivet. Du kan bygga vilket arkiv du än vill, oavsett hur trasigt, på " +"detta sätt." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-deb.1:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" +msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:249 +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "Aktiverar felsökningsutdata. Denna är inte speciellt intressant." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:254 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<paket1>B<.deb> I<paket2>B<.deb> gör fel." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:258 +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ingen autentisering i B<.deb>-filer; det finns faktiskt inte ens " +"en vanlig kontrollsumma." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:265 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " +"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" +"Försök inte använda bara B<dpkg-deb> för att installera programvara! Du " +"måste använda normala B<dpkg> för att se till att alla filer läggs på " +"korrekt plats och att paketets skript körs och dess status och innehåll " +"sparas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:270 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-deb.1:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> och denna manualsida skrevs av Ian Jackson. De är " +"upphovsrättsskyddade 1995-1996 av honom och släppta under GNU General Public " +"Licence; det finns INGEN garanti. Se B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> och B</" +"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> för detaljer." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-divert.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-divert" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "dpkg-split - Verktyg för att dela/slå ihop Debianpaket" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<flaggor>] I<åtgärd>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:15 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:20 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:36 +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:44 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " +"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " +"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " +"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:45 dselect.1:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>katalogE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" +"dpkg>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>katalogE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:58 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>paketnamnE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 +msgid "" +"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " +"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " +"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:61 install-info.8:190 +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "B<--new>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:70 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:300 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:73 +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." +msgstr "Visar versionsinformation och ger lyckat avslut." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." +msgstr "Visar versionsinformation och ger lyckat avslut." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-divert.8:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:84 +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." +"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " +"match if specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:86 +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:92 +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:97 +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." +"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" +"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:99 +msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:101 dpkg-divert.8:111 +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:103 +msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:107 +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" +"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:109 +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:113 +msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-divert.8:115 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" +msgstr "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:120 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:123 +msgid "" +"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" +"old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-divert.8:128 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-name.1:6 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-name" +msgstr "dpkg-deb" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:9 +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:22 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" +"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" +"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:33 +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " +"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " +"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " +"a hyphen and the revision information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:37 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:44 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" +msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<kat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" +"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " +"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " +"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" +"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " +"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " +"care, it's messy." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:61 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h, --help>" +msgstr "B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." +msgstr "Visar en kort hjälptext och ger lyckat avslut." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:64 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v, --version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:67 dselect.1:131 +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "Visar versionsinformation och ger lyckat avslut." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:67 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l, --license>" +msgstr "B<--licence>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " +"exit successfully." +msgstr "" +"Visar upphovsrättslig och licensinformation om B<dselect>, och ger lyckat " +"avslut." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +msgid "" +"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-name.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "Den sista raden på skärmen när paket väljs." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:100 +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-name.1:107 dpkg-source.1:847 install-info.8:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-name.1:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Detta är fri programvara; se GNU General Public License version 2 eller " +"senare för kopieringsvillkor. Det finns INGEN garanti." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-query" +msgstr "dpkg-query" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:4 +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "dpkg-query - ett verktyg för att fråga dpkg-databasen" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<paketnamnsmönster> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<paketnamnsmönster> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:17 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<paketnamn> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<paketnamn> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:25 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filnamnssökmönster> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:29 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<paketnamn> ..." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:32 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:35 +msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:39 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B<dpkg> database." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-query> är ett verktyg för att visa information om paket i B<dpkg>-" +"databasen." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "KOMMANDON" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<paketnamnsmönster> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:50 +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " +"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" +"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" +"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " +"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" +msgstr "" +"Lista paket som matchar det givna mönstret. Om inget I<paketnamnsmönster> " +"anges listas alla paket i I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Skalets normala " +"jokertecken tillåts i I<paketnamnsmönster>. Observera att du sannolikt måste " +"skriva I<paketnamnsmönster> inom citationstecken för att förhindra att " +"skalet expanderar filnamnet. Till exempel kommer följande lista alla paket " +"vars namn börjar på \"libc6\":" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" +"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" +"Utdataformatet för detta alternativ kan inte justeras, men varieras " +"automatiskt för att passa terminalbredden. Det är avsett för mänskliga " +"läsare, och är inte enkelt maskinläsbart. Se B<-W> (B<--show>) och B<--" +"showformat> för hur du konfigurerar utdataformatet." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<paketnamnsmönster> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" +"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " +"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " +"separated by a tab." +msgstr "" +"Precis som flaggan B<--list> kommer detta att visa alla paket som matchar " +"det givna mönstret. Utdatat kan dock skräddarsys med flaggan B<--" +"showformat>. Standardutdataformatet är en rad per paket som träffas, där " +"varje rad innehåller namn och installerad version av paketet, avdelat med " +"ett tabulatortecken." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<paketnamn> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" +"Rapportera status om det angivna paketet. Detta alternativ visar helt " +"enkelt posten i statusdatabasen för installerade paket." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." +msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<paketnamn> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" +"Listar filer som installerats på ditt system från B<paketnamn>. Observera " +"dock att filer som skapats av paketspecifika installationsskript inte listas." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." +msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filnamnssökmönster> ..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Sök efter filnamnet bland de installerade paketen. Alla skalets vanliga " +"jokertecken kan användas i mönstret. Kommandot kommer inte att visa " +"extrafiler som skapas av paketskript, ej heller kommer det att visa " +"alternativ." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" +msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<paketnamn>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +msgid "" +"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" +"available>." +msgstr "Visar detaljer om I<paketnamn> från I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:89 +msgid "Display licence and copyright information." +msgstr "Visar licensvillkor och upphovsrättsinformation." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:92 +msgid "Display version information." +msgstr "Visar versionsinformation." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<kat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" +"lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "Ändra platsen för B<dpkg>-databasen. Förval är I</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-query.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:105 +msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" +msgstr "I formatsträgnen inleds följande styrsekvenser med \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<\\en> newline\n" +" B<\\er> carriage return\n" +" B<\\et> tab\n" +msgstr "" +" B<\\en> radmatning\n" +" B<\\er> vagnreteur\n" +" B<\\et> tabulator\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:116 +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" +"$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq före ett annat tecken undertrycken en speciell betydelse " +"för det efterföljande tecknet, vilket är kan användas för \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq " +"och \\(lqB<$>\\(rq." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:122 +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " +"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " +"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" +msgstr "" +"Paketinformation kan läggas in genom att sätta in variabelreferenser till " +"paketfält, på syntaxen \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. Fält " +"skrivs högerjusterade såvida inte bredden är negativ i vilket fall " +"vänsterjustering kommer att användas. Följande I<fält> stöds:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" +msgstr "" +" B<Architecture>\n" +" B<Bugs>\n" +" B<Conffiles>\n" +" B<Config-Version>\n" +" B<Conflicts>\n" +" B<Depends>\n" +" B<Description>\n" +" B<Enhances>\n" +" B<Essential>\n" +" B<Filename>\n" +" B<Installed-Size>\n" +" B<MD5sum>\n" +" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" +" B<Maintainer>\n" +" B<Origin>\n" +" B<Package>\n" +" B<Pre-Depends>\n" +" B<Priority>\n" +" B<Provides>\n" +" B<Recommends>\n" +" B<Replaces>\n" +" B<Revision>\n" +" B<Section>\n" +" B<Size>\n" +" B<Source>\n" +" B<Status>\n" +" B<Suggests>\n" +" B<Version>\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:161 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" +"Standardformatet är \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. För att hämta " +"namnet på paketansvarig och installerad version för dpkg och kan du köra:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" +msgstr " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-query.1:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "MILJÖVARIABLER" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:172 +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "" +"Denna inställningar påverkar utdata från kommandot B<--list> genom att ändra " +"bredden på dess utdata." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:175 +msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Upphovsrättsskyddat 2001 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: UR +#: dpkg-query.1:175 dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" +msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-query.1:177 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 +msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-05-10" +msgstr "2006-04-09" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " +"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 +msgid "" +"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 +msgid "" +"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 +msgid "" +"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 +msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 +msgid "" +"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " +"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " +"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " +"in the output." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 +msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 +msgid "" +"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 +msgid "" +"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " +"to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 update-alternatives.8:436 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-scansources" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 +msgid "" +"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:13 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" +"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:18 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:29 +msgid "" +"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" +"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:33 +msgid "" +"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:44 +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:45 install-info.8:272 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:47 +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +msgid "Show the usage message and die." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-scansources.1:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pidfil>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:55 +msgid "" +"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:61 +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print the version number and exit." +msgstr "Skriv ut versionsinformation och avsluta sedan." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-scansources.1:68 +msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:2 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-source" +msgstr "dpkg-query" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:7 +msgid "" +"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" +"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " +"tools" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:12 +msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" +"targz>|'']" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<katalog> [I<arkiv>|I<katalog>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<flaggor>] I<åtgärd>" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-åtgärder>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<flaggor>] I<åtgärd>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<flaggor>] I<åtgärd>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<flaggor>] I<åtgärd>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<flaggor>] I<åtgärd>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-deb> packar, packar upp och tillhandahåller information om " +"Debianarkiv." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:42 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" +"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:68 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" +">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " +"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" +"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" +"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " +"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " +"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " +"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " +"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:70 +msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:76 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:80 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:84 +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:89 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:93 +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:93 update-alternatives.8:290 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# sv.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"HANDLINGSFLAGGOR\n" +"#-#-#-#-# sv.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"ÅTGÄRDSFLAGGOR" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +msgid "" +"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " +"with the programs that accept them." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:96 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:101 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " +"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " +"tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +msgid "" +"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " +"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:106 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>I<version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:114 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " +"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I<version> to be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +msgid "" +"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " +"will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:119 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" +msgstr "B< >E<lt>lång beskrivningE<gt>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " +"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +msgid "" +"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" +"genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:142 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" +msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:150 +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " +"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:158 +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:169 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +msgid "" +"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " +"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " +"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " +"B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:179 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "B<-D>I<oktalvärde>B< | --debug=>I<oktalvärde>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +msgid "" +"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " +"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:184 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-U>I<field>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +msgid "" +"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" +"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:189 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:212 +msgid "" +"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" +"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " +"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " +"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " +"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " +"being built." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +msgid "" +"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " +"one) - see below." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:217 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" +msgstr "I<control>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" +"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:231 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" +msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:244 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-W>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +msgid "" +"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " +"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:251 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-E>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +msgid "" +"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " +"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:257 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "ANDRA FLAGGOR" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +msgid "" +"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " +"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:262 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:272 +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " +"under the current working directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:280 +msgid "" +"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " +"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " +"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:288 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:303 +msgid "" +"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " +"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " +"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " +"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " +"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " +"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " +"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:303 dpkg-source.1:642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:311 +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:323 +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." +"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " +"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " +"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " +"the B<-i> switch." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:323 dpkg-source.1:646 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." +"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:345 +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" +"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:357 +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" +"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " +"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:368 +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:377 +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:406 +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" +"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" +"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:415 +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:422 +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:425 +msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:430 +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:435 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" +msgstr "ANDRA FLAGGOR" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> tar inga flaggor eller parametrar." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:438 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<package>" +msgstr "B<uppackat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:445 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:450 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" +"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:472 +msgid "" +"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " +"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:472 dpkg-source.1:534 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-O>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +msgid "" +"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " +"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" +"P> was used)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:487 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<programfil>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:497 +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:507 +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " +"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " +"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +msgid "" +"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " +"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:534 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " +"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +msgid "" +"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " +"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" +"substvars> by default)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:540 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>I<type>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +msgid "" +"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " +"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " +"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " +"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " +"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:549 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> tar inga flaggor eller parametrar." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:563 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +msgid "" +"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> tar inga flaggor eller parametrar." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." +msgstr "Den sista raden på skärmen när paket väljs." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " +"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " +"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " +"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " +"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " +"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" +"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:628 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-tc>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " +"after the package has been built." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:634 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" +msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:637 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:642 +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:646 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:651 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-D>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:654 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: SS +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." +msgstr "Lösa beroenden och konflikter" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:657 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-nc>" +msgstr "B<-G>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:660 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:666 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" +"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." +"changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" +"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " +"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:674 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " +"arguments." +msgstr "B<822-date> tar inga flaggor eller parametrar." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-source.1:677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:687 +msgid "" +"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " +"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:694 +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:701 +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" +"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:714 +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:716 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Arch>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:720 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "Paketets korta beskrivning." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:723 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:727 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<binary:Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:731 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Source-Version>" +msgstr "B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:736 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<Installed-Size>" +msgstr "B<installerat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " +"debian/tmp> to find the default value." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Extra-Size>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B<Installed-Size> control file field." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:754 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Format>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:771 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"- see above." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:779 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:782 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" +msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:785 +msgid "The full version of dpkg." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:788 +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:789 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/control>" +msgstr "deb-control" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:800 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/files>" +msgstr "B<infodesc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " +"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " +"B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:813 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/substvars>" +msgstr "B<ta bort>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "Lista över tillgängliga paket." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-source.1:819 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:822 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:825 +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:828 +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:835 +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" +"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:839 +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:847 +msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:849 +msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:851 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Upphovsrättsskyddat 2001 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-source.1:857 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"Detta är fri programvara; se GNU General Public License version 2 eller " +"senare för kopieringsvillkor. Det finns INGEN garanti." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-split.1:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-split" +msgstr "dpkg-split" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:5 +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "dpkg-split - Verktyg för att dela/slå ihop Debianpaket" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:9 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<helt-arkiv> [I<prefix>]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<del>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:17 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<del>..." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:21 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< fullständig-utdata del>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:24 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:28 +msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" +msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paket>...]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:33 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> delar upp binära Debianpaketfiler i mindre delar och slår " +"samman dem igen, för att göra det möjligt att lagra stora paketfiler på små " +"media, till exempel disketter." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:37 +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Programmet kan köras manuellt med flaggorna B<--split>, B<--join> och B<--" +"info>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:45 +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" +"discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" +"Det har även ett automatiskt läge, vilket aktiveras med flaggan B<--auto>. I " +"det läget hanterar det en kö av delar som setts men ännu inte återställts, " +"och återställer en paketfil när den sett alla dess delar. Flaggorna B<--" +"listq> and B<--discard> gör det möjligt att hantera kön." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:48 +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" +"Alla funktioner för uppdelning, sammanslagning och köande visar informativa " +"meddelanden på standard ut; dessa kan ignoreras." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" +msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:52 +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "Delar ett ensamt binärt Debianpaket i flera delar." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:60 +msgid "" +"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" +"Delarna namnges som I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> där I<N> är numret på " +"delen, räknat från 1, och I<M> är det totala antalet delar (båda angivna " +"decimalt)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +msgid "" +"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" +"Om inget I<prefix> ges tas filnamnet för I<helt-arkiv>, inklusive " +"katalognamn, med den avslutande B<.deb> borttagen." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" +msgstr "B<--join>, B<-j>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:72 +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" +"Slår samman de olika paketdelarna, och återskapar den ursprungliga filen som " +"den såg ut innan den delades." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:76 +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" +"Delfilerna som ges som parameter måste alla vara delar av exakt samma " +"ursprungliga binärfil. Varje måste finnas exakt en gång i parameterlistan, " +"men de behöver inte listas i ordning." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:81 +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." +msgstr "" +"Delarna måste naturligtvis alla ha genererats med samma delstorlek när " +"uppdelningen skedde, vilket betyder att de vanligtvis måste ha genererats " +"vid samma körning av B<dpkg-split --split>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:83 +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "Delarnas filnamn är inte signifikanta för sammanslagningsproceduren." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:86 +msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." +msgstr "Förvalt namn på utdatafilen är I<paket>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" +"Skriver ut information, i människoläsbar form, om delfilerna som anges. " +"Parametrar som inte är delar av binärpaket resulterar i ett meddelande som " +"talar om detta (men fortfarande på standard ut)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" +msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:95 +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "Köa automatiskt delarna och återskapa paketet om möjligt." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:100 +msgid "" +"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" +"Den I<del> som anges undersöks och jämförs med andra delar av samma paket " +"(om sådana existerar) i kön av delar av paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:107 +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" +"Om alla delar av ett paket av vilket I<del> är en del av är tillgängliga " +"kommer paketet att återskapas och skrivas till I<fullständig-utdata> (vilken " +"vanligtvis inte redan bör existera, även om det inte vore ett fel om det " +"gjorde det)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:113 +msgid "" +"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " +"not created." +msgstr "" +"Om inte kommer I<del> att kopieras till kön och I<fullständig-utdata> skapas " +"inte." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:120 +msgid "" +"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" +"Om I<del> inte är en del av ett delat binärpaket kommer B<dpkg-split> att " +"avsluta med returvärde 1; om något annat fel uppstår avslutar det med " +"returvärde 2." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" +"Flaggan B<--output> eller B<-o> måste ges då B<--auto>används. (Om detta " +"inte vore ett krav skulle det anropande programmet inte veta vilken " +"utdatafil som förväntades.)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" +msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:130 +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "Listar innehållet i kön över paket att återställa." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" +"För varje paketfil för vilken delar finns i kön visas i utdata namnet på " +"paketet, antal delar i kön, och det totala antalet byte som är lagrade i kön." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" +msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:138 +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "" +"Detta kastar bort delar från kön över de som väntar på återstående delar av " +"paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:143 +msgid "" +"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" +"Om inget I<paket> anges töms kön helt; om paket anges kastas bara delar för " +"de(t) paket som anges." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:148 +msgid "" +"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " +"their uses." +msgstr "" +"Visar B<dpkg-split>s hjälpskärm, vilken ger en sammanfattning av " +"kommandoradsflaggorna och deras användningsområden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:153 +msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." +msgstr "Visar B<dpkg-split>s versionsnummer." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:160 +msgid "" +"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " +"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" +msgstr "" +"Visar information om B<dpkg-split>s upphovsrättsliga licensiering och " +"avsaknad av garanti. (Den amerikanskengelska stavningen B<--license> stöds " +"också.)" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" +msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< katalog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" +"Anger en alternativ katalog för kön av delar som väntar på automatisk " +"sammanslagning. Förvalet är B</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" +msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbyte>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " +"The default is 450Kb." +msgstr "" +"Anger maximal storlek vid delning, i kilobyte (1024 byte). Förval är 450 " +"Kbyte." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" +msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< fullständig-utdata>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:173 +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "Anger filnamnet för utdata vid sammanslagning." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" +"Detta används istället för förvalet vid manuell sammanslagning (B<--join>) " +"och krävs för automatisk köa-eller-sammanslå (B<--auto>)." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" +msgstr "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" +"Vid automatisk köa-eller-sammanslå skriver B<dpkg-split> normalt ett " +"meddelande om den matas med en I<del> som inte är en binär paketdel. Denna " +"flagga undertrycker detta meddelande, vilket gör det möjligt för program " +"såsom B<dpkg> att hantera både delade och odelade paket utan att producera " +"felaktiga meddelanden." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "B<--msdos>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:194 +msgid "" +"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "Tvingar utdatafilnamn skapade av B<--split> att vara msdos-kompatibla." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:200 +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" +"Detta misshandlar prefixet - antingen förvalet taget från indatafilnamnet, " +"eller det som angetts som parameter: alfanumeriska tecken görs till gemener, " +"plustecken ersätts med B<x> och alla andra tecken kastas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:205 +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" +"Resultatet trunkeras så långt som möjligt, och filnamn på formen " +"I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> genereras." + +# type: SH +#: dpkg-split.1:205 update-alternatives.8:429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "RETURVÄRDE" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:211 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" +"Returvärdet 0 betyder att den efterfrågade funktionen (delning, " +"sammanslagning eller annan) slutfördes lyckades. B<--info>-kommandon lyckas " +"även om indatafilen inte är en del av ett binärpaket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:217 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I<part> file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" +"Returvärdet 1 uppkommer endast med B<--auto> och anger att I<del>filen inte " +"var en del av ett binärpaket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:221 +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" +"Returvärdet 2 indikerar att något har gått fel, till exempel ett " +"systemanrop, att en fil såg ut som en paketdel men var trasig, ett " +"användningsfel, eller något annat problem." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:225 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> använder några ganska gamla konventioner för filnamn på " +"Debianpaket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:228 +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" +"Kompletta detaljer för paket i kön kan inte fås utan att själv gräva i kö-" +"katalogen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:231 +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" +"Det finns inget lätt sätta att testa om en fil som kan vara en del av ett " +"binärpaket faktiskt är det." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:235 +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" +"Arkitekturen anges inte i delfilernas filhuvud, bara i kontrollinformationen " +"i paketfilen som delarna innehåller, och den förekommer inte i de filnamn " +"som genereras." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-split.1:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" +msgstr "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:240 +msgid "" +"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" +"Förvald kö-katalog för delfiler som väntar på automatisk sammanslagning." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:245 +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" +"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " +"filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" +"Filnamnen som används i denna katalog är i ett internt format för B<dpkg-" +"split> och är knappast användbara för andra program, och hur som helst kan " +"inte formatet på filnamnen litas på." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:250 +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-split.1:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" +"copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." +msgstr "" +"B<dpkg-split> och denna manualsida skrevs av Ian Jackson. Upphovsrätten © " +"1995-1996 ligger hos honom och de är släppta under GNU General Public " +"Licence; det finns INGEN GARANTI. Se B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> och B</usr/" +"share/common-licenses/GPL> för ytterligare detaljer." + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dpkg-statoverride" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Debian project" +msgstr "Debianprojektet" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " +"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:28 +msgid "" +"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--debug>I< E<lt>filE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>filE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41 +msgid "" +"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " +"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " +"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " +"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " +"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " +"to the new owner and mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>katalogE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +msgid "" +"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " +"left unchanged by this command." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" +msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:53 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "B<--nocheck>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "B<822-date>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61 +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show usage information." +msgstr "Visar versionsinformation." + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +msgid "Show program version and copyright." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<kat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "Ändra platsen för B<dpkg>-databasen. Förval är I</var/lib/dpkg>." + +# type: TP +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" +msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" +msgstr "Upphovsrättsskyddat 2001 Wichert Akkerman" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect" +msgstr "dselect" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:4 +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "dselect - Debians pakethanteringsskal" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:17 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>katalogE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-D>I<E<lt>filE<gt>>] " +"[I<E<lt>handlingE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> I<skärmdel>:[I<förgrund>]," +"[I<bakgrund>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" +"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" +" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" +" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" +" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" +" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" +msgstr "" +"B<dselect>\n" +"är ett av det primära användargränssnitten för att hantera paket på ett\n" +"Debiansystem. I B<dselect>s huvudmeny kan systemadministratören:\n" +" - Uppdatera listan över tillgängliga paketversioner,\n" +" - Visa status för installerade och tillgängliga paket,\n" +" - Ändra paketval och hantera beroenden,\n" +" - Installera nya paket eller uppgradera till nyare versioner.\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:38 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> arbetar som ett skal runt B<dpkg>(1), Debians " +"lågnivåpakethanteringsverktyg. Det har en fullskärmspaketvalshanterare som " +"hanterar beroenden och konflikter mellan paket. När det körs med " +"administratörsbehörighet kan paket installeras, uppgraderas och tas bort. " +"Olika åtkomstmetoder kan konfigureras för att hämta tillgänglig information " +"om paketversioner och installerbara paket från paketsamlingar. Beroende på " +"åtkomstmetoden kan dessa samlingar vara öppna arkivservrar på Internet, " +"lokala arkivservrar eller finnas på cd-rom. Den rekommenderade " +"åtkomstmetoden är I<apt>, vilken tillhandahålls av paketet B<apt>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:44 +msgid "" +"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis anropas B<dselect> utan parametrar. En interaktiv meny visas då, " +"vilken ger användaren ett antal handlingsmöjligheter. Om en handling ges som " +"kommandoradsflagga startas denna med en gång. Flera kommandoradsflaggor " +"finns ändå att tillgå för att förändra hur B<dselect> arbetar eller för att " +"visa ytterligare information om programmet." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:51 +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " +"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Alla flaggorna kan ges både på kommandoraden och i B<dselect>s " +"konfigurationsfil I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. En rad i konfigurationsfilen är " +"antingen en flagga (precis samma som på kommandoraden, men utan inledande " +"bindestreck) eller en kommentar (om den börjar med ett B<#>)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:57 +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" +"Ändrar namnet på katalogen där dpkg letar efter filerna \"status\", " +"\"available\" m.fl. Förval är I</var/lib/dpkg> och du bör normalt sett inte " +"behöva ändra det." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" +msgstr "B<--debug>I< E<lt>filE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>filE<gt>>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:60 +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." +msgstr "" +"Slå på felsökningsläge. Felsökningsinformation lagras i I<E<lt>filE<gt>>." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "B<--expert>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:64 +msgid "" +"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" +"Slår på expertläge, dvs. visar inte hjälpmeddelanden som kanske kan vara " +"irriterande." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" +msgstr "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<skärmdel>:[I<förgrund>],[I<bakgrund>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:71 +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " +"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " +"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" +msgstr "" +"Ställer in skärmfärger. Detta fungerar bara om din skärm kan visa färger. " +"Flaggan kan användas flera gånger (och fungerar bäst i I<dselect.cfg>). " +"Varje användning ändrar färgen (och kanske andra attribut) för en del av " +"skärmen. Skärmdelarna är, uppifrån och ner:" + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<title>" +msgstr "B<title>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:75 +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "Skärmtiteln." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "B<listhead>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:78 +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "Huvudraden ovanför paketlistan." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "B<list>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:81 +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "Den rullande paketlistan (och även viss hjälptext)." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "B<listsel>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:84 +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "Den valda posten i listan." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "B<pkgstate>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:88 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "" +"I listan över paket är detta texten som anger aktuellt tillstånd för varje " +"paket." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:92 +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" +"I listan över paket är detta texten som anger aktuellt tillstånd för det nu " +"markerade paketet." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "B<infohead>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:95 +msgid "" +"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "" +"Huvudraden som visar information om tillståndet för det nu markerade paketet." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "B<infodesc>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:98 +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "Paketets korta beskrivning." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "B<info>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:101 +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "Används för att visa paketinformation, såsom paketets beskrivning." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "B<infofoot>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:104 +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "Den sista raden på skärmen när paket väljs." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "B<query>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:107 +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "Används för att visa frågor." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "B<helpscreen>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:110 +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "Färg på hjälpskärmar." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:115 +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" +"Efter skärmdelen följer ett kolon och färgangivelsen. Du kan ange antingen " +"förgrundsfärgen, bakgrundsfärgen eller båda två, vilka kommer att ersätta de " +"inkompilerade färgerna. Använd de normala curses-namnen för färgerna." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:121 +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" +"Du kan även ange ytterligare ett kolon efter färgangivelsen och där ge " +"attribut. Detta är en lista med ett eller flera attribut, avdelade med " +"plustecken (\"+\"). Tillgängliga attribut är (alla fungerar inte på alla " +"terminaler): normal, standout (uthävd), underline (understruken), reverse " +"(omvänd), blink, bright (ljus), dim (mörk), bold (fet)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:124 +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "Visar en kort hjälptext och ger lyckat avslut." + +# type: TP +#: dselect.1:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" +msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:128 +msgid "" +"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "" +"Visar upphovsrättslig och licensinformation om B<dselect>, och ger lyckat " +"avslut." + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "ANVÄNDNING" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:137 +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" +"När B<dselect> startas interaktivt visas en meny för användaren med " +"tillgängliga handlingar:" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "access" +msgstr "Access (Åtkomst)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:139 +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "" +"Väljer och konfigurar en \"åtkomstmetod\" för att komma åt paketsamlingen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:145 +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " +"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " +"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." +msgstr "" +"Som standard ger B<dselect> flera olika metoder, såsom I<floppy> (diskett), " +"I<harddisk> (hårddisk) och I<cdrom>, men andra paket du installerar kan " +"tillhandahålla ytterligare metoder, t.ex ges åtkomstmetoden I<apt> av " +"paketet B<apt> och I<multi_cd> av B<dpkg-multicd>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:147 +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "Åtkomstmetoden I<apt> rekommenderas starkt." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update" +msgstr "Update (Uppdatera)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:150 +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "Uppdatera databasen med tillgängliga paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:157 +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" +"Hämtar en lista över tillgängliga paket från paketsamlingen som " +"konfigurerats för den aktuella åtkomstmetoden, och uppdaterar dpkg:s " +"databas. Paketlistor finns normalt på paketsamlingarna i filer vid namn " +"B<Packages> eller B<Packages.gz>. Dessa filer kan genereras av de som " +"underhåller samlingarna genom att använda programmet B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:160 +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" +"Vilka detaljer som ges om uppdateringen beror på hur åtkomstmetoden är " +"implementerad. Normalt är processen självförklarande och behöver ingen " +"interaktion med användaren." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "select" +msgstr "Select (Välj)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:163 +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "Visar eller väljer paketval och beroenden." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:169 +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" +"Detta är B<dselect>s huvudfunktion. På valskärmen kan användaren titta på " +"en lista över samtliga tillgängliga och installerade paket. När det körs med " +"administratörsbehörighet är det även möjligt att interaktivt ändra paketets " +"valstatus. B<dselect> spårar vilken inverkning dessa ändringar får på " +"beroende eller motstridiga paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:176 +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" +"När en konflikt eller ett misslyckat beroende upptäcks visas en delskärm med " +"möjlighet att lösa beroendet. På denna skärm visas en lista över " +"motstridiga eller beroende paket, och för varje paket som listas visas dess " +"orsak. Användaren kan applicera de av B<dselect> rekommenderade ändringarna, " +"själv ändra dem, eller backa alla ändringar, inklusive de som gjorde att de " +"ohanterade beroendena eller konflikterna uppstod till att börja med." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:179 +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" +"Användningen av den interaktiva paketvalshanterarskärmen beskrivs i " +"ytterligare detalj nedan." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install" +msgstr "Install (Installera)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:182 +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "Installerar valda paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:188 +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" +"Den valda åtkomstmetoden hämtar installerbara eller uppgraderbara paket från " +"relevanta paketsamlingar och installerar dem med B<dpkg>. Beroende på hur " +"åtkomstmetoden implementerats hämtas antingen alla paket innan " +"installationen, eller så hämtas de när så är nödvändigt. Några " +"åtkomstmetoder kommer även ta bort paket som markerades för borttagning." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:196 +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." +"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " +"these are installed." +msgstr "" +"Om ett fel uppstod under installationen är rekommenderas det vanligen att " +"köra installationen på nytt. I de flesta fall kommer problemet försvinna " +"eller lösas. Om problemet kvarstår eller den installation som genomfördes " +"var felaktig, ber vi dig undersöka orsaken och omständigheterna och " +"rapportera ett fel i Debians felrapporteringssystem. Instruktioner om hur " +"detta görs finns på http://bugs.debian.org/ eller genom att läsa " +"dokumentationen för B<bug>(1) eller B<reportbug>(1), om dessa är " +"installerade." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:203 +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" +"Detaljerna för hur installationen genomförs beror på hur åtkomstmetoden är " +"implementerad. Uppmärksamhet och indata från användaren kan behövas under " +"installation, konfiguration eller borttagning av paket, beroende på hur " +"utvecklarskripten i paketen ser ut. Vissa paket använder B<debconf>(1)-" +"biblioteket, vilket möjliggör mer flexibel, eller till och med " +"automatiserad, installation och inställning." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "config" +msgstr "Config (Konfigurera)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:206 +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera paket som tidigare installerats, men ej till fullo konfigurerats." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "remove" +msgstr "Remove (Radera)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:209 +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "" +"Tar bort eller raderar helt installerade paket som markerats för borttagning." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "quit" +msgstr "Quit (Avsluta)" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:212 +msgid "Quit B<dselect>" +msgstr "Avslutar B<dselect>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:214 +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." +msgstr "Avslutar dselect med felkod noll (lyckat)." + +# type: SH +#: dselect.1:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package selections management" +msgstr "Paketvalshantering" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduktion" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:234 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " +"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " +"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " +"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " +"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " +"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " +"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " +"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " +"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> utsätter direkt administratören för delar av den komplexitet det " +"innebär att hantera stora mängder paket med många inbördes beroenden. För en " +"användare som inte är nära förtrogen med koncepten och hur Debians " +"pakethanteringssystem fungerar kan det te sig rätt så överväldigande. Trots " +"att B<dselect>s målsättning är att förenkla administration och hantering av " +"paket är det bara en del av helheten, och kan inte antas vara ett " +"tillräckligt substitut för administratörsfärdighet och -förståelse. " +"Användaren är tvungen att ha kunskap om det underliggande paketsystemet i " +"Debian. Om tvivel föreligger, konsultera manualsidan B<dpkg>(1) och Debians " +"policymanual." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:240 +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" +"Så länge inte B<dselect> körs i expert- eller direktläge visas en hjälpskärm " +"först när val görs i menyn. Användaren rekommenderas I<å det bestämdaste> " +"att studera all information som finns i direkthjälpskärmarna när de dyker " +"upp. Direkthjälpskärmarna kan när som helst nås via tangenten B<\"?\">." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "Skärmutseende" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:249 +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" +"Valskärmen är normalt delat i en övre och en nedre halva. Den övre halvan " +"visar en lista över paket; en markeringsrad kan välja paket individuellt " +"eller i grupp (när tillämpligt) genom att välja en grupprubrik. Den nedre " +"halvan av skärmen visar detaljer om det paket som just nu visas i den övre " +"halvan. Vilken sorts detaljer som visas kan varieras." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:252 +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" +"Genom att trycka B<\"I\"> växlas vyn mellan en fullskärmsvisning av " +"paketlistan, en förstorad vy för paketdetaljer, eller en skärm med två lika " +"stora delar." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "Paketdetaljvy" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" +"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" +"alternates between:\n" +" - the extended description\n" +" - the control information for the installed version\n" +" - the control information for the available version\n" +msgstr "" +"Paketdetaljvyn visar normalt den utökade paketbeskrivningen för det paket\n" +"som just nu är markerat i paketvallistan.\n" +"Vilken sorts detaljer som visas kan växlas genom att trycka på B<\"i\">,\n" +"vilken växlar mellan:\n" +" - den utökade beskrivningen\n" +" - kontrollinformationen för den installerade versionen\n" +" - kontrollinformationen för den tillgängliga versionen\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:266 +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" +"I en beroendelösningsskärm är det även möjligt att visa specifika " +"otillfredsställda beroenden eller konflikter för paketet." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "Paketstatuslista" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:272 +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" +"Huvudvalskärmen visar en lista över samtliga paket som är kända för Debians " +"pakethanteringssystem, vilket inbegriper paket installerade på systemet och " +"paket kända från databasen över tillgängliga paket." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:280 +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" +"För varje paket visar listan paketets status, prioritet, avdelning, " +"installerade och tillgängliga versioner, paketets namn och dess korta " +"beskrivning, allt på en rad. Genom att trycka på tangenten B<\"V\"> slås " +"visningen av den installerade och den aktiva versionen på och av. Genom att " +"trycka på tangenten B<\"v\"> växlas paketstatusvisningen mellan ordrik och " +"förkortad, med den förkortade visningen som förval." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:286 +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" +"Den förkortade statusindikeringen består av fyra delar: en felflagga, vilken " +"normalt skall vara blank, aktuell status, senast vald status och nu vald " +"status. De första två anger paketets faktiska status, det andra paret " +"beskriver valet som gjorts av användaren." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" +" Error flag:\n" +" I<empty> no error\n" +" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" +" Installed state:\n" +" I<empty> not installed;\n" +" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" +" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" +" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" +" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" +" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" +" Current and requested selections:\n" +" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" +" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" +" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" +" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" +" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" +msgstr "" +"Detta är vad de olika paketstatusindikatorerna i det förkortade läget\n" +"betyder:\n" +" Felflagga:\n" +" I<tom> inget fel\n" +" B<R> allvarligt fel, kräver ominstallation\n" +" Installerad status:\n" +" I<tom> ej installerat\n" +" B<*> helt installerat och konfigurerat\n" +" B<-> ej installerat, men konfigurationsfiler kan kvarstå\n" +" B<U> uppackat men ännu ej konfigurerat\n" +" B<C> halvkonfigurerat (ett fel uppstod)\n" +" B<I> halvinstallerat (ett fel uppstod)\n" +" Aktuella och begärda val:\n" +" B<*> markerat för installation eller uppgradering\n" +" B<-> markerat för borttagning, konfigurationsfiler lämnas kvar\n" +" B<=> håll: paketet kommer inte att röras alls\n" +" B<_> markerat för borttagning, tar även bort konfiguration\n" +" B<n> paketet är nytt och har ännu inte markerats\n" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "Markör- och skärmrörelser" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:310 +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" +"Paketvallistan och beroendekonfliktslösningnskärmarna kan navigeras genom " +"att använda rörelsekommandon kopplade till följande tangenter:" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" +" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" +" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" +" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" +" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" +" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" +" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" +" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" +" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" +" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" +" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" +" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" +" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" +" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" +msgstr "" +" B<p, Upp, k> flytta markeringsrad upp\n" +" B<n, Ned, j> flytta markeringsrad ned\n" +" B<P, Pgup, Baksteg> rulla lista 1 sida upp\n" +" B<N, Pgdn, Mellanslag> rulla lista 1 sida ned\n" +" B<^p> rulla lista 1 rad upp\n" +" B<^n> rulla lista 1 rad ned\n" +" B<t, Home> hoppa till listans början\n" +" B<e, End> hoppa till listans slut\n" +" B<u> rulla info 1 sida upp\n" +" B<d> rulla info 1 sida ned\n" +" B<^u> rulla info 1 rad upp\n" +" B<^d> rulla info 1 rad ned\n" +" B<B, Vänsterpil> panorera vy 1/3 skärm vänster\n" +" B<F, Högerpil> panorera vy 1/3 skärm höger\n" +" B<^b> panorera vy 1 tecken vänster\n" +" B<^f> panorera vy 1 tecken höger\n" + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "Sökning och sortering" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:342 +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" +"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " +"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " +"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " +"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " +"searching from there." +msgstr "" +"Det går att söka i paketlistan efter paketnamn. Detta görs genom att trycka " +"B<\"/\"> och ange en enkel söksträng. Strängen tolkas som ett reguljärt " +"uttryck enligt B<regex>(7). Om du lägger till B<\"/d\"> till sökuttrycket " +"kommer dselect även söka beskrivningar. Om du lägger till B<\"/i\"> kommer " +"sökningen att ignorera skillnader mellan gemener och versaler. Du kan " +"kombinera dessa båda suffix så här: B<\"/id\">. Sökningen kan upprepas genom " +"att trycka på B<\"n\"> eller B<\"\\e\"> tills det önskade paketet hittas. Om " +"sökningen når slutet på listan hoppar den till början och fortsätter " +"sökningen därifrån." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" +"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" +"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" +" alphabet available status\n" +" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" +" section+priority available+section status+section\n" +msgstr "" +"Listans sorteringsordning kan ändras genom att trycka på tangenterna\n" +"B<\"o\"> och B<\"O\"> upprepade gånger.\n" +"Följande nio sorteringsordningar kan väljas:\n" +" alfabetisk tillgänglig status\n" +" prioritet+sektion tillgänglig+prioritet status+prioritet\n" +" sektion+prioritet tillgänglig+sektion status+sektion\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:352 +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" +"När det inte anges explicit ovan används alfabetisk ordning som den slutliga " +"sorteringsnyckeln." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "Ändra val" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" +"altered with the following commands:\n" +" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" +" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" +" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" +" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" +" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" +msgstr "" +"Den begärda valstatusen för varje individuellt paket kan ändras med följande\n" +"kommandon:\n" +" B<+, Insert> installera eller uppgradera\n" +" B<=, H> håll i aktuellt tillstånd och version\n" +" B<:, G> avbryt håll: uppgradera eller lämna oinstallerad\n" +" B<-, Delete> ta bort, men lämna kvar konfiguration\n" +" B<_> ta bort och radera konfiguration\n" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:366 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" +"När ändringar som får en eller flera otillfredsställda beroenden eller " +"konflikter till följd görs, frågar B<dselect> användaren med en " +"beroendelösningsskärm, vilken beskrivs ytterligare nedan." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:371 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" +"Det är även möjligt att applicera dessa kommandon på grupper av paketval, " +"genom att peka markeringsraden på en grupprubrik. Exakt hur paketen " +"grupperas beror på vilken listordning som för tillfället används." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:377 +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" +"Nödvändiga försiktighetsåtgärder skall tas när ändringar görs på stora " +"gruppmarkeringar, eftersom detta med en gång kan ge stora mängder " +"otillfredsställda beroenden eller konflikter, vilka alla kommer att visas på " +"en beroendelösningsskärm, vilket gör dem mycket svåra att hantera. I " +"praktiken är bara håll-kommandot och dess motsats användbara på grupper." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "Lösa beroenden och konflikter" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:383 +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" +"När ändringar som får en eller flera otillfredsställda beroenden eller " +"konflikter till följd görs, frågar B<dselect> användaren med en " +"beroendelösningsskärm. Först visas dock en informativ hjälpskärm." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:390 +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" +"Övre halvan av denna skärm listar alla paket som har otillfredsställda " +"beroenden eller konflikter som ett resultat av ändringen som efterfrågas, " +"samt alla paket vars installation kan lösa något av dessa beroenden, eller " +"vars borttagning kan lösa någon av konflikterna. Den nedre halvan visar som " +"förval de beroenden eller konflikter som leder till att det markerade " +"paketet listas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:396 +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"När paketunderlistan visas kan B<dselect> redan ha satt efterfrågad " +"valstatus för några av de listade paketen för att lösa de beroenden och " +"konflikter som fick beroendelösningsskärmen att visas. Vanligtvis är det " +"bäst att följa upp de förslag som görs av B<dselect>." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:404 +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" +"De listade paketens valstatus kan återställas till ursprungsinställningarna, " +"såsom de var innan de otillfredsställda beroendena eller konflikterna " +"skapades, genom att trycka på tangenten B<\"R\">. Genom att trycka på B<\"D" +"\"> återställs de föreslagna lösningarna, men ändringen som fick skärmen att " +"visas behålls i den status de valdes. Slutligen, genom att trycka B<\"U\"> " +"återställs valen återigen till de automatiskt föreslagna värdena." + +# type: SS +#: dselect.1:405 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "Bekräfta de efterfrågade valen" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:412 +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " +"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " +"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " +"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " +"resolution screen." +msgstr "" +"Genom att trycka B<Enter> godtas den vid tillfället inställda uppsättningen " +"val. Om B<dselect> inte upptäcker några otillfredsställda beroenden som " +"följd av de efterfrågade valen kommer de nya valen att lagras. Om det " +"däremot finns några otillfredsställda beroenden kommer B<dselect> återigen " +"gå till beroendelösningsskärmen." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:418 +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" +"För att ändra en uppsättning val som skapar otillfredsställda beroenden " +"eller konflikter, och tvinga B<dselect> att godta dem trycker du på B<\"Q\">-" +"tangenten. Detta ställer ovillkorligen in de val användaren gjort, vilket " +"vanligtvis inte bör göras om man inte har läst det finstilta." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:425 +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" +"Motsatt effekt, att backa ut från valändringar och återgå till föregående " +"vallista, kan fås genom att trycka på tangenterna B<\"X\"> eller B<Escape>. " +"Genom att upprepade gånger trycka dessa tangenter, kan eventuella skadliga " +"paketval backas ut helt och hållet för att återgå till senast etablerade " +"inställningar." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:432 +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" +"Paketvalsgränssnittet i B<dselect> är förvirrande för en del nya användare. " +"Det har rapporterats att det till och med kan få erfarna utvecklare av " +"kärnan att gråta." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:434 +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "Dokumentationen har brister." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:436 +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "Det finns inget hjälpalternativ i huvudmenyn." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:438 +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "Den synliga listan med tillgängliga paket kan inte förminskas." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:442 +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" +"De inbyggda åtkomstmetoderna kan inte längre nå nuvarande kvalitetsstandard. " +"Använd åtkomstmetoden som ges av apt, den är inte bara inte trasig, utan " +"även mycket flexiblare än de inbyggda åtkomstmetoderna." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:448 +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:453 +msgid "" +"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" +"B<dselect> skrevs av (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). En komplett lista över " +"bidragslämnare får du med \"dselect --license\"." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.1:456 +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" +"Denna manualsida skrevs av Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " +"Josip Rodin och Joost Kooij." + +# type: TH +#: dselect.cfg.5:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dselect.cfg" +msgstr "dselect.cfg" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:4 +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "dselect.cfg - inställningsfil för dselect" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:11 +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"Denna fil innehåller förvalda inställningar för dselect. Varje rad består av " +"en ensam flagga som är exakt densamma som en normal kommandoradsflagga för " +"dselect, förutom de inledande bindestrecken vilka inte används här. " +"Kommentarer är tillåtna genom att inleda en rad med nummertecken (\"B<#>\")." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:14 +msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:16 +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:20 +msgid "" +"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B<dselect>." +msgstr "" +"Se B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> för listan över personer som har bidragit " +"till B<dselect> ." + +# type: Plain text +#: dselect.cfg.5:22 +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." + +# type: SS +#: install-info.8:5 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "install-info" +msgstr "Install (Installera)" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:8 +msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:24 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:32 +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:39 +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:57 +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:66 +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:71 +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgstr "" + +# type: SS +#: install-info.8:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove>" +msgstr "Remove (Radera)" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:76 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:86 +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:91 +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:97 +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:103 +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:121 +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" +"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " +"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:135 +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:142 +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:148 +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:151 +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:154 +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:160 +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" +msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<kat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:169 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" +"info/>." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:178 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:190 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:195 +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:200 +msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "Visar licensvillkor och upphovsrättsinformation." + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:212 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:214 +msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:216 +msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:218 +msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:227 +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:234 +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:236 +msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:240 +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:249 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:256 +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: install-info.8:256 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--keep-old>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:260 +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:264 +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:269 +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:272 +msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:276 +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" +msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." + +# type: Plain text +#: install-info.8:287 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Detta är fri programvara; se GNU General Public License version 2 eller " +"senare för kopieringsvillkor. Det finns INGEN garanti." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "start-stop-daemon" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:4 +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "start-stop-daemon - startar och stoppar bakgrundsprocesser" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:11 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<flaggor> [B<-->] I<parametrar>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:15 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<flaggor>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:18 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:21 +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:29 +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> används för att kontrollera hur processer på systemnivå " +"skapas och avslutas. Med hjälp av flaggorna B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--" +"user> och B<--name> kan B<start-stop-daemon> ställas in att hitta " +"existerande instanser av en körande process." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:48 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " +"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " +"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " +"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " +"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " +"program being started." +msgstr "" +"Med B<--start> letar B<start-stop-daemon> efter om en angiven process " +"existerar, och om så är fallet gör B<start-stop-daemon> ingenting och " +"avslutar med status 1 (0 om B<--oknodo> anges). Om en sådan process inte " +"existerar startas en instans, antingen med programfilen som anges med B<--" +"exec>, (eller, om den anges, med B<--startas>). Eventuella parametrar som " +"ges efter B<--> på kommandoraden skickas omodiferade till programmet som " +"startas." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:68 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " +"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " +"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " +"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " +"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" +"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." +msgstr "" +"Med B<--stop> testar B<start-stop-daemon> också om den angivna processen " +"existerar, och om så är fallet sänder B<start-stop-daemon> den signal som " +"anges av B<--signal> till den, och avslutar med status 0. Om en sådan " +"process inte existerar avslutar B<start-stop-daemon> med status 1 (0 om B<--" +"oknodo> anges). Om B<--retry> anges kommer B<start-stop-daemon> kontrollera " +"att processen har avslutats." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" +"Observera att om inte B<--pidfile> anges kommer B<start-stop-daemon> att " +"jobba på ett sätt som liknar B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> kommer att " +"söka i processtabellen efter processer med motsvarande namn på processen, " +"användar-id och/eller grupp-id (om sådant anges). Alla processer som stämmer " +"överens kommer hindra B<--start> från att starta processen. Alla processer " +"som stämmer överens kommer att sända KILL-signalen om B<--stop> anges. För " +"processer som har långlivade barn som måste överleva en B<--stop> måste du " +"ange en pidfil." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<programfil>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" +"Sök efter processer som är instanser av denna programfil (enligt B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</exe>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" +msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pidfil>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." +msgstr "Sök efter processer vars process-id anges i I<pidfil>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<användarnamn>|I<användar-id>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +msgid "" +"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" +"Sök efter processer som ägs av den användare som anges med I<användarnamn> " +"eller I<användar-id>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<grupp>|I<grupp-id>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "Byt till I<grupp> eller I<grupp-id> när processen startas." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<processnamn>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" +"Sök efter processer med namnet I<processnamn> (enligt B</proc/>I<pid>B</" +"stat>)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" +"Tillsammans med B<--stop> anger detta den signal som skall sändas till " +"processen som stoppas (förval är 15)." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<tidsgräns>|I<schema>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:128 +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" +"Tillsammans med B<--stop> anger detta att B<start-stop-daemon> skall " +"kontrollera att processen avslutas. Den testar flera gånger efter matchande " +"processer som körs, tills ingen längre finns kvar. Om processerna inte " +"avslutar kommer programmet utföra ytterligare kommandon enligt schemat." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:139 +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" +"Om I<tidsgräns> anges istället för I<schema> kommer schemat I<signal>B</" +">I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> att användas, där I<signal> är den signal som " +"anges med B<--signal>." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:155 +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" +"I<schema> är den lista med åtminstone två poster avdelade med snedstreck (B</" +">); varje post är antingen B<->I<signalnummer> eller [B<->]I<signalnamn>, " +"vilket betyder att signalen skall sändas, eller I<timeout>, vilket anger det " +"antal sekunder programmet skall vänta på att processen avslutar, eller " +"B<forever>, vilket betyder att resten av schemat skall repetera för evigt om " +"så behövs." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" +"Om slutet på schemat nås och B<forever> inte anges kommer B<start-stop-" +"daemon> avslutas med felkod 2. Om ett schema anges kommer eventuell signal " +"angiven med B<--signal> att ignoreras." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<sökväg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" +"Tillsammans med B<--start> anger detta att processen som anges med I<sökväg> " +"skall startas. Om den inte anges används parametern som gavs till B<--exec>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" +msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" +"Skriver ut vad som skulle ha utförts och sätter returvärdet, men utför " +"ingenting." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" +"Returnerar felstatus 0 i stället för 1 om ingen åtgärd utförs/skulle utförts." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" +msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "Skriv inte informationsmeddelanden; visa endast felmeddelanden." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<användarnamn>|I<användar-id>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" +"Byt till detta användarnamn/användar-id innan processen startas. Du kan även " +"ange en grupp genom att lägga till ett kolontecken, B<:>, följt av " +"gruppnamnet eller grupp-id på samma sätt som du skull gjort till \"chown\"-" +"kommandot (I<användare>B<:>I<grupp). När du använder detta alternativ måste " +"du ha i åtanke att även både primär och tilläggs-grupp sätts, även om >B<--" +"group>-flaggan inte anges. B<--group>-flaggan är bara till för grupper som " +"användaren normalt inte är en medlem i (t.ex för att lägga till " +"gruppmedlemskap för enskilda processer för standardanvändare såsom \"nobody" +"\")." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<rot>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" +"Byt katalog och rot till B<rot> innan processen startas. Observera att även " +"pidfilen skrivs efter chroot har utförts." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<sökväg>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" +"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." +msgstr "" +"Byt katalog till I<sökväg> innan processen startas. Detta görs efter byte av " +"rot om B<-r>|B<--chroot>-flaggan anges. Om flaggan inte anges kommer start-" +"stop-daemon byta till rotkatalogen innan processen startas." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" +msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" +"Används typiskt med program som inte kopplar loss sig av sig själva. Denna " +"flagga kommer tvinga B<start-stop-daemon> att förgrena sig (fork) innan " +"processen startar, och tvinga den grenen att köra i bakgrunden. B<VARNING: " +"start-stop-daemon> kan inte kontrollera felstatus för processer som av " +"B<någon som helst> anledning misslyckas med att exekvera. Detta är en sista " +"utväg, och är endast avsett för program som det normalt sett inte är någon " +"idé att på egen hand förgrena, eller där det inte är möjligt att lägga till " +"koden för detta på egen hand." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<heltal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Detta ändrar prioriteten på processen innan den startas." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:229 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." +msgstr "Detta ändrar prioriteten på processen innan den startas." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" +"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " +"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " +"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " +"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " +"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" +"Används när ett program startas som inte skapar sin egen pidfil. Denna " +"flagga kommer att göra så att B<start-stop-daemon> skapar filen som anges " +"med B<--pidfile> och lägga process-id i den precis innan processen startas. " +"Observera att den inte kommer att tas bort när programmet stoppas. " +"B<OBSERVERA:> Denna funktion kanske inte alltid fungerar, något som " +"huvudsakligen gäller när programmet som startas förgrenar sig (fork) från " +"sin huvudprocess, och den är därför bara användbar i samband med flaggan B<--" +"background>." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "Skriv ut pratsamma informationsmeddelanden." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" +msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +msgid "Print help information; then exit." +msgstr "Skriv ut hjälpinformation och avsluta sedan." + +# type: TP +#: start-stop-daemon.8:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" +msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:256 +msgid "Print version information; then exit." +msgstr "Skriv ut versionsinformation och avsluta sedan." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:260 +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt>, baserat på " +"en tidigare version av Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." + +# type: Plain text +#: start-stop-daemon.8:262 +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" +"Manualsida av Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, delvis omformaterad av Ian " +"Jackson, översatt av Peter Karlsson E<lt>peterk@debian.orgE<gt>." + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "update-alternatives" +msgstr "" + +# type: TH +#: update-alternatives.8:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "2006-11-24" +msgstr "2006-02-28" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:11 +msgid "" +"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:20 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " +"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:25 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:30 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:34 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:39 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:44 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:49 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:54 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:59 +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:64 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:72 +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:94 +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" +"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " +"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " +"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " +"to do so." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:104 +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:116 +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" +"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " +"Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:135 +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" +"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " +"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " +"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:143 +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:152 +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:159 +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:175 +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " +"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " +"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " +"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " +"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " +"return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:179 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:190 +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +# type: SH +#: update-alternatives.8:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "generic name" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "symlink" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternative" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" +"alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link group" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "master link" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:245 +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:257 +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " +"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:263 +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:266 +msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:272 +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:275 +msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:280 +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:283 +msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:290 +msgid "" +"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " +"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " +"together with any action." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:291 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:296 +msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:300 +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:304 +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:307 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Give some usage information." +msgstr "Visar versionsinformation." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:312 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< katalog>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:316 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<kat>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:320 +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:338 +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:378 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:383 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "B<--old>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:386 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:393 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--display> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:404 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--list> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:407 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "B<--config> I<link>" +msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:414 +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#: update-alternatives.8:422 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" +msgstr "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:428 +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" +"admindir> option." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "" + +# type: IP +#: update-alternatives.8:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:435 +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:445 +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:449 +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:454 +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:459 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Detta är fri programvara; se GNU General Public License version 2 eller " +"senare för kopieringsvillkor. Det finns INGEN garanti." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" +"Detta är fri programvara; se GNU General Public License version 2 eller " +"senare för kopieringsvillkor. Det finns INGEN garanti." + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:465 +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" + +# type: Plain text +#: update-alternatives.8:468 +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." +msgstr "" + +# type: TP +#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" +#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" + +# type: Plain text +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you " +#~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sätts av B<dpkg> till filnamnet för den gamla konfigurationsfilen när du " +#~ "startar ett skal för att undersöka en ändrad konfigurationsfil." + +# type: TP +#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" +#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" + +# type: Plain text +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file " +#~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sätts av B<dpkg> till filnamnet för den nya konfigurationsfilen när du " +#~ "startar ett skal för att undersöka en ändrad konfigurationsfil." diff --git a/man/po4a.mk b/man/po4a.mk deleted file mode 100644 index 3cfa5d4f..00000000 --- a/man/po4a.mk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -# -# You must set the $(lang) variable when you include this makefile. -# -# This makefile deals with the manpages generated from POs with po4a, and -# should be included in an automake Makefile.am. -# -# The man pages are generated when make enters the po4a directory. -# If a man page cannot be generated (it is not sufficiently translated; the -# threshold is 80%), it won't be distributed, and the build won't fail. -# -# This Makefile makes sure that the man pages that could be generated by -# po4a are distributed, without failing if a given man page was not -# generated (e.g. because it was not sufficiently translated). -# - -mandir = @mandir@/$(lang) - -# List of aliases for dpkg_source.1 -# If dpkg_source.1 can be generated, this aliases are also generated -dpkg_source_aliases = \ - dpkg-buildpackage.1 \ - dpkg-distaddfile.1 \ - dpkg-genchanges.1 \ - dpkg-gencontrol.1 \ - dpkg-parsechangelog.1 \ - dpkg-shlibdeps.1 - -# Inform automake that we want to install some man pages in section 1, 5 -# and 8. -# We can't simply use: -# dist_man_MANS = $(wildcard *.[1-9]) -# Because when Makefile.in is generated, dist_man_MANS is empty, and -# automake do not generate the install-man targets. -dist_man_MANS = fake-page.1 fake-page.5 fake-page.8 - -# Do not fail if these man pages do not exist -.PHONY: fake-page.1 fake-page.5 fake-page.8 - -# Override the automake's install-man target. -# And set dist_man_MANS according to the pages that could be generated -# when this target is called. -install-man: dist_man_MANS = $(wildcard *.[1-9]) -install-man: install-man1 install-man5 install-man8 - -all-local: -# If dpkg-source.1 was generated, create the symlink - if [ -f dpkg-source.1 ]; then \ - for man in $(dpkg_source_aliases); do \ - echo ".so man1/dpkg-source.1" > $$man; \ - chmod 644 $$man; \ - done; \ - fi - -# Remove the generated aliases -clean-local: - rm -f $(dpkg_source_aliases) - diff --git a/man/po4a/.gitignore b/man/po4a/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/po4a/822-date.1/822-date.1.cfg b/man/po4a/822-date.1/822-date.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 140fdbbb..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/822-date.1/822-date.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja pl ru sv -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/822-date.1/po/822-date.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/822-date.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/822-date.1 $lang:../$lang/822-date.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/822-date.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/822-date.1.pot b/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/822-date.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index ef5e77ae..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/822-date.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 21:14+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "822-date" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:6 -msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:9 -msgid "B<822-date>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:14 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " -"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:18 -msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:22 -msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:26 -msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:29 -msgid "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"section 5.2.14," -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:31 -msgid "B<date>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:32 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:35 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " -"placed by him into the public domain." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1b98a3a3..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 21:14+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 14:35+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "822-date" -msgstr "822-date" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:6 -msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" -msgstr "822-date - Datum und Uhrzeit im RFC822-Format ausgeben" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:9 -msgid "B<822-date>" -msgstr "B<822-date>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:14 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " -"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> zeigt aktuelles Datum und Uhrzeit im in RFC822 beschriebenen " -"Format, unter Verwendung eines numerischen Zeitzonen-Versatzes wie in RFC1123 " -"empfohlen, an." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:18 -msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." -msgstr "B<822-date> nimmt keine Argumente oder Optionen an." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FEHLER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:22 -msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." -msgstr "Diese Anlage sollte wirklich ein Teil von B<date>(1) sein." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:26 -msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," -msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:29 -msgid "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"section 5.2.14," -msgstr "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"Abschnitt 5.2.14," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:31 -msgid "B<date>(1)." -msgstr "B<date>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:32 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:35 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " -"placed by him into the public domain." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> und diese Handbuchseite wurden von Ian Jackson geschrieben. Sie " -"werden hiermit von ihm lizenzfrei zur Verfügung gestellt." diff --git a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/es.po b/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index 532487a6..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 21:14+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "822-date" -msgstr "B<822-date>" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Herramientas de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:4 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:6 -#, fuzzy -msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" -msgstr "822-date - Muestra la fecha y la hora en formato RFC822" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:7 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<822-date>" -msgstr "B<822-date>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " -"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> muestra la fecha y la hora actual en el formato descrito en " -"RFC822, usando un huso horario numérico compensado, como se recomienda en " -"RFC1123\t" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:15 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:18 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." -msgstr "B<822-date> no lleva ningún argumento u opción." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FALLOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:22 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." -msgstr "Esta funcionalidad en realidad debería ser parte de B<date>(1)," - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:23 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:26 -#, fuzzy -msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," -msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:29 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"section 5.2.14," -msgstr "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"sección 5.2.14," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:31 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<date>(1)." -msgstr "B<date>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:32 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:35 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " -"placed by him into the public domain." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> y este manual fueron escritos por Ian Jackson. Por la presente, " -"fueron puestos en el dominio público por él." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "822-DATE" -#~ msgstr "822-DATE" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "14th August 1996" -#~ msgstr "14 de agosto de 1996" diff --git a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0dfab6a9..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -# French translations for the dpkg's manpages. -# Traduction française des pages de manuel de dpkg. -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 21:14+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-23 23:09+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "822-date" -msgstr "822-date" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "28-02-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:6 -msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" -msgstr "822-date - Afficher la date au format RFC822" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:9 -msgid "B<822-date>" -msgstr "B<822-date>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:14 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " -"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> affiche la date et l'heure courante dans le format décrit par " -"la RFC 822, en précisant le fuseau horaire numérique, tel que recommandé " -"dans la RFC 1123." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:18 -msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." -msgstr "B<822-date> ne prend aucun paramètre ni aucune option." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BOGUES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:22 -msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." -msgstr "Cette fonctionnalité devrait vraiment être intégrée à B<date>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:26 -msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," -msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC 822)," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:29 -msgid "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"section 5.2.14," -msgstr "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC 1123) " -"section 5.2.14," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:31 -msgid "B<date>(1)." -msgstr "B<date>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:32 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:35 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " -"placed by him into the public domain." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> et cette page de manuel ont été écrites par Ian Jackson, qui " -"les a placé dans le domaine public." diff --git a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index e536e8da..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ -# translation of 822-date.1.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 22:19+0900\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:31+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "822-date" -msgstr "B<822-date>" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg utilities" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:6 -msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" -msgstr "822-date - RFC822フォーマットの日付と時間の表示" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:9 -msgid "B<822-date>" -msgstr "B<822-date>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:14 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " -"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> は RFC822 に説明されているフォーマット、RFC1123 で推奨されている" -"数字によるタイムゾーンオフセットを使って現在の日付と時間を表示する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:18 -msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." -msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "バグ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:22 -msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." -msgstr "この機能は実際には B<date>(1) の一部であるべきである。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:26 -msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," -msgstr "" -"I<ARPAインターネットテキストメッセージのフォーマットの標準 (Standard for the " -"Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages)> (RFC822)," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:29 -msgid "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"section 5.2.14," -msgstr "" -"I<インターネットホストへの要求事項 -- アプリケーションとサポート " -"(Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support)> (RFC1123) " -"5.2.14 節," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:31 -msgid "B<date>(1)." -msgstr "B<date>(1)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:32 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "著者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:35 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " -"placed by him into the public domain." -msgstr "B<822-date> とこのマニュアルページは Ian Jackson によって書かれた。そして、彼の手によって public domain とされている。" diff --git a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8e28aecd..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 21:14+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-01 23:15+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "822-date" -msgstr "822-date" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:6 -msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" -msgstr "822-date - drukuje datê i czas w formacie RFC822" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SK£ADNIA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:9 -msgid "B<822-date>" -msgstr "B<822-date>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:14 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " -"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> wy¶wietla bie¿±c± datê i czas w formacie opisywanym przez " -"dokument RFC822. Strefa czasowa ma warto¶æ rekomendowan± przez dokument " -"RFC1123." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCJE" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:18 -msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." -msgstr "B<822-date> nie wymaga podania ¿adnej opcji." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "B£ÊDY" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:22 -msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." -msgstr "To polecenie powinno byæ czê¶ci± polecenia B<date>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:26 -msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," -msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:29 -msgid "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"section 5.2.14," -msgstr "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"sekcja 5.2.14," - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:31 -msgid "B<date>(1)." -msgstr "B<date>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:32 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:35 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " -"placed by him into the public domain." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> oraz ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson i udostêpni³ jako public " -"domain." diff --git a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/ru.po b/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/ru.po deleted file mode 100644 index fff7c04b..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/ru.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg_1.13.17_822-date.1.ru.po to Russian -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 21:14+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-08 13:50+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "822-date" -msgstr "822-date" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Проект Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "утилиты dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "НАЗВАНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:6 -msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" -msgstr "822-date -- выводит дату и время в формате RFC822" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "СИНТАКСИС" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:9 -msgid "B<822-date>" -msgstr "B<822-date>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "ОПИСАНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:14 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " -"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> показывает текущую дату и время в соответствии с форматом, " -"описанным в RFC822, используя числовое смещение часового пояса, согласно " -"RFC1123." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:18 -msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." -msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "ОШИБКИ РЕАЛИЗАЦИИ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:22 -msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." -msgstr "На самом деле эту задачу должна выполнять программа B<date>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "СМОТРИ ТАКЖЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:26 -msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," -msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:29 -msgid "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"section 5.2.14," -msgstr "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"section 5.2.14," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:31 -msgid "B<date>(1)." -msgstr "B<date>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:32 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "АВТОР" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:35 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " -"placed by him into the public domain." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> и эту страницу руководства написал и передал в общественное " -"достояние Ian Jackson." diff --git a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8a27f18d..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/822-date.1/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for 822-date(1) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 21:14+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 16:18+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "822-date" -msgstr "822-date" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-verktyg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:6 -msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format" -msgstr "822-date - Skriv datum och tid i RFC822-format" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:9 -msgid "B<822-date>" -msgstr "B<822-date>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:14 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " -"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> visar aktuellt datum och tid i det format som beskrivs av " -"RFC822, med en numerisk tidszonsförskjutning enligt rekommendationen i " -"RFC1123." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "FLAGGOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:18 -msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." -msgstr "B<822-date> tar inga flaggor eller parametrar." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "PROGRAMFEL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:22 -msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)." -msgstr "Denna funktion borde ingå i B<date>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:26 -msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," -msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:29 -msgid "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"section 5.2.14," -msgstr "" -"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " -"section 5.2.14," - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:31 -msgid "B<date>(1)." -msgstr "B<date>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:32 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/822-date.1:35 -msgid "" -"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby " -"placed by him into the public domain." -msgstr "" -"B<822-date> och denna manualsida skrevs av Ian Jackson. De är härmed av " -"honom släppta som allmängods (public domain)." diff --git a/man/po4a/Makefile.am b/man/po4a/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 4d760613..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -# Generate the translated man pages. -all-local: - for man in $$(cd $(srcdir) && ls -d *.[158]); do \ - po4a --no-backups --variable srcdir=$(srcdir) \ - $(srcdir)/$$man/$$man.cfg; \ - done - -# Remove the generated translations, and update the POTs/POs. -clean-local: - for man in $$(cd $(srcdir) && ls -d *.[158]); do \ - po4a --rm-backups --rm-translations --variable srcdir=$(srcdir) \ - $(srcdir)/$$man/$$man.cfg; \ - done diff --git a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/cleanup-info.8.cfg b/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/cleanup-info.8.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 6979d398..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/cleanup-info.8.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/cleanup-info.8/po/cleanup-info.8.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/cleanup-info.8/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/cleanup-info.8 $lang:../$lang/cleanup-info.8 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/cleanup-info.8.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/cleanup-info.8.pot b/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/cleanup-info.8.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 2da9a079..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/cleanup-info.8.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "cleanup-info" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:4 -msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:9 -msgid "" -"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " -"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:17 -msgid "" -"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " -"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " -"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " -"colon/spaces." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:20 -msgid "" -"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " -"lines (in entries part only)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:23 -msgid "" -"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " -"Order of entries within a section is preserved." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:28 -msgid "" -"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " -"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " -"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " -"script." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:30 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:33 -msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--unsafe>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:36 -msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:38 -msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:38 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:41 -msgid "Output version and exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:42 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:46 -msgid "" -"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " -"suffix." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:49 -msgid "Probably many." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:50 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:53 -msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:55 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:57 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/de.po b/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 710884c2..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,224 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-28 17:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "cleanup-info" -msgstr "cleanup-info" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:4 -msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" -msgstr "cleanup-info - räumt den Müll von schwindelhaften install-info auf" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:9 -msgid "" -"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " -"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" -msgstr "" -"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " -"[I<E<lt>Verzeichnisname<gt>>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:17 -msgid "" -"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " -"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " -"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " -"colon/spaces." -msgstr "" -"B<cleanup-info> ist ein Perlskript das versucht, den Müll aufzuräumen, den " -"ein schwindelhaftes B<install-info>(8) hinterlassen haben könnte. Es sammelt " -"alle Bereiche mit der gleichen Überschrift in einen einzelnen zusammen. Es " -"versucht, pfiffig über Groß-/Kleinschreibung und angehängte Doppelpunkte/" -"Leerzeichen zu sein." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:20 -msgid "" -"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " -"lines (in entries part only)." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Aufräumarbeiten beinhalten die Entfernung leerer Bereiche und das " -"Zusammenquetschen leerer Zeilen (nur im Bereich der Einträge)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:23 -msgid "" -"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " -"Order of entries within a section is preserved." -msgstr "" -"Die Reihenfolge der Bereiche wird erhalten (der erste aufgetretene Bereich " -"zählt). Die Reihenfolge der Einträge innerhalb eines Bereichs wird erhalten." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:28 -msgid "" -"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " -"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " -"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " -"script." -msgstr "" -"Bitte seien Sie B<extrem vorsichtig> bei der Verwendung diese " -"Hilfswerkzeuges - es könnte nicht 100 % sicher sein. cleanup-info versucht " -"vorsichtig mit Ihrer Info-Dir-Datei zu sein, aber nur bis es sie schreibt. " -"Sie sollten eine Sicherheitskopie anlegen, bevor sie dies Skript verwenden." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:30 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:33 -msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." -msgstr "Gebe den Hilfebildschirm aus und beende sich erfolgreich." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--unsafe>" -msgstr "B<--unsafe>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:36 -msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." -msgstr "Stelle einige zusätzliche möglicherweise nützliche Optionen ein." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:38 -msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" -msgstr "" -"B<Warnung: die »--unsafe«-Option kann eine ansonsten korrekte Datei " -"verstümmeln!>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:38 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:41 -msgid "Output version and exit successfully." -msgstr "Gebe die Version aus und beende sich erfolgreich" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:42 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "DATEIEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" -msgstr "I</usr/info/dir> oder I<E<lt>Verzeichnisname<gt>/dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:46 -msgid "" -"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " -"suffix." -msgstr "" -"Die info-Verzeichnisdatei. Die Lock-Datei heißt genauso, mit dem ».lock«-" -"Suffix." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FEHLER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:49 -msgid "Probably many." -msgstr "Wahrscheinlich viele." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:50 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:53 -msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." -msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:55 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:57 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist Freie Software; lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 " -"oder neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE HAFTUNG." diff --git a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/es.po b/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index befc0e3c..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,249 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "cleanup-info" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "herramientas dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" -msgstr "" -"cleanup-info - Limpia el desastre que un falso install-info pueda haber hecho" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:5 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " -"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" -msgstr "" -"B<cleanup-info> [--help] [--unsafe] [--version] [--] " -"[I<E<lt>directorioE<gt>>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:17 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " -"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " -"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " -"colon/spaces." -msgstr "" -"B<cleanup-info> es un programa en Perl que trata de limpiar el desastre que " -"un falso install-info pueda haber hecho. Éste compila todas las secciones " -"con el mismo encabezado en una sola línea. También trata de procesar en " -"forma inteligente las mayúsculas/minúsculas y dos puntos o espacios finales." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:20 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " -"lines (in entries part only)." -msgstr "" -"Otras limpiezas incluyen borrar secciones vacías y compactar las líneas en " -"blanco (solamente en la parte de las entradas)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:23 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " -"Order of entries within a section is preserved." -msgstr "" -"Se preserva el orden de las secciones (la primera sección encontrada " -"cuenta). Se preserva el orden de las entradas en una sección." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:28 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " -"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " -"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " -"script." -msgstr "" -"Por favor sea B<muy cuidadoso> cuando use esta herramienta - puede no ser " -"100% segura. cleanup-info trata de ser cuidadoso con el archivo del " -"directorio info, pero solamente hasta que escribe en él. Usted deberá " -"respaldar este archivo previamente." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:29 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:30 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "I<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:33 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." -msgstr "Muestra la pantalla de ayuda y finaliza correctamente." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:33 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--unsafe>" -msgstr "I<--unsafe>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:36 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." -msgstr "Define algunas opciones adicionales posiblemente útiles." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:38 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" -msgstr "" -"B<Advertencia: ¡la opción `--unsafe' puede afectar un archivo que es> " -"correcto!\"" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:38 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "I<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:41 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Output version and exit successfully." -msgstr "Muestra la versión y finaliza correctamente." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:42 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "ARCHIVOS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:43 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" -msgstr "I</usr/info/dir o E<lt>directorioE<gt>/dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:46 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " -"suffix." -msgstr "" -"El archivo de directorio info. El fichero de bloqueo tiene el mismo nombre " -"con el sufijo \".lock\"." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "ERRORES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:49 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Probably many." -msgstr "Probablemente muchos." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:50 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VEA TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:53 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." -msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:53 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:55 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Esto es software libre; vea la versión 2 o posterior de la Licencia Pública " -"General GNU para condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "CLEANUP-INFO" -#~ msgstr "CLEANUP-INFO" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "November 1999" -#~ msgstr "Noviembre de 1999" diff --git a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index fa967176..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-04 11:58+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "cleanup-info" -msgstr "cleanup-info" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "28-02-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:4 -msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" -msgstr "" -"cleanup-info - nettoie le désordre qui a pu être mis par un install-info " -"bogué" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:9 -msgid "" -"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " -"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" -msgstr "" -"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " -"[I<E<lt>répertoireE<gt>>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:17 -msgid "" -"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " -"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " -"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " -"colon/spaces." -msgstr "" -"B<cleanup-info> est un script Perl qui essaye de nettoyer le désordre qui a " -"pu être mis par un B<install-info>(8) bogué. Il rassemble en une seule " -"section toutes les sections qui possèdent le même en-tête. Il essaye de se " -"débrouiller avec les problèmes de casse des lettres ou avec les espaces ou " -"les deux-points qui peuvent avoir été laissés." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:20 -msgid "" -"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " -"lines (in entries part only)." -msgstr "" -"Il procède aussi à la suppression des sections vides et à l'élimination des " -"lignes blanches (dans les entrées seulement)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:23 -msgid "" -"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " -"Order of entries within a section is preserved." -msgstr "" -"L'ordre des sections est préservé (la première section rencontrée est prise " -"en compte). L'ordre des entrées à l'intérieur des sections est préservé." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:28 -msgid "" -"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " -"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " -"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " -"script." -msgstr "" -"B<Faites très attention> en utilisant ce script, il n'est peut-être pas " -"entièrement fiable. cleanup-info essaye de faire attention au fichier «\\ " -"info/dir\\ », mais seulement jusqu'à ce qu'il l'ait modifié. Il vaut mieux " -"sauvegarder ce fichier avant d'utiliser ce script." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:30 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:33 -msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." -msgstr "Affiche un écran d'aide et se termine normalement." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--unsafe>" -msgstr "B<--unsafe>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:36 -msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." -msgstr "Apporte quelques options supplémentaires qui peuvent être utiles." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:38 -msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" -msgstr "" -"B<Attention : l'option « --unsafe » peut altérer un fichier qui était correct" -"\\ !>\"" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:38 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:41 -msgid "Output version and exit successfully." -msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:42 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHIERS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" -msgstr "I</usr/info/dir> ou I<E<lt>répertoireE<gt>/dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:46 -msgid "" -"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " -"suffix." -msgstr "" -"Le fichier «\\ dir\\ » du répertoire «\\ info\\ ». Le fichier verrouillé " -"porte le même nom suivi de « .lock »." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BOGUES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:49 -msgid "Probably many." -msgstr "Beaucoup, sans doute." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:50 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:53 -msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." -msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:55 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:57 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Ce programme est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence" -"\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a PAS de garantie." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "CLEANUP-INFO" -#~ msgstr "CLEANUP-INFO" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "November 1999" -#~ msgstr "novembre 1999" diff --git a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3e3813fc..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/cleanup-info.8/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ -# translation of cleanup-info.8.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 21:36+0900\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:32+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "cleanup-info" -msgstr "cleanup-info" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg utilities" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:4 -msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" -msgstr "cleanup-info - install-info の誤った利用による混乱の消去" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:9 -msgid "" -"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " -"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]" -msgstr "" -"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] [I<E<lt>ディ" -"レクトリ名E<gt>>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:17 -msgid "" -"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " -"B<install-info>(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " -"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " -"colon/spaces." -msgstr "" -"B<cleanup-info> は B<install-info>(8) の誤った適用によって生じた混乱を消去す" -"るための Perl スクリプトである。同じ表題を持ったセクションを一つにまとめ、大" -"文字小文字の区別、あとに続くコロン/スペースに関しても賢く処理しようとする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:20 -msgid "" -"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " -"lines (in entries part only)." -msgstr "" -"その他、空のセクションの除去、空行の圧縮(エントリーパートのみ)も行われる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:23 -msgid "" -"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " -"Order of entries within a section is preserved." -msgstr "" -"セクションの順序は保存される(複数同じエントリがあった場合、最初に発見されたも" -"のの位置になる)。セクション内でのエントリの順序も保存される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:28 -msgid "" -"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be " -"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " -"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " -"script." -msgstr "" -"このユーティリティの使用はB<特別注意深く>行って欲しい - おそらく、このユー" -"ティリティは 100% 安全とはいえない。cleanup-info は注意深く info dir ファイルを扱" -"おうとするが、ファイルに書いてしまえばそれまでである。このユーティリティを使" -"う前にバックアップファイルをとるようにすべきである。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:30 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:33 -msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." -msgstr "ヘルプを表示し、正常終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--unsafe>" -msgstr "B<--unsafe>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:36 -msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options." -msgstr "いくつかの付加的なおそらく有用であろうオプションをセットする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:38 -msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>" -msgstr "B<警告: `--unsafe' オプションは正しいファイルを改竄してしまうかもしれない!>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:38 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:41 -msgid "Output version and exit successfully." -msgstr "バージョンを表示し、正常終了する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:42 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "ファイル" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>" -msgstr "I</usr/info/dir> または I<E<lt>ディレクトリ名E<gt>/dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:46 -msgid "" -"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " -"suffix." -msgstr "" -"info ディレクトリファイル。ロックファイルは同じ名前で \".lock\" 拡張子がつい" -"たものになる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "バグ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:49 -msgid "Probably many." -msgstr "おそらくたくさんある。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:50 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:53 -msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." -msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "著者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:55 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/cleanup-info.8:57 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/deb-control.5.cfg b/man/po4a/deb-control.5/deb-control.5.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index fc3ca63e..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/deb-control.5.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr hu ja ru sv -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/deb-control.5/po/deb-control.5.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/deb-control.5/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/deb-control.5 $lang:../$lang/deb-control.5 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/deb-control.5.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" opt_hu:"-L ISO-8859-2 -A ISO-8859-2" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/de.po b/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 519917ee..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,537 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-31 20:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-31 21:08+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-control" -msgstr "deb-control" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:6 -msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" -msgstr "deb-control - Dateiformat der Hauptkontrolldatei von Debian-Paketen" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:9 -msgid "control" -msgstr "control" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:23 -msgid "" -"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " -"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " -"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " -"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " -"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " -"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " -"B<Description> field, see below)." -msgstr "" -"Jedes Debian-Paket enthält die Hauptkontrolldatei »control«, die eine Reihe " -"von Feldern enthält. Jedes Feld beginnt mit einer Markierung, wie B<Package> " -"oder B<Version> (Groß-/Kleinschreibung egal), gefolgt von einem Doppelpunkt " -"dem Körper des Feldes. Felder werden nur durch die Feldmarkierungen " -"abgegrenzt. Mit anderen Worten, Feldtexte können mehrere Zeilen überspannen," -"aber die Installationswerkzeuge werden im allgemeinen die Zeilen bei der " -"Verarbeitung des Feldkörpers zusammenfassen (mit Ausnahme des B<Description>-" -"Feldes, sehen Sie dazu unten)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:24 -#, no-wrap -msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" -msgstr "NOTWENDIGE FELDER" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>PaketnameE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -msgid "" -"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " -"file names by most installation tools." -msgstr "" -"Der Wert dieses Feldes bestimmt den Paketnamen und wird von den meisten " -"Installationswerkzeugen verwendet, um Dateinamen zu generieren." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>Versions-ZeichenketteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -msgid "" -"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " -"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " -"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " -"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " -"have a hyphen in its version number." -msgstr "" -"Typischerweise ist das die Original Paketversionsnummer, in der Form, die " -"der Programmautor verwendet. Es kann auch eine Debian-Revisionsnummer " -"enthalten (für nicht aus Debian stammende Pakete). Falls sowohl Version als " -"auch Revision bereitgestellt werden, werden sie durch einen Bindestrich »-« " -"getrennt. Aus diesem Grund darf die Originalversion keinen Bindestrich in " -"seiner Versionsnummer enthalten." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>Vollständiger Name E-MailE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -msgid "" -"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " -"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " -"the software that was packaged." -msgstr "" -"Sollte in dem Format »Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>« sein und ist " -"typischerweise die Person, die das Paket erstellt hat, im Gegensatz zum " -"Autor der Software, die paketiert wurde." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>KurzbeschreibungE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:44 -msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B< >E<lt>LangbeschreibungE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:50 -msgid "" -"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " -"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " -"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " -"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " -"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." -msgstr "" -"Das Format der Paketbeschreibung ist eine kurze knappe Zusammenfassung auf " -"der ersten Zeile (nach dem »Description«-Feld). Die folgenden Zeilen sollten " -"als längere, detailliertere Beschreibung verwendet werden. Jede Zeile der " -"Langbeschreibung muss von einem Leerzeichen begonnen werden, und Leerzeilen " -"in der Langbeschreibung müssen einen einzelnen ».« hinter dem einleitenden " -"Leerzeichen enthalten." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" -msgstr "OPTIONALE FELDER" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>BereichE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -msgid "" -"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " -"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " -"`text', `x11' etc." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist ein allgemeines Feld, das dem Paket eine Kategorie gibt, basierend " -"auf der Software, die es installiert. Einige übliche Bereiche sind »utils«, " -"»net«, »mail«, »text«, »x11« usw." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>PrioritätE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:61 -msgid "" -"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " -"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." -msgstr "" -"Setzt die Bedeutung dieses Pakets in Bezug zu dem Gesamtsystem. Übliche " -"Prioritäten sind »required«, »standard«, »optional«, »extra« usw." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -msgid "" -"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " -"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " -"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " -"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" -"In Debian haben die B<Section>- und B<Priority>-Felder einen definierten " -"Satz an akzeptierten Werten, basierend auf dem Richtlinien-Handbuch. Sie " -"werden verwendet, um zu entscheiden, wie Pakete im Archiv angeordnet werden. " -"Eine Liste dieser Werte kann aus der neusten Version des B<debian-policy>-" -"Pakets erhalten werden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -msgid "" -"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " -"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " -"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " -"(at least not without using one of the force options)." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Feld wird normalerweise nur benötigt, wenn die Antwort »yes« lautet. " -"Es bezeichnet ein Pakete, das für den ordnungsgemäßen Betrieb des Systems " -"benötigt wird. Dpkg oder jedes andere Installationswerkzeug wird es nicht " -"erlauben, ein B<Essential>-Paket zu entfernen (zumindestens nicht ohne die " -"Verwendung einer der »force«-Optionen)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -msgid "" -"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " -"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " -"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " -"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"Die Architektur spezifiziert den Hardwaretyp für den dieses Paket kompiliert " -"wurde. Geläufige Architekturen sind »i386«, »m68k«, »sparc«, »alpha«, " -"»powerpc« usw. Beachten Sie, dass die B<all>-Option für Pakete gedacht ist, " -"die Architektur-unabhängig sind. Einige Beispiele hierfür sind Shell- und " -"Perl-Skripte und Dokumentation." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>Quell-NameE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -msgid "" -"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " -"different than the name of the package itself." -msgstr "" -"Der Name des Quellpakets, aus dem dieses Binärpaket abstammt, falls es sich " -"vom Namen dieses Paketes unterscheidet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -msgid "" -"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " -"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " -"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " -"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " -"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " -"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." -msgstr "" -"Liste von Paketen die benötigt werden, damit dieses Paket eine nicht-" -"triviale Menge an Funktionen anbieten kann. Die Paketverwaltungssoftware " -"wird es nicht erlauben, dass ein Paket installiert wird, falls die in seinem " -"B<Depends>-Feld aufgeführten Pakete nicht installiert sind (zumindestens " -"nicht ohne Verwendung der »Force«-Optionen) und wird das postinst-Skript der " -"in dem Depends:-Feld aufgeführten Pakete vor denen der Pakete die von diesen " -"abhängen ausführen, und die prerm-Skripte vorher." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -msgid "" -"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " -"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " -"requires another package for running its preinst script." -msgstr "" -"Liste an Paketen die installiert B<und> konfiguriert sein müssen, bevor " -"dieses Paket installiert werden kann. Dies wird normalerweise in dem Fall " -"verwendet, wo dieses Paket ein anderes Paket zum Ausführen seines preinst-" -"Skriptes benötigt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " -"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " -"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." -msgstr "" -"Liste an Paketen die in allen, abgesehen von ungewöhnlichen, Installationen " -"zusammen angefunden würden. Die Paketverwaltungssoftware wird den Benutzer " -"warnen falls er ein Paket ohne die im B<Recommends>-Feld aufgeführten Pakete " -"installiert." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:119 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " -"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " -"reasonable." -msgstr "" -"Liste an Paketen die einen Bezug zu diesem haben und vielleicht seine " -"Nützlichkeit erweitern könnten, aber ohne die das zu installierende Paket " -"perfekt sinnvoll ist." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:131 -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " -"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " -"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " -"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " -"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " -"version number specification in parentheses." -msgstr "" -"Die Syntax der B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> und B<Suggests>-" -"Felder ist eine Liste von Gruppen von alternativen Paketen. Jede Gruppe ist " -"eine Liste von durch vertikale Striche (oder »Pipe«-Symbole) »|« getrennte " -"Pakete. Die Gruppen werden durch Kommata getrennt. Kommata müssen als »UND«, " -"vertikale Striche als »ODER« gelesen werden, wobei die vertikalen Striche " -"stärker binden. Jeder Paketname wird optional gefolgt von einer " -"Versionsnummer-Spezifikation in Klammern." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -msgid "" -"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " -"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " -"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " -"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " -"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." -msgstr "" -"Eine Versionsnummer kann mit »E<gt>E<gt>« beginnen, in diesem Falle passen " -"alle neueren Versionen, und kann die Debian-Paketrevision (getrennt durch " -"einen Bindestrich) enthalten oder entfallen lassen. Akzeptierte " -"Versionsbeziehungen sind »E<gt>E<gt>« für größer als, »E<lt>E<lt>« für " -"kleiner als, »E<gt>=« für größer als oder identisch zu, »E<lt>=« für kleiner " -"als oder identisch zu und »=« für identisch zu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " -"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " -"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " -"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." -msgstr "" -"Liste an Paketen, die mit diesem in Konflikt stehen, beispielsweise indem " -"beide Dateien mit dem gleichen Namen enthalten. Die Paketverwaltungssoftware " -"wird es nicht erlauben, Pakete, die in Konflikt stehen, gleichzeitig zu " -"installieren. Zwei in Konflikt-stehende Pakete sollten jeweils eine " -"B<Conflicts>-Zeile enthalten, die das andere Paket erwähnen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -msgid "" -"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " -"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " -"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " -"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." -msgstr "" -"Liste an Paketdateien, von denen dieses ersetzt. Dies wird dazu verwendet, " -"um diesem Paket zu erlauben, Dateien von einem anderen Paket zu ersetzen und " -"wird gewöhnlich mit dem B<Conflicts>-Feld verwendet, um die Entfernung des " -"anderen Paketes zu erlauben, falls diese auch die gleichen Dateien wie das " -"im Konflikt-stehende Paket hat." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:163 -msgid "" -"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " -"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " -"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " -"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " -"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " -"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " -"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " -"the list." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist eine Liste von virtuellen Paketen, die dieses Paket bereitstellt. " -"Gewöhnlich wird dies verwendet, wenn mehrere Pakete alle den gleichen Dienst " -"bereitstellen. Beispielsweise können Sendmail und Exim als Mailserver " -"dienen, daher stellen sie ein gemeinsames Paket (»mail-transport-agent«) " -"bereit, von dem andere Pakete abhängen können. Dies erlaubt es Sendmail oder " -"Exim als gültige Optionen zur Erfüllung der Abhängigkeit zu dienen. Dies " -"verhindert, das Pakete, die von einem E-Mail-Server abhängen, alle " -"Paketnamen für alle von ihnen wissen und »|« zur Unterteilung der Liste " -"verwenden müssen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:178 -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " -"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " -"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " -"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " -"fields." -msgstr "" -"Die Syntax von B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> und B<Provides> ist eine Liste von " -"Paketnamen, getrennt durch Kommata (und optionalen Leerzeichen). Im " -"B<Conflicts>-Feld sollte das Komma als »ODER« gelesen werden. Eine optionale " -"Version kann auch mit der gleichen Syntax wie oben für die B<Conflicts>- und " -"B<Replaces>-Felder angegeben werden." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLE" -msgstr "BEISPIEL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however).\n" -msgstr "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep und fgrep.\n" -" Die GNU-Familie der Grep-Werkzeuge könnte die »schnellste im Westen« sein.\n" -" GNU Grep basiert auf einem schellen »lazy-state deterministic matcher«\n" -" (rund zweimal so schnell wie der standardmäßige Unix-Egrep) hybridisiert \n" -" mit einer Boyer-Moore-Gosper-Suche für eine feste Zeichenkette, die\n" -" unmöglichen Text von der Betrachtung durch den vollen »Matcher« verhindert\n" -" ohne notwendigerweise jedes Zeichen anzuschauen. Das Ergebnis ist\n" -" typischerweise um ein mehrfaches Schneller als Unix Grep oder Egrep.\n" -" (Reguläre Ausdrücke, die Rückreferenzierungen enthalten werden allerdings\n" -" langsamer laufen.)\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:207 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/deb-control.5.pot b/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/deb-control.5.pot deleted file mode 100644 index dde059a8..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/deb-control.5.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,416 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-31 20:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-control" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:6 -msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:9 -msgid "control" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:23 -msgid "" -"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " -"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " -"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " -"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " -"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " -"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " -"B<Description> field, see below)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:24 -#, no-wrap -msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -msgid "" -"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " -"file names by most installation tools." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -msgid "" -"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " -"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " -"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " -"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " -"have a hyphen in its version number." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -msgid "" -"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " -"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " -"the software that was packaged." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:44 -msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:50 -msgid "" -"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " -"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " -"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " -"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " -"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -msgid "" -"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " -"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " -"`text', `x11' etc." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:61 -msgid "" -"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " -"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -msgid "" -"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " -"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " -"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " -"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -msgid "" -"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " -"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " -"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " -"(at least not without using one of the force options)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -msgid "" -"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " -"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " -"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " -"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -msgid "" -"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " -"different than the name of the package itself." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -msgid "" -"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " -"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " -"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " -"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " -"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " -"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -msgid "" -"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " -"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " -"requires another package for running its preinst script." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " -"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " -"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:119 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " -"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " -"reasonable." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:131 -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " -"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " -"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " -"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " -"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " -"version number specification in parentheses." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -msgid "" -"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " -"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " -"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " -"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " -"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " -"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " -"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " -"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -msgid "" -"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " -"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " -"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " -"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:163 -msgid "" -"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " -"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " -"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " -"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can " -"depend. This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to " -"satisfy the dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail " -"server from having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' " -"to separate the list." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:178 -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " -"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " -"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " -"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " -"fields." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLE" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however).\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:207 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/es.po b/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index da036408..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,568 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-31 20:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "deb-control" -msgstr "control" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:4 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:6 -#, fuzzy -msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" -msgstr "" -"deb-control - formato del fichero de control maestro de los paquetes Debian." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:7 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "control" -msgstr "control" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:23 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " -"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " -"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " -"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " -"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " -"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " -"B<Description> field, see below)." -msgstr "" -"Todo paquete de Debian contiene un fichero de control maestro con varios " -"campos. Cada uno de ellos empieza con una etiqueta como B<Package> o " -"B<Version> (se distinguen mayúsculas y minúsculas), seguidos de dos puntos y " -"el cuerpo del campo. Sólo las etiquetas limitan los campos. En otras " -"palabras, el texto de los campos puede ser de varias líneas pero las " -"herramientas de instalación las juntarán todas en una (excepto el campo " -"B<Description> , lea más abajo)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:24 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" -msgstr "CAMPOS OBLIGATORIOS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:25 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Package: >E<lt>nombre de paqueteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " -"file names by most installation tools." -msgstr "" -"Este campo determina el nombre del paquete, casi todas las herramientas de " -"instalación lo usan para generar nombres de ficheros." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Version: >E<lt>cadena de caracteres con el número de versiónE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " -"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " -"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " -"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " -"have a hyphen in its version number." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente es la versión original de paquete en el formato que use su " -"autor. Puede incluir el número de revisión de Debian (para paquetes que no " -"sean nativos). Se usa un guión '-' para separar la versión y la revisión, " -"debido a ésto la versión no puede contener guiones." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>nombre completo correo electrónicoE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " -"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " -"the software that was packaged." -msgstr "" -"Su formato es `Fernando Fernández E<lt>ffdez@tal.comE<gt>'. Normalmente es " -"la persona que ha empaquetado el programa, no su autor original." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Description: >E<lt>descripción cortaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B< >E<lt>descripción largaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " -"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " -"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " -"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " -"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." -msgstr "" -"La descripción corta del paquete debe ser de una línea (después del campo " -"\"Description\"). La líneas siguientes se usan como descripción más " -"detallada. Todas la líneas de la descripción larga deben de comenzar con un " -"espacio en blanco, las líneas en blanco deben de tener un punto '.' después " -"de este espacio." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:51 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" -msgstr "CAMPOS OPCIONALES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:52 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>secciónE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " -"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " -"`text', `x11' etc." -msgstr "" -"Es un campo general que define la categoría del paquete basándose en los " -"programas que instala. Algunas secciones comunes son `utils', `net', `mail', " -"`text', `x11' etc." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Priority: >E<lt>prioridadE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:61 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " -"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." -msgstr "" -"Marca la importancia del paquete en relación a todo el sistema. Algunas " -"prioridades comunes son `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " -"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " -"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " -"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" -"En Debian, los campos B<Section> y B<Priority> tienen definidos un conjunto " -"reducido de valores válidos de acuerdo a las Normas de Debian (Policy " -"Manual). Se usan para decidir cómo se organizan los paquetes en el " -"archivo. Se puede obtener una lista completa en la última versión del " -"paquete B<debian-policy.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " -"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " -"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " -"(at least not without using one of the force options)." -msgstr "" -"Este campo sólo se necesita cuando la respuesta es `yes' (o sea, sí).\n" -"Denota paquetes necesarios para el correcto funcionamiento del\n" -"sistema. Dpkg o cualquier otra herramienta de instalación no\n" -"permitirán desinstalar un paquete\n" -"B<Esencial>\n" -" (al menos sin usar opciones de forzado).\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " -"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " -"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " -"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"La arquitectura para la que se compiló el paquete. Arquitecturas comunes son " -"`i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' etc. Dese cuenta que la opción " -"B<all> es para paquetes independientes de la arquitectura como lo son los " -"scripts en Perl o la documentación." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Source: >E<lt>nombre del código fuenteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " -"different than the name of the package itself." -msgstr "" -"El nombre del paquete fuente del que proviene él paquete binario, en caso de " -"que ambos sean distintos." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Depends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " -"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " -"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " -"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " -"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " -"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." -msgstr "" -"Lista de paquetes necesarios para que el paquete proporcione alguna " -"funcionalidad. El instalador no instalará el programa sin que todos los " -"programas listado en el campo B<Depends> sean instalados con anterioridad " -"(al menos sin tener que usar las opciones de forzado), siempre ejecutará los " -"scripts de postinst de los programas de la lista antes de los del programa, " -"asimismo ejecutará los scripts de prerm de estos paquetes después de los del " -"programa." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " -"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " -"requires another package for running its preinst script." -msgstr "" -"Lista de paquetes que deben estar instalados B<y> configurados antes de que " -"el paquete pueda instalarse. Se suele usar en caso de que el script de " -"preinst requiera algún programa ejecutándose." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Recommends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " -"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " -"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." -msgstr "" -"Lista de paquetes que normalmente serán instalados con este paquete. El " -"programa de administración de paquetes avisará en caso de que se desee " -"instalar un paquete sin los paquetes listados en su campo B<Recommends.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Suggests: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " -"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " -"reasonable." -msgstr "" -"Lista de paquetes relacionados con el paquete y que probablemente mejoren su " -"utilidad, aún así debe ser perfectamente razonable instalar el programa sin " -"éstos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:131 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " -"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " -"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " -"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " -"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " -"version number specification in parentheses." -msgstr "" -"La sintaxis de los campos B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> y " -"B<Suggests> es una lista de grupos de paquetes alternativos. Cada grupo es " -"una lista de paquetes separado por una barra horizontal '|'. Los grupos se " -"separan mediante comas. Las comas se leen como 'AND', y las barras " -"horizontales como 'OR', los 'OR' se evalúan antes que los 'AND'. Cada " -"elemento es un nombre de un paquete que puede ir seguido de un número de " -"versión específico entre paréntesis." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " -"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " -"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " -"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " -"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." -msgstr "" -"Un número de versión puede empezar con 'E<gt>E<gt>', en cuyo caso valdrá " -"cualquier versión posterior, es posible omitir el número de revisión " -"(siempre separado por un guión). Las relaciones válidas son \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " -"para mayor que, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" para menor que, \"E<gt>=\" para mayor o " -"igual, \"E<lt>=\" para menor o igual y \"=\" para igual que." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " -"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " -"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " -"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." -msgstr "" -"Lista de paquetes que entran en conflicto con éste, por ejemplo, por que " -"contienen ficheros con el mismo nombre. El programa de mantenimiento de " -"paquetes no permitirá que dos paquetes en conflicto estén instalado a la " -"vez. Dos paquetes con conflictos entre ellos deben de incluir al otro en su " -"campo Conflicts B<Conflicts.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Replaces: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " -"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " -"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " -"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." -msgstr "" -"Lista de paquetes reemplazados por este paquete. Se usa para permitir que el " -"paquete sobreescriba los ficheros de algún otro paquete, normalmente también " -"listado en el campo B<Conflicts> para obligar a su desinstalación en caso de " -"que ambos paquetes tengan ficheros con el mismo nombre." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Provides: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:163 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " -"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " -"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " -"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " -"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " -"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " -"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " -"the list." -msgstr "" -"Es una lista de paquetes virtuales proporcionado por este paquete. " -"Normalmente se usa cuando hay varios paquetes que proporcionan el mismo " -"servicio. Por ejemplo, tanto sendmail como exim pueden servir como servidor " -"de correo, por eso ambos proporcionan el paquete `mail-transport-agent', del " -"cual pueden depender otros paquetes. Esto permite que tanto sendmail como " -"exim sean una opción válida para satisfacer la dependencia. Esto evita que " -"un paquete dependiente de un servidor de correo necesite conocer los nombres " -"de todos los paquetes de los servidores de correo y use una '|' para " -"separarlos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:178 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " -"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " -"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " -"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " -"fields." -msgstr "" -"La sintaxis de B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> y B<Provides> es una lista de " -"nombres de paquetes separados por comas (y opcionalmente espacios en " -"blanco). En el campo B<Conflicts> la coma se lee como 'OR'. Además puede " -"proporcionarse una versión opcional con la misma sintaxis de arriba para los " -"campos B<Conflicts> y B<Replaces.>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:179 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLE" -msgstr "EJEMPLO" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:201 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however).\n" -msgstr "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however.)\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:204 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:207 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DEB-CONTROL" -#~ msgstr "DEB-CONTROL" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "January 2000" -#~ msgstr "Enero de 2000" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "dpkg utilities" -#~ msgstr "utilidades dpkg" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8c5f0571..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,552 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-31 20:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-17 09:38+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-control" -msgstr "deb-control" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "28-02-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:6 -msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" -msgstr "" -"deb-control - Format du fichier principal de contrôle dans les paquets Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:9 -msgid "control" -msgstr "contrôle" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:23 -msgid "" -"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " -"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " -"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " -"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " -"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " -"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " -"B<Description> field, see below)." -msgstr "" -"Chaque paquet Debian possède un fichier principal de contrôle qui contient " -"un certain nombre de champs. Chaque champ commence par une étiquette, telle " -"que B<Package> ou B<Version> (la casse n'importe pas), suivie d'un « : », et " -"du contenu du champ. Les champs sont séparés seulement par des étiquettes de " -"champ. En d'autres termes, le contenu d'un champ peut s'étendre sur " -"plusieurs lignes, mais les outils d'installation joindront en général les " -"lignes pendant le traitement du contenu du champ (sauf pour le champ " -"B<Description>, voyez ci-dessous)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:24 -#, no-wrap -msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" -msgstr "LES CHAMPS EXIGÉS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>nom du paquetE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -msgid "" -"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " -"file names by most installation tools." -msgstr "" -"La valeur de ce champ donne le nom du paquet, et la plupart des outils " -"d'installation s'en servent pour produire les noms des paquets." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>chaîne pour la versionE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -msgid "" -"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " -"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " -"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " -"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " -"have a hyphen in its version number." -msgstr "" -"C'est classiquement le numéro de version du paquet original dans la forme " -"choisie par l'auteur du programme. Il peut y avoir aussi un numéro de " -"révision Debian (pour les paquets qui ne sont pas de pure souche Debian). " -"Quand les numéros de version et de révision sont présents, on les sépare par " -"un trait d'union « - ». C'est pour cette raison qu'il ne peut y avoir de " -"trait d'union dans le numéro de la version originale." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>nom adresseE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -msgid "" -"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " -"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " -"the software that was packaged." -msgstr "" -"Le format de ce champ sera « Jean Dupont E<lt>jdupont@foo.comE<gt> » ; et " -"c'est bien sûr le créateur du paquet, par opposition à l'auteur du programme " -"mis en paquet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>description courteE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:44 -msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B< >E<lt>description longueE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:50 -msgid "" -"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " -"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " -"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " -"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " -"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." -msgstr "" -"Le format de la description du paquet est un résumé bref sur la première " -"ligne (après le champ «\\ Description\\ »). Les lignes suivantes peuvent " -"servir à une description plus longue et plus détaillée. Chaque ligne de " -"cette description longue doit être précédée d'un espace\\ ; quand c'est une " -"ligne blanche elle doit contenir un seul «\\ .\\ » avant cet espace." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" -msgstr "CHAMPS OPTIONNELS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -msgid "" -"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " -"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " -"`text', `x11' etc." -msgstr "" -"C'est un champ général qui indique la catégorie d'un paquet\\ ; cette " -"catégorie est fondée sur le programme que ce paquet installe. «\\ Utils\\ », " -"«\\ net\\ », «\\ mail\\ », «\\ text\\ », «\\ x11\\ », etc. représentent " -"quelques catégories habituelles." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>prioritéE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:61 -msgid "" -"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " -"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." -msgstr "" -"Définit l'importance du paquet à l'intérieur du système général. «\\ Required" -"\\ », «\\ standard\\ », «\\ optional\\ », «\\ extra\\ », etc. représentent " -"des priorités habituelles." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -msgid "" -"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " -"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " -"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " -"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" -"Les champs B<Section> et B<Priority> possèdent un ensemble défini de valeurs " -"acceptées, tiré de la Charte Debian («\\ Policy manual\\ »). Ces valeurs " -"permettent la répartition des paquets dans l'archive. On peut en trouver une " -"liste dans la version la plus récente du paquet B<debian-policy>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -msgid "" -"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " -"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " -"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " -"(at least not without using one of the force options)." -msgstr "" -"On se sert habituellement de ce champ uniquement si la réponse est «\\ yes\\ " -"». Il signifie que ce paquet est exigé pour un fonctionnement correct du " -"système. Dpkg et les autres outils d'installation interdisent la suppression " -"d'un paquet B<Essential> (du moins tant qu'une des options de forçage n'est " -"pas utilisée)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -msgid "" -"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " -"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " -"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " -"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"L'architecture précise pour quel type de matériel le paquet a été compilé. " -"Voici quelques architectures habituelles\\ : «\\ i386\\ », «\\ m68k\\ », «\\ " -"sparc\\ », «\\ alpha\\ », «\\ powerpc\\ », etc. Remarquez que l'option " -"B<all> signifie que le paquet est indépendant de toute architecture. Les " -"scripts shell ou Perl, ainsi que la documentation sont dans ce cas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>nom du sourceE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -msgid "" -"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " -"different than the name of the package itself." -msgstr "" -"Le nom du paquet source d'où provient le paquet binaire, s'il y a une " -"différence entre les deux noms." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -msgid "" -"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " -"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " -"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " -"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " -"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " -"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." -msgstr "" -"C'est la liste des paquets exigés pour que ce paquet arrive à fonctionner de " -"manière non triviale. Le programme de maintenance des paquets interdit " -"l'installation d'un paquet quand les paquets répertoriés dans le champ " -"B<Depends> ne sont pas installés (du moins tant qu'une option de forçage " -"n'est pas utilisée)\\ ; il lance les scripts «\\ postinst\\ » des paquets " -"répertoriés dans les champs «\\ Depends:\\ » avant les scripts «\\ postinst" -"\\ » des paquets qui dépendent d'eux, et lance avant les scripts «\\ prerm\\ " -"»." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -msgid "" -"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " -"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " -"requires another package for running its preinst script." -msgstr "" -"C'est la liste des paquets qui doivent être installés B<et> configurés avant " -"que ce paquet puisse être installé. Habituellement, on utilise ce champ " -"quand un paquet a besoin d'un autre paquet pour lancer son script «\\ preinst" -"\\ »." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " -"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " -"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." -msgstr "" -"C'est la liste des paquets qu'on trouverait avec ce paquet dans toute " -"installation standard. Le programme de maintenance des paquets avertit " -"l'utilisateur quand il installe un paquet sans installer les paquets " -"répertoriés dans le champ B<Recommends.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:119 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " -"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " -"reasonable." -msgstr "" -"C'est la liste des paquets qui, associés avec ce paquet, peuvent améliorer " -"son utilité\\ ; néanmoins, une installation sans ces paquets est " -"parfaitement raisonnable." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:131 -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " -"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " -"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " -"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " -"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " -"version number specification in parentheses." -msgstr "" -"La syntaxe des champs B<Depends,> B<Pre-Depends,> B<Recommends,> et " -"B<Suggests> est une liste de groupes contenant des paquets successifs. " -"Chaque groupe est une liste de paquets séparés par une barre verticale (le " -"symbole du tube) «\\ |\\ ». Les groupes sont séparés par des virgules. Une " -"virgule représente un «\\ ET\\ » logique et une barre verticale représente " -"un «\\ OU\\ » logique\\ ; le tube représente un lien plus fort. Chaque " -"élément est le nom d'un paquet suivi de façon optionnelle par un numéro de " -"version entre parenthèses." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -msgid "" -"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " -"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " -"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " -"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " -"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." -msgstr "" -"Un numéro de version peut commencer par « E<gt>E<gt> », et dans ce cas toute " -"version supérieure correspondra, et il peut indiquer (ou pas) le numéro de " -"révision pour le paquet debian (les deux numéros étant séparés par un trait " -"d'union). Voici les relations acceptées pour les versions\\ : « E<gt>E<gt> » " -"pour supérieur à, « E<lt>E<lt> » pour inférieur à, « E<gt>= » pour supérieur " -"ou égal, « E<lt>= » pour inférieur ou égal, et « = » pour égal à." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " -"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " -"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " -"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." -msgstr "" -"C'est une liste de paquets qui sont en conflit avec ce paquet\\ ; ils " -"contiennent par exemple des fichiers qui ont le même nom. Le programme de " -"maintenance des paquets interdit l'installation simultanée de paquets en " -"conflit. Deux paquets en conflit renseigneront une ligne B<Conflicts> avec " -"le nom de l'autre paquet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -msgid "" -"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " -"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " -"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " -"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." -msgstr "" -"C'est une liste de paquets que ce paquet remplace. Il peut ainsi remplacer " -"les fichiers de ces autres paquets ; on se sert pour cela du champ " -"B<Conflicts> pour forcer la suppression des autres paquets, si celui-là " -"possède aussi les mêmes fichiers que le paquet en conflit." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:163 -msgid "" -"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " -"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " -"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " -"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " -"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " -"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " -"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " -"the list." -msgstr "" -"C'est une liste de paquets virtuels que ce paquet « remplit ». On s'en sert " -"habituellement pour des paquets qui offrent le même service. Par exemple, " -"sendmail et exim sont des serveurs de courrier, et donc ils « remplissent » " -"chacun le paquet « mail-transport-agent » ; ainsi les autres paquets peuvent " -"dépendre de ce paquet virtuel. Sendmail et exim peuvent ainsi chacun " -"satisfaire la dépendance. Les paquets qui dépendent d'un serveur de courrier " -"n'ont pas à connaître les noms de tous les serveurs de courrier et n'ont pas " -"à utiliser « | » comme séparateur de liste." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:178 -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " -"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " -"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " -"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " -"fields." -msgstr "" -"La syntaxe des champs B<Conflicts,> B<Replaces> et B<Provides> est une liste " -"de noms de paquet, séparés par des virgules (et des espaces facultatifs). " -"Dans le champ B<Conflicts,> la virgule sera lue comme un «\\ OU\\ ». On peut " -"donner une version optionnelle de la même façon que ci-dessus dans les " -"champs B<Conflicts> et B<Replaces>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLE" -msgstr "EXEMPLE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however).\n" -msgstr "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" Il se peut que le grep de la famille GNU des utilitaires grep soit\n" -" le plus rapide de l'ouest ! Le grep de GNU est fondé sur un mécanisme\n" -" rapide de mise en correspondance déterministe d'états simples (environ\n" -" deux fois plus rapide que le « egrep » standard d'Unix), modifié par une\n" -" recherche de type Boyer-Moore-Gosper qui cherche une chaîne donnée en\n" -" empêchant que les textes impossibles soient analysés par le mécanisme de\n" -" mise en correspondance d'expressions régulières et sans avoir\n" -" nécessairement besoin de voir chaque caractère. C'est beaucoup plus\n" -" rapide que les « grep » ou « egrep » d'Unix.\n" -" (Des expressions régulières contenant des références circulaires\n" -" ralentissent cependant le programme.)\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:207 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DEB-CONTROL" -#~ msgstr "DEB-CONTROL" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "January 2000" -#~ msgstr "january 2000" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "dpkg utilities" -#~ msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/hu.po b/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/hu.po deleted file mode 100644 index 23da4ab0..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/hu.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,344 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-31 20:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-05 21:27+0100\n" -"Language-Team: Hungarian\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Hungarian\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: HUNGARY\n" -"Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-control" -msgstr "deb-control" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NÉV" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:6 -msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" -msgstr "deb-control - Debian csomag fő kontroll fájl formátum" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SZINOPSZIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:9 -msgid "control" -msgstr "kontroll" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "LEÍRÁS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:23 -msgid "Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see below)." -msgstr "Minden Debian csomag tartalmazza a mester `control' fájlt, mely mezőkből áll. Minden mező egy tag-gel kezdődik, pl. B<Package> vagy B<Version> (nagybetű-érzéketlen), melyet kettőspont és mezőtörzs követ. A mezőket csak a mező tag-ek választják el. Vagyis, a mező szövege több sorból is állhat, de a telepítő eszközök általában összefűzik ezeket egy mezőtörzs feldolgozásakor (kivéve a B<Description> mezőt, l. alább)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:24 -#, no-wrap -msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" -msgstr "KÖTELEZŐ MEZŐK" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -msgid "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate file names by most installation tools." -msgstr "E mező értéke adja meg a csomag nevét, melyből a legtöbb telepítő eszköz fájlneveket állít elő." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>verzióE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -msgid "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not have a hyphen in its version number." -msgstr "Ez általában az eredeti csomag verzió szám, a program szerzője által használt formában. Debian revízió számot is tartalmazhat (nem-natív csomagoknál). Ha mindkettő meg van adva, elválasztásuk kötőjellel történik, `-'. Ezért az eredeti változat nem tartalmazhat kötőjelet verziószámában." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>teljes.név emailE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -msgid "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of the software that was packaged." -msgstr "Formája ilyen lehet: `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', és általában nem a szoftver szerzőjét hanem a csomag készítőjét tartalmazza." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>rövid leírásE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:44 -msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B< >E<lt>hosszú leírásE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:50 -msgid "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must contain a single '.' following the preceding space." -msgstr "A csomagok leírásának formátuma egy rövid összefoglaló az 1. sorban (a \"Description\" tag után). A következő sorok hosszabb leírásra használhatók. A hosszú leírás minden sora szóközzel kell kezdődjön, és a hosszú leírás üres sorai egy '.'-t kell tartalmazzanak a vezető szóköz után." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" -msgstr "LEHETSÉGES MEZŐK" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -msgid "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' etc." -msgstr "Ez egy általános mező, mely a csomagot egy témakörhöz (szakaszhoz) társítja, például ilyenekhez: `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' stb." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:61 -msgid "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." -msgstr "Megadja e csomag fontosságát a rendszer egészében. Ilyenek például: `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' (kötelező, szokásos...) stb." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -msgid "In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "A Debianban a B<Section> és B<Priority> mezők a Policy Manual leírásban adott értékeket vehetik fel. Ezek adják meg egy csomag elhelyezkedését az archívumban. Ezek megtekinthetők a B<debian-policy> csomag legutóbbi verziójában." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -msgid "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed (at least not without using one of the force options)." -msgstr "E mező általában csak akkor kell, ha válasz `yes' (igen). Ez a csomagot a rendszer helyes működéséhez lényegesnek írja le. A dpkg vagy más telepítő eszköz alapértelmezetten nem hajtja végre az B<Essential> (lényeges) csomagok eltávolítását (csak kényszerítő lehetőségekkel)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -msgid "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and documentation." -msgstr "Az architektúra megadja, hogy e csomag milyen gépre fordított. A leggyakrabbak `i386', `amd64', `powerpc', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', stb. Az B<all> lehetőség az ettől független csomagokat jelenti. Például ilyenek a Perl parancsfájlok és dokumentációk." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -msgid "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if different than the name of the package itself." -msgstr "Annak a forrás csomagnak a neve, ahonnan e bináris is származik, ha eltér." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -msgid "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." -msgstr "Azon csomagok listája, melyek szükségesek egy csomag rendes működéséhez. A csomag-karbantartó szoftver nem engedi a telepítést a B<Depends> mezőben megadott csomagok telepítése nélkül (csak kényszerítő lehetőségekkel), és lefuttatja a postinst és prerm parancsfájlokat." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -msgid "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package requires another package for running its preinst script." -msgstr "Azon csomagok listája, melyek telepítése B<és> konfigurálása kötelező ennek telepítése előtt. Általában akkor használatos, ha e csomag a telepítés előtti (preinst) parancsfájl lefuttatásához egy másik csomagot igényel " - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -msgid "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." -msgstr "Azon csomagok listája, melyeket e csomaggal mindig együtt szokás használni, kivéve egyes, szokásostól eltérő telepítéseket. A csomag-karbantartó szoftver figyelmezteti a felhasználót, ha a B<Recommends> mezőben lévő csomagok kijelölése nélkül telepít." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:119 -msgid "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly reasonable." -msgstr "Azon csomagok listája, melyek ennek képességeit növelhetik, de melyek mellőzhetők." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:131 -msgid "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses." -msgstr "A B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> és B<Suggests> mezők szintaxisa más csomagok csoportjainak listája. Minden csoport egy függőleges vonalakkal (ún. `pipa', `|' jelekkel) elválasztott csomaglista. A csoportok vesszőkkel vannak elválasztva. A vessző jelentése `ÉS', a pipáé `VAGY', akár nagyobb kötésekkel. Minden csomagnevet a verziószám megadása követhet zárójelben." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -msgid "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision (separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." -msgstr "A verziószám kezdődhet így: `E<gt>E<gt>', ekkor bármely későbbi verzió megfelel, és megadhat Debian csomag revíziót (kötőjellel elválasztva). Elfogadott verzióviszonyok: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" nagyobb mint, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" kisebb mint, \"E<gt>=\" nagyobb vagy egyenlő, \"E<lt>=\" kisebb vagy egyenlő, és \"=\" egyenlő." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -msgid "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." -msgstr "Ütköző csomagok, például azonos nevű fájlokat tartalmazók. A csomagkarbantartó szoftver nem engedi ezek egyidejű telepítését. 2 ütköző csomag 1-1 B<Conflicts> mezőben hivatkozik egymásra." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -msgid "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." -msgstr "Az e csomag által lecserélt csomag fájlok listája. Ez lehetővé teszi e csomagnak más csomag fájljainak felülírását és általában a <Conflicts> mezővel használatos a másik csomag törlésére, ha ez azonos nevű fájlt tartalmaz, mint az ütköző csomag." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:163 -msgid "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate the list." -msgstr "Ez egy e csomag által adott virtuális csomaglista. Általában eltérő csomagok által nyújtott hasonló szolgáltatás esetén használt. Például a sendmail és exim levelező-kiszolgálók, így egy általános csomagot adnak (`mail-transport-agent'), melytől más csomagok függhetnek. Így a sendmail vagy exim érvényes függőségként szolgálhat. Így a csomagoknak nem kell ismerniük az összes levelező-kiszolgálót egy `|'-kkal elválasztott listában." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:178 -msgid "The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields." -msgstr "A B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> és B<Provides> szintaxisa egy vesszőkkel (és tetszőleges helykitöltőkkel) elválasztott csomagnév lista. A B<Conflicts> mezőben, a vessző `VAGY'. A verzió szintén megadható a már ismert módon." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLE" -msgstr "PÉLDA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however).\n" -msgstr "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however.)\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "LÁSD MÉG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:207 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index f6d49023..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,522 +0,0 @@ -# translation of deb-control.5.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-31 20:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-06 00:36+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-control" -msgstr "deb-control" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:6 -msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" -msgstr "" -"deb-control - Debian パッケージのマスターコントロールファイルフォーマット" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:9 -msgid "control" -msgstr "control" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:23 -msgid "" -"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " -"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " -"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " -"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " -"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " -"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " -"B<Description> field, see below)." -msgstr "" -"各 Debian パッケージはマスターとなる `control'ファイルをもっている。この " -"`control'ファイルはいくつかのフィールドを含んでいる。それぞれのフィールドは " -"B<Package> や B<Version> (大文字小文字は区別しない) のようなタグで始まり、コ" -"ロン、フィールドの本体という順序で記述されている。フィールドはフィールドタグ" -"によってのみ区切られている。別の言い方をすれば、フィールドテキストは複数行に" -"またがってもかまわない。しかしインストールに使うツールはそれらのフィールドの" -"本体を処理する時に一行にまとめてしまう。(ただし、以下で説明する " -"B<Description> フィールドは例外である)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:24 -#, no-wrap -msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" -msgstr "必須フィールド" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>パッケージ名E<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -msgid "" -"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " -"file names by most installation tools." -msgstr "" -"このフィールドの値によってパッケージ名が決まる。またインストールに使うツール" -"のほとんどがファイル名を生成するために使う。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>バージョン文字列E<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -msgid "" -"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " -"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " -"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " -"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " -"have a hyphen in its version number." -msgstr "" -"普通は、これはパッケージのプログラムの作者が利用しているパッケージのバージョ" -"ン番号である。(Debian 独自のパッケージでない場合は) Debian リビジョン番号が追加" -"される。もし、バージョンとリビジョン両方を使う場合にはそれらはハイフン `-' に" -"より区切られている。このために、オリジナルのバージョンにはそのバージョン番号" -"にハイフンを使うことができない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>名前 emailE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -msgid "" -"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " -"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " -"the software that was packaged." -msgstr "" -"`Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' 形式でなければいけない。パッケージ化" -"されたソフトウェアの作者ではなく、パッケージ作成者の名前および e-mail " -"アドレスを使うことになっている。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>短い説明E<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:44 -msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B< >E<lt>長い説明E<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:50 -msgid "" -"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " -"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " -"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " -"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " -"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." -msgstr "" -"パッケージ説明の書式は、まず最初の行 (\"Description\" フィールドタグの後) が短い要約である。" -"その後に続く行はより長い詳細な説明に使う。長い説明の" -"各行は空白文字ではじまる。行頭のスペースに続けて '.' 一つだけの行は空行を意味する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" -msgstr "オプションのフィールド" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>セクションE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -msgid "" -"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " -"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " -"`text', `x11' etc." -msgstr "" -"パッケージによりインストールされるソフトウェアがどのカテゴリーに属するかを示" -"すフィールドである。一般的なセクションは `utils' や `net'、`mail'、`text'、" -"`x11' などがある。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>優先度E<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:61 -msgid "" -"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " -"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." -msgstr "" -"システム全体からみてこのパッケージの重要度を示す。一般的に使われる優先度とし" -"ては `required'、`standard'、`optional'、`extra' などがある。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -msgid "" -"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " -"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " -"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " -"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" -"Debian では、 B<Section> と B<Priority> フィールドで使える値はポリシーマ" -"ニュアルで決められている。これらはアーカイブでどのようにパッケージが配置され" -"るかを決定するのに使われている。これらのリストは最新の B<debian-policy> パッ" -"ケージの中に含まれている。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -msgid "" -"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " -"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " -"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " -"(at least not without using one of the force options)." -msgstr "" -"このフィールドは普通は `yes' の時にだけ使う。これはパッケージがシステムを適切" -"に運用するために必要とされるパッケージを示す。 dpkg や他のインストールに使う" -"ツールは (強制オプションを与えない限り) B<Essential> パッケージを削除すること" -"を許さない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -msgid "" -"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " -"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " -"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " -"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"Architecture はこのパッケージがどのタイプのハードウェアむけにコンパイルされた " -"ものかどうかを示す。一般的な architecture としては `i386', `m68k', `sparc', " -"`alpha', `powerpc' などがある。 B<all> オプションはパッケージが architecture に" -"依存しないことを意味する。例えば、シェルスクリプトや Perl スクリプト、文書など" -"は architecture が all となる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>ソース名E<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -msgid "" -"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " -"different than the name of the package itself." -msgstr "" -"このバイナリパッケージを作るために使われたソースパッケージの名前である。バイ" -"ナリパッケージの名前とソースパッケージの名前が違う時に使われる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -msgid "" -"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " -"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " -"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " -"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " -"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " -"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." -msgstr "" -"このパッケージが重要な機能を提供するために必要としているパッケージのリスト。" -"パッケージ管理ソフトウェアは、もしこの B<Depends> フィールドにあげられている" -"パッケージがインストールされていなければ (強制オプションがあたえられない限り) " -"このパッケージをインストールしようとしない。また Depends: フィールドにあ" -"げられているパッケージの postinst スクリプトを、それらに依存しているパッケージ" -"が prerm スクリプトを実行しようとする前に実行しようとする。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -msgid "" -"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " -"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " -"requires another package for running its preinst script." -msgstr "" -"パッケージがインストールされて B<かつ> そのパッケージがインストールできる前に" -"設定が終わっていないといけないパッケージのリスト。これは通常このパッケージが" -"他のパッケージを preinst スクリプトで利用する場合に使われる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " -"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " -"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." -msgstr "" -"余程のことがなければこのパッケージとともにインストールされるべきパッケージの" -"リスト。ユーザがこの B<Recommends> フィールドにあげられているパッケージなしに" -"パッケージをインストールしようとするとパッケージ管理ソフトウェアが警告するこ" -"とがある。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:119 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " -"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " -"reasonable." -msgstr "" -"このパッケージに関連していて、より便利にするパッケージだが、なくてもかま" -"わないパッケージのリスト。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:131 -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " -"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " -"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " -"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " -"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " -"version number specification in parentheses." -msgstr "" -"B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends>, B<Suggests> フィールドは、代替" -"パッケージグループのリストで表現する。各代替グループではパッケージを縦棒 (もし" -"くは `パイプ') 記号 `|'で区切る。グループはコンマで区切る。コンマは `AND' と" -"解釈し、パイプは `OR' と解釈することができる。パイプ (OR) の方が演算の優先度が" -"高くなっている。オプションで、それぞれのパッケージ名に続けて括弧でくくられたバージョン番号の指定ができる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -msgid "" -"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " -"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " -"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " -"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " -"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." -msgstr "" -"バージョン番号が `E<gt>E<gt>' ではじまる場合は、それ以降のバージョン全てにマッチする。" -"バージョン番号は、ハイフンに続けて Debian パッケージリビジョンを指定してもよいし、省略してもよい。" -"バージョン関係を示す記号としては、 \"E<gt>E<gt>\" 「より新しい」、 " -"\"E<lt>E<lt>\" 「より古い」、 \"E<gt>=\" 「同じか新しい」、 \"E<lt>=\" 「同じか古い」、 " -"\"=\" 「同じ」がある。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " -"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " -"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " -"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." -msgstr "" -"このパッケージと衝突するパッケージのリスト。例えば同じファイル名をもっている" -"場合など。パッケージ管理ソフトウェアは衝突しているパッケージ同士を同時にイン" -"ストールできないようにしている。二つの衝突しているパッケージがそれぞれがお互" -"いを B<Conflicts> に書いておくべきである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -msgid "" -"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " -"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " -"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " -"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." -msgstr "" -"このパッケージが置き換えるファイルを含むパッケージのリスト。このパッケージが" -"他のパッケージのファイルを上書きするのを許すために使われる。また衝突している" -"パッケージと同じファイルを含んでいる場合 B<Conflicts> フィールドと共に使うこ" -"とで他のパッケージを強制的に削除することを指示するために使われる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:163 -msgid "" -"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " -"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " -"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " -"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " -"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " -"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " -"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " -"the list." -msgstr "" -"このパッケージが提供する仮想パッケージのリスト。通常はこれは複数のパッ" -"ケージがまったく同じサービスを提供している場合に使われる。例えば、 sendmail と exim は共" -"にメールサーバとしての機能を提供しているので、これらは共通のパッケージ " -"(`mail-transport-agent') を提供し、他のパッケージは この `mail-transport-" -"agent' に依存するようにしておく。こうすることで、 sendmail も exim も依存関係を満" -"たすようにすることができる。これによりメールサーバに依存するパッケージが、" -"メールサーバとなるパッケージ全てのパッケージ名を知る必要もなく、また `|' を" -"使って列挙する必要もなくなる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:178 -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " -"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " -"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " -"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " -"fields." -msgstr "" -"B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces>, B<Provides> はパッケージ名をコンマで区切って表記" -"する (空白はあってもかまわない)。 B<Conflicts> フィールドの中では、コンマは " -"`OR' と解釈できる。 B<Conflicts> と B<Replaces> フィールドでは、上記のフィール" -"ドと同じ表記でバージョンも指定することができる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLE" -msgstr "例" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however).\n" -msgstr "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however).\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:207 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/ru.po b/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/ru.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0293fb24..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/ru.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,532 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg_1.13.17_deb-control.5.ru.po to Russian -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-31 20:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-08 15:06+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-control" -msgstr "deb-control" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Проект Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "НАЗВАНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:6 -msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" -msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "СИНТАКСИС" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:9 -msgid "control" -msgstr "control" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "ОПИСАНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:23 -msgid "" -"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " -"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " -"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " -"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " -"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " -"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " -"B<Description> field, see below)." -msgstr "" -"Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких " -"полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> " -"(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля " -"разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать " -"несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при " -"обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:24 -#, no-wrap -msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" -msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -msgid "" -"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " -"file names by most installation tools." -msgstr "" -"Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании " -"имён файлов большинством установочных утилит." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " -"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " -"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " -"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " -"have a hyphen in its version number." -msgstr "" -"Обычно в этом поле указывается оригинальный номер версии пакета в той форме, " -"которую использует автор программы. Версия может также включать номер " -"ревизии Debian (для не родных пакетов). Если указываются и версия и номер " -"ревизии, то они разделяются дефисом: `-'. Из-за этого оригинальный номер " -"версии не может содержать в себе дефис." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -msgid "" -"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " -"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " -"the software that was packaged." -msgstr "" -"Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и " -"обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, " -"которая была упакована." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:44 -msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B< >E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " -"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " -"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " -"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " -"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." -msgstr "" -"Формат описания пакета -- это краткое и ёмкое описание в первой строке " -"(после поля \"Description\"). Последующие строки могут быть использованы как " -"длинное, более детальное описание. В начале каждой строки длинного описания " -"должен находиться пробел, а пустые строки в длинном описании должны " -"содержать одну точку '.', следующую сразу после начального пробела." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" -msgstr "НЕОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>секцияE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -msgid "" -"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " -"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " -"`text', `x11' etc." -msgstr "" -"Это обобщающее поле, в котором пакету присваивается категория, в зависимости " -"от типа программного обеспечения, которое он содержит. Примерами секций " -"могут служить `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' и т.д." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:61 -msgid "" -"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " -"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." -msgstr "" -"Устанавливает важность данного пакета, в зависимости от его значимости для " -"системы. Приоритеты могут быть такими: `required', `standard', `optional', " -"`extra' и т.д." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " -"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " -"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " -"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" -"Поля B<Section> и B<Priority> могут принимать только значения из списка, " -"который определен в политике Debian. Они используются для того, чтобы " -"решить, как пакеты будут размещены в архиве. Список возможных значений можно " -"узнать из последней версии пакета B<debian-policy>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -msgid "" -"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " -"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " -"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " -"(at least not without using one of the force options)." -msgstr "" -"Данное поле обычно необходимо только когда ответ - `yes' (да). Это означает, " -"что данный пакет требуется для нормального функционирования системы. Dpkg и " -"другие программы установки не разрешают удаление пакетов, помеченных как " -"B<Essential> (по крайней мере, без указания специальных флагов)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " -"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " -"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " -"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был " -"скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', " -"`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет " -"не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит " -"документацию." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -msgid "" -"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " -"different than the name of the package itself." -msgstr "" -"Имя пакета с исходниками, из которого компилируется бинарный пакет, если оно " -"отличается от имени самого пакета." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -msgid "" -"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " -"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " -"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " -"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " -"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " -"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." -msgstr "" -"Список пакетов, требующихся для обеспечения нормальной работы данного " -"пакета. Программа установки не позволит (по крайней мере, без использования " -"специальных флагов) установить данный пакет, если пакеты, перечисленные в " -"B<Depends>, ещё не установлены. При установке скрипты postinst этих пакетов " -"будут выполнены перед скриптом postinst данного пакета, а при удалении из " -"системы скрипты prerm будут выполнены после скрипта prerm данного пакета." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -msgid "" -"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " -"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " -"requires another package for running its preinst script." -msgstr "" -"Список пакетов, которые должны быть установлены B<и> настроены перед тем, " -"как будет устанавливаться данный пакет. Обычно это используется в случае, " -"когда пакет требует наличия другого пакета для запуска собственного сценария " -"preinst." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " -"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " -"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." -msgstr "" -"Список пакетов, которые рекомендуется установить вместе с данным пакетом. " -"Программа установки предупредит пользователя, если он устанавливает пакет " -"без пакетов, которые перечислены в поле B<Recommends>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:119 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " -"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " -"reasonable." -msgstr "" -"Список пакетов, которые расширяют функциональность устанавливаемого пакета, " -"но без которых данный пакет может прекрасно обойтись." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:131 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " -"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " -"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " -"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " -"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " -"version number specification in parentheses." -msgstr "" -"Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> " -"позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это " -"список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы " -"разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки " -"как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках " -"можно указать его версию." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -msgid "" -"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " -"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " -"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " -"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " -"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." -msgstr "" -"Если номер версии начинается с `E<gt>E<gt>', то это означает любую более " -"позднюю версию, при чём также может быть задан или пропущен номер ревизии " -"Debian (который отделен от версии дефисом). Таким образом: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " -"означает \"больше чем\", \"E<lt>E<lt>\" -- \"меньше чем\", \"E<gt>=\" -- " -"\"больше или равно чем\", \"E<lt>=\" -- \"меньше или равно чем\", а \"=\" -- " -"\"только версия, которая указана\"." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " -"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " -"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " -"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." -msgstr "" -"Список пакетов, которые конфликтуют с пакетом; например, если в них " -"содержатся файлы с теми же именами. Программа установки не позволит " -"установить в систему два конфликтующих пакета. Каждый из двух конфликтующих " -"пакетов должен указать в строке B<Conflicts> имя другого." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -msgid "" -"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " -"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " -"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " -"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." -msgstr "" -"Список пакетов, которые заменяют данный пакет. Он используется для того, " -"чтобы разрешить данному пакету перезаписать файлы другого пакета и обычно " -"используется совместно с полем B<Conflicts>, чтобы сразу же заставить " -"удалить этот другой пакет, если он содержит такие же файлы, как " -"устанавливаемый." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:163 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " -"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " -"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " -"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " -"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " -"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " -"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " -"the list." -msgstr "" -"Список виртуальных пакетов, которые предоставляет данный пакет. Обычно он " -"используется, если несколько разных пакетов предоставляют один и тот же " -"сервис. Например, sendmail и exim могут работать как почтовые серверы, " -"поэтому они предоставляют общий пакет (`mail-transport-agent') для тех " -"пакетов, которые могут от него зависеть. Это позволяет использовать sendmail " -"или exim в тех пакетах, которые зависят от `mail-transport-agent'. Это " -"устраняет необходимость указывать в пакетах, которые зависят от почтового " -"сервера, список через `|' всех пакетов почтовых серверов." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:178 -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " -"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " -"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " -"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " -"fields." -msgstr "" -"Синтаксис B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> и B<Provides> позволяет перечислить " -"пакеты через запятую (и необязательный пробел). В поле B<Conflicts> запятая " -"читается как `ИЛИ'. В значениях полей B<Conflicts> и B<Replaces> можно " -"указывать номер версии пакета (используя вышеописанный синтаксис)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLE" -msgstr "ПРИМЕР" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however).\n" -msgstr "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however).\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "СМОТРИТЕ ТАКЖЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:207 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3b03e4f2..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-control.5/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,531 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for deb-control(5) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-31 20:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 16:18+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-control" -msgstr "deb-control" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:6 -msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" -msgstr "deb-control - Debians filformat för paketstyrfiler" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:9 -msgid "control" -msgstr "control" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:23 -msgid "" -"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " -"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or " -"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " -"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " -"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " -"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " -"B<Description> field, see below)." -msgstr "" -"Varje Debianpaket innehåller huvudstyrfilen \"control\", vilken i sig " -"innehåller ett antal fält. Varje fält börjar med en etikett, såsom " -"B<Package> eller B<Version> (skiftlägesoberoende), följt av ett kolontecken " -"och fältets kropp. Fält avdelas endast av fältetiketter. Med andra ord kan " -"texten i fälten spänna över flera rader, men installationsverktygen kommer " -"oftast att slå samman rader när kroppen tolkas (förutom i fallet för " -"B<Description>-fältet, se nedan)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:24 -#, no-wrap -msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" -msgstr "NÖDVÄNDIGA FÄLT" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>paketnamnE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -msgid "" -"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " -"file names by most installation tools." -msgstr "" -"Värdet på detta fält bestämmer paketets namn, och används av de flesta " -"installationsverktygen för att generera filnamnen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>versionssträngE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -msgid "" -"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " -"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " -"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " -"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " -"have a hyphen in its version number." -msgstr "" -"Vanligtvis är detta det ursprungliga paketets versionsnummer på den form " -"programmets författare använder. Den kan även innehålla ett " -"Debianrevisionsnummer (för paket med källa utanför Debian). Om både " -"versionsnummer och revisionsnummer finns delas de med ett bindestreck (\"-" -"\"), varför det ursprungliga versionsnumret inte får innehålla bindestreck." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullt-namn e-postE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -msgid "" -"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " -"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " -"the software that was packaged." -msgstr "" -"Skall vara på formatet \"Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>\" och är " -"normalt sett den person som skapat paketet, till skillnad från författaren " -"av den programvara som paketerades." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>kort beskrivningE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:44 -msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>" -msgstr "B< >E<lt>lång beskrivningE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " -"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " -"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " -"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " -"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." -msgstr "" -"Formatet för paketbeskrivningen är en kortfattad sammanfattning på den " -"första raden (efter \"Description\"-fältet). Följande rader kan användas som " -"en längre, mer detaljerad beskrivning. Varje rad i den lägre beskrivningen " -"måste inledas med ett blanksteg, och blanka rader i den långa beskrivningen " -"måste innehålla en ensam punkt (\".\") efter det inledande blanksteget." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" -msgstr "VALFRIA FÄLT" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>sektionE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -msgid "" -"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " -"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " -"`text', `x11' etc." -msgstr "" -"Detta är ett generellt fält som ger paketet en kategori baserat på " -"programvara som det installerar. Några vanliga sektioner är \"utils\", \"net" -"\", \"mail\", \"text\", \"x11\" osv." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>prioritetE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:61 -msgid "" -"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " -"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." -msgstr "" -"Ställer in hur viktigt paketet är jämfört med systemet som enhet. Vanliga " -"prioriteter är \"required\" (krävd), \"standard\" (normal), \"optional" -"\" (valfritt), \"extra\" (extra) osv." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " -"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " -"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " -"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" -"I Debian har fälten B<Section> och B<Priority> fördefinierade accepterade " -"värden baserade på policymanualen, vilka används för att bestämma hur " -"paketen placeras i arkivet. En lista över dessa finns i den senaste " -"versionen av paketet B<debian-policy>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -msgid "" -"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " -"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " -"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " -"(at least not without using one of the force options)." -msgstr "" -"Detta fältet krävs normalt sett endast om svaret är \"yes\" (ja), och " -"betecknar att paketet krävs för en korrekt installation av systemet. Dpkg " -"och andra installationsverktyg tillåter inte att ett paket märkt " -"B<Essential> tas bort (åtminstone inte utan att använda en av de tvingande " -"flaggorna)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arkitektur|allE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " -"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " -"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " -"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"Arkitekturen anger vilken sorts maskinvara paketet kompilerades för. Vanliga " -"arkitekturer är \"i386\", \"m68k\", \"sparc\", \"alpha\", \"powerpc\" osv. " -"Observera att värdet B<all> är avsett för paket som är oberoende av " -"maskinvaruarkitektur. Exempel på detta är skal- eller Perlskript, eller " -"dokumentation." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>källkodsnamnE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -msgid "" -"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " -"different than the name of the package itself." -msgstr "" -"Namnet på det källkodspaket som detta binärpaket kommer från, om det skiljer " -"sig från namnet på själva paketet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -msgid "" -"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " -"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " -"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " -"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " -"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " -"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." -msgstr "" -"Lista över paket som krävs för att detta paket för att tillhandahålla en " -"icke-trivial mängd funktionalitet. Pakethanteringsprogramvaran kommer inte " -"tillåta att ett paket installeras om paketen som listas i B<Depends>-fältet " -"inte är installerade (åtminstone inte utan att använda en av de tvingande " -"flaggorna), och kommer inte att utföra postinst-skript i paket som listas i " -"Depends:-fältet före de paket som beror på det, och kör prerm-skript före." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -msgid "" -"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " -"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " -"requires another package for running its preinst script." -msgstr "" -"Lista över paket som måste vara installerade B<och> konfigurerade innan " -"detta kan installeras. Detta används normalt i de fall paketet kräver att " -"ett annat paket är installerat för sitt preinst-skript." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " -"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " -"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." -msgstr "" -"Lista över paket som bör installeras tillsammans med detta i de allra flesta " -"fall. Pakethanteringsprogramvaran kommer att varna användaren om hen " -"installerar ett paket utan de som listas i B<Recommends>-fältet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:119 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " -"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " -"reasonable." -msgstr "" -"Lista över paket som är relaterade till detta och som kanske kan göra det " -"mer användbart, men utan vilka det fortfarande är rimligt att installera " -"detta paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:131 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " -"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " -"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " -"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " -"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " -"version number specification in parentheses." -msgstr "" -"Syntaxen för B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> och B<Suggests>-" -"fälten är en lista över grupper av alternativa paket. Varje grupp innehåller " -"en lista av paket avdelade med ett vertikalstreck (rör) (\"|\"). Grupperna " -"avdelas med komman. Komman utläses som \"OCH\", och vertikalstrecken som " -"\"ELLER\", där vertikalstrecken binder hårdare. Varje post är ett paket " -"namn, eventuellt följt av en versionsnummerangivelse inom parenteser." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -msgid "" -"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " -"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " -"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " -"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " -"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." -msgstr "" -"Ett versionsnummer kan börja med \"E<gt>E<gt>\", vilket betyder att vilken " -"som helst senare version matchar, där det är valfritt att ange " -"Debianrevisionen (avdelad med bindestreck). Tillåtna versionrelationer är " -"\"E<gt>E<gt>\" för större än, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" för mindre än, \"E<gt>=\" för " -"större än eller lika med\", \"E<lt>=\" för mindre än eller lika med, och \"=" -"\" för lika med." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -msgid "" -"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " -"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " -"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " -"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." -msgstr "" -"Listar paket som är i konflikt (krockar) med detta, till exempel genom att " -"innehålla filer med samma namn. Pakethanteringsprogramvaran tillåter inte " -"två sådana paket att vara installerade samtidigt. Två paket med inbördes " -"konflikt bör innehålla en B<Conflicts>-rad med varandras namn." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:145 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -msgid "" -"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " -"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " -"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " -"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." -msgstr "" -"Lista över paket som filer från denna ersätter. Detta används för att " -"möjliggöra paket att skriva över filer från andra paket, och används normalt " -"sett tillsammans med B<Conflicts>-fältet för att tvinga fram borttagning av " -"det andra paketet om även detta har de filer som finns i paketet det står i " -"konflikt med." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>" -msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:163 -msgid "" -"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " -"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " -"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " -"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " -"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " -"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " -"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " -"the list." -msgstr "" -"Detta är en lista av virtuella paket som detta tillhandahåller. Normalt sett " -"används detta i de fall flera paket tillhandahåller samma tjänst. Till " -"exempel kan både sendmail och exim fungera som e-postserver, så de " -"tillhandahåller ett gemensamt paket (\"mail-transport-agent\") på vilket " -"andra paket kan bero, vilket gör det möjligt för sendmail eller exim att " -"fungera som ett alternativ som tillfredsställer beroendet. Detta förhindrar " -"att paket som beror på en e-postserver måste känna till alla deras paketnamn " -"och använda \"|\" för att dela av listan." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:178 -msgid "" -"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package " -"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> " -"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " -"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> " -"fields." -msgstr "" -"Syntaxen för B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> och B<Provides> är en lista över " -"paketnamn avdelade med komman (och eventuella blanktecken). I B<Conflicts>-" -"fältet läses kommatecknet som \"ELLER\". En eventuellt versionsnumret kan " -"även anges, med samma syntax som ovan för B<Conflicts> och B<Replaces>-" -"fälten." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLE" -msgstr "EXEMPEL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however).\n" -msgstr "" -"Package: grep\n" -"Essential: yes\n" -"Priority: required\n" -"Section: base\n" -"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" -"Architecture: sparc\n" -"Version: 2.4-1\n" -"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" -"Provides: rgrep\n" -"Conflicts: rgrep\n" -"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" -" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" -" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" -" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" -" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" -" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" -" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" -" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" -" will run more slowly, however.)\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-control.5:207 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/deb-old.5.cfg b/man/po4a/deb-old.5/deb-old.5.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index b719a2f7..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/deb-old.5.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es ja sv -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/deb-old.5/po/deb-old.5.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/deb-old.5/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/deb-old.5 $lang:../$lang/deb-old.5 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/deb-old.5.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/de.po b/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index e7b3519c..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 16:29+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-old" -msgstr "deb-old" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:4 -msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" -msgstr "deb-old - Debian Binärpaketformat in alter Ausführung" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:7 -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "I<dateiname>B<.deb>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:17 -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " -"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" -"(5) for details of the new format." -msgstr "" -"Das B<.deb>-Format ist das Debian Binärpaketdateiformat. Diese Handbuchseite " -"beschreibt das B<alte> Format, dass vor Debian 0.93 verwendet wurde. Bitte " -"lesen Sie B<deb>(5) für Details über das neue Format." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "FORMAT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:21 -msgid "" -"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " -"concatenated gzipped ustar files." -msgstr "" -"Die Datei besteht aus zwei Zeilen an Formatinformationen als ASCII-Text, " -"gefolgt von zwei aneinandergehängten ustar-Dateien." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:25 -msgid "" -"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " -"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." -msgstr "" -"Die erste Zeile ist die Formatversionsnummer, aufgefüllt auf 8 Stellen, und " -"ist B<0.939000> für alle Archive im alten Format." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:28 -msgid "" -"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " -"length of the first gzipped tarfile." -msgstr "" -"Die zweite Zeile ist eine dezimale Zeichenkette (ohne führende Nullen), die " -"die Länge der ersten gzippten Tar-Datei angibt." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:30 -msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." -msgstr "" -"Jede dieser Zeilen wird durch ein einzelnes Zeilenvorschubzeichen " -"abgeschlossen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:35 -msgid "" -"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " -"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Die erste Tar-Datei enthält die Kontrollinformationen als eine Serie von " -"normalen Dateien. Die Datei B<control> muss vorhanden sein, da sie die Kern-" -"Kontrollinformationen enthält." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:46 -msgid "" -"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " -"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " -"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " -"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " -"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." -msgstr "" -"In einigen sehr alten Archiven können die Dateien in der Kontroll-Tar-Datei " -"optional in einem B<DEBIAN>-Unterverzeichnis sein. In diesem Fall ist das " -"B<DEBIAN>-Unterverzeichnis auch in der Kontroll-Tar-Datei, und die Kontroll-" -"Tar-Datei hat nur Dateien in diesem Verzeichnis. Optional kann die Kontroll-" -"Tar-Datei einen Eintrag für »B<.>« enthalten, d.h. für das aktuelle " -"Verzeichnis." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:50 -msgid "" -"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " -"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " -"pathnames do not have leading slashes." -msgstr "" -"Die zweite gzippte Tar-Datei ist das Dateisystemarchiv, das Pfadnamen " -"relativ zum Wurzelverzeichnis des System, auf dem installiert werden soll, " -"enthält. Die Pfadnamen haben keine führenden Schrägstriche." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:54 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/deb-old.5.pot b/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/deb-old.5.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 98acf32c..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/deb-old.5.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-old" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:4 -msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:7 -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:17 -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " -"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see " -"B<deb>(5) for details of the new format." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:21 -msgid "" -"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " -"concatenated gzipped ustar files." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:25 -msgid "" -"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " -"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:28 -msgid "" -"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " -"length of the first gzipped tarfile." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:30 -msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:35 -msgid "" -"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " -"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " -"information." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:46 -msgid "" -"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " -"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " -"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " -"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " -"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:50 -msgid "" -"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " -"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " -"pathnames do not have leading slashes." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:54 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/es.po b/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3c9cf92d..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-old" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" -msgstr "deb-old - Antiguo formato de paquetes binarios de Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:5 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "I<archivo>B<.deb>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:17 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " -"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" -"(5) for details of the new format." -msgstr "" -"El formato B<.deb> es el formato de archivos de paquetes binarios de " -"Debian. Esta página de manual describe el formato B<antiguo> usado " -"previamente a la versión de Debian 0.93. Por favor, vea el manual B<deb>(5) " -"para mayor detalle sobre el nuevo formato." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "FORMATO" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:21 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " -"concatenated gzipped ustar files." -msgstr "" -"El archivo está conformado por dos lineas con información en texto ASCII, " -"seguido por dos archivos tar, concatenados y comprimidos vía gzip." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:25 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " -"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." -msgstr "" -"La primera línea indica la versión del formato completada con 0 hasta cubrir " -"8 dígitos, y es B<0.939000> para todos los archivos con formato antiguo." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:28 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " -"length of the first gzipped tarfile." -msgstr "" -"La segunda línea es un número decimal (sin ceros precedentes) que informa el " -"tamaño del primer archivo tar comprimido con gzip." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:30 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." -msgstr "Cada línea finaliza con un carácter único de nueva línea." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:35 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " -"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " -"information." -msgstr "" -"El primer archivo tar contiene la información de control, como una serie de " -"archivos comunes, descritos en I<Debian Packaging Manual, sección 2.2>. El " -"archivo de B<control> debe estar presente, debido a que contiene la base de " -"la información de control." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:46 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " -"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " -"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " -"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " -"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." -msgstr "" -"En algunos archivos muy antiguos, los archivos de control en el archivo tar " -"pueden estar opcionalmente en un subdirectorio B<DEBIAN.> En este caso, el " -"subdirectorio B<DEBIAN> estará también en el archivo tar de control, y el " -"archivo tar de control tendrá solamente archivos en este directorio. " -"Opcionalmente el archivo tar podrá contener una entrada para `B<.>', que es " -"el directorio actual." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " -"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " -"pathnames do not have leading slashes." -msgstr "" -"El segundo archivo tar comprimido con gzip es el archivo del sistema de " -"archivos, contiene las rutas relativas al directorio raíz del sistema donde " -"será instalado. Las rutas no tienen barras precedentes." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:51 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VEA TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:54 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "" -"B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), I<Debian Packaging Manual>." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DEB-OLD" -#~ msgstr "DEB-OLD" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "January 2000" -#~ msgstr "Enero de 2000" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6c2427e4..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -# translation of deb-old.5.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:36+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-old" -msgstr "deb-old" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名称" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:4 -msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" -msgstr "deb-old - Debian バイナリパッケージ旧形式フォーマット" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:7 -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:17 -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " -"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" -"(5) for details of the new format." -msgstr "" -"B<.deb> フォーマットは Debian バイナリパッケージのファイル形式である。このマ" -"ニュアルでは、Debian 0.93 以前に使用されていた B<旧形式> について記述する。新" -"形式の詳細については B<deb>(5) を参照されたい。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "フォーマット" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:21 -msgid "" -"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " -"concatenated gzipped ustar files." -msgstr "" -"2 行の ASCII テキストによるフォーマット情報があり、それに 2 つの gzip 圧縮された " -"ustar ファイルが続く。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:25 -msgid "" -"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " -"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." -msgstr "" -"1 行目は 8 桁にそろえたフォーマットバージョン番号であり、旧形式アーカイブは" -"すべて B<0.939000> である。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:28 -msgid "" -"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " -"length of the first gzipped tarfile." -msgstr "" -"2 行目はひとつ目の gzip 圧縮 tar ファイルの大きさを与える(0 から始まらない) 十進数" -"である。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:30 -msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." -msgstr "それぞれの行の終わりは改行文字ひとつである。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:35 -msgid "" -"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " -"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " -"information." -msgstr "" -"1 番目の tar ファイルは、制御情報を平文ファイル群として含む。B<control> ファイルは必須" -"であり、中心となる制御情報を含む。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:46 -msgid "" -"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " -"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " -"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " -"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " -"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." -msgstr "" -"非常に古いアーカイブでは、 control tar ファイル中のファイルが B<DEBIAN> サブ" -"ディレクトリにあることもある。この場合、 control tar ファイルにも B<DEBIAN> " -"サブディレクトリが存在し、 control tar ファイルはそのディレクトリ内にのみファ" -"イルを保有する。 control tar ファイルは、 `B<.>', つまりカレントディレクトリ" -"にファイルを含むこともある。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:50 -msgid "" -"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " -"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " -"pathnames do not have leading slashes." -msgstr "" -"2 番目の gzip 圧縮 tar ファイルはファイルシステムアーカイブであり、インストールさ" -"れるシステムのルートディレクトリからの相対パス名を含んでいる。パス名の先頭に" -"スラッシュ(/)はない。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:54 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "" -"B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." diff --git a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2dc67f07..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb-old.5/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for deb-old(5) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-16 06:18+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb-old" -msgstr "deb-old" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:4 -msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" -msgstr "deb-old - Debians gamla binärpaketformat" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:7 -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "I<filnamn>B<.deb>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:17 -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " -"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" -"(5) for details of the new format." -msgstr "" -"B<.deb>-formatet är Debians binära paketformat. Denna manualsida beskriver " -"det B<gamla> formatet som används före Debian 0.93. Se B<deb>(5) för " -"detaljerad information om det nya formatet." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "FORMAT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:21 -msgid "" -"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " -"concatenated gzipped ustar files." -msgstr "" -"Filen innehåller två rader av formatinformation som ASCII-text, följt av två " -"sammaslagna gzip-packade ustar-filer." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:25 -msgid "" -"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " -"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." -msgstr "" -"Den första raden i filen är formatversionsnumret utfyllt till åtta siffror, " -"och är B<0.939000> för alla arkiv i det gamla formatet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:28 -msgid "" -"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " -"length of the first gzipped tarfile." -msgstr "" -"Nästa rad är en decimalsträng (utan inledande nollor) som anger längden på " -"den första gzip-packade tar-filen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:30 -msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." -msgstr "Båda dessa rader avslutas med ett ensamt radbrytningstecken." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:35 -msgid "" -"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " -"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Den första tar-filen innehåller kontrollinformationen, lagrade som ett antal " -"vanliga filer. Filen B<control> måste finnas, eftersom den innehåller " -"grundläggande kontrollinformation." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:46 -msgid "" -"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " -"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " -"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " -"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " -"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." -msgstr "" -"I vissa väldigt gamla arkiv kan filerna i kontroll-tarfilen eventuellt ligga " -"i en underkatalog vid namn B<DEBIAN>. Om så är fallet kommer underkatalogen " -"B<DEBIAN> även att finnas i kontroll-tarfilen, och kontroll-tarfilen kommer " -"bara innehålla filer i den katalogen. Eventuellt kan kontroll-tarfilen " -"innehålla en post för \"B<.>\", det vill säga aktuell katalog." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:50 -msgid "" -"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " -"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " -"pathnames do not have leading slashes." -msgstr "" -"Den andra gzip-packade tar-filen är filsystemsarkivet, vilken innehåller " -"sökvägar relativt rotkatalogen för systemet det skall installeras på. " -"Sökvägarna innehåller inte inledande snedstreck." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:51 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb-old.5:54 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." diff --git a/man/po4a/deb.5/deb.5.cfg b/man/po4a/deb.5/deb.5.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index a17effdc..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb.5/deb.5.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja sv -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/deb.5/po/deb.5.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/deb.5/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/deb.5 $lang:../$lang/deb.5 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/deb.5.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/de.po b/man/po4a/deb.5/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5f3d6920..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-24 22:34+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb" -msgstr "deb" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" -msgstr "deb - Debian Binärpaketformat" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "I<Dateiname>B<.deb>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:12 -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " -"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " -"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." -msgstr "" -"Das B<.deb>-Format ist das Debian-Binärpaketdateiformat. Es wird von dpkg " -"0.93.76 und neuer verstanden, und wird standardmäßig von allen dpkg-" -"Versionen seit 1.2.0 und allen i386/ELF-Versionen seit 1.1.1elf erzeugt." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -msgid "" -"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " -"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." -msgstr "" -"Da hier beschriebene Format wird seit Debian 0.93 verwendet; Details über " -"das alte Format sind in B<deb-old>(5) beschrieben." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "FORMAT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:21 -msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Die Datei ist ein B<ar>-Archiv mit einer magischen Zahl von B<!" -"E<lt>archE<gt>>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:31 -msgid "" -"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " -"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " -"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " -"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " -"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " -"the case." -msgstr "" -"Das erste Mitglied heißt B<debian-binary> und enthält eine Reihe von Zeilen, " -"die durch Zeilenumbrüche getrennt sind. Derzeit ist nur eine Zeile " -"vorhanden, die Versionsnummer, B<2.0> zum Zeitpunkt zu dem diese " -"Handbuchseite geschrieben wurde. Programme, die Archive im neuen Format " -"lesen, sollten darauf vorbereitet sein, dass sich die Nachkommazahl erhöht " -"und neue Zeilen vorhanden sein können, und sollten diese ignorieren, falls " -"dies der Fall ist." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:36 -msgid "" -"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " -"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " -"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " -"(except at the end), as described below." -msgstr "" -"Falls sich die Vorkommazahl geändert hat, wurde eine inkompatible Änderung " -"durchgeführt und dass Programm sollte sich beenden. Falls dies nicht der " -"Fall ist, dann sollte das Programm sicher fortfahren können, es sei den, ein " -"unerwartetes Mitglied ist im Archiv (abgesehen vom Ende) gefunden worden, " -"wie unten beschrieben." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:46 -msgid "" -"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " -"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " -"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " -"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " -"`B<.>', the current directory." -msgstr "" -"Das zweite erforderliche Mitglied heißt B<control.tar.gz>. Es ist ein " -"gezipptes Tar-Archiv, dass die Kontrollinformationen als eine Reihe von " -"normalen Dateien enthält, von denen die Datei B<control> zwingend " -"erforderlich ist und die Kern-Kontrollinformationen enthält. Der Kontroll-" -"Tarball kann optional einen Eintrag für »B<.>«, das aktuelle Verzeichnis, " -"enthalten." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:50 -msgid "" -"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " -"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." -msgstr "" -"Das dritte und letzte benötigte Mitglied heißt B<data.tar.gz>. Es enthält " -"das Dateisystemarchiv als gezipptes Tar-Archiv." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:61 -msgid "" -"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " -"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " -"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " -"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " -"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " -"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." -msgstr "" -"Diese Mitglieder müssen in genau dieser Reihenfolge auftauchen. Aktuelle " -"Implementationen sollten zusätzliche Mitglieder nach B<data.tar.gz> " -"ignorieren. Weitere Mitglieder könnten in der Zukunft definiert werden und " -"werden (falls möglich) nach diesen drei platziert. Alle zusätzlichen " -"Mitglieder, die vor B<data.tar.gz> eingefügt werden könnten und die " -"problemlos von älteren Programmen ignoriert werden sollten, werden Namen " -"haben, die mit einem Unterstrich »B<_>« anfangen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -msgid "" -"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " -"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " -"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " -"increased." -msgstr "" -"Solche neuen Mitglieder, die nicht problemlos ignoriert werden können, " -"werden vor B<data.tar.gz> mit Namen, die nicht mit einem Unterstrich " -"anfangen, eingefügt oder werden (wahrscheinlicher) dazu führen, dass die " -"Hauptversionsnummer erhöht wird." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:70 -msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." diff --git a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/deb.5.pot b/man/po4a/deb.5/po/deb.5.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 101ea98f..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/deb.5.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:12 -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " -"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " -"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -msgid "" -"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " -"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:21 -msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:31 -msgid "" -"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " -"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " -"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " -"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " -"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " -"the case." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:36 -msgid "" -"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " -"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " -"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " -"(except at the end), as described below." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:46 -msgid "" -"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " -"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " -"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " -"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " -"`B<.>', the current directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:50 -msgid "" -"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " -"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:61 -msgid "" -"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " -"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " -"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these " -"three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted before " -"B<data.tar.gz> and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will " -"have names starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -msgid "" -"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " -"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " -"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " -"increased." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:70 -msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/es.po b/man/po4a/deb.5/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index d402899b..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" -msgstr "deb - Formato de paquetes binarios de Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -#, fuzzy -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "I<nombrefichero>B<.deb>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:12 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " -"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " -"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." -msgstr "" -"El formato B<.deb> es el que tienen los paquetes binarios de Debian. Lo " -"entienden las versiones de dpkg 0.93.76 y posteriores, y se genera por " -"omisión con las versiones de dpkg a partir de 1.2.0 y en todas las versiones " -"i386/ELF desde 1.1.1elf." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " -"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." -msgstr "" -"El formato descrito aquí se usa desde Debian 0.93; los detalles sobre los " -"anteriores formatos está en B<deb-old>(5)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "FORMATO" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:21 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"El fichero es un archivo B<ar> con el número mágico B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:31 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " -"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " -"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " -"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " -"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " -"the case." -msgstr "" -"El primer miembro del archivo B<ar> se llama B<debian-binary> y contiene una " -"serie de líneas separadas por saltos de línea. A fecha de hoy sólo hay una " -"línea, el número de versión del formato, B<2.0>. Los programas que lean " -"versiones más nuevas deberían esperar que los números menores aumentaran y " -"que hubiera nuevas líneas, y en ese caso deberían ignorarlas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:36 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " -"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " -"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " -"(except at the end), as described below." -msgstr "" -"Si el número mayor ha cambiado es que hay cambios incompatibles y el " -"programa debería parar. Si no, debería poder seguir sin problemas, a no ser " -"que encontrara un miembro no esperado en el archivo (excepto al final), como " -"se describe más abajo." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:46 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " -"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " -"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " -"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " -"`B<.>', the current directory." -msgstr "" -"El segundo miembro requerido es B<control.tar.gz .> Es un fichero tar " -"comprimido con gzip que contiene la información de control del paquete en " -"una serie de ficheros de texto, de los cuales B<control> es obligatorio y " -"contiene la información de control principal. Vea el I<Manual de " -"empaquetamiento de Debian, apartado 2.2> para más detalles sobre estos " -"ficheros. El paquete tar puede optativamente contener una entrada para `B<." -">', el directorio actual." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " -"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." -msgstr "" -"El tercer y último miembro requerido es el llamado B<data.tar.gz .> Contiene " -"el archivo del sistema de ficheros en forma de tar comprimido." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:61 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " -"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " -"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " -"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " -"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " -"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." -msgstr "" -"Estos miembros deben aparecer en este orden. Las implementaciones actuales " -"deberían ignorar cualquier miembro adicional después de B<data.tar.gz>. " -"Podrán definirse nuevos miembros en el futuro, y se pondrán, si es posible, " -"después de éstos tres. Cualquier miembro adicional que tuviera que " -"insertarse antes de B<data.tar.gz> y que tenga que ser ignorado por los " -"programas más antiguos, tendrá un nombre que comience con un guión bajo, " -"`B<_>'." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " -"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " -"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " -"increased." -msgstr "" -"Los nuevos miembros que no puedan ignorarse sin problemas se insertarán " -"antes de B<data.tar.gz> con nombres que empiecen por algo que no sea un " -"guión bajo, o (más probablemente) incrementarán el número mayor de la " -"versión." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:70 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "" -"B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), I<Manual de " -"empaquetamiento de Debian>." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DEB" -#~ msgstr "DEB" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "January 2000" -#~ msgstr "Enero 2000" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/deb.5/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index a731fb7c..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,207 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-04 11:42+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb" -msgstr "deb" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "28-02-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" -msgstr "deb - Format des paquets binaires Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "I<nom-du-fichier.deb>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:12 -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " -"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " -"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." -msgstr "" -"Le format B<.deb> est le format des paquets binaires de Debian. Il est " -"compatible avec les versions 0.93.76 et ultérieures de dpkg, et il est " -"généré par défaut par toutes les versions de dpkg depuis la version 1.2.0 " -"ainsi que toutes les versions i386/ELF depuis la version 1.1.1elf." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -msgid "" -"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " -"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." -msgstr "" -"Le format décrit ici est utilisé depuis la version 0.93 de Debian\\ ; les " -"détails concernant le vieux format sont consultables dans B<deb-old>(5)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "FORMAT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:21 -msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Le fichier est une archive B<ar> avec un numéro magique de B<!E<lt>archE<gt>." -">" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:31 -msgid "" -"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " -"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " -"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " -"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " -"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " -"the case." -msgstr "" -"Le premier membre est nommé B<debian-binary> et contient une succession de " -"lignes, séparées par des retours-chariot. Pour le moment, une seule ligne " -"est présente\\ : le numéro de version du format, B<2.0> à l'heure où ce " -"document a été écrit. Les programmes lisant des archives Debian récentes " -"doivent être préparés à une augmentation du numéro de version mineur et à la " -"présence de nouvelles lignes, ainsi qu'à les ignorer s'il le faut." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:36 -msgid "" -"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " -"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " -"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " -"(except at the end), as described below." -msgstr "" -"Si le numéro de version majeur a changé, cela signifie qu'une modification " -"entraînant une incompatibilité entre les versions a été effectuée, et le " -"programme doit alors s'arrêter. Si ce n'est pas le cas, le programme doit " -"être en mesure de continuer à traiter correctement le fichier, à moins qu'il " -"ne rencontre un membre non reconnu dans l'archive (excepté à la fin de cette " -"dernière), comme décrit ci-dessous." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:46 -msgid "" -"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " -"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " -"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " -"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " -"`B<.>', the current directory." -msgstr "" -"Le second membre requis est nommé B<control.tar.gz>. Il s'agit d'une archive " -"tar compressée grâce à gzip contenant les informations de contrôle du " -"paquet, sous la forme d'une série de fichiers, parmi lesquels le fichier " -"B<control> est strictement requis et contient les principales informations " -"de contrôle. L'archive de contrôle peut éventuellement contenir une entrée " -"pour «\\ .\\ », le répertoire courant." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:50 -msgid "" -"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " -"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." -msgstr "" -"Le troisième et dernier membre requis se nomme B<data.tar.gz>. Il contient " -"les fichiers de données sous forme d'une archive tar compressée grâce à gzip." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:61 -msgid "" -"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " -"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " -"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " -"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " -"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " -"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." -msgstr "" -"Ces trois membres doivent apparaître dans cet ordre exact. Les " -"implémentations actuelles devraient ignorer tout membre additionnel suivant " -"B<data.tar.gz>. D'autres membres seront éventuellement proposés, et (si " -"possible) seront placés après ces trois derniers. Tout autre membre qui " -"nécessitera d'être inséré avant B<data.tar.gz> et qui pourra être ignoré " -"sans problème par des programmes plus anciens, aura un nom commençant par un " -"underscore, «\\ _\\ »." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -msgid "" -"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " -"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " -"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " -"increased." -msgstr "" -"Les nouveaux membres qui ne pourront pas être ignorés sans conséquence " -"seront insérés avant B<data.tar.gz> avec des noms préfixés par quelque chose " -"d'autre qu'un underscore, ou causeront (ce qui est plus probable) une " -"incrémentation du numéro majeur de version." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:70 -msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DEB" -#~ msgstr "DEB" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "January 2000" -#~ msgstr "janvier 2000" diff --git a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/deb.5/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index d23840ad..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -# translation of deb.5.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:36+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb" -msgstr "deb" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名称" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" -msgstr "deb - Debian バイナリパッケージ形式" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:12 -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " -"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " -"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." -msgstr "" -"B<.deb> フォーマットは Debian バイナリパッケージのファイル形式である。この形" -"式は dpkg 0.93.76 またはそれ以降のバージョンで扱うことができ、dpkg 1.2.0 以降" -"のすべてのバージョンと 1.1.1elf 以降のすべての i386/ELF バージョンではデフォ" -"ルトでこの形式が作成される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -msgid "" -"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " -"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." -msgstr "" -"このマニュアルで記述される形式は Debian 0.93 から使用されている。旧形式の詳細" -"については B<deb-old>(5) を参照されたい。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "フォーマット" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:21 -msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"このファイルはマジックナンバー B<!E<lt>archE<gt>> を持つ B<ar> アーカイブであ" -"る。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:31 -msgid "" -"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " -"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " -"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " -"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " -"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " -"the case." -msgstr "" -"B<.deb> に含まれる第 1 のメンバーは B<debian-binary> という名称で、改行で区切" -"られた数行から成る。現在は一行だけであり、deb 形式バージョン番号が与えられ" -"る。このマニュアルが書かれた時点では B<2.0> である。新形式のアーカイブを読み" -"込むプログラムは、マイナーバージョン番号が上がった場合や、新しい行が追加され" -"ている場合を想定しておかなければならない。もし、これに該当する場合はこれらを" -"無視すること。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:36 -msgid "" -"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " -"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " -"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " -"(except at the end), as described below." -msgstr "" -"メジャー番号が変更されている場合、互換性のない変更がなされているためプログラ" -"ムは停止しなければならない。メジャー番号が変更されていない場合は、アーカイブ" -"に予期しないメンバーが含まれていない限り(アーカイブの最後に含まれる場合を除" -"く)、プログラムは安全に実行を継続できる。これについては、以下で説明する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:46 -msgid "" -"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " -"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " -"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " -"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " -"`B<.>', the current directory." -msgstr "2 番目に要請されるメンバーは B<control.tar.gz> というファイル名を持つ gzip 圧縮 tar 形式である。これは、パッケージ制御情報をテキストファイル群として含む。その中でも B<control> ファイルは必須であり、中心となる制御情報を含む。この control.tar.gz は任意にカレントディレクトリ `B<.>' に対するエントリを含む。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:50 -msgid "" -"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " -"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." -msgstr "" -"最後の 3 番目に要請されるメンバーは B<data.tar.gz> というファイル名を持ち、" -"ファイルシステムアーカイブを gzip 圧縮 tar 形式として含む。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:61 -msgid "" -"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " -"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " -"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " -"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " -"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " -"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." -msgstr "" -"これらのメンバーは上に示した順序で現れなければならない。将来、追加メンバーが" -"定義された場合、可能ならばこれら 3 つのメンバーの後に配置されるであろう。現在" -"の実装では、B<data.tar.gz> 以後のいかなる追加メンバーも無視される。将来におい" -"て B<data.tar.gz> の前に挿入する必要があり、それ以前のプログラムが安全に無視" -"することのできる追加メンバーを定義するには、そのメンバーはアンダースコア " -"`B<_>' で始まる名前を持てばよい。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -msgid "" -"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " -"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " -"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " -"increased." -msgstr "" -"安全に無視することができない新しいメンバーがある場合、このメンバーにアンダー" -"スコア以外の文字で始まる名前をつけて B<data.tar.gz> より前に挿入するか、また" -"は(こちらの可能性が高いが)メジャーバージョン番号を上げることになるであろ" -"う。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:70 -msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." diff --git a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/deb.5/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index a7c7db73..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/deb.5/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for deb(5) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 16:18+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "deb" -msgstr "deb" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" -msgstr "deb - Debians binära paketformat" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" -msgstr "I<filnamn>B<.deb>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:12 -msgid "" -"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " -"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " -"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." -msgstr "" -"B<.deb>-formatet är Debians binära paketformat. Det förstås av dpkg 0.93.76 " -"och senare, och genereras som förval av alla versioner av dpkg sedan 1.2.0, " -"och alla i386/ELF-versioner sedan 1.1.1elf." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -msgid "" -"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " -"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." -msgstr "" -"Formatet som beskrivs här används sedan Debian 0.93; detaljer om det gamla " -"formatet finns i B<deb-old>(5)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FORMAT" -msgstr "FORMAT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:21 -msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." -msgstr "Filen är ett B<ar>-arkiv med det magiska numret B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:31 -msgid "" -"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " -"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " -"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " -"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " -"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " -"the case." -msgstr "" -"Den första posten i arkivet heter B<debian-binary> och innehåller ett antal " -"rader, avdelade med nyradstecken. För närvarande finns endast en rad, " -"formatets versionsnummer, B<2.0>. Program som läser arkiv i det nya formatet " -"bör vara förberedda på att underversionsnumret kan komma att ökas, och att " -"nya rader kan förekomma, och skall i så fall ignorera dessa." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:36 -msgid "" -"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " -"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " -"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " -"(except at the end), as described below." -msgstr "" -"Om huvudversionsnumret har ändrats har en inkompatibel ändring införts, och " -"programmet skall avbrytas. Om så inte har gjorts, skall programmet kunna " -"fortsätta utan problem, såvida det inte stöter på en oväntad post i arkivet " -"(förutom i slutet), enligt vad beskrivs nedan." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:46 -msgid "" -"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " -"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " -"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " -"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " -"`B<.>', the current directory." -msgstr "" -"Den andra nödvändiga posten heter B<control.tar.gz>. Det är ett gzip-packat " -"tar-arkiv som innehåller paketets kontrollinformation, lagrade som ett antal " -"vanliga filer, av vilka filen B<control> krävs och innehåller grundläggande " -"kontrollinformation. Tarbollen control kan eventuellt innehålla en post för " -"\"B<.>\", den aktuella katalogen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:50 -msgid "" -"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>. It contains the " -"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." -msgstr "" -"Den tredje och sista nödvändiga posten heter B<data.tar.gz>. Den innehåller " -"filsystemsarkivet, lagrat som ett gzip-packat tar-arkiv." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:61 -msgid "" -"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " -"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be " -"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " -"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> " -"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " -"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." -msgstr "" -"Dessa poster måste ligga i exakt denna ordning. Nuvarande implementationer " -"bör ignorera eventuella ytterligare poster efter B<data.tar.gz>. Ytterligare " -"poster kan komma att definieras i framtiden, och kommer (om möjligt) " -"placeras efter dessa tre. Eventuella ytterligare poster som kan komma att " -"behöva finnas före B<data.tar.gz> och som kan ignoreras av äldre program " -"utan problem kommer att ha namn som börjar med understreck, \"B<_>\"." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -msgid "" -"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " -"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than " -"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " -"increased." -msgstr "" -"Nya poster som inte kommer att kunna ignoreras utan problem kommer att " -"läggas in före B<data.tar.gz> med namn som börjar med något annat än " -"understreck, eller (mer troligt) göra att huvudversionsnumret ökas." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/deb.5:70 -msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." -msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/dpkg-architecture.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/dpkg-architecture.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index f70690e5..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/dpkg-architecture.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de fr -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-architecture.1/po/dpkg-architecture.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-architecture.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-architecture.1 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-architecture.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-architecture.1.$lang.add diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 31249b52..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,894 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-06 15:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-06 14:57+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-architecture" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "2006-06-17" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:4 -msgid "" -"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture - Architektur zum Paketbau setzen und bestimmen" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<Optionen>] [I<Aktion>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:14 -msgid "" -"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " -"host architecture for package building." -msgstr "" -"dpkg-architecture stellte eine Möglichkeit bereit, die Rechner-Architektur " -"für den Paketbau zu bestimmen und zu setzen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:17 -msgid "" -"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" -"(1), and can not be set at the command line." -msgstr "" -"Die Bau-Architektur wird immer über einen externen Aufruf an B<dpkg>(1) " -"bestimmt und kann nicht auf der Kommandozeile gesetzt werden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:26 -msgid "" -"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " -"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " -"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " -"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " -"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " -"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " -"does not match the default." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die Host-Architektur (Gast-Architektur) spezifizieren, indem Sie " -"eine oder beide der Optionen B<-a> oder B<-t> verwenden. Der Standardwert " -"wird über einen externen Aufruf an B<gcc>(1) ermittelt oder ist identisch " -"mit der Bauarchitektur, falls sowohl \\s-1CC\\s0 als auch Gcc nicht " -"verfügbar sind. Einer von B<-a> oder B<-t> ist ausreichend, der Wert des " -"anderen wird auf einen brauchbaren Wert gesetzt. Tatsächlich ist es oft " -"besser nur einen der beiden anzugeben, da B<dpkg-architecture> Sie warnen " -"wird, falls Ihre Wahl nicht mit dem Standardwert übereinstimmt." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:28 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" -msgstr "B<-a>I<Debian-Architektur>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:31 -msgid "Set the Debian architecture." -msgstr "Setze die Debian-Architektur." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:31 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" -msgstr "B<-t>I<GNU-Systemtyp>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:34 -msgid "Set the GNU system type." -msgstr "Setzt den GNU-Systemtyp." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f>" -msgstr "B<-f>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:41 -msgid "" -"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " -"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " -"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " -"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " -"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." -msgstr "" -"Existierende Umgebungsvariablen mit dem gleichen Namen wie vom Skript " -"verwendet werden nicht überschrieben (d.h. sie werden von B<dpkg-" -"architecture> verwendet), es sei denn, die »force«-Markierung ist " -"gesetzt. Dies erlaubt es dem Benutzer einen Wert zu überschreiben, selbst " -"wenn der Aufruf von B<dpkg-architecture> tief in einem anderen Skript " -"versteckt ist (beispielsweise B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:42 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "AKTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l>" -msgstr "B<-l>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:47 -msgid "" -"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " -"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." -msgstr "" -"Zeige die Umgebungsvariablen, eine pro Zeile, in dem Format " -"I<VARIABLE=Wert>. Dies ist die Standardaktion." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" -msgstr "B<-e>I<Debian-Architektur>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:53 -msgid "" -"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " -"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " -"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " -"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." -msgstr "" -"Überprüfe auf Gleichheit der Architekturen. Standardmäßig wird I<Debian-" -"Architektur> gegen die aktuelle Debian-Architektur auf dem Host geprüft. " -"Diese Aktion expandiert nicht die Architektur-Platzhalter (Wildcards). Der " -"Befehl beendet sich mit einem Exit-Status von 0, falls eine Übereinstimmung " -"besteht, andernfalls mit 1." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" -msgstr "B<-i>I<Architektur-Platzhalter>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:59 -msgid "" -"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " -"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " -"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " -"matched." -msgstr "" -"Überprüfe die Identität einer Architektur, indem I<Architektur-Platzhalter> " -"als einen Architektur-Platzhalter expandiert und mit der aktuellen Debian-" -"Architektur verglichen wird. Das Kommando endet mit einem Exit-Status von 0, " -"falls eine Übereinstimmung gefunden wurde, ansonsten mit 1." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" -msgstr "B<-q>I<Variablenname>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:62 -msgid "Print the value of a single variable." -msgstr "Zeige den Wert einer einzelnen Variablen an." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>" -msgstr "B<-s>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:66 -msgid "" -"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " -"using eval." -msgstr "" -"Zeige ein Export-Kommando. Dies kann dazu verwendet werden, um " -"Umgebungsvariablen mittels eval zu setzen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>" -msgstr "B<-u>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:69 -msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." -msgstr "Zeige ein zu B<-s> ähnliches Kommando, nur lösche alle Variablen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>I< command>" -msgstr "B<-c>I< Befehl>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:73 -msgid "" -"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " -"determined value." -msgstr "" -"Führe einen I<Befehl> in einer Umgebung aus, in der alle Variablen auf die " -"festgelegten Werte gesetzt sind." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L>" -msgstr "B<-L>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:76 -msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." -msgstr "Zeige eine Liste von gültigen Architekturnamen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:79 -msgid "Print a usage message." -msgstr "Zeige eine Verwendungsmitteilung." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:79 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:82 -msgid "Print program version." -msgstr "Zeige die Programm-Version." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:83 -#, no-wrap -msgid "TERMS" -msgstr "AUSDRÜCKE" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:84 -#, no-wrap -msgid "build machine" -msgstr "Baumaschine" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:86 -msgid "The machine the package is built on." -msgstr "Die Maschine, auf der das Paket gebaut wird." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "host machine" -msgstr "Host-Maschine" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:88 -msgid "The machine the package is built for." -msgstr "Die Maschine, für die das Paket gebaut ist." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian architecture" -msgstr "Debian-Architektur" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:91 -msgid "" -"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" -"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." -msgstr "" -"Die Debian-Architektur-Zeichenkette, die den binären Baum im \\s-1FTP\\s0-" -"Archiv spezifiziert. Beispiele: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:91 -#, no-wrap -msgid "architecture wildcard" -msgstr "Architektur-Platzhalter" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:95 -msgid "" -"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " -"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" -"E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." -msgstr "" -"Ein Architektur-Platzhalter ist eine spezielle Architektur-Zeichenkette, die " -"auf jede reale Architektur, die ein Teil davon ist, passt. Die allgemeine " -"Form ist E<lt>KernE<gt>-E<lt>CPUE<gt>. Beispiele: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-" -"any." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" -msgstr "\\s-1GNU\\s0-Systemtyp" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:99 -msgid "" -"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " -"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " -"x86_64-netbsd." -msgstr "" -"Eine Architektur-Spezifikations-Zeichenkette besteht aus zwei, durch einen " -"Bindestrich getrennten Teilen: CPU und System. Beispiele: i386-linux-gnu, " -"sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, x86_64-netbsd." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "BEISPIELE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:103 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" -"architecture>. Other examples:" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> akzeptiert die B<-a>-Option und gibt dies an B<dpkg-" -"architecture> weiter. Weitere Beispiele:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:105 -msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" -msgstr "" -"CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:107 -msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" -msgstr "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:110 -msgid "" -"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" -msgstr "" -"Überprüfe, ob eine Architektur identisch zu der aktuellen Architektur oder " -"einer übergebenen ist:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:112 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:114 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:117 -msgid "" -"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " -"Linux systems:" -msgstr "" -"Überprüfe, ob die aktuelle oder eine mit -a übergebene Architektur Linux-" -"Systeme sind:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:119 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:121 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:122 -#, no-wrap -msgid "VARIABLES" -msgstr "VARIABLEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:124 -msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" -msgstr "Die folgenden Variablen werden von B<dpkg-architecture> gesetzt:" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:126 -msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." -msgstr "Die Debian-Architektur der Baumaschine." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:128 -msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." -msgstr "Der Debian-Systemname der Baumaschine." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:128 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:130 -msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." -msgstr "Der Debian-CPU-Name der Baumaschine." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:130 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:132 -msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." -msgstr "Der \\s-1GNU\\s0-Systemname der Baumaschine." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:134 -msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" -msgstr "Der \\s-1CPU\\s0-Teil von \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:136 -msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." -msgstr "Der System-Teil von \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:136 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:138 -msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." -msgstr "Die Debian-Architektur der Host-Maschine." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:138 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:140 -msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." -msgstr "Der Debian-Systemname der Host-Maschine." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:140 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:142 -msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." -msgstr "Der Debian-CPU-Name der Host-Maschine." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:142 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:144 -msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." -msgstr "Der \\s-1GNU\\s0-Systemtyp der Host-Maschine." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:146 -msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." -msgstr "Der \\s-1CPU\\s0-Teil von \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:146 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:148 -msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." -msgstr "Der System-Teil von \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:149 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" -msgstr "DEBIAN/RULES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:157 -msgid "" -"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" -"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " -"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " -"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " -"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " -"compilation support in your package:" -msgstr "" -"Die Umgebungsvariablen, die von B<dpkg-architecture> gesetzt werden, werden " -"an I<debian/rules> als Make-Variablen weitergegeben (lesen Sie hierzu die " -"Make-Dokumentation). Allerdings sollten Sie sich nicht auf diese verlassen, " -"da damit der manuelle Aufruf des Skripts verhindert wird. Stattdessen " -"sollten Sie sie immer mit B<dpkg-architecture> mit der -q-Option " -"initialisieren. Hier sind einige Beispiele, die auch zeigen, wie sie die " -"Cross-Kompilierungs-Unterstützung in Ihrem Paket verbessern können:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:160 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:177 -msgid "Instead of:" -msgstr "Anstatt von:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:164 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" -"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" -msgstr "" -"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" -"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:167 -msgid "please use the following:" -msgstr "verwenden Sie bitte das folgende:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:171 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" -msgstr "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" -msgstr "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" -"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" -" ...\n" -"endif\n" -msgstr "" -"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" -"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" -" ...\n" -"endif\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:186 -msgid "please use:" -msgstr "bitte verwenden Sie:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" -msgstr "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" -" ...\n" -"endif\n" -msgstr "" -"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" -" ...\n" -"endif\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:197 -msgid "" -"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " -"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." -msgstr "" -"oder, falls Sie nur den CPU- oder OS-Typ überprüfen müssen, verwenden Sie " -"die DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU- oder DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS-Variablen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:202 -msgid "" -"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " -"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " -"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " -"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." -msgstr "" -"Im allgemeinen wird der Aufruf von Dpkg in der »rules«-Datei, um Architektur-" -"Informationen zu erhalten, abgelehnt (falls Sie Rückwärtskompatibilität " -"bereitstellen wollen, siehe unten). Insbesondere die --print-architecture-" -"Option ist unzuverlässig, da wir Debian-Architekturen haben, die nicht mit " -"einem Prozessornamen übereinstimmen." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" -msgstr "RÜCKWÄRTSKOMPATIBILITÄT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:209 -msgid "" -"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " -"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " -"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " -"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " -"change." -msgstr "" -"Die DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU- und DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS-Variablen wurden erst in einer " -"relativ neuen Version von B<dpkg-architecture> eingeführt (seit Dpkg " -"1.13.2), vorher tendierten die I<debian/rules>-Dateien dazu, die Werte der " -"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU- oder DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE-Variablen zu überprüfen, die aber " -"Änderungen unterlagen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:214 -msgid "" -"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " -"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " -"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " -"using the following code:" -msgstr "" -"Wo I<debian/rules>-Dateien diese Variablen überprüfen um festzustellen, wie " -"oder was zu kompilieren ist, sollten diese aktualisiert werden, um die neuen " -"Variablen und Werte zu verwenden. Sie möchten eventuell " -"Rückwärtskompatibilität zu älteren Versionen von Dpkg-dev erhalten, indem " -"Sie den folgenden Code verwenden:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:218 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" -"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" -msgstr "" -"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" -"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" -"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" -" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" -" endif\n" -"endif\n" -"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" -" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" -" endif\n" -"endif\n" -msgstr "" -"# Berücksichtige die Ausgabe des alten Dpkg-architecture.\n" -"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" -" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" -" endif\n" -"endif\n" -"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" -" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" -" endif\n" -"endif\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:235 -msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." -msgstr "Und ähnlich für DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU und DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:238 -msgid "" -"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " -"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie noch Versionen von Dpkg-dev, die B<dpkg-architecture> nicht " -"enthielten, unterstützen wollen, erledigt dies folgendes:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:248 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" -"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" -" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" -"else\n" -" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" -"endif\n" -"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" -msgstr "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" -"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" -" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" -"else\n" -" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" -"endif\n" -"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" -msgstr "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:257 -msgid "" -"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " -"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." -msgstr "" -"Setzen Sie eine Untermenge dieser Zeilen oben in Ihre debian/rules-Datei; " -"diese Standardwerte werden überschrieben, falls Dpkg-architecture verwendet " -"wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:264 -msgid "" -"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " -"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " -"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " -"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " -"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " -"compilation)." -msgstr "" -"Sie benötigen nicht den ganzen Satz. Wählen Sie einen konsistenten Satz, der " -"nur die Werte enthält, die Sie in der rules-Datei verwenden. Falls Sie " -"beispielsweise nur die Host-Debian-Architektur benötigen, ist »DEB_HOST_ARCH=" -"\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\ ausreichend (dies ist in der Tat die Debian-" -"Architektur der Baumaschine, aber denken Sie daran, dass wir nur zur " -"»natürlichen« Kompilierung rückwärtskompatibel sein wollen)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:267 -msgid "" -"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " -"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." -msgstr "" -"Die B<-e>- und B<-i>-Optionen wurden erst in relativ neuen Versionen von " -"B<dpkg-architecture> eingeführt (seit Dpkg 1.13.13)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:268 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:271 -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:272 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:276 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " -"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-architecture> und diese Handbuchseite wurden ursprünglich von Marcus " -"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt> geschrieben." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/po/dpkg-architecture.1.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/po/dpkg-architecture.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 470721cb..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/po/dpkg-architecture.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,776 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-06 15:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-architecture" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:14 -msgid "" -"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " -"host architecture for package building." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:17 -msgid "" -"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to " -"B<dpkg>(1), and can not be set at the command line." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:26 -msgid "" -"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " -"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " -"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " -"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " -"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " -"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " -"does not match the default." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:28 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:31 -msgid "Set the Debian architecture." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:31 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:34 -msgid "Set the GNU system type." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:41 -msgid "" -"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " -"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " -"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " -"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " -"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:42 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:47 -msgid "" -"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " -"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:53 -msgid "" -"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " -"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " -"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " -"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:59 -msgid "" -"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " -"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " -"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " -"matched." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:62 -msgid "Print the value of a single variable." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:66 -msgid "" -"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " -"using eval." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:69 -msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>I< command>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:73 -msgid "" -"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " -"determined value." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:76 -msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:79 -msgid "Print a usage message." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:79 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:82 -msgid "Print program version." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:83 -#, no-wrap -msgid "TERMS" -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:84 -#, no-wrap -msgid "build machine" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:86 -msgid "The machine the package is built on." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "host machine" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:88 -msgid "The machine the package is built for." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian architecture" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:91 -msgid "" -"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the " -"\\s-1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:91 -#, no-wrap -msgid "architecture wildcard" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:95 -msgid "" -"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " -"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is " -"E<lt>kernelE<gt>-E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:99 -msgid "" -"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " -"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " -"x86_64-netbsd." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:103 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to " -"B<dpkg-architecture>. Other examples:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:105 -msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:107 -msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:110 -msgid "" -"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given " -"one:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:112 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:114 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:117 -msgid "" -"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " -"Linux systems:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:119 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:121 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:122 -#, no-wrap -msgid "VARIABLES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:124 -msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:126 -msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:128 -msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:128 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:130 -msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:130 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:132 -msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:134 -msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:136 -msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:136 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:138 -msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:138 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:140 -msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:140 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:142 -msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:142 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:144 -msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:146 -msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:146 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:148 -msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:149 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:157 -msgid "" -"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to " -"I<debian/rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you " -"should not rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the " -"script. Instead, you should always initialize them using " -"B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. Here are some examples, which also " -"show how you can improve the cross compilation support in your package:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:160 ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:177 -msgid "Instead of:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:164 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" -"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:167 -msgid "please use the following:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:171 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture " -"-qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture " -"-qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) " -"--host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" -"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" -" ...\n" -"endif\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:186 -msgid "please use:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" -" ...\n" -"endif\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:197 -msgid "" -"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " -"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:202 -msgid "" -"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " -"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " -"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " -"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:209 -msgid "" -"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " -"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " -"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " -"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " -"change." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:214 -msgid "" -"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " -"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " -"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " -"using the following code:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:218 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " -"2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" -"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS " -"2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" -"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" -" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" -" endif\n" -"endif\n" -"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture " -"-qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" -" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" -" endif\n" -"endif\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:235 -msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:238 -msgid "" -"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " -"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:248 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst " -"hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" -"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" -" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" -"else\n" -" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" -"endif\n" -"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:257 -msgid "" -"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " -"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:264 -msgid "" -"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " -"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " -"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " -"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " -"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " -"compilation)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:267 -msgid "" -"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " -"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:268 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:271 -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:272 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:276 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " -"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index aa7a15de..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-architecture.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,893 +0,0 @@ -# Translation of the dpkg-architecture.1 man page. -# Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-06 15:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-06 16:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-architecture" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "17-06-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:4 -msgid "" -"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-architecture - Fixer et déterminer l'architecture pour la construction " -"d'un paquet" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:14 -msgid "" -"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " -"host architecture for package building." -msgstr "" -"dpkg-architecture aide à déterminer et à fixer l'architecture de " -"construction et l'architecture hôte pour la création d'un paquet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:17 -msgid "" -"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" -"(1), and can not be set at the command line." -msgstr "" -"L'architecture de construction est toujours déterminée par un appel externe " -"à B<dpkg>(1). Elle ne peut pas être spécifiée en ligne de commande." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:26 -msgid "" -"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " -"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " -"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " -"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " -"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " -"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " -"does not match the default." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez spécifier une architecture hôte en utilisant une des options B<-" -"a> et B<-t> (ou les deux). Par défaut, la valeur est déterminée par un appel " -"à B<gcc>(1), ou en utilisant l'architecture de construction si \\s-1CC\\s0 " -"ou gcc ne sont pas disponibles. Utiliser une seule des options B<-a> et B<-" -"t> est suffisant, la valeur de l'une est utilisée comme valeur par défaut de " -"l'autre. Bien sûr, il est préférable de n'en préciser qu'une seule, puisque " -"B<dpkg-architecture> affichera un avertissement si le choix ne correspond " -"pas à la valeur par défaut." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:28 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" -msgstr "B<-a>I<architecture-debian>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:31 -msgid "Set the Debian architecture." -msgstr "Fixe l'architecture Debian." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:31 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" -msgstr "B<-t>I<type-de-système-gnu>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:34 -msgid "Set the GNU system type." -msgstr "Fixe le type de système GNU." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f>" -msgstr "B<-f>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:41 -msgid "" -"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " -"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except " -"if this force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even " -"when the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for " -"example B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." -msgstr "" -"Les valeurs positionnées par les variables d'environnement ayant le même " -"nom que celles utilisées par les scripts sont prises en compte " -"(c'est-à-dire utilisée par B<dpkg-architecture>), sauf si cette option est " -"présente. Ceci permet à un utilisateur de surcharger une valeur même " -"lorsque l'appel à B<dpkg-architecture> est inclus dans un autre script " -"(par exemple B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:42 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "ACTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l>" -msgstr "B<-l>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:47 -msgid "" -"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " -"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." -msgstr "" -"Affiche les variables d'environnement, une par ligne, en utilisant le format " -"I<VARIABLE=valeur>. C'est l'action par défaut." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" -msgstr "B<-e>I<architecture-debian>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:53 -msgid "" -"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " -"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " -"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " -"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." -msgstr "" -"Vérifie l'égalité d'architectures. Par défaut, I<architecture-debian> est " -"comparée à l'architecture Debian actuelle, qui est celle de la machine hôte. " -"Cette action ne développe pas les architectures joker. La commande quitte " -"avec un code de retour de 0 si l'architecture correspond et de 1 dans le cas " -"contraire." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" -msgstr "B<-i>I<architecture-joker>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:59 -msgid "" -"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " -"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " -"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " -"matched." -msgstr "" -"Vérifie l'égalité d'architectures en développant I<architecture-joker> et en " -"comparant à l'architecture Debian actuelle. La commande quitte avec un code " -"de retour de 0 si l'architecture correspond et de 1 dans le cas contraire." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" -msgstr "B<-q>I<nom-de-variable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:62 -msgid "Print the value of a single variable." -msgstr "Affiche la valeur d'une seule variable." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>" -msgstr "B<-s>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:66 -msgid "" -"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " -"using eval." -msgstr "" -"Produit une commande, qui peut être utilisée pour positionner les variables " -"d'environnement avec « eval »." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>" -msgstr "B<-u>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:69 -msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." -msgstr "" -"Produit une commande similaire à celle produite par B<-s>, mais pour " -"supprimer les variables de l'environnement." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>I< command>" -msgstr "B<-c> I<commande>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:73 -msgid "" -"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " -"determined value." -msgstr "" -"Exécute une I<commande> dans un environnement où toutes les variables sont " -"positionnées aux valeurs spécifiées." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L>" -msgstr "B<-L>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:76 -msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." -msgstr "Affiche une liste des architectures valables." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:79 -msgid "Print a usage message." -msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:79 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:82 -msgid "Print program version." -msgstr "Affiche la version du programme." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:83 -#, no-wrap -msgid "TERMS" -msgstr "TERMINOLOGIE" - -# type: IX -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:84 -#, no-wrap -msgid "build machine" -msgstr "Machine de construction" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:86 -msgid "The machine the package is built on." -msgstr "Machine sur laquelle le paquet est construit." - -# type: IX -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "host machine" -msgstr "Machine hôte" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:88 -msgid "The machine the package is built for." -msgstr "Machine pour laquelle le paquet est construit." - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian architecture" -msgstr "Architecture Debian" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:91 -msgid "" -"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" -"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." -msgstr "" -"Chaîne de caractères de l'architecture Debian, qui spécifie l'emplacement " -"dans l'archive \\s-1FTP\\s0. Par exemple : i386, sparc, hurd-i386." - -# type: IX -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:91 -#, no-wrap -msgid "architecture wildcard" -msgstr "Architecture joker" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:95 -msgid "" -"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " -"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" -"E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." -msgstr "" -"Une architecture joker est une architecture spéciale qui correspond à toutes " -"les architectures réelles qui en font partie. Il est en général de la forme " -"E<lt>noyauE<gt>-E<lt>processeurE<gt>. Par exemple : linux-any, " -"any-i386, hurd-any." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" -msgstr "Type de système \\s-1GNU\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:99 -msgid "" -"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " -"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " -"x86_64-netbsd." -msgstr "" -"Chaîne de caractères définissant l'architecture et constituée de deux " -"parties séparées par un tiret : processeur et système. Par exemple : i386-" -"linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, x86_64-netbsd." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "EXEMPLES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:103 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" -"architecture>. Other examples:" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepte l'option B<-a>, et la passe à B<dpkg-" -"architecture>. Voici d'autres exemples :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:105 -msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" -msgstr "" -"CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:107 -msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" -msgstr "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:110 -msgid "" -"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" -msgstr "" -"Vérifie si une architecture est identique à l'architecture actuelle ou à celle spécifiée :" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:112 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:114 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:117 -msgid "" -"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " -"Linux systems:" -msgstr "" -"Vérifie si l'architecture actuelle ou celle spécifiée avec -a correspond " -"à un système Linux :" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:119 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:121 -msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" -msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:122 -#, no-wrap -msgid "VARIABLES" -msgstr "VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:124 -msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" -msgstr "Les variables suivantes sont positionnées par B<dpkg-architecture> :" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:126 -msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." -msgstr "Architecture Debian de la machine de construction." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:128 -msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." -msgstr "Nom du système Debian de la machine de construction." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:128 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:130 -msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." -msgstr "Nom de processeur Debian de la machine de construction." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:130 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:132 -msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." -msgstr "Type de système \\s-1GNU\\s0 de la machine de construction." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:134 -msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" -msgstr "Partie « processeur » de \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:136 -msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." -msgstr "Partie « système » de \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:136 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:138 -msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." -msgstr "Architecture Debian de la machine hôte." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:138 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:140 -msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." -msgstr "Nom du système Debian de la machine hôte." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:140 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:142 -msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." -msgstr "Nom du processeur Debian de la machine hôte." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:142 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:144 -msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." -msgstr "Type de système \\s-1GNU\\s0 de la machine hôte." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:146 -msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." -msgstr "Partie « processeur » de \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:146 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" -msgstr "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:148 -msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." -msgstr "Partie « système » de \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." - -# type: IX -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:149 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" -msgstr "DEBIAN/RULES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:157 -msgid "" -"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" -"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " -"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " -"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " -"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " -"compilation support in your package:" -msgstr "" -"Les variables d'environnement définies par B<dpkg-architecture> sont " -"fournies à I<debian/rules> comme variables pour make (consultez la " -"documentation de make). Cependant, vous ne devez pas compter là-dessus " -"puisque cela empêche les appels manuels à ce script. À la place, vous devez " -"toujours les initialiser en utilisant B<dpkg-architecture> avec l'option -q. " -"Voici quelques exemples, qui indiquent aussi comment améliorer la gestion " -"des compilations croisées de votre paquet :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:160 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:177 -msgid "Instead of:" -msgstr "Au lieu de :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:164 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" -"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" -msgstr "" -"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" -"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:167 -msgid "please use the following:" -msgstr "Veuillez utiliser :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:171 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" -msgstr "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" -msgstr "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" -"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" -" ...\n" -"endif\n" -msgstr "" -"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" -"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" -" ...\n" -"endif\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:186 -msgid "please use:" -msgstr "Veuillez utiliser :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" -msgstr "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" -" ...\n" -"endif\n" -msgstr "" -"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" -" ...\n" -"endif\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:197 -msgid "" -"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " -"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." -msgstr "" -"Ou, si vous n'avez besoin que de vérifier le type du processeur et du " -"système, utilisez les variables DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU ou DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:202 -msgid "" -"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " -"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " -"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " -"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." -msgstr "" -"Appeler dpkg dans les fichiers « rules » pour obtenir les informations sur " -"l'architecture est déconseillé (sauf pour des raisons de compatibilité " -"arrière, voyez ci-dessous). En particulier, l'option --print-architecture " -"n'est pas fiable puisque certaines architectures Debian ne correspondent à " -"aucun nom de processeur." - -# type: IX -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" -msgstr "COMPATIBILITÉ ARRIÈRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:209 -msgid "" -"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " -"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), " -"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the " -"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " -"change." -msgstr "" -"Les variables DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU et DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS n'ont été ajoutées à " -"B<dpkg-architecture> que récemment (depuis la version 1.13.2 de dpkg). " -"Auparavant, les fichiers I<debian/rules> utilisaient les variables " -"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU ou DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE qui ont eu tendance à varier dans le " -"temps." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:214 -msgid "" -"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " -"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " -"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " -"using the following code:" -msgstr "" -"Si ces variables sont encore utilisées dans un fichier I<debian/rules> pour " -"décider quoi construire et comment, il faut les remplacer par les nouvelles " -"variables. Vous pouvez rester compatible avec les versions précédentes de " -"dpkg-dev en utilisant le code suivant :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:218 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" -"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" -msgstr "" -"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" -"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" -"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" -" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" -" endif\n" -"endif\n" -"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" -" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" -" endif\n" -"endif\n" -msgstr "" -"# Prise en compte des anciennes versions de dpkg-architecture.\n" -"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" -" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" -" endif\n" -"endif\n" -"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" -" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" -" DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" -" endif\n" -"endif\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:235 -msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." -msgstr "Et de la même façon pour DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU et DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:238 -msgid "" -"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " -"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" -msgstr "" -"Pour accepter encore les versions de dpkg-dev qui n'incluent pas B<dpkg-" -"architecture>, vous pouvez utiliser :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:248 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" -"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" -" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" -"else\n" -" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" -"endif\n" -"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" -msgstr "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" -"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" -" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" -"else\n" -" \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" -"endif\n" -"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" -msgstr "" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" -"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:257 -msgid "" -"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " -"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez placer certaines de ces lignes au début de votre debian/rules. " -"Ces valeurs par défaut seront écrasées si dpkg-architecture est utilisé." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:264 -msgid "" -"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " -"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " -"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " -"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " -"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " -"compilation)." -msgstr "" -"Vous n'avez pas besoin de toutes ces lignes. Choisissez uniquement les " -"variables que vous utilisez dans votre fichier « rules ». Par exemple, si " -"vous n'avez besoin que de l'architecture hôte Debian, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg " -"--print-architecture\\`' est suffisant (il s'agit bien sûr de l'architecture " -"Debian de la machine de construction, mais le but est ici de rester " -"compatible avec les anciennes compilations natives)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:267 -msgid "" -"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " -"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." -msgstr "" -"Les options B<-e> et B<-i> n'ont été ajoutées que relativement récemment à " -"B<dpkg-architecture> (depuis la version 1.13.13 de dpkg)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:268 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:271 -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:272 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-architecture.1:276 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " -"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-architecture> et cette page de manuel ont été initialement écrits par " -"Marcus Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 2ac1af1a..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja ru -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3c2b7b06..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,150 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 18:54+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" -msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-05-23" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" -msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - überprüfe Bauabhängigkeiten und -konflikte" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 -msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<Kontrolldatei>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 -msgid "" -"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " -"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " -"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Programm überprüft die im System installierten Pakete gegen die " -"Bauabhängigkeiten und Baukonflikte, die in der Kontrolldatei aufgeführt " -"sind. Falls welche davon nicht erfüllt sind, zeigt es diese an und beendet " -"sich mit einem von Null verschiedenen Rückgabewert." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 -msgid "" -"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " -"be specified on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig wird I<debian/control> gelesen, aber ein alternativer " -"Kontrolldateiname kann auf der Kommandozeile angegeben werden." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>" -msgstr "B<-B>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -msgid "" -"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " -"built." -msgstr "" -"Ignoriere I<Build-Depends-Indep>-Zeilen. Verwenden Sie dies, wenn keine arch-" -"indep-Pakete gebaut werden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h>" -msgstr "B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 -msgid "Print a usage message." -msgstr "Gebe einen Bedienungshinweis aus." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" -msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 -msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." -msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist Freie Software; lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 " -"oder neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE Haftung." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 6a6c3148..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 -msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 -msgid "" -"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " -"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " -"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 -msgid "" -"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " -"be specified on the command line." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -msgid "" -"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " -"built." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 -msgid "Print a usage message." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" -msgstr "" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 -msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index c2bc3dea..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" -msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<fichero-control>]" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "utilidades dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-checkbuilddeps - comprueba las dependencias y conflictos de compilación." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<fichero-control>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " -"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " -"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." -msgstr "" -"Este programa comprueba que los paquetes instalados en el sistema satisfacen " -"las dependencias y conflictos de construcción especificados en el fichero de " -"control del paquete. Si alguna de estas condiciones no se cumple avisa y " -"termina devolviendo un código de error distinto de cero." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " -"be specified on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Por omisión se lee B<debian/control>, pero puede especificarse un fichero de " -"control alternativo en la línea de órdenes." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>" -msgstr "I<-B>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " -"built." -msgstr "" -"Ignora las líneas Build-Depends-Indep. Usar cuando se construyen paquetes " -"independientes de la arquitectura." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h>" -msgstr "I<-B>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 -msgid "Print a usage message." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" -msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 -#, fuzzy -msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." -msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Esto es software libre, lea la Licencia Pública General de GNU versión 2 o " -"posterior para las condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "February 2001" -#~ msgstr "febrero de 2001" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index cdba633a..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-24 10:30+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" -msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "23-05-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-checkbuilddeps - vérifier les dépendances et les conflits de " -"construction" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 -msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<fichier-control>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 -msgid "" -"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " -"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " -"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." -msgstr "" -"Ce programme vérifie si les dépendances et les conflits de construction " -"listés dans le fichier control existent dans les paquets installés sur le " -"système. S'il en existe, il les affiche et se termine avec un code de retour " -"différent de 0." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 -msgid "" -"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " -"be specified on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Normalement, le fichier I<debian/control> est lu, mais un autre fichier peut " -"être indiqué sur la ligne de commande." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>" -msgstr "B<-B>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -msgid "" -"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " -"built." -msgstr "" -"Ignore les lignes I<Build-Depends-Indep>. À utiliser quand aucun paquet " -"indépendant d'une architecture ne sera construit." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h>" -msgstr "B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 -msgid "Print a usage message." -msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" -msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 -msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." -msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Ce programme est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence" -"\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a PAS de garantie." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "February 2001" -#~ msgstr "février 2001" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index 571730c1..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:34+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" -msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-05-23" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg utililties" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" -msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - ビルド依存と衝突のチェック" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 -msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<コントロールファイル>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 -msgid "" -"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " -"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " -"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." -msgstr "" -"このプログラムはコントロールファイル中にリストされているビルド依存とビルド衝" -"突に関して、システムにインストールされているパッケージをチェックする。も" -"し、足りないものや衝突している物があるなら、それらを表示して 0 以外の返り値" -"を返して終了する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 -msgid "" -"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " -"be specified on the command line." -msgstr "デフォルトでは、I<debian/control> が読まれるが、別のコントロールファイル名をコマンドラインに指定することもできる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>" -msgstr "B<-B>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -msgid "" -"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " -"built." -msgstr "" -"I<Build-Depends-Indep> 行を無視する。アーキテクチャに非依存なパッケージがビ" -"ルドされない時に利用する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h>" -msgstr "B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 -msgid "Print a usage message." -msgstr "利用方法を表示する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "作者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" -msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 -msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." -msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/ru.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/ru.po deleted file mode 100644 index eb43b48c..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1/po/ru.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg_1.13.17_dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.ru.po to Russian -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-08 17:38+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" -msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Проект Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "утилиты dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "НАЗВАНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" -msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "СИНТАКСИС" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7 -msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "ОПИСАНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12 -msgid "" -"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " -"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " -"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." -msgstr "" -"Эта программа проверяет установленные в системе пакеты на предмет сборочных " -"зависимостей и конфликтов, описанных в файле control. Если какие-то из этих " -"зависимостей или конфликтов не удовлетворены, то об этом сообщается и работа " -"завершается с ненулевым кодом возврата." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15 -msgid "" -"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " -"be specified on the command line." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию читается I<debian/control>, но в командной строке можно задать " -"другое имя файла control." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>" -msgstr "B<-B>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -msgid "" -"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " -"built." -msgstr "" -"Игнорировать строки I<Build-Depends-Indep>. Используется, если пакеты, " -"независящие от архитектуры не собираются." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h>" -msgstr "B<-B>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 -msgid "Print a usage message." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "АВТОР" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" -msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 -msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." -msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:32 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Это свободная программа; смотрите Универсальную Общественную Лицензии GNU " -"версии 2 или более позднюю, где изложены условия распространения. НИКАКИХ " -"гарантий." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/dpkg-deb.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/dpkg-deb.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 2312c478..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/dpkg-deb.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr hu ja pl sv -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-deb.1/po/dpkg-deb.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-deb.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-deb.1 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-deb.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-deb.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" opt_hu:"-L ISO-8859-2 -A ISO-8859-2" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index c9319742..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,529 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-deb" -msgstr "dpkg-deb" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "2006-06-17" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg-Programmsammlung" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" -msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian-Paketarchiv (.deb) Manipulationswerkzeug" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<Verzeichnis> [I<Archiv>|I<Verzeichnis>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:12 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<Archiv> [I<Kontrolldatei-Name> ..]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:16 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<Archiv> [I<Kontrollfeld-Name> ...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<Archiv>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<Format>] I<Archiv>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<Archiv-Verzeichnis>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:33 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<Archiv-Verzeichnis>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<Archiv>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> packt und entpackt Debian-Archive und stellt Informationen über " -"sie breit." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:43 -msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -msgid "" -"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " -"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " -"and run it for you." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:66 -msgid "" -"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " -"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " -"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " -"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " -"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:72 -msgid "" -"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " -"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:84 -msgid "" -"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " -"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " -"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " -"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " -"control information directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:91 -msgid "" -"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " -"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:93 -msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -msgid "" -"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " -"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " -"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " -"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " -"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " -"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:112 -msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:117 -msgid "" -"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " -"the contents of the package as well as its control file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -msgid "" -"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " -"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " -"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " -"2." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -msgid "" -"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " -"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " -"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:135 -msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:139 -msgid "" -"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " -"control file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:148 -msgid "" -"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " -"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" -"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " -"name (and a colon and space)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -msgid "" -"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " -"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " -"verbose listing." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:160 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:165 -msgid "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " -"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:171 -msgid "" -"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " -"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " -"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " -"to extract a particular file from a package archive." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:186 -msgid "" -"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " -"specified directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:190 -msgid "" -"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " -"directory is used." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -msgid "" -"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" -"Gibt einen Bedienungshinweis, mit einer Zusammenfassung seiner Optionen und " -"deren Verwendungen, aus." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." -msgstr "Gibt B<dpkg-deb>'s Versionsnummer aus." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "ANDERE OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:216 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:225 -msgid "" -"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " -"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " -"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " -"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " -"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -msgid "" -"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--old>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -msgid "" -"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " -"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " -"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " -"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -msgid "" -"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " -"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FEHLER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:254 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<paket1>B<.deb> I<paket2>B<.deb> macht das Falsche." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:258 -msgid "" -"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " -"straightforward checksum." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt keine Authentifizierung von B<.deb>-Dateien; in der Tat, gibt es " -"sogar noch nicht mal eine direkte Prüfsumme." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -msgid "" -"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " -"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " -"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:278 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</" -"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> und diese Handbuchseite wurden von Ian Jackson geschrieben. Sie " -"unterliegen dem Copyright (C) 1995-1996 von ihm und sind unter der GNU " -"General Public License Version veröffentlicht; es gibt KEINE HAFTUNG. Lesen " -"Sie I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> und I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> " -"für Details." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/dpkg-deb.1.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/dpkg-deb.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index acf5b625..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/dpkg-deb.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,514 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-deb" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:12 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:16 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:33 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:39 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:43 -msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -msgid "" -"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " -"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " -"and run it for you." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:66 -msgid "" -"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in " -"I<directory>. I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which " -"contains the control information files such as the control file itself. This " -"directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but " -"instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's control " -"information area." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:72 -msgid "" -"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " -"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:84 -msgid "" -"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " -"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " -"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " -"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " -"control information directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:91 -msgid "" -"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " -"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:93 -msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -msgid "" -"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " -"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " -"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " -"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " -"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " -"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:112 -msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:117 -msgid "" -"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " -"the contents of the package as well as its control file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -msgid "" -"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " -"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " -"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " -"2." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -msgid "" -"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " -"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " -"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:135 -msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:139 -msgid "" -"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " -"control file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:148 -msgid "" -"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " -"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one " -"B<control-file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with " -"its field name (and a colon and space)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -msgid "" -"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " -"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " -"verbose listing." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:160 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:165 -msgid "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " -"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:171 -msgid "" -"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " -"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " -"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " -"to extract a particular file from a package archive." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:186 -msgid "" -"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " -"specified directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:190 -msgid "" -"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " -"directory is used." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -msgid "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:216 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:225 -msgid "" -"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " -"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " -"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " -"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " -"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -msgid "Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--old>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -msgid "" -"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " -"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " -"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " -"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -msgid "" -"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " -"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:254 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:258 -msgid "" -"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " -"straightforward checksum." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -msgid "" -"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " -"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " -"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:278 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and " -"I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index f5525b93..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,665 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-deb" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "herramientas dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" -msgstr "dpkg-deb - Herramienta de manipulación de archivos de Debian (.deb)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:8 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<R directorio [ archivo | directorio ]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:12 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<R archivo [ archivo-de-control ..]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:16 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<R archivo [ archivo-de-control ...]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:20 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archivo>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:25 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archivo>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:29 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archivo directorio>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:33 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --control> I<archivo directorio>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archivo>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:39 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> empaqueta, desempaqueta, y provee información sobre los archivos " -"de Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:43 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." -msgstr "Use B<dpkg> para instalar y eliminar paquetes de su sistema." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " -"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " -"and run it for you." -msgstr "" -"También puede usar B<dpkg-deb> llamando a B<dpkg> con cualquiera de las " -"opciones que desee darle B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> le mostrará lo que necesite y " -"B<dpkg-deb> lo ejecutará por usted." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES DE USO" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:54 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" -msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:66 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " -"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " -"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " -"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " -"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." -msgstr "" -"Crea un archivo de Debian desde el sistema de archivos localizado en el " -"I<directorio>. I<El>directorio debe tener un subdirectorio B<DEBIAN> el cual " -"contiene los archivos de información de control. Este directorio I<no> " -"aparecerá en el paquete binario, pero, en lugar de esto, los archivos que " -"tenga serán puestos en el área de información del paquete binario." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:72 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " -"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede especificar el nivel de compresión usado con la opción B<-z#.> " -"B<dpkg-deb> pasará ésta a gzip." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " -"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " -"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " -"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " -"control information directory." -msgstr "" -"A menos que usted especifique B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> leerá B<DEBIAN/" -"control> y lo revisará. Comprobará posibles errores de sintaxis y otros " -"problemas, y mostrará el nombre del paquete binario que se está creando. " -"B<dpkg-deb> también comprobará los permisos de los programas del " -"desarrollador así como de los otros archivos que se encuentren en el " -"directorio B<DEBIAN>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " -"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" -"Si no se especifica algún I<archivo> , entonces B<dpkg-deb> creará el " -"paquete en el fichero I<directorio>B<.deb>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:93 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." -msgstr "Si el archivo a ser creado ya existe entonces será sobreescrito." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " -"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " -"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " -"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " -"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " -"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." -msgstr "" -"Si el segundo argumento es un directorio entonces B<dpkg-deb> escribirá al " -"archivo I<paquete>B<_>I<versión>B<_>I<arquitectura>B<.deb>, o " -"I<paquete>B<_>I<versión>B<.deb> si el campo B<Arquitecture> no está presente " -"en el fichero de control del paquete. Cuando se especifica un directorio de " -"destino en lugar de un fichero, la opción B<--nocheck> no debería utilizarse " -"(dado que B<dpkg-deb> necesita leer y analizar el archivo de control del " -"paquete para determinar qué nombre de archivo usar)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." -msgstr "Ofrece información acerca del paquete binario." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:117 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " -"the contents of the package as well as its control file." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifica I<archivo(s)-de-control> entonces imprimirá un resumen de " -"los contenidos del paquete así como del archivo de control." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " -"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " -"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " -"2." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifica algún I<archivo-de-control> B<dpkg-deb> imprimirá éstos en " -"el orden que fueron especificados. Si cualquiera de los componentes no " -"estuviesen presentes, mostrará un mensaje de error a la salida de error " -"estándar sobre cada uno de ellos y abortará con estado 2." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " -"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " -"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." -msgstr "Ofrece información acerca del paquete binario." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" -msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:135 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." -msgstr "" -"Extrae información del fichero de control del fichero de un paquete binario." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " -"control file." -msgstr "" -"Si no se especifica ningún B<control-file-field>s entonces mostrará todo el " -"fichero de control." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " -"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" -"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " -"name (and a colon and space)." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifica algún B<dpkg-deb> mostrará sus contenidos, en el orden en " -"el cual aparecen en el fichero de control. Si se especifica más de un " -"B<campo-del-fichero-de-control> , entonces B<dpkg-deb> precederá cada uno " -"con el nombre del campo (más dos puntos y espacio)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." -msgstr "" -"No se informa de ningún error para los campos que se hayan solicitados pero " -"que no se encuentren." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" -msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " -"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " -"verbose listing." -msgstr "" -"Lista los contenidos de la parte del archivo que contiene los archivos del " -"sistema de ficheros. Se imprime en el formato generado por B<tar> cuando se " -"selecciona listado extendido." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" -msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:160 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Descomprime el árbol del sistema de ficheros desde el archivo del paquete en " -"del directorio especificado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:165 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " -"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." -msgstr "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) Muestra una lista de los archivos extraídos mientras " -"que con la opción B<--extract> (B<-x>) no mostrará nada a menos que ocurra " -"un error." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:171 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " -"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." -msgstr "" -"Nota, ¡ I<no> obtendrá una instalación correcta si extrae un paquete en el " -"directorio raíz! Use B<dpkg> para instalar paquetes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -#, fuzzy -msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" -"El I<directorio> (pero no los directorios previos) será creado si fuera " -"necesario." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" -msgstr "B<--fsys-archivotar>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " -"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " -"to extract a particular file from a package archive." -msgstr "" -"Descomprime el árbol del sistema de archivos de un paquete binarios y lo " -"envía hacia la salida estándar en formato B<tar>. Si se utiliza junto con " -"B<tar>(1) se puede utilizar para descomprimir un fichero concreto de un " -"paquete." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" -msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:186 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " -"specified directory." -msgstr "" -"Descomprime los ficheros de información de control de un paquete dentro del " -"directorio especificado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:190 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " -"directory is used." -msgstr "" -"Si no se especifica ningún directorio se usará el subdirectorio B<DEBIAN> en " -"el directorio actual." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" -"El directorio de destino (pero no los directorios previos) será creado si " -"fuera necesario." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" -"Muestra la información de cómo usar B<dpkg-deb>'s , con un resumen de sus " -"opciones y usos." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." -msgstr "Muestra el numero de versión de B<dpkg-deb>'s" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." -msgstr "" -"Muestra la información de licencia y garantía de B<dpkg-deb>'s (El uso de la " -"palabra americana B<--license> produce el mismo mensaje)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "OTRAS OPCIONES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:216 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:225 -msgid "" -"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " -"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " -"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " -"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " -"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new>" -msgstr "B<--new>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." -msgstr "" -"Asegura que B<dpkg-deb> construye un `nuevo' formato de archivo. Éste es el " -"comportamiento por defecto." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " -"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " -"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " -"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." -msgstr "" -"Fuerza B<dpkg-deb> a construir un `antiguo' formato de archivo. Este " -"formato antiguo de archivo es más dificil de analizar por herramientas que " -"no formen parte de Debian, por lo que ahora es obsoleto. Sólo se usa cuando " -"se construyen paquetes que serán analizados por versiones de dpkg previas a " -"la version 0.93.76 (septiembre 1995), la cual se distribuyó sólo para i386 " -"en formato a.out" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " -"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." -msgstr "" -"Impide las comprobaciones habituales de B<dpkg-deb --build>'s sobre los " -"contenidos del archivo. Puede construir cualquier archivo que desee, no " -"importa lo mal que esté." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" -msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." -msgstr "Habilita los mensajes de depuración. No son muy interesantes." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BUGS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:254 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<B package1 .deb> I<B package2 .deb> no hace lo que debe " -"hacer." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:258 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " -"straightforward checksum." -msgstr "" -"No existe ningún tipo de autentificación en los arhivos B<.deb> de hecho, no " -"hay ni siquiera una código de comprobación directo." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " -"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " -"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." -msgstr "" -"¡No use B<dpkg-deb> para instalar software! Debe usar B<dpkg> para " -"asegurarse de que todos los archivos se instalan en el sitio correcto, que " -"los guiones del paquete se ejecutan y que los contenidos de éste se " -"registran." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dselect>(8)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:278 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</" -"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> y esta página de manual, fué escrita por Ian Jackson. Son " -"Copyright (c) 1995-1996 suyos, y se distribuyen bajo la Licencia Publica de " -"GNU. No se ofrece NINGUNA garantía. Consulte B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" -"copyright> y B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> para más información" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DPKG-DEB" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-DEB" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "1st June 1996" -#~ msgstr "1 de Junio de 1996" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index 64c65041..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,623 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg svn 73\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-24 10:28+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-deb" -msgstr "dpkg-deb" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "17-06-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "suite dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-deb - outil pour la manipulation des archives (.deb) des paquets Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<répertoire> [I<archive>|I<répertoire>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:12 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<fichier-control> ..]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:16 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<champ-control> ...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive répertoire>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:33 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B< --control> I<archive répertoire>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> crée un paquet, dépaquette une archive ou donne des " -"renseignements sur les archives Debian" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:43 -msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." -msgstr "B<dpkg> sert à installer ou à supprimer des paquets sur le système." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -msgid "" -"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " -"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " -"and run it for you." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'exécuter B<dpkg-deb> en appelant B<dpkg> avec les options " -"de B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> comprend que B<dpkg-deb> est appelé et le lance." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "ACTION OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" -msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:66 -msgid "" -"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " -"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " -"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " -"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " -"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." -msgstr "" -"Crée une archive Debian avec l'arborescence contenue dans I<répertoire>. " -"I<répertoire> doit posséder un sous-répertoire B<DEBIAN> qui contient les " -"fichiers de contrôle tel que le fichier «\\ control\\ » lui-même. Ce " -"répertoire I<n'apparaît pas> dans l'archive de l'arborescence du paquet " -"binaire\\ ; mais les fichiers qu'il contient sont mis dans la zone de " -"contrôle du paquet binaire." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:72 -msgid "" -"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " -"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." -msgstr "" -"On peut préciser le degré de compression en ajoutant une option B<-z#>. " -"B<dpkg-deb> passe cette option à gzip." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:84 -msgid "" -"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " -"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " -"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " -"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " -"control information directory." -msgstr "" -"À moins de préciser B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> lit B<DEBIAN/control> et " -"l'analyse. Il cherche les erreurs de syntaxe et d'autres problèmes existants" -"\\ ; puis il affiche le nom du paquet binaire qu'il construit. B<dpkg-deb> " -"vérifie aussi les permissions des scripts du responsable et des autres " -"fichiers qu'il trouve dans le répertoire de contrôle B<DEBIAN>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:91 -msgid "" -"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " -"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" -"Quand aucune I<archive> n'est donnée, B<dpkg-deb> appelle le paquet " -"I<répertoire>B<.deb>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:93 -msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." -msgstr "Si l'archive qui doit être créée existe déjà, elle est remplacée." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -msgid "" -"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " -"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " -"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " -"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " -"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " -"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." -msgstr "" -"Quand le second argument est un répertoire, B<dpkg-deb> appelle le paquet " -"I<paquet>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>,B< ou bien " -">I<paquet>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> si aucun champ B<Architecture> n'est présent " -"dans le fichier de contrôle du paquet. Quand un répertoire cible est précisé " -"à la place d'un fichier, l'option B<--nocheck> ne doit pas être utilisée " -"(puisque B<dpkg-deb> a besoin de lire et d'analyser le fichier de contrôle " -"du paquet pour connaître le nom de fichier à utiliser)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:112 -msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." -msgstr "Donne des renseignements sur une archive de paquet binaire." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:117 -msgid "" -"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " -"the contents of the package as well as its control file." -msgstr "" -"Quand aucun argument I<fichier-control> n'est précisé, un résumé du contenu " -"du paquet ainsi que son fichier «\\ control\\ » sont affichés." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -msgid "" -"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " -"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " -"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " -"2." -msgstr "" -"Quand un argument I<fichier-control> est précisé, B<dpkg-deb> affiche les " -"éléments dans l'ordre d'apparition\\ ; quand l'un des éléments n'est pas " -"présent, il affiche un message d'erreur sur «\\ stderr\\ » et quitte avec un " -"code égal à 2." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" -msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -msgid "" -"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " -"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " -"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." -msgstr "" -"Cette option donne des informations sur l'archive d'un paquet binaire selon " -"le format spécifié par l'argument B< --showformat>. Le format par défaut " -"affiche le nom et la version du paquet sur une seule ligne, séparés par un " -"espace (tab)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" -msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:135 -msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." -msgstr "" -"Extrait les renseignements du fichier «\\ control\\ » de l'archive du paquet " -"binaire." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:139 -msgid "" -"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " -"control file." -msgstr "" -"Quand aucun argument B<control-fichier-champ> n'est précisé, le fichier «\\ " -"control\\ » est affiché en entier." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:148 -msgid "" -"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " -"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" -"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " -"name (and a colon and space)." -msgstr "" -"Quand il y en a un, B<dpkg-deb> affiche ses éléments en suivant leur ordre " -"d'apparition dans le fichier «\\ control\\ ». Quand il y a plus d'un " -"argument B<control-fichier-field,> B<dpkg-deb> fait précéder chacun par le " -"nom de son champ (puis par un «\\ deux-points\\ » et une espace)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." -msgstr "L'absence des champs demandés ne provoque pas de message d'erreur." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" -msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -msgid "" -"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " -"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " -"verbose listing." -msgstr "" -"Liste seulement l'arborescence des fichiers d'une archive de paquet. C'est " -"en fait le résultat produit par la commande B<tar> et une option " -"d'énumération verbeuse." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" -msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:160 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Extrait l'arborescence d'une archive de paquet dans le répertoire spécifié." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:165 -msgid "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " -"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." -msgstr "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) affiche la liste des fichiers au fur et à mesure " -"qu'ils sont extraits, tandis que B<--extract> (B<-x>) ne produit pas de " -"message, à moins qu'une erreur survienne." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:171 -msgid "" -"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " -"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." -msgstr "" -"Il faut remarquer que l'extraction d'un paquet dans le répertoire root I<ne " -"produit pas> une installation correcte\\ ! Utilisez B<dpkg> pour " -"l'installation des paquets." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" -"I<répertoire> est créé si nécessaire (mais pas ses répertoires parents)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" -msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " -"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " -"to extract a particular file from a package archive." -msgstr "" -"Extrait les données de l'arborescence d'une archive de paquet et les envoie " -"sur la sortie standard dans le format propre à la commande B<tar>. En " -"combinant cette option avec la commande B<tar>(1), on peut ainsi extraire un " -"fichier précis d'une archive de paquet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" -msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:186 -msgid "" -"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " -"specified directory." -msgstr "" -"Extrait les fichiers de contrôle d'une archive de paquet dans le répertoire " -"spécifié." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:190 -msgid "" -"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " -"directory is used." -msgstr "" -"Quand aucun répertoire n'est précisé, on utilise un sous-répertoire " -"B<DEBIAN> du répertoire actuel." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -msgid "" -"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Le répertoire cible est créé si nécessaire (mais pas ses répertoires " -"parents)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" -"Affiche l'aide de B<dpkg-deb> qui résume la manière d'utiliser ses options." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." -msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version de B<dpkg-deb>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." -msgstr "" -"Affiche des renseignements sur le copyright de B<dpkg-deb> et l'absence de " -"garantie. (On peut utiliser l'écriture américaine B<--license.>)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "AUTRES OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:216 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" -"Cette option sert à spécifier le format de sortie de l'option B<--show>. " -"Ce format sera utilisé pour chaque paquet listé." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:225 -msgid "" -"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " -"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " -"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " -"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " -"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." -msgstr "" -"Cet argument est une chaîne qui peut référencer tout champ avec la forme " -"${I<field-name>}\\ ; une liste des champs valables peut être facilement " -"produite avec l'option B<-I> sur le même paquet. Une explication complète " -"des options de formatage (avec les séquences d'échappement et les espaces " -"entre les champs) se trouve dans la page B<dpkg-query>(1), option B<--" -"showformat>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." -msgstr "Par défaut, la valeur de ce champ est ${Package}\\et${Version}\\en." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new>" -msgstr "B<--new>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -msgid "" -"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." -msgstr "" -"S'assure que B<dpkg-deb> construit une archive avec le «\\ nouveau\\ » " -"format. C'est le comportement par défaut." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -msgid "" -"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " -"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " -"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " -"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." -msgstr "" -"Oblige B<dpkg-deb> à construire une archive avec l'«\\ ancien\\ » format. Ce " -"format, moins facilement compris par les outils non-Debian, est maintenant " -"dépassé. On l'utilise seulement quand on construit des paquets qui doivent " -"être analysés par des versions de dpkg plus anciennes que la version 0.93.76 " -"(septembre 1995), qui fut produite uniquement pour le format «\\ i386 a.out" -"\\ »." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -msgid "" -"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " -"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." -msgstr "" -"Empêche les vérifications normales de B<dpkg-deb --build> quant au contenu " -"proposé d'une archive. De cette façon, on peut construire n'importe quelle " -"archive, aussi défectueuse soit-elle." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" -msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." -msgstr "Permet les messages de débogage. Ce n'est pas très intéressant." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BOGUES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:254 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<paquet1>B<.deb> I<paquet2>B<.deb> se trompe." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:258 -msgid "" -"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " -"straightforward checksum." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas de validation des fichiers B<.deb ;> en fait, il n'y a même pas " -"de simple somme de contrôle." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -msgid "" -"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " -"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " -"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." -msgstr "" -"N'essayez pas d'installer un logiciel avec B<dpkg-deb !> Vous devez utiliser " -"B<dpkg> pour être sûr que tous ses fichiers sont correctement mis en place, " -"que les scripts du paquet sont exécutés et que son contenu et son état sont " -"enregistrés." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:278 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</" -"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> et cette page de manuel ont été écrits par Ian Jackson. Le " -"copyright (C) date de 1995-1996 et ils ont paru sous la licence «\\ GNU " -"General Public Licence\\ »\\ ; il n'y a PAS de garantie. Voyez B</usr/share/" -"doc/dpkg/copyright> et B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> pour des précisions." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DPKG-DEB" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-DEB" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "1st June 1996" -#~ msgstr "1 juin 1996" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/hu.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/hu.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4cf3bf59..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/hu.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,431 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-05 21:14+0100\n" -"Language-Team: Hungarian\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Hungarian\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: HUNGARY\n" -"Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-deb" -msgstr "dpkg-deb" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "2006-06-17" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg készlet" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NÉV" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" -msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian csomag archívum (.deb) kezelő eszköz" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SZINOPSZIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<könyvtár> [I<archívum>|I<könyvtár>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:12 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:16 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<formátum>] I<archívum>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archívum könyvtár>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:33 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archívum könyvtár>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archívum>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "LEÍRÁS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:39 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." -msgstr "A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt róluk." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:43 -msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." -msgstr "Csomagok telepítéséhez és eltávolításához a rendszerből a B<dpkg> programot kell használni." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -msgid "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> and run it for you." -msgstr "A B<dpkg-deb> a B<dpkg>-val is hívható minden lehetéséggel, melyet át akarsz adni a B<dpkg-deb>-nek. A B<dpkg> látja, hogy a B<dpkg-deb>-et akarod és el fogja indítani." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "MÅ°VELETI LEHETŐSÉGEK" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" -msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:66 -msgid "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control information files such as the control file itself. This directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." -msgstr "Létrehoz egy Debian archívumot a I<könyvtár>-ban lévő fájlokból. A I<könyvtár> egy B<DEBIAN> alkönyvtár kell legyen, mely egyaránt tartalmazza az ellenőrző információs fájlokat és az ellenőrző fájlt magát. E könyvtár I<nem> jelenik meg a bináris csomag fájlrendszer archívumában, a benne lévő fájlok a bináris csomag ellenőrző információs területére kerülnek." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:72 -msgid "You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." -msgstr "A B<-z#> lehetőséggel megadható a tömörítási szint. A B<dpkg-deb> átadja ezt a gzip-nek.." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:84 -msgid "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> control information directory." -msgstr "A B<--nocheck> megadása nélkül, a B<dpkg-deb> elolvassa és értelmezi a B<DEBIAN/control> fájlt. Nyelvtani és más hibákat ellenőriz és kiírja a bináris csomag nevét. A B<dpkg-deb> ellenőrzi a karbantartói szkriptek jogait és a B<DEBIAN> ellenőrző információs könyvtárban lévő más fájlokat." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:91 -msgid "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into the file I<directory>B<.deb>." -msgstr "Ha nincs I<archívum> megadva, a B<dpkg-deb> a csomagot a I<directory>B<.deb> fájlba készíti el." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:93 -msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." -msgstr "A már létező hasonló archívumot felülírja." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -msgid "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." -msgstr "Ha a második argumentum egy könyvtár, a B<dpkg-deb> a I<csomag>B<_>I<verzió>B<_>I<architektúra>B<.deb>, vagy ha nincs B<Architektúra> mező a csomag ellenőrző fájlban, a I<csomag>B<_>I<verzió>B<.deb> fájlba ír. Ha nem fájl, hanem célkönyvtár van megadva, a B<--nocheck> lehetőség nem használható (mivel a B<dpkg-deb>-nek el kell olvasni a csomag ellenőrző fájlt a fájlnév meghatározásához)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:112 -msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." -msgstr "Egy bináris csomagarchívumról ad információkat." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:117 -msgid "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of the contents of the package as well as its control file." -msgstr "Ha nincs megadva I<ellenőrző-fájl-név>, kiírja a csomag és ellenőrző fájlja tartalmát" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -msgid "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status 2." -msgstr "Ha meg van adva I<ellenőrző-fájl-név>, a B<dpkg-deb> a megadott sorrendben mutat rájuk, és ha bármely összetevő hiányzik, azokról hibaüzenetet küld a stderr-re és kilép 2-es kóddal." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" -msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." -msgstr "Egy bináris csomagarchívumról ad információkat a B<--showformat> argumentumban megadott formátumban. Az alap formátum kiírja a csomag nevét és verzióját 1 sorban tabulátorral elválasztva." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" -msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:135 -msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." -msgstr "Kiszedi az ellenőrző információs fájlt egy bináris csomagarchívumból" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:139 -msgid "If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole control file." -msgstr "Ha nincsenek B<ellenőrző-fájl-mezők>k megadva, kiírja az egész ellenőrző fájlt." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:148 -msgid "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field name (and a colon and space)." -msgstr "Ha vannak, a B<dpkg-deb> kiírja tartalmukat az ellenőrző fájlban megadott sorrendben. Ha több, mint 1 B<ellenőrző-fájl-mező> került megadásra, a B<dpkg-deb> mezőnevükkel (és egy kettősponttal és szóközzel) azonosítja őket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." -msgstr "Nem ad hibajelet kért, de nem lelt mezőkre." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" -msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -msgid "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s verbose listing." -msgstr "Kilistázza a csomag archívum fájlrendszer fa archívum részét. Jelenleg a B<tar> részletes lista formátumban teszi meg ezt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" -msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:160 -msgid "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified directory." -msgstr "Kibontja egy csomag archívum fájlrendszer fáját egy megadott könyvtárba." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:165 -msgid "B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." -msgstr "A B<--vextract> (B<-X>) kiírja a kibontásra került fájlokat, a B<--extract> (B<-x>) csak hibánál ír." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:171 -msgid "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." -msgstr "Egy csomag kibontása a gyökérkönyvtárba I<nem> ad helyes telepítést! A B<dpkg> vagy valamely felülete használható csomagok telepítésére." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "Létrehozza a I<könyvtár>at (de szüleit nem), ha szükséges." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" -msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -msgid "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used to extract a particular file from a package archive." -msgstr "Kibontja a fájlrendszer fa adatokat egy bináris csomagból és a szabvány kimenetre küldi B<tar> formátumban. A B<tar>(1)-ral együtt egyes fájlok kibontására használható egy csomag archívumból." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" -msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:186 -msgid "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the specified directory." -msgstr "Kiszedi a csomag információs fájlokat egy csomag archívumból a megadott könyvtárba." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:190 -msgid "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current directory is used." -msgstr "Ha nincs megadva könyvtár a jelen könyvtár B<DEBIAN> alkönyvtárát fogja használni." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -msgid "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "Létrehozza a célkönyvtárat (de szüleit nem), ha szükséges." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and their uses." -msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> használatát, megadva lehetőségei és azok használata összefoglalóját." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." -msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> verziószámát." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -msgid "Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." -msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> szerzői jogi információit, a felhasználói engedélyt (licenc) és a garancia hiányát. (Az amerikai B<--license> helyesírás is támogatott.) " - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "MÁS LEHETŐSÉGEK" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:216 -msgid "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "E lehetőség adja meg a B<--show> kimentének formátumát. A formátum egy szöveg, melyet minden listázott csomag visszaad." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:225 -msgid "The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." -msgstr "Ez az argumentum egy szöveg, mely a \"${I<field-name>}\" formát használó bármely állapotmezőre hivatkozhat, az érvényes mezők listája könnyen előállítható a B<-I>-lel ugyanazon csomagon. A formázási lehetőségek teljes magyarázata (ideértve az escape sorozatokat és mező oszlopokat) a B<dpkg-query>(1) B<--showformat> lehetőségének magyarázatában található." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." -msgstr "E mező alapértelmezettje: \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new>" -msgstr "B<--new>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -msgid "Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." -msgstr "`Új' formátumú archívum használata. Ez az alap." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -msgid "Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." -msgstr "A B<dpkg-deb>-et `régi' formátumú archívumra bírja. E régi archívum formátumot nehezebben értik nem-Debian eszközök és elavult; egyetlen használata olyan csomagok készítése, mely a 0.93.76-nál (1995 szeptember) régebbi verziójú dpkg számára is érthető, mely csak i386 a.out-ként volt kiadva." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -msgid "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." -msgstr "Tiltja egy tervezett archívum tartalom szokásos B<dpkg-deb --build> ellenőrzését. Így bármilyen archívum készíthető, vagyis nem számít, milyen hibákat tartalmaz." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" -msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." -msgstr "Hibajavító kimenet bekapcsolva. Nem túl érdekes." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "HIBÁK" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:254 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<csomag1>B<.deb> I<csomag2>B<.deb> hibát okoz." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:258 -msgid "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a straightforward checksum." -msgstr "Nincs hitelesítés a B<deb> fájlokhoz; illetve nincs ellenőrző összeg. (Ez megoldva - a fordító)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -msgid "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." -msgstr "A B<dpkg-deb> önmagában nem használható telepítésre! A B<dpkg> programot kell használni annak biztosításához, hogy minden fájl a helyére kerüljön, a csomagok szkriptjei lefussanak és állapotuk és tartalmuk rögzítésre kerüljön." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "LÁSD MÉG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "SZERZŐ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:278 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "A B<dpkg-deb> és e manoldal szerzője Ian Jackson. Ő adta hozzá a Copyright (C)1995-1996 bejegyzést és adta ki GNU General Public Licence alatt; NINCS GARANCIA. Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> és I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> fájlt a részletekért." - diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index fe6f1672..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,597 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg-deb.1.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-29 00:30+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-deb" -msgstr "dpkg-deb" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "2006-06-17" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg suite" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" -msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian パッケージアーカイブ (.deb) 操作ツール" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:12 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:16 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:33 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> は、Debian アーカイブの作成、展開、情報の表示をする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:43 -msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." -msgstr "" -"パッケージをシステムにインストールするときや削除するときには B<dpkg> を使うこ" -"と。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -msgid "" -"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " -"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " -"and run it for you." -msgstr "" -"また、 B<dpkg> に対して B<dpkg-deb> のオプションを指定することで、 B<dpkg> を" -"通して B<dpkg-deb> を呼び出すことができる。 B<dpkg> は、オプションが B<dpkg-" -"deb> のオプションであると判断すると、 B<dpkg-deb> を起動する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "アクション・オプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" -msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:66 -msgid "" -"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " -"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " -"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " -"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " -"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." -msgstr "" -"I<directory> に格納されているファイルシステム木から debian アーカイブを作成す" -"る。 I<directory> には、control ファイルなどの制御情報ファイルのある " -"B<DEBIAN> サブディレクトリが必ず存在しなければならない。 DEBIAN ディレクトリ" -"はバイナリパッケージのファイルシステム・アーカイブにはI<含まれない>。その" -"かわり、DEBIAN ディレクトリ以下にあったファイルはバイナリパッケージ制御情報" -"エリアに置かれる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:72 -msgid "" -"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " -"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." -msgstr "" -"圧縮レベルを指定する場合は、 B<-z#> オプションを追加する。 B<dpkg-deb> は、こ" -"のオプションを gzip に渡す。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:84 -msgid "" -"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " -"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " -"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " -"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " -"control information directory." -msgstr "" -"B<--nocheck> を指定しないかぎり、 B<dpkg-deb> は B<DEBIAN/control> を読み、解" -"析する。 dpkg-deb は、文法エラーやその他の問題のチェックをし、そして、構築中" -"のバイナリパッケージ名を表示する。 B<dpkg-deb> はまた、 B<DEBIAN> 管理情報" -"ディレクトリにある、管理スクリプトやその他のファイルのパーミッションをチェッ" -"クする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:91 -msgid "" -"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " -"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" -"もし、 I<archive> を指定しない場合、 B<dpkg-deb> はパッケージを " -"I<directory>B<.deb> という名前で作成する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:93 -msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." -msgstr "もし、すでにアーカイブが作成されて存在している場合、上書きする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -msgid "" -"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " -"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " -"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " -"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " -"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " -"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." -msgstr "" -"2 番目の引き数がディレクトリの場合、 B<dpkg-deb> は " -"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb> または I<package>B<_>I<version>B<." -"deb> (パッケージ制御ファイルに B<Architecture> フィールドがない場合)という" -"ファイルを作成する。アーカイブの代わりにディレクトリを指定するときには、 " -"B<--nocheck> オプションは使用してはいけない( B<dpkg-deb> は、使用するファイル" -"名を調べるために、パッケージ制御ファイルを読んで解析する必要があるから)。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:112 -msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." -msgstr "バイナリパッケージアーカイブの情報を表示する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:117 -msgid "" -"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " -"the contents of the package as well as its control file." -msgstr "" -"もし I<control-file-name> が指定されていない場合、制御ファイル一覧と、パッ" -"ケージの中身の要約を表示する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -msgid "" -"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " -"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " -"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " -"2." -msgstr "" -"もし I<control-file-name> を指定した場合、 B<dpkg-deb> は指定した順でファイル" -"名を表示する。もし指定したファイルのどれかが存在しなければ、存在しなかった" -"ファイルに対してそれぞれエラーメッセージを表示し、そして終了ステータス 2 で" -"終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" -msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -msgid "" -"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " -"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " -"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." -msgstr "バイナリパッケージアーカイブの情報を B<--showformat> の引き数で指定した形式で表示する。デフォルトの出力形式は、一行ごとにパッケージ名とバージョンをタブで区切ったものである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" -msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:135 -msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." -msgstr "バイナリパッケージアーカイブから制御ファイル情報を取り出す。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:139 -msgid "" -"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " -"control file." -msgstr "" -"B<control-file-field> が指定されていない場合、制御ファイルすべてを表示する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:148 -msgid "" -"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " -"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" -"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " -"name (and a colon and space)." -msgstr "" -"もし何か指定されている場合、 B<dpkg-deb> はその内容を制御ファイルに現われる順" -"序で表示する。もし、複数の B<control-file-field> が指定された場合、 B<dpkg-" -"deb> は、それぞれの情報の前にフィールド名(そしてコロンと空白)を表示する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." -msgstr "指定したフィールドがみつからない場合でもエラーを報告しない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" -msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -msgid "" -"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " -"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " -"verbose listing." -msgstr "" -"パッケージアーカイブに含まれるファイルシステム木の内容の一覧を表示する。現在" -"のバージョンは、 B<tar> の冗長出力(-v オプション)をそのまま表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" -msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:160 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"パッケージアーカイブからファイルシステム木を、指定したディレクトリに展開す" -"る。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:165 -msgid "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " -"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." -msgstr "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) は現在展開中のファイルを表示する。 B<--extract> (B<-" -"x>) はエラーが発生しない限り何も表示しない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:171 -msgid "" -"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " -"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." -msgstr "" -"ルートディレクトリでパッケージを展開することは正しいインストールにはI<ならな" -"い>ことに注意すること! パッケージのインストールには B<dpkg> を使うべきであ" -"る。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" -"I<directory> (親やそれより上のディレクトリは含まない)は必要があれば作成され" -"る。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" -msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " -"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " -"to extract a particular file from a package archive." -msgstr "" -"バイナリパッケージからファイルシステム木を展開し、標準出力に B<tar> 形式で出" -"力する。 B<tar> と共に使用することで、特定のファイルをパッケージアーカイブか" -"ら取り出すことができる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" -msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:186 -msgid "" -"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " -"specified directory." -msgstr "" -"パッケージアーカイブから制御情報ファイルを指定したディレクトリに展開する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:190 -msgid "" -"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " -"directory is used." -msgstr "" -"もしディレクトリが指定されない場合、カレントディレクトリにある B<DEBIAN> サブ" -"ディレクトリに展開する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -msgid "" -"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" -"指定したディレクトリ(親やそれより上のディレクトリは含まない)は必要があれば作" -"成される。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> の使用方法、つまりすべてのオプションとその使い方の要約を表示す" -"る。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> のバージョン番号を表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> の著作権と無保証に関する情報を表示する(アメリカ式の綴りである " -"B<--license> もサポートしている)。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "その他のオプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:216 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "このオプションは、B<--show> が生成する出力の書式を指定するものである。書式は文字列で、パッケージごとに出力される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:225 -msgid "" -"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " -"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " -"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " -"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " -"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." -msgstr "文字列は \"${I<field-name>}\" 形式であらゆる status フィールドを参照することができる。有効なフィールドの一覧は、そのパッケージに B<-I> を使用することで簡単に生成できる。書式オプションの完全な解説(エスケープシーケンスやフィールドでのタブの使い方を含む)は、B<dpkg-query>(1)の B<--showformat> オプションの解説を参照すること。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." -msgstr "このフィールドのデフォルトのフォーマット文字列は \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\" である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new>" -msgstr "B<--new>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -msgid "" -"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> に `新しい' 形式のアーカイブで構築させる。これはデフォルトの動作" -"である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -msgid "" -"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " -"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " -"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " -"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> に `古い' 形式のアーカイブを構築させる。この古いアーカイブ形式" -"は、新しい形式よりも非 Debian ツールで処理することが難しく、現在は使用され" -"ていない。このオプションは、i386 の a.out 形式のみを対象としてリリースされ" -"た、バージョン 0.93.76(1995 å¹´ 9 月)以前の dpkg で処理するためのパッケージ" -"を構築するときだけに使用される。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -msgid "" -"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " -"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb --build> のときにアーカイブの中身を確認させない。これによって、" -"アーカイブの中身にどのように問題があっても、望んだ通りアーカイブを構築するこ" -"とができる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" -msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." -msgstr "デバッグ出力を有効にする。これはあまり役に立たない。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "バグ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:254 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> はうまく動作しない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:258 -msgid "" -"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " -"straightforward checksum." -msgstr "" -"B<.deb> ファイル自体には認証の手段がない。実際、単純なチェックサムさえもな" -"い。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -msgid "" -"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " -"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " -"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> でソフトウェアをインストールしようとしてはいけない! 必ず B<dpkg> " -"を使うこと。そうすれば、すべてのファイルを正しい位置に置き、パッケージのスク" -"リプトを実行し、状態や内容を記録する、ということを確実に実行できる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "著者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:278 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</" -"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> とこのマニュアルページは Ian Jackson が作成した。これらの著作権は" -"彼にあり(Copyright (C)1995-1996)、GNU 一般公有使用許諾により頒布される。こ" -"れらは無保証である。詳細は B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> と B</usr/share/" -"common-licenses/GPL> を参照すること。" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index 782cabd6..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,652 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.22\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-16 19:42+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-deb" -msgstr "dpkg-deb" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "2006-05-10" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" -msgstr "dpkg-deb - narzêdzie obs³ugi plików archiwum Debiana (.deb)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SK£ADNIA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<katalog> [I<archiwum>|I<katalog>]" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:12 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archiwum> [I<nazwa-pliku-kontrolnego> ..]" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:16 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archiwum> [I<nazwa-pola-kontrolnego> ...]" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archiwum>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archiwum>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archiwum katalog>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:33 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<katalog archiwum>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archiwum>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> tworzy, rozpakowuje i podaje informacje o plikach archiwum " -"(czyli pakietach) Debiana." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:43 -msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." -msgstr "Do instalowania i usuwania pakietów z systemu s³u¿y polecenie B<dpkg>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -msgid "" -"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " -"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " -"and run it for you." -msgstr "" -"Ponadto mo¿na skorzystaæ z B<dpkg-deb> wywo³uj±c B<dpkg> z odpowiedni± " -"opcj±, która zostanie przekazana do B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> uruchomi B<dpkg-" -"deb> i wykona ¿±dan± operacjê." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCJE DZIA£ANIA" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" -msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:66 -msgid "" -"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " -"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " -"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " -"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " -"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." -msgstr "" -"Tworzy archiwum Debiana z plików zawartych w I<katalogu>. I<katalog> musi " -"zawieraæ podkatalog o nazwie B<DEBIAN>, w którym zawarte s± pliki kontrolne, " -"takie jak np. control. Ten katalog I<nie> pojawi siê w archiwum binarnym " -"pakietu, tylko zostanie umieszczony jako informacje kontrolne pakietu, które " -"opisuj± w³a¶ciwo¶ci pakietu." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:72 -msgid "" -"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " -"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." -msgstr "" -"Mo¿na podaæ poziom kompresji, u¿ywaj±c opcji B<-z#>. dpkg-deb przeka¿e tê " -"opcjê programowi gzip." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:84 -msgid "" -"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " -"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " -"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " -"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " -"control information directory." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li pominiêto opcjê B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> odczyta plik B<DEBIAN/" -"control> i sprawdzi, czy nie wystêpuj± w nim b³êdy sk³adniowe lub inne " -"problemy, a nastêpnie wy¶wietli nazwê pakietu, który jest tworzony. B<dpkg-" -"deb> ponadto sprawdzi prawa skryptów instalacyjnych i innych plików " -"znajduj±cych siê w katalogu B<DEBIAN>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:91 -msgid "" -"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " -"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li podana zosta³a nazwa I<archiwum> to B<dpkg-deb> zapisze pakiet t± " -"nazw±." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:93 -msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." -msgstr "Je¿eli taki pakiet ju¿ istnieje, zostanie on nadpisany." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -msgid "" -"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " -"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " -"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " -"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " -"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " -"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li drugim argumentem jest I<katalog>, to B<dpkg-deb> zapisze pakiet pod " -"nazw± I<katalog>B</>I<pakiet>B<_>I<wersja>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, lub " -"I<katalog>B</>I<pakiet>B<_>I<wersja>B<.deb>, je¶li nie zosta³o okre¶lone " -"pole B<Architecture> w pliku kontrolnym. Gdy podany jest I<katalog>, to nie " -"mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta opcja B<--no-check>, poniewa¿ B<dpkg-deb> musi odczytaæ " -"plik kontrolny, aby rozpoznaæ nazwê i wersjê pakietu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:112 -msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." -msgstr "Dostarcza informacji o pakiecie." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:117 -msgid "" -"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " -"the contents of the package as well as its control file." -msgstr "" -"Gdy nie podano ¿adnej I<nazwy-pliku-kontrolnego>, wy¶wietlana jest " -"informacja o zawarto¶ci pakietu oraz zestawienie wykorzystanych plików " -"kontrolnych." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -msgid "" -"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " -"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " -"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " -"2." -msgstr "" -"W razie podania I<nazwy-pliku-kontrolnego>, B<dpkg-deb> wy¶wietli zawarto¶æ " -"tego pliku. Je¶li ten plik nie istnieje, wy¶wietlony zostanie komunikat " -"b³êdu na stderr i program zakoñczy siê z kodem b³êdu 2." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" -msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -msgid "" -"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " -"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " -"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietla informacjê o pakiecie binarnym w formacie okre¶lonym opcj± B<--" -"showformat>. W domy¶lnym formacie w ka¿dej linii wy¶wietlana jest nazwa " -"pakietu oraz - po znaku tabulacji - jego wersja." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" -msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:135 -msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla zawarto¶æ pliku kontrolnego o nazwie control." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:139 -msgid "" -"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " -"control file." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li nie podano ¿adnej B<nazwy-pola-kontrolnego>, to wy¶wietlana jest " -"zawarto¶æ ca³ego pliku control." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:148 -msgid "" -"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " -"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" -"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " -"name (and a colon and space)." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li podano B<nazwê-pola-kontrolnego>, to B<dpkg-deb> wy¶wietli jej " -"zawarto¶æ. Gdy podano wiêcej ni¿ jedn± B<nazwê-pola-kontrolnego>, to B<dpkg-" -"deb> wy¶wietli pola wraz z nazw± (oraz dwukropkiem i spacj±) w takiej " -"kolejno¶ci, w jakiej s± one w pliku kontrolnym." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." -msgstr "" -"Dla nieodnalezionych pól kontrolnych nie wy¶wietlane s± komunikaty b³êdów." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" -msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -msgid "" -"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " -"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " -"verbose listing." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietla zawarto¶æ archiwum. Wydruk jest podany w postaci, jak± generuje " -"polecenie B<tar>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" -msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:160 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " -"directory." -msgstr "Rozpakowuje zawarto¶æ archiwum do podanego I<katalogu>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:165 -msgid "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " -"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." -msgstr "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) wy¶wietla nazwy plików, które s± rozpakowywane, za¶ " -"B<--extract> (B<-x>) rozpakowuje pliki bez podawania ¿adnych komunikatów, " -"prócz komunikatów b³êdów." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:171 -msgid "" -"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " -"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." -msgstr "" -"Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e rozpakowanie pakietu w katalogu g³ównym I<nie> jest " -"odpowiednikiem zainstalowania pakietu! Do tego celu s³u¿y wy³±cznie " -"polecenie B<dpkg>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "Je¶li wskazany I<katalog> nie istnieje, zostanie utworzony." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" -msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " -"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " -"to extract a particular file from a package archive." -msgstr "" -"Rozpakowuje pliki z archiwum i wysy³a je na standardowe wyj¶cie w postaci " -"formatu polecenia B<tar>. Gdy ta operacja zostanie po³±czona z B<tar>'em, " -"mo¿liwe jest rozpakowanie tylko wybranych plików z archiwum." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" -msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:186 -msgid "" -"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " -"specified directory." -msgstr "Rozpakowuje pliki kontrolne pakietu do podanego I<katalogu>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:190 -msgid "" -"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " -"directory is used." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li I<katalog> nie zosta³ okre¶lony, pliki s± rozpakowywane do podkatalogu " -"B<DEBIAN> w katalogu bie¿±cym." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -msgid "" -"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "W razie potrzeby, katalog docelowy bêdzie utworzony." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietla informacje o sposobie u¿ycia B<dpkg-deb>, podaj±c zestawienie jego " -"opcji." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacje o numerze wersji B<dpkg-deb>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietla informacje o licencji B<dpkg-deb> oraz braku jego gwarancji. " -"(Obs³ugiwany jest tak¿e amerykañski sposób pisowni B<--license>.)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "INNE OPCJE" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:216 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" -"Opcja jest u¿ywana do podania formatu wyj¶cia produkowanego przez B<--show>. " -"Format jest ³añcuchem znaków, który bêdzie wy¶wietlony dla ka¿dego " -"listowanego pakietu." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:225 -msgid "" -"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " -"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " -"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " -"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " -"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." -msgstr "" -"Argumentem jest ³añcuch znaków, który mo¿e siê odnosiæ do dowolnego pola " -"pliku stanu w postaci \"${I<nazwa-pola>}\". Listê nazw poprawnych pól mo¿na " -"³atwo wygenerowaæ, u¿ywaj±c opcji B<-I> na tym samym pakiecie. Pe³ne " -"wyja¶nienie opcji formatowania (³±cznie z sekwencjami cytowania i " -"rozdzielaniem pól) mo¿na znale¼æ w opisie opcji B<--showformat> w B<dpkg-" -"query>(1)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." -msgstr "Domy¶ln± warto¶ci± tego pola jest \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new>" -msgstr "B<--new>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -msgid "" -"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." -msgstr "" -"Upewnia siê, ¿e B<dpkg-deb> utworzy ,,nowy'' format archiwum. Ta opcja jest " -"domy¶lna." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -msgid "" -"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " -"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " -"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " -"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." -msgstr "" -"Wymusza utworzenie przez B<dpkg-deb> ,,starego'' formatu archiwum. Ten " -"format jest s³abo obs³ugiwany przez narzêdzia spoza dystrybucji Debiana i " -"obecnie jest przestarza³y. Ta opcja jest u¿yteczna jedynie w przypadku " -"korzystania z wersji dpkg wcze¶niejszej ni¿ 0.93.76 (wrzesieñ 1995), która " -"by³a opublikowana jedynie dla i386 a.out." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -msgid "" -"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " -"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." -msgstr "" -"Powoduje, ¿e polecenie B<dpkg-deb --build> nie bêdzie sprawdzaæ zawarto¶ci " -"archiwum. W ten sposób mo¿na utworzyæ niepoprawny pakiet, je¶li zajdzie taka " -"potrzeba." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" -msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." -msgstr "W³±cza opcjê debuggera. Nie jest to zbyt interesuj±ce." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "B£ÊDY" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:254 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> dzia³a niepoprawnie." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:258 -msgid "" -"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " -"straightforward checksum." -msgstr "" -"Brak sprawdzania autentyczno¶ci plików B<.deb>. Tak naprawdê, to nawet nie " -"jest sprawdzana suma kontrolna archiwum." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -msgid "" -"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " -"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " -"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." -msgstr "" -"Nie nale¿y u¿ywaæ B<dpkg-deb> do instalowania oprogramowania! Do tego celu " -"nale¿y skorzystaæ z B<dpkg>, który zainstaluje poprawnie pliki i uruchomi " -"potrzebne skrypty instalacyjne." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:278 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</" -"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> i ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson ((C)1995-1996), " -"udostêpnione na Ogólnej Licencji Publicznej GNU; BRAK JAKIEJKOLWIEK " -"GWARANCJI. Szczegó³y zobacz w I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> oraz I</usr/" -"share/common-licences/GPL>." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8468285d..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-deb.1/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,603 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for dpkg-deb(1) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-11 21:04+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-deb" -msgstr "dpkg-deb" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "2006-06-17" -msgstr "2006-05-10" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "Dpkg-sviten" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" -msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debians manipuleringsverktyg för paketarkiv (.deb)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<katalog> [I<arkiv>|I<katalog>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:12 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<arkiv> [I<control-filnamn> ..]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:16 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<arkiv> [I<control-fältnamn> ...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<arkiv>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<arkiv>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<arkivkatalog>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:33 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<arkivkatalog>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<arkiv>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> packar, packar upp och tillhandahåller information om " -"Debianarkiv." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:43 -msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." -msgstr "Använd B<dpkg> för att installera och ta bort paket från ditt system." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -msgid "" -"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " -"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " -"and run it for you." -msgstr "" -"Du kan även starta B<dpkg-deb> genom att anropa B<dpkg> med de parametrar du " -"vill sända till B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> kommer upptäcka att du ville åt B<dpkg-" -"deb> och kör det åt dig." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "ÅTGÄRDSFLAGGOR" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" -msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:66 -msgid "" -"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " -"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " -"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " -"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " -"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." -msgstr "" -"Skapar ett Debianarkiv från filsystemsträdet som lagras i I<katalog>. " -"I<katalog> måste innehålla underkatalogen B<DEBIAN>, vilken innehåller " -"styrinformationsfiler såsom själv styrfilen control. Denna katalog kommer " -"I<inte> att visas i binärpaketets filsystemsarkiv, utan istället kommer " -"filerna läggas i binärpaketets styrinformationsområde." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:72 -msgid "" -"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " -"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." -msgstr "" -"Du kan ange komprimeringsnivån genom att lägga till flaggan B<-z#>. B<dpkg-" -"deb> kommer sända vidare den flaggan till gzip." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:84 -msgid "" -"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " -"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " -"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " -"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " -"control information directory." -msgstr "" -"Såvida du inte anger B<--nocheck> kommer dpkg-deb att läsa B<DEBIAN/control> " -"och tolka den. Den kommer leta efter syntaxfel och andra problem, och visa " -"namnet på det binärpaket som byggs. B<dpkg-deb> kommer även att kontrollera " -"behörigheten på paketskripten och andra filer som hittas i " -"styrinformationskatalogen B<DEBIAN>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:91 -msgid "" -"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " -"the file I<directory>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" -"Om inget I<arkiv> anges kommer B<dpkg-deb> skriva paketet till filen " -"I<katalog>B<.deb>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:93 -msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." -msgstr "Om arkivet som skall skapas redan finns kommer det skrivas över." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -msgid "" -"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " -"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " -"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " -"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " -"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " -"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." -msgstr "" -"Om den andra parametern är en katalog kommer B<dpkg-deb> skriva till filen " -"I<paket>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arkitektur>B<.deb>, eller " -"I<paket>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> om det inte finns något B<Architecture>-fält i " -"styrfilen control. När en målkatalog anges, istället för en fil, kan inte " -"flaggan B<--nocheck> användas (eftersom B<dpkg-deb> måste läsa och tolka " -"paketets styrfil control för att ta reda på vilket filnamn som skall " -"användas)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:109 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:112 -msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." -msgstr "Tillhandahåller information om ett binärt parketarkiv." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:117 -msgid "" -"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " -"the contents of the package as well as its control file." -msgstr "" -"Om inga I<control-filnamn> anges kommer det att visa en sammanfattning av " -"innehållet i paketet tillsammans med dess styrfil." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -msgid "" -"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " -"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " -"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " -"2." -msgstr "" -"Om ett eller flera I<control-filnamn> anges kommer B<dpkg-deb> att skriva ut " -"dem i den ordning de anges. Om några av komponenterna inte fanns kommer ett " -"felmeddelande för vart och ett skrivas ut på standard fel, och programmet " -"avslutar med felstatus 2." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" -msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -msgid "" -"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " -"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " -"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." -msgstr "" -"Ger information om ett binärt paketarkiv i det format som anges med flaggan " -"B<--showformat>. Det förvalda formatet visar paketets namn och version på en " -"rad, avdelade med tabulatortecken." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" -msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:135 -msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." -msgstr "Extraherar styrfilsinformation från ett binärt paketarkiv." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:139 -msgid "" -"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " -"control file." -msgstr "Om du inte anger några B<styrfilfält> visas hela styrfilen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:148 -msgid "" -"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " -"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" -"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " -"name (and a colon and space)." -msgstr "" -"Om några anges kommer B<dpkg-deb> att visa deras innehåll, i den ordning de " -"förekommer i styrfilen. Om mer än ett B<styrfilsfält> anges kommer B<dpkg-" -"deb> visa varje med ett inledande fältnamn (och ett kolon och mellanrum)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." -msgstr "" -"Inga felmeddelande rapporteras för fält som efterfrågas men inte hittas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:150 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" -msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -msgid "" -"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " -"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " -"verbose listing." -msgstr "" -"Visar innehåller i filsystemsträdsarkivsdelen av paketarkivet. Det visas för " -"närvarande i det format som genereras av B<tar>s pratsamma visning." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:156 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" -msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:160 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Extraherar filsystemsträdet från ett paketarkiv till den angivna katalogen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:165 -msgid "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, " -"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs." -msgstr "" -"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) visar en lista över filer som extraheras under tiden, " -"medan B<--extract> (B<-x>) är tyst såvida inte ett fel uppstår." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:171 -msgid "" -"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " -"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." -msgstr "" -"Observera att en extrahering av ett paket till rotkatalogen I<inte> " -"resulterar i en korrekt installation! Använd B<dpkg> för att installera " -"paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "I<katalog> (men inte dess föräldrar) kommer skapas om nödvändigt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:174 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" -msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -msgid "" -"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " -"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " -"to extract a particular file from a package archive." -msgstr "" -"Extraherar filsystemsträdsdata från ett binärt paket och sänder det till " -"standard ut i B<tar>-format. Tillsammans med B<tar>(1) kan detta användas " -"för att hämta ut en enskild fil från ett paketarkiv." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" -msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:186 -msgid "" -"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " -"specified directory." -msgstr "" -"Extraherar styrinformationsfilerna från paketarkivet till den angivna " -"katalogen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:190 -msgid "" -"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " -"directory is used." -msgstr "" -"Om ingen katalog anges kommer en underkatalog vid namn B<DEBIAN> i den " -"aktuella katalogen att användas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -msgid "" -"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Målkatalogen (men inte dess föräldrar) kommer att skapas om nödvändigt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" -"Visar B<dpkg-deb>s användningsmeddelande, vilket sammanfattar dess flaggor " -"och deras användning." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:198 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." -msgstr "Visar B<dpkg-deb>s versionnummer." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." -msgstr "" -"Visar information om B<dpkg-deb>s upphovsrätt, licensinformation och " -"avsaknad av garanti. (Den amerikanskengelska stavningen B<--license> stöds " -"också.)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "ANDRA FLAGGOR" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:211 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "B<--show-format=>I<format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:216 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" -"Denna flagga används för att ange formatet på utdata som skapas av B<--" -"show>. Formatet är en sträng som matas ut för varje paket i listan." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:225 -msgid "" -"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " -"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " -"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " -"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " -"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." -msgstr "" -"Strängen kan referera till statusfält på formen \"${I<field-name>}\", en " -"förteckning över giltiga fält kan enkelt skapas genom att använda B<-I> på " -"samma paket. En fullständig förklaring av formateringsflaggorna (inklusive " -"ersättningssekvenser och fälttabulering) finns i förklaringen för flaggan " -"B<--showformat> i B<dpkg-query>(1)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." -msgstr "Förvalet för detta fält är \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:227 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new>" -msgstr "B<--new>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -msgid "" -"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." -msgstr "" -"Försäkrar att B<dpkg-deb> bygger ett arkiv i \"nytt\" format. Detta är " -"förval." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -msgid "" -"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " -"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " -"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " -"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." -msgstr "" -"Tvingar B<dpkg-deb> att bygga ett arkiv i \"gammalt\" format. Det gamla " -"arkivformatet är mer svårtolkat av icke-Debianverktyg och är nu utgånget; " -"dess enda användningsområde är för att bygga paket som skall tolkas av " -"versioner av dpkg äldre än 0.93.76 (september 1995), vilka endast släpptes " -"som i386-a.out." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -msgid "" -"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " -"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." -msgstr "" -"Förhindrar B<dpkg-deb --build s> normala tester på det föreslagna innehållet " -"i arkivet. Du kan bygga vilket arkiv du än vill, oavsett hur trasigt, på " -"detta sätt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:246 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" -msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." -msgstr "Aktiverar felsökningsutdata. Denna är inte speciellt intressant." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:249 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "PROGRAMFEL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:254 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<paket1>B<.deb> I<paket2>B<.deb> gör fel." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:258 -msgid "" -"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " -"straightforward checksum." -msgstr "" -"Det finns ingen autentisering i B<.deb>-filer; det finns faktiskt inte ens " -"en vanlig kontrollsumma." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -msgid "" -"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " -"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " -"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." -msgstr "" -"Försök inte använda bara B<dpkg-deb> för att installera programvara! Du " -"måste använda normala B<dpkg> för att se till att alla filer läggs på " -"korrekt plats och att paketets skript körs och dess status och innehåll " -"sparas." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:265 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:270 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-deb.1:278 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</" -"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-deb> och denna manualsida skrevs av Ian Jackson. De är " -"upphovsrättsskyddade 1995-1996 av honom och släppta under GNU General Public " -"Licence; det finns INGEN garanti. Se B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> och B</" -"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> för detaljer." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/dpkg-divert.8.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/dpkg-divert.8.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index d6da7dd1..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/dpkg-divert.8.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-divert.8/po/dpkg-divert.8.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-divert.8/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-divert.8 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-divert.8 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-divert.8.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index cf14bb70..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,420 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 21:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-01 18:28+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-divert" -msgstr "dpkg-divert" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-05-23" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:4 -msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" -msgstr "dpkg-divert - Hinwegsetzen über die Paketversion einer Datei" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:10 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<Optionen>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>DateiE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:15 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<Optionen>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>DateiE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<Optionen>] B<--list> I<E<lt>Glob-MusterE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<Optionen>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>DateiE<gt>>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:26 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:36 -msgid "" -"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " -"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " -"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " -"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " -"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " -"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " -"of a package which contains those files." -msgstr "" -"Datei »Diversionen« (Umlenkungen) sind eine Möglichkeit, B<dpkg>(1) dazu zu " -"zwingen, eine Datei nicht an ihren Standardplatz, sondern an einem " -"»umgelenkten« Ort zu installieren. Umlenkungen können innerhalb der Debian-" -"Paketskripte verwendet werden, um eine Datei beiseitezuschieben, wenn sie " -"einen Konflikt auslöst. Systemadministratoren können sie auch verwenden, um " -"sich über die Konfigurationsdateien einiger Pakete hinwegzusetzen, oder wann " -"immer einige Dateien (die nicht als »Conffiles« markiert sind) von Dpkg " -"erhalten werden müssen, wenn eine neuere Version eines Paketes, die diese " -"Dateien enthält, installiert wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:44 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " -"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " -"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " -"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " -"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-divert> ist das Hilfswerkzeug, das dazu verwendet wird, die Liste der " -"Umleitungen zu erstellen und zu aktualisieren. Es funktioniert in drei " -"grundlegenden Modi: Hinzufügen, Entfernen und Auflisten von Umleitungen. Die " -"Optionen sind respektive B<--add>, B<--remove> und B<--list>. Zusätzlich " -"kann es den echten Namen für eine umgeleitete Datei mit B<--truename> " -"ausgeben. Andere Optionen (unten aufgeführt) können auch angegeben werden." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>VerzeichnisE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:48 -msgid "" -"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" -"dpkg>)." -msgstr "" -"Setze das Dpkg-Datenverzeichnis auf I<E<lt>VerzeichnisE<gt>> (Standard: I</" -"var/lib/dpkg>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--divert>I< E<lt>UmlenkzielE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:52 -msgid "" -"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." -msgstr "" -"E<lt>UmlenkzielE<gt>> ist der Zielort, wo die Versionen der " -"I<E<lt>DateiE<gt>>, wie sie von anderen Paketen bereitgestellt wird, hin " -"umgelenkt wird." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--local>" -msgstr "B<--local>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:58 -msgid "" -"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " -"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " -"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " -"version." -msgstr "" -"Gibt an, dass alle Versionen dieser Datei umgeleitet sind. Dies bedeutet, " -"dass es keine Ausnahmen gibt, und egal was für ein Paket auch installiert " -"ist, die Datei ist umgeleitet. Dies kann vom Administrator verwendet werden, " -"um eine lokal geänderte Version zu installieren." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:58 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>PaketE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:63 -msgid "" -"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " -"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"I<E<lt>PaketE<gt>> ist der Name des Pakets, dessen Kopie von " -"I<E<lt>DateiE<gt>> nicht umgeleitet wird, d.h. I<E<lt>DateiE<gt>> wird für " -"alle Pakete außer I<E<lt>PaketE<gt>> umgeleitet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:63 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:66 -msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." -msgstr "Ruhiger Modus, d.h. keine langatmige Ausgabe." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--rename>" -msgstr "B<--rename>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:70 -msgid "" -"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " -"case the destination file already exists." -msgstr "" -"Schiebe die Dateien tatsächlich beiseite (oder zurück). dpkg-divert wird den " -"Arbeitsvorgang abbrechen, falls die Zieldatei bereits existiert." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:73 -msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." -msgstr "" -"Testmodus, d.h. führe keine Änderungen durch, sondern zeige sie lediglich." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:76 -msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." -msgstr "Gebe kurze Bedienungsanweisungen aus und beende sich erfolgreich." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:79 -msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." -msgstr "Gibt Programmnamen und Version aus und beende sich erfolgreich" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:80 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NOTES" -msgstr "BEMERKUNGEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:84 -msgid "" -"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." -"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " -"match if specified." -msgstr "" -"Beim Hinzufügen ist die Standardeinstellung B<--local> und B<--divert> " -"I<E<lt>OriginalnameE<gt>.distrib>. Beim Entfernen müssen, falls angegeben, " -"B<--package> oder B<--local> und B<--divert> übereinstimmen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:86 -msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." -msgstr "Verzeichnisse können mit B<dpkg-divert> nicht umgeleitet werden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:92 -msgid "" -"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " -"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " -"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " -"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " -"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." -msgstr "" -"Vorsicht sollte beim Umleiten von Laufzeit-Bibliotheken walten gelassen " -"werden, da B<ldconfig>(8) einen symbolischen Link, basierend auf dem in der " -"Bibliothek eingebetteten DT_SONAME-Feld erstellt. Da ldconfig keine " -"Umleitungen anerkennt (nur Dpkg tut dies), kann der Symlink am Ende auf die " -"umgeleitete Bibliothek zeigen, falls die umgeleitete Bibliothek den gleichen " -"SONAME wie die nicht-umgeleitete hat." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "BEISPIELE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:97 -msgid "" -"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." -"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" -"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" -msgstr "" -"Um alle Kopien von I</usr/bin/example> auf I</usr/bin/example.foo> " -"umzuleiten, d.h. alle Pakete, die I</usr/bin/example> zur Verfügung stellen, " -"dazu anzuleiten, diese Datei stattdessen als I</usr/bin/example.foo> zu " -"installieren und die Umbenennung, falls notwendig, durchzuführen:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:99 -msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:101 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:111 -msgid "To remove that diversion:" -msgstr "Um diese Umleitung zu entfernen:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:103 -msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:107 -msgid "" -"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" -"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" -msgstr "" -"Um für jedes Paket - außer Ihrem eigenen I<wibble>-Paket -, das versucht, I</" -"usr/bin/example> zu installieren, dieses auf I</usr/bin/example.foo> " -"umzulenken:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:109 -msgid "" -"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" -"example" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" -"example" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:113 -msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "DATEIEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:115 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:120 -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" -"Datei, die die aktuelle Liste von Umleitungen des Systems enthält. Sie " -"befindet sich im Dpkg-Administrationsverzeichnis, zusammen mit anderen für " -"Dpkg wichtigen Dateien, wie »status« oder »available«." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:123 -msgid "" -"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" -"old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" -"Hinweis: B<dpkg-divert> erhält die alte Kopie dieser Datei, mit der Endung »-" -"old«, bevor es sie mit der neuen ersetzt." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:126 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:128 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:130 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist Freie Software; lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 " -"oder neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE Haftung." - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the name used by other packages' versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "I<E<lt>umzulenkendeE<gt>> ist der Name der Datei, der von Versionen " -#~ "anderer Pakete benutzt wird." - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted." -#~ msgstr "Gibt an, dass die Versionen aus allen Paketen umgeleitet sind." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/dpkg-divert.8.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/dpkg-divert.8.pot deleted file mode 100644 index f4298a39..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/dpkg-divert.8.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 21:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-divert" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:4 -msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:10 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:15 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:26 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:36 -msgid "" -"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " -"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " -"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " -"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " -"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " -"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " -"of a package which contains those files." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:44 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " -"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " -"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " -"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " -"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:48 -msgid "" -"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: " -"I</var/lib/dpkg>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:52 -msgid "" -"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--local>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:58 -msgid "" -"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " -"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " -"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " -"version." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:58 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:63 -msgid "" -"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " -"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:63 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:66 -msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--rename>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:70 -msgid "" -"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " -"case the destination file already exists." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:73 -msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:76 -msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:79 -msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:80 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NOTES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:84 -msgid "" -"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> " -"I<E<lt>originalE<gt>.distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and " -"B<--divert> must match if specified." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:86 -msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:92 -msgid "" -"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " -"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " -"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " -"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " -"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:97 -msgid "" -"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, " -"i.e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as " -"I</usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:99 -msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:101 ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:111 -msgid "To remove that diversion:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:103 -msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:107 -msgid "" -"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to " -"I</usr/bin/example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:109 -msgid "" -"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename " -"/usr/bin/example" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:113 -msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:115 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:120 -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:123 -msgid "" -"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " -"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:126 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:128 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:130 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0e3b346a..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,439 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 21:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-divert" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "herramientas dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" -msgstr "dpkg-divert - redefine la versión de paquete de un archivo" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:5 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:10 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] [--add] I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:15 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] --remove I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:20 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] --list I<E<lt>patrón-globalE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:25 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] --truename I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:26 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:36 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " -"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " -"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " -"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " -"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " -"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " -"of a package which contains those files." -msgstr "" -"La `redirección' de archivos es una forma de forzar a dpkg para no instalar " -"un archivo en su ubicación, sino en una ubicación `redirigida'. Las " -"redirecciones se pueden usar a través de los scripts en los paquetes Debian " -"para mover un archivo cuando causa conflicto. Los administradores de sistema " -"pueden usarlo también para redefinir algún archivo de configuración de " -"paquete, o cuando algunos archivos (que no están marcados como 'conffiles') " -"deben ser preservados por dpkg, si se instala una nueva versión del paquete " -"que contiene estos archivos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " -"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " -"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " -"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " -"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-divert> es la herramienta usada para definir y actualizar la lista de " -"'redirecciones'. Funciona en tres modos básicos - añadir, eliminar y listar " -"redireciones. Las opciones son --add, --remove, y --list, respectivamente. " -"Adicionalmente, puede imprimir el nombre real de un archivo redirigido. " -"Pueden especificarse otras opciones (listadas a continuación)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:44 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:45 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "I<--admindir E<lt>directorioE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:48 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" -"dpkg>)." -msgstr "" -"Define el directorio de datos de dpkg a E<lt>directorioE<gt> (por omisión: /" -"var/lib/dpkg)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:48 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" -msgstr "I<--divert E<lt>redirigir-aE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:52 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." -msgstr "" -"E<lt>paqueteE<gt> es el nombre de un paquete cuya copia de E<lt>ficheroE<gt> " -"no se redigirá." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:52 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--local>" -msgstr "I<--local>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:58 -msgid "" -"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " -"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " -"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " -"version." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:58 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" -msgstr "I<--package E<lt>paqueteE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:63 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " -"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"E<lt>paqueteE<gt> es el nombre de un paquete cuya copia de E<lt>ficheroE<gt> " -"no se redigirá." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:63 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "I<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:66 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." -msgstr "Modo silencioso, esto es: sin información detallada." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:66 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--rename>" -msgstr "I<--rename>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:70 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " -"case the destination file already exists." -msgstr "" -"Mueve el archivo a un lado (o atrás). dpkg-divert abortará la operación en " -"caso de que el archivo destino ya exista." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:70 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "I<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:73 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." -msgstr "" -"Modo de prueba, esto es: no realiza ningún cambio, solo muestra su ejecución." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:73 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "I<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:76 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." -msgstr "" -"Imprime la versión e instrucciones de uso breves, y finaliza normalmente." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:76 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "I<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:79 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." -msgstr "Imprime el nombre del programa y su versión, y finaliza correctamente." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:80 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NOTES" -msgstr "NOTAS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." -"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " -"match if specified." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se añade, por omisión se usa --local y --divert E<lt>originalE<gt>." -"distrib. Cuando se elimina, --package o --local y --divert deben coincidir " -"si se especifican." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:86 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." -msgstr "Los directorios no pueden ser redirigidos con dpkg-divert." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:92 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " -"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " -"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " -"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " -"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." -msgstr "" -"Debe de tenerse cuidado cuando se redireccionen bibliotecas compartidas, " -"ldconfig (8) crea un enlace simbólico basado en el campo DT_SONAME empotrado " -"en la biblioteca. Ya que ldconfig no hace caso de las redirecciones (sólo " -"dpkg lo hace), si una biblioteca redirigida tiene el mismo SONAME que la que " -"no está redirigida, es posible que el enlace simbólico acabe apuntando a la " -"biblioteca redirigida." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:97 -msgid "" -"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." -"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" -"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:99 -msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:101 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:111 -msgid "To remove that diversion:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:103 -msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:107 -msgid "" -"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" -"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:109 -msgid "" -"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" -"example" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:113 -msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:114 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "ARCHIVOS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:115 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:120 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" -"Archivo que contiene la lista actual de redirecciones del sistema. Esta " -"ubicado en el directorio de administración de dpkg, así como otros archivos " -"importantes para dpkg, como `status' o `available'." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" -"old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" -"Nota: dpkg-divert preserva la copia antigua de este archivo, colocando la " -"extensión \"-old\", antes de reemplazarlo con uno nuevo." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:124 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VEA TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:126 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(8)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:126 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:130 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Esto es software libre; véa la versión 2 o posterior de la Licencia Pública " -"General GNU para condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." - -# type: Plain text -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the name used by other packages' versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "E<lt>redirigir-aE<gt> es el nombre usado por las otras versiones del " -#~ "paquete." - -# type: Plain text -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted." -#~ msgstr "Especifica que todas las versiones del paquete son redirigidas." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DPKG-DIVERT" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-DIVERT" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "December 1999" -#~ msgstr "Diciembre de 1999" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1071d3bd..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,427 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 21:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-17 10:38+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-divert" -msgstr "dpkg-divert" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "23-05-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:4 -msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-divert - remplacer la version d'un fichier contenu dans un paquet." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:10 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:15 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>motif-de-rechercheE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:26 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:36 -msgid "" -"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " -"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " -"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " -"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " -"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " -"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " -"of a package which contains those files." -msgstr "" -"Le «\\ détournement\\ » de fichier est un moyen d'obliger B<dpkg>(1) à " -"installer un fichier non pas dans l'emplacement prévu mais dans un autre. " -"Les scripts des paquets Debian se servent de la déviation pour déplacer les " -"fichiers qui créent des conflits. Les administrateurs s'en servent, lors de " -"l'installation d'une version plus récente d'un paquet, pour remplacer les " -"fichiers de configuration de certains paquets, ou bien à chaque fois que des " -"fichiers (qui ne sont pas des «\\ conffiles\\ ») doivent être préservés par " -"dpkg." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:44 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " -"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " -"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " -"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " -"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-divert> sert à créer et à mettre à jour la liste des détournements. " -"Il possède trois modes élémentaires, l'ajout, la suppression et le listage " -"d'un détournement. Les options sont respectivement B<--add>, B<--remove> et " -"B<--list>. De plus, il peut afficher le vrai nom d'un fichier détourné avec " -"B<--truename>. On peut indiquer d'autres options (voyez la liste ci-dessous)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>répertoireE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:48 -msgid "" -"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" -"dpkg>)." -msgstr "" -"Définit le répertoire de données de Dpkg comme I<E<lt>répertoireE<gt>> (par " -"défaut c'est I</var/lib/dpkg>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--divert>I< E<lt>détourner-dansE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:52 -msgid "" -"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." -msgstr "" -"I<E<lt>détourner-dansE<gt>> est l'emplacement vers lequel les versions de " -"I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>, tel qu'il est donné par d'autres paquets, seront " -"détournées." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--local>" -msgstr "B<--local>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:58 -msgid "" -"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " -"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " -"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " -"version." -msgstr "" -"Indique que toutes les versions de ce fichier sont détournées. Cela signifie " -"qu'il n'y a pas d'exception et quelque soit le paquet installé, ce fichier " -"sera détourné. Un administrateur peut par exemple installer une version " -"modifiée localement." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:58 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>paquetE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:63 -msgid "" -"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " -"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>> est le nom du paquet dont la copie de " -"I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> ne sera pas détournée. Autrement dit, " -"I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> sera détourné sauf s'il appartient à " -"I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:63 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:66 -msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." -msgstr "Mode silencieux, pas de bavardage." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--rename>" -msgstr "B<--rename>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:70 -msgid "" -"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " -"case the destination file already exists." -msgstr "" -"Met en fait le fichier de côté. Quand le fichier de destination existe, dpkg-" -"divert interrompt l'opération." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:73 -msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." -msgstr "Mode de test, ne rien modifier réellement, seulement montrer." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:76 -msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." -msgstr "Affiche quelques instructions d'aide, et se termine normalement." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:79 -msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." -msgstr "Affiche le nom du programme et sa version puis se termine normalement." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:80 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NOTES" -msgstr "NOTES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:84 -msgid "" -"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." -"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " -"match if specified." -msgstr "" -"Pour l'ajout, le défaut est B<--local> et B<--divert> I< E<lt>originalE<gt>." -"distrib>. Pour la suppression, B<--package> ou B<--local> et B<--divert> " -"doivent correspondre quand ils sont précisés." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:86 -msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." -msgstr "On ne peut pas détourner des répertoires avec B<dpkg-divert>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:92 -msgid "" -"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " -"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " -"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " -"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " -"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." -msgstr "" -"Il faut faire attention quand une bibliothèque partagée est détournée. " -"B<ldconfig>(8) crée un lien symbolique à partir du champ DT_SONAME embarqué " -"dans la bibliothèque. ldconfig ne connaît pas les détournements (seul dpkg " -"le fait), et si une bibliothèque détournée possède le même SONAME que la " -"bibliothèque non détournée, le lien symbolique peut pointer en fin de compte " -"sur la bibliothèque détournée." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "EXEMPLES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:97 -msgid "" -"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." -"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" -"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" -msgstr "" -"Pour détourner toutes les copies de I</usr/bin/example> vers I</usr/bin/" -"example.foo>, c'est-à-dire demander aux paquets qui fournissent I</usr/bin/" -"example> de l'installer dans I</usr/bin/example.foo>, en effectuant le " -"changement de nom si nécessaire\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:99 -msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:101 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:111 -msgid "To remove that diversion:" -msgstr "Pour supprimer ce détournement\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:103 -msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:107 -msgid "" -"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" -"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" -msgstr "" -"Pour détourner un paquet qui veut installer I</usr/bin/example> dans I</usr/" -"bin/example.foo>, sauf votre propre paquet I<wibble>\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:109 -msgid "" -"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" -"example" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" -"example" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:113 -msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHIERS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:115 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:120 -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" -"Ce fichier contient la liste des détournements en oeuvre sur le système. Il " -"se trouve dans le répertoire d'administration de dpkg, avec d'autres " -"fichiers importants comme «\\ status\\ » ou «\\ available\\ »." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:123 -msgid "" -"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" -"old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" -"Note : B<dpkg-divert> préserve l'ancienne copie de ce fichier, avec " -"l'extension «\\ -old\\ », avant de la remplacer par la nouvelle." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:126 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:128 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:130 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Ce programme est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public " -"Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a PAS de " -"garantie." - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the name used by other packages' versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "I<E<lt>détourner-dansE<gt>> est le nom utilisé pour les autres versions " -#~ "des paquets." - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted." -#~ msgstr "Indique que toutes les versions des paquets sont détournées." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DPKG-DIVERT" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-DIVERT" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "December 1999" -#~ msgstr "décembre 1999" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index a64d678a..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-divert.8/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,400 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg-divert.8.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 21:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:35+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-divert" -msgstr "dpkg-divert" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-05-23" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg utilities" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:4 -msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" -msgstr "dpkg-divert - パッケージのファイルのオーバーライド" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:10 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:15 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:20 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:26 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:36 -msgid "" -"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " -"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " -"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " -"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " -"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " -"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " -"of a package which contains those files." -msgstr "" -"`diversions' というファイルにより、B<dpkg>(1) はファイルをインストールする時に本来" -"意図していた場所ではなく退避した (`diverted') 場所にインストールするようにな" -"る。diversions は Debian パッケージスクリプトで衝突がおこりうるファイルを移" -"動させるために使うことができる。システム管理者はパッケージの設定ファイルや他" -"のファイルを (`conffiles' としてマークされていなければ) dpkg が新しいバージョ" -"ンのパッケージをインストールする時にそれらのファイルを上書きしてしまわないよ" -"うにするために diversion を使うことができる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:44 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " -"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " -"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, " -"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted " -"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-divert> は diversions のリストを設定、更新するためのユーティリティであ" -"る。これは 3 つの基本モードの機能をもっている。diversion の追加、削除、リスト" -"である。それぞれ B<--add>、B<--remove>、B<--list> オプションで指定する。さらに B<--truename> によって退避さ" -"れたファイルの実際の名前を表示することもできる。以下にあげられている他オプ" -"ションも指定することができる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:48 -msgid "" -"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/" -"dpkg>)." -msgstr "" -"dpkg データディレクトリを I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> に設定する。(デフォルト: I</var/" -"lib/dpkg>)" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:52 -msgid "" -"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the location where the versions of " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." -msgstr "" -"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> は、他のパッケージによって提供される " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> を退避する位置である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--local>" -msgstr "B<--local>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:58 -msgid "" -"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " -"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " -"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " -"version." -msgstr "全てのパッケージのそのファイルを退避する対象にする。つまり、例外なく、どのようなパッケージをインストールしても退避される。これを使って、管理者がローカルの修正バージョンをインストールすることができる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:58 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:63 -msgid "" -"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of " -"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted. i.e. I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will be " -"diverted for all packages except I<E<lt>packageE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> は、I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> が退避されていないパッケージの名前" -"である。つまり、I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> は I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> を除いたすべての" -"パッケージによって退避される。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:63 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:66 -msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." -msgstr "静かなモード。つまり無駄な出力をしない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--rename>" -msgstr "B<--rename>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:70 -msgid "" -"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " -"case the destination file already exists." -msgstr "" -"実際にファイルを移動する (もしくは戻す)。dpkg-divert は移動先のファイルが既に" -"存在していると動作を中断する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:73 -msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." -msgstr "" -"テストモード。つまり実際にはなにも実行せず、なにをするかを表示するだけであ" -"る。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:76 -msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." -msgstr "バージョンと簡単な利用法を表示して正常終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:79 -msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." -msgstr "プログラム名とバージョンを表示して正常終了する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:80 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NOTES" -msgstr "注意" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:84 -msgid "" -"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>." -"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " -"match if specified." -msgstr "" -"追加する時は、デフォルトは B<--local> と B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>.distrib> で" -"ある。削除する時は、B<--package> もしくは B<--local> と B<--divert> は指定されていれ" -"ば一致していなければいけない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:86 -msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." -msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> ではディレクトリは退避できない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:92 -msgid "" -"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " -"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " -"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " -"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " -"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." -msgstr "" -"共有ライブラリを退避する場合、注意すべきである。B<ldconfig>(8) はライブラリに埋" -"め込まれている DT_SONAME フィールドに基づいて、シンボリックリンクを作成す" -"る。ldconfig は退避させることができないためである (dpkg だけができる)。もし退" -"避したライブラリと退避していないライブラリが同じ SONAME であれば、最終的にシ" -"ンボリックリンクは退避したライブラリを指す。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "例" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:97 -msgid "" -"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." -"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" -"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" -msgstr "" -"すべての I</usr/bin/example> を I</usr/bin/example.foo> に退避させる、つま" -"り、I</usr/bin/example> を提供するすべてのパッケージに対して必要であれば I</" -"usr/bin/example.foo> と変更してインストールさせる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:99 -msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:101 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:111 -msgid "To remove that diversion:" -msgstr "diversion を削除する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:103 -msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:107 -msgid "" -"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" -"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" -msgstr "" -"I</usr/bin/example> をインストールしようとするすべてのパッケージを I</usr/" -"bin/example.foo> に退避、ただし自作の I<wibble> パッケージを除く。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:109 -msgid "" -"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" -"example" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" -"example" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:113 -msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "ファイル" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:115 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:120 -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" -"システムの現在の退避リストを含むファイル。これは dpkg で使われる重要なファイ" -"ル `status' や `available' がある dpkg の管理ディレクトリにある。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:123 -msgid "" -"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" -"old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" -"注意: B<dpkg-divert> はこのファイルを更新する時に、古いバージョンを \"-old\" と" -"いう名前をつけたファイルにコピーしておく。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:126 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "著者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:128 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-divert.8:130 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/dpkg-name.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/dpkg-name.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index ae064acd..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/dpkg-name.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-name.1/po/dpkg-name.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-name.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-name.1 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-name.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-name.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index e5454413..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,340 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-28 21:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-28 22:03+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-name" -msgstr "dpkg-name" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:9 -msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" -msgstr "dpkg-name - Debian-Pakete zu vollen Paketnamen umbenennen" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:22 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" -"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" -"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" -"subdir> [I<Verzeichnis>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|" -"B<--version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<Dateien>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:33 -msgid "" -"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " -"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " -"package name consists of " -"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " -"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " -"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " -"a hyphen and the revision information." -msgstr "" -"Diese Handbuchseite dokumentiert das B<dpkg-name> sh-Skript, dass eine " -"einfache Möglichkeit bereitstellt, B<Debian>-Pakete in ihren vollen " -"Paketnamen umzubenennen. Ein voller Paketname besteht aus " -"E<lt>Paket<gt>_E<lt>Version<gt>_E<lt>ArchitekturE<gt>.deb wie in der " -"Kontrolldatei des Pakets spezifiziert. Der E<lt>VersionE<gt>-Teil des " -"Dateinamens besteht aus der Versionsinformation der Originalautoren optional " -"gefolgt von einem Gedankenstrich und der Revisionsinformation." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" -msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:37 -msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." -msgstr "Der Zieldateiname wird keine Architekturinformation enthalten." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:37 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" -msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:40 -msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." -msgstr "Erstelle einen Symlink, anstatt zu verschieben." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" -msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:44 -msgid "" -"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " -"destination filename." -msgstr "" -"Existierende Dateien werden überschrieben, falls sie den gleichen Namen wie " -"der Zieldateiname haben." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" -msgstr "B<-s, --subdir> [I<Verzeichnis>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:56 -msgid "" -"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " -"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " -"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " -"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" -"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " -"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " -"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" -"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " -"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " -"care, it's messy." -msgstr "" -"Dateien werden in ein Unterverzeichnis verschoben. Falls das als Argument " -"existierende Verzeichnis existiert, dann werden die Dateien in das " -"Verzeichnis verschoben, andernfalls wird das Zielverzeichnis aus dem Section-" -"Feld des Kontrollteils des Pakets extrahiert. Das Zielverzeichnis wird " -"»unstable/binary-E<lt>ArchitekturE<gt>/E<lt>Bereich<gt>« sein. Falls der " -"Bereich nicht in der Kontrolldatei gefunden werden kann, dann wird " -"»no-section« angenommen, und in diesem Fall, wie auch für die Bereiche " -"»non-free« und »contrib« ist das Zielverzeichnis »E<lt>Bereich<gt>/" -"binary-E<lt>ArchitekturE<gt>«. Das Bereichsfeld muss nicht angegeben werden, " -"daher werden viele Pakete ihren Weg in das »no-section«-Gebiet finden. " -"Verwenden Sie diese Option mit Vorsicht, sie ist unordentlich." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" -msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:61 -msgid "" -"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " -"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" -msgstr "" -"Diese Option kann zusammen mit der -s-Option verwendet werden. Falls das " -"Zielverzeichnis nicht gefunden werden kann, wird es automatisch erstellt. " -"B<Verwenden Sie diese Option mit Vorsicht.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h, --help>" -msgstr "B<-h, --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:64 -msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." -msgstr "Gebe einen Bedienungshinweis aus und beende sich erfolgreich." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v, --version>" -msgstr "B<-v, --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:67 -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "Gebe Versionsinformationen aus und beende sich erfolgreich." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l, --license>" -msgstr "B<-l, --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:71 -msgid "" -"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " -"exit successfully." -msgstr "" -"Gebe Copyright-Informationen aus und (eine Referenz auf GNU-)" -"Lizenzinformationen und beende sich erfolgreich." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "BEISPIELE" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:72 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:77 -msgid "" -"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " -"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " -"of `bar-foo.deb')." -msgstr "" -"Die Datei »bar-foo.deb« wird in bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb oder etwas ähnliches " -"(abhängig von der Information, die in dem Kontrollteil von »bar-foo.deb« " -"ist) umbenannt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" -msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:82 -msgid "" -"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " -"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " -"architecture information." -msgstr "" -"Alle Dateien mit der Endung »deb« im Verzeichnis /root/debian und seiner " -"Unterverzeichnisse werden von dpkg-name - falls notwendig - ohne " -"Architekturinformation umbenannt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" -msgstr "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:88 -msgid "" -"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " -"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" -msgstr "" -"B<Machen Sie dies nicht.> Ihr Archiv wird eine komplette Schweinerei werden, " -"da viele Pakete nicht mit Bereichsinformationen kommen. B<Machen Sie dies " -"nicht.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:91 -msgid "This can be used when building new packages." -msgstr "Dies kann beim Bau neuer Pakete verwendet werden." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:91 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FEHLER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:100 -msgid "" -"Some packages don't follow the name structure " -"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " -"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " -"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " -"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." -msgstr "" -"Einige Pakete folgen nicht der Namensstruktur " -"E<lt>Paket<gt>_E<lt>VersionE<gt>_E<lt>ArchitekturE<gt>.deb. Pakete, die von " -"dpkg-name umbenannt wurden, folgen dieser Struktur. Im allgemeinen hat diese " -"keinen Einfluss darauf, wie Pakete von B<dselect>(1)/B<dpkg>(1) installiert " -"werden, aber andere Installationswerkzeuge können von dieser " -"Benennungsstruktur abhängen." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:107 -msgid "" -"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " -"B<xargs>(1)." -msgstr "" -"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " -"B<xargs>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "COPYRIGHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:113 -msgid "" -"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " -"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " -"There is B<no> warranty." -msgstr "" -"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> ist Freie Software; " -"lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 oder neuer für die " -"Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt B<keine> Haftung." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/dpkg-name.1.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/dpkg-name.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 7ff589dd..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/dpkg-name.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,294 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-28 21:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-name" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:9 -msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:22 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] " -"[B<-s>|B<--subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] " -"[B<-v>|B<--version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] " -"[I<files>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:33 -msgid "" -"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " -"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " -"package name consists of " -"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " -"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " -"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " -"a hyphen and the revision information." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:37 -msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:37 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:40 -msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:44 -msgid "" -"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " -"destination filename." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:56 -msgid "" -"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " -"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " -"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " -"the package. The target directory will be " -"`unstable/binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section " -"is not found in the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, " -"as well as for sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is " -"`E<lt>sectionE<gt>/binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't " -"required so a lot of packages will find their way to the `no-section' " -"area. Use this option with care, it's messy." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:61 -msgid "" -"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " -"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h, --help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:64 -msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v, --version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:67 -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l, --license>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:71 -msgid "" -"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " -"exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:72 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:77 -msgid "" -"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " -"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " -"of `bar-foo.deb')." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:82 -msgid "" -"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " -"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " -"architecture information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:88 -msgid "" -"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " -"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:91 -msgid "This can be used when building new packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:91 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:100 -msgid "" -"Some packages don't follow the name structure " -"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " -"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " -"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " -"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:107 -msgid "" -"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " -"B<xargs>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:113 -msgid "" -"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " -"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " -"conditions. There is B<no> warranty." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3f7b2d00..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,359 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-28 21:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-name" -msgstr "dpkg-name" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "utilidades dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:7 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" -msgstr "dpkg-name - Renombra paquetes Debian a nombres de paquetes completos." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:9 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:22 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" -"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" -"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-name> [-a|--no-architecture] [-o|--overwrite] [-s|--subdir " -"[directorio]] [-c|--create-dir] [-h|--help] [-v|--version] [-l|--license] [-" -"k|--symlink] [-[--] [archivos]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:22 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:33 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " -"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " -"package name consists of " -"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " -"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " -"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " -"a hyphen and the revision information." -msgstr "" -"Esta pagina de manual trata sobre B<dpkg-name> , un programa hecho en sh que " -"ofrece una manera fácil de renombrar paquetes B<Debian> a nombres de " -"paquetes completos. Un nombre de paquete completo consiste de " -"E<lt>paqueteE<gt>_E<lt>versiónE<gt>_E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>.deb tal y como " -"está especificado en el fichero de control del paquete. La parte de " -"E<lt>versiónE<gt> del archivo consiste en la principal versión de " -"información opcionalmente seguido de un guión y la versión de revisión." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:33 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:34 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" -msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:37 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." -msgstr "El archivo destino no incluye información sobre la arquitectura." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:37 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" -msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:40 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." -msgstr "Crea un enlace simbólico en vez de mover el archivo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:40 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" -msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " -"destination filename." -msgstr "" -"Los archivos existentes se sobreescriben si poseen el mismo nombre que el " -"archivo de destino." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:44 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" -msgstr "B<-s, --subdir [directorio]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:56 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " -"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " -"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " -"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" -"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " -"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " -"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" -"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " -"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " -"care, it's messy." -msgstr "" -"Se moverán los archivos dentro del subdirectorio especificado. Si existe el " -"directorio dado como argumento, los archivos se moverán dentro del " -"directorio especificado, sino el nombre del directorio de destino se " -"extraerá del archivo de control del paquete. El directorio de destino será " -"`unstable/binary-E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>/E<lt>secciónE<gt>'. Si la sección es " -"`non-free', `contrib' o si no se encuentra ninguna sección en el archivo de " -"control, el directorio de destino será `E<lt>secciónE<gt>/binary-" -"E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>'. El campo de sección no es necesario, por lo que " -"muchos paquetes encontrarán su camino hacia el área `no-section' (`sin-" -"sección'). Use esta opción con cuidado, es algo delicado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:56 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" -msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:61 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " -"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" -msgstr "" -"Esta opción puede usarse junto con la opción -s. Si no se encuentra ningún " -"directorio de destino se crea automáticamente. B<Use esta opción con " -"cuidado.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:61 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h, --help>" -msgstr "B<-h, --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:64 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." -msgstr "Muestra las opciones de uso del programa y sale con éxito." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:64 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v, --version>" -msgstr "B<-v, --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:67 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "Muestra la información de versión del programa y sale con éxito." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:67 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l, --license>" -msgstr "B<-l, --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:71 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " -"exit successfully." -msgstr "" -"Muestra la información de copyright y una referencia a la licencia GNU." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:71 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "EJEMPLOS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:72 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:77 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " -"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " -"of `bar-foo.deb')." -msgstr "" -"El archivo `bar-foo.deb' se renombrará a bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb o algo " -"similar (dependiendo de cual sea la información en la sección de control de " -"`bar-foo.deb')." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:77 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" -msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:82 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " -"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " -"architecture information." -msgstr "" -"dpkg-name renombrará todos los archivos con extensión `deb' dentro del " -"directorio /root/debian y sus subdirectorios, si fuera necesario, a nombres " -"sin información de arquitectura." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:82 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" -msgstr "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:88 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " -"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" -msgstr "" -"B<No haga esto.> Sus archivos se corromperán debido a que una gran cantidad " -"de paquetes no incluyen una sección de información. B<No haga esto.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:88 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This can be used when building new packages." -msgstr "Esto se puede utilizar cuando se construyen nuevos paquetes." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:91 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "ERRATAS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:100 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some packages don't follow the name structure " -"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " -"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " -"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " -"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." -msgstr "" -"Algunos paquetes no siguen la misma estructura de " -"E<lt>paqueteE<gt>_E<lt>versiónE<gt>_E<lt>arquitecturaE<gt>.deb. Los paquetes " -"que renombre dpkg-name seguirán esta estructura. Generalmente esto no tendrá " -"ningún impacto sobre cómo los paquetes se instalarán por dselect/dpkg, pero " -"otras herramientas de instalación podrían depender de esta estructura." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:100 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " -"B<xargs>(1)." -msgstr "" -"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " -"B<xargs>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:107 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "COPYRIGHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " -"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " -"There is B<no> warranty." -msgstr "" -"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> es software gratuito; " -"Vea la Licencia Pública General de GNU en su versión 2 o superior para las " -"condiciones de copia. B<No> hay garantía alguna." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "May 1996" -#~ msgstr "Mayo de 1996" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index c2a58c83..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,344 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-28 21:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-17 10:50+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-name" -msgstr "dpkg-name" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "28-02-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:9 -msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" -msgstr "dpkg-name - redonne aux paquets Debian leur nom complet" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:22 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" -"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" -"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" -"subdir> [I<rep>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" -"version> [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<fichiers>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:33 -msgid "" -"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " -"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " -"package name consists of " -"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " -"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " -"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " -"a hyphen and the revision information." -msgstr "" -"Cette page de manuel documente le script sh B<dpkg-name>. Celui-ci fournit " -"une façon simple de redonner aux paquets B<Debian> leur nom complet. Ce nom " -"consiste en une chaîne «\\ " -"E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb\\ » telle " -"qu'elle est indiquée dans le fichier «\\ control\\ » du paquet. La partie " -"E<lt>versionE<gt> du nom est composée d'informations sur la version «\\ " -"originale\\ » qui peuvent ou non être suivies d'un trait d'union et " -"d'informations sur la révision." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" -msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:37 -msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." -msgstr "Le nom du fichier n'aura pas l'information sur l'architecture." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:37 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" -msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:40 -msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." -msgstr "Faire un lien symbolique plutôt qu'une création de fichier." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" -msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:44 -msgid "" -"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " -"destination filename." -msgstr "" -"Remplace des fichiers existants s'ils ont le même nom que le fichier de " -"destination." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" -msgstr "B<-s, --subdir> [I<rep>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:56 -msgid "" -"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " -"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " -"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " -"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" -"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " -"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " -"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" -"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " -"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " -"care, it's messy." -msgstr "" -"Met les fichiers dans rep. Si le répertoire donné en argument existe, les " -"fichiers sont déplacés dans ce répertoire\\ ; sinon le répertoire cible, " -"extrait du champ «\\ section\\ » que contient la partie de contrôle du " -"paquet, sera «\\ unstable/binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>\\ " -"». Quand la section est «\\ non-free\\ » ou «\\ contrib\\ », ou bien quand " -"aucune information sur la section n'est trouvée dans le fichier «\\ control" -"\\ », le répertoire cible est «\\ E<lt>sectionE<gt>/binary-" -"E<lt>architectureE<gt>\\ ». Le champ «\\ section\\ » est facultatif\\ ; " -"aussi beaucoup de paquets sont dans la zone «\\ no-section\\ ». Utilisez " -"cette option avec soin\\ : elle est compliquée." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" -msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:61 -msgid "" -"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " -"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" -msgstr "" -"On peut utiliser cette option avec l'option -s. Quand un répertoire cible " -"n'est pas trouvé, il est créé automatiquement. B<Utilisez cette option avec " -"soin.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h, --help>" -msgstr "B<-h, --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:64 -msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." -msgstr "Affiche une aide et se termine normalement." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v, --version>" -msgstr "B<-v, --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:67 -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l, --license>" -msgstr "B<-l, --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:71 -msgid "" -"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " -"exit successfully." -msgstr "" -"Affiche les informations sur le copyright et sur la licence (avec une " -"référence à GNU), puis se termine normalement." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "EXEMPLES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:72 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:77 -msgid "" -"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " -"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " -"of `bar-foo.deb')." -msgstr "" -"Le nom du fichier «\\ bar-foo.deb\\ » devient «\\ bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb\\ » " -"ou quelque chose de similaire suivant les renseignements que contient la " -"partie de contrôle de «\\ bar-foo.deb\\ »." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" -msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:82 -msgid "" -"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " -"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " -"architecture information." -msgstr "" -"Cette commande redonne leur nom complet à tous les fichiers qui se trouvent " -"dans le répertoire /root/debian et ses sous-répertoires et qui possèdent une " -"extension «\\ deb\\ », mais supprime l'information sur l'architecture." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" -msgstr "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:88 -msgid "" -"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " -"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" -msgstr "" -"B<Ne faites pas ça !> L'archive sera complètement gâchée par des paquets qui " -"ne possèdent pas d'informations sur la section. B<Ne faites pas ça !>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:91 -msgid "This can be used when building new packages." -msgstr "" -"On peut se servir de cette commande lors de la construction d'un nouveau " -"paquet." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:91 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BOGUES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:100 -msgid "" -"Some packages don't follow the name structure " -"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " -"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " -"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " -"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." -msgstr "" -"Certains paquets ne respectent pas l'organisation " -"E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Les paquets " -"traités par dpkg-name la respecte. Cela n'a pas de conséquence sur la façon " -"dont B<dselect>(1) ou B<dpkg>(1) installe les paquets, mais il se peut que " -"d'autres systèmes d'installation aient besoin de cette organisation." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:107 -msgid "" -"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " -"B<xargs>(1)." -msgstr "" -"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " -"B<xargs>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "COPYRIGHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:113 -msgid "" -"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " -"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " -"There is B<no> warranty." -msgstr "" -"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> est un logiciel libre" -"\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure " -"pour le copyright. Il n'y a B<pas> de garantie." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "May 1996" -#~ msgstr "mai 1996" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3714d9a1..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-name.1/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg-name.1.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-28 21:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:35+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-name" -msgstr "dpkg-name" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg utilities" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:9 -msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" -msgstr "dpkg-name - Debian パッケージを完全なパッケージの名前に変更" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:22 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" -"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" -"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--" -"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--" -"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:33 -msgid "" -"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy " -"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " -"package name consists of " -"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb as specified " -"in the control file of the package. The E<lt>versionE<gt> part of the " -"filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by " -"a hyphen and the revision information." -msgstr "" -"このマニュアルページでは、B<dpkg-name> シェルスクリプトについて説明する。" -"B<dpkg-name> シェルスクリプトは、B<Debian> パッケージを完全なパッケージ名に、" -"簡単に変更することができる。完全なパッケージ名とは、パッケージの control ファ" -"イルで指定された情報から得られる E<lt>パッケージE<gt>_E<lt>バージョン" -"E<gt>_E<lt>アーキテクチャE<gt>.deb という名前である。E<lt>バージョンE<gt> の" -"部分は、上流のバージョン情報にハイフン、そしてリビジョン情報が続いたものであ" -"る。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>" -msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:37 -msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." -msgstr "変更後のファイル名にアーキテクチャ情報を含ませない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:37 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k, --symlink>" -msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:40 -msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." -msgstr "移動するかわりにシンボリックリンクを作る。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>" -msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:44 -msgid "" -"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " -"destination filename." -msgstr "変更後のファイル名と同名のファイルがあれば、それを上書きしてしまう。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" -msgstr "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:56 -msgid "" -"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " -"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " -"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " -"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" -"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in " -"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " -"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/" -"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " -"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " -"care, it's messy." -msgstr "" -"ファイルをサブディレクトリに移動する。もし引数で指定したディレクトリが存在す" -"れば、パッケージの control のセクションフィールドから得られたターゲットディレ" -"クトリの名前のかわりにそのディレクトリにファイルを移動する。通常、ターゲット" -"ディレクトリは `unstable/binary-E<lt>アーキテクチャE<gt>/E<lt>セクション" -"E<gt>' である。もし control でのセクション情報がない場合は `no-section' とみ" -"なされる。そしてこの場合、`non-free' や `contrib' セクションの時と同様に" -"ターゲットディレクトリは `E<lt>セクションE<gt>/binary-E<lt>アーキテクチャ" -"E<gt>' になる。セクションフィールドは必須ではないので多くのパッケージが `no-" -"section' の場所にいってしまうだろう。このオプションを使う時は注意すること。厄" -"介である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>" -msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:61 -msgid "" -"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " -"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" -msgstr "" -"このオプションは -s オプションとともに使うことができる。ターゲットディレクト" -"リがなければ、自動的に作成される。B<このオプションを使う時は注意すること。>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h, --help>" -msgstr "B<-h, --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:64 -msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." -msgstr "利用方法を表示して正常終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v, --version>" -msgstr "B<-v, --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:67 -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "バージョン情報を表示して正常終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l, --license>" -msgstr "B<-l, --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:71 -msgid "" -"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and " -"exit successfully." -msgstr "著作権情報、ライセンス情報(GNU への参照)を表示して正常終了する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "例" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:72 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:77 -msgid "" -"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " -"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " -"of `bar-foo.deb')." -msgstr "" -"ファイル `bar-foo.deb' が bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb のような感じに変更される。" -"(実際にどうなるかは `bar-foo.deb' の中の control の情報に依存する)" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" -msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:82 -msgid "" -"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " -"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " -"architecture information." -msgstr "" -"ディレクトリ /root/debian 以下にあり拡張子が `deb' の全てのファイルを dpkg-" -"name を使ってアーキテクチャ情報なしの名前に変更する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" -msgstr "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:88 -msgid "" -"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " -"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" -msgstr "" -"B<やってはいけない!> 多くのパッケージはセクション情報をもっていないので、あな" -"たのアーカイブはぐちゃぐちゃになってしまうだろう。B<やってはいけない!>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:91 -msgid "This can be used when building new packages." -msgstr "これは新しいパッケージを作る時に使うことができる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:91 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "バグ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:100 -msgid "" -"Some packages don't follow the name structure " -"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages " -"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " -"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other " -"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." -msgstr "" -"パッケージによっては E<lt>パッケージE<gt>_E<lt>バージョンE<gt>_E<lt>アーキテ" -"クチャE<gt>.deb という名前ではない。 dpkg-name によって改名されたパッケージは" -"このような名前になる。一般には、これは B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1) によってパッ" -"ケージがどのようにインストールされたかには影響はないが、この名前構造に依存して" -"いるインストールツールによっては影響があるかもしれない。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:100 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:107 -msgid "" -"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " -"B<xargs>(1)." -msgstr "" -"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " -"B<xargs>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "COPYRIGHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-name.1:113 -msgid "" -"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " -"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " -"There is B<no> warranty." -msgstr "" -"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see " -"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " -"There is B<no> warranty." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/dpkg-query.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/dpkg-query.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 4504469a..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/dpkg-query.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de fr ja pl sv -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-query.1/po/dpkg-query.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-query.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-query.1 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-query.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-query.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5e09068b..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,410 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-query" -msgstr "dpkg-query" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "2006-04-09" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:32 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:35 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " -"B<dpkg> database." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMANDS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:50 -msgid "" -"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " -"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " -"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" -"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" -"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " -"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -msgid "" -"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " -"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " -"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" -"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -msgid "" -"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " -"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" -"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " -"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " -"separated by a tab." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -msgid "" -"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " -"installed package status database." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -msgid "" -"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " -"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -msgid "" -"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " -"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " -"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -msgid "" -"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" -"available>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" -msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -msgid "Display licence and copyright information." -msgstr "Gebe Lizenz- und Copyright-Informationen aus." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:92 -msgid "Display version information." -msgstr "Gibt Versionsinformationen aus." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -msgid "" -"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" -"lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:103 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:105 -msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:111 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<\\en> newline\n" -" B<\\er> carriage return\n" -" B<\\et> tab\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:116 -msgid "" -"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " -"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" -"$>\\(rq." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:122 -msgid "" -"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " -"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " -"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " -"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<Architecture>\n" -" B<Bugs>\n" -" B<Conffiles>\n" -" B<Config-Version>\n" -" B<Conflicts>\n" -" B<Depends>\n" -" B<Description>\n" -" B<Enhances>\n" -" B<Essential>\n" -" B<Filename>\n" -" B<Installed-Size>\n" -" B<MD5sum>\n" -" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" -" B<Maintainer>\n" -" B<Origin>\n" -" B<Package>\n" -" B<Pre-Depends>\n" -" B<Priority>\n" -" B<Provides>\n" -" B<Recommends>\n" -" B<Replaces>\n" -" B<Revision>\n" -" B<Section>\n" -" B<Size>\n" -" B<Source>\n" -" B<Status>\n" -" B<Suggests>\n" -" B<Version>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:161 -msgid "" -"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " -"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " -"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " -"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " -"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:168 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:172 -msgid "" -"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " -"width of its output." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:177 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:181 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:184 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/dpkg-query.1.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/dpkg-query.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 0fb7eff2..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/dpkg-query.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,412 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-query" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:32 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:35 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " -"B<dpkg> database." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMANDS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:50 -msgid "" -"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " -"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " -"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in " -"I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote " -"I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename " -"expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with " -"``libc6'':" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -msgid "" -"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " -"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " -"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and " -"B<--showformat> for a way to configure the output format." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -msgid "" -"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " -"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the " -"B<--showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per " -"matching package, each line having the name and installed version of the " -"package, separated by a tab." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -msgid "" -"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " -"installed package status database." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -msgid "" -"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " -"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -msgid "" -"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " -"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " -"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -msgid "" -"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in " -"I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -msgid "Display licence and copyright information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:92 -msgid "Display version information." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -msgid "" -"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is " -"I</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:103 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:105 -msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:111 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<\\en> newline\n" -" B<\\er> carriage return\n" -" B<\\et> tab\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:116 -msgid "" -"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " -"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and " -"\\(lqB<$>\\(rq." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:122 -msgid "" -"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " -"package fields using the syntax " -"\\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. Fields are printed right-aligned " -"unless the width is negative in which case left alignment will be used. The " -"following I<field>s are recognised:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<Architecture>\n" -" B<Bugs>\n" -" B<Conffiles>\n" -" B<Config-Version>\n" -" B<Conflicts>\n" -" B<Depends>\n" -" B<Description>\n" -" B<Enhances>\n" -" B<Essential>\n" -" B<Filename>\n" -" B<Installed-Size>\n" -" B<MD5sum>\n" -" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" -" B<Maintainer>\n" -" B<Origin>\n" -" B<Package>\n" -" B<Pre-Depends>\n" -" B<Priority>\n" -" B<Provides>\n" -" B<Recommends>\n" -" B<Replaces>\n" -" B<Revision>\n" -" B<Section>\n" -" B<Size>\n" -" B<Source>\n" -" B<Status>\n" -" B<Suggests>\n" -" B<Version>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:161 -msgid "" -"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " -"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " -"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " -"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " -"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:168 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:172 -msgid "" -"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " -"width of its output." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:177 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:181 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:184 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index cbbff063..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,514 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-24 10:24+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-query" -msgstr "dpkg-query" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "09-04-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "suite dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" -msgstr "dpkg-query - Un outil pour interroger la base de données de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<nom-paquet-motif> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<nom-paquet-motif> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<nom-paquet> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<nom-paquet> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<motif-de-recherche> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<nom-paquet> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:32 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:35 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " -"B<dpkg> database." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-query> est un outil pour afficher des informations sur les paquets " -"connus par la base de données de B<dpkg>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMANDS" -msgstr "COMMANDES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<nom-paquet-motif> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:50 -msgid "" -"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " -"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " -"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" -"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" -"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " -"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" -msgstr "" -"Liste les paquets correspondants au motif donné. Quand on ne donne aucun " -"I<nom-paquet-motif>, tous les paquets listés dans I</var/lib/dpkg/status> " -"sont affichés, sauf ceux dont l'état est «\\ purge\\ ». Les métacaractères " -"ordinaires de l'interpréteur de commandes sont autorisés dans I<nom-paquet-" -"motif>. Il faudra sans doute mettre I<nom-paquet-motif> entre apostrophes " -"pour éviter l'expansion des noms de fichier par l'interpréteur de commandes. " -"Par exemple, tous les paquets dont le nom commence par «\\ libc6\\ » seront " -"affichés par la commande\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -msgid "" -"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " -"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " -"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" -"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." -msgstr "" -"On ne peut pas configurer le format de sortie de cette option. Il s'adapte " -"automatiquement à la largeur du terminal. Ce format est destiné aux humains " -"et la machine le lit mal. Voyez B<-W> (B<--show>) et B<--showformat> pour " -"une possible configuration de ce format." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<nom-paquet-motif>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -msgid "" -"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " -"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" -"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " -"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " -"separated by a tab." -msgstr "" -"Tout comme l'option B<--list>, cette option affiche la liste des paquets qui " -"correspondent au motif donné. La sortie peut cependant être formatée en " -"utilisant l'option B<--showformat>. Le format de sortie par défaut est le " -"suivant\\ : une ligne pour chaque paquet, avec le nom et la version " -"installée, séparé par une tabulation." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<nom-paquet> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -msgid "" -"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " -"installed package status database." -msgstr "" -"Donne l'état du paquet indiqué. C'est simplement l'affichage de l'entrée de " -"la base de données concernant les états des paquets installés." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<paquet> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -msgid "" -"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " -"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." -msgstr "" -"Affiche la liste des fichiers de I<paquet> installés sur le système. Il faut " -"remarquer cependant que les fichiers créés par les scripts d'installation " -"particuliers au paquet ne sont pas affichés." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<motif-de-recherche> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -msgid "" -"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " -"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " -"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Recherche un nom de fichier dans les paquets installés. On peut utiliser " -"dans le motif tous les métacaractères de l'interpréteur de commandes. Cette " -"commande ne donne pas les fichiers supplémentaires créés par les scripts du " -"responsable de paquet, ni les alternatives." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" -msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<paquet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -msgid "" -"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" -"available>." -msgstr "" -"Affiche des renseignements détaillés sur I<paquet>, tels qu'ils sont trouvés " -"dans le fichier I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" -msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -msgid "Display licence and copyright information." -msgstr "Affiche des renseignements sur la licence et le copyright." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:92 -msgid "Display version information." -msgstr "Affiche des renseignements sur la version." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>=I<dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -msgid "" -"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" -"lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Change l'endroit où se trouve la base de données de B<dpkg>. Par défaut, " -"c'est I</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:103 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" -"Cette option sert à spécifier le format de sortie de l'option B<--show>. " -"Ce format sera utilisé pour chaque paquet listé." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:105 -msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" -msgstr "Dans la chaîne, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq déspécifie le caractère" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:111 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<\\en> newline\n" -" B<\\er> carriage return\n" -" B<\\et> tab\n" -msgstr "" -" B<\\en> nouvelle ligne\n" -" B<\\er> retour chariot\n" -" B<\\et> tabulation\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:116 -msgid "" -"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " -"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" -"$>\\(rq." -msgstr "" -"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq avant un caractère supprime la signification du caractère " -"qui suit. C'est utile pour les caractères \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<$>" -"\\(rq." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:122 -msgid "" -"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " -"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " -"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " -"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" -msgstr "" -"On peut indiquer un paquet en insérant des appels de variables spécifiant " -"des champs du paquet avec la syntaxe suivante\\ : \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;" -">I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. Les champs sont alignés à droite, à moins que la " -"largeur ne soit négative, auquel cas ils sont alignés à gauche. Les champs " -"suivants sont reconnus\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<Architecture>\n" -" B<Bugs>\n" -" B<Conffiles>\n" -" B<Config-Version>\n" -" B<Conflicts>\n" -" B<Depends>\n" -" B<Description>\n" -" B<Enhances>\n" -" B<Essential>\n" -" B<Filename>\n" -" B<Installed-Size>\n" -" B<MD5sum>\n" -" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" -" B<Maintainer>\n" -" B<Origin>\n" -" B<Package>\n" -" B<Pre-Depends>\n" -" B<Priority>\n" -" B<Provides>\n" -" B<Recommends>\n" -" B<Replaces>\n" -" B<Revision>\n" -" B<Section>\n" -" B<Size>\n" -" B<Source>\n" -" B<Status>\n" -" B<Suggests>\n" -" B<Version>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<Architecture>\n" -" B<Bugs>\n" -" B<Conffiles>\n" -" B<Config-Version>\n" -" B<Conflicts>\n" -" B<Depends>\n" -" B<Description>\n" -" B<Enhances>\n" -" B<Essential>\n" -" B<Filename>\n" -" B<Installed-Size>\n" -" B<MD5sum>\n" -" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" -" B<Maintainer>\n" -" B<Origin>\n" -" B<Package>\n" -" B<Pre-Depends>\n" -" B<Priority>\n" -" B<Provides>\n" -" B<Recommends>\n" -" B<Replaces>\n" -" B<Revision>\n" -" B<Section>\n" -" B<Size>\n" -" B<Source>\n" -" B<Status>\"\n" -" B<Suggests>\n" -" B<Version>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:161 -msgid "" -"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " -"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " -"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " -"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " -"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" -msgstr "Le format par défaut est le suivant\\ : \\(lqB<${Paquet}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. Tous les autres champs du fichier status, par exemple des champs définis par l'utilisateur, peuvent être demandés. Ils seront affichés mais sans aucune mise en forme et aucune vérification n'est faite. Pour obtenir le nom du responsable de dpkg et la version installée, exécutez par exemple :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT" -msgstr "ENVIRONNEMENT" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:168 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:172 -msgid "" -"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " -"width of its output." -msgstr "" -"Fixer le nombre de colonnes influence la sortie de l'option B<--list> en " -"modifiant la largeur d'affichage." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:177 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:181 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Ce programme est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public " -"Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a PAS de " -"garantie." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:184 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DPKG-QUERY" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-QUERY" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "August 2001" -#~ msgstr "Août 2001" - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -#~ "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package " -#~ "listed. It can include the standard escape sequences \\en (newline), \\er " -#~ "(carriage return) or \\e\\e (plain backslash). Package information can be " -#~ "included by inserting variable references to package fields using the " -#~ "${var[;width]} syntax. Fields are printed be right-aligned unless the " -#~ "width is negative in which case left alignment will be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "On se sert de cette option pour préciser le format de la sortie que " -#~ "produit la commande B<--show>. Ce format est une chaîne, produite pour " -#~ "chaque paquet, qui peut contenir les séquences d'échappement classiques " -#~ "comme \\en (nouvelle ligne), \\er (retour chariot) ou \\e\\e (simple " -#~ "barre oblique). On peut inclure des informations concernant un paquet " -#~ "(variables référençant des champs) en se servant de la syntaxe ${var[;" -#~ "largeur]}. Les champs sont alignés sur la droite, sauf si largeur est " -#~ "négatif, auquel cas ils sont alignés sur la gauche." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9affcce8..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,473 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg-query.1.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 21:15+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-query" -msgstr "dpkg-query" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "2006-04-09" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg suite" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" -msgstr "dpkg-query - dpkg データベース問い合わせツール" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:32 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:35 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " -"B<dpkg> database." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-query> は、B<dpkg> データベースから、パッケージの情報を表示するツール" -"である。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMANDS" -msgstr "コマンド" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:50 -msgid "" -"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " -"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " -"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" -"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" -"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " -"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" -msgstr "" -"指定したパターンにマッチする名前のパッケージを表示する。 I<package-name-" -"pattern> を指定しない場合は、 I</var/lib/dpkg/status> にある、purge 状態にマークされていない" -"すべてのパッケージの一覧を表示する。I<package-name-pattern> には、標準" -"的なシェルのワイルド文字を使用することができる。ただし、シェルにファイル名展" -"開をさせないように、I<package-name-pattern> をクオートする必要があることに注" -"意していただきたい。例えば次のコマンドは、名前が ``libc6'' で始まるすべての" -"パッケージを表示する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -msgid "" -"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " -"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " -"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" -"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." -msgstr "" -"この出力形式は変更可能ではないが、端末の横幅に合うように自動的に調整される。" -"この出力は人間に読みやすいものであり、機械に読ませるのには向かない。" -"出力形式の設定方法については、 B<-W> (B<--show>) と B<--showformat> を参照。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -msgid "" -"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " -"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" -"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " -"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " -"separated by a tab." -msgstr "" -"B<--list> オプションと同様に、指定したパターンにマッチするすべてのパッケージ" -"を表示する。さらに、このオプションの出力は、 B<--showformat> オプションによっ" -"てカスタマイズすることができる。" -"デフォルトの出力形式は、マッチしたパッケージごとに 1 行となる。それぞれの行は、パッケージ名とインストールしたバージョンがタブ区切りで含まれる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -msgid "" -"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " -"installed package status database." -msgstr "" -"指定したパッケージの状況を報告する。これは、インストール済みパッケージ状況" -"データベースからの内容を表示しているだけである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -msgid "" -"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " -"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." -msgstr "" -"B<package-name> によってインストールしたファイルを表示する。ただし、パッケージ付" -"属のインストールスクリプトによって作成されたファイルは表示されないことに注意" -"すること。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -msgid "" -"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " -"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " -"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." -msgstr "" -"指定したファイルがどのパッケージからインストールされたかを探す。パターンに" -"は、標準的なシェルのすべてのワイルド文字を使用することができる。このコマンド" -"では、メンテナスクリプトで作成された追加ファイルや、 alternatives は探すこと" -"ができない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" -msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -msgid "" -"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" -"available>." -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available> にある I<package-name> に関する情報を表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" -msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -msgid "Display licence and copyright information." -msgstr "ライセンスと著作権情報を表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:92 -msgid "Display version information." -msgstr "バージョン情報を表示する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -msgid "" -"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" -"lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> データベースの位置を変更する。デフォルトの位置は I</var/lib/dpkg> で" -"ある。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:103 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" -"このオプションは、B<--show> が生成する出力の書式を指定するものである。書式は文字列で、パッケージごとに出力される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:105 -msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" -msgstr "フォーマット文字列中では、\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq はエスケープ文字である:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:111 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<\\en> newline\n" -" B<\\er> carriage return\n" -" B<\\et> tab\n" -msgstr "" -" B<\\en> 改行\n" -" B<\\er> キャリッジリターン\n" -" B<\\et> タブ\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:116 -msgid "" -"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " -"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" -"$>\\(rq." -msgstr "前に \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq を置くことで、続くあらゆる文字の意味を抑制できる。\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq や \\(lqB<$>\\(rq のために有用である。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:122 -msgid "" -"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " -"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " -"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " -"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" -msgstr "" -"パッケージ情報には、パッケージフィールドを参照する変数を含めることができる。その変数の構文は、\\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq となる。それぞれのフィールドは右寄せで表示されるが、width に負の値を指定すると左寄せになる。" -"以下の I<field> は認識される:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<Architecture>\n" -" B<Bugs>\n" -" B<Conffiles>\n" -" B<Config-Version>\n" -" B<Conflicts>\n" -" B<Depends>\n" -" B<Description>\n" -" B<Enhances>\n" -" B<Essential>\n" -" B<Filename>\n" -" B<Installed-Size>\n" -" B<MD5sum>\n" -" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" -" B<Maintainer>\n" -" B<Origin>\n" -" B<Package>\n" -" B<Pre-Depends>\n" -" B<Priority>\n" -" B<Provides>\n" -" B<Recommends>\n" -" B<Replaces>\n" -" B<Revision>\n" -" B<Section>\n" -" B<Size>\n" -" B<Source>\n" -" B<Status>\n" -" B<Suggests>\n" -" B<Version>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<Architecture>\n" -" B<Bugs>\n" -" B<Conffiles>\n" -" B<Config-Version>\n" -" B<Conflicts>\n" -" B<Depends>\n" -" B<Description>\n" -" B<Enhances>\n" -" B<Essential>\n" -" B<Filename>\n" -" B<Installed-Size>\n" -" B<MD5sum>\n" -" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" -" B<Maintainer>\n" -" B<Origin>\n" -" B<Package>\n" -" B<Pre-Depends>\n" -" B<Priority>\n" -" B<Provides>\n" -" B<Recommends>\n" -" B<Replaces>\n" -" B<Revision>\n" -" B<Section>\n" -" B<Size>\n" -" B<Source>\n" -" B<Status>\n" -" B<Suggests>\n" -" B<Version>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:161 -msgid "" -"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " -"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " -"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " -"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " -"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" -msgstr "デフォルトのフォーマット文字列は \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq である。実際には、status ファイルに含まれる他のすべてのフィールド(つまり、ユーザ定義フィールド)も指定することができる。これらはそのまま表示される。変換やエラーチェックはされない。dpkg のメンテナとインストールされているバージョンを得るには、これを実行する:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT" -msgstr "環境変数" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:168 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:172 -msgid "" -"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " -"width of its output." -msgstr "設定すると、B<--list> オプションによる出力の横幅を変更する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "著者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:177 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:181 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:184 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index fd6fd740..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,508 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.19\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-04 22:08+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-query" -msgstr "dpkg-query" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "2006-04-09" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" -msgstr "dpkg-query - narzêdzie przepytywania bazy danych dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SK£ADNIA" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwy-pliku> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:32 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:35 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " -"B<dpkg> database." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-query> jest narzêdziem s³u¿±cym do pokazywania informacji o pakietach " -"wymienionych w bazie danych B<dpkg>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMANDS" -msgstr "POLECENIA" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:50 -msgid "" -"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " -"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " -"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" -"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" -"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " -"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" -msgstr "" -"Wypisuje listê pakietów o podanym wzorcu nazwy. Je¶li nie podano I<wzorca-" -"nazwy-pakietu>, wypisuje listê wszystkich pakietów z pliku I</var/lib/dpkg/" -"status>, pomijaj±c jednak te, które s± oznaczone jako do wyczyszczenia z " -"plików konfiguracyjnych (purge). Do I<wzorca-nazwy-pakietu> mo¿na wpisaæ " -"zwyk³e operatory powtórzenia. Prawdopodobnie potrzebne bêdzie zacytowanie " -"I<wzorca-nazwy-pakietu>, aby pow³oka nie rozwinê³a tego wzorca. Na przyk³ad, " -"poni¿sze polecenie wypisze nazwy wszystkich pakietów zaczynaj±cych siê od " -"``libc6'':" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -msgid "" -"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " -"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " -"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" -"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." -msgstr "" -"Format wyj¶cia tej opcji nie jest konfigurowalny, ale automatycznie siê " -"zmienia, dostosowuj±c siê do szeroko¶ci terminalu. Jest to przeznaczone dla " -"ludzi i nie musi byæ ³atwo parsowalne przez maszynê. Patrz opcje B<-W> (B<--" -"show>) and B<--showformat>, aby dowiedzieæ siê, jak skonfigurowaæ format " -"wyj¶cia." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -msgid "" -"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " -"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" -"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " -"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " -"separated by a tab." -msgstr "" -"Zupe³nie tak jak opcja B<--list>, ta opcja wy¶wietli wszystkie pakiety " -"pasuj±ce do danego wzorca. Jednak¿e u¿ytkownik mo¿e dostosowaæ format " -"wyj¶cia do swoich potrzeb za pomoc± opcji B<--showformat>. W domy¶lnym " -"formacie dla ka¿dego pasuj±cego pakietu wy¶wietlana jest pojedyncza linia " -"zawieraj±ca jego nazwê oraz - po znaku tabulacji - zainstalowan± wersjê." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -msgid "" -"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " -"installed package status database." -msgstr "" -"Podanie stanu pakietu o podanej nazwie. Polecenie po prostu wy¶wietli " -"informacje, które znajduj± siê w bazie danych pakietów." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -msgid "" -"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " -"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." -msgstr "" -"Podanie listy plików zainstalowanych z B<nazwy-pakietu>. Pliki, które " -"zosta³y utworzone przez skrypty instalacyjne, nie bêd± podane." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwy-pliku> ..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -msgid "" -"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " -"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " -"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Szukanie pliku o podanym wzorcu po¶ród zainstalowanych pakietów. Wzorzec " -"mo¿e zawieraæ zwyk³e operatory powtórzenia. Polecenie to nie wyszuka " -"dodatkowych plików tworzonych przez skrypty instalacyjne pakietów oraz nie " -"wy¶wietli alternatyw." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" -msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<nazwa-pakietu>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -msgid "" -"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" -"available>." -msgstr "" -"Pokazanie szczegó³owych informacji o I<nazwie-pakietu>, znalezionych w pliku " -"I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" -msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -msgid "Display licence and copyright information." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o licencji i prawach autorskich." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:92 -msgid "Display version information." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o wersji." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCJE" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<katalog>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -msgid "" -"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" -"lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Zmienia po³o¿enie bazy danych B<dpkg>. Domy¶lnie jest to I</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:103 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" -"Opcja jest u¿ywana do podania formatu wyj¶cia produkowanego przez B<--show>. " -"Format jest ³añcuchem znaków, który bêdzie wy¶wietlony dla ka¿dego " -"listowanego pakietu." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:105 -msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" -msgstr "W ³añcuchu formatu, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq jest znakiem cytowania:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:111 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<\\en> newline\n" -" B<\\er> carriage return\n" -" B<\\et> tab\n" -msgstr "" -" B<\\en> nowa linia\n" -" B<\\er> powrót karetki\n" -" B<\\et> tabulacja\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:116 -msgid "" -"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " -"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" -"$>\\(rq." -msgstr "" -"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq poprzedzaj±cy jakikolwiek inny znak znosi specjalne " -"znaczenie nastêpuj±cego po nim znaku, co mo¿e byæ przydatne dla \\(lqB<\\e>" -"\\(rq oraz \\(lqB<$>\\(rq." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:122 -msgid "" -"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " -"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " -"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " -"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" -msgstr "" -"Informacje o pakiecie mo¿na wy¶wietlaæ, dodaj±c odwo³ania do pól pakietu, " -"u¿ywaj±c sk³adni \\(lqB<${>I<pole>[B<;>I<szeroko¶æ>]B<}>\\(rq. Pola s± " -"wyrównywane do prawej strony, chyba ¿e I<szeroko¶æ> jest liczb± ujemn±, w " -"którym to wypadku bêdzie u¿yte wyrównanie do lewej strony. Rozpoznawane s± " -"nastêpuj±ce I<pola>:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<Architecture>\n" -" B<Bugs>\n" -" B<Conffiles>\n" -" B<Config-Version>\n" -" B<Conflicts>\n" -" B<Depends>\n" -" B<Description>\n" -" B<Enhances>\n" -" B<Essential>\n" -" B<Filename>\n" -" B<Installed-Size>\n" -" B<MD5sum>\n" -" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" -" B<Maintainer>\n" -" B<Origin>\n" -" B<Package>\n" -" B<Pre-Depends>\n" -" B<Priority>\n" -" B<Provides>\n" -" B<Recommends>\n" -" B<Replaces>\n" -" B<Revision>\n" -" B<Section>\n" -" B<Size>\n" -" B<Source>\n" -" B<Status>\n" -" B<Suggests>\n" -" B<Version>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<Architecture>\n" -" B<Bugs>\n" -" B<Conffiles>\n" -" B<Config-Version>\n" -" B<Conflicts>\n" -" B<Depends>\n" -" B<Description>\n" -" B<Enhances>\n" -" B<Essential>\n" -" B<Filename>\n" -" B<Installed-Size>\n" -" B<MD5sum>\n" -" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" -" B<Maintainer>\n" -" B<Origin>\n" -" B<Package>\n" -" B<Pre-Depends>\n" -" B<Priority>\n" -" B<Provides>\n" -" B<Recommends>\n" -" B<Replaces>\n" -" B<Revision>\n" -" B<Section>\n" -" B<Size>\n" -" B<Source>\n" -" B<Status>\n" -" B<Suggests>\n" -" B<Version>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:161 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " -"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " -"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " -"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " -"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" -msgstr "" -"Domy¶lnym formatem jest \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. Aby " -"wy¶wietliæ nazwê opiekuna pakietu dpkg i zainstalowan± wersjê tego pakietu, " -"mo¿na uruchomiæ:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT" -msgstr "¦RODOWISKO" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:168 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:172 -msgid "" -"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " -"width of its output." -msgstr "" -"Zmienna ta wp³ywa na wyj¶cie polecenia B<--list>, zmieniaj±c jego szeroko¶æ." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:177 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:181 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Ten program jest wolnym oprogramowaniem, proszê zobaczyæ Licencjê Publiczn± " -"GNU w wersji 2 po warunki licencji. NIE MA ¿adnych gwarancji." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:184 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index 66789fb7..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-query.1/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,481 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for dpkg-query(1) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-11 00:49+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-query" -msgstr "dpkg-query" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "2006-05-09" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "Dpkg-sviten" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" -msgstr "dpkg-query - ett verktyg för att fråga dpkg-databasen" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<paketnamnsmönster> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<paketnamnsmönster> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<paketnamn> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<paketnamn> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:25 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filnamnssökmönster> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:29 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<paketnamn> ..." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:32 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:35 -msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:36 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:39 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " -"B<dpkg> database." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-query> är ett verktyg för att visa information om paket i B<dpkg>-" -"databasen." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMANDS" -msgstr "KOMMANDON" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<paketnamnsmönster> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:50 -msgid "" -"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " -"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " -"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-" -"name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-" -"pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " -"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" -msgstr "" -"Lista paket som matchar det givna mönstret. Om inget I<paketnamnsmönster> " -"anges listas alla paket i I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Skalets normala " -"jokertecken tillåts i I<paketnamnsmönster>. Observera att du sannolikt måste " -"skriva I<paketnamnsmönster> inom citationstecken för att förhindra att " -"skalet expanderar filnamnet. Till exempel kommer följande lista alla paket " -"vars namn börjar på \"libc6\":" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:54 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -msgid "" -"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " -"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " -"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" -"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." -msgstr "" -"Utdataformatet för detta alternativ kan inte justeras, men varieras " -"automatiskt för att passa terminalbredden. Det är avsett för mänskliga " -"läsare, och är inte enkelt maskinläsbart. Se B<-W> (B<--show>) och B<--" -"showformat> för hur du konfigurerar utdataformatet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<paketnamnsmönster> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -msgid "" -"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " -"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" -"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " -"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " -"separated by a tab." -msgstr "" -"Precis som flaggan B<--list> kommer detta att visa alla paket som matchar " -"det givna mönstret. Utdatat kan dock skräddarsys med flaggan B<--" -"showformat>. Standardutdataformatet är en rad per paket som träffas, där " -"varje rad innehåller namn och installerad version av paketet, avdelat med " -"ett tabulatortecken." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<paketnamn> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -msgid "" -"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " -"installed package status database." -msgstr "" -"Rapportera status om det angivna paketet. Detta alternativ visar helt " -"enkelt posten i statusdatabasen för installerade paket." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." -msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<paketnamn> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -msgid "" -"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note " -"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." -msgstr "" -"Listar filer som installerats på ditt system från B<paketnamn>. Observera " -"dock att filer som skapats av paketspecifika installationsskript inte listas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." -msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filnamnssökmönster> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -msgid "" -"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " -"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " -"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Sök efter filnamnet bland de installerade paketen. Alla skalets vanliga " -"jokertecken kan användas i mönstret. Kommandot kommer inte att visa " -"extrafiler som skapas av paketskript, ej heller kommer det att visa " -"alternativ." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>" -msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<paketnamn>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -msgid "" -"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" -"available>." -msgstr "Visar detaljer om I<paketnamn> från I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>" -msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -msgid "Display licence and copyright information." -msgstr "Visar licensvillkor och upphovsrättsinformation." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:89 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:92 -msgid "Display version information." -msgstr "Visar versionsinformation." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "FLAGGOR" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<kat>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -msgid "" -"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" -"lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "Ändra platsen för B<dpkg>-databasen. Förval är I</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" -msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:103 -msgid "" -"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " -"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "" -"Denna flagga används för att ange formatet på det utdata B<--show> skapar. " -"Formatet är en sträng som kommer att matas ut för varje paket som listas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:105 -msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" -msgstr "I formatsträgnen inleds följande styrsekvenser med \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:111 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<\\en> newline\n" -" B<\\er> carriage return\n" -" B<\\et> tab\n" -msgstr "" -" B<\\en> radmatning\n" -" B<\\er> vagnreteur\n" -" B<\\et> tabulator\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:116 -msgid "" -"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " -"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" -"$>\\(rq." -msgstr "" -"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq före ett annat tecken undertrycken en speciell betydelse " -"för det efterföljande tecknet, vilket är kan användas för \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq " -"och \\(lqB<$>\\(rq." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:122 -msgid "" -"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " -"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " -"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " -"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised:" -msgstr "" -"Paketinformation kan läggas in genom att sätta in variabelreferenser till " -"paketfält, på syntaxen \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. Fält " -"skrivs högerjusterade såvida inte bredden är negativ i vilket fall " -"vänsterjustering kommer att användas. Följande I<fält> stöds:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<Architecture>\n" -" B<Bugs>\n" -" B<Conffiles>\n" -" B<Config-Version>\n" -" B<Conflicts>\n" -" B<Depends>\n" -" B<Description>\n" -" B<Enhances>\n" -" B<Essential>\n" -" B<Filename>\n" -" B<Installed-Size>\n" -" B<MD5sum>\n" -" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" -" B<Maintainer>\n" -" B<Origin>\n" -" B<Package>\n" -" B<Pre-Depends>\n" -" B<Priority>\n" -" B<Provides>\n" -" B<Recommends>\n" -" B<Replaces>\n" -" B<Revision>\n" -" B<Section>\n" -" B<Size>\n" -" B<Source>\n" -" B<Status>\n" -" B<Suggests>\n" -" B<Version>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<Architecture>\n" -" B<Bugs>\n" -" B<Conffiles>\n" -" B<Config-Version>\n" -" B<Conflicts>\n" -" B<Depends>\n" -" B<Description>\n" -" B<Enhances>\n" -" B<Essential>\n" -" B<Filename>\n" -" B<Installed-Size>\n" -" B<MD5sum>\n" -" B<MSDOS-Filename>\n" -" B<Maintainer>\n" -" B<Origin>\n" -" B<Package>\n" -" B<Pre-Depends>\n" -" B<Priority>\n" -" B<Provides>\n" -" B<Recommends>\n" -" B<Replaces>\n" -" B<Revision>\n" -" B<Section>\n" -" B<Size>\n" -" B<Source>\n" -" B<Status>\n" -" B<Suggests>\n" -" B<Version>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:161 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " -"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " -"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " -"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " -"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" -msgstr "" -"Standardformatet är \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. För att hämta " -"namnet på paketansvarig och installerad version för dpkg och kan du köra:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT" -msgstr "MILJÖVARIABLER" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:168 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:172 -msgid "" -"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " -"width of its output." -msgstr "" -"Denna inställningar påverkar utdata från kommandot B<--list> genom att ändra " -"bredden på dess utdata." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Upphovsrättsskyddat 2001 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:177 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:181 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Detta är fri programvara; se GNU General Public License version 2 eller " -"senare för kopieringsvillkor. Det finns INGEN garanti." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-query.1:184 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/dpkg-scanpackages.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/dpkg-scanpackages.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index ea1cecb6..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/dpkg-scanpackages.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/dpkg-scanpackages.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-scanpackages.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-scanpackages.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index b33d95cc..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,270 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-28 17:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" -msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-10" -msgstr "2006-05-10" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 -msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" -msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - erstelle Packages-Dateien" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " -"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>ArchE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<Binärverz> " -"I<Overridedatei> [I<Pfadpräfix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " -"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " -"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " -"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " -"install on a cluster of machines." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> schaut durch einen Baum von Debian-Binärpaketen und " -"erstellt eine Packages-Datei, die von B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1) usw. " -"verwendet wird, um dem Benutzer zu erzählen, welche Pakete zur Installation " -"verfügbar sind. Diese Packages-Dateien sind die gleichen, die auch auf den " -"Debian-Archiv-Sites und CD-ROMs vorliegen. Sie können selbst B<dpkg-" -"scanpackages> verwenden, falls Sie ein Verzeichnis von lokalen Paketen zur " -"Installation auf einem Cluster von Maschinen anlegen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 -msgid "" -"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " -"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " -"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " -"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." -msgstr "" -"B<Hinweis:> Falls Sie auf die erzeugte Packages-Datei mit B<apt> zugreifen " -"wollen, werden Sie wahrscheinlich die Datei mit B<gzip>(1) komprimieren " -"müssen (und damit ein Packages.gz-Datei erstellen). Apt ignoriert - " -"abgesehen von lokalem Zugriff (d.h. über B<file://>-Quellen) - " -"unkomprimierte Packages-Dateien." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 -msgid "" -"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " -"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " -"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " -"file will start with this string." -msgstr "" -"I<Binärverz> ist der Name des zu verarbeitenden Baums von Binärpaketen " -"(beispielsweise B<contrib/binary-i386>). Am besten wird dies relativ zur " -"Wurzel des Debian-Archivs erstellt, da jedes Filename-Feld in der neuen " -"Packages-Datei mit dieser Zeichenkette beginnen wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 -msgid "" -"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " -"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." -msgstr "" -"I<Overridedatei> ist der Name der einzulesenden Datei, die Informationen " -"darüber enthält, wie das Paket in die Distribution passt; siehe unten." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 -msgid "" -"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." -msgstr "" -"I<Pfadpräfix> ist eine optionale Zeichenkette, die vor das Dateinamenfeld " -"gehängt werden soll." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 -msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." -msgstr "Falls B<-u> angegeben ist, dann suche nach *.udeb anstatt *.deb." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 -msgid "" -"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " -"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." -msgstr "" -"Wenn B<-a>I<E<lt>ArchE<gt>> angegeben ist, dann wird ein Muster bestehend " -"aus *_all.deb und *_arch.deb verwendet, anstatt nach allen Debs zu suchen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 -msgid "" -"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " -"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " -"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " -"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " -"in the output." -msgstr "" -"Falls mehr als eine Version eines Paketes gefunden wird, wird nur das neuste " -"in die Ausgabe aufgenommen. Falls sie die gleiche Version haben und sich nur " -"in der Architektur unterscheiden, wird das zuerst gefundene verwendet. Sie " -"können diese Verhalten mit dem B<-m>-Schalter aufheben. Falls angegeben, " -"werden alle gefundenen Pakete in die Ausgabe aufgenommen." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" -msgstr "DIE OVERRIDE-DATEI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 -msgid "" -"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " -"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " -"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " -"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " -"information is found in the override file." -msgstr "" -"Während der Großteil der Informationen über ein Paket in der Kontrolldatei " -"gefunden werden kann, muss ein Teil von den Distributionszaren eingetragen " -"werden, da sie sich nicht auf tatsächliche Abhängigkeiten und Beschreibungen " -"des Pakets, sonder auf die Anordnung von Dateien für eine Veröffentlichung " -"beziehen. Diese Informationen finden sich in der Override-Datei." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 -msgid "" -"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " -"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Die Override-Datei hat ein einfaches, durch Leerzeichen getrenntes Format. " -"Kommentare sind erlaubt (angezeigt durch ein B<#>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 -msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" -msgstr "I<Paket> I<Priorität> I<Bereich> [I<Betreuerinformation>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 -msgid "" -"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " -"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." -msgstr "" -"I<Paket> ist der Name des Pakets. Einträge in der Override-Datei für Pakete " -"die nicht im Baum von Binärpaketen gefunden werden können, werden ignoriert." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 -msgid "" -"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " -"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " -"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." -msgstr "" -"I<Priorität> und I<Bereich> platzieren das Paket innerhalb des " -"Veröffentlichungs-Baums; diese sollten nicht in der Kontrolldatei gefunden " -"werden. Falls das Paket in einem Unterverzeichnis des I<Binärverz> gefunden " -"wird, dann wird dies mit I<Bereich> überprüft." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 -msgid "" -"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " -"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " -"to perform a substitution." -msgstr "" -"I<Betreuerinformation> kann, falls vorhanden, entweder der Name des " -"Betreuers für ein bedingungsloses Überschreiben, oder ansonsten " -"I<AlterBetreuer> B<=E<gt>> I<NeuerBetreuer> um eine Ersetzung durchzuführen, " -"sein." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 -msgid "" -"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " -"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." -msgstr "" -"Die Override-Datei, die für die Erstellung der offiziellen Paketliste " -"verwendet wird, kann im I<indices>-Verzeichnis auf jedem Debian-Spiegel " -"gefunden werden." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "DIAGNOSE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " -"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " -"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " -"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> gibt die gewöhnlichen selbsterklärenden Fehler aus. Es " -"warnt auch über Pakete, die im falschen Unterverzeichnis sind, doppelt " -"vorkommen, ein Filename-Feld in ihrer Kontrolldatei haben, in der Override-" -"Datei fehlen oder für die Betreuer-Substitutionen vorliegen, die keinen " -"Effekt haben." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/dpkg-scanpackages.1.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/dpkg-scanpackages.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 76083a11..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/dpkg-scanpackages.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-10" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 -msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " -"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " -"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " -"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " -"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " -"install on a cluster of machines." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 -msgid "" -"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " -"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " -"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " -"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 -msgid "" -"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " -"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " -"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " -"file will start with this string." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 -msgid "" -"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " -"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 -msgid "I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 -msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 -msgid "" -"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " -"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 -msgid "" -"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " -"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " -"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " -"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " -"in the output." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 -msgid "" -"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " -"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " -"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " -"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " -"information is found in the override file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 -msgid "" -"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " -"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 -msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 -msgid "" -"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " -"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 -msgid "" -"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " -"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " -"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 -msgid "" -"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " -"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " -"to perform a substitution." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 -msgid "" -"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " -"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " -"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " -"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " -"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index cdb5249c..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,290 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-10" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilidades dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 -#, fuzzy -msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" -msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Crea ficheros Packages." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " -"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<-u>] [I<-aE<lt>arquitE<gt>>] I<bindir> I<fichero-" -"override> [I<path_prefijo>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " -"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " -"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " -"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " -"install on a cluster of machines." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> busca paquetes binarios de Debian en un árbol de " -"directorios y crea un fichero Packages usado por B<dselect>(8), etc, para " -"mostrar al usuario los paquetes disponibles para su instalación. Estos " -"ficheros Packages son idénticos a los que se encuentran en los archivos de " -"Debian en Internet o en los CD-ROMs. B<dpkg-scanpackages> se puede usar " -"para crear un directorio local con paquetes para instalar en una ó varias " -"máquinas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 -msgid "" -"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " -"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " -"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " -"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " -"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " -"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " -"file will start with this string." -msgstr "" -"I<bindir> es el nombre del árbol de directorios que contiene los binarios " -"que se desea procesar (por ejemplo, B<contrib/binary-i386>). Es mejor hacer " -"que este directorio sea relativo al directorio principal del repositorio de " -"Debian, porque todo fichero listado en el nuevo Packages empezará por esta " -"cadena de caracteres." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " -"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." -msgstr "" -"I<fichero-override> es el nombre del fichero que contiene información acerca " -"de como los paquetes se instalan en la distribución, vea más abajo." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." -msgstr "" -"I<path_prefijo> es un parámetro opcional que se antepondrá en el campo del " -"nombre de los archivos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifica la opción I<-u> , se buscan ficheros *.udeb en vez de *.deb." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " -"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se especifica -aI<E<lt>arquitE<gt>>, en vez de buscar todo tipo de " -"debs, se usa un patrón basado en *_all.deb y *_arch.deb." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 -msgid "" -"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " -"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " -"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " -"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " -"in the output." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" -msgstr "EL FICHERO OVERRIDE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " -"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " -"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " -"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " -"information is found in the override file." -msgstr "" -"Mientras que la mayoría de la información acerca de los paquetes se " -"encuentre en el fichero de control, parte de esta información debe de ser " -"rellenada por los encargados de planificar la distribución en vez de por los " -"mantenedores, porque es información relacionada con el ordenamiento de los " -"archivos para el lanzamiento de la distribución, más que dependencias reales " -"o descripciones del paquete. Este tipo de información se encuentra en el " -"fichero de override." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " -"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"El fichero override tiene un formato simple, está delimitado por espacios en " -"blanco. Los comentarios van precedidos de B<#>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 -#, fuzzy -msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" -msgstr "I<paquete> I<prioridad> I<sección> [I<información_del_mantenedor>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " -"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." -msgstr "" -"I<paquete> El nombre del paquete. Las entradas en el fichero de override de " -"un paquete no encontrado en el directorio son descartadas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " -"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " -"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." -msgstr "" -"I<prioridad> y I<sección> colocan el paquete en el árbol de directorios de " -"la distribución; esta información no debe de encontrarse en el fichero de " -"control. Si el paquete se encuentra en un subdirectorio de I<bindir>, se " -"tendrá en cuenta la I<sección>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " -"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " -"to perform a substitution." -msgstr "" -"I<información_del_mantenedor>, si está presente, puede ser el nombre del " -"mantenedor para un fichero de override incondicional , o bien I<antiguo " -"mantenedor> B<=E<gt>> I<nuevo mantenedor> para hacer una substitución." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " -"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." -msgstr "" -"Los ficheros override que se usan para hacer las listas de paquetes " -"oficiales, suelen encontrarse en el directorio I<índices> en cualquier " -"réplica de Debian." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " -"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " -"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " -"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> devuelve los errores auto-explicativos comunes. Además " -"avisa acerca de paquetes que están en el subdirectorio equivocado, " -"duplicados, tienen un campo de nombre en su fichero de control, no aparecen " -"en el fichero de override, o contienen alguna sustitución de mantenedor que " -"no ha tenido efecto." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VEA ADEMÁS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(8), B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "1996-07-08" -#~ msgstr "08-07-1996" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index 92382cbf..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 10:46+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" -msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-10" -msgstr "10-05-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 -msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" -msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - créer des fichiers «\\ Packages\\ »" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " -"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>>] [B<-m>] I<rep-de-" -"binaires> I<fichier-d'-override> [I<chemin-à-préfixer>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " -"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " -"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " -"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " -"install on a cluster of machines." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> trie une arborescence contenant des paquets binaires " -"Debian et crée un fichier «\\ Packages\\ » qui permettra à B<apt>(8), " -"B<dselect>(1), ou à un autre programme, de savoir quels sont les paquets " -"installables. Ces fichiers «\\ Packages\\ » sont semblables à ceux qu'on " -"peut trouver sur les sites d'archives Debian ou sur des cédéroms. Quand on " -"crée un répertoire contenant des paquets qu'on veut installer sur un " -"ensemble de machines, on peut se servir soi-même de B<dpkg-scanpackages>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 -msgid "" -"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " -"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " -"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " -"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." -msgstr "" -"B<Note :> pour lire le fichier avec B<apt>, il faudra sans doute le " -"compresser avec B<gzip>(1) et créer un fichier Packages.gz. Apt ignore les " -"fichiers Packages non compressés, sauf pour des sources locales (B<file://>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 -msgid "" -"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " -"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " -"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " -"file will start with this string." -msgstr "" -"I<rep-de-binaires> est le nom de l'arborescence des paquets binaires (par " -"exemple B<contrib/binary-i386)> que l'on veut traiter. Il vaut mieux qu'elle " -"soit relative à la racine de l'archive Debian\\ ; ainsi chaque champ «\\ " -"Filename\\ » dans le nouveau fichier «\\ Packages\\ » commencera par cette " -"chaîne." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 -msgid "" -"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " -"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." -msgstr "" -"I<fichier-d'-override> est le nom du fichier qui contient les renseignements " -"sur la manière dont le paquet s'insère dans la distribution\\ ; voir ci-" -"dessous." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 -msgid "" -"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." -msgstr "" -"I<chemin-à-préfixer> est une chaîne facultative qui préfixera les champs «\\ " -"Filename\\ »." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 -msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." -msgstr "" -"Si l'option B<-u> est spécifiée, la commande recherche des *.udeb au lieu de " -"*.deb." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 -msgid "" -"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " -"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." -msgstr "" -"Quand B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> est spécifiée, la commande ne recherche pas " -"tous les fichiers debs\\ ; elle utilise un motif équivalent à *_all.deb et à " -"*_arch.deb." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 -msgid "" -"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " -"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " -"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " -"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " -"in the output." -msgstr "" -"S'il existe plusieurs versions d'un paquet, seule la plus récente est " -"affichée en sortie. Si les paquets ont la même version mais diffèrent par " -"l'architecture, seul le premier trouvé est utilisé. Il est possible de " -"modifier ce comportement avec l'option B<-m>\\ : tous les paquets trouvés " -"seront affichés en sortie." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" -msgstr "LE FICHIER « OVERRIDE »" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 -msgid "" -"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " -"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " -"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " -"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " -"information is found in the override file." -msgstr "" -"Bien que l'on puisse trouver dans le fichier «\\ control\\ » la plupart des " -"informations concernant un paquet, certaines doivent être inscrites par les " -"tsars de la distribution plutôt que par le responsable du paquet\\ : elles " -"ont trait à l'organisation des fichiers en vue de la publication plutôt " -"qu'aux dépendances réelles ou à la description du paquet. Ces informations " -"se trouvent dans le fichier «\\ override\\ »." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 -msgid "" -"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " -"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Les éléments du fichier «\\ override\\ » sont séparés simplement par un " -"espace. Les commentaires commencent par un caractère B<«\\ #\\ »>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 -msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" -msgstr "I<paquet> I<priorité> I<section> [I<responsable>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 -msgid "" -"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " -"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." -msgstr "" -"I<paquet> est le nom du paquet. Les entrées du fichier «\\ override\\ » " -"concernant des paquets qui ne sont pas dans l'arborescence des paquets " -"binaires sont ignorées." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 -msgid "" -"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " -"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " -"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." -msgstr "" -"Les éléments I<priorité> et I<section> placent le paquet dans l'arborescence" -"\\ ; on ne devrait pas les trouver dans le fichier «\\ control\\ ». Quand le " -"paquet se trouve dans un sous-répertoire de I<rep-de-binaires,> on le " -"compare avec le contenu de I<section>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 -msgid "" -"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " -"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " -"to perform a substitution." -msgstr "" -"L'élément I<responsable,> quand il existe, peut représenter soit le nom du " -"responsable quand il s'agit d'un remplacement sans condition, soit la chaîne " -"I<ancienresponsable> B<=E<gt>> I<nouveauresponsable> pour un changement de " -"responsable." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 -msgid "" -"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " -"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." -msgstr "" -"On peut trouver les fichiers «\\ override\\ », dont on se sert pour établir " -"les fichiers officiels «\\ Packages\\ », dans le répertoire I<indices> des " -"miroirs Debian." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "DIAGNOSTICS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " -"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " -"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " -"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> affiche les erreurs habituelles qui se comprennent " -"d'elles-mêmes. Il affiche aussi des avertissements quand des paquets sont " -"dans un mauvais sous-répertoire, existent en double exemplaire, ont des " -"champs «\\ Filename\\ » dans leur fichier «\\ control\\ », sont absents du " -"fichier «\\ override\\ » ou bien dont les substitutions de responsable ne " -"peuvent pas s'appliquer." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "1996-07-08" -#~ msgstr "08-07-1996" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index 758cba96..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scanpackages.1/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg-scanpackages.1.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-27 22:47+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:35+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" -msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-10" -msgstr "2006-05-10" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg utilities" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 -msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files" -msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Packages ファイルの作成" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:30 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " -"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> " -"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:31 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:43 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " -"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " -"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " -"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " -"install on a cluster of machines." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> は Debian バイナリパッケージのツリーを見て Packages ファ" -"イルを生成する。Packages ファイルは B<apt>(8) や B<dselect>(1) などに、どのパッケージが" -"インストールできるかをユーザに知らせるために利用している。これらの Packages " -"ファイルは Debian アーカイブサイトや CD-ROM などで使われているものと同じもの" -"である。もし、たくさんのマシンにインストールしたいローカルなパッケージの" -"ディレクトリを作るなら、自分で B<dpkg-scanpackages> を使うことができる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:53 -msgid "" -"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " -"will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " -"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " -"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." -msgstr "" -"B<注意:> B<apt> で使うのであれば、生成した Packages ファイルを B<gzip>(1) " -"で圧縮する(Packages.gz を生成する)必要があるだろう。apt はローカルアクセス" -"(つまり B<file://> ソース)以外での非圧縮の Packages ファイルを無視する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:60 -msgid "" -"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " -"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " -"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " -"file will start with this string." -msgstr "" -"I<binarydir> は処理するバイナリパッケージのツリーの名前である(例えば B<contrib/binary-" -"i386> など)。Debian アーカイブのルートからの相対にしておくのが最もいい方法で" -"ある。なぜなら Packages ファイルに含まれている各々の Filename フィールドは" -"この文字列で始まるからである。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:64 -msgid "" -"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " -"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." -msgstr "" -"I<overridefile> はパッケージがディストリビューションに合うようにするための情" -"報を含んでいるファイルの名前である。以下を参照のこと。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:67 -msgid "" -"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." -msgstr "" -"I<pathprefix> は Filename フィールドで前に追加できるオプションの文字列であ" -"る。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 -msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb." -msgstr "B<-u> を指定した場合は、*.deb の代わりに *.udeb をスキャンする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:74 -msgid "" -"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all " -"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." -msgstr "" -"B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> を指定した場合は、すべての deb ファイルをスキャンする代わ" -"りに、*_all.deb や *_arch.deb パターンにマッチするファイルを対象とする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:80 -msgid "" -"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " -"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " -"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this " -"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included " -"in the output." -msgstr "" -"2 つ以上のバージョンのパッケージがあれば、最新の 1 つだけが出力に含まれる。" -"同一のバージョンでアーキテクチャだけが異なる場合は、最初の 1 つだけが使用される。" -"この動きは B<-m> スイッチで変更できる。" -"このスイッチが指定された場合は、みつかったパッケージすべてが出力に含まれる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" -msgstr "OVERRIDE ファイル" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 -msgid "" -"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " -"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " -"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " -"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " -"information is found in the override file." -msgstr "" -"パッケージに関するほとんどの情報は control ファイルで見つけることができる" -"が、いくつかはメンテナではなくディストリビューション作成者により、それらの情" -"報を与える必要がある。パッケージの実際の依存関係や説明よりも、リリースにむ" -"けてファイルをどう配置するかに関係してくるからである。これらの情報は " -"override ファイルにある。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 -msgid "" -"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " -"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"override ファイルは簡単な空白で区切られた形式になっている。コメントも許され" -"ている(B<#> 以降がコメント)。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 -msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" -msgstr "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 -msgid "" -"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " -"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." -msgstr "" -"I<package> はパッケージ名である。override ファイルにあるがバイナリパッケージのツリーには" -"ないパッケージ名のエントリは無視される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 -msgid "" -"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these " -"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " -"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>." -msgstr "" -"I<priority> と I<section> はパッケージをリリースツリーでどこに置くかを指定す" -"る。これらは control ファイルにあるべきではない。もしパッケージが " -"I<binarydir> のサブディレクトリにあれば I<section> の値とチェックされる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:119 -msgid "" -"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " -"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " -"to perform a substitution." -msgstr "" -"I<maintainerinfo> がもしあればメンテナの名前を無条件に上書きできる。もしく" -"は I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> の場合は置換される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:124 -msgid "" -"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " -"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." -msgstr "" -"公式の Packages リストを作成するために使われている override ファイルは、 " -"Debian ミラーの I<indices> ディレクトリにある。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "診断" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:131 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " -"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " -"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " -"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scanpackages> は通常の自己説明的なエラーを出力する。パッケージが間違っ" -"たディレクトリにある、複数ある、control ファイルに Filename フィールドがあ" -"る、override ファイルにない、実行されなかったメンテナの置換があるなどといった" -"警告もする。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:135 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/dpkg-scansources.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/dpkg-scansources.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 71be26a2..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/dpkg-scansources.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-scansources.1/po/dpkg-scansources.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-scansources.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-scansources.1 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-scansources.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-scansources.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 68770150..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-09-29 1:32+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-26 18:37+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-scansources" -msgstr "dpkg-scansources" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-10" -msgstr "2006-05-10" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:4 -msgid "" -"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-scansources - suche nach ».dsc«-Dateien und baue den »Sources«-Index" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:13 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" -"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<Optionen>] I<Binär-Verz> [I<Override-Datei> [I<Pfad-" -"Prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:18 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " -"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." -msgstr "" -"<dpkg-scansources> durchsucht das übergebene I<Binär-Verz> nach I<.dsc>-" -"Dateien. Diese werden verwendet, um einen Debian-Quell-Index zu erstellen, " -"der auf der Standardausgabe ausgegeben wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:29 -msgid "" -"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " -"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " -"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" -"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " -"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " -"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " -"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " -"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " -"might change." -msgstr "" -"Die I<Override-Datei> wird, falls angegeben, verwendet, um die Prioritäten " -"in den ergebenen Index-Datensätzen zu setzen und sich über das Betreuer-Feld " -"in den I<.dsc>-Dateien hinwegzusetzen. Lesen Sie B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) für " -"das Format dieser Datei. \\s-1Beachten Sie\\s0: Da die Override-Datei nach " -"Binär- und nicht Quellpaketen indiziert wird, gibt es ein hier kleines " -"Problem. Die aktuelle Implementierung verwendet die höchste Priorität aller " -"von einer I<.dsc>-Datei erzeugten Binärpakete für die Priorität des " -"Quellpakets, und den Inhalt für das Hinwegsetzen über die Betreuer-" -"Information aus dem Eintrag für das erste in der I<.dsc>-Datei aufgeführte " -"Binärpaket. Dies könnte sich ändern." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:33 -msgid "" -"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " -"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " -"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." -msgstr "" -"Der I<Pfad-Präfix> wird, falls angegeben, vor das Directory-Feld in dem " -"erzeugten Quell-Index vorangestellt. Sie verwenden dies im allgemeinen, " -"damit das Directory-Feld den Pfad von der Spitze der Debian-Hierarchie " -"enthält." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " -"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " -"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " -"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." -msgstr "" -"B<Hinweis:> Falls Sie auf die erzeugte Packages-Datei mit B<apt>(8) " -"zugreifen wollen, werden Sie wahrscheinlich die Datei mit B<gzip>(1) " -"komprimieren müssen (und damit ein Packages.gz-Datei erstellen). Apt " -"ignoriert - abgesehen von lokalem Zugriff (d.h. über B<file://>-Quellen) - " -"unkomprimierte Packages-Dateien." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>" -msgstr "B<--debug>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:47 -msgid "Turn debugging on." -msgstr "Schalte Debugging ein" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:49 -msgid "Show the usage message and die." -msgstr "Zeige den Bedienungshinweis und sterbe." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" -msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:52 -msgid "" -"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " -"name." -msgstr "" -"Sortiere die Index-Datensätze nicht. Normalerweise werden sie nach " -"Quellpaketnamen sortiert." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" -msgstr "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<Datei>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:55 -msgid "" -"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " -"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie I<Datei> als Quell-Override-Datei. Die Standardeinstellung ist " -"der Name der Override-Datei, die Sie angegeben haben, um I<.src> ergänzt." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:61 -msgid "" -"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " -"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " -"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " -"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " -"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." -msgstr "" -"Die Quell-Override-Datei hat ein anderes Format als die Binär-Override-Datei." -"Sie enthält nur zwei, durch Leerzeichen separierte Felder, der erste ist der " -"Quellpaketname und der zweite der Bereich. Leerzeilen und Kommentarzeilen " -"werden in normaler Art und Weise ignoriert. Falls ein Paket in beiden " -"Dateien auftaucht, dann nimmt die Quell-Override Vorrang für die Einstellung " -"des Bereichs." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:63 -msgid "Print the version number and exit." -msgstr "Gebe die Versionsnummer aus und beende sich." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:66 -msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:68 -msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/dpkg-scansources.1.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/dpkg-scansources.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 6490444f..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/dpkg-scansources.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-09-29 1:32+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-scansources" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-10" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:13 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> " -"[I<path-prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:18 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " -"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:29 -msgid "" -"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " -"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " -"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this " -"file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, " -"packages, there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses " -"the highest priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file " -"for the priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first " -"binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer " -"information. This might change." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:33 -msgid "" -"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " -"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " -"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:44 -msgid "" -"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " -"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " -"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " -"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:47 -msgid "Turn debugging on." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:49 -msgid "Show the usage message and die." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:52 -msgid "" -"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " -"name." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:55 -msgid "" -"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " -"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:61 -msgid "" -"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " -"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " -"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " -"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " -"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:63 -msgid "Print the version number and exit." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:66 -msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:68 -msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index f1b3939c..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,282 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-09-29 1:32+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-scansources" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-10" -msgstr "2004-06-01" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-scansources - Busca ficheros '.dsc' y construye los índices 'Sources'" - -# type: IX -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:5 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:13 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" -"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" -msgstr "" -"\\&B<dpkg-scansources> [switch]... I<bindir> [I<fichero-override> [I<path-" -"prefijo>]] E<gt> Sources" - -# type: IX -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:18 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " -"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." -msgstr "" -"<dpkg-scansources> busca ficheros I<.dsc> en un árbol de directorios " -"I<bindir> dado. Estos son usados para crear un índice de Sources de Debian, " -"que es mostrado por la salida estándar." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:29 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " -"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " -"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" -"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " -"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " -"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " -"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " -"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " -"might change." -msgstr "" -"Si se proporciona un I<fichero-override>, este se usará para fijar " -"prioridades en el índice resultante y sobreescribir el campo del mantenedor " -"dado en los ficheros \\&I<.dsc>. Lea dpkg-scanpackages para saber más acerca " -"del formato de este fichero. \\s-1NB:\\s0 El fichero de override está " -"indexado por paquetes binarios, no por fuentes, esto crea un pequeño " -"problema. La implementación actual usa la prioridad más alta de los paquetes " -"binarios producidos por un fichero I<.dsc> como la prioridad del paquete con " -"las fuentes, y la entrada de override del primer paquete listado el fichero " -"I<.dsc> para modificar la información sobre el mantenedor. Esto puede " -"cambiar en un futuro." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:33 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " -"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " -"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." -msgstr "" -"Si se proporciona I<path-prefijo>, se antepondrá al campo del directorio en " -"el índice de Sources generado. Normalmente se usará para hacer que el campo " -"de directorio contenga el path desde el directorio padre del archivo Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:44 -msgid "" -"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " -"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " -"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " -"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." -msgstr "" - -# type: IX -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:44 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:45 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>" -msgstr "B<--debug>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:47 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Turn debugging on." -msgstr "Activa la depuración." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:49 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show the usage message and die." -msgstr "Muestra el modo de uso y termina." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:49 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" -msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:52 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " -"name." -msgstr "" -"No ordenar el índice de fuentes. Normalmente se ordena por el nombre de los " -"paquetes fuente." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:52 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" -msgstr "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<fichero>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:55 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " -"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." -msgstr "" -"Usar I<fichero> como el fichero de override de las fuentes. Por omisión es " -"el mismo que se especificó para el fichero de override con un I<.src> " -"añadido." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:61 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " -"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " -"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " -"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " -"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." -msgstr "" -"El fichero de override de las fuentes está en un formato distinto del " -"fichero de override de los paquetes binarios. Contiene solamente dos campos " -"separados por espacios en blanco, el primer campo es el nombre del paquete " -"fuente y el segundo es la sección. Las líneas en blanco y de comentarios se " -"descartan. Si un paquete aparece en ambos ficheros, el campo sección del " -"fichero override de las fuentes tiene preferencia." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:61 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:63 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Print the version number and exit." -msgstr "Muestra la versión y termina." - -# type: IX -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:64 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VEÁSE ADEMÁS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:66 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." -msgstr "\\&I<dpkg-scanpackages>\\|(1)" - -# type: IX -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:67 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:68 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DPKG-SCANSOURCES" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-SCANSOURCES" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Debian GNU/Linux" -#~ msgstr "perl v5.8.4" - -# type: IX -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "--debug" -#~ msgstr "--debug" - -# type: IX -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "--help" -#~ msgstr "--help" - -# type: IX -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "-n, --no-sort" -#~ msgstr "-n, --no-sort" - -# type: IX -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "-s, --source-override file" -#~ msgstr "-s, --source-override fichero" - -# type: IX -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "--version" -#~ msgstr "--version" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index f9954e50..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-scansources.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -# French translations for the dpkg's manpages. -# Traduction française des pages de manuel de dpkg. -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-09-29 1:32+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-30 15:16+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-scansources" -msgstr "dpkg-scansources" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-10" -msgstr "10-05-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:4 -msgid "" -"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-scansources - Rechercher les fichiers « .dsc » et construire le fichier " -"d'index « Sources »" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:13 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" -"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<rep-de-binaires> [I<fichier-override> " -"[I<chemin-à-préfixer>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:18 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " -"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-scansources> recherche des fichiers I<.dsc> dans le répertoire I<rep-" -"de-binaires> indiqué. Ces fichiers sont utilisés pour créer un index de " -"sources Debian, qui est envoyé sur la sortie standard." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:29 -msgid "" -"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " -"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " -"files. See B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" -"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " -"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " -"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " -"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " -"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " -"might change." -msgstr "" -"Le I<fichier-override>, s'il est indiqué, est utilisé pour fixer les " -"priorités dans l'index créé et pour modifier le responsable donné par les " -"fichiers I<.dsc>. Consultez B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) pour plus de détails sur " -"le format de ce fichier. Note : comme le fichier override est indexé par " -"paquet binaire et non pas par paquet source, il y a un léger problème. " -"L'implémentation actuelle utilise la priorité la plus élevée des paquets " -"produit par un fichier I<.dsc> comme priorité du paquet source, et l'entrée " -"du fichier override du premier paquet binaire listé dans le fichier I<.dsc> " -"pour modifier l'information sur le responsable. Ceci pourra changer." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:33 -msgid "" -"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " -"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " -"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." -msgstr "" -"Le I<chemin-à-préfixer>, s'il est indiqué, est ajouté au début du champ " -"Directory (« répertoire ») dans l'index des sources généré. C'est en règle " -"générale utilisé pour que le champ Directory contienne un chemin depuis la " -"racine de l'archive Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:44 -msgid "" -"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " -"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " -"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " -"access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." -msgstr "" -"B<Note :> Si vous voulez accéder au fihier Sources généré avec B<apt>(8), " -"vous devrez probablement compresser ce fichier avec B<gzip>(1) (pour créer " -"un fichier Sources.gz). Apt ignore les fichiers Sources non compressés sauf " -"pour les accès locaux (c'est-à-dire les sources B<file://>)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>" -msgstr "B<--debug>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:47 -msgid "Turn debugging on." -msgstr "Active le débogage." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:49 -msgid "Show the usage message and die." -msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide puis quitte." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" -msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:52 -msgid "" -"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " -"name." -msgstr "" -"Ne trie pas les entrées de l'index. Elles sont d'habitude triées en fonction " -"du nom du paquet source." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" -msgstr "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<fichier>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:55 -msgid "" -"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the " -"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." -msgstr "" -"Utilise le I<fichier> comme fichier override des sources. B<dpkg-" -"scansources> utilise par défaut le fichier override indiqué, en y ajoutant " -"le suffixe I<.src>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:61 -msgid "" -"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " -"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " -"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " -"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " -"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." -msgstr "" -"Le format des fichiers override des sources est différent des fichiers " -"override des binaires. Il ne contient que deux champs séparés par des " -"espaces, le premier indique le paquet source et le second, la section. Les " -"lignes blanches et les lignes de commentaire sont ignorées comme à " -"l'habitude. Si un paquet apparaît dans chaque fichier, le fichier des " -"sources est prioritaire pour fixer la section." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:63 -msgid "Print the version number and exit." -msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version puis quitte." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:66 -msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-scansources.1:68 -msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/dpkg-source.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/dpkg-source.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 14112749..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/dpkg-source.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-source.1/po/dpkg-source.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-source.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-source.1 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-source.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-source.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 635c3b35..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1565 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-05 22:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-source" -msgstr "dpkg-source" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-05-23" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:7 -msgid "" -"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" -"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " -"tools" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" -"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian Quellpaket-" -"Werkzeuge" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:12 -msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<Dateiname>B<.dsc> [I<Ausgabe-Verzeichnis>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:15 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" -"targz>|'']" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<Optionen>] I<Verzeichnis> [I<Orig-Verzeichnis>|I<Orig-" -"targz>|'']" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:18 -msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<Optionen>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<Optionen>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:24 -msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<Optionen>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:27 -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<Optionen>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:30 -msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<Optionen>]I< Dateiname Bereich Priorität>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:33 -msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<Optionen>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:36 -msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." -msgstr "B<dpkg-source> packt und entpackt Debian Quellarchive." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:42 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " -"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" -"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> liest Informationen aus einem entpackten Debian-" -"Quellcodebaum und erzeugt eine binäre Paketkontrolldatei (standardmäßig " -"debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control); es fügt auch einen Eintrag für das Binärpaket zu " -"B<debian/files> hinzu." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:68 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " -"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " -"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" -">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " -"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" -"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" -"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " -"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " -"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " -"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " -"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:70 -msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" -msgstr "" -"E<lt>BibliotheksnameE<gt> E<lt>Version/SONameE<gt> E<lt>AbhängigkeitenE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:76 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " -"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " -"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-genchanges> liest Informationen aus einem entpackten und gebauten " -"Debian-Quellcodebaum und aus den darin erzeugten Dateien und erzeugt eine " -"Debian-Kontrolldatei für das Hochladen (die B<.changes>-Datei)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:80 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " -"the building of a package." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> ist ein Kontrollskript das zu Automatisierung des " -"Bauens von Paketen verwendet werden kann." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:84 -msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-distaddfile> fügte einen Eintag für eine benannte Datei in B<debian/" -"files> hinzu." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:89 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " -"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " -"machine-readable form." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> liest das Änderungsprotokoll (»changelog«) eines " -"entpackten Debian-Quellcodebaums ein, wertet diese aus und gibt die " -"Informationen in der Standard-Ausgabe in maschinenlesbarer Form aus." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:93 -msgid "" -"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " -"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " -"argument." -msgstr "" -"Keiner dieser Kommandos erlaubt es, mehrere Optionen in eine zu " -"kombinieren, und sie erlauben es nicht, den Wert einer Option in einem " -"separaten Argument zu speichern." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "GEMEINSAME OPTIONEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:96 -msgid "" -"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " -"with the programs that accept them." -msgstr "" -"Viele dieser Programme haben Optionen gemeinsam; diese sind hier " -"beschrieben, zusammen mit den Programmen, die diese akzeptieren." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:96 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" -msgstr "B<-h>,B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:101 -msgid "" -"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " -"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " -"tools." -msgstr "" -"Ziege den Gebrauchshinweis für das bestimmte Programm an, darunter eine " -"Übersicht der Optionen, die es versteht. Diese Option wird von allen " -"Werkzeugen für Quellpakete verstanden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:101 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:106 -msgid "" -"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " -"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." -msgstr "" -"Zeige die Version das bestimmte Programm an, darunter Copyright und Lizenz-" -"Informationen. Diese Option wird von allen Werkzeugen für Quellpakete " -"verstanden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:106 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>I<version>" -msgstr "B<-v>I<Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:114 -msgid "" -"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " -"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " -"I<version> to be used." -msgstr "" -"Dies führt in B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> und B<dpkg-" -"parsechangelog> dazu, dass »changelog«-Informationen von allen Versionen, " -"die strikt neuer als I<Version> sind, verwendet wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:119 -msgid "" -"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " -"will be generated." -msgstr "" -"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> setzt es die Versionsnummer des zu generierenden " -"Binärpaketes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:119 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" -msgstr "B<-C>I<Änderungsbeschreibung>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:126 -msgid "" -"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " -"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " -"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Lese die Beschreibung der Änderungen aus der Datei I<Änderungsbeschreibung> " -"anstat die Informationen aus dem changelog-Datei des Quellbaums zu verwenden." -"Dies wird von B<dpkg-buildpackage> und B<dpkg-genchanges> verstanden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" -msgstr "B<-m>I<Betreueradresse>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:134 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " -"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " -"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" -"genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Verwende I<Betreueradresse> als Namen und Adresse des Betreuers diese " -"Paketes, anstatt die Informationen aus der »control« des Quellbaums zu " -"verwenden. Dies wird von B<dpkg-buildpackage> und B<dpkg-genchanges> " -"verstanden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" -msgstr "B<-e>I<Betreueradresse>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:142 -msgid "" -"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " -"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " -"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" -"genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Verwende I<Betreueradresse> als Namen und E-Mail-Adresse des Betreuers für " -"diesen Upload anstatt die Informationen aus der »changelog« des Quellbaums " -"zu verwenden. Dies wird von B<dpkg-buildpackage> und B<dpkg-genchanges> " -"verstanden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:142 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" -msgstr "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:150 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " -"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " -"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." -msgstr "" -"Diese Optionen kontrollieren, ob das Original-Quellarchiv dem durch B<dpkg-" -"buildpackage> und B<dpkg-genchanges> generierten Upload hinzugefügt wird, " -"falls die Quellen erzeugt werden (d.h. B<-b> or B<-B> nicht verwendet " -"wurden)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:158 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " -"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " -"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." -msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig, oder falls B<-si> angegeben wird, werden die Originalquellen " -"hinzugefügt, falls die Versionsnummer auf B<-0> oder B<-1> endet, d.h. der " -"Debian-Revisionsanteil der Versionsnummer ist B<0> oder B<1>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:163 -msgid "" -"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " -"exclusion and includes only the diff." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:163 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:169 -msgid "" -"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" -"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " -"discussion of output substitution." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:169 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:179 -msgid "" -"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " -"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " -"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " -"B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:184 -msgid "" -"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " -"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:184 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-U>I<field>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:189 -msgid "" -"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" -"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:212 -msgid "" -"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " -"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " -"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" -"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " -"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " -"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " -"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " -"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " -"being built." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:217 -msgid "" -"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " -"one) - see below." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:217 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:224 -msgid "" -"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " -"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:224 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:231 -msgid "" -"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " -"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:231 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:237 -msgid "" -"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " -"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" -"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:237 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:244 -msgid "" -"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " -"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " -"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-W>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:251 -msgid "" -"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " -"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:251 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:257 -msgid "" -"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " -"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:257 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" -msgstr "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:262 -msgid "" -"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " -"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:262 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:272 -msgid "" -"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " -"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " -"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " -"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " -"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " -"under the current working directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:280 -msgid "" -"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " -"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " -"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:288 -msgid "" -"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " -"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " -"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " -"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " -"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " -"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:288 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:303 -msgid "" -"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " -"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " -"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " -"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " -"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " -"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " -"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " -"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " -"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:303 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:642 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:311 -msgid "" -"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " -"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " -"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " -"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " -"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:323 -msgid "" -"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " -"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " -"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " -"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " -"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " -"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." -"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " -"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " -"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " -"the B<-i> switch." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:323 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:646 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:330 -msgid "" -"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " -"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " -"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." -"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " -"filenames to exclude." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:330 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" -msgstr "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> mit B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:345 -msgid "" -"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " -"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " -"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " -"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" -"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:357 -msgid "" -"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " -"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" -"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " -"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:368 -msgid "" -"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " -"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " -"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " -"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " -"archive will be generated." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:377 -msgid "" -"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " -"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " -"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " -"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:406 -msgid "" -"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " -"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " -"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " -"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " -"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " -"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " -"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " -"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " -"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " -"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" -"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:412 -msgid "" -"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " -"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" -"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:412 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:415 -msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:422 -msgid "" -"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " -"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " -"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " -"the default." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:425 -msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:430 -msgid "" -"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " -"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " -"directory is still removed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:435 -msgid "" -"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " -"only the last one will be used." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:435 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" -msgstr "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:438 -msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:438 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<package>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:445 -msgid "" -"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " -"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " -"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " -"generate." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:445 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:450 -msgid "" -"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " -"package_version_arch.deb filename." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:450 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:459 -msgid "" -"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " -"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " -"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " -"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" -"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:459 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:472 -msgid "" -"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " -"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " -"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " -"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:472 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:534 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:482 -msgid "" -"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " -"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" -"P> was used)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:482 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" -msgstr "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:487 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " -"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:487 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:491 -msgid "" -"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " -"I<executable>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:491 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:497 -msgid "" -"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " -"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " -"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:507 -msgid "" -"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " -"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " -"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:515 -msgid "" -"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " -"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " -"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " -"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " -"representing the most important dependencies." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:515 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:526 -msgid "" -"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " -"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " -"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " -"substitution variables file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:526 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:534 -msgid "" -"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " -"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:540 -msgid "" -"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " -"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" -"substvars> by default)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>I<type>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:549 -msgid "" -"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " -"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " -"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " -"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " -"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:549 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" -msgstr "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:552 -msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:552 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:563 -msgid "" -"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " -"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " -"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:563 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:571 -msgid "" -"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " -"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " -"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:571 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" -msgstr "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:574 -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:574 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:577 -msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:577 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:603 -msgid "" -"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " -"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " -"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " -"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " -"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " -"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " -"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " -"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " -"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " -"individually to the command to be run." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:603 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:628 -msgid "" -"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " -"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " -"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " -"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " -"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" -"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " -"metacharacters." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:628 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-tc>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:634 -msgid "" -"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " -"after the package has been built." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:634 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:637 -msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:637 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:642 -msgid "" -"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " -"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " -"the host machine." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:646 -msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:651 -msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:651 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:654 -msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:654 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:657 -msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:657 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-nc>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:660 -msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:660 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:666 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" -"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." -"changes> file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:674 -msgid "" -"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" -"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " -"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:674 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:677 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " -"arguments." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:677 -#, no-wrap -msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:687 -msgid "" -"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " -"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " -"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " -"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:694 -msgid "" -"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " -"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " -"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " -"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " -"for more substitutions." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:701 -msgid "" -"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" -"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:714 -msgid "" -"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " -"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " -"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " -"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " -"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:716 -msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:716 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Arch>" -msgstr "B<Arch>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:720 -msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:720 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<source:Version>" -msgstr "B<source:Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:723 -msgid "The source package version." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:723 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" -msgstr "B<source:Upstream-Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:727 -msgid "" -"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " -"any." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:727 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<binary:Version>" -msgstr "B<binary:Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:731 -msgid "" -"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " -"for example)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:731 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source-Version>" -msgstr "B<Source-Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:736 -msgid "" -"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " -"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " -"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:736 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Installed-Size>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:745 -msgid "" -"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " -"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " -"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " -"debian/tmp> to find the default value." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:745 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Extra-Size>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:754 -msgid "" -"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " -"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " -"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " -"B<Installed-Size> control file field." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:754 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:761 -msgid "" -"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " -"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " -"on places where they are expanded explicitly." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:761 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Format>" -msgstr "B<Format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:771 -msgid "" -"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " -"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " -"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:771 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:774 -msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:774 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:779 -msgid "" -"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " -"- see above." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:779 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:782 -msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:782 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:785 -msgid "The full version of dpkg." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:788 -msgid "" -"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " -"empty value is assumed." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:788 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "DATEIEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:789 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/control>" -msgstr "B<debian/control>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:794 -msgid "" -"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " -"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:794 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/changelog>" -msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:800 -msgid "" -"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " -"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " -"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:800 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/files>" -msgstr "B<debian/files>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:813 -msgid "" -"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " -"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " -"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " -"B<.changes> file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:813 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/substvars>" -msgstr "B<debian/substvars>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:816 -msgid "List of substitution variables and values." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:816 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" -msgstr "B<debian/shlibs.local>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:819 -msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:819 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" -msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:822 -msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:822 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" -msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:825 -msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:825 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FEHLER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:828 -msgid "" -"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " -"output field settings is rather confused." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:835 -msgid "" -"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " -"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" -"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:839 -msgid "" -"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " -"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:839 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:845 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:845 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:847 -msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" -"Diese Hilfsprogramme und diese Handbuchseite wurden von Ian Jackson " -"geschrieben." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:847 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "COPYRIGHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:849 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:851 -msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:857 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" -"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist Freie Software; lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 " -"oder neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE HAFTUNG. Lesen Sie B</" -"usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> und B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> für " -"Details." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/dpkg-source.1.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/dpkg-source.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 9a6bd5dd..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/dpkg-source.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1504 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-05 22:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-source" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:7 -msgid "" -"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, " -"dpkg-buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source " -"package tools" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:12 -msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:15 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> " -"[I<orig-directory>|I<orig-targz>|'']" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:18 -msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:24 -msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:27 -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:30 -msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:33 -msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:36 -msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:42 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " -"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to " -"debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to " -"B<debian/files>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:68 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " -"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " -"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names " -"B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field " -"name. Any other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. " -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from " -"B<debian/shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control " -"area file of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as " -"satisfying the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The " -"first match will be used. The format for a shared library dependency " -"information entry in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for " -"details):" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:70 -msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:76 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " -"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " -"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:80 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " -"the building of a package." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:84 -msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:89 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " -"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " -"machine-readable form." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:93 -msgid "" -"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " -"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " -"argument." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:96 -msgid "" -"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " -"with the programs that accept them." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:96 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:101 -msgid "" -"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " -"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " -"tools." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:101 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:106 -msgid "" -"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " -"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:106 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>I<version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:114 -msgid "" -"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " -"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " -"I<version> to be used." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:119 -msgid "" -"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " -"will be generated." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:119 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:126 -msgid "" -"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " -"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog " -"file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:134 -msgid "" -"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " -"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " -"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and " -"B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:142 -msgid "" -"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " -"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " -"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and " -"B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:142 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:150 -msgid "" -"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " -"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " -"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:158 -msgid "" -"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " -"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " -"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:163 -msgid "" -"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " -"exclusion and includes only the diff." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:163 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:169 -msgid "" -"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by " -"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " -"discussion of output substitution." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:169 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:179 -msgid "" -"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " -"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " -"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " -"B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:184 -msgid "" -"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " -"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:184 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-U>I<field>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:189 -msgid "" -"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by " -"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:212 -msgid "" -"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " -"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " -"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no " -"architecture-independent binary package files are to be distributed either. " -"B<-S> specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary " -"packages need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only " -"used by B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> " -"file for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the " -"package being built." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:217 -msgid "" -"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " -"one) - see below." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:217 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:224 -msgid "" -"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " -"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:224 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:231 -msgid "" -"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " -"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:231 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:237 -msgid "" -"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " -"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, " -"B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:237 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:244 -msgid "" -"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " -"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " -"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-W>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:251 -msgid "" -"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " -"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to " -"B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:251 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:257 -msgid "" -"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " -"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:257 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:262 -msgid "" -"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " -"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:262 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:272 -msgid "" -"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " -"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " -"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " -"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " -"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " -"under the current working directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:280 -msgid "" -"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " -"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " -"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:288 -msgid "" -"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " -"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " -"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " -"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " -"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " -"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:288 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:303 -msgid "" -"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " -"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " -"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " -"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " -"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " -"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " -"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " -"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " -"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:303 ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:642 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:311 -msgid "" -"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " -"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " -"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " -"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " -"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:323 -msgid "" -"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " -"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " -"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " -"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " -"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " -"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the " -".orig.tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that " -"will contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, " -"thus causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you " -"use the B<-i> switch." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:323 ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:646 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:330 -msgid "" -"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " -"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " -"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a " -".tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " -"filenames to exclude." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:330 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:345 -msgid "" -"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " -"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " -"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " -"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than " -"B<-sk> it will remove it again afterwards." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:357 -msgid "" -"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " -"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and " -"B<dpkg-source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> " -"is used B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:368 -msgid "" -"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " -"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " -"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " -"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " -"archive will be generated." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:377 -msgid "" -"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " -"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " -"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " -"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:406 -msgid "" -"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " -"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " -"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " -"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " -"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " -"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " -"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " -"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " -"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " -"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to " -"B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:412 -msgid "" -"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " -"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, " -"B<-sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:412 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:415 -msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:422 -msgid "" -"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " -"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " -"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " -"the default." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:425 -msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:430 -msgid "" -"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " -"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " -"directory is still removed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:435 -msgid "" -"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " -"only the last one will be used." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:435 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:438 -msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:438 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<package>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:445 -msgid "" -"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " -"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " -"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " -"generate." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:445 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:450 -msgid "" -"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " -"package_version_arch.deb filename." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:450 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:459 -msgid "" -"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " -"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " -"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " -"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the " -"B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:459 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:472 -msgid "" -"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " -"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " -"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " -"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:472 ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:534 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:482 -msgid "" -"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " -"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if " -"B<-P> was used)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:482 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:487 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " -"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:487 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:491 -msgid "" -"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " -"I<executable>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:491 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:497 -msgid "" -"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " -"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " -"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:507 -msgid "" -"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " -"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " -"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:515 -msgid "" -"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " -"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " -"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " -"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " -"representing the most important dependencies." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:515 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:526 -msgid "" -"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " -"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " -"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " -"substitution variables file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:526 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:534 -msgid "" -"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " -"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:540 -msgid "" -"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " -"rather than being added to the substitution variables file " -"(B<debian/substvars> by default)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>I<type>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:549 -msgid "" -"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " -"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " -"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is " -"\"deb\". Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " -"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:549 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:552 -msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:552 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:563 -msgid "" -"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " -"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " -"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:563 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:571 -msgid "" -"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " -"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " -"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:571 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:574 -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:574 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:577 -msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:577 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" -msgstr "" - -#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:603 -msgid "" -"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " -"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " -"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " -"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " -"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " -"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " -"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " -"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " -"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " -"individually to the command to be run." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:603 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:628 -msgid "" -"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " -"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " -"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " -"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " -"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the " -"B<-sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other " -"shell metacharacters." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:628 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-tc>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:634 -msgid "" -"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " -"after the package has been built." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:634 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:637 -msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:637 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:642 -msgid "" -"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " -"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " -"the host machine." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:646 -msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:651 -msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:651 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:654 -msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:654 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:657 -msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:657 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-nc>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:660 -msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:660 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:666 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three " -"non-option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the " -"B<.changes> file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:674 -msgid "" -"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where " -"B<dpkg-genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than " -"being a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> " -"is run." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:674 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:677 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " -"arguments." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:677 -#, no-wrap -msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:687 -msgid "" -"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " -"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " -"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " -"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:694 -msgid "" -"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " -"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " -"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " -"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " -"for more substitutions." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:701 -msgid "" -"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string " -"B<${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:714 -msgid "" -"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " -"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " -"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " -"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " -"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:716 -msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:716 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Arch>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:720 -msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:720 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<source:Version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:723 -msgid "The source package version." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:723 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:727 -msgid "" -"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " -"any." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:727 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<binary:Version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:731 -msgid "" -"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " -"for example)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:731 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source-Version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:736 -msgid "" -"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " -"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " -"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:736 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Installed-Size>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:745 -msgid "" -"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " -"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " -"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " -"debian/tmp> to find the default value." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:745 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Extra-Size>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:754 -msgid "" -"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " -"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " -"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " -"B<Installed-Size> control file field." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:754 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:761 -msgid "" -"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " -"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " -"on places where they are expanded explicitly." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:761 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Format>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:771 -msgid "" -"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " -"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " -"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:771 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:774 -msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:774 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:779 -msgid "" -"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " -"- see above." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:779 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:782 -msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:782 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:785 -msgid "The full version of dpkg." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:788 -msgid "" -"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " -"empty value is assumed." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:788 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:789 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/control>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:794 -msgid "" -"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " -"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:794 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/changelog>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:800 -msgid "" -"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " -"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " -"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:800 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/files>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:813 -msgid "" -"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " -"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " -"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " -"B<.changes> file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:813 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/substvars>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:816 -msgid "List of substitution variables and values." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:816 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:819 -msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:819 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:822 -msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:822 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:825 -msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:825 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:828 -msgid "" -"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " -"output field settings is rather confused." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:835 -msgid "" -"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " -"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, " -"B<{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:839 -msgid "" -"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " -"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:839 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:845 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:845 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:847 -msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:847 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:849 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:851 -msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:857 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See " -"B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for " -"details." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6237539b..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2020 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-05 22:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-source" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "utilidades de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:3 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" -"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " -"tools" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" -"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Herramientas para los " -"paquetes fuente de Debian." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:12 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<fichero>B<.dsc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:15 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" -"targz>|'']" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<opciones>] I<directorio> [I<directorio-origen>|'']" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:18 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<opciones>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:21 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<opciones>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:24 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<opciones>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:27 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<opciones>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:30 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<opciones>]I< fichero sección prioridad>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:33 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<opciones>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:33 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:36 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." -msgstr "B<dpkg-source> empaqueta y desempaqueta ficheros fuente de Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:42 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " -"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" -"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> lee información desde un árbol de fuentes Debian " -"desempaquetado y genera un fichero de control (por omisión ubicado en debian/" -"tmp/DEBIAN/control); también añade una entrada para el paquete binario en " -"B<debian/files.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:68 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " -"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " -"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" -">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " -"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" -"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" -"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " -"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " -"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " -"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " -"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calcula las dependencias de bibliotecas compartidas de los " -"ejecutables suministrados sus argumentos. Las dependencias se añaden al " -"fichero de variables de sustitución B<debian/substvars> como nombres " -"variables B<shlibs:>I<campodependencia> donde I<campodependencia> es un " -"nombre de campo de dependencia. Cualquier otra variable que empiece con " -"I<shlibs:> se elimina del fichero. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> leerá la información " -"de las dependencias de bibliotecas compartidas de B<debian/shlibs.local,> B</" -"etc/dpkg/shlibs.override,> el área B<shlibs> del fichero de control del " -"paquete que contiene el fichero que B<objdump> informa como satisfactorio " -"para la dependencia de la biblioteca, o bien B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. " -"Se usará el primero de ellos. Véase el I<manual de empaquetamiento de " -"Debian> para más detalles sobre el formato de los ficheros de dependencias " -"de bibliotecas compartidas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:70 -msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:76 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " -"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " -"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-genchanges> lee información desde un árbol de fuentes Debian " -"desempaquetado y construido, así como de los ficheros que ha generado y crea " -"un archivo de control de subida de Debian (fichero B<.changes> )." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:80 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " -"the building of a package." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> es un script de control que puede ser usado para " -"automatizar la construcción de un paquete." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-distaddfile> añade una entrada para un fichero dado a B<debian/files>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:89 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " -"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " -"machine-readable form." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> lee y procesa el registro de cambios de un árbol de " -"fuentes Debian desempaquetado y muestra la información ahí contenida en la " -"salida estándar en un formato legible por la máquina." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:93 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " -"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " -"argument." -msgstr "" -"Ninguna de estas órdenes permite combinar múltiples opciones en una sola. " -"Tampoco permiten que el valor de una opción se especifique como argumento " -"aparte." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:93 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES COMUNES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:96 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " -"with the programs that accept them." -msgstr "" -"Muchos de estos programas comparten opciones; éstas se describen aquí, junto " -"con los programas que las aceptan." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:96 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" -msgstr "B<-us>, B<-uc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:101 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " -"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " -"tools." -msgstr "" -"Muestra la versión y el modo de uso del programa, incluyendo un resumen de " -"las opciones disponibles. Esta opción es aceptada por todas las herramientas " -"para los paquetes fuente de Debian." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:101 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<-v>I<versión>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:106 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " -"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." -msgstr "" -"Muestra la versión y el modo de uso del programa, incluyendo un resumen de " -"las opciones disponibles. Esta opción es aceptada por todas las herramientas " -"para los paquetes fuente de Debian." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:106 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>I<version>" -msgstr "B<-v>I<versión>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " -"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " -"I<version> to be used." -msgstr "" -"En B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> y B<dpkg-parsechangelog> provoca " -"que se use la información de los cambios de todas las versiones " -"estrictamente posteriores a I<versión .>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " -"will be generated." -msgstr "" -"En B<dpkg-gencontrol> establece la versión del paquete binario que se " -"generará." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:119 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" -msgstr "B<-C>I<descripcióndecambios>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:126 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " -"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " -"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Lee la descripción de los cambios del fichero I<descripcióndecambios> en vez " -"de usar la información contenida en el fichero de cambios (changelog) del " -"árbol de fuentes. Aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:126 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" -msgstr "B<-m>I<direcciónresponsable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:134 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " -"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " -"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" -"genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Utiliza I<direcciónresponsable> como el nombre y dirección de correo del " -"responsable de este paquete, en lugar de usar la información de control del " -"árbol de fuentes. Aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:134 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" -msgstr "B<-e>I<direcciónresponsable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:142 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " -"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " -"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" -"genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Utiliza I<direcciónresponsable> como el nombre y dirección de correo del " -"responsable de esta subida, en lugar de usar la información de cambios del " -"árbol de fuentes. Aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:142 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" -msgstr "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:150 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " -"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " -"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." -msgstr "" -"Estas opciones controlan si el fichero de fuentes original se incluye en la " -"subida generada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges> en caso de que " -"se produzca alguna fuente (por ejemplo, si no se han usado B<-b> o B<-B>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:158 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " -"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " -"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." -msgstr "" -"Por omisión, o si se especifica B<-si>, el fichero de fuentes original se " -"incluirá si el número de versión acaba en B<-0> o B<-1>, por ejemplo, si la " -"parte del número de versión que corresponde a la revisión de Debian es B<0> " -"o B<1>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:163 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " -"exclusion and includes only the diff." -msgstr "" -"B<-sa> fuerza la inclusión de la fuente original; B<-sd> fuerza su exclusión " -"e incluye sólo el diff." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:163 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" -msgstr "B<-V>I<nombre>B<=>I<valor>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:169 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" -"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " -"discussion of output substitution." -msgstr "" -"Establece una variable de sustitución de salida. Aceptada por B<dpkg-" -"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>. Más abajo encontrará una " -"exposición sobre la sustitución de salida." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:169 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" -msgstr "B<-T>I<fichvarsust>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:179 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " -"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " -"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " -"B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Lee (o, para B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, escribe) las variables de sustitución en " -"I<fichvarsust> ; por omisión, éste es B<debian/substvars>. Esta opción es " -"aceptada por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> y B<dpkg-" -"genchanges>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:179 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" -msgstr "B<-D>I<campo>B<=>I<valor>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:184 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " -"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Sobreescribe o añade un campo del fichero de control de salida. Esta opción " -"es aceptada por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:184 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-U>I<field>" -msgstr "B<-U>I<campo>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:189 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" -"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Elimina un campo del fichero de control de salida. Esta opción es aceptada " -"por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:189 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" -msgstr "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " -"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " -"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" -"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " -"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " -"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " -"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " -"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " -"being built." -msgstr "" -"Para B<dpkg-genchanges> y B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<-b> y B<-B> especifica que " -"van a producirse únicamente binarios. B<-b> indica que no se construya y/o " -"distribuya ningún fichero fuente y B<-B> que tampoco se distribuya ningún " -"fichero del paquete binario independiente de la arquitectura. B<-S> " -"especifica que sólo debería subirse la fuente y que no es necesario " -"construir ningún paquete binario. La diferencia entre B<-b> y B<-B> es usada " -"sólo por B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> sólo produce un archivo B<." -"changes> para todos aquellos ficheros generados por los objetivos B<binary-" -"*> del paquete en construcción." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " -"one) - see below." -msgstr "" -"B<-b> le dice a B<dpkg-source> que construya un paquete fuente (en vez de " -"extraer uno) - vea más abajo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:217 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" -msgstr "B<-c>I<ficherocontrol>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:224 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " -"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el fichero de control del paquete fuente principal del que leer " -"la información. Por omisión es B<debian/control>. Esta opción es aceptada " -"por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:224 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" -msgstr "B<-l>I<ficherocambios>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:231 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " -"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el fichero de cambios del que leer la información. Por omisión es " -"B<debian/changelog>. Esta opción es aceptada por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:231 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" -msgstr "B<-f>I<ficherolistaficheros>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:237 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " -"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" -"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." -msgstr "" -"Lee o escribe la lista de ficheros para subir aquí, en lugar de usar " -"B<debian/files>. Esta opción es aceptada por B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" -"genchanges> y B<dpkg-distaddfile>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:237 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" -msgstr "B<-F>I<formatocambios>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:244 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " -"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " -"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el formato del fichero de cambios. Por omisión el formato se lee " -"de una línea especial cerca del final del fichero de cambios (vea el manual " -"de empaquetamiento de Debian) o, en caso de que eso falle, usa B<debian>, el " -"formato estándar descrito en el I<manual de empaquetamiento de Debian>. " -"Esta opción es aceptada por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-" -"genchanges>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:244 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-W>" -msgstr "B<-W>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:251 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " -"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción convierte determinados errores en avisos. Sólo la usa B<dpkg-" -"source>, pero B<dpkg-buildpackage> la reconoce y la pasa a B<dpkg-source>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:251 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E>" -msgstr "B<-E>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:257 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " -"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción niega una opción B<-W> establecida previamente. Actualmente sólo " -"es aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-source>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:257 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-SOURCE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:262 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " -"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se usan las opciones comunes B<-c> y B<-l> con rutas relativas, éstas " -"se interpretan empezando en el directorio superior del árbol de fuentes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:262 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>" -msgstr "B<-x>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:272 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " -"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " -"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " -"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " -"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " -"under the current working directory." -msgstr "" -"Extrae un paquete fuente. Se debe suministrar un argumento que no sea una " -"opción, el nombre del fichero de control de fuente de Debian (B<.dsc>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:280 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " -"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " -"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." -msgstr "" -"Ninguna opción es útil con B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> lee los " -"nombres de los demás ficheros que componen el paquete fuente del fichero de " -"control; se asume que están en el mismo directorio que el B<.dsc>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:288 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " -"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " -"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " -"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " -"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " -"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." -msgstr "" -"Los permisos y propietarios de los ficheros del paquete extraído serán los " -"mismos que se esperarían si los ficheros hubiesen sido simplemente creados - " -"0777 para directorios y ejecutables y 0666 para el resto de ficheros, ambos " -"modificados según el umask del extractor; si el directorio superior tiene " -"activado el bit setgid, los directorios extraídos lo tendrán también, y " -"todos los ficheros y directorios heredarán su grupo de permisos." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:288 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>" -msgstr "B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:303 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " -"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " -"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " -"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " -"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " -"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " -"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " -"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " -"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." -msgstr "" -"Construye: empaqueta un árbol de fuentes. Se deben proporcionar uno o dos " -"argumentos que no sean opciones. El primero se tomará como el nombre del " -"directorio que contiene el árbol de fuentes descomprimido. Si hay un segundo " -"argumento, debe ser el nombre del directorio de fuentes o del fichero tar " -"original o la cadena vacía si el paquete es específico de Debian y por tanto " -"carece de diffs \"debianizantes\". Si no se proporciona un segundo " -"argumento, entonces B<dpkg-source> buscará el archivo tar original " -"I<paquete>B<_>I<versióndeldesarrolladorppal>B<.orig.tar.gz> o el directorio " -"de fuentes original I<directorio>B<.orig> o la cadena vacía (sin fuentes " -"originales y por tanto sin diff), en función de los argumentos." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:303 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:642 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" -msgstr "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:311 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " -"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " -"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " -"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " -"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." -msgstr "" -"Puede especificar una expresión regular de Perl para indicar aquellos " -"ficheros que desee excluir de la lista de ficheros para el diff (esta lista " -"es generada con una orden find). Por sí mismo, B<-i> activa la opción con un " -"filtro predeterminado que elimina los ficheros y directorios de control de " -"los sistemas de control de versiones más comunes, los ficheros de respaldo, " -"los ficheros swap y los directorios que se generan como resultado de las " -"operaciones de Libtool." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:323 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " -"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " -"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " -"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " -"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " -"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." -"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " -"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " -"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " -"the B<-i> switch." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción es muy útil para eliminar ficheros extraños que se incluyen en " -"el .diff.gz, (como \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" o \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). Por " -"ejemplo, si mantiene un paquete que sigue a través de CVS remoto, donde no " -"tiene permisos de acceso para escribir los ficheros de control de Debian ni " -"para crear etiquetas para I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, es necesario realizar una " -"copia/actualización adicional en un directorio que se mantenga limpio, para " -"generar el .orig.tar.gz. Ese directorio contendrá ficheros CVS/Entries que " -"tienen fechas distintas de los que están en su directorio de trabajo, " -"haciendo por tanto que sean incluidos de manera innecesaria en cada .diff." -"gz, a menos que utilice la opción B<-i>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:323 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:646 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<-IE<lt>nombredeficheroE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " -"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " -"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." -"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " -"filenames to exclude." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifica esta opción, el nombre de fichero se pasará como parámetro " -"a la opción --exclude de tar para generar el fichero .orig.tar.gz o .tar." -"gz. Por ejemplo, -ICVS hará que tar se salte los directorios CVS cuando " -"genere el fichero .tar.gz. La opción puede ser repetida varias ocasiones " -"para permitir la expulsión de varios nombres de fichero." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:330 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" -msgstr "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> con B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:345 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " -"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " -"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " -"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" -"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifican B<-sk> o B<-sp>, B<dpkg-source> espera la fuente original " -"como un archivo tar, por omisión I<paquete>B<_>I<versióndesarrolladorppal>B<." -"orig.tar.gz>. La fuente original se dejará en el sitio como un archivo tar, " -"o será copiada al directorio actual en caso de no estar ya ahí presente. Si " -"se usa B<-sp> en lugar de B<-sk>, se eliminará de nuevo posteriormente." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:357 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " -"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" -"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " -"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" -msgstr "" -"Si se especifican B<-su> o B<-sr>, se espera que la fuente original sea un " -"directorio, por omisión I<paquete>B<->I<versióndeldesarrolladorppal>B<.orig> " -"y B<dpkg-source> creará un fichero de fuentes nuevo a partir de él. Si se " -"usa B<-sr ,> B<dpkg-source eliminará dicho directorio tras la operación .>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:368 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " -"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " -"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " -"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " -"archive will be generated." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifica B<-ss>, B<dpkg-source> esperará que la fuente original esté " -"disponible tanto como directorio como fichero tar. Usará el directorio para " -"crear el diff y el fichero tar para crear el B<.dsc>. Esta opción debe " -"usarse con precaución - si el directorio y el archivo tar no coinciden se " -"generará un fichero fuente inválido." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:377 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " -"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " -"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " -"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifica B<-sn>, B<dpkg-source> no buscará ninguna fuente original y " -"no generará un diff. El segundo argumento, en caso de haberlo, debe ser la " -"cadena vacía. Esta opción se usa en paquetes específicos de Debian que no " -"tienen fuentes del desarrollador principal y por tanto carecen de diffs " -"\"debianizantes\"." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:406 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " -"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " -"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " -"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " -"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " -"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " -"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " -"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " -"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " -"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" -"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifican B<-sa> o B<-sA>, B<dpkg-source> buscará la fuente original " -"como directorio o como fichero tar - el segundo argumento, de haberlo, puede " -"ser cualquiera de las dos cosas o la cadena vacía (equivalente a usar B<-" -"sn>). Si se encuentra un fichero tar, se desempaquetará para crear el diff " -"y será eliminado posteriormente (equivalente a B<-sp>); si se encuentra un " -"directorio, se empaquetará para crear la fuente original y será eliminado " -"posteriormente (equivalente a B<-sr>); si no se encuentra ninguno de los " -"dos, se asume que el paquete no tiene diffs \"debianizantes\", únicamente un " -"fichero de fuentes (equivalente a B<-sn>). Si se encuentran ambos, B<dpkg-" -"source> ignorará el directorio, sobreescribiéndolo, si se especificó B<-sA> " -"(equivalente a B<-sP>), o ocurrirá un error si se especificó B<-sa>. B<-sA> " -"es la opción predeterminada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:412 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " -"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" -"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." -msgstr "" -"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> y B<-sr> no sobreescriben directorios o " -"ficheros tar existentes. Si esto es lo que se desea, debe utilizar B<-sA>, " -"B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-sU> y B<-sR> en su lugar." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:412 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" -msgstr "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> con B<-x>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:415 -#, fuzzy -msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." -msgstr "En todos los casos cualquier árbol de fuentes original será eliminado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:422 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " -"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " -"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " -"the default." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa B<-sp> a la hora de extraer, la fuente original (si la hay) se " -"dejará como un fichero tar. Si no se encuentra en el directorio actual o si " -"existe un fichero pero es diferente, se copiará ahí. Ésta es la acción por " -"omisión." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:425 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." -msgstr "B<-su> desempaqueta el archivo de fuentes original." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " -"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " -"directory is still removed." -msgstr "" -"B<-sn> se asegura de que la fuente original ni se copia al directorio actual " -"ni se desempaqueta. Cualquier árbol de fuentes original existente en el " -"directorio actual es eliminado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:435 -msgid "" -"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " -"only the last one will be used." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:435 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-GENCONTROL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:438 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> no acepta ningún argumento que no sea de opción." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:438 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<package>" -msgstr "B<-p>I<paquete>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:445 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " -"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " -"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " -"generate." -msgstr "" -"Genera información para el paquete binario I<paquete>. Si el archivo de " -"control de la fuente lista sólo un paquetes binario, esta opción puede ser " -"omitida; de otra manera, es esencial seleccionar el paquete binario del cual " -"se desea generar información." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:445 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" -msgstr "B<-n>I<nombrefichero>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:450 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " -"package_version_arch.deb filename." -msgstr "" -"Asume que el nombre de fichero del paquete será I<nombrefichero> en vez del " -"habitual, paquete_versión_arquitectura.deb." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:450 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" -msgstr "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:459 -msgid "" -"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " -"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " -"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " -"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" -"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:459 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" -msgstr "B<-P>I<directoriocreaciónpaquete>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:472 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " -"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " -"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " -"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." -msgstr "" -"Le dice a B<dpkg-source> que el paquete está siendo creado en " -"I<directoriocreaciónpaquete> en vez de B<debian/tmp>. Se usa para encontrar " -"el valor por omisión de la variable de substitución y campo del fichero de " -"control B<Installed-Size> - Tamaño-Instalado - (usando B<du>), y para " -"establecer la ruta del fichero de salida." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:472 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:534 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O>" -msgstr "B<-O>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:482 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " -"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" -"P> was used)." -msgstr "" -"Muestra el fichero de control por la salida estándar, en lugar de B<debian/" -"tmp/DEBIAN/control> (o I<directoriocreaciónpaquete>B</DEBIAN/control> si se " -"usó la opción B<-P>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:482 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-SHLIBDEPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:487 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " -"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interpreta cualquier argumento que no sea una opción como " -"nombre de un fichero ejecutable, igual que si se hubiesen proporcionado como " -"B<-e>I<ejecutable>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:487 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" -msgstr "B<-e>I<ejecutable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:491 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " -"I<executable>." -msgstr "" -"Incluye dependencias apropiadas para las bibliotecas compartidas requeridas " -"por I<ejecutable>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:491 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" -msgstr "B<-d>I<campodependencia>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:497 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " -"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " -"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" -msgstr "" -"Añade dependencias al campo I<campodependencia> del fichero de control. (Las " -"dependencias para este campo se colocan en la variable B<shlibs:" -">I<campodependencia>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:507 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " -"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " -"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." -msgstr "" -"La opción B<-d>I<campodependencia> tiene efecto para todos los ejecutables " -"después de dicha opción, hasta el siguiente B<-d>I<campodependencia>. Por " -"omisión, el I<campodependencia> es B<Depends>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:515 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " -"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " -"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " -"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " -"representing the most important dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Si la misma dependencia (o un conjunto de alternativas) aparece en más de " -"uno de los nombres de campo de dependencias reconocidos: B<Pre-Depends>, " -"B<Depends>, B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> o B<Suggests>, entonces B<dpkg-" -"shlibdeps> eliminará automáticamente la dependencia de todos los campos, " -"exceptuando aquel que contenga las dependencias más importantes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:515 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" -msgstr "B<-p>I<prefijodevariable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:526 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " -"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " -"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " -"substitution variables file." -msgstr "" -"Provoca que las variables de sustitución empiecen por I<prefijodevariable>B<:" -"> en vez de B<shlibs:>. Asimismo, cualquier variable de sustitución ya " -"existente que empiece por I<prefijodevariable>B<:> (en vez de B<shlibs:>) " -"será eliminada del fichero de variables de sustitución." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:526 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" -msgstr "B<-L>I<ficherodeshlibslocal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:534 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " -"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." -msgstr "" -"Provoca que B<dpkg-shlibs> lea la información sobre dependencias con " -"bibliotecas compartidas desde I<ficherodeshlibslocal> en vez de B<debian/" -"shlibs.local>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:540 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " -"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" -"substvars> by default)." -msgstr "" -"Provoca que las propiedades de las variables de sustitución sean mostradas " -"por la salida estándar, en lugar de añadirse al archivo de variables de " -"sustitución (por omisión B<debian/substvars>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:540 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>I<type>" -msgstr "B<-p>I<paquete>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:549 -msgid "" -"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " -"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " -"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " -"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " -"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:549 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-GENCHANGES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:552 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> no acepta ningún argumento que no sea una opción." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:552 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" -msgstr "B<-u>I<directoriosubidaficheros>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:563 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " -"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " -"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." -msgstr "" -"Busca archivos para subir en I<directoriosubidaficheros> en lugar de en B<.." -"> (B<dpkg-genchanges> necesita encontrar estos ficheros para poder incluir " -"sus tamaños y sumas de verificación en el fichero B<.changes>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:563 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>" -msgstr "B<-q>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:571 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " -"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " -"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." -msgstr "" -"Habitualmente B<dpkg-genchanges> producirá mensajes informativos en la " -"salida de error estándar, por ejemplo acerca de cuántos de los ficheros " -"fuente de los paquetes se están subiendo. B<-q> suprime dichos mensajes." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:571 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-BUILDPACKAGE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:574 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> no acepta ningún argumento que no sea una opción." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:574 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" -msgstr "B<-k>I<llave-id>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:577 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." -msgstr "Especifica una llave-ID que se usa cuando se firman los paquetes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:577 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" -msgstr "B<-r>I<orden-para-obtener-root>" - -# type: Plain text -#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:603 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " -"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " -"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " -"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " -"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " -"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " -"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " -"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " -"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " -"individually to the command to be run." -msgstr "" -"Cuando B<dpkg-buildpackage> necesite ejecutar parte del proceso de " -"construcción como root, añade el prefijo I<orden-para-obtener-root> a la " -"orden que ejecute en caso de especificarse alguna. I<orden-para-obtener-" -"root> debe ser el nombre de un programa que esté en el B<PATH> y tomará como " -"argumentos el nombre del proceso a ejecutar, así como los argumentos que " -"éste toma. I<orden-para-obtener-root> no debe contener espacios ni tampoco " -"caracteres especiales del intérprete de órdenes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:603 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" -msgstr "B<-p>I<orden-para-firmar>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:628 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " -"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " -"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " -"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " -"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" -"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " -"metacharacters." -msgstr "" -"Cuando B<dpkg-buildpackage> necesite ejecutar GPG o PGP para firmar el " -"fichero fuente de control (B<.dsc>) o un fichero B<.changes,> ejecutará " -"I<orden-para-firmar> (buscando en su B<PATH> si es necesario) en lugar de " -"B<pgp>. I<orden-para-firmar> recibirá todos los argumentos que obtendría " -"B<pgp>. Si I<orden-para-firmar> toma los argumentos en formato GPG en vez " -"de PGP, debe usar la opción B<-sgpg> I<orden-para-firmar> no debe contener " -"espacios ni tampoco caracteres especiales del intérprete de órdenes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:628 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-tc>" -msgstr "B<-tc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:634 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " -"after the package has been built." -msgstr "" -"Limpia el árbol de fuentes (usando I<orden-para-obtener-root> B<debian/rules " -"clean>) después de que el paquete se haya creado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:634 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" -msgstr "B<-us>, B<-uc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:637 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." -msgstr "No firma el paquete ni el fichero .changes, respectivamente." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:637 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" -msgstr "B<-a>I<arquitectura>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:642 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " -"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " -"the host machine." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la arquitectura de Debian para la cual construimos el paquete. La " -"arquitectura de la máquina en la que construimos el paquete es detectada " -"automáticamente y es también la arquitectura de destino por omisión para la " -"máquina." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:646 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "Se pasa sin cambios a B<dpkg-source>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:651 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." -msgstr "" -"Se pasa sin cambios a B<dpkg-source>. Puede repetirse en varias ocasiones." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:651 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>" -msgstr "B<-D>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:654 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." -msgstr "" -"Verifica las dependencias y los conflictos; aborta el proceso si alguna no " -"es satisfecha." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:654 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>" -msgstr "B<-d>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:657 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." -msgstr "No revisa dependencias ni conflictos." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:657 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-nc>" -msgstr "B<-nc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:660 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." -msgstr "No limpia las fuentes (implica -b)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:660 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" -msgstr "ARGUMENTOS DE DPKG-DISTADDFILE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:666 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" -"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." -"changes> file." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-distaddfile> no acepta argumentos que no sean opciones comunes. Toma " -"3 argumentos que no sean opciones: el nombre de fichero, la sección y la " -"prioridad para el fichero B<.changes.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:674 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" -"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " -"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." -msgstr "" -"El nombre del fichero debe ser especificado relativo al directorio donde " -"B<dpkg-genchanges> espera encontrar los archivos, habitualmente B<..>, en " -"lugar de ser relativo al directorio donde se ejecuta B<dpkg-distaddfile.>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:674 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" -msgstr "ARGUMENTOS DE DPKG-PARSECHANGELOG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:677 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " -"arguments." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> no acepta argumentos que no sean opciones comunes." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:677 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" -msgstr "SUSTITUCIÓN DE VARIABLES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:687 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " -"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " -"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " -"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." -msgstr "" -"Antes de que B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges> " -"escriban su información de control (al fichero B<.dsc> de control en el caso " -"de B<dpkg-source> y a la salida estándar en el de B<dpkg-gencontrol> y " -"B<dpkg-genchanges>) realizan algunas sustituciones de variables en el " -"fichero de salida." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:694 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " -"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " -"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " -"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " -"for more substitutions." -msgstr "" -"Una variable de sustitución tiene la forma B<${>I<nombre-de-variable>B<}>. " -"Los nombres de variable consisten en caracteres alfanuméricos, guiones y dos " -"puntos (:), y comienzan siempre por un alfanumérico. La sustitución de " -"variables se lleva a cabo repetidamente hasta que no queda ninguna; el texto " -"completo del campo tras la sustitución es revisado de nuevo en busca de más " -"sustituciones." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:701 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" -"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." -msgstr "" -"Después de que todas las sustituciones hayan tenido lugar, cada aparición de " -"la cadena B<${}> (que no es una sustitución legal) se reemplaza por un " -"símbolo B<$>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:714 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " -"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " -"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " -"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " -"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." -msgstr "" -"Las variables pueden establecerse usando la opción común B<-V>. También " -"pueden especificarse en el fichero B<debian/substvars> (u otro fichero " -"especificado usando la opción B<-T>). Este fichero consiste en líneas de la " -"forma I<nombre = valor >. Los caracteres en blanco al final de cada línea, " -"las líneas vacías y las líneas que comiencen con el símbolo B<#> " -"(comentarios) son ignorados." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:716 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" -msgstr "" -"De manera adicional, las siguientes variables estándar están disponibles:" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:716 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Arch>" -msgstr "B<Arch>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:720 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." -msgstr "" -"La arquitectura de construcción actual (de B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:720 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<source:Version>" -msgstr "B<Source-Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:723 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The source package version." -msgstr "La versión del paquete fuente (del fichero de cambios)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:723 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg:UpstreamVersion>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:727 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " -"any." -msgstr "La versión de desarrollador principal de dpkg." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:727 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<binary:Version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:731 -msgid "" -"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " -"for example)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:731 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source-Version>" -msgstr "B<Source-Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:736 -msgid "" -"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " -"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " -"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:736 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Installed-Size>" -msgstr "B<Installed-Size>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:745 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " -"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " -"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " -"debian/tmp> to find the default value." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño total de los ficheros del paquete instalado. Este valor se copia " -"en el campo del fichero de control correspondiente; establecerlo modifica el " -"valor de dicho campo. Si la variable no está establecida, B<dpkg-gencontrol> " -"usará B<du -k debian/tmp> para hallar el valor predeterminado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:745 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Extra-Size>" -msgstr "B<Extra-Size>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:754 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " -"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " -"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " -"B<Installed-Size> control file field." -msgstr "" -"Espacio en disco adicional usado cuando se instala el paquete. Si esta " -"variable está establecida, su valor se añade al de la variable B<Installed-" -"Size> (tanto si se establece manualmente como si se usa el valor " -"predeterminado) antes de copiarse al campo B<Installed-Size> del fichero de " -"control." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:754 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" -msgstr "B<F:>I<nombrecampo>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:761 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " -"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " -"on places where they are expanded explicitly." -msgstr "" -"El valor del campo de salida I<nombrecampo> (que debe darse siguiendo la " -"convención de mayúsculas/minúsculas). Establecer estas variables no tiene " -"ningún efecto excepto en aquellos lugares donde se expandan explícitamente." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:761 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Format>" -msgstr "B<Format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:771 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " -"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " -"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." -msgstr "" -"El formato del fichero B<.changes> generado por esta versión de los scripts " -"de empaquetamiento de fuentes. Si establece esta variable el contenido del " -"campo B<Format> en el fichero B<.changes> cambiará igualmente." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:771 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" -msgstr "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:774 -#, fuzzy -msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." -msgstr "" -"Estas variables contienen cada una el carácter cuyo nombre especifican en " -"inglés. Nota del traductor: Newline = Terminación de línea, Space = Espacio, " -"Tab = Tabulador." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:774 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" -msgstr "B<shlibs:>I<campodedependencia>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:779 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " -"- see above." -msgstr "" -"Las variables con nombres de esta forma son generadas por B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " -"- vea más arriba." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:779 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg:UpstreamVersion>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:782 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." -msgstr "La versión de desarrollador principal de dpkg." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:782 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:785 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The full version of dpkg." -msgstr "La versión completa de dpkg." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:788 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " -"empty value is assumed." -msgstr "" -"Si se hace referencia a una variable que no existe, se genera un aviso y se " -"asume un valor vacío." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:788 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHEROS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:789 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/control>" -msgstr "B<debian/control>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:794 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " -"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." -msgstr "" -"El fichero de información de control de fuentes principal, que da " -"información independiente de la versión sobre el paquete fuente y los " -"paquetes binarios que puede producir." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:794 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/changelog>" -msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:800 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " -"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " -"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " -"itself." -msgstr "" -"El fichero de cambios, usado para obtener información dependiente de la " -"versión acerca del paquete fuente, como la urgencia y la distribución de una " -"subida, los cambios realizados desde una versión en concreto y el propio " -"número de versión de la fuente." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:800 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/files>" -msgstr "B<debian/files>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:813 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " -"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " -"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " -"B<.changes> file." -msgstr "" -"La lista de ficheros generados que forman parte de la subida al servidor en " -"preparación. B<dpkg-gencontrol> añade aquí los supuestos nombres de fichero " -"de paquetes binarios cuyos ficheros de control genera; B<dpkg-distaddfile> " -"puede utilizarse para añadir ficheros adicionales. B<dpkg-genchanges> lee " -"los datos de aquí cuando produce un fichero B<.changes>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:813 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/substvars>" -msgstr "B<debian/substvars>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:816 -#, fuzzy -msgid "List of substitution variables and values." -msgstr "Lista de variables de sustitución y sus valores." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:816 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" -msgstr "B<debian/shlibs.local>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:819 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" -"Información acerca de redefinición de dependencias de bibliotecas " -"compartidas específicas del paquete." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:819 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" -msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:822 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" -"Información acerca de redefinición de dependencias de bibliotecas " -"compartidas para cada sistema." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:822 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" -msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:825 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" -"Información acerca de las dependencias predeterminadas con bibliotecas " -"compartidas para cada sistema." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:825 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FALLOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:828 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " -"output field settings is rather confused." -msgstr "" -"El punto en el cual se produce la sustitución de campos, comparado con " -"ciertos parámetros de los campos de salida estándar, no está claro." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:835 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " -"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" -"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." -msgstr "" -"Las entradas de paquetes binarios en el fichero B<debian/files> pasan por la " -"sustitución de variables dos veces. Esto no debería importar, ya que B<$>, B<" -"{> y B<}> no son caracteres legales en nombres de paquete o números de " -"versión." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:839 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " -"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." -msgstr "" -"Debería ser posible especificar espacios y caracteres especiales del " -"intérprete de órdenes en los argumentos iniciales de I<orden-para-obtener-" -"root> y I<orden-para-firmar>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:839 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:845 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(8), B<dselect>(8), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:845 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:847 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" -"Las herramientas y esta página del manual fueron escritas por Ian Jackson." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:847 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "COPYRIGHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:849 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:851 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:857 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" -"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"Esto es software libre, vea la Licencia Pública General de GNU en su versión " -"2 o superior para las condiciones de copia. NO hay GARANTÍA. Vea B</usr/" -"share/doc/dpkg/copyright> y B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> para más " -"detalles." - -# type: TP -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "B<-h>" -#~ msgstr "B<-h>" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DPKG-SOURCE" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-SOURCE" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "January 2000" -#~ msgstr "Enero de 2000" - -# type: Plain text -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Include the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields for this package from the " -#~ "main source control file in the binary package control file being " -#~ "generated. Usually this information is not included here, but only in " -#~ "the B<.changes> file. B<-isp> includes both fields, B<-is> only the " -#~ "B<Section> and B<-ip> only the B<Priority>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Incluye los campos de B<Sección> y B<Prioridad> para este paquete " -#~ "obtenidos del fichero principal de control de la fuente en el fichero de " -#~ "control del paquete binario que se está generando. Habitualmente esta " -#~ "información no se incluye aquí, sino solamente en el fichero B<.changes.> " -#~ "B<-isp> incluye ambos campos, B<-is> sólo la B<Sección> y B<-ip> sólo la " -#~ "B<Prioridad>." - -# type: Plain text -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or " -#~ "B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to " -#~ "run a command and even then it can only invoke the user's shell with B<-" -#~ "c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be run." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La I<orden-para-obtener-root> será típicamente B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, " -#~ "B<super> o B<really>. B<su> no se puede usar, ya que requiere la opción " -#~ "B<-c> para lanzar un proceso e incluso en ese caso sólo puede invocar el " -#~ "intérprete de órdenes del usuario con la opción B<-c> en vez de pasar los " -#~ "argumentos individualmente al proceso que debe lanzarse." - -# type: TP -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "B<-i [E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" -#~ msgstr "B<-i [E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" - -# type: TP -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "B<-I E<lt>filenameE<gt>>" -#~ msgstr "B<-I E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index d7080283..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-source.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1922 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg.1\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-05 22:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-17 10:59+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-source" -msgstr "dpkg-source" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "23-05-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:7 -msgid "" -"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" -"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source package " -"tools" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" -"buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Les outils de Debian " -"pour les paquets source." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:12 -msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<fichier.dsc> [I<répertoire-de-sortie>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:15 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-" -"targz>|'']" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<répertoire> [I<répertoire-d'origine> | orig-" -"targz |'']" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:18 -msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:24 -msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:27 -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:30 -msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< fichier section priorité>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:33 -msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:36 -msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." -msgstr "B<dpkg-source> empaquète ou dépaquète une archive source Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:42 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " -"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" -"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/files>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> lit les informations contenues dans une arborescence " -"Debian dépaquetée et crée le fichier «\\ control\\ » d'un paquet binaire " -"(par défaut, c'est le fichier debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control)\\ ; il ajoute aussi " -"une entrée pour ce paquet binaire dans B<debian/files>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:68 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " -"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " -"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" -">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " -"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-" -"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/" -"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file " -"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying " -"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match " -"will be used. The format for a shared library dependency information entry " -"in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calcule, pour les exécutables nommés dans ses arguments, " -"les dépendances envers les bibliothèques partagées. Ces dépendances sont " -"ajoutées au fichier B<debian/substvars> sous la forme B<shlibs:" -">I<dependencyfield> où I<dependencyfield> est le nom du champ de «\\ " -"dépendance\\ ». Toute autre variable après I<shlibs:> est supprimée du " -"fichier. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> lit les informations concernant les dépendances " -"envers les bibliothèques partagées dans les fichiers suivants\\ : B<debian/" -"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, le fichier B<shlibs>, (fichier " -"du paquet contenant un fichier qui, selon B<objdump,> satisfait au système " -"de dépendance envers les bibliothèques) ou bien B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. " -"Le premier trouvé est utilisé. Consultez la charte Debian pour des " -"précisions sur le format des fichiers qui traitent des dépendances envers " -"les bibliothèques partagées. Ce format est le suivant\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:70 -msgid "E<lt>library nameE<gt> E<lt>version/sonameE<gt> E<lt>dependenciesE<gt>" -msgstr "" -"E<lt>nom de la bibliothèqueE<gt> E<lt>version/nom_soE<gt> " -"E<lt>dépendancesE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:76 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " -"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " -"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-genchanges> lit les informations à la fois dans une arborescence " -"debian dépaquetée et déjà construite et sur les fichiers qui ont été créés" -"\\ ; puis il crée un fichier de contrôle pour la mise en place dans " -"l'archive Debian (c'est le fichier B<.changes>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:80 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate " -"the building of a package." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-buildpackage> est un script de contrôle qui peut faciliter la " -"construction automatique d'un paquet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:84 -msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-distaddfile> ajoute une entrée pour un fichier dans B<debian/files.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:89 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " -"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " -"machine-readable form." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> lit et fait l'analyse du fichier «\\ changelog\\ » " -"d'une arborescence source dépaquetée et affiche les informations qu'il " -"contient sur la sortie standard et sous une forme lisible par la machine." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:93 -msgid "" -"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " -"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " -"argument." -msgstr "" -"Aucune de ces commandes ne permet la combinaison de plusieurs options en une " -"seule et elles ne permettent pas d'indiquer la valeur d'une option dans un " -"argument séparé." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS COMMUNES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:96 -msgid "" -"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " -"with the programs that accept them." -msgstr "" -"Beaucoup de ces programmes partagent les options qui sont décrites ici\\ ; " -"on décrit en même temps les programmes qui les acceptent." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:96 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" -msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:101 -msgid "" -"Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of the " -"options it understands. This option is understood by all the source package " -"tools." -msgstr "" -"Affiche le message d'aide associé au programme\\ : il comprend un résumé des " -"options acceptées. Tous les outils pour les paquets source comprennent cette " -"option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:101 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:106 -msgid "" -"Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " -"information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." -msgstr "" -"Affiche la version du programme\\ ; le message comprend des informations sur " -"la licence et le copyright. Tous les outils pour les paquets source " -"comprennent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:106 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>I<version>" -msgstr "B<-v>I<version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:114 -msgid "" -"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this " -"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " -"I<version> to be used." -msgstr "" -"Avec B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> et B<dpkg-parsechangelog> " -"cette option force l'utilisation des informations contenues dans le fichier " -"«\\ changelog\\ » et qui concernent toutes les versions strictement plus " -"récentes que I<version.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:119 -msgid "" -"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which " -"will be generated." -msgstr "" -"Avec B<dpkg-gencontrol,> cette option donne le numéro de version du paquet " -"binaire qui sera crée." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:119 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" -msgstr "B<-C>I<description-des-changements>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:126 -msgid "" -"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " -"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. " -"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Lit la description des changements dans le fichier I<description-des-" -"changements> plutôt que dans le fichier «\\ changelog\\ » de l'arborescence " -"source. B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" -msgstr "B<-m>I<adresse-du-responsable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:134 -msgid "" -"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " -"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " -"control file. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" -"genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Utilise I<adresse-du-responsable> comme nom et adresse électronique du " -"responsable de paquet plutôt que d'utiliser les informations contenues dans " -"le fichier «\\ control\\ » de l'arborescence source. B<dpkg-buildpackage> et " -"B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" -msgstr "B<-e>I<adresse-du-responsable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:142 -msgid "" -"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " -"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " -"changelog. This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-" -"genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Utilise I<adresse-du-responsable> comme nom et adresse électronique du " -"responsable de paquet pour cette mise en place, plutôt que d'utiliser les " -"informations contenues dans le fichier «\\ changelog\\ » de l'arborescence " -"source. B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:142 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" -msgstr "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:150 -msgid "" -"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " -"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> or B<dpkg-genchanges> if any source " -"is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." -msgstr "" -"Ces options contrôlent si l'archive source originale est incluse dans " -"l'installation produite par B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-genchanges> quand " -"on construit un paquet source (les options B<-b> or B<-B> n'ont pas été " -"utilisées)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:158 -msgid "" -"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " -"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " -"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, ou quand l'option B<-si> est indiquée, les sources originales " -"sont incluses si le numéro de version se termine par B<-0> ou B<-1>, c'est-à-" -"dire si la partie «\\ révision Debian\\ » du numéro de version est égal à " -"B<0> ou B<1>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:163 -msgid "" -"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " -"exclusion and includes only the diff." -msgstr "" -"L'option B<-sa> force l'inclusion des sources originales\\ ; l'option B<-sd> " -"force leur exclusion et inclut seulement le «\\ diff_ »." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:163 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" -msgstr "B<-V>I<nom>B<=>I<valeur>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:169 -msgid "" -"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" -"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a " -"discussion of output substitution." -msgstr "" -"Fixe la valeur d'une variable de substitution. B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option. Voyez ci-dessous " -"pour une discussion sur la valeur de substitution." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:169 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" -msgstr "B<-T>I<fichier/substvars>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:179 -msgid "" -"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " -"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " -"understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " -"B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Lit (ou, écrit, pour B<dpkg-shlibdeps),> les variables de substitution dans " -"le fichier I<fichier/substvars>; Par défaut c'est le fichier B<debian/" -"substvars.> B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> et dpkg-" -"genchanges acceptent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" -msgstr "B<-D>I<champ>B<=>I<valeur>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:184 -msgid "" -"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by " -"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Remplace ou ajoute en sortie un champ dans le fichier de contrôle. B<dpkg-" -"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:184 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-U>I<field>" -msgstr "B<-U>I<champ>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:189 -msgid "" -"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" -"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Supprime en sortie un champ dans le fichier de contrôle. B<dpkg-source>, " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" -msgstr "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:212 -msgid "" -"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " -"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " -"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" -"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " -"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " -"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " -"B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " -"for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package " -"being built." -msgstr "" -"Avec B<dpkg-genchanges> et B<dpkg-buildpackage> les options B<-b> et B<-B> " -"indiquent qu'on veut seulement construire un paquet binaire. L'option B<-b> " -"indique qu'aucun fichier source n'est à construire ou à distribuer, et " -"l'option B<-B> indique en plus qu'aucun fichier, appartenant à un paquet " -"binaire ne dépendant pas d'une architecture, n'est à distribuer. L'option B<-" -"S> indique que seul le source doit être installé et qu'on a pas besoin de " -"construire un paquet binaire. Seul B<dpkg-buildpackage> se sert des options " -"B<-b> et B<-B>. B<dpkg-genchanges> crée seulement un fichier B<.changes> " -"pour tous les fichiers produits par la cible B<binary-*> du paquet qui est " -"construit." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:217 -msgid "" -"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract " -"one) - see below." -msgstr "" -"L'option B<-b> indique à B<dpkg-source> de construire un paquet source " -"(plutôt que d'en extraire un), voyez ci-dessous." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:217 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" -msgstr "B<-c>I<fichier/control>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:224 -msgid "" -"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " -"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Indique le principal fichier de contrôle des sources où trouver des " -"renseignements. Par défaut, c'est le fichier B<debian/control>. B<dpkg-" -"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:224 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" -msgstr "B<-l>I<fichier/changelog>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:231 -msgid "" -"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " -"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Indique le fichier d'enregistrement des changements où trouver des " -"renseignements. Par défaut, c'est le fichier B<debian/changelog>. B<dpkg-" -"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:231 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" -msgstr "B<-f>I<fichier/liste-des-fichiers>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:237 -msgid "" -"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " -"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" -"genchanges> and B<dpkg-distaddfile>." -msgstr "" -"Lit ou écrit la liste des fichiers qui doivent être mis en place dans le " -"fichier I<fichier/liste-des-fichiers,> plutôt que dans le fichier B<debian/" -"files.> B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-genchanges> et B<dpkg-distaddfile> " -"acceptent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:237 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" -msgstr "B<-F>I<format-du-changelog>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:244 -msgid "" -"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " -"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " -"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." -msgstr "" -"Donne le format du fichier changelog. Par défaut, c'est une ligne spéciale, " -"près de la fin du fichier, qui l'indique\\ ; sinon, on utilise le format " -"classique B<debian>. B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-" -"genchanges> acceptent cette option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-W>" -msgstr "B<-W>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:251 -msgid "" -"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, " -"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "" -"Cette option transforme certaines erreurs en avertissements. Seul dpkg-" -"source l'utilise, mais B<dpkg-buildpackage> la reconnait et la transmet à " -"B<dpkg-source>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:251 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E>" -msgstr "B<-E>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:257 -msgid "" -"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood " -"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "" -"Cette option annule une précédente option B<-W>. Elle n'est actuellement " -"comprise que par B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-source>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:257 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" -msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-SOURCE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:262 -msgid "" -"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames " -"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." -msgstr "" -"Quand on fournit les options communes B<-c> et B<-l> avec des chemins " -"relatifs, on considère qu'ils sont relatifs au répertoire le plus élevé de " -"l'arborescence source." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:262 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>" -msgstr "B<-x>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:272 -msgid "" -"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " -"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " -"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " -"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " -"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> " -"under the current working directory." -msgstr "" -"Cette option sert à extraire un paquet source. On doit donner un seul " -"argument sans option\\ : le nom du fichier de contrôle des sources Debian " -"(B<.dsc>). Un deuxième argument sans option peut être donné pour indiquer " -"le répertoire où extraire le paquet source, cela ne doit pas exister. Quand " -"aucun répertoire n'est indiqué, le paquet source est extrait dans le " -"répertoire I<source>-I<version-> du répertoire courant." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:280 -msgid "" -"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the " -"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control " -"file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." -msgstr "" -"Aucune option n'est utile avec B<dpkg-source-x>. B<dpkg-source> lit, dans " -"le fichier de contrôle, les noms des fichiers qui composent le paquet source" -"\\ ; il suppose qu'ils sont dans le même répertoire que le fichier B<.dsc.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:288 -msgid "" -"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " -"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " -"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " -"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " -"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " -"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." -msgstr "" -"Les fichiers extraits du paquet auront le même système de propriété et de " -"permission que s'ils avaient été simplement créés -- les répertoires et les " -"fichiers exécutables auront un système de permission égal à 0777 et les " -"simples fichiers, 0666\\ ; ces deux systèmes étant modifiés par le masque de " -"celui qui fait l'extraction\\ ; Si le répertoire parent est «\\ setgid\\ », " -"les répertoires extraits le seront aussi et tous les fichiers et répertoires " -"hériteront du système de propriété de ce groupe." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:288 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>" -msgstr "B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:303 -msgid "" -"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be " -"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the " -"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name " -"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the " -"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no " -"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " -"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " -"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no " -"original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." -msgstr "" -"Construire : empaqueter une arborescence. Un ou deux arguments, sans " -"options, seront fournis. Le premier représente le nom du répertoire qui " -"contient l'arborescence non empaquetée. Si l'on donne un second argument, ce " -"sera le nom du répertoire source original ou bien le nom du fichier «\\ tar" -"\\ » ou bien une chaîne vide si le paquet est «\\ debian pure souche\\ » et " -"n'a donc pas de fichiers «\\ diffs\\ » concernant sa «\\ debianisation\\ ». " -"S'il n'y a pas de second argument, et selon les autres arguments donnés, " -"B<dpkg-source> cherche le fichier « tar » des sources originelles " -"I<paquet>B<_>I<version-originelle>B<.orig.tar.gz> ou bien le répertoire " -"source originel I<répertoire>B<.orig> ou bien une chaîne vide (pas de source " -"originel, et donc pas de « diffs »)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:303 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:642 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" -msgstr "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:311 -msgid "" -"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " -"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " -"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " -"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " -"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." -msgstr "" -"On peut donner une expression rationnelle Perl correspondant aux fichiers " -"qui doivent être éliminés de la liste des fichiers pour le «\\ diff\\ ». " -"Cette liste est créée par une commande «\\ find\\ ». L'option B<-i> toute " -"seule, élimine les fichiers de contrôle et les répertoires des systèmes les " -"plus connus de contrôle de version, les fichiers d'échange et de sauvegarde " -"et les répertoire utilisés par Libtool." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:323 -msgid "" -"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " -"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " -"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " -"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " -"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra " -"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." -"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " -"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " -"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " -"the B<-i> switch." -msgstr "" -"C'est très utile pour supprimer les fichiers superflus qui sont inclus dans " -"le .diff.gz (p. ex. «\\ debian/BUGS_TODO/*\\ » ou «\\ debian/RCS/*,v\\ »). " -"Quand on suit avec un CVS distant un paquet que l'on maintient, et qu'on a " -"pas la possibilité d'enregistrer les fichiers debian de contrôle ou " -"d'étiqueter I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, il faut faire un «\\ checkout/update\\ » " -"supplémentaire dans un répertoire tenu vierge pour créer le fichier orig.tar." -"gz. Les fichiers «\\ CVS/Entries\\ » de ce répertoire contiennent des dates " -"qui diffèrent de celles du répertoire de travail\\ ; cela provoque indûment " -"leur inclusion dans chaque .diff.gz créé, à moins d'utiliser l'option B<-i>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:323 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:646 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<-IE<lt>fichierE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:330 -msgid "" -"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " -"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " -"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." -"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " -"filenames to exclude." -msgstr "" -"Avec cette option, le fichier est passé à l'option --exclude de tar quand on " -"veut créer un fichier .orig.tar.gz ou .tar.gz. Par exemple, -ICVS fera que " -"tar sautera les répertoires du CVS quand il doit créer un fichier .tar.gz. " -"On peut répéter cette option pour exclure plusieurs fichiers." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:330 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" -msgstr "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> avec B<-b>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:345 -msgid "" -"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source " -"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. " -"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " -"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" -"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Quand on spécifie B<-sk> ou B<-sp,> B<dpkg-source> s'attend à ce que le " -"source originel soit un fichier «\\ tar\\ »\\ ; par défaut, c'est le fichier " -"I<paquet>B<_>I<version-originelle>B<.orig.tar.gz>.B< Il le laisse en place " -"en tant que fichier «\\ tar\\ » ou le copie dans le répertoire en cours s'il " -"n'y est pas déjà. Quand on utilise -sp> au lieu de B<-sk,> il le supprime " -"ensuite." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:357 -msgid "" -"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " -"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-" -"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " -"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>" -msgstr "" -"Quand on spécifie B<-su> ou B<-sr>, le source originel est attendu comme un " -"répertoire\\ ; par défaut, c'est le répertoire I<paquet>B<->I<version-" -"originelle>B<.orig> et B<dpkg-source> crée une nouvelle archive du source " -"originel. Quand on utilise B<-sr>, B<dpkg-source> supprime ce répertoire " -"après usage." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:368 -msgid "" -"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source " -"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " -"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " -"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " -"archive will be generated." -msgstr "" -"Quand on utilise B<-ss>, B<dpkg-source> s'attend à ce que le source originel " -"soit disponible à la fois comme un répertoire et comme un fichier «\\ tar\\ " -"». Il se sert du répertoire pour créer le «\\ diff\\ », mais se sert du " -"fichier «\\ tar\\ » pour créer le fichier B<.dsc>. On doit faire attention " -"avec cette option. Si le répertoire et le fichier «\\ tar\\ » ne " -"correspondent pas, une mauvaise archive source en résulte." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:377 -msgid "" -"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, " -"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " -"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " -"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." -msgstr "" -"Quand on utilise B<-sn>, B<dpkg-source> ne cherche pas de source originel, " -"et ne crée pas de «\\ diff\\ ». Le second argument, s'il existe, doit être " -"une chaîne vide. Cela sert pour les paquets Debian pure souche qui n'ont pas " -"un source originel distinct et donc, pas de fichier «\\ diff\\ » de " -"debianisation." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:406 -msgid "" -"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " -"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " -"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " -"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " -"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " -"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " -"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " -"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " -"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " -"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" -"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." -msgstr "" -"Quand on utilise B<-sa> ou B<-sA,> B<dpkg-source> cherche un source originel " -"soit sous forme de fichier «\\ tar\\ », soit sous forme de répertoire -- le " -"deuxième argument, s'il existe, ou bien une chaîne vide (cela revient à " -"utiliser l'option B<-sn)>. Quand un fichier «\\ tar\\ » existe, il est " -"dépaqueté et B<dpkg-source> crée un fichier «\\ diff\\ »\\ ; ensuite il " -"supprime le fichier «\\ tar\\ » (cela revient à utiliser l'option B<-sp)>" -"\\ ; quand un répertoire est trouvé, il est dépaqueté et B<dpkg-source> crée " -"le source originel et supprime ensuite ce répertoire (cela revient à " -"utiliser l'option B<-sr)>\\ ; quand ni l'un ni l'autre n'est trouvé, B<dpkg-" -"source> suppose que le paquet ne possède pas de fichier «\\ diff\\ » de " -"debianisation, mais seulement une simple archive source (cela revient à " -"utiliser l'option B<-sn>). Quand les deux sont trouvés, B<dpkg-source> " -"ignore le répertoire et le remplace si l'option B<-sA> a été spécifiée (cela " -"revient à utiliser l'option B<-sP)>\\ ; ou bien il provoque une erreur si " -"l'option B<-sa> a été spécifiée. L'option par défaut est B<-sA>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:412 -msgid "" -"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " -"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" -"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." -msgstr "" -"Les options B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> et B<-sr> ne remplacent pas les " -"fichiers «\\ tar\\ » ou les répertoires existants. Pour cela, il faut " -"utiliser les options B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-sU> et B<-sR.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:412 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" -msgstr "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> avec B<-x>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:415 -msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Dans tous ces cas, l'arborescence existante d'un source originel est " -"supprimée." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:422 -msgid "" -"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " -"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " -"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " -"the default." -msgstr "" -"Quand on utilise l'option B<-sp> lors d'une extraction, le source originel " -"(s'il existe) est laissé en tant que fichier «\\ tar\\ ». S'il n'est pas " -"déjà dans le répertoire en cours ou si ce répertoire contient un fichier " -"différent, le fichier «\\ tar\\ » est copié dans ce répertoire. C'est le " -"comportement par défaut." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:425 -msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." -msgstr "L'option B<-su> dépaquète une arborescence source originelle." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:430 -msgid "" -"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " -"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " -"directory is still removed." -msgstr "" -"L'option B<-sn> assure que le source originel ne sera ni copié dans le " -"répertoire en cours, ni dépaqueté. Une arborescence source originelle " -"présente dans le répertoire en cours est toujours supprimée." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:435 -msgid "" -"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " -"only the last one will be used." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les options B<-sX> s'excluent mutuellement. Si vous en indiquez " -"plusieurs, seule la dernière sera prise en compte." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:435 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" -msgstr "LES OPTIONS POUR DPKG-GENCONTROL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:438 -msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> ne prend pas d'argument sans option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:438 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<package>" -msgstr "B<-p>I<paquet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:445 -msgid "" -"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " -"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " -"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " -"generate." -msgstr "" -"cette option produit les informations concernant le paquet binaire I<paquet." -"> Si le fichier de contrôle des sources liste un seul paquet binaire, on " -"peut omettre cette option\\ ; sinon c'est indispensable d'indiquer le paquet " -"pour lequel on veut produire les informations." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:445 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" -msgstr "B<-n>I<nom-de-fichier>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:450 -msgid "" -"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " -"package_version_arch.deb filename." -msgstr "" -"Le nom du paquet est I<nom-de-fichier> au lieu de l'habituel : " -"paquet_version_arch.deb." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:450 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" -msgstr "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:459 -msgid "" -"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " -"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " -"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " -"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" -"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." -msgstr "" -"Ces options, conservées pour compatibilité avec les anciennes versions de " -"dpkg-dev, sont maintenant déconseillées. Elles servaient à dire à dpkg-" -"gencontrol d'inclure les champs « Section » et « Priority » dans le fichier " -"« control ». C'est maintenant le comportement par défaut. Si vous voulez " -"l'ancien comportement, vous pouvez utiliser l'option B<-U> pour supprimer " -"ces champs du fichier « control »." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:459 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" -msgstr "B<-P>I<rep-de-construction-du-paquet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:472 -msgid "" -"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " -"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " -"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " -"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." -msgstr "" -"Cette option indique à B<dpkg-source> que le répertoire de construction du " -"paquet est I<rep-de-construction-du-paquet> au lieu de B<debian/tmp.> Cette " -"valeur sert à trouver la valeur par défaut de la variable de substitution " -"B<Installed-Size> et celle du champ correspondant dans le fichier de " -"contrôle (on utilise la commande B<du>)\\ ; elle donne aussi l'emplacement " -"par défaut pour le fichier de sortie." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:472 -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:534 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O>" -msgstr "B<-O>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:482 -msgid "" -"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to " -"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-" -"P> was used)." -msgstr "" -"Cette option provoque l'affichage du fichier de contrôle sur la sortie " -"standard au lieu de B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (ou I<rep-de-construction-" -"du-paquet>B</DEBIAN/control> si l'option B<-P> a été utilisée)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:482 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" -msgstr "LES OPTIONS POUR DPKG-SHLIBDEPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:487 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " -"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprète des arguments sans option comme des commandes " -"exécutables, comme si on avait simplement donné B<-e>I<exécutable>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:487 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" -msgstr "B<-e>I<exécutable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:491 -msgid "" -"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " -"I<executable>." -msgstr "" -"Cette option inclut les bonnes dépendances envers les bibliothèques " -"partagées que demande I<exécutable.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:491 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" -msgstr "B<-d>I<champ-dépendance>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:497 -msgid "" -"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " -"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " -"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" -msgstr "" -"Cette option ajoute les dépendances destinées au champ « dépendance » du " -"fichier de contrôle I<champ-dépendance.> (Les dépendances pour ce champ sont " -"dans la variable B<shlibs:>I<champ-dépendance>.)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:507 -msgid "" -"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " -"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " -"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." -msgstr "" -"I<L'option >B<-d>I<champ-dépendance> concerne tous les exécutables qui " -"suivent l'option, jusqu'à la prochaine option B<-d>I<champ-dépendance>.I< " -"Par défaut, champ-dépendance> vaut B<Depends>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:515 -msgid "" -"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " -"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " -"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " -"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " -"representing the most important dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Quand, dans plusieurs champs reconnus ayant trait aux dépendances comme les " -"champs B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> ou B<Suggests," -"> apparaît la même entrée (ou bien un ensemble d'alternatives) B<dpkg-" -"shlibdeps> supprime automatiquement les dépendances dans tous les champs " -"sauf celui qui représente les dépendances les plus importantes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:515 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" -msgstr "B<-p>I<préfixe-pour-le-nom-des-variables>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:526 -msgid "" -"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of " -"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " -"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " -"substitution variables file." -msgstr "" -"Les variables de substitution commenceront par I<préfixe-pour-le-nom-des-" -"variables>B<:> au lieu de B<shlibs:>. De même, toute variable de " -"substitution commençant par I<préfixe-pour-le-nom-des-variables>B<:> (au " -"lieu de B<shlib:>) est enlevée du fichier de substitution des variables." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:526 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" -msgstr "B<-L>I<fichier-local-shlibs>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:534 -msgid "" -"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency " -"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> lira les informations de remplacement concernant les " -"dépendances envers les bibliothèques partagées dans I<fichier-local-shlibs> " -"au lieu de B<debian/shlibs.local>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:540 -msgid "" -"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, " -"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/" -"substvars> by default)." -msgstr "" -"Les définitions des variables de substitution seront affichées sur la sortie " -"standard, plutôt qu'ajoutées dans le fichier de substitution des variables " -"qui est par défaut debian/substvars." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>I<type>" -msgstr "B<-t>I<type>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:549 -msgid "" -"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information " -"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, " -"falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". " -"Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by " -"prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> préfèrera les informations sur les dépendances des " -"bibliothèques partagées qui sont étiquetées pour un type de paquet donné. " -"Si aucune information de type n'est donnée, il n'utilisera pas " -"d'information. Par défaut, le type de paquet est \"deb\". On peut créer une " -"étiquette pour ces informations en les préfixant par le nom du type, un deux-" -"points et un espace." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:549 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" -msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-GENCHANGES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:552 -msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> ne prend pas d'argument sans option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:552 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" -msgstr "B<-u>I<répertoire-des-fichiers-à-installer>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:563 -msgid "" -"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " -"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " -"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." -msgstr "" -"Cherche les fichiers à installer dans I<répertoire-des-fichiers-à-installer> " -"plutôt que dans B<..> (B<dpkg-genchanges> doit trouver ces fichiers de " -"manière à mettre leurs tailles et leurs sommes de contrôle dans le fichier " -"B<.changes.)>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:563 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>" -msgstr "B<-q>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:571 -msgid "" -"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " -"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " -"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-genchanges> affiche habituellement des messages d'information sur la " -"sortie d'erreur standard\\ ; par exemple, combien de fichiers source du " -"paquet sont en cours d'installation. B<-q> supprime ces messages." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:571 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" -msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-BUILDPACKAGE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:574 -msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." -msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> ne prend pas d'argument sans option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:574 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" -msgstr "B<-k>I<key-id>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:577 -msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." -msgstr "Précise une clé pour la signature des paquets." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:577 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" -msgstr "B<-r>I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root>" - -# type: Plain text -#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:603 -msgid "" -"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " -"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " -"has been specified. I<gain-root-command> should be the name of a program on " -"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " -"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> should not contain " -"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might " -"typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not " -"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " -"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " -"individually to the command to be run." -msgstr "" -"Quand B<dpkg-buildpackage> doit exécuter une partie du processus de " -"construction en tant que root, il préfixe la commande exécutée par " -"I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root>, si elle existe. I<commande-pour-" -"obtenir-privilèges-de-root> sera le nom d'un programme présent dans le " -"B<PATH> et ce programme prend comme argument le nom de la commande réelle à " -"exécuter et les arguments qu'elle doit prendre. I<commande-pour-obtenir-" -"privilèges-de-root> ne contiendra pas d'espace ni aucun « métacaractère » de " -"l'interpréteur de commandes. I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root> " -"est classiquement B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> ou B<really>. B<su> ne va " -"pas, puisque ce programme demande une option B<-c> pour exécuter une commande" -"\\ ; et même alors il ne peut qu'appeler l'interpréteur de commandes de " -"l'utilisateur au lieu de passer directement les arguments à la commande qui " -"doit être exécutée." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:603 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" -msgstr "B<-p>I<commande-de-signature>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:628 -msgid "" -"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " -"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " -"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<pgp>. I<sign-command> " -"will get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " -"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" -"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " -"metacharacters." -msgstr "" -"Quand B<dpkg-buildpackage> doit exécuter GPG ou PGP pour signer un fichier " -"source de contrôle (B<.dsc>) ou un fichier B<.changes>, il exécute " -"I<commande-de-signature> (en examinant le B<PATH> si nécessaire) au lieu de " -"B<pgp>. I<commande-de-signature> obtient tous les arguments qu'aurait obtenu " -"B<pgp>. Si I<commande-de-signature> veut recevoir ses arguments à la manière " -"GPG plutôt qu'à la manière PGP, on choisira l'option B<-sgpg.> I<commande-de-" -"signature> ne contiendra pas d'espace ni aucun «\\ métacaractère\\ » de " -"l'interpréteur de commandes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:628 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-tc>" -msgstr "B<-tc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:634 -msgid "" -"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " -"after the package has been built." -msgstr "" -"Nettoyage de l'arborescence (en utilisant I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-" -"de-root> B<debian/rules clean>) après la construction du paquet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:634 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>" -msgstr "B<-us>, B<-uc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:637 -msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively." -msgstr "" -"Ne pas signer, respectivement, soit le paquet source, soit le fichier «\\ ." -"changes\\ »." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:637 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" -msgstr "B<-a>I<architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:642 -msgid "" -"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " -"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " -"the host machine." -msgstr "" -"Précise l'architecture Debian pour laquelle on construit. L'architecture de " -"la machine sur laquelle on construit est automatiquement déterminée\\ ; " -"c'est aussi l'architecture par défaut de la machine hôte." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:646 -msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>." -msgstr "Chaîne passée telle quelle à B<dpkg-source.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:651 -msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times." -msgstr "" -"Fichier passé tel quel à B<dpkg-source.> Peut être plusieurs fois répétée." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:651 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>" -msgstr "B<-D>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:654 -msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied." -msgstr "" -"Vérifier les dépendances de constructions et les conflits\\ ; se termine en " -"cas de problèmes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:654 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>" -msgstr "B<-d>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:657 -msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." -msgstr "Ne pas vérifier les dépendances de constructions et les conflits." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:657 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-nc>" -msgstr "B<-nc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:660 -msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)." -msgstr "Ne pas nettoyer l'arborescence source (implique l'option -b)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:660 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" -msgstr "LES ARGUMENTS DE DPKG-DISTADDFILE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:666 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-" -"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<." -"changes> file." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-distaddfile> ne prend pas d'option particulière. Il prend trois " -"arguments sans option, à savoir le nom du fichier, la section et la " -"priorité, pour le fichier B<.changes>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:674 -msgid "" -"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" -"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " -"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." -msgstr "" -"Le nom du fichier sera indiqué relativement au répertoire dans lequel B<dpkg-" -"genchanges> s'attend à trouver les fichiers, habituellement B<..>, plutôt " -"que relativement au répertoire dans lequel est exécuté B<dpkg-distaddfile.>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:674 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" -msgstr "LES ARGUMENTS DE DPKG-PARSECHANGELOG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:677 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " -"arguments." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> ne prend ni d'option particulière ni d'argument sans " -"option." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:677 -#, no-wrap -msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" -msgstr "LA SUBSTITUTION DE VARIABLE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:687 -msgid "" -"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " -"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " -"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " -"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." -msgstr "" -"Avant que B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> " -"n'écrivent leurs informations de contrôle (dans le fichier source de " -"contrôle B<.dsc> pour B<dpkg-source> et sur la sortie standard pour B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges),> ils accomplissent quelques substitutions " -"de variable dans le fichier de sortie." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:694 -msgid "" -"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " -"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " -"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " -"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " -"for more substitutions." -msgstr "" -"Une substitution de variable est de la forme : B<${>I<variable-nom>B<}>. Les " -"noms de variable consistent en caractères alphanumériques, traits d'union et " -"«\\ deux points\\ » ; ils commencent par une lettre ou un chiffre. La " -"substitution se fait répétitivement jusqu'à ce qu'il n'en reste aucune à " -"faire\\ ; le texte entier du champ après la substitution est réexaminé pour " -"chercher d'autres substitutions." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:701 -msgid "" -"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" -"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." -msgstr "" -"Quand toutes les substitutions ont été faites, chaque occurrence de la " -"chaîne B<${}> (laquelle n'est pas une substitution autorisée) est remplacée " -"par un signe B<$>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:714 -msgid "" -"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " -"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " -"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " -"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " -"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." -msgstr "" -"On peut définir les variables en utilisant l'option commune B<-V>. On peut " -"aussi se servir du fichier B<debian/substvars> (ou tout autre fichier avec " -"l'option B<-T>). Ce fichier est composé de lignes de la forme suivante\\ : " -"I<nom>B<=>I<valeur>. Les espaces résiduels sur chaque ligne, les lignes " -"vides et les lignes qui commencent par un symbole B<#> sont ignorés." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:716 -msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" -msgstr "En outre, les variables standard suivantes sont disponibles\\ :" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:716 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Arch>" -msgstr "B<Arch>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:720 -msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." -msgstr "" -"L'architecture pour laquelle on construit (tirée de B<dpkg --print-" -"architecture>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:720 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<source:Version>" -msgstr "B<Source:Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:723 -msgid "The source package version." -msgstr "La version du paquet source." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:723 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" -msgstr "B<source:Upstream-Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:727 -msgid "" -"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " -"any." -msgstr "" -"La version amont du paquet source, avec éventuellement l'«\\ epoch\\ » de la " -"version debian." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:727 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<binary:Version>" -msgstr "B<binary:Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:731 -msgid "" -"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " -"for example)." -msgstr "" -"La version du paquet binaire (qui peut être différente de source:Version " -"dans un binNMU par exemple)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:731 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Source-Version>" -msgstr "B<Source-Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:736 -msgid "" -"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " -"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " -"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." -msgstr "" -"La version du paquet source, selon le fichier changelog. Cette variable est " -"maintenant B<déconseillée> car sa signification est distincte de sa " -"fonction. Utilisez plutôt B<source:Version> ou B<binary:Version>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:736 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Installed-Size>" -msgstr "B<Installed-Size>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:745 -msgid "" -"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " -"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " -"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " -"debian/tmp> to find the default value." -msgstr "" -"La taille de tous les fichiers installés du paquet. Cette valeur est copiée " -"dans le champ adéquat du fichier « control » ; Quand on fixe cette variable, " -"cela modifie la valeur de ce champ. Quand elle est indéterminée, B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> use de la commande B<du -k debian/tmp> pour trouver une valeur " -"par défaut." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:745 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Extra-Size>" -msgstr "B<Extra-Size>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:754 -msgid "" -"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " -"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " -"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " -"B<Installed-Size> control file field." -msgstr "" -"L'espace disque supplémentaire utilisé pour l'installation du paquet. Quand " -"on fixe cette variable, on ajoute sa valeur à la valeur de la variable " -"B<Installed-Size> (qu'elle soit définie explicitement ou calculée par " -"défaut) avant que la variable B<Installed-Size> ne soit copiée dans le champ " -"du fichier «\\ control\\ »." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:754 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" -msgstr "B<F:>I<fieldname>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:761 -msgid "" -"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " -"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " -"on places where they are expanded explicitly." -msgstr "" -"La valeur du champ I<fieldname> affiché en sortie et qui doit être " -"classiquement en majuscules. Quand on fixe ces variables, cela ne prend " -"effet que là où elles sont effectivement développées." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:761 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Format>" -msgstr "B<Format>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:771 -msgid "" -"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " -"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " -"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." -msgstr "" -"La version du format du fichier B<.changes> produite par la version des " -"scripts construisant le source. Quand on détermine cette variable, le " -"contenu du champ B<Format> dans le fichier B<.changes> est aussi modifié." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:771 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" -msgstr "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:774 -msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." -msgstr "Ces variables contiennent chacune le caractère correspondant." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:774 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" -msgstr "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:779 -msgid "" -"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " -"- see above." -msgstr "" -"Les variables déterminées de cette façon sont produites par B<dpkg-" -"shlibdeps>, voyez plus haut." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:779 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:782 -msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." -msgstr "La version amont de dpkg." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:782 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:785 -msgid "The full version of dpkg." -msgstr "La version complète de dpkg." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:788 -msgid "" -"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " -"empty value is assumed." -msgstr "" -"Quand une variable est référencée mais n'est pas définie, cela produit un " -"avertissement et une valeur nulle est assumée." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:788 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHIERS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:789 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/control>" -msgstr "B<debian/control>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:794 -msgid "" -"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " -"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." -msgstr "" -"Le principal fichier d'information sur les sources\\ ; il donne des " -"renseignements qui ne dépendent pas d'une version concernant le paquet " -"source et les paquets binaires qui peuvent être créés." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:794 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/changelog>" -msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:800 -msgid "" -"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " -"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " -"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " -"itself." -msgstr "" -"Le fichier d'enregistrement des modifications\\ ; on s'en sert pour " -"connaître les informations qui dépendent d'une version du paquet source, par " -"exemple l'urgence ou la distribution d'une installation sur le serveur, les " -"modifications faites depuis telle édition et le numéro de la version source " -"lui-même." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:800 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/files>" -msgstr "B<debian/files>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:813 -msgid "" -"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " -"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " -"control files it generates here; B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add " -"additional files. B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a " -"B<.changes> file." -msgstr "" -"La liste des fichiers créés qui seront installés sur le serveur. B<dpkg-" -"gencontrol> ajoute les noms présumés des fichiers des paquets binaires à " -"partir des fichiers «\\ control\\ » qu'il crée\\ ; pour ajouter d'autres " -"fichiers on peut se servir de B<dpkg-distaddfile>. B<dpkg-genchanges> lit " -"dans ce fichier les données nécessaires à la création du fichier B<.changes>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:813 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/substvars>" -msgstr "B<debian/substvars>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:816 -msgid "List of substitution variables and values." -msgstr "La liste des variables de substitution et leurs valeurs." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:816 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>" -msgstr "B<debian/shlibs.local>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:819 -msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" -"Fichier particulier à un paquet remplaçant les informations qui concernent " -"les dépendances envers des bibliothèques partagées." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:819 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" -msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:822 -msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" -"Fichier système remplaçant les informations qui concernent les dépendances " -"envers des bibliothèques partagées." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:822 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" -msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:825 -msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." -msgstr "" -"Fichier système par défaut concernant les informations de dépendances envers " -"des bibliothèques partagées." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:825 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BOGUES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:828 -msgid "" -"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " -"output field settings is rather confused." -msgstr "" -"Le moment où a lieu le remplacement d'un champ par rapport à certaines " -"déterminations de champ affichées sur la sortie standard est plutôt " -"embrouillé." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:835 -msgid "" -"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " -"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" -"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." -msgstr "" -"On opère deux fois la substitution de variable sur les entrées d'un paquet " -"binaire dans le fichier B<debian/files>. Cela ne devrait pas poser de " -"problème puisque B<$>, B<{> et B<}> ne sont pas permis dans les noms de " -"paquet et les numéros de version." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:839 -msgid "" -"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " -"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." -msgstr "" -"On devrait pouvoir mettre des espaces et des métacaractères du shell dans " -"les arguments initiaux de I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root> et " -"I<commande-de-signature>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:839 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:845 -msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:845 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:847 -msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." -msgstr "Ces outils et cette page de manuel ont été écrits par Ian Jackson." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:847 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "COPYRIGHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:849 -msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" -msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:851 -msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-source.1:857 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/" -"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"C'est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » " -"version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a B<pas> de garantie. " -"Voyez B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> et B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> " -"pour des précisions." - -# type: TP -#~ msgid "B<-h>" -#~ msgstr "B<-h>" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DPKG-SOURCE" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-SOURCE" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "January 2000" -#~ msgstr "janvier 2000" - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Include the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields for this package from the " -#~ "main source control file in the binary package control file being " -#~ "generated. Usually this information is not included here, but only in " -#~ "the B<.changes> file. B<-isp> includes both fields, B<-is> only the " -#~ "B<Section> and B<-ip> only the B<Priority>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ces options incluent, dans le fichier de contrôle du paquet binaire, les " -#~ "champs B<Section> et B<Priority> qui concernent ce paquet et qui se " -#~ "trouvent dans le fichier principal de contrôle des sources. " -#~ "Habituellement on ne met pas ces informations là, mais dans le fichier B<." -#~ "changes.> L'option B<-isp> inclut les deux champs, B<-is> seulement le " -#~ "champ B<Section> et B<-ip> seulement le champ B<Priority>." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/dpkg-split.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/dpkg-split.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 50139b25..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/dpkg-split.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr pl sv -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-split.1/po/dpkg-split.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-split.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-split.1 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-split.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-split.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2d0c54b6..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,557 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-split" -msgstr "dpkg-split" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" -msgstr "dpkg-split - Debian-Paketarchiv Teilungs- und Zusammensetzwerkzeug" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<Komplettarchiv> [I<Präfix>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<Teil> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<Teil> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< Komplettausgabe Teil>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:24 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<Paket> ...]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:33 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " -"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " -"small media such as floppy disks." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> zerteilt Debian-Binärpaketdateien in kleinere Teile und setzt " -"diese wieder zusammen, um die Lagerung von großen Paketdateien auf kleinen " -"Medien wie Disketten zu ermöglichen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:37 -msgid "" -"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " -"options." -msgstr "" -"Es kann manuell mit den Optionen <--split>, B<--join> und B<--info> " -"verwendet werden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:45 -msgid "" -"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " -"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " -"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" -"discard> options allow the management of the queue." -msgstr "" -"Es hat auch einen automatischen Modus, der über die B<--auto>-Option " -"aufgerufen wird, wo es eine Liste von Teilen, die bereits gesehen, aber noch " -"nicht wieder zusammengesetzt wurden, verwaltet. Sobald alle Teile gesehen " -"wurden, wird dann die Datei wieder zusammengesetzt. Die Optionen B<--listq> " -"und B<--discard> erlauben die Verwaltung dieser Liste." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -msgid "" -"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " -"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:52 -msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:60 -msgid "" -"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " -"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " -"decimal)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -msgid "" -"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " -"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:72 -msgid "" -"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " -"as it was before it was split." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:76 -msgid "" -"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " -"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " -"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:81 -msgid "" -"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " -"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " -"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:83 -msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:86 -msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:87 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -msgid "" -"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " -"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " -"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:95 -msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:100 -msgid "" -"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " -"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:107 -msgid "" -"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " -"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " -"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:113 -msgid "" -"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " -"not created." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:120 -msgid "" -"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " -"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -msgid "" -"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " -"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " -"to expect.)" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:130 -msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -msgid "" -"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " -"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " -"stored in the queue." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:138 -msgid "" -"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " -"of their packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -msgid "" -"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " -"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" -"Gibt B<dpkg-split>s Bedienungshinweis mit einer Zusammenfassung seiner " -"Optionen und deren Verwendungen aus." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." -msgstr "Gibt B<dpkg-split>s Versionsnummer aus." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "ANDERE OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -msgid "" -"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " -"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -msgid "" -"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " -"The default is 450Kb." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:173 -msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -msgid "" -"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " -"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -msgid "" -"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " -"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " -"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " -"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--msdos>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:194 -msgid "" -"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:200 -msgid "" -"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " -"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " -"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -msgid "" -"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " -"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:211 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " -"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " -"are not binary package parts." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:217 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " -"I<part> file was not a binary package part." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " -"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " -"usage error or some other problem." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FEHLER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:225 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " -"of Debian packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:228 -msgid "" -"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " -"digging into the queue directory yourself." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:231 -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " -"part is one." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -msgid "" -"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " -"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " -"present in the filenames generated." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "DATEIEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:236 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:240 -msgid "" -"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -msgid "" -"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" -"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " -"filename format should not be relied upon." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:250 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:251 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:260 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/" -"share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> und diese Handbuchseite wurden von Ian Jackson geschrieben. " -"Sie unterliegen dem Copyright (C) 1995-1996 von ihm und sind unter der GNU " -"General Public License Version veröffentlicht; es gibt KEINE HAFTUNG. Lesen " -"Sie I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> und I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> " -"für Details." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/dpkg-split.1.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/dpkg-split.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 7b3fafe5..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/dpkg-split.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,538 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-split" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:24 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:33 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " -"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " -"small media such as floppy disks." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:37 -msgid "" -"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " -"options." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:45 -msgid "" -"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " -"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " -"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and " -"B<--discard> options allow the management of the queue." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -msgid "" -"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " -"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:52 -msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:60 -msgid "" -"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " -"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " -"decimal)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -msgid "" -"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " -"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:72 -msgid "" -"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " -"as it was before it was split." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:76 -msgid "" -"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " -"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " -"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:81 -msgid "" -"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " -"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " -"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:83 -msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:86 -msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:87 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -msgid "" -"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " -"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " -"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:95 -msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:100 -msgid "" -"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " -"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:107 -msgid "" -"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " -"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " -"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:113 -msgid "" -"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " -"not created." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:120 -msgid "" -"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " -"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -msgid "" -"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " -"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " -"to expect.)" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:130 -msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -msgid "" -"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " -"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " -"stored in the queue." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:138 -msgid "" -"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " -"of their packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -msgid "" -"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " -"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -msgid "" -"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " -"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -msgid "" -"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 " -"bytes). The default is 450Kb." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:173 -msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -msgid "" -"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " -"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -msgid "" -"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " -"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " -"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " -"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--msdos>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:194 -msgid "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:200 -msgid "" -"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " -"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " -"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -msgid "" -"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " -"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:211 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " -"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " -"are not binary package parts." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:217 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " -"I<part> file was not a binary package part." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " -"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " -"usage error or some other problem." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:225 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " -"of Debian packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:228 -msgid "" -"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " -"digging into the queue directory yourself." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:231 -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " -"part is one." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -msgid "" -"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " -"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " -"present in the filenames generated." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:236 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:240 -msgid "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -msgid "" -"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to " -"B<dpkg-split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any " -"case the filename format should not be relied upon." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:250 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:251 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:260 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and " -"I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index e8fb1ac1..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,694 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-split" -msgstr "dpkg-split" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "herramientas dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:3 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -#, fuzzy -msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" -msgstr "dpkg-split - herramienta para separar/unir paquetes Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<fichero-completo> [I<prefijo>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:13 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<parte parte >..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:17 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<parte parte >..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:21 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< salida-completa parte>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:24 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paquete paquete >...]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:33 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " -"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " -"small media such as floppy disks." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> separa un paquete binario de Debian en varias partes más " -"pequeñas para luego volverlas a unir, de esta forma se pueden almacenar " -"paquetes en medios de poca capacidad, como disquetes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:37 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " -"options." -msgstr "" -"Puede usarse manualmente usando las opciones B<--split>, B<--join> e B<--" -"info.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:45 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " -"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " -"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" -"discard> options allow the management of the queue." -msgstr "" -"También posee un modo automático, invocado con la opción B<--auto> , " -"entonces mantiene una cola con las partes que ha visto pero que aún no se " -"han unido y reensambla el paquete cuando haya visto todas sus partes. Las " -"opciones B<--listq> y B<--discard> permiten administrar la cola." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " -"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." -msgstr "" -"Todas las operaciones de separación, unión y encolado producen mensajes " -"informativos en la salida estándar, pueden ignorarse sin ningún riesgo." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES DE ACCIÓN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:49 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" -msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:52 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." -msgstr "Separa un paquete binario de Debian en varias partes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:60 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " -"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " -"decimal)." -msgstr "" -"Las partes reciben el nombre I<prefijo>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> donde I<N> " -"es el número de la partes, comenzando por 1, y I<M> el el número total de " -"partes (ambos en decimal)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " -"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." -msgstr "" -"Si no se proporciona ningún I<prefijo> entonces se toma el nombre del " -"I<fichero-completo> , incluyendo el directorio, con cualquier terminación B<." -"deb> eliminada." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" -msgstr "B<--join>, B<-j>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:72 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " -"as it was before it was split." -msgstr "" -"Une las partes de un paquete, dejando el paquete tal y como era " -"originalmente." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:76 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " -"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " -"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." -msgstr "" -"Las partes que se proporcionen como argumento deben de ser todas las partes " -"del fichero original. Cada parte debe proporcionarse una sola vez, aunque no " -"necesariamente en orden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " -"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " -"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." -msgstr "" -"Todas las partes deben generarse con el mismo tamaño especificado a la hora " -"de la separación, lo que significa que todas deben haber sido generadas por " -"la misma invocación de B<dpkg-split --split>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:83 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." -msgstr "" -"El nombre de las partes no es significativo para el proceso de reensamblado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:86 -#, fuzzy -msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" -"Por omisión el fichero resultante se llama I<paquete>B<->I<versión>B<.deb>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:87 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " -"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " -"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." -msgstr "" -"Muestra información entendible por una persona acerca de la parte o las " -"partes del fichero o ficheros especificados. Argumentos que no sean parte de " -"un paquete binario producen un mensaje avisando del problema (en la salida " -"estándar)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" -msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:95 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." -msgstr "" -"Encolar las partes automáticamente y reensamblar el paquete si es posible." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:100 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " -"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." -msgstr "" -"La I<parte> especificada se examina y compara junto con las otras partes del " -"mismo paquete (si hay alguna) en la cola de ficheros parte de otros paquetes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " -"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " -"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." -msgstr "" -"Si están disponibles todas las partes del fichero al que pertenece la " -"I<parte> , entonces se reensamblará el paquete y se guardará en I<salida-" -"completa> (que normalmente no existe, aunque esto no es un error)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " -"not created." -msgstr "" -"Si no, la I<parte> se copia en la cola pero no se crea I<salida-completa.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:120 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " -"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." -msgstr "" -"Si I<parte> no es una parte del paquete binario entonces B<dpkg-split> " -"terminará con un estado de salida igual a 1, si ocurre algún otro tipo de " -"error el estado de salida será 2." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " -"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " -"to expect.)" -msgstr "" -"Debe de proporcionar la opción B<--output> o B<-o> cuando use B<--auto>. " -"(Si este argumento no fuese obligatorio el programa que ejecute B<dpkg-" -"split> no sabría que fichero esperar)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" -msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:130 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." -msgstr "Lista los contenidos de la cola de paquetes para reensamblar." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " -"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " -"stored in the queue." -msgstr "" -"Por cada fichero de un paquete que contenga partes en la cola se muestra el " -"nombre del paquete, las partes en la cola y el número total de bytes " -"guardados en ésta." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" -msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:138 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " -"of their packages." -msgstr "" -"Descarta partes de la cola de aquéllas que esperan las partes restantes del " -"paquete para ser reensambladas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " -"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." -msgstr "" -"Si no se especifica ningún I<paquete> se limpia la cola por completo, si se " -"especifica alguno sólo se eliminan las partes de los paquetes relevantes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" -"Muestra el modo de uso de B<dpkg-split> , dando además un breve resumen de " -"sus opciones." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." -msgstr "Muestra la versión de B<dpkg-split.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" -msgstr "" -"Muestra información acerca de la licencia de B<dpkg-split> así como de su " -"falta de garantía. (La escritura americana B<--license> también se admite)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "OTRAS OPCIONES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:161 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" -msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< directorio>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " -"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Especifica un directorio alternativo para las partes que se encuentran en la " -"cola esperando para ser reensambladas. Por omisión es B</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" -msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " -"The default is 450Kb." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tamaño máximo de cada parte en kilobytes (1024 bytes). Por " -"omisión es 450Kb." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" -msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:173 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." -msgstr "Especifica el nombre del fichero donde se reensamblarán las partes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " -"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." -msgstr "" -"Ésto substituye el nombre por omisión en modo manual (B<--join>) y es " -"obligatorio para el modo automático (B<--auto>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" -msgstr "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " -"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " -"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " -"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." -msgstr "" -"Cuando B<dpkg-split> está en modo automático normalmente muestra mensajes si " -"se le pasa una I<parte> que no es parte del paquete binario. Esta opción " -"suprimer estos mensajes, esto permite que programas como B<dpkg> puedan " -"separar y unir paquetes sin producir mensajes espúreos." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--msdos>" -msgstr "B<--msdos>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:194 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." -msgstr "Fuerza nombres compatibles con msdos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:200 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " -"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " -"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción modifica el prefijo (tanto el prefijo por omisión como el " -"proporcionado por un argumento), los carácteres alfanuméricos se pasan a " -"minúsculas, los signos '+' se reemplazano por B<x> y el resto de los " -"carácteres se descartan." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " -"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." -msgstr "" -"El resultado restante se trunca hasta donde sea necesario de forma que se " -"generen ficheros de la forma I<prefijoN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb.>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "ESTADO DE SALIDA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:211 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " -"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " -"are not binary package parts." -msgstr "" -"Un estado de salida 0 indica que que la operación requerida se ha realizado " -"con éxito. Las órdenes B<--info> se dan cómo satisfactorias incluso si los " -"ficheros no son parte de ningún paquete binario." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " -"I<part> file was not a binary package part." -msgstr "" -"Se devuelve un estado de salida de 1 sólo cuando se use la opción B<--auto> " -"e indica que la I<parte> no era parte de un paquete binario." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " -"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " -"usage error or some other problem." -msgstr "" -"Se devuelve un estado de salida de 2 cuando ocurre algún tipo de problema, " -"como una llamada al sistema fallida, un fichero que parecía parte de un " -"paquete pero que estaba corrupto, un uso incorrecto del programa o algún " -"otro problema." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FALLOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:225 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " -"of Debian packages." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> usa algunas convenciones un tanto pasadas de fecha para el " -"nombre de los paquetes de Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " -"digging into the queue directory yourself." -msgstr "" -"Es imposible obtener todos los detalles de los paquetes que están en la cola " -"sin investigar en la cola directamente por uno mismo." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:231 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " -"part is one." -msgstr "" -"No una manera sencilla de comprobar cuando un fichero que puede ser parte de " -"un paquete bianrio lo es realmente." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " -"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " -"present in the filenames generated." -msgstr "" -"La arquitectura no se refleja en la cabecera de las partes del fichero, sólo " -"en la información de control del paquete binario original, y este no esta " -"presente en las partes generadas." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHEROS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:236 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" -msgstr "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:240 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." -msgstr "" -"El directorio por omisión donde las partes esperan para un reensamblado " -"automático." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" -"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " -"filename format should not be relied upon." -msgstr "" -"Los nombre de los ficheros usados en este directorio se encuentran en un " -"formato interno de B<dpkg-split> y es improbable que sean útiles para otros " -"programas, en cualquier caso, no se deberían tener en cuenta." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:250 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(8)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:251 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:260 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/" -"share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> Esta página de manual fue escrita por Ian Jackson. Es " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 del mismo y liberada bajo la Licencia Pública " -"General de GNU, NO hay ninguna garantía. Vea B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> y " -"B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> para más información." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "23rd June 1996" -#~ msgstr "23 de Junio de 1996" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index 161718c2..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,651 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-04 10:32+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-split" -msgstr "dpkg-split" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "28-02-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" -msgstr "dpkg-split - outil de décomposition/recomposition des paquets Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<archive-complète> [I<préfixe>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<partie> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<partie> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< fichier-complet partie>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:24 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paquet> ...]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:33 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " -"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " -"small media such as floppy disks." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> décompose les fichiers d'un paquet binaire Debian en parties " -"plus petites (et les recompose), pour permettre l'enregistrement des " -"fichiers d'un paquet volumineux sur des média de faible capacité tels que " -"les disquettes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:37 -msgid "" -"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " -"options." -msgstr "" -"On peut s'en servir «\\ à la main\\ » avec les options B<--split>, B<--join> " -"et B<--info>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:45 -msgid "" -"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " -"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " -"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" -"discard> options allow the management of the queue." -msgstr "" -"Il possède aussi un mode automatique, appelé avec l'option B<--auto>, dans " -"lequel il conserve séparément dans une file les parties connues ou recompose " -"le fichier d'un paquet quand il connaît toutes ses parties. Les options B<--" -"listq> et B<--discard> permettent la gestion de cette file." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -msgid "" -"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " -"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les opérations de décomposition, recomposition ou de mise en file " -"produisent des messages sur la sortie standard\\ ; On peut tranquillement " -"les ignorer." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "ACTION OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" -msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:52 -msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." -msgstr "Décompose en plusieurs parties un paquet binaire Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:60 -msgid "" -"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " -"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " -"decimal)." -msgstr "" -"Le nom d'une partie est : I<préfixe>B<.>I<N>B<de>I<M>B<.deb> où I<N> le " -"numéro de partie, commençant à 1, et I<M> est le nombre total de parties " -"(les deux sont des décimaux)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -msgid "" -"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " -"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." -msgstr "" -"Quand on ne donne pas de I<préfixe,> le nom du fichier I<archive-complète> " -"est utilisé, en incluant le répertoire et en supprimant tout B<.deb> restant." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" -msgstr "B<--join>, B<-j>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:72 -msgid "" -"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " -"as it was before it was split." -msgstr "" -"Rassemble les parties d'un fichier, recomposant ainsi le fichier original " -"tel qu'il était avant la décomposition." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:76 -msgid "" -"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " -"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " -"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." -msgstr "" -"Ces parties, données comme arguments, doivent appartenir toutes au même " -"fichier binaire original. Chaque partie ne doit apparaître qu'une seule fois " -"dans la liste des arguments\\ ; mais il est inutile de les ordonner." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:81 -msgid "" -"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " -"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " -"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." -msgstr "" -"Les parties doivent bien sûr avoir été créées selon le même modèle (taille " -"maximum des parties), qui est déclaré au moment de la décomposition\\ ; ce " -"qui signifie en fait qu'elles doivent avoir été créées par le même appel à " -"B<dpkg-split --split>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:83 -msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." -msgstr "" -"Le nom des parties n'est pas significatif pour le processus de recomposition." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:86 -msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, le fichier produit s'appelle\\ : I<paquet>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:87 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -msgid "" -"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " -"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " -"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." -msgstr "" -"Affiche les renseignements concernant telle partie dans un format lisible " -"par tous. Les arguments ne représentant pas la partie d'un fichier binaire " -"le disent aussi sur la sortie standard." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" -msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:95 -msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." -msgstr "" -"Met en file automatiquement les parties en vue de la recomposition d'un " -"paquet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:100 -msgid "" -"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " -"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." -msgstr "" -"La I<partie> déclarée est examinée et comparée avec les autres parties du " -"même paquet qui se trouvent (si elles existent) dans la file." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:107 -msgid "" -"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " -"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " -"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." -msgstr "" -"Quand toutes les parties d'un fichier (auquel appartient la partie I<part)> " -"sont présentes, le fichier est recomposé et créé en tant que I<fichier-" -"complet> (ce fichier ne devrait pas déjà exister, mais ce n'est pas une " -"erreur)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:113 -msgid "" -"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " -"not created." -msgstr "" -"Quand ce n'est pas le cas, la partie I<part> est mise dans la file et le " -"fichier I<fichier-complet> n'est pas créé." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:120 -msgid "" -"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " -"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." -msgstr "" -"Quand la partie I<part> n'appartient pas à un paquet binaire décomposé, " -"B<dpkg-split> se termine avec un code de sortie égal à 1\\ ; s'il y a une " -"autre erreur, c'est un code de sortie égal à 2." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -msgid "" -"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " -"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " -"to expect.)" -msgstr "" -"L'option B<--output> ou B<-o> doit être fournie avec l'action B<--auto>. Si " -"cela n'était pas obligatoire, le programme appelant ne saurait pas quel " -"fichier attendre." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" -msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:130 -msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." -msgstr "Liste le contenu d'une file de paquets à recomposer." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -msgid "" -"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " -"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " -"stored in the queue." -msgstr "" -"Pour chaque fichier possédant des parties dans la file, cette action donne " -"le nom du fichier, les parties présentes dans la file et le nombre total " -"d'octets conservés." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" -msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:138 -msgid "" -"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " -"of their packages." -msgstr "" -"Cette action laisse de côté certaines parties dans la file, celles qui sont " -"en attente des autres parties composant le paquet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -msgid "" -"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " -"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." -msgstr "" -"Quand aucun I<paquet> n'est donné, la file est vidée\\ ; si un paquet est " -"donné, seules les parties de ce paquet sont détruites." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" -"Affiche un message de B<dpkg-split> donnant un résumé de ses options et de " -"leur utilisation." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." -msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version de B<dpkg-split>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" -msgstr "" -"Affiche les renseignements sur le copyright et l'absence de garantie. " -"(L'orthographe américaine\\ : B<--license> est acceptée.)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "AUTRES OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" -msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< répertoire>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -msgid "" -"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " -"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Indique un répertoire différent pour la file comprenant les parties en " -"attente d'une recomposition automatique. Par défaut, c'est le répertoire B</" -"var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" -msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -msgid "" -"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " -"The default is 450Kb." -msgstr "" -"Indique, en kilooctets (1024 octets), la taille maximum d'une partie lors " -"d'une décomposition. Par défaut, la taille maximum est de 450 ko." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" -msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< fichier-complet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:173 -msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." -msgstr "Indique le nom du fichier à produire pour une recomposition." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -msgid "" -"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " -"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." -msgstr "" -"Cela annule le fichier par défaut lors d'une recomposition «\\ à la main\\ " -"» (B<--join>) et c'est obligatoire pour une recomposition ou une mise en " -"file automatiques (B<--auto>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" -msgstr "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -msgid "" -"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " -"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " -"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " -"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." -msgstr "" -"Pour une recomposition ou une mise en file automatiques, B<dpkg-split> " -"affiche habituellement un message si on lui donne une I<partie> qui n'est " -"pas une partie d'un paquet binaire. Cette option supprime ce message\\ ; " -"cela permet à des programmes comme B<dpkg> de ne pas afficher de faux " -"messages quand il est confronté à des paquets décomposés et des paquets non " -"décomposés." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--msdos>" -msgstr "B<--msdos>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:194 -msgid "" -"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." -msgstr "" -"Oblige le nom des fichiers produits par B<--split> à se conformer à msdos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:200 -msgid "" -"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " -"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " -"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." -msgstr "" -"Cela supprime le préfixe - soit celui par défaut dérivé du fichier d'entrée, " -"soit celui donné comme argument\\ : les caractères alphanumériques sont en " -"minuscules, les signes plus sont remplacés par des B<x> et tous les autres " -"caractères sont abandonnés." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -msgid "" -"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " -"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." -msgstr "" -"le résultat est alors tronqué autant que nécessaire et des fichiers de la " -"forme\\ : I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> sont créés." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "CODE DE SORTIE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:211 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " -"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " -"are not binary package parts." -msgstr "" -"Un code de sortie égal à 0 signifie que la décomposition demandée, la " -"recomposition ou bien toute autre commande a réussi. Les commandes B<--info> " -"réussissent toujours même si les fichiers ne sont pas des parties d'un " -"paquet binaire." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:217 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " -"I<part> file was not a binary package part." -msgstr "" -"Un code de sortie égal à 1 ne peut apparaître qu'avec l'action B<--auto> et " -"signale que le fichier I<partie> n'est pas une partie d'un paquet binaire." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " -"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " -"usage error or some other problem." -msgstr "" -"Un code de sortie égal à 2 signale des problèmes, comme l'échec d'un appel " -"système, ou un fichier qui, bien que ressemblant à une partie de fichier, " -"est défectueux, ou bien une erreur d'utilisation, etc." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BOGUES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:225 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " -"of Debian packages." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> utilise des conventions plutôt périmées pour les noms des " -"paquets Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:228 -msgid "" -"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " -"digging into the queue directory yourself." -msgstr "" -"On ne peut pas obtenir tous les détails voulus sur les paquets présents dans " -"la file à moins d'aller voir soi-même dans le répertoire de la file." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:231 -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " -"part is one." -msgstr "" -"On ne peut pas facilement savoir si un fichier est vraiment la partie d'un " -"paquet binaire ou non." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -msgid "" -"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " -"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " -"present in the filenames generated." -msgstr "" -"L'architecture n'est pas indiquée dans l'en-tête des fichiers\\ ; elle l'est " -"seulement dans les informations de contrôle du paquet binaire\\ ; et elle " -"n'est pas présente dans les fichiers produits." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHIERS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:236 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:240 -msgid "" -"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." -msgstr "" -"Le répertoire par défaut de la file contenant les fichiers qui attendent une " -"recomposition automatique." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -msgid "" -"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" -"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " -"filename format should not be relied upon." -msgstr "" -"Les noms de fichiers utilisés dans ce répertoire sont dans un format " -"particulier à B<dpkg-split> et ne sont sans doute pas utiles pour d'autres " -"programmes ; en tous cas on ne peut pas compter sur ce format de nom de " -"fichier." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:250 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:251 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:260 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/" -"share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> et cette page de manuel ont été écrits par Ian Jackson. " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ils ont été édités sous la «\\ GNU General Public " -"Licence\\ »\\ ; il n'y a PAS de GARANTIE. Voyez B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> " -"et B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> pour des précisions." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "23rd June 1996" -#~ msgstr "23 juin 1996" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6c0ba345..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,679 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-01 23:13+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-split" -msgstr "dpkg-split" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" -msgstr "dpkg-split - narzêdzie dzielenia/³±czenia pakietów Debiana" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SK£ADNIA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<pe³ne-archiwum> [I<przedrostek>]" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<czê¶æ> ..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<czê¶æ> ..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< pe³ne-archiwum czê¶æ>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:24 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<pakiet> ...]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:33 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " -"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " -"small media such as floppy disks." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> dzieli pakiety binarne Debiana na mniejsze czê¶ci oraz scala " -"je z powrotem, tak ¿e mo¿liwe jest przechowanie wiêkszych pakietów na ma³ych " -"no¶nikach, takich jak dyskietki." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:37 -msgid "" -"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " -"options." -msgstr "" -"Program wywo³uje siê rêcznie, wraz z opcj± B<--split>, B<--join> lub B<--" -"info>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:45 -msgid "" -"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " -"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " -"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" -"discard> options allow the management of the queue." -msgstr "" -"Mo¿liwe jest tak¿e wywo³anie automatyczne, poprzez u¿ycie opcji B<--auto>. " -"Wtedy to tworzona jest kolejka czê¶ci pakietu, a gdy wszystkie czê¶ci bêd± " -"dostêpne, ca³y pakiet zostanie odtworzony. Opcje B<--listq> i B<--discard> " -"pozwalaj± na zarz±dzanie kolejk±." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -msgid "" -"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " -"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." -msgstr "" -"Wszystkie dzia³ania, takie jak rozdzielanie, ³±czenie, czy kolejkowanie, " -"powoduj± wy¶wietlenie informacji na standardowe wyj¶cie. Informacje te mo¿na " -"zignorowaæ." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCJE DZIA£AÑ" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" -msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:52 -msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." -msgstr "Rozdzielenie pojedynczego pakietu binarnego na poszczególne czê¶ci." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:60 -msgid "" -"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " -"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " -"decimal)." -msgstr "" -"Czê¶ci maj± nazwê I<przyrostek>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> gdzie I<N> jest " -"numerem czê¶ci, rozpoczynaj±c od 1, a I<M> jest liczb± wszystkich czê¶ci " -"(dziesiêtnie)." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -msgid "" -"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " -"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li nie podano I<przedrostka>, to u¿yta jest nazwa pliku I<pe³nego-" -"archiwum>, wraz z katalogiem, gdy jest okre¶lony. Ponadto usuniêta jest " -"koñcówka B<.deb>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" -msgstr "B<--join>, B<-j>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:72 -msgid "" -"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " -"as it was before it was split." -msgstr "" -"£±czenie czê¶ci pakietu i odtworzenie oryginalnego pliku sprzed dzielenia." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:76 -msgid "" -"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " -"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " -"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." -msgstr "" -"Pliki podane jako argumenty musz± byæ czê¶ciami tego samego oryginalnego " -"pakietu. Ka¿da czê¶æ musi pojawiæ siê raz na li¶cie argumentów, ale nie jest " -"konieczne zachowanie w³a¶ciwej kolejno¶ci." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:81 -msgid "" -"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " -"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " -"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." -msgstr "" -"Czê¶ci musz± byæ wygenerowane z u¿yciem tego samego rozmiaru, co oznacza, ¿e " -"musz± to byæ te same czê¶ci utworzone za pomoc± polecenia B<dpkg-split --" -"split>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:83 -msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." -msgstr "" -"Nazwy plików czê¶ci nie maj± znaczenia dla procesu odtworzenia pakietu." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:86 -msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." -msgstr "Domy¶lnie, odtworzony plik ma nazwê I<pakiet>B<->I<wersja>B<.deb>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:87 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -msgid "" -"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " -"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " -"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietlanie informacji, podanych w formacie czytelnym dla cz³owieka, o " -"czê¶ciach pakietu. Argumenty, które nie s± czê¶ci± pakietu, powoduj± " -"wy¶wietlenie informacji o tym fakcie na standardowym wyj¶ciu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" -msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:95 -msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." -msgstr "" -"Automatyczne kolejkowanie czê¶ci i odtworzenie pakietu, gdy to jest mo¿liwe." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:100 -msgid "" -"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " -"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." -msgstr "" -"Podana I<czê¶æ> zostaje sprawdzona i porównana z innymi czê¶ciami tego " -"samego pakietu, które znajduj± siê w kolejce." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:107 -msgid "" -"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " -"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " -"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li wszystkie czê¶ci pakietu s± ju¿ dostêpne, pakiet jest odtwarzany i " -"zapisywany do I<pe³nego-archiwum>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:113 -msgid "" -"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " -"not created." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li jeszcze nie ma wszystkich czê¶ci, podana I<czê¶æ> jest kopiowana do " -"kolejki i I<pe³ne-archiwum> nie jest odtwarzane." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:120 -msgid "" -"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " -"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li plik I<czê¶æ> nie jest czê¶ci± pakietu binarnego, B<dpkg-split> " -"zakoñczy siê i zwróci kod b³êdu 1, albo kod b³êdu 2 w przypadku wyst±pienia " -"innych problemów." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -msgid "" -"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " -"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " -"to expect.)" -msgstr "" -"Opcja B<--output> lub B<-o> musi zostaæ podana w przypadku u¿ycia B<--auto>. " -"(W przeciwnym razie program nie wiedzia³by, jakiego spodziewaæ siê pliku " -"wyj¶ciowego.)" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" -msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:130 -msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." -msgstr "Listowanie zawarto¶ci kolejki czê¶ci pakietu do odtworzenia." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -msgid "" -"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " -"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " -"stored in the queue." -msgstr "" -"Dla ka¿dego pliku czê¶ci pakietu wy¶wietlana jest nazwa pakietu, czê¶æ w " -"kolejce, ca³kowita liczba bajtów przechowywanych w kolejce." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" -msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:138 -msgid "" -"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " -"of their packages." -msgstr "Usuwa czê¶ci pakietu z kolejki." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -msgid "" -"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " -"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li nie podano nazwy I<pakietu>, czyszczona jest ca³a kolejka. Gdy nazwa " -"jest podana, usuwane s± tylko czê¶ci podanego pakietu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacje o opcjach B<dpkg-split>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacje o wersji B<dpkg-split>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietlenie informacje o licencji B<dpkg-split> oraz braku jego gwarancji. " -"(Obs³ugiwany jest tak¿e amerykañski sposób pisowni B<--license>.)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "POZOSTA£E OPCJE" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" -msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< katalog>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -msgid "" -"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " -"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Okre¶lenie alternatywnego katalogu dla kolejki czê¶ci pakietów do " -"zrekonstruowania. Domy¶lnym jest B</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" -msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< Kbajtów>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -msgid "" -"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " -"The default is 450Kb." -msgstr "" -"Okre¶lenie maksymalnego rozmiaru czê¶ci pakietu w kilobajtach (1024 bajtów). " -"Warto¶ci± domy¶ln± jest 450kB." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" -msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< pe³ne-archiwum>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:173 -msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." -msgstr "Okre¶lenie nazwy pliku pe³nego archiwum." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -msgid "" -"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " -"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." -msgstr "" -"Ta opcja nadpisuje domy¶ln± nazwê przy odtwarzaniu pakietu (B<--join>) oraz " -"jest wymagana przy automatycznym odtwarzaniu pakietu (B<--auto>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" -msgstr "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -msgid "" -"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " -"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " -"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " -"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." -msgstr "" -"Gdy wykonywane jest automatyczne ³±czenie czê¶ci pakietu, B<dpkg-split> " -"zwykle wy¶wietla informacje o b³êdzie, gdy dany plik I<czê¶ci> nie jest " -"czê¶ci± pakietu. Ta opcja zapobiega wy¶wietlaniu nadmiernej ilo¶ci " -"informacji przez programy takie jak B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--msdos>" -msgstr "B<--msdos>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:194 -msgid "" -"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." -msgstr "" -"Pliki generowane przez B<--split> s± zapisywane w formacie odczytywanym " -"przez MSDOS." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:200 -msgid "" -"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " -"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " -"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." -msgstr "" -"Zmieniany jest przedrostek, zarówno ten domy¶lny jak i ten podany w " -"argumencie: litery s± zamieniane na ma³e, znak plusa zamieniany jest na " -"B<x>, a pozosta³e znaki s± pomijane." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -msgid "" -"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " -"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." -msgstr "" -"Powsta³y przedrostek jest ucinany do niezbêdnego rozmiaru. Powsta³a nazwa ma " -"postaæ I<przedrostekN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb..>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "KODY B£ÊDU" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:211 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " -"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " -"are not binary package parts." -msgstr "" -"Kod b³êdu 0 oznacza, ¿e ¿±dana operacja dzielenia, ³±czenia czy jakakolwiek " -"inna, zakoñczy³a siê sukcesem. Polecenie B<--info> koñczy siê sukcesem nawet " -"gdy podany plik nie jest czê¶ci± pakietu." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:217 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " -"I<part> file was not a binary package part." -msgstr "" -"Kod b³êdu 1 oznacza, ¿e opcja B<--auto> zosta³a wykonana na pliku, który nie " -"jest I<czê¶ci±> pakietu." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " -"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " -"usage error or some other problem." -msgstr "" -"Kod b³êdu 2 pojawia siê przy ró¿nego rodzaju problemach, takich jak b³êdy " -"wywo³ania funkcji systemu, uszkodzenie plików czê¶ci pakietu, czy innych " -"wypadkach." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "B£ÊDY" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:225 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " -"of Debian packages." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> u¿ywa raczej starej konwencji nazw plików pakietów." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:228 -msgid "" -"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " -"digging into the queue directory yourself." -msgstr "" -"Pobranie pe³nej informacji o pakietach w kolejce jest niemo¿liwe, bez " -"przeszukania katalogu kolejki." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:231 -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " -"part is one." -msgstr "" -"Nie ma prostego testu na sprawdzenie, czy dany plik jest na pewno czê¶ci± " -"pakietu." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -msgid "" -"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " -"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " -"present in the filenames generated." -msgstr "" -"Architektura nie jest okre¶lona w plikach czê¶ci pakietu, jedynie w " -"kontrolnych plikach ca³ego pakietu, tak wiêc architektura nie jest czê¶ci± " -"generowanej nazwy pliku." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "PLIKI" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:236 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:240 -msgid "" -"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." -msgstr "" -"Domy¶lny katalog kolejki czê¶ci pakietów czekaj±cych na automatyczne " -"odtworzenie." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -msgid "" -"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" -"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " -"filename format should not be relied upon." -msgstr "" -"Nazwy plików w tym katalogu s± wewnêtrznie utworzone przez B<dpkg-split> i " -"nie s± u¿yteczne dla innych programów." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:250 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:251 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:260 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/" -"share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> oraz ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson Copyright (C) 1995-" -"1996 i udostêpni³ na Powszechnej Licencji Publicznej GNU; BEZ JAKIEJKOLWIEK " -"GWARANCJI. Szczegó³y w I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> oraz I</usr/share/" -"common-licences/GPL>." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4e3a41ab..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-split.1/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,632 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for dpkg-split(1) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-11 20:27+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-split" -msgstr "dpkg-split" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-verktygen" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" -msgstr "dpkg-split - Verktyg för att dela/slå ihop Debianpaket" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:9 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<helt-arkiv> [I<prefix>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<del>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:17 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<del>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:21 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< fullständig-utdata del>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:24 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paket>...]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:28 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:33 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " -"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " -"small media such as floppy disks." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> delar upp binära Debianpaketfiler i mindre delar och slår " -"samman dem igen, för att göra det möjligt att lagra stora paketfiler på små " -"media, till exempel disketter." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:37 -msgid "" -"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " -"options." -msgstr "" -"Programmet kan köras manuellt med flaggorna B<--split>, B<--join> och B<--" -"info>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:45 -msgid "" -"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " -"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " -"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" -"discard> options allow the management of the queue." -msgstr "" -"Det har även ett automatiskt läge, vilket aktiveras med flaggan B<--auto>. I " -"det läget hanterar det en kö av delar som setts men ännu inte återställts, " -"och återställer en paketfil när den sett alla dess delar. Flaggorna B<--" -"listq> and B<--discard> gör det möjligt att hantera kön." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -msgid "" -"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " -"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." -msgstr "" -"Alla funktioner för uppdelning, sammanslagning och köande visar informativa " -"meddelanden på standard ut; dessa kan ignoreras." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" -msgstr "HANDLINGSFLAGGOR" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>" -msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:52 -msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." -msgstr "Delar ett ensamt binärt Debianpaket i flera delar." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:60 -msgid "" -"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " -"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " -"decimal)." -msgstr "" -"Delarna namnges som I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> där I<N> är numret på " -"delen, räknat från 1, och I<M> är det totala antalet delar (båda angivna " -"decimalt)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -msgid "" -"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " -"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." -msgstr "" -"Om inget I<prefix> ges tas filnamnet för I<helt-arkiv>, inklusive " -"katalognamn, med den avslutande B<.deb> borttagen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" -msgstr "B<--join>, B<-j>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:72 -msgid "" -"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " -"as it was before it was split." -msgstr "" -"Slår samman de olika paketdelarna, och återskapar den ursprungliga filen som " -"den såg ut innan den delades." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:76 -msgid "" -"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " -"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " -"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." -msgstr "" -"Delfilerna som ges som parameter måste alla vara delar av exakt samma " -"ursprungliga binärfil. Varje måste finnas exakt en gång i parameterlistan, " -"men de behöver inte listas i ordning." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:81 -msgid "" -"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " -"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " -"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." -msgstr "" -"Delarna måste naturligtvis alla ha genererats med samma delstorlek när " -"uppdelningen skedde, vilket betyder att de vanligtvis måste ha genererats " -"vid samma körning av B<dpkg-split --split>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:83 -msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." -msgstr "Delarnas filnamn är inte signifikanta för sammanslagningsproceduren." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:86 -msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." -msgstr "Förvalt namn på utdatafilen är I<paket>B<->I<version>B<.deb>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:87 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" -msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -msgid "" -"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " -"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " -"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." -msgstr "" -"Skriver ut information, i människoläsbar form, om delfilerna som anges. " -"Parametrar som inte är delar av binärpaket resulterar i ett meddelande som " -"talar om detta (men fortfarande på standard ut)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" -msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:95 -msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." -msgstr "Köa automatiskt delarna och återskapa paketet om möjligt." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:100 -msgid "" -"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " -"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." -msgstr "" -"Den I<del> som anges undersöks och jämförs med andra delar av samma paket " -"(om sådana existerar) i kön av delar av paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:107 -msgid "" -"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " -"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " -"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." -msgstr "" -"Om alla delar av ett paket av vilket I<del> är en del av är tillgängliga " -"kommer paketet att återskapas och skrivas till I<fullständig-utdata> (vilken " -"vanligtvis inte redan bör existera, även om det inte vore ett fel om det " -"gjorde det)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:113 -msgid "" -"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " -"not created." -msgstr "" -"Om inte kommer I<del> att kopieras till kön och I<fullständig-utdata> skapas " -"inte." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:120 -msgid "" -"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " -"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." -msgstr "" -"Om I<del> inte är en del av ett delat binärpaket kommer B<dpkg-split> att " -"avsluta med returvärde 1; om något annat fel uppstår avslutar det med " -"returvärde 2." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -msgid "" -"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " -"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " -"to expect.)" -msgstr "" -"Flaggan B<--output> eller B<-o> måste ges då B<--auto>används. (Om detta " -"inte vore ett krav skulle det anropande programmet inte veta vilken " -"utdatafil som förväntades.)" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:127 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" -msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:130 -msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." -msgstr "Listar innehållet i kön över paket att återställa." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -msgid "" -"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " -"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " -"stored in the queue." -msgstr "" -"För varje paketfil för vilken delar finns i kön visas i utdata namnet på " -"paketet, antal delar i kön, och det totala antalet byte som är lagrade i kön." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" -msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:138 -msgid "" -"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " -"of their packages." -msgstr "" -"Detta kastar bort delar från kön över de som väntar på återstående delar av " -"paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -msgid "" -"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " -"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." -msgstr "" -"Om inget I<paket> anges töms kön helt; om paket anges kastas bara delar för " -"de(t) paket som anges." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:143 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" -msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -msgid "" -"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " -"their uses." -msgstr "" -"Visar B<dpkg-split>s hjälpskärm, vilken ger en sammanfattning av " -"kommandoradsflaggorna och deras användningsområden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:148 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." -msgstr "Visar B<dpkg-split>s versionsnummer." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:153 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>" -msgstr "B<--licence>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -msgid "" -"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " -"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" -msgstr "" -"Visar information om B<dpkg-split>s upphovsrättsliga licensiering och " -"avsaknad av garanti. (Den amerikanskengelska stavningen B<--license> stöds " -"också.)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:160 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" -msgstr "ANDRA FLAGGOR" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" -msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< katalog>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -msgid "" -"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " -"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Anger en alternativ katalog för kön av delar som väntar på automatisk " -"sammanslagning. Förvalet är B</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:166 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>" -msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbyte>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -msgid "" -"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " -"The default is 450Kb." -msgstr "" -"Anger maximal storlek vid delning, i kilobyte (1024 byte). Förval är 450 " -"Kbyte." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>" -msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< fullständig-utdata>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:173 -msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." -msgstr "Anger filnamnet för utdata vid sammanslagning." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -msgid "" -"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " -"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." -msgstr "" -"Detta används istället för förvalet vid manuell sammanslagning (B<--join>) " -"och krävs för automatisk köa-eller-sammanslå (B<--auto>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:178 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" -msgstr "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -msgid "" -"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " -"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " -"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " -"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." -msgstr "" -"Vid automatisk köa-eller-sammanslå skriver B<dpkg-split> normalt ett " -"meddelande om den matas med en I<del> som inte är en binär paketdel. Denna " -"flagga undertrycker detta meddelande, vilket gör det möjligt för program " -"såsom B<dpkg> att hantera både delade och odelade paket utan att producera " -"felaktiga meddelanden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--msdos>" -msgstr "B<--msdos>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:194 -msgid "" -"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." -msgstr "Tvingar utdatafilnamn skapade av B<--split> att vara msdos-kompatibla." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:200 -msgid "" -"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " -"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " -"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." -msgstr "" -"Detta misshandlar prefixet - antingen förvalet taget från indatafilnamnet, " -"eller det som angetts som parameter: alfanumeriska tecken görs till gemener, " -"plustecken ersätts med B<x> och alla andra tecken kastas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -msgid "" -"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " -"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." -msgstr "" -"Resultatet trunkeras så långt som möjligt, och filnamn på formen " -"I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> genereras." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "RETURVÄRDE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:211 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " -"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " -"are not binary package parts." -msgstr "" -"Returvärdet 0 betyder att den efterfrågade funktionen (delning, " -"sammanslagning eller annan) slutfördes lyckades. B<--info>-kommandon lyckas " -"även om indatafilen inte är en del av ett binärpaket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:217 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " -"I<part> file was not a binary package part." -msgstr "" -"Returvärdet 1 uppkommer endast med B<--auto> och anger att I<del>filen inte " -"var en del av ett binärpaket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -msgid "" -"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " -"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " -"usage error or some other problem." -msgstr "" -"Returvärdet 2 indikerar att något har gått fel, till exempel ett " -"systemanrop, att en fil såg ut som en paketdel men var trasig, ett " -"användningsfel, eller något annat problem." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:221 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "PROGRAMFEL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:225 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " -"of Debian packages." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> använder några ganska gamla konventioner för filnamn på " -"Debianpaket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:228 -msgid "" -"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " -"digging into the queue directory yourself." -msgstr "" -"Kompletta detaljer för paket i kön kan inte fås utan att själv gräva i kö-" -"katalogen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:231 -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " -"part is one." -msgstr "" -"Det finns inget lätt sätta att testa om en fil som kan vara en del av ett " -"binärpaket faktiskt är det." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -msgid "" -"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " -"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " -"present in the filenames generated." -msgstr "" -"Arkitekturen anges inte i delfilernas filhuvud, bara i kontrollinformationen " -"i paketfilen som delarna innehåller, och den förekommer inte i de filnamn " -"som genereras." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FILER" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:236 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" -msgstr "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:240 -msgid "" -"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." -msgstr "" -"Förvald kö-katalog för delfiler som väntar på automatisk sammanslagning." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -msgid "" -"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" -"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " -"filename format should not be relied upon." -msgstr "" -"Filnamnen som används i denna katalog är i ett internt format för B<dpkg-" -"split> och är knappast användbara för andra program, och hur som helst kan " -"inte formatet på filnamnen litas på." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:245 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:250 -msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:251 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-split.1:260 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " -"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " -"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/" -"share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-split> och denna manualsida skrevs av Ian Jackson. Upphovsrätten © " -"1995-1996 ligger hos honom och de är släppta under GNU General Public " -"Licence; det finns INGEN GARANTI. Se B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> och B</usr/" -"share/common-licenses/GPL> för ytterligare detaljer." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/dpkg-statoverride.8.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/dpkg-statoverride.8.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 35824ae3..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/dpkg-statoverride.8.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja pl -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/dpkg-statoverride.8.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8 $lang:../$lang/dpkg-statoverride.8 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg-statoverride.8.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9168b148..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,333 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-29 18:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-29 20:45+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-statoverride" -msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-05-23" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:4 -msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" -msgstr "" -"dpkg-statoverride - über Eigentümerschaft und Modus von Dateien hinwegsetzen" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:9 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " -"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<Optionen>] B<--add>I< E<lt>BenutzerE<gt> " -"E<lt>GruppeE<gt> E<lt>ModusE<gt> E<lt>DateiE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<Optionen>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>DateiE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:18 -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<Optionen>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>Glob-MusterE<gt>>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:28 -msgid "" -"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " -"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " -"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " -"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " -"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " -"executable by a certain group." -msgstr "" -"»B<Stat-Hinwegsetzungen>« sind eine Möglichkeit B<dpkg>(1) zu berichten, " -"einen anderen Eigentümer oder Modus für eine Datei zu verwenden, wenn ein " -"Paket installiert wird. (Hinweis: Ich verwende das Wort »Datei« hier, aber " -"tatsächlich kann dies jedes Dateisystemobjekt sein, dass Dpkg handhabt, " -"darunter Verzeichnisse, Geräte, usw.). Dies kann dazu verwendet werden, " -"Programme, die normalerweise setuid sind, dazu zu zwingen, ohne setuid-" -"Markierung zu installieren, oder nur von einer bestimmten Gruppe ausführbar " -"zu sein." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:32 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " -"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> ist ein Hilfswerkzeug um die Liste der Status-" -"Hinwegsetzungen zu verwalten. Es hat drei grundlegende Funktionen: " -"hinzufügen, entfernen und auflisten von Hinwegsetzungen." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--add>I< E<lt>BenutzerE<gt> E<lt>GruppeE<gt> E<lt>ModusE<gt> E<lt>DateiE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:41 -msgid "" -"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " -"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " -"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " -"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " -"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." -msgstr "" -"Füge eine Hinwegsetzung für B<E<lt>DateiE<gt>> hinzu. B<E<lt>DateiE<gt>> " -"muss noch nicht existieren wenn diese Kommando verwendet wird; die " -"Hinwegsetzung wird aufbewahrt und später verwendet. Benutzer und Gruppen " -"können über ihren Namen (beispielsweise B<root> oder B<nobody>) spezifiziert " -"werden, oder über ihre Zahl mit vorangestelltem »B<#>« (beispielsweise B<#0> " -"oder B<#65534>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -msgid "" -"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " -"to the new owner and mode." -msgstr "" -"Falls --update angegeben ist und die B<E<lt>DateiE<gt>> existiert, dann wird " -"diese sofort auf den neuen Eigentümer und Modus eingestellt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>DateiE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -msgid "" -"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " -"left unchanged by this command." -msgstr "" -"Entfernt eine Hinwegsetzung für B<E<lt>DateiE<gt>>, der Status von " -"B<E<lt>DateiE<gt>> bleibt durch dieses Kommando unverändert." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>Glob-MusterE<gt>>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -msgid "" -"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " -"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " -"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." -msgstr "" -"Liste alle Hinwegsetzungen auf. Falls ein Glob-Muster spezifiziert wurde, " -"begrenze die Ausgabe auf Hinwegsetzungen, die auf den Glob passen. Falles es " -"keine Hinwegsetzungen gibt oder keine auf den Glob passt, wird sich B<dpkg-" -"statoverride> mit einem Exit-Wert von 1 beenden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force>" -msgstr "B<--force>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -msgid "" -"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " -"is necessary to override an existing override." -msgstr "" -"Erzwinge eine Aktion, selbst wenn eine Sinn-Überprüfung diese normalerweise " -"verböte. Dies ist notwendig, um sich über eine existierende Hinwegsetzung " -"hinwegzusetzen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--update>" -msgstr "B<--update>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -msgid "" -"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." -msgstr "" -"Versuche die Datei sofort auf den neuen Eigentümer und neuen Modus zu " -"ändern, falls sie existiert." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." -msgstr "Sei nicht so ausführlich darüber, was wir machen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -msgid "Show usage information." -msgstr "Zeige Bedienungsinformationen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -msgid "Show program version and copyright." -msgstr "Zeige Programmversion und Copyright." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:74 -msgid "" -"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " -"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Wechsle das Verzeichnis der Dpkg-Datenbank, wo auch die statoverride-Datei " -"gelagert ist. Der Standard ist I</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:75 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "DATEIEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:81 -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" -"Datei, die die aktuelle Liste der Hinwegsetzungen auf dem System enthält. " -"Sie befindet sich im Dpkg-Administrationsverzeichnis, zusammen mit anderen, " -"für Dpkg wichtigen Dateien, wie »status« oder »available«." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:84 -msgid "" -"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " -"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" -"Hinweis: dpkg-statoverride erhält die alte Kopie dieser Datei mit der Endung " -"»-old« bevor es sie mit einer neuen ersetzt." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:85 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:87 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:92 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:95 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist Freie Software; lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 " -"oder neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE Haftung." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/dpkg-statoverride.8.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/dpkg-statoverride.8.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 9ad11229..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/dpkg-statoverride.8.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,290 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-29 18:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-statoverride" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:4 -msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:9 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " -"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:18 -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:28 -msgid "" -"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " -"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " -"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " -"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " -"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " -"executable by a certain group." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:32 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " -"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:41 -msgid "" -"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " -"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " -"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " -"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a `B<#>' " -"(for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -msgid "" -"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " -"to the new owner and mode." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -msgid "" -"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " -"left unchanged by this command." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -msgid "" -"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " -"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " -"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -msgid "" -"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " -"is necessary to override an existing override." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--update>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -msgid "Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -msgid "Show usage information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -msgid "Show program version and copyright." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:74 -msgid "" -"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " -"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:75 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:81 -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:84 -msgid "" -"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " -"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:85 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:87 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:92 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:95 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index 07a2a606..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,359 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-29 18:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-statoverride" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "utilidades dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" -msgstr "dpkg-statoverride -- cambia el propietario y grupo de ficheros" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:5 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " -"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [opciones] --add E<lt>usuarioE<gt> E<lt>grupoE<gt> " -"E<lt>modoE<gt> I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:13 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [opciones] --remove I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:18 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [opciones] --list I<[E<lt>patrón-globalE<gt>]>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:28 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " -"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " -"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " -"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " -"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " -"executable by a certain group." -msgstr "" -"`B<La excepción de propiedades>' es un modo de indicar a dpkg que use un " -"propietario o modo diferente para un fichero cuando lo instale. (nota: aquí " -"usamos la palabra `fichero', pero puede tratarse de cualquier objeto del " -"sistema de ficheros que dpkg pueda manejar, incluyendo directorios, " -"dispositivos, etc). Puede usarse para forzar que programas que normalmente " -"se instalan como setuid se instalen sin esta marca, o que sólo sean " -"ejecutables por un grupo en concreto." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:32 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " -"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> es una utilidad para administrar la lista de " -"excepciones. Tiene tres funciones básicas: añadir, eliminar y listar las " -"excepciones." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:33 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:34 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "I<--add E<lt>usuarioE<gt> E<lt>grupoE<gt> E<lt>modoE<gt> E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:41 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " -"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " -"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " -"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " -"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." -msgstr "" -"Añade una excepción al B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>. No es necesario que exista el " -"B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>> cuando se use esta orden, la excepción se guardará para " -"usarse posteriormente. Los usuarios y los grupos pueden especificarse por su " -"nombre (por ejemplo B<root> o B<nobody>), o por su número precedido por un " -"`B<#>' (por ejemplo B<#0> o B<#65534>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " -"to the new owner and mode." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifica la opción --update y existe B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>, se le " -"asigna inmediatamente el nuevo propietario y modo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "I<--remove E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " -"left unchanged by this command." -msgstr "" -"Elimina una excepción de B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>, esta orden no modifica el " -"estado de B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "I<--list [E<lt>patrón-globalE<gt>]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " -"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " -"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." -msgstr "" -"Lista todas las excepciones. Si se especifica un patrón global, éste " -"restringe la salida a lo que concuerde con el patrón. Si no hay ninguna " -"excepción o ninguna concuerda con el patrón B<dpkg-statoverride> terminará " -"con un código de salida igual a 1." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force>" -msgstr "I<--force>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " -"is necessary to override an existing override." -msgstr "" -"Fuerza una acción, incluso si ésta pudiese resultar perjudicial. Es " -"necesario para modificar una excepción existente." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--update>" -msgstr "I<--update>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." -msgstr "" -"Trata inmediatamente de cambiar el fichero al nuevo propietario y modo, si " -"es que existe." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "I<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." -msgstr "Es menos explicativo a cerca de lo que realiza." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "I<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show usage information." -msgstr "Muestra la versión, copyright y modo de uso." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -msgid "Show program version and copyright." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>" -msgstr "I<--admindir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:74 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " -"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Cambia el directorio con la base de datos de dpkg donde también se guarda la " -"información relativa a statoverride. Por omisión es /var/lib/dpkg." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:75 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHEROS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:76 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" -"Fichero que contiene la lista actual de excepciones de propiedades del " -"sistema. Se encuentra en el directorio de administración dpkg, junto con " -"otros ficheros importantes para dpkg, como `status' o `available'." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " -"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" -"Nota: dpkg-statoverride preserva una copia antigua del fichero con la " -"extensión \"-old\" antes de reemplazarla con una nueva." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:85 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(8)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:88 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:92 -#, fuzzy -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:95 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Esto es software libre; vea la versión 2 o posterior de la Licencia Pública " -"General GNU para condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "November 2000" -#~ msgstr "Noviembre de 2000" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index bf5e1969..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,339 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-29 18:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-17 11:05+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-statoverride" -msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "23-05-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:4 -msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" -msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - annuler la propriété et le mode des fichiers" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:9 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " -"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>utilisateurE<gt> " -"E<lt>groupeE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:18 -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>exp-regE<gt>]>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:28 -msgid "" -"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " -"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " -"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " -"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " -"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " -"executable by a certain group." -msgstr "" -"Les «\\ B<dérogations au statut>\\ » sont une façon de demander à B<dpkg>(1) " -"de changer le propriétaire ou le mode d'un fichier lors de l'installation " -"d'un paquet. (Note\\ : je dis «\\ fichier\\ » ici, mais cela peut être en " -"réalité n'importe quel système de fichiers gérable par Dpkg, par exemple, " -"des répertoires, des périphériques, etc.) On peut s'en servir pour forcer " -"l'installation de programmes qui sont normalement «\\ setuid\\ » sans ce " -"drapeau «\\ setuid\\ », ou pour les rendre exécutables seulement par un " -"groupe donné." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:32 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " -"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> est un utilitaire pour gérer la liste des dérogations. " -"Il possède trois fonctions élémentaires : l'ajout, la suppression et le " -"listage des dérogations." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--add>I< E<lt>utilisateurE<gt> E<lt>groupeE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:41 -msgid "" -"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " -"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " -"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " -"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " -"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." -msgstr "" -"Ajoute une dérogation pour B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> n'a " -"pas besoin d'exister quand cette commande est utilisée\\ ; la dérogation est " -"stockée et utilisée par la suite. Les utilisateurs ou les groupes peuvent " -"être indiqués par leur nom (par exemple B<root> ou B<nobody>), ou bien par " -"leur numéro, en préfixant ce numéro par le caractère «\\ B<#>\\ » (par " -"exemple, B<#0> ou B<#65534>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -msgid "" -"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " -"to the new owner and mode." -msgstr "" -"Si --update est demandée et si B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> existe, le fichier " -"obtient un nouveau propriétaire et un nouveau mode." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -msgid "" -"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " -"left unchanged by this command." -msgstr "" -"Supprime une dérogation pour B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>, le statut de " -"B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> est inchangé." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>exp-regE<gt>>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -msgid "" -"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " -"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " -"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." -msgstr "" -"Liste toutes les dérogations. Quand on donne une expression rationnelle, on " -"réduit la sortie aux dérogations qui correspondent au motif. Quand il n'y a " -"pas de dérogation, ou quand aucune ne correspond au motif, B<dpkg-" -"statoverride> se termine avec un code de sortie égal à 1." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force>" -msgstr "B<--force>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -msgid "" -"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " -"is necessary to override an existing override." -msgstr "" -"Forcer une opération, même si une vérification raisonnable l'interdirait. " -"C'est nécessaire pour annuler une précédente dérogation." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--update>" -msgstr "B<--update>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -msgid "" -"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." -msgstr "" -"Essayer de changer immédiatement le propriétaire et le mode du fichier si ce " -"fichier existe." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." -msgstr "Moins de bavardage sur ce qui est fait." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -msgid "Show usage information." -msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -msgid "Show program version and copyright." -msgstr "Affiche la version du programme et le copyright." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:74 -msgid "" -"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " -"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Change le répertoire de la base de données de dpkg, où se trouve aussi le " -"fichier statoverride. Par défaut, c'est I</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:75 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHIERS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:81 -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" -"Ce fichier contient la liste actuelle des dérogations concernant le système. " -"Il se trouve dans le répertoire d'administration de Dpkg, avec les autres " -"fichiers importants comme «\\ status\\ » ou «\\ available\\ »." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:84 -msgid "" -"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " -"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" -"Note\\ : dpkg-statoverride garde une copie de ce fichier, avec une extension " -"-old, avant de le remplacer par un nouveau." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:85 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:87 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:92 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:95 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Ce programme est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public " -"Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a PAS de " -"garantie." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE" -#~ msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "November 2000" -#~ msgstr "Novembre 2000" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index b43a847e..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,326 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg-statoverride.8.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-29 18:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:36+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-statoverride" -msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-05-23" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian project" -msgstr "Debian project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg utilities" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:4 -msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" -msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - ファイルの所有権やモードを変更する" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:9 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " -"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " -"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:18 -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:28 -msgid "" -"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " -"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " -"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " -"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " -"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " -"executable by a certain group." -msgstr "" -"`B<stat override>' とは、パッケージがインストールされるときに、ファイルの所有" -"者やモードを変更するよう B<dpkg>(1) に指示する方法である(注意: ここでは「ファ" -"イル」という言葉を使ったが、実際には dpkg が扱えるファイルシステムオブジェク" -"トならなんでもよい。つまりディレクトリやデバイスなどでも OK)。これを用いる" -"と、通常 setuid されるプログラムを setuid フラグ無しでインストールしたり、特" -"定のグループのみに実行許可を与えるようにしたりできる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:32 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " -"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> は stat override のリストを管理するユーティリティであ" -"る。 override を追加・削除・表示するという、3 つの基本機能がある。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:41 -msgid "" -"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " -"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " -"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " -"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " -"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." -msgstr "" -"B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> の override を追加する。 B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> はコマンドの実行" -"時には存在していなくてもよい。override は保存され、後で用いられる。ユーザとグ" -"ループは名前(例えば B<root> とか B<nobody> とか)でも指定できるし、前に " -"`B<#>' 文字をつけた数字(例えば B<#0> とか B<#65534> とか)でも指定できる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -msgid "" -"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " -"to the new owner and mode." -msgstr "" -"--update を指定し、B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> が存在する場合は、すぐにその所有者とモー" -"ドを新しい値に変更する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -msgid "" -"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " -"left unchanged by this command." -msgstr "" -"B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> の override を削除する。B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> の状態はこのコマ" -"ンドでは変化しない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -msgid "" -"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " -"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " -"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." -msgstr "" -"override をすべてリストする。glob パターンが指定された場合は、マッチした " -"override のみを出力する。override が全くない場合や、glob にマッチするものがひ" -"とつもなかった場合は、B<dpkg-statoverride> は終了コード 1 で終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force>" -msgstr "B<--force>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -msgid "" -"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " -"is necessary to override an existing override." -msgstr "" -"sanity チェック(正気度チェック)が禁止するような場合でも、動作を強制的に行う。" -"既存の override を変更する場合には、これを指定する必要がある。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--update>" -msgstr "B<--update>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -msgid "" -"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." -msgstr "" -"ファイルが存在する場合は、すぐにその所有者とモードを新しい値に変更しようとす" -"る。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." -msgstr "動作を無口に行う。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -msgid "Show usage information." -msgstr "利用方法に関する情報を表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -msgid "Show program version and copyright." -msgstr "バージョンと著作権に関する情報を表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:74 -msgid "" -"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " -"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"dpkg データベースのディレクトリを変更する。statoverride のファイルもここに保" -"存される。デフォルトは I</var/lib/dpkg>。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:75 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "ファイル" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:81 -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" -"システムの現在の stat override のリストが書かれたファイル。dpkg の管理ディレ" -"クトリに、dpkg に取って重要な他のファイル(`status' や `available' など)といっ" -"しょに置かれる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:84 -msgid "" -"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " -"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" -"注意: dpkg-statoverride はこのファイルを新しく書き変える前に、古いコピーを " -"\"-old\" を追加した名前で保存する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:85 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:87 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "著者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:92 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:95 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index c37e1122..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg-statoverride.8/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,333 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.19\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-29 18:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-04 22:09+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg-statoverride" -msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-05-04" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:4 -msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" -msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - nadpisywanie w³a¶ciciela i praw plików" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SK£ADNIA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:9 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> " -"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opcje>] B<--add>I< E<lt>u¿ytkownikE<gt> " -"E<lt>grupaE<gt> E<lt>trybE<gt> E<lt>plikE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:13 -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opcje>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>plikE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:18 -msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<opcje>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>wzorzec-wyszukiwania-" -"nazwyE<gt>>]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:28 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " -"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " -"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " -"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " -"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " -"executable by a certain group." -msgstr "" -"B<Nadpisania stanu> s± sposobem nakazania programowi dpkg u¿ycia innego " -"w³a¶ciciela i trybu pliku podczas instalacji pakietu. (Uwaga: u¿y³em tu " -"s³owa \"plik\", ale tak naprawdê mo¿e to byæ dowolny obiekt systemu plików, " -"którym zarz±dza dpkg, np. katalogi czy urz±dzenia). Mo¿na ich u¿yæ do " -"zmuszenia programów, które s± zazwyczaj instalowane z flag± setuid, by by³y " -"zainstalowane bez tej flagi lub by by³y mo¿liwe do wykonania tylko przez " -"pewn± grupê u¿ytkowników." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:32 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " -"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg-statoverride> jest narzêdziem u¿ytkowym do zarz±dzania list± nadpisañ " -"stanu. Ma trzy podstawowe funkcje: dodawania, usuwania i wy¶wietlania listy " -"takich nadpisañ." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCJE" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--add>I< E<lt>u¿ytkownikE<gt> E<lt>grupaE<gt> E<lt>trybE<gt> E<lt>plikE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:41 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to " -"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used " -"later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> " -"or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a " -"`B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." -msgstr "" -"Dodaje nadpisanie dla B<E<lt>plikuE<gt>>. B<E<lt>plikE<gt>> nie musi istnieæ " -"w czasie wykonania tego polecenia, nadpisanie bêdzie przechowane i u¿yte " -"pó¼niej. U¿ytkowników i grupy mo¿na podaæ, u¿ywaj±c albo ich nazw (na " -"przyk³ad B<root> lub B<nobody>), albo ich numeru poprzedzonego znakiem B<#> " -"(na przyk³ad B<#0> lub B<#65534>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -msgid "" -"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set " -"to the new owner and mode." -msgstr "" -"Je¿eli podano opcjê --update i B<E<lt>plikE<gt>> istnieje, to nowy " -"w³a¶ciciel i prawa zostan± od razu ustawione." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>plikE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -msgid "" -"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is " -"left unchanged by this command." -msgstr "" -"Usuwa nadpisanie B<E<lt>plikuE<gt>>. Polecenie to nie zmienia stanu " -"B<E<lt>plikuE<gt>>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" -msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwyE<gt>>]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -msgid "" -"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " -"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " -"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietla wszystkie napisania. Je¿eli podano wzorzec nazwy, to wyj¶ciowa " -"lista bêdzie zawieraæ tylko nadpisania pasuj±ce do tego wzorca. Je¿eli nie " -"ma ¿adnych nadpisañ lub ¿adne nadpisanie nie pasuje do wzorca, to B<dpkg-" -"statoverride> zakoñczy dzia³anie z kodem b³êdu 1." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force>" -msgstr "B<--force>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -msgid "" -"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " -"is necessary to override an existing override." -msgstr "" -"Wymusza podan± akcjê, nawet je¿eli sprawdzenia dokonywane przez program by " -"tego zabroni³y. Jest to potrzebne, aby nadpisaæ istniej±ce nadpisanie." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--update>" -msgstr "B<--update>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -msgid "" -"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." -msgstr "" -"Od razy próbuje zmieniæ w³a¶ciciela i prawa pliku, je¿eli ten plik istnieje." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:61 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla mniej komunikatów o podejmowanych przez program akcjach." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show usage information." -msgstr "Pokazuje informacje o wersji, prawach autorskich i u¿ytkowaniu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:67 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -msgid "Show program version and copyright." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:74 -msgid "" -"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " -"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Zmienia katalog bazy danych dpkg, w którym tak¿e jest przechowywany plik " -"statoverride. Domy¶lnie jest to I</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:75 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "PLIKI" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:81 -msgid "" -"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " -"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " -"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "" -"Plik zawieraj±cy obecn± listê nadpisañ stanu w systemie. Zlokalizowany jest " -"w katalogu administracyjnym dpkg, ³±cznie z innymi plikami wa¿nymi dla dpkg, " -"takimi jak `status' lub `available'." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:84 -msgid "" -"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " -"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "" -"Uwaga: przed zast±pieniem pliku now± wersj±, dpkg-statoverride zachowuje " -"star± kopiê w pliku z rozszerzeniem \"-old\"." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:85 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:87 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" -msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman" - -# type: UR -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" -msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:92 -msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" -msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:95 -msgid "" -"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " -"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê " -"Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o " -"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/dpkg.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg.1/dpkg.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index abdd03f9..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/dpkg.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja pl pt_BR ru sv -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg.1/po/dpkg.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg.1 $lang:../$lang/dpkg.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7498b838..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1774 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 22:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-02 19:03+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg" -msgstr "dpkg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "2006-04-09" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg-Programmsammlung" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:4 -msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" -msgstr "dpkg - Paketverwalter für Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" -msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<Optionen>] I<Aktionen>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "WARNING" -msgstr "WARNUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:13 -msgid "" -"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " -"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " -"--help>." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Handbuch ist für Benutzer gedacht, die die Kommandozeilenoptionen und " -"Paketzustände von B<dpkg> detaillierter verstehen wollen, als durch B<dpkg --" -"help> beschrieben ist." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:18 -msgid "" -"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " -"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " -"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." -msgstr "" -"Es sollte I<nicht> von Paketbetreuern verwendet werden, die verstehen " -"wollen, wie B<dpkg> ihr Paket installieren wird. Die Beschreibung von den " -"Tätigkeiten von B<dpkg> beim Installieren und Entfernen von Paketen sind " -"besonders in unzulänglich." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:26 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " -"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " -"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " -"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " -"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " -"some way." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> ist ein Werkzeug, um Debian-Pakete zu installieren, zu bauen und zu " -"verwalten. Die primäre und benutzerfreundlichere Oberfläche für B<dpkg> ist " -"B<dselect>(1). B<dpkg> selbst wird komplett über Kommandozeilenoptionen " -"kontrolliert, die aus genau einer Aktion und Null oder mehreren Optionen " -"bestehen. Der Aktionsparameter teilt B<dpkg> mit, was zu tun ist, und die " -"Optionen kontrollieren die Aktionen in irgendeiner Weise." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:31 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " -"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " -"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> kann auch als Oberfläche für B<dpkg-deb>(1) verwendet werden. Die " -"folgenden Aktionen gehören zu B<dpkg-deb>, und wenn sie angetroffen werden, " -"startet B<dpkg> einfach B<dpkg-deb> mit den übergebenen Parametern:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" -msgstr "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract> und\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:42 -msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." -msgstr "" -"Bitte lesen Sie B<dpkg-deb>(1) für weitere Informationen über diese Aktionen." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" -msgstr "INFORMATIONEN ÜBER PAKETE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " -"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " -"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> verwaltet einige nützliche Informationen über verfügbare Pakete. Die " -"Informationen sind in drei Klassen unterteilt: B<Status>, <Auswahlstatus> " -"und B<Schalter>. Diese Werte sind Hauptsächlich zur Änderung durch " -"B<dselect> gedacht." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE STATES" -msgstr "PAKETZUSTÄNDE" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<installed>" -msgstr "B<installiert>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." -msgstr "Das Paket ist entpackt und konfigurierte korrekt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-installed>" -msgstr "B<halb-installiert>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -msgid "" -"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " -"reason." -msgstr "" -"Die Installation des Paketes wurde begonnen, aber aus irgendeinem Grund " -"nicht abgeschlossen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<not-installed>" -msgstr "B<nicht-installiert>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -msgid "The package is not installed on your system." -msgstr "Das Paket ist nicht auf Ihrem System installiert." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<unpacked>" -msgstr "B<entpackt>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." -msgstr "Das Paket ist entpackt, aber nicht konfiguriert." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-configured>" -msgstr "B<halb-konfiguriert>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -msgid "" -"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " -"completed for some reason." -msgstr "" -"Das Paket ist entpackt und die Konfiguration wurde begonnen, aber aus " -"irgendeinem Grund nicht abgeschlossen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<config-files>" -msgstr "B<Config-Dateien>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." -msgstr "Nur die Konfigurationsdateien des Pakets existieren auf dem System." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" -msgstr "PAKETAUSWAHL-STATUS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<install>" -msgstr "B<installiere>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -msgid "The package is selected for installation." -msgstr "Das Paket ist zur Installation ausgewählt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<deinstall>" -msgstr "B<deinstalliere>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -msgid "" -"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " -"files, except configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"Das Paket ist zur Deinstallation ausgewählt (d.h. wir wollen alle Dateien " -"außer den Konfigurationsdateien entfernen)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<purge>" -msgstr "B<säubern>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -msgid "" -"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " -"even configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"Das Paket ist zum Säubern ausgewählt (d.h. wir wollen alle Dateien inklusive " -"der Konfigurationsdateien entfernen)." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" -msgstr "PAKET-SCHALTER" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<hold>" -msgstr "B<halten>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -msgid "" -"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " -"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." -msgstr "" -"Ein Paket das mit B<halten> markiert ist, wird von B<dpkg> nicht behandelt, " -"es sei denn Sie erzwingen dies mit der Option B<--force-hold>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<reinst-required>" -msgstr "B<Neuinst. notw>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:91 -msgid "" -"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " -"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" -"reinstreq>." -msgstr "" -"Ein mit B<Neuinst. notw> markiertes Paket ist defekt und muss erneut " -"installiert werden. Diese Pakete können nicht entfernt werden, es sei denn, " -"Sie erzwingen dies mit der Option B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "AKTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<Paketdatei>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:97 -msgid "" -"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " -"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Installiere das Paket. Falls die B<--recursive> oder B<-R>-Option angegeben " -"ist, muss sich I<Paketdatei> stattdessen auf ein Verzeichnis beziehen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:99 -msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Die Installation besteht aus folgenden Schritten:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:102 -msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." -msgstr "B<1.> Extrahiere die Kontrolldateien aus dem neuen Paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:106 -msgid "" -"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." -msgstr "" -"B<2.> Falls eine andere Version des gleichen Pakets vor der der neuen " -"Installation installiert war, dann führe das I<prerm>-Skript des alten " -"Paketes aus." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:109 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "" -"B<3.> Führe das I<preinst>-Skript aus, falls dies vom Paket bereitgestellt " -"wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:113 -msgid "" -"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " -"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." -msgstr "" -"B<4.> Entpacke die neuen Dateien und sichere gleichzeitig die alten Dateien, " -"so dass diese, falls etwas schief geht, wiederhergestellt werden können." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:120 -msgid "" -"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " -"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " -"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." -msgstr "" -"B<5.> Falls eine andere Version des gleichen Pakets vor der der neuen " -"Installation installiert war, dann führe das I<postrm>-Skript des alten " -"Paketes aus. Beachten Sie, dass dieses Skript nach dem I<preinst>-Skript des " -"neuen Pakets ausgeführt wird, da neue Dateien zeitgleich zu der Entfernung " -"alter Dateien geschrieben werden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -msgid "" -"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " -"about how this is done." -msgstr "" -"B<6.> Konfiguriere das Paket. Lesen Sie B<--configure> für detaillierte " -"Informationen wie dies geschieht." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<Paketdatei> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -msgid "" -"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Entpacke das Paket, aber konfiguriere es nicht. Falls die B<--recursive> " -"oder B<-R>-Option angegeben ist, muss sich I<Paketdatei> stattdessen auf ein " -"Verzeichnis beziehen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<Paket> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:134 -msgid "" -"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " -"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." -msgstr "" -"Rekonfiguriere ein entpacktes Paket. Falls B<-a> oder B<--pending> anstelle " -"von I<Paket> angegeben ist, werden alle entpackten aber nicht konfigurierten " -"Pakete konfiguriert." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:136 -msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Die Konfiguration besteht aus folgenden Schritten:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:141 -msgid "" -"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " -"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." -msgstr "" -"B<1.> entpacke die Konfigurationsdateien und sichere gleichzeitig die alten " -"Konfigurationsdateien, so dass diese, falls etwas schief geht, " -"wiederhergestellt werden können." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "" -"B<2.> Führe das I<postinst>-Skript aus, falls dies vom Paket bereitgestellt " -"wird." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<Paket> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:155 -msgid "" -"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " -"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " -"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " -"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " -"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " -"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " -"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." -msgstr "" -"Entferne ein installiertes Paket. B<-r> oder B<--remove> entfernen alles " -"außer Konfigurationsdateien. Dies könnte die Rekonfiguration vermeiden, " -"falls das Paket später wieder reinstalliert wird. (Konfigurationsdateien " -"sind die Dateien, die in der I<debian/conffiles>-Kontrolldatei aufgeführt " -"sind). B<-P> oder B<--purge> entfernt alles, auch Konfigurationsdateien. " -"Falls B<-a> oder B<--pending> anstatt eines Paketnamens angegeben werden, " -"dann werden alle Pakete, die entpackt aber zur Entfernung oder Säuberung in " -"der Datei I</var/lib/dpkg/status> markiert sind, entfernt oder respektive " -"gesäubert." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:157 -msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Entfernung eines Paketes besteht aus den folgenden Schritte:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:160 -msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" -msgstr "B<1.> Führe das I<prerm>-Skript aus" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:163 -msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" -msgstr "B<2.> Entferne die installierten Dateien" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:166 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" -msgstr "B<3.> Führe das I<postrm>-Skript aus" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-Datei>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:176 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " -"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " -"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " -"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " -"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " -"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." -msgstr "" -"Aktualisiere B<dpkg>s und B<dselect>s Verständnis darüber, welche Pakete " -"verfügbar sind. Mit der Aktion B<--merge-avail> wird alte Information mit " -"der Information aus der I<Packages-Datei> zusammengeführt. Mit der Aktion " -"B<--update-avail> wird die alte Information durch die Information aus der " -"I<Packages-Datei> ersetzt. Die mit Debian vertriebene I<Packages-Datei> " -"heißt einfach I<Packages>. B<dpkg> hält seine Aufzeichnungen über die " -"verfügbaren Pakete in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -msgid "" -"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " -"B<dselect update>." -msgstr "" -"Ein einfacheres Kommando um die I<available>-Datei in einem Aufruf abzurufen " -"und zu aktualisieren ist B<dselect update>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<Paketdatei> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " -"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Aktualisiere mit den Informationen aus dem Paket I<Paketdatei> B<dpkg>s und " -"B<dselect>s Verständnis darüber, welche Pakete verfügbar sind. Falls die B<--" -"recursive> oder B<-R>-Option angegeben ist, muss sich I<Paketdatei> " -"stattdessen auf ein Verzeichnis beziehen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." -msgstr "" -"Vergiss Informationen über nicht-installierte, nicht-verfügbare Pakete." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." -msgstr "" -"Lösche die existierenden Informationen darüber, welche Pakete verfügbar sind." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " -"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." -msgstr "" -"Suche nach Pakete, die in Ihrem System nur teilweise installiert wurden. " -"B<dpkg> wird Vorschläge machen, was mit ihnen geschehen soll, um sie in " -"Funktion zu bringen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<Paket-Name-Muster>...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -msgid "" -"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " -"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Hole eine Liste von Paketauswahlen und schreibe sie auf die Standardausgabe. " -"Ohne Muster werden Pakete im Zustand »Säubern« nicht angezeigt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -msgid "" -"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " -"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " -"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " -"with '#' are also permitted." -msgstr "" -"Setze die Paketauswahl durch Einlesen einer Datei von der Standardeingabe. " -"Diese Datei sollte im Format »E<lt>PaketE<gt> E<lt>ZustandE<gt>« sein, wobei " -"Zustand einer aus »install«, »hold«, »deinstall« oder »purge« ist. " -"Leerzeilen und Kommentarzeilen (beginnend mit »#«) sind auch erlaubt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -msgid "" -"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " -"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " -"packages not in list given to --set-selections." -msgstr "" -"Setze den erbetenen Zustand von jedem nicht-essenziellen Paket auf " -"»Deinstallation«. Dies ist dazu gedacht, direkt vor --set-selections " -"verwendet zu werden, um jedes Paket, dass nicht in der Liste von --set-" -"selections vorkommt, zu deinstallieren." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:215 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " -"still haven't been installed." -msgstr "" -"Sucht nach Paketen dir zur Installation ausgewählt wurden, die aber aus " -"irgendeinem Grund noch nicht installiert wurden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -msgid "" -"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." -msgstr "" -"Gebe die Architektur der Pakete aus, die B<dpkg> installiert (beispielsweise " -"»i386«)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<Ver1 Op Ver2>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -msgid "" -"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " -"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " -"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " -"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " -"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " -"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " -"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " -"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Vergleiche Versionsnummern, wobei I<op> ein binärer Operator ist. B<dpkg> " -"liefert Erfolg (Nullergebnis) falls die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt ist und " -"einen Fehler (Nicht-Null-Ergebnis) andernfalls. Es gibt zwei Gruppen von " -"Operatoren, die sich in der Behandlung von leeren I<ver1> oder I<ver2> " -"unterscheiden. Die folgenden behandeln leere Versionen als jünger als jede " -"andere Version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Die folgenden behandeln eine leere " -"Version als älter als jede Version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Die " -"folgenden sind nur aus Kompatibilität mit der Kontrolldateisyntax " -"bereitgestellt: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -msgid "" -"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " -"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " -"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." -msgstr "" -"Akzeptiert eine Reihe von Befehlen an Eingabe-Dateideskriptoren " -"B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Hinweis: Zusätzliche auf der Kommandozeile und durch diesen " -"Datei-Deskriptor gesetzte Optionen werden nicht für nachfolgende Befehle, " -"die im gleichen Lauf ausgeführt werden, zurückgesetzt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -msgid "Display a brief help message." -msgstr "Zeige eine kurze Hilfenachricht an." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." -msgstr "Gebe Hilfe über die B<--force->I<Sache>-Optionen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -msgid "Give help about debugging options." -msgstr "Gib Hilfe über Debugging-Optionen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." -msgstr "Zeige die B<dpkg>-Lizenz an." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." -msgstr "Zeige B<dpkg> Versionsinformationen an." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-Aktionen>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:253 -msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" -"Lesen Sie B<dpkg-deb>(1) für weitere Informationen über die folgenden " -"Aktionen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:273 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" -" Build a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" -" List contents of a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" -" Extract control-information from a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" -" Extract the files contained by package.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" -" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" -" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" -" Debian package.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" -" Show information about a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" -" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" -" package.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<Verzeichnis> [I<Dateiname>]\n" -" Baue ein deb-Paket.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<Dateiname>\n" -" Liste den Inhalt eines deb-Paketes auf.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<Dateiname> [I<Verzeichnis>]\n" -" Extrahiere Kontrollinformationen von einem Paket.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<Dateiname Verzeichnis>\n" -" Extrahiere die vom Paket enthaltenen Dateien.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<Dateiname> [I<Kontrollfeld>] ...\n" -" Zeige das/die Kontrollfeld(er) eines Paketes an.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<Dateiname>\n" -" Zeige die von einem Debian-Paket enthaltene Dateisystem-Tardatei an.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<Dateiname> [I<Kontrolldatei>]\n" -" Zeige Informationen über ein Paket.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<Dateiname> I<Verzeichnis>\n" -" Extrahiere und zeige die von einem Paket enthaltenen Dateinamen.\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:275 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query-Aktionen>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:278 -msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" -"Lesen Sie B<dpkg-query>(1) für weitere Informationen über die folgenden " -"Aktionen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:291 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" -" List packages matching given pattern.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" -" Report status of specified package.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" -" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" -" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" -" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<Paketnamen-Muster> ...\n" -" Liste auf das übergebene Suchmuster passende Pakete auf.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<Paketname> ...\n" -" Berichte den Status der spezifizierten Pakete.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<Paket> ...\n" -" Liste die aus B<Paket> auf Ihrem System installierten Pakete auf.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<Dateinamen-Suchmuster> ...\n" -" Suche nach einem Dateinamen in installierten Paketen.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<Paket>\n" -" Zeige Details über I<Paket>, wie in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> gefunden.\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:298 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Alle Optionen können auf der Kommandozeile oder in der B<dpkg>-" -"Konfigurationsdatei I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> angegeben werden. Jede Zeile in " -"der Konfigurationsdatei ist entweder eine Option (exakt die gleiche wie die " -"Befehlszeilenoption nur ohne führende Gedankenstriche) oder ein Kommentar " -"(falls es mit B<#> beginnt)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:299 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" -msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<Zahl>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." -msgstr "" -"Ändere nach wie vielen Fehlern B<dpkg> abbrechen wird. Der Standardwert ist " -"50." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" -msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -msgid "" -"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " -"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " -"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " -"package." -msgstr "" -"Wenn ein Paket entfernt wird besteht die Möglichkeit, dass ein andere " -"installierte Paket von dem entfernten Paket abhängt. Die Angabe dieser " -"Option führt zur automatischen Dekonfiguration des Paketes, das von dem " -"entfernten Paket abhängt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" -msgstr "B<-D>I<Oktal>B< | --debug=>I<Oktal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:314 -msgid "" -"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " -"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " -"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." -msgstr "" -"Schalte Debugging ein. I<Oktal> wird durch bitweise Oder-Verknüpfung der " -"gewünschten Werte von der nachfolgenden Liste gebildet (beachten Sie, dass " -"sich diese Werte in zukünftigen Veröffentlichungen verändern können). B<-Dh> " -"oder B<--debug=help> zeigen diese Debugging-Werte an." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" number description\n" -" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" -" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" -" 10 Output for each file processed\n" -" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" -" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" -" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" -" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" -" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" -" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" -" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" -msgstr "" -" Nummer Beschreibung\n" -" 1 Allgemein-hilfreiche Fortschrittsinformationen\n" -" 2 Aufruf und Status der Betreuerskripte\n" -" 10 Ausgabe für jede verarbeitete Datei\n" -" 100 Umfangreiche Ausgabe für jede verarbeitete Datei\n" -" 20 Ausgabe für jede Konfigurationsdatei\n" -" 200 Umfangreiche Ausgabe für jede Konfigurationsdatei\n" -" 40 Abhängigkeiten und Konflikte\n" -" 400 Umfangreiche Abhängigkeiten/Konflikte-Ausgabe\n" -" 1000 Umfangreiches Gelaber beispielsweise über das dpkg/info Verzeichnis\n" -" 2000 Verrückte Mengen an Gelaber\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" -msgstr "B<--force->I<Sachen> | B<--no-force->I<Sachen> | B<--refuse->I<Sachen>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:333 -msgid "" -"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " -"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" -"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " -"forced by default." -msgstr "" -"Erzwinge oder verweigere (B<no-force> und B<refuse> bedeuten das gleiche) " -"bestimmte Sachen. I<Sachen> ist eine Komma-separierte Liste von Dingen, die " -"im folgenden beschrieben sind. B<--force-help> zeigt eine Nachricht an, die " -"diese beschreibt. Mit (*) markierte Dinge werden standardmäßig erzwungen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:337 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " -"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " -"system.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Warnung. Diese Optionen sind hauptsächlich für den Einsatz durch Experten " -"gedacht. Der Einsatz ohne komplettes Verständnis der Effekte kann Ihr " -"gesamtes System zerstören.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:340 -msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." -msgstr "B<all>: Schaltet alle »force«-Optionen ein (oder aus)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:343 -msgid "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Installiere ein Paket, selbst wenn eine neuere Version " -"davon bereits installiert ist." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:350 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " -"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " -"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " -"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " -"with care.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Warnung: Derzeit führt Dpkg keine Abhängigkeitsüberprüfung bei der " -"Installation älterer Versionen (als bereits installiert) durch (sog. " -"Downgrade) und wird Sie daher nicht warnen, falls dadurch die Abhängigkeit " -"eines anderen Pakets nicht mehr erfüllt ist. Dies kann ernsthafte " -"Seiteneffekte haben, ein Downgrade einer essenziellen Systemkomponente kann " -"ihr gesamtes System unbrauchbar machen. Verwenden Sie diese Option mit " -"Vorsicht.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:354 -msgid "" -"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " -"which the current package depends." -msgstr "" -"B<configure-any>: Konfiguriere auch jedes entpackte, aber unkonfigurierte " -"Paket von dem das aktuelle Paket abhängt." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:357 -msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." -msgstr "B<hold>: Verarbeite auch Pakete, die mit »halten« markiert sind." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:362 -msgid "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " -"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " -"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Entferne ein Paket, selbst falls es defekt ist und zur " -"Neuinstallation markiert ist. Dies kann beispielsweise dazu führen, dass " -"Teile des Pakets auf dem System bleiben und von B<dpkg> vergessen werden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:367 -msgid "" -"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " -"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " -"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-essential>: Entferne, selbst falls das Paket als essenziell " -"betrachtet wird. Essenzielle Pakete enthalten hauptsächlich sehr " -"grundlegende Unix-Befehle. Diese zu entfernen kann dazu führen, dass das " -"gesamte System nicht mehr arbeitet - verwenden Sie dies Option daher mit " -"Vorsicht." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:370 -msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." -msgstr "B<depends>: Verwandle alle Abhängigkeitsprobleme in Warnungen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:373 -msgid "" -"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." -msgstr "" -"B<depends-version>: Ignoriere Versionen bei der Prüfung von Abhängigkeiten." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:377 -msgid "" -"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " -"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." -msgstr "" -"B<conflicts>: Installiere, selbst wenn es mit einem anderen Paket in " -"Konflikt steht. Dies ist gefährlich, da dies gewöhnlich dazu führt, dass " -"einige Dateien überschrieben werden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:382 -msgid "" -"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " -"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." -msgstr "" -"B<confmiss>: Installiere immer fehlende Konfigurationsdateien. Dies ist " -"gefährlich, da es bedeutet, dass eine Änderung (die Entfernung) an der Datei " -"nicht erhalten wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:387 -msgid "" -"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confnew>: Falls eine Conffile modifiziert wurde, installiere immer die " -"neue Version ohne Rückfrage, es sei denn, B<--force-confdef> ist ebenfalls " -"angegeben, in welchem Falle die Standardaktion bevorzugt wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:392 -msgid "" -"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confold>: Falls eine Conffile modifiziert wurde, behalte immer die alte " -"Version ohne Rückfrage, es sei denn, B<--force-confdef> ist ebenfalls " -"angegeben, in welchem Falle die Standardaktion bevorzugt wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:398 -msgid "" -"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " -"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " -"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " -"it will use that to decide the final action." -msgstr "" -"B<confdef>: Falls eine Conffile verändert wurde, wähle immer die " -"Standardaktion. Falls es keine Standardaktion gibt, halte an um den Benutzer " -"zu fragen, es sei denn, B<--force-confnew> oder B<--force-confold> sind " -"ebenfalls angegeben, in welchem Falle dies verwendet wird, um die endgültige " -"Aktion zu bestimmen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:401 -msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite>: Überschreibe die Datei aus einem Paket mit einer Datei aus " -"einem anderen Paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:404 -msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-dir> Überschreibe das Verzeichnis aus einem Paket mit einer " -"Datei aus einem anderen Paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:407 -msgid "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Überschreibe eine umgelenkte (»diverted«) Datei mit " -"einer nicht-umgelenkten." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:410 -msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." -msgstr "B<architecture>: Verarbeite sogar Pakete mit der falschen Architektur." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:413 -msgid "" -"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-path>: Im B<PATH> fehlen wichtige Programme, daher sind Probleme " -"wahrscheinlich." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:416 -msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." -msgstr "" -"B<not-root>: Versuche Sachen zu (de)installieren, selbst falls nicht root." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:419 -msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-verify>: Installiere ein Paket selbst wenn die Authentizitätsprüfung " -"fehlschlägt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:420 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." -msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<Paket>,..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -msgid "" -"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " -"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." -msgstr "" -"Ignoriere Abhängigkeitsüberprüfungen für ein bestimmtes Paket (tatsächlich " -"wird die Überprüfung durchgeführt, aber nur Warnungen über Konflikte werden " -"angezeigt, sonst nichts)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -msgid "" -"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Wähle das alte oder neue Binärpaketformat. Dies ist eine B<dpkg-deb>(1)-" -"Option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -msgid "" -"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " -"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Lese oder überprüfe den Inhalt der Kontrolldatei beim Paketbau nicht. Dies " -"ist eine B<dpkg-deb>(1)-Option." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" -msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:437 -msgid "" -"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " -"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " -"actually modifying anything." -msgstr "" -"Erledige alles, was gemacht werden soll, aber schreibe keine Änderungen. " -"Dies wird verwendet um zu sehen, was mit der spezifizierten Änderung " -"passieren würde ohne tatsächlich etwas zu modifizieren." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -msgid "" -"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " -"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " -"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " -"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" -msgstr "" -"Stellen Sie sicher, dass B<--no-act> vor dem Aktions-Parameter steht, oder " -"Sie könnten mit unerwünschten Ergebnissen enden. (Beispielsweise wird B<dpkg " -"--purge foo --no-act> zuerst das Paket foo bereinigen und dann versuchen, " -"das Paket --no-act zu bereinigen, obwohl Sie wahrscheinlich davon ausgingen, " -"dass tatsächlich gar nichts passieren sollte)" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" -msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -msgid "" -"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " -"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " -"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." -msgstr "" -"Behandle rekursiv alle regulären Dateien, die auf das Muster B<*.deb> passen " -"und im angegeben Verzeichnis sowie allen Unterverzeichnis liegen. Dies kann " -"mit den Aktionen B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> und B<--avail> " -"verwendet werden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-G>" -msgstr "B<-G>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -msgid "" -"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " -"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." -msgstr "" -"Installiere ein Paket nicht, falls bereits eine neuere Version des gleichen " -"Paketes installiert ist. Dies ist ein Alias für B<--refuse-downgrade>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--root=>I<Verz> | B<--admindir=>I<Verz> | B<--instdir=>I<Verz>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -msgid "" -"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " -"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " -"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " -"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " -"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " -"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " -"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" -"var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Ändere die Standardverzeichnisse. B<admindir> ist standardmäßig I</var/lib/" -"dpkg> und enthält viele Dateien, die Informationen über den Status von " -"installierten oder nicht-installierten Paketen enthalten usw. B<instdir> ist " -"standardmäßig I</> und bezieht sich auf das Verzeichnis, wo Pakete hin " -"installiert werden. B<instdir> ist auch das Verzeichnis, das an B<chroot>(2) " -"vor dem Aufruf der Installationsskripte des Paketes übergeben wird, was " -"bedeutet, dass die Skripte B<instdir> als ein Wurzelverzeichnis sehen. Eine " -"Änderung von B<root> ändert B<instdir> auf I<Verz> und B<admindir> auf " -"I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" -msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -msgid "" -"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " -"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " -"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " -"deinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Bearbeite nur die Pakete, die zur Installation ausgewählt sind. Die " -"eigentliche Markierung erfolgt mit B<dselect> oder durch B<dpkg>, wenn es " -"Pakete bearbeitet. Beispielsweise wird ein Paket bei der Entfernung als für " -"die Deinstallation-ausgewählt markiert." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" -msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -msgid "" -"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Installiere das Paket nicht, falls die gleiche Version des Pakets bereits " -"installiert ist." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -msgid "" -"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " -"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " -"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " -"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " -"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " -"useredited distedited'." -msgstr "" -"Sende Paketstatusinformationen an den Dateideskriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Diese " -"Option kann mehrfach angegeben werden. Statusaktualisierungen sind von der " -"Form: »status: E<lt>PktE<gt>: E<lt>Pkt StatusE<gt>«. Fehler werden als " -"»status: E<lt>PktE<gt>: error: Ausführliche-Fehlermeldung« berichtet. " -"Konfigurationsdateikonflikte werden als »status: Conffile-" -"Eingabeaufforderung: conffile : »aktuelle-conffile« »neue-conffile« " -"useredited distedited« berichtet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" -msgstr "B<--log=>I<Dateiname>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -msgid "" -"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " -"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " -"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " -"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" -"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " -"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" -"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " -"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." -msgstr "" -"Protokollierstatus-Änderungsaktualisierungen und -Aktionen in I<Dateiname> " -"anstatt in die Standard-Datei I</var/log/dpkg.log>. Falls diese Option " -"mehrfach übergeben wird, wird der letzte Dateiname verwendet. " -"Protokollnachrichten sind von der Form »YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>ZustandE<gt> E<lt>PktE<gt> E<lt>installierte-VersionE<gt>« für " -"Statusänderungsaktualisierungen; »YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>AktionE<gt> " -"E<lt>PktE<gt> E<lt>installierte-VersionE<gt> E<lt>verfügbare-VersionE<gt>« " -"für Aktionen wobei I<E<lt>AktionE<gt>> entweder install, upgrade, remove " -"oder purge ist; und »YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>DateinameE<gt> " -"E<lt>EntscheidungE<gt>« für Conffile-Änderungen ist, wobei " -"I<E<lt>EntscheidungE<gt>> entweder install oder keep ist." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-debsig>" -msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:495 -msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." -msgstr "Versuche nicht, Paketsignaturen zu überprüfen." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:496 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "DATEIEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:497 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -msgid "Configuration file with default options." -msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei mit Standardeinstellungen der Optionen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" -msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:504 -msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." -msgstr "" -"Standard-Protokolldatei (lesen Sie I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) und die Option " -"B<--log>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -msgid "" -"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " -"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." -msgstr "" -"Die anderen unten aufgeführten Dateien sind in ihrem Standardverzeichnis, " -"lesen Sie den Text zur Option B<--admindir> um zu sehen, wie sie den Ort " -"dieser Dateien ändern können." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -msgid "List of available packages." -msgstr "Liste der verfügbaren Pakete." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:516 -msgid "" -"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " -"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " -"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." -msgstr "" -"Statusse der verfügbaren Pakete. Diese Datei enthält Informationen darüber, " -"ob ein Paket zur Entfernung markiert ist oder nicht, ob es installiert ist " -"oder nicht usw. Lesen Sie den Abschnitt B<INFORMATIONEN ÜBER PAKETE> für " -"weitere Informationen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -msgid "" -"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " -"more information about them:" -msgstr "" -"Die folgenden Dateien sind Komponenten von Binärpaketen. Lesen Sie B<deb>(5) " -"für weitere Informationen über sie:" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<control>" -msgstr "I<control>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:521 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<conffiles>" -msgstr "I<conffiles>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:523 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<preinst>" -msgstr "I<preinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:525 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postinst>" -msgstr "I<postinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:527 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<prerm>" -msgstr "I<prerm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:529 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postrm>" -msgstr "I<postrm>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:532 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -msgstr "UMGEBUNGSVARIABLEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:533 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" -msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -msgid "" -"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " -"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." -msgstr "" -"Definieren sie diese zu irgendetwas, falls Sie es bevorzugen, dass B<dpkg> " -"eine neue Shell startet statt sich selber zu suspendieren, während es einen " -"»Shell-Escape« durchführt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<SHELL>" -msgstr "B<SHELL>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." -msgstr "" -"Das Programm, das B<dpkg> ausführen wird, wenn es eine neue Shell startet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:544 -msgid "" -"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " -"text. Currently only used by -l." -msgstr "" -"Setzt die Anzahl von Spalten die B<dpkg> verwenden soll, wenn es " -"formatierten Text anzeigt. Derzeit nur von -l verwendet." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:545 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "BEISPIELE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:547 -msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" -msgstr "Um Pakete mit Bezug zum B<vi>(1)-Editor aufzulisten:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:549 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:552 -msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" -msgstr "" -"Um die Einträge von zwei Pakete in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> zu sehen:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:554 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:557 -msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" -msgstr "Wenn Sie die Liste der Pakete selbst durchsuchen wollen:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:559 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" -msgstr " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:562 -msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" -msgstr "Um ein installiertes Elvis-Paket zu entfernen:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:564 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:569 -msgid "" -"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " -"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" -msgstr "" -"Um ein Paket zu installieren, müssen Sie es erst in einem Archiv oder auf " -"einer CD-ROM finden. Die »available«-Datei zeigt, dass das vim-Paket im " -"Bereich »editors« ist:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:572 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:575 -msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" -msgstr "Um eine lokale Kopie der Paketauswahl-Zustände zu erstellen:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:577 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>meine_auswahl>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:581 -msgid "" -"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" -msgstr "" -"Sie können diese Datei zu einem anderen Computer bringen und sie dort mit " -"folgenden Befehlen installieren:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:584 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:590 -msgid "" -"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " -"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " -"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " -"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." -msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie, dass dies nichts wirklich installiert oder entfernt, sondern " -"lediglich den Auswahlzustand der angeforderten Pakete setzt. Sie werden eine " -"andere Anwendung benötigen, um die angeforderten Pakete tatsächlich " -"herunterzuladen und zu installieren. Starten Sie beispielsweise B<dselect> " -"und wählen Sie »Installieren«." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:593 -msgid "" -"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " -"to modify the package selection states." -msgstr "" -"Gewöhnlich werden Sie feststellen, dass B<dselect>(1) eine bequemere Art " -"ist, den Paketauswahlzustand zu ändern." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" -msgstr "ZUSÄTZLICHE FUNKTIONALITÄT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:598 -msgid "" -"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " -"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." -msgstr "" -"Zusätzliche Funktionalität kann durch die Installation jedes der folgenden " -"Pakete erhalten werden: I<apt>, I<aptitude> und I<debsums>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:599 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:608 -msgid "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) und B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:609 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FEHLER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:611 -msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." -msgstr "" -"B<--no-act> gibt gewöhnlich weniger Informationen als hilfreich sein könnten." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:612 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTOREN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:616 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" -"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Lesen Sie I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> für die Liste der Leute, die zu\n" -"B<dpkg> beigetragen haben.\n" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/dpkg.1.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/dpkg.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 484350ea..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/dpkg.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1444 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 22:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:4 -msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "WARNING" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:13 -msgid "" -"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " -"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " -"--help>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:18 -msgid "" -"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " -"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " -"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:26 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " -"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is " -"B<dselect>(1). B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line " -"parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more " -"options. The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control " -"the behavior of the action in some way." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:31 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " -"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " -"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:42 -msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " -"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " -"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE STATES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<installed>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-installed>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -msgid "" -"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " -"reason." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<not-installed>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -msgid "The package is not installed on your system." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<unpacked>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-configured>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -msgid "" -"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " -"completed for some reason." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<config-files>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<install>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -msgid "The package is selected for installation." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<deinstall>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -msgid "" -"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " -"files, except configuration files)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<purge>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -msgid "" -"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " -"even configuration files)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<hold>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -msgid "" -"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " -"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<reinst-required>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:91 -msgid "" -"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires " -"reinstallation. These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option " -"B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:97 -msgid "" -"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " -"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:99 -msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:102 -msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:106 -msgid "" -"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:109 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:113 -msgid "" -"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " -"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:120 -msgid "" -"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " -"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " -"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -msgid "" -"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " -"about how this is done." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -msgid "" -"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:134 -msgid "" -"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " -"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:136 -msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:141 -msgid "" -"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " -"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | " -"B<--pending>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:155 -msgid "" -"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " -"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " -"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " -"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " -"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " -"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " -"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:157 -msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:160 -msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:163 -msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:166 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:176 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " -"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " -"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " -"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " -"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " -"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -msgid "" -"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " -"B<dselect update>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " -"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " -"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -msgid "" -"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " -"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -msgid "" -"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " -"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " -"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " -"with '#' are also permitted." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -msgid "" -"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " -"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " -"packages not in list given to --set-selections." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:215 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " -"still haven't been installed." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -msgid "" -"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " -"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " -"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " -"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " -"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " -"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " -"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " -"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -msgid "" -"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " -"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " -"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -msgid "Display a brief help message." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -msgid "Give help about debugging options." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:253 -msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:273 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" -" Build a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" -" List contents of a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" -" Extract control-information from a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" -" Extract the files contained by package.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" -" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" -" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" -" Debian package.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" -" Show information about a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" -" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" -" package.\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:275 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:278 -msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:291 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" -" List packages matching given pattern.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" -" Report status of specified package.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" -" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" -" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" -" Display details about I<package>, as found in " -"I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:298 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:299 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -msgid "" -"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " -"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " -"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " -"package." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:314 -msgid "" -"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " -"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " -"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" number description\n" -" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" -" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" -" 10 Output for each file processed\n" -" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" -" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" -" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" -" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" -" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" -" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" -" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:333 -msgid "" -"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " -"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified " -"below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked " -"with (*) are forced by default." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:337 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts " -"only. Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your " -"whole system.>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:340 -msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:343 -msgid "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:350 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " -"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " -"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " -"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " -"with care.>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:354 -msgid "" -"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " -"which the current package depends." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:357 -msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:362 -msgid "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " -"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " -"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:367 -msgid "" -"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered " -"essential. Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix " -"commands. Removing them might cause the whole system to stop working, so use " -"with caution." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:370 -msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:373 -msgid "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:377 -msgid "" -"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " -"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:382 -msgid "" -"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " -"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:387 -msgid "" -"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:392 -msgid "" -"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:398 -msgid "" -"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " -"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " -"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " -"it will use that to decide the final action." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:401 -msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:404 -msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:407 -msgid "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:410 -msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:413 -msgid "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:416 -msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:419 -msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:420 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -msgid "" -"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " -"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -msgid "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -msgid "" -"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " -"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:437 -msgid "" -"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any " -"changes. This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, " -"without actually modifying anything." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -msgid "" -"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " -"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " -"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " -"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -msgid "" -"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " -"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " -"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-G>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -msgid "" -"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " -"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -msgid "" -"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " -"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " -"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " -"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " -"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " -"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " -"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to " -"I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -msgid "" -"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " -"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " -"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " -"deinstallation." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -msgid "" -"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -msgid "" -"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " -"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " -"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " -"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " -"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " -"useredited distedited'." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -msgid "" -"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " -"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " -"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " -"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> " -"E<lt>installed-versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " -"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and " -"`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for " -"conffile changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-debsig>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:495 -msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:496 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:497 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -msgid "Configuration file with default options." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:504 -msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -msgid "" -"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " -"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -msgid "List of available packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:516 -msgid "" -"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " -"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " -"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -msgid "" -"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " -"more information about them:" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<control>" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:521 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<conffiles>" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:523 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<preinst>" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:525 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postinst>" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:527 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<prerm>" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:529 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postrm>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:532 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:533 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -msgid "" -"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " -"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<SHELL>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:544 -msgid "" -"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " -"text. Currently only used by -l." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:545 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:547 -msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:549 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:552 -msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:554 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:557 -msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:559 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:562 -msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:564 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:569 -msgid "" -"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " -"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:572 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:575 -msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:577 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:581 -msgid "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:584 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:590 -msgid "" -"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " -"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " -"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " -"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:593 -msgid "" -"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " -"to modify the package selection states." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:598 -msgid "" -"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " -"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:599 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:608 -msgid "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), " -"B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:609 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:611 -msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:612 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:616 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" -"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index c7642198..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1854 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 22:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "herramientas dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" -msgstr "dpkg - Gestor de paquetes Debian de medio nivel" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:5 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:8 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" -msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opciones>] I<acción>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:9 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "WARNING" -msgstr "AVISO" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:13 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " -"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " -"--help>." -msgstr "" -"El propósito de este manual es que los usuarios entiendan las opciones de " -"llamada de B<dpkg> y los estados en los que puede estar un paquete con algo " -"más de precisión que la dada por B<dpkg --help>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:18 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " -"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " -"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." -msgstr "" -"I<No> deberían usarlo los encargados de paquetes para comprender el proceso " -"de instalación. Las descripciones de lo que hace este programa al instalar y " -"desinstalar simplemente no son apropiadas." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:26 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " -"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " -"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " -"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " -"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " -"some way." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> es una herramienta de nivel medio para instalar, construir, borrar y " -"gestionar los paquetes de Debian GNU/Linux. Se llama con parámetros desde " -"línea de órdenes, especificando una acción y cero o más opciones. La acción " -"dice a B<dpkg> qué hacer y las opciones controlan de alguna manera su " -"comportamiento." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:31 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " -"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " -"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" -msgstr "" -"También se puede usar B<dkpg> como interfaz a B<dpkg-deb>. Si aquél se " -"encuentra alguna de las opciones de éste, se limita a llamarlo con esas " -"mismas opciones. La lista de opciones de B<dpkg-deb> es:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:40 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" -msgstr "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:42 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." -msgstr "Lea B<dpkg-deb>(1) si desea más información sobre estas acciones." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:43 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" -msgstr "INFORMACIÓN SOBRE PAQUETES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " -"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " -"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"Hay bastante información útil sobre los paquetes disponibles accesible a " -"través de B<dpkg>. Esta información se divide en tres clases: B<estados>, " -"B<estados de selección> e B<indicadores>. Teóricamente, estos valores se " -"cambiarán principalmente con B<dselect>." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE STATES" -msgstr "ESTADOS DE LOS PAQUETES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:49 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<installed>" -msgstr "B<installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." -msgstr "Bien desempaquetado y configurado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-installed>" -msgstr "B<half-installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " -"reason." -msgstr "" -"Se inició la instalación del paquete, pero no se completó por alguna razón." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<not-installed>" -msgstr "B<not-installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The package is not installed on your system." -msgstr "No está instalado en el sistema." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<unpacked>" -msgstr "B<unpacked>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." -msgstr "Descomprimido, pero no configurado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-configured>" -msgstr "B<half-configured>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " -"completed for some reason." -msgstr "" -"El paquete está descomprimido y la configuración se inició, pero no se " -"terminó por alguna razón." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<config-files>" -msgstr "B<config-files>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." -msgstr "Sólo quedan los ficheros de configuración del paquete en el sistema." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" -msgstr "ESTADOS DE SELECCIÓN DE LOS PAQUETES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:70 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<install>" -msgstr "B<install>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The package is selected for installation." -msgstr "El paquete se ha seleccionado para instalarse." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<deinstall>" -msgstr "B<deinstall>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " -"files, except configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"El paquete se ha seleccionado para desinstalarse (es decir, que queremos " -"borrarlo todo excepto los ficheros de configuración)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<purge>" -msgstr "B<purge>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " -"even configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"El paquete se ha seleccionado para purgarse (es decir, que queremos borrarlo " -"todo, incluso los ficheros de configuración)." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" -msgstr "INDICADORES DE LOS PAQUETES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:82 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<hold>" -msgstr "B<hold>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " -"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." -msgstr "" -"Un paquete marcado como B<hold> no es modificado por B<dpkg>, a no ser que " -"lo forcemos a hacerlo con la opción B<--force-hold>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<reinst-required>" -msgstr "B<reinst-required>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " -"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" -"reinstreq>." -msgstr "" -"Un paquete marcado como B<necesita-reinst> está roto y necesita " -"reinstalarse. Estos paquetes no pueden borrarse, a no ser que se fuerce la " -"acción con la opción B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:92 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "ACCIONES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:93 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<fichero_paquete>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:97 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " -"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Instala el paquete. Si se especifica la opción B<--recursive> o B<-R>, " -"I<fichero_paquete> debe ser un directorio." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:99 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "La instalación consiste en los siguientes pasos:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." -msgstr "B<1.> Se extraen los ficheros de control del paquete." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:106 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." -msgstr "" -"B<2.> Si hay instalada otra versión del mismo paquete, se ejecuta el " -"programa I<prerm> del antiguo paquete." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:109 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<3.> Se ejecuta el programa I<preinst>, si el paquete lo tiene." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " -"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." -msgstr "" -"B<4.> Se desempaquetan los nuevos ficheros, y al mismo tiempo se hace una " -"copia de seguridad de los antiguos, para que, si algo va mal, se puedan " -"restaurar." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:120 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " -"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " -"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." -msgstr "" -"B<5.> Si había instalada otra versión del mismo paquete, se ejecuta el " -"I<postrm> del paquete antiguo. Tenga en cuenta que este programa se ejecuta " -"después del I<preinst> del nuevo paquete, ya que los nuevos ficheros se " -"escriben a la vez que se borran los antiguos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " -"about how this is done." -msgstr "" -"B<6.> Se configura el paquete. Si quiere información detallada sobre el " -"proceso, vea B<--configure>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<fichero_paquete> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Desempaqueta el fichero, pero no lo configura. Si se dan las opciones B<--" -"recursive> o B<-R>, I<fichero_paquete> debe referirse a un directorio." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<paquete> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:134 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " -"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." -msgstr "" -"Vuelve a configurar un paquete que, al menos, esté desempaquetado. Si se dan " -"las opciones B<-a> o B<--pending> en vez de I<paquete>, se configuran todos " -"los paquetes no configurados." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:136 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "La configuración consiste en los siguientes pasos:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:141 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " -"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." -msgstr "" -"B<1.> Se desempaquetan los ficheros de configuración, y al mismo tiempo se " -"hace una copia de seguridad de los antiguos, para que puedan restaurarse si " -"algo va mal." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<2.> Se ejecuta el programa I<postinst>, si el paquete lo tiene." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<paquete> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:155 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " -"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " -"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " -"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " -"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " -"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " -"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." -msgstr "" -"Borra un paquete instalado. Las opciones B<-r> y B<--remove> lo borran todo " -"excepto los ficheros de configuración. Esto podría evitar tener que " -"configurar de nuevo el paquete si se reinstala después (los ficheros de " -"configuración son los listados en el fichero de control I<debian/" -"conffiles>). Si se usan las opciones B<-a> y B<--pending> en vez de un " -"paquete, todos los que están al menos desempaquetados, pero marcados para " -"borrar o purgar en I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, se borran o purgan " -"respectivamente." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:157 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Borrar un paquete consiste de los siguientes pasos:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:160 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" -msgstr "B<1.> Ejecutar el programa I<prerm>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:163 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" -msgstr "B<2.> Borrar los ficheros instalados." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" -msgstr "B<3.> Ejecutar el programa I<postrm>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:167 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<fichero-Packages>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:176 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " -"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " -"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " -"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " -"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " -"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." -msgstr "" -"Actualiza la lista de paquetes disponibles de dpkg y dselect. Con la acción " -"B<--merge-avail>, la información antigua se combina con la información de " -"I<fichero-Packages>. El I<fichero-Packages> que viene con Debian GNU/Linux " -"se llama simplemente I<Packages>. El programa B<dpkg> guarda la lista de " -"paquetes disponibles en I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " -"B<dselect update>." -msgstr "" -"Una orden más simple que permite obtener y actualizar el fichero " -"I<available> de una tirada es B<dselect update>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<fichero_paquete> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " -"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Actualiza la idea que tienen B<dpkg> y B<dselect> de qué paquetes están " -"disponibles, con información del paquete I<fichero_paquete>. Si se usa B<--" -"recursive> o B<-R>, I<fichero_paquete> debe ser un directorio." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." -msgstr "Olvida los paquetes no instalados ni disponibles." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." -msgstr "Borra la información sobre los paquetes disponibles." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " -"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." -msgstr "" -"Busca paquetes que se hayan instalado sólo parcialmente. El programa B<dpkg> " -"sugerirá qué hacer con ellos para hacerlos funcionar." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<patrón>...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " -"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." -msgstr "Muestra la lista de selecciones de paquetes en la salida estándar." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " -"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " -"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " -"with '#' are also permitted." -msgstr "" -"Establece las selecciones a unas determinadas, leyendo de la entrada " -"estándar." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -msgid "" -"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " -"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " -"packages not in list given to --set-selections." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:215 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " -"still haven't been installed." -msgstr "" -"Busca los paquetes seleccionados para instalar, pero que por alguna razón " -"todavía no se han instalado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:216 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." -msgstr "" -"Imprime la arquitectura de destino (por ejemplo, «i386»). Esta opción usa a " -"B<gcc>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " -"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " -"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " -"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " -"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " -"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " -"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " -"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Compara números de versión, donde I<op> es un operador binario. Devuelve " -"éxito (cero) si la condición especificada se cumple, y fallo (resultado " -"distinto de cero) si no. Hay dos grupos de operadores, que difieren en cómo " -"se comportan cuando les falta alguno de los operandos. Los primeros tratan " -"la falta de versión como la versión más antigua posible: B<lt le eq ne ge " -"gt>. Los otros tratan la falta de versión como la más moderna posible: B<lt-" -"nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Éstos se dan sólo por compatibilidad con la sintaxis " -"del fichero de control: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " -"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " -"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." -msgstr "" -"Acepta una serie de órdenes en el fichero cuyo descriptor es " -"B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Aviso: las opciones adicionales pasadas desde la línea de " -"órdenes y mediante este descriptor de fichero no se desactivan en las " -"subsiguientes llamadas efectuadas en la misma ejecución." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Display a brief help message." -msgstr "Muestra las instrucciones de uso." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." -msgstr "Muestra la ayuda de las opciones B<--force->I<algo>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Give help about debugging options." -msgstr "Muestra la ayuda de las opciones de depuración." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." -msgstr "Muestra la licencia e información sobre derechos de autor de B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." -msgstr "Muestra la versión de B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:253 -#, fuzzy -msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "Ver B<dpkg-dev>(1) para más información sobre las siguientes acciones." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:273 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" -" Build a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" -" List contents of a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" -" Extract control-information from a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" -" Extract the files contained by package.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" -" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" -" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" -" Debian package.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" -" Show information about a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" -" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" -" package.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directorio> [I<fichero>]\n" -" Construye un paquete Debian GNU/Linux.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<fichero>\n" -" Muestra el contenidos de un paquete Debian GNU/Linux.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<fichero> [I<directorio>]\n" -" Extrae la información de control de un paquete.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<fichero directorio>\n" -" Extrae los ficheros contenidos en el paquete.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<fichero> [I<campo-control>] ...\n" -" Muestra el/los campo(s) de control de un paquete.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<fichero>\n" -" Muestra el fichero tar contenido en el paquete Debian.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<fichero> [I<fichero-control>]\n" -" Muestra información sobre el paquete.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<fichero> I<directorio>\n" -" Extrae y muestra los nombres de ficheros contenidos en un paquete.\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:275 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:278 -#, fuzzy -msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" -"Vea B<dpkg-query>(1) para más información sobre las siguientes acciones:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:291 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" -" List packages matching given pattern.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" -" Report status of specified package.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" -" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" -" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" -" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<patrón-nombre-paquete> ...\n" -" Lista los paquetes cuyo nombre encaja en el patrón dado.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<nombre-paquete> ...\n" -" Informa del estado del paquete especificado.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<paquete> ...\n" -" Lista los ficheros instalados en el sistema, que pertenecen a B<paquete>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<patrón-búsqueda-ficheros> ...\n" -" Busca un fichero en los paquetes instalados.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<paquete> ...\n" -" Imprime información sobre el I<paquete>, sacada de I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:293 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:298 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Todas las opciones pueden especificarse tanto en línea de órdenes como en el " -"fichero de configuración de B<dpkg>, I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Cada línea de " -"este fichero es bien una opción (exactamente la misma que la de línea de " -"órdenes, pero sin los guiones al principio) o bien un comentario (si empieza " -"con B<#>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:299 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" -msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." -msgstr "" -"Cambiar después de cuántos errores abortará B<dpkg>. El valor por omisión es " -"50." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" -msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " -"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " -"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " -"package." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se borra un paquete, hay posibilidades de que otro dependa de él. " -"Especificar esta opción producirá la desconfiguración automática del paquete " -"que dependía del borrado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" -msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:314 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " -"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " -"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." -msgstr "" -"Activar el modo de depuración. El parámetro I<octal> se forma uniendo los " -"valores de la siguiente lista mediante la operación I<or> a nivel de bits " -"(tenga en cuenta que estos valores podrían cambiar en futuras versiones). " -"B<-Dh> o B<--debug=help> muestran estos valores." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -" number description\n" -" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" -" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" -" 10 Output for each file processed\n" -" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" -" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" -" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" -" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" -" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" -" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" -" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" -msgstr "" -" número descripción\n" -" 1 Información de progreso generalmente útil\n" -" 2 Invocación y estado de los scripts del paquete\n" -" 10 Salida por cada fichero procesado\n" -" 100 Mucha salida por cada fichero procesado\n" -" 20 Salida por cada conffile\n" -" 200 Mucha salida por cada conffile\n" -" 40 Dependencias y conflictos\n" -" 400 Mucha salida sobre dependencias y conflictos\n" -" 1000 Parrafadas sobre el directorio dpkg/info\n" -" 2000 Montañas de parrafadas (perjudica la salud)\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" -msgstr "B<--force->I<cosas> | B<--no-force->I<cosas> | B<--refuse->I<cosas>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:333 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " -"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" -"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " -"forced by default." -msgstr "" -"Fuerza o rehusa (B<no-force> y B<refuse> significan lo mismo) a hacer " -"ciertas cosas. El parámetro I<cosas> es una lista de cosas especificadas " -"abajo, separada por comas. La opción B<--force-help> muestra un mensaje que " -"las describe. Las cosas marcadas con (*) se fuerzan por omisión." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:337 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " -"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " -"system.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Aviso: Estas opciones están pensadas mayormente para que las usen " -"expertos. Usarlas sin total conocimiento de sus efectos podrían hacer que " -"su sistema dejara de funcionar.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:340 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." -msgstr "B<all>: Activa (o desactiva) todas las opciones de forzar." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:343 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Instala un paquete, incluso si hay una versión más nueva ya " -"instalada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:350 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " -"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " -"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " -"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " -"with care.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Aviso: actualmente dpkg no comprueba de ninguna manera las dependencias al " -"desactualizar y por lo tanto no avisará si se rompe alguna dependencia de " -"otro paquete. Una situación así podría tener efectos laterales graves; " -"desactualizar componentes esenciales del sistema incluso podría inutilizar " -"su sistema completo. Úselo con cuidado.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:354 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " -"which the current package depends." -msgstr "" -"B<configure-any>: Configura también todo lo desempaquetado y no configurado " -"sobre lo que depende el paquete." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:357 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." -msgstr "" -"B<hold>: Procesa los paquetes incluso si están marcados como " -"«hold» (mantener)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:362 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " -"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " -"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Borra un paquete, incluso si está roto y marcado como " -"de reinstalación requerida. Esto podría causar, por ejemplo, que algunas " -"partes del paquete quedaran en el sistema, pero B<dpkg> se olvidara de ellas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:367 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " -"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " -"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-essential>: Borra, incluso si el paquete se considera esencial. Los " -"paquetes esenciales contienen sobre todo órdenes de Unix muy básicas. " -"Borrarlos podría hacer que el sistema dejara de funcionar en absoluto, así " -"que use esta opción con cuidado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:370 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." -msgstr "B<depends>: Convierte todos los problemas de dependencias en avisos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:373 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." -msgstr "" -"B<depends-version>: No tiene en cuenta las versiones al comprobar " -"dependencias." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:377 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " -"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." -msgstr "" -"B<conflicts>: Instala, incluso si está en conflicto con otro paquete. Esta " -"opción es peligrosa, dado que generalmente sobreescribirá algunos ficheros." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:382 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " -"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." -msgstr "" -"B<confmiss>: Siempre instala un fichero de configuración perdido. Es " -"peligroso porque no guarda los cambios (el borrado) hechos al fichero." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:387 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confnew>: Si se ha modificado un fichero de configuración, instalar " -"siempre la nueva versión sin preguntar, a menos que se especifique también " -"la opción --force-confdef, en cuyo caso se toma la acción por omisión." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:392 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confold>: Si se ha modificado un fichero de configuración, mantener " -"siempre la versión existente sin preguntar, a menos que también se " -"especifique la opción --force-confdef, en cuyo caso se toma la acción por " -"omisión." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:398 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " -"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " -"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " -"it will use that to decide the final action." -msgstr "" -"B<confdef>: Si se ha modificado un fichero de configuración, elegir siempre " -"la opción por omisión. Si no la hay, parará y preguntará al usuario a no ser " -"que se usen también las opciones B<--force-confnew> o B<--force-confold>, en " -"cuyo caso se usará esta opción para tomar la decisión final." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:401 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." -msgstr "B<overwrite>: Sobreescribe un fichero de un paquete con otro fichero." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:404 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-dir>: Sobreescribe un directorio de un paquete con otro fichero." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:407 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Sobreescribe una versión desviada de un fichero con " -"una no desviada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:410 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." -msgstr "" -"B<architecture>: Procesar incluso si los paquetes no son de la arquitectura " -"adecuada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:413 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> no contiene algunos programas importantes, así que es " -"bastante posible que haya problemas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:416 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." -msgstr "B<not-root>: Intentar la (des)instalación incluso si no se es root." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:419 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-verify>: Instala un paquete incluso si falla la comprobación de " -"autenticidad." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:420 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." -msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paquete>,..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " -"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." -msgstr "" -"Ignora la comprobación de dependencias para los paquetes especificados " -"(realmente, se hacen las comprobaciones, pero se imprimen avisos en vez de " -"abortar el proceso)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"elige el formato de paquetes nuevo o antiguo. Es una opción de B<dpkg-deb>" -"(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " -"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"No lee ni comprueba el contenido del fichero de control mientras se " -"construye el paquete. Es una opción de B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" -msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:437 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " -"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " -"actually modifying anything." -msgstr "" -"Hace todo lo que se supone que debe hacer, pero no realiza ningún cambio. Se " -"utiliza para ver qué ocurriría con las opciones elegidas sin llegar a " -"cambiar nada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " -"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " -"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " -"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de dar la opción B<--no-act> antes del parámetro de acción, o " -"podría acabar con resultados no deseados. P.ej.: B<dpkg --purge foo --no-" -"act> primero purgará el paquete foo y luego intentará purgar el paquete --no-" -"act, ¡aunque probablemente usted esperara que no hiciera nada!)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" -msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " -"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " -"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." -msgstr "" -"Actúa recursivamente sobre todos los ficheros que coincidan con el patrón " -"B<*.deb> que se encuentren en el directorio especificado y todos sus " -"subdirectorios. Puede usarse con las opciones B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, " -"B<--unpack> y B<--avail>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-G>" -msgstr "B<-G>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " -"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." -msgstr "" -"No instala un paquete del que hay ya instalada una versión más nueva. Es lo " -"mismo que B<--refuse-downgrade>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " -"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " -"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " -"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " -"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " -"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " -"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" -"var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Cambia los directorios por omisión. El valor predeterminado para el " -"directorio B<admindir> es I</var/lib/dpkg> y contiene muchos ficheros con " -"información sobre el estado de los paquetes instalados y desinstalados, " -"etc. El valor por omisión de B<instdir> es I</> y se refiere al directorio " -"donde se instalarán los paquetes. También es el directorio pasado a B<chroot>" -"(2) antes de ejecutar los programas de instalación de I<paquete>, lo que " -"significa que éstos verán B<instdir> como directorio raíz. Cambiar B<root> " -"cambia a su vez B<instdir> a I<dir> y B<admindir> a I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" -msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " -"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " -"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " -"deinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Procesa sólo los paquetes que se han elegido para la instalación. La marca " -"en sí la hacen B<dselect> o B<dpkg>, cuando se usa para gestionar paquetes. " -"Por ejemplo, si se borra uno, se marcará como elegido para desinstalar." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" -msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Evita la instalación de un paquete si es la misma versión que ya hay " -"instalada." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " -"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " -"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " -"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " -"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " -"useredited distedited'." -msgstr "" -"Envía el estado del paquete al descriptor de fichero I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Puede " -"usarse varias veces. Las actualizaciones de estado tienen la forma «status: " -"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>»." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" -msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -msgid "" -"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " -"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " -"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " -"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" -"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " -"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" -"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " -"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-debsig>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:495 -msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:496 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHEROS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:497 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuration file with default options." -msgstr "Fichero de configuración con las opciones por omisión." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:504 -msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " -"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." -msgstr "" -"Los otros ficheros listados abajo están en sus directorios por omisión. " -"Véase la opción B<--admindir> para ver cómo cambiar la ruta de estos " -"ficheros." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -#, fuzzy -msgid "List of available packages." -msgstr "Lista de paquetes disponibles." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:516 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " -"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " -"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." -msgstr "" -"Estado de los paquetes disponibles. Este fichero contiene información sobre " -"si un paquete está marcado para borrar o no, si está instalado o no, etc. " -"Véase el apartado B<INFORMACIÓN SOBRE PAQUETES> para más información." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " -"more information about them:" -msgstr "" -"Los siguientes ficheros son componentes de un paquete binario. Véase B<deb>" -"(5) para más información sobre éstos:" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I<control>" -msgstr "I<control>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:521 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I<conffiles>" -msgstr "I<conffiles>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:523 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I<preinst>" -msgstr "I<preinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:525 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I<postinst>" -msgstr "I<postinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:527 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I<prerm>" -msgstr "I<prerm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:529 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I<postrm>" -msgstr "I<postrm>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:532 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -msgstr "VARIABLES DE ENTORNO" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:533 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" -msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " -"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." -msgstr "" -"Defina esta variable si prefiere que B<dpkg> arranque en un intérprete " -"diferente en vez de suspenderse a sí mismo cuando vuelve temporalmente al " -"intérprete de órdenes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<SHELL>" -msgstr "B<SHELL>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." -msgstr "El programa que ejecutará B<dpkg> cuando arranque el nuevo intérprete." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:544 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " -"text. Currently only used by -l." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de columnas que puede usar B<dpkg> para mostrar la " -"información. Por ahora sólo la usa la opción -l." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:545 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "EJEMPLOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:547 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" -msgstr "Para listar los paquetes con «vi» en su nombre:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:549 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:552 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" -msgstr "" -"Para ver las entradas en I</var/lib/dpkg/available> de varios paquetes:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:554 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:557 -msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:559 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" -msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:562 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" -msgstr "Para borrar un paquete instalado llamado «elvis»:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:564 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:569 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " -"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" -msgstr "" -"Para instalar un paquete, primero hay que encontrarlo en la colección de " -"paquetes que queramos. El fichero «available» muestra que el paquete «vim» " -"está en el apartado «editors»:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:572 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" -msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:575 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" -msgstr "Para hacer una copia local de los estados de la selección de paquetes:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:577 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>mis_selecciones>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:581 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" -msgstr "Se podría copiar este fichero a otra máquina e instalarlo allí con:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:584 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>mis_selecciones>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:590 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " -"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " -"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " -"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que esto no instalará ni borrará nada, simplemente " -"modificará el estado de selección de los paquetes escogidos. Necesitará otra " -"aplicación para conseguir los paquetes e instalarlos. Por ejemplo, ejecute " -"B<dselect> y elija «Instalar»." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:593 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " -"to modify the package selection states." -msgstr "" -"Por lo general, encontrará que B<dselect>(8) es una forma más cómoda de " -"modificar los estados de selección de los paquetes." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:595 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" -msgstr "FUNCIONALIDAD ADICIONAL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:598 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " -"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." -msgstr "" -"Se puede ganar funcionalidad adicional instalando alguno de los siguientes " -"paquetes: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:599 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), y B<dpkg-" -"reconfigure>(8)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:609 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FALLOS/RESTRICCIONES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:611 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, la opción B<--no-act> da menos información de la que necesita." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:612 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTORES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:616 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" -"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" -msgstr "" -"El programador original de B<dpkg> fue Ian Jackson, y luego mucha gente fue\n" -"mejorándolo. La lista completa está en B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz>.\n" -"Traducción realizada por Esteban Manchado Velázquez (zoso@demiurgo.org).\n" - -# type: TP -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" - -# type: TP -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages " -#~ "to remove them." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Selecciona paquetes para instalarlos, y quita la " -#~ "selección a paquetes para borrarlos." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DPKG" -#~ msgstr "DPKG" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "April 12, 1998" -#~ msgstr "Febrero 2000" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index c85c2fad..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1805 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 22:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-17 10:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg" -msgstr "dpkg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "09-04-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "suite dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:4 -msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" -msgstr "dpkg - un gestionnaire de paquet pour Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" -msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "WARNING" -msgstr "AVERTISSEMENT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:13 -msgid "" -"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " -"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " -"--help>." -msgstr "" -"Ce manuel est destiné aux utilisateurs qui souhaitent aller au-delà de la " -"commande B<dpkg --help> pour la compréhension des options de la ligne de " -"commande et des états des paquets." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:18 -msgid "" -"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " -"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " -"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." -msgstr "" -"Les responsables de paquet qui veulent comprendre comment B<dpkg> installe " -"leur paquet I<ne doivent pas> l'utiliser. Les descriptions concernant " -"l'installation ou la désinstallation des paquets sont très insuffisantes." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:26 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " -"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " -"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " -"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " -"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " -"some way." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> est un outil pour l'installation, la création, la suppression et la " -"gestion des paquets Debian. B<dselect>(1) est la principale interface à " -"B<dpkg> et la plus agréable pour l'utilisateur. B<dpkg> lui-même est " -"entièrement contrôlé par des paramètres sur la ligne de commande. Une " -"commande comporte exactement une action et zéro ou plusieurs options. Le " -"paramètre «\\ action\\ » dit ce que B<dpkg> doit faire et les options " -"modifient l'action d'une manière ou d'une autre." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:31 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " -"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " -"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" -msgstr "" -"On peut aussi utiliser B<dpkg> comme une interface à B<dpkg-deb>(1). Quand " -"B<dpkg> rencontre les actions suivantes, qui sont des actions de B<dpkg-" -"deb>, il lance simplement B<dpkg-deb> avec les paramètres qui lui ont été " -"fournis\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" -msgstr "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, et\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:42 -msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." -msgstr "" -"Voyez B<dpkg-deb>(1) pour des renseignements supplémentaires sur ces actions." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" -msgstr "RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PAQUETS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " -"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " -"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> conserve des renseignements utiles sur les paquets disponibles. " -"Cette information est divisée en trois classes\\ : les états, les états de " -"la sélection et les drapeaux. La modification de ces valeurs est " -"principalement dévolue à B<dselect>." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE STATES" -msgstr "ÉTATS DES PAQUETS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<installed>" -msgstr "B<installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." -msgstr "Le paquet est dépaqueté et correctement configuré." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-installed>" -msgstr "B<half-installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -msgid "" -"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " -"reason." -msgstr "" -"L'installation du paquet a commencé mais, pour une raison quelconque, ne " -"s'est pas terminée." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<not-installed>" -msgstr "B<not-installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -msgid "The package is not installed on your system." -msgstr "Le paquet n'est pas installé sur le système." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<unpacked>" -msgstr "B<unpacked>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." -msgstr "Le paquet est dépaqueté mais n'est pas configuré." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-configured>" -msgstr "B<half-configured>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -msgid "" -"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " -"completed for some reason." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet est dépaqueté et la configuration a commencé mais, pour une " -"quelconque raison, ne s'est pas terminée." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<config-files>" -msgstr "B<config-files>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." -msgstr "Seuls les fichiers de configuration du paquet existent sur le système." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" -msgstr "ÉTATS DE LA SÉLECTION DES PAQUETS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<install>" -msgstr "B<install>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -msgid "The package is selected for installation." -msgstr "Le paquet est sélectionné pour être installé." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<deinstall>" -msgstr "B<deinstall>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -msgid "" -"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " -"files, except configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet est sélectionné pour être désinstallé (c.-à-d. qu'on veut " -"supprimer tous les fichiers à l'exception des fichiers de configuration)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<purge>" -msgstr "B<purge>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -msgid "" -"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " -"even configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet est sélectionné pour être purgé (c.-à-d. qu'on veut supprimer tous " -"les fichiers même les fichiers de configuration)." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" -msgstr "DRAPEAUX DES PAQUETS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<hold>" -msgstr "B<hold>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -msgid "" -"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " -"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> laisse de côté un paquet marqué B<hold>, à moins qu'il ne soit lancé " -"avec l'option de forçage B<--force-hold>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<reinst-required>" -msgstr "B<reinst-required>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:91 -msgid "" -"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " -"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" -"reinstreq>." -msgstr "" -"Un paquet marqué B<reinst-required> est défectueux et demande une " -"réinstallation. B<dpkg> ne peut supprimer de tels paquets, à moins qu'il ne " -"soit lancé avec l'option de forçage B<--force-reinstreq>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "ACTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<fichier-paquet>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:97 -msgid "" -"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " -"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Installe le paquet. Si l'on donne l' option B<--recursive> ou B<-R>, " -"I<fichier-paquet> doit alors indiquer un répertoire." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:99 -msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "L'installation comporte les étapes suivantes\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:102 -msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." -msgstr "B<1.> Extraction des fichiers de contrôle du nouveau paquet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:106 -msgid "" -"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." -msgstr "" -"B<2.> Quand une ancienne version du même paquet est déjà installée, " -"exécution du script I<prerm> de l'ancien paquet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:109 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<3.> Lancement du script I<preinst>, s'il est fourni par le paquet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:113 -msgid "" -"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " -"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." -msgstr "" -"B<4.> Dépaquetage des nouveaux fichiers et, en même temps, sauvegarde des " -"anciens de manière à pouvoir les restaurer si quelque chose tourne mal." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:120 -msgid "" -"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " -"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " -"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." -msgstr "" -"B<5.> Quand une ancienne version du même paquet est déjà installée, " -"exécution du script I<postrm> de l'ancien paquet. Il faut remarquer que ce " -"script est exécuté après le script I<preinst> du nouveau paquet, parce que " -"les nouveaux fichiers sont écrits dans le même temps que les anciens sont " -"supprimés." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -msgid "" -"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " -"about how this is done." -msgstr "" -"B<6.> Configuration du paquet. Voyez l'action B<--configure> pour savoir " -"comment cela se passe." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<fichier-paquet> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -msgid "" -"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Dépaquète le paquet, mais ne configure rien. Si l'on donne l'option B<--" -"recursive> ou B<-R>, I<fichier-paquet> doit alors indiquer un répertoire." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<paquet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:134 -msgid "" -"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " -"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." -msgstr "" -"Reconfiguration d'un paquet dépaqueté. Si l'on donne l'option B<-a> ou B<--" -"pending> au lieu de I<paquet>, tous les paquets dépaquetés mais non " -"configurés sont configurés." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:136 -msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "La configuration comporte les étapes suivantes\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:141 -msgid "" -"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " -"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." -msgstr "" -"B<1.> Dépaquetage des fichiers de configuration, et dans le même temps " -"sauvegarde des anciens fichiers de configuration, de manière à pouvoir les " -"restaurer si quelque chose se passe mal." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<2.> Exécution du script B<postinst>, s'il est fourni par le paquet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<paquet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:155 -msgid "" -"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " -"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " -"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " -"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " -"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " -"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " -"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." -msgstr "" -"Supprime un paquet installé. L'action B<-r> ou B<--remove> supprime tout " -"sauf les fichiers de configuration. Cela peut éviter la reconfiguration du " -"paquet lors d'une réinstallation. Les fichiers de configuration sont les " -"fichiers répertoriés dans le fichier de contrôle I<debian/conffiles>. " -"L'option B<-P> ou B<--purge> supprime tout, y compris les fichiers de " -"configuration. Si l'on donne l'option B<-a> ou B<--pending> à la place d'un " -"nom de paquet, tous les paquets non dépaquetés, mais qui sont marqués comme " -"devant être supprimés ou purgés dans le fichier I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, " -"sont respectivement supprimés ou purgés." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:157 -msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "La suppression d'un paquet comporte les étapes suivantes\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:160 -msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" -msgstr "B<1.> Lancement du script I<prerm>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:163 -msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" -msgstr "B<2.> Suppression des fichiers installés" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:166 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" -msgstr "B<3.> lancement du script I<postrm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<fichier-Packages>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:176 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " -"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " -"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " -"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " -"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " -"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." -msgstr "" -"Met à jour l'information de B<dpkg> et de B<dselect> sur les paquets " -"disponibles. L'action B<--merge-avail> combine les informations anciennes " -"avec celles qui proviennent du fichier I<fichier-Packages>. L'action B<--" -"update-avail> remplace les informations anciennes par celles qui proviennent " -"du fichier I<fichier-Packages>. Le fichier I<fichier-Packages> distribué " -"avec Debian est appelé simplement I<Packages>. B<dpkg> garde son propre " -"enregistrement des paquets disponibles dans I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -msgid "" -"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " -"B<dselect update>." -msgstr "" -"Pour récupérer et mettre à jour le fichier I<available>, il existe une " -"commande plus simple\\ : B<dselect update>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<fichier-paquet> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " -"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Met à jour l'information de B<dpkg> et de B<dselect> sur les paquets " -"disponibles avec les informations qui proviennent de I<fichier-paquet>. Si " -"l'option B<--recursive> ou B<-R> est donnée, I<fichier-paquet> doit indiquer " -"un répertoire." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." -msgstr "Oublie ce qui concerne les paquets non installés ou non disponibles." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." -msgstr "Efface les renseignements existants sur les paquets disponibles." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " -"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." -msgstr "" -"Recherche les paquets qui n'ont été que partiellement installés sur le " -"système. B<dpkg> suggère une manière de les faire fonctionner." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<paquet-nom-motif>...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -msgid "" -"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " -"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Obtient la liste des sélections des paquets, et l'envoie sur la sortie " -"standard. Sans un motif, les paquets dont le statut est «\\ purge\\ » ne " -"seront pas affichés." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -msgid "" -"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " -"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " -"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " -"with '#' are also permitted." -msgstr "" -"modifie la liste des sélections des paquets en lisant un fichier sur " -"l'entrée standard. Le format de ce fichier doit être de la forme «\\ " -"E<lt>paquetE<gt> E<lt>étatE<gt>\\ », où état vaut «\\ install\\ », «\\ hold" -"\\ », «\\ deinstall\\ » ou «\\ purge\\ ». Les lignes vides ou les lignes de " -"commentaires débutant par «\\ #\\ » sont autorisées." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -msgid "" -"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " -"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " -"packages not in list given to --set-selections." -msgstr "" -"Met l'état de chaque paquet non essentiel à «\\ deinstall\\ ». Il faut " -"utiliser cette option juste avant --set-selections, pour désinstaller les " -"paquets qui ne sont pas affichés par --set-selections." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:215 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " -"still haven't been installed." -msgstr "" -"Recherche les paquets qui ont été sélectionnés pour l'installation, mais qui " -"pour une raison quelconque, ne sont pas encore installés." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -msgid "" -"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." -msgstr "" -"Affiche l'architecture des paquets installés (par exemple, «\\ i386\\ »)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -msgid "" -"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " -"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " -"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " -"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " -"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " -"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " -"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " -"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Compare des numéros de version, où I<op> est un opérateur binaire. B<dpkg> " -"retourne un zéro si la condition spécifiée est vérifiée, et retourne un " -"nombre différent de zéro dans le cas contraire. Il y a deux groupes " -"d'opérateurs\\ ; ils diffèrent par leur façon de traiter l'absence de " -"I<ver1> ou de I<ver2>. Pour les opérateurs suivants, B<lt le eq ne ge gt>, " -"l'absence d'une version est considérée comme inférieure à toute version\\ ; " -"pour les opérateurs B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>, l'absence d'une version est " -"considérée comme supérieure à toute version. Les opérateurs B<E<lt> " -"E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> ne sont fournis que pour la " -"compatibilité avec la syntaxe du fichier de contrôle." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -msgid "" -"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " -"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " -"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." -msgstr "" -"Cette action accepte une série de commandes sur le descripteur du fichier " -"d'entrée B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note\\ : des options supplémentaires définies sur " -"la ligne de commande à travers ce descripteur de fichier ne sont pas " -"redéfinies pour les commandes suivantes qui sont exécutées pendant la même " -"séquence." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -msgid "Display a brief help message." -msgstr "Affiche un court message d'aide." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." -msgstr "Donne des renseignements sur les options B<--force->I<quelque-chose>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -msgid "Give help about debugging options." -msgstr "donne des renseignements sur les options de débogage." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." -msgstr "Affiche la licence de B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." -msgstr "Affiche la version de B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:253 -msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" -"Voyez B<dpkg-deb>(1) pour des renseignements supplémentaires sur les actions " -"suivantes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:273 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" -" Build a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" -" List contents of a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" -" Extract control-information from a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" -" Extract the files contained by package.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" -" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" -" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" -" Debian package.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" -" Show information about a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" -" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" -" package.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<répertoire> [I<nom-de-fichier>]\n" -" Construit un paquet deb.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<nom-de-fichier>\n" -" Liste le contenu d'un paquet deb.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<nom-de-fichier> [I<répertoire>]\n" -" Extrait les informations de contrôle d'un paquet.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<nom-de-fichier répertoire>\n" -" Extrait les fichiers d'un paquet.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<nom-de-fichier> [I<champ de contrôle>] ...\n" -" Affiche le(s) champ(s) de contrôle d'un paquet.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<nom-de-fichier>\n" -" Affiche le contenu du fichier «\\ tar\\ » d'un paquet Debian.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<nom-de-fichier> [I<fichier de contrôle>]\n" -" Affiche des renseignements sur un paquet.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<nom-de-fichier> I<répertoire>\n" -" Extrait et affiche les noms des fichiers d'un paquet.\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:275 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query actions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:278 -msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" -"Voyez B<dpkg-query>(1) pour davantage d'explications sur les actions " -"suivantes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:291 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" -" List packages matching given pattern.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" -" Report status of specified package.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" -" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" -" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" -" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<paquet-nom-motif> ...\n" -" Affiche la liste des paquets qui correspondent au motif.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<paquet-nom> ...\n" -" Donne l'état du paquet indiqué.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<paquet> ...\n" -" Affiche la liste des fichiers installés qui appartiennent\n" -" à B<paquet>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<fichier-recherche-motif> ...\n" -" Recherche un fichier dans les paquets installés.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<paquet>\n" -" Affiche les informations trouvées dans I</var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" -" à propos de I<paquet>.\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:298 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"On peut spécifier une option à la fois sur la ligne de commande et dans le " -"fichier de configuration de dpkg, I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Chaque ligne de ce " -"fichier est soit une option (identique à une option en ligne de commande " -"mais sans tiret), soit un commentaire, commençant par B<#>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:299 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" -msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<nombre>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." -msgstr "" -"Modifie le nombre d'erreurs au delà duquel B<dpkg> s'arrête. il est par " -"défaut égal à 50." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" -msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -msgid "" -"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " -"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " -"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " -"package." -msgstr "" -"Quand un paquet est supprimé, il peut arriver qu'un paquet installé " -"dépendait du paquet supprimé. En spécifiant cette option, on obtient la " -"déconfiguration automatique du paquet qui dépendait du paquet supprimé." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" -msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:314 -msgid "" -"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " -"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " -"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." -msgstr "" -"Demande de débogage. I<octal> est formé en faisant un «\\ ou\\ » logique " -"entre des valeurs souhaitées appartenant à la liste ci-dessous (notez que " -"ces valeurs pourront changer dans les prochaines versions). B<-Dh> ou B<--" -"debug=help> affiche ces valeurs de débogage." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" number description\n" -" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" -" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" -" 10 Output for each file processed\n" -" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" -" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" -" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" -" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" -" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" -" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" -" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" -msgstr "" -" nombre description\n" -" 1 Informations de progression \n" -" en général utiles\n" -" 2 Appel et état des scripts du développeur\n" -" 10 Sortie pour chaque fichier traité\n" -" 100 De nombreuses sorties pour chaque fichier\n" -" traité\n" -" 20 Sortie pour chaque fichier de configuration\n" -" 200 De nombreuses sorties pour chaque fichier\n" -" de configuration\n" -" 40 Dépendances et conflits\n" -" 400 De nombreuses sorties pour les dépendances\n" -" et les conflits\n" -" 1000 Beaucoup de radotage à propos du répertoire\n" -" dpkg/info \n" -" 2000 Quantité stupide de radotage\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" -msgstr "B<--force->I<quelque-chose> | B<--no-force->I<quelque-chose> | B<--refuse->I<quelque-chose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:333 -msgid "" -"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " -"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" -"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " -"forced by default." -msgstr "" -"Forcer ou refuser (B<no-force> et B<refuse> signifient la même chose) de " -"faire quelque chose. I<quelque-chose> est une liste d'actions séparées par " -"des virgules, décrites ci-après. B<--force-help> affiche un message qui les " -"décrit. Les actions marquées d'un (*) sont forcées par défaut." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:337 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " -"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " -"system.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Avertissement\\ : Ces options sont principalement destinées aux experts. " -"Un usage auquel manque la pleine compréhension de leurs effets peut casser " -"le système entier.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:340 -msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." -msgstr "B<all>\\ : Met en oeuvre (ou pas) toutes les options de forçage." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:343 -msgid "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"B<downgrade>(*)\\ : Installe un paquet, même si une version plus récente du " -"paquet est déjà installée." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:350 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " -"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " -"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " -"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " -"with care.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Avertissement\\ : Pour l'instant, dpkg ne recherche pas les dépendances " -"lors d'un retour à une version inférieure d'un paquet\\\\ ; il ne vous " -"préviendra pas si la version choisie casse les dépendances d'un autre " -"paquet. Cela peut avoir de sérieuses conséquences\\ ;\\ et si l'on revient à " -"des versions antérieures des programmes essentiels du système, cela peut " -"rendre votre système inutilisable. N'utiliser qu'avec précaution.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:354 -msgid "" -"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " -"which the current package depends." -msgstr "" -"B<configure-any>\\ : Configure aussi les paquets dépaquetés mais non " -"configurés dont dépend le paquet en question." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:357 -msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." -msgstr "B<hold>\\ : Traite même les paquets marqués « à garder » (« hold »)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:362 -msgid "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " -"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " -"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-reinstreq> : Supprime un paquet, même défectueux et marqué comme " -"demandant une réinstallation. Il se peut, dès lors, que des éléments du " -"paquet restent dans le système et soient oubliés par B<dpkg>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:367 -msgid "" -"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " -"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " -"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-essential> : supprime un paquet même s'il est considéré comme " -"indispensable. Les paquets «\\ Essential\\ » comportent les commandes Unix " -"les plus fondamentales et les enlever peut casser le système entier. Il faut " -"utiliser cette option avec prudence." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:370 -msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." -msgstr "" -"B<depends>\\ : Change tous les problèmes de dépendance en avertissements." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:373 -msgid "" -"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." -msgstr "" -"B<depends-version>\\ : Ignore les versions dans les questions de dépendance." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:377 -msgid "" -"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " -"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." -msgstr "" -"B<conflicts>\\ : Installe un paquet, même s'il est en conflit avec un autre " -"paquet. C'est dangereux car habituellement cela produit le remplacement de " -"certains fichiers." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:382 -msgid "" -"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " -"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." -msgstr "" -"B<confmiss>\\ : Installe un fichier de configuration manquant. C'est " -"dangereux, puisque cela signifie que les changements apportés au fichier ne " -"seront pas préservés (suppression)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:387 -msgid "" -"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confnew>\\ : Quand un « conffile » a été modifié, toujours installer la " -"nouvelle version et ne rien demander, sauf si l'option B<--force-confdef> " -"est aussi présente, auquel cas l'action par défaut est choisie." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:392 -msgid "" -"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confold>\\ : Quand un « conffile » a été modifié, garder l'ancienne " -"version et ne rien demander, sauf si l'option B<--force-confdef> est aussi " -"présente, auquel cas l'action par défaut est choisie." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:398 -msgid "" -"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " -"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " -"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " -"it will use that to decide the final action." -msgstr "" -"B<confdef>\\ : Utilise toujours l'action par défaut quand un «\\ conffile\\ " -"» a été modifié. Quand il n'y a pas d'action par défaut, la commande " -"s'arrête et interroge l'utilisateur, à moins que l'option B<--force-confnew> " -"ou l'option B<--force-confold> n'ait été donnée, auquel cas elle se sert de " -"ces options pour déterminer ce qu'il faut faire." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:401 -msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." -msgstr "B<overwrite>\\ : Remplace un fichier par un fichier d'un autre paquet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:404 -msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-dir>\\ : Remplace un répertoire par un répertoire d'un autre " -"paquet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:407 -msgid "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>\\ : Remplace un fichier détourné avec une version non " -"détournée." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:410 -msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." -msgstr "B<architecture>\\ : Traite même les paquets d'une autre architecture" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:413 -msgid "" -"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-path>\\ : Programmes importants non visibles par la variable B<PATH>, " -"ce qui va poser des problèmes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:416 -msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." -msgstr "B<not-root>\\ : Tente de (dés)installer même sans être root." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:419 -msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-verify>\\ : Installe un paquet même si la vérification de son " -"authenticité a échoué." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:420 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." -msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paquet>,..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -msgid "" -"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " -"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." -msgstr "" -"Ne tient pas compte de la vérification des dépendances pour les paquets " -"spécifiés (en fait, la vérification est faite mais on ne donne rien d'autre " -"que des avertissements)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -msgid "" -"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionne soit l'ancien format des paquet binaires, soit le nouveau. C'est " -"une option de B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -msgid "" -"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " -"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Ne pas lire ni vérifier le contenu du fichier de contrôle pendant la " -"construction d'un paquet. C'est une option de B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" -msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:437 -msgid "" -"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " -"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " -"actually modifying anything." -msgstr "" -"Faire tout ce qui doit être fait, mais n'écrire aucune modification. On " -"utilise cette option pour voir ce qui se passe sans modifier quoi que ce " -"soit." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -msgid "" -"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " -"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " -"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " -"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous de donner l'option B<--no-act> avant le paramètre action, sinon " -"des résultats fâcheux sont probables. Par exemple, la commande B<dpkg --" -"purge foo --no-act> purge d'abord le paquet foo et essaye ensuite de purger " -"le paquet --no-act, même si vous comptiez qu'elle ne ferait rien du tout." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" -msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -msgid "" -"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " -"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " -"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." -msgstr "" -"Traite récursivement tous les simples fichiers qui correspondent au motif " -"B<*.deb> et qui se trouvent dans les répertoires et sous-répertoires " -"spécifiés. On peut utiliser cette option avec les actions B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--" -"install>, B<--unpack> et B<--avail>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-G>" -msgstr "B<-G>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -msgid "" -"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " -"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." -msgstr "" -"Ne pas installer un paquet si une version plus récente de ce paquet est déjà " -"installée. C'est un alias pour B<--refuse-downgrade>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--root=>I<rep> | B<--admindir=>I<rep> | B<--instdir=>I<rep>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -msgid "" -"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " -"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " -"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " -"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " -"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " -"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " -"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" -"var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Change les répertoires par défaut. B<admindir> est par défaut I</var/lib/" -"dpkg> et contient beaucoup de fichiers qui donnent des informations sur " -"l'état des paquets installés ou non installés, etc. B<instdir> est par " -"défaut I</> et se réfère au répertoire où les paquets doivent être " -"installés. B<instdir> est aussi le répertoire donné à B<chroot>(2) avant que " -"ne soient lancés les scripts d'installation du I<paquet>, ce qui signifie " -"que ces scripts voient B<instdir> comme le répertoire de root. Changer " -"B<root> change B<instdir> en I<rep> et B<admindir> en I<rep>B</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" -msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -msgid "" -"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " -"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " -"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " -"deinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Traiter seulement les paquets qui sont sélectionnés pour l'installation. La " -"sélection est réellement faite par B<dselect> ou par B<dpkg> quand ils " -"manipulent les paquets. Par exemple, quand un paquet est supprimé, il est " -"marqué comme ayant été sélectionné pour une désinstallation." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" -msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -msgid "" -"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Ne pas installer le paquet si la même version du paquet est déjà installée." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -msgid "" -"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " -"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " -"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " -"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " -"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " -"useredited distedited'." -msgstr "" -"Cette action envoie des informations sur l'état d'un paquet au descripteur " -"de fichier I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. On peut répéter l'opération plusieurs fois. La " -"mise à jour d'un état est de la forme\\ : «\\ status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " -"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>\\ ». Une erreur est signalée sous la forme : " -"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message. Un conflit avec un fichier de " -"configuration est signalé sous la forme : status: conffile-prompt: " -"conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" -msgstr "B<--log=>I<fichier>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -msgid "" -"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " -"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " -"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " -"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" -"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " -"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" -"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " -"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." -msgstr "" -"Enregistre la modification de l'état, la mise à jour ou l'action sur " -"I<fichier> au lieu de l'habituel I</var/log/dpkg.log>. Si cette oprion est " -"donnée plusieurs fois, le dernier fichier est utilisé. Les messages " -"d'enregistrement sont de la forme AAAA-MM-JJ HH:MM:SS status E<lt>étatE<gt> " -"E<lt>paquetE<gt> E<lt>version-installéeE<gt> pour les modifications d'état " -"et les mises à jour. Pour une action, où I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> est «\\ install" -"\\ », «\\ upgrade\\ », «\\ remove\\ » ou «\\ purge\\ », le message est de la " -"forme AAAA-MM-JJ HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>paquetE<gt> E<lt>version-" -"installéeE<gt> E<lt>version-disponibleE<gt>. Pour une modification de " -"conffile, le message est de la forme AAAA-MM-JJ HH:MM:SS conffile " -"E<lt>fichierE<gt> E<lt>décisionE<gt> ou E<lt>décisionE<gt> est soit install " -"soit keep." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-debsig>" -msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:495 -msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." -msgstr "Ne pas tenter de vérifier la signature des paquets." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:496 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHIERS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:497 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -msgid "Configuration file with default options." -msgstr "Fichier de configuration contenant les options par défaut." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" -msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:504 -msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." -msgstr "" -"Fichier journal standard. Voyez I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) et l'option B<--" -"log>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -msgid "" -"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " -"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." -msgstr "" -"Les autres fichiers répertoriés ici sont dans leur répertoire par défaut, " -"voyez l'option B<--admindir> pour savoir changer l'emplacement de ces " -"fichiers." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -msgid "List of available packages." -msgstr "Liste des paquets disponibles." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:516 -msgid "" -"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " -"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " -"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." -msgstr "" -"États des paquets disponibles. Ce fichier contient des informations qui " -"permettent de savoir si un paquet est marqué comme devant être supprimé ou " -"pas, devant être installé ou pas, etc. Voyez la section B<RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR " -"LES PAQUETS> pour des informations supplémentaires." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -msgid "" -"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " -"more information about them:" -msgstr "" -"Les fichiers suivants font partie d'un paquet binaire. Voyez B<deb>(5) pour " -"des informations supplémentaires :" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<control>" -msgstr "I<control>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:521 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<conffiles>" -msgstr "I<conffiles>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:523 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<preinst>" -msgstr "I<preinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:525 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postinst>" -msgstr "I<postinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:527 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<prerm>" -msgstr "I<prerm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:529 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postrm>" -msgstr "I<postrm>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:532 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -msgstr "VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:533 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" -msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -msgid "" -"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " -"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." -msgstr "" -"Donnez-lui une valeur si vous préférez que B<dpkg> lance un nouvel " -"interpréteur de commandes plutôt que de s'interrompre, pour faire un appel à " -"l'interpréteur de commandes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<SHELL>" -msgstr "B<SHELL>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." -msgstr "" -"Le programme exécuté par B<dpkg> quand il lance un nouvel interpréteur de " -"commandes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:544 -msgid "" -"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " -"text. Currently only used by -l." -msgstr "" -"Fixe le nombre de colonnes utilisés par B<dpkg> lorsqu'il affiche un texte " -"formaté. Seule l'action B<-l> se sert actuellement de cette variable." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:545 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "EXEMPLES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:547 -msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" -msgstr "Pour afficher les paquets liés au programme B<vi>(1) :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:549 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:552 -msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" -msgstr "" -"Pour voir les entrées de I</var/lib/dpkg/available> concernant deux paquets" -"\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:554 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:557 -msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" -msgstr "Pour rechercher vous-même dans la liste des paquets\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:559 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" -msgstr " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:562 -msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" -msgstr "Pour supprimer le paquet installé elvis\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:564 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:569 -msgid "" -"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " -"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" -msgstr "" -"Pour installer un paquet, vous devez d'abord le trouver dans une archive ou " -"sur un cédérom. Le fichier «\\ available\\ » montre que le paquet vim se " -"trouve dans la section «\\ editors\\ » :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:572 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:575 -msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" -msgstr "Pour faire une copie locale des états de sélection des paquets :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:577 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:581 -msgid "" -"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" -msgstr "" -"Vous pourriez transférer ce fichier sur un autre ordinateur et l'installer " -"de cette manière :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:584 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:590 -msgid "" -"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " -"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " -"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " -"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." -msgstr "" -"On remarquera que cela n'installe ou ne supprime rien du tout\\ ; cela ne " -"fait que déterminer l'état de sélection des paquets. Vous aurez besoin " -"d'autres applications pour transférer et installer réellement les paquets " -"requis. Par exemple, exécutez B<dselect> et choisissez Install." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:593 -msgid "" -"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " -"to modify the package selection states." -msgstr "" -"Habituellement, vous trouverez que B<dselect>(1) fournit une façon plus " -"aisée de modifier les états de sélection des paquets." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" -msgstr "FONCTIONNALITÉS SUPPLÉMENTAIRES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:598 -msgid "" -"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " -"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." -msgstr "" -"D'autres possibilités sont offertes en installant les paquets suivants\\ : " -"I<apt>, I<aptitude> et I<debsums>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:599 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:608 -msgid "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) et B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:609 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BOGUES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:611 -msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." -msgstr "L'option B<--no-act> ne donne pas assez d'informations utiles." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:612 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTEURS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:616 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" -"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Voyez le fichier I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> pour la \n" -"liste des personnes qui ont contribué à B<dpkg>.\n" - -# type: TP -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you " -#~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "C'est le nom de l'ancien fichier de configuration quand on démarre un " -#~ "shell pour examiner un fichier de configuration modifié\\ ; sa valeur est " -#~ "donnée par B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file " -#~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "C'est le nom de la nouvelle version du fichier de configuration quand on " -#~ "démarre un interpréteur de commandes pour examiner un fichier de " -#~ "configuration modifié\\ ; sa valeur est donnée par B<dpkg>." - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages " -#~ "to remove them." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "B<auto-select>(*)\\ : Sélectionne les paquets pour l'installation, ou la " -#~ "désinstallation." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DPKG" -#~ msgstr "DPKG" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index a1539e75..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1723 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg.1.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 22:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 21:18+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg" -msgstr "dpkg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "2006-04-09" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg suite" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:4 -msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" -msgstr "dpkg - Debian パッケージマネージャ" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" -msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "WARNING" -msgstr "警告" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:13 -msgid "" -"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " -"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " -"--help>." -msgstr "" -"このマニュアルは、B<dpkg> のコマンドライン・オプションやパッケージ状態につい" -"て、B<dpkg --help> で得られる情報よりもさらに詳細に理解したい利用者のために" -"書かれたものである。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:18 -msgid "" -"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " -"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " -"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." -msgstr "" -"パッケージ管理者は、B<dpkg> がどのようにパッケージをインストールするのかを理" -"解するという目的では、このマニュアルをI<読まない>ほうがよい。パッケージをイ" -"ンストールするときや削除するときの B<dpkg> の動作に関する記述は、特に不充分" -"である。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:26 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " -"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " -"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " -"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " -"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " -"some way." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> は、Debian パッケージの、インストール、構築、削除、管理をするための" -"ツールである。B<dselect>(1) は、B<dpkg> の代表的なフロントエンドで、より" -"ユーザフレンドリなツールである。B<dpkg> は、コマンドライン引き数によって完全" -"に制御することができる。コマンドライン引き数は、1 つのアクションと、0 個以上" -"のオプションとで構成される。アクションパラメータは、B<dpkg> に何をさせるのかを指定し、オ" -"プションはそのアクションのふるまいを制御する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:31 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " -"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " -"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" -msgstr "" -"また、B<dpkg> は B<dpkg-deb>(1) のフロントエンドとしても使うことができる。以下" -"のアクションは B<dpkg-deb> のアクションであり、B<dpkg> にこれらを引き数とし" -"て与えると、B<dpkg-deb> に同じ引き数を与えて起動する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" -msgstr "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>,\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:42 -msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." -msgstr "これらのアクションについては、B<dpkg-deb>(1) にくわしい情報がある。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" -msgstr "パッケージに関する情報" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " -"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " -"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> は、いくつかの利用可能なパッケージに関する有用な情報を管理している。" -"この情報は、B<パッケージ状態>、B<パッケージ選択状態>、そしてB<フラグ>の 3 つに" -"分類できる。これらの値は主に B<dselect> によって変更される。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE STATES" -msgstr "パッケージ状態" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<installed>" -msgstr "B<installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." -msgstr "パッケージの展開と設定が完了している。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-installed>" -msgstr "B<half-installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -msgid "" -"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " -"reason." -msgstr "" -"パッケージのインストールは開始しているが、何らかの理由で完了していない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<not-installed>" -msgstr "B<not-installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -msgid "The package is not installed on your system." -msgstr "パッケージはシステムにインストールされていない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<unpacked>" -msgstr "B<unpacked>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." -msgstr "パッケージは展開されたが、設定はされていない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-configured>" -msgstr "B<half-configured>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -msgid "" -"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " -"completed for some reason." -msgstr "" -"パッケージは展開され、設定も開始しているが何らかの理由によって完了していな" -"い。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<config-files>" -msgstr "B<config-files>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." -msgstr "パッケージの設定ファイルだけが存在している。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" -msgstr "パッケージ選択状態" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<install>" -msgstr "B<install>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -msgid "The package is selected for installation." -msgstr "パッケージはインストールするように選択されている。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<deinstall>" -msgstr "B<deinstall>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -msgid "" -"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " -"files, except configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"パッケージは deinstallation するように選択されている(設定ファイルを除くすべ" -"てのファイルを削除したい)。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<purge>" -msgstr "B<purge>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -msgid "" -"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " -"even configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"パッケージは purge するように選択されている(設定ファイルも含めたすべてのファ" -"イルを削除したい)。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" -msgstr "パッケージフラグ" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<hold>" -msgstr "B<hold>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -msgid "" -"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " -"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." -msgstr "" -"パッケージは B<hold> (変更禁止)されている。これは B<--force-hold> で強制しな" -"い限り B<dpkg> で扱わないということである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<reinst-required>" -msgstr "B<reinst-required>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:91 -msgid "" -"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " -"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" -"reinstreq>." -msgstr "" -"パッケージは B<reinst-required> されている。これは、壊れている状態でインス" -"トールされていて、再インストールが要求されているということである。このパッ" -"ケージは B<--force-reinstreq> で強制しない限り、削除することができない。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "アクション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:97 -msgid "" -"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " -"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"指定したパッケージをインストールする。もし B<--recursive> または B<-R> オプ" -"ションを指定する場合、I<package_file> に、参照するディレクトリを指定しなけれ" -"ばならない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:99 -msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "インストールは、以下の手順で構成されている。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:102 -msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." -msgstr "B<1.> インストールするパッケージの制御ファイルを取り出す。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:106 -msgid "" -"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." -msgstr "" -"B<2.> もし同じパッケージの別のバージョンがすでにインストール済みの場合、新し" -"いパッケージのインストールの前に、インストール済みのパッケージの I<prerm> ス" -"クリプトを実行する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:109 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "" -"B<3.> もしパッケージが I<preinst> スクリプトを提供している場合、それを実行す" -"る。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:113 -msgid "" -"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " -"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." -msgstr "" -"B<4.> 新しいファイルを展開する。同時に、失敗したときに元に戻せるように、古い" -"ファイルを保存する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:120 -msgid "" -"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " -"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " -"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." -msgstr "" -"B<5.> もし同じパッケージの別のバージョンがすでにインストール済みの場合、先に" -"インストールされていたパッケージの I<postrm> を実行する。このスクリプトが、" -"新しいパッケージの I<preinst> の後に実行されることに注意すること。これは、新" -"しいファイルが書き込まれるのと同時に古いファイルが削除されるためである。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -msgid "" -"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " -"about how this is done." -msgstr "" -"B<6.> パッケージの設定をする。これがどのように実行されるか、 B<--configure> " -"の項にくわしい情報がある。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -msgid "" -"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"パッケージを展開する、しかし" -"設定はしない。もし B<--recursive> または B<-R> オプションを指定する場合、" -"I<Package_file> に、参照するディレクトリを指定しなければならない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:134 -msgid "" -"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " -"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." -msgstr "" -"展開済みのパッケージを再設定する。もし、B<-a> または B<--pending> を指定した" -"場合、まだ設定されていない展開済みのすべてのパッケージを設定する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:136 -msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "設定は、以下の手順で構成されている。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:141 -msgid "" -"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " -"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." -msgstr "" -"B<1.> 設定ファイルを展開する。同時に、失敗したときに元に戻せるように、古い設" -"定ファイルを保存する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "" -"B<2.> もしパッケージが I<postinst> スクリプトを提供している場合、それを実行す" -"る。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:155 -msgid "" -"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " -"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " -"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " -"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " -"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " -"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " -"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." -msgstr "" -"インストール済みのパッケージを削除する。" -"B<-r> または B<--remove> は、設定ファイルを除いたすべてを削除" -"する。" -"こうすることで、後で再インストールしたときに再設定をしなくてよくなる" -"(設定ファイルの一覧は、I<debian/conffiles> コントロールファイルにある)。" -"B<-P> または B<--purge> は、設定ファイルを含むすべてを削除する。" -"引き数" -"として、パッケージ名の代わりに B<-a> または B<--pending> が指定された場合に" -"は、I</var/lib/dpkg/status> ファイルで remove または purge のマークを持つすべての" -"展開済みパッケージを、それぞれ remove または purge する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:157 -msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "パッケージの削除は以下の手順で構成されている。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:160 -msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" -msgstr "B<1.> I<prerm> スクリプトを実行する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:163 -msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" -msgstr "B<2.> インストールしたファイルを削除する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:166 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" -msgstr "B<3.> I<postrm> スクリプトを実行する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:176 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " -"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " -"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " -"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " -"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " -"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> や B<dselect> が管理する利用可能なパッケージの情報を更新する。B<--" -"merge-avail> アクションは、古い情報に I<Packages-file> の情報を組み合わせ" -"る。B<--update-avail> アクションは、古い情報を I<Packages-file> の情報で置" -"き換える。Debian と一緒に配布されている I<Packages-file> の名前は簡単に " -"I<Packages> である。B<dpkg> は、利用可能なパッケージの情報を I</var/lib/dpkg/" -"available> に記録する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -msgid "" -"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " -"B<dselect update>." -msgstr "" -"I<available> ファイルの取得と更新を行なう、もっとも簡単なコマンドは " -"B<dselect update> である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " -"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> や B<dselect> が管理する利用可能なパッケージの情報を、" -"I<package_file> パッケージからの情報で更新する。もし B<--recursive> または " -"B<-R> オプションを指定する場合、I<Package_file> に、参照するディレクトリを指" -"定しなければならない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." -msgstr "インストールされていなくて利用可能でないパッケージの情報を消去する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." -msgstr "利用可能なパッケージの情報を消去する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " -"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." -msgstr "" -"インストールが完了していないパッケージを探す。B<dpkg> はインストールを完了さ" -"せるためにどうすればよいかを提案する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -msgid "" -"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " -"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." -msgstr "パッケージ選択リストを標準出力に書き出す。" -"パターンを指定しない場合、purge 状態のパッケージは表示されない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -msgid "" -"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " -"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " -"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " -"with '#' are also permitted." -msgstr "パッケージ選択リストを標準入力から読み込んで設定する。" -"ファイルの形式は 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>' でなければならない。" -"state は、install、hold、deinstall または purge のいずれかである。" -"空行や、行が '#' で始まるコメント行を使用してもよい。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -msgid "" -"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " -"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " -"packages not in list given to --set-selections." -msgstr "" -"essential でないパッケージすべての選択状態を deinstall にする。" -"--set-selections に与えるリストにないパッケージを deinstall するため、" -"--set-selections の直前に使うためのものである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:215 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " -"still haven't been installed." -msgstr "" -"インストールするために選択されたが、何らかの理由でまだインストールされていな" -"いパッケージを探す。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -msgid "" -"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." -msgstr "B<dpkg> のインストールするアーキテクチャ(例えば、\"i386\")を表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -msgid "" -"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " -"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " -"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " -"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " -"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " -"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " -"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " -"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"二項演算子 I<op> で 2 つのバージョンを比較する。B<dpkg> の返り値は、指定した条" -"件を満たすなら成功(0)、そうでなければ失敗(0 以外)となる。演算子は 2 つのグループ" -"に分かれる。これは I<ver1> か I<ver2> が欠けているときのふるまいの違いによ" -"る。B<lt le eq ne ge gt> は、欠けているバージョンがどれよりも古いとみなす。" -"B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl> は、欠けているバージョンがどれよりも新しいとみな" -"す。B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> は、control ファイルの" -"文法との互換性のためだけに提供されている。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -msgid "" -"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " -"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " -"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." -msgstr "" -"ファイル記述子 B<E<lt>nE<gt>> から一連のコマンドをうけいれる。注意: 追加のオプ" -"ションはコマンドラインとこのファイル記述子を通じて指定でき、一回の実行を通じて" -"それらがリセットされることはない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -msgid "Display a brief help message." -msgstr "簡単なオプション一覧を表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." -msgstr "B<--force->I<thing> オプション一覧を表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -msgid "Give help about debugging options." -msgstr "デバッグ用オプション一覧を表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." -msgstr "B<dpkg> のライセンスを表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." -msgstr "B<dpkg> のバージョン情報を表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:253 -msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "以下のアクションのくわしい情報は B<dpkg-deb>(1) を参照すること。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:273 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" -" Build a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" -" List contents of a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" -" Extract control-information from a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" -" Extract the files contained by package.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" -" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" -" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" -" Debian package.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" -" Show information about a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" -" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" -" package.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" -" deb パッケージを構築する。\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" -" deb パッケージに含まれるファイル一覧を表示する。\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" -" パッケージから制御情報を取り出す。\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" -" パッケージに含まれるファイルをすべて取り出す。\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" -" パッケージの制御フィールドを表示する。\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" -" Debian パッケージに含まれる tar ファイルを表示する。\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" -" パッケージに関する情報を表示する。\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" -" パッケージに含まれるファイルを展開し、ファイル名を表示する。\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:275 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query actions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:278 -msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "以下のアクションの詳細は、B<dpkg-query>(1) を参照すること。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:291 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" -" List packages matching given pattern.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" -" Report status of specified package.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" -" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" -" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" -" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" -" 指定したパターンにマッチする名前のパッケージを表示する。\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" -" 指定したパッケージの状態を報告する。\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" -" B<package> パッケージによってシステムにインストールされたファイルを表示する。\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" -" 指定したファイルがどのパッケージからインストールされたか検索する。\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" -" I</var/lib/dpkg/available> にある I<package> の詳細情報を表示する。\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:298 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"すべてのオプションは、コマンドラインや、B<dpkg> の設定ファイルである I</etc/" -"dpkg/dpkg.cfg> で指定できる。" -"設定ファイルの各行は、(先頭のダッシュが無いこと以外はコマンドライン" -"オプションと全く同じ)オプションか、(行頭が B<#> の)コメントである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:299 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" -msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." -msgstr "B<dpkg> の処理を中断させるエラー数を変更する。デフォルトは 50 である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" -msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -msgid "" -"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " -"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " -"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " -"package." -msgstr "" -"パッケージを削除するとき、削除するパッケージに依存した別のパッケージがインス" -"トールされている場合がある。このオプションを指定すると、削除するパッケージに依存" -"しているパッケージの設定を取り消す。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" -msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:314 -msgid "" -"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " -"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " -"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." -msgstr "" -"デバッグモードにする。 I<octal> は、以下の一覧から望む値をビットごとの論理和" -"で組み合わせたものである(これらの値は、将来のリリースでは変更される可能性が" -"あるので注意すること)。B<-Dh> または B<--debug=help> はこれらの値を表示す" -"る。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" number description\n" -" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" -" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" -" 10 Output for each file processed\n" -" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" -" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" -" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" -" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" -" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" -" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" -" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" -msgstr "" -" 数値 説明\n" -" 1 一般的に役に立つ進行状況\n" -" 2 管理スクリプトの呼び出し状況と状態\n" -" 10 各ファイル処理の情報\n" -" 100 各ファイル処理の大量の情報\n" -" 20 各設定ファイルの情報\n" -" 200 各設定ファイルの大量の情報\n" -" 40 依存関係、競合関係\n" -" 400 依存関係、競合関係の大量の情報\n" -" 1000 dpkg/info ディレクトリなどに関する大量の情報\n" -" 2000 正気でないほどの大量の情報\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" -msgstr "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:333 -msgid "" -"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " -"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" -"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " -"forced by default." -msgstr "" -"指定した I<things> を強制実行する(force)、または拒否する(refuse) (B<no-" -"force> と B<refuse> は同じ意味)。I<things> に、以下の項目をコンマで区切って" -"指定する。B<--force-help> オプションでこれらの説明を表示する。(*)マークのあるもの" -"は、デフォルトで強制実行される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:337 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " -"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " -"system.>" -msgstr "" -"I<警告: これらのオプションは、おもに熟練したユーザだけが使うことを意図したも" -"のである。影響を完全に理解しないままにこれらを使うと、システム全体を壊してし" -"まうかもしれない。>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:340 -msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." -msgstr "B<all>: 全ての強制オプションを指定する(または打ち消す)。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:343 -msgid "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"B<downgrade>(*): より新しいバージョンがすでにインストールされていたとしても、" -"指定したパッケージをインストールする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:350 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " -"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " -"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " -"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " -"with care.>" -msgstr "" -"I<警告: 現在の dpkg は、ダウングレード時にいかなる依存関係のチェックもしな" -"い。そのため、ダウングレードすることで、ほかのパッケージの依存関係を警告な" -"しに壊すかもしれない。これは深刻な副作用となる可能性があり、主要なシステム構" -"成をダウングレードすることでシステムを壊してしまうこともありうる。注意して使" -"用すること。>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:354 -msgid "" -"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " -"which the current package depends." -msgstr "" -"B<configure-any>: 指定したパッケージに依存していて、すでに展開されているが、" -"まだ設定されていないパッケージも一緒に設定をする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:357 -msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." -msgstr "" -"B<hold>: たとえ \"hold\" とマークされていても、そのパッケージの処理をする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:362 -msgid "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " -"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " -"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: 壊れていて、再インストールが必要だとマークされていたとして" -"も、パッケージを削除する。これにより、例えば、パッケージの一部が B<dpkg> に" -"管理されないで残るなどの問題がおこるかもしれない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:367 -msgid "" -"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " -"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " -"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-essential>: essential とされるパッケージであっても削除する。" -"essential パッケージには、たいてい最も基本的な UNIX コマンドが含まれる。これ" -"らのパッケージを削除すると、システム全体が動作しなくなることもあるので、注意" -"して削除すること。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:370 -msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." -msgstr "B<depends>: すべての依存問題を警告に変える。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:373 -msgid "" -"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." -msgstr "B<depends-version>: 依存関係の確認をするとき、バージョンを無視する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:377 -msgid "" -"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " -"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." -msgstr "" -"B<conflicts>: 他のパッケージと競合してもインストールする。たいていはいくつか" -"ファイルを上書きすることになるため、危険である。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:382 -msgid "" -"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " -"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." -msgstr "" -"B<confmiss>: 常に、欠けている設定ファイルをインストールする。このオプション" -"は、変更(ファイルを削除したこと)を保存しないため、危険である。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:387 -msgid "" -"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confnew>: 設定ファイルが変更されていた場合、問い合わせなしに新しいバージョ" -"ンの設定ファイルをインストールする。ただし、B<--force-confdef> を同時に指定" -"した場合は、デフォルトの動作が優先される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:392 -msgid "" -"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confold>: 設定ファイルが変更されていた場合、問い合わせなしに古いバージョン" -"の設定ファイルを保持する。ただし、B<--force-confdef> を同時に指定した場合" -"は、デフォルトの動作が優先される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:398 -msgid "" -"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " -"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " -"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " -"it will use that to decide the final action." -msgstr "" -"B<confdef>: 設定ファイルが変更されていた場合、常にデフォルトの動作をする。デ" -"フォルトの動作がなく、B<--force-confnew> と B<--force-confold> のどちらも同時" -"に指定していない場合、ユーザに尋ねるために中断する。指定している場合は、指定" -"されたオプションによって最終的な動作が決まる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:401 -msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite>: あるパッケージで提供されているファイルを、インストールするパッ" -"ケージのファイルで上書きする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:404 -msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-dir>: あるパッケージで提供されているディレクトリを、インストールす" -"るパッケージのファイルで上書きする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:407 -msgid "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: 退避(divert した)版のファイルを非退避(divert していな" -"い)版のファイルで上書きする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:410 -msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." -msgstr "" -"B<architecture>: パッケージが間違ったアーキテクチャ用であっても処理をする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:413 -msgid "" -"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-path>: 重要なプログラムが B<PATH> に含まれていなくても実行する。問題が" -"起きる可能性は高い。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:416 -msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." -msgstr "" -"B<not-root>: root でないときでも、それをインストール(または削除)しようと試み" -"る。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:419 -msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." -msgstr "B<bad-verify>: 信頼性チェックに失敗してもインストールする。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:420 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." -msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -msgid "" -"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " -"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." -msgstr "" -"指定したパッケージに関する依存関係の確認を無視する(実際は、依存関係を確認" -"し、競合に対して警告メッセージを出して、アクションを実行する)。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -msgid "" -"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"パッケージのフォーマットが新しいか古いかを指定する。これは B<dpkg-deb>(1) の" -"オプションである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -msgid "" -"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " -"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"パッケージを構築するときに、制御ファイルの内容も読まず、確認もしない。これ" -"は B<dpkg-deb>(1) のオプションである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" -msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:437 -msgid "" -"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " -"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " -"actually modifying anything." -msgstr "" -"期待される動作をすべて実行するが、どのような変更も書き込まない。これは、実際" -"にはシステムに何の変更も加えずに、指定したアクションで何がおこるのかを確認す" -"るためのものである。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -msgid "" -"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " -"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " -"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " -"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" -msgstr "" -"オプション B<--no-act> は、必ずアクションパラメータより前に与えること。さもなくば、望" -"ましくない結果が起きる可能性がある(例えば、システムに何も変更を加えるつも" -"りがないのに、 B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> を実行すると、" -"最初にパッケージ foo を本当に purge し、次にパッケージ --no-act を " -"purge しようとする、ということになる)。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" -msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -msgid "" -"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " -"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " -"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." -msgstr "" -"指定したディレクトリを再帰的に検索し、みつけた B<*.deb> というパターンにマッ" -"チするファイルをすべて扱う。これは、B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> " -"そして B<--avail> アクションとともに使うことができる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-G>" -msgstr "B<-G>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -msgid "" -"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " -"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." -msgstr "" -"インストール済みのパッケージのほうがバージョンが新しければ、インストールしな" -"い。これは B<--refuse-downgrade> の別名である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -msgid "" -"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " -"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " -"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " -"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " -"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " -"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " -"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" -"var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトのディレクトリを変更する。B<admindir> はインストール済みのパッケー" -"ジやインストールされていないパッケージの状態に関する情報などを提供する、多数" -"のファイルが格納されているディレクトリで、デフォルトは I</var/lib/dpkg> であ" -"る。B<instdir> はパッケージをインストールするときに参照されるディレクトリ" -"で、デフォルトは I</> である。また、B<instdir> は、パッケージのインストール" -"スクリプトが実行される前に B<chroot>(2) するディレクトリのパスである。つま" -"り、スクリプトは B<instdir> をルートディレクトリとみなす。B<root> を変更す" -"ると、B<instdir> を I<dir> に、B<admindir> を I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg> に変更す" -"る。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" -msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -msgid "" -"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " -"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " -"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " -"deinstallation." -msgstr "" -"インストール(または削除)作業をするように選択したパッケージのみを処理する。実" -"際の指定は、B<dselect> や B<dpkg> を使って行なう。例えば、あるパッケージが削" -"除されるのは、そのパッケージが削除されるよう選択されているということである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" -msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -msgid "" -"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"すでに同じバージョンのパッケージがインストールされていたら、インストールしな" -"い。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -msgid "" -"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " -"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " -"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " -"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " -"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " -"useredited distedited'." -msgstr "" -"ファイル記述子 I<E<lt>nE<gt>> にパッケージ状態の情報を送る。これは複数与えるこ" -"とができる。状態の情報は `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>' の形式" -"である。" -"エラーは `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message' として報告される。" -"設定ファイルの衝突は `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited' として報告される。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" -msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -msgid "" -"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " -"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " -"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " -"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" -"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " -"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" -"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " -"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." -msgstr "" -"状態の変更やアクションの記録を、デフォルトの I</var/log/dpkg.log> から I<filename> に変更する。" -"このオプションを複数回指定した場合は、最後のファイル名が使われる。" -"ログメッセージは次の形式である。" -"`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' は状態の変更。" -"`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' はアクションで、I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> は install、upgrade、remove、purge のいずれか。" -"`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' は設定ファイルの変更で、I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> は install か keep のどちらかである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-debsig>" -msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:495 -msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." -msgstr "パッケージの署名を確認しない。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:496 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "ファイル" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:497 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -msgid "Configuration file with default options." -msgstr "オプションのデフォルト値を記述する設定ファイル。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" -msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:504 -msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." -msgstr "デフォルトのログファイル(I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) と B<--log> オプションも参照)。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -msgid "" -"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " -"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." -msgstr "" -"以下に示すファイルはデフォルトの値である。どのようにしてファ" -"イルの位置を変更するかについては、B<--admindir> オプションの項を参照するこ" -"と。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -msgid "List of available packages." -msgstr "使用できるパッケージの一覧。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:516 -msgid "" -"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " -"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " -"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." -msgstr "" -"使用できるパッケージの状態。このファイルは、パッケージに削除のマークがあるかどう" -"か、インストール済みかどうか、などの情報が含まれている。くわしくは、B<パッ" -"ケージに関する情報>の項を参照すること。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -msgid "" -"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " -"more information about them:" -msgstr "" -"以下のファイルはバイナリパッケージを構成するファイルである。これらのファイル" -"に関するくわしい情報は、B<deb>(5) を参照すること。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<control>" -msgstr "I<control>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:521 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<conffiles>" -msgstr "I<conffiles>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:523 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<preinst>" -msgstr "I<preinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:525 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postinst>" -msgstr "I<postinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:527 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<prerm>" -msgstr "I<prerm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:529 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postrm>" -msgstr "I<postrm>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:532 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -msgstr "環境変数" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:533 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" -msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -msgid "" -"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " -"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." -msgstr "" -"任意の値で定義すると、シェルエスケープをしたときに B<dpkg> 自体を一時停止" -"(suspend)するのではなく、新しいシェルを起動する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<SHELL>" -msgstr "B<SHELL>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." -msgstr "B<dpkg> が新しいシェルを起動するときに、実際に起動するプログラム。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:544 -msgid "" -"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " -"text. Currently only used by -l." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> が整形テキストを表示する時に参照するコラム数。現在は -l オプションで" -"のみ参照されている。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:545 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "例" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:547 -msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" -msgstr "B<vi>(1) エディタに関連のあるパッケージの一覧を表示する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:549 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:552 -msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" -msgstr "2 つのパッケージの I</var/lib/dpkg/available> にある項目を表示する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:554 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:557 -msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" -msgstr "自分でパッケージのリストから検索する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:559 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" -msgstr " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:562 -msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" -msgstr "elvis パッケージを削除する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:564 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:569 -msgid "" -"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " -"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" -msgstr "" -"パッケージをインストールするには、まずそのパッケージをアーカイブや CDROM から" -"探す必要がある。\"available\" ファイルによれば、vim パッケージは \"editors\" " -"セクションに属している。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:572 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:575 -msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" -msgstr "パッケージ選択状況のコピーを作成する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:577 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:581 -msgid "" -"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" -msgstr "このファイルをほかのコンピュータに転送して、インストールする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:584 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:590 -msgid "" -"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " -"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " -"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " -"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." -msgstr "" -"これは実際にはインストールも削除もしないことに注意。これは単に要求している" -"パッケージの選択状態を設定するだけである。実際に要求しているパッケージをダウ" -"ンロードしインストールするには別のアプリケーションが必要である。例えば、" -"B<dselect> を起動して、\"導入(Install)\" を選べばよい。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:593 -msgid "" -"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " -"to modify the package selection states." -msgstr "" -"通常、パッケージの選択状態を変更するには B<dselect>(1) を使用するほうが便利" -"である。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" -msgstr "機能の追加" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:598 -msgid "" -"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " -"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." -msgstr "I<apt>、I<aptitude>、I<debsums> パッケージをインストールすると便利な機能を追加できる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:599 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:608 -msgid "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:609 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "バグ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:611 -msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." -msgstr "B<--no-act> の提供する情報はたいていの場合、不充分である。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:612 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "著者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:616 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" -"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> に貢献した人のリストは B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> に\n" -"挙げてある。\n" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index f665a9f3..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1908 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.19\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 22:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-04 23:10+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg" -msgstr "dpkg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "2006-04-09" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:4 -msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" -msgstr "dpkg - mened¿er pakietów Debiana" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SK£ADNIA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" -msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opcje>] I<dzia³anie>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "WARNING" -msgstr "UWAGA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:13 -msgid "" -"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " -"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " -"--help>." -msgstr "" -"Ten podrêcznik jest przeznaczony dla u¿ytkowników, którzy chc± poznaæ opcje " -"programu B<dpkg> oraz chc± dowiedzieæ siê o pakietach wiêcej ni¿ podaje to " -"B<dpkg --help>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:18 -msgid "" -"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " -"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " -"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." -msgstr "" -"Ten podrêcznik I<nie> wyja¶nia technicznych szczegó³ów, np. w jaki sposób " -"B<dpkg> instaluje lub usuwa swoje pakiety, gdy¿ jest to dla przeciêtnego " -"u¿ytkownika zupe³nie nieistotne." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:26 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " -"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " -"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " -"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " -"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " -"some way." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> to ¶redniego poziomu narzêdzie do instalowania, tworzenia, usuwania " -"oraz zarz±dzania pakietami systemu Debian. Podstawowym i bardziej przyjaznym " -"u¿ytkownikowi narzêdziem-nak³adk± B<dpkg> jest B<dselect>(1). Sam B<dpkg> " -"jest obs³ugiwany z linii komend poprzez podanie jednego dzia³ania oraz " -"opcjonalnie dodatkowych opcji. Parametr dzia³anie okre¶la, co B<dpkg> ma " -"zrobiæ, a dodatkowe opcje modyfikuj± to dzia³anie." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:31 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " -"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " -"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> mo¿e byæ tak¿e u¿yty jako nak³adka na B<dpkg-deb>. Wymienione " -"poni¿ej parametry zostan± przekazane z B<dpkg> do B<dpkg-deb>:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" -msgstr "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract> oraz\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:42 -msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." -msgstr "Dzia³ania te s± opisane w osobnym podrêczniku do B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" -msgstr "INFORMACJE O PAKIETACH" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " -"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " -"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> zarz±dza informacjami o dostêpnych pakietach. Informacje zosta³y " -"podzielone na trzy klasy: B<stan bie¿±cy>, B<stan wyboru> oraz B<flagê>. " -"Warto¶ci te mog± zostaæ zmienione za pomoc± programu B<dselect>." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE STATES" -msgstr "STAN BIE¯¡CY PAKIETÓW" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<installed>" -msgstr "B<installed (zainstalowany)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." -msgstr "Pakiet jest rozpakowany i poprawnie skonfigurowany." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-installed>" -msgstr "B<half-installed (wpó³zainstalowany)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -msgid "" -"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " -"reason." -msgstr "" -"Instalacja pakietu zosta³a rozpoczêta, ale niedokoñczona z pewnych powodów." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<not-installed>" -msgstr "B<not-installed (niezainstalowany)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -msgid "The package is not installed on your system." -msgstr "Pakiet nie jest zainstalowany w systemie." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<unpacked>" -msgstr "B<unpacked (rozpakowany)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." -msgstr "Pakiet jest rozpakowany, ale nie skonfigurowany." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-configured>" -msgstr "B<half-configured (wpó³skonfigurowany)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -msgid "" -"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " -"completed for some reason." -msgstr "" -"Pakiet jest rozpakowany, a konfiguracja zosta³a rozpoczêta, ale " -"niedokoñczona z pewnych powodów." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<config-files>" -msgstr "B<config-files (pliki-konfiguracyjne)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." -msgstr "Tylko pliki konfiguracyjne pakietu zosta³y w systemie." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" -msgstr "STAN WYBORU PAKIETÓW" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<install>" -msgstr "B<install (instalacja)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -msgid "The package is selected for installation." -msgstr "Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do zainstalowania." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<deinstall>" -msgstr "B<deinstall (deinstalacja)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -msgid "" -"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " -"files, except configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do odinstalowania (to znaczy, ¿e chcemy skasowaæ " -"wszystkie pliki pakietu, oprócz plików konfiguracyjnych)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<purge>" -msgstr "B<purge (wyczyszczenie)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -msgid "" -"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " -"even configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do wyczyszczenia (to znaczy, ¿e chcemy skasowaæ " -"wszystko, w³±cznie z plikami konfiguracyjnymi)." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" -msgstr "FLAGI PAKIETÓW" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<hold>" -msgstr "B<hold (wstrzymanie)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -msgid "" -"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " -"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." -msgstr "" -"Pakiet oznaczony jako B<wstrzymany> nie jest obs³ugiwany przez B<dpkg>, " -"chyba ¿e u¿yje siê opcji B<--force-hold>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<reinst-required>" -msgstr "B<reinst-required (konieczna-reinstalacja)>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:91 -msgid "" -"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " -"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" -"reinstreq>." -msgstr "" -"Pakiet oznaczony jako B<konieczna-reinstalacja> jest uszkodzony i wymaga " -"reinstalacji. Taki pakiet nie mo¿e zostaæ usuniêty, chyba ¿e u¿yje siê opcji " -"B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "DZIA£ANIA" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<plik_pakietu>..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:97 -msgid "" -"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " -"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Instalacja pakiet. Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, " -"I<plik_pakietu> musi oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:99 -msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Instalacja sk³ada siê z nastêpuj±cych kroków:" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:102 -msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." -msgstr "B<1.> Rozpakowanie plików kontrolnych nowego pakietu." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:106 -msgid "" -"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." -msgstr "" -"B<2.> Je¶li inna wersja tego samego pakietu jest ju¿ zainstalowana, " -"uruchomienie skryptu I<prerm> starego pakietu." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:109 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<3.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<preinst>, je¶li pakiet go zawiera." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:113 -msgid "" -"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " -"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." -msgstr "" -"B<4.> Rozpakowanie nowych plików, ale przechowanie starych na wypadek, gdyby " -"instalacja siê nie powiod³a i trzeba by je odzyskaæ." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:120 -msgid "" -"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " -"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " -"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." -msgstr "" -"B<5.> Je¶li inna wersja tego samego pakietu by³a poprzednio zainstalowana, " -"uruchomienie skryptu I<postrm> starego pakietu. Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ten " -"skrypt jest uruchamiany po skrypcie I<preinst> nowego pakietu, poniewa¿ nowe " -"pliki s± zapisywane w tym samym czasie, gdy stare s± kasowane." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -msgid "" -"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " -"about how this is done." -msgstr "" -"B<6.> Konfiguracja pakietu. Bardziej szczegó³owe informacje zawarto przy " -"opisie parametru B<--configure>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<plik_pakietu> ..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -msgid "" -"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Rozpakowanie pakietu, ale nie konfigurowanie go. Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja " -"B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, I<plik_pakietu> musi oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<pakiet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:134 -msgid "" -"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " -"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." -msgstr "" -"Ponowne konfigurowanie rozpakowanego pakietu. Je¶li zamiast nazwy I<pakietu> " -"zosta³a podana opcja B<-a> lub B<--pending>, rekonfiguracja obejmie " -"wszystkie rozpakowane ale nie skonfigurowane pakiety." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:136 -msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Konfigurowanie sk³ada siê z nastêpuj±cych kroków:" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:141 -msgid "" -"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " -"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." -msgstr "" -"B<1.> Rozpakowanie nowych plików konfiguracyjnych, ale przechowanie starych " -"na wypadek, gdyby konfigurowanie siê nie powiod³o i trzeba by je odzyskaæ." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<2.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<postinst>, je¶li pakiet go zawiera." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B< --purge >I<pakiet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:155 -msgid "" -"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " -"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " -"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " -"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " -"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " -"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " -"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." -msgstr "" -"Usuwanie zainstalowanych pakietów. Parametr B<-r> lub B<--remove> powoduje " -"usuniêcie wszystkich plików oprócz plików konfiguracyjnych. Pozwala to " -"unikn±æ powtórnej konfiguracji, gdyby pakiet by³ znów instalowany pó¼niej. " -"(Pliki konfiguracyjne s± wymienione w pliku kontrolnym I<debian/conffiles> " -"pakietu). Parametr B<-P> lub B<--purge> usuwa wszystko, ³±cznie z plikami " -"konfiguracyjnymi. Je¶li zamiast nazwy pakietu zosta³a podana opcja B<-a> lub " -"B<--pending>, usuniête lub wyczyszczone zostan± wszystkie pakiety " -"rozpakowane i wybrane w pliku I</var/lib/dpkg/status> jako przeznaczone do " -"usuniêcia lub wyczyszczenia." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:157 -msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Usuniêcie pakietu sk³ada siê z nastêpuj±cych kroków:" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:160 -msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" -msgstr "B<1.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<prerm>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:163 -msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" -msgstr "B<2.> Usuniêcie zainstalowanych plików" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:166 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" -msgstr "B<3.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<postrm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<plik_pakietów>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:176 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " -"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " -"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " -"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " -"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " -"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." -msgstr "" -"Zaktualizowanie bazy danych programu B<dpkg> oraz B<dselect> o dostêpnych " -"pakietach. Opcja B<--merge-avail> powoduje, ¿e poprzednie informacje s± " -"³±czone z nowymi z I<pliku_pakietów>. Opcja B<--update-avail> powoduje " -"zast±pienie starych informacji nowymi z I<pliku_pakietów>. I<Plik_pakietów> " -"dystrybuowany razem z systemem Debian nazywa siê po prostu I<Packages>. " -"B<dpkg> przechowuje informacje o dostêpnych pakietach w pliku I</var/lib/" -"dpkg/available>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -msgid "" -"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " -"B<dselect update>." -msgstr "" -"Szybsz± opcj± zaktualizowania pliku I<available> jest uruchomienie polecania " -"B<dselect update>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<plik_pakietu> ..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " -"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Zaktualizowanie bazy danych programu B<dpkg> oraz B<dselect> o dostêpnych " -"pakietach, uwzglêdniaj±c informacje zawarte w pakiecie I<plik_pakietu>. " -"Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, I<plik_pakietu> musi " -"oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." -msgstr "" -"Skasowanie informacji o wszystkich niezainstalowanych i niedostêpnych " -"pakietach." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." -msgstr "Skasowanie informacji o dostêpnych pakietach." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " -"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." -msgstr "" -"Wyszukanie pakietów, które zainstalowane s± w systemie tylko czê¶ciowo. " -"B<dpkg> zasugeruje, co mo¿na zrobiæ z tymi pakietami, aby w pe³ni dzia³a³y." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu>...]" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -msgid "" -"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " -"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Pobranie listy wybranych pakietów i wyrzucenie jej na stdout. Je¿eli nie " -"podano wzorca, to nie zostan± wy¶wietlone pakiety, które s± w stanie do-" -"wyczyszczenia (purge). " - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -msgid "" -"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " -"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " -"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " -"with '#' are also permitted." -msgstr "" -"Ustawia wybór pakietów u¿ywaj±c pliku przeczytanego ze standardowego " -"wej¶cia. Plik ten powinien byæ w nastêpuj±cym formacie 'E<lt>pakietE<gt> " -"E<lt>stanE<gt>', gdzie stan jest jednym z install, hold, deinstall lub " -"purge. Dozwolone s± tak¿e linie puste i linie komentarza - zaczynaj±ce siê " -"od '#'." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -msgid "" -"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " -"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " -"packages not in list given to --set-selections." -msgstr "" -"Oznacza wszystkie pakiety nie bêd±ce pakietami niezbêdnymi (essential) jako " -"przeznaczone do usuniêcia. Opcja ta powinna byæ u¿yta bezpo¶rednio przed --" -"set-selections, aby usun±æ wszystkie pakiety nie wymienione w --set-" -"selections." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:215 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " -"still haven't been installed." -msgstr "" -"Wyszukanie pakietów przeznaczonych do zainstalowania, które z pewnych " -"powodów nie mog³y zostaæ zainstalowane." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." -msgstr "Podanie wersji GNU docelowej architektury (na przyk³ad \"i386\")." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<wersja1 op wersja2>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -msgid "" -"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " -"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " -"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " -"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " -"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " -"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " -"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " -"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Porównanie numerów wersji, gdzie I<op> jest operatorem binarnym. B<dpkg> " -"zwróci prawdê (rezultat zerowy), gdy warunek zostanie spe³niony, lub zwróci " -"fa³sz (rezultat niezerowy) - w przeciwnym razie. Istniej± dwie grupy " -"operatorów, w zale¿no¶ci od tego, w jaki sposób traktuje siê pusty numer " -"I<wersji1> lub I<wersji2>. Operatory, dla których pusty numer wersji oznacza " -"wersjê wcze¶niejsz± ni¿ dowolna: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Operatory, dla " -"których pusty numer wersji oznacza wersjê pó¼niejsz± ni¿ dowolna: B<lt-nl le-" -"nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Operatory istniej±ce, aby zachowaæ kompatybilno¶æ z plikiem " -"kontrolnym: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -msgid "" -"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " -"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " -"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." -msgstr "" -"Wykonuje listê poleceñ odczytywanych z deskryptora pliku B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. " -"Uwaga: dodatkowe opcje ustawione w linii komend oraz przez polecenia " -"odczytane z tego deskryptora pliku nie s± czyszczone dla kolejnych poleceñ " -"wykonywanych podczas tego samego przebiegu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -msgid "Display a brief help message." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie krótkiego komunikatu pomocy." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie opisu opcji B<--force->I<dzia³anie>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -msgid "Give help about debugging options." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie opisu opcji debuggera." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie licencji B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o wersji B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:253 -msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" -"Zajrzyj do B<dpkg-deb>(1), aby poznaæ pe³ny opis nastêpuj±cych dzia³añ." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:273 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" -" Build a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" -" List contents of a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" -" Extract control-information from a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" -" Extract the files contained by package.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" -" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" -" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" -" Debian package.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" -" Show information about a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" -" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" -" package.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<katalog> [I<nazwa-pliku>]\n" -" Zbudowanie pakietu deb.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<nazwa-pliku>\n" -" Podanie zawarto¶ci pakietu deb.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<nazwa-pliku> [I<katalog>]\n" -" Rozpakowanie plików kontrolnych z pakietu.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<nazwa-pliku katalog>\n" -" Rozpakowanie plików zawartych w pakiecie.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<nazwa-pliku> [I<pola-kontrolne>] ...\n" -" Podanie informacji z pól kontrolnych pakietu.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<nazwa-pliku>\n" -" Podanie na stdout archiwum tar, które zawiera pakiet Debiana.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<nazwa-pliku> [I<plik-kontrolny>]\n" -" Podanie informacji o pakiecie.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<nazwa-pliku> I<katalog>\n" -" Rozpakowanie pakietu i podanie nazw plików, które zawiera pakiet.\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:275 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:278 -msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" -"Proszê przeczytaæ B<dpkg-query>(8), aby uzyskaæ szczegó³owe informacje o " -"nastêpuj±cych dzia³aniach." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:291 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" -" List packages matching given pattern.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" -" Report status of specified package.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" -" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" -" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" -" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<wzorzec-nazw-pakietów> ...\n" -" Wy¶wietla pakiety pasuj±ce do wzorca.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<nazwa-pakietu> ...\n" -" Wy¶wietla informacje o stanie danego pakietu.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<pakiet> ...\n" -" Wy¶wietla listê plików zainstalowanych w systemie przez pakiet B<pakiet>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazw-plików> ...\n" -" Wyszukuje nazwy plików w zainstalowanych pakietach.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<pakiet>\n" -" Wy¶wietla szczegó³owe informacje na temat I<pakietu>, pochodz±ce z\n" -" pliku I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCJE" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:298 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Wszystkie opcje mog± byæ podane zarówno w linii poleceñ, jak i w pliku " -"konfiguracyjnym I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> programu B<dpkg>. Ka¿da linia tego " -"pliku jest albo opcj± (dok³adnie tak± sam± jak opcja linii poleceñ, ale bez " -"pocz±tkowych my¶lników), albo komentarzem (je¿eli zaczyna siê od B<#>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:299 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" -msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<liczba>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." -msgstr "" -"Zmiana ilo¶ci b³êdów, po których dpkg zaprzestanie dzia³ania. Domy¶lna " -"warto¶æ to 50." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" -msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -msgid "" -"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " -"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " -"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " -"package." -msgstr "" -"Gdy pakiet jest usuwany, mo¿liwa jest sytuacja, ¿e kolejny zainstalowany " -"pakiet jest zale¿ny od tego usuwanego. Podanie tej opcji spowoduje " -"automatyczne dekonfigurowanie pakietów, które s± zale¿ne od usuwanego." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" -msgstr "B<-D>I<oktal>B< | --debug=>I<oktal>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:314 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " -"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " -"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." -msgstr "" -"W³±czenie trybu debuggera. I<oktal> jest liczb± ósemkow± zale¿n± od ¿±danych " -"opcji debuggera (te warto¶ci mog± ulec zmianie w przysz³o¶ci). Parametr B<-" -"Dh> lub B<--debug=help> wy¶wietla te warto¶ci." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" number description\n" -" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" -" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" -" 10 Output for each file processed\n" -" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" -" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" -" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" -" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" -" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" -" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" -" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" -msgstr "" -" numer opis\n" -" 1 Ogólnie przydatne informacje o postêpie\n" -" 2 Wywo³anie i stan skryptów kontrolnych\n" -" 10 Informacje o ka¿dym przetwarzanym pliku\n" -" 100 Wiêcej informacji o ka¿dym przetwarzanym pliku\n" -" 20 Informacje o ka¿dym pliku konfiguracyjnym\n" -" 200 Wiêcej informacji o ka¿dym pliku konfiguracyjnym\n" -" 40 Zale¿no¶ci i konflikty\n" -" 400 Wiêcej informacji o zale¿no¶ciach i konfliktach\n" -" 1000 Mnóstwo informacji m.in. o plikach info z bazy danych dpkg\n" -" 2000 Reszta szczegó³owych informacji\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" -msgstr "B<--force->I<dzia³anie> | B<--no-force->I<dzia³anie> | B<--refuse->I<dzia³anie>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:333 -msgid "" -"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " -"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" -"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " -"forced by default." -msgstr "" -"Wymu¶ (B<--force->) wykonanie pewnych dzia³añ lub pozostaw domy¶lny sposób " -"(B<no-force> i B<refuse> oznaczaj± to samo) wykonania dzia³añ. I<dzia³anie> " -"to rozdzielona przecinkami lista dzia³añ. B<--force-help> wy¶wietla opis " -"tych dzia³añ. Dzia³ania oznaczone przez (*) s± domy¶lnie wymuszone." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:337 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " -"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " -"system.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Ostrze¿enie: Te opcje s± zwykle przeznaczone wy³±cznie dla do¶wiadczonych " -"u¿ytkowników. U¿ycie ich bez pe³nego zrozumienia efektu dzia³ania mo¿e " -"spowodowaæ uszkodzenie systemu.>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:340 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." -msgstr "B<all> W³±cza (lub wy³±cza) wszystkie opcje typu \"force\"." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:343 -msgid "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Zainstalowanie pakietu, nawet gdy nowsza jego wersja jest " -"ju¿ zainstalowana." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:350 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " -"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " -"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " -"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " -"with care.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Ostrze¿enie: W chwili obecnej dpkg nie sprawdza zale¿no¶ci podczas " -"instalowania starszej wersji pakietu i dlatego nie wypisze ostrze¿enia, " -"je¿eli zainstalowanie starszej wersji popsuje zale¿no¶ci innych pakietów. " -"Instalowania starszych wersji niezbêdnych (essential) pakietów mo¿e " -"spowodowaæ, i jest to powa¿ny skutek uboczny, ¿e Twój system nie bêdzie siê " -"nadawa³ do u¿ytku. Proszê u¿ywaæ tej opcji ostro¿nie.>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:354 -msgid "" -"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " -"which the current package depends." -msgstr "" -"B<configure-any>: Skonfigurowanie wszystkich rozpakowanych ale nie " -"skonfigurowanych pakietów, od których jest zale¿ny bie¿±cy pakiet." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:357 -msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." -msgstr "" -"B<hold>: Dzia³anie obejmie tak¿e pakiety oznaczone jako \"wstrzymane" -"\" (hold)." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:362 -msgid "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " -"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " -"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Usuniêcie pakietu, nawet wtedy gdy jest uszkodzony i " -"wymaga przeinstalowania. Mo¿e to spowodowaæ pozostawienie czê¶ci pakietu w " -"systemie, gdy¿ B<dpkg> zapomni o niej." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:367 -msgid "" -"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " -"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " -"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-essential>: Usuniêcie pakietu, nawet wtedy gdy jest on uznany za " -"niezbêdny (essential). Pakiety niezbêdne zawieraj± podstawowe polecenia " -"Uniksa. Usuniêcie ich mo¿e spowodowaæ, ¿e system przestanie dzia³aæ. Nale¿y " -"zachowaæ szczególn± ostro¿no¶æ przy u¿yciu tej opcji." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:370 -msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." -msgstr "" -"B<depends>: Zamiana wszystkich problemów z zale¿no¶ciami na ostrze¿enia." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:373 -msgid "" -"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." -msgstr "" -"B<depends-version>: Zignorowanie problemów z numerami wersji przy " -"sprawdzaniu zale¿no¶ci." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:377 -msgid "" -"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " -"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." -msgstr "" -"B<conflicts>: Instalacja, nawet gdy pakiet powoduje konflikt z innym. " -"Powstaæ mo¿e niebezpieczeñstwo nadpisania plików z innego pakietu, dlatego " -"nale¿y zachowaæ ostro¿no¶æ przy u¿yciu tej opcji." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:382 -msgid "" -"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " -"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." -msgstr "" -"B<confmiss>: Zawsze bêd± instalowane brakuj±ce pliki konfiguracyjne. " -"U¿ywanie tej opcji mo¿e byæ niebezpieczne, poniewa¿ nie zachowuje to zmiany " -"dokonanej na pliku (czyli jego usuniêcia)." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:387 -msgid "" -"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confnew>: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, zainstalowana " -"zostanie jego nowa wersja bez pytania, chyba ¿e u¿yto równie¿ opcji B<--" -"force-confdef>, co spowoduje wykonanie domy¶lnej akcji." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:392 -msgid "" -"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confold>: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, stara wersja " -"zostanie zachowana bez pytania, chyba ¿e u¿yto równie¿ opcji B<--force-" -"confdef>, co spowoduje wykonanie domy¶lnej akcji." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:398 -msgid "" -"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " -"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " -"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " -"it will use that to decide the final action." -msgstr "" -"B<confdef>: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, wybrane zostanie " -"domy¶lne dzia³anie. Je¿eli nie okre¶lono domy¶lnej akcji, u¿ytkownik " -"zostanie poproszony o dokonanie wyboru. Podanie dodatkowo opcji B<--force-" -"confnew> lub B<--force-confold> zdecyduje o dalszym dzia³aniu." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:401 -msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite>: Nadpisanie plików z innych pakietów, w przypadku gdy dany plik " -"wystêpuje tak¿e w innym pakiecie." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:404 -msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-dir> Nadpisanie katalogów z innych pakietów, w przypadku gdy " -"dany katalog wystêpuje tak¿e w innym pakiecie." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:407 -msgid "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Nadpisanie plików ominiêtych plikami nieominiêtymi." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:410 -msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." -msgstr "B<architecture>: Dzia³anie obejmie pakiety z niepoprawn± architektur±." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:413 -msgid "" -"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-path>: Zignorowanie braku pewnych programów w ¶cie¿ce zmiennej " -"systemowej B<PATH>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:416 -msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." -msgstr "" -"B<not-root>: Próba (de)instalacji, gdy dpkg nie jest uruchamiany z konta " -"root." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:419 -msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-verify>: Instalowanie pakietu, nawet je¿eli nie powiedzie siê " -"sprawdzenie jego autentyczno¶ci." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:420 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." -msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<pakiet>,..." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -msgid "" -"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " -"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." -msgstr "" -"Zignorowanie sprawdzania zale¿no¶ci od podanych pakietów (a ¶ci¶lej rzecz " -"bior±c, sprawdzanie siê odbywa, ale w przypadku konfliktów wy¶wietlane jest " -"tylko ostrze¿enie)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -msgid "" -"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Wybór pomiêdzy nowym i starym formatem binarnym pakietu. Ta opcja jest " -"przes³ana do B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -msgid "" -"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " -"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Brak sprawdzania zawarto¶ci pliku kontrolnego podczas budowania pakietu. Ta " -"opcja jest przes³ana do B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" -msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:437 -msgid "" -"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " -"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " -"actually modifying anything." -msgstr "" -"Podejmowane dzia³ania nie powoduj± ¿adnych zmian. Ta opcja jest u¿yteczna, " -"gdy potrzeba sprawdziæ, czy dzia³anie siê wykona, ale bez powodowania zmian " -"czegokolwiek." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -msgid "" -"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " -"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " -"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " -"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" -msgstr "" -"Opcjê B<--no-act> nale¿y podaæ jako pierwszy parametr, gdy¿ w przeciwnym " -"razie mo¿na otrzymaæ niespodziewane efekty. (np. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-" -"act> wyczy¶ci pakiet foo, a nastêpnie spróbuje wyczy¶ciæ pakiet o nazwie --" -"no-act, mimo ¿e najprawdopodobniej spodziewa³e¶ siê, ¿e takie polecenie nic " -"nie zrobi)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" -msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -msgid "" -"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " -"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " -"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." -msgstr "" -"Dzia³anie obejmie wszystkie pliki B<*.deb> z podanego katalogu, wraz z " -"podkatalogami tego katalogu. Ta opcja mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta wraz z B<-i>, B<-A>, " -"B<--install>, B<--unpack> oraz B<--avail>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-G>" -msgstr "B<-G>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " -"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." -msgstr "" -"Nieinstalowanie pakietu, je¶li nowszy jest ju¿ zainstalowany w systemie. " -"Jest to dok³adnie to samo co B<--refuse-downgrade>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--root=>I<katalog> | B<--admindir=>I<katalog> | B<--instdir=>I<katalog>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " -"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " -"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " -"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " -"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " -"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " -"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" -"var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Zmiana domy¶lnych katalogów. B<admindir> to domy¶lnie I</var/lib/dpkg>, " -"gdzie przechowywane s± informacje o stanie pakietów, itp. B<instdir> to " -"domy¶lnie I</> i oznacza katalog w którym zostan± zainstalowane pliki. " -"B<instdir> oznacza równie¿ katalog na którym zostanie wykonane polecenie " -"B<chroot>(2) przed wykonaniem skryptów kontrolnych pakietu. Oznacza to, ¿e " -"skrypty bêd± uwa¿aæ katalog B<instdir> za swój katalog g³ówny. Zmiana " -"katalogu B<root> na I<katalog> spowoduje zmianê katalogu B<instdir> na " -"I<katalog>, a katalogu B<admindir> na I<katalog>B</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" -msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -msgid "" -"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " -"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " -"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " -"deinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Dzia³anie obejmuje wy³±cznie pakiety wybrane do instalacji. Wybór mo¿e " -"zostaæ dokonany przez polecenie B<dselect> lub B<dpkg>, gdy wykonuje " -"operacje na pakietach. Na przyk³ad pakiet usuwany jest zaznaczany jako " -"wybrany do odinstalowania." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" -msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -msgid "" -"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Nieinstalowanie pakietu, je¶li o tej samej wersji jest ju¿ zainstalowany w " -"systemie." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " -"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " -"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " -"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " -"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " -"useredited distedited'." -msgstr "" -"Wysy³a do deskryptora pliku I<E<lt>nE<gt>> informacje o stanie pakietów. Ta " -"opcja mo¿e byæ podana wiele razy. Informacje przesy³ane s± w nastêpuj±cej " -"postaci: `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. B³êdy s± raportowane " -"jako `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: rozszerzony-komunikat-b³êdu'. Konflikty " -"plików konfiguracyjnych s± raportowane jako `status: conffile-prompt: " -"conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" -msgstr "B<--log=>I<nazwa-pliku>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " -"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " -"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " -"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" -"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " -"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" -"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " -"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." -msgstr "" -"Zapisuje informacje o zmianach stanu i akcjach do pliku logu I<nazwa-pliku>, " -"zamiast do domy¶lnego pliku I</var/log/dpkg.log>. Je¿eli tê opcjê podano " -"kilka razy, brany jest pod uwagê plik podany w ostatniej opcji. Komunikaty " -"logu s± w postaci`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>statusE<gt> E<lt>pakietE<gt> " -"E<lt>wersja-zainstalowanaE<gt>' dla zmian stanu; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS " -"E<lt>akcjaE<gt> E<lt>pakietE<gt> E<lt>wersja-instalowanaE<gt> E<lt>wersja-" -"dostêpnaE<gt>' dla akcji, gdzie I<E<lt>akcjaE<gt>> jest jedn± z install " -"(instalacja), upgrade (aktualizacja), remove (usuwanie), purge (czyszczenie) " -"oraz `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>nazwa-plikuE<gt> E<lt>decyzjaE<gt>' " -"dla zmian plików konfiguracyjnych, gdzie I<E<lt>decyzjaE<gt>> to albo " -"install (instalacja nowej wersji), albo keep (zachowanie poprzedniej wersji)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-debsig>" -msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:495 -msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." -msgstr "Nie próbuje weryfikowaæ sygnatur pakietu." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:496 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "PLIKI" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:497 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cf>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -msgid "Configuration file with default options." -msgstr "Plik konfiguracyjny zawieraj±cy domy¶lne opcje." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" -msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:504 -msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." -msgstr "Domy¶lny plik logu (patrz I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) i opcja B<--log>)." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -msgid "" -"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " -"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." -msgstr "" -"Pozosta³e pliki wymienione poni¿ej odnosz± siê do swoich domy¶lnych " -"katalogów. Opcja B<--admindir> mo¿e zmieniæ lokalizacjê tych plików." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -msgid "List of available packages." -msgstr "Lista dostêpnych pakietów." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:516 -msgid "" -"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " -"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " -"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." -msgstr "" -"Stan dostêpnych pakietów. Ten plik zawiera informacje o tym, czy dany pakiet " -"jest wybrany do skasowania, czy jest zainstalowany, itp. Te informacje s± " -"opisane w sekcji B<INFORMACJE O PAKIETACH>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -msgid "" -"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " -"more information about them:" -msgstr "" -"Poni¿sze pliki s± czê¶ci± sk³adow± pakietów binarnych. Wiêcej informacji o " -"nich mo¿na znale¼æ w B<deb>(5)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<control>" -msgstr "I<control>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:521 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<conffiles>" -msgstr "I<conffiles>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:523 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<preinst>" -msgstr "I<preinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:525 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postinst>" -msgstr "I<postinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:527 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<prerm>" -msgstr "I<prerm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:529 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postrm>" -msgstr "I<postrm>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:532 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -msgstr "ZMIENNE ¦RODOWISKA" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:533 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" -msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -msgid "" -"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " -"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." -msgstr "" -"Zdefiniuj tê zmienn±, je¶li chcesz, aby B<dpkg> uruchomi³ now± sesjê pow³oki " -"zamiast usuwaæ B<dpkg> w t³o, gdy potrzeba wykonaæ co¶ w pow³oce." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<SHELL>" -msgstr "B<SHELL>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." -msgstr "" -"Program uruchamiany przez B<dpkg>, gdy trzeba uruchomiæ now± sesjê pow³oki." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:544 -msgid "" -"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " -"text. Currently only used by -l." -msgstr "" -"Ustawia liczbê kolumn u¿ywanych przez B<dpkg> w czasie wy¶wietlania " -"sformatowanego tekstu. Obecnie u¿ywane tylko przez opcjê -l." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:545 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "PRZYK£ADY" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:547 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietlenie wszystkich pakietów mog±cych byæ zwi±zanymi z edytorem vi:" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:549 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:552 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietlenie informacji z pliku I</var/lib/dpkg/available> o dwóch pakietach:" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:554 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:557 -msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" -msgstr "Samodzielne przeszukanie informacji o pakietach:" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:559 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" -msgstr " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:562 -msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" -msgstr "Wykasowanie zainstalowanego pakietu elvis:" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:564 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:569 -msgid "" -"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " -"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" -msgstr "" -"Aby zainstalowaæ pakiet, nale¿y wpierw znale¼æ go w archiwum lub na CDROM. " -"Plik \"available\" pokazuje, ¿e pakiet vim jest w sekcji \"editors\":" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:572 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:575 -msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" -msgstr "Aby stworzyæ kopiê lokalnie wybranych pakietów:" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:577 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>mojepakiety>\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:581 -msgid "" -"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" -msgstr "" -"Ten plik mo¿na przenie¶æ do innego systemu i zainstalowaæ te pakiety poprzez:" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:584 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>mojepakiety>\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:590 -msgid "" -"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " -"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " -"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " -"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." -msgstr "" -"Nale¿y zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ta opcja nie powoduje zainstalowania lub usuniêcia " -"czegokolwiek, ale tylko zapisuje, ¿e pewne pakiety s± wybrane do " -"zainstalowania b±d¼ usuniêcia. Do ¶ci±gniêcia i zainstalowania tych pakietów " -"trzeba u¿yæ innego programu. Na przyk³ad mo¿na uruchomiæ B<dselect> i wybraæ " -"opcjê \"Install\"." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:593 -msgid "" -"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " -"to modify the package selection states." -msgstr "" -"Zwyczajowo do wyboru pakietów s³u¿y B<dselect>(1), który daje wiêksze " -"mo¿liwo¶ci zmiany ich stanu." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" -msgstr "DODATKOWA FUNKCJONALNO¦Æ" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:598 -msgid "" -"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " -"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." -msgstr "" -"Dodatkow± funkcjonalno¶æ mo¿na uzyskaæ, instaluj±c którykolwiek z " -"nastêpuj±cych pakietów: I<apt>, I<aptitude> oraz I<debsums>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:599 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:608 -msgid "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) oraz B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:609 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "B£ÊDY" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:611 -msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." -msgstr "B<--no-act> podaje raczej zbyt ma³o pomocnych informacji." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:612 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTORZY" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:616 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" -"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Plik I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> zawiera listê osób, które przyczyni³y\n" -"siê do rozwoju programu B<dpkg>.\n" - -# type: TP -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you " -#~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zmienna zawieraj±ca nazwê starego pliku konfiguracyjnego, ustawiana przez " -#~ "B<dpkg>, kiedy u¿ytkownik uruchomi pow³okê w celu zbadania zmienionego " -#~ "pliku konfiguracyjnego." - -# type: TP -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file " -#~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zmienna zawieraj±ca nazwê nowej wersji pliku konfiguracyjnego, ustawiana " -#~ "przez B<dpkg>, kiedy u¿ytkownik uruchomi pow³okê w celu zbadania " -#~ "zmienionego pliku konfiguracyjnego." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/pt_BR.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/pt_BR.po deleted file mode 100644 index a703e202..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/pt_BR.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1816 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 22:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg suite" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" -msgstr "dpkg - um gerenciador de pacotes de nível médio para o Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "RESUMO" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" -msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "WARNING" -msgstr "ATENÇÃO" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:13 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " -"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " -"--help>." -msgstr "" -"Este manual é elaborado para usuários que desejam compreender as opções da " -"linha de comando do B<dpkg> e estados de pacotes em mais detalhes que os " -"providos por B<dpkg --help>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:18 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " -"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " -"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." -msgstr "" -"Ele I<não> deve ser usado por mantenedores de pacotes que desejam " -"compreender como o B<dpkg> instalará seus pacotes. As descrições do que o " -"B<dpkg> faz quando está instalando e removendo pacotes são particularmente " -"inadequadas. Para informações detalhadas a esse respeito, por favor, refira-" -"se ao tópico I<Package Management System> do I<debian-faq> no sistema GNU " -"Info. Para infomações sobre a criação de pacotes Debian, veja o tópico " -"I<Debian Package Management Tools> no mesmo documento." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIÇÃO" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:26 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " -"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " -"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " -"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " -"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " -"some way." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> é uma ferramenta de nível médio para instalar, criar, remover e " -"gerenciar pacotes Debian. O front-end primário e mais amigável para o " -"B<dpkg> é o B<dselect>(8). O próprio B<dpkg> é controlado inteiramente " -"através de parâmetros de linha de comando, que consistem exatamente de uma " -"ação e zero ou mais opções. A ação-parâmetro informa ao dpkg o que fazer e " -"as opções controlam o comportamento da ação de alguma maneira." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:31 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " -"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " -"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" -msgstr "" -"O B<dpkg> pode também ser usado como front-end para o B<dpkg-deb>. A seguir " -"estão as ações do B<dpkg-deb>, e se forem encontradas, o B<dpkg> apenas " -"executa o B<dpkg-deb> com os parâmetros dados a ele:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" -msgstr "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, e\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:42 -msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." -msgstr "" -"Por favor, refira-se a B<dpkg-deb>(1) para informações sobre essas ações." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" -msgstr "INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " -"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " -"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"O B<dpkg> mantém algumas informações sobre os pacotes disponíveis. As " -"informações são divididas em três grupos: B<estados>, B<estados de seleção> " -"e B<sinalizadores>. Esses valores são alterados principalmente com o " -"B<dselect>." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE STATES" -msgstr "ESTADOS DOS PACOTES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<installed>" -msgstr "B<installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." -msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-installed>" -msgstr "B<half-installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " -"reason." -msgstr "" -"A instalação do pacote foi iniciada, mas não completada por alguma razão." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<not-installed>" -msgstr "B<not-installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -msgid "The package is not installed on your system." -msgstr "O pacote não está instalado em seu sistema." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<unpacked>" -msgstr "B<unpacked>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." -msgstr "O pacote está descompactado, mas não configurado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-configured>" -msgstr "B<half-configured>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " -"completed for some reason." -msgstr "" -"O pacote está descompactado e sua configuração começou, mas não foi " -"completada por alguma razão." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<config-files>" -msgstr "B<config-files>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." -msgstr "Existem apenas os arquivos de configuração em seu sistema." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" -msgstr "ESTADOS DE SELEÇÃO DOS PACOTES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<install>" -msgstr "B<install>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -msgid "The package is selected for installation." -msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<deinstall>" -msgstr "B<deinstall>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " -"files, except configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"O pacote está selecionado para desinstalação (i.e. queremos remover todos os " -"arquivos, exceto os arquivos de configuração)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<purge>" -msgstr "B<purge>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " -"even configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"O pacote está selecionado para ser eliminado (i.e. queremos excluir tudo, " -"até os arquivos de configuração)." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" -msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<hold>" -msgstr "B<hold>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -msgid "" -"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " -"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." -msgstr "" -"Um pacote marcado como B<hold> não é manipulado pelo B<dpkg>, a menos que " -"ele seja forçado a isso com a opção B<--force-hold>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<reinst-required>" -msgstr "B<reinst-required>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " -"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" -"reinstreq>." -msgstr "" -"Um pacote marcado como B<reinst-required> está quebrado e precisa ser " -"reinstalado. Esses pacotes não podem ser removidos, a menos que isso seja " -"forçado com a opção B<--force-reinstreq>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "AÇÕES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:97 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " -"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Instala o pacote. Se a opção B<--recursive> ou B<-R> for especificada, " -"I<arquivo_do_pacote> precisa se referir a um diretório." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:99 -msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "A instalação consiste dos seguintes passos:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:102 -msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." -msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:106 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." -msgstr "" -"B<2.> Se outra versão do mesmo pacote foi instalada antes da nova " -"instalação, é executado o script I<prerm> do pacote antigo." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:109 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " -"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." -msgstr "" -"B<4.> Os novos arquivos são descompactados, e ao mesmo tempo é feita uma " -"cópia de segurança dos antigos, de forma que se algo sair errado, eles podem " -"ser restaurados." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:120 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " -"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " -"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." -msgstr "" -"B<5.> Se estava instalada uma outra versão do mesmo pacote antes da nova " -"instalação, o script I<postrm> do pacote antigo é executado. Note que esse " -"script é executado depois do script I<preinst> do pacote novo, porque os " -"novos arquivos são gravados ao mesmo tempo que os antigos são removidos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " -"about how this is done." -msgstr "" -"B<6.> O pacote é configurado. Veja B<--configure> para informações " -"detalhadas sobre como isso é feito." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Descompacta o pacote, mas não o configura. Se a opção B<--recursive> ou B<-" -"R> for especificada, I<arquivo_do_pacote> precisa então se referir a um " -"diretório." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:134 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " -"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." -msgstr "" -"Reconfigura um pacote descompactado. Se for especificada a opção B<-a> ou " -"B<--pending> ao invés de I<pacote>, todos os pacotes descompactados mas não " -"configurados são configurados." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:136 -msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "A configuração consiste dos seguintes passos:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:141 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " -"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." -msgstr "" -"B<1.> Os arquivos de configuração são descompactados, e ao mesmo tempo é " -"feita uma cópia de segurança dos arquivos de configuração antigos, de forma " -"que podem ser restaurados se algo sair errado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<2.> O script I<postinst>, se existir no pacote, é executado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:155 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " -"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " -"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " -"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " -"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " -"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " -"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." -msgstr "" -"Remove um pacote instalado. B<-r> ou B<--remove> remove tudo, exceto os " -"arquivos de configuração. Isso pode evitar a necessidade de reconfigurar o " -"pacote se ele for reinstalado depois. (os arquivos de configuração são os " -"listados no arquivo de controle I<debian/conffiles>). B<-P> ou B<--purge> " -"remove tudo, incluindo os arquivos de configuração. Se for dada a opção B<-" -"a> ou B<--pending> ao invés do nome do pacote, então todos os pacotes " -"descompactados, mas marcados para serem removidos ou eliminados (purge) no " -"arquivo I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, são removidos ou eliminados (purge) " -"respectivamente." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:157 -msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "A remoção de um pacote consiste dos seguintes passos:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:160 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" -msgstr "B<1.> O script I<prerm> é executado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:163 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" -msgstr "B<2.> Os arquivos instalados são removidos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:166 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" -msgstr "B<3.> O script I<postrm> é executado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<arquivo-Packages>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:176 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " -"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " -"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " -"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " -"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " -"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." -msgstr "" -"Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão " -"disponíveis. Com a ação B<--merge-avail>, as informações antigas são " -"combinadas as informações do I<arquivo-Packages>. Com a ação B<--update-" -"avail>, as informações antigas são substituídas pelas do I<arquivo-" -"Packages>. O I<arquivo-Packages> distribuído com o Debian é simplesmente " -"nomeado I<Packages>. O B<dpkg> mantém seu registro dos pacotes disponíveis " -"em I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -msgid "" -"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " -"B<dselect update>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " -"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão " -"disponíveis com as informações do pacote I<arquivo_do_pacote>. Se a opção " -"B<--recursive> ou B<-R> for especificada, então I<arquivo_do_pacote> deve se " -"referir a um diretório." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." -msgstr "Despreza informações sobre pacotes não instalados e não disponíveis." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." -msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " -"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." -msgstr "" -"Procura por pacotes que foram apenas parcialmente instalados em seu sistema. " -"O B<dpkg> sugerirá o que fazer com eles para que funcionem." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " -"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." -msgstr "Obtém uma lista de seleção de pacotes e a escreve em stdout." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " -"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " -"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " -"with '#' are also permitted." -msgstr "Configura as seleções de pacotes usando o arquivo lido de stdin." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -msgid "" -"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " -"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " -"packages not in list given to --set-selections." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:215 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " -"still haven't been installed." -msgstr "" -"Procura pacotes que foram selecionados para instalação, mas por alguma razão " -"ainda não foram instalados." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." -msgstr "" -"Mostra a arquitetura alvo (por exemplo, \"i386\"). Essa opção usa o B<gcc>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " -"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " -"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " -"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " -"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " -"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " -"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " -"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Compara números de versão, onde I<op> é um operador binário. O B<dpkg> " -"retorna com successo (resultado zero) se a condição especificada for " -"satisfeita e com falha (resultado não nulo) em caso contrário. Há dois " -"grupos de operadores, que diferem em como tratam a falta de I<ver1> ou " -"I<ver2>. Esses tratam a falta de uma versão como anterior a qualquer outra: " -"B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Esses tratam a falta de uma versão como posterior a " -"qualquer outra: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Esses são providos apenas para " -"manter compatibilidade com a sintaxe do arquivo de controle: B<E<lt> " -"E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " -"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " -"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." -msgstr "" -"Aceita uma série de comandos no descritor de arquivo de entrada " -"B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Nota: opções adicionais configuradas na linha de comando, e " -"através do descritor de arquivo, não são redefinidas para comandos " -"subseqüentes usados durante a mesma execução." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -msgid "Display a brief help message." -msgstr "Exibe uma breve mensagem de ajuda." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." -msgstr "Ajuda com as opções B<--force->I<coisa>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Give help about debugging options." -msgstr "Ajuda com as opções de depuração." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." -msgstr "Exibe a licença do B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." -msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:253 -#, fuzzy -msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:273 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" -" Build a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" -" List contents of a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" -" Extract control-information from a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" -" Extract the files contained by package.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" -" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" -" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" -" Debian package.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" -" Show information about a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" -" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" -" package.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<diretório> [I<nome_de_arquivo>]\n" -" Cria um pacote deb.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<nome_de_arquivo>\n" -" Lista o conteúdo de um pacote deb.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<diretório>]\n" -" Extrai informação de controle de um pacote.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<nome_de_arquivo diretório>\n" -" Extrai os arquivos contidos pelo pacote.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<campo-de-controle>] ...\n" -" Exibe o(s) campo(s) de controle do pacote.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<nome_de_arquivo>\n" -" Exibe o sistema de arquivo do arquivo tar contido no pacote Debian. \n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<arquivo-de-controle>]\n" -" Mostra informação sobre um pacote.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<nome_de_arquivo> I<diretório>\n" -" Extrai e exibe os nomes de arquivos contidos em um pacote.\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:275 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:278 -msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:291 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" -" List packages matching given pattern.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" -" Report status of specified package.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" -" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" -" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" -" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<padrão-do-nome-do-pacote> ... Lista os pacotes que combinam com o padrão dado.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<nome-do-pacote> ...\n" -" Exibe o estado do pacote especificado. Isso apenas mostra a entrada na base de dados dos pacotes instalados.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<pacote> ...\n" -" Lista os arquivos instalados em seu sistema a partir do B<pacote>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<padrão-de-procura> ...\n" -" Procura por um nome de arquivo a partir dos pacotes instalados. Todos os caracteres curinga padrões de shell podem ser usados no padrão.\n" -"B<dpkg -p|--print-avail >I<pacote>\n" -" Exibe detalhes sobre o I<pacote>, como encontrados em I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPÇÕES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:298 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no " -"arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Cada linha " -"no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da linha de " -"comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma B<#>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:299 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" -msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." -msgstr "Altera o número de erros após os quais o dpkg abortará. O padrão é 50." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" -msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " -"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " -"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " -"package." -msgstr "" -"Quando um pacote é removido, há a possibilidade de que outro pacote " -"instalado dependa do que foi removido. Especificando essa opção, o pacote " -"que depende do que foi removido será automaticamente desconfigurado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" -msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:314 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " -"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " -"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." -msgstr "" -"Ativa a depuração. I<octal> é formado por uma operação \"or\" bit-a-bit " -"entre os valores desejados da lista abaixo (note que esses valores podem ser " -"alterados em versões futuras). B<-Dh> ou B<--debug=help> exibe esses " -"valores." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -" number description\n" -" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" -" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" -" 10 Output for each file processed\n" -" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" -" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" -" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" -" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" -" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" -" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" -" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" -msgstr "" -" número descrição\n" -" 1 Informação de progresso geralmente útil\n" -" 2 Invocação e estado dos scripts do mantenedor\n" -" 10 Saída de cada arquivo processado\n" -" 100 Muita saída de cada arquivo processado\n" -" 20 Saída de cada arquivo de configuração\n" -" 200 Muita saída de cada arquivo de configuração\n" -" 40 Dependências e conflitos\n" -" 400 Muita saída de dependências/conflitos\n" -" 1000 Muita tagarelice sobre por exemplo o diretório dpkg/info\n" -" 2000 Quantidades insanas de saída.\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" -msgstr "B<--force->I<coisas> | B<--no-force->I<coisas> | B<--refuse->I<coisas>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:333 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " -"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" -"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " -"forced by default." -msgstr "" -"Força ou rejeita (B<no-force> e B<refuse> são a mesma coisa) a fazer " -"algumas coisas. I<coisas> é uma lista separada por vírgulas de coisas " -"especificadas abaixo. B<--force-help> exibe uma mensagem descrevendo-as. " -"Coisas marcadas com (*) são forçadas por padrão." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:337 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " -"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " -"system.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Atenção: A maior parte dessas opções devem ser usadas apenas por experts. " -"Usá-las sem o completo conhecimento de seus efeitos pode quebrar todo seu " -"sistema.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:340 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." -msgstr "B<all>: Liga (ou desliga) todas as opções de força." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:343 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Instala um pacote, mesmo se uma versão mais nova já estiver " -"instalada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:350 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " -"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " -"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " -"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " -"with care.>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:354 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " -"which the current package depends." -msgstr "" -"B<configure-any>: Configura também qualquer pacote descompactado de que o " -"pacote atual dependa." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:357 -msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." -msgstr "B<hold>: Processa pacotes mesmo quando marcados com \"hold\"." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:362 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " -"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " -"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove um pacote, mesmo se estiver quebrado e marcado " -"como requer reinstalação. Isso pode, por exemplo, fazer com que partes do " -"pacote permaneçam em seu sistema, que serão então esquecidas pelo B<dpkg>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:367 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " -"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " -"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-essential>: Remove, mesmo se o pacote é considerado essencial. " -"Pacotes essenciais contém geralmente comandos muito básicos de Unix. Removê-" -"los pode causar a parada de funcionamento de todo o sistema, então use-a com " -"cuidado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:370 -msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." -msgstr "B<depends>: Converte todos os problemas de dependência em avisos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:373 -msgid "" -"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." -msgstr "" -"B<depends-version>: Não verifica versões quando verificando dependências." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:377 -msgid "" -"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " -"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." -msgstr "" -"B<conflicts>: Instala, mesmo se conflita com outro pacote. Isso é perigoso, " -"pois geralmente causará a regravação de alguns arquivos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:382 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " -"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." -msgstr "" -"B<confmiss>: Sempre instala um arquivo de configuração que falta. Isso é " -"perigoso, já que significa que uma mudança (remoção) feita ao arquivo não " -"será preservada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:387 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confnew>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre instala a " -"nova versão sem perguntar, a menos que B<--force-confdef> também seja " -"especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:392 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confold>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre mantém a " -"versão antiga sem perguntar, a menos que B<--force-confdef> também seja " -"especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:398 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " -"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " -"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " -"it will use that to decide the final action." -msgstr "" -"B<confdef>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre escolhe a " -"ação padrão. Se não houver ação padrão, ele irá parar e perguntar ao " -"usuário, a menos que B<--force-confnew> ou B<--force-confold> também tenham " -"sido dadas, quando será então usado isso para decidir a ação final." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:401 -msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." -msgstr "B<overwrite>: Sobrescreve um arquivo do pacote com arquivo de outro." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:404 -msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-dir> Sobrescreve um diretório do pacote com arquivo de outro." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:407 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Sobrescreve um arquivo desviado com uma versão não " -"desviada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:410 -msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." -msgstr "B<architecture>: Processa até pacotes com a arquitetura errada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:413 -msgid "" -"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-path>: Faltam programas importantes no B<PATH>, devendo aparecer " -"problemas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:416 -msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." -msgstr "B<not-root>: Tenta (des)instalar coisas mesmo não sendo root." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:419 -msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:420 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." -msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<pacote>,..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " -"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." -msgstr "" -"Ignora a verificação de dependência dos pacotes especificados (atualmente, a " -"verificação é feita, mas são apenas dados avisos sobre os conflitos, nada " -"mais)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Seleciona o formato binário novo ou antigo de pacote. Isto é uma opção do " -"B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " -"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Não lê ou verifica o conteúdo do arquivo de controle enquanto cria um " -"pacote. Isto é uma opção do B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" -msgstr "B<--no-act>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:437 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " -"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " -"actually modifying anything." -msgstr "" -"Faz tudo que se espera que seja feito, mas não grava nenhuma alteração. Isso " -"é usado para ver o que acontece com a ação especificada, sem modificar nada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " -"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " -"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " -"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de fornecer B<--no-act> antes da ação-parâmetro, ou você pode " -"obter resultados indesejáveis. (por exemplo, B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> " -"irá primeiro excluir (purge) o pacote foo e então tentará excluir o pacote --" -"no-act, apesar de que você esperava que nada fosse feito)" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" -msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " -"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " -"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." -msgstr "" -"Manipula recursivamente todos os arquivos regulares que combinem com o " -"padrão B<*.deb> encontrados nos diretórios especificados e todos seus " -"subdiretórios. Isso pode ser usado com as ações B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, " -"B<--unpack> e B<--avail>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-G>" -msgstr "B<-G>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " -"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." -msgstr "" -"Não instala um pacote se uma nova versão do mesmo pacote já estiver " -"instalada. Isso é um apelido de B<--refuse-downgrade.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " -"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " -"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " -"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " -"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " -"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " -"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" -"var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Muda os diretórios padrões. O B<admindir> padrão é I</var/lib/dpkg> e " -"contém muitos arquivos que dão informações sobre o estado dos pacotes " -"instalados ou não instalados, etc. O B<instdir> padrão é I</> e refere-se " -"ao diretório onde os pacotes devem ser instalados. B<instdir> também é o " -"diretório passado para B<chroot>(2) antes de executar os scripts de " -"instalação do I<pacote>, o que significa que os scripts vêem B<instdir> como " -"o diretório raiz. Alterar B<root> modifica B<instdir> para I<dir> e " -"B<admindir> para I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" -msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " -"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " -"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " -"deinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Somente processa os pacotes selecionados para instalação. A marcação atual é " -"feita com B<dselect> ou pelo B<dpkg>, quando ele manipula pacotes. Por " -"exemplo, quando um pacote é removido, ele será marcado como selecionado para " -"instalação." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" -msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " -"installed." -msgstr "Não instala o pacote se a mesma versão dele já estiver instalada." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " -"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " -"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " -"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " -"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " -"useredited distedited'." -msgstr "" -"Envia a informação do estado do pacote para o descritor de arquivo " -"I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Isso pode ser dado múltiplas vezes. As atualizações de " -"estado são da forma `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" -msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -msgid "" -"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " -"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " -"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " -"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" -"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " -"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" -"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " -"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-debsig>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:495 -msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:496 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "ARQUIVOS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:497 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -msgid "Configuration file with default options." -msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:504 -msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " -"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." -msgstr "" -"Os outros arquivos listados abaixo estão em seus diretórios padrões, veja a " -"opção B<--admindir> para ver como alterar a localização desses arquivos." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -msgid "List of available packages." -msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:516 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " -"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " -"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." -msgstr "" -"Dá o estado dos pacotes disponíveis. Esse arquivo contém informação sobre se " -"um pacote está marcado para remoção ou não, se está instalado ou não, etc. " -"Veja a seção B<INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES> para maiores informações." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " -"more information about them:" -msgstr "" -"Os seguintes arquivos são componentes de um pacote binário. Veja B<deb>(5) " -"para mais informações sobre eles:" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<control>" -msgstr "I<control>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:521 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<conffiles>" -msgstr "I<conffiles>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:523 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<preinst>" -msgstr "I<preinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:525 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postinst>" -msgstr "I<postinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:527 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<prerm>" -msgstr "I<prerm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:529 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postrm>" -msgstr "I<postrm>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:532 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:533 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" -msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " -"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." -msgstr "" -"Defina isso para alguma coisa se você preferir que o B<dpkg> inicie um novo " -"shell ao invés de suspender a si próprio, quando fazendo um escape de shell." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<SHELL>" -msgstr "B<SHELL>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." -msgstr "" -"O programa que o B<dpkg> executará quando estiver iniciando um novo shell." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:544 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " -"text. Currently only used by -l." -msgstr "" -"Ajusta o número de colunas que o B<dpkg> deve usar quando estiver exibindo " -"texto formatado. Atualmente só usado por -l." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:545 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "EXEMPLOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:547 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" -msgstr "Para listar os pacotes relacionados com o editor vi:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:549 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:552 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" -msgstr "Para ver as entradas em I</var/lib/dpkg/available> em dois pacotes:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:554 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:557 -msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" -msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:559 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" -msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:562 -msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" -msgstr "Para remover um pacote instalado elvis:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:564 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:569 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " -"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" -msgstr "" -"Para instalar um pacote, você primeiro precisa encontrá-lo em um repositório " -"ou CDROM. O arquivo \"available\" mostra que o pacote vim está na seção " -"\"editors\":" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:572 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" -msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:575 -msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" -msgstr "Para fazer uma cópia local dos estados de seleção dos pacotes:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:577 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:581 -msgid "" -"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" -msgstr "" -"Você pode transferir esse arquivo para outro computador e instalá-lo com:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:584 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:590 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " -"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " -"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " -"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." -msgstr "" -"Note que isso não instalará nem removerá nada, mas apenas irá configurar o " -"estado de seleção dos pacotes requisitados. Você precisará de alguma outra " -"aplicação para baixar e instalar os pacotes requisitados." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:593 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " -"to modify the package selection states." -msgstr "" -"Ordinariamente, você verificará que o B<dselect>(8) provê uma maneira mais " -"conveniente de modificar o estado de seleção dos pacotes." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:598 -msgid "" -"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " -"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:599 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VEJA TAMBÉM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" -"reconfigure>(8)" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:609 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BUGS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:611 -msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." -msgstr "B<--no-act> normalmente dá menos informação do que seria útil." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:612 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTORES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:616 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" -"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Veja B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n" -"contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n" - -# type: TP -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you " -#~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ajustado pelo B<dpkg> para o nome do arquivo de configuração antigo " -#~ "quando você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de configuração " -#~ "modificado." - -# type: TP -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file " -#~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ajustado pelo B<dpkg> para o nome do arquivo de configuração da nova " -#~ "versão quando você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de " -#~ "configuração modificado." - -# type: Plain text -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages " -#~ "to remove them." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Seleciona pacotes para serem instalados e tira a " -#~ "seleção de pacotes a serem removidos." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "DPKG" -#~ msgstr "DPKG" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "April 12, 1998" -#~ msgstr "April 12, 1998" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/ru.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/ru.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2ed8ba0f..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/ru.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1783 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg_1.13.17_dpkg.1.ru.po to Russian -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 22:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-08 17:34+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg" -msgstr "dpkg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Проект Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "комплект dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "НАЗВАНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:4 -msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" -msgstr "dpkg -- менеджер пакетов Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "СИНТАКСИС" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" -msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "WARNING" -msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:13 -msgid "" -"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " -"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " -"--help>." -msgstr "" -"Это руководство предназначено для пользователей, желающих более подробно " -"ознакомиться с параметрами командной строки B<dpkg> и состояниями пакетов: " -"здесь это описано более детально, чем в B<dpkg --help>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:18 -msgid "" -"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " -"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " -"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." -msgstr "" -"Это руководство I<не> следует использовать сопровождающим пакетов, которые " -"хотят понять, как B<dpkg> будет устанавливать их пакеты. Описание того, что " -"делает B<dpkg> при установке и удалении пакетов особенно не полно." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "ОПИСАНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:26 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " -"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " -"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " -"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " -"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " -"some way." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> -- это инструмент для установки, создания, удаления и управления " -"пакетами Debian. Основная и более простая оболочка для B<dpkg> -- это " -"B<dselect>(8). B<dpkg> полностью управляется параметрами командной строки, " -"которые состоят из одного действия и нуля или более параметров. Действие " -"говорит B<dpkg> что ему нужно сделать, а параметры управляют выполнением " -"действия." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:31 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " -"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " -"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> может также использоваться как интерфейс к B<dpkg-deb>. " -"Нижеследующие действия являются действиями B<dpkg-deb>, и если они " -"встречаются, то B<dpkg> просто запускает B<dpkg-deb> с указанными " -"параметрами:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" -msgstr "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract> и\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:42 -msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." -msgstr "Все эти действия описаны в B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" -msgstr "ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " -"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " -"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> управляет некоторой полезной информацией о доступных пакетах. Эта " -"информация делится на три класса: B<состояния>, B<выбранные состояния> и " -"B<флаги>. Предполагается, что в большинстве случаев эта информация " -"изменяется с помощью B<dselect>." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE STATES" -msgstr "СОСТОЯНИЯ ПАКЕТА" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<installed>" -msgstr "B<installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." -msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-installed>" -msgstr "B<half-installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -msgid "" -"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " -"reason." -msgstr "Установка пакета была запущена, но не закончена по какой-либо причине." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<not-installed>" -msgstr "B<not-installed>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -msgid "The package is not installed on your system." -msgstr "Пакет в системе не установлен." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<unpacked>" -msgstr "B<unpacked>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." -msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-configured>" -msgstr "B<half-configured>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -msgid "" -"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " -"completed for some reason." -msgstr "" -"Пакет распакован и настройка была запущена, но пока ещё не завершена по " -"какой-либо причине." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<config-files>" -msgstr "B<config-files>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." -msgstr "В системе остались только конфигурационные файлы пакета." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" -msgstr "ВЫБРАННЫЕ СОСТОЯНИЯ ПАКЕТА" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<install>" -msgstr "B<install>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -msgid "The package is selected for installation." -msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<deinstall>" -msgstr "B<deinstall>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -msgid "" -"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " -"files, except configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"Пакет выбран для удаления (т.е. будут удалены все файлы, кроме " -"конфигурационных)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<purge>" -msgstr "B<purge>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -msgid "" -"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " -"even configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"Пакет выбран для полной очистки (т.е. будут удалены абсолютно все файлы, " -"включая конфигурационные)." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" -msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<hold>" -msgstr "B<hold>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -msgid "" -"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " -"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." -msgstr "" -"Пакет помечен как B<зафиксированный> и не обрабатывается B<dpkg>, только " -"если не указан параметр B<--force-hold>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<reinst-required>" -msgstr "B<reinst-required>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:91 -msgid "" -"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " -"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" -"reinstreq>." -msgstr "" -"Пакет, помеченный как B<reinst-required>, является сломанным и требует " -"переустановки. Такие пакеты не могут быть удалены, пока не указан параметр " -"B<--force-reinstreq>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "ДЕЙСТВИЯ" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:97 -msgid "" -"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " -"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Установить заданный пакет. Если указан параметр B<--recursive> или B<-R>, то " -"вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:99 -msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Установка состоит из следующих шагов:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:102 -msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." -msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:106 -msgid "" -"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." -msgstr "" -"B<2.> Если другая версия этого пакета была установлена ранее, то запускается " -"сценарий I<prerm> из старого пакета." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:109 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:113 -msgid "" -"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " -"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." -msgstr "" -"B<4.> Распаковываются новые файлы, в тоже самое время сохраняя старые, чтобы " -"если что-то пойдет не так, можно было их восстановить." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:120 -msgid "" -"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " -"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " -"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." -msgstr "" -"B<5.> Если ранее была установлена другая версия этого пакета, то запускается " -"сценарий I<postrm> для старого пакета. Заметим, что этот сценарий " -"запускается после сценария I<preinst> нового пакета, потому что новые файлы " -"записываются в то же самое время, когда удаляются старые." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -msgid "" -"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " -"about how this is done." -msgstr "" -"B<6.> Настройка пакета. Смотрите описание B<--configure>, где приведена " -"подробная информация об этом шаге." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<имя файла пакета>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -msgid "" -"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Распаковать пакет, но не настраивать. Если указан параметр B<--recursive> " -"или B<--R>, то вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:134 -msgid "" -"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " -"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." -msgstr "" -"Повторно настроить распакованный пакет. Если вместо I<имени пакета> задан " -"параметр B<-a> или B<--pending>, то все распакованные, но не настроенные " -"пакеты будут настроены." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:136 -msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Настройка состоит из следующих шагов:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:141 -msgid "" -"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " -"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." -msgstr "" -"B<1.> Распаковка конфигурационных файлов, в то же самое время сохраняя " -"старые конфигурационные файлы, чтобы можно было восстановить их, если что-то " -"пойдет не так." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<2.> Запуск сценария I<postinst>, если он есть в пакете." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:155 -msgid "" -"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " -"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " -"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " -"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " -"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " -"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " -"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." -msgstr "" -"Удалить установленный пакет. Если указан параметр B<-r> или B<--remove> то " -"удаляется всё, кроме конфигурационных файлов. Это позволяет избежать " -"переконфигурации пакета, если он будет повторно установлен у будущем. " -"(Конфигурационные файлы -- это те, что указаны в управляющем файле I<debian/" -"confiles>). Если указан параметр B<-P> или B<--purge> то удаляется всё, " -"включая конфигурационные файлы. Если вместо I<имени пакета> задан параметр " -"B<-a> или B<--pending,> то все распакованные пакеты, но отмеченные в файле " -"I</var/lib/dpkg/status> для удаления или полной очистки, соответственно, " -"удаляются или полностью очищаются." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:157 -msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Удаление пакета состоит из следующих шагов:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:160 -msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" -msgstr "B<1.> Запуск сценария I<prerm>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:163 -msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" -msgstr "B<2.> Удаление установленных фалов" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:166 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" -msgstr "B<3.> Запуск сценария I<postrm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail > I <файл Packages>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:176 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " -"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " -"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " -"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " -"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " -"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." -msgstr "" -"Обновить информацию B<dpkg> и B<dselect> о доступных пакетах. Действие B<--" -"merge-avail> комбинирует старую информацию с информацией из I<файла " -"Packages>. Действие B<--update-avail> перезаписывает старую информацию " -"информацией из I<файла Packages>. I<Файл Packages> распространяется с Debian " -"под именем I<Packages>. B<dpkg> хранит информацию о доступных пакетах в " -"файле I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -msgid "" -"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " -"B<dselect update>." -msgstr "" -"Для упрощения процедуры получения и обновления файла I<available> можно " -"использовать команду B<dselect update>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<имя файла пакета> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " -"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Обновить информацию B<dpkg> и B<dselect> о доступных пакетах информацией из " -"пакета I<имя файла пакета>. Если задан параметр B<--recursive> или B<-R>, то " -"вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." -msgstr "Забыть о неустановленных недоступных пакетах." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." -msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " -"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." -msgstr "" -"Найти пакеты, которые были установлены в системе только частично. B<dpkg> " -"посоветует, что делать, чтобы восстановить их работоспособность." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " -"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Получить список выбранных пакетов и вывести его в стандартный выходной поток." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -msgid "" -"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " -"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " -"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " -"with '#' are also permitted." -msgstr "" -"Установить список выбранных пакетов, принимая его со стандартного ввода. " -"Этот файл должен быть в формате 'E<lt>пакетE<gt> E<lt>состояниеE<gt>', где " -"состоянием может быть install, hold, deinstall или purge. Допускаются пустые " -"строки и строки комментариев (начинающиеся с #)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -msgid "" -"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " -"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " -"packages not in list given to --set-selections." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:215 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " -"still haven't been installed." -msgstr "" -"Найти пакеты, выбранные для установки, но по какой-то причине ещё не " -"установленные." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." -msgstr "" -"Показать архитектуру устанавливаемых пакетов с помощью dpkg (например, \"i386" -"\")." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -msgid "" -"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " -"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " -"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " -"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " -"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " -"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " -"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " -"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Сравнить номера версий, используя I<op> в качестве бинарного оператора. " -"B<dpkg> возвращает код успешного завершения (нуль), если указанное условие " -"удовлетворяется, или неудачу (не-нуль) в противном случае. Есть две группы " -"операторов, которые работают по-разному при отсутствующем параметре I<ver1> " -"или I<ver2>. Операторы B<lt le eq ne ge gt> считают отсутствующий номер " -"версии более ранним, чем любой другой. Операторы B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl> " -"считают отсутствующий номер версии более поздним, чем любой другой. " -"Операторы B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> используются " -"только для совместимости с синтаксисом файла control." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -msgid "" -"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " -"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " -"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." -msgstr "" -"Принимает серию команд из входного файлового дескриптора B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. " -"Замечание: дополнительные параметры, заданные в командной строке, а также " -"через этот дескриптор, не сбрасываются для последующих команд, выполняющихся " -"далее в этом запуске." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -msgid "Display a brief help message." -msgstr "Вывести небольшую подсказку." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." -msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -msgid "Give help about debugging options." -msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах отладки." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." -msgstr "Показать лицензию B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." -msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:253 -msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" -"Смотрите B<dpkg-deb>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих " -"действиях." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:273 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" -" Build a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" -" List contents of a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" -" Extract control-information from a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" -" Extract the files contained by package.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" -" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" -" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" -" Debian package.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" -" Show information about a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" -" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" -" package.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<каталог> [I<имя файла>]\n" -" Собирает deb пакет.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<имя файла>\n" -" Показывает содержимое deb пакета.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<имя файла> [I<каталог>]\n" -" Извлекает управляющую информацию из пакета.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<имя файла> <каталог>\n" -" Извлекает файлы, содержащиеся в данном пакете.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<имя файла> [I<управляющее-поле>] ...\n" -" Показывает управляющее(ие) поле(я) пакета.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<имя файла>\n" -" Выдает на стандартный вывод tar-файл с файловой\n" -" системой из указанного пакета Debian.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<имя файла> [I<файл control>]\n" -" Выдает информацию о данном пакете.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<имя файла> I<каталог>\n" -" Извлекает и выдает имена файлов, содержащиеся в пакете.\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:275 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:278 -msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "" -"Смотрите B<dpkg-query>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих " -"действиях." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:291 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" -" List packages matching given pattern.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" -" Report status of specified package.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" -" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" -" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" -" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list > I<шаблон имени пакета> ...\n" -" Показывает пакеты, соответствующие данному шаблону.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status > I<имя пакета> ...\n" -" Сообщает о состоянии указанного пакета.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<имя пакета> ...\n" -" Показывает файлы, установленные в системе из пакета с указанным именем.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<шаблон имени файла> ...\n" -" Ищет в установленных пакетах имя файла по заданному шаблону.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I <имя пакета>\n" -" Выводит детальную информацию о I<пакете>, которую извлекает\n" -" из файла I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:298 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в " -"конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в " -"конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в " -"командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если " -"начинается с B<#>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:299 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" -msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." -msgstr "" -"Задать количество ошибок после которого dpkg аварийно завершится. По " -"умолчанию 50." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" -msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -msgid "" -"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " -"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " -"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " -"package." -msgstr "" -"При удалении пакета есть вероятность, что есть другой установленный пакет " -"зависящий от удаляемого пакета. Указание этого параметра приведёт к " -"автоматической деконфигурации пакета, который зависит от удаляемого пакета." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" -msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:314 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " -"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " -"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." -msgstr "" -"Включить отладку. I<octal> -- это восьмеричное число, сформированное побитно " -"из нижеуказанных битовых масок, (заметим, что эти величины могут быть " -"изменены в следующих версиях). Параметры B<-Dh> или B<--debug-help> выводят " -"эти отладочные значения." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" number description\n" -" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" -" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" -" 10 Output for each file processed\n" -" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" -" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" -" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" -" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" -" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" -" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" -" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" -msgstr "" -"Маска Описание\n" -" 1 Основная полезная информация по ходу выполнения\n" -" 2 Вызов и состояния скриптов поддержки\n" -" 10 Вывод по каждому обработанному файлу\n" -" 100 Подробный вывод по каждому обработанному файлу\n" -" 20 Вывод по каждому конфигурационному файлу\n" -" 200 Подробный вывод по каждому конфигурационному файлу\n" -" 40 Зависимости и конфликты\n" -" 400 Подробное освещение зависимостей и конфликтов\n" -" 1000 Подробная ерунда, например о каталоге dpkg/info\n" -" 2000 Невероятное количество ерунды\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" -msgstr "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:333 -msgid "" -"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " -"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" -"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " -"forced by default." -msgstr "" -"Принудительно выполнять или же отказываться выполнять (B<no-force> и B<--" -"refuse> означают одно и то же) те или иные вещи. I<things> -- это список " -"через запятую элементов описанных далее). B<--force-help> выдает сообщение, " -"описывающие их. Элементы, обозначенные звёздочкой (*), принудительно " -"выполняются по умолчанию." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:337 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " -"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " -"system.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Предупреждение: Эти параметры предназначены только для использования " -"экспертами. Использование без полного понимания их действия может нарушить " -"работоспособность всей системы.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:340 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." -msgstr "B<all>: Включить (или выключить) все принудительные параметры." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:343 -msgid "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Установить пакет, даже если уже установлена его более новая " -"версия." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:350 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " -"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " -"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " -"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " -"with care.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Предупреждение: На данный момент dpkg не выполняет проверку зависимостей " -"при переходе на более старую версию и поэтому не предупредит если это " -"поломает зависимости с остальными пакетами. Это может иметь серьёзные " -"последствия: замена на более старую версию системных компонентов первой " -"необходимости может привести к полной неработоспособности системы. " -"Использовать осторожно.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:354 -msgid "" -"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " -"which the current package depends." -msgstr "" -"B<configure-any>: Настроить также все распакованные, но ненастроенные " -"пакеты, от которых зависит текущий пакет." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:357 -msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." -msgstr "B<hold>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты, помеченные как \"зафиксированные\"." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:362 -msgid "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " -"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " -"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Удалить пакет, даже если он сломан и отмечен как " -"требующий переустановки. Это может, например, привести к тому, что части " -"пакета останутся в системе, а B<dpkg> про них забудет." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:367 -msgid "" -"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " -"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " -"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-essential>: Удалить, даже если это пакет первой необходимости " -"(имеет приоритет \"Essential\"). Эти пакеты в основном содержат базовые " -"команды Unix. Удаление такого пакета может привести к потере " -"работоспособности системы, так что используйте данный параметр осторожно." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:370 -msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." -msgstr "B<depends>: Превратить проблемы с зависимостями в предупреждения." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:373 -msgid "" -"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." -msgstr "" -"B<depends-version>: Не обращать внимание на версии при проверке зависимостей." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:377 -msgid "" -"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " -"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." -msgstr "" -"B<conflicts>: Установить, даже если пакет конфликтует с другим пакетом. Это " -"опасно, так как обычно приводит к перезаписи некоторых файлов." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:382 -msgid "" -"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " -"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." -msgstr "" -"B<confmiss>: Всегда устанавливать пропущенный конфигурационный файл. Это " -"опасно, так как не будут сохранены изменения (удаление) файла." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:387 -msgid "" -"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confnew>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, то всегда устанавливать " -"новую версию без запроса подтверждения, если не задан также параметр B<--" -"force-confdef>, при котором предпочтение отдаётся действию по умолчанию." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:392 -msgid "" -"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confold>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда сохранять старую " -"версию без запроса подтверждения, если не задан также параметр B<--force-" -"confdef>, при котором предпочтение отдаётся действию по умолчанию." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:398 -msgid "" -"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " -"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " -"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " -"it will use that to decide the final action." -msgstr "" -"B<confdef>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда выбирать действие " -"по умолчанию. Если такового нет, то спросить у пользователя, если не задан " -"параметр B<--force-confnew> или B<--force-confold> (в этом случае " -"соответствующий параметр используется для выяснения, что именно нужно " -"делать)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:401 -msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite>: Перезаписать файл из одного пакета файлом из другого пакета." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:404 -msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-dir>: Перезаписать каталог из одного пакета файлом из другого." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:407 -msgid "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Перезаписать файл с изменённым расположением" -"(diverted) его неизменённой версией." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:410 -msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." -msgstr "B<architecture>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты с неправильной архитектурой." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:413 -msgid "" -"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-path>: В B<PATH> отсутствуют важные программы, поэтому могут " -"возникнуть проблемы." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:416 -msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." -msgstr "" -"B<not-root>: Попытаться установить или удалить пакет, даже если не нет прав " -"суперпользователя." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:419 -msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-verify>: Устанавливать пакет, даже если он не прошёл проверку " -"подлинности." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:420 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." -msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<пакет>,..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -msgid "" -"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " -"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." -msgstr "" -"Игнорировать проверку зависимостей для указанных пакетов (на самом деле, " -"проверка выполняется, но выдаются только предупреждения о конфликтах и " -"ничего более)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -msgid "" -"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Выбрать, соответственно, новый или старый формат пакета. Это параметр " -"программы B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -msgid "" -"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " -"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Не читать и не проверять содержимое файла control при создании пакета. Это " -"параметр программы B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" -msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:437 -msgid "" -"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " -"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " -"actually modifying anything." -msgstr "" -"Делать всё, что необходимо, но не записывать на диск изменения. Он " -"используется для того, чтобы посмотреть, что произошло бы при выполнении " -"указанного действия, но при этом ничего не меняется." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -msgid "" -"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " -"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " -"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " -"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что указали B<--no-act> перед действием, или у вас могут " -"получиться нежелаемые результаты. (например, B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> " -"сперва выполнит полное удаление пакета foo, а затем будет пытаться полностью " -"удалить пакет --no-act, хотя вы ожидали, что ничего выполнено не будет)" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" -msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -msgid "" -"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " -"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " -"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." -msgstr "" -"Рекурсивная обработать все файлы, отвечающие шаблону B<*.deb>, которые " -"найдены в заданных каталогах и во всех их подкаталогах. Этот параметр можно " -"использовать вместе с действиями B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> и " -"B<--avail>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-G>" -msgstr "B<-G>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " -"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." -msgstr "" -"Не устанавливать пакет, если новая версия такого же пакета уже установлена. " -"Это синоним параметра B<--refuse-downgrade>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " -"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " -"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " -"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " -"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " -"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " -"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" -"var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Изменить каталоги по умолчанию. Каталог B<admindir> по умолчанию имеет " -"значение B</var/lib/dpkg> и содержит много файлов, в которых даётся " -"информация о состоянии установленных или удалённых пакетов и т.д. Каталог " -"B<instdir> по умолчанию равен I</> и указывает каталог, куда будут " -"устанавливаться пакеты. Он также передаётся функции B<chroot>(2) перед " -"запуском сценария установки B<пакета> -- это означает, что сценарии будут " -"считать B<instdir> корневым каталогом. Изменение каталога B<root> " -"устанавливает каталог B<instdir> в значение B<dir>, а каталога B<admindir> " -"-- в значение I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" -msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -msgid "" -"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " -"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " -"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " -"deinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Обрабатывать только пакеты, выбранные для установки. Такой выбор делается " -"программой B<dselect> или же самой программой B<dpkg> при работе с пакетами. " -"Например, когда пакет удаляется, он будет помечен для удаления." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" -msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -msgid "" -"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Не устанавливать пакет, если та же версия этого пакета уже установлена." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " -"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " -"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " -"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " -"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " -"useredited distedited'." -msgstr "" -"Послать информацию о состоянии пакета в файловый дескриптор I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. " -"Этот параметр можно задавать несколько раз. Эта информация выдаётся в виде " -"`status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Ошибки выдаются в форме " -"`status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Конфликты " -"конфигурационных файлов выдаются в форме `status: conffile-prompt: " -"conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" -msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " -"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " -"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " -"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" -"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " -"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" -"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " -"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." -msgstr "" -"Протоколировать изменения обновлений и действия в I<файл>, вместо файл по " -"умолчанию I</var/log/dpkg.log>. Если этот параметр указан несколько раз, то " -"используется последнее имя файла. Протоколируемые сообщения имеют вид `YYYY-" -"MM-DD HH:MM:SS status E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" -"versionE<gt>' при изменении состояния обновлений; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS " -"E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt> E<lt>available-" -"versionE<gt>' при выполнении действия, где I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> может быть " -"install, upgrade, remove, purge; и `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile " -"E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' при изменении конфигурационных " -"файлов, \n" -"где I<E<lt>decision> может быть install или keep." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-debsig>" -msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:495 -msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." -msgstr "Не пытаться проверять подпись пакета." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:496 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "ФАЙЛЫ" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:497 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -msgid "Configuration file with default options." -msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" -msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:504 -msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." -msgstr "" -"Файл журнала по умолчанию (смотрите I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) и параметр B<--" -"log>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -msgid "" -"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " -"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." -msgstr "" -"Остальные файлы перечислены с указанием их каталогов по умолчанию, смотрите " -"параметр B<admindir>, чтобы узнать, как изменить местоположение этих файлов." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -msgid "List of available packages." -msgstr "Список доступных пакетов." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:516 -msgid "" -"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " -"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " -"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." -msgstr "" -"Состояния доступных пакетов. Этот файл содержит информацию о том, помечен ли " -"пакет для удаления или нет, установлен он или нет, и т.д. Смотрите раздел " -"B<ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ>, где приведена подробная информация." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -msgid "" -"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " -"more information about them:" -msgstr "" -"Нижеследующие файлы являются компонентами бинарного пакета. Смотрите B<deb>" -"(5), где приведена подробная информация:" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<control>" -msgstr "I<control>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:521 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<conffiles>" -msgstr "I<conffiles>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:523 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<preinst>" -msgstr "I<preinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:525 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postinst>" -msgstr "I<postinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:527 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<prerm>" -msgstr "I<prerm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:529 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postrm>" -msgstr "I<postrm>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:532 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:533 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" -msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -msgid "" -"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " -"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." -msgstr "" -"Если она определена, то B<dpkg> при запуске оболочки не приостанавливает " -"себя, а создаёт новый процесс." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<SHELL>" -msgstr "B<SHELL>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." -msgstr "Программа, которую запустит B<dpkg> при старте новой оболочки." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:544 -msgid "" -"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " -"text. Currently only used by -l." -msgstr "" -"Задаёт количество колонок текста, используемых программой B<dpkg> при " -"форматировании текста. В настоящий момент используется только с параметром " -"B<-l>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:545 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "ПРИМЕРЫ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:547 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" -msgstr "Показать список пакетов, относящихся к редактору vi:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:549 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:552 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" -msgstr "Посмотреть записи о двух пакетах в файле B</var/lib/dpkg/available>:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:554 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:557 -msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" -msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:559 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" -msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:562 -msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" -msgstr "Удалить установленный пакет elvis:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:564 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:569 -msgid "" -"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " -"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы установить пакет, сначала нужно найти его в архиве или на CDROM. Файл " -"\"available\" показывает, что пакет vim находится в секции \"editors" -"\" (\"редакторы\"):" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:572 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" -msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:575 -msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" -msgstr "Получить локальную копию состояний выбранных пакетов:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:577 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:581 -msgid "" -"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" -msgstr "" -"Вы можете перенести этот файл на другой компьютер и установить его там с " -"помощью:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:584 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:590 -msgid "" -"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " -"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " -"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " -"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." -msgstr "" -"Заметим, что при этом ничего не будет ни установлено, ни удалено, просто " -"будут заданы состояния запрошенных пакетов. Для того, чтобы на самом деле " -"скачать и установить запрошенные пакеты, вам понадобится другая программа. " -"Например, запустите B<dselect> и выберите \"Установить\"." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:593 -msgid "" -"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " -"to modify the package selection states." -msgstr "" -"Обычно B<dselect>(8) предоставляет более удобный способ изменить состояния " -"выбранных пакетов." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" -msgstr "ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНАЯ ФУНКЦИОНАЛЬНОСТЬ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:598 -msgid "" -"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " -"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." -msgstr "" -"Дополнительная функциональность может быть получена установкой любых " -"следующих пакетов: I<apt>, I<aptitude> и I<debsums>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:599 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "СМОТРИТЕ ТАКЖЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:608 -msgid "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) и B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:609 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "ОШИБКИ РЕАЛИЗАЦИИ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:611 -msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." -msgstr "B<--no-act> обычно дает меньше информации, чем могло бы быть полезным." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:612 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "АВТОРЫ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:616 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" -"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" -msgstr "Смотрите файл I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто участвовал в разработке B<dpkg>.\n" - -# type: TP -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you " -#~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Устанавливается B<dpkg> равной именем старого конфигурационного файла при " -#~ "запуске оболочки для определения изменения конфигурации. file." - -# type: TP -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file " -#~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Устанавливается B<dpkg> равной именем нового конфигурационного файла при " -#~ "запуске оболочки для определения изменения конфигурации. file." - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages " -#~ "to remove them." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "B<auto-select>(*): Выбрать пакеты для установки, и отменить выделение для " -#~ "удаления." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index 67b975bc..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.1/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1754 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for dpkg(1) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-02 22:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-11 20:52+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg" -msgstr "dpkg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-04-09" -msgstr "2006-04-09" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "Dpkg-sviten" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:4 -msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" -msgstr "dpkg - en mellannivåpakethanterare för Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:8 -msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" -msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<flaggor>] I<åtgärd>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "WARNING" -msgstr "VARNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:13 -msgid "" -"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " -"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " -"--help>." -msgstr "" -"Denna manual är avsedd för användare som vill få en mer detaljerad " -"förståelse för B<dpkg>s kommandoradsflaggor och pakettillstånd än vad som " -"berättas med B<dpkg --help>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:18 -msgid "" -"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " -"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " -"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." -msgstr "" -"Den bör I<inte> användas av paketansvariga som vill lära sig hur B<dpkg> " -"kommer att installera deras paket. Beskrivningen över vad B<dpkg> gör när " -"paket installeras och tas bort är speciellt otillräckliga." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:26 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " -"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). " -"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " -"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " -"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " -"some way." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> är ett mellannivåverktyg för att installera, bygga, ta bort och " -"hantera Debianpaket. Det primära och mer användarvänliga skalet runt B<dpkg> " -"är B<dselect>(1). B<dpkg> kontrolleras helt och hållet via " -"kommandoradsflaggor, vilka består av exakt en åtgärd och noll eller fler " -"tillval. Åtgärdsparametern talar om för dpkg vad som skall göras, och " -"tillvalen styr på vilket sätt åtgärden skall utföras." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:31 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " -"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " -"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> kan även användas som ett skal runt B<dpkg-deb>. Följande är " -"åtgärder för B<dpkg-deb>, och om de upptäcks kör B<dpkg> helt enkelt B<dpkg-" -"deb> med de flaggor som getts:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" -msgstr "" -" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" -" B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" -" B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" -" B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" -" B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" -" B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" -" B<-X>, B<--vextract>, och\n" -" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:42 -msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." -msgstr "Se B<dpkg-deb>(1) för information om dessa åtgärder." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" -msgstr "INFORMATION OM PAKET" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -msgid "" -"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " -"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " -"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg> upprätthåller viss användbar information om tillgängliga paket. " -"Informationen delas in i tre klasser: B<tillstånd>, B<markeringstillstånd> " -"och B<flaggor>. Dessa värden är avsedda att huvudsakligen ändras via " -"B<dselect>." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE STATES" -msgstr "PAKETTILLSTÅND" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:49 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<installed>" -msgstr "B<installerat>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." -msgstr "Paketet är uppackat och korrekt inställt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-installed>" -msgstr "B<halvt installerat>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -msgid "" -"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " -"reason." -msgstr "" -"Installationen av paketet har påbörjats, men av någon orsak inte slutförts." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<not-installed>" -msgstr "B<ej installerat>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -msgid "The package is not installed on your system." -msgstr "Paketet är inte installerat på ditt system." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<unpacked>" -msgstr "B<uppackat>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." -msgstr "Paketet är uppackat, men inte konfigurerat." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:62 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<half-configured>" -msgstr "B<halvt konfigurerat>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -msgid "" -"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " -"completed for some reason." -msgstr "" -"Paketet är uppackat och konfigurationen har påbörjats, men av någon orsak " -"inte slutförts." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:66 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<config-files>" -msgstr "B<konfigurationsfiler>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." -msgstr "Endast konfigurationsfilerna för paketet finns på systemet." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" -msgstr "MARKERINGSTILLSTÅND FÖR PAKET" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<install>" -msgstr "B<installera>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -msgid "The package is selected for installation." -msgstr "Paketet är markerat för installation." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:73 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<deinstall>" -msgstr "B<ta bort>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -msgid "" -"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " -"files, except configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"Paketet är markerat för avinstallation (dvs. vi vill ta bort alla filer " -"förutom konfigurationsfilerna)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:77 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<purge>" -msgstr "B<rensa>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -msgid "" -"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " -"even configuration files)." -msgstr "" -"Paketet är markerat för rensning (dvs. vi vill ta bort allting, även " -"konfigurationsfiler)." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" -msgstr "PAKETFLAGGOR" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:82 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<hold>" -msgstr "B<håll>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -msgid "" -"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " -"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." -msgstr "" -"Ett paket som är markerat med B<håll> hanteras inte av B<dpkg> såvida inte " -"detta framtvingas med flaggan B<--force-hold>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:86 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<reinst-required>" -msgstr "B<ominstallation krävs>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:91 -msgid "" -"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " -"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" -"reinstreq>." -msgstr "" -"Ett paket markerat B<ominstallation krävs> är trasigt och kräver " -"ominstallation. Dessa paket kan inte tas bort, såvida inte detta framtvingas " -"med flaggan B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "ÅTGÄRDER" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:93 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<paketfil>..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:97 -msgid "" -"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " -"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Installera paketet. Om flaggan B<--recursive> eller B<-R> anges måste " -"I<paketfil> istället vara en katalog." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:99 -msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Installationen består av följande steg:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:102 -msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." -msgstr "B<1.> Extrahera styrfilerna ur paketet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:106 -msgid "" -"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." -msgstr "" -"B<2.> Om en annan version av samma paket redan fanns installerat vid " -"nyinstallationen exekveras I<prerm>-skriptet för det gamla paketet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:109 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<3.> Kör I<preinst>-skriptet, om ett sådant medföljer paketet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:113 -msgid "" -"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " -"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." -msgstr "" -"B<4.> Packa upp de nya filerna och säkerhetskopiera samtidigt de gamla " -"filerna så att de kan återställas om någonting går fel." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:120 -msgid "" -"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " -"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " -"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " -"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." -msgstr "" -"B<5.> Om en annan version av samma paket redan fanns installerat vid " -"nyinstallationen exekveras I<postrm>-skriptet för det gamla paketet. " -"Observera att skriptet exekveras efter I<preinst> för det nya paketet " -"eftersom de nya filerna skrivs samtidigt som de gamla tas bort." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -msgid "" -"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " -"about how this is done." -msgstr "" -"B<6.> Konfigurera paketet. Se B<--configure> för detaljerad information om " -"hur detta görs." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<paketfil> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -msgid "" -"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Packa upp paketet, men konfigurera det inte. Om flaggan B<--recursive> eller " -"B<-R> anges måste I<paketfil> istället vara en katalog." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:129 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<paket> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:134 -msgid "" -"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " -"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurera ett uppackat paket. Om B<-a> eller B<--pending> anges istället " -"för I<paket> konfigureras alla paket som har packats upp men ännu inte " -"konfigurerats." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:136 -msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Konfigurering består av följande steg:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:141 -msgid "" -"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " -"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." -msgstr "" -"B<1.> Packa upp konfigurationsfilerna och säkerhetskopiera samtidigt de " -"gamla konfigurationsfilerna så att de kan återställas om någonting går fel." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." -msgstr "B<2.> Kör I<postinst>-skriptet, om ett sådant finns i paketet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:144 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<paket> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:155 -msgid "" -"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " -"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " -"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " -"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " -"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " -"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " -"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively." -msgstr "" -"Ta bort ett installerat paket. B<-r> eller B<--remove> tar bort allting " -"förutom konfigurationsfiler, vilket gör att du kan undvika att konfigurera " -"om paketet om du senare installerar om det. (Konfigurationsfiler listas i " -"styrfilen I<debian/conffiles>). B<-P> eller B<--purge> tar bort allting, " -"inklusive konfigurationsfiler. Om B<-a> eller B<--pending> anges istället " -"för ett paketnamn kommer alla installerade uppackade paket som är markerade " -"att tas bort eller rensas i filen I</var/lib/dpkg/status> att tas bort " -"respektive rensas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:157 -msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" -msgstr "Borttagning av ett paket består av följande steg:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:160 -msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" -msgstr "B<1.> Kör I<prerm>-skriptet" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:163 -msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" -msgstr "B<2.> Ta bort de installerade filerna" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:166 -msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" -msgstr "B<3.> Kör I<postrm>-skriptet" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-fil>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:176 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " -"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " -"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " -"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " -"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " -"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." -msgstr "" -"Uppdatera B<dpkg>s och B<dselect>s lista över vilka paket som finns " -"tillgängliga. Med B<--merge-avail> kombineras den gamla informationen med " -"informationen från I<Packages-filen>. Med B<--update-avail> ersätts den " -"gamla informationen med informationen från I<Packages-filen>. I<Packages-" -"filerna> som medföljer Debian heter helt enkelt I<Packages>. B<dpkg> " -"behåller sin lista över tillgängliga paket i I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -msgid "" -"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " -"B<dselect update>." -msgstr "" -"Ett enklare kommando för att hämta och uppdatera I<available>-filen på en " -"gång är B<dselect update>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..." -msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<paketfil> ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -msgid "" -"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " -"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " -"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "" -"Uppdatera B<dpkg>s och B<dselect>s lista över vilka paket som finns " -"tillgängliga med information från paketet I<paketfil>. Om flaggan B<--" -"recursive> eller B<-R> anges måste I<paketfil> istället vara en katalog." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." -msgstr "Glöm bort ej installerade ej länge tillgängliga paket." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:188 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." -msgstr "Radera existerande information om vilka paket som är tillgängliga." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " -"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." -msgstr "" -"Söker efter paket som endast installerats delvis på ditt system. B<dpkg> " -"kommer att föreslå vad som behöver göras för att få dem att fungera." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" -msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<mönster>...]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -msgid "" -"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " -"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Hämta en lista över paketval och skriv den till standard ut. Paket som är " -"markerade med statusen radera kommer inte visas om inte ett mönster anges." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -msgid "" -"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " -"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of " -"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " -"with '#' are also permitted." -msgstr "" -"Sätt paketvalslistan med den fil som läses från standard in. Filen måste " -"vara på formatet \"E<lt>paketE<gt> E<lt>statusE<gt>\", där status är en av " -"install, hold, deinstall eller purge. Tomrader och kommentarsrader som " -"börjar med \"#\" är också tillåtna." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --clear-selections>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -msgid "" -"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " -"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " -"packages not in list given to --set-selections." -msgstr "" -"Sätt det önskade tillståndete för varje icke-grundläggande paket till " -"avinstallera. Detta är avsett att användas direkt före --set-selections, för " -"att avinstallera alla paket som inte finns med i listan som anges av --set-" -"selections." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:211 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:215 -msgid "" -"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " -"still haven't been installed." -msgstr "" -"Söker efter paket som markerats för installation men som av någon anledning " -"ännu inte har installerats." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." -msgstr "" -"Skriv ut arkitekturen för paket dpkg installerar (till exempel \"i386\")." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -msgid "" -"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " -"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " -"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " -"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " -"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " -"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " -"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " -"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Jämför versionsnummer, där I<op> är en binär operator. B<dpkg> returnerar " -"framgång (noll) om det angivna värdet uppfylls, och misslyckande (icke-noll) " -"i annat fall. Det finns två grupper operatorer, vilka endast skiljer sig i " -"hur de hanterar när I<ver1> eller I<ver2> är tom. Dessa hanterar tom version " -"som om den är tidigare än alla andra versioner: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Dessa " -"hanterar tom version som om den är senare än alla andra versioner: B<lt-nl " -"le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Dessa tillhandahålls endast för kompatibilitet med " -"styrfilssyntaxen: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:230 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -msgid "" -"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: " -"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " -"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." -msgstr "" -"Läser en följd av kommandon från indatafilhandtag B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Observera: " -"Flaggor som sätts på kommandoraden, och genom detta filhandtag, återställs " -"inte för kommandon som körs i en följd under samma körning." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -msgid "Display a brief help message." -msgstr "Visar en kortfattad hjälptext." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:238 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." -msgstr "Get hjälp om B<--force->I<nånting>-flaggorna." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" -msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -msgid "Give help about debugging options." -msgstr "Ger hjälp om felsökningsflaggorna." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:244 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." -msgstr "Visar B<dpkg>s licensvillkor." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg --version>" -msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." -msgstr "Visar B<dpkg>s versionsinformation." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:250 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-åtgärder>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:253 -msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "Se B<dpkg-deb>(1) för ytterligare information om följande åtgärder:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:273 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n" -" Build a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n" -" List contents of a deb package.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" -" Extract control-information from a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n" -" Extract the files contained by package.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n" -" Display control field(s) of a package.\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n" -" Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" -" Debian package.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n" -" Show information about a package.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n" -" Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" -" package.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<katalog> [I<filnamn>]\n" -" Bygg ett deb-paket.\n" -"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filnamn>\n" -" Visar innehållet i ett deb-paket.\n" -"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filnamn> [I<katalog>]\n" -" Extraherar styrinformation från ett paket.\n" -"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filnamn katalog>\n" -" Extraherar filerna i ett paket.\n" -"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<filnamn> [I<control-fält>] ...\n" -" Visar fält från paketets styrfil (control).\n" -"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filnamn>\n" -" Visar filsystems-tarfilen i Debianpaketet.\n" -"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filnamn> [I<control-fil>]\n" -" Visa information om ett paket.\n" -"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filnamn> I<katalog>\n" -" Extrahera och visa filnamnen som finns i ett paket.\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:275 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" -msgstr "B<dpkg-query-åtgärder>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:278 -msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "Se B<dpkg-query>(1) för ytterligare information om följande åtgärder:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:291 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n" -" List packages matching given pattern.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n" -" Report status of specified package.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n" -" List files installed to your system from B<package>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n" -" Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n" -" Display details about I<package>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<paketnamnsmönster> ...\n" -" Lista paket som matchar det givna mönstret.\n" -"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<paketnamn> ...\n" -" Rapportera status om det angivna paketet.\n" -"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<paket> ...\n" -" Lista filer som installerats på ditt system från B<paket>.\n" -"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filnamnssökmönster> ...\n" -" Sök efter filnamnet bland de installerade paketen.\n" -"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<paket>\n" -" Visa detaljer om I<paket>, som i I</var/lib/dpkg/available/>.\n" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "FLAGGOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:298 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Alla flaggorna kan ges både på kommandoraden och i B<dpkg>s " -"konfigurationsfil I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. En rad i konfigurationsfilen är " -"antingen en flagga (precis samma som på kommandoraden, men utan inledande " -"bindestreck) eller en kommentar (om den börjar med ett B<#>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:299 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" -msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<antal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." -msgstr "Ställer in efter hur många fel dpkg skall avbryta. Förvalet är 50." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" -msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -msgid "" -"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " -"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " -"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " -"package." -msgstr "" -"När ett paket tas bort är det möjligt att ett annat paket beror på det " -"borttagna paketet. Om du anger denna flagga kommer de paket som beror på det " -"borttagna paketet automatiskt att avkonfigureras." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:308 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" -msgstr "B<-D>I<oktalvärde>B< | --debug=>I<oktalvärde>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:314 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " -"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " -"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." -msgstr "" -"Aktiverar felsökning. I<oktalvärde>t skapas genom att utföra bitvis logisk " -"\"eller\" av de önskade värdena från listan nedan (observera att dessa " -"värden kan ändras i framtida versioner). B<-Dh> eller B<--debug=help> visar " -"dessa felsökningsvärden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" number description\n" -" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" -" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" -" 10 Output for each file processed\n" -" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" -" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" -" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" -" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" -" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" -" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" -" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" -msgstr "" -" tal beskrivning\n" -" 1 Allmänt hjälpsam förloppsinformation\n" -" 2 Anrop och status för utvecklarskript\n" -" 10 Utdata för varje fil som hanteras\n" -" 100 Massvis med utdata för varje fil som hanteras\n" -" 20 Utdata för varje konfigurationsfil\n" -" 200 Massvis med utdata för varje konfigurationsfil\n" -" 40 Beroenden och konflikter\n" -" 400 Massvis av beroende-/konfliktutdata\n" -" 1000 Massvis av pladder om bl.a dpkg/info-katalogen\n" -" 2000 Knäppa mängder pladder\n" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:326 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>" -msgstr "B<--force->I<nånting> | B<--no-force->I<nånting> | B<--refuse->I<nånting>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:333 -msgid "" -"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " -"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" -"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " -"forced by default." -msgstr "" -"Tvinga eller vägra (B<no-force> och B<refuse> betyder detsamma) att göra " -"vissa saker. I<nånting> är en kommaavgränsad lista över saker enligt nedan. " -"B<--force-help> visar en lista med beskrivningar. Saker som markeras med (*) " -"är som förval tvingande." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:337 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " -"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " -"system.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Varning: Dessa flaggor är huvudsakligen avsedda att endast användas av " -"experter. Om du använder dem utan att fullt ut förstå vad de går ut på kan " -"du förstöra din systeminstallation.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:340 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." -msgstr "B<all>: Slår på (eller av) alla tvingande parametrar." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:343 -msgid "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"B<downgrade>(*): Installera ett paket även om en nyare version redan är " -"installerad." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:350 -msgid "" -"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " -"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " -"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " -"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " -"with care.>" -msgstr "" -"I<Varning: För närvarande undersöker inte dpkg beroenden vid nedgradering " -"och kommer därför inte att varna dig om nedgraderingen bryter ett beroende " -"för något paket. Detta kan ha allvarliga sidoeffekter, genom att nedgradera " -"grundläggande systemkomponenter kan du riskera att göra hela systemet " -"instabilt. Använd med tillförsikt.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:354 -msgid "" -"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " -"which the current package depends." -msgstr "" -"B<configure-any>: Konfigurera även alla uppackade men ej konfigurerade paket " -"på vilka det aktuella paketet beror." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:357 -msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." -msgstr "B<hold>: Hantera även \"håll\"-markerade paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:362 -msgid "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " -"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " -"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-reinstreq>: Ta bort ett paket även om det är trasigt och markerat " -"att vara i behov av ominstallation. Detta kan, till exempel, göra så att " -"delar av paketet blir kvar på systemet, men glöms bort av B<dpkg>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:367 -msgid "" -"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " -"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " -"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." -msgstr "" -"B<remove-essential>: Ta bort paketet även om det anses som viktigt " -"(essential). Viktiga paket är huvudsakligen de mest grundläggande " -"Unixkommandona. Om du tar bort dem kan det göra så att hela systemet slutar " -"fungera, så använd med tillförsikt." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:370 -msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." -msgstr "B<depends>: Gör alla beroendeproblem till varningar." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:373 -msgid "" -"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." -msgstr "" -"B<depends-version>: Ignorera versionsnummer när beroenden kontrolleras." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:377 -msgid "" -"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " -"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." -msgstr "" -"B<conflicts>: Installera även om paket som är i konflikt (krockar) med ett " -"annat paket. Detta är farligt, eftersom det oftast leder till att vissa " -"filer skrivs över." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:382 -msgid "" -"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " -"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." -msgstr "" -"B<confmiss>: Installera alltid saknade konfigurationsfiler. Detta är " -"farligt, eftersom det inte bibehåller ändringar (raderingar) av filer." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:387 -msgid "" -"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confnew>: Installera alltid nya versioner av ändrade konfigurationsfiler " -"utan att fråga, såvida inte B<--force-confdef> också anges, i vilket fall " -"det förvalda alternativet kommer att utföras." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:392 -msgid "" -"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " -"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " -"case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "" -"B<confold>: Installera aldrig nya versioner av ändrade konfigurationsfiler " -"utan att fråga, såvida inte B<--force-confdef> också anges, i vilket fall " -"det förvalda alternativet kommer att utföras." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:398 -msgid "" -"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " -"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " -"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " -"it will use that to decide the final action." -msgstr "" -"B<confdef>: Utför alltid förvalt alternativt för ändrade " -"konfigurationsfiler. Om inget förval har angivits kommer programmet stanna " -"och fråga användaren såvida inte B<--force-confnew> eller B<--force-confold> " -"också angetts, i så fall används den för att bestämma vad som skall utföras." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:401 -msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." -msgstr "B<overwrite>: Skriv över ett pakets filer med ett annats." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:404 -msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." -msgstr "B<overwrite-dir> Skriv över ett pakets kataloger med ett annats filer." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:407 -msgid "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." -msgstr "" -"B<overwrite-diverted>: Skriv över en omdirigerad fil med en ej omdirigerad " -"version." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:410 -msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." -msgstr "B<architecture>: Hantera även paket med fel maskinvaruarkitektur." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:413 -msgid "" -"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-path>: Sökvägen i B<PATH> saknar viktiga program, så problem är " -"troliga." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:416 -msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." -msgstr "B<not-root>: Försök (av)installera saker även utan att vara root." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:419 -msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." -msgstr "" -"B<bad-verify>: Installera ett paket även om det inte går att verifiera dess " -"äkthet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:420 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." -msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paket>,..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -msgid "" -"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " -"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." -msgstr "" -"Ignorera beroendekontroll för angivna paket (i verkligheten utförs " -"kontrollen, men det ges endast varningar, ingenting annat)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:424 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>" -msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -msgid "" -"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Välj det nya eller gamla binärpaketformatet. Detta är en flagga till B<dpkg-" -"deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:428 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--nocheck>" -msgstr "B<--nocheck>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -msgid "" -"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " -"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." -msgstr "" -"Varken läs eller kontrollera innehållet i control-filen när paket skapas. " -"Detta är en flagga till B<dpkg-deb>(1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:432 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" -msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:437 -msgid "" -"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " -"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " -"actually modifying anything." -msgstr "" -"Gör allting som efterfrågas, men skriv inte några ändringar. Detta används " -"för att se vad som skulle ha hänt med givna parametrar utan att faktiskt " -"ändra något." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -msgid "" -"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " -"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " -"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " -"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" -msgstr "" -"Se till att du anger B<--no-act> före åtgärdsflaggan, annars kan du få " -"oönskade biverkningar (t.ex så kommer B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> först att " -"rensa ut paketet foo för att sedan försöka rensa ut paketet --no-act, trots " -"att du troligen förväntade dig att ingenting skulle utföras)" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:442 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" -msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -msgid "" -"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " -"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " -"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." -msgstr "" -"Hantera alla vanliga filer som matchar sökmönstret B<*.deb> rekursivt i de " -"kataloger som anges, med alla sina underkataloger. Denna flagga kan användas " -"tillsammans med B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> och B<--avail>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:448 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-G>" -msgstr "B<-G>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " -"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." -msgstr "" -"Installera inte paketet om en nyare version av samma paket redan är " -"installerat. Detta är ett alias för B<--refuse-downgrade.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:452 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" -msgstr "B<--root=>I<kat> | B<--admindir=>I<kat> | B<--instdir=>I<kat>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and " -"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " -"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the " -"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the " -"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation " -"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. " -"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" -"var/lib/dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Ändra standardkataloger. Förval för B<admindir> är I</var/lib/dpkg>, och " -"innehåller filer som ger information om status för installerade och ej " -"installerade paket, osv. Förval för B<instdir> är I</> och är den katalog " -"som skickas som parameter till B<chroot>(2) innan paketets " -"installationsfiler körs, vilket betyder att skripten ser B<instdir> som " -"rotkatalog. Om du ändrar B<root> ändrar du B<instdir> till I<kat> och " -"B<admindir> till I<kat>B</var/lib/dpkg>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:463 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" -msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -msgid "" -"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " -"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " -"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " -"deinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Hantera endast paket som markerats för installation. Själva markeringen " -"utförs med B<dselect> eller av B<dpkg> när paketen hanteras. Till exempel " -"kommer paket som tas bort att markeras för installation." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:469 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" -msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -msgid "" -"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Installera inte paketet om samma version av paketet redan är installerat." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:473 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " -"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: " -"E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: " -"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " -"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " -"useredited distedited'." -msgstr "" -"Sänder paketstatusinformation till filhandtag I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Denna flagga " -"kan ges flera gånger. Statusuppdateringar ges på formen \"status: " -"E<lt>paketE<gt>: E<lt>pakettillståndE<gt>'. Fel rapporteras på formen " -"\"status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: utökat-felmeddelande\". " -"Konfigurationsfilskonflikter rapporteras på formen \"status: conffile-" -"prompt: conffile : \"nuvarande-fil\" \"ny-fil\" useredited distedited\"" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:480 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" -msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " -"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " -"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change " -"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-" -"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where " -"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" -"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile " -"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep." -msgstr "" -"Logga statusändringsmeddelanden och kommandon på I<filnamn>, istället för " -"förvalet I</var/log/dpkg.log>. Om denna flagga ges flera gånger används det " -"sista filnamnet. Loggmeddelanden är på formen \"ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " -"E<lt>tillståndE<gt> E<lt>paketE<gt> E<lt>installerad-versionE<gt>\" för " -"statusändringar; \"ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>kommandoE<gt> E<lt>paketE<gt> " -"E<lt>installerad-versionE<gt> E<lt>tillgänglig-versionE<gt>\" för kommandon " -"där I<E<lt>kommandoE<gt>> är ett av install, upgrade, remove eller purge; " -"samt \"ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filnamnE<gt> E<lt>valE<gt>\" för " -"konfigurationsfilsändringar där I<E<lt>val> antingen är install eller keep." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:492 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--no-debsig>" -msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:495 -msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." -msgstr "Försök inte verifiera paketsignaturer." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:496 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FILER" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:497 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -msgid "Configuration file with default options." -msgstr "Konfigurationsfil med förvalda inställningar." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:500 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" -msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:504 -msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." -msgstr "Förvald loggfil (se I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) och flaggan B<--log>)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -msgid "" -"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " -"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." -msgstr "" -"Övriga filer som listas här finns i sina förvalda kataloger, se flaggan B<--" -"admindir> för information om hur du ändrar placeringen av dessa filer." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:507 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -msgid "List of available packages." -msgstr "Lista över tillgängliga paket." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:510 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:516 -msgid "" -"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " -"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " -"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." -msgstr "" -"Status för tillgängliga paket. Denna fil innehåller information om huruvida " -"ett paket är markerat för borttagning eller ej, om det är installerat eller " -"ej, osv. Se sektionen B<INFORMATION OM PAKET> för ytterligare information." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -msgid "" -"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " -"more information about them:" -msgstr "" -"Följande filer är komponenter i det binära paketet. Se B<deb>(5) för " -"ytterligare information om dem:" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:519 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<control>" -msgstr "I<control>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:521 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<conffiles>" -msgstr "I<conffiles>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:523 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<preinst>" -msgstr "I<preinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:525 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postinst>" -msgstr "I<postinst>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:527 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<prerm>" -msgstr "I<prerm>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:529 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I<postrm>" -msgstr "I<postrm>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:532 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -msgstr "MILJÖVARIABLER" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:533 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" -msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -msgid "" -"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather " -"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." -msgstr "" -"Definiera detta till någonting om du vill att B<dpkg> skall starta ett nytt " -"skal istället för att lägga sig i bakgrunden när ett skal startas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:537 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<SHELL>" -msgstr "B<SHELL>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." -msgstr "Programmet B<dpkg> kommer att exekvera när ett nytt skal startas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:540 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<COLUMNS>" -msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:544 -msgid "" -"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " -"text. Currently only used by -l." -msgstr "" -"Sätter antalet kolumner B<dpkg> skall använda när formaterad text visas. " -"Används för närvarande enbart av -l." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:545 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "EXEMPEL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:547 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" -msgstr "För att lista paket relaterade till textredigeringsprogrammet vi:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:549 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:552 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" -msgstr "För att se posterna i I</var/lib/dpkg/available> för två paket:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:554 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:557 -msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" -msgstr "För att själv söka i paketlistan:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:559 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" -msgstr " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:562 -msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" -msgstr "För att ta bort det installerade paketet elvis:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:564 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:569 -msgid "" -"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " -"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" -msgstr "" -"För att installera ett paket måste du först leta på det i ett arkiv eller på " -"en cd-rom. Filen \"available\" visar att vim-paketet finns i sektionen " -"\"editors\":" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:572 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n" -" B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:575 -msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" -msgstr "För att göra en lokal kopia av paketmarkeringarna:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:577 -#, no-wrap -msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" -msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>mitturval>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:581 -msgid "" -"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" -msgstr "" -"Du kan överföra denna fil till en annan dator och installera den där genom " -"att skriva:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:584 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" -msgstr "" -" B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" -" B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>mitturval>\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:590 -msgid "" -"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " -"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " -"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " -"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"." -msgstr "" -"Observera att detta faktiskt inte kommer installera eller ta bort något, " -"utan bara sätta valstatus på de efterfrågade paketen. Du måste använda något " -"annat program för att faktiskt hämta och installera de efterfrågade paketen. " -"Till exempel kan du köra B<dselect> och välja \"Installera\"." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:593 -msgid "" -"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " -"to modify the package selection states." -msgstr "" -"För normalt bruk kommer du att upptäcka att B<dselect>(1) tillhandahåller " -"ett bekvämare sätt att ändra paketmarkeringarna." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" -msgstr "YTTERLIGARE FUNKTIONER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:598 -msgid "" -"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " -"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>." -msgstr "" -"Ytterligare funktioner kan erhållas genom att installera något av följande " -"paket: I<apt>, I<aptitude> och I<debsums>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:599 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:608 -msgid "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>" -"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) och B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:609 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "PROGRAMFEL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:611 -msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." -msgstr "B<--no-act> ger oftast mindre information än vad som vore hjälpsamt." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:612 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.1:616 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" -"contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Se filen B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> för en lista över personer som\n" -"bidragit till B<dpkg> .\n" - -# type: TP -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you " -#~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sätts av B<dpkg> till filnamnet för den gamla konfigurationsfilen när du " -#~ "startar ett skal för att undersöka en ändrad konfigurationsfil." - -# type: TP -#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" -#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file " -#~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sätts av B<dpkg> till filnamnet för den nya konfigurationsfilen när du " -#~ "startar ett skal för att undersöka en ändrad konfigurationsfil." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/dpkg.cfg.5.cfg b/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/dpkg.cfg.5.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index d00d1a99..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/dpkg.cfg.5.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] fr hu pl sv de -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dpkg.cfg.5/po/dpkg.cfg.5.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dpkg.cfg.5/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dpkg.cfg.5 $lang:../$lang/dpkg.cfg.5 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dpkg.cfg.5.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_hu:"-L ISO-8859-2 -A ISO-8859-2" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index dde6a070..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Helge Kreutzmann, <debian@helgefjell.de>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-22 17:48+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg.cfg" -msgstr "dpkg.cfg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg-Programmsammlung" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" -msgstr "dpkg.cfg - dpkg Konfigurationsdatei" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:11 -msgid "" -"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " -"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " -"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " -"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "" -"Diese Datei enthält Standardoptionen für dpkg. Jede Zeile enthält eine " -"einzelne Option, die exakt die gleiche wie für die normalen Kommandozeilen-" -"Option von dpkg sind, abgesehen von den einleitenden Gedankenstrichen, die " -"hier nicht verwendet werden. Kommentare sind durch Einleiten einer Zeile mit " -"einem Rautenzeichen (\"B<#>\") erlaubt." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "DATEIEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:20 -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " -"contributed to B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Lesen Sie I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> für die Liste der Leute, die zu " -"B<dpkg> beigetragen haben." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/dpkg.cfg.5.pot b/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/dpkg.cfg.5.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 3fb0c162..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/dpkg.cfg.5.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg.cfg" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:11 -msgid "" -"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " -"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " -"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " -"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:20 -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " -"contributed to B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7a18cbcf..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-24 09:56+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg.cfg" -msgstr "dpkg.cfg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "28-02-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "suite dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" -msgstr "dpkg.cfg - fichier de configuration de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:11 -msgid "" -"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " -"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " -"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " -"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "" -"Ce fichier liste les options appliquées par défaut à dpkg. Chaque ligne " -"contient une seule option, écrite exactement comme sur la ligne de commande " -"mais sans les tirets. Les commentaires sont autorisés en faisant commencer " -"la ligne par un caractère B<#>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHIERS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:20 -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " -"contributed to B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Consultez I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> pour la liste de ceux qui ont " -"contribué à B<dpkg>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/hu.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/hu.po deleted file mode 100644 index c71ef909..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/hu.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-05 21:15+0100\n" -"Language-Team: Hungarian\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Hungarian\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: HUNGARY\n" -"Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg.cfg" -msgstr "dpkg.cfg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg készlet" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NÉV" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" -msgstr "dpkg.cfg - dpkg konfigurációs fájl" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "LEÍRÁS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:11 -msgid "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "E fájl tartalmazza a dpkg alapbeállításait. Minden sor 1 lehetőséget tartalmaz, mely pontosan megfelel a sima parancssoros dpkg lehetőségeknek kivéve a vezető kötőjeleket, melyek itt nincsenek. Megjegyzések egy sor elején a (\"B<#>\") jellel lehetségesek." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FÁJLOK" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "SZERZŐ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:20 -msgid "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to B<dpkg>." -msgstr "Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dpkg> készítését segítő személyek listája található." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "LÁSD MÉG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." - diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9fa18605..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-02 00:08+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg.cfg" -msgstr "dpkg.cfg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" -msgstr "dpkg.cfg - plik konfiguracyjny programu dpkg " - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:11 -msgid "" -"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " -"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " -"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " -"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "" -"Plik ten zawiera domy¶lne opcje programu dpkg. W ka¿dej linii wymieniona " -"jest pojedyncza opcja, dok³adnie taka sama, jak normalna opcja linii poleceñ " -"programu dpkg z wyj±tkiem tego, ¿e nie s± u¿ywane pocz±tkowe my¶lniki. Mo¿na " -"u¿ywaæ komentarzy, zaczynaj±c liniê znakiem hasha (\"B<#>\")." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "PLIKI" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:20 -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " -"contributed to B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Patrz plik I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> zawieraj±cy listê osób, które " -"przyczyni³y siê do rozwoju programu B<dpkg>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8374290e..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dpkg.cfg.5/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for dpkg.cfg(5) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-11 21:05+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg.cfg" -msgstr "dpkg.cfg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg-sviten" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" -msgstr "dpkg.cfg - inställningsfil för dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:11 -msgid "" -"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " -"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " -"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " -"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "" -"Denna fil innehåller förvalda inställningar för dpkg. Varje rad består av en " -"ensam flagga som är exakt densamma som en normal kommandoradsflagga för " -"dpkg, förutom de inledande bindestrecken vilka inte används här. Kommentarer " -"är tillåtna genom att inleda en rad med nummertecken (\"B<#>\")." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FILER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" -msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:20 -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " -"contributed to B<dpkg>." -msgstr "" -"Se B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> för listan över personer som har bidragit " -"till B<dpkg>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dpkg.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.1/dselect.1.cfg b/man/po4a/dselect.1/dselect.1.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index bd8da955..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.1/dselect.1.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es ja pl sv -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dselect.1/po/dselect.1.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dselect.1/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dselect.1 $lang:../$lang/dselect.1 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dselect.1.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index ef15cc33..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,995 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dselect" -msgstr "dselect" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:4 -msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" -msgstr "dselect - Debian-Paketverwaltungsoberfläche" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:17 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " -"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" -"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " -"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>VerzeichnisE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--" -"version>] [B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" -"D>I<E<lt>DateiE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>AktionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " -"I<Bildschirmteil:>[I<Vordergrund>],[I<Hintergrund>][I<:Attr>[I<+Attr+..>]]]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:26 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dselect>\n" -"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" -"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" -" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" -" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" -" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" -" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>\n" -"ist eines der primären Benutzerschnittstellen zur Verwaltung von Paketen auf\n" -"einem Debian-System. Im Basis-Menü von B<dselect> kann der Systemadministrator:\n" -" - Die Liste der verfügbaren Paketversionen aktualisieren,\n" -" - Den Status der installierten und verfügbaren Pakete betrachten,\n" -" - Die Paketauswahl ändern und Abhängigkeiten verwalten,\n" -" - Neue Pakete installieren oder ein Upgrade auf neuere Versionen durchführen.\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:38 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " -"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " -"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " -"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " -"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " -"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " -"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " -"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " -"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> arbeitet als Oberfläche von B<dpkg>(1), dem systemnahen Debian-" -"Paket-Handhabungswerkzeug. Es bietet einen Vollbildschirm-Paketauswahl-" -"Verwalter mit einem Paketeabhängigkeits- und -konfliktlöser. Bei Aufruf mit " -"Administratorprivilegien können Pakete installiert und entfernt sowie " -"Upgrades durchgeführt werden. Verschiedene Zugriffsmethoden können " -"konfiguriert werden um verfügbare Paketinformationen und installierbare " -"Pakete aus Paketdepots zu holen. Abhängig von der verwendeten " -"Zugriffsmethode können diese Dpot öffentliche Archiv-Server im Internet, " -"lokale Archiv-Server oder CD-ROMs sein. Die empfohlene Zugriffsmethode ist " -"I<apt>, die vom Paket B<apt> bereitgestellt wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:44 -msgid "" -"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " -"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " -"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " -"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " -"or show additional information about the program." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:51 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>VerzeichnisE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -msgid "" -"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " -"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " -"shouldn't be any need to change it." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--debug>I< E<lt>DateiE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>DateiE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Aktiviere Debugging. Debug-Informationen werden nach I<E<lt>DateiE<gt>> " -"gesendet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--expert>" -msgstr "B<--expert>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -msgid "" -"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." -msgstr "" -"Aktiviert den Expertenmodus, d.h. zeigt keine möglicherweise nervenden " -"Hilfeinformationen an." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" -msgstr "[B<--colour>|B<--color> I<Bildschirmteil:>[I<Vordergrund>],[I<Hintergrund>][I<:Attr>[I<+Attr+..>]]]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:71 -msgid "" -"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " -"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " -"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " -"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:72 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<title>" -msgstr "B<title>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -msgid "The screen title." -msgstr "Der Bildschirm-Titel." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<listhead>" -msgstr "B<listhead>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -msgid "The header line above the list of packages." -msgstr "Die Kopfzeile über der Paketliste." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<list>" -msgstr "B<list>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<listsel>" -msgstr "B<listsel>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -msgid "The selected item in the list." -msgstr "Der ausgewählte Eintrag in der Liste." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstate>" -msgstr "B<pkgstate>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " -"package." -msgstr "" -"In der Liste der Pakete, der Text, der den aktuellen Zustand jedes Pakets " -"anzeigt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" -msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " -"currently selected package." -msgstr "" -"In der Liste der Pakete, der Text, der den aktuellen Zustand des aktuell " -"ausgewählten Paketes anzeigt" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infohead>" -msgstr "B<infohead>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -msgid "" -"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." -msgstr "" -"Die Kopfzeile, die den Zustand des aktuell ausgewählten Paketes anzeigt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infodesc>" -msgstr "B<infodesc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -msgid "The package's short description." -msgstr "Die Kurzbeschreibung des Pakets." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<info>" -msgstr "B<info>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." -msgstr "Verwendet um Paketinformationen wie die Paketbeschreibung anzuzeigen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infofoot>" -msgstr "B<infofoot>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." -msgstr "Die unterste Zeile des Bildschirms bei der Paketauswahl." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<query>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -msgid "Used to display query lines" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<helpscreen>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:110 -msgid "Color of help screens." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:115 -msgid "" -"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " -"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " -"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -msgid "" -"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " -"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " -"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " -"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " -"bold" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -msgid "" -"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " -"successfully." -msgstr "" -"Zeige die Copyright- und Lizenzinformationen von B<dselect> und beende sich " -"erfolgreich." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:131 -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "USAGE" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -msgid "" -"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " -"available actions:" -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "access" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:139 -msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:145 -msgid "" -"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " -"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " -"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " -"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:147 -msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:148 -#, no-wrap -msgid "update" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:150 -msgid "Refresh the available packages database." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:157 -msgid "" -"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " -"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " -"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " -"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " -"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:160 -msgid "" -"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "select" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:163 -msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:169 -msgid "" -"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " -"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " -"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " -"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " -"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:176 -msgid "" -"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " -"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " -"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " -"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " -"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " -"the unresolved depends or conflicts." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:179 -msgid "" -"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " -"in more detail below." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "install" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:182 -msgid "Installs selected packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:188 -msgid "" -"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " -"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " -"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " -"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " -"remove packages that were marked for removal." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:196 -msgid "" -"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " -"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " -"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " -"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " -"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." -"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " -"these are installed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:203 -msgid "" -"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " -"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " -"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " -"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "config" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:206 -msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:207 -#, no-wrap -msgid "remove" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:209 -msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "quit" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:212 -msgid "Quit B<dselect>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:214 -msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Package selections management" -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:218 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:234 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " -"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " -"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " -"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " -"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " -"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " -"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " -"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " -"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " -"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:240 -msgid "" -"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " -"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " -"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " -"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " -"invoked with the B<'?'> key." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Screen layout" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:249 -msgid "" -"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " -"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " -"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " -"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " -"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " -"is displayed can be varied." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:252 -msgid "" -"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " -"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Package details view" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:262 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" -"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" -"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" -"alternates between:\n" -" - the extended description\n" -" - the control information for the installed version\n" -" - the control information for the available version\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:266 -msgid "" -"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " -"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " -"causing it to be listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:267 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Packages status list" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:272 -msgid "" -"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " -"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " -"and packages known from the available packages database." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:280 -msgid "" -"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " -"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " -"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " -"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " -"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " -"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:286 -msgid "" -"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " -"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " -"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " -"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:304 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" -" Error flag:\n" -" I<empty> no error\n" -" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" -" Installed state:\n" -" I<empty> not installed;\n" -" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" -" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" -" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" -" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" -" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" -" Current and requested selections:\n" -" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" -" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" -" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" -" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" -" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:305 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Cursor and screen movement" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:310 -msgid "" -"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " -"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:327 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" -" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" -" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" -" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" -" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" -" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" -" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" -" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" -" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" -" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" -" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" -" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" -" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" -" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" -" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" -" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:328 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Searching and sorting" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:342 -msgid "" -"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " -"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " -"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " -"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" -"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " -"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " -"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " -"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " -"searching from there." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:349 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" -"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" -"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" -" alphabet available status\n" -" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" -" section+priority available+section status+section\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:352 -msgid "" -"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " -"subordering sort key." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:353 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Altering selections" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:362 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" -"altered with the following commands:\n" -" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" -" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" -" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" -" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" -" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:366 -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " -"This will be further explained below." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:371 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " -"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " -"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:377 -msgid "" -"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " -"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " -"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " -"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " -"operations are useful when applied to groups." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:378 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:383 -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " -"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:390 -msgid "" -"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " -"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " -"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " -"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " -"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " -"listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:396 -msgid "" -"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " -"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " -"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " -"suggestions made by B<dselect>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:404 -msgid "" -"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " -"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " -"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " -"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " -"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Establishing the requested selections" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:412 -msgid "" -"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " -"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " -"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " -"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " -"resolution screen." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:418 -msgid "" -"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " -"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " -"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " -"this unless you've read the fine print." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:425 -msgid "" -"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " -"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " -"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " -"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " -"the last established settings." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:427 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FEHLER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:432 -msgid "" -"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " -"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:434 -msgid "The documentation is lacking." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:436 -msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:438 -msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:442 -msgid "" -"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " -"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " -"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:443 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:448 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:449 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTOREN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:453 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " -"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:456 -msgid "" -"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " -"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/dselect.1.pot b/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/dselect.1.pot deleted file mode 100644 index f7dbc146..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/dselect.1.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,965 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dselect" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:4 -msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:17 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " -"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] " -"[B<--debug>|B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] " -"[B<--colour>|B<--color> " -"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:26 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dselect>\n" -"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" -"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" -" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" -" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" -" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" -" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:38 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " -"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " -"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " -"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " -"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " -"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " -"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " -"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " -"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:44 -msgid "" -"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " -"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " -"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " -"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " -"or show additional information about the program." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:51 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -msgid "" -"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " -"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " -"shouldn't be any need to change it." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--expert>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -msgid "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<--colour>|B<--color> " -"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:71 -msgid "" -"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " -"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in " -"I<dselect.cfg>). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other " -"attributes) of one part of the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to " -"bottom) are:" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:72 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<title>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -msgid "The screen title." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<listhead>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -msgid "The header line above the list of packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<list>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<listsel>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -msgid "The selected item in the list." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstate>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " -"package." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " -"currently selected package." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infohead>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -msgid "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infodesc>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -msgid "The package's short description." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<info>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infofoot>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<query>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -msgid "Used to display query lines" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<helpscreen>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:110 -msgid "Color of help screens." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:115 -msgid "" -"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " -"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " -"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -msgid "" -"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " -"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " -"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " -"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " -"bold" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -msgid "" -"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " -"successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:131 -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "USAGE" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -msgid "" -"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " -"available actions:" -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "access" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:139 -msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:145 -msgid "" -"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " -"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " -"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " -"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:147 -msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:148 -#, no-wrap -msgid "update" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:150 -msgid "Refresh the available packages database." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:157 -msgid "" -"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " -"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " -"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " -"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " -"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:160 -msgid "" -"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "select" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:163 -msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:169 -msgid "" -"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " -"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " -"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " -"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " -"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:176 -msgid "" -"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " -"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " -"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " -"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " -"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " -"the unresolved depends or conflicts." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:179 -msgid "" -"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " -"in more detail below." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "install" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:182 -msgid "Installs selected packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:188 -msgid "" -"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " -"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " -"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " -"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " -"remove packages that were marked for removal." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:196 -msgid "" -"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " -"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " -"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " -"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " -"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at " -"http://bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or " -"B<reportbug>(1), if these are installed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:203 -msgid "" -"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " -"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " -"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " -"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "config" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:206 -msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:207 -#, no-wrap -msgid "remove" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:209 -msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "quit" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:212 -msgid "Quit B<dselect>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:214 -msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Package selections management" -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:218 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:234 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " -"involved with managing large sets of packages with many " -"interdependencies. For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the " -"ways of the debian package management system, it can be quite " -"overwhelming. Although B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and " -"administration, it is only instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed " -"to be a sufficient substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The " -"user is required to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian " -"packaging system. In case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the " -"Debian Policy manual, contained in the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:240 -msgid "" -"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " -"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " -"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " -"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " -"invoked with the B<'?'> key." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Screen layout" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:249 -msgid "" -"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " -"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " -"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " -"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " -"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " -"is displayed can be varied." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:252 -msgid "" -"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " -"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Package details view" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:262 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" -"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" -"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" -"alternates between:\n" -" - the extended description\n" -" - the control information for the installed version\n" -" - the control information for the available version\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:266 -msgid "" -"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " -"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " -"causing it to be listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:267 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Packages status list" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:272 -msgid "" -"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " -"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " -"and packages known from the available packages database." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:280 -msgid "" -"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " -"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " -"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " -"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " -"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " -"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:286 -msgid "" -"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " -"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " -"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " -"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:304 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" -" Error flag:\n" -" I<empty> no error\n" -" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" -" Installed state:\n" -" I<empty> not installed;\n" -" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" -" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" -" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" -" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" -" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" -" Current and requested selections:\n" -" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" -" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" -" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" -" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" -" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:305 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Cursor and screen movement" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:310 -msgid "" -"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " -"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:327 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" -" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" -" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" -" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" -" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" -" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" -" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" -" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" -" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" -" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" -" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" -" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" -" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" -" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" -" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" -" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:328 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Searching and sorting" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:342 -msgid "" -"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " -"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " -"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " -"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add " -"B<'/i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two " -"suffixes like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by " -"repeatedly pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is " -"found. If the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top " -"and continues searching from there." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:349 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" -"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" -"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" -" alphabet available status\n" -" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" -" section+priority available+section status+section\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:352 -msgid "" -"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " -"subordering sort key." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:353 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Altering selections" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:362 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" -"altered with the following commands:\n" -" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" -" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" -" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" -" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" -" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:366 -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution " -"screen. This will be further explained below." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:371 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " -"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " -"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:377 -msgid "" -"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " -"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " -"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " -"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " -"operations are useful when applied to groups." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:378 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:383 -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution " -"screen. First however, an informative help screen is displayed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:390 -msgid "" -"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " -"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " -"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " -"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " -"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " -"listed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:396 -msgid "" -"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " -"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " -"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " -"suggestions made by B<dselect>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:404 -msgid "" -"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " -"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " -"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " -"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " -"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Establishing the requested selections" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:412 -msgid "" -"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is " -"accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the " -"requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are " -"any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a " -"dependency resolution screen." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:418 -msgid "" -"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " -"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " -"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " -"this unless you've read the fine print." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:425 -msgid "" -"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " -"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " -"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " -"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " -"the last established settings." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:427 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:432 -msgid "" -"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " -"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:434 -msgid "The documentation is lacking." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:436 -msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:438 -msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:442 -msgid "" -"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " -"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " -"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:443 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:448 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:449 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:453 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " -"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:456 -msgid "" -"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " -"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/es.po b/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index a33ee33f..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1327 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dselect" -msgstr "select" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian GNU/Linux" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" -msgstr "dselect - Interfaz del manipulador de paquetes Debian para consola." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:5 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:17 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " -"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" -"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " -"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>directorioE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence " -"| --license] [--expert] [--debug | -D E<lt>archivoE<gt>] " -"[I<E<lt>acciónE<gt>>] [--colour | --color [parte de la pantalla]:[primer " -"plano],[fondo][:attr[+attr+..]]]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:26 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dselect>\n" -"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" -"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" -" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" -" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" -" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" -" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>\n" -"es la principal interfaz para la instalación, manejo y eliminación de paquetes\n" -"Debian GNU/Linux. En el menú principal de B<dselect>, el administrador del sistema puede:\n" -" - Actualizar la lista de paquetes disponibles,\n" -" - Ver el estado de los paquetes instalados y disponibles,\n" -" - Alterar selecciones de paquetes y manejar las dependencias correspondientes,\n" -" - Instalar nuevos paquetes o actualizarlos a nuevas versiones.\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:38 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " -"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " -"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " -"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " -"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " -"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " -"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " -"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " -"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> opera como interfaz de B<dpkg(8)>, la herramienta gestora de " -"paquetes de Debian de bajo nivel. Su ventaja es que posee una pantalla " -"completa de selección de paquetes con resolución óptima de dependencias y " -"conflictos. Cuando se ejecuta con permisos de administrador, los paquetes " -"pueden ser instalados, actualizados o eliminados. Varios métodos de acceso " -"pueden ser configurados para saber las versiones disponibles e instalables " -"desde los depósitos de paquetes correspondientes. Dependiendo del método de " -"acceso usado, esos depósitos de paquetes pueden ser públicos en servidores a " -"través de Internet, redes locales o bien en cdroms. El método de acceso " -"recomendado es I<apt>, proporcionado por el paquete B<apt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " -"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " -"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " -"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " -"or show additional information about the program." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente B<dselect> se invoca sin parámetros. Se presenta un menú " -"interactivo, ofreciendo al usuario una lista de acciones. Si se da una " -"acción como argumento, entonces será ejecutada inmediatamente. Hay muchas " -"órdenes disponibles para modificar el comportamiento de B<dselect> o también " -"para mostrar información adicional acerca del programa." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:45 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Todas las opciones pueden ser especificadas en la línea de órdenes, o bien " -"en el fichero de configuración de B<dselect> ubicado en I</etc/dpkg/dselect." -"cfg>. Cada línea en el archivo de configuración es también una opción " -"(exáctamente la misma que en la línea de órdenes) o un comentario (si este " -"comienza con un B<#>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:52 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--admindir E<lt>directorioE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " -"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " -"shouldn't be any need to change it." -msgstr "" -"Cambia el directorio donde el `estado', `disponible' y archivos similares de " -"dpkg están ubicados. Esto por defecto está en I</var/lib/dpkg> y " -"normalmente no debería cambiar." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--debug E<lt>archivoE<gt> | -DE<lt>archivoE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Activa la depuración. Esta información es enviada al I<E<lt>archivoE<gt>> " -"escogido." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--expert>" -msgstr "B<--expert>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." -msgstr "" -"Activa el modo experto, por ejemplo, no mensajes de ayuda posiblemente " -"molestos." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" -msgstr "B<--colour | --color [parte de la pantalla]:[primer plano],[fondo][:attr[+attr+..]]]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:71 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " -"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " -"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " -"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" -msgstr "" -"Configura los colores de la pantalla. Estos funcionan únicamente si en su " -"equipo es posible mostrar colores. Esta opción puede ser usada cuantas " -"veces se desee (es mejor usarla en I<dselect.cfg>). Cada uso cambia el " -"color (y opcionalmente, otros atributos) de una parte de la pantalla. Estas " -"partes de la pantalla (desde arriba hacia abajo) son:" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:72 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<title>" -msgstr "B<title>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The screen title." -msgstr "El título de la pantalla." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<listhead>" -msgstr "B<listhead>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The header line above the list of packages." -msgstr "La línea de cabecera encima de la lista de paquetes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<list>" -msgstr "B<list>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." -msgstr "La lista de paquetes (y también otros textos de ayuda)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<listsel>" -msgstr "B<listsel>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The selected item in the list." -msgstr "El elemento seleccionado en la lista." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstate>" -msgstr "B<pkgstate>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " -"package." -msgstr "" -"En la lista de paquetes, el texto que indica el estado actual de cada " -"paquete." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" -msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " -"currently selected package." -msgstr "" -"En la lista de paquetes, el texto que indica el estado actual del paquete " -"seleccionado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<infohead>" -msgstr "B<infohead>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." -msgstr "La línea de cabecera que muestra el estado del paquete seleccionado." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<infodesc>" -msgstr "B<infodesc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The package's short description." -msgstr "La descripción corta del paquete." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<info>" -msgstr "B<info>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." -msgstr "" -"Usado para mostrar la información del paquete tal como la descripción de él." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<infofoot>" -msgstr "B<infofoot>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." -msgstr "La última línea de la pantalla cuando se seleccionan paquetes." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<query>" -msgstr "B<query>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Used to display query lines" -msgstr "Usado para mostrar líneas de pregunta." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<helpscreen>" -msgstr "B<helpscreen>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Color of help screens." -msgstr "Color de las pantallas de ayuda." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " -"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " -"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." -msgstr "" -"Luego de la parte de la pantalla, vienen dos puntos y la especificación del " -"color. Usted puede especificar el color del primer plano, el color de " -"fondo, o ambos evitando los colores por defecto. Usted debe usar colores " -"estándares de la biblioteca curses." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " -"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " -"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " -"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " -"bold" -msgstr "" -"Opcionalmente, luego de la especificación de colores hay otros dos puntos, y " -"la especificación de los atributos. Ésta es una lista de uno o más " -"atributos, separados por un signo (\"+\"). Los atributos disponibles " -"incluyen (no todos funcionarán en todos los terminales): normal, standout, " -"underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, bold." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." -msgstr "Muestra un breve texto de ayuda y termina el programa." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "B<--licence | --license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " -"successfully." -msgstr "" -"Muestra en pantalla los derechos de copia de B<dselect>, la información con " -"respecto a su licencia y termina el programa." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:131 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "Muestra en pantalla la versión correspondiente y termina el programa." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:132 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "USAGE" -msgstr "USO" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " -"available actions:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando B<dselect> es iniciado interactivamente, muestra al usuario un menú " -"con las siguientes opciones disponibles:" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "access" -msgstr "access" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona y configura un método de acceso para los depósitos de paquetes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:145 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " -"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " -"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " -"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, B<dselect> proporciona una alta cantidad de métodos tales como " -"I<floppy>, I<harddisk> o I<cdrom>, aunque otros paquetes podrían " -"proporcionar más aún, ejemplo, el método de acceso I<apt> proporcionado por " -"el paquete B<apt> o bien I<multi_cd> proporcionado por el paquete B<dpkg-" -"multicd>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." -msgstr "El uso del método de acceso vía I<apt> es altamente recomendado." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:148 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "update" -msgstr "update" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:150 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Refresh the available packages database." -msgstr "Actualiza la lista disponible de paquetes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:157 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " -"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " -"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " -"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " -"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." -msgstr "" -"Obtiene una lista de versiones disponibles de paquetes desde un depósito de " -"ellos, configurado por el método de acceso seleccionado, y actualiza la base " -"de datos de dpkg. La lista de paquetes es comúnmente proporcionada por el " -"depósito de paquetes, mediante un archivo llamado B<Packages> o B<Packages." -"gz>. Esos archivos pueden ser generados por los mantenedores de los " -"depósitos de paquetes, usando el programa B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:160 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." -msgstr "" -"Los detalles de la acción de actualizar dependen del método de acceso que se " -"haya implementado. Normalmente este proceso es automático y no requiere " -"interacción del usuario." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:161 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "select" -msgstr "select" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:163 -#, fuzzy -msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Visualiza o maneja la selección de paquetes y sus respectivas dependencias." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:169 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " -"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " -"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " -"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " -"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." -msgstr "" -"Esta es la principal función de B<dselect>. En la pantalla de selección, el " -"usuario puede revisar una lista de todos los paquetes disponibles e " -"instalados. Cuando se ejecuta con permisos de administrador, también es " -"posible cambiar el estado de la selección interactivamente. B<dselect> " -"sigue esos cambios a otros paquetes dependientes o conflictivos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:176 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " -"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " -"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " -"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " -"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " -"the unresolved depends or conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Cuando hay un conflicto, o bien una dependencia falla, se muestra la " -"pantalla de resolución de dependencias. En esta pantalla, se muestra una " -"lista de paquetes conflictivos o dependientes, para cada paquete en la " -"lista. El usuario puede aplicar las sugerencias entregadas por B<dselect>, " -"evitarlas, o bien deshacer los cambios hechos, incluyendo aquellos en los " -"que de dejaron dependencias o conflictos sin resolver." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:179 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " -"in more detail below." -msgstr "" -"El uso de esta selección de paquetes interactiva con respecto al manejo de " -"la pantalla será explicada más abajo en el texto." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:180 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "install" -msgstr "install" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:182 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installs selected packages." -msgstr "Instala los paquetes seleccionados." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:188 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " -"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " -"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " -"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " -"remove packages that were marked for removal." -msgstr "" -"El método de acceso configurado descargará los paquetes instalables o " -"actualizables desde los depósitos relevantes, y los instalará usando " -"B<dpkg>. Dependiendo de la implementación del método de acceso, todos los " -"paquetes pueden ser pre-descargados antes de la instalación, o bien cuando " -"se requiera. Algunos métodos de acceso podrían borrar paquetes que fueron " -"marcados para ser eliminados" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " -"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " -"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " -"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " -"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." -"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " -"these are installed." -msgstr "" -"Si ocurre algún error durante la instalación, normalmente usted debería " -"ejecutar la instalación nuevamente. En la mayoría de los casos, los " -"problemas desaparecerán o bien serán resueltos. SI el problema persiste o " -"la instalación fue realizada de forma incorrecta, por favor sírvase a " -"investigar las causas y circunstancias de el problema, y contacte " -"rápidamente al sistema de seguimiento de fallos de Debian. Las " -"instrucciones correspondientes pueden encontrarse en http://bugs.debian.org/ " -"o bien leyendo la documentación de los programas B<bug(1)> o B<reportbug(1)" -">, si es que están instalados, obviamente." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:203 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " -"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " -"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " -"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." -msgstr "" -"Los detalles de la instalación dependen de la implementación de el método de " -"acceso. La atención completa del usuario puede ser requerida durante la " -"instalación, configuración o eliminación de los paquetes correspondientes. " -"Esto depende exclusivamente de los scripts que posean los paquetes. Algunos " -"de ellos hacen uso de la biblioteca de B<debconf(8)>, permitiendo de esta " -"manera una instalación mas flexible o también más automatizada." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:204 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "config" -msgstr "config" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:206 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." -msgstr "" -"Configura cualquier paquete previamente instalado, que no este totalmente " -"configurado." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:207 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "remove" -msgstr "remove" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:209 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." -msgstr "" -"Elimina o purga (n.t. es decir, elimina los ficheros de configuración) los " -"paquetes instalados que estén marcados para este proceso." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:210 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "quit" -msgstr "quit" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Quit B<dselect>" -msgstr "Salir de B<dselect>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:214 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." -msgstr "Termina el programa exitosamente (el código de error devuelto será 0)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:216 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Package selections management" -msgstr "Manejo de selecciones de paquetes" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:218 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:234 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " -"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " -"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " -"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " -"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " -"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " -"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " -"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " -"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " -"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> expone directamente al administrador algunas de las posibles " -"complejidades relacionadas con el manejo de una larga lista de paquetes con " -"muchas dependencias. Para un usuario que no esté familiarizo con los " -"conceptos y el manejo de paquetes que posee Debian, este proceso podría ser " -"un tanto complicado. Sin embargo B<dselect> apunta a ser un programa de " -"manejo y administración fácil, por lo mismo no podría ser considerado como " -"un substituto de un administrador. Se requiere que el usuario este " -"familiarizado con algunos conceptos del sistema de paquetes de Debian. En " -"caso de dudas, consulte la página man de B<dpkg(8)> y el manual de normas de " -"Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:240 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " -"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " -"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " -"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " -"invoked with the B<'?'> key." -msgstr "" -"A menos que B<dselect> sea ejecutado en modo experto o intermedio, se " -"muestra una pantalla de ayuda cuando se selecciona esta acción desde el " -"menú. Se aconseja I<fervientemente> al usuario que estudie toda la " -"información presentada en las pantallas de ayuda. La ayuda en línea puede " -"obtenerse en cualquier momento mediante la tecla B<'?'>." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:241 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Screen layout" -msgstr "Disposición de la pantalla" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:249 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " -"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " -"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " -"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " -"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " -"is displayed can be varied." -msgstr "" -"La pantalla de selección es por defecto dividida en dos partes, superior e " -"inferior. La parte de arriba muestra la lista de paquetes. Mediante el " -"cursor se puede seleccionar un paquete individual, o un grupo de paquetes, " -"si es que se puede, seleccionando la cabecera del grupo. La parte de abajo " -"de la pantalla muestra algunos de los detalles del paquete seleccionado en " -"la parte de arriba de la pantalla. El tipo de detalle mostrado puede variar." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:252 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " -"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." -msgstr "" -"Presionando la tecla B<'I'> la lista de paquetes será mostrada en pantalla " -"completa, también una vista alargada de los detalles de los paquetes, o la " -"pantalla igualmente dividida." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:253 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Package details view" -msgstr "Detalles de la vista de paquetes." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:262 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" -"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" -"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" -"alternates between:\n" -" - the extended description\n" -" - the control information for the installed version\n" -" - the control information for the available version\n" -msgstr "" -"Por defecto se muestra una descripción bastante extensa del paquete que esta seleccionado en la lista.\n" -"El tipo de detalles puede ser cambiado presionando la tecla B<'i'>.\n" -"Las opciones posibles son:\n" -" - la descripción extendida\n" -" - la información de control de la versión instalada\n" -" - la información de control de la versión disponible\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:266 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " -"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " -"causing it to be listed." -msgstr "" -"En la pantalla de resolución de dependencias, existe la posibilidad de ver " -"los posibles problemas sin resolver, o los conflictos con respecto al " -"paquete." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:267 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Packages status list" -msgstr "Lista de estado de los paquetes" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:272 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " -"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " -"and packages known from the available packages database." -msgstr "" -"La pantalla principal muestra una lista de todos los paquetes conocidos por " -"el sistema de manejo de paquetes de Debian. Esto incluye a los paquetes " -"instalados en el sistema, y también los disponibles en los depósitos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:280 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " -"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " -"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " -"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " -"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " -"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." -msgstr "" -"Para cada paquete, la lista muestra el estado, prioridad, sección, versión " -"instalada y disponible, el nombre del paquete y su descripción corta, todo " -"esto en una sola línea. Presionando la tecla B<'V'>, se puede decidir si se " -"desea mostrar la versión instalada y disponible. Presionando la tecla " -"B<'v'>, se puede decidir si se desea mostrar el estado del paquete, de forma " -"breve o prolija. De forma breve, es la opción por defecto." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:286 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " -"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " -"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " -"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." -msgstr "" -"El estado en forma breve consiste de cuatro partes: una parte de error, la " -"cual normalmente debería estar vacía, el estado actual, el estado de la " -"última y actual selección. Las primeras dos están en directa relación con " -"el estado actual del paquete, el segundo par con las selecciones del usuario." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:304 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" -" Error flag:\n" -" I<empty> no error\n" -" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" -" Installed state:\n" -" I<empty> not installed;\n" -" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" -" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" -" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" -" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" -" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" -" Current and requested selections:\n" -" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" -" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" -" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" -" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" -" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" -msgstr "" -"Aquí están los significados de cada uno de los indicadores:\n" -" Parte de error: \n" -" I<vacío> no hay error\n" -" B<R> error serio, necesita reinstalación;\n" -" Estado de la instalación: \n" -" I<vacío> no está instalado;\n" -" B<*> totalmente instalado y configurado;\n" -" B<-> no está instalado, pero aún existen archivos de configuración;\n" -" B<U> desempaquetado, pero aún no configurado;\n" -" B<C> medio-configurado (ocurrió un error);\n" -" B<I> medio-instalado (ocurrió un error).\n" -" Selección actual y solicitada:\n" -" B<*> marcado para instalación o actualización;\n" -" B<-> marcado para ser eliminado, no se eliminan ficheros de configuración;\n" -" B<=> bloqueado: el paquete no será procesado en absoluto;\n" -" B<_> paquete marcado para purgación, también elimina configuración;\n" -" B<n> paquete es nuevo y aún todavía necesita ser marcado.\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:305 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Cursor and screen movement" -msgstr "Movimiento del cursor y de la pantalla" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:310 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " -"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" -msgstr "" -"La lista de selección de paquetes y la pantalla de resolución de " -"dependencias y conflictos pueden ser navegadas usando las siguientes teclas:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:327 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" -" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" -" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" -" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" -" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" -" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" -" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" -" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" -" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" -" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" -" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" -" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" -" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" -" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" -" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" -" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" -msgstr "" -" B<p, Up, k> mueve el cursor hacia arriba\n" -" B<n, Down, j> mueve el cursor hacia abajo\n" -" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> mueve la lista una página hacia arriba\n" -" B<N, Pgdn, Space> mueve la lista una página hacia abajo\n" -" B<^p> mueve la lista una línea hacia arriba\n" -" B<^n> mueve la lista una línea hacia abajo\n" -" B<t, Home> salta al principio de la lista\n" -" B<e, End> salta al fin de la lista\n" -" B<u> mueve info una página hacia arriba\n" -" B<d> mueve info una página hacia abajo\n" -" B<^u> mueve info una línea hacia abajo\n" -" B<^d> mueve info una línea hacia abajo\n" -" B<B, Left-arrow> exhibe la pantalla 1/3 hacia la izquierda\n" -" B<F, Right-arrow> exhibe la pantalla 1/3 hacia la derecha\n" -" B<^b> exhibe un carácter hacia la izquierda\n" -" B<^f> exhibe un carácter hacia la derecha\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:328 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Searching and sorting" -msgstr "Buscando y clasificando" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:342 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " -"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " -"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " -"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" -"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " -"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " -"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " -"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " -"searching from there." -msgstr "" -"Los paquetes en la lista pueden ser buscados por el nombre. Esto se realiza " -"presionando la tecla B<'/'>, y escribiendo el nombre del paquete que se " -"desea buscar. Este nombre es interpretado como una una expresión regular de " -"acuerdo con B<regex>(7). Si usted añade B<'/d'> a la búsqueda, dselect " -"además buscará en las descripciones. Si usted añade B<'/i'> la búsqueda no " -"discriminará entre mayúsculas y minúsculas. Usted puede combinar estas dos " -"opciones de esta manera : B<'/id'>. Se puede repetir la búsqueda " -"presionando las teclas B<'n'> o B<'\\e'>, hasta que usted encuentre el " -"paquete que estaba buscando. Si la búsqueda comienza al final de la lista, " -"subirá al principio y también revisará allí." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:349 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" -"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" -"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" -" alphabet available status\n" -" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" -" section+priority available+section status+section\n" -msgstr "" -"El orden de la lista puede cambiarse presionando las teclas B<'o'> y B<'O'> repetidamente.\n" -"Los siguientes ordenamientos son posibles:\n" -" alfabético disponible \t estado\n" -" prioridad+sección disponible+prioridad estado+prioridad\n" -" sección+prioridad disponible+sección estado+sección\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:352 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " -"subordering sort key." -msgstr "" -"Si no se usa explícitamente ninguno de los mencionados arriba, se usa el " -"orden alfabético." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:353 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Altering selections" -msgstr "Alterando selecciones." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:362 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" -"altered with the following commands:\n" -" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" -" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" -" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" -" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" -" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" -msgstr "" -"El estado de la selección solicitada de paquetes individuales puede ser alterada \n" -"mediante los siguientes comandos:\n" -" B<+, Insert> instala o actualiza\n" -" B<=, H> bloqueo en estado y versión actual\n" -" B<:, G> sin espera: actualiza o deja sin instalar \n" -" B<-, Delete> elimina, pero deja la configuracion\n" -" B<_> elimina y borra la configuración\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:366 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " -"This will be further explained below." -msgstr "" -"Cuando los cambios resultan en una o más dependencias no satisfechas, o " -"también en conflictos B<dselect> muestra al usuario una pantalla con " -"resolución de dependencias Esta pantalla será explicada en detalles mas " -"abajo." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " -"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " -"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." -msgstr "" -"También es posible aplicar esas órdenes a grupos de selecciones de paquetes, " -"apuntando el cursor a la cabecera del grupo. El agrupamiento exacto de los " -"paquetes depende la configuración de la lista ordenamiento." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:377 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " -"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " -"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " -"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " -"operations are useful when applied to groups." -msgstr "" -"Se debe tomar el cuidado apropiado cuando se alteran largas listas de " -"selecciones de paquetes mediante grupos, ya que esto puede inmediatamente " -"crear una larga lista de dependencias sin resolver o conflictos con otros " -"paquetes, todos ellos serán mostrados en una pantalla única, lo que hará más " -"difícil el proceso. En la práctica, es mejor dejar en espera algunos grupos " -"e ir trantándolos uno a uno." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:378 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" -msgstr "Resolviendo problemas de dependencias y conflictos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:383 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " -"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el cambio resulta en una o más dependencias sin resolver o también en " -"conflictos, B<dselect> muestra al usuario una pantalla con la posible " -"solución al problema. Primero, sin embargo, se muestra una pantalla " -"informativa." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:390 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " -"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " -"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " -"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " -"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " -"listed." -msgstr "" -"La mitad superior de esta pantalla enumera todos los paquetes que tendrán " -"conflictos, o problemas de dependencias sin resolver, como resultado del " -"cambio requerido por el usuario, además de todos los paquetes cuya " -"instalación solucionará el problema. La mitad inferior muestra los " -"problemas que causa el paquete seleccionado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:396 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " -"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " -"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " -"suggestions made by B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"Cuando la sublista de paquete se exhibe inicialmente, B<dselect> podría ya " -"haber establecido el estado requerido de alguno de los paquetes listados, " -"para resolver los problemas de dependencias o conflictos que la pantalla de " -"resolución mostrado. Usualmente, lo mejor es seguir las sugerencias hechas " -"por B<dselect>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:404 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " -"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " -"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " -"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " -"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." -msgstr "" -"El estado de los paquetes seleccionados en la lista, puede ser revertido a " -"los ajustes originales, así como también las dependencias sin resolver y los " -"conflictos que fueron creados, presionando la tecla B<'R'>. Presionando la " -"tecla B<'D'>, las sugerencias automáticas son reajustadas, pero el cambio " -"que realizó la pantalla de resolución de dependencias se mantiene. " -"Finalmente, presionando la tecla B<'U'>, las selecciones son ajustadas " -"nuevamente a los valores automáticos." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:405 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Establishing the requested selections" -msgstr "Estableciendo las selecciones solicitadas" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:412 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " -"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " -"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " -"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " -"resolution screen." -msgstr "" -"Presionando la tecla B<enter>, la lista actual es aceptada. Si B<dselect> " -"detecta que no hay problemas, las nueves selecciones serán aceptadas. Sin " -"embargo, si hay dependencias sin resolver, B<dselect> nuevamente mostrará la " -"pantalla de resolución de dependencias." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:418 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " -"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " -"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " -"this unless you've read the fine print." -msgstr "" -"Para alterar una lista de selecciones que crea dependencias sin resolver o " -"conflictos y forzar a B<dselect> a aceptarla, presione la tecla B<'Q'>. " -"Esto fija las selecciones especificadas por el usuario, incondicionalmente. " -"Generalmente, usted no debería hacer esto, a menos que sepa lo que este " -"haciendo." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:425 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " -"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " -"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " -"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " -"the last established settings." -msgstr "" -"El efecto opuesto, es deshacer sus cambios y volver hacia atrás hasta que no " -"tenga problemas, esto se puede realizar presionando la tecla B<'X'> ó " -"B<escape>. Presionando repetidamente estas teclas, cualquier cambio " -"perjudicial a las selecciones de paquetes se puede retirar totalmente, " -"volviendo así a la última configuración existente." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:427 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FALLOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " -"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." -msgstr "" -"La interfaz de selección de B<dselect> puede parecer confusa para algunos " -"usuarios principiantes. Se ha informado, que incluso experimentados " -"desarrolladores del kernel se han quejado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:434 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The documentation is lacking." -msgstr "Carece de documentación" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:436 -#, fuzzy -msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." -msgstr "No hay ninguna opción de ayuda en el menú principal." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:438 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." -msgstr "La lista de paquetes disponibles no puede ser reducida." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:442 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " -"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " -"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." -msgstr "" -"Los otros métodos de acceso no tienen tanta calidad como el método que " -"proporciona apt, no implica que los otros no funcionen, sino que este último " -"es mucho mas flexible, lo cual lo hace ser mucho mas recomendable." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:443 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VEÁSE TAMBIÉN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:448 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." -msgstr "" -"B<dpkg>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)B<y> el manual de " -"normas de Debian." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:449 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTORES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:453 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " -"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> fue escrito por (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). La lista entera de " -"contribuidores puede ser leída ejecutando `dselect --license'." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:456 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " -"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." -msgstr "" -"Este manual fue escrito por Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fi E<gt>, " -"Josip Rodin, Joost kooij y finalmente traducida por Bruno Barrera C <bruno." -"barrera@igloo.cl>." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "DSELECT" -#~ msgstr "DSELECT" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "July 2001" -#~ msgstr "Julio de 2001" diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6fa21392..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1170 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dselect.1.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:38+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dselect" -msgstr "dselect" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名称" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:4 -msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" -msgstr "dselect - Debian パッケージ管理フロントエンド" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:17 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " -"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" -"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " -"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " -"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" -"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " -"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:26 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dselect>\n" -"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" -"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" -" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" -" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" -" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" -" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> は Debian システムの、主要なパッケージ管理用ユーザインターフェースの一つである。システム管理者は、B<dselect> のメインメニューで以下の操作を行える。\n" -" - 利用可能パッケージのバージョンリストの更新。\n" -" - インストール済み・利用可能パッケージの状況の参照。\n" -" - 代替パッケージの選択及び依存関係管理。\n" -" - 新規パッケージのインストールや新バージョンへの更新。\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:38 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " -"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " -"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " -"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " -"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " -"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " -"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " -"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " -"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> は、B<dpkg>(1) (下位層 Debian パッケージ管理ツール) のフロントエン" -"ドとして動作する。パッケージの依存・競合の解決を行なえる、全画面パッケージ選" -"択マネージャであることが特徴である。管理者権限で起動すると、パッケージのイン" -"ストール、更新、削除を行うことができる。またパッケージリポジトリより、利用可" -"能パッケージのバージョン情報や、インストール可能パッケージの取得するための、" -"様々なアクセス方式を設定できる。使用するアクセス方式によって、インターネット" -"上の公開サーバ、ローカルサーバ、CD-ROM をリポジトリにできる。推奨するアクセス" -"方式は、B<apt> パッケージで提供する I<apt> である。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:44 -msgid "" -"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " -"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " -"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " -"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " -"or show additional information about the program." -msgstr "" -"通常、B<dselect> はパラメータなしで起動する。ユーザへは、対話的メニューで、ア" -"クションのリストを提供する。引数で、アクションを与えられた場合、直ちにそのア" -"クションを実行する。いくつかのコマンドラインパラメータで、B<dselect> の動きを" -"修正したり、プログラムの補足情報を示すことができる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:51 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"オプションはすべて、コマンドライン及び B<dselect> の設定ファイル I</etc/dpkg/" -"dselect.cfg> の両方で指定できる。設定ファイル中の各行には、オプション (正確に" -"はコマンドラインオプションからダッシュを除いたもの) か、コメント (行が B<#> " -"で始まる場合) を記述する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -msgid "" -"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " -"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " -"shouldn't be any need to change it." -msgstr "" -"dpkg が使用する `status' ファイルや `available' ファイルなどを置くディレクト" -"リを変更する。デフォルトは I</var/lib/dpkg> で、通常変更する必要はない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." -msgstr "デバッグを有効にする。デバッグ情報は I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> に送られる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--expert>" -msgstr "B<--expert>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -msgid "" -"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." -msgstr "エキスパートモードを有効にする。つまり、うるさいヘルプを表示しない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" -msgstr "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:71 -msgid "" -"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " -"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " -"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " -"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" -msgstr "" -"表示色を設定する。ディスプレイがカラー表示をサポートしている場合に有効であ" -"る。このオプションは、複数回指定できる(そして I<dselect.cfg> で一番使用されて" -"いる)。指定ごとに、画面の一部の色(や他の属性)を変更する。画面 (上から下まで) " -"の部位は次のとおり:" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:72 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<title>" -msgstr "B<title>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -msgid "The screen title." -msgstr "画面タイトル" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<listhead>" -msgstr "B<listhead>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -msgid "The header line above the list of packages." -msgstr "パッケージリストの上のヘッダライン" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<list>" -msgstr "B<list>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." -msgstr "パッケージリストのスクロール領域 (ヘルプも表示する)" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<listsel>" -msgstr "B<listsel>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -msgid "The selected item in the list." -msgstr "リスト内の選択行" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstate>" -msgstr "B<pkgstate>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " -"package." -msgstr "パッケージリスト中、パッケージの現在状況表示部" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" -msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " -"currently selected package." -msgstr "パッケージリスト中、選択したパッケージの現在状況表示部" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infohead>" -msgstr "B<infohead>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -msgid "" -"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." -msgstr "選択中パッケージの状況表示部のヘッダ行" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infodesc>" -msgstr "B<infodesc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -msgid "The package's short description." -msgstr "パッケージの短い説明文" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<info>" -msgstr "B<info>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." -msgstr "パッケージの説明などのパッケージ情報表示部" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infofoot>" -msgstr "B<infofoot>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." -msgstr "パッケージ選択時の画面最下行" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<query>" -msgstr "B<query>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -msgid "Used to display query lines" -msgstr "要求行表示部" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<helpscreen>" -msgstr "B<helpscreen>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:110 -msgid "Color of help screens." -msgstr "ヘルプ画面の色" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:115 -msgid "" -"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " -"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " -"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." -msgstr "" -"画面の部位の後に、コロンと色設定を記述する。コンパイル時の色を無視して、前景" -"色、背景色あるいは両方を指定することができる。標準 curses 色名称を使用する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -msgid "" -"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " -"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " -"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " -"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " -"bold" -msgstr "" -"任意で、色設定の後に別のコロンで、属性を設定できる。これはプラス(\"+\")文字に" -"よって分離された、複数の属性のリストである。利用可能な属性を以下列挙する(すべ" -"ての属性がすべての端末で有効とは限らない): normal, standout, underline, " -"reverse, blink, bright, dim, bold" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." -msgstr "簡単なヘルプを表示し、正常終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -msgid "" -"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " -"successfully." -msgstr "B<dselect> の著作権情報とライセンス情報を表示し、正常終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:131 -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "バージョン情報を表示し、正常終了する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "USAGE" -msgstr "使用方法" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -msgid "" -"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " -"available actions:" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> を対話的に起動すると、以下の利用可能アクションのメニューをユーザに" -"提示する。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "access" -msgstr "access" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:139 -msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." -msgstr "" -"パッケージリポジトリにアクセスするための、アクセス方式を選択・設定する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:145 -msgid "" -"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " -"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " -"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " -"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトでは B<dselect> は I<floppy>, I<harddisk>, I<cdrom> といった、いく" -"つかの方式を提供する。しかし、他のパッケージが追加アクセス方式を提供すること" -"もある。例えば、I<apt> アクセス方式は B<apt> パッケージで提供され、 " -"I<multi_cd> は B<dpkg-multicd> で提供される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:147 -msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." -msgstr "I<apt> アクセス方式の使用を、強く推奨する。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:148 -#, no-wrap -msgid "update" -msgstr "update" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:150 -msgid "Refresh the available packages database." -msgstr "利用可能パッケージデータベースをリフレッシュする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:157 -msgid "" -"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " -"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " -"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " -"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " -"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." -msgstr "" -"利用可能パッケージのバージョンリストを、現在設定しているアクセス方式で、パッ" -"ケージリポジトリから取得し、dpkg データベースを更新する。パッケージリストは、" -"一般的には B<Packages>, B<Packages.gz> という名前で、リポジトリより提供されて" -"いる。リポジトリ管理者は、B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) というプログラムを使用し" -"て、このファイルを生成することができる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:160 -msgid "" -"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." -msgstr "" -"update アクションの詳細は、アクセス方式の実装に依存する。通常、このプロセスは" -"単純で、ユーザの入力を必要としない。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "select" -msgstr "select" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:163 -msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." -msgstr "パッケージの選択や依存関係の表示・管理を行う。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:169 -msgid "" -"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " -"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " -"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " -"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " -"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." -msgstr "" -"これが B<dselect> のメイン機能である。選択した画面で、全利用可能・インストー" -"ル済みパッケージのリストを調査できる。管理者権限で実行すると、対話的に、パッ" -"ケージ選択状況を変更することもできる。 B<dselect> は、選択状況の変更に関連し" -"て起こる他の依存・競合パッケージについても同様に追跡する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:176 -msgid "" -"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " -"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " -"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " -"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " -"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " -"the unresolved depends or conflicts." -msgstr "" -"競合や依存の失敗を検出すると、依存関係解決サブ画面をユーザに提示する。この画" -"面では、競合パッケージや依存パッケージを、その理由とともに表示する。ユーザ" -"は、B<dselect> が提案した変更案を適用してもよいし、その案を上書きしてもよい。" -"また、変更をすべて元に戻してもよい。以上を、依存・競合が解決されるまで、繰り" -"返す。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:179 -msgid "" -"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " -"in more detail below." -msgstr "対話的なパッケージ選択管理画面の詳細な使い方を後述する。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "install" -msgstr "install" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:182 -msgid "Installs selected packages." -msgstr "選択したパッケージをインストールする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:188 -msgid "" -"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " -"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " -"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " -"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " -"remove packages that were marked for removal." -msgstr "" -"インストール・更新するパッケージを、設定したアクセス方式で適切なリポジトリよ" -"り取得し、 B<dpkg> を用いてインストールを行う。アクセス方式の実装に依存する" -"が、インストール前に全パッケージを取得、もしくは必要な時に取得する。アクセス" -"方式により、削除マークをつけたパッケージの削除を行う場合もある。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:196 -msgid "" -"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " -"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " -"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " -"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " -"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." -"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " -"these are installed." -msgstr "" -"インストール中にエラーが発生した場合、もう一度 install を行うよう促される。そ" -"の場合でも、ほとんど問題が発生しないか、解決済みとなっている。問題が残ったま" -"まだったり、インストールが異常終了する場合、原因・事情を調べて、Debian バグ追" -"跡システムへバグ報告をしていただきたい。バグ報告の方法は、http://bugs.debian." -"org/ や、インストールされていれば、 B<bug>(1) や B<reportbug>(1) の文書を参照" -"のこと。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:203 -msgid "" -"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " -"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " -"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " -"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." -msgstr "" -"install アクションの詳細はアクセス方式の実装に依存する。パッケージのインス" -"トール、設定、削除中に、ユーザに注意を促したり、入力を要求する可能性もある。" -"これはパッケージ管理者スクリプトに依存する。パッケージによっては、B<debconf>" -"(1) ライブラリを用いており、より柔軟で自動化されたインストールセットアップが" -"可能である。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "config" -msgstr "config" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:206 -msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." -msgstr "" -"すでにインストール済みだが、設定が完了していないパッケージの設定を行う。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:207 -#, no-wrap -msgid "remove" -msgstr "remove" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:209 -msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." -msgstr "削除マークをつけたインストール済みパッケージの、削除・完全削除を行う。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "quit" -msgstr "quit" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:212 -msgid "Quit B<dselect>" -msgstr "B<dselect> を終了する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:214 -msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." -msgstr "エラーコード 0 (成功) でプログラムを終了する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Package selections management" -msgstr "パッケージ選択管理" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:218 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "入門" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:234 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " -"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " -"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " -"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " -"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " -"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " -"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " -"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " -"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " -"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" -"大量の相互依存関係を持つパッケージ群を B<dselect> で管理する複雑さに、管理者は直" -"面する。 Debian パッケージ管理システムの概念や、その方法に慣れていないユーザ" -"にとっては、これは圧倒的ですらある。 B<dselect> は、パッケージ管理と管理作業" -"の負担緩和を目指している。しかし、単に負担緩和に役立つだけで、管理者としての" -"技術や知識の代用にはならない。ユーザには、Debian パッケージングシステムについ" -"ての基礎概念に精通することが要求される。疑問があれば、B<dpkg>(1) のマニュアル" -"や、B<debian-policy> パッケージに含まれている Debian ポリシーマニュアルを参照" -"してほしい。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:240 -msgid "" -"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " -"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " -"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " -"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " -"invoked with the B<'?'> key." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> が、エキスパートモードや直接モードで起動されない場合、メニューから" -"アクションを選ぶ際に、初めにヘルプ画面が表示される。オンラインヘルプ画面が" -"ポップアップした際には、そこに示される内容をすべて検討するよう、I<強く>お奨め" -"する。オンラインヘルプ画面は、いつでも B<'？'> キーで表示できる。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Screen layout" -msgstr "画面レイアウト" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:249 -msgid "" -"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " -"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " -"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " -"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " -"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " -"is displayed can be varied." -msgstr "" -"選択画面は、デフォルトで上下 2 分割されている。上半分は、パッケージリストを表" -"示している。カーソルバーで個々のパッケージを選択したり、グループヘッダを選択" -"(できれば)して、パッケージグループを選択したりできる。画面の下半分は、画面の" -"上半分で現在選択しているパッケージの詳細が表示される。表示される詳細のタイプ" -"は、変更できる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:252 -msgid "" -"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " -"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." -msgstr "" -" B<'I'> キーを押すごとに、パッケージリストの全画面表示、パッケージ詳細の拡" -"大、画面の均等分割を切り替える。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Package details view" -msgstr "パッケージ詳細表示" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:262 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" -"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" -"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" -"alternates between:\n" -" - the extended description\n" -" - the control information for the installed version\n" -" - the control information for the available version\n" -msgstr "" -"デフォルトのパッケージ詳細表示部は、パッケージ状況リスト中で現在選択されているパッケージの、長いパッケージ説明文を表示する。詳細タイプは B<'i'> キーを押すごとに以下が切り替わる。\n" -" - 長い説明文\n" -" - インストール済みバージョンのコントロール情報\n" -" - 利用可能バージョンのコントロール情報\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:266 -msgid "" -"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " -"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " -"causing it to be listed." -msgstr "" -"依存関係解決画面では、特定のパッケージの未解決依存・競合関係を、その原因とと" -"もに表示する可能性がある。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:267 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Packages status list" -msgstr "パッケージ状況リスト" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:272 -msgid "" -"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " -"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " -"and packages known from the available packages database." -msgstr "" -"メイン選択画面は、 Debian パッケージ管理システムが知っている全パッケージを表" -"示する。これには、システムにインストール済みのパッケージと、利用可能パッケー" -"ジデータベースが知っているパッケージが含まれる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:280 -msgid "" -"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " -"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " -"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " -"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " -"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " -"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." -msgstr "" -"リストにはパッケージごとに、パッケージの状況、優先度、セクション、インストー" -"ル済み・利用可能バージョン、パッケージ名、短い説明文が 1 行で表示される。 " -"B<'V'> キーを押すと、インストール済みバージョンと利用可能バージョンの表示を " -"ON/OFF できる。 B<'v'> キーを押すと、パッケージ状況を詳細表示と簡略表示で切り" -"替える。簡略表示がデフォルトである。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:286 -msgid "" -"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " -"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " -"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " -"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." -msgstr "" -"状況簡略表示は、以下の 4 パートに分かれている。エラーフラグ (通常クリア)、現" -"在の状況、前回選択状況、今回選択状況である。始めの 2 つはパッケージの現在の状" -"況を表し、その後の 2 つはユーザがセットした選択状況を表している。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:304 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" -" Error flag:\n" -" I<empty> no error\n" -" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" -" Installed state:\n" -" I<empty> not installed;\n" -" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" -" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" -" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" -" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" -" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" -" Current and requested selections:\n" -" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" -" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" -" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" -" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" -" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" -msgstr "" -"パッケージ状況簡略表示部のコードには以下の意味がある。\n" -" エラーフラグ:\n" -" I<空> エラーなし\n" -" B<R> 深刻なエラー (要再インストール)\n" -" インストール状況:\n" -" I<空> 未インストール\n" -" B<*> インストール済み、かつ設定済み\n" -" B<-> 未インストールだが、設定ファイルが残っている\n" -" B<U> 展開済みだが設定が済んでいない\n" -" B<C> 半設定状況 (エラー発生)\n" -" B<I> 半インストール状況 (エラー発生)\n" -" 現在の選択・要求した選択:\n" -" B<*> インストール・更新マーク\n" -" B<-> 削除マーク (設定ファイルは残す)\n" -" B<=> 保留 (パッケージになにも処理を行わない)\n" -" B<_> 完全削除マーク (設定ファイルも削除する)\n" -" B<n> 新規パッケージでまだマーク付けされていない\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:305 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Cursor and screen movement" -msgstr "カーソルおよび画面移動" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:310 -msgid "" -"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " -"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" -msgstr "" -"パッケージ選択リストや依存・競合関係解決画面では、以下のキー割当のコマンドで" -"操作できる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:327 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" -" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" -" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" -" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" -" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" -" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" -" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" -" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" -" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" -" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" -" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" -" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" -" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" -" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" -" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" -" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" -msgstr "" -" B<p, Up, k> カーソルバーを上に移動\n" -" B<n, Down, j> カーソルバーを下に移動\n" -" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> リストを 1 ページ上にスクロール\n" -" B<N, Pgdn, Space> リストを 1 ページ下にスクロール\n" -" B<^p> リストを 1 行上にスクロール\n" -" B<^n> リストを 1 行下にスクロール\n" -" B<t, Home> リストの先頭にジャンプ\n" -" B<e, End> リストの最後にジャンプ\n" -" B<u> 情報を 1 ページ上にスクロール\n" -" B<d> 情報を 1 ページ下にスクロール\n" -" B<^u> 情報を 1 行上にスクロール\n" -" B<^d> 情報を 1 行下にスクロール\n" -" B<B, Left-arrow> 表示を 1/3 画面左にスクロール\n" -" B<F, Right-arrow> 表示を 1/3 画面右にスクロール\n" -" B<^b> 表示を 1 文字左にスクロール\n" -" B<^f> 表示を 1 文字右にスクロール\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:328 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Searching and sorting" -msgstr "検索と並べ替え" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:342 -msgid "" -"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " -"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " -"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " -"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" -"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " -"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " -"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " -"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " -"searching from there." -msgstr "" -"パッケージリストはパッケージ名で検索することができる。パッケージのリストで" -"は、 B<'/'> を押してから、単純な検索文字列を入力することで、パッケージ名の検" -"索ができる。この文字列は、正規表現 B<regex>(7) で解析される。検索文字列に続け" -"て B<'/d'> を加えると、説明文からも検索する。 B<'/i'> を加えた場合は、大文字" -"小文字の区別をしない。この 2 つの添字を B<'/id'> のようにつなげても記述でき" -"る。検索結果に対して、続けて B<'n'> ないし B<'\\e'> キーを押すと、目的のパッ" -"ケージが得られるまで、検索を繰り返せる。検索がリストの最後まで達すると、先頭" -"に戻る。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:349 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" -"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" -"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" -" alphabet available status\n" -" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" -" section+priority available+section status+section\n" -msgstr "" -"リストのソート順は、B<'o'> と B<'O'> キーを繰り返し押して変更する。\n" -"以下の 9 通りのソート順を選べる。\n" -" アルファベット 利用可能 状況\n" -" 優先度+セクション 利用可能+優先度 状況+優先度\n" -" セクション+優先度 利用可能+セクション 状況+セクション\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:352 -msgid "" -"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " -"subordering sort key." -msgstr "上記リストには明記していないが、最後にアルファベット順でソートされる。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:353 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Altering selections" -msgstr "選択の変更" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:362 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" -"altered with the following commands:\n" -" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" -" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" -" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" -" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" -" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" -msgstr "" -"それぞれのパッケージの要求選択状況は、以下のコマンドで変更できる。\n" -" B<+, Insert> インストール・更新する\n" -" B<=, H> 現在の状況・バージョンを保留する\n" -" B<:, G> 保留解除 (更新ないし未インストールのままとする)\n" -" B<-, Delete> 削除して設定は残す\n" -" B<_> 削除して設定も消す\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:366 -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " -"This will be further explained below." -msgstr "" -"変更要求の結果、依存を満足しなかったり競合した場合、 B<dselect> は依存関係解決" -"画面を提示する。これは後ほど説明する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:371 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " -"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " -"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." -msgstr "" -"さらに、グループヘッダ上にカーソルバーを移動して、パッケージ選択のグループに" -"コマンドを適用することができる。パッケージの正確なグループ化ができるかは、現" -"在のリストのソート順設定に依存する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:377 -msgid "" -"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " -"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " -"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " -"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " -"operations are useful when applied to groups." -msgstr "" -"一度に大量の未解決依存・競合を発生させるため、中身が大きいグループを変更する" -"場合は、十分注意するべきである。 1 つの依存関係解決画面に、すべて表示されるこ" -"ととなるため、これを解決するのは非常に難しい。実際には、グループの変更が有用" -"なのは、保留や保留解除の時ぐらいである。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:378 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" -msgstr "依存・競合解決" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:383 -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " -"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." -msgstr "" -"選択状況を変更して未解決依存・競合が発生した場合、 B<dselect> は依存関係解決" -"画面を表示する。初めての場合は、その前にヘルプ画面を表示する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:390 -msgid "" -"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " -"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " -"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " -"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " -"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " -"listed." -msgstr "" -"この画面の上半分には、未解決依存・競合があるパッケージや、要求された変更の結" -"果、そして依存を解決するのにインストールすればいいパッケージ、競合を解決する" -"のに削除すればいいパッケージをすべて表示する。下半分には、現在選択している" -"パッケージの依存や競合の原因を、デフォルトで表示する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:396 -msgid "" -"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " -"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " -"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " -"suggestions made by B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"パッケージのサブリストが初期表示されたとき、 B<dselect> は、依存関係解決画面" -"が表示されるときに依存や競合を解決するよう、リストしたパッケージの選択状況を" -"すでに変更しているかもしれない。通常、B<dselect> による提案を採用するのが最良" -"である。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:404 -msgid "" -"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " -"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " -"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " -"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " -"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." -msgstr "" -"B<'R'> キーを押すことで、パッケージリストの選択状況を、未解決依存・競合が作成" -"される前のように、元に戻せるだろう。B<'D'> キーを押すことで、自動提案はリセッ" -"トされるが、依存関係解決画面が示した変更は、要求したものと同様に維持される。" -"最終的に B<'U'> を押すことで、自動提案をセットすることができる。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Establishing the requested selections" -msgstr "選択要求の確定" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:412 -msgid "" -"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " -"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " -"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " -"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " -"resolution screen." -msgstr "" -"B<enter> を押すと、現在表示されている選択セットで確定する。選択要求の結果、未" -"解決依存が検出されなければ、 B<dselect> は新しい選択を設定する。しかし、いま" -"だ未解決依存が存在する場合、 B<dselect> は依存関係解決画面を改めて表示する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:418 -msgid "" -"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " -"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " -"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " -"this unless you've read the fine print." -msgstr "" -"未解決依存・競合が存在する選択状況で、B<dselect> は確定を強制するには、 B<'Q'> " -"キーを押す。これはユーザが指定した選択を無条件にセットする。一般的に、詳細を" -"読んでいなければ、これをしないこと。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:425 -msgid "" -"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " -"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " -"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " -"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " -"the last established settings." -msgstr "" -"反対に、選択を取り消して選択リストを元に戻す場合は、 B<'X'> キーや B<escape> " -"キーを押すこと。キーを何回も押すことで、問題のある変更要求を取り消し、最後" -"に確定した選択に戻すことができる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:427 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "バグ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:432 -msgid "" -"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " -"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> パッケージ選択インターフェースは、新しいユーザを混乱させる。聞くと" -"ころでは、経験を積んだカーネル開発者ですら、これを嘆いている。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:434 -msgid "The documentation is lacking." -msgstr "文書が足りない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:436 -msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." -msgstr "メインメニューにヘルプオプションがない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:438 -msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." -msgstr "利用可能パッケージのリスト表示を減らせない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:442 -msgid "" -"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " -"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " -"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." -msgstr "" -"内蔵アクセス方式では、もはや現在の品質基準を満たせない。 apt が提供するアクセ" -"ス方式を利用すれば、壊れないだけでなく、内蔵アクセス方式より遙かに柔軟であ" -"る。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:443 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:448 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:449 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "著者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:453 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " -"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> は、Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu) によって書かれた。 この" -"プログラムへの全貢献者一覧は `dselect --license' で参照できる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:456 -msgid "" -"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " -"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." -msgstr "" -"このマニュアルは Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt> によって書か" -"れ、 Josip Rodin, Joost kooij が更新した。" diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index 880b4bbe..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1308 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-01 23:54+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dselect" -msgstr "dselect" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:4 -msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" -msgstr "dselect - konsolowe narzêdzie zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SK£ADNIA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:17 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " -"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" -"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " -"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " -"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" -"D>I<E<lt>plikE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>akcjaE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " -"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:26 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dselect>\n" -"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" -"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" -" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" -" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" -" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" -" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>\n" -"jest jednym z podstawowych narzêdzi u¿ytkownika do zarz±dzania\n" -"pakietami Debiana. Z g³ównego menu programu B<dselect>, administrator systemu mo¿e:\n" -" - zaktualizowaæ listê dostêpnych pakietów,\n" -" - wy¶wietliæ stan zainstalowanych i dostêpnych wersji pakietów,\n" -" - wybieraæ pakiety i zarz±dzaæ zale¿no¶ciami,\n" -" - zainstalowaæ nowe pakiety lub zaktualizowaæ pakiety do nowszych wersji.\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:38 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " -"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " -"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " -"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " -"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " -"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " -"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " -"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " -"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> jest nak³adk± na polecenie B<dpkg(1)>, niskopoziomowe narzêdzie " -"zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana. Jego podstawow± zalet± jest menad¿er " -"pe³noekranowego wyboru pakietów z mo¿liwo¶ci± znajdowania zale¿no¶ci miêdzy " -"nimi i rozwi±zywania konfliktów. Program uruchomiony z prawami " -"administratora daje mo¿liwo¶æ instalowania, aktualizowania oraz usuwania " -"pakietów. Mo¿na skonfigurowaæ ró¿norodne metody dostêpu, za pomoc± których " -"mo¿na ¶ci±gn±æ z repozytorium pakietów zarówno informacje o dostêpnych " -"wersjach pakietów, jak i same pakiety do zainstalowania. W zale¿no¶ci od " -"metody dostêpu repozytoria te mog± siê znajdowaæ na publicznych serwerach-" -"archiwach w Internecie, lokalnych serwerach z archiwami lub na CD-ROM-ach. " -"Zalecan± metod± dostêpu jest metoda I<apt>, dostarczana przez pakiet B<apt>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:44 -msgid "" -"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " -"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " -"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " -"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " -"or show additional information about the program." -msgstr "" -"Zazwyczaj B<dselect> jest uruchamiany bez ¿adnych parametrów. Wtedy " -"wy¶wietlane jest interaktywne menu z list± akcji. Je¿eli akcja zostanie " -"podana jako argument wywo³ania programu, to ta akcja jest od razu " -"wykonywana. Ponadto jest dostêpnych kilka parametrów wywo³ania, które " -"modyfikuj± zachowanie B<dselecta> albo wy¶wietlaj± dodatkowe informacje o " -"programie." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCJE" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:51 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Wszystkie opcje mog± byæ podane zarówno w linii poleceñ, jak i w pliku " -"konfiguracyjnym I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> programu B<dselect>. Ka¿da linia " -"tego pliku jest albo opcj± (dok³adnie tak± sam± jak opcja linii poleceñ, ale " -"bez pocz±tkowych my¶lników), albo komentarzem (je¿eli zaczyna siê od B<#>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>katalogE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -msgid "" -"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " -"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " -"shouldn't be any need to change it." -msgstr "" -"Zmienia katalog zawieraj±cy pliki `I<status>' ,`I<available>' i inne " -"potrzebne programowi B<dpkg>. Domy¶lnym katalogiem jest I</var/lib/dpkg> i " -"zazwyczaj nie powinno byæ potrzeby zmieniania go na inny." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--debug>I< E<lt>plikE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>plikE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"W³±cza opcjê debuggera. Informacje debuggera s± wysy³ane do " -"I<E<lt>plikuE<gt>>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--expert>" -msgstr "B<--expert>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -msgid "" -"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." -msgstr "" -"W³±cza tryb do¶wiadczonego u¿ytkownika i na przyk³ad nie wy¶wietla mêcz±cych " -"informacji z pomoc±." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" -msgstr "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:71 -msgid "" -"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " -"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " -"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " -"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" -msgstr "" -"Ustawia kolory ekranu. Dzia³a tylko pod warunkiem ¿e terminal obs³uguje " -"kolory. Ta opcja mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta wiele razy (i najlepiej jej u¿ywaæ w " -"I<dselect.cfg>). Ka¿de u¿ycie zmienia kolor (i opcjonalnie inne atrybuty) " -"jakiej¶ czê¶ci ekranu. Czê¶ci ekranu s± nastêpuj±ce (od góry do do³u):" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:72 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<title>" -msgstr "B<title>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -msgid "The screen title." -msgstr "Tytu³ ekranu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<listhead>" -msgstr "B<listhead>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -msgid "The header line above the list of packages." -msgstr "Linia nag³ówka nad list± pakietów." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<list>" -msgstr "B<list>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." -msgstr "Przewijana lista pakietów (i równie¿ niektóre teksty pomocy)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<listsel>" -msgstr "B<listsel>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -msgid "The selected item in the list." -msgstr "Pod¶wietlony element z listy." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstate>" -msgstr "B<pkgstate>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " -"package." -msgstr "W li¶cie pakietów - tekst oznaczaj±cy obecny stan ka¿dego pakietu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" -msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " -"currently selected package." -msgstr "" -"W li¶cie pakietów - tekst oznaczaj±cy obecny stan pod¶wietlonego pakietu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infohead>" -msgstr "B<infohead>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -msgid "" -"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." -msgstr "" -"Linia nag³ówka, w której wy¶wietlony jest stan obecnie zaznaczonego pakietu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infodesc>" -msgstr "B<infodesc>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -msgid "The package's short description." -msgstr "Krótki opis pakietu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<info>" -msgstr "B<info>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." -msgstr "U¿ywane do wy¶wietlania informacji o pakiecie takich jak jego opis." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infofoot>" -msgstr "B<infofoot>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." -msgstr "Ostatnia linia ekranu z wyborem pakietów." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<query>" -msgstr "B<query>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -msgid "Used to display query lines" -msgstr "U¿ywane do wy¶wietlania linii zapytañ." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<helpscreen>" -msgstr "B<helpscreen>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:110 -msgid "Color of help screens." -msgstr "Kolor ekranów pomocy." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:115 -msgid "" -"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " -"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " -"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." -msgstr "" -"Po czê¶ci ekranu nastêpuje dwukropek i specyfikacja koloru. Mo¿na okre¶liæ " -"kolor czcionek, kolor t³a albo oba te kolory, uniewa¿niaj±c domy¶lne " -"warto¶ci kolorów. Nale¿y u¿ywaæ standardowych nazw kolorów z biblioteki " -"curses." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -msgid "" -"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " -"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " -"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " -"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " -"bold" -msgstr "" -"Opcjonalnie, po specyfikacji kolorów mo¿na dodaæ jeszcze jeden dwukropek, a " -"po nim opis atrybutów. Jest to lista zawieraj±ca jeden lub wiêcej atrybutów " -"oddzielonych znakami plusa (\"+\"). Dostêpne atrybuty (nie wszystkie " -"dzia³aj± na wszystkich terminalach) to: normal (normalny), standout " -"(wyró¿niony), underline (podkre¶lony), reverse (odwrócony), blink " -"(migaj±cy), bright (jasny), dim (ciemny), bold (pogrubiony)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla krótk± informacjê o pomocy i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -msgid "" -"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " -"successfully." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietla informacjê o licencji i prawach autorskich programu i pomy¶lnie " -"koñczy dzia³anie." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:131 -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o wersji i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "USAGE" -msgstr "U¯YTKOWANIE" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -msgid "" -"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " -"available actions:" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> uruchomiony w trybie interakcyjnym wy¶wietla menu z nastêpuj±cymi " -"akcjami:" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "access" -msgstr "access (dostêp)" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:139 -msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." -msgstr "Wybiera metodê dostêpu u¿ywan± do znalezienia repozytorium pakietów." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:145 -msgid "" -"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " -"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " -"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " -"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." -msgstr "" -"Domy¶lnie istnieje kilka metod, takich jak I<floppy> (dyskietka), " -"I<harddisk> (dysk twardy) lub I<cdrom> (CD-ROM), ale inne pakiety mog± " -"dostarczyæ dodatkowych metod, na przyk³ad metody I<apt> dostarcza pakiet " -"B<apt>, a I<multi_cd> - pakiet B<dpkg-multicd>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:147 -msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." -msgstr "Zalecane jest u¿ywanie metody I<apt>." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:148 -#, no-wrap -msgid "update" -msgstr "update (aktualizacja)" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:150 -msgid "Refresh the available packages database." -msgstr "Aktualizuje bazê dostêpnych pakietów." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:157 -msgid "" -"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " -"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " -"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " -"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " -"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." -msgstr "" -"¦ci±ga listê dostêpnych wersji pakietów z repozytorium pakietów, " -"skonfigurowanego za pomoc± wybranej metody dostêpu, i aktualizuje bazê " -"pakietów programu dpkg .Listy pakietów s± zwyczajowo zawarte w repozytorium " -"w plikach nazwanych I<Packages> lub I<Packages.gz>. Pliki te mog± zostaæ " -"wygenerowane przez opiekunów repozytoriów za pomoc± programu B<dpkg-" -"scanpackages>(1)." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:160 -msgid "" -"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." -msgstr "" -"Szczegó³y aktualizacji zale¿± od implementacji metody dostêpu. Zazwyczaj ten " -"proces jest bardzo prosty i nie wymaga interakcji z u¿ytkownikiem." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "select" -msgstr "select (wybór)" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:163 -msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietla informacje o wyborze pakietów i zale¿no¶ciach oraz zarz±dza nimi." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:169 -msgid "" -"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " -"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " -"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " -"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " -"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." -msgstr "" -"Jest to g³ówna funkcja programu B<dselect>. W ekranie wyboru pakietów " -"u¿ytkownik mo¿e przegl±daæ listê dostêpnych i zainstalowanych pakietów. " -"Je¿eli program dzia³a z uprawnieniami administratora, mo¿liwe jest " -"interaktywne zmienianie stanu pakietów. B<dselect> ¶ledzi wp³yw tych zmian " -"na pakiety zale¿ne." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:176 -msgid "" -"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " -"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " -"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " -"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " -"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " -"the unresolved depends or conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Je¶li zostanie wykryty konflikt lub niespe³niona zale¿no¶æ, wy¶wietlany jest " -"ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci pokazuj±cy listê pakietów, powoduj±cych " -"konflikt lub niespe³nion± zale¿no¶æ, i dla ka¿dego wy¶wietlonego pakietu - " -"przyczynê, dla której jest on wy¶wietlony. U¿ytkownik mo¿e zastosowaæ siê do " -"sugestii zaproponowanych przez B<dselect>, uniewa¿niæ je lub wycofaæ siê ze " -"zmian, w³±czaj±c w to pakiety, które spowodowa³y niespe³nione zale¿no¶ci lub " -"konflikty." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:179 -msgid "" -"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " -"in more detail below." -msgstr "" -"U¿ywanie ekrany do zarz±dania interaktywnym wyborem pakietów jest " -"szczegó³owo wyj±¶nione poni¿ej." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "install" -msgstr "install (instalacja)" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:182 -msgid "Installs selected packages." -msgstr "Instaluje wybrane pakiety." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:188 -msgid "" -"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " -"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " -"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " -"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " -"remove packages that were marked for removal." -msgstr "" -"Za pomoc± skonfigurowanej metody dostêpu zostan± z odpowiednich repozytoriów " -"pobrane pakiety do zainstalowania lub zaktualizowania za pomoc± programu " -"B<dpkg>. Zale¿nie od implementacji tej metody dostêpu, pakiety mog± zostaæ " -"pobrane wcze¶niej - przed instalacj± - lub wtedy, gdy bêd± potrzebne. " -"Niektóre metody dostêpu równie¿ usuwaj± pakiety zaznaczone do usuniêcia." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:196 -msgid "" -"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " -"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " -"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " -"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " -"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." -"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " -"these are installed." -msgstr "" -"Je¿eli podczas instalacji wyst±pi b³±d, poleca siê uruchomienie akcji " -"install jeszcze raz. W wiêkszo¶ci przypadków, problemy same znikn± lub " -"zostan± rozwi±zane. Je¶li problem pozostaje lub przeprowadzona instalacja " -"by³a nieprawid³owa, prosimy o zbadanie przyczyn problemu i okoliczno¶ci jego " -"wyst±pienia i o wys³anie reportu o b³êdzie do systemu ¶ledzenia b³êdów " -"Debiana. Instrukcje, jak to zrobiæ, mo¿na znale¼æ pod adresem http://bugs." -"debian.org/ albo w dokumentacji programów B<bug>(1) lub B<reportbug>(1), " -"je¿eli s± zainstalowane." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:203 -msgid "" -"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " -"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " -"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " -"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." -msgstr "" -"Szczegó³y dotycz±ce akcji instalacji zale¿± od implementacji metody dostêpu. " -"Podczas instalacji, konfiguracji czy usuwania pakietów mo¿e byæ potrzebna " -"interakcja z u¿ytkownikiem. Zale¿y to od skryptów opiekuna pakietu. Niektóre " -"pakiety u¿ywaj± biblioteki B<debconf>(1), co pozwala na bardziej elastyczn± " -"lub nawet w pe³ni automatyczn± instalacjê pakietu." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "config" -msgstr "config (konfigurowanie)" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:206 -msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." -msgstr "" -"Konfiguruje wszystkie pakiety poprzednio zainstalowane, ale nie do koñca " -"skonfigurowane." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:207 -#, no-wrap -msgid "remove" -msgstr "remove (usuwanie)" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:209 -msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." -msgstr "" -"Usuwa lub czy¶ci te zainstalowane pakiety, które s± zaznaczone do usuniêcia." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "quit" -msgstr "quit (wyj¶cie)" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:212 -msgid "Quit B<dselect>" -msgstr "Wyj¶cie z B<dselect>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:214 -msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." -msgstr "Wychodzi z programu z zerowym kodem b³êdu (pomy¶lnie)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Package selections management" -msgstr "Zarz±dzanie wyborem pakietów" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:218 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Wstêp" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:234 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " -"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " -"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " -"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " -"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " -"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " -"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " -"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " -"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " -"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> odkrywa przed administratorem niektóre z³o¿ono¶ci wi±¿±ce siê z " -"zarz±dzaniem du¿ym zbiorem pakietów z wieloma zale¿no¶ciami miêdzy nimi. Dla " -"u¿ytkownika, który nie jest zaznajomiony z koncepcjami Debianowego systemu " -"zarz±dzania pakietami, mo¿e to byæ bardzo przyt³aczaj±ce. Chocia¿ celem " -"programu B<dselect> jest u³atwienie zarz±dzania i administrowania pakietami, " -"jest on tylko instrumentem s³u¿±cym do tego i nie mo¿e w wystarczaj±cym " -"stopniu zast±piæ umiejêtno¶ci i wiedzy administratora. U¿ytkownik powinien " -"byæ zaznajomiony z koncepcjami le¿±cymi u podstaw systemu pakietów Debiana. " -"W razie jakichkolwiek w±tpliwo¶ci, nale¿y je sprawdziæ w podrêczniku B<dpkg>" -"(1) oraz w podrêczniku \"Zasady polityki Debiana\" zawartym w pakiecie " -"B<debian-policy>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:240 -msgid "" -"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " -"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " -"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " -"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " -"invoked with the B<'?'> key." -msgstr "" -"Je¿eli B<dselect> nie by³ uruchomiony w trybie eksperta (expert) lub trybie " -"pilnym (immediate), to po wybraniu akcji z menu, wy¶wietlany jest ekran " -"pomocy. U¿ytkownik I<powinien> dok³adnie przeczytaæ wszystkie informacje " -"zawarte w ekranach pomocy, kiedy siê pojawiaj±. Ekrany pomocy mog± zostaæ " -"wy¶wietlone w dowolnym momencie przez wybranie klawisza B<'?'>." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Screen layout" -msgstr "Uk³ad ekranu" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:249 -msgid "" -"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " -"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " -"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " -"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " -"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " -"is displayed can be varied." -msgstr "" -"Ekran wyboru pakietów domy¶lnie podzielony jest na górn± i doln± po³owê. W " -"górnej po³owie wy¶wietlona jest lista pakietów. Za pomoc± paska wyboru mo¿na " -"wybraæ pojedynczy pakiet lub grupê pakietów, przez zaznaczenie nag³ówka " -"grupy pakietów. W dolnej po³owie ekranu pokazane s± szczegó³owe informacje " -"na temat pakietu obecnie wybranego w górnej po³owie ekranu. Typ tych " -"informacji mo¿e byæ ró¿ny." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:252 -msgid "" -"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " -"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." -msgstr "" -"Naci¶niêcie klawisza B<'I'> prze³±cza pomiêdzy pe³noekranowym widokiem " -"pakietów, powiêkszonym widokiem szczegó³owych informacji o pakiecie albo " -"dzieli ekran na po³owê." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Package details view" -msgstr "Widok szczegó³owych informacji o pakiecie" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:262 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" -"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" -"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" -"alternates between:\n" -" - the extended description\n" -" - the control information for the installed version\n" -" - the control information for the available version\n" -msgstr "" -"W widoku szczegó³owych informacji o pakiecie domy¶lnie wy¶wietlony jest rozszerzony\n" -"opis pakietu obecnie wybranego w li¶cie pakietów.\n" -"Typ tych informacji mo¿e byæ zmieniony za pomoc± klawisza B<'i'>. Mo¿liwe wybory s±\n" -"nastêpuj±ce:\n" -" - poszerzony opis\n" -" - informacja o zainstalowanej wersji pakietu\n" -" - informacja o dostêpnej wersji pakietu\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:266 -msgid "" -"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " -"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " -"causing it to be listed." -msgstr "" -"Ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci daje tak¿e mo¿liwo¶æ podejrzenia okre¶lonych " -"niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci b±d¼ konfliktów zwi±zanych z pakietem, tj. tych " -"zale¿no¶ci, które spowodowa³y wylistowanie tego pakietu." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:267 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Packages status list" -msgstr "Lista stanów pakietów" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:272 -msgid "" -"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " -"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " -"and packages known from the available packages database." -msgstr "" -"W g³ównym ekranie wyboru pakietów wy¶wietlona jest lista wszystkich pakietów " -"znanych systemowi zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana. S± to zarówno pakiety " -"zainstalowane w systemie, jak i pakiety zawarte w bazie dostêpnych pakietów." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:280 -msgid "" -"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " -"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " -"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " -"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " -"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " -"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." -msgstr "" -"Dla ka¿dego pakietu pokazane s±: jego stan, priorytet, sekcja, numer wersji " -"zainstalowanej i numer wersji dostêpnej, nazwa pakietu oraz krótki opis - " -"wszystko w jednej linii. Naciskaj±c klawisz B<'V'>, mo¿na w³±czaæ i wy³±czaæ " -"wy¶wietlanie informacji o numerze zainstalowanej i dostêpnej wersji pakietu. " -"Naci¶niêcie klawisz B<'v'> powoduje prze³±czanie pomiêdzy wy¶wietlaniem " -"rozwlek³ego i skróconego opisu stanu pakietu. Skrócony opis stanu jest " -"wy¶wietlany domy¶lnie." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:286 -msgid "" -"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " -"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " -"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " -"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." -msgstr "" -"Na skrócony opis stanu pakietu sk³adaj± siê cztery czê¶ci: flaga b³êdu, " -"która normalnie powinna byæ czysta, obecny stan zainstalowania pakietu, " -"poprzedni stan wyboru pakietu oraz obecny stan wyboru pakietu. Dwie pierwsze " -"czê¶ci s± zwi±zane z obecnym stanem pakietu, kolejne dwie - zwi±zane z " -"wyborami dokonanymi przez u¿ytkownika." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:304 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" -" Error flag:\n" -" I<empty> no error\n" -" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" -" Installed state:\n" -" I<empty> not installed;\n" -" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" -" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" -" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" -" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" -" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" -" Current and requested selections:\n" -" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" -" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" -" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" -" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" -" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" -msgstr "" -"Oznaczenia u¿ywane w skróconym opisie stanu pakietu s± nastêpuj±ce:\n" -" Flaga b³êdu:\n" -" I<pusty> bez b³êdu;\n" -" B<R> powa¿ny b³±d, pakiet wymaga reinstalacji;\n" -" Stan instalacji:\n" -" I<pusty> nie zainstalowany;\n" -" B<*> w pe³ni zainstalowany i skonfigurowany;\n" -" B<-> nie zainstalowany, ale mog³y pozostaæ pliki konfiguracyjne;\n" -" B<U> rozpakowany, ale jeszcze nie skonfigurowany;\n" -" B<C> w po³owie skonfigurowany (wyst±pi³ b³±d);\n" -" B<I> w po³owie zainstalowany (wyst±pi³ b³±d).\n" -" Obecne i ¿±dane wybory:\n" -" B<*> zaznaczony do zainstalowania lub zaktualizowania;\n" -" B<-> zaznaczony do usuniêcia z pozostawieniem plików konfig.;\n" -" B<=> wstrzymany: pakiet nie bêdzie przetwarzany;\n" -" B<_> zaznaczony do usuniêcia i wyczyszczenia plików konfig.;\n" -" B<n> pakiet jest nowy i jeszcze nie by³ znaczony.\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:305 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Cursor and screen movement" -msgstr "Przesuwanie kursora i ekranu" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:310 -msgid "" -"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " -"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" -msgstr "" -"Ekran wyboru pakietów oraz ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci mo¿na przesuwaæ " -"u¿ywaj±c poleceñ przypisanych do nastêpuj±cych klawiszy:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:327 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" -" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" -" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" -" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" -" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" -" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" -" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" -" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" -" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" -" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" -" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" -" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" -" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" -" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" -" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" -" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" -msgstr "" -" B<p, Up, k> przesuniêcie paska kursora w górê\n" -" B<n, Down, j> przesuniêcie paska kursora w dó³\n" -" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> przesuniêcie listy 1 stronê w górê\n" -" B<N, Pgdn, Space> przesuniêcie listy 1 stronê w dó³\n" -" B<^p> przesuniêcie listy 1 liniê w górê\n" -" B<^n> przesuniêcie listy 1 liniê w dó³\n" -" B<t, Home> skok na pocz±tek listy\n" -" B<e, End> skok na koniec listy\n" -" B<u> przesuniêcie informacji 1 stronê w górê\n" -" B<d> przesuniêcie informacji 1 stronê w dó³\n" -" B<^u> przesuniêcie informacji 1 liniê w górê\n" -" B<^d> przesuniêcie informacji 1 liniê w dó³\n" -" B<B, Left-arrow> przesuniêcie ekranu o 1/3 ekranu w lewo\n" -" B<F, Right-arrow> przesuniêcie ekranu o 1/3 ekranu w prawo\n" -" B<^b> przesuniêcie ekranu o 1 znak w lewo\n" -" B<^f> przesuniêcie ekranu o 1 znak w prawo\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:328 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Searching and sorting" -msgstr "Wyszukiwanie i sortowanie" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:342 -msgid "" -"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " -"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " -"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " -"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" -"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " -"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " -"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " -"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " -"searching from there." -msgstr "" -"Listê pakietów mo¿na przeszukiwaæ po nazwie pakietu. Mo¿na to zrobiæ, " -"przyciskaj±c B<'/'> i wpisuj±c tekst wyszukiwania, który jest interpretowany " -"jako wyra¿enie regularne B<regex>(7). Dodanie B<'/d'> do ³añcucha " -"wyszukiwania, spowoduje przeszukiwanie równie¿ opisów. Dodanie B<'/i'> " -"spowoduje ignorowanie wielko¶ci znaków podczas wyszukiwania. Mo¿na ³±czyæ te " -"sufiksy, na przyk³ad tak: B<'/id'>. Powtórne wyszukiwanie nastêpuje przez " -"wielokrotne naciskanie klawiszy B<'n'> lub B<'\\e'>, a¿ do znalezienia " -"poszukiwanego pakietu. Po osi±gniêciu koñca listy, poszukiwanie jest " -"kontynuowane od pocz±tku listy." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:349 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" -"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" -"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" -" alphabet available status\n" -" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" -" section+priority available+section status+section\n" -msgstr "" -"Porz±dek sortowania listy mo¿na zmieniaæ przez wielokrotne naciskanie\n" -"klawiszy B<'o'> i B<'O'>.\n" -"Mo¿na wybraæ jeden z dziewiêciu nastêpuj±cych porz±dków sortowania:\n" -" alfabetyczny dostêpny stan\n" -" priorytet+sekcja dostêpny+priorytet stan+priorytet\n" -" sekcja+priorytet dostêpny+sekcja stan+sekcja\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:352 -msgid "" -"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " -"subordering sort key." -msgstr "" -"Tam gdzie nie jest to powy¿ej wyra¼nie powiedziane, porz±dek alfabetyczny " -"jest u¿ywany jako klucz podwyszukiwania." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:353 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Altering selections" -msgstr "Zmienianie wyboru pakietów" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:362 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" -"altered with the following commands:\n" -" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" -" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" -" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" -" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" -" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" -msgstr "" -"¯±dany stan wyboru indywidualnych pakietów mo¿na zmieniæ\n" -"za pomoc± nastêpuj±cych poleceñ:\n" -" B<+, Insert> instalacja lub aktualizacja\n" -" B<=, H> wstrzymanie pakietu w obecnym stanie i wersji\n" -" B<:, G> zaprzestanie wstrzymania: aktualizacja pakietu lub pozostawienie go jako niezainstalowanego\n" -" B<-, Delete> usuniêcie, ale z zostawieniem plików konfiguracyjnych\n" -" B<_> usuniêcie z wyczyszczeniem plików konfiguracyjnych\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:366 -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " -"This will be further explained below." -msgstr "" -"Kiedy w wyniku zmian powstaj± jedna lub wiêcej niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci lub " -"konflikty, B<dselect> wy¶wietla u¿ytkownikowi ekran rozwi±zywania " -"zale¿no¶ci. Bêdzie on obja¶niony nieco pó¼niej." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:371 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " -"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " -"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." -msgstr "" -"Powy¿sze polecenia mo¿na zastosowaæ równie¿ do grup pakietów - przez " -"ustawienie paska kursora na nag³ówku grupy. Sposób grupowania pakietów " -"zale¿y od ustawieñ sortowania listy pakietów." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:377 -msgid "" -"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " -"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " -"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " -"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " -"operations are useful when applied to groups." -msgstr "" -"Nale¿y zachowaæ nale¿yt± ostro¿no¶æ, zmieniaj±c du¿e grupy pakietów, " -"poniewa¿ mo¿e to oznaczaæ natychmiastowe utworzenie du¿ej liczby " -"niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów, bardzo trudnej do rozwi±zania. W " -"praktyce tylko operacje wstrzymania i zaprzestania wstrzymania s± u¿yteczne " -"w odniesieniu do grup pakietów." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:378 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" -msgstr "Rozwi±zywanie zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:383 -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " -"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." -msgstr "" -"Kiedy w wyniku zmian powstaj± jedna lub wiêcej niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci lub " -"konflikty, B<dselect> wy¶wietla u¿ytkownikowi ekran rozwi±zywania " -"zale¿no¶ci. Najpierw, jednak¿e, wy¶wietlany jest ekran pomocy." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:390 -msgid "" -"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " -"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " -"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " -"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " -"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " -"listed." -msgstr "" -"W górnej po³owie ekranu rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci wy¶wietlone s± wszystkie te " -"pakiety, które w wyniku zastosowania ¿±danych przez u¿ytkownika zmian " -"mia³yby niespe³nione zale¿no¶ci albo konflikty, oraz wszystkie te pakiety, " -"których instalacja spe³ni³aby które¶ z tych zale¿no¶ci lub których usuniêcie " -"rozwi±za³oby konflikty. W dolnej po³owie wy¶wietlone s± te zale¿no¶ci lub " -"konflikty, które spowodowa³y, ¿e obecnie wybrany pakiet zosta³ umieszczony " -"na li¶cie." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:396 -msgid "" -"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " -"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " -"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " -"suggestions made by B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietlaj±c pocz±tkow± podlistê pakietów, B<dselect> móg³ ustawiæ ju¿ pewne " -"¿±dane wybory niektórych spo¶ród wylistowanych pakietów, w celu rozwi±zania " -"zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów, które by³y przyczyn± wy¶wietlenia ekranu " -"rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci. Zazwyczaj najlepszym wyj¶ciem jest zastosowanie " -"siê do sugestii zrobionych przez B<dselect>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:404 -msgid "" -"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " -"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " -"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " -"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " -"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." -msgstr "" -"Mo¿liwe jest przywrócenie stanu wyborów wylistowanych pakietów do " -"poprzednich ustawieñ, zanim zosta³y stworzone nierozwi±zane zale¿no¶ci lub " -"konflikty - przez naci¶niêcie klawisza B<'R'>. Naciskaj±c klawisz B<'D'>, " -"spowodujemy odznaczenie automatycznych propozycji i jest przy tym " -"zachowywana zmiana, która spowodowa³a wy¶wietlenie ekranu rozwi±zywania " -"zale¿no¶ci. W koñcu, po naci¶niêciu klawisza B<'U'> wybory s± ponownie " -"ustawiane na sugerowane warto¶ci." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Establishing the requested selections" -msgstr "Ustanawianie ¿±danych wyborów pakietów" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:412 -msgid "" -"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " -"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " -"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " -"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " -"resolution screen." -msgstr "" -"Po naci¶niêciu klawisza B<enter>, obecnie wy¶wietlony zbiór wyborów zostaje " -"zaakceptowany. Je¿eli B<dselect> nie wykryje niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci " -"powsta³ych w wyniku zaakceptowania ¿±danych wyborów, to zostan± one " -"ustawione. Jednak¿e, je¿eli bêd± nierozwi±zane zale¿no¶ci, to B<dselect> " -"ponownie wy¶wietli ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:418 -msgid "" -"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " -"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " -"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " -"this unless you've read the fine print." -msgstr "" -"Aby zmieniæ zbiór wyborów, który powoduj powstanie nierozwi±zanych " -"zale¿no¶ci i zmusiæ B<dselect> do zaakceptowania go, nale¿y nacisn±æ klawisz " -"B<'Q'>. Spowoduje to bezwarunkowe ustawienie wyborów podanych przez " -"u¿ytkownika. Ogólnie, nie nale¿y tego robiæ." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:425 -msgid "" -"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " -"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " -"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " -"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " -"the last established settings." -msgstr "" -"Aby uzyskaæ przeciwny efekt - wycofanie siê ze wszystkich zmian i powrócenie " -"do poprzedniej listy wyborów, nale¿y nacisn±æ klawisze B<'X'> lub B<escape>. " -"Przez powtarzaj±ce siê przyciskanie tych klawiszy mo¿na wycofaæ siê ze " -"wszystkich potencjalnie szkodliwych zmian w wyborze pakietów a¿ do " -"ostatniego dobrego ustawienia." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:427 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "B£ÊDY" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:432 -msgid "" -"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " -"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." -msgstr "" -"Dla nowych u¿ytkowników, B<dselect> mo¿e byæ trudny do opanowania. Podobno " -"zmusza do p³aczu nawet wytrawnych wspó³twórców j±dra Linuksa." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:434 -msgid "The documentation is lacking." -msgstr "Dokumentacja jest wybrakowana." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:436 -msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." -msgstr "Brak opcji \"pomoc\" w g³ównym menu." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:438 -msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." -msgstr "Nie mo¿na ograniczyæ listy dostêpnych pakietów." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:442 -msgid "" -"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " -"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " -"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." -msgstr "" -"Wbudowane metody dostêpu nie s± zgodne z obecnymi standardami jako¶ci. " -"Nale¿y u¿ywaæ metody apt, która nie tylko nie jest zepsuta, ale tak¿e jest o " -"wiele bardziej elastyczna ni¿ metody wbudowane." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:443 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:448 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:449 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:453 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " -"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> napisa³ Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Pe³n± listê " -"wspó³twórców mo¿na uzyskaæ wykonuj±c `dselect --license'." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:456 -msgid "" -"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " -"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." -msgstr "" -"Podrêcznik napisali Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, Josip Rodin " -"i Joost kooij." diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index 514169be..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.1/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1223 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for dselect(1) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-11 00:49+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dselect" -msgstr "dselect" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian" -msgstr "Debian" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:4 -msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" -msgstr "dselect - Debians pakethanteringsskal" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:17 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " -"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" -"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " -"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>katalogE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " -"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-D>I<E<lt>filE<gt>>] " -"[I<E<lt>handlingE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> I<skärmdel>:[I<förgrund>]," -"[I<bakgrund>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:26 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<dselect>\n" -"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" -"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" -" - Update the list of available package versions,\n" -" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" -" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" -" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" -msgstr "" -"B<dselect>\n" -"är ett av det primära användargränssnitten för att hantera paket på ett\n" -"Debiansystem. I B<dselect>s huvudmeny kan systemadministratören:\n" -" - Uppdatera listan över tillgängliga paketversioner,\n" -" - Visa status för installerade och tillgängliga paket,\n" -" - Ändra paketval och hantera beroenden,\n" -" - Installera nya paket eller uppgradera till nyare versioner.\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:38 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " -"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " -"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " -"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " -"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " -"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " -"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " -"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " -"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> arbetar som ett skal runt B<dpkg>(1), Debians " -"lågnivåpakethanteringsverktyg. Det har en fullskärmspaketvalshanterare som " -"hanterar beroenden och konflikter mellan paket. När det körs med " -"administratörsbehörighet kan paket installeras, uppgraderas och tas bort. " -"Olika åtkomstmetoder kan konfigureras för att hämta tillgänglig information " -"om paketversioner och installerbara paket från paketsamlingar. Beroende på " -"åtkomstmetoden kan dessa samlingar vara öppna arkivservrar på Internet, " -"lokala arkivservrar eller finnas på cd-rom. Den rekommenderade " -"åtkomstmetoden är I<apt>, vilken tillhandahålls av paketet B<apt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:44 -msgid "" -"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " -"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " -"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " -"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " -"or show additional information about the program." -msgstr "" -"Vanligtvis anropas B<dselect> utan parametrar. En interaktiv meny visas då, " -"vilken ger användaren ett antal handlingsmöjligheter. Om en handling ges som " -"kommandoradsflagga startas denna med en gång. Flera kommandoradsflaggor " -"finns ändå att tillgå för att förändra hur B<dselect> arbetar eller för att " -"visa ytterligare information om programmet." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "FLAGGOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:51 -msgid "" -"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> " -"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration " -"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " -"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "" -"Alla flaggorna kan ges både på kommandoraden och i B<dselect>s " -"konfigurationsfil I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. En rad i konfigurationsfilen är " -"antingen en flagga (precis samma som på kommandoraden, men utan inledande " -"bindestreck) eller en kommentar (om den börjar med ett B<#>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>katalogE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -msgid "" -"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " -"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " -"shouldn't be any need to change it." -msgstr "" -"Ändrar namnet på katalogen där dpkg letar efter filerna \"status\", " -"\"available\" m.fl. Förval är I</var/lib/dpkg> och du bör normalt sett inte " -"behöva ändra det." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" -msgstr "B<--debug>I< E<lt>filE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>filE<gt>>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>." -msgstr "" -"Slå på felsökningsläge. Felsökningsinformation lagras i I<E<lt>filE<gt>>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--expert>" -msgstr "B<--expert>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -msgid "" -"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." -msgstr "" -"Slår på expertläge, dvs. visar inte hjälpmeddelanden som kanske kan vara " -"irriterande." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:64 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" -msgstr "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<skärmdel>:[I<förgrund>],[I<bakgrund>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:71 -msgid "" -"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " -"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " -"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " -"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" -msgstr "" -"Ställer in skärmfärger. Detta fungerar bara om din skärm kan visa färger. " -"Flaggan kan användas flera gånger (och fungerar bäst i I<dselect.cfg>). " -"Varje användning ändrar färgen (och kanske andra attribut) för en del av " -"skärmen. Skärmdelarna är, uppifrån och ner:" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:72 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<title>" -msgstr "B<title>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -msgid "The screen title." -msgstr "Skärmtiteln." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:75 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<listhead>" -msgstr "B<listhead>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -msgid "The header line above the list of packages." -msgstr "Huvudraden ovanför paketlistan." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:78 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<list>" -msgstr "B<list>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." -msgstr "Den rullande paketlistan (och även viss hjälptext)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:81 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<listsel>" -msgstr "B<listsel>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -msgid "The selected item in the list." -msgstr "Den valda posten i listan." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:84 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstate>" -msgstr "B<pkgstate>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " -"package." -msgstr "" -"I listan över paket är detta texten som anger aktuellt tillstånd för varje " -"paket." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" -msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -msgid "" -"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " -"currently selected package." -msgstr "" -"I listan över paket är detta texten som anger aktuellt tillstånd för det nu " -"markerade paketet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infohead>" -msgstr "B<infohead>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -msgid "" -"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." -msgstr "" -"Huvudraden som visar information om tillståndet för det nu markerade paketet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infodesc>" -msgstr "B<infodesc>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -msgid "The package's short description." -msgstr "Paketets korta beskrivning." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<info>" -msgstr "B<info>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." -msgstr "Används för att visa paketinformation, såsom paketets beskrivning." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:101 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<infofoot>" -msgstr "B<infofoot>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." -msgstr "Den sista raden på skärmen när paket väljs." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<query>" -msgstr "B<query>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -msgid "Used to display query lines" -msgstr "Används för att visa frågor." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<helpscreen>" -msgstr "B<helpscreen>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:110 -msgid "Color of help screens." -msgstr "Färg på hjälpskärmar." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:115 -msgid "" -"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " -"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " -"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." -msgstr "" -"Efter skärmdelen följer ett kolon och färgangivelsen. Du kan ange antingen " -"förgrundsfärgen, bakgrundsfärgen eller båda två, vilka kommer att ersätta de " -"inkompilerade färgerna. Använd de normala curses-namnen för färgerna." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -msgid "" -"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " -"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " -"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " -"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " -"bold" -msgstr "" -"Du kan även ange ytterligare ett kolon efter färgangivelsen och där ge " -"attribut. Detta är en lista med ett eller flera attribut, avdelade med " -"plustecken (\"+\"). Tillgängliga attribut är (alla fungerar inte på alla " -"terminaler): normal, standout (uthävd), underline (understruken), reverse " -"(omvänd), blink, bright (ljus), dim (mörk), bold (fet)" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:121 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." -msgstr "Visar en kort hjälptext och ger lyckat avslut." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" -msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -msgid "" -"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " -"successfully." -msgstr "" -"Visar upphovsrättslig och licensinformation om B<dselect>, och ger lyckat " -"avslut." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:128 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:131 -msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." -msgstr "Visar versionsinformation och ger lyckat avslut." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:132 -#, no-wrap -msgid "USAGE" -msgstr "ANVÄNDNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -msgid "" -"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " -"available actions:" -msgstr "" -"När B<dselect> startas interaktivt visas en meny för användaren med " -"tillgängliga handlingar:" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "access" -msgstr "Access (Åtkomst)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:139 -msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." -msgstr "" -"Väljer och konfigurar en \"åtkomstmetod\" för att komma åt paketsamlingen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:145 -msgid "" -"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, " -"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " -"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> " -"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package." -msgstr "" -"Som standard ger B<dselect> flera olika metoder, såsom I<floppy> (diskett), " -"I<harddisk> (hårddisk) och I<cdrom>, men andra paket du installerar kan " -"tillhandahålla ytterligare metoder, t.ex ges åtkomstmetoden I<apt> av " -"paketet B<apt> och I<multi_cd> av B<dpkg-multicd>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:147 -msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." -msgstr "Åtkomstmetoden I<apt> rekommenderas starkt." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:148 -#, no-wrap -msgid "update" -msgstr "Update (Uppdatera)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:150 -msgid "Refresh the available packages database." -msgstr "Uppdatera databasen med tillgängliga paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:157 -msgid "" -"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " -"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " -"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " -"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " -"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." -msgstr "" -"Hämtar en lista över tillgängliga paket från paketsamlingen som " -"konfigurerats för den aktuella åtkomstmetoden, och uppdaterar dpkg:s " -"databas. Paketlistor finns normalt på paketsamlingarna i filer vid namn " -"B<Packages> eller B<Packages.gz>. Dessa filer kan genereras av de som " -"underhåller samlingarna genom att använda programmet B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:160 -msgid "" -"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." -msgstr "" -"Vilka detaljer som ges om uppdateringen beror på hur åtkomstmetoden är " -"implementerad. Normalt är processen självförklarande och behöver ingen " -"interaktion med användaren." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "select" -msgstr "Select (Välj)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:163 -msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." -msgstr "Visar eller väljer paketval och beroenden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:169 -msgid "" -"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " -"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " -"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " -"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " -"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." -msgstr "" -"Detta är B<dselect>s huvudfunktion. På valskärmen kan användaren titta på " -"en lista över samtliga tillgängliga och installerade paket. När det körs med " -"administratörsbehörighet är det även möjligt att interaktivt ändra paketets " -"valstatus. B<dselect> spårar vilken inverkning dessa ändringar får på " -"beroende eller motstridiga paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:176 -msgid "" -"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " -"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " -"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " -"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " -"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " -"the unresolved depends or conflicts." -msgstr "" -"När en konflikt eller ett misslyckat beroende upptäcks visas en delskärm med " -"möjlighet att lösa beroendet. På denna skärm visas en lista över " -"motstridiga eller beroende paket, och för varje paket som listas visas dess " -"orsak. Användaren kan applicera de av B<dselect> rekommenderade ändringarna, " -"själv ändra dem, eller backa alla ändringar, inklusive de som gjorde att de " -"ohanterade beroendena eller konflikterna uppstod till att börja med." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:179 -msgid "" -"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " -"in more detail below." -msgstr "" -"Användningen av den interaktiva paketvalshanterarskärmen beskrivs i " -"ytterligare detalj nedan." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "install" -msgstr "Install (Installera)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:182 -msgid "Installs selected packages." -msgstr "Installerar valda paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:188 -msgid "" -"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " -"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " -"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " -"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " -"remove packages that were marked for removal." -msgstr "" -"Den valda åtkomstmetoden hämtar installerbara eller uppgraderbara paket från " -"relevanta paketsamlingar och installerar dem med B<dpkg>. Beroende på hur " -"åtkomstmetoden implementerats hämtas antingen alla paket innan " -"installationen, eller så hämtas de när så är nödvändigt. Några " -"åtkomstmetoder kommer även ta bort paket som markerades för borttagning." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:196 -msgid "" -"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " -"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " -"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " -"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " -"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." -"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " -"these are installed." -msgstr "" -"Om ett fel uppstod under installationen är rekommenderas det vanligen att " -"köra installationen på nytt. I de flesta fall kommer problemet försvinna " -"eller lösas. Om problemet kvarstår eller den installation som genomfördes " -"var felaktig, ber vi dig undersöka orsaken och omständigheterna och " -"rapportera ett fel i Debians felrapporteringssystem. Instruktioner om hur " -"detta görs finns på http://bugs.debian.org/ eller genom att läsa " -"dokumentationen för B<bug>(1) eller B<reportbug>(1), om dessa är " -"installerade." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:203 -msgid "" -"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " -"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " -"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " -"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " -"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." -msgstr "" -"Detaljerna för hur installationen genomförs beror på hur åtkomstmetoden är " -"implementerad. Uppmärksamhet och indata från användaren kan behövas under " -"installation, konfiguration eller borttagning av paket, beroende på hur " -"utvecklarskripten i paketen ser ut. Vissa paket använder B<debconf>(1)-" -"biblioteket, vilket möjliggör mer flexibel, eller till och med " -"automatiserad, installation och inställning." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "config" -msgstr "Config (Konfigurera)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:206 -msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurera paket som tidigare installerats, men ej till fullo konfigurerats." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:207 -#, no-wrap -msgid "remove" -msgstr "Remove (Radera)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:209 -msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." -msgstr "" -"Tar bort eller raderar helt installerade paket som markerats för borttagning." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "quit" -msgstr "Quit (Avsluta)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:212 -msgid "Quit B<dselect>" -msgstr "Avslutar B<dselect>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:214 -msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." -msgstr "Avslutar dselect med felkod noll (lyckat)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Package selections management" -msgstr "Paketvalshantering" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:218 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:234 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " -"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " -"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " -"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " -"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " -"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " -"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " -"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " -"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " -"contained in the B<debian-policy> package." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> utsätter direkt administratören för delar av den komplexitet det " -"innebär att hantera stora mängder paket med många inbördes beroenden. För en " -"användare som inte är nära förtrogen med koncepten och hur Debians " -"pakethanteringssystem fungerar kan det te sig rätt så överväldigande. Trots " -"att B<dselect>s målsättning är att förenkla administration och hantering av " -"paket är det bara en del av helheten, och kan inte antas vara ett " -"tillräckligt substitut för administratörsfärdighet och -förståelse. " -"Användaren är tvungen att ha kunskap om det underliggande paketsystemet i " -"Debian. Om tvivel föreligger, konsultera manualsidan B<dpkg>(1) och Debians " -"policymanual." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:240 -msgid "" -"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " -"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " -"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " -"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " -"invoked with the B<'?'> key." -msgstr "" -"Så länge inte B<dselect> körs i expert- eller direktläge visas en hjälpskärm " -"först när val görs i menyn. Användaren rekommenderas I<å det bestämdaste> " -"att studera all information som finns i direkthjälpskärmarna när de dyker " -"upp. Direkthjälpskärmarna kan när som helst nås via tangenten B<\"?\">." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Screen layout" -msgstr "Skärmutseende" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:249 -msgid "" -"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " -"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " -"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " -"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " -"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " -"is displayed can be varied." -msgstr "" -"Valskärmen är normalt delat i en övre och en nedre halva. Den övre halvan " -"visar en lista över paket; en markeringsrad kan välja paket individuellt " -"eller i grupp (när tillämpligt) genom att välja en grupprubrik. Den nedre " -"halvan av skärmen visar detaljer om det paket som just nu visas i den övre " -"halvan. Vilken sorts detaljer som visas kan varieras." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:252 -msgid "" -"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " -"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." -msgstr "" -"Genom att trycka B<\"I\"> växlas vyn mellan en fullskärmsvisning av " -"paketlistan, en förstorad vy för paketdetaljer, eller en skärm med två lika " -"stora delar." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Package details view" -msgstr "Paketdetaljvy" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:262 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" -"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" -"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" -"alternates between:\n" -" - the extended description\n" -" - the control information for the installed version\n" -" - the control information for the available version\n" -msgstr "" -"Paketdetaljvyn visar normalt den utökade paketbeskrivningen för det paket\n" -"som just nu är markerat i paketvallistan.\n" -"Vilken sorts detaljer som visas kan växlas genom att trycka på B<\"i\">,\n" -"vilken växlar mellan:\n" -" - den utökade beskrivningen\n" -" - kontrollinformationen för den installerade versionen\n" -" - kontrollinformationen för den tillgängliga versionen\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:266 -msgid "" -"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " -"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " -"causing it to be listed." -msgstr "" -"I en beroendelösningsskärm är det även möjligt att visa specifika " -"otillfredsställda beroenden eller konflikter för paketet." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:267 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Packages status list" -msgstr "Paketstatuslista" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:272 -msgid "" -"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " -"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " -"and packages known from the available packages database." -msgstr "" -"Huvudvalskärmen visar en lista över samtliga paket som är kända för Debians " -"pakethanteringssystem, vilket inbegriper paket installerade på systemet och " -"paket kända från databasen över tillgängliga paket." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:280 -msgid "" -"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " -"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " -"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " -"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " -"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " -"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." -msgstr "" -"För varje paket visar listan paketets status, prioritet, avdelning, " -"installerade och tillgängliga versioner, paketets namn och dess korta " -"beskrivning, allt på en rad. Genom att trycka på tangenten B<\"V\"> slås " -"visningen av den installerade och den aktiva versionen på och av. Genom att " -"trycka på tangenten B<\"v\"> växlas paketstatusvisningen mellan ordrik och " -"förkortad, med den förkortade visningen som förval." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:286 -msgid "" -"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " -"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " -"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " -"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." -msgstr "" -"Den förkortade statusindikeringen består av fyra delar: en felflagga, vilken " -"normalt skall vara blank, aktuell status, senast vald status och nu vald " -"status. De första två anger paketets faktiska status, det andra paret " -"beskriver valet som gjorts av användaren." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:304 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" -" Error flag:\n" -" I<empty> no error\n" -" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" -" Installed state:\n" -" I<empty> not installed;\n" -" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" -" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" -" B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" -" B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" -" B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" -" Current and requested selections:\n" -" B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" -" B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" -" B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" -" B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" -" B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" -msgstr "" -"Detta är vad de olika paketstatusindikatorerna i det förkortade läget\n" -"betyder:\n" -" Felflagga:\n" -" I<tom> inget fel\n" -" B<R> allvarligt fel, kräver ominstallation\n" -" Installerad status:\n" -" I<tom> ej installerat\n" -" B<*> helt installerat och konfigurerat\n" -" B<-> ej installerat, men konfigurationsfiler kan kvarstå\n" -" B<U> uppackat men ännu ej konfigurerat\n" -" B<C> halvkonfigurerat (ett fel uppstod)\n" -" B<I> halvinstallerat (ett fel uppstod)\n" -" Aktuella och begärda val:\n" -" B<*> markerat för installation eller uppgradering\n" -" B<-> markerat för borttagning, konfigurationsfiler lämnas kvar\n" -" B<=> håll: paketet kommer inte att röras alls\n" -" B<_> markerat för borttagning, tar även bort konfiguration\n" -" B<n> paketet är nytt och har ännu inte markerats\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:305 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Cursor and screen movement" -msgstr "Markör- och skärmrörelser" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:310 -msgid "" -"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " -"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" -msgstr "" -"Paketvallistan och beroendekonfliktslösningnskärmarna kan navigeras genom " -"att använda rörelsekommandon kopplade till följande tangenter:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:327 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" -" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" -" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" -" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" -" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" -" B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" -" B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" -" B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" -" B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" -" B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" -" B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" -" B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" -" B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" -" B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" -" B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" -" B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" -msgstr "" -" B<p, Upp, k> flytta markeringsrad upp\n" -" B<n, Ned, j> flytta markeringsrad ned\n" -" B<P, Pgup, Baksteg> rulla lista 1 sida upp\n" -" B<N, Pgdn, Mellanslag> rulla lista 1 sida ned\n" -" B<^p> rulla lista 1 rad upp\n" -" B<^n> rulla lista 1 rad ned\n" -" B<t, Home> hoppa till listans början\n" -" B<e, End> hoppa till listans slut\n" -" B<u> rulla info 1 sida upp\n" -" B<d> rulla info 1 sida ned\n" -" B<^u> rulla info 1 rad upp\n" -" B<^d> rulla info 1 rad ned\n" -" B<B, Vänsterpil> panorera vy 1/3 skärm vänster\n" -" B<F, Högerpil> panorera vy 1/3 skärm höger\n" -" B<^b> panorera vy 1 tecken vänster\n" -" B<^f> panorera vy 1 tecken höger\n" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:328 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Searching and sorting" -msgstr "Sökning och sortering" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:342 -msgid "" -"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " -"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " -"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " -"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" -"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " -"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " -"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " -"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " -"searching from there." -msgstr "" -"Det går att söka i paketlistan efter paketnamn. Detta görs genom att trycka " -"B<\"/\"> och ange en enkel söksträng. Strängen tolkas som ett reguljärt " -"uttryck enligt B<regex>(7). Om du lägger till B<\"/d\"> till sökuttrycket " -"kommer dselect även söka beskrivningar. Om du lägger till B<\"/i\"> kommer " -"sökningen att ignorera skillnader mellan gemener och versaler. Du kan " -"kombinera dessa båda suffix så här: B<\"/id\">. Sökningen kan upprepas genom " -"att trycka på B<\"n\"> eller B<\"\\e\"> tills det önskade paketet hittas. Om " -"sökningen når slutet på listan hoppar den till början och fortsätter " -"sökningen därifrån." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:349 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" -"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" -"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" -" alphabet available status\n" -" priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" -" section+priority available+section status+section\n" -msgstr "" -"Listans sorteringsordning kan ändras genom att trycka på tangenterna\n" -"B<\"o\"> och B<\"O\"> upprepade gånger.\n" -"Följande nio sorteringsordningar kan väljas:\n" -" alfabetisk tillgänglig status\n" -" prioritet+sektion tillgänglig+prioritet status+prioritet\n" -" sektion+prioritet tillgänglig+sektion status+sektion\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:352 -msgid "" -"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " -"subordering sort key." -msgstr "" -"När det inte anges explicit ovan används alfabetisk ordning som den slutliga " -"sorteringsnyckeln." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:353 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Altering selections" -msgstr "Ändra val" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:362 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" -"altered with the following commands:\n" -" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" -" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" -" B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" -" B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" -" B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" -msgstr "" -"Den begärda valstatusen för varje individuellt paket kan ändras med följande\n" -"kommandon:\n" -" B<+, Insert> installera eller uppgradera\n" -" B<=, H> håll i aktuellt tillstånd och version\n" -" B<:, G> avbryt håll: uppgradera eller lämna oinstallerad\n" -" B<-, Delete> ta bort, men lämna kvar konfiguration\n" -" B<_> ta bort och radera konfiguration\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:366 -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " -"This will be further explained below." -msgstr "" -"När ändringar som får en eller flera otillfredsställda beroenden eller " -"konflikter till följd görs, frågar B<dselect> användaren med en " -"beroendelösningsskärm, vilken beskrivs ytterligare nedan." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:371 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " -"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " -"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." -msgstr "" -"Det är även möjligt att applicera dessa kommandon på grupper av paketval, " -"genom att peka markeringsraden på en grupprubrik. Exakt hur paketen " -"grupperas beror på vilken listordning som för tillfället används." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:377 -msgid "" -"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " -"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " -"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " -"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " -"operations are useful when applied to groups." -msgstr "" -"Nödvändiga försiktighetsåtgärder skall tas när ändringar görs på stora " -"gruppmarkeringar, eftersom detta med en gång kan ge stora mängder " -"otillfredsställda beroenden eller konflikter, vilka alla kommer att visas på " -"en beroendelösningsskärm, vilket gör dem mycket svåra att hantera. I " -"praktiken är bara håll-kommandot och dess motsats användbara på grupper." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:378 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" -msgstr "Lösa beroenden och konflikter" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:383 -msgid "" -"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " -"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " -"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." -msgstr "" -"När ändringar som får en eller flera otillfredsställda beroenden eller " -"konflikter till följd görs, frågar B<dselect> användaren med en " -"beroendelösningsskärm. Först visas dock en informativ hjälpskärm." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:390 -msgid "" -"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " -"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " -"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " -"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " -"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " -"listed." -msgstr "" -"Övre halvan av denna skärm listar alla paket som har otillfredsställda " -"beroenden eller konflikter som ett resultat av ändringen som efterfrågas, " -"samt alla paket vars installation kan lösa något av dessa beroenden, eller " -"vars borttagning kan lösa någon av konflikterna. Den nedre halvan visar som " -"förval de beroenden eller konflikter som leder till att det markerade " -"paketet listas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:396 -msgid "" -"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " -"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " -"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " -"suggestions made by B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"När paketunderlistan visas kan B<dselect> redan ha satt efterfrågad " -"valstatus för några av de listade paketen för att lösa de beroenden och " -"konflikter som fick beroendelösningsskärmen att visas. Vanligtvis är det " -"bäst att följa upp de förslag som görs av B<dselect>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:404 -msgid "" -"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " -"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " -"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " -"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " -"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " -"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." -msgstr "" -"De listade paketens valstatus kan återställas till ursprungsinställningarna, " -"såsom de var innan de otillfredsställda beroendena eller konflikterna " -"skapades, genom att trycka på tangenten B<\"R\">. Genom att trycka på B<\"D" -"\"> återställs de föreslagna lösningarna, men ändringen som fick skärmen att " -"visas behålls i den status de valdes. Slutligen, genom att trycka B<\"U\"> " -"återställs valen återigen till de automatiskt föreslagna värdena." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Establishing the requested selections" -msgstr "Bekräfta de efterfrågade valen" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:412 -msgid "" -"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " -"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " -"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " -"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " -"resolution screen." -msgstr "" -"Genom att trycka B<Enter> godtas den vid tillfället inställda uppsättningen " -"val. Om B<dselect> inte upptäcker några otillfredsställda beroenden som " -"följd av de efterfrågade valen kommer de nya valen att lagras. Om det " -"däremot finns några otillfredsställda beroenden kommer B<dselect> återigen " -"gå till beroendelösningsskärmen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:418 -msgid "" -"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " -"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " -"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " -"this unless you've read the fine print." -msgstr "" -"För att ändra en uppsättning val som skapar otillfredsställda beroenden " -"eller konflikter, och tvinga B<dselect> att godta dem trycker du på B<\"Q\">-" -"tangenten. Detta ställer ovillkorligen in de val användaren gjort, vilket " -"vanligtvis inte bör göras om man inte har läst det finstilta." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:425 -msgid "" -"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " -"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " -"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " -"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " -"the last established settings." -msgstr "" -"Motsatt effekt, att backa ut från valändringar och återgå till föregående " -"vallista, kan fås genom att trycka på tangenterna B<\"X\"> eller B<Escape>. " -"Genom att upprepade gånger trycka dessa tangenter, kan eventuella skadliga " -"paketval backas ut helt och hållet för att återgå till senast etablerade " -"inställningar." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:427 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "PROGRAMFEL" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:432 -msgid "" -"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " -"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." -msgstr "" -"Paketvalsgränssnittet i B<dselect> är förvirrande för en del nya användare. " -"Det har rapporterats att det till och med kan få erfarna utvecklare av " -"kärnan att gråta." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:434 -msgid "The documentation is lacking." -msgstr "Dokumentationen har brister." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:436 -msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." -msgstr "Det finns inget hjälpalternativ i huvudmenyn." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:438 -msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." -msgstr "Den synliga listan med tillgängliga paket kan inte förminskas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:442 -msgid "" -"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " -"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " -"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." -msgstr "" -"De inbyggda åtkomstmetoderna kan inte längre nå nuvarande kvalitetsstandard. " -"Använd åtkomstmetoden som ges av apt, den är inte bara inte trasig, utan " -"även mycket flexiblare än de inbyggda åtkomstmetoderna." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:443 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:448 -msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." -msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:449 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:453 -msgid "" -"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " -"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." -msgstr "" -"B<dselect> skrevs av (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). En komplett lista över " -"bidragslämnare får du med \"dselect --license\"." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.1:456 -msgid "" -"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " -"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." -msgstr "" -"Denna manualsida skrevs av Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " -"Josip Rodin och Joost Kooij." diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/dselect.cfg.5.cfg b/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/dselect.cfg.5.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 7197af8b..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/dselect.cfg.5.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] hu pl sv de -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/dselect.cfg.5/po/dselect.cfg.5.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/dselect.cfg.5/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/dselect.cfg.5 $lang:../$lang/dselect.cfg.5 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/dselect.cfg.5.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_hu:"-L ISO-8859-2 -A ISO-8859-2" diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/de.po b/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1a50bfa8..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-22 18:59+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dselect.cfg" -msgstr "dselect.cfg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg-Programmsammlung" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" -msgstr "dselect.cfg - dselect Konfigurationsdatei" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:11 -msgid "" -"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " -"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " -"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " -"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "" -"Diese Datei enthält Standardoptionen für dselect. Jede Zeile enthält eine " -"einzelne Option, die exakt die gleiche wie für die normalen Kommandozeilen-" -"Option von dselect sind, abgesehen von den einleitenden Gedankenstrichen, " -"die hier nicht verwendet werden. Kommentare sind durch Einleiten einer Zeile " -"mit einem Rautenzeichen (\"B<#>\") erlaubt." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "DATEIEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" -msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:20 -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " -"contributed to B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"Lesen Sie I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> für die Liste der Leute, die zu " -"B<dselect> beigetragen haben." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/dselect.cfg.5.pot b/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/dselect.cfg.5.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 5cc13e80..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/dselect.cfg.5.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dselect.cfg" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:11 -msgid "" -"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " -"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " -"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " -"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:20 -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " -"contributed to B<dselect>." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/hu.po b/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/hu.po deleted file mode 100644 index 943ee880..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/hu.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-05 21:13+0100\n" -"Language-Team: Hungarian\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Hungarian\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: HUNGARY\n" -"Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dselect.cfg" -msgstr "dselect.cfg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg készlet" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NÉV" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" -msgstr "dselect.cfg - dselect konfigurációs fájl" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "LEÍRÁS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:11 -msgid "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "E fájl tartalmazza a dselect alapbeállításait. Minden sor 1 lehetőséget tartalmaz, mely pontosan megfelel a sima parancssoros dpkg lehetőségeknek kivéve a vezető kötőjeleket, melyek itt nincsenek. Megjegyzések egy sor elején a (\"B<#>\") jellel lehetségesek." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FÁJLOK" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" -msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "SZERZŐ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:20 -msgid "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to B<dselect>." -msgstr "Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dselect> készítését segítő személyek listája található." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "LÁSD MÉG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." - diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index 988a0f4b..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-01 23:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dselect.cfg" -msgstr "dselect.cfg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" -msgstr "dselect.cfg - plik konfiguracyjny programu dselect " - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:11 -msgid "" -"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " -"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " -"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " -"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "" -"Plik ten zawiera domy¶lne opcje programu dselect. W ka¿dej linii wymieniona " -"jest pojedyncza opcja, dok³adnie taka sama, jak normalna opcja linii poleceñ " -"programu dselect z wyj±tkiem tego, ¿e nie s± u¿ywane pocz±tkowe my¶lniki. " -"Mo¿na u¿ywaæ komentarzy, zaczynaj±c liniê znakiem hasha (\"B<#>\")." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "PLIKI" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" -msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:20 -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " -"contributed to B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"Patrz plik I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> zawieraj±cy listê osób, które " -"przyczyni³y siê do rozwoju programu B<dselect>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index 737fa51e..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/dselect.cfg.5/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for dselect.cfg(5) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-11 20:54+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dselect.cfg" -msgstr "dselect.cfg" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg suite" -msgstr "dpkg-sviten" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:4 -msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" -msgstr "dselect.cfg - inställningsfil för dselect" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:11 -msgid "" -"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " -"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " -"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " -"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "" -"Denna fil innehåller förvalda inställningar för dselect. Varje rad består av " -"en ensam flagga som är exakt densamma som en normal kommandoradsflagga för " -"dselect, förutom de inledande bindestrecken vilka inte används här. " -"Kommentarer är tillåtna genom att inleda en rad med nummertecken (\"B<#>\")." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FILER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:14 -msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" -msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:16 -msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" -msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:20 -msgid "" -"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " -"contributed to B<dselect>." -msgstr "" -"Se B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> för listan över personer som har bidragit " -"till B<dselect> ." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SE ÄVEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/dselect.cfg.5:22 -msgid "B<dselect>(1)." -msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." diff --git a/man/po4a/install-info.8/install-info.8.cfg b/man/po4a/install-info.8/install-info.8.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index f0835c15..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/install-info.8/install-info.8.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de fr ja -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/install-info.8/po/install-info.8.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/install-info.8/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/install-info.8 $lang:../$lang/install-info.8 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/install-info.8.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/de.po b/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index d77b3e77..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,513 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "install-info" -msgstr "install-info" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Hilfsprogramme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:8 -msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:24 -msgid "" -"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" -"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " -"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" -"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:32 -msgid "" -"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " -"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " -"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " -"description from the contents of the file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:39 -msgid "" -"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " -"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " -"file." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" -msgstr "B<[--] >I<Dateiname>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:57 -msgid "" -"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " -"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " -"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " -"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " -"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " -"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " -"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " -"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:66 -msgid "" -"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " -"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " -"the latter is used instead." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:71 -msgid "" -"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " -"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove>" -msgstr "B<--remove>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:76 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " -"default entries are created or updated." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:86 -msgid "" -"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " -"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " -"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " -"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:91 -msgid "" -"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " -"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " -"ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:97 -msgid "" -"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " -"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:103 -msgid "" -"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " -"formatting options are silently ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:103 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" -msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:121 -msgid "" -"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " -"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " -"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " -"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" -"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " -"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " -"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:121 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:135 -msgid "" -"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " -"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " -"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " -"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " -"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:142 -msgid "" -"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " -"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " -"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " -"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:148 -msgid "" -"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " -"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " -"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " -"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " -"specified location are appended to it." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:151 -msgid "" -"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " -"replaced in situ with the new entry." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:154 -msgid "" -"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " -"a warning is issued." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:160 -msgid "" -"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " -"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " -"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:160 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:169 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " -"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" -"info/>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:169 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:178 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " -"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " -"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " -"more. The default is 27." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:178 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:184 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " -"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:184 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:190 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " -"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." -msgstr "" -"Spezifiziert, dass die maximale Breite für die Info-Datei I<nnn> beträgt. " -"Dies wird verwendet, falls die Beschreibung umgebrochen werden muss. Der " -"Standardwert is 79." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:190 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:195 -msgid "" -"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " -"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " -"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:195 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:200 -msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." -msgstr "" -"Bringt B<install-info> dazu, seine Gebrauchshinweis auszugeben und sich zu " -"beenden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:205 -msgid "" -"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " -"exit." -msgstr "" -"Bringt B<install-info> dazu, seine Version und Copyrightinformationen " -"auszugeben und sich zu beenden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:212 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " -"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " -"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:214 -msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:216 -msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:218 -msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:227 -msgid "" -"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " -"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " -"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " -"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " -"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " -"ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:234 -msgid "" -"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " -"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " -"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:236 -msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:240 -msgid "" -"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " -"ignored and a warning is issued." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:249 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " -"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " -"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " -"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " -"the menu entry in the Info file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:256 -msgid "" -"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " -"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " -"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " -"done." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:256 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--keep-old>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:260 -msgid "" -"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " -"sections." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:264 -msgid "" -"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " -"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " -"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:269 -msgid "" -"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " -"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " -"the removal." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:269 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:272 -msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:272 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>" -msgstr "B<--debug>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:276 -msgid "" -"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " -"steps are shown." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:277 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:281 -msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" -msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "COPYRIGHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:287 -msgid "" -"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " -"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " -"I<no> warranty." -msgstr "" -"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> ist Freie Software; lesen Sie " -"die GNU General Public License Version 2 oder neuer für die " -"Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt I<keine> Haftung." diff --git a/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index af1eb810..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,638 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-24 10:38+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "install-info" -msgstr "install-info" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "28-02-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:8 -msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" -msgstr "" -"install-info - création ou mise à jour d'une entrée dans le répertoire Info" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:24 -msgid "" -"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" -"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " -"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" -"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" -msgstr "" -"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--maxwidth=nnn>] " -"[B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] [B<--" -"align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" -"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<fichier>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:32 -msgid "" -"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " -"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " -"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " -"description from the contents of the file." -msgstr "" -"B<install-info> crée, met à jour ou supprime des entrées dans le fichier " -"B<dir> du répertoire Info. Quand, pour la création ou la mise à jour d'une " -"entrée, on ne donne aucune description sur la ligne de commande ou dans le " -"fichier Info, B<install-info> essaye d'en deviner une à travers le contenu " -"du fichier." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:39 -msgid "" -"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " -"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " -"file." -msgstr "" -"Voyez la description de l'option B<--section> pour des précisions sur " -"l'emplacement choisi pour l'entrée et sur le format attendu du fichier B<dir." -">" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" -msgstr "B<[--] >I<nom-de-fichier>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:57 -msgid "" -"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " -"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " -"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " -"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " -"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " -"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " -"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " -"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." -msgstr "" -"Donne le nom du fichier Info dont l'entrée de menu doit être créée, mise à " -"jour ou supprimée. Si l'option B<--remove-exactly> est précisée, I<fichier> " -"sera le nom exact de l'entrée à supprimer (p. ex. «\\ emacs-20/emacs\\ » ou " -"«\\ gcc\\ »)\\ ; dans les autres cas, la partie principale de ce nom sert de " -"référent pour l'entrée de menu qui est créée, à moins qu'il y ait, dans le " -"fichier donné, une entrée START-INFO-DIR. Ce fichier doit donc exister (ou " -"bien être sur le point d'être installé, ou bien doit avoir existé en cas de " -"suppression d'entrée) dans le même répertoire que le fichier B<dir (voyez " -"l'option> B<--infodir).>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:66 -msgid "" -"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " -"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " -"the latter is used instead." -msgstr "" -"Quand I<nom-de-fichier> se termine par B<.gz> on considère qu'il renvoie à " -"un fichier comprimé avec «\\ GNU gzip\\ »\\ ; s'il n'existe pas, mais qu'il " -"y a un I<nom-de-fichier>B<.gz> on utilisera ce dernier." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:71 -msgid "" -"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " -"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." -msgstr "" -"Quand on ajoute ou on met à jour des entrées, ce fichier doit exister dans " -"le chemin spécifié (si possible avec l'extension B<.gz> supplémentaire)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove>" -msgstr "B<--remove>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:76 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " -"default entries are created or updated." -msgstr "" -"Demande que l'entrée pour le fichier I<nom-de-fichier> soit détruite\\ ; par " -"défaut les entrées sont créées ou mises à jour." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:86 -msgid "" -"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " -"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " -"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " -"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." -msgstr "" -"Quand la suppression d'une entrée vide une section, l'en-tête (et la ligne " -"blanche détachée) de la section est supprimée aussi, à moins que ce ne soit " -"la dernière section du fichier ou bien que l'option B<--keep-old> soit " -"indiquée. Voyez l'option B<--section> pour des précisions sur le format " -"attendu du fichier B<dir>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:91 -msgid "" -"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " -"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " -"ignored." -msgstr "" -"Quand il y a plusieurs entrées possibles dans le fichier B<dir,> seules " -"celles qui appartiennent au premier groupe contigu correspondant sont " -"supprimées\\ ; les autres sont silencieusement ignorées." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:97 -msgid "" -"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " -"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." -msgstr "" -"Ne pas trouver d'entrée possible n'est pas une erreur, bien que B<install-" -"info> avertisse du problème quand l'option B<--quiet> n'a pas été demandée." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:103 -msgid "" -"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " -"formatting options are silently ignored." -msgstr "" -"Quand B<--remove> est spécifié, les options de formatage B<--maxwidth>, B<--" -"align> et B<--calign> sont silencieusement ignorées." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:103 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" -msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:121 -msgid "" -"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " -"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " -"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " -"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" -"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " -"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " -"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." -msgstr "" -"Cette option est pratiquement identique à B<--remove> mais I<fichier> est " -"compris comme le nom exact de l'entrée à supprimer plutôt que comme le nom " -"d'un fichier existant. Cela peut être important quand on essaye de supprimer " -"des entrées pour des fichiers info dans des sous-répertoires (p.\\ ex. «\\ " -"emacs-20/emacs\\ »)\\ : B<--remove> opère sur la partie principale du " -"I<fichier> plutôt que sur le nom exact. (p.\\ ex. B<--remove> «\\ emacs-20/" -"emacs\\ » forcerait B<install-info> à chercher «\\ emacs\\ », pas «\\ emacs-" -"20/emacs\\ »)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:121 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" -msgstr "B<--section >I<exp-reg titre>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:135 -msgid "" -"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " -"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " -"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " -"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " -"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." -msgstr "" -"Indique que l'entrée qui doit être créée sera placée dans la section du " -"fichier B<dir> dont le titre correspond à I<exp-reg>. Si une telle section " -"n'existe pas, une nouvelle dernière section (voyez ci-après) est créée dans " -"le fichier, avec un titre égal à I<titre.> Une section est un choix possible " -"dans le menu de B<dir>\\ ; les choix sont séparés par des lignes blanches" -"\\ ; la première ligne est supposée représenter le titre." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:142 -msgid "" -"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " -"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " -"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " -"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." -msgstr "" -"Quand une nouvelle entrée doit être créée, B<install-info> essaye de " -"l'insérer dans la section selon l'ordre alphabétique ; si les entrées de la " -"section ne sont pas déjà triées, on ne peut prévoir l'emplacement qui sera " -"choisi. L'ordre existant des entrées n'est pas modifié." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:148 -msgid "" -"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " -"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " -"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " -"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " -"specified location are appended to it." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, les entrées nouvelles sont ajoutées à la fin du fichier. La " -"dernière section doit toujours exister (même si elle consiste en une simple " -"ligne de titre) de manière que les nouvelles sections puissent être créées " -"au bon endroit. Le titre de la dernière section devrait refléter le fait que " -"des fichiers Info sans emplacement bien défini sont ajoutés à la fin de " -"cette section." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:151 -msgid "" -"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " -"replaced in situ with the new entry." -msgstr "" -"Quand le fichier Info que l'on doit installer possède déjà une entrée, celle-" -"ci est remplacée in situ par la nouvelle entrée." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:154 -msgid "" -"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " -"a warning is issued." -msgstr "" -"Quand on supprime une entrée, une section spécifiée est ignorée et un " -"avertissement est produit." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:160 -msgid "" -"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " -"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " -"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." -msgstr "" -"Quand on ajoute une entrée et qu'une section est spécifiée, mais que le " -"fichier ne contient aucun en-tête de section, B<install-info> crée à la fois " -"la section demandée et une section «\\ Miscellaneous\\ » à la fin du fichier." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:160 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" -msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<rep-info>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:169 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " -"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" -"info/>." -msgstr "Spécifie que le fichier B<dir> est situé dans I<infodir>, ou que la copie installée du nouveau fichier Info était, est ou sera située dans I<infodir>. Par défaut, c'est B</usr/share/info>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:169 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:178 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " -"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " -"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " -"more. The default is 27." -msgstr "" -"Précise que l'espace d'indentation de la première ligne de la description " -"sera d'au moins I<nnn> caractères\\ ; des espaces supplémentaires peuvent " -"être ajoutées. Quand la longueur des éléments de l'entrée du menu B<dir> le " -"demande, on peut le décaler davantage. Par défaut ce nombre est égal à 27." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:178 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:184 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " -"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." -msgstr "" -"Précise que l'espace d'indentation de la deuxième ligne et des lignes " -"suivantes de la description sera d'au moins I<nnn> caractères. Par défaut ce " -"nombre est égal à 29." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:184 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:190 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " -"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." -msgstr "" -"Précise que la largeur maximale d'une ligne du fichier Info est de I<nnn>. " -"Cela sert pour «\\ couper\\ » automatiquement les lignes du texte " -"descriptif. Par défaut ce nombre est égal à 79." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:190 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:195 -msgid "" -"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " -"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " -"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." -msgstr "" -"Empêche l'affichage normal de la nouvelle entrée du menu juste avant qu'elle " -"soit insérée et l'affichage de messages annonçant le remplacement ou la " -"suppression d'entrées existantes ou la création ou la suppression de section." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:195 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:200 -msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." -msgstr "Option pour afficher une aide sur l'utilisation de B<install-info>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:205 -msgid "" -"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " -"exit." -msgstr "Option pour afficher la version et le copyright de B<install-info>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" -msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:212 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " -"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " -"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" -msgstr "" -"Précise que la description employée après l'entrée du menu pour une nouvelle " -"entrée ou bien pour une entrée mise à jour sera I<xxx>. Par défaut, on " -"emploie la valeur indiquée par le fichier Info lui-même\\ ; on peut la " -"trouver en cherchant une section de la forme suivante\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:214 -msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" -msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:216 -msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" -msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:218 -msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" -msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:227 -msgid "" -"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " -"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " -"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " -"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " -"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " -"ignored." -msgstr "" -"Quand l'entrée trouvée dans le fichier Info lui-même s'étend sur plusieurs " -"lignes, chacune donnant une entrée du menu, on reprend le texte trouvé «\\ " -"verbatim\\ ». Dans ce cas, on ne tient pas compte de l'ordre alphabétique et " -"les entrées sont insérées au début de la section en question. Et les " -"options B<--menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> sont ignorées." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:234 -msgid "" -"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " -"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " -"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." -msgstr "" -"Quand il n'y a pas d'entrée pour B<dir> dans le fichier, le programme essaye " -"de trouver un paragraphe au début du fichier qui commence par B<this file " -"documents>. Il met une capitale au premier caractère de la suite et " -"l'utilise comme description." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:236 -msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." -msgstr "" -"C'est une erreur si aucune de ces méthodes ne peut donner une description." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:240 -msgid "" -"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " -"ignored and a warning is issued." -msgstr "" -"Quand l'option B<--remove> est donnée, l'argument pour l'option « " -"description » est ignoré et un avertissement est produit." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" -msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:249 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " -"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " -"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " -"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " -"the menu entry in the Info file." -msgstr "" -"Précise que l'entrée de menu sera I<xxx>. Par défaut, on emploie la valeur " -"indiquée par le fichier Info lui-même. Quand elle n'est pas présente, la " -"partie principale du nom du fichier Info est utilisée (tout fichier B<.info " -">est supprimé et la première lettre de l'entrée est capitalisée). Voyez ci-" -"dessus pour des précisions sur le format attendu pour l'entrée de menu dans " -"le fichier Info." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:256 -msgid "" -"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " -"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " -"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " -"done." -msgstr "" -"Quand on supprime des entrées, la valeur de l'option B<--menuentry> doit " -"correspondre au champ réel de l'entrée de menu qui doit être supprimée (peu " -"importe la casse). Quand l'option B<--menuentry> est omise, aucune " -"vérification sur l'entrée de menu n'est faite." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:256 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--keep-old>" -msgstr "B<--keep-old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:260 -msgid "" -"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " -"sections." -msgstr "" -"Empêche le remplacement d'entrées existantes et la suppression des sections " -"vides." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:264 -msgid "" -"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " -"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " -"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." -msgstr "" -"Quand le fichier qu'on doit installer possède déjà une entrée dans le " -"répertoire, l'ancienne entrée est laissée seule plutôt que remplacée. Par " -"défaut, toute entrée ancienne trouvée est remplacée par la nouvelle." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:269 -msgid "" -"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " -"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " -"the removal." -msgstr "" -"Quand l'option B<--remove> est indiquée B<,>--keep-old empêche la " -"suppression de l'en-tête de section qui sans cela serait supprimé si la " -"suppression vidait la section." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:269 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:272 -msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." -msgstr "Met en mode test, lequel empêche la mise à jour du fichier dir." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:272 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>" -msgstr "B<--debug>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:276 -msgid "" -"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " -"steps are shown." -msgstr "" -"Met en mode débogage, lequel montre les résultats de certaines étapes du " -"traitement." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:277 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:281 -msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" -msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip>(1)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "COPYRIGHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:287 -msgid "" -"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " -"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " -"I<no> warranty." -msgstr "" -"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez " -"la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le " -"copyright. Il I<n'y a pas> de garantie." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "Debian" -#~ msgstr "Debian" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "INSTALL-INFO" -#~ msgstr "INSTALL-INFO" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "29th November 1995" -#~ msgstr "29 novembre 1995" diff --git a/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/install-info.8.pot b/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/install-info.8.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 30891c0c..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/install-info.8.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,504 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "install-info" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:8 -msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:24 -msgid "" -"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] " -"[B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] " -"[B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] [B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] " -"[B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--description=>I<xxx>] " -"[B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:32 -msgid "" -"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " -"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " -"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " -"description from the contents of the file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:39 -msgid "" -"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " -"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " -"file." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:57 -msgid "" -"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " -"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " -"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " -"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " -"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " -"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " -"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " -"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:66 -msgid "" -"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " -"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " -"the latter is used instead." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:71 -msgid "" -"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " -"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:76 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " -"default entries are created or updated." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:86 -msgid "" -"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " -"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " -"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " -"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:91 -msgid "" -"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " -"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " -"ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:97 -msgid "" -"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " -"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:103 -msgid "" -"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " -"formatting options are silently ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:103 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:121 -msgid "" -"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " -"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " -"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " -"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because " -"B<--remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather " -"than the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " -"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:121 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:135 -msgid "" -"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " -"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " -"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " -"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " -"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:142 -msgid "" -"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " -"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " -"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " -"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:148 -msgid "" -"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " -"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " -"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " -"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " -"specified location are appended to it." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:151 -msgid "" -"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " -"replaced in situ with the new entry." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:154 -msgid "" -"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " -"a warning is issued." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:160 -msgid "" -"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " -"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " -"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:160 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:169 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " -"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is " -"B</usr/share/info/>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:169 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:178 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " -"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " -"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " -"more. The default is 27." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:178 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:184 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " -"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:184 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:190 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " -"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:190 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:195 -msgid "" -"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " -"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " -"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:195 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:200 -msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:205 -msgid "" -"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " -"exit." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:212 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " -"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " -"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:214 -msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:216 -msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:218 -msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:227 -msgid "" -"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " -"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " -"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " -"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " -"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " -"ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:234 -msgid "" -"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " -"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " -"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:236 -msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:240 -msgid "" -"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " -"ignored and a warning is issued." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:249 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " -"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " -"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " -"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " -"the menu entry in the Info file." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:256 -msgid "" -"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " -"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " -"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " -"done." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:256 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--keep-old>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:260 -msgid "" -"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " -"sections." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:264 -msgid "" -"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " -"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " -"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:269 -msgid "" -"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " -"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " -"the removal." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:269 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:272 -msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:272 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:276 -msgid "" -"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " -"steps are shown." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:277 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:281 -msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:287 -msgid "" -"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " -"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " -"I<no> warranty." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1e7d90b7..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/install-info.8/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,606 +0,0 @@ -# translation of install-info.8.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-20 21:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:36+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "install-info" -msgstr "install-info" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28 " - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg utilities" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:8 -msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" -msgstr "install-info - Info ディレクトリにエントリを作成したり更新したりする" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:24 -msgid "" -"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" -"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " -"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" -"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" -msgstr "" -"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" -"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " -"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" -"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:32 -msgid "" -"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " -"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " -"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " -"description from the contents of the file." -msgstr "" -"B<install-info> は、Info ディレクトリの B<dir> ファイルにエントリを作成・更" -"新・削除する。作成か更新の場合、 コマンドラインにも Info ファイルにも説明文が" -"指定されていなかったら、ファイルの中身から説明文を推測しようとする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:39 -msgid "" -"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " -"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " -"file." -msgstr "" -"エントリの置かれる位置や B<dir> ファイルの望ましい形式の説明については、 B<--" -"section> の記述を見られよ。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" -msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:57 -msgid "" -"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " -"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " -"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " -"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " -"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " -"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " -"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " -"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." -msgstr "" -"メニューエントリを作成・更新・削除したい Info ファイルのファイル名を与える。 " -"B<--remove-exactly> が指定された場合は、 I<filename> は削除対象の正確なエント" -"リ名 (例えば \"emacs-20/emacs\" とか \"gcc\") でなければならない。指定され" -"なかった場合は、このファイル名のベースネームが作成されるメニューエントリのリ" -"ファレンスとして使われる (ただしそのファイルの内部で START-INFO-DIR による上" -"書きがされている場合は除く)。従ってこのファイルは B<dir> ファイルと同じディ" -"レクトリに存在していなければならない。あるいは、ほぼインストールされている" -"か、エントリ削除の場合は以前存在していたか、でなければならない。 B<--" -"infodir> オプションを参照せよ。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:66 -msgid "" -"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " -"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " -"the latter is used instead." -msgstr "" -"I<filename> が B<.gz> で終わっていたら、GNU gzip で圧縮されているファイルであ" -"るとみなされる。 I<filename> は存在しないがこれに対応する I<filename>B<.gz> " -"が存在する場合は、替わりに I<filename>B<.gz> が使われる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:71 -msgid "" -"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " -"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." -msgstr "" -"エントリを追加か更新するときは、ファイル(拡張子 B<.gz> が付加的に付いている" -"かもしれない)は指定されたパスに存在していなければならない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove>" -msgstr "B<--remove>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:76 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " -"default entries are created or updated." -msgstr "" -"ファイル I<filename> のエントリを削除することを指定する。デフォルトではエン" -"トリは作成もしくは更新される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:86 -msgid "" -"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " -"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " -"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " -"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." -msgstr "" -"削除の結果セクションが空っぽになる場合、これがファイルの最後のセクションでな" -"いか B<--keep-old> が指定されるかしていなかったら、セクション見出しも同様に削" -"除される。 B<dir> ファイルの望ましい形式の説明については、 B<--section> の記" -"述を見られよ。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:91 -msgid "" -"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " -"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " -"ignored." -msgstr "" -"あてはまるエントリが B<dir> ファイルにいくつかある場合、最初にマッチしたカテ" -"ゴリグループのものが削除され、残りは無視される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:97 -msgid "" -"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " -"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." -msgstr "" -"B<install-info> は B<--quiet> オプションが指定されない限り警告を発するが、こ" -"のオプションについては、あてはまるエントリが見つからなくてもエラーにはならな" -"い。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:103 -msgid "" -"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " -"formatting options are silently ignored." -msgstr "" -"B<--remove> オプションが指定された場合、 B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--" -"calign> の整形オプションは無視される。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:103 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" -msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:121 -msgid "" -"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " -"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " -"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " -"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" -"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " -"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " -"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." -msgstr "" -"このオプションは基本的には B<--remove> と同じだが、ただし I<filename> を削除" -"対象となる既存のファイルとしてではなく、削除対象のエントリそのものとみな" -"す。この違いは、サブディレクトリの info ファイルを参照しているエントリ (例え" -"ば \"emacs-20/emacs\" など) を削除しようとする場合に重要となる。なぜなら " -"B<--remove> は与えられた I<filename> そのものではなく、そのベースネームに作用" -"するからである (つまり B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" とすると、 B<install-" -"info> は \"emacs-20/emacs\" ではなく \"emacs\" を対象とする)。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:121 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" -msgstr "B<--section >I<regexp title>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:135 -msgid "" -"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " -"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " -"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " -"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " -"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." -msgstr "" -"新しいエントリを作るときに、 B<dir> ファイルの中でタイトルが I<regexp> にマッ" -"チするセクションに配置することを指定する。該当するセクションが存在しなかった" -"ら、ファイルの最後から二番目のセクション(後述)として I<title> というタイト" -"ルで作られる。セクションとは B<dir> メニューの中の一部で、空白行で区切られた" -"ものである。セクションの先頭行はタイトルとして扱われる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:142 -msgid "" -"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " -"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " -"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " -"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." -msgstr "" -"新たなエントリを作るとき、 B<install-info> はセクションの中でアルファベット順" -"にそれを挿入しようとする。セクション中のエントリがあらかじめソートされていな" -"かったら、セクション中の位置は予測できない。すでに存在するエントリの順番は" -"変更されない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:148 -msgid "" -"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " -"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " -"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " -"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " -"specified location are appended to it." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトでは新たなエントリをファイルの終わりに付け加える。最後のセクション" -"は、タイトル行だけであっても常に存在していなけらばならない。これは新たなセ" -"クションが正しい場所に作られるようにするためである。最後のセクションは、位置" -"が正しく指定されていない Info ファイルがそこに付け加えられるようにタイトルを" -"付けなければならない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:151 -msgid "" -"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " -"replaced in situ with the new entry." -msgstr "" -"Info ファイルのエントリがすでにインストールされていたら、 その位置で新たなエ" -"ントリに置き換えられる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:154 -msgid "" -"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " -"a warning is issued." -msgstr "" -"エントリ削除時にセクションを指定すると、セクションは無視され警告が発せられ" -"る。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:160 -msgid "" -"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " -"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " -"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." -msgstr "" -"エントリを加えるときにセクションが必要となるにもかかわらずファイルにセクショ" -"ン見出しが一つもなかったら、 B<install-info> は必要となるセクションとファイル" -"の終わりの Miscellaneous というセクションとの両方を作る。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:160 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" -msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:169 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " -"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" -"info/>." -msgstr "" -"B<dir> ファイルと、インストールされる新たな Info ファイルのコピーとが " -"I<infodir> にあることを指定する。デフォルトは B</usr/share/info/> である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:169 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:178 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " -"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " -"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " -"more. The default is 27." -msgstr "" -"説明文の最初の行を少なくとも I<nnn> 字だけ字下げすべきものと指定する。余分な" -"空白が必要なものとして加えられる。 B<dir> のメニューエントリの詳細の長さのた" -"め、より多くのオフセットが必要かもしれない。デフォルトは 27 である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:178 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:184 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " -"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." -msgstr "" -"説明文の二行目以降の行を少なくとも I<nnn> だけ字下げすべきものと指定する。デ" -"フォルトは 29 である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:184 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" -msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:190 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " -"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." -msgstr "" -"Info ファイルの最大幅を I<nnn> にする。説明文をワードラップするときに使われ" -"る。デフォルトは 79 である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:190 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:195 -msgid "" -"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " -"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " -"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." -msgstr "" -"挿入される直前の新たなメニューエントリと、現存するエントリの置換・削除やセク" -"ションの作成・削除の案内のメッセージを表示しない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:195 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:200 -msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." -msgstr "B<install-info> の使用法を表示して終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:205 -msgid "" -"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " -"exit." -msgstr "B<install-info> のバージョンと著作権の情報を表示して終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>" -msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:212 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " -"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " -"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" -msgstr "" -"新規・更新のメニューエントリの説明文を I<xxx> とする。デフォルトでは Info " -"ファイル自身の中で指定された値を使う。これは次のような形式のセクションを探すことで見つけられる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:214 -msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" -msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:216 -msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" -msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:218 -msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" -msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:227 -msgid "" -"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " -"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " -"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " -"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " -"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " -"ignored." -msgstr "" -"Info ファイルに見つかったエントリ自身がそれだけで数行に渡り、それぞれにメ" -"ニューのエントリがある場合、ファイルの中に見つかったテキストがそのまま使われ" -"る。このときは、アルファベット順の配置は行われず、エントリは問い合わせのセ" -"クションの先頭に挿入される。また B<--menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, " -"B<--calign>, B<--menuentry> のオプションは無視される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:234 -msgid "" -"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " -"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " -"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." -msgstr "" -"ファイルに B<dir> エントリがなかったら、ファイルの最初のほうに B<this file " -"documents> で始まる段落がないかを見つけようとする。その後の最初の文字を大文" -"字にしてそれを使う。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:236 -msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." -msgstr "これらの方法で説明文を得ることができなかったらエラーになる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:240 -msgid "" -"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " -"ignored and a warning is issued." -msgstr "" -"B<--remove> が指定されたときには説明文の引数が与えられても無視され、警告が発" -"せられる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" -msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:249 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " -"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " -"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " -"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " -"the menu entry in the Info file." -msgstr "" -"メニューの中のエントリを I<xxx> とする。デフォルトでは、 Info ファイル自身の" -"中で指定された値を使う。それがなかった場合は、 Info ファイルのベースネームが" -"使われる。B<.info > が取り除かれ、大文字小文字混在のエントリ名が作られる。 Info " -"ファイルのメニューエントリの望ましい形式の説明については、上記の記述を参照さ" -"れたい。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:256 -msgid "" -"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " -"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " -"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " -"done." -msgstr "" -"エントリを削除するとき、 B<--menuentry> オプションの値は、削除されるメニュー" -"アイテムの実際のメニューエントリフィールドと一致しなければならない。 B<--" -"menuentry> を省略したときは、メニューエントリのチェックは行われない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:256 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--keep-old>" -msgstr "B<--keep-old>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:260 -msgid "" -"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " -"sections." -msgstr "現存するエントリの置換や空セクションの削除を行わない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:264 -msgid "" -"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " -"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " -"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." -msgstr "" -"すでにインストールされているファイルがディレクトリにエントリを持っている場" -"合、古いエントリは置き換えられずそのまま残る。デフォルトでは、古いエントリ" -"はいずれも新規作成されたものによって置き換えられる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:269 -msgid "" -"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " -"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " -"the removal." -msgstr "" -"B<--remove> が指定されている場合、削除の結果セクションが空っぽになるかもしれ" -"ないが、 B<--keep-old> はセクション見出しを削除しない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:269 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:272 -msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." -msgstr "テストモードを有効にし、ディレクトリファイルを更新しない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:272 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--debug>" -msgstr "B<--debug>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:276 -msgid "" -"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " -"steps are shown." -msgstr "デバッグモードを有効にし、内部の処理ステップをいくらか表示する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:277 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:281 -msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" -msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COPYRIGHT" -msgstr "著作権" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/install-info.8:287 -msgid "" -"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " -"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " -"I<no> warranty." -msgstr "" -"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " -"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " -"I<no> warranty." diff --git a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/de.po b/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index e1c659e2..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,555 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 16:11+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 16:24+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "start-stop-daemon" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Werkzeuge" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:4 -msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon - startet und stoppt System-Daemon-Programme" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "ÜBERSICHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:11 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<Optionen> [B<-->] I<Argumente>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:15 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<Optionen>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:18 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:21 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:29 -msgid "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " -"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " -"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " -"instances of a running process." -msgstr "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> wird zur Kontrolle der Erzeugung und Beendigung von " -"Prozessen auf Systemebene verwendet. Durch die Verwendung der B<--exec>, B<--" -"pidfile>, B<--user> und B<--name> Optionen kann B<start-stop-daemon> so " -"konfiguriert werden, dass er existierende Instanzen von einem laufenden " -"Prozess finden kann." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:48 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " -"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " -"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " -"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " -"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " -"program being started." -msgstr "" -"Mittels B<--start> überprüft B<start-stop-daemon> auf die Existenz eines " -"speziellen Prozesses. Falls ein solcher Prozess existiert, dann macht " -"B<start-stop-daemon> nichts, und beendet sich mit Fehlerstatus 1 (0, falls " -"B<--oknodo> angegeben wurde). Falls ein solcher Prozess nicht existiert, " -"dann startet es eine Instanz, entweder unter Verwendung des ausführbaren " -"Programms, das mittels B<--exec> (oder, falls angegeben, mittels B<--" -"startas>) spezifiziert wurde. Jedes weitere auf der Kommandozeile angegebene " -"Argument nach B<--> wird unverändert an das zu startende Programm " -"weitergegeben." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:68 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " -"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " -"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " -"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" -"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." -msgstr "" -"Mit B<--stop> überprüft B<start-stop-daemon> auf auf die Existenz eines " -"speziellen Prozesses. Falls ein solcher Prozess existiert, dann sendet " -"B<start-stop-daemon> das durch B<--signal> spezifizierte Signal und beendet " -"sich mit Fehlerstatus 0. Falls kein solcher Prozess existiert, dann beendet " -"sich B<start-stop-daemon> mit Fehlerstatus 1 (0 falls B<--oknodo> " -"spezifiziert ist). Falls B<--retry> spezifiziert wurden dann wird B<start-" -"stop-daemon> überprüfen, ob der/die Prozess(e) beendet wurden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:87 -msgid "" -"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " -"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " -"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " -"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " -"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " -"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " -"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." -msgstr "" -"Hinweis: falls B<--pidfile> nicht angegeben ist, verhält sich " -"B<start-stop-daemon> ähnlich zu B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> wird die " -"Prozesstabelle nach Prozessen durchsuchen, die auf den Prozessnamen, uid und/" -"oder gid (falls angegeben) passen. Jeder passender Prozess wird B<--start> " -"daran hindern, den Daemon zu starten. Allen passenden Prozessen wird das KILL-" -"Signal geschickt, fall B<--stop> angegeben ist. Für Daemons die langlebige " -"Kinder haben, die ein B<--stop> überleben sollen, müssen Sie eine PID-Datei " -"angeben." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" -msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<Programm>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -msgid "" -"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" -"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." -msgstr "" -"Überprüfe auf Prozesse die (laut B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>) Instanzen von " -"diesem Programm sind." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" -msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-Datei>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." -msgstr "Überprüfe, ob ein Prozess die Datei I<pid-Datei> erstellt hat." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<Benutzername>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -msgid "" -"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." -msgstr "" -"Überprüfe auf Prozesse die dem mit I<Benutzername> oder I<uid> " -"spezifizierten Benutzer gehören." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" -msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<Gruppe>|I<gid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." -msgstr "Wechsle zum Starten des Prozesses zur I<Gruppe> oder I<gid>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" -msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<Prozessname>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -msgid "" -"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" -">I<pid>B</stat>)." -msgstr "" -"Überprüfe (laut B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat>) auf Prozesse mit dem Namen " -"I<Prozessname>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<Signal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " -"(default 15)." -msgstr "" -"Mit B<--stop> wird das an den zu beendenden Prozess zu sendende Signal " -"spezifiziert (standardmäßig 15)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" -msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<Zeitüberschreitung>|I<Plan>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:128 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " -"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " -"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " -"then take further action as determined by the schedule." -msgstr "" -"Mit B<--stop> spezifiziert, das B<start-stop-daemon> überprüfen soll, ob der " -"Prozess (die Prozesse) sich beenden. Es überprüft wiederholt, ob passende " -"Prozesse laufen, bis dies nicht mehr der Fall ist. Falls sich die Prozesse " -"nicht beenden werden weitere im »Plan« angegebene Aktionen durchgeführt." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:139 -msgid "" -"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " -"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " -"signal specified with B<--signal>." -msgstr "" -"Falls I<Zeitüberschreitung> anstelle von I<Plan> spezifiziert wird, dann " -"wird der Plan I<Signal>B</>I<Zeitüberschreitung>B</KILL/" -">I<Zeitüberschreitung> verwendet, wobei I<Signal> das mit B<--signal> " -"spezifizierte Signal ist." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:155 -msgid "" -"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " -"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " -"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " -"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " -"schedule forever if necessary." -msgstr "" -"I<Plan> ist eine Liste von mindestens zwei durch Schrägstriche (B</>) " -"getrennten Punkten; jeder Punkt kann aus B<->I<Signalnummer> oder [B<->]" -"I<Signalname> bestehen, was bedeutet, dass dieses Signal gesendet werden " -"soll, oder aus I<Zeitüberschreitung>, was bedeutet, dass soviele Sekunden " -"auf das Beenden von Prozessen gewartet werden soll, oder aus B<forever> was " -"bedeutet, den Rest des Plans falls notwendig für immer zu wiederholen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -msgid "" -"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " -"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " -"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Falls das Ende des Plans erreicht wird und B<forever> nicht spezifiziert " -"wurde, dann beendet sich der B<start-stop-daemon> mit dem Fehlerstatus 2. " -"Falls ein Plan spezifiziert wurde dann wird jedes mit B<--signal> " -"spezifizierte Signal ignoriert." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" -msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<Pfadname>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " -"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." -msgstr "" -"Mit B<--start> wir der über I<Pfadname> spezifizierte Prozess gestartet. " -"Falls nicht angegeben, werden standardmäßig die an B<--exec> übergebenen " -"Argumente verwendet." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" -msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -msgid "" -"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " -"no action." -msgstr "" -"Gebe die Aktionen aus, die erledigt würden setze die entsprechenden " -"Rückgabewerte, führe aber keine Aktionen durch." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" -msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." -msgstr "" -"Liefert den Rückgabewert 0 anstatt 1 falls keine Aktionen ausgeführt wurden " -"(würden)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." -msgstr "" -"Gebe keine informationelle Meldungen aus, zeige nur Fehlermeldungen an." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<Benutzername>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -msgid "" -"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " -"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " -"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " -"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " -"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " -"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " -"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." -msgstr "" -"Wechsele vor dem Start des Prozesses zu diesem Benutzername/uid. Sie können " -"durch Anhängen von B<:> auch die Gruppe spezifizieren, in diesem Fall wird " -"die Gruppe oder gid wie bei dem »chown«-Befehl (I<Benutzer>B<:>I<Gruppe>) " -"angegeben. Wenn Sie diese Option verwenden, müssen Sie daran denken, dass " -"die primäre und zusätzlichen Gruppe auch gesetzt werden, selbst wenn die B<--" -"group> Option nicht spezifiziert wird. Die B<--group>-Option ist nur für " -"Gruppen in denen der Benutzer normalerweise kein Mitglied ist (wie das " -"Hinzufügen von pro-Prozess Gruppenmitgliedschaften für generische Benutzer " -"wie B<nobody>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" -msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<Wurzel>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -msgid "" -"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " -"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." -msgstr "" -"Chdir und chroot vor dem Start des Prozesse zu I<Wurzel>. Bitte beachten " -"Sie, das die PID-Datei auch nach dem chroot geschrieben wird." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" -msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<Pfad>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -msgid "" -"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " -"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" -"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." -msgstr "" -"Chdir vor dem Starten des Prozesses zu I<Pfad>. Dies wird, falls die B<-r>|" -"B<--chroot> Option gesetzt ist, nach dem chroot durchgeführt. Falls nicht " -"angegeben, wird start-stop-daemon vor dem Prozess-Start in das " -"Wurzelverzeichnis wechseln." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" -msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -msgid "" -"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " -"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " -"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " -"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " -"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " -"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " -"do this themself." -msgstr "" -"Typischerweise verwendet für Programme die sich nicht selbständig ablösen. " -"Diese Option zwingt B<start-stop-daemon> vor dem Start des Prozesses einen " -"Fork durchzuführen, und zwingt ihn in den Hintergrund. B<WARNUNG: start-stop-" -"daemon> kann nicht den Rückgabewert überprüfen, falls der Prozess aus " -"B<irgendeinem> Grund nicht startet. Dies ist ein letztes Mittel und ist nur " -"für Programme gedacht, bei denen das selbstständige Forken keinen Sinn macht " -"oder wo es nicht sinnvoll ist, den Code hierfür hinzuzufügen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" -msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<Ganzzahl>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Dies ändert die Priorität des Prozesses bevor er gestartet wird." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" -msgstr "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<Maske>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Dies setzt die umask des Prozesses bevor er gestartet wird." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" -msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -msgid "" -"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " -"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" -"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " -"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " -"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " -"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " -"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." -msgstr "" -"Verwendet, wenn ein Programm gestartet wird, dass keine eigene PID-Datei " -"erstellt. Diese Option sorgt dafür, dass B<start-stop-daemon> die mit B<--" -"pidfile> referenzierte Datei anlegt und die PID kurz vor der Ausführung des " -"Prozesse hineinlegt. Beachten Sie, dass die Datei nicht entfernt wird, wenn " -"das Programm beendet wird. B<HINWEIS:> Diese Funktion könnte in nicht allen " -"Fällen funktionieren. Insbesondere wenn das auszuführende Programm sich vom " -"Hauptprozess forkt. Deshalb ist diese Option normalerweise nur in " -"Kombination mit der B<--background> Option sinnvoll." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -msgid "Print verbose informational messages." -msgstr "Gibt ausführliche informative Meldungen aus." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -msgid "Print help information; then exit." -msgstr "Gibt Hilfeinformationen aus und beendet sich dann." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:256 -msgid "Print version information; then exit." -msgstr "Gibt Versionsinformationen aus und beendet sich dann." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:257 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTOREN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:260 -msgid "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " -"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." -msgstr "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> basierend " -"auf einer vorherigen Version von Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org." -"ukE<gt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:262 -msgid "" -"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " -"Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" -"Handbuchseite von Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, teilweise von Ian " -"Jackson umformatiert." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON" -#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "15th March 1997" -#~ msgstr "15. März 1997" diff --git a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/es.po b/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index 42a00d8c..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,583 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 16:11+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "start-stop-daemon" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Debian GNU/Linux" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:4 -#, fuzzy -msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon - para y arranca demonios del sistema" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:5 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:11 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" -msgstr "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<opciones> [B<-->] I<argumentos>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:15 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<opciones>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:18 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:21 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:22 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:29 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " -"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " -"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " -"instances of a running process." -msgstr "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> se usa para controlar la creación y terminación de los " -"procesos del sistema. Usando las opciones B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--" -"user>, y B<--name> opciones, B<start-stop-daemon> se puede configurar para " -"encontrar distintos procesos del mismo demonio." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:48 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " -"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " -"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " -"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " -"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " -"program being started." -msgstr "" -"Con B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> comprueba la existencia del proceso " -"especificado. Si este proceso ya existe, B<start-stop-daemon> no hace nada, " -"y termina con un estado de error 1 (0 si se especifica B<--oknodo> ). Si el " -"proceso no existe, comienza uno nuevo, usando el ejecutable especificado por " -"B<--exec>, (o, si se especifica, por B<--startas> ). Cualquier argumento " -"dado en la línea de órdenes después de B<--> se pasa sin modificación alguna " -"al programa que se va a ejecutar." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:68 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " -"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " -"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " -"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" -"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." -msgstr "" -"Con B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> comprueba además la existencia del " -"proceso especificado. Si este proceso existe, B<start-stop-daemon> envía la " -"señal especificada por B<--signal>, y termina con un estado de error 0. Si " -"este proceso no existe, B<start-stop-daemon> termina con un estado de error " -"1 (0 si se ha especificado la opción B<--oknodo> ). Si se especifica la " -"opción B<--retry> entonces B<start-stop-daemon> comprobará que el proceso o " -"los procesos han terminado." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " -"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " -"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " -"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " -"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " -"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " -"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." -msgstr "" -"Dese cuenta que a menos que se especifique B<--pidfile ,> B<start-stop-" -"daemon> se comporta similar a B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> buscará en " -"la tabla de procesos cualquier proceso que concuerde en nombre, uid y/o gid " -"(si se especifica). Cualquier proceso que concuerde con los parámetros " -"prevendrá a B<--start> de empezar el demonio. Se mandará a todos los " -"procesos la señal KILL si se especifica B<--stop.> Para los demonios que " -"tengan hijos de larga duración que necesiten sobrevivir a un B<--stop> debe " -"especificar un fichero-de-pid." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:88 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:90 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" -msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<ejecutable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" -"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." -msgstr "" -"Busca distintos procesos de este ejecutable (según B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" -msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<fichero-de-pid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." -msgstr "Comprueba si un procesos ha creado el fichero I<fichero-de-pid>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<nombre-usuario>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." -msgstr "" -"Comprueba si existen los procesos del usuario especificado por I<nombre-" -"usuario> o I<uid>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" -msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<grupo>|I<gid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." -msgstr "Cambia a I<grupo> o I<gid> cuando comienza el proceso." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" -msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<nombre-proceso>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" -">I<pid>B</stat>)." -msgstr "" -"Comprueba los procesos con el nombre I<nombre-proceso> (según B</proc/" -">I<pid>B</stat>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<señal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " -"(default 15)." -msgstr "" -"Junto con B<--stop>, especifica la señal enviada al proceso que se desea " -"parar (15 por omisión)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" -msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<tiempo-de-espera>|I<acción-programada>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " -"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " -"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " -"then take further action as determined by the schedule." -msgstr "" -"Junto con B<--stop>, especifica que B<start-stop-daemon> compruebe que el " -"proceso o los procesos han terminado. Lo comprobará repetidas veces hasta " -"que no haya ningún proceso que coincida. Si el proceso no termina tomará una " -"decisión determinada por I<acción-programada .>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " -"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " -"signal specified with B<--signal>." -msgstr "" -"Si se especifica I<tiempo-de-espera> en vez de I<acción-programada> entonces " -"se usa la secuencia I<señal>B</>I<tiempo-de-espera>B</KILL/>I<tiempo-de-" -"espera> , donde I<señal> es la señal especificada por B<--signal>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:155 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " -"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " -"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " -"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " -"schedule forever if necessary." -msgstr "" -"I<acción-programada> es una lista de al menos dos artículos separados por " -"barras (B</>); cada artículo puede ser un B<->I<número>B<de>I<señal> o [B<->]" -"I<nombre de señal>, que significa que se debe mandar esa señal, o I<tiempo-" -"de-espera,> que significa que se debe esperar esos segundos para que el " -"programa termine, o B<forever>, que significa que se repite el resto de " -"acción-programada para siempre si es necesario." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " -"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " -"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Si se alcanza el final de la acción-programada y no se ha especificado " -"B<forever> , entonces B<start-stop-daemon> termina con un estado de error " -"2. Si se especifica una secuencia, entonces cualquier señal especificada " -"con B<--signal> no se tendrá en cuenta." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" -msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " -"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." -msgstr "" -"Con B<--start>, comienza el proceso especificado por I<pathname>. Si no se " -"especifica, se usarán los argumentos dados con B<--exec>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" -msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " -"no action." -msgstr "" -"Muestra las acciones que se realizarían y devuelve el valor apropiado, pero " -"no hace nada." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" -msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." -msgstr "" -"Devuelve un estado 0 en vez de 1 si no se realiza (realizasen) ninguna " -"acción." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." -msgstr "No muestra mensajes informativos, sólo muestra mensajes de error." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<nombre-usuario>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " -"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " -"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " -"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " -"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " -"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " -"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." -msgstr "" -"Cambia a este usuario/uid antes de empezar el proceso. Además puede " -"especificar el grupo añadiendo B<:>, luego el grupo o el gid del mismo modo " -"que haría con la orden `chown' (I<usuario>B<:>I<grupo>). Debe de darse " -"cuenta que cuando se usa esta opción el grupo primario y complementario se " -"cambian también, incluso si no se especifica B<--group .> La opción B<--" -"group> es sólo para grupos de los que el usuario no es miembro (como el " -"grupo nobody )." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" -msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<directorio-raíz>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " -"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." -msgstr "" -"Efectua chdir y chroot a I<directorio-raíz> antes de empezar el proceso. " -"Dese cuenta que el fichero del pid también es escrito después de hacer el " -"chroot." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" -msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<directorio>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " -"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" -"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." -msgstr "" -"Efectua chdir a I<directorio> antes de empezar el proceso. Esto se hace " -"después de efectuar chroot, si es que la opción B<-r>|B<--chroot> está " -"establecida. Si no se especifica, start-stop-daemon ejecutará un chdir al " -"directorio raíz antes de empezar el proceso." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" -msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " -"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " -"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " -"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " -"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " -"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " -"do this themself." -msgstr "" -"Usado típicamente con programas que no se separan por sí mismos. Esta opción " -"forzará B<start-stop-daemon> a hacer fork antes de empezar el proceso, y " -"luego dejarlo en segundo plano. B<ATENCIÓN: start-stop-daemon> no puede " -"comprobar el estado de salida si el proceso no puede ejecutarse por " -"B<cualquier> razón. Esto se hace como último recurso, y sólo tiene sentido " -"usarla en programas donde no tiene sentido que hagan fork por sí mismos, o " -"no es factible añadir el código para que lo hagan por sí mismos." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" -msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<entero>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Altera la prioridad del proceso antes de empezarlo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<señal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Altera la prioridad del proceso antes de empezarlo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" -msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " -"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" -"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " -"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " -"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " -"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " -"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." -msgstr "" -"Se usa cuando se quiere comenzar un programa que no crea su propio fichero " -"de pid. Esta opción hace que B<start-stop-daemon> cree el fichero referido " -"con B<--pidfile> y coloque el pid dentro de él justo antes de ejecutar el " -"proceso. Dese cuenta que no se borrará cuando termine el programa. B<NOTA:> " -"Esta característica no funciona en todos los casos. Más notablemente cuando " -"el programa que se ejecuta hace fork en su proceso principal. Por esto " -"solamente es útil cuando se combina con la opción B<--background .>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Print verbose informational messages." -msgstr "Muestra mensajes informativos detallados." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Print help information; then exit." -msgstr "Muestra la ayuda y luego termina." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:256 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Print version information; then exit." -msgstr "Muestra la versión y luego termina." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:257 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTORES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:260 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " -"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." -msgstr "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> basada en " -"una versión previa de Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:262 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " -"Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" -"Página del manual de Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, reformada " -"parcialmente por Ian Jackson." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON" -#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "15th March 1997" -#~ msgstr "15 de marzo de 1997" diff --git a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0343276b..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,556 +0,0 @@ -# French translation of start-stop-daemon(8). -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>, 2005, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 16:11+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-23 21:36+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "start-stop-daemon" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "28-02-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:4 -msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon - lance ou arrête des démons système" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:11 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|--start I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:15 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:18 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:21 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:29 -msgid "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " -"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " -"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " -"instances of a running process." -msgstr "" -"On se sert de B<start-stop-daemon> pour contrôler la création ou l'arrêt de " -"processus système. On peut configurer B<start-stop-daemon> avec les options " -"B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, et B<--name> pour trouver les " -"exemplaires présents d'un processus en fonctionnement." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:48 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " -"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " -"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " -"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " -"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " -"program being started." -msgstr "" -"Avec l'action B<--start,> B<start-stop-daemon> vérifie l'existence d'un " -"processus particulier. Quand existe un tel processus, B<start-stop-daemon> " -"ne fait rien et se termine avec un code d'erreur égal à 1 (0 si B<--oknodo> " -"est précisé). Quand un tel processus n'existe pas, un exemplaire de " -"l'exécutable est lancé, en utilisant le paramètre de B<--exec> ou, celui " -"de B<--startas> si cette option est précisée. " -"Tout argument donné après B<--> sur la ligne de commande est " -"passé tel quel au programme qui doit être lancé." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:68 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " -"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " -"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " -"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" -"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." -msgstr "" -"Avec l'action B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> vérifie aussi l'existence d'un " -"processus particulier. Quand un tel processus existe B<start-stop-daemon> " -"lui envoie le signal précisé avec B<--signal> et se termine avec un code " -"d'erreur égal à 0. Quand un tel processus n'existe pas B<start-stop-daemon> " -"se termine avec un code d'erreur égal à 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> est précisé). Si " -"B<--retry> est indiquée, B<start-stop-daemon> recherche si le processus " -"s'est bien terminé." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:87 -msgid "" -"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " -"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " -"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " -"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " -"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " -"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " -"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter qu'à moins de spécifier B<--pidfile>, le programme B<start-" -"stop-daemon> se comporte comme B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> recherche " -"dans le tableau des processus tout processus qui correspond au nom, uid ou " -"gid du processus (si indiqué). Toute correspondance empêchera B<--start> de " -"démarrer le démon. Tous les processus qui correspondent recevront le signal " -"KILL si B<--stop> est indiqué. Pour les démons avec des processus enfant à " -"longue vie et qui doivent survivre à un B<--stop> vous devez donner un «\\ " -"pidfile\\ »." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" -msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<exécutable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -msgid "" -"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" -"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." -msgstr "" -"Cherche les processus qui sont des exemplaires de cet exécutable (selon B</" -"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" -msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." -msgstr "" -"Cherche les processus dont les identifiants sont précisés dans I<pid-file.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<nomdutilisateur>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -msgid "" -"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." -msgstr "" -"Cherche les processus qui appartiennent à l'utilisateur défini par " -"I<nomdutilisateur> ou I<uid.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" -msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." -msgstr "Modifie le I<group> ou le I<gid> au début du processus." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" -msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<nomdeprocessus>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -msgid "" -"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" -">I<pid>B</stat>)." -msgstr "" -"Cherche les processus dont le nom est I<nomdeprocessus> (selon B</proc/" -">I<pid>B</stat>I< ).>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " -"(default 15)." -msgstr "" -"Avec l'action B<--stop,> on définit le signal à envoyer au processus qui " -"doit être arrêté (par défaut\\ : signal 15)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" -msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<durée>|I<action-prévue>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:128 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " -"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " -"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " -"then take further action as determined by the schedule." -msgstr "" -"Avec l'action B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> doit vérifier que les " -"processus se sont terminés. Il le fait pour tous les processus " -"correspondants qui tournent, jusqu'à ce qu'il n'y en ait plus. Quand le " -"processus ne se termine pas, il prend d'autres mesures déterminées par " -"l'action-prévue." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:139 -msgid "" -"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " -"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " -"signal specified with B<--signal>." -msgstr "" -"Si I<durée> est indiqué plutôt que I<action-prévue,> l'action-prévue " -"I<signal>B</>I<durée>B</KILL/>I<durée> est utilisé, où I<signal> est le " -"signal indiqué par B<--signal.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:155 -msgid "" -"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " -"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " -"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " -"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " -"schedule forever if necessary." -msgstr "" -"I<action-prévue> est une liste d'au moins deux items séparés par des barres " -"obliques (B</>)\\ ; chaque item peut être de la forme B<->I<signal-number> " -"ou de la forme [B<->]I<signal-name>, ce qui demande d'envoyer ce signal\\ ; " -"ou bien de la forme I<durée,> ce qui demande d'attendre tant de secondes " -"avant de terminer les processus, ou bien de la forme B<forever>, ce qui " -"demande de répéter constamment le reste de action-prévue, si nécessaire." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -msgid "" -"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " -"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " -"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Quand la fin de l'action-prévue est atteinte et que B<forever> n'a pa été " -"précisé, B<start-stop-daemon> se termine avec un code d'erreur égal à 2. " -"Quand une action-prévue est indiquée, tout signal donné par B<--signal> est " -"ignoré." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" -msgstr "I<-a | --startas chemin/nom>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " -"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." -msgstr "" -"Avec l'action B<--start>, lance le processus spécifié par I<chemin/nom.> Si " -"rien n'est précisé, c'est par défaut l'argument donné à B<--exec.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" -msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -msgid "" -"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " -"no action." -msgstr "" -"Affiche les actions qui seraient entreprises et détermine la bonne valeur de " -"retour, mais ne fait rien." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" -msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." -msgstr "" -"Retourne un code de sortie égal à 0 au lieu de 1 si rien n'est ou ne sera " -"fait." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." -msgstr "" -"N'affiche pas de messages d'information ; affiche seulement les messages " -"d'erreur." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-c> |B<--chuid> I<utilisateur>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -msgid "" -"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " -"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " -"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " -"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " -"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " -"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " -"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." -msgstr "" -"Change l'utilisateur ou l'identifiant avant de lancer le processus. On peut " -"aussi préciser un groupe en ajoutant un B<:>, puis le groupe ou un " -"identifiant de la même façon qu'avec la commande «\\ chown\\ " -"» (I<utilisateur>B<:>I<groupe>). Quand on utilise cette option, on doit " -"s'apercevoir que les groupes primaires ainsi que les groupes supplémentaires " -"sont aussi déterminés, même si l'option B<--group> n'est pas spécifiée. " -"L'option B<--group>\\ » sert seulement pour les groupes dont l'utilisateur " -"n'est pas un membre régulier (c'est comme rendre membres d'un groupe-" -"processus des utilisateurs génériques comme B<nobody>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" -msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -msgid "" -"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " -"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." -msgstr "" -"Change de répertoire racine pour B<root> avant de lancer le processus. " -"Remarquez que le «\\ pidfile\\ » est aussi écrit après le changement de " -"racine." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" -msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -msgid "" -"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " -"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" -"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." -msgstr "" -"Change de répertoire pour I<chemin> avant de commencer le processus. Cela " -"est fait après le changement de répertoire racine si l'option B<-r>|B<--" -"chroot> est demandée. Si rien n'est demandé, start-stop-daemon changera de " -"répertoire racine avant de commencer le processus." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" -msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -msgid "" -"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " -"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " -"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " -"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " -"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " -"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " -"do this themself." -msgstr "" -"est utilisé de manière classique pour les programmes qui ne « se détachent » " -"pas d'eux-mêmes. Cette option oblige B<start-stop-daemon> à se dupliquer " -"(fork) avant de lancer le processus, et l'oblige à passer en arrière-plan. " -"B<AVERTISSEMENT : start-stop-daemon> ne peut pas vérifier le code de sortie " -"quand, pour B<une raison ou une autre,> le processus échoue. C'est un " -"expédient dont on se servira seulement pour des programmes dont la " -"duplication n'a pas de sens ou bien des programmes dont le code n'est pas " -"transformable pour leur ajouter cette fonctionnalité." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" -msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Cela modifie la priorité du processus avant qu'il ne soit lancé." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" -msgstr "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." -msgstr "" -"Cela modifie le masque utilisateur du processus avant qu'il ne soit lancé." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" -msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -msgid "" -"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " -"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" -"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " -"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " -"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " -"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " -"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." -msgstr "" -"Est utilisé lors du lancement d'un programme qui ne crée pas son propre " -"fichier identificateur. Cette option dit à B<start-stop-daemon> de créer le " -"fichier référencé par B<--pidfile> et place le «\\ pid\\ » dans ce fichier " -"juste avant d'exécuter le processus. Il faut remarquer que ce fichier n'est " -"pas supprimé quand le programme s'arrête. B<NOTE\\ :> il se peut que cette " -"caractéristique ne marche pas dans tous les cas. Et notamment quand le " -"programme qui est exécuté se duplique. À cause de cela, cette option n'est " -"habituellement utile que combinée avec l'option B<--background.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -msgid "Print verbose informational messages." -msgstr "Affiche des messages prolixes en renseignements." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -msgid "Print help information; then exit." -msgstr "Affiche une aide et se termine." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:256 -msgid "Print version information; then exit." -msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version et se termine." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:257 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTEURS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:260 -msgid "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " -"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." -msgstr "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> à partir " -"d'une version faite par Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:262 -msgid "" -"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " -"Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" -"Page de manuel par Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partiellement " -"reformattée par Ian Jackson." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON" -#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "15th March 1997" -#~ msgstr "15 mars 1997" diff --git a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index 67fe24eb..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,535 +0,0 @@ -# translation of start-stop-daemon.8.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 16:11+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:33+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "start-stop-daemon" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg utilities" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:4 -msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon - システムデーモンプログラムの起動、停止" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:11 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:15 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:18 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:21 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:29 -msgid "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " -"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " -"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " -"instances of a running process." -msgstr "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> はシステムレベルのプロセスの生成や停止を制御するために使" -"用される。また、 B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, B<--name> オプションを" -"指定することで、実行中のプロセスを見つけることができる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:48 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " -"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " -"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " -"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " -"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " -"program being started." -msgstr "" -"B<--start> を使用すると、 B<start-stop-daemon> は指定されたプロセスが存在する" -"かを調べる。該当するプロセスが存在する場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> は何もせ" -"ず、エラーステータス 1 を返して終了する (B<--oknodo> が指定された場合は、0 を" -"返す)。該当するプロセスが存在しない場合、 B<--exec> により (又は、 B<--" -"startas> が指定された場合はこれにより) 指定される実行ファイルを起動する。コ" -"マンドライン上で B<--> 以降に与えられた任意の引数は起動されるプログラムにその" -"まま引き渡される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:68 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " -"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " -"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " -"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" -"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." -msgstr "" -"B<--stop> を使用すると、 B<start-stop-daemon> は指定されたプロセスが存在する" -"かを調べる。該当するプロセスが存在する場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> は B<--" -"signal> により指定されたシグナルをそのプロセスに送り、エラーステータス 0 を返" -"して終了する。該当するプロセスが存在しない場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> はエ" -"ラーステータス 1 を返して終了する( B<--oknodo> が指定された場合は 0 を返す)。" -"B<--retry> を指定した場合、B<start-stop-daemon> はそのプロセスが終了したこと" -"を確認する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:87 -msgid "" -"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " -"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " -"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " -"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " -"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " -"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " -"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." -msgstr "" -"注意: B<--pidfile> を指定しない場合、B<start-stop-daemon> は B<killall>(1) と" -"似た動きをする。B<start-stop-daemon> は、(指定されていれば)プロセス名、uid、" -"および gid にマッチするプロセスをプロセステーブルから検索する。B<--start> が" -"指定されている場合にマッチするプロセスがあれば、デーモンは起動されない。" -"B<--stop> が指定されていれば、マッチするプロセスすべてに KILL シグナルが送ら" -"れる。そのため、B<--stop> を与えられても生き延びる必要があるような、長生きする" -"子プロセスを持つデーモンには、 pidfile を指定しなければならない。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" -msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -msgid "" -"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" -"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." -msgstr "" -"(B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe> により)指定された executable のプロセスを調べる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" -msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." -msgstr "I<pid-file> で指定されるプロセス ID を持つプロセスを調べる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -msgid "" -"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." -msgstr "" -"I<username> または I<uid> で指定されるユーザが所有するプロセスを調べる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" -msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." -msgstr "プロセスを開始する時点で、I<group> や I<gid> を変更する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" -msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -msgid "" -"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" -">I<pid>B</stat>)." -msgstr "" -"(B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat> により) I<process-name> という名のプロセスを調べ" -"る。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " -"(default 15)." -msgstr "" -"B<--stop> が同時に与えられた時、プロセスを停止するために送るシグナルを指定す" -"る (デフォルトは 15)。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" -msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:128 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " -"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " -"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " -"then take further action as determined by the schedule." -msgstr "" -"同時に B<--stop> が与えられると B<start-stop-daemon> はどのプロセスを終了させ" -"るかを確認する。マッチした実行中のプロセスが全て終了するまで繰り返し確認す" -"る。もしプロセスが終了しなければ、 I<schedule> により決定される別のアクショ" -"ンが実行される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:139 -msgid "" -"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " -"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " -"signal specified with B<--signal>." -msgstr "" -"もし I<timeout> が I<schedule> のかわりに指定されていると、 I<signal>B</" -">I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> が使われる。ここで I<signal> は B<--signal> で" -"指定されるシグナルである。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:155 -msgid "" -"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " -"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " -"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " -"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " -"schedule forever if necessary." -msgstr "" -"I<schedule> はスラッシュ (B</>) で区切られた少なくとも 2 つの要素からなるリス" -"トである。それぞれの要素は、B<->I<signal-number> もしくは [B<->]I<signal-" -"name> の場合は送るべきシグナル、 I<timeout> の場合はプロセスが終了するのを待" -"つ秒数、 B<forever> の場合はもし必要なら残りの I<schedule> を繰り返し適用する" -"ことを意味する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -msgid "" -"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " -"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " -"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." -msgstr "" -"もし I<schedule> を全て使い切って、 B<forever> が指定されていない場合は、 " -"B<start-stop-daemon> はエラー状態 2 で終了する。もし schedule が指定され" -"ていれば、 B<--signal> で指定したシグナルは無視される。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" -msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " -"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." -msgstr "" -"同時に B<--start> が" -"与えられると、 I<pathname> により指定されるプロセスを起動する。このオプション" -"が指定されない場合、 B<--exec> に与えられる引数がデフォルトになる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" -msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -msgid "" -"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " -"no action." -msgstr "" -"実行しようとする処理内容を出力し，それに伴い適切な返り値が設定されるが、実際" -"の処理は行わない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" -msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." -msgstr "" -"処理が何も行われない(又は、行なわれようともしなかった)場合、終了ステータス " -"1 のかわりに 0 を返す。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." -msgstr "参考情報を出力しない。エラーメッセージのみ表示。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -msgid "" -"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " -"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " -"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " -"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " -"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " -"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " -"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." -msgstr "" -"処理を開始する前に指定されたユーザ名 / ユーザ ID に変更する。 B<:> の後にグ" -"ループ名またはグループ ID を与えることによりグループも指定できる。これは " -"`chown' コマンドと同じ書式 (I<user>B<:>I<group>) である。このオプションを使" -"用した時には、 B<--group> オプションが指定されていない場合であってもプライマ" -"リグループと補助グループは同様に設定されることを理解していなければならな" -"い。 B<--group> オプションは、( B<nobody> のような一般的ユーザに対してプロセ" -"ス単位でグループに追加するというように) ユーザが通常のメンバーでないグループ" -"を指定する場合にのみ使用する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" -msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -msgid "" -"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " -"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." -msgstr "" -"処理を開始する前に、 I<root> に chdir と chroot を実行する。pidfile は " -"chroot 後に、書き出されることに注意すること。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" -msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -msgid "" -"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " -"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" -"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." -msgstr "" -"プロセスを開始する前に、 I<path> に chdir する。 B<-r>|B<--chroot> オプション" -"を同時に指定した場合は、 chroot のあとに chdir する。" -"そうでない場合は、start-stop-daemon は、プロセスを開始する前に root ディレク" -"トリに chdir する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" -msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -msgid "" -"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " -"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " -"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " -"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " -"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " -"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " -"do this themself." -msgstr "" -"典型的には、デーモンプロセスを切り離せないプログラムで使用される。このオプ" -"ションを指定した場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> は自分自身を対象プロセスの実行前" -"に fork し、以後バックグラウンドで処理を行う。 B<警告: start-stop-daemon> は " -"B<何らかの理由>によって処理の実行に失敗した場合に、その終了ステータスを" -"チェックできない。このオプションは最終手段であり、自分から fork することに意" -"味のないプログラムや、fork を自分で行うためのコードを追加できないプログラム" -"のみでの使用を意図している。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" -msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." -msgstr "プロセスを開始する前にプロセスのプライオリティを変更する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" -msgstr "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." -msgstr "プロセスを開始する前にプロセスの umask を設定する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" -msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -msgid "" -"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " -"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" -"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " -"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " -"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " -"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " -"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." -msgstr "" -"自分自身で PID ファイルを作成しないプログラムを起動する際に使用する。このオ" -"プションにより、処理の実行直前に B<start-stop-daemon> は B<--pidfile> で参照" -"されるファイルを作成し、配置する。このファイルはプログラムの停止時に削除され" -"ないことに注意されたい。B<注意:> このオプションは動作しない場合がある。特" -"に、プログラムの実行時にそのメインプロセスから fork するようなプログラムでは" -"正しく動作しない。このため、通常は B<--background> オプションと併用する場合" -"にのみ有用である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -msgid "Print verbose informational messages." -msgstr "詳しい情報を出力する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -msgid "Print help information; then exit." -msgstr "ヘルプ情報を出力して終了する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:256 -msgid "Print version information; then exit." -msgstr "バージョン情報を出力して終了する。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:257 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "著者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:260 -msgid "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " -"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." -msgstr "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> が Ian " -"Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt> による以前のバージョンを元に作" -"成。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:262 -msgid "" -"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " -"Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" -"このマニュアルは Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt> によって書かれた。" -"Ian Jackson が部分的に整形した。" diff --git a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index f7cea0e7..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,581 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 16:11+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-01 23:37+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "start-stop-daemon" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:4 -msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon - uruchamia i zatrzymuje demony systemowe" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SK£ADNIA" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:11 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<opcje> [B<-->] I<argumenty>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:15 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<opcje>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:18 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:21 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:29 -msgid "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " -"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " -"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " -"instances of a running process." -msgstr "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> jest wykorzystywany do kontroli procesów uruchamianych " -"i zatrzymywanych podczas prze³±czania trybów pracy. Opcje B<--exec>, B<--" -"pidfile>, B<--user> i B<--name> mog± okre¶liæ, w jaki sposób B<start-stop-" -"daemon> ma sprawdziæ, czy dany proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:48 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " -"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " -"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " -"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " -"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " -"program being started." -msgstr "" -"Operacja B<--start> wymaga, aby B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdzi³, czy dany " -"proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony. Je¶li proces ju¿ istnieje, B<start-stop-daemon> " -"nie wykonuje ¿adnych czynno¶ci i koñczy siê, zwracaj±c kod b³êdu 1 (lub 0, " -"je¶li podano opcjê B<--oknodo>). Je¶li dany proces nie jest jeszcze " -"uruchomiony, to wykonywany jest program okre¶lony opcj± B<--exec> (lub, " -"je¶li podano, opcj± B<--startas>). Wszelkie argumenty podane tu¿ po opcji " -"B<--> s± przekazywane do wykonywanego polecenia." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:68 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " -"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " -"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " -"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" -"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." -msgstr "" -"Operacja B<--stop> tak¿e powoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdza, czy " -"dany proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony. Je¶li tak jest, to B<start-stop-daemon> " -"wysy³a sygna³ okre¶lony opcj± B<--signal> i koñczy swoj± pracê z kodem b³êdu " -"0. Je¶li proces nie istnieje, B<start-stop-daemon> koñczy siê z kodem b³êdu " -"1 (lub 0, je¶li podano opcjê B<--oknodo>). Je¿eli podano opcjê B<--retry>, " -"to B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdzi, czy proces(y) siê zakoñczy³(y)." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " -"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " -"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " -"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " -"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " -"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " -"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." -msgstr "" -"Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e je¿eli nie podano opcji B<--pidfile>, to B<start-stop-" -"daemon> zachowuje siê podobnie do B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> " -"przejrzy tabelê procesów, szukaj±c jakiegokolwiek procesu o zgodniej nazwie, " -"identyfikatorze u¿ytkownika i/lub grupy (je¿eli je podano). Znalezienie " -"jakiegokolwiek pasuj±cego procesu spowoduje, ¿e B<--start> nie uruchomi " -"procesu. W wypadku opcji B<--stop> do wszystkich pasuj±cych procesów " -"zostanie wys³any sygna³ KILL. Procesom, maj±cym d³ugo uruchomione dzieci, " -"które musz± prze¿yæ operacjê B<--stop>, nale¿y okre¶liæ plik pidfile." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCJE" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" -msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<program>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -msgid "" -"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" -"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." -msgstr "" -"Sprawdza istnienie procesów, które by³yby wywo³ane uruchomieniem podanego w " -"opcji programu (sprawdzana jest zawarto¶æ B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" -msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<plik-pid>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." -msgstr "Sprawdzanie procesów, których pid jest podany w pliku I<plik-pid>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<u¿ytkownik>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -msgid "" -"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." -msgstr "" -"Sprawdzanie dla procesów, których w³a¶cicielem jest u¿ytkownik o nazwie " -"I<u¿ytkownik> lub numerze I<uid>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" -msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<grupa>|I<gid>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." -msgstr "Podczas uruchamiania procesu zmienia grupê na I<grupê> lub I<gid>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" -msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<nazwa-procesu>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -msgid "" -"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" -">I<pid>B</stat>)." -msgstr "" -"Sprawdzanie dla procesów o nazwie I<nazwa-procesu> (sprawdzana jest " -"zawarto¶æ B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<sygna³>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " -"(default 15)." -msgstr "" -"Przy operacji B<--stop>, wysy³any jest sygna³ o podanej warto¶ci do " -"zatrzymywanego procesu (domy¶lnie jest to 15)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" -msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<plan-dzia³ania>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:128 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " -"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " -"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " -"then take further action as determined by the schedule." -msgstr "" -"W czasie operacji B<--stop> powoduje sprawdzenie przez B<start-stop-daemon>, " -"czy proces(y) siê zakoñczy³(y). Sprawdzanie jest powtarzane, je¿eli dzia³a " -"jakikolwiek pasuj±cy proces, dopóki wszystkie siê nie skoñcz±. Je¿eli " -"procesy siê nie zakoñcz±, podejmowane s± akcje okre¶lone przez parametr " -"I<plan-dzia³ania>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:139 -msgid "" -"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " -"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " -"signal specified with B<--signal>." -msgstr "" -"Je¿eli okre¶lono I<timeout> zamiast I<plan-dzia³ania>, to wtedy u¿ywany jest " -"nastêpuj±cy plan dzia³ania: I<sygna³>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout>, " -"gdzie I<sygna³> jest okre¶lony za pomoc± opcji B<--signal>." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:155 -msgid "" -"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " -"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " -"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " -"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " -"schedule forever if necessary." -msgstr "" -"I<plan-dzia³ania> jest list± co najmniej dwóch warto¶ci oddzielonych znakami " -"uko¶nika (B</>); ka¿d± z tych warto¶ci mo¿e byæ albo B<->I<numer-sygna³u> " -"lub [B<->]I<nazwa-sygna³u>, co oznacza wys³anie tego sygna³u, albo " -"I<timeout>, okre¶laj±cy liczbê sekund, któr± nale¿y czekaæ na zakoñczenie " -"procesu, albo I<forever>, oznaczaj±cy, ¿e reszta planu dzia³ania ma byæ " -"powtarzana dopóki jest to konieczne." - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -msgid "" -"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " -"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " -"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Je¿eli osi±gniêto koniec planu dzia³ania, a opcja B<forever> nie zosta³a " -"u¿yta, to B<start-stop-daemon> koñczy dzia³anie z kodem b³êdu 2. Je¿eli " -"zosta³ okre¶lony plan dzia³ania, to sygna³ podany w B<--signal> jest " -"ignorowany." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" -msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<¶cie¿ka>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " -"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." -msgstr "" -"Przy operacji B<--start>, Uruchamiany jest program o okre¶lonej I<¶cie¿ce>. " -"Je¶li brak tej opcji, domy¶lnie uruchamiany jest program podany w opcji B<--" -"exec>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" -msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -msgid "" -"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " -"no action." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietlana jest czynno¶æ, jak± nale¿a³oby wykonaæ, a tak¿e zwracany jest " -"odpowiedni kod b³êdu, ale opcja ta nie powoduje ¿adnych operacji." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" -msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." -msgstr "" -"Zwracany jest kod b³êdu 0, nawet gdyby operacja nie zakoñczy³a siê " -"powodzeniem (zwróci³aby 1)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." -msgstr "Nie s± wy¶wietlane ¿adne informacje oprócz komunikatów o b³êdach." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<u¿ytkownik>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -msgid "" -"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " -"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " -"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " -"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " -"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " -"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " -"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." -msgstr "" -"Zmiana u¿ytkownika/uid przed uruchomieniem procesu. Mo¿na tak¿e zmieniæ " -"grupê poprzez do³±czenie B<:> wraz z nazw± grupy b±d¼ numerem gid, podobnie " -"jak w poleceniu `chown' (I<u¿ytkownik>B<:>I<grupa>). Podczas korzystania z " -"tej opcji nale¿y pamiêtaæ, ¿e grupa g³ówna i poboczne zostan± ustawione, " -"nawet gdy nie podano opcji B<--group>. Opcja B<--group> jest przydatna tylko " -"dla grup, których podany u¿ytkownik nie jest cz³onkiem (na przyk³ad przy " -"dodawaniu procesowi cz³onkostwa grupy dla takich u¿ytkowników jak B<nobody>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" -msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -msgid "" -"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " -"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." -msgstr "" -"Zmienia katalog bie¿±cy na I<root> i czyni go g³ównym katalogiem (rootem) " -"przed wystartowaniem procesu. Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e plik pidfile jest tworzony " -"po wykonaniu chroot." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" -msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<¶cie¿ka>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -msgid "" -"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " -"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" -"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." -msgstr "" -"Przed uruchomieniem procesu zmienia katalog bie¿±cy na I<¶cie¿kê>. Robione " -"jest to przed zmienieniem g³ównego katalogu (roota), je¿eli podano równie¿ " -"opcjê B<-r>|B<--chroot>. Je¶li nie podano tej opcji, to przed uruchomieniem " -"procesu B<start-stop-daemon> ustawi jego katalog bie¿±cy na g³ówny katalog " -"(root)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" -msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " -"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " -"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " -"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " -"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " -"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " -"do this themself." -msgstr "" -"Zwykle u¿ywa siê tej opcji dla programów, które nie od³±czaj± siê od " -"terminala (detach) samoistnie. Ta opcja spowoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> " -"utworzy proces potomny przed uruchomieniem programu i bêdzie kontynuowaæ go " -"w tle. B<UWAGA: start-stop-daemon> nie mo¿e sprawdziæ kodu b³êdu je¿eli " -"proces siê nie wykona z B<jakiegokolwiek> powodu. Ta opcja powinna byæ " -"u¿ywana w ostateczno¶ci, gdy dany program sam nie tworzy procesu potomnego." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" -msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<liczba>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Zmienia priorytet uruchamianego procesu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<sygna³>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Zmienia priorytet uruchamianego procesu." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" -msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " -"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" -"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " -"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " -"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " -"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " -"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." -msgstr "" -"Opcja u¿ywana, gdy program sam nie tworzy w³asnego pliku pid. Wykorzystanie " -"tej opcji spowoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> utworzy plik, który zosta³ " -"podany w opcji B<--pidfile> i umie¶ci w nim numer pid tu¿ przed " -"uruchomieniem procesu. Nale¿y zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ta opcja nie skasuje tego pliku " -"po zatrzymaniu programu. B<UWAGA:> Ta opcja mo¿e nie zadzia³aæ w ka¿dym " -"przypadku. Zadzia³a przede wszystkim, gdy program zostanie uruchomiony z " -"procesu potomnego, dlatego te¿ ta opcja jest u¿yteczna jedynie wraz z opcj± " -"B<--background>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -msgid "Print verbose informational messages." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlane s± dodatkowe komunikaty." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -msgid "Print help information; then exit." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlana jest krótka pomoc." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:256 -msgid "Print version information; then exit." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlana jest informacja o wersji programu." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:257 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "AUTORZY" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:260 -msgid "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " -"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." -msgstr "" -"Marek Micha³kiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> na podstawie " -"poprzedniej wersji napisanej przez Iana Jacksona E<lt>ijackson@gnu.ai.mit." -"eduE<gt>" - -# type: Plain text -# -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:262 -msgid "" -"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " -"Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" -"Podrêcznik napisa³ Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, a poprawi³ Ian " -"Jackson." diff --git a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/ru.po b/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/ru.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5a98ffc4..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/ru.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,551 +0,0 @@ -# translation of dpkg_1.13.17_start-stop-daemon.8.ru.po to Russian -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 16:11+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-08 18:28+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "start-stop-daemon" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Проект Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "утилиты dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "НАЗВАНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:4 -msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" -msgstr "" -"start-stop-daemon -- запускает и останавливает системные программы-демоны" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "СИНТАКСИС" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:11 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" -msgstr "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<параметры> [B<-->] I<аргументы>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:15 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<параметры>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:18 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:21 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "ОПИСАНИЕ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:29 -msgid "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " -"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " -"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " -"instances of a running process." -msgstr "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> используется для управления созданием и завершением " -"системных процессов. Используя параметры B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user> " -"и B<--name>, B<start-stop-daemon> может быть настроен для поиска уже " -"запущенных экземпляров процесса." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:48 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " -"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " -"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " -"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " -"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " -"program being started." -msgstr "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> с параметром B<--start> проверяет существование " -"указанного процесса. Если такой процесс существует, B<start-stop-daemon> " -"ничего не делает и прекращает работу с кодом завершения 1 (или 0, если задан " -"параметр B<--oknodo>). Если же такой процесс не существует, то он " -"запускается, используя либо исполняемый файл, заданный параметром B<--exec>, " -"(либо параметром B<--startas>). Все аргументы, заданные в командной строке " -"после B<-->, будут без изменений переданы запускаемой программе." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:68 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " -"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " -"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " -"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" -"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." -msgstr "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> с параметром B<--stop> также проверяет существование " -"заданного процесса. Если такой процесс существует, то B<start-stop-daemon> " -"посылает ему сигнал, заданный параметром B<--signal> и прекращает работу с " -"кодом завершения 0. Если такой процесс не существует, то B<start-stop-" -"daemon> прекращает работу с кодом завершения 1 (или 0, если задан параметр " -"B<--oknodo>). Если указан параметр B<--retry>, то B<start-stop-daemon> будет " -"проверять, что процесс(ы) завершили работу." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " -"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " -"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " -"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " -"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " -"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " -"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." -msgstr "" -"Заметим, что если не указан параметр B<--pidfile>, то B<start-stop-daemon> " -"действует подобно B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> сканирует таблицу " -"процессов в поисках любых процессов с нужным именем, uid, и/или gid (если " -"указаны). Любой подходящий процесс предотвратит запуск демона, если указан " -"параметр B<--start>. Всем подходящим процессам будет послан сигнал KILL, " -"если указан параметр B<--stop>. Для демонов, у которых есть долго живущие " -"потомки, которых нужно оставить работать при параметре B<--stop>нужно " -"указывать pidfile." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" -msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -msgid "" -"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" -"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." -msgstr "" -"Проверить процессы, которые являются экземплярами данного исполняемого файла " -"(согласно B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" -msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." -msgstr "Проверить какой процесс создал I<pid-файл>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<имя_пользователя>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -msgid "" -"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." -msgstr "" -"Проверить процессы, принадлежащие пользователю, указанному с помощью " -"I<имени_пользователя> или I<uid>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" -msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<группа>|I<gid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." -msgstr "Изменить группу на I<группу> или I<gid> при запуске процесса." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" -msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -msgid "" -"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" -">I<pid>B</stat>)." -msgstr "" -"Проверить процессы с именем I<имя_процесса> (согласно B</proc/>I<pid>B</" -"stat>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " -"(default 15)." -msgstr "" -"При использовании вместе с параметром B<--stop>, задать сигнал, который " -"будет послан процессам для их останова (по умолчанию 15)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" -msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<время_ожидания>|I<затем>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:128 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " -"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " -"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " -"then take further action as determined by the schedule." -msgstr "" -"При использовании вместе с параметром B<--stop> указать, что B<start-stop-" -"daemon> должен следить за завершением процесса. Периодически будет " -"проверяться, выполняются ли ещё указанные процессы, до тех пор, пока все они " -"не завершатся. Если процессы не завершаются, то будет предпринято действие, " -"заданное в параметре I<затем>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:139 -msgid "" -"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " -"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " -"signal specified with B<--signal>." -msgstr "" -"Если вместо параметра I<затем> указан I<время_ожидания>, то используется " -"последовательность действий I<сигнал>B</>I<время_ожидания>B</KILL/" -">I<время_ожидания>, где I<сигнал> -- это сигнал, заданный параметром B<--" -"signal>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:155 -msgid "" -"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " -"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " -"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " -"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " -"schedule forever if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Параметр I<затем> -- это последовательность из не менее двух элементов, " -"разделённых косой чертой (B</>); каждый элемент -- это либо B<->I<номер-" -"сигнала> или [B<->]I<название-сигнала>, или I<время_ожидания>, задающее " -"количество секунд, в течение которых следует ждать завершения процесса, или " -"же слово B<forever>, предписывающее повторять остаток последовательности " -"вечно, если нужно." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -msgid "" -"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " -"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " -"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Если достигнут конец последовательности действий и не был указан B<forever>, " -"то B<start-stop-daemon> прекращает работу с кодом завершения 2. Если указан " -"параметр I<затем>, то сигнал, заданный с помощью параметра B<--signal>, " -"игнорируется." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" -msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " -"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." -msgstr "" -"При использовании с параметром B<--start> запускает процесс, указанный в " -"параметре I<полное_имя>. Если этот параметр не задан, то берётся значение " -"параметра B<--exec>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" -msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -msgid "" -"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " -"no action." -msgstr "" -"Вывести действия, которые должны быть выполнены и установить соответствующий " -"код завершения, но не выполнять эти действия." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" -msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." -msgstr "" -"Возвращать код 0 вместо 1, если не было выполнено (или не должно было быть " -"выполнено) никаких действий." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." -msgstr "Не выдавать информационных сообщений; только сообщения об ошибках." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<имя-пользователя>|I<uid>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " -"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " -"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " -"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " -"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " -"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " -"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." -msgstr "" -"Установить указанное имя пользователя или uid перед запуском процесса. Вы " -"можете также задать группу, добавив двоеточие B<:> имя группы или gid, как в " -"команде `chown' (I<пользователь>B<:>I<группа>). При использовании этого " -"параметра вы должны понимать, что также будут установлены основная и " -"дополнительная группы, даже если не указан параметр B<--group>. Параметр B<--" -"group> используется только для групп, в которых пользователь обычно не " -"состоит (например, в случае с системным пользователем B<nobody>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" -msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -msgid "" -"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " -"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." -msgstr "" -"Перед запуском процесса перейти в каталог I<root> и сделать его корневым. " -"Заметим, что pid-файл будет создан после установки нового корневого каталога." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" -msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -msgid "" -"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " -"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" -"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." -msgstr "" -"Перейти в каталог I<путь> перед запуском процесса. Это действие выполняется " -"после выполнения действий согласно параметру B<-r>|B<--chroot> если он " -"задан. Если он не указан, то start-stop-daemon переходит в корневой каталог " -"перед запуском процесса." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" -msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " -"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " -"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " -"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " -"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " -"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " -"do this themself." -msgstr "" -"Обычно этот параметр используется с программами, которые не могут сами " -"отключиться от терминала, на котором они запущены. Этот параметр заставит " -"B<start-stop-daemon> сделать fork() перед запуском процесса и перевести его " -"в фоновый режим. B<ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ: start-stop-daemon> не может проверить код " -"возврата, если процесс не может успешно выполниться по I<какой бы то ни " -"было> причине. Это последняя возможность, предназначенная только для " -"программ, которые не умеют выполнять fork() сами, или если нет возможности " -"добавить в них код для этого." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" -msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Этот параметр перед запуском изменяет приоритет процесса." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Этот параметр перед запуском изменяет приоритет процесса." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" -msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " -"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" -"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " -"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " -"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " -"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " -"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." -msgstr "" -"Этот параметр используется, если запускаемая программа не создаёт свой " -"собственный pid-файл. При этом B<start-stop-daemon> непосредственно перед " -"запуском процесса создаст файл, указанный в параметре флага B<--pidfile> и " -"поместит в него pid запускаемого процесса. Заметим, что этот файл не будет " -"удалён при остановке программы. B<ЗАМЕЧАНИЕ:> Эта возможность иногда может " -"не работать. В в основном это случается, когда запускаемая программа " -"выполняет fork(). Поэтому данный параметр обычно бывает полезен только при " -"использовании вместе с параметром B<--background>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -msgid "Print verbose informational messages." -msgstr "Выдавать подробные информационные сообщения." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -msgid "Print help information; then exit." -msgstr "Выдать подсказку и завершить работу." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:256 -msgid "Print version information; then exit." -msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:257 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "АВТОРЫ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:260 -msgid "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " -"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." -msgstr "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> основываясь " -"на версии, сделанной Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:262 -msgid "" -"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " -"Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" -"Страница руководства написана Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, частично " -"переформатировано Ian Jackson." diff --git a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/start-stop-daemon.8.pot b/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/start-stop-daemon.8.pot deleted file mode 100644 index f9a7bbd2..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/start-stop-daemon.8.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,450 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 16:11+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "start-stop-daemon" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:4 -msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:11 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:15 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:18 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:21 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:29 -msgid "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " -"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " -"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " -"instances of a running process." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:48 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " -"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " -"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " -"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " -"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " -"program being started." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:68 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " -"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " -"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " -"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then " -"B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:87 -msgid "" -"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " -"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " -"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " -"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " -"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " -"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " -"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -msgid "" -"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to " -"B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -msgid "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -msgid "" -"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to " -"B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " -"(default 15)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:128 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " -"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " -"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " -"then take further action as determined by the schedule." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:139 -msgid "" -"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " -"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " -"signal specified with B<--signal>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:155 -msgid "" -"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " -"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " -"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " -"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " -"schedule forever if necessary." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -msgid "" -"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " -"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " -"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " -"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -msgid "" -"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " -"no action." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -msgid "" -"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " -"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " -"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " -"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " -"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " -"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " -"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -msgid "" -"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " -"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -msgid "" -"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " -"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, " -"start-stop-daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the " -"process." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -msgid "" -"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " -"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " -"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " -"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " -"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " -"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " -"do this themself." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -msgid "" -"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " -"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with " -"B<--pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the " -"process. Note, the file will not be removed when stopping the program. " -"B<NOTE:> This feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the " -"program being executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is " -"usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> option." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -msgid "Print verbose informational messages." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -msgid "Print help information; then exit." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:256 -msgid "Print version information; then exit." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:257 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:260 -msgid "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " -"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:262 -msgid "" -"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " -"Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/sv.po b/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/sv.po deleted file mode 100644 index d365f257..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/po/sv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,541 +0,0 @@ -# Manual page for start-stop-daemon(8) -# By Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>, 1999-2006. -# Copyright 1999-2006 Software in the Public Interest -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 16:11+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-11 20:34+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "start-stop-daemon" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-02-28" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debianprojektet" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-verktygen" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAMN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:4 -msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" -msgstr "start-stop-daemon - startar och stoppar bakgrundsprocesser" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:11 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<flaggor> [B<-->] I<parametrar>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:15 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<flaggor>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:18 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:21 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESKRIVNING" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:29 -msgid "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " -"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " -"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " -"instances of a running process." -msgstr "" -"B<start-stop-daemon> används för att kontrollera hur processer på systemnivå " -"skapas och avslutas. Med hjälp av flaggorna B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--" -"user> och B<--name> kan B<start-stop-daemon> ställas in att hitta " -"existerande instanser av en körande process." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:48 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does " -"nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If " -"such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the " -"executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any " -"arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the " -"program being started." -msgstr "" -"Med B<--start> letar B<start-stop-daemon> efter om en angiven process " -"existerar, och om så är fallet gör B<start-stop-daemon> ingenting och " -"avslutar med status 1 (0 om B<--oknodo> anges). Om en sådan process inte " -"existerar startas en instans, antingen med programfilen som anges med B<--" -"exec>, (eller, om den anges, med B<--startas>). Eventuella parametrar som " -"ges efter B<--> på kommandoraden skickas omodiferade till programmet som " -"startas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:68 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a " -"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it " -"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such " -"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 " -"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-" -"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." -msgstr "" -"Med B<--stop> testar B<start-stop-daemon> också om den angivna processen " -"existerar, och om så är fallet sänder B<start-stop-daemon> den signal som " -"anges av B<--signal> till den, och avslutar med status 0. Om en sådan " -"process inte existerar avslutar B<start-stop-daemon> med status 1 (0 om B<--" -"oknodo> anges). Om B<--retry> anges kommer B<start-stop-daemon> kontrollera " -"att processen har avslutats." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " -"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " -"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " -"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " -"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " -"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " -"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." -msgstr "" -"Observera att om inte B<--pidfile> anges kommer B<start-stop-daemon> att " -"jobba på ett sätt som liknar B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> kommer att " -"söka i processtabellen efter processer med motsvarande namn på processen, " -"användar-id och/eller grupp-id (om sådant anges). Alla processer som stämmer " -"överens kommer hindra B<--start> från att starta processen. Alla processer " -"som stämmer överens kommer att sända KILL-signalen om B<--stop> anges. För " -"processer som har långlivade barn som måste överleva en B<--stop> måste du " -"ange en pidfil." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:88 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "FLAGGOR" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>" -msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<programfil>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -msgid "" -"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" -"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." -msgstr "" -"Sök efter processer som är instanser av denna programfil (enligt B</proc/" -">I<pid>B</exe>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:94 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" -msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pidfil>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." -msgstr "Sök efter processer vars process-id anges i I<pidfil>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<användarnamn>|I<användar-id>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -msgid "" -"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." -msgstr "" -"Sök efter processer som ägs av den användare som anges med I<användarnamn> " -"eller I<användar-id>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" -msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<grupp>|I<grupp-id>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." -msgstr "Byt till I<grupp> eller I<grupp-id> när processen startas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>" -msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<processnamn>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -msgid "" -"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" -">I<pid>B</stat>)." -msgstr "" -"Sök efter processer med namnet I<processnamn> (enligt B</proc/>I<pid>B</" -"stat>)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:113 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " -"(default 15)." -msgstr "" -"Tillsammans med B<--stop> anger detta den signal som skall sändas till " -"processen som stoppas (förval är 15)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:118 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" -msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<tidsgräns>|I<schema>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:128 -msgid "" -"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " -"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " -"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " -"then take further action as determined by the schedule." -msgstr "" -"Tillsammans med B<--stop> anger detta att B<start-stop-daemon> skall " -"kontrollera att processen avslutas. Den testar flera gånger efter matchande " -"processer som körs, tills ingen längre finns kvar. Om processerna inte " -"avslutar kommer programmet utföra ytterligare kommandon enligt schemat." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:139 -msgid "" -"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " -"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " -"signal specified with B<--signal>." -msgstr "" -"Om I<tidsgräns> anges istället för I<schema> kommer schemat I<signal>B</" -">I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> att användas, där I<signal> är den signal som " -"anges med B<--signal>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:155 -msgid "" -"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " -"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " -"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " -"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " -"schedule forever if necessary." -msgstr "" -"I<schema> är den lista med åtminstone två poster avdelade med snedstreck (B</" -">); varje post är antingen B<->I<signalnummer> eller [B<->]I<signalnamn>, " -"vilket betyder att signalen skall sändas, eller I<timeout>, vilket anger det " -"antal sekunder programmet skall vänta på att processen avslutar, eller " -"B<forever>, vilket betyder att resten av schemat skall repetera för evigt om " -"så behövs." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -msgid "" -"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " -"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " -"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Om slutet på schemat nås och B<forever> inte anges kommer B<start-stop-" -"daemon> avslutas med felkod 2. Om ett schema anges kommer eventuell signal " -"angiven med B<--signal> att ignoreras." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:165 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>" -msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<sökväg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -msgid "" -"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " -"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." -msgstr "" -"Tillsammans med B<--start> anger detta att processen som anges med I<sökväg> " -"skall startas. Om den inte anges används parametern som gavs till B<--exec>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>" -msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -msgid "" -"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " -"no action." -msgstr "" -"Skriver ut vad som skulle ha utförts och sätter returvärdet, men utför " -"ingenting." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:177 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" -msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." -msgstr "" -"Returnerar felstatus 0 i stället för 1 om ingen åtgärd utförs/skulle utförts." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." -msgstr "Skriv inte informationsmeddelanden; visa endast felmeddelanden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>" -msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<användarnamn>|I<användar-id>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -msgid "" -"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " -"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " -"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " -"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " -"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " -"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " -"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." -msgstr "" -"Byt till detta användarnamn/användar-id innan processen startas. Du kan även " -"ange en grupp genom att lägga till ett kolontecken, B<:>, följt av " -"gruppnamnet eller grupp-id på samma sätt som du skull gjort till \"chown\"-" -"kommandot (I<användare>B<:>I<grupp). När du använder detta alternativ måste " -"du ha i åtanke att även både primär och tilläggs-grupp sätts, även om >B<--" -"group>-flaggan inte anges. B<--group>-flaggan är bara till för grupper som " -"användaren normalt inte är en medlem i (t.ex för att lägga till " -"gruppmedlemskap för enskilda processer för standardanvändare såsom \"nobody" -"\")." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" -msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<rot>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -msgid "" -"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " -"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." -msgstr "" -"Byt katalog och rot till B<rot> innan processen startas. Observera att även " -"pidfilen skrivs efter chroot har utförts." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:206 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>" -msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<sökväg>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -msgid "" -"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " -"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" -"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." -msgstr "" -"Byt katalog till I<sökväg> innan processen startas. Detta görs efter byte av " -"rot om B<-r>|B<--chroot>-flaggan anges. Om flaggan inte anges kommer start-" -"stop-daemon byta till rotkatalogen innan processen startas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:214 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>" -msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " -"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " -"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " -"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " -"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " -"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " -"do this themself." -msgstr "" -"Används typiskt med program som inte kopplar loss sig av sig själva. Denna " -"flagga kommer tvinga B<start-stop-daemon> att förgrena sig (fork) innan " -"processen startar, och tvinga den grenen att köra i bakgrunden. B<VARNING: " -"start-stop-daemon> kan inte kontrollera felstatus för processer som av " -"B<någon som helst> anledning misslyckas med att exekvera. Detta är en sista " -"utväg, och är endast avsett för program som det normalt sett inte är någon " -"idé att på egen hand förgrena, eller där det inte är möjligt att lägga till " -"koden för detta på egen hand." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:226 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>" -msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<heltal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Detta ändrar prioriteten på processen innan den startas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:229 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>" -msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Detta ändrar prioriteten på processen innan den startas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:232 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" -msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " -"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" -"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " -"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " -"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " -"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " -"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." -msgstr "" -"Används när ett program startas som inte skapar sin egen pidfil. Denna " -"flagga kommer att göra så att B<start-stop-daemon> skapar filen som anges " -"med B<--pidfile> och lägga process-id i den precis innan processen startas. " -"Observera att den inte kommer att tas bort när programmet stoppas. " -"B<OBSERVERA:> Denna funktion kanske inte alltid fungerar, något som " -"huvudsakligen gäller när programmet som startas förgrenar sig (fork) från " -"sin huvudprocess, och den är därför bara användbar i samband med flaggan B<--" -"background>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:247 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -msgid "Print verbose informational messages." -msgstr "Skriv ut pratsamma informationsmeddelanden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:250 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" -msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -msgid "Print help information; then exit." -msgstr "Skriv ut hjälpinformation och avsluta sedan." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>" -msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:256 -msgid "Print version information; then exit." -msgstr "Skriv ut versionsinformation och avsluta sedan." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:257 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHORS" -msgstr "FÖRFATTARE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:260 -msgid "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " -"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." -msgstr "" -"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt>, baserat på " -"en tidigare version av Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/start-stop-daemon.8:262 -msgid "" -"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " -"Ian Jackson." -msgstr "" -"Manualsida av Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, delvis omformaterad av Ian " -"Jackson, översatt av Peter Karlsson E<lt>peterk@debian.orgE<gt>." diff --git a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/start-stop-daemon.8.cfg b/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/start-stop-daemon.8.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index ab71d599..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/start-stop-daemon.8/start-stop-daemon.8.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja pl ru sv -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/start-stop-daemon.8/po/start-stop-daemon.8.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/start-stop-daemon.8/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/start-stop-daemon.8 $lang:../$lang/start-stop-daemon.8 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/start-stop-daemon.8.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/de.po b/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/de.po deleted file mode 100644 index d35d26a3..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/de.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1003 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 0:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 11:41+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "update-alternatives" -msgstr "update-alternatives" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-05-23" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian-Projekt" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg-Werkzeuge" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:11 -msgid "" -"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" -msgstr "" -"update-alternatives - Verwaltung symbolischer Links zur Bestimmung von " -"Standardwerten für Kommandos" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "ÜBERSICHT" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:20 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " -"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--install> I<Genname Symlink Altern " -"Priorität> [B<--slave> I<Genname Symlink> I<Altern>]..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:25 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--remove> I<Name Pfad>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:30 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--remove-all> I<Name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:34 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:39 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--auto> I<Name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:44 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--display> I<Name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:49 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--list> I<Name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:54 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--config> I<Name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:59 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<Optionen>] B<--set> I<Name Pfad>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:64 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " -"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> erzeugt, entfernt, verwaltet und zeigt die " -"Informationen über die symbolischen Links, die das »Debian Alternativ-" -"System« bilden, an." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:72 -msgid "" -"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " -"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " -"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " -"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " -"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " -"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." -msgstr "" -"Es ist möglich, mehrere Programme, die die gleiche oder ähnliche " -"Funktionalität bereitstellen, gleichzeitig auf einem System zu installieren. " -"Beispielsweise sind auf vielen Systemen mehrere Texteditoren gleichzeitig " -"installiert. Dies gibt den Benutzern eines Systems die Möglichkeit, falls " -"gewünscht, jeweils einen anderen Editor zu verwenden, allerdings wird es " -"damit für ein Programm schwierig, einen guten Wahl für einen Editor zum " -"Starten zu treffen, falls der Benutzer keine spezielle Wahl getroffen hat." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:94 -msgid "" -"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " -"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " -"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " -"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " -"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " -"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" -"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " -"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " -"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " -"to do so." -msgstr "" -"Debians Alternativ-System hat das Ziel, dieses Problem zu lösen. Ein " -"generischer Name im Dateisystem wird von allen Dateien, die austauschbare " -"Funktionalität bereitstellen, verwendet. Das Alternativ-System bestimmt " -"zusammen mit dem Systemadministrator welche Datei tatsächlich durch diesen " -"generischen Namen referenziert wird. Falls beispielsweise sowohl der " -"Texteditor B<ed>(1) als auch B<nvi>(1) im System installiert sind, wird das " -"Alternative-System dafür sorgen, dass der generische Name I</usr/bin/editor> " -"standardmäßig auf I</usr/bin/nvi> zeigt. Der Systemadministrator kann dies " -"Ändern und dafür sorgen, dass er stattdessen auf I</usr/bin/ed> zeigt, und " -"das Alternativ-System wird diese Einstellung nicht verändern, bis es " -"explizit dazu aufgefordert wird." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:104 -msgid "" -"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " -"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " -"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " -"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " -"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " -"is a Good Thing." -msgstr "" -"Der generische Name ist nicht ein direkter symbolischer Link auf die " -"ausgewählte Alternative. Stattdessen ist es ein symbolischer Link auf einen " -"Namen im I<Alternativ-Verzeichnis>, welches wiederum ein symbolischer Link " -"auf die tatsächlich referenzierte Datei ist. Dies ist so realisiert, damit " -"die Änderungen des Systemadministrators auf das I</etc> Verzeichnis " -"beschränkt bleiben: der FHS (siehe dort) erklärt warum dies eine Gute Idee " -"ist." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:116 -msgid "" -"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " -"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " -"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" -"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " -"Debian packages." -msgstr "" -"Für jedes Paket, das eine Datei mit einer bestimmten Funktionalität " -"bereitstellt, wird bei der Installation, der Änderung oder der Entfernung " -"B<update-alternatives> aufgerufen, um die Informationen über diese Datei im " -"Alternativ-System zu aktualisieren. B<update-alternatives> wird gewöhnlich " -"vom B<postinst>- oder B<prerm>-Skript eines Debian-Paketes aufgerufen." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:135 -msgid "" -"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " -"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" -"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" -"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " -"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " -"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " -"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." -msgstr "" -"Es ist oft sinnvoll, dass eine Reihe von Alternativen synchronisiert werden, " -"so dass sie als Gruppe geändert werden; wenn beispielsweise mehrere " -"Versionen des B<vi>(1) Editors installiert sind, sollte die Handbuchseite, " -"die durch I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> referenziert wird, zu dem ausführbaren " -"Programm, dass durch I</usr/bin/vi> referenziert wird, gehören. B<update-" -"alternatives> erledigt dies mit Hilfe von I<Master-> und I<Slave-Links>; " -"wird der Master-Link geändert, wird auch jeder zugehörige Slave-Link " -"geändert. Ein Master-Link und seine zugehörigen Slave-Links bilden zusammen " -"eine I<Link-Gruppe>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:143 -msgid "" -"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " -"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " -"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " -"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " -"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Eine Linkgruppe ist zu jeder Zeit in einer der beiden Modi: automatisch oder " -"manuell. Ist eine Gruppe im automatischen Modus, dann wird das Alternativ-" -"System bei der Paketinstallation und -entfernung automatisch entscheiden, ob " -"und wie die Links aktualisiert werden. Im manuellen Modus ändert das " -"Alternativ-System die Links nicht; die Entscheidung verbleibt beim " -"Systemadministrator." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:152 -msgid "" -"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " -"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " -"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " -"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " -"manual mode." -msgstr "" -"Beim erstmaligen Einführen in das System befindet sich eine Linkgruppe im " -"automatischen Modus. Führt der Systemadministrator Änderungen an den " -"automatischen Einstellungen des Systems durch, wird dies beim nächsten " -"Aufruf von B<update-alternatives> auf die Linkgruppe bemerkt und die Gruppe " -"wird automatisch in den manuellen Modus umgeschaltet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:159 -msgid "" -"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " -"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " -"be those which have the highest priority." -msgstr "" -"Jede Alternative hat eine ihr zugeordnete I<Priorität>. Befindet sich eine " -"Linkgruppe im automatischen Modus, zeigen die Mitglieder einer Gruppe auf " -"die Alternative mit der höchsten Priorität." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:175 -msgid "" -"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " -"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " -"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " -"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " -"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " -"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " -"return to the automatic mode." -msgstr "" -"Wird die I<--config>-Option verwendet, dann zeigt B<update-alternatives> " -"alle Auswahlmöglichkeiten für die Link-Gruppe an, für die der gegebene " -"I<Name> der Master-Link ist. Die aktuelle Auswahl ist mit »*« markiert, und " -"die Auswahl mit der höchsten Priorität mit »+«. Sie werden dann aufgefordert " -"anzugeben, Ihre Auswahl bezüglich der Linkgruppe anzugeben. Sobald Sie eine " -"Änderung durchführen, befindet sich die Linkgruppe nicht mehr im " -"I<automatischen> Modus. Sie müssen dann die I<--auto> Option verwenden, um " -"wieder in den automatischen Zustand zurückzukehren." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:179 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " -"instead (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht-interaktiv konfigurieren möchten, können Sie stattdessen die " -"I<--set> Option verwenden (siehe unten)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "TERMINOLOGY" -msgstr "BEGRIFFE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -msgid "" -"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " -"specific terms will help to explain its operation." -msgstr "" -"Da die Tätigkeiten von B<update-alternatives> recht komplex sind sollen " -"einige spezielle Begriffe helfen, seine Vorgehensweise zu erläutern." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "generic name" -msgstr "generischer Name" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -msgid "" -"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " -"to one of a number of files of similar function." -msgstr "" -"Ein Name wie I</usr/bin/editor>, der sich über das Alternativ-System auf " -"eine Reihe von Dateien mit ähnlicher Funktionalität bezieht." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "symlink" -msgstr "Symlink" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -msgid "" -"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " -"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " -"adjust." -msgstr "" -"Ohne weitere Angabe bedeutet dies ein symbolischer Link im Alternativ-" -"Verzeichnis: einer derer, die vom Systemadministrator angepasst werden " -"sollen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternative" -msgstr "Alternative" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -msgid "" -"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " -"via a generic name using the alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"Der Name einer speziellen Datei im Dateisystem, die mittels eines " -"generischen Namens über das Alternativ-System zugreifbar gemacht werden kann." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternatives directory" -msgstr "Alternativ-Verzeichnis" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." -msgstr "" -"Ein Verzeichnis, standardmäßig I</etc/alternatives>, das die Symlinks " -"enthält." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "administrative directory" -msgstr "administratives Verzeichnis" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -msgid "" -"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" -"alternatives>' state information." -msgstr "" -"Ein Verzeichnis, standardmäßig I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, das die " -"B<update-alternatives> Zustandsinformationen enthält." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link group" -msgstr "Linkgruppe" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." -msgstr "" -"Ein Satz zusammengehörender Symlinks, die als Gruppe aktualisiert werden " -"sollen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -#, no-wrap -msgid "master link" -msgstr "Master-Link" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -msgid "" -"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " -"are configured." -msgstr "" -"Der Link in einer Linkgruppe der bestimmt, wie die anderen Links in der " -"Gruppe konfiguriert werden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "slave link" -msgstr "Slave-Link" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -msgid "" -"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." -msgstr "" -"Ein Link in einer Linkgruppe, der durch die Einstellung des Master-Links " -"bestimmt wird." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -#, no-wrap -msgid "automatic mode" -msgstr "automatischer Modus" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -msgid "" -"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " -"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " -"for the group." -msgstr "" -"Ist eine Linkgruppe im automatischen Modus, dann sorgt das Alternativ-System " -"dafür, dass die Links in der Gruppe auf die für die Gruppe passende " -"Alternative mit der höchsten Priorität zeigen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -#, no-wrap -msgid "manual mode" -msgstr "manueller Modus" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:234 -msgid "" -"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " -"any changes to the system administrator's settings." -msgstr "" -"Ist eine Linkgruppe im manuellen Modus, dann führt das Alternativ-System " -"keine Änderungen an den Einstellungen des Systemadministrators durch." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "BEISPIELE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:246 -msgid "" -"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " -"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " -"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " -"associated manpage." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt mehrere Pakete die einen zum B<vi> kompatiblen Texteditor " -"bereitstellen, beispielsweise B<nvi> und B<vim>. Welcher benutzt wird, wird " -"durch die Linkgruppe B<vi> eingestellt, welche Links für das Programm selber " -"und die zugehörige Handbuchseite beinhaltet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:252 -msgid "" -"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " -"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" -msgstr "" -"Um alle verfügbaren Programme anzuzeigen, die B<vi> bereitstellen, und die " -"dazu gehörigen Einstellungen, benutzen Sie die I<--display> Aktion:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:255 -msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:261 -msgid "" -"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " -"then select a number from the list:" -msgstr "" -"Um eine bestimmte B<vi>-Implementation auszuwählen, benutzen Sie als Root " -"den folgenden Befehl und wählen dann eine Zahl aus der Liste aus:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:264 -msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:269 -msgid "" -"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " -"as root:" -msgstr "" -"Um zur automatischen Auswahl der B<vi>-Implementation zurückzukehren, führen " -"Sie folgendes als Root aus:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:272 -msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:274 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONEN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -msgid "" -"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " -"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " -"together with any action." -msgstr "" -"Genau eine Aktion muss angegeben werden, falls B<update-alternatives> eine " -"sinnvolle Aufgabe erfüllen soll. Eine beliebige Anzahl von allgemeinen " -"Optionen kann zusammen mit jeder Aktion spezifiziert werden." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "ALLGEMEINE OPTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:280 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." -msgstr "Erzeugt mehr Kommentare über die Tätigkeit von B<update-alternatives.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -msgid "" -"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " -"implemented." -msgstr "" -"Erzeuge keine Kommentare, es sei denn, ein Fehler tritt auf. Diese Option " -"ist noch nicht implementiert." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -msgid "" -"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " -"yet implemented." -msgstr "" -"Führe nichts durch, sondern teile nur mit, was getan würde. Diese Option ist " -"noch nicht implementiert." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -msgid "Give some usage information." -msgstr "Gebe Benutzungshinweise" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." -msgstr "Gebe die Version von B<update-alternatives> aus." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--altdir> I<Verzeichnis>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -msgid "" -"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " -"default." -msgstr "" -"Spezifiziert das Alternativ-Verzeichnis, wenn sich dieses von der " -"Standardeinstellung unterscheiden soll." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--admindir> I<Verzeichnis>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -msgid "" -"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " -"the default." -msgstr "" -"Spezifiziert das administrative Verzeichnis, wenn sich dieses vom " -"Standardwert unterscheiden soll." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "AKTIONEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:312 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." -msgstr "B<--install> I<Genname Symlink Altern Priorität> [B<--slave> I<Genname Symlink Altern>] ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:327 -msgid "" -"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " -"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " -"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " -"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " -"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " -"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " -"may be specified." -msgstr "" -"Füge eine Gruppe von Alternativen zum System hinzu. I<Genname> ist der " -"generische Name des Master-Links, I<Symlink> ist der Name seines Symlinks im " -"Alternative-Verzeichnis und I<Altern> ist die Alternative, die für den " -"Master-Link eingeführt wird. Die Argumente nach B<--slave> sind der " -"generische Name, Symlink-Name in dem Alternative-Verzeichnis und die " -"Alternative für den Slave-Link. Null oder mehrere B<--slave>-Optionen, jede " -"von drei Argumenten gefolgt, können spezifiziert werden." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -msgid "" -"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " -"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " -"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " -"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " -"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " -"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " -"alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Falls der angegebene Master-Symlink bereits in den Datensätzen des " -"Alternativ-Systems existiert, dann wird die angegebene Information als neuer " -"Satz von Alternativen für die Gruppe hinzugefügt. Andernfalls wird eine neue " -"Gruppe im automatischen Modus mit dieser Information hinzugefügt. Falls die " -"Gruppe im automatischen Modus ist, und die Priorität der neu hinzugefügten " -"Alternative höher ist als alle installierten Alternativen für diese Gruppe, " -"dann werden die Symlinks aktualisiert, um auf die neu hinzugefügte " -"Alternative zu zeigen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--set> I<Name Pfad>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -msgid "" -"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " -"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." -msgstr "" -"Setzt das Programm I<Pfad> als Alternative für I<Name>. Dies ist äquivalent " -"zu I<--config>, ist aber nicht interaktiv und kann somit geskriptet werden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--remove> I<Name Pfad>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -msgid "" -"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " -"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " -"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " -"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " -"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " -"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " -"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " -"alternative is removed." -msgstr "" -"Entferne eine Alternative und alle zugehörigen Slave-Links. I<Name> ist ein " -"Name im Alternativ-Verzeichnis, und I<Pfad> ist ein absoluter Dateiname zu " -"dem I<Name> gelinkt werden könnte. Falls I<Name> tatsächlich nach I<Pfad> " -"gelinkt ist, dann wird I<Name> aktualisiert um auf eine andere geeignete " -"Alternative zu zeigen, oder entfernt, falls keine solche Alternative übrig " -"bleibt. Zugehörige Slave-Links werden entsprechend aktualisiert oder " -"entfernt. Falls der Link derzeit nicht auf I<Pfad> zeigt, werden keine Links " -"geändert; nur die Information über die Alternative wird entfernt." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<Name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -msgid "" -"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " -"a name in the alternatives directory." -msgstr "" -"Entfernt alle Alternativen und alle ihrer zugehörigen Slave-Links. I<Name> " -"ist ein Name im Alternativ-Verzeichnis." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--all>" -msgstr "B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." -msgstr "Rufe B<--config> für alle Alternativen auf." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--auto> I<Link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -msgid "" -"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " -"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " -"installed alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Überführt den Master-Link I<Link> in den automatischen Modus. Bei diesem " -"Prozess werden dieser Symlink und seine Slave-Links aktualisiert, um auf die " -"installierte Alternative mit höchster Priorität zu zeigen." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--display> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--display> I<Link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -msgid "" -"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " -"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " -"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " -"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " -"priority alternative currently installed." -msgstr "" -"Zeige Informationen über die Linkgruppe an, von der I<Link> der Master-Link " -"ist. Die angezeigten Informationen enthalten den Modus der Gruppe " -"(automatisch oder manuell), auf welche Alternative der Symlink derzeit " -"zeigt, welche weiteren Alternativen zur Verfügung stehen (und ihre " -"zugehörigen Slave-Alternativen), und die installierte Alternative mit der " -"höchsten Priorität." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--list> I<Link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -msgid "Display all targets of the link group." -msgstr "Zeige alle Ziele der Linkgruppe an." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--config> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--config> I<Link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:403 -msgid "" -"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " -"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " -"out of I<auto> mode." -msgstr "" -"Zeige die verfügbaren Alternativen für eine Linkgruppe an und erlaube es dem " -"Benutzer interaktiv auszuwählen, welche zu benutzen ist. Die Linkgruppe wird " -"aktualisiert und aus dem I<automatischen> Modus genommen." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:404 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "DATEIEN" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -msgid "" -"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " -"option." -msgstr "" -"Das standardmäßige Alternativ-Verzeichnis. Kann mittels der B<--altdir> " -"Option geändert werden." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:417 -msgid "" -"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" -"admindir> option." -msgstr "" -"Das standardmäßige administrative Verzeichnis. Kann mittels der B<--" -"admindir> Option geändert werden." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:418 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "EXIT-STATUS" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:419 -#, no-wrap -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." -msgstr "Die angeforderte Aktion wurde erfolgreich ausgeführt." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:424 -msgid "" -"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " -"action." -msgstr "" -"Beim Lesen der Kommandozeile oder beim Ausführen der Aktion traten Probleme " -"auf." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:425 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "DIAGNOSTIK" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:434 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " -"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " -"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " -"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " -"so, please report this as a bug." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> quatscht ohne Unterlass über seine Aktivitäten auf " -"seinem Standardausgabekanal. Falls Probleme auftreten, gibt B<update-" -"alternatives> eine Fehlermeldung auf seinem Standardfehlerkanal aus und " -"beendet sich mit dem Exit-Status 2. Die Diagnostiken sollten selbsterklärend " -"sein; falls Sie dies nicht so empfinden, melden Sie dies bitte als Fehler." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:435 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FEHLER" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:438 -msgid "" -"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " -"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie einen Fehler finden, melden Sie ihn bitte über das Debian " -"Fehlerverfolgungssystem, oder, falls dies nicht möglich ist, schicken Sie " -"eine E-Mail (in englisch) direkt an den Autor." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:443 -msgid "" -"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " -"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " -"documentation; please report it." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie einen Unterschied zwischen der Implementation von B<update-" -"alternatives> und dieser Handbuchseite finden, ist dies ein Fehler, entweder " -"in der Implementation oder in der Dokumentation; bitte melden Sie dies." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:444 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:448 -msgid "" -"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " -"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " -"conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Debian update-alternatives unterliegt dem Copyright 1995 von Ian Jackson. Es " -"ist Freie Software; lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 oder " -"neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE HAFTUNG." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:452 -msgid "" -"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " -"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " -"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." -msgstr "" -"Diese Handbuchseite unterliegt dem Copyright 1997/98 von Charles Briscoe-" -"Smith. Dies ist Freie Dokumentation; lesen Sie die GNU General Public " -"License Version 2 oder neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE " -"HAFTUNG." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:454 -msgid "" -"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die GNU GPL auf Debian-Systemen unter /usr/share/common-licenses/" -"GPL finden." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:455 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "SIEHE AUCH" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:457 -msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." -msgstr "" -"B<ln>(1), FHS, der Dateisystem Hierarchie-Standard (Filesystem Hierarchy " -"Standard)." - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" -#~ "alternatives> this is)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gibe Hinweise zur Benutzung (und erzähle, welche Version von B<update-" -#~ "alternatives)> dies ist." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" -#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "19 January 1998" -#~ msgstr "19. Januar 1998" diff --git a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/es.po b/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/es.po deleted file mode 100644 index 36c23a5a..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/es.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1067 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 0:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "update-alternatives" -msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Proyecto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilidades dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:9 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOMBRE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:11 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" -msgstr "" -"update-alternatives - mantiene enlaces simbólicos que determinan órdenes " -"predeterminadas." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SINOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:20 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " -"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--install> I<enlace nombre camino " -"prioridad> [B<--slave> I<enlace nombre> I<camino>]..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:25 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--remove> I<nombre camino>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:30 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] .B --remove-all I<nombre>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:34 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:39 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--auto> I<nombre>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--display> I<nombre>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:49 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--list> I<nombre>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:54 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--config> I<nombre>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:59 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--set> I<nombre camino>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:60 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:64 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " -"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> crea, destruye, mantiene y muestra información acerca " -"de los enlaces simbólicos que conforman el sistema de alternativas de Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:72 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " -"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " -"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " -"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " -"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " -"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." -msgstr "" -"Es posible que varios programas que realizan la misma función o una parecida " -"estén instalados en el sistema al mismo tiempo. Por ejemplo, muchos sistemas " -"tienen varios editores de texto instalados al mismo tiempo, esto deja la " -"elección de que editor de texto usar en manos del usuario, si éste lo desea, " -"pero hace difícil que un programa elija la opción correcta si el usuario no " -"ha especificado ninguna preferencia." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:94 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " -"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " -"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " -"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " -"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " -"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" -"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " -"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " -"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " -"to do so." -msgstr "" -"El objetivo del sistema de alternativas de Debian es resolver este " -"problema. Un nombre genérico en el sistema de ficheros se comparte entre " -"todos los ficheros que tienen una funcionalidad intercambiable. El sistema " -"de alternativas junto con el administrador del sistema determinan a qué " -"fichero hace referencia este nombre genérico. Por ejemplo, si los editores " -"de texto B<ed>(1) y B<nvi>(1) están instalados conjuntamente en el " -"sistema, el sistema de alternativas hará que el nombre genérico I</usr/bin/" -"editor> se refiera a I</usr/bin/nvi .> El administrador del sistema puede " -"modificar esto y hacer que se prefiera I</usr/bin/ed> , el sistema de " -"alternativas no modificará esto posteriormente hasta que se solicite " -"explícitamente." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " -"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " -"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " -"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " -"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " -"is a Good Thing." -msgstr "" -"El nombre genérico no es un enlace directo a la alternativa seleccionada. En " -"vez de esto, es un enlace simbólico a un nombre en el I<directorio> I<de> " -"I<alternativas> , que a su vez en un enlace simbólico al fichero al que se " -"quiere hacer referencia. Esto se hace de este modo para que los cambios del " -"administrador se mantengan dentro del directorio I</etc> : el FHS (q.v.) da " -"razones de por qué esto es bueno." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:116 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " -"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " -"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" -"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " -"Debian packages." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se instala o desinstala un paquete que provee un fichero con una " -"funcionalidad en particular, se llama a B<update-alternatives> para " -"actualizar la información del sistema de alternativas acerca de ese " -"fichero. B<update-alternatives> se llama normalmente desde los scripts " -"B<postinst> o B<prerm> de los paquetes de Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:135 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " -"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" -"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" -"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " -"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " -"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " -"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente es útil para un número de alternativas que estas sean " -"sincronizadas de tal modo que puedan cambiarse como un grupo. Por ejemplo, " -"cuando varias versiones del editor B<vi>(1) están instaladas, la página del " -"manual preferida por I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> debe de corresponder con el " -"ejecutable al que hace referencia I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> " -"maneja esto en términos de enlaces I<maestro> y I<esclavo> , cuando se " -"cambia el maestro, todos los esclavos relacionados con él también se " -"cambian. Un enlace maestro y sus esclavos relacionados forman un I<grupo> " -"de I<enlaces .>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:143 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " -"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " -"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " -"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " -"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Cada grupo de enlaces está en cualquier momento en uno de los dos modos " -"posibles: automático o manual. Cuando un grupo está en modo automático, el " -"sistema de alternativas decide automáticamente a medida que se instalan o " -"desinstalan paquetes cuándo se deben de actualizar los enlaces. En modo " -"manual el sistema de alternativas deja todas estas decisiones en manos del " -"administrador del sistema." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " -"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " -"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " -"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " -"manual mode." -msgstr "" -"Los grupos de enlaces se establecen en modo automático la primera vez que " -"entran en el sistema. Si el administrador del sistema hace cambios en la " -"configuración automática del sistema, B<update-alternatives> se dará cuenta " -"la próxima vez que se ejecute sobre el grupo de enlaces cambiados, y el " -"grupo será cambiado automáticamente a modo manual." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:159 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " -"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " -"be those which have the highest priority." -msgstr "" -"Cada alternativa tiene una I<prioridad> asociada. Cuando un grupo de " -"enlaces se encuentra en modo automático, la alternativa a la que apuntan los " -"miembros del grupo será la que tenga una prioridad más alta." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:175 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " -"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " -"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " -"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " -"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " -"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " -"return to the automatic mode." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se use la opción I<--config> , B<update-alternatives> mostrará todas " -"las posibilidades para el grupo de enlaces que tienen como maestro a " -"I<nombre .> Entonces se elegirá una de las opciones posibles del grupo de " -"enlaces. Una vez que se haga algún cambio, el grupo de enlaces dejará de " -"estar en modo I<automático .> Será necesario usar la opción I<--auto> para " -"volver el grupo de enlaces al estado automático." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:179 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " -"instead (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere realizar la configuración de un modo no interactivo puede usar la " -"opción I<--set> en su lugar (vea más abajo)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:180 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "TERMINOLOGY" -msgstr "TERMINOLOGÍA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " -"specific terms will help to explain its operation." -msgstr "" -"Debido a que las actividades que realiza B<update-alternatives> están " -"fuertemente relacionadas entre sí, la definición de algunos términos " -"específicos ayudará a entender su funcionamiento." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "generic name" -msgstr "nombre genérico" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " -"to one of a number of files of similar function." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre, como I</usr/bin/editor>, que mediante el sistema de alternativas " -"hace referencia a uno de los posibles ficheros con una función similar." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "symlink" -msgstr "enlace" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " -"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " -"adjust." -msgstr "" -"Sólo es un enlace simbólico en el directorio de alternativas, no tiene " -"ningún significado especial. Puede ser ajustado por el administrador." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "alternative" -msgstr "alternativa" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " -"via a generic name using the alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"El nombre específico de un fichero en el sistema de ficheros, que, puede ser " -"accesible a través de un nombre genérico usando el sistema de alternativas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "alternatives directory" -msgstr "directorio de alternativas" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." -msgstr "" -"El directorio que contiene los enlaces, por omisión es I</etc/alternatives>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "administrative directory" -msgstr "directorio administrativo" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" -"alternatives>' state information." -msgstr "" -"El directorio que contiene la información de estado de B<update-" -"alternatives> por omisión es I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "link group" -msgstr "grupo de enlaces" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." -msgstr "" -"Un conjunto de enlaces relacionados, que se pretende que sean actualizados " -"como un grupo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "master link" -msgstr "enlace maestro" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " -"are configured." -msgstr "" -"El enlace del grupo de enlaces que determina cómo se configuran el resto de " -"los enlaces del grupo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "slave link" -msgstr "enlace esclavo" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." -msgstr "" -"Un enlace del grupo de enlaces controlado por el enlace maestro del grupo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "automatic mode" -msgstr "modo automático Cuando un grupo de enlaces se encuentra en modo automático, el" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " -"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " -"for the group." -msgstr "" -"sistema de alternativas asegura que los enlaces del grupo apuntan a la " -"alternativa con mayor prioridad para ese grupo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "manual mode" -msgstr "modo manual" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:234 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " -"any changes to the system administrator's settings." -msgstr "" -"Cuando un grupo de enlaces se encuentra en modo manual, el sistema de " -"alternativas no hará ningún cambio en la configuración del administrador." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:235 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "EJEMPLOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:246 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " -"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " -"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " -"associated manpage." -msgstr "" -"Hay varios paquetes que proporcionan un editor de texto compatible con " -"B<vi>, por ejemplo B<nvi>y B<vim>. Cual se usa es controlado por el grupo " -"de enlaces B<vi>, que incluye enlaces para el programa y la página del " -"manual asociada." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:252 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " -"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" -msgstr "" -"Para mostrar los paquetes disponibles que proporcionen B<vi> y su actual " -"configuración, use opción I<--display:>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:255 -#, fuzzy -msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:261 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " -"then select a number from the list:" -msgstr "" -"Para elegir una implementación de B<vi> en particular, use la siguiente " -"orden como superusuario y luego seleccione un número de la lista:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:264 -#, fuzzy -msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:269 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " -"as root:" -msgstr "" -"Para que la implementación de B<vi> se vuelva a elegir de forma automática, " -"como superusuario haga:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:272 -#, fuzzy -msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:274 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " -"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " -"together with any action." -msgstr "" -"Se debe de especificar exactamente una acción a realizar a B<update-" -"alternatives> si se desea que realice algún trabajo significativo. Se puede " -"especificar cualquier número de las opciones comunes junto con cualquier " -"acción." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCIONES COMUNES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:280 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." -msgstr "" -"Genera una salida con más información acerca de lo que B<update-" -"alternatives> está haciendo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " -"implemented." -msgstr "" -"No genera ningún comentario a menos que ocurra algún error. Esta opción " -"todavía no esta implementada." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " -"yet implemented." -msgstr "" -"No hace nada realmente, sólo mostrar lo que hubiese hecho. Esta opción " -"todavía no esta implementada." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -msgid "Give some usage information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." -msgstr "" -"Muestra la versión de B<update-alternatives> (y alguna información relativa " -"a su uso)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directorio>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " -"default." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el directorio de alternativas cuando va a ser diferente del " -"directorio por omisión." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directorio>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " -"the default." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el directorio administrativo cuando va a ser diferente del " -"directorio por omisión." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "ACCIONES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:312 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." -msgstr "B<--install> I<gen enlace alt pri> [B<--slave> I<sgen senlace salt>] ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:327 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " -"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " -"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " -"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " -"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " -"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " -"may be specified." -msgstr "" -"Añade un grupo de alternativas al sistema. I<gen> es el nombre genérico del " -"enlace maestro, I<enlace> es el nombre del enlace simbólico en el directorio " -"de alternativas, y I<alt> es la la alternativa que se va a introducir para " -"el enlace maestro. I<sgen>, I<senlace> y I<salt> son el nombre genérico, el " -"enlace simbólico en el directorio de alternativas y la alternativa para el " -"enlace esclavo. Pueden especificarse cero o más opciones del tipo B<--" -"slave> seguidas de sus argumentos." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " -"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " -"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " -"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " -"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " -"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " -"alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Si el enlace simbólico maestro especificado ya existe en los registros del " -"sistema de alternativas, la información suministrada se añadirá como un " -"nuevo conjunto de alternativas para el grupo. En caso contrario se creará " -"un grupo nuevo, en modo automático, al que se le añadirá la información " -"suministrada. Si el grupo está en modo automático, y la prioridad nueva " -"añadida es mayor que cualquier otra alternativa instalada para ese grupo, " -"los enlaces se actualizarán para apuntar a las nuevas alternativas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--set> I<nombre camino>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " -"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." -msgstr "" -"Establece el programa I<camino> como alternativa para I<nombre.> Es " -"equivalente a I<--config> pero de forma no interactiva, de modo que permite " -"su inclusión en scripts." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--remove> I<nombre camino>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " -"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " -"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " -"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " -"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " -"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " -"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " -"alternative is removed." -msgstr "" -"Borra una alternativa y todos sus enlaces esclavos asociados. I<nombre> es " -"el nombre en el directorio de alternativas, y I<camino> es el nombre " -"absoluto del fichero al que se podría enlazar I<nombre .> Si I<nombre> está " -"en realidad enlazado a I<camino>, I<nombre> se actualizará para que apunte a " -"otra alternativa apropiada, o será eliminado si no queda ninguna alternativa " -"restante. Los enlaces esclavos asociados serán actualizados o eliminados " -"correspondientemente. Si el enlace está apuntando en ese momento a " -"I<camino>, no se cambia ningún enlace, sólo se elimina la información acerca " -"de la alternativa." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "fB--remove-all I<nombre>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " -"a name in the alternatives directory." -msgstr "" -"Elimina todas las alternativas y todos sus enlaces esclavos asociados. " -"I<nombre> es un nombre en el directorio de alternativas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--all>" -msgstr "B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." -msgstr "Llama a B<--config> sobre todas las alternativas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--auto> I<enlace>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " -"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " -"installed alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Cambia el enlace simbólico maestro I<enlace> a modo automático. En el " -"proceso, este enlace simbólico y sus esclavos serán actualizados para " -"apuntar a la alternativa instalada con una prioridad mayor." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--display> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--display> I<enlace>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " -"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " -"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " -"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " -"priority alternative currently installed." -msgstr "" -"Muestra información acerca del grupo de enlaces del cual I<enlace> es el " -"enlace maestro. La información mostrada incluye el modo del grupo " -"(automático o manual), a que alternativa apunta el enlace simbólico, otras " -"alternativas disponibles (y sus alternativas esclavas correspondientes), y " -"la prioridad más alta instalada actualmente." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--list> I<enlace>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Display all targets of the link group." -msgstr "Muestra todos objetivos de un grupo de enlaces." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--config> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--config> I<enlace>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:403 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " -"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " -"out of I<auto> mode." -msgstr "" -"Muestra las alternativas disponibles para un grupo de enlaces y permite a un " -"usuario seleccionar interactivamente cual usar. El grupo de enlaces se " -"actualiza y se deshabilita el modo I<auto> en él." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:404 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHEROS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:405 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " -"option." -msgstr "" -"El directorio de alternativas por omisión. Puede ser cambiado con la opción " -"B<--altdir .>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:417 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" -"admindir> option." -msgstr "" -"El directorio de administración por omisión. Puede ser modificado con la " -"opción B<--admindir .>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:418 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "ESTADO DE SALIDA" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:419 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." -msgstr "La acción requerida fue realizada con éxito." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:424 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " -"action." -msgstr "" -"Se encontraron problemas interpretando la línea de órdenes o realizando la " -"acción requerida." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:425 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:434 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " -"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " -"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " -"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " -"so, please report this as a bug." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> informa innecesariamente acerca de sus actividades en " -"la salida estándar. Si ocurre algún problema B<update-alternatives> " -"canaliza los mensajes de error a la salida de errores estándar y devuelve un " -"estado de salida de 2. Los diagnósticos deberían ser auto-explicativos, si " -"a usted no se lo parecen, por favor, avise de esto como un fallo." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:435 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "FALLOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:438 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " -"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." -msgstr "" -"Si encuentra algún fallo, por favor, avise usando el sistema de seguimiento " -"de fallos de Debian, o, si esto no es posible, mande un email directamente " -"al autor." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:443 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " -"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " -"documentation; please report it." -msgstr "" -"Si encuentra alguna discrepancia entre el modo de operación de B<update-" -"alternatives> y esta página del manual, es un fallo, bien en la " -"implementación o bien en la documentación, por favor, avise." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:444 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:448 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " -"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " -"conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Update-alternatives de Debian es copyright 1995 de Ian Jackson. Es un " -"programa libre, vea la licencia GPL de GNU versión 2 o posterior para las " -"condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:452 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " -"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " -"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." -msgstr "" -"Esta página del manual es copyright 1997/98 de Charles Briscoe-Smith. Es " -"documentación libre, vea la licencia GPL de GNU versión 2 o posterior para " -"las condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:454 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar la licencia GPL de GNU en /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL en " -"cualquier sistema Debian." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:455 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VEA ADEMÁS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:457 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." -msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, el estándar sobre la jerarquía del sistema de ficheros." - -# type: Plain text -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" -#~ "alternatives> this is)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Muestra alguna información relativa al modo de uso (y muestra la versión " -#~ "de B<update-alternatives> )." - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" -#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" - -# type: TH -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "19 January 1998" -#~ msgstr "19 de Enero de 1998" diff --git a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/fr.po b/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/fr.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2fd011ac..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/fr.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1006 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 0:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-17 11:15+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "update-alternatives" -msgstr "update-alternatives" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "23-05-2006" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projet Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:11 -msgid "" -"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" -msgstr "" -"update-alternatives - maintenance des liens symboliques déterminant les noms " -"par défaut de certaines commandes" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SYNOPSIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:20 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " -"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<gen lien altern priorité> " -"[B<--slave> I<altern>]..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:25 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<nom chemin>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:30 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<nom>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:34 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:39 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<nom>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:44 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<nom>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:49 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<nome>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:54 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<nom>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:59 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<nom chemin>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIPTION" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:64 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " -"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> crée, enlève, conserve et affiche des informations " -"concernant les liens symboliques qui forment le système Debian des «\\ " -"alternatives\\ »." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:72 -msgid "" -"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " -"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " -"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " -"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " -"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " -"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'installer, sur un même système et en même temps, des " -"programmes qui remplissent des fonctions identiques ou semblables. Par " -"exemple, beaucoup de systèmes installent plusieurs éditeurs de texte en même " -"temps. Cela permet à chaque utilisateur d'un système de choisir, s'il le " -"désire, un éditeur de texte différent\\ ; mais cela rend les choses " -"difficiles pour le programme qui doit choisir un bon éditeur de texte quand " -"l'utilisateur n'a pas fait de choix précis." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:94 -msgid "" -"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " -"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " -"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " -"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " -"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " -"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" -"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " -"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " -"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " -"to do so." -msgstr "" -"Le système Debian des «\\ alternatives\\ » essaie de résoudre ce problème. " -"Tous les fichiers qui proposent des fonctions interchangeables se servent " -"d'un nom générique qui se trouve dans l'arborescence. Le système des «\\ " -"alternatives\\ » et l'administrateur système font connaître ensemble le " -"fichier qui est réellement visé par ce nom générique. Par exemple, si les " -"éditeurs de texte B<ed>(1) et B<nvi>(1) sont tous les deux installés, le " -"système des «\\ alternatives\\ » fait que le nom générique I</usr/bin/" -"editor> renvoie par défaut à I</usr/bin/nvi>. L'administrateur système peut " -"remplacer cette assignation par I</usr/bin/ed> et le système des «\\ " -"alternatives\\ » ne la changera pas tant qu'on ne lui aura pas demandé " -"explicitement de le faire." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:104 -msgid "" -"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " -"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " -"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " -"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " -"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " -"is a Good Thing." -msgstr "" -"Le nom générique n'est pas un lien symbolique direct vers l'alternative " -"choisie. C'est en fait un lien symbolique vers un nom situé dans le " -"I<répertoire> I<des «\\ alternatives\\ »>, lequel nom est à son tour un lien " -"symbolique vers le fichier réellement visé. Les modifications faites par " -"l'administrateur système sont ainsi confinées dans le répertoire I</etc>\\ ; " -"le FHS (lisez-le) donne de Bonnes Raisons de faire ainsi." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:116 -msgid "" -"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " -"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " -"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" -"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " -"Debian packages." -msgstr "" -"Chaque fois qu'un paquet proposant un fichier pour une fonction déterminée, " -"est installé, modifié ou désinstallé, B<update-alternatives> est appelé pour " -"mettre à jour les informations concernant ce fichier dans le système des «\\ " -"alternatives\\ ». On appelle habituellement B<update-alternatives> dans les " -"scripts B<postinst> et B<prerm> des paquets Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:135 -msgid "" -"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " -"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" -"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" -"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " -"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " -"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " -"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." -msgstr "" -"Il est souvent utile de synchroniser certaines alternatives, de manière à " -"pouvoir les manipuler globalement\\ ; par exemple, quand plusieurs versions " -"de B<vi>(1) sont installées, la page de manuel qui est visée par I</usr/" -"share/man/man1/vi.1> devrait correspondre à I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-" -"alternatives> gère ce problème avec les liens I<principaux («\\ master\\ »)> " -"et les liens I<secondaires («\\ slave\\ »)>. Quand le lien principal est " -"changé, tous les liens secondaires associés sont changés. Un lien principal " -"et ses liens secondaires associés composent un I<groupe> de I<liens.>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:143 -msgid "" -"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " -"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " -"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " -"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " -"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"À tout moment, un groupe de liens est dans l'un des deux modes suivants\\ : " -"automatique ou manuel. Quand un groupe est dans le mode automatique et que " -"des paquets sont installés ou désinstallés, le système des «\\ alternatives" -"\\ » décide automatiquement s'il doit mettre à jour les liens et comment le " -"faire. Dans le mode manuel, le système des «\\ alternatives\\ » ne change " -"pas les liens et laisse l'administrateur système prendre toutes les " -"décisions." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:152 -msgid "" -"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " -"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " -"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " -"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " -"manual mode." -msgstr "" -"Un groupe de liens est en mode automatique quand il est crée sur un système " -"pour la première fois. Quand l'administrateur système modifie le paramétrage " -"automatique du système, B<update-alternatives> le remarquera la prochaine " -"fois qu'il sera lancé pour ce groupe aux liens modifiés et il fera passer ce " -"groupe en mode manuel." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:159 -msgid "" -"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " -"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " -"be those which have the highest priority." -msgstr "" -"À chaque alternative est associée une I<priorité>. Quand un groupe de liens " -"est en mode automatique, l'alternative visée par les éléments du groupe est " -"celle qui possède la priorité la plus élevée." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:175 -msgid "" -"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " -"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " -"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " -"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " -"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " -"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " -"return to the automatic mode." -msgstr "" -"Quand on utilise l'option I<--config>, B<update-alternatives> affiche toutes " -"les possibilités du groupe pour lequel I<nom> est le lien principal. Le " -"choix actuel est noté par un «\\ *\\ » et le choix avec la plus haute " -"priorité, par un «\\ +\\ ». On vous demandera alors quelle possibilité vous " -"choisissez pour ce groupe. Dès qu'une modification est faite, le groupe de " -"liens n'est plus en mode I<auto>. Il vous faudra utiliser l'option I<--auto> " -"pour revenir au mode automatique." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:179 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " -"instead (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez configurer de manière non interactive, vous pouvez utiliser " -"l'option I<--set> (voyez ci-dessous)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "TERMINOLOGY" -msgstr "TERMINOLOGIE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -msgid "" -"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " -"specific terms will help to explain its operation." -msgstr "" -"Comme les opérations de B<update-alternatives> sont très compliquées, voici " -"quelques termes qui faciliteront l'explication." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "generic name" -msgstr "nom générique" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -msgid "" -"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " -"to one of a number of files of similar function." -msgstr "" -"C'est un nom, par exemple I</usr/bin/editor,> qui renvoie, à travers le " -"système des «\\ alternatives\\ », à l'un des fichiers qui remplissent des " -"fonctions similaires." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "symlink" -msgstr "lien symbolique" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -msgid "" -"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " -"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " -"adjust." -msgstr "" -"Sans autre information, c'est un lien symbolique qui se trouve dans le " -"répertoire alternatives, lien que l'administrateur système est supposé " -"établir." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternative" -msgstr "alternative" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -msgid "" -"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " -"via a generic name using the alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"C'est le nom d'un fichier particulier dans l'arborescence\\ ; il peut être " -"accessible, via un nom générique, avec le système des «\\ alternatives\\ »." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternatives directory" -msgstr "répertoire des alternatives " - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." -msgstr "" -"C'est le répertoire qui contient les liens symboliques\\ ; il s'agit par " -"défaut de I</etc/alternatives.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "administrative directory" -msgstr "répertoire administratif" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -msgid "" -"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" -"alternatives>' state information." -msgstr "" -"C'est le répertoire qui contient des renseignements sur l'état de B<update-" -"alternatives.> Il s'agit par défaut de I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link group" -msgstr "groupe de liens" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." -msgstr "" -"C'est un ensemble de liens symboliques corrélés, de manière qu'on puisse les " -"mettre à jour en une seule fois." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -#, no-wrap -msgid "master link" -msgstr "lien principal" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -msgid "" -"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " -"are configured." -msgstr "" -"Dans un groupe de liens, c'est le lien qui détermine comment sont configurés " -"les autres liens du groupe." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "slave link" -msgstr "lien secondaire («\\ slave\\ »)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -msgid "" -"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." -msgstr "" -"Dans un groupe de liens, c'est un lien déterminé par le paramétrage du lien " -"principal." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -#, no-wrap -msgid "automatic mode" -msgstr "mode automatique" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -msgid "" -"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " -"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " -"for the group." -msgstr "" -"Quand un groupe de liens est en mode automatique, le système des «\\ " -"alternatives\\ » assure que les liens dans le groupe pointent vers " -"l'alternative possédant la priorité la plus élevée dans ce groupe." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -#, no-wrap -msgid "manual mode" -msgstr "mode manuel " - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:234 -msgid "" -"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " -"any changes to the system administrator's settings." -msgstr "" -"Quand un groupe de liens est en mode manuel, le système des «\\ alternatives" -"\\ » ne modifie pas le paramétrage de l' administrateur système." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "EXEMPLES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:246 -msgid "" -"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " -"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " -"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " -"associated manpage." -msgstr "" -"Plusieurs paquets fournissent un éditeur de texte compatible avec B<vi>, par " -"exemple B<nvi> et B<vim>. Celui qui sera utilisé est déterminé par le groupe " -"de liens B<vi>, qui comprend des liens pour le programme lui-même et sa page " -"de manuel." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:252 -msgid "" -"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " -"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" -msgstr "" -"Pour afficher les paquets disponibles qui fournissent B<vi> et son " -"paramétrage actuel, on peut utiliser l'action I<--display :>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:255 -msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:261 -msgid "" -"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " -"then select a number from the list:" -msgstr "" -"Pour choisir une implémentation particulière de B<vi> on peut utiliser cette " -"commande en tant que super-utilisateur et choisir un nombre dans la liste :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:264 -msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:269 -msgid "" -"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " -"as root:" -msgstr "" -"Pour retrouver l'implémentation par défaut de B<vi> on peut utiliser cette " -"commande en tant que super-utilisateur\\ :" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:272 -msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:274 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -msgid "" -"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " -"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " -"together with any action." -msgstr "" -"Pour toute opération significative, on doit demander une seule action à " -"B<update-alternatives.> Pour toute action, on peut préciser un certain " -"nombre d'options." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPTIONS COMMUNES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:280 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." -msgstr "produit plus de commentaires sur ce que fait B<update-alternatives.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -msgid "" -"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " -"implemented." -msgstr "" -"Ne produit pas de commentaire à moins qu'une erreur survienne. Cette option " -"n'est pas encore implémentée." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -msgid "" -"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " -"yet implemented." -msgstr "" -"En vérité, ne fait rien\\ ! Dit simplement ce qui pourrait être fait. Cette " -"option n'est pas encore implémentée." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -msgid "Give some usage information." -msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." -msgstr "Cette option donne la version de B<update-alternatives>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--altdir> I<répertoire>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -msgid "" -"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " -"default." -msgstr "" -"Donne le répertoire des alternatives, quand il est différent de celui par " -"défaut." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--admindir> I<répertoire>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -msgid "" -"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " -"the default." -msgstr "" -"Donne le répertoire administratif, quand il est différent de celui par " -"défaut." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "ACTIONS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:312 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." -msgstr "B<--install> I<gen lien altern priorité> [B<--slave> I<gen lien altern>] ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:327 -msgid "" -"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " -"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " -"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " -"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " -"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " -"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " -"may be specified." -msgstr "" -"Ajoute un groupe d'alternatives au système. I<gen> est le nom générique du " -"lien principal, I<lien> est le nom de son lien symbolique, et I<altern> est " -"l'alternative présentée pour le lien principal. Les arguments après B<--" -"slave> sont les nom générique, le lien symbolique dans le répertoire des " -"alternatives et l'alternative pour un lien secondaire. On peut indiquer " -"zéro ou plusieurs options B<--slave> chacune suivie par trois arguments." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -msgid "" -"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " -"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " -"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " -"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " -"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " -"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " -"alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Quand le lien principal spécifié existe déjà dans les enregistrements du " -"système des «\\ alternatives\\ », les renseignements fournies sont ajoutées " -"dans un nouvel ensemble d'alternatives pour le groupe. Sinon, un nouveau " -"groupe contenant ces informations est ajouté et mis en mode automatique. " -"Quand un groupe est en mode automatique, et quand la priorité des " -"alternatives nouvellement ajoutées est plus élevée que toutes celles des " -"alternatives installées dans ce groupe, les liens symboliques sont mis à " -"jour et pointent vers les alternatives nouvellement ajoutées." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--set> I<nom chemin>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -msgid "" -"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " -"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." -msgstr "" -"Ajoute le programme I<chemin> comme alternative pour I<nom.> C'est " -"équivalent à I<--config> mais ce n'est pas interactif et on ne peut faire un " -"script." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--remove> I<nom chemin>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -msgid "" -"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " -"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " -"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " -"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " -"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " -"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " -"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " -"alternative is removed." -msgstr "" -"Enlève une alternative et tous ses liens secondaires associés. I<nom> est un " -"nom dans le répertoire des «\\ alternatives\\ », et I<chemin> est un nom de " -"fichier auquel I<nom> peut être lié. Quand I<nom> est en effet lié à " -"I<chemin>, I<nom> est mis à jour et pointe vers une autre alternative " -"adéquate, ou bien est enlevé s'il n'y en a pas d'autre. De même, les liens " -"secondaires associés sont mis à jour ou enlevés. Quand le lien ne pointe pas " -"déjà sur I<chemin>, aucun lien n'est modifié\\ ; seules les informations sur " -"l'alternative sont supprimées." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nom>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -msgid "" -"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " -"a name in the alternatives directory." -msgstr "" -"Supprime toutes les alternatives et tous les liens secondaires associés. " -"I<nom> est un nom dans le répertoire des alternatives." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--all>" -msgstr "B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." -msgstr "Appelle B<--config> sur toutes les alternatives." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--auto> I<nom>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -msgid "" -"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " -"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " -"installed alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Passe le lien symbolique principal I<nom> en mode automatique. En même " -"temps, le lien symbolique principal et ses liens secondaires sont mis à jour " -"et pointent vers les alternatives avec les priorités les plus élevées." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--display> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--display> I<nom>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -msgid "" -"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " -"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " -"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " -"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " -"priority alternative currently installed." -msgstr "" -"Affiche des renseignements sur le groupe de liens pour lequel I<nom> est le " -"lien principal. L'information affichée comprend le mode du groupe (auto ou " -"manuel), vers quelle alternative le lien symbolique pointe actuellement, " -"quelles autres alternatives sont disponibles (et les liens secondaires " -"associés), et l'alternative actuellement installée qui possède la priorité " -"la plus élevée." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--list> I<link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -msgid "Display all targets of the link group." -msgstr "Affiche toutes les cibles du groupe de liens." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--config> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--config> I<lien>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:403 -msgid "" -"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " -"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " -"out of I<auto> mode." -msgstr "" -"Affiche les alternatives disponibles pour un groupe de liens et autorise " -"l'utilisateur à faire un choix de manière interactive. Le groupe de liens " -"est mis à jour et le mode automatique I<auto> est désactivé." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:404 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "FICHIERS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -msgid "" -"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " -"option." -msgstr "" -"Le répertoire des «\\ alternatives\\ » par défaut. Peut être remplacé avec " -"l'option B<--altdir.>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:417 -msgid "" -"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" -"admindir> option." -msgstr "" -"Le répertoire administratif par défaut. Peut être remplacé avec l'option B<--" -"admindir>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:418 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "CODE DE SORTIE" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:419 -#, no-wrap -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." -msgstr "L'action demandée s'est correctement déroulée." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:424 -msgid "" -"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " -"action." -msgstr "" -"Des problèmes sont survenus lors de l'analyse de la ligne de commande ou " -"bien pendant l'exécution de l'action." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:425 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "DIAGNOSTICS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:434 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " -"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " -"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " -"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " -"so, please report this as a bug." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> bavarde sans arrêt sur ses opérations sur le canal de " -"sortie standard. Quand un problème arrive, B<update-alternatives> envoie des " -"messages d'erreur sur la sortie d'erreur standard et retourne un état de " -"sortie égal à 2. Ces diagnostics devraient s'expliquer d'eux-mêmes\\ ; Si ce " -"n'est pas le cas, veuillez faire un rapport de bogue." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:435 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BOGUES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:438 -msgid "" -"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " -"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." -msgstr "" -"Si vous trouvez un bogue, veuillez le signaler au système de suivi des " -"bogues de Debian, ou bien, si ce n'est pas possible, envoyez un courriel " -"directement à l'auteur." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:443 -msgid "" -"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " -"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " -"documentation; please report it." -msgstr "" -"Si vous trouvez une discordance entre l'action de B<update-alternatives> et " -"cette page de manuel, c'est qu'il y a un bogue, soit dans l'implémentation " -"soit dans la documentation\\ ; faites un rapport." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:444 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTEUR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:448 -msgid "" -"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " -"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " -"conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Le programme de Debian «\\ update-alternatives\\ » est sous copyright 1995 " -"Ian Jackson. C'est un logiciel libre\\ ; Voyez la «\\ GNU General Public " -"Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour les conditions du copyright. Il n'y " -"a AUCUNE garantie." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:452 -msgid "" -"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " -"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " -"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." -msgstr "" -"Cette page de manuel est sous copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. " -"C'est une documentation libre ; Voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » " -"version 2 ou supérieure pour les conditions du copyright. Il n'y a AUCUNE " -"garantie." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:454 -msgid "" -"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " -"system." -msgstr "" -"On peut trouver la licence GNU GPL dans /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL sur " -"tous les systèmes Debian." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:455 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:457 -msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." -msgstr "" -"B<ln>(1), FHS, le standard pour l'organisation des systèmes de fichiers." - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" -#~ "alternatives> this is)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Donne des renseignements sur l'utilisation (et donne la version de " -#~ "B<update-alternatives).>" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" -#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "19 January 1998" -#~ msgstr "19 janvier 1998" - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "C." -#~ msgstr "C." diff --git a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/ja.po b/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/ja.po deleted file mode 100644 index 774f2e96..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/ja.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,954 +0,0 @@ -# translation of update-alternatives.8.ja.po to Japanese -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 0:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:53+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "update-alternatives" -msgstr "update-alternatives" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-05-23" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Debian Project" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "dpkg utilities" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "名前" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:11 -msgid "" -"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" -msgstr "" -"update-alternatives - シンボリックリンクを管理してデフォルトのコマンドを決定" -"する" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "書式" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:20 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " -"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " -"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:25 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:30 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:34 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:39 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:44 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:49 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:54 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:59 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "説明" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:64 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " -"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> は Debian の alternatives システムを成すシンボリックリ" -"ンクを生成・削除・管理したり、リンクの情報を表示したりする。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:72 -msgid "" -"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " -"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " -"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " -"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " -"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " -"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." -msgstr "" -"同じ機能を (あるいは似たような機能を) 持つ複数のプログラムを一つのシステムに" -"インストールし、共存させることができる。例えば多くのシステムでは、複数のテキ" -"ストエディタを共存させている。これにより、システムのユーザは好みに応じて別々" -"のエディタを使うことができるようになる。しかしプログラムにとっては、特に指" -"定がなかったときにどのエディタを起動すれば良いのかという、なかなか難しい問題" -"を抱えることになる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:94 -msgid "" -"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " -"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " -"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " -"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " -"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " -"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" -"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " -"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " -"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " -"to do so." -msgstr "" -"Debian の alternatives システムは、この問題を解決するためのものである。同じ" -"機能を提供し、互いに置き換え可能な全てのファイルは、ファイルシステム中の「一" -"般名 (generic name)」を共有する。その一般名が実際にどのファイルを参照するか" -"は、 alternatives システムとシステム管理者とが決定する。例えば、テキストエ" -"ディタである B<ed>(1) と B<nvi>(1) の両方がシステムにインストールされていた" -"とすると、一般名である I</usr/bin/editor> は、デフォルトでは I</usr/bin/" -"nvi> を参照する。システム管理者はこれを上書きし、 I</usr/bin/ed> を参照させる" -"ようにすることもできる。こうすると、その後明示的なリクエストがなければ、 " -"alternatives システムはその設定を変更しない。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:104 -msgid "" -"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " -"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " -"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " -"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " -"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " -"is a Good Thing." -msgstr "" -"一般名は、選ばれた「選択肢 (alternative)」への直接のシンボリックリンクではな" -"く、 I<alternatives> ディレクトリにある名前へのシンボリックリンクになってい" -"る。そしてその名前が実際に参照されるファイルへのシンボリックリンクになってい" -"る。こうなっている理由は、システム管理者の変更が I</etc> ディレクトリ以下で" -"行われるようにするためである。なぜこうするのが良いかについては FHS に説明が" -"ある。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:116 -msgid "" -"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " -"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " -"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" -"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " -"Debian packages." -msgstr "" -"置き換え可能な一群のファイル中のどれかを含むパッケージがインストール・変更・" -"削除されると、 B<update-alternatives> が呼ばれ、そのファイルに対する " -"alternatives システムの内部情報を更新する。 B<update-alternatives> は、通常 " -"Debian パッケージの B<postinst> または B<prerm> スクリプトから呼び出される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:135 -msgid "" -"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " -"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" -"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" -"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " -"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " -"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " -"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." -msgstr "" -"複数の選択肢を同期させ、グループとして変更すると便利なことが多い。例えば " -"B<vi>(1) エディタのいろいろな派生システムが同時にインストールされていたとす" -"ると、 I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> が参照する man ページは、 I</usr/bin/vi> " -"が参照する実行ファイルに対応しているべきであろう。 B<update-alternatives> " -"は、 I<master> リンクと I<slave> リンクによってこれを取り扱う。 master が変更" -"されると、それに関連づけされた各 slave も同時に変更される。 master リンクとそ" -"れに関連づけされた slave とは、 I<リンクグループ> を形成する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:143 -msgid "" -"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " -"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " -"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " -"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " -"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"各リンクグループは、いかなる時点においても、 automatic または manual の 2 つ" -"のモードのいずれかにある。グループが automatic モードにある場合は、パッケー" -"ジのインストール・削除の際にリンクを更新するかどうか/どのように更新するか" -"は、 alternatives システムが自動的に決定する。 manual モードでは、 " -"alternatives システムはリンクを変更しない。システム管理者が行った決定がずっ" -"と保存される。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:152 -msgid "" -"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " -"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " -"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " -"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " -"manual mode." -msgstr "" -"リンクグループは、システムに導入されると、まず automatic モードになる。シス" -"テム管理者がその設定を変更すると、次に B<update-alternatives> がリンクグルー" -"プに対して実行されたときに変更が認識され、そのリンクグループは自動的に " -"manual モードに切り換わる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:159 -msgid "" -"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " -"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " -"be those which have the highest priority." -msgstr "" -"各選択肢は I<priority> 属性を持っている。リンクグループが automatic モードに" -"あるときは、 I<priority> のもっとも高いものが、そのグループのメンバーが参照" -"する選択肢になる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:175 -msgid "" -"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " -"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " -"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " -"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " -"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " -"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " -"return to the automatic mode." -msgstr "" -"I<--config> オプションを用いると、 B<update-alternatives> は与えられた " -"master リンクのリンクグループに対応する選択肢をすべてリストする。" -"現在選択されているものには '*' が、もっとも priority の高いものには '+' マーク" -"がつく。そしてそのリンクグループの選択を問い合わせるプロンプトが表示される。こ" -"こで変更を行うと、その一般名は I<auto> モードではなくなる。 automatic 状態に" -"戻すには、 I<--auto> オプションを用いる必要がある。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:179 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " -"instead (see below)." -msgstr "" -"非対話的に設定をしたい場合は I<--set> オプションを代わりに使用する(以下を参" -"照)。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "TERMINOLOGY" -msgstr "用語" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -msgid "" -"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " -"specific terms will help to explain its operation." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> の動作は極めて複雑なので、ここでいくつか特殊な用語を説" -"明し、動作の理解の助けとしたい。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "generic name" -msgstr "一般名 (generic name)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -msgid "" -"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " -"to one of a number of files of similar function." -msgstr "" -"I</usr/bin/editor> のような名前。 alternatives システムによって同様の機能を" -"持つ複数のファイルのどれかひとつを参照する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "symlink" -msgstr "symlink" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -msgid "" -"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " -"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " -"adjust." -msgstr "" -"特に他に指定がなければ、これは alternatives ディレクトリ内のシンボリックリン" -"クを意味する。システム管理者が調整の対象とするものである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternative" -msgstr "選択肢 (alternative)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -msgid "" -"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " -"via a generic name using the alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"ファイルシステム中の特定のファイル。 alternatives システムによって、一般名か" -"らアクセスされるようにできる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternatives directory" -msgstr "alternatives ディレクトリ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." -msgstr "symlink を保持するディレクトリ。デフォルトは I</etc/alternatives>。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "administrative directory" -msgstr "administrative ディレクトリ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -msgid "" -"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" -"alternatives>' state information." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> の状態情報を保持するディレクトリ。デフォルトは I</var/" -"lib/dpkg/alternatives>。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link group" -msgstr "リンクグループ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." -msgstr "関連する symlink のセット。グループごと更新するためのもの。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -#, no-wrap -msgid "master link" -msgstr "master リンク" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -msgid "" -"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " -"are configured." -msgstr "" -"リンクグループに属するリンクで、グループの他のリンクの設定を決定するもの。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "slave link" -msgstr "slave リンク" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -msgid "" -"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." -msgstr "" -"リンクグループに属するリンクで、 master リンクの設定によって制御されるもの。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -#, no-wrap -msgid "automatic mode" -msgstr "automatic モード" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -msgid "" -"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " -"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " -"for the group." -msgstr "" -"リンクグループが automatic モードにあるときは、そのグループに対応しており、" -"かつもっとも高い priority を持つ選択肢をグループ内の各リンクが参照する。この" -"調整は alternatives システムが自動的に行う。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -#, no-wrap -msgid "manual mode" -msgstr "manual モード" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:234 -msgid "" -"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " -"any changes to the system administrator's settings." -msgstr "" -"リンクグループが manual モードにあるときは、 alternatives システムはシステム" -"管理者の設定を一切変更しない。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "例" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:246 -msgid "" -"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " -"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " -"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " -"associated manpage." -msgstr "" -"例えば B<nvi> や B<vim> のように、テキストエディタ B<vi> と互換性のあるプログ" -"ラムを提供するパッケージが複数ある。どのパッケージが使われるかは、リンクグ" -"ループ B<vi> によって制御される。リンクグループ B<vi> にはプログラム自身のリ" -"ンクと、関連する man ページのリンクが含まれる。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:252 -msgid "" -"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " -"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" -msgstr "" -"B<vi> を提供するパッケージとその現在の設定を表示するには、 I<--display> アク" -"ションを使う。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:255 -msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:261 -msgid "" -"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " -"then select a number from the list:" -msgstr "" -"特定の B<vi> 実装を選ぶには、root としてこのコマンドを実行し、そして一覧から" -"数字を選ぶ。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:264 -msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:269 -msgid "" -"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " -"as root:" -msgstr "" -"B<vi> 実装の選択を自動的に行なうように戻すには、root としてこのコマンドを実行" -"する。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:272 -msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:274 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "オプション" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -msgid "" -"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " -"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " -"together with any action." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> に何らかの意味のある仕事をさせるには、アクションを 1 " -"つだけ指定しなければならない。共通オプションは、どのアクションともいっしょ" -"に、いくつでも指定してかまわない。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "共通オプション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:280 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> が行っている作業に付いて、より詳細なコメントを生成す" -"る。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -msgid "" -"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " -"implemented." -msgstr "" -"エラー以外のコメントを出さない。このオプションはまだ実装されていない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -msgid "" -"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " -"yet implemented." -msgstr "" -"実際の作業は何もせず、行う予定の作業について表示する。このオプションはまだ実" -"装されていない。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -msgid "Give some usage information." -msgstr "利用法に関する表示を行う。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> のバージョンを表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directory>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -msgid "" -"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " -"default." -msgstr "alternatives ディレクトリをデフォルトから変えたいときに指定する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directory>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -msgid "" -"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " -"the default." -msgstr "administrative ディレクトリをデフォルトから変えたいときに指定する。" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "アクション" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:312 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." -msgstr "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:327 -msgid "" -"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " -"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " -"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " -"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " -"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " -"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " -"may be specified." -msgstr "" -"選択肢のグループをシステムに追加する。 I<genname> は master リンクの一般名・ " -"I<symlink> はその symlink の名前・ I<altern> はここで導入される master リンクに" -"対応した選択肢、である。" -"B<--slave> オプションに続く引数は、alternatives ディレクトリでの一般名と " -"slave リンクの選択肢である。 B<--slave> オプションと、それにに続く 3 つの" -"引数のセットは、 0 個以上いくつでも指定してよい。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -msgid "" -"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " -"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " -"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " -"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " -"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " -"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " -"alternatives." -msgstr "" -"指定した master の symlink が既に alternatives システムの記録に存在している" -"と、与えられた情報はそのグループに対する新たな選択肢のセットとして追加され" -"る。そうでなければ、新しいグループとして、automatic モードにして、この情報に追加す" -"る。グループが automatic モードにあり、新たに追加された選択肢の priority が" -"そのグループに対してインストールされている他の選択肢のものより高いときに" -"は、 symlink は新たに追加された選択肢を参照するように更新される。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--set> I<name path>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -msgid "" -"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " -"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." -msgstr "" -"プログラム I<path> を I<name> の選択肢として設定する。 I<--config> と同等だ" -"が、こちらは非対話的であるため、スクリプト向けである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--remove> I<name path>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -msgid "" -"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " -"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " -"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " -"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " -"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " -"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " -"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " -"alternative is removed." -msgstr "" -"(master の) 選択肢とそれに関連する全ての slave リンクを削除する。 I<name> は " -"alternatives ディレクトリ中の名前であり、 I<path> は I<name> のリンク先に指定" -"できる、絶対パスでのファイル名である。 I<name> が実際に I<path> にリンクされ" -"ている場合には、 I<name> は他の適切な選択肢を参照するよう更新される。あるい" -"はそのような選択肢が残っていなければ削除される。関連する slave リンクも対応" -"して更新 (削除) される。 I<name> が現在その I<path> を参照していなければ、リ" -"ンクの変更は行われない。その選択肢の情報が削除されるだけである。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<name>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -msgid "" -"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " -"a name in the alternatives directory." -msgstr "" -"すべての選択肢と、それに関連するすべての slave リンクを削除する。 I<name> " -"は、alternative ディレクトリの名前である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--all>" -msgstr "B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." -msgstr "B<--config> をすべての選択肢について呼び出す。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -msgid "" -"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " -"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " -"installed alternatives." -msgstr "" -"master の symlink I<link> を automatic モードに変更する。この処理を行う際に" -"は、この master リンクと対応する各 slave は、現在インストールされている " -"alterantive のうち、もっとも priority の高いものを参照するように更新される。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--display> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--display> I<link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -msgid "" -"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " -"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " -"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " -"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " -"priority alternative currently installed." -msgstr "" -"I<link> を master リンクとするリンクグループの情報を表示する。表示される情報" -"は、グループのモード (auto か manual か)・その symlink の現在の参照先・他" -"に alternatives (とそれに対応した slave altarnative) があるかどうか・現在イ" -"ンストールされている選択肢のうち、もっとも priority の高いもの、である。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--list> I<link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -msgid "Display all targets of the link group." -msgstr "リンクグループのすべてのターゲットを表示する。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--config> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--config> I<link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:403 -msgid "" -"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " -"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " -"out of I<auto> mode." -msgstr "" -"リンクグループの利用可能なすべての選択肢を表示し、対話的に選択肢の 1 つを選べ" -"るようにする。リンクグループは更新され、 I<auto> モードではなくなる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:404 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "ファイル" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -msgid "" -"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " -"option." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトの alternatives ディレクトリ。 B<--altdir> オプションによって変更で" -"きる。" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:417 -msgid "" -"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" -"admindir> option." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトの administration ディレクトリ。 B<--admindir> オプションによって変" -"更できる。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:418 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "終了ステータス" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:419 -#, no-wrap -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." -msgstr "リクエストされたアクションが正しく実行された。" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:424 -msgid "" -"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " -"action." -msgstr "" -"コマンドラインの解釈を行うときか、アクションを実行するときに問題が起こった。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:425 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "診断メッセージ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:434 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " -"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " -"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " -"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " -"so, please report this as a bug." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> は、動作の最中に、いま何をやっているかを逐一標準出力に" -"しゃべり続ける。問題が起きると、 B<update-alternatives> はエラーメッセージを" -"標準エラー出力に出力し、終了ステータス 2 を返す。これらの診断メッセージは、" -"読めばわかるはずである。もしわからなければ、バグとして報告して欲しい。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:435 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "バグ" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:438 -msgid "" -"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " -"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." -msgstr "" -"バグを見つけたら、 Debian のバグ追跡システムを使ってレポートして欲しい。それが" -"無理なら、著者に直接電子メールで送って欲しい。" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:443 -msgid "" -"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " -"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " -"documentation; please report it." -msgstr "" -"もし B<update-alternatives> の動作とこのマニュアルページの記述に矛盾があれ" -"ば、実装か文書、どちらかのバグである。レポートをお願いしたい。" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:444 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "著者" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:448 -msgid "" -"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " -"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " -"conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " -"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " -"conditions. There is NO warranty." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:452 -msgid "" -"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " -"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " -"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." -msgstr "" -"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " -"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " -"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:454 -msgid "" -"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " -"system." -msgstr "" -"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " -"system." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:455 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "関連項目" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:457 -msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." -msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." diff --git a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/pl.po b/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/pl.po deleted file mode 100644 index b767e0c1..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/pl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,976 +0,0 @@ -# dpkg man pages translations to Polish -# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 0:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-01 23:34+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "update-alternatives" -msgstr "update-alternatives" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "2006-02-28" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projekt Debiana" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NAZWA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:11 -msgid "" -"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" -msgstr "" -"update-alternatives - zarz±dzanie linkami symbolicznymi okre¶laj±cymi " -"domy¶lne polecenia" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "SK£ADNIA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:20 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " -"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--install> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink altern " -"priorytet> [B<--slave> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink> I<altern>]..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:25 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--remove> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:30 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--remove-all> I<nazwa>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:34 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:39 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--auto> I<nazwa>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:44 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--display> I<nazwa>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:49 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--list> I<nazwa>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:54 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--config> I<nazwa>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:59 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--set> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "OPIS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:64 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " -"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> tworzy, usuwa, wy¶wietla oraz zarz±dza informacjami o " -"linkach symbolicznych sk³adaj±cych siê na system alternatyw Debiana." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:72 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " -"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " -"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " -"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " -"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " -"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." -msgstr "" -"Kilka programów maj±cych tê sam± lub podobn± funkcjonalno¶æ mo¿e zostaæ " -"zainstalowanych w systemie w tym samym czasie. Na przyk³ad w wielu systemach " -"jest zainstalowanych jednocze¶nie kilka edytorów tekstu. Stanowi to " -"u³atwienie dla u¿ytkowników takiego systemu, z których ka¿dy mo¿e uruchomiæ " -"inny edytor, je¶li ma na to ochotê. Z drugiej strony jest to jednak " -"utrudnienie dla programów chc±cych podj±æ w³a¶ciw± decyzjê, który edytor " -"uruchomiæ, je¿eli u¿ytkownik nie okre¶li³ swoich preferencji co do edytora." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:94 -msgid "" -"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " -"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " -"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " -"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " -"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " -"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" -"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " -"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " -"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " -"to do so." -msgstr "" -"Celem systemu alternatyw Debiana jest rozwi±zanie tego problemu. Ogólna " -"nazwa w systemie plików jest wspó³dzielona przez wszystkie pliki " -"dostarczaj±ce zmieniaj±c± siê funkcjonalno¶æ. System alternatyw wraz z " -"administratorem systemu okre¶laj±, do którego obecnego pliku prowadzi ta " -"ogólna nazwa. Na przyk³ad je¿eli zainstalowano zarówno edytor B<ed>(1), jak " -"i B<nvi>(1), to system alternatyw spowoduje, ¿e nazwa ogólna I</usr/bin/" -"editor> bêdzie siê odnosiæ do I</usr/bin/nvi>. Administrator systemu mo¿e " -"zmieniæ to ustawienie na I</usr/bin/ed>, a system alternatyw tego nie " -"zmieni, chyba ¿e administrator ka¿e mu tak zrobiæ." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:104 -msgid "" -"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " -"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " -"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " -"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " -"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " -"is a Good Thing." -msgstr "" -"Nazwa ogólna nie jest bezpo¶rednim linkiem symbolicznym do wybranej " -"alternatywy, ale jest linkiem do pliku w I<katalogu> I<alternatyw>, który to " -"z kolei jest linkiem do w³a¶ciwego pliku. Jest tak zrobione dlatego, ¿eby " -"zmiany administratora systemu by³y po³±czone ze zmianami w katalogu I</etc>: " -"standard FHS wymienia powody, aby tak zrobiæ." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:116 -msgid "" -"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " -"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " -"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" -"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " -"Debian packages." -msgstr "" -"Kiedy pakiet dostarczaj±cy pliku o okre¶lonej funkcjonalno¶ci jest " -"instalowany, zmieniany lub usuwany, wywo³ywany jest program B<update-" -"alternatives>, aby zaktualizowaæ informacje o tym pliku w systemie " -"alternatyw. B<update-alternatives> jest zazwyczaj wywo³ywany ze skryptów " -"B<postinst> lub B<prerm> w pakietach Debiana." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:135 -msgid "" -"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " -"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" -"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" -"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " -"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " -"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " -"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." -msgstr "" -"Czêsto u¿yteczne jest, aby pewna liczba alternatyw by³a zsynchronizowana, " -"tak ¿eby by³a zmieniana jako grupa. Na przyk³ad je¿eli jest zainstalowane " -"kilka wersji edytora B<vi>(1), to strona podrêcznika I</usr/share/man/man1/" -"vi.1>powinna odpowiadaæ wersji programu zainstalowanego jako I</usr/bin/vi>. " -"B<update-alternatives> obs³uguje to przy pomocy linków I<g³ównych> i " -"I<podrzêdnych> - zmiana linku g³ównego powoduje zmianê skojarzonych linków " -"podrzêdnych. Link g³ówny i skojarzone z nim linki podrzêdne tworz± I<grupê> " -"I<linków>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:143 -msgid "" -"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " -"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " -"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " -"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " -"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"W dowolnym czasie ka¿da grupa linków mo¿e byæ w jednym z dwu trybów: " -"automatycznym lub rêcznym. W trybie automatycznym podczas instalacji lub " -"usuwania pakietu system alternatyw automatycznie zdecyduje, czy i jak " -"aktualizowaæ linki. W trybie rêcznym system alternatyw nie bêdzie zmienia³ " -"linków i zostawi wszystkie decyzje administratorowi systemu." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:152 -msgid "" -"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " -"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " -"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " -"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " -"manual mode." -msgstr "" -"Grupa linków jest trybie automatycznym, kiedy jest po raz pierwszy " -"wprowadzana do systemu. Je¿eli administrator systemu wprowadzi zmiany do " -"automatycznych ustawieñ, bêd± one wziête pod uwagê podczas nastêpnego " -"uruchomienia B<update-alternatives> na takiej zmienionej grupie linków, a " -"grupa ta automatycznie przejdzie w tryb rêczny." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:159 -msgid "" -"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " -"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " -"be those which have the highest priority." -msgstr "" -"Z ka¿d± alternatyw± skojarzony jest I<priorytet>. Je¿eli grupa linków jest w " -"trybie automatycznym, to wybran± alternatyw± bêdzie ta, która ma najwy¿szy " -"priorytet." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:175 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " -"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " -"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " -"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " -"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " -"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " -"return to the automatic mode." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> u¿yte z opcj± I<--config> wy¶wietli listê wszystkich " -"alternatyw dla grupy linków, dla której podana I<nazwa> jest nazw± linku " -"g³ównego. Bie¿±ca alternatywa zostanie oznaczony znakiem '*', a alternatywa " -"o najwy¿szym priorytecie bêdzie oznaczony przez '+'. U¿ytkownik zostanie " -"poproszony o wybór alternatywy, która bêdzie u¿ywana dla tej grupy linków. " -"Po dokonaniu zmiany grupa linków nie bêdzie ju¿ w trybie I<automatycznym>. " -"Aby przywróciæ tryb automatyczny, nale¿y u¿yæ opcji I<--auto>." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:179 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " -"instead (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Aby skonfigurowaæ nieinteraktywnie, mo¿na u¿yæ opcji I<--set> (patrz ni¿ej)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "TERMINOLOGY" -msgstr "TERMINOLOGIA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -msgid "" -"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " -"specific terms will help to explain its operation." -msgstr "" -"Poniewa¿ operacje programu B<update-alternatives> s± do¶æ z³o¿one, " -"wprowadzimy parê terminów, które pomog± je zrozumieæ." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "generic name" -msgstr "nazwa ogólna" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -msgid "" -"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " -"to one of a number of files of similar function." -msgstr "" -"Nazwa, taka jak I</usr/bin/editor>, która odnosi siê przez system alternatyw " -"do jednego z kilku plików o podobnej funkcjonalno¶ci." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "symlink" -msgstr "link symboliczny" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -msgid "" -"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " -"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " -"adjust." -msgstr "" -"Bez ¿adnego szczegó³owego dookre¶lenia, oznacza to link symboliczny w " -"katalogu alternatyw: ten, który administrator systemu powinien poprawiaæ." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternative" -msgstr "alternatywa" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -msgid "" -"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " -"via a generic name using the alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"Nazwa okre¶lonego pliku w systemie plików, który w systemie alternatyw mo¿e " -"byæ dostêpny przez nazwê ogóln±." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternatives directory" -msgstr "katalog alternatyw" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." -msgstr "Katalog zawieraj±cy linki symboliczne, domy¶lnie I</etc/alternatives>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "administrative directory" -msgstr "katalog administracyjny" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -msgid "" -"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" -"alternatives>' state information." -msgstr "" -"Katalog zawieraj±cy informacje o stanie B<update-alternatives>, domy¶lnie I</" -"var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link group" -msgstr "grupa linków" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." -msgstr "Zbiór powi±zanych linków, zarz±dzany jako grupa." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -#, no-wrap -msgid "master link" -msgstr "link g³ówny" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -msgid "" -"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " -"are configured." -msgstr "" -"Link w grupie linków, który okre¶la sposób konfigurowania innych linków z " -"grupy." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "slave link" -msgstr "link podrzêdny" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -msgid "" -"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." -msgstr "" -"Link w grupie linków, który jest kontrolowany przez ustawienie linku " -"g³ównego." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -#, no-wrap -msgid "automatic mode" -msgstr "tryb automatyczny" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " -"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " -"for the group." -msgstr "" -"Kiedy grupa linków jest w trybie automatycznym, system alternatyw zapewni, " -"¿e linki tej grupy wskazuj± na alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -#, no-wrap -msgid "manual mode" -msgstr "tryb rêczny" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:234 -msgid "" -"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " -"any changes to the system administrator's settings." -msgstr "" -"Kiedy grupa linków jest w trybie rêcznym, system alternatyw nic nie zmieni w " -"ustawieniach administratora systemu." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "PRZYK£ADY" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:246 -msgid "" -"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " -"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " -"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " -"associated manpage." -msgstr "" -"Mamy klika pakietów, które dostarczaj± edytora tekstu kompatybilnego z " -"edytorem B<vi>, na przyk³ad B<nvi> i B<vim>. To, który pakiet bêdzie " -"u¿ywany, kontrolowane jest przez grupê linków B<vi>, zawieraj±c± linki do " -"samego programu i jego stron podrêcznika." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:252 -msgid "" -"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " -"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" -msgstr "" -"Aby wy¶wietliæ listê dostêpnych pakietów, które dostarczaj± B<vi> oraz jego " -"bie¿±ce ustawienie, nale¿y u¿yæ akcji I<--display>:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:255 -msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:261 -msgid "" -"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " -"then select a number from the list:" -msgstr "" -"Aby wybraæ okre¶lon± implementacjê edytora B<vi>, nale¿y u¿yæ tego polecenia " -"jako u¿ytkownik root i wybraæ liczbê z listy:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:264 -msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:269 -msgid "" -"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " -"as root:" -msgstr "" -"Aby przywróciæ automatyczne wybieranie implementacji programu B<vi>, nale¿y " -"jako u¿ytkownik root wykonaæ:" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:272 -msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:274 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPCJE" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -msgid "" -"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " -"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " -"together with any action." -msgstr "" -"Aby B<update-alternatives> zrobi³ cokolwiek sensownego, nale¿y podaæ " -"dok³adnie jedn± akcjê. Razem z t± akcj± mo¿na podaæ dowoln± liczbê wspólnych " -"opcji." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "WSPÓLNE OPCJE" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:280 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." -msgstr "" -"Podaje wiêcej informacji o przebiegu wykonywania B<update-alternatives>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -msgid "" -"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " -"implemented." -msgstr "" -"Nie wy¶wietl ¿adnych komentarzy, chyba ¿e wyst±pi b³±d. Opcja jeszcze " -"niezaimplementowana." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -msgid "" -"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " -"yet implemented." -msgstr "" -"Nic nie robi, tylko wy¶wietla, co by³oby zrobione. Opcja jeszcze " -"niezaimplementowana." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -msgid "Give some usage information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietla wersjê programu B<update-alternatives> (i podaje kilka informacji " -"o u¿yciu)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--altdir> I<katalog>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -msgid "" -"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " -"default." -msgstr "Okre¶la katalog alternatyw, je¿eli ma byæ inny ni¿ domy¶lny." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--admindir> I<katalog>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -msgid "" -"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " -"the default." -msgstr "Okre¶la katalog administracyjny, je¿eli ma byæ inny ni¿ domy¶lny." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "AKCJE" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:312 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." -msgstr "B<--install> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink altern priorytet> [B<--slave> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink altern>] ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:327 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " -"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " -"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " -"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " -"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " -"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " -"may be specified." -msgstr "" -"Dodaje grupê alternatyw do systemu. I<nazwa-ogólna> jest ogóln± nazw± " -"g³ównego linku, I<symlink> jest nazw± linku symbolicznego w katalogu " -"alternatyw, a I<altern> jest wprowadzan± alternatyw± dla g³ównego linku. " -"Argumentami opcji B<--slave> s± nazwa ogólna, nazwa linku symbolicznego w " -"katalogu alternatyw i alternatywa dla linku symbolicznego. Mo¿na podaæ zero " -"lub wiêcej opcji B<--slave>, po ka¿dej musz± nastêpowaæ jej trzy argumenty." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -msgid "" -"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " -"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " -"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " -"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " -"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " -"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " -"alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Je¿eli g³ówny link symboliczny ju¿ istnieje w systemie alternatyw, to podana " -"informacja bêdzie dodana jako nowy zbiór alternatyw dla tej grupy. W " -"przeciwnym wypadku zostanie utworzona nowa grupa, ustawiona w tryb " -"automatyczny. Je¿eli grupa jest w trybie automatycznym, a priorytet nowo " -"dodawanej alternatywy jest wiêkszy od priorytetu ka¿dej z innych " -"zainstalowanych alternatyw w tej grupie, to linki symboliczne bêd± " -"zaktualizowane tak, ¿eby prowadzi³y do nowo dodanej alternatywy." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--set> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -msgid "" -"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " -"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." -msgstr "" -"Ustawia program I<¶cie¿ka> jako alternatywê dla I<nazwy>. Jest to " -"nieinteraktywny, a wiêc mo¿liwy do u¿ycia w skryptach, odpowiednik opcji I<--" -"config>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--remove> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -msgid "" -"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " -"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " -"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " -"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " -"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " -"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " -"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " -"alternative is removed." -msgstr "" -"Usuwa alternatywê i wszystkie linki podrzêdne z ni± skojarzone. I<nazwa> " -"jest nazw± w katalogu alternatyw, I<¶cie¿ka> jest absolutn± nazw± pliku, do " -"której I<nazwa> mog³aby byæ linkiem. Je¿eli I<nazwa> rzeczywi¶cie jest " -"linkiem do I<¶cie¿ki>, to I<nazwa> zostanie zaktualizowana, tak ¿eby " -"wskazywa³a na inn± odpowiedni± alternatywê, albo zostanie usuniêta, je¿eli " -"nie pozostanie ani jedna alternatywa. Skojarzone linki podrzêdne zostan± " -"odpowiednio zaktualizowane lub usuniête. Je¿eli link nie prowadzi obecnie do " -"I<¶cie¿ki>, to ¿adne linki nie bêd± aktualizowane; zostanie tylko usuniêta " -"informacja o alternatywie." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nazwa>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -msgid "" -"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " -"a name in the alternatives directory." -msgstr "" -"Usuwa wszystkie linki alternatyw i wszystkie skojarzone z nimi linki " -"podrzêdne. I<nazwa> jest nazw± w katalogu alternatyw." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--all>" -msgstr "B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." -msgstr "Wywo³uje B<--config> dla wszystkich alternatyw." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -msgid "" -"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " -"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " -"installed alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Prze³±cza g³ówny link I<link> w tryb automatyczny. Podczas tego procesu, " -"link ten wraz z jego linkami podrzêdnymi bêdzie zaktualizowany tak, ¿eby " -"wskazywa³ na alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--display> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--display> I<link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -msgid "" -"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " -"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " -"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " -"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " -"priority alternative currently installed." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietla informacje o grupie linków, której I<link> jest linkiem " -"nadrzêdnym. Informacje te zawieraj± tryb grupy (automatyczny lub rêczny), " -"okre¶laj±, na któr± alternatywê obecnie link wskazuje, jakie s± inne " -"dostêpne alternatywy (i odpowiadaj±ce im alternatywy podrzêdne) oraz obecnie " -"zainstalowan± alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--list> I<link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -msgid "Display all targets of the link group." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla wszystkie cele w grupie linków." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--config> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--config> I<link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:403 -msgid "" -"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " -"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " -"out of I<auto> mode." -msgstr "" -"Wy¶wietla dostêpne alternatywy w grupie linków i pozwala u¿ytkownikowi " -"interakcyjnie wybraæ, której nale¿y u¿yæ. Grupa linków zostanie " -"zaktualizowana, a tryb I<automatyczny> zostanie wy³±czony." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:404 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "PLIKI" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -msgid "" -"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " -"option." -msgstr "Domy¶lny katalog alternatyw. Mo¿na go zmieniæ opcj± B<-altdir>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:417 -msgid "" -"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" -"admindir> option." -msgstr "Domy¶lny katalog administracyjny. Mo¿na go zmieniæ opcj± B<-admindir>." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:418 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "KOD WYJ¦CIA" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:419 -#, no-wrap -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." -msgstr "Akcja zakoñczy³a siê powodzeniem." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:424 -msgid "" -"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " -"action." -msgstr "" -"Wyst±pi³y problemy podczas przetwarzania linii poleceñ lub wykonywania akcji." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:425 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "DIAGNOSTYKA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:434 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " -"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " -"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " -"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " -"so, please report this as a bug." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> wypisuje nieustannie informacje o podejmowanych " -"dzia³aniach do standardowego wyj¶cia. Je¿eli wyst±pi b³±d B<update-" -"alternatives> wy¶wietla komunikaty b³êdu do standardowego wyj¶cia b³êdów i " -"koñczy dzia³anie z kodem wyj¶cia 2. Wypisywana diagnostyka powinna wszystko " -"wyja¶niaæ, je¿eli nie jest taka, proszê zg³osiæ to jako b³±d." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:435 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "B£ÊDY" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:438 -msgid "" -"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " -"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." -msgstr "" -"W razie znalezienia b³êdu, prosimy o jego zg³oszenie, u¿ywaj±c systemu " -"¶ledzenia b³êdów Debiana, a je¿eli nie jest to mo¿liwe, to przez wys³anie " -"bezpo¶redniego e-maila do autora." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:443 -msgid "" -"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " -"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " -"documentation; please report it." -msgstr "" -"Rozbie¿no¶ci pomiêdzy dzia³aniem B<update-alternatives> a t± stron± " -"podrêcznika stanowi± b³±d albo w implementacji, albo w dokumentacji. W razie " -"znalezienia jakichkolwiek rozbie¿no¶ci, prosimy o ich zg³oszenie." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:444 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:448 -msgid "" -"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " -"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " -"conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, " -"sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, " -"by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:452 -msgid "" -"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " -"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " -"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." -msgstr "" -"Tê stronê podrêcznika napisa³ w 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. Niniejsza " -"dokumentacja jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê " -"Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o " -"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:454 -msgid "" -"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " -"system." -msgstr "" -"W ka¿dym systemie Debiana GNU GPL mo¿na znale¼æ w pliku /usr/share/common-" -"licenses/GPL." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:455 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:457 -msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." -msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plików." - -# type: Plain text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" -#~ "alternatives> this is)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Podaje kilka informacji o u¿yciu (i wy¶wietla wersjê programu B<update-" -#~ "alternatives>)." diff --git a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/pt_BR.po b/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/pt_BR.po deleted file mode 100644 index b9d26d8b..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/pt_BR.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1025 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 0:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "update-alternatives" -msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "Projeto Debian" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "utilitários dpkg" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "NOME" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:11 -msgid "" -"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" -msgstr "" -"update-alternatives - mantém ligações simbólicas determinando comandos " -"padrões" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "RESUMO" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:20 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " -"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--install> I<ligação nome caminho " -"prioridade> [B<--slave> I<ligação nome> I<caminho>]..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:25 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:30 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<nome>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:34 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:39 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--auto> I<nome>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:44 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--display> I<nome>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:49 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:54 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--config> I<nome>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:59 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "DESCRIÇÃO" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:64 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " -"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> cria, remove, mantém e exibe informação sobre sobre " -"as ligações simbólicas que englobam o sistema de alternativas Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:72 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " -"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " -"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " -"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " -"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " -"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." -msgstr "" -"É possível para diversos programas que executam as mesmas funções ou funções " -"similares serem instalados em um único sistema ao mesmo tempo. Por exemplo, " -"muitos sistemas possuem diversos editores de texto instalados. Isto dá a " -"possibilidade de escolha para os usuários do sistema, permitindo a cada " -"usuário usar um editor diferente, caso desejado, mas faz com que seja " -"difícil para um programa fazer uma boa escolha de um editor o qual invocar " -"caso o usuário não tenha especificado um editor particular de sua " -"preferência." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:94 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " -"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " -"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " -"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " -"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " -"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" -"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " -"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " -"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " -"to do so." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de alternativas Debian pretende solucinar este problema. Um nome " -"genérico no sistema de arquivos é compartilhado por todos os arquivos " -"provendo funcionalidade equivalente. O sistema de alternativas e o " -"administrador do sistema juntos determinam qual arquivo atual é referenciado " -"por esse nome genérico. Por exemplo, caso os editores de texto B<ed>(1) e " -"B<nvi>(1) estejam ambos instalados no sistema, o sistema de alternativas " -"fará com que o nome genérico I</usr/bin/editor> refira-se a I</usr/bin/nvi> " -"por padrão. O administrador do sistema pode sobreescrever isto e fazer com " -"que refira-se a I</usr/bin/ed> e o sistema de alternativas não irá alterar " -"esta configuração até que explicitamente requisitado a fazê-lo." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " -"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " -"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " -"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " -"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " -"is a Good Thing." -msgstr "" -"O nome genérico não é uma ligação simbólica direta para a alternativa " -"selecionada. Ao invés disso, é uma ligação simbólica para um nome no " -"I<diretório>, I<alternatives> o qual é, por sua vez, uma ligação simbólica " -"para o arquivo atualmente referenciado. Isto é feito para que as mudanças do " -"administrador do sistema possam ser confinadas dentro do diretório I</etc> : " -"a FHS (q.v.) dá razões de porquê isto é um Boa Coisa." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:116 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " -"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " -"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" -"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " -"Debian packages." -msgstr "" -"Quando cada pacote provendo um arquivo com uma funcionalidade particular é " -"instalado, modificdo ou removido o, B<update-alternatives> é chamado para " -"atualizar a informação sobre este arqivo no sistema de alternativas. " -"B<update-alternatives> é geralmente chamado a partir de um script " -"B<postinst> ou B<prerm> em pacotes Debian." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:135 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " -"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" -"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" -"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " -"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " -"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " -"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." -msgstr "" -"Isto é geralmente útil para que diversas alternativas sejam sincronizadas, " -"assim elas são modificadas como um grupo; por exemplo, quando diversas " -"versões do editor B<vi>(1) estão instaladas, a página de manual " -"referenciada por I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> deverá corresponder ao " -"executável referenciado por I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> gerencia " -"isso por meio de ligações I<master> e I<slave> (mestre e escrado); quando o " -"master é modificado, quaisquer slaves associados são também modificados. " -"Uma ligação master e seus slaves associados constituem uma A master link and " -"its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>. (ou ligação em grupo)." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:143 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " -"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " -"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " -"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " -"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Cada ligação em grupo está, em um dado momento, em um de dois modos: " -"automático ou manual. Quando um grupo está em modo automático, o sistema de " -"alternativas irá automaticamente decidir, a medida em que os pacotes são " -"instalados e removidos, se irá atualizar e como atualizar as ligações. No " -"modo manual, o sistema de alternativas não irá modificar as ligações; ele " -"deixará todas as decisões para o administrador do sistema." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " -"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " -"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " -"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " -"manual mode." -msgstr "" -"Ligações em grupo estão em modo automático quando as mesmas são introduzidas " -"no sistema pela primeira vez. Caso o administrador do sistema faça mudanças " -"configurações automáticas do sistema, isso será válido na próxima vez que o " -"B<update-alternatives> for executado nas ligações em grupo modificadas, e o " -"grupo irá automaticamente ser modificado para o modo manual." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:159 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " -"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " -"be those which have the highest priority." -msgstr "" -"Cada alternativa possui uma I<priority> (prioridade) associada a ela. " -"Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo automático, as alternativas " -"apontadas por membros do grupo serão aquelas que possuem a maior prioridade." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:175 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " -"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " -"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " -"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " -"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " -"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " -"return to the automatic mode." -msgstr "" -"Quando usando a opção I<--config> , o B<update-alternatives> listará todas " -"as opções para a ligação em grupo da qual um dado I<name> (nome) é a ligação " -"master. Lhe será então questionado por cada uma das opções a usar para a " -"ligação em grupo. Uma vez que você faça uma mudança, a ligação em grupo não " -"estará mais no modo I<auto> Você precisará usar a opção I<--auto> para poder " -"retornar ao estado automático." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:179 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " -"instead (see below)." -msgstr "" -"If you want to configure non-interactivily you can use the I<--set> option " -"instead (see below)." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "TERMINOLOGY" -msgstr "TERMINOLOGIA" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -msgid "" -"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " -"specific terms will help to explain its operation." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez que as atividades de B<update-alternatives> são bem envolvidas, " -"alguns termos específicos ajudarão a explicar sua operação." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "generic name" -msgstr "nome genérico" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " -"to one of a number of files of similar function." -msgstr "" -"Um nome, como A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, o qual refere-se, através do " -"sistema de alternativas, a um ou a diversos arquivos de função similar." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "symlink" -msgstr "ligação simbólica (symlink)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " -"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " -"adjust." -msgstr "" -"Sem nenhuma qualificação futura, esta significa uma ligação simbólica no " -"diretório de alternativas: o qual espera-se que o administrador do sistema " -"ajuste." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternative" -msgstr "alternativa" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " -"via a generic name using the alternatives system." -msgstr "" -"O nome de um arquivo específico no sitema de arquivos, o qual pode ser " -"acessado através de um nome genérico usando o sistema de alternativas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternatives directory" -msgstr "diretório de alternativas" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." -msgstr "" -"Um diretório, por padrão I</etc/alternatives>, contendo as ligações " -"simbólicas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "administrative directory" -msgstr "diretório administrativo" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" -"alternatives>' state information." -msgstr "" -"Um diretório, por padrão I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, contendo informação " -"de estado de B<update-alternatives>." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link group" -msgstr "ligação em grupo" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." -msgstr "" -"Um conjunto de ligações simbólicas relacionadas, com o intuito de serem " -"atualizadas em grupos." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -#, no-wrap -msgid "master link" -msgstr "ligação mestre (master link)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " -"are configured." -msgstr "" -"A ligação em uma ligação em grupo que determina como as outras ligações no " -"grupo são configuradas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "slave link" -msgstr "ligação escravo (slave link)" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." -msgstr "" -"Uma ligação em uma ligação em grupo que é controlada pela configuração de " -"uma ligação mestre." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -#, no-wrap -msgid "automatic mode" -msgstr "modo automático" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " -"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " -"for the group." -msgstr "" -"Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo automático, o sistema de " -"alternativas certifica-se ed que as ligações no grupo apontam para as " -"alternativas de mais alta prioridade apropriadas para o grupo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -#, no-wrap -msgid "manual mode" -msgstr "modo manual" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:234 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " -"any changes to the system administrator's settings." -msgstr "" -"Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo manual, o sistema de alternativas " -"não fará qualquer modificação nas configurações do administrador do sistema." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:246 -msgid "" -"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " -"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " -"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " -"associated manpage." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:252 -msgid "" -"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " -"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:255 -#, fuzzy -msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:261 -msgid "" -"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " -"then select a number from the list:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:264 -msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:269 -msgid "" -"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " -"as root:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:272 -msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" -msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:274 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPÇÕES" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " -"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " -"together with any action." -msgstr "" -"Exatamente uma ação deve ser especificada se B<update-alternatives> está " -"prester a executar qualquer tarefa significante. Qualquer número de opções " -"comuns podem ser especificadas juntas com qualquer ação." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "OPÇÕES COMUNS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:280 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--verbose>" -msgstr "B<--verbose>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." -msgstr "Gera mais comentários sobre o que B<update-alternatives> está fazendo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "B<--quiet>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " -"implemented." -msgstr "" -"Não gera comentário algum a menos que ocorram erros. Esta opção ainda não " -"está implementada." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "B<--test>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " -"yet implemented." -msgstr "" -"Não faz nada, soment diz o que seria feito. Esta opção ainda não está " -"implementada." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "B<--help>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -msgid "Give some usage information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "B<--version>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." -msgstr "" -"Diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é essa (e dá alguma informação " -"sobre o uso)." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " -"default." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para " -"algo diferente do padrão." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" -msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " -"the default." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo " -"diferente do padrão." - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "AÇÕES" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:312 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..." -msgstr "B<--install> I<ligação genérico caminho pri> [B<--slave> I<sligação sgenérico scaminho>] ..." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:327 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " -"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " -"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " -"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " -"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " -"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " -"may be specified." -msgstr "" -"Adiciona um grupo de alternativas para o sistema. I<genérico> é o nome " -"genérico para a ligação master, I<ligação> é o nome de sua ligação " -"simbólica, e I<caminho> é a alternativa sendo intruzida para a ligação " -"mestre. I<sgenérico>, I<sligação> e I<scaminho> são o nome genérco, ligação " -"simbólica e alternativa para uma ligação slave. Zero ou mais opções B<--" -"slave> , cada uma seguda por três argumentos, podem ser especificadas." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " -"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " -"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " -"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " -"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " -"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " -"alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Caso a ligação master especificada já exista nos registros do sistema de " -"alternativas, a informação fornecida será adicionada como um novo conjunto " -"de alternativas para o grupo. De outra forma, um novo grupo, definido para o " -"modo automático, será adicionado com esta informação. Se o grupo está no " -"modo automático e a prioridade das novas alternativas adicionadas é maior do " -"que qualquer outra alternativa instalada para este grupo, as ligações " -"simbólicas serão atualizadas para apontar para as alternativas novas " -"instaladas." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -msgid "" -"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " -"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " -"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " -"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " -"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " -"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " -"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " -"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " -"alternative is removed." -msgstr "" -"Remove uma alternativa e todas as suas ligações slaves associadas. I<nome> " -"é o nome do diretório de alternativas, e I<caminho> é o nome de arquivo " -"absoluto ao qual I<nome> poderá ser ligado. Caso I<nome> esteja ligado com " -"I<caminho>, I<nome> será atualizado para apontar para outra alternativa " -"apropriada, ou removido caso não exista essa alternativa separada. Ligações " -"slave associadas serão atualizadas ou removidas de acordo. Caso a ligação " -"não esteja atualmente apontando para I<caminho>, nenhuma ligação é " -"modificada; somente a informação sobre a alternativa é removida." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -msgid "" -"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " -"a name in the alternatives directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--all>" -msgstr "B<--all>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " -"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " -"installed alternatives." -msgstr "" -"Muda a ligação simbólica master I<ligação> para o modo automático. No " -"processo a ligação simbólica e seus slaves são atualizados para apontar para " -"as alternativas instaladas de maior prioridade." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--display> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " -"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " -"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " -"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " -"priority alternative currently installed." -msgstr "" -"Mostra informação sobre a ligação em grupo para qual cada I<ligação> é a " -"ligação master. A informação exibida inclui o modo do grupo (auto ou " -"manual), para quais alternativas a ligação simbólica aponta atualmente, " -"quais outras alternativas estão disponíveis (e suas alternativas slave " -"correspondentes) e a alternativa de maior prioridade instalada atualmente." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Display all targets of the link group." -msgstr "Exibe todos os alvos de uma ligação em grupo." - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "B<--config> I<link>" -msgstr "B<--config> I<link>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:403 -msgid "" -"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " -"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " -"out of I<auto> mode." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:404 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "ARQUIVOS" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:405 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " -"option." -msgstr "" -"O diretório de alternativas padrão. Pode ser sobreescrito pela opção B<--" -"altdir>" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" -msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:417 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" -"admindir> option." -msgstr "" -"O diretório de administração padrão. Pode ser sobreescrito pela opção B<--" -"admindir>" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:418 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "STATUS DE SAÍDA" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:419 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." -msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso." - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:424 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " -"action." -msgstr "" -"Foram encontrados problemas quando analisando a linha de comando ou " -"executando a ação." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:425 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:434 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " -"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " -"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " -"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " -"so, please report this as a bug." -msgstr "" -"B<update-alternatives> fala sem parar sobre suas atividades em seu canal de " -"saída padrão. Caso um problema ocorra, B<update-alternatives> exibe " -"mensagens de erro em seu canal de erros padrão e retorna um estado de saída " -"de 2. Estes diagnósticos devem ser auto-explicativos; caso você não pense " -"assim, por favor reporte isso com um bug." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:435 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "BUGS" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:438 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " -"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." -msgstr "" -"Caso você encontre um bug, por favor reporte-o usando o sistema de " -"gerenciamento de bugs Debian, ou, caso isso não seja possível, envie um " -"mensagem diretamente para o autor." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:443 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " -"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " -"documentation; please report it." -msgstr "" -"Caso você encontre qualquer discrepância entre a operação de B<update-" -"alternatives> e esta página de manual, isso é um bug, ou na implementação ou " -"na documentação; por favor reporte isso." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:444 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "AUTOR" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:448 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " -"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " -"conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" -"Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " -"livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " -"condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:452 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " -"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " -"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." -msgstr "" -"Esta página de manual é copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. Isto é " -"documentação livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior " -"para condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:454 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Você pode encontrar a GNU GPL em /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL em qualquer " -"sistema Debian." - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:455 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "VEJA TAMBÉM" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:457 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." -msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, o Padrão da Hierarquia do Sistema de Arquivos." - -# type: Plain text -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" -#~ "alternatives> this is)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Exibe informação de uso (e diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é " -#~ "essa)." - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" -#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" - -# type: TH -#~ msgid "19 January 1998" -#~ msgstr "19 de Janeiro de 1998" diff --git a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/update-alternatives.8.pot b/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/update-alternatives.8.pot deleted file mode 100644 index e12ef034..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/po/update-alternatives.8.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,809 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-23 0:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "update-alternatives" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2006-05-23" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Debian Project" -msgstr "" - -# type: TH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dpkg utilities" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "NAME" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:11 -msgid "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SYNOPSIS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:20 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " -"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:25 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:30 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:34 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:39 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:44 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:49 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:54 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:59 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:60 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DESCRIPTION" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:64 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " -"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:72 -msgid "" -"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " -"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " -"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " -"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " -"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " -"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:94 -msgid "" -"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " -"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " -"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " -"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " -"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " -"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name " -"I</usr/bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system " -"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> " -"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until " -"explicitly requested to do so." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:104 -msgid "" -"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " -"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " -"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " -"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " -"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " -"is a Good Thing." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:116 -msgid "" -"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " -"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " -"information about that file in the alternatives system. " -"B<update-alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> " -"scripts in Debian packages." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:135 -msgid "" -"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " -"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the " -"B<vi>(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by " -"I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced " -"by I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of " -"I<master> and I<slave> links; when the master is changed, any associated " -"slaves are changed too. A master link and its associated slaves make up a " -"I<link> I<group>." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:143 -msgid "" -"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " -"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " -"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " -"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " -"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " -"administrator." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:152 -msgid "" -"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " -"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " -"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " -"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " -"manual mode." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:159 -msgid "" -"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " -"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " -"be those which have the highest priority." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:175 -msgid "" -"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " -"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master " -"link. The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the " -"highest priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice " -"regarding this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no " -"longer be in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in " -"order to return to the automatic mode." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:179 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " -"instead (see below)." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "TERMINOLOGY" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -msgid "" -"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " -"specific terms will help to explain its operation." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:185 -#, no-wrap -msgid "generic name" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -msgid "" -"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " -"to one of a number of files of similar function." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "symlink" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -msgid "" -"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " -"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " -"adjust." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternative" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -msgid "" -"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " -"via a generic name using the alternatives system." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "alternatives directory" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "administrative directory" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -msgid "" -"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing " -"B<update-alternatives>' state information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:212 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link group" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:215 -#, no-wrap -msgid "master link" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -msgid "" -"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " -"are configured." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "slave link" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -msgid "" -"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master " -"link." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:223 -#, no-wrap -msgid "automatic mode" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -msgid "" -"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " -"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " -"for the group." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:229 -#, no-wrap -msgid "manual mode" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:234 -msgid "" -"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " -"any changes to the system administrator's settings." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXAMPLES" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:246 -msgid "" -"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " -"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by " -"the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " -"associated manpage." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:252 -msgid "" -"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " -"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:255 -msgid "update-alternatives --display vi" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:261 -msgid "" -"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " -"then select a number from the list:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:264 -msgid "update-alternatives --config vi" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:269 -msgid "" -"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " -"as root:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:272 -msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi" -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:274 -#, no-wrap -msgid "OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -msgid "" -"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform " -"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified " -"together with any action." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:280 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--verbose>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--quiet>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -msgid "" -"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " -"implemented." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:289 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--test>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -msgid "" -"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " -"yet implemented." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:293 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--help>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -msgid "Give some usage information." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:296 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--version>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:301 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -msgid "" -"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " -"default." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:305 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -msgid "" -"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " -"the default." -msgstr "" - -# type: SS -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:309 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACTIONS" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:312 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname " -"symlink altern>] ..." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:327 -msgid "" -"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " -"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " -"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " -"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " -"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " -"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " -"may be specified." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -msgid "" -"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " -"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " -"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " -"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " -"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " -"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " -"alternatives." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:338 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -msgid "" -"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " -"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:347 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -msgid "" -"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " -"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " -"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " -"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " -"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " -"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " -"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " -"alternative is removed." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:367 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -msgid "" -"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " -"a name in the alternatives directory." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:372 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--all>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:375 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--auto> I<link>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -msgid "" -"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " -"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " -"installed alternatives." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:382 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--display> I<link>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -msgid "" -"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " -"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " -"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " -"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " -"priority alternative currently installed." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:393 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--list> I<link>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -msgid "Display all targets of the link group." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:396 -#, no-wrap -msgid "B<--config> I<link>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:403 -msgid "" -"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " -"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " -"out of I<auto> mode." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:404 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FILES" -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -msgid "" -"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " -"option." -msgstr "" - -# type: TP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:411 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:417 -msgid "" -"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the " -"B<--admindir> option." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:418 -#, no-wrap -msgid "EXIT STATUS" -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:419 -#, no-wrap -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." -msgstr "" - -# type: IP -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:421 -#, no-wrap -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:424 -msgid "" -"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " -"action." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:425 -#, no-wrap -msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:434 -msgid "" -"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " -"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " -"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " -"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " -"so, please report this as a bug." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:435 -#, no-wrap -msgid "BUGS" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:438 -msgid "" -"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " -"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:443 -msgid "" -"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " -"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " -"documentation; please report it." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:444 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AUTHOR" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:448 -msgid "" -"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " -"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " -"conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:452 -msgid "" -"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " -"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " -"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:454 -msgid "" -"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " -"system." -msgstr "" - -# type: SH -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:455 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SEE ALSO" -msgstr "" - -# type: Plain text -#: ../../../man/po4a/../C/update-alternatives.8:457 -msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." -msgstr "" diff --git a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/update-alternatives.8.cfg b/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/update-alternatives.8.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 7f398169..00000000 --- a/man/po4a/update-alternatives.8/update-alternatives.8.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -[po4a_langs] de es fr ja pl pt_BR -[po4a_paths] $(srcdir)/update-alternatives.8/po/update-alternatives.8.pot $lang:$(srcdir)/update-alternatives.8/po/$lang.po - -[type:man] $(srcdir)/../C/update-alternatives.8 $lang:../$lang/update-alternatives.8 add_$lang:$(srcdir)/add_$lang/update-alternatives.8.$lang.add opt_ru:"-L koi8-r -A koi8-r" opt_ja:"-L euc-jp -A utf-8" diff --git a/man/pt_BR/.gitignore b/man/pt_BR/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/pt_BR/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/pt_BR/Makefile.am b/man/pt_BR/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index ef91563b..00000000 --- a/man/pt_BR/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -lang=pt_BR - -include ../po4a.mk - diff --git a/man/ru/.gitignore b/man/ru/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/ru/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/ru/Makefile.am b/man/ru/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index e424c526..00000000 --- a/man/ru/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -lang=ru -po4a_translate_options=-L koi8-r -A koi8-r - -include ../po4a.mk - diff --git a/man/C/start-stop-daemon.8 b/man/start-stop-daemon.8 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/start-stop-daemon.8 rename to man/start-stop-daemon.8 diff --git a/man/sv/.gitignore b/man/sv/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 70845e08..00000000 --- a/man/sv/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in diff --git a/man/sv/Makefile.am b/man/sv/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 47c43630..00000000 --- a/man/sv/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -lang=sv - -include ../po4a.mk - diff --git a/man/C/update-alternatives.8 b/man/update-alternatives.8 similarity index 100% rename from man/C/update-alternatives.8 rename to man/update-alternatives.8